Full text of "Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia"

See other formats

eae heies
pie

7
-

Seed ot

VI ere >

1, Cee Pe OT ee

PROCEEDINGS

@F THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

Or
ae
25) er
=

PHILADELPHIA.

1862.

Pa kL ae DEL PEE A:
PRINTED FOR THE ACADEMY.
1863.

ie mATaa Sods

Sau aL! - [} +. ge x
Seas Fi ti bic lt rine i BF ote rE)

\
‘
i, \ : P.
> 2 t. ‘ >
| a ‘
u
x o
| a
c !
|
d :
1: Ose ig th Jeu Bik D (F
< 1 oie,
J ¥ aia
jo
=
= ‘ ’ ‘. SER! LM
‘4 aa inate Os? all sath
Z : , : ty Tint i
a xe - mrryiy
. panes :, on
Ss _ .
-<Q9GE .
130 r
a i
OF K
Vala yar (inp? PS °orgae, rr. > 9H
sap wet cs >a
i 2 wie
is i"

ie
aL Abed ae tila
“ORM D ASS Bee ee eo 4 2 sae :

i ~
saa
~- 1
;™ = iy
+o.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF PHILADELPHTA.

ES Gris

January 7th.
Dr. Lerpy in the Chair.

Fourteen members present.
A paper was presented for publication entitled
Description of new Cretaceous Fossils from Nebraska Territory, etc.,

by F. B. Meek and F. V. Hayden, M. D.

Mr. Cope stated that he had examined the dentition of the Siamese river
snake, Herpeton tentaculatum, respecting which some difference of
opinion existed among European herpetologists. He had found the posterior
maxillary teeth to be grooved, in accordance with the statement of M. Duméril.

Regarding another point of difference between naturalists—the native eoun-
try of the Gerarda prevostiana (Campylodon Dum.)—Mr. Cope adhered
to the statement in the Erpetologie Generale, that it inhabited the Philippine
Islands. Others had stated that the form was West Indian.

Dr. Giinther had corrected the above-mentioned work in its statement that
the Rhabdosoma (Catostoma) lineatum was West African. Mr. Cope was
able to confirm the Doctor’s opinion through specimens obtained in Trinidad,

and lent him by Prof. Gill.

January 14th.
Vice President VAux in the Chair.

Twenty members present.
The following papers were presented for publication :
Notes on some American Ash Trees, (Fraxinus), with descriptions

of new species, by S. B. Buckley.
On the Leucosomi inhabiting the basin of the Delaware, by C. C.

Abbott.
1862.] 1

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

January 21st.
Vice President BripGEs in the Chair.

Twenty-nine members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

Descriptions of new Plants from Texas, by S. B. Buckley.

On the uniformity of relative characters between allied species of
European and American Trees, by Thomas Meehan.

Notice of a new species of Hemilepidotus, by Theo. Gill.

On the subfamily of Argentininz, by Theo. Gill.

Notes on the Scizenoids of California, by Theo. Gill.

Appendix to the Synopsis of the subfamily of Percinze, by Theo. Guill.

Mr. Cassin gave an account of a flock of crows, lost in a fog whilst
passing over the city early on Sunday morning, the 12th inst.

Mr. Haldeman stated that he had frequently noticed the bald eagle
dive for fish in the Susquehanna, when it could not procure its food by
robbing the fish hawk.

Dr. Rogers made some remarks on the influence upon the health of
communities from the thawing of snow in the streets by means of salt,
exposing what he considered to be the fallacies of the common preju-
dices on the subject.

January 28th.
Vice President BripGEs in the Chair.

Twenty-four members present.
On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published in the Proceedings:

Notes on some of the American aah tree (Fraxinus,) with descriptions of new
pecies.

BY S. B. BUCKLEY.

The great accuracy of the plates in Michaux’s Sylva is admitted by all who
‘have seen both them and the trees whose portions are there represented.
That the text contains a few errors is well known, but the figures are true to
nature and correctly represent the object described. The wonder is that a
work published at that early day, in the infancy of botany, should so well and
truthfully describe our forest trees.

It is supposed by some botanists that the fruit in the plate of Fraxinus
americana is that of the green ash, (F. viridis,) or that the fruit of these
two species of ash has been substituted the one for the other by mistake. The
original proof-plates of the Sylva are in the Library of the Academy of Natural
Sciences at Philadelphia, in which the figure of the white ash differs little
from the one in the last edition. Had there been an error, it would have
probably been corrected, as several editions of the Sylva passed under the eye
of Michaux; nor does the fruit of the white ash differ from his description of
that species. In his account of the green ash, he states that ‘‘zts seeds are only
half as large as those of the white ash, but similar in form ; and also, in describing
F. pubescens, he remarks that ‘‘ its seeds are shorter than those of F- ame-
ricana, but similar in form and arrangement.’’ These statements in the text
-agree perfectly with his pictures of these species.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 3

The true Fraxinus americana (Linn.) is common in the public grounds
and on the sidewalks of some of the streets of Philadelphia. It also grows
along the Delaware and Schuylkill rivers in the vicinity of the city. Speci-
mens of it are in the herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences which
were collected in the vicinity of Boston, Mass., by Mr. Pickering, from whence
it extends as far south as Louisiana, the author having gathered specimens
of it in the woods two or three miles west of the Mississippi River, opposite
New Orleans. In the year 1790, William Bartram assisted in making out a
list of trees to be planted in Independence Square, Philadelphia. (See Penn-
sylvania Archives, vol. ii. p. 674.) Bartram’s fondness for American trees
led him to select for that purpose a great variety of indigenous species, so
that the native trees of Pennsylvania are now well represented in this cele-
brated Square, among which the Fraxinus americana is conspicuous.

Cotemporaries of Bartram, and at that time residing in the city of Phila-
delphia, were Zaccheus Collins and Dr. Kuhn, botanists, both pupils of Lin-
neus, to whom they sent specimens, from which he described many American
plants, including probably the F. americana. Fraxinus pubescens
(Walt.) also grows in the neighborhood of Philadelphia, and, as Michaux
observes, there is little difference in external appearance between it and the
white ash. Any one who will compare the plates of these two species in the
Sylva will see the striking resemblance in the fruit of each, but that of the
red ash is shorter and more pointed. Its petioles are also more or less
grooved, and the under side of its leaves and the petioles and young branches
are much more pubescent than those of F. americana. Still the two are
often considered as the same species by casual observers. It grows in most
of the Southern States, and extends as far west as Minnesota.

Fraxinus e piptera (Mich.) was regarded by the younger Michaux and
Nuttall the same as F. americana. It has been thus considered by the
best American botanists. Had it been different, it would have been included
in the Sylva by the younger Michaux. Specimens labelled by some of the old
botanists F. e piptera (Mich.) are now in the herbarium of the Academy,
and they differ not in the least from the F. americana.

De Candolle makes F. viridis (Mich.) asynonym of F.juglandifolia.
Specimens of the latter in the herbarium of the Academy agree well with
those of the green ash, to which they have been referred by Nuttall and other
botanists. It is nearly certain that De Candolle is right, because he has been
able to see both Lamarck’s and Michaux’s specimens. The green ash grows
occasionally along streams from Pennsylvania to Texas. I have frequently
seen it on the Alabama River; also on the Red River in Louisiana, below
Alexandria. It is quite common in Southern Texas, where a form of it col-
lected by Berlandier has been described by De Candolle as F. Berlandierii,
according to Torrey and Gray. Personal observation in Texas with one of
Berlandier’s specimens, kindly sent to me by Dr. Gray, convince me of the
truth of their opinion.

Muhlenberg’s herbarium, at the rooms of the American Philosophical
Society in Philadelphia, contains a specimen of the green ash which has the
serrated leaves and both sides of the same shade of green, which led Dr.
Muhlenberg to call it Fraxinus concolor, as related by Michaux, who also
states that it grows abundantly along the Susquehanna, near where Dr. Muh-
lenberg resided. Hence there is no difficulty in determining the true F.
viridis, Mich., specimens of which in the herbarium of the Academy differ
little from his figure of it in the Sylva. Therefore the reader may rest assured
that the plates and descriptions in Michaux’s Sylva of Fraxinus americana,
F. pubescens and F. viridis are correct.

Since the time of Michaux, the American forest trees have rarely been care-
fully studied by botanists, because they are apt to look on the ground for new
plants and flowers, and not upat the trees. Even Nuttall, in his travels, gave

1862.]

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

them little attention ; nor did he when journeying contemplate a Supplemen
to Michaux’s Sylva, which was done at the request of Philadelphia publishers
after he had ceased his American wanderings. Hence the volumes of Nuttall
have neither the freshness and life of description, nor that fidelity to nature in
the plates, which are so remarkable in those of Michaux, who travelled for
the especial purpose of publishing a work on the trees of America.

The closet botanist cannot master the botany of trees as well as that of
herbaceous plants, because of the latter he often has the whole, but of the
tree he can at most possess in his herbarium but a mere fragment, which is
far from showing all its important characteristics. He who has made trees
his especial study can distinguish the different species even in midwinter,
when many of them are destitute of leaves. I make these remarks to show
why the two next described species of Fraxinus, which are prevalent both at
the North and at the South, have been generally referred to one or the other
of the three species before mentioned.

Fraxinus albicans, S. nov.—Foliolis 2—4-jugis sessilibus, aut breviter
petiolatis, ovatis, aut ovato-laneceolatis, integris vel serratis, subtus glaucis,
tarde utrinque glabris, paniculis laxe terminalibus seu axillaribus ; samaris
linearibus 12—18 lin. lon. emarginatis, basi subteretibus.

It ts found from New England to Texas, being the largest of the American
ash trees, sometimes attaining a diameter of between four and five feet. Its
bark is furrowed and ofa light grey ; hence it is ealled the white ash in many
places. Its petioles are grooved, and its buds are destitute of the red velvety
pubescence peculiar io F. americana. I have not seen it in the vicinity
of Philadelphia, nor is there any specimen of it collected in this neighborhood
in the herbarium of the Academy. In the herbarium of Darlington, at West
Chester, I saw specimens of it labelled F. americana, and it is probably
thus called by other American botanists. The West Chester collection had
no specimens of F. americana or F. pubescens.

Both F. americana and F. albicans being ealled white ash throughout
the country have caused them to be confounded, especially where, as is often
the case, they do not both grow in the same locality; but the fruit of the
latter is only about half the size of the former, which, with the other distine-
tions enumerated, show that they are very different species.

Fraxinus oblongocarpa, s. nov.—Foliolis 2—4-jugis lanceolatis, vel
ovato-lanceolatis, acuminatis, basi cuneatis, integerimis, vel parce serratis,
utrinque viridis, junioribus subtus param pubescentibus, breve petiolatis ;
samaris lineari-oblongis, obtusis vel emarginatis, basi subteretibus, et anguste
alatis.

A small tree, thirty or forty feet high, growing along water courses from
Pennsylvania to Texas. Its young branches and the footstalks of the leaves
covered with a velvety pubescence. Fruit 18 lines to Z inches in length and
2—3 lines wide, the terete part short in proportion and somewhat winged,
leaflets 3—4 inches long. This is the Fraxinus pubescens described in
Darlington’s Flora Cestrica, but not of Michaux. It differs from F. pubes-
c ens in its terete petioles ; its leaves are of a deeper green beneath, and both
its leaves and branches are less pubescent when mature. Its samara are
longer and nearly one-third less in width, nor are they mucronate, or as sharp
pointed asin F. pubescens.

For those who have not Michaux’s Sylva, the following brief descriptions of
the white and red ash are given.

Fraxinus americanus (Linn.)—Foliolis 3—4-jugis, breviter petiolatis,
ovato-lanceolatis, integerrimis, acutis, subtus glaucis, petiolis teretibus ; gem-
mis rufo-velutinis ; samaris lineari oblongis obtusis vel acutis, basi teretibus,
subacutis.

Fruit 2—3 inches long, but generally about 2} inches in length and 4—5
lines broad in the widest part; common petiole terete. (a

an.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 5

Fraxinus pubescens (Walt.)—Foliolis lanceolato-ovatis, subserratis seu
integerimis, acuminatis, subtus pubescentibus, petiolis junioribus ramisque
tomentosis; samaris anguste lanceolatis, obtusis, mucronatis vel acutis, basi
teretibus.

Fruit 15—2 inches long and 4—5 lines in width at the widest part; common
petiole channelled above near the base.

Fraxinus nigrescens, s. nov.—Foliclis 2—4-jugis, lanceolatis vel ovato-
lanceolatis, sessilibus, aut breve petiolatis, utrinque acutis vel abrupte acutis
basi longe teretibus, acutis.

This is a common tree in the vicinity of Austin and in Middle Texas along
water courses. It is generally small, but is sometimes 2—3 feet in diameter
and 40—60 feet high The bark of the stem and limbs is dark grey and
furrowed ; hence in many parts of the State it is called the ‘‘ black ash.’’ Its
leaves are of a deep glossy green above and a paler green beneath, and in
young leaves the midrib and veins are sparingly pubescent. The terminal
leaflet is often much the largest, being sometimes 4—5 inches in diameter.
Such specimens I obtained in Navarro County, and also on Caney River in
Matagorda County. Its leaves are rarely if ever serrated. The samara are
12—15 lines long and 4—5 lines broad in the widest part ; about one-half of the
entire length is broadly winged, from whence the wings are gradually nar-
rowed to the terete part. In midsummer the top of the fruit, extending nearly
down half of the wings, is often curved. The common petiole is channelled
above near its junction with the stem.

Fraxinus tri-alata, s. nov.—Foliolis 2—3-jugis, lanceolatis, vel obovatis,
supra glabris, subtus parum pubescentibus, ad venas et parce glaucescen-
tibus; samaris 2—3 alatis, obovatis, 6—8 lin. lon. obtusis, emarginatis, vel
subacutis, basi anguste alatis, acutis.

A shrub or small tree, 15—20 feet high, growing on the banks of the Ata-
cosa River in Western Texas. Samara in loose axillary or terminal panicles,
about one-half of them 3-winged, and 2—3 lines broad in the widest portion ;
not terete below ; the wings being attenuated as far as the pedicels; leaflets
12—18 lines long and 6—12 broad, branches smooth, and of a light grey color.

Fraxinus pauciflora Nutt. has been referred by Dr. Chapman, in his
Flora of the Southern States, to F. platycarpa. Specimens of the former,
collected by Dr. Baldwin, are in the herbarium of the Academy, and they
differ from F. platycarpa in having the petioles grooved, leaves scarce
half as large and of one-third less width, and much more acutely serrated,
and the fruit of the two is widely different. I have not seen a tree of the F.
pauciflora, but I well know F. platycarpa, which extends as far
southwest as the Sabine River in Eastern Texas; and it certainly is very dis-
tinct from the Florida ash described by Nuttall,-nor have I ever seen it
assume any such form.

Descriptions of NEW PLANTS from Texas.—No. 2,
BY S. B. BUCKLEY.

PoLEMONIACER.

Phlox macrantha, s. n.—Pubescens, humilis 3--6 policaris, ramosa,
foliis lanceolatis, utrinque subacutis, alternis vel oppositis, calycibus parce
canescenti-pilosis, segmentis lineari-elongatis, acuminatis, corolle tubo gla-
bro, laciniis lato-obovatis, apice subacutis, capsula elipsoidea glabra, semina
alata.

Prairies north of Austin. March.

Stems diffusely branching from the root ; leaves numerous, lanceolate and

1862.]

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

attenuate at each end, sparingly pubescent; flowers large, purple, disk of
the corolla 3 to 14 inches in diameter.

CoNVOLVULACE.

Convolvulus (Ipomea) caddoensis, s. n.—-Suffruticosus glaber, caule
tereti, ramosissiino erecto, foliis lineari-lanceolatis breve petiolatis apice acu-
minatis seu mucronatis basi attenuatis, pedunculis axillaribus unifloris, vel
multifloris folio brevioribus, sepalis ovatis, obtusis, corolla rosea infundibuli-
formis 2—3-policaris, stylus elongatus inclusis filamentis duplo longiore,
stigma bilobatum, capsula ovato-ellipsoidea, 2—4-sperma, semina ovoidea testa
conica pubescente.

Northwestern Texas, near Caddo Peak. June.

A stout plant, 2—3 feet high, apparently an annual; leaves 2—3 inches
long and 2—4 lines wide, tipped with a setaceous or mucronate point; peti-
oles 3—4 lines long; peduncles 4 lines to 2 inches in length.

SoLANACER.

Solanum (Cryptocarpum) Sabeanum, s.n.—Herbaceum, ramis teretibus,
aculeatis, fuscis, glanduloso-pilosis, foliis profunde pinnato-lobatis, segmentis
ovatis, repando dentatis, dentibus mucronatis, petiolis et venis aculeatis,
aculeis stramineis, glabris, rectis inequalibus, racemis subterminalibus, 5—9-
floris, corolla alba calyce fere duplo longiore, filamenta 4 lin. longa, anthere
lineari-oblonge 6 lin. longer, calycibus aculeatis baccam includentibus.

San Saba County.

Stem 1—2 feet high, with few branches ; spines 2—8 lines long and irregu-
larly placed; leaves, including the petioles, 4—9 inches in length, lower seg-
ments divided to the midrib and lobed, or with large teeth; sinuses of the
upper lobes extend about midway to the midrib, aculea of the leaves few ;
petioles and veins glandular pubescent ; calyx inclosing the fruit increases
after the fall of the petals, and is about } covered with aculea.

Solanum (Lasiocarpa) Linsecumii, s. n.—Annuum, caule erecto, tereti,
4—6 policari ramoso, pubescente, foliis oblongo-ovatis, vel lanceolatis, basi
attenuatis, breviter petiolatis, apice acutis, integris, utringue puberulis
stipulis linearibus vel lanceolatis, floribus axillaribus, peduncnilis solitariis
seu geminis, hirsutis, tarde refractis, calycibus campanulatis, hirsutissimis,
5-fidis, laciniis acutis, floribus eampanulatis, corolle 5-fide segmentis acutis,
pubescentibus, antheris inclusis cordato-oblongis filamentis brevissimis stylo
brevioribus, bacca 4 lin. diam. hirsuta.

Llano County, June.

Leaves 1—2 inches long ; peduncles 4—12 lines in length ; flowers 3—4 lines
in diameter. zd

Physalis Sabeana, s. n.—Annua, prostrata, ramosissima, glabra, foliis
petiolatis, lanceolato-ovatis, basi attenuatis apice subacutis, margine subre-
pando dentatis, dentitus lato-obtusis, corolla rotato-infundibuliforme ccerulea
calyce longiore, pedunculis axillaribus, filiformibus geminis, calycibus bac-
ciferis, inflatis, ovatis, subangulatis, acutis.

San Saba County. June.

Branches very numerous, trailing 6—12 inches; leaves about an inch long
and 4—8 lines wide, margins entire, or with 1—2 obtuse teeth on each side ;
petioles 6—12 lines long; peduncles in pairs, 4—§ lines in length; fruit glo-
bose, smooth, 3—4 lines in diameter.

Nicotiana glandulosa, s. n.—Pubescente-glandulosa, caule herbaceo,
simplici vel parum ramoso 6—10-policari, foliis caulinis lato-spathulatis vel
oblongis, obtusis, sessilibus vel subamplexicaulibus, radicalibus oblongo-
obovatis breviter petiolatis; floribus terminalibus, breve pedicellatis, corolle

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

tubo subcylindrico apice parce inflato calyce fere duplo longiore, calyce pro-
funde 5-fido, laciniis linearibus, subacutis.

Burnet County. April.

Flowers yellowish white, 6—8 lines long.

GENTIANACE.

Erythrea calycosa, s. n.—Annua, caule erecto tetragono ramoso 6—10-
policari, foliis acutis, inferioribus lanceolato-ovatis, calycibus 5-partitis, seg-
mentis lineari-subulatis, margine membranaceis, corolle tubo longioribus,
corolle rose segmentis oblongo-ovatis obtusis.

North of Fort Mason. June.

Leaves 8--12 lines long; segments of the calyx 6—8 lines in length;
corolla subcampanulate, the top of the tube dilated and ribbed, filaments
ogee (oe but not exceeding the segments of the corolla, which are 6—8 lines
ong.

Sabbatia formdsa, s. n.—Caule tetragono erecto 8—12-policari, dicho-
tomo-ramoso, ramulis unifloris, foliis lanceolatis vel ovatis, inferioribus obtusis
aut submucronatis, calycis tubo breve obovato et carinato, laciniis linearibus,
corolla fere duplo brevioribus, corolle 5-partite rosee, segmentis obtusis vel
subacutis lato-obovatis, semina minutissima, testa verrucosa.

Llano County. June.

Stems leafy to the summit, the pairs of leaves being about an inch distant
from each other; leaves 6—10 lines long.

OLEACEX.

Forestiera autumnalis, s. n.—Foliis minute serratis, ovatis subacutis
breviter petiolatis supra glabriusculis, subtus pubescentibus ramulis glabris,
junioribus pubescentibus, floret zstate, fructibus globosis ceruleis, matures-
centibus tarde in autumno.

Eastern Texas and Western Louisiana. Flowers in August.

Its fruit is very abundant, glomerated in the axiles of the leaves and ripen-
ing in October. Shrub 6—10 feet high; petioles 3—4 lines long; leaves
about 14 inches in length, somewhat cuneate at the base. All the other
known species of the genus flower before the expansion of the leaves.

NycTAGINACER.

Abronia speciosa, s. nov.—Caule erecto, vel subdecumbente, tereti,
foliis cordatis, obtusis basi inequalibus, petiolatis, pedunculis axillaribus,
vel terminalibus, longissimis, involucribus viridis 5—6-phyllis, segmentis
pubescentibus lanceolatis acutissimis.

Near Fort Belknap. May.

Plant 1—2 feet high, branching from the root;-stems bent at base, then
erect, with few divaricate branches; peduncles 4—8 inches long; heads of
flowers large and red; petioles of the lower leaves 1—2 inches in length, and
of the upper leaves 4—6 lines long; leaves 1—3 inches long, and 6 lines to
2 inches in width; whole plant glandular puberul2nt, not viscid.

Oxybaphus pauciflorus, s. n.—Glabriusculus; caule erecto, simplici,
foliis oppositis, petiolatis, oblongo-ovatis acutis, vel subobtusis, floribus axil-
laribus breve pedunculatis involucri segmentis obovatis, abrupte acutis,
pubescentibus, semina oblonga quadrangulata, rugosa.

On the San Saba River, north of Fort Mason.

Stem 1—2 feet high, rarely if ever branched, and leafy to the summit ;
leaves 2—3 inches long and 1—2 inches broad ; petioles 4—S& lines in length ;
peduncles 3—6 lines long and 1—2 flowered.

EvPHORBIACEZ,
Phylanthus (Lepidanthus) ellipticus, s. n.—Annuus glaber erecto divari-

1862.]

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

cato-ramosus, ramis gracilibus, foliis eliptico-oblongis, apice subacutis, breve
petiolatis, supra viridibus, subtus glancis, floribus axillaribus solitariis nume-
rosis, dioicis, 5-sepalis, longe pedicellatis, fructus ?

Western Texas. June.

15 —2 feet high ; leaves 6—9 lines in length and 4—5 lines broad; petioles
1—2 lines long; pedicles 4—5 lines in length; sepals oblong ovate.

URTICACE.

Morus microphylla, s. n.—Arbuscula 15—20 pedalis, foliis petiolatis ;
cordato-ovatis vel trilobatis, serratis, dentibus mucronatis, utrinque glabri-
usculis, venis et marginibus parce et minute ciliatis, stipulis parvis linearibus
membranaceis, caducis.

Western Texas; growing in clumps.

Stems and branches smooth, with a light grey bark ; fruit ripe last of May;
black and sour, with little juice and deep sinuses between the achenia, which
are little compressed ; styles divaricate and obtuse; leaves generally entire,
and 1—1} inches in length and 1—1} inches wide ; the lobed leaves are about
23 inches long, the middle lobe prolonged and acuminate. The preceding
characteristics are constant, and no person seeing this mulberry in its native
situations would call it a form of Morus rubra.

LILIACEz.

Yucca longifolia, s. nov.—Caule erecto 6—8 pedali, foliis ensiformi-
lanceolatis, confertis, rigidis integris acuminatis pungentibus, inferioribus re-
flexis, paniculis magnis terminalibus; floribus campanulatis, sepalis ovatis
acutis, bracteis ovato-lanceolatis acutis margine membranaceis, capsula ob-
longo-cylindracea utrinque obtusa.

Western Texas. Flowers in March.

Stems crowded with leaves to the summit, lower leaves reflexed, often,
when dead, with their points in the ground. Leaves 2}—3 feet in length,
with curved margins ; fruit 4—5 inches long, cylindrical and obtuse at each
end.

Yucca constricta, s. n.—Foliis lineari-lanceolatis margine filamentosis
acuminatis in apice caudicis confertissimis, caudex 12—18-policaris, scapus
4—6 pedalis, paniculis magnis, floribus numerosis longe pedunculatis, bracteis
ovatis acutis margine membranaceis, sepalis ovato-oblongis, subobtusis, cap-
sula subeylindracea in medio constricta.

Western Texas. - June.

Leaves crowded at the top of the caudex, which is from a foot to eighteen
inches in height; leaves 12—15 inches long and 4—+ lines broad. It differs
from the Y. angustifolia of Pursh in its constricted capsule, shorter
leaves and longer caudex. Yucca angustifolia is common in Northern
Texas ; its caudex scarcely rises above the surface of the ground, and its
leaves are more than one-third longer than our species, The fruit of Yucca
rupicola of Scheele, is conical, tapering to a sharp point, near which there
is sometimes a slight constriction. The fruit of Y.constricta is nearly
obtuse at both ends, 1}—2} inches long and constricted in the middle.

JUNCACER.

Juncus filipendulus, s. nov.—Culmo erecto, gracili, 6—12-policari
et 1—2-foliato, foliis planis numerosis ad radicem, rhizomate muto-fibrosa, an-
thela terminali, fasciculis 6—-12-floris, bracteis ovatis, lato-membranaceis,
acuminatis vel longe subulatis, perigonii phyllis 6, equalibus lanceolatisve
ovatis, lato-membranaceis, subulatis, trigona obtusaque capsula longioribus,
stylo brevissimo, stigmatis 3, fuscis tortis pnbescentibus.

In the western part of Llano County, along streams in dense tufts, with
weak, single stems, terminated by 1—4 subhemispherical heads of flowers,

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9

which, when later with mature fruit, are of a light straw color; seeds ovate,
with reddish brown points; heads of flowers about 5 lines in diameter; radi-
cal leaves 3—5 inches long.

Juncus diffusissimus, s. n.—-Culmo erecto 2—3 pedali, foliato, foliis
oblongo linearibus acutis, septis transversis inconspicuis, vaginis compressis
acutis 1—3-policaribus, anthela terminali decomposita et lato filamento-ramo-
sissima, fasciculis 5—7-floris, foliis floralibus ovatis membranaceis acutis, se-
palis equalibus lineari-lanceolatis, acutis, margine membranaceis, capsula
oblonga trigona subacuta, perigonio fere duplo longiore, semina ovoidea
utringue subobtusa.

Northwestern Texas.

Panicle widely diffused, some of its filiform branches being more than a
foot in length; heads subhemispherical, yellowish brown and 1—2 inches
apart from each other. Whole plant weak and not rigid; capsules 4 lines
long, gradually attenuated to a blunt or subacute point, and nearly double
the length of the sepals; seeds ovoid, tailless, subobtuse, yellowish brown,
with the ends dark brown.

CoMMELYNACE.

Tradescantia speciosa, s. nov.—Caule erecto simplici vel subramoso,
glabro, foliis ovatis vel ovato-lanceolatis, acutis margine ciliatis, subamplexi-
caulibus, radicalibus petiolatis, umbellis terminalibus, ad basin pilosis sessili-
bus, paucifloribus breve pedicellatis, sepalis lanceolatis subacutis margine
membranaceis, petalis lato-ovatis roseis.

Corpus Christi. May.

Plant 4—6 inches high, smooth, excepting the margins of the leaves, the
pedicels and the base of the calyx. Radical leaves, including the petioles,
3—4 inches long and 1 inch wide; petioles 6—12 lines in length ; stem leaves
1—2 inches long and linch broad; the upper pair of leaves inclosing the
umbel about an inch long and nearly an inch in width, acute; flowers ex-
panded 4—6 lines in diameter, rose colored; pedicels 1—3 lines in length.

CYPERACES.

Cyperus retroflexus, n. s.—Rhizomate bulboso ; culmis erectis triquetis
1}—2}-pedalibus basi foliatis ; foliis 12—15-policaribus margine et carina gla-
briusculis ; involucro 5—7-phyllo; foliis 2 inferioribus umbella longioribus ;
umbella 5—7-radiata ; radiis inequalibus, exterioribus 2—3-policaribus; spicu-
lis congestis tarde reflexis teretibus acuminatis 2—3-floris basi bracteatis ; brac-
teis ovatis albo-hyalinis obtusis ; squamis oblongo-obovatis vel lanceolatis acutis
lateralibus membranaceis ; carinis viridiscentibus; caryopsielongata trigona
3 lin. longa, breve apiculata glabra; stylo 3-fido.

Northern Texas. June.

Spikes green; scales 3—4, the lower pair unequal, one being about one-
third longer than the other, and clasping the middle of the spikelet, which
is commonly 2-seeded; spikelets 3—4 lines long; terminal scale long, acu-
minate.

Cyperus ruficomus, n. s.—Culmis erectis triquetis 2—3-pedalibus basi
foliatis ; foliis culmo brevioribus; umbella 5—9-radiata; radiis inequalibus
1—5-policaribus involucro 5—7-phyllo; phyllis linearibus planis inequalibus,
longioribus 7—9-policaribus ; spiculis 7—9 lin. longis, remotiusculis 20—30;
inferioribus 2--3-congestis et pedicellatis circum 20-squamatis ; squamis ovatis
acutis marginibus albo-rufescentibus carinis viridiscentibus ; caryopsi lineari
trigona apice acuta.

San Saba County. June.

Spikelet subterete and little more than a lineindiameter. The long leaves
of the involucre 3—4 lines wide. A linear setaceous leaf 5—6 lines long at
the base of three or four of the lower spikelets. Interior bracts none.

1862.]

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Cyperus Heermannii, n. s.—Culmis erectis 2—3-pedalibus, trigonis ;
umbella 11—13 radiata; radiis inequalibus 2-interioribus sessilibus ; longi-
oribus subequalibus 7—8-policaribus; involucro 9—13-phyllo; phyllis in-
zqualibus, longioribus 9—12-policaribus ; radiis 15—17-stachyis, basi confertis
apice divergentibus 15—25-floris ; squamis ovatis acutis lateralibus rufescen-
tibus margine albescentibus; carinis viridiscentibus; involucelli phyllis
numerosis linearibus, vel setaceis ; longioribus 1—2-policaribus ; achenio ob-
tuso ellipsoideo et obtuso trigono style profunde trifido.

California. Dr. Heermann.

Spikelets densely aggregated in nearly the same plane, with numerous
linear or setaceous leaves interspersed. Often the heads of spikes are proli-
ferous, with a ray about an inch in length, crowned with spikelets.

Chetocyperus (Eleocharis) membranaceus, n. s.--Culmis filiformibus
erectis, cespitosis, 2—3-policaribus planis; spica oblongo-ovata 4—12-squa-
mata, acuta imbricata; squamis ovatis, acutis vel subobtusi lateralibus dense
albo hyalinis dorsis stramineis ; achenio lato-ovoideo nigro, subacute triangu-
lari et abrupte in tuberculum angustum erosum rostrato ; setis nullis.

Llano County. Grows in small tufts.

Spikes greyish white 3-4 lines long, achenia quite as broad as long, dull
black, not shining. A few of the scales are tinged on the back with brownish
red, but most of the backs are straw colored and not keeled; the back of the
lower scale is green.

Eleocharis cylindrica, n.s.—Culmis planiusculis filiformibus 9—12-poli-
caribus ; spica cylindrica subacuta 4—7 lin. longa; squamis ovatis vel ovato-
lanceolatis acutis inferioribus obtusis rufescentibus ; margine albo-hyalinis
carinis stramineis; achenio parvo ovoideo obtuse triangulari glabro tuberculo
magno subconico apiculato; setis 3—6 caducis nucula brevioribus.

Northern Texas. June.

Spikes 1—2 lines in diameter. Stems below immersed in water. Nuts
pale yellow, small; tubercle large in proportion, contracted at the base and
shortly apiculated.

Eleocharis microformis, n.s.—Culmis setaceis cespitosis erectis 1—2-
policaribus, planiusculis; spicis ovatis obtusis vel subacutis 10—12-squa-
matis ; squamis ovatis acutis vel subobtusis, rufescentibus ; carinis virides-
centibus; achenio glabro nitido lato obovato pyriformi; setis 6 nuculam
zquantibus ; tuberculo lato applanato breve apiculato.

Northern Texas. June.

Mature achenia black and shining, crowned with a broad white tubercle,
with a short point in the centre. Scales reddish brown, with green keels.

Eleocharis acutisquamata, n.s.—Culmis striato-sulcatis erectis filifor-
mibus 10—15-policaribus ; spica oblongo-ovata acuta 15—40-squamata ; squa-
mis ovato-lanceolatis, acutis rufescentibus apice membranaceis ; achenio obo-
vato pyriformi et minute reticulato; tuberculo breve conico apiculato; setis
nullis ; spica 4 lin. longa.

San Saba County. May and June.

Rhizoma large and creeping ; achenia pale yellow, biconvex tubercles brown.

On the Uniformity of Relative Characters between Allied Species of European
and American Trees.

BY THOMAS MEEHAN.

To whatever principles the origin of species may be owing, the following
observations tend to show that their respective differences are the result of
one unvarying law.

Noticing that European willows, oaks and other trees retained their green

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11

leaves in the autumn much longer than closely allied American species grow-
ing near them, and that this could not be owing to immediate climatic influ-
ences, as Gleditschia triacanthos, Robinia pseudacacia, and other American
trees, with no European representatives, possessed the same characters, I was
led to believe it was rather the result of inherent specific peculiarities, which
further investigation tended to confirm.

It will be seen from the subjoined table that on any positive difference
being ascertained to exist between an American and a closely allied European
species, the relative differences between all other closely allied species of the
same differing geographical distribution are of the same character and nature.

For instance, the European Plane (Platanus orientalis) may be distinguished
by a compactness of growth when compared with the diffuse habit of the
American species, and the same compactness and diffuseness will be found to
prevail in all the respective European and American species of other genera.

The nut of the European chestnut (Castanea vesca) is characterized by large
size; the American (C. Americana) is much smaller, and the seeds of all
allied European and American species bear the same relative proportions; and
so of other characters that I have compared, and which I may enumerate as
follows :—

Ist. Color and persistency of the leaves.—In which the American species
change to some brilliant hue, and fall comparatively early, while the European
co-species fade black, and are retained to a later period of the season.

2d. Outline of the leaves.—In which the American species have the leaves
less lobed, less deeply toothed or serrated, less in width in proportion to their

length, and less petiolate than the European species.
- 3d. Size of the seeds.—In which the American are smaller than the European.

4th. Habit of growth.—In which the American is more diffuse, has much
fewer branchlets, and more and more vigorous main branches, and the outline
more irregular and informal than European trees.

5th. Size of the buds.—In which the American have smaller ones than the
European, and usually set at wider spaces between the nodes.

The observations finally made were taken at Germantown, Pa., during the
first week in November, 1861.

European Species. American species.
Larix Europea. Larix Americana.
Quercus robur. Quercus alba.

tr cerris. ee macrocarpa.
Betula alba. Betula populifolia.
Populus tremula. Populus grandidentata.

¥ dilatata. : es Caroliniana.
Morus alba. Morus rubra.
Euonymus Europeus. Euonymus atropurpureus.
Spirza salicifolia. Spirza carpinifolia.
Berberis vulgaris. Berberis Canadensis.

Carpinus betulus.
Cornus sanguinea.
Ulnus campestris.
Corylus avellana,
Alnus glutinosa,
Castanea vesca.
Pyrus malus.

Tilia Europea.
Ulmus montana.

Fraxinus excelsior.

Cerasus padus.
iy mahaleb.
Fagus sylvatica.

1862.]

Carpinus Americanus.
Cornus sericea.
Ulmus Americana.
Corylus Americana.
Alnus serrulata.
Castanea Americana.
Pyrus coronaria.
Tilia Americana.
Ulmus fulva.
Fraxinus acuminata.
Cerasus Virginiana.
3h serotina.
Fagus ferruginea.

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

European species. American species.
Cercis siliquastrium. Cercis Canadensis.
Celtis australis. Celtis occidentalis.
Platanus orientalis. Platanus occidentalis.
Acer platanoides. Acer saccharinum.
Juglans regia. Juglans nigra.
Crategus oxyacantha. Crategus cordata.

In the jirst of the points to which attention has been directed, the only ex-
ception appears to be in Larix Europea, which drops its leaves at near the
same time as the American, and, unlike all the other species named, exhibits
in fading the same tinted leaves.

In point 2. Fagus ferruginea has a more strongly toothed margin than the
European F’. sylvatica; but it is also worthy of note that the leaves of the
English species are more coriacious than the American, which may have
checked the prolongation of the nerves forming the teeth in the latter species.
If there is any difference in the consistency of the leaves, it is usually in favor
of the American species.

In 3. Quercus cerris has smaller acorns than C. macrocarpa, but it is the
most distantly allied species brought into comparison.

In 4. I know of no exceptions.

In 5. In some few instances the buds of European species appear to be no
larger than the American, and in still fewer instances seem smaller; but the
rule holds good so generally as to form a striking and prevailing character.

It is proper to remark that the observations were taken from allied species
that I have been able to find growing in proximity to each other, and in as
similar circumstances as possible. This is very important, as, to a limitea
extent, circumstances have an influence in the variation of characters. For
instance, Quercus alba, when growing in the full light and unsurrounded by
other trees, has its leaves much more deeply sinuated than when growing in
a mass with others. Lack of attention to this fact would make standard
botanical works in some instances seem to oppose the conclusions I have
arrived at. As an example of this, Michaux figures Fagus ferruginea with
larger fruit than F. sylvatica, and the leaves of Juglans regia as less serrulate
than those of J. nigra, neither of which agrees with my experience of plants
grown near each other in this climate, and is probably, if not altogether, an
error in drawing, to be accounted for by the supposition that the sketches
were made from specimens growing under widely diverging circumstances.

The species employed in the comparisons are not in all cases the nearest
that might be had. Pyrus baccata, for instance, would be a better match for
P. coronaria than P. malus, but they were the best my facilities afforded me.
Some allied trees could not be compared in all points, and were therefore left
from the list. _sculus, for instance, had shed its leaves at the date given,—
too early for comparison in persistency of foliage ; but in points 2, 3, 4 and 5
the differences between 42. hippocastanum, on the European, and 2. flava, on
the American side, agree with other species of the other genera named.

The observations are perhaps too limited, in the absence of more extensive
examinations of other characters and other plants, to establish the fact that,
whatever may be the principle governing the origin of species, whether it be
by ‘‘ progressive development,’’ ‘natural selection of physiological advan-
tages,’’ or by ‘‘special and continuous acts of creation,’’—it is in conformity
with one regular and uniform law; but their tendency is so evidently in that
direction, that I submit the facts for more general investigation, in the belief
that it will prove a novel and interesting branch of study in Botanical Science.

(Jan.

ia)

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 0

Notice of a New Species of HEMILEPIDOTUS, and Remarks on the Group (TEM-
NISTIZ) of which it is a member.

BY THEODORE GILL.

In the family of Cottoids there exist three genera which quite closely re-
semble each and have arather peculiar physiognomy, but at the same time
differ so decidedly from each other, and are distinguished by characters of
such previously acknowledged importance, that their close mutual affinity has
been overlooked ; and the respective genera have been referred to the neigh-
borhood of quite dissimilar groups.* The best and largest known of these
genera is Hemilepidotus of Cuvier; the other two are Temnistia of Richardson
and Scorpenichthys of Girard. For the group thus composed, the name of
Temnistie is preferable, as it describes the most peculiar character of the
group. Although Hemilepidotus is the chief genus, its name is too restrictive
to be modified for the appellation of the group.

The Temnistie are distinguished by the development of the first dorsal fin,
which is more than half as long as the second, composed of about eleven
spines, and with the anterior spines rather shorter and more or less separated by a
notch or incision from the following. The supramaxillary bones, snout, supra-
orbital region and the forehead and preorbital bones are furnished with cuta-
neous tags or barbels.

The three genera are chiefly distinguished by the following differential cha-
racters.

Temnist1a Richardson.

Abdomen nearly hemispherical and naked. Pectinated scales cover the rest of

the trunk. Second dorsal and anal fins with undivided rays.

HemILEPipotus Cuvier.
Scales in two longitudinal bands on each side, one dorsal and one lateral.

Scorp#nicutuys Girard.
Body naked and smooth. V. I. 5.

Five species, inclusive of that here described, are now known to belong to
the group. All of them are peculiar to the western coast of North America or
the Arctic Seas; the typical species of Hemilepidotus, as well as the single
known Jemnistia, are both found in the Northern waters. The existence of
Temnistia has been quite forgotten by the recent systematic writers, although
its rank as a valid genus cannot be challenged.

HeMILEPiIpotus Grsssi Gill.

The form and proportions are nearly identical with those of H. spinosus
(Girard.) The crown, the region above the preoperculum and operculum,
and the interocular space, are granulated, but without spines. There are four
equidistant short flaps in a transverse row behind the interorbital area, four
papillose barbels on the margin of each preorbital bone, and another on the
suborbital above the end of the supramaxillary; from the centre of the latter
a larger compressed flap springs. On the chin are four small flaps. A flap
also exists near the anterior angle of the upper cleft of the branchial aperture.

*I embrace this opportunity to state that the genus T’riglopsis of Girard is most closely
allied to my Oncocottus, of which the Cottus quadricornis of Europe is the type, and -
differs chiefly in the absence of the “ horns” or claviform tubercles and in its fresh water
habitat, &c. The entire family of Cottoids indeed requires a careful revision. Dr,
Giinther has been quite unsuccessful in his distribution of the species, and has regarded
as doubtful, species which belong to peculiar genera that have been clearly and distincély
characterized, while genera and species whose claims to that rank are much more ques-
tionable have been admitted.

1862.]

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

1
D) eRe Otay ta G45, a SAP gris Pe
1

The abdomen is spotted. The preopercular, interopercular and suborbital
regions, the membrane connecting the maxillary bones and the lower surface
of the head, are covered with large dark brown dots. The fins are more or less
distinctly banded or spotted; the ventrals whitish.

Specimens of this species were obtaired by Dr. Kennerly, the naturalist of
the North-Western Boundary Survey, and are also found at San Francisco, a
large specimen being in the same lot containing the true Hemilepidotus spinosus,
and confounded with it by Dr. Girard. From that species it differs in the
number and arrangement of the cutaneous tags as well as by color.

I have dedicated the species to my friend, Mr. George Gibbs, who rendered
much valuable assistance to the naturalist of the Survey. A detailed descrip-
tion will be given in the Report on the Ichthyology of the Western Coast.

On the Subfamily of ARGENTININZE.
BY THEODORE GILL.

In the ‘‘ Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North America,” ,
the family of Salmonoids is divided, with Prince Bonaparte, into two sub-
families,—the Salmonine and Argentinine,—but with the very important
modification of the exclusion from the latter, as well as from the family itself,
of the genus Microsioma. With Bonaparte also Osmerus is retained among the
Salmonine, while Mallotus is placed in the subfamily of Argentinine. The
great error involved in this arrangement was subsequently discovered, but I
unfortunately forgot to correct it in the Catalogue. The only character which
thus separates the two subfamilies is the development of the teeth,—a charac-
ter of secondary value. The two subfamilies are very distinct from each other,
but distinguished chiefly by the modifications of the intestinal canal.

The Salmonine have the stomach nearly or quite siphonal, and the pyloric
ceca are numerous.

The Argentinine have the stomach decidedly cecal, and the ceca are gene-
rally five in number, and surround the pyloric extremity of the stomach.

Dr. Kner, in his excellent contribution on the form of the stomach and the
develcpment of the pyloric ceca, has even suggested that Osmerus and its
allies may belong to a different family; and it certainly appears quite pro-
bable that such isthe case. The position of the Argentinine, as a subfamily
of the Salmonoids, is therefore provisional.

The Argeutinine, as now characterized, are divisible among two distinct
groups; one has the normal salmonoid position of the dorsal fin, or, in other
words, it is subcentral, and above or nearly above the ventrals. This group
embraces-all the common northern or European and American species.

Another group, represented by a single species, is distinguished by the pos-
terior insertion of the dorsal and its position above the anus; the species is an
inhabitant of Australasian seas, and has been described under the name of
Argentina retropinna, by Sir John Richardson. The specific name may be ac-
cepted as a generic appellation, while the species can be called in honor of its
learned describer, Retropinna Richardsonii.

A species of the true Argentine group also is the type of a distinct genus
nearly allied to Argentine, with which it agrees in the number of brancbios-
tegal rays, but the mouth is larger, the dentition different and the ventral fins
more advanced. Ita type is the Argentina pretiosa of Girard, or Osmerus elonga-
tus of Ayres. It may be named Mesopus, in allusion to the position of the
ventral fins.

The following synopsis exhibits the relations and differential characters of
the several genera :—

(Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15

i. Dorsal subcentral, above or nearly above the ventrals............ ARGENTINA.
A. Branchiostegal rays 8. Mouth rather large. Ventrals
under the front or in advance of dorsal.
Scales of the male villose or pointed, in a lateral
band. Pectoral and ventrals much developed. ......Mallotus.
Scales alike and simple in both sexes. Pectorals
AVABVENUEAS MOAGLALC.c2-.0~ce\<coc scrce\cercsess, sscesecine oes Osmerus
AA. Branchiostegal rays 6. Mouth small; maxillar ceas-
ing under front of eyes. Ventrals nearly under
AVI CLO MA OLS Al eetearonccacennacse-dasnenasssiseeeaseansose <6 Hypomesus.
AAA. Branchiostegal rays6. Mouth very small; maxillars
not extending to eyes. Ventrals inserted under rear
of or behind the dorsal.

SI CMLCRIEN GLO Gsinorsemscscic osscroaccdnasssaass eeicnctenenanes Argentina.
Scales with exposed surface spinigerous.............. Silus.
MEM OLS etaTqOG HIN LOOVE) ANUS. «5.00505. aseasasnaccssescsejccessaceconcees RETROPINNA.

Branchiostegal rays 6. Scales cycloid.............cscccecscoeees Retropinna,

The genus Thaleichthys, of Girard, has not been adopted, it appearing to be,
as Dr. Ayres has already shown, identical with Osmerus. The latter gentleman
has remarked, “that the very species which the describer takes as the type of
Thaleichthys, has occasionally teeth on the palatines well developed ; and one
specimen in my possession shows even denticulations on the maxillaries.’’

There is a very considerable analogical resemblance between the group of
Argentine and the Salmonine genus Argyrosomus of Agassiz,—a resemblance
_ more especially manifested between the genus Hypomesus and the American
Argyrosomus albus (Coregonus albus, Les.) and the A. albula (Coregonus albulus,
Val.) of Northern Europe. The likeness, however, appears simply to be one of
analogy, and not indicative of close affinity.

Appendix to the Synopsis of the Subfamily of PERCINZ.
BY THEODORE GILL.

Since the publication of the “Synopsis of the Subfamily of Percine,” we
have become acquainted with two quite distinct generic types which are now
referred to their places inthe system. This appendix will consequently perfect
to date the synopsis, and exhibits the condition of our present knowledge of
the Percine, with the exception, perhaps, of the relations of the Labrax lyiuy
of Basilewski. That species does not appear to belong to Ladraz, but rather

to an unnamed genus, but the description is too defective to admit of its pro-
per classification.

Genus Cuorististum Gill.

Liopropoma? sp. Poey, Memorias sobra la Historia Natural de la Isla de Cuba
vol. ii.

Body fusiform, with the caudal peduncle high and compressed. Head rather
elongated, conic in profile and acute in front, but with the outline slightly
curved. Lower jaw protuberant. Teeth villiform on the jaws, vomer and pala-
tine bones. Preoperct!um entire. Operculum armed with two spines. Scales
on the whole body, except the muzzle. Dorsal fins entirely separated; the
frst with five spines diminishing from the second; the second dorsal with a
single spine. Anal armed with three graduated spines, and with the soft
ere. elevated backwards. Caudal subtruncated. Lateral line anteriorly
arched. :

Type. Chorististium rubrum, Gill.

Syn. Liopropoma? rubre, Poey. Memorias sobra la Historia Natural de la
Islade Cuba. Tomo ii., p.

1862.]

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

This genus is represented by a single species, and is distinguished from Li-
opropoma chiefly by the modification of the dorsal fin, but differs also by other
less important peculiarities. The name of Chorististium has been bestowed on it
in allusion to the separation of the second dorsal from the first,* on account of
the atrophy of the antecedent spines of the former which occur in Liopropoma.

Genus Sryiperca Gill,
Perca Basilewski, Noveaux Memoires de la Société Impériale des Natnralistes de
Moscou. Tome x., p. 217. 1855.
Non Perca, Linn.

Body oblong and compressed, covered with small scales. Lateral line little
arched in front. Head mostly scaleless, oblong, with the profile slightly in-
curved to the eyes, and with the snout conic and slightly convex before eyes.
Eyes small, entirely in the anterior half of the head. Mouth rather large, the
supramaxillary bones continued under or behind the eyes. Lower jaw promi-
nent. Teeth villiform on the jaws, vomer and palatine bones. Preoperculum
serrated behind, beneath with three or four spines or lobes. Operculum termi-
nating in a spine. Branchiostegal rays seven. Dorsal fins connected at base;
the first arched, with twelve spines; the second short and quadrate. Anal with
three spines, the second of which is short or moderate; the soft part corre-
sponding to the second dorsal. Caudalentire. Pectoral fins rounded behind.

Type. Siniperca chua-tsi, Gull.

Syn. Perca chua-tsi, Basilewski, op, cit., tome x., p. 218, tab. 1, fig. 1.

This is a very distinct and peculiar genus, its physiognomy recalling to mind
the Lates calcarifer more than any other fish, but it widely differs from Zates in
the development of the first dorsal fin, the almost or quite naked head, the
small size of the scales on the trunk and the slight armature of the opercular
bones. It is composed of only two known species, the Perca chua-tsi and P.
chuan-tsi of Basilewski, both of which are inhabitants of the Chinese rivers.
In allusion to this restriction of habitat to the Chinese Empire, the name of
Siniperca may be given. Dr. Basilewski has very well formulated the charac-
ters of the genus, but he has unfortunately employed for it the name of Perca;
the latter must of course be retained for that to which it was originally given,
and it then becomes necessary to rename the Chinese fishes.

Note on the SCIZNOIDS of California.
BY THEODORE GILL.

Dr. Ayres has recently described, in the ‘‘ Proceedings of the California
Academy of Natural Sciences,’’ two new species of Sciznoids, for one of which
he has framed a new genus, (Seriphus,) and the other has been referred to
Johnius. Dr. Ayres has also expressed his belief in the close affinity of Se-
riphus and Johnius. On perusing his description, and after an examination of
his outline figures, I am convinced that Seriphus is most closely allied to that
as yet unnamed genus of which the Ancylodon parvipinnis of Cuvier and Va-
lenciennes is the type, while the Johnius nobilis belongs to one nearly allied to
the weak fishes (Cynoscion) of the Eastern American coast, and is congeneric
with Cuvier’s Otolithus equidens of the Cape of Good Hope. The two species
of California are consequently not only generically distinct, but they appear
to me to represent two subfamilies, equally distinct from each other and from

the Scienine.;

* Xapiores, Separate and ‘Iacioy, sail.
«It may be here remarked that the genus Camarina of Ayres is not at all related to
the Pomacentroids, but is synonymous with the genus Girella of Gray and Giinther.
Dr. Ayres has stated that the ‘‘ genus, though resembling in general features some species

of Pomacentrus, presents a new grouping of generic characters.” 5
[Jan.

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS,

With references to the several Articles contributed by each

Alien, Harrison, M. D. Descriptions of two new Species of Vespertilionide, aud
some remarks om the genus ANtrOZOUS.......c0.ssecessesessccccsesecees serene 246

Buckley, 8. B. Notes on some American Ash Trees, (Fraxinus,) with de-

eM RIPEN SS POCION cece ccavasuass=onccniccssscactaddesnccodsvecnsascesencese) 2
Descriptions of new Plants fom Texas No. 2 <Back > PUREE Obs SE Ac A tee 5
ee ASIST NO Scns cnaciccocdaccneunenocaracsaedavdeinsnccsaacccacseasgssa-s SO
Note No. 2. On Quercus Boarnplivita eae deqarlee con emensr tee axcumnCteardstesevanecs 10

Cassin, John. Catalogue of Birds collected by the United States North Pa-
cific Surveying and Exploring Expedition, in command of Capt.

Rodgers, U. S. N., with notes and descriptions of new species......... 312
Conrad, T. A. Descriptions of New Genera, Subgenera and Species of
Tertiary and Recent Shells..............cescsessrees seetngeasriesedeaver sanvqesans 2G4
Catalogue of the Miocene Shells of the Atlantic Slope....................--... 559
' Cope, E. D. Synopsis of the species of Holcosus and Ameiva, with diag-
noses of new W. Indian and S. American Colubride..................... 60
On some new and little known American AnUra................scceeeee ereeeecs 151]
_ Contributions to Neotropical Saurology...........ccesessesseersesesscceceesessecees 176
PEM LORe ral tf Ar i Gotcseessddesececessas 00s sivcscecesicsasts ces sssascscsccncestscesese 188
On Lacerta echinata and Tiliqua Gura...... ...2....cec.2. essceccce seeeeseocessess 189
Notes upon some Reptiles of the Old World. spactenc et pre en toe ee 337

Catalogues of the Reptiles obtained during the Explorations of the Baa.
Paraguay, Vermejo and Uraguay Rivers, by Capt. Thos. J. Page,
U.S. N.; and of those procured by Lieut. N. re Ues: a

Eng... steak eee “oe cee Seen e eae AG
Coues, Elliott. Unevisioh of the Gulls of North iRieviga breciak upon speci-
mens in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution...................... 291
Supplementary note to a Synopsis of the North American forms of the
Sepa) ANGE OUICODIG es .raa= tendsccecocceseccccsc=oasenccacencsbces aacnecas 404
APRewIcw Othe Lerns Of No AMEPICS.<.2.0...0.0.sccorccs versernreseccsacectscceces) DOD

Edwards, Wm. H. Description of certain species of Diurnal Lepidoptera
found within the limits of the United States and British America,
Gree aa scwncs se Gasmadsaneqnsnsacasesscccle ceteslné cobs csmeseanvicnepusiwauaceuaaucrsue ames 54
GSE NON S «5 csc 005 0ce'sc0s saewasede « 221
Elliott, D. G. Henaks on the aredtas J composite ate genus 3 Pedio iocetes,
ale aesertece duce sccccntess Rouaccucceccuscncverencaded necenmneccdsnedtcestceeneane nat 402

Te LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

Gabb, W. M. Description of a new species of Cephalopod from the Coast

of California...... sp seseparcpeineseeconese secnarens cence: Teper emetae tena Geeeee 483
Gill, Theo. Notice of New Species of Hemilepidotus and Remarks on the

Group (Temnistie) of which it isa member...............0.:0 pee eneeee 3
On the Subfamily of Argentinine....... aisnieslav's <narrerete pean cleasonelemee despeasueaeoe 14
Appendix to the Synopsis of the Subfamily Percing..............sssseeeseeeees 15
Notes on the Sciznoids of California............02ssccssccessseccees ccadeeSereaaeee 16
Synopsis efithe Lamily. of Oirrhitoi dss, <xz..s<0 onside adeo se vacs tes huatencsecsake LOZ
Description of new species of Cirrhitus ..............0+ selosolscoescapseseasssceas 122
On the limits and arrangemement of the Family of Scombroids.............. 124
Description of new species of Alepidosauroide............ssssceseecesecaesoeeees 12

T
On anew species of Priacanthus discovered in Narragansett Bay, R. I.... 132
On the West African genus Hemichromis and descriptions of new

SDECICB esses .cesed EECA COLEEETATE CEA Binge sesincoessecre ues cas tac-aaciadeneenseeneeeeete 134
Catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California in the Smithsonian Institu-

tion, collected by Mr. J. Xanthus.......... SEA IOC oc OOSAACOEDaRAnCCAS Bee 140
amen Partha lec. oassassteescaassoreaes Sade Pidssaas seh Mocouonsdeeceeses setebuecesomectecemae 242
PrynG Jet a8 0 epceesooncsoscsceee sn Gdsccceee botcevescinescncauowdectwense eee seu olor arte 249
On a new genus of Fishes allied to Aulorhynchus and on the affinities of

the Family Aulorhynchoidz... Sane Saat coer sneees Oo
Remarks on the relations of ees — ins groups erie Fishes ee 238
Notice of a collection of the Fishes of California, presented to the Smith-

sonian Institution, by. S. Hubbard 0c. paccscsseennascos-e-sesonsas nsamsieoses 274

Synopsis of the species of Lophobranchiate Fishes of Western North

ATA ORI CB. 555.5 von aan sonenanadic ae odes daeeeeeneaces tan ese Daun e eee eae ee
Note on the Family of Scombroids.............secesesseee SD LOSRONEE Se core cenconse 328
Note on some Genera of Fishes of Western N. Ame@rica........sccsceceereesees 329

Synopsis of the Carangoids of the Eastern Coast of North America......... 430
Description of a new generic type of Mormyroids, and note on the arrange-

THONG OF THE PENIS. .cocc.-css~ seuecnese ceomeenascsee cop bons Ie sock osedassosce 443

n the Synonymy and Systematic Position of the genus Etelis of Cuvier
and Valenciennes..........0..-0.-cceen. aootncecnene decaa seaaatneessanenancsenease 445

On the Classification of the Families and Genera of the Squali of Cali-
HOWE Aide nasi c<enenecients sp wectiesloaepecisansenersemconaecisipesseeeemaae (ep aadaestsesceneeee 483
On the limits and affinity of the Family of Leptoscopoids................2+.+. 501

Gray, Asa. Notes upon the “ Description of New Plants from Texas. By
S. B. Buckley,” published in the Proceedings of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of sists December 1861, and Te

US G2 eceesekscecseees Sonex eons seleaene dene cSne Pints enh enaths =e L6L
A Report upon Mr. S. B. Buekley’s a Teenie of Pius ey >. im
THVT GE in saecs ss senceeesesterececiente Weaceeeesers Boeasceoeeenncrecescssasicenen encicenees 332
Grote, Aug. R. Additions to the Nomenclature of North American Lepi-
GOPLGTA csc. sesssuncencsosenspenees Sara cc on tncebuavcsnes thesVsunanlunduasuacccness necsos 59
Same, NOP sccccss05 pacascee ualeciesastetcasieck ea)serecnecilosetls Gebeiewawatesnierewabaiae Eeeenate 359

Heyden, F.V.,M.D. Descriptions of new Cretaceous Fossils from Nebraska
Territory. By F. B. Meek and F. V. Hayden................0+scescescsees 21

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

Horn, Geo. H.,M.D. Monograph of the species of Trogosita, inhabiting
MMU TUECE Gs SERLOR serena i toonsins suaressbostsusives Wea bSsncelvededs acecsesrsarvescenss.
Lea, Isaac. Description of ten new species of Unionide of the United
States...... Stscualidsissseeveneresiscteacesscesteess dbadadadaatondoonaczoucacnt Reece sess
Description of anew Genus (Trypanostoma) of the Family Melanide, and
of forty-five new species....... ncaa DDODOA ROOST JOO SE LOC CE ERE MO COnD a aaBa RAE nC Ee
Description of two new species of Exotic Uniones and one Monocondylea
Description of a new Genus (Goniobasis) of the Family Melanide and
EPaly WOME WES CCICSeesscclecses sescrsdecssetstccersetscnscanccisceces evessces eos

Description of eleven new species of Melanide of the United States........ ,

Le Conte, John L.,M.D. Note on the Classification of Cerambycide, with
dade étons SELLE WHO D OCICS aasert ce seccnecoa cevec stir: odes seers sessnsscurerescesss
Synopsis of the Mordellide of the United States A eS6-BACDEROEE ESRC RCEE EERE
Notes on the species of Calosoma inhabiting America, north of Mexico...
Synopsis of the species of Colymbetes, inhabiting America north of Mexico
Note onthe species of Brachinus inhabiting the United States...............
Lewis, James, M. D. Remarks on some species of Paludina, Amnicola,
Valvata and Melania......... Soon cHacaneHOAROAOONEEDODICOOEDEOC “CLI QUOO SORE

Meehan, Thos. On the Uniformity of Relative Characters between Allied

Species of European and American Trees.............sscescscscsssescceeees
Meek, F. B. Descriptions of new Cretaceous Fossils from Nebraska Terri-
LOL b yall BaMicekand H.. Vii Hayden cciccccccsc.ccovecdecdeccdecccscceee
Prime, Temple. Monograph of the Species of Spherium of North and
IOUUHPOTRCLICH ec-ncles-cecescecesscccnss. Reaeeiciesaccosinctnatemoack-cecnisesrenccesces

Slack, J. H.,M.D. Monograph of the Prehensile-tailed Quadrumana....... E
Stimpson, Wm. Description of a new Cardium from the Pleistocene of
PE RESCEH ORIG ESV perenne ic usasnlave cae inns sencsls <oscei/esneo\asnn'seeSicacyersesicccescess
On en oceanic Isopod, found near the south-eastern shores of Massachu-
Betts ......0c006 Seitentapsp dulesisnsie alsleasissineselssisecejcaisesnivamnes Rapsenicemassisarcericsats «

Tryon, Geo. W.,Jr. On the Classification and Synonymy of the recent spe-
PRCHIOMEA DAC coteccrecnacctcces corse ccsenessscsoccnccccesseisscieraess saecsrieccieve «0s
Description of a new Genus and Species of Pholadide............... sss0e
Notes on American Fresh Water Shells, with descriptions of two new
eA eee eee os saieesncldepecesar MEME a Ras risieea tee on car's vadscavecnedsates s
Monograph of the Family iereniae. Deen tretaaecnee (teceeaaen spas

Walsh, Benj. D., M. A. List of the Pseudoneuroptera of Illinois, contained
in the Cabinet of the writer, with descriptions of over forty new
Pj URE nenstesooasscdase “obasopcocsdaidcd) Sodesodbusancogcodcha nucucnicé Sroobsonss cece
Warner, John, A. M. Contributions to Organic Morphology :—Containing
the mathematical imitation of the egg of Planorbis Corneus and of

Winchell, Alex. Bee oren of of Fossils from the Marshall and Huron
Groups BRING IUEA Ns ache cs cucduaseman navn euse snus sits

ill

168

169
176

38
43
521
521

DZ3

587

361

TG, ie a _o
ibaniasnch saat cr aie Pet.

; hn a
F Ge 170 ite Alalehie Sal mda eyi ioe ea + drarnansie na Ms Pow side of we
_ ee 0

. afin) % ina lonesome te I is on
ate. : Sites 1 reir cher

te * e eel wee >

ai ay ity: amet re As lA? al : P 7 ps nd

pull ie daot Er": Vit

-
‘ving Wa , is ' i " subst ‘f
4 ‘ imate Veehina “woe. a ~w.

~ ty Li ’ ry we TPO

7 “yy Sate Seg eae ae
ni }
> AT JV a
ities tal &
* Fr. ? *
a B21 VISITS

. 4 a
- ye ett + ay a
= itys) : ’
tae MO Be eer - a= Sl +7e¢
: ©
tal is 8440
4 hp Wee pe 4
> | &
“wee
a2 i -
C ’
+
‘
— ‘ -
Z - - ~ “arr
c | fia
; - re
" P] na sa
raid ney

oan % as'ae ’ <i ee <3 gee sone
| » ae

sw 84 ae oc ‘ie weit! AF Ze
; | werent or re

moan if a sand ya's

- ) ae ' Gai ea AZ
~< > ores doe ie a >
v4. aL eeieea?
cies

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ia)

Five species of Scienoids are now known as inhabitants of the western coast
of the United States; they represent apparently three groups or subfamilies.
The Scr#ninz or Corvininz are restricted to those species of the family

10
haying the normal or nearly the normal number Ga) of vertebre, that of the

caudal being sometimes increased. The snout is more or less protuberant>
and the lower jaws generally received within the upper. The lower pha-
ryngeal bones are separated ; the upper triple on each side.

Three of the Californian species belong to this group.

1. Ruryoscron sAtuRNUs Gill.
Amblodon saturnus Girard.

2. UmBrinA UNDULATUs Girard.
Menticirrhus undulatus Gil/.

3. GENYONEMUS LINEATUS Gill.
Leiostomus lineatus Ayres.

The second species was formerly referred to Menticirrhus, but as Iam now
acquainted with a true Umbrina from Lower California, I prefer to retain
Girard’s species in the latter genus. The description of Girard, although very
unsatisfactory, rather tends to confirm the propriety of such restoration.

The following synopsis of the Umbrine of Cuvier shows the principal distinc-
tions of the several genera.

I. Dorsal spines ten.

Head oblong and declivous above; caudal equal................ Umbrina.
Head rather elongated ; caudal unequally lobed; the upper
ULE MENG TOWEL CONV CX2.c...0-5 covecsccee sconcovacececcsnestecses Menticirrhus.
If. Dorsal spines thirteen.
Rea Mei HeLISMOEG AUG DIUNb)!-scnses, ances: cu cusesenseiscccssecsesieses Cirrimens.*

The second subfamily or group is that of the Orotrraiyz, which, I have
discovered since the publication of the notice of the North American Scienoids,
is distinguished by the reversed proportions of the numbers of the vertebre.t
The body is fusiform, and the lower jaw is prominent or at least even with the
upper.

To this belongs the following species :—

4. ATRACTOSCION NOBILIS Gill.
Johnius nobilis Ayres.

The following synopsis exhibits the characters of Atractoscion compared with
the other genera of Otolithine.

A. Height less than one-fourth of length. (Vertebre

14
ADOUL Jp.) cceeee eee eeeeesees ceneeeees ceteecees eeeeeeees OTOLITHIN 2.

B. Teeth regularly attenuated and pointed.
Eyes very large, the diameter longer than the snout.

* The type of this genus is the Umbrina ophtocephalus of Jenyns.
+By this character the Otolithine are distinguished from the Larimin&, which has

nearly the normal number and proportion of the vertebre —_ Possibly Odcnto-

scion, as Gunther supposes, may be most nearly allied to this group, but it appears more
nearly connected to the Otolithine. The Lariminz have, then, two genera very distinct
from each other, and recognizable by the following characters :—

Second dorsal much longer than the first. (= I. 24—30.) L. brevicepsCuy. Larimus.
Second dorsal as short or shorter than first. (= I. 13.) L. auritus Cuy. Brachydeuterus.

1862.] 2

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Teeth in external row large.......0 csecceseeesece Odontoscion.*
Eyes moderate, the diameter less than the snout.
Teeth in 1—3 rows.
Anal fin I.—II. 7—13.

Canine teeth of lower jaw large.......... Otolithus.t
Canine teeth in lower jaw obsolete.
Pseudobranchiz developed.........0..- Cynoscion.{
Pseudobranchiz obsolete ......066 00.00 Apseudobranchus. §
Amallfinvls L5G .20s csc. scs<ccrscccsseeseiees Archoscion. ||
Teeth cardiform or pluriserial ........ ....e++ Atractoscion. 1
BB. Teeth above in front (2) and beneath on sides large and
ATO WESHAP GCs sesmas dese esenasceelereascea-acenee ee! Ancylodon.**

The third group is composed of two genera, and may be called Isopisrninaz.
The only species of the Californian is that named by Ayres.

5. Seripuus pouitus Ayres.
The following are the characters of the group and genera :—

A. Dorsal fins quite remote; second dorsal and anal subequal,

Oey pa pedaens cnps4 poocooceaechoSaanonsow sataee Ganaseeen npbsdesne 4 IsOPISTHIN 2.
Scales small and cycloid. Canine teeth above in front and

below on sides very large and lanceolate .......c.--seseeseeeeee Isopisthus.
Scales large, strongly ciliated. Teeth distinct, in one or

EWO TOW Ss tkacsosscessarces ont easnceebane-tehietesanemcis canes (ca -eeneeeneree Seriphus.

The discovery of representatives of such rare types on that coast which has
already furnished so remarkable a number of peculiar forms, is a discovery of
much interest.

I have, in my treatise on the North American Scienoid genera, alluded to
the external differences between the Corvinine and Otolithine, but, unable to
find other satisfactory characters, declined at that time to consider them as
distinct subfamilies. It was after an examination of Dr. Ginther’s work that
my attention was arrested by the coincidence between the proportions of the
abdominal and caudal vertebra and the external form, and I cannot but believe
that the value that has been now given to the groups is merited by their im-
portance. To Dr. Giinther we are indebted for having first assigned to the
family of Scienoids its true limits. He appears to have retained such, and
such only, as are genuine members of the family. Some, as /sopisthus and
Seriphus, seem indeed to have some relation to the carangoid Scombroids, such
as Lactarius, but the affinity is probably remote. The wide separation above
proposed between Jsopisthus and Ancylodon does not appear to be unnatural.

The resignation of R. H. Griffith as Librarian was read and accepted.

The following was read and adopted :

Resolved, That the Committee on the Library, in conjunction with
the Librarian, be authorized to employ an assistant for one year, at a
salary not to exceed twenty-five dollars per month.

The Auditors reported that they had examined the Treasurer’s an-
nual report and had found it correct.

*Type. Corvina dentex Cuv. et Val. {Type. Otolithus ruber Cuv. et Val.
fOtolithus regalis Cuv. §Otolithus toe-roe Cuv. et Val.
|| Otolithus analis Jenyns. TOtolithus equidens Cuv. et Vail.
** Ancylodon jaculidens Cuv. et Val.
[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

Pursuant to the By-Laws, an election of members of the Standing
Committees for 1862 was held; and a Librarian was also elected, as

follows:

‘ETHNOLOGY.
J. A. MEtGs,
S. S. HALDEMAN,
I. I. Hayes.

COMP. ANAT. § GEN. ZOOLOGY.
J. Lerpy,
J. M. Corss,
J. H. Suack.

MAMMALOGY.
J. H. Srack,
JOHN CASSIN,
J. L. Le Conte.

ORNITHOLOGY.
JOHN CASSIN,
S. W. WoopxHovse,
J. H. Suack.

HERPETOLOGY § ICHTHYOLOGY.
KE. D. Cops,

R. BripGeEs,
J. C. Morris.

CONCHOLOG ¥.

T. A. Conran,
W. G, BINNEY,
G. W. Tryon, JR.

ENTOMOLOGY AND CRUSTACEA.

R. BRIDGES,
SAMUEL LEwIs,
K. T. Cresson.

BOTANY.
KE. Duranp,
JOSEPH CARSON,
AUBREY H. Smira.

GEOLOGY.
Isaac Lea,
Cuarues E. Smira,
J. P. LESLEY.

MINERALOGY.
Wm. 8. Vaux,
J. C. TRAUTWINE,
T. D. Rann.

PALAONTOLOGY.
JOSEPH LEIDY,
T. A. Conran,
J. L. Le Conte.

PHYSICS.
B. Howarp Ranp,
Wn. M. UsLeEr,
R. E. Rocers.

LIBRARY.
Wo. 8S. Vaux,
JOSEPH LEIDY,
JOSEPH JEANES.

PROCEEDINGS.
Rospert BripGeEs,
JOSEPH LEIDY,

Wo. 8S. Vaux,
JOHN CASSIN,
Tuomas STEWARDSON.

LIBRARIAN.
J. Dickinson SERGEANT.

1862.}

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

February 4th.
Dr. Lerpy in the Chair.

Twenty-three members present.

The following were presented for publication :

Descriptions of certain speices of Lepidoptera, by W. H. Edwards.

Description of a new Cardium from the Pleistocene of Hudson’s Bay,
by Wm. Stimpson.

Dr. Fisher stated that on the 24th of last December, 24 minutes
past 4, P. M., at Budd’s Ferry, Md., he had observed a brilliant meteor
in the southwest, about 20° above the horizon. Its path subtended an
are of 25 to 80°, and its size appeared to be about that of the full moon
when in the zenith.

February 11th.
Dr. Le Conre in the Chair.

Twelve members present.

The following were presented for publication :

Monograph of the species of Sphzrium, by Temple Prime.

Synopsis of the species of Helcosus and Ameiva, with diagnoses of
new West Indian and South American Colubridx, by E. D. Cope.

February 18th.
Vice President BrinGEs in the Chair.

Twenty members present.

The following were presented for publication :

Synopsis of the Mordellide of the United States; Note on the species
of Calosoma, &c.; Note on the Classification of Cerambycide, &c. By
John L. Le Conte, M. D.

Note on Quercus Heterophylla; Descriptions of Plants By 8. B.
Buckley.

Monograph of the species of Trogosita, &c., by G. H. Horn, M. D.

Additions to the Nomenclature of North American Lepidoptera, by
Aug. R. Grote.

Mr. Vaux, on behalf of the Committee on Proceedings, laid on the
table the No. for last December.

Dr. Bridges, on behalf of the Publicaticn Committee, announced the
publication, on the 11th inst., of Vol. V. pt. 1 of the Journal.

February 25th.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.

Nineteen members present.
The following were ordered to be printed in the Proceedings :

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21

Descriptions of new CRETACEOUS FOSSILS from Nebraska Territory, collected
by the Expedition sent out by the Government under the command of Lieut.
John Mullan, U.S. Topographical Engineers, for the location and construc-
tion of a Wagon Road from the sources of the Missouri to the Pacific
Ocean.”

BY F. B. MEEK AND F. VY. HAYDEN.

The collections containing the fossils described in this paper, were obtained
along the Missouri River at various localities between Fort Benton and points
140 to 150 miles below the Fort. The new forms here for the first time made
known, are all labelled ‘‘ Chippewa Point,’ which is some twenty odd miles
below Fort Benton. There are also in the collection from this locality, and ap-
parently from the same rock, some fine specimens of our Inoceramus winbonatus
and J. fragilis, Hall and Meek. The presence of the latter species, and the
affinities of several of the new forms, indicate that these fossils all come from
No. 2 of the Nebraska Cretaceous series, which is known to be extensively
developed in that region: fragments of one or two of the new species at least,
have certainly been found in that horizon at other places. As we have no sec-
tion of the strata exposed at this locality, however, we are without the means
of knowing whether or not these fossils all came from the one bed. Indeed,
some of them being quite peculiar, and very unlike anything hitherto known
- in our Nebraska series at other localities, it is barely possible there may be a
member here of the Cretaceous not previously recognized elsewhere in this
region.

There are also in the collection from the same place as the above, a number
of good specimens of Atrypa reticularis ; they are labelled “Chippewa Point,
300 feet above the level of the river.” These are of Devonian or Upper Silue
rian age, and were doubtless broken from boulders, or other erratic masses,
brought by drift agencies from some distant northern locality, and of course
have no connection with the geology of this immediate vicinity.

At another locality, ninety miles below Fort Benton, a specimen of our Tan-
credia Americana, and a few other bivalves, were obtained, though we do not
know whether they were found zm sztz or loose. They evidently belong to the
same beds occurring at the mouth of Judith River, farther up, which we have
elsewhere referred with doubt to the Dakota Group, (No. 1) of the Nebraska
Cretaceous series. That this bed is Cretaceous, is proved by the occurrence in
it of of Baculites, as well as by the affinities of its other fossils, excepting the
Tancredia, which would alone point to a lower horizon. Its exact position in
the Cretaceous series still remains doubtful.

The collection also contains from other places 125 to 150 miles below Fort
Benton, specimens of Ostrea subtrigonalis, Evans and Shumard, and of the fol-
lowing species elsewhere described by us :—Corbicula [ Cyrena] cytheriformis,
Corbula permidata, Vivipara Conradiand V. trochiformis; all of which belong to
the Fort Union Group, (brackish water and lower Tertiary deposits) of that
region. Some of these were probably obtained from loose masses. Good speci-
mens of Baculites compressus, Say, were likewise collected near one of these
latter localities.

Figures and more extended descriptions of the new species here indicated
are to be prepared by us for publication in Lieut. Mullan’s final Report.

* The fossils described in this paper were collected by Mr. John Pearsall, who acted
as naturalist of Lieut. Mullan’s expedition.

1862.]

pays PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

CEPHALOPODA.

Genus SCAPHITES, Parkinson.
SCAPHITES VENTRICOSUS.

Shell ventricose, attaining a rather large size, oval-subglobose in form, broadly
rounded on the dorsum. Umbilicus very small, deep, and showing scarcely any
part of the inner whorls. Volutions about three to three and a half, increasing
rather rapidly in size, particularly in breadth, nearly twice as wide transversely
as from the dorsal to the ventral side; all regularly rounded on cach side and
deeply embracing within; last one deflected from the regular curve ef the
others so as to become slightly disconnected at the aperture, which is trans-
versely reniform or lunate. Surface ornamented with numerous small, rather
regular cost, some forty-five to fifty-five of which may be counted around the
dorsum of each turn,-where they are of uniform size, excepting their gradual
and uniform enlargement with the whorls. On the outer, or last volution, only
every fifth or sixth one of the coste extends across to the umbilical margin ;
the intermediate ones becoming obsolete on the sides, where those extending
ee across become larger, more promineut and more angular than on the

orsum.

The septa are each provided with five deeply-divided principal lobes. The
dorsal lobe is longer than wide, and has on each side of its very slender body
three main branches, the two terminal of which are slightly larger than the
next pair above, and each provided with three or four small unequal subdi-
visions on the outer side. The dorsal saddle is as large as the dorsal lobe,
extremely narrow at its base and profoundly divided at its extremity into two
unequal branches, of which the one on the dorsal side is larger than the other,
and distinctly tripartite, each of its subdivisions being deeply sinuous and ob-
tusely digitate. The other main branch is very narrow, and provided with
several short, obtusely rounded, irregular lateral divisions. The superior
lateral lobe is as wide as the dorsal lobe, but shorter, and ornamented with
two large, nearly equal bifurcating terminal branches, the lateral subdivisions
of which are bifid and more or less digitate, while the other two are each pro-
vided with from five to seven digitations. The lateral saddle is much smaller
than the dorsal saddle, very narrow at its base, and consists above of two equal
trilobate terminal branches. The inferior lateral lobe is little more than one-
third as large as the superior, and very similarly divided, excepting that its
branches are proportionally shorter. The ventral lobe is very small and armed
with three or four short, simple divisions.

Length, 3:13 inches; height, 2.65 inches; breadth or convexity, 1-90 inch.

In its external ornamentation, this shell is much like a species described by
us from near the Black Hills, under the name of S. Warreni, (Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., May, 1860, p. 177.) It differs, however, remarkably in size and
form, being nearly twenty times as large, and proportionally much more ventri-
ccse, while its volutions increase much more rapidly in size. Its umbilicus is
also proportionally smaller and its body whorl not deflected so far from the coil
of the inner turns. As we have not yet had an opportunity to see the septa of
S. Warreni, we have no means cf knowing how nearly these forms may agree
in their internal structure.

Locality and position—Chippewa Point, near Fort Benton, on the Upper Mis-
souri; Fort Benton Group of the Nebraska Cretaceous series.

ScAPHITES VERMIFORMIS.

Shell attaining a medium size, oval subdiscoidal in form. Umbilicus very
small. Volutions increasing gradually in size, rounded on the dorsum and
sides, and deeply embracing within; all a little broader transversely than from
the dorsal to the ventral side; last one deflected from the regular curve of the
others, so as to become slightly disconnected at the aperture, which is trans-

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23

! versely subreniform, or a little oval, with a somewhat sinuous inner margin.
Surface ornamented by numerous straight coste, which are small and nearly
regular on the inner volutions, but become more irregular and larger on the
sides of the body whorl, where they support around each dorsv-lateral region,
eae of prominent nodes so disposed as to alternate on opposite aides of the
shell.

On the dorsum the coste are of uniform size, with the exception of their
regalar enlargement with the whoris. The nodes are directed out at right
angles to the plane of the shell, and, like the cost, become again smaller and
more closely arranged towards the aperture. Some of the coste bifurcate at
the nodes on the body whorl, but their number is also increased by the inter-
calation of others between. Where they bifurcate at any of the nodes on one
side, the two divisions crossing over the dorsum from the point of bifurcation,
never both intersect a node on the opposite side, but, in most cases, one of
them, and sometimes both, terminate between two of the nodes on the other
side. In crossing over the dorsum, near the aperture, they all curve a little
forward, but on other parts of the shell they pass nearly or quite straight
across.

The septate portion of the only specimen of this species in the collection
being highly crystalline, the sutures of its septa cannot be very clearly traced
out. We can see, however, that the dorsal lobe is a iittle longer than wide. It
has a rather narrow body, and is provided with three branches on each side,
the upper pair of which are small and nearly simple, while the next pair are
longer and bifid, and the terminal pair, which area little larger than the second,

_4re each ornamented by three small, pointed branches or digitations on the
outer side. The superior lateral lobe is somewhat irregularly tripartite, the
lateral divisions being bifid and sharply digitate, while the terminal, which is
longer than the others and not exactly central, has about five pointed digita-
tions, or sharp, nearly or quite simple branchlets. The lateral saddle is deeply
divided at the extremity into two nearly equal branches. The inferior lateral
saddle is not more than about one-third as large as the superior, nearly as long
as wide and regularly tripartite, while the others have about four digitations
each, and show a slight disposition to bifurcate.

Length, 2-10 inches; height, 1:76 inch; greatest breadth measuring to the
extremities of the nodes on opposite sides, 1-25 inches; do. between the nodes,
1 inch.

This species is related to S. hippocrepis of Dekay, sp. (== Ammonites hippo-
erepis, Dekay, Ao. N. Y. Lyceum, vol. ii. pl. v. fig. 5,) but differs in having its
body whorl less extended away from the coil of inner volutions, and in being
higher in proportion to its length. Its nodes are also larger and much more
preminent; but the most marked difference between these two forms is in their
septa, the dorsal lobe of that under consideration being proporuonally much
narrower and provided with three instead of two branches on each side; while
its lateral lobes are distinctly tripartite instead of bifid.

It is also allied to S. Texanus, Roemer, (Kreid. von Tex., tab. 1, fig. 4,)
though its septa differ as widely from those of that shell as from S. hippocrepis,

Its smaller size, less ventricose form, narrower whorls, and distinct nodes,
will at once distinguish it from the last described species, with which it was
found associated. Its septa also differ in the tripartite character of its lateral
lobes, which is an unusual feature in this genus.

Locality and position —Same as last.

Genus AMMONITES, Bruguiere.

AmMONITES MULLANANUS.

Shell compressed-subglobose; rounded on the dorsum. Umbilicus small,
deep and acutely conical,—between one-third and one-half as wide as the

1862.]

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

breadth of the outer whorl from the dorsal to the ventral side, showing about
one-third of each inner volution, Whorls increasing rapidly in size, particu-
larly at right angles to the plane of the shell,—sloping on each side from near
the umbilicus (with a slightly convex outline) towards the dorsum, and round-
ing abruptly into the umbilicus on the ventral side; each of those within deeply
embraced by the succeeding turn. Aperture transversely reniform or sublunate.
Surface ornamented with rather small, regular, rounded coste, which pass
nearly straight across the sides of the whorls, and arch slightly forward in
crossing over the dorsum. On the dorsal side, (where they are of uniform size,)
from thirty-six to forty of the costa may be counted to every turn. Each of
those commencing at the umbilicus is there usually a little enlarged, especially
on the larger whorls, so as to form a small, subnodose prominence. Beyoud
these they all (particularly on the inner whorls) bifurcate regularly once, near
the middle of each side, and on the larger turns others are also intercalated
between, so as to make the number on the dorsal side five or six times as
great as at the umbilicus.

The septa are rather crowded and provided with variously branched and
deeply sinuous lobes and saddles. The dorsal lobe is about one-fourth longer
than wide, nearly obovate in form, and ornamented with three principal
branches on each side, the two terminal of which are larger than the others
and each provided on the outer side with two or three more or less digitate
lateral branchlets, while the inner parallel margins are merely sharply serrated.
The dorsal saddle is of about the same size as the dorsal lobe, a little oblique,
nearly oblong in form, and divided at the extremity into two tripartite and
obtusely digitate branches, of which the one on the dorsal side is larger than
the other; below these it is provided on each side with two alternating lateral
branches with sinuous margins. The superior lateral lobe is narrower and
shorter than the dorsal lobe, and provided with two principal branches on
each side, the two terminal of which are much larger than the others, and of
unequal size,—the one on the right or dorsal side being the larger. Both of
these terminal branches are distinctly bipartite, the subdivisions being orna-
mented with several branchlets and smaller digitations. The lateral saddle is
about half as wide and near two-thirds as long as the dorsal saddle, more or
less oblique and rather deeply divided at the extremity into two subequal,
bifurcating and obtusely digitate terminal branches. The inferior lateral lobe
is as long as the lateral saddle, but a little narrower, and ornamented with
three variously digitate terminal branches, the middle one of which is longer
than the others, a little oblique and not exactly central. The ventral lobe is
small, being less than half as long, and scarcely two-thirds as wide, as the
inferior lateral lobe, and provided with three nearly equal, spreading, digi-
tate, terminal branches. Between the ventral lobe and the umbilical margin
there are two small auxiliary lobes, the first of which has two or three digi-
tations on each side; while the second is nearly simple, or but slightly sinuous
on the margins.

In the number and arrangement of the lobes and saddles of its septa, as well
as in their mode of branching, this species agrees very nearly with A. Halli,
(Meek and Hayden, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., March, 1856, p. 70.) It
has, however, one more lateral branch on each side of its dorsal lobe, and one
less on each side of its superior lateral] lobe, than 4. Halli; while all the di-
visions of its lobes and saddles are more spreading. Although so closely
allied in their internal characters, these two shells present marked differences
in form, as well as in their external markings, the species now under considera-
tion being much more ventricose and more coarsely ribbed than A. Halli.

It agrees much more nearly in form with A. Barnstoni, Meek, (Prof. Hinds’
Report, Assiniboine and Saskatchewan Expl. Expedition, pl. 11, figs. 1 and 2,)
from far up north, on Mackenzie’s River; but differs in having a smaller and

[ Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25

more acutely conical umbilicus, and less broadly rounded dorsum. Its coste
are also more rounded, and it presents well marked differences in its septa.

The only specimen of this species we have yet seen consists entirely of sep-
tate whorls, the non-septate outer portion having been broken away. It mea-
sures in its greatest diameter 4 inches, and 2:57 inches in breadth at the widest
part of the outer whorl.

Named in honor of Lieut. John Mullan, U.S. Top. Engrs., in charge of the
Expedition for the location and construction of the Pacific Wagon Road,

Locality and position.—Same as preceding.

Genus NAUTILUS, Breynius.

NAUTILUS ELEGANS, var. NEBRASCENSIS,

Nautilus elegans, Sowerby, 1816. Min. Conch., pl. 116.

Nautilus elegans, Mantell, 1822. Geol. Sussex, t. xx. fig.

Nautilus elegans, D'Orbigny, 1840. Palewont. Franc. Ter. Cret., t. i. pl. 19.

Nautilus elegans, Sharpe, 1853. Foss. Mal. Chalk, pt. 1, Ceph. pl. 3, fig. 3, and pl.
4, fig. 1. Paleontographical Society.

Shell globose, broadly rounded over the dorsum and sides; umbilicus en-
tirely closed; volutions increasing rapidly in size, considerably wider trans-
versely than from tke dorsal to the ventral side; aperture transversely reniform
or sublunate, being deeply sinuous on the inner side for the reception of the
preceding turn; margins of the septa rather abruptly arched forward near the
umbilicus, and slightly backwards on the dorsal side, deeply concave on the

“ outer side; siphuncle located about its own breadth outside of the middle of
each septum. Surface of the body whorl ornamented by regular, flattened,
transverse coste2 about five times as broad as the grooves between. In crossing
over the dorsum, these coste all arch gracefully and deepiy backwards parallel
to the broad dorsal sinus of the lip. On the inner whorls, the coste become
obsolete or are only represented by rather distinct lines of growth.

Length or greatest diameter, 3:90 inches; height, 2-82 inches; breadth, 3°40
inches.

This shell agrees almost exactly, in form and surface markings, with Mr.
Sharpe’s figures of Sowerby’s species, to which we have referred it, and only
differs in having its siphuncle a little more nearly central and its umbilicus
closed, apparently at all ages. According to Mr. Sharpe, the umbilicus of JV.
elegans is closed in the young shell, but becomes a little open in the outer whorl
of large specimens. He also states that its siphuncle is located about half way
between the middle aod the corsal side of the septa, though in his figure on
plate 4 of his Monograph cited at the head of this description, it is represented
somewhat nearer the middle. Such small differences, however, we can scarcely
regard as being of specific importance, but, if fuller comparisons should prove
our shell to be distinct, it can retain the name of Nebrascensis.

It is worthy of note that D’Orbigny’s figures cited above represent a rather
distinctly less ventricose form, with a more narrowly rounded dorsum than
our Nebraska shell, or those figured by Mr. Sharpe. He also shows a distinet
longitudinal line on the middle of the dorsum (of an internal cast) not seen
on our specimen, nor on those figured in Mr. Sharpe’s Monograph.

Dr. Shumard has described, in vol. i. p. 590 of the Transactions of the St.
Louis Academy of Sciences, a similar species from the cretaceous rocks of
Texas. As he mentions, however, that the siphancle of the Texas shell is
situated between the middle and the ventral side of the septa, and that the
height of its aperture is greater than its breadth, he doubtless has a distinet
species from NV. elegans. So far as we know, this is the first time Sowerby’s
species has been even doubtfully identified in America.

Locality and position. —Same as preceding.

1862.]

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Genus INOCERAMUS, Sowerby.
INOCERAMUS UNDABUNDUS.

Shell (left valve) obliquely rhombic-subovate, gibbous, anterior side very
short, obliquely truncated from the beak above, and rounding into the long
antero-basal margin; base very prominent, and abruptly rounded a little
behind the middle, from which point its margin ascends obliquely forward
with a gently convex outline ; posterior side broadly rounded or subtruncate ;
dorsal outline sloping from the beaks at an angle of about 90°; hinge appa-
rently short; beak moderately prominent, incurved, and directed a little
towards the front; umbonal axis ranging at an angle of about 70 with the
hinge line; surface ornamented by regular, distinct, concentric undulations,
which are (on the cast) subangular, and separated by shallow rounded depres-
sions; shell structure coarsely fibrous near the hinge. (Right valve un-
known.)

Height from the most prominent part of the base to the hinge, 3 inches ;
length at right angles to height, 3 inches ; convexity, 1-84 inches.

The peculiar obliquely rhombic outline, rather gibbous form, and regular
undulations of this shell, will readily distinguish it from any other species
known tous. It is true, beth the following species have the corresponding
valve more gibbous than this, but in those the greatest convexity is in the
umbonal region, while in this it is near the middle of the valve. In all other
respects they are remarkably unlike.

Locality and position.—Chippewa Point, near Fort Benton, on the Missouri
River, from beds supposed to hold the position of Fort Benton Group of the
Nebraska Cretaceous section.

INOCERAMUS EXOGYROIDES.

Shell large; left valve subcircular, its height being a little greater than its
length from the anterior to the posterior side, very gibbous; buccal and anal
margins rounded, and forming with the base about three-fourths of a circle ;
cardinal border somewhat arched; beak large, elevated, gibbous, distinctly
involuted and directed obliquely forward, so as to bring its point near the
anterior margin; surface of cast smooth, or marked by obscure concentric
folds. (Right valve unknown.)

Length from anterior to posterior margin, 5 inches; height, 5°50 inches ;
convexity near 3 inches.

We have not yet seen the right valve of this species, but judging from the
gibbous character and incurved beak of the left, it will probably be found to
be much more compressed, so as to make the shell very distinctly inequivalve.
The laterally curved beak and general form of the left valve give it much the
appearance of some species of Exogyra, when viewed on the inner side. Its
aperture is transversely oval, the height being to the length about as four to
five. Remaining portions of the shell about the hinge show it to have been
rather thick and distinctly fibrous.

This species differs from an analogous form described by us from the same
position ? (and from near the same locality) under the name of J. umbonatus,
in being much more depressed, and in having its beak considerably less ele-
vated, as well as directed much more obliquely forward. In J. umbonatus
(some fine specimens of which were brought in with the form under considera-
tion) the umbo of the left valve rises near one-half the entire height of the
shell above the hinge, while in the species we are here describing it extends
less than one-third the height of the shell above. The length of the valve
from the anterior to the posterior side is distinctly greater in proportion to its
height than in J. umbonatus, while the corresponding valve of the latter shell
is much more gibbous. We have before us a series of specimens belonging
to each of these forms, and find no difficulty whatever in separating them.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27

A careful examination of much better specimens of J. umbonatus, in the col-
lections now before us, than that first described by us, shows that form to be
even more closely allied to J. involutus of Sowerby than we had at first sup-
posed. As Sowerby’s species holds a position, however, in the Upper Chalk,
and ours comes mingled with Lower Chalk types, it is probable a comparison
of perfect specimens of each would result in the discovery of constant differ-
ences.

Locality and position.—Same as last?

INOCERAMUS TENUIROSTRATUS.

Left valve very gibbous, subquadrilateral in outline ; anterior side truncated
almost immediately in front of the beak, and rounding into the base below ;
ventral margin semielliptical in outline ; posterior side rounded, or sometimes
subtruncate above; hinge straight, comparatively long, and rather finely
crenulated, there being about five crenulations in the space of 0:20 inch ; beak
very gibbous, pointed, slender, prominent, and distinctly incurved,—directed
obliquely forward so as to bring its point nearly over the anterior margin ;
surface (of internal cast) smooth over the gibbous umbonal region, but having
a few small and very obscure concentric undulations below the middle. (Right
valve unknown, but probably compressed.)

Length, 2°10 inches; height from base to hinge, 1°82 inches; height from
base to top of umbo, 2°13 inches; convexity, (left valve only,) 0°90 inch.

This shell has a longer hinge and a more transverse form than any other
species known to us, having so prominent, slender, and incurved a beak. It
- differs remarkably from the last, in the slenderness of its beak and less regu-
larly ventricose character of its left valve. Its umbonal region is perhaps
more gibbous than that of the last, though this gibbosity is more local and
abrupt.

Locality and position.—Same as last.

Genus VENILIA, Morton.

Ventiis Mortont.

Shell transversely oblong, or subrhombic in outline, gibbous, thick and
strong ; base nearly straight, but rounding up in front; dorsal margin parallel
to the base. excepting behind, where it rounds into the anal margin; anterior
side truncated immediately in front of the beaks; posterior margin truncated
a little obliquely ; postero-basal extremity abruptly rounded or subangular ;
beaks located directly over the anterior margin, directed obliquely forward,
and rather distinctly incurved at the points, as in Jsocardia; posterior um-
bonal slopes forming a prominent oblique ridge from each beak to the postero-
basal extremity; lunule and escutcheon impressed, but without distinctly
defined margins; surface marked with strong lines and more or less distinct
concentric ridges of growth, which latter assume a regular arrangement on the
umbones.

Length, 1°66 inches ; height, 1-40 inches ; breadth or convexity, 1-17 inches.

This species is allied to Venilia Conradi of Morton, (Synop. Org. Rem. pl. 8,
fig. 1—2,) but differs, if Dr. Morton’s figures are correctly drawn, in being
proportionally longer transversely, more nearly oblong in form, and in having
its posterior margin more distinctly truncated, while its antero-ventral region
is less prominently rounded. Its dorsal margin is also more nearly horizontal,
and rounds less regularly into the truncated anal border.

The genus Venilia was proposed by Dr. Morton, in 1834, for the reception
of a rather peculiar shell, which D’Orbigny afterwards referred to Cyprina.
We agree, however, with those authors who regard it as clearly distinct from
the typical forms of Cyprina, though it may not be generically distinct from a
few forms referred by some to that group. We have not had an opportunity

1862.]

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

to see Dr. Morton’s original specimen, but, judging from his figures and a
carefully drawn sketch of its hinge sent us by Mr. Gabb, it seems to us more
nearly allied to Cypricardia of Lamarck than to Cyprina.

The only question in regard to the propriety of retaining Dr. Morton’s name
arises from the fact that it had been previously (1829) applied by Duponchel
to a group of lepidopterous insects. If Dupouchel’s genus is a good one, we
think Morton’s name for the group of shells to which the species under con-
sideration belongs should be changed, although we are aware many natural-
ists are inclined to admit the use of the same generic names in different de-
partments of Natural History.

Locality and position.—Same as preceding.

Genus PHOLADOMYA, Sowerby.
PHOLADOMYA PAPYRACEA.

Shell rather under medium size, extremely thin and fragile, transversely
subovate in outline, moderately convex in the anterior and umbonal regions,
cuneate and a little gaping behind; outline of base regularly semiovate, its
most prominent part being somewhat in advance of the middle; anterior side
short and rounded; posterior margin more narrowly rounded; hinge margin
straight, long, not inflected so as to form a distinct escutcheon ; beaks mode-
rately gibbous, rising little above the hinge, incurved and located near the
anterior extremity of the shell, but not terminal. Surface ornamented by
about twelve small radiating cost, which are interrupted by numerous small,
regularly arranged concentric ridges. The radiating coste are divided by the
concentric ridges, so as to present the appearance of rows of minute nodes
placed upon the latter. The surface markring are all distinctly impressed
upon the internal cast.

Length, 1:16 inches; height, 0°76 inch; breadth or convexity, 0°55 inch.

This species seems to be closely allied to Pholadomya occidentalis of Morton,
(Synopsis Org. Rem. pl. viii. fig. 3,) but is much smaller, and differs in having
numerous regular concentric ridges, separated by furrows that completely
divide the radiating coste, which are less numerous and more regularly
arranged than on Morton’s species.

It also resembles P. ovulum of Agassiz, (Etud. Crit. sur les Moll. Foss. tab.
3b, fig. 1—6,) an Oolitic species, but has a longer and straighter hinge margin,
and differs in being destitute of a distinctly defined depression along the
dorsal margin. Its concentric ridges likewise appear to differ in being more
regular and distinct.

Locality and position.—Same as preceding.

Monograph of the Species of SPHH RIUM of North and South America.

BY TEMPLE PRIME.
(Continued fiom page 409, Dec., 1861.)

15. Sph. triangulare, Say.
Cyclas triangularis, Say, New Harm. Dissem. 356, 1829.

Animal not observed. Shell transversely oval, nearly equilateral, rather
full, anterior margin slightly distended, rounded, posterior somewhat abrupt,
nasal rounded; beaks large, full, prominent; lines of growth regular, epi-
dermis brownish; hinge margin narrow, curved; cardinal teeth very distinct,
assuming the shape of the letter V reversed; lateral teeth prominent.

Long. 9-16; lat. 7-16; diam. 4-16 inches. °

Hab. N. America, in Mexico. (Cabinet Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada.)

The specimens from which I have prepared this description were presented
to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia by Mrs. Say, as the Cyclas

[ Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29

triangularis, Say; they may or may not be true representatives of Say’s
species. In many points they answer his description of the C. triangularis,
but at the same time I am not able to reconcile their shape, which is not more
triangular than that of any other species, with the name he has applied to
the species. Moreover, they bear a very strong resemblance to one of our
Northern Spherium, the Sph. solidulum; they differ from it, however, in

being less heavily and more regularly striated, and in having more prominent
beaks.

b.—Species with protuberant or calyculate beaks.

16. Sph. elevatum, Hald.
Cyclas elevata, Hald., Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Proc., i. 53, 1841.
C. pallida, De Charp., MSS. 1851.

Animal not observed. Shell ovate, orbicular, nearly spherical, cavity
_ large, equilateral, margins well rounded; beaks
central, slightly inclined towards the anterior, lap-

ping over the outline of the shell, large, tumid,
approximate, calyculate, prominent; hinge margin

SQ Slightly curved; cardinal teeth united, prominent ;
lateral ones elongated ; large, valves very strong,

interior bluish; surface smooth, striation light,
irregular; color brownish olive, greatly varied by

zones of a lighter shade, a zone of bright yellow
bordering the inferior and part of the lateral margins.

Long. 9-16; lat. 8-16; diam. 5-16 inches. |

Hab. N. America, at New Orleans, La., and in Florida and Alabama.
(Cabinets Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., and Prime.)

Remarkable for its transversely spherical shape, which renders it distinct
from all other species of this genus. It is much more solid than the generality
of calyculate species, the valves being as strong as those of any of the larger
species of the preceding group.

The Cyclas pallida, the young of this species, is more delicate than the
adult; it is a little less transversely spherical, the strie are lighter, and the
color is bright yellow.

Prof. Haldeman’s original specimen of the Cyclas elevata, from which
this description was prepared, and which is now in the cabinet of the
Academy of Natural Sciences, though very perfect in appearance, comprised
but a single valve.

This species seems to be very rare. I have never met with any other
specimens but the one in the cabinet of the Academy and those I have in
mine,—two specimens of the Cyclas pallida, derived from De Charpentier
himself, and a single valve from Florida.

17. Sph. partumiun, Say.
Cyclas partumia, Say, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Il. 2, 380, 1822.
C. cornea, var. 2, Lam., An. s. vert. v. 558, 1818.
C. orbicularia, Barrat, Amer. Il. xlviii. 276, 1845.
C. mirabilis, Prime, Bost. Proc. iv. 157, 1851.
C. cerulea sé loc. sub. cit. iv. 161, 1851.
C. eburuea, Anthony, ‘* ‘* ‘* iv. 279, 1852.

Animal usually white, in some varieties pink, syphonal tubes pink. Shell
rounded-oval, thin, fragile, pellucid, somewhat inflated, nearly equilateral;
anterior margin very slightly distended, rounded ; posterior slightly abrupt ;
basal rounded ; beaks central, calyculate, approximate at apex; strie so deli-
cate as hardly to be visible ; epidermis glossy, of a light greenish horn color,
with at times a zone of a different shade on the basal margin; valves delicate,
moderately convex, interior light blue ; hinge margin nearly straight, passing

1862.]

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

by a regular curve into the anterior margin, but curving suddenly behind so
as to form an obtuse angle, causing the posterior side to appear broader, thus
giving the shell a somewhat rhombiform appearance; cardinal teeth strong,
assuming the shape of the letter V reversed; lateral teeth very much

elongated.
The young shell is more compressed than the adult; it is usually light

yellow.

Long. 8-16; lat. 7-16; diam. 5-16 inches.

Hab. N. America, in the States of Maine, Vermont, Massachusetts, New
York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Ohio, S. Carolina, Georgia, Mississippi,
Alabama and Arkansas. (Cabinets Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist., Garden of Plants at Paris, Agassiz, Jay and Prime.)

This species varies much according to the localities where it is found, which
accounts in part for the number of names it has received. The Cyclas
orbicularia, of which I have authentic specimens from Mr. Barrat, is a
genuine Sph. partum ium, without even any local modifications of shape.
The Cyclas mirabilis, from Georgia, is a small form of this species, and
the Cyclas cerulea differs from the type in being a little less inflated. The
Cyclas eburnea, from Arkansas, varies from the Northern Sph. partu-
mium in being more compressed and a little more elevated. I do not think,
however, taking the difference of localities into consideration, that these are
characters sufficient to warrant retaining the Cyclas eburnea as a distinct
species. I had an opportunity while in Paris to assure myself that the variety
No. 2 of Cyclas cornea was a true Sph. partumium.

This species is not only very widely distributed, but where it is found, it
occurs in large numbers. The only one of our Northern species to which it
_ bears much resemblance is the Sph. truncatum, and that is only in general
outline; the Sph. partumium is much more inflated and transversely
more broad.

18. Sph. Jayanum, Prime.
Cyclas Jayensis, Prime, Bost. Proc. iv. 157, 1851.

Animal not observed. Shell rhombic, nearly equilateral, moderately con-
vex, thin, fragile, somewhat translucent, drawn up to an angle towards the
hinge margin; anterior and posterior margins very abrupt, inferior very
slightly curved ; beaks central, calyculate, approximate at apex ; hinge margin
considerably shorter than the basal margin, slightly curved; cardinal teeth
distinct in the shape of the letter V reversed; lateral teeth elongated ; valves
delicate, interior light blue; strie hardly visible; epidermis glossy, light
greenish horn color, with at times a zone of bright yellow on the inferior
margin.

Long. 8-16; lat. 7-16; diam. 3-16 inches.

Hab. N. America, in the region of Lake Superior? (Cabinets Agassiz, Jay,
Garden of Plants in Paris, and Prime.)

This attractive and rare species is easily distinguished by its elevated shape
and by its abrupt lateral margins, which give it a somewhat triangular
appearance. It is related to the Sph. Ryckholti of Europe, from which
it differs, however, in being more inflated, its beaks are less prominent, the
shell is more elevated, and its anterior margin is abrupt, whereas in Sph.
Ryckholti it is distended and angular.

19. Sph. subtransversum, Prime, Proc. Zool. xxviii. 322, 1860.

Animal not observed. Shell small, transversely oblong, equilateral, trans-
lucent, fragile, compressed ; beaks central, large, calyculate ; strie very deli-
cate; epidermis greenish yellow.

Long. 3-10; lat. 2-10; diam. 1-10 inches.

Hab. N. America, at Tabasco in Mexico. (Cabinet Cuming.)

The only specimen I have seen of this species was sent to me for description

by Mr. Cuming. CF
eb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31

20. Sph. argentinum, D’Orbigny.
Cyclas argentina, D’Orb., Mag. de Zool. 1835. Voy. en Amer. Mérid.
508, pl. 83, f. 5—7, 1844.

Animal not observed. Shell oval, small, translucent, compressed ; anterior
side short, somewhat angular, posterior side distended and truncated at the
end; beaks calyculate; striz delicate; epidermis greenish brown; valves
slight, interior bluish ; cardinal teeth united, lateral teeth hardly visible.

Long. 5-16; lat. 4-16 inches.

Hab. S. America, at Montevideo at the base of the Cerro. (Cabinet British
Museum.)

It has not been my good fortune to meet with this species. M, D’Orbigny
says it bears some resemblance to the Cyclas caliculata, meaning thereby,
I presume, the shell now known to European conchologists under the name of
Sph. lacustre, Ferussac.

21. Sph. tenue, Prime.
Cyclas tenuis, Prime, Bost. Proc. iv. 161, 1851.

Animal not observed. Shell small, transversely oblong, pellucid, mode-
rately full, subequilateral; anterior and basal margins rounded, posterior
margin subabrupt; beaks nearly central, not prominent, calyculate ; striations
very fine and regular, hardly perceptible ; epidermis glossy, light straw color ;
valves slight, interior straw color; hinge margin short, narrow, nearly straight ;
cardinal teeth very diminutive, lateral teeth small, elongated.

Long. 3-16; lat. 2-16; diam. 1-16 inches.

Hab. WN. America, in the Androscoggin, Maine. (Cabinet Prime.)

This species, the smallest one known to inhabit the United States, was dis-
covered some years since by Mr. Girard, from whom I obtained my specimens,
the only ones I have met with. It may possibly be the young of some species,
but if so, it would be very difficult to say which; setting aside its diminutive
size, it appears to have all the characteristics of a mature shell. In outline it
seems to be allied tothe Sph. transversum; it is, however, more inflated,
less elongated, and its margins are more rounded. At first sight, it might
readily be mistaken for a Pisidium.

22. Sph. transversum, Say.
Cyclas transversa, Say, New Harm. Dissem. 2, 356, 1829.
C. detrunca‘a, Prime, Bost. Proc. iv. 155, 1851.
C. gracile, 7 loc. sub. cit. iv. 156, 1851.
C. constricta, Anthony, ‘‘ ‘ ‘* iv. 274, 1852.

Animal white, syphonal tubes pink, foot white. Shell transversely oblong,
elongated, subinequilateral, translucent; anterior side narrow; anterior
margin rounded, posterior margin subtruncate, basal very much curved;
beaks placed somewhat on the anterior side, large, calyculate, very much
raised above the outline of the shell; strie very delicate; epidermis greenish
yellow, of a darker shade at times on the region of beaks; valves slight,
interior bluish; hinge margin very nearly straight, narrow; cardinal teeth
compressed, in the shape of the letter V reversed, and very much expanded;
lateral teeth slightly elongated.

Long. 10-16; lat. 7-16; diam. 4-16 inches.

Hab. N. America, in the States of New York, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Ken-
tucky and Arkansas. (Cabinets Jay and Prime.)

This large and delicate species is remarkable for its very transverse shape
and for the narrowness of the anterior extremity as compared to the posterior.
The form of the shell recalls that of many of the small species from the West
Indies and South America. It is found in considerable abundance.

The Cyclas detruncata does not differ sufficiently from the type to con-
stitute even a variety. The Cyclas gracilis isa large variety of Sph. trans-
1862.)

OF¢

O42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

versun, it is a little more inflated and of a darker color. The Cyclas ¢on-
stricta is nothing more than a difformed specimen of Say’s species, having a
perpendicular furrow up the centre of each valve, caused by some accident
occurring to the shell during its growth.

23. Sph. Bahiense, Spix.
Cyclas Bahiensis, Spix, Tert. Braz. 32, pl. xxv. f. 5, 6, 1827.
C. maculata, Anton, (non Morelet,) Wiegm. Archiv, 284, 1837.
Pisum maculatum, Desh., Brit. Mus. Cat. 283, 1854.

P. Bahiense OC loc. sub. cit. 284, 1854.
Musculium Bahiense, Adams, rec. gen. ii. 451, 1858.
M. maculatum, sit loc. sub, cit. ii. 451, 1858.

Animal not observed. Shell very small, rounded-oval, inflated, inequi-
lateral ; anterior margin narrow, curved ; posterior margin broad, subtruncate;
inferior margin curved ; beaks inclined towards the anterior, large, prominent,
calyculate ; valves slight, interior dark yellow, irregularly mottled with dark
reddish spots; lines of growth very fine; epidermis yellowish brown, with
irregular spots of dark purple; hinge margin very narrow, nearly straight ;
cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth comparatively strong, the posterior one
much the longer.

Long. 5-32; lat. 2-16; diam. 3-32 inches.

Hab. S. America, at Bahia in Brazil. (Cabinets Jay, Prime and others.)

This, the smallest species of Spherium, has the peculiar appearance cha-
racteristic of the West Indian and South American shells of this genus. It
does not seem to be uncommon. Some authors, led away by its diminutive
size, have committed the error, as may be seen by the above synonymy, of
placing it under the head of Pisidium. I have never seen the Cyclas macu-
lata of Anton, (non Morelet,) but have every reason to believe, from the
description given of it, that it does not differ materially from this species. In
outline it is somewhat similar to the Sph. Barbadense; it is, however,
much smaller, less inflated, and the beaks are much more raised. Compared
to the Sph. meridionale, Nobis, and Sph. maculatum, Morelet, it is
smaller, more inflated, and the margins are more rounded.

24. Sph. Barbadense, Prime, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861.

Animal not observed. Shell small, rounded-oval, ventricose, subequi-
lateral, delicate; anterior side a little the shorter and narrower; margins
generally rounded ; beaks slightly inclined towards the anterior, nearly cen-
tral, small, calycalate, approximate at apex, at times eroded ; strie coarse for
the size of the shell, though not very distinct ; epidermis dark greenish- brown;
valves slight, very convex; cardinal teeth very small; lateral teeth strong,
very much drawn up and shorter than they usually are in other species.

Long. +; lat. 1-5; diam. 5-32 inches.

Hab. Barbadoes, West Indies. (Cabinet Prime.)

I have but one specimen of this species, which seems to be closely allied to
the Sph. Bahiense of Brazil; it is, however, much larger, more globose,
and its beaks are not as much raised.

25. Sph. modioliforme, Anton.
Cyclas modioliformis, Anton, Wiegm. Archiv, 284, 1837.
Pisidium diaphanum, Hald., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i. 53, 1841.
Pisum modioliforme, Deshayes, Brit. Mus. Cat. 283, 1854.
Pisidium Moquinianum, Bourgt., Amen. i. 61, pl. 3, f. 13—17, 1855.
Cyclas Moquiniana, Gassies, Pisid. S. O. f. 9, 1855.
C. striatella, Ferussac, Museum of Paris.
C. littoralis ce Collect. Michaud.
C. Venezuelensis, Prime, Museum at Leyden.
Musculium modioliforme, Adams, rec. gen. ii. 451, 1858.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

Animal not observed. Shell small, ovate-oblong, moderately inflated, ine-
quilateral, translucent ; anterior and basal margins rounded, posterior some-
what distended and subtruncate ; beaks inclined towards the anterior, promi-
nent, calyculate; valves slight, convex; epidermis dark yellow, irregularly
spotted with a darker color; strie hardly visible; teeth very small; hinge
margin somewhat curved, very narrow.

Long. 5-16; lat. 3-16; diam. 5-32 inches. ;

Hab. §S. America, in Brazil and Venezuela. (Cabinets Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., Bourguignat, Gassies, Museum of Paris, Michaud, and Museum at
Leyden.)

The specimen from which this description was prepared—the original shell
from which Mr. Haldeman described the Pisid. diaphanum-—is in the
Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. It was dis-
covered in the interior of a large Ampullaria from Brazil. I have never seen
the Cyclas modioliformis or the Pisid. Moquinianum, but judging
from their descriptions and from the figure of the latter, I have little doubt
but that they belong to the same species. I have had occasion to examine
the Cyclas striatella, littoralis and Venezuelensis personally.

The Sph. modioliforme seems to ve rare. It bears some resemblance
to the Sph. meridionale, but it differs from it in being more inflated and
of a lighter color.

26. Sph. meridionale, Prime, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861.

Animal not observed. Shell small, transversely-oblong, compressed, deli-
-cate, inequilateral ; anterior side narrow, shorter; anterior margin somewhat
angular, posterior subabrupt, basal slightly rounded; beaks inclined towards
the anterior, small, calyculate, approximate at apex: valves slight, com-
pressed, stri# very regular and delicate, hardly perceptible; epidermis yel-
lowish brown, irregularly mottled with large blotches of a much darker color;
hinge margin very slightly rounded, narrow, much shorter than the basal
margin; cardinal teeth diminutive; lateral teeth slight, the posterior tooth
much the more elongated.

Long. 4; lat. 1-5; diam. 2-16 inches.

Hab. N. America, at Panama. (Cabinet Prime.)

This species, of which I have never seen but one specimen, is easily dis-
tinguished by its very inequilateral and compressed shape. Compared to the
Sph. maculatum, it is larger, its posterior margin is less abrupt, and its
lateral teeth are larger.

27. Sph. maculatum, Morelet.
Cyclas maculata, Morelet, Test. nov. Insul. Cub., etc., pt. 2d, 25, 1851.

Animal not observed. Shell small, transversely-oblong, rhombic, elongated,
inequilateral, compressed, delicate ; anterior side much the narrower, slightly
rounded ; posterior side very broad; posterior margin abrupt, forming a
straight line from the hinge to the base of the shell; inferior margin nearly
straight ; valves slight, very little convex; beaks small, calyculate, inclined
towards the anterior side; strize not perceptible; epidermis dark yellowish-
brown, irregularly mottled with spots of a much darker color; hinge margin
nearly straight ; cardinal teeth very small; lateral teeth strong, elongated.

Long. 4-16; lat. 3-16; diam. 2-16 inches.

Hab. WN. America, in Yucatan. (Cabinets Morelet, Jay and Prime.)

A rare species ; the only specimens I have met with were kindly presented
to me by the original describer. It is easily distinguished from all other
species of Spherium by the very great disproportion which exists between
the lateral margins.

1862.) 3

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

28. Sph. Veatleyi, C. B. Adams.
Cyclas Veatleyi, C. B. Adams, Contrib. Conch. 44, 1849.
Pisidium ‘' Petit, Il. Conch. ii. 421, 1851.
Pisum ‘¢ -‘Desh., Brit. Mus. Cat. 283, 1854.
Musculium ‘* Adams, rec. gen. ii. 452, 1858.

Animal not observed. Shell small, transversely elongated, inequilateral,
compressed ; anterior and inferior margins rounded; posterior margin sub-
truncate; beaks situated towards the anterior side and inclined in that
direction, small, prominent, calyculate; valves slight, interior irregularly
spotted with dark blotches ; strie regular, coarse for the size of the shell;
epidermis horn color with a tinge of brown; hinge margin nearly straight :
cardinal teeth small but distinct, placed in the shape of the letter V reversed ;
lateral teeth well developed, elongated.

Long. 3-16; lat. 2-16; diam. 1-16 inches.

Hab. N. America, in the Island of Jamaica. (Cabinets Jay and Prime. )

This rare species, of which I received specimens from the late Prof. Adams,
is somewhat allied to the Sph. Portoricense; itis, however, smaller, more
delicate, more elongated, the valves are less full, the beaks less large, and the
hinge in every way more slight.

29. Sph. Portoricense, Prime, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861.

Animal not observed. Shell small, transversely elongated, rhombic, equi-
lateral, slightly compressed; margins generally straight, in especial the pos-
terior margin; beaks central, slightly inclined towards the anterior side,
calyculate, approximate at apex; strie regular, quite heavy considering the
size of the shell; epidermis light brownish-yellow ; cardinal teeth strong ;
lateral teeth strong, very much drawn up; valves solid, very little convex ;
the interior, and at times the exterior, irregularly spotted with a few dots of
very dark color.

Long. 4; lat. 1-5; diam. 3 inches.

Hab. Portorico, West Indies. (Cabinets Swift and Prime.)

The specimens from which this description were prepared were kindly fur-
nished to me by Mr. Swift of St. Thomas. In proportion to its size this
species is quite robust. It is different from the generality of the West Indian
and South American Spheria by its suleations, which are regular and deep.
In shape and appearance it recalls the young of Sph. sul catum. It is
allied to Sph. Veatleyi in outline, but otherwise it is different, in being
heavier and of a larger size.

30. Sph. securis, Prime.
Cyclas securis, Prime, Bost. Proc. iv. 160, 1851. Ann, N. Y. Lyceum,
v. 218, pl. vi. 1851.
©. cardissa, Prime, Bost. Proc. iv. 160, 1851.
C. crocea, Lewis, loc. sub. cit. v. 25, 1854.

Animal pinkish, syphons of the same color. Shell rhombic-orbicular, ven-
tricose, subequilateral, both sides of very nearly the same length; anterior
margin a little curved ; posterior margin abrupt, forming an obtuse angle with
the hinge margin; basal margin much longer than the superior margin,
rounded ; beaks large, calyeulate, slightly inclined towards the anterior, very
approximate at apex; valves slight, very convex, especially in the region of
the umbones ; striz delicate, regular, hardly perceptible: epidermis glossy in
some cases, very variable in color, but generally of a greenish-horn, at times
of a brilliant yellow or straw color; hinge margin curved, narrow; cardinal
teeth very small, united at base; lateral teeth slight, elongated, very narrow.

Long. 6-16; lat. 5-16; diam. 4-16 inches.

Hab. N. America, in the States of Massachusetts, Vermont, Pennsylvania
and New York. (Cabinets Jay, Lewis and Prime.)

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

Found plentifully at Cambridge, Mass. I cannot see differences sufficient be-
tween the Sph. securis and the Cyclas cardissa to separate them; the
Cyclas cardissa is more globose, transversely shorter, more elevated, but
still intermediate forms uniting the two are so frequent that it is not possible
that they should form distinct species.

The Cyclas crocea, Lewis, is a young of this species.

Compared to the Sph. sphericum, the Sph. securis is more equilateral,
the beaks are less tumid and less inclined, the sides are less rounded, and the
hinge margin is less curved.

31. Sph. rosaceum, Prime.
Cyclas rosacea, Prime, Bost. Proc. iv. 155, 1851.

Animal not observed. Shell small, rounded-oval, fragile, translucent, sub-
equilateral, somewhat compressed, margins generally rounded; beaks nearly
central, slightly inclined towards the anterior, calyculate, approximate at
apex; valves very slight, a little convex in the region of the umbones; strie
regular, hardly visible; epidermis shiny, reddish-brown ; hinge margin nearly
straight, delicate, narrow ; cardinal teeth nearly obsolete, lateral teeth slight,
elongated.

Long. 4-16; lat. 3-16 ; diam. 5-32 inches.

Hab. N. America, in the Schuylkill River. (Cabinet Prime.)

This species, which is very rare, the only specimens known to me being
those in my collection, is not very liable to be confounded with others. Com-
pared to the Sph. occidentale, itis less full, the beaks are more prominent
.and are calyculate.

32. Sph. sphaericum, Anthony.
Cyclas spherica, Anthony, Bost. Proc. iv. 275, 1852.

Animal not observed. Shell globose, subequi-
lateral, transversely oval; anterior side narrow,
aN distended, rounded ; inferior margin rounded; pos-
o@~ terior margin subabrupt; beaks inclined towards
N the anterior, large, prominent, calyculate ; valves
\ slight, very convex, interior blue; strie fine and
regular; epidermis greenish; hinge margin much
curved ; cardinal teeth strong, united at base and
disposed in the shape of the letter V reversed;
lateral teeth prominent, very distinct, rather short.
Long. 5-16; lat. 9-32; diam. 3-16 inches.
Hab. WN. America, in the Black River, Ohio. (Cabinets Anthony and
Prime.)
Very rare; I have never seen any specimens of this species but those in
Mr. Anthony’s collection and in mine. Compared to the Sph. rosaceum,
it is less equilateral, more inflated and the margins are less rounded.

33. Sph. truncatum, Linsley.
Cyclas calyculata, C. B. Adams, Amer. Il., xi. 277, 1841.
‘¢ truncata, Linsley, Amer. II., N. Ser., vi. 234, f. 3, 1848.
‘¢ pellucida, Prime, Boston Proc., iv. 277, 1852.

Animal not observed. Shell rhombic-orbicular, lenticular, thin, pellucid,
very slightly inflated, subequilateral; anterior side narrower; anterior mar-
gin rounded ; posterior margin nearly a straight line; basalsomewhat curved ;
beaks central, calyculate, approximate at apex; strie very delicate; epider-
mis glossy, light greenish horn color; valves slight, very little convex ; inte-
rior light blue; hinge margin very nearly straight; very narrow; cardinal
teeth diminutive, united at base; lateral teeth slight, narrow, not much
elongated.

1862.]

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Long. 6-16; lat. 5-16; diam. 5-32 inches.

Hab. WN. America, in the States of Maine, Vermont, Massachusetts, Con-
necticut, New York and Ohio. (Cabinets Linsley, Gould and Prime.)

The specimens from which this description was prepared, the same ones
from which Dr. Gould described the original Cyclas truncata, are pre-
cisely similar to those the late Prof. Adams sent to me labelled Cyelas caly-
culata, from Vermont, and which I described, in 1852, under the name of
Cyclas pellucida. This specicies is undoubtedly very closely allied to
the Sph. lacustre, Ferussac (Cyclas calyculata of authors) of Europe,
but still the differences are patent enough to authorize its being retained as
distinct. Compared to the Sph. partumium, the Sph. truncatum is
less inflated, transversely less broad, the posterior margin is more abrupt and
the binge slighter. The young, more tumid than the adult, is of a lemon
yellow. Found not uncommonly.

34, Sph. lenticula, Gould.
Lucina lenticula, Gould, Bost. Proc., iii. 256, 1850.
Cyclas lenticula, Gould, Atlas Explor. Exped., pl. 36, f. 528.

Animal not observed. Shell rhombic-orbicular, lenticular, thin, pellucid,
very slightly inflated, nearly equilateral; anterior side narrower; anterior
margin curved; posterior margin abrupt, inferior rounded; beaks central,
calyculate, approximate at apex; strie hardly visible; epidermis glossy,
light greenish horn color; valves delicate, a little convex towards the region
of the umbones; interior light blue; hinge margin nearly straight, narrow ;
cardinal teeth hardly visible, united at base; lateral teeth slight, narrow, not
much elongated.

Long. 7-16; lat. 6-16; diam. 3-16 inches.

(Cabinets Gould, Anthony and Prime.)

Hab. N. America, in Carson River, California.

This species, of which I obtained specimens from Dr. Gould, is so similar
in nearly every respect tothe Sph. truncatum, that itis very difficult to tell
them apart. The valves of the Sph. lenticula are perhaps a little more
convex as they approach the region of the beaks, and the hinge margin a
little more curved and less narrow. The young shell is of the same color as
the adult, whereas, with Sph. truncatum, the young is of a lighter color.

Fossil Species.

35. Sph. recticardinale, Meek and Hayden, Ac. N.S. Phil., Proc., 176,
1860.

Shell of medium size, transversely subelliptical, rather compressed, very
thin; anterior side rounded ; base forming a regular semielliptic curve; pos-
terior extremity obliquely subtruncate above and rather narrowly rounded
below ; cardinal margin long and straight; beaks very small, compressed and
projecting but slightly above the hinge, located nearly half way between the
middle and the anterior end; surface marked by moderately distinct, irregular
lines of growth. ;

Long. 0°55; lat. 0°36; diam. 0°24 inch.

Hab. Near the mouth of Grand River, on the Upper Missouri, Nebraska,
U. S. of America. Tertiary Formation.

36. Sph. planum, Meek and Hayden, Ac. N. S. Phil., Proc., 175, 1860.
Shell rather small, broad oval or subcireular, much compressed ; extremi-
ties more or less regularly rounded, the posterior margin being sometimes
faintly subtruncate; base semioval in outline; cardinal margin rounding
gradually from near the middle; beaks very small, compressed, and scarcely
extending beyond the hinge margin, nearly central; surface marked by fine,
irregular, obscure concentric striz. [Feb
ed.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 37

Long. 0°38; lat. 0°32; diam. 0°08 inch.
Hab. Near the mouth of Grand River, on the Upper Missouri, Nebraska,
U.S. of America. Tertiary formation.

37. Sph. formosum, Meek and a
Cyclas formosa, M. & H., Ac. N. S. Phil., Prov., 115, 1856.
‘¢ fragilis, M. & H., ‘loc. sub. ar 115, 1856.

Shell small, oval, oblique, scarcely ventricose ; cardinal margin straight ;
buccal end rounded; anal extremity obliquely truncate ; basal margin semi-
elliptical or broadly rounded; beaks obtuse, tumid, rising somewhat above
the hinge, nearly touching, placed a little in advance of the middle ; surface
ornamented by very fine, regular, distinct, concentric wrinkles.

Long. *17; lat. -08; diam. ‘14 inch.

Hab. Three miles above Fort Union, Nebraska, U.S of America. Ter-
tiary Formation.

38. Sph.subellipticum, Meek and Hayden.
Cyclas subelliptica, M. & H., Ac. N.S. Phil. Proc., 115, 1856.

Shell small, elliptical-ovate, somewhat ventricose, thin and fragile ; pos-
terior end narrower than the anterior, both narrowly rounded; base semi-
elliptical or semiovate; cardinal border apparently rounding gradually to
both extremities; beaks not much elevated, pointed, incurved, not oblique,
located near the middle ; surface indistinctly marked with lines of growth.

Long. °24; lat. :14 inch.

Hab. Three miles above Fort Union, Nebraska, U.S. of America. Ter-
tiary Formation.

‘* The beaks are so near the middle, and curved so nearly at right angles to
the longitudinal diameter of the shell, that it is not easy to determine, espe-
cially from the examination of mutilated specimens, which is the posterior or
which the anterior end. As we have only seen imperfect specimens, we are
not sure the surface markings are indistinct on unworn shells.””—M. & H.

The following shells, known under the name of Cyclas, must be excluded
from the list of American species of Spherium, in some cases because they
have been improperly placed in this genus, and in others, because no descrip-
tion has been published :—

Cyclas aequalis, Rafinesque, is Pisid. Virginicum.
altilis, Anthony, is Pisid. compressum.

“ Americana, Christof. and Jan. Undescribed.

‘* Caro liniana, Bos., is Cyrena Caroliniensis.

“ Chilensis, D’Orbigny, is Pisid. Chilense.

‘“* elandestina, Da Costa, is a marine shell.
densata, D’Orbigny, (fossil,) is Cyrena densata.
** dubia, Say, is Pisid. Virginicum.
‘fluviatilis, Bose, is a Corbicula.
Fontaineii, D’Orbigny, is Cyrena Fontaineii.

‘“ hammalis, Rafin., is a Corbicula.

limosa, D’Orbigny, is Corbicula limosa.
maritima, D’Orbigny, is Cyrena Cubensis.

‘“« minor, C. B. Adams, is Pisid. abditum.

‘* —nitida, Adams & Mighl., is Pisid. Adamsi.

“* ovata, Lewis. Undescribed.

“ Paranensis, D’Orbigny, is Corbicula Paranensis.
pygmea, C. B. Adams, is Pisid. Jamaicense.
variegata, D’Orbigny, is Corbicula limosa.

«« Virginica, Feérussac, is Pisid. Virginicum.

“ee

(JX)
v2)

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Note on the Classification of CERAMBYCIDZ, with descriptions of new species.
BY JOHN L. LECONTE, M.D.

Since the publication of my essay on the Classification of our Cerambycide,
in the Journal of the Academy, many species have been added to the literature
of our fauna; and in restudying the material in my collection, J have noticed
some characters not yet employed, which seem to render the definition and
classification of the tribes more perfect. The general features of the arrange-
ment proposed by me in the essay above mentioned have been adopted in many
of the works recently published, but the results have not been improved by any
important changes of system or characters.

A very excellent application of the system to the Cerambycide of the entire
globe has been made by Mr. James Thomson in his work entitled ‘“ Essai d’une
Classification de la Famille des Cerambycides;” the order of arrangement
adopted by him is different from that used in my paper; commencing with the
highest form, the Lamiide, he ends with the Prionide. The arrangement is
probably more convenient than mine, but it is impossible to preserve even the
most important affinities in a linear form The tables given both by him and
myself exhibit perfectly the relations of the larger divisions to each other and
to other families.

The important character to which I wish to cali attention in the present note
is the granulation of the eyes. In certain tribes (e. g. Clytus) the lenses are
exceedingly small, in others (e. g. Elaphidion) they are much larger; in the
former case the eyes are said to be finely, and in the latter, coarsely granulated.
This character is also observed in the Lamiidz, and in both instances serves
to define well marked tribes with greater ease and distinctness than any other
character which has been observed.

Using this observation, to perfect our tables of tribes, (or groups. as I pre--
viously called them,) we obtain the following result.

LAMIIDA.

I, Humeri rounded, wings wanting; (anterior coxal cavities closed, either
rounded or angulated ; eyes somewhat coarsely granulated :)—Monilema, &c.
Michthysoma.

Il. Humeri distinct :—

A. Eyes coarsely granulated:

a. Anterior coxal cavities rounded, closed :—Acanthoderus, Adilis, &c. ;
Liopus, Leptostylus, Dectes, &c.

6. Anterior coxal cavities angulated, closed:—Pogonocherus, Eupo-
gonius, &c.; Oncideres, Mesosa, &c.; Monohammus, Goés, &c.; Pty-
chodes, Dercaschema, &c.

B. Eyes finely granulated :
a. Anterior coxal cavities angulated, closed behind.
Front large, flat, frontal suture concave :—Saperda.
Front convex, frontal suture straight :—Tetraopes, Oberea, &c,
6. Anterior coxal cavities open behind :—Dysphaga.

CERAMBYCID A.

No change is proposed in the Lepturini or Spondylini; the eyes are finely
granulated in all of our genera except Centrodera Lec. The remainder
of the subfamily may be arranged thus :—

I. Anterior coxal cavities angulated, closed behind ; (eyes finely granulated):—
Heliomanes, Stenopterus.
If. Anterior coxal cavities rounded; maxillz elongated, maxillary palpi short ;
(eyes finely granulated. )
Anterior coxal cavities closed behind :—Callichroma.
Anterior coxal cavities open behind :—Rhopalophorus.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39

Ilf. Anterior coxal cavities rounded, open behind; maxille short, labial palpi
normal.
A. Eyes coarsely granulated :—Distenia, Eburia, &c.; Elaphidion, &c.;

Ibidion.

B. Eyes finely granulated :
Front short, oblique:

Femora slender, clavate :—Ancylocera.

Femora not clavate:—Arhopalus, Stenosphenus, Mannophorus, &c. ;
Megaderus, Dendrobias, Trachyderes, Stenaspis, &c. ; Tylosis, Cros-
sidius, &.

Front large, quadrate, vertical :
Femora not clavate :—Tragidion, Purpuricenus.
Femora very clavate :—Clytus, Euderces.

IV. Anterior coxal cavities angulated, open behind; maxilla short, palpi
normal.
A. Anterior cox not transverse, eves coarsely granulated :
Femora slender at base, suddenly clavate :—Obrium, &c.
Femora gradually clavate :—Sclerocerus, Dryobius, Gracilia, Smodi-
cum, Atimia, Opsimus.
B. Anterior coxe transverse :
a. Eyes finely granulated:
Femora not clavate :—Rosalia,
Femora slender at base, almost suddenly clavate :—Callidium, &c.
Femora gradually but strongly thickened :—Tetropium, Asemum.
b. Eyes coarsely granulated :—Criocephalus.

Description of new species.

1, Adilis obliquus, elongatus, cinereo-pubescens, nigro-variegatus, ely-
tris costis tribus nigro-tesselatis parum elevatis, fasciisque duabus obliquis nigris
ornatis, profunde minus parce punctatis. Long. -45—-53.

Kansas, New Mexico, Arizona and California. Of the same shape as our
Eastern Al. obsoletus, but readily distinguished by the less distant punctures
of the elytra and the three elevated coste; the 3d, 4th and 5th joints of the
antenne are clothed beneath with dense, short, very fine hair, as in Al. obs 0-
letus.

2. Dectes texanus, elongatus, niger, dense cinereo-pubescens, thorace
latitudine fere longiore, spina haud divergente, lineam lateris recte continu-
ante. Long. :31.

Texas, one specimen. This species resembles D. spinosus, (Lamia spi-
nosa Say,) but is more slender, and the lateral spines near the base of the
thorax do not diverge from the straight line of the sides.

I erroneously described the anterior coxal cavities of D. spinosus as being
open behind; they are in reality closed, though much more narrowly than is
usual in this tribe. Thomson (loc. cit. 14) seems to have considered this
insect as Hetemis cinerea Lec., (juglandis Hald.,) which belongs to a very
different genus, allied to Dorcaschema.

3. Liopus regularis, elongatus, depressus, niger, pube cinerea brevis-
sima dense vestitus, thorace macnlis rotundatis 4 quadratim positis, elytris
utringue 2, 2,1, 1 rotundatis nigerrimis ornatis; antennis, ore, femoribusque
fulvis, his apice nigris; elytris parce subtiliter punctatis apice rotundatis,
thorace spina laterali valde divergente. Long. 27.

Ohio; Mr. Ulke. This beautiful species is of the same form as L. symm et-
ricus, but the lateral spine of the thorax is longer and more diverging.

4, Pogonocherus nubilus, nigro-piceus, nitidus, pube brevi densa cinerea
irregulariter adspersus, thorace Jatitudine sesqui breviore, confertim punctato,

1862.]

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

lateribus spina acuta armatis, elytris antice sat dense grosse punctatis, apice

rotundatis ; antennis annulatis, corpore paulo longioribus. Long. *35.
Northern New York, on bass-wood; Mr. Ashton. This species differs in

appearance from the others of the genus, and resembles in form a small Gra-

phisurus; but the anterior coxal cavities are very distinctly angulated ex-
ternally.

5. Monohammus oculatus, niger, pube brevi pallida parce irroratus,thorace
confertim rugoso et punctato, latitudine paulo breviore, spina laterali acuta,
elytris rude punctatis, macula rotundata atra utrinque pone medium ornatis.
Long. -42.

Raciue, Wisconsin; Dr. J. P. Kirtland. A very distinct and beautiful little
species. The antenne are nearly twice as long as the body.

6. Monohammus marmoratus, Lamia marmorata Randall; Monohammus
fautor Lec.
This synonym is determined by reference to the original specimen.

7. Tetrops jucunda, elongata, nigra, nitida, pube erecta nigra longa
vestita, capite thoraceque coccineis, hoc latitudine longiore parce punctulato,
antice posticeque vage transversim impresso, macula dorsali ovali nigra ornato,
elytris grosse subseriatim punctatis; pedibus totis nigris. Long. -33,

Middle States. Larger than T. monostigma, and easily known by the
black legs.

8. Leptura rufibasis, elongata, nigra, subtiliter cinereo-pubescens»
capite thoraceque confertissime punctatis, hoc latitudine longiore, antrorsum
sensim angustato, lateribus modice rotundatis, cinereo-pruinosis, angulis pos-
ticis parvis acutis, elytris fere parallelis apice rotundatis, antice fortiter, pos-
tice subtilius punctatis, antennis fuscis articulo lmo rufo, pedibus rufis, tarsis
nigris ; tibiis posticis femorumque apice nonnunquam nigris. Long. *25—30.

Hudson’s Bay Territory, about Methy Lake; Mr. R. Kennicott. Of the same
size and form as L.subargentata Kirby, but differs by the red color of the
legs and base of antennz. In one specimen the hind tibiz and the outer fourth
of the hind thighs are black; in all the others seen the thighs and tibie are
entirely red, and the tarsi alone dark.

9. Leptura saucia, elongata nigra, capite thoraceque dense punctulatis
fulvo pubescentibus, hoc fulvo, macula magna dorsali nigricante, latitudine
paulo breviore, convexo, antrorsum angustato, angulis posticis parvis acutis,
elytris parallelis fortiter postice subtilius punctatis, breviter griseo-pubes-
centibus, apice rotundatis; antennis pedibusque nigris, femoribus anticis,
mediorumque basi rufo-testaceis. Long. °25.

Middle States. Allied to L. ruficollis Suy, but, besides the differences in
color, the thorax is more finely and densely punctulate than ia that species.

10. Leptura ruficeps, elongata nigra, parce griseo-pubescens, capite
obscure sanguineo, thoraceque dense punctulatis, hoc latitudine paulo longiore,
antrorsum angustato, lateribus late rotundatis, angulis posticis parvis acutis,
elytris parallelis, fortiter, postice subtilius punctatis, apice rotundatis ; antennis
nigris, pedibus anticis rufis, posterioribus nigris, femoribus mediis basi rufis.
Long. *27.

One specimen, upper Georgia. This species belongs to the same division as
the two preceding. The front tibiz and tarsi are slightly fuscous.

11. Centrodera sublineata, fusca, sordide pubescens, thorace confertim
punctato, linea angusta dorsali lwvi, antice posticeque constricto, apice
ancustiore, lateribus medio obtuse angulatis, elytris thorace sesqui latioribus,
parallelis apice rotundatis, sat dense punctatis, sulcis obsoletis magis pubes-
centibus notatis; antennis corpore longiocibus, articulis 3 et 4 conjunctis 5to
baud longioribus. Long -45—-53. i

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41

Middle and Western States. Centrodera is readily distinguished among our
Lepturide genera by the large coarsely granulated eyes. This species differs
from the other two by the lateral tubercle of the thorax not being acute, and
by the 3d and 4th joints of the antenne being shorter.

12. Toxotus Schaumii Lee.

The males of this species are frequently reddish yellow, with only the elytra
and antenne black; the first joint of the antenne is yellow and the tarsi are
fuscous.

Pyrorricaus. (Lepturini.)

Corpus elongatum lineare; caput longe pone oculos subito constrictum,
fronte brevi verticali; oculi valde emarginati, subtiliter granulati; palpi
articulo ultimo modice dilatato, campanulato. Thorax tuberculo acuto late-
rali armatus; elytra elongata parallela, precipue postice fortiter marginata.
Antenne (maris) crassiuscule, corpore paulo breviores, articulis 3io et 4to
conjunctis 5to haud longioribus. Pedes mediocres, postici paulo longiores,
tibiis calcaribus ad apicem sitis, tarsis posticis articulo lmo sequentes duos
zquante.

This genus is allied to Encyclops, but differs in the proportion of the joints
of the antenna, and also by the deeply emarginate eyes.

13. P. vitticollis, niger, opacus, capite scutello vittisque tribus thoracis
lete fulvo-pnubescentibus; elytris rude punctatis, thorace parum latioribus,
margine postice et ad apicem reflexo. Long. :48.

California; Mr. Ulke. In each of the large punctures of the elytra is con-
tained a very minute brown hair; the tip is feebly truncate.

14, Elaphidion subpubescens, elongatum lineare, pube parca pallida
vestitum, testaceum, capite thoraceque fuscis, hoc cylindrico, latitudine longiore,
rude sat dense punctatum, elytris parce antice fortiter punctatis, apice truncatis
bispinosis ; femoribus muticis, antennis articulis 3—5 spina brevi apicali arma-
tis. Long. ‘65.

New Jersey; Mr. P. R. Uhler. Very different from our other species, and
still more slender than E. parallelum.

15. Heterachthes nobilis, elongatus piceus, nitidus, pilis pallidis erectis
parce vestitus, thorace latitudine sesqui longiore rude rugose punctato, antice
posticeque transversim impresso, elytris parce fortiter punctatis, fascia trans-
versa ad suturam interrupta ante medium, alteraque communi antice angulata
pone medium pallidis ornatis. Long. -50.

Texas. Resembles in appearance H. 4-maculatis, but very different by
its sculpture and the very distinct chevron-shaped bana of the elytra.

16. Stenosphenuslu gens, niger, thorace latitudine sublongiore, antrorsum
angustato, lateribus rotundatis, nitido levi, elytris vitta suturali angusta,
alterisque utrinque duabus fere confluentibus punctatis et parce pubescentibus
apice bispinosis. Long. -50.

Texas. Narrower thanS. notatus; the elytra have the punctures arranged
in three longitudinal bands; a narrow one at the suture, and two almost con-
fluent on the disc; from the punctures proceed coarse pale hairs; the inter-
vening spaces are smooth and glabrous. The spines of the antenne are as in
S. notatus. The feet are entirely black.

OxopLus.

Corpus elongatum, haud convexum subtiliter parce pubescens, grosse punc-
tatum; mandibule apice late emarginate ; antenne sexus utriusque 11-articu-
late; oculi subtiliter granuiati; thorax transversus, lateribus spina acuta
armatus, dorso vix callosus; elytra apice subtruncata haud spinosa.

A new genus, allied to Tylosis, but differing by the antenne having eleven

1862 ]

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

joints, and by the lateral spine of the thorax. The species are red and black
in color, and resemble in appearance Purpuricenus, which they replace in the
interior regions of the continent.

17. Oxoplus coralinus lete coccineus, capite antennis pedibus metatho-
racis lateribus plagaque maxima communi elytrorum postica nigris; elytris
fortiter sat dense punctatis. Long. -70—-80.

New Mexico; Mr. Ulke. The large common spot of the elytra extends from
the middle to the tip along the suture, but the red along the margin reaches to
within one-fifth of the tip.

18. Oxoplus cruentus, coccineus, capite antennis pedibus scutello elytris
que nigris, his confertissime punctatis basi margineque laterali fere ad apicem
coccineis. Long. °85.

Cape San Lucas; Mr. Xantus. Resembles the preceding, but the lateral
spine of the thorax is larger; the elytra are more densely and finely punctured,
and the black extends to within one-seventh of the base.

19. Oxoplus marginatus, subtus fusco-coccineus, supra niger, opacus,
pube brevi helva sericea vestitus, thorace spinis rufo-tinctis, elytris confertissime
punctatis basi margineque laterali fere ad apicem coccineis. Long. -95.

Cape San Lucas; Mr. Xantus. Differs from the preceding not only in color,
bnt by the very obvious pubescence and by the punctures of the elytra towards
the base being larger.

20. Clytus approximatus, ferrugineo-fuscus, subtiliter pubescens,
thorace latitudine longiore, ovali, confertissime granulato-punctato, ad medium
carinulis transversis armato, altera utrinque prope basin; elytris apice oblique
truncatis, fascia recta mox ante medium, altera obliqua approximata ad sutu-
ram angulata, tertia latiore ad dodrantem, scutelloque flavo-pubeseentibus ;
femoribus posticis abdomine longioribus, vix spinosis. Long. -33—-45.

Kansas; Mr. Ulke. Allied in form and sculpture toC. erythrocephalus;
the second elytral band commences on the side bebind the middle, runs obliquely
forwards nearly to the suture, when it is suddenly angulated and reaches the
suture; the point of the angle approaches closely to the first band; body be-
neath banded with yellow hair.

21. Clytus horrid us, linearis, fusco-piceus, cinereo-pubescens, thorace lati-
tudine fere sesqui longiore, subcylindrico, dorso carinulis acutis 6, alteraque
utrinque ante basin armato, minus subtiliter granulato, granulis punctigeris;
elytris apice oblique truncatis, basi, fasc’a angusta smpe interrupta vel obsoleta
ante medium, altera angulata mox pone medium, tertiaque obliqua ad dodran-
tem albo-pubescentibus, femoribus posticis maris abdomine longioribus, fe-
mine brevioribus. Long. :30—-40.

Middle States. The middle band makes an acute angle on each elytron, the
apex being directed towards the base. The suture is more or less clothed with
white pubescence; beneath a white spot is seen each side of the metasternum.
This species belongs near C, leucozonus.

22. Pteroplatus? floridanus, niger opacus, supra rude punctatus, thorace
fulvo, vittis 3 nigris, dorsali latiore, latitudine breviore, rotundato, parum con-
vexo; elytris thorace paulo latioribus, sutura margine costisque utvinque
3 elevatis, his postice obsoletis; basi margineque externo lete fulvo; antennis
corpore duplo brevioribus, haud cristatis, articulo 5to 4to longiore, 1lmo sim-
plici, apice subacuto. Long. °37.

Florida; Mr. Edward Norton. The anterior coxe are not transverse, and
their cavities are very slightly angulated externally, about as much so as in
Atimia.

23. Asemum asperum Lec. has the eyes prominent, and coarsely granulated

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45

as in Criocephalas, but much more emarginate than in the other species of that
genus. In the latter respect, however, C. australis (Asemum australe Lec.)
is an intermediate form.

24. Prionusinnocuus, rufo-piceus, nitidus, thorace modice punctato, lati-
tudine triplo breviore, angulis omnibus valde rotundatis, lateribus rotundatis,
paulo undulatis, elytris thorace fere sesqui brevioribus, latitudine vix sesqui
longioribus, sat fortiter punctatis, apice singulatim rotundatis; antennis (2)
13-articulatis. Long. :90.

New Mexico; Mr. Ulke. More robust in form than any other species known
to me; the eyes are of the same size as in P. integer Lec.

Synopsis of the MORDELLIDZ of the United States.
BY JOHN L. LE CONTE, M. D.

In investigating the numerous species of this family contained in our fauna,
I have recognized other genera, in addition to those noted by me in the Smith-
sonian Contributions, in my paper on the Coleoptera of Kansas and New Mexico.
I have also become convinced that the genus Sphalera established upon Mor-
della melaena Germ., is not tenable, the relative proportion of the outer
joints of the antennz being a specific rather than a generic character.

With these changes, our genera may be arranged in two tribes, as follows :

A. Abdomen without anal prolongation ; claws not cleft ; hind

Pee aH ON CVA GCSE = hone snows see seiwanasacssletenacnadesctaeac acs waseem ANASPINI.
Anterior and middle tarsi with 4th joint equal to 3d;
Antenne long, scarcely thickened externally............. Dicipra.
Antenne shorter, last five joints broader ........ .....-.- PENTARIA.
Anterior and middle tarsi with 4th joint very small.......... ANASPIS.
B. Abdomen, with the last dorsal segment prolonged, conical ;
claws cleft and pectinate ; hind coxe very large............ MORDELLINI.

a. Hind tibie with a small subapical ridge; eyes finely
granulated ;
Scutellum emarginate behind, eyes not reaching the
OPE ETE 2 Gecoc apc ene ARTE eed See Soeeoreee ToMOXIA.
Scutellum triangular, eyes reaching the occiput ;
Anal style emarginate, last joint of maxillary palpi

very transverse, Securiform.........-.2.-..++++++++ GLIPa.
Anal style entire, last joint of maxillary palpi tri-
angular or slightly securiform...........-..-..+++ MorDELLA.

b. Hind tibie and tarsi with oblique ridges on the outer
face; eyes coarsely granulated ;
Hind tibie without subapical ridge...... .-....seeeeeeeeeee GLIPODES.
Hind tibiz with the subapical ridge distinct............. MoRDELLISTENA.

Tribe 1. ANASPINI.

The hind coxe are somewhat larger in Anaspis than in the other two genera,
and are shaped as in Mordella, though by no means as largely developed as
in that genus. The characters of the tribe are :—

Hind coxe not or but slightly dilated; tibie slender, claws not cleft nor
serrate ; last dorsal segment not prolonged; 6th ventral segment not visible
in Anaspis, visible in Pentaria and Diclidia ; eyes oval, narrowly emarginate ;
antenne inserted very near the eyes, not serrate. Body transversely strigate,
pubescent. The species are found on plants.

Dicuipia.
The only species known to me is Anaspis laetula Lec., which differs

1862.]

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

from Pentaria by the antennez, which are long and slender, very slightly thick-
ened externally, by the form, of the moseaiernum, as well as by the sexual
characters.

Scutellum rounded triangular, last aaa segment not prolonged, sixth
ventral visible; hind tibie slender, without ridges ; fourth joint of anterior
and middle tarsi emarginate, not smaller than the third ; claws dilated at base.
Hind cox small. Mesosternum compressed, much elevated. Eyes coarsely
granulated, with a small emargination; antenne long and slender, slightly
thickened externally, not serrate ; third and fourth joints each equal to the first
and second together, fifth and sixth a little shorter. Palpi?

In the male the fifth ventral segment is broadly emarginate, and from the
tip of the abdomen proceed two long triangular appendages, truncate at the
apex. The sculpture is of fine transverse lines.

Yellow; scutellar cloud and two posterior bands of elytra black, venter
fuscous, 12. Texas. 1. laetula Lec.

Pentaria Muls.

Scutellum rounded triangular; last dorsal segment of abdomen not pro-
longed ; sixth ventral segment visible; hind tibie without ridges, more slen-
der than in Anaspis; third joint of anterior and middle tarsi not lobed, fourth
equal to the third, and emarginate ; claws dilated at base. Hind coxe smaller
than in Anaspis. Eyes coarsely granulated with a small emargination; an-
tenne with the joints 4—6 short, 7—11 thickened, not serrate; last joint of
maxillary palpi triangular, acute at tip. :

Notwithstanding the visible sixth ventral segment, the present genus is so
closely allied to Anaspis that it would be unnatural to place it anywhere but
in this family. The reduction in size of the hind coxe and the slender hind
tibiz indicate a relationship with Scraptia,.

The species are small, narrow, finely pubescent insects, living upon flowers ;
the sculpture consists of very fine, transverse lines as in Anaspis.

I have not discovered any external sexual characters.

Body fuscous; head, thorax, feet and base of antenne testaceous; elytra
black, with a large spot before the middle, extending nearly to the suture,
and a broad band near the tip, yellow, *14. Middle States. Anaspis trifas-
ciata Mels. I, tritascita tamer.

Body entirely fuscous or piceous, legs and base of anteune paler, *11—-13.
Texas and New Mexico. 2.fuscula.

Body very narrow, yellow, with a broad fuscous band on the elytra at the
middle, :09. Tejon, California. 3. nu bila Lec.

Anaspis Latr.

Scutellum rounded triangular, last dorsal segment not prolonged; sixth
ventral not visible; hind tibie slightly thickened, without ridges ; fourth
joint of anterior and middle tarsi very small, received upon the third joint,
which is slightly lobed; claws dilated at base. Hind coxe flat, moderate in
size. Mesosternum not compressed, finely carinate. Eyes coarsely granulated,
with a small emargination ; antenne slightly thickened externally, not ser-
rate ; last joint of maxillary palpi rounded internally, pointed at tip.

In the male two long, slender appendages ure seen proceeding from between
the fourth and fifth ventral segments ; the fourth and fifth, and sometimes the
others, are longitudinally excavated.

The genus Anthobates Lec. (Agassiz’s Lake Superior, 231) was established
on false observations; the type of it, Anaspis trifasciata Mels. cannot
be placed in the present genus, but must be referred to Pentaria Muls.,
the generic name under which the characters were first properly exposed.

Body entirely black ; transverse strie exceedingly fine:
Thorax twice as wide as long; base of antenne, palpi and front legs tes-

‘[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45

taceous, *13—-15. L. Superior and Hudson’s Bay Terr. © with the ventral

segments broadly channeled. Hallomenus niger Hald. : 1. nigra Lec.
Thorax one-half wider than long, mouth and base of antenne very dark
testaceous, -11—-15. California. - : fs is - 2.atra Lec.

Head, thorax and body black; elytra brownish yellow:

Thorax scarcely wider than long, ‘15. Cala. and Sitka. A. luteipennis
lec. . - : 3. sericea Mann.
Thorax one-half wider than long, 12— 14, Georgia and Minnesota.
4.flavipennis Hal.
Thorax and elytra brownish yellow :

Thorax one-half wider than long; head yellow; antenne and abdomen
usually fuscous, sometimes yellow, -12—-15. Southern, Middle and Western
States, Canada, Sitka. A. pallescens Maun. ; ventralis Mels. ; filiformis Lec.

5. rufa Say.

Thorax one-half wider than long, head black, antenne and body fuscous,
the former pale at the base, -10—°13. Washington Territory.

6.nigriceps Lec.

Thorax nearly twice as wide as long; entirely uniform iene brown,

more robust than the preceding, ‘05. Colorado Desert. . -pusio Lee.

Thorax yellow, elytra and body black:

Thorax a little wider than long, anterior and middle thighs peauly testa-
ceous ; transverse lines of elytra more distinct than usual, -12. San Diego,
Cala. . : - 4 ; : 8, collaris Lec.

Tribe II. MORDELLINI.

Hind coxe very large and fiat, metasternum short; hind tibie dilated ;
claws cleft to the base, with the upper portion strongly pectinate ; last dor-
sal segment conical, prolonged, sixth ventral not visible. Eyes oval, emargi-
nate, antenne more or less serrate, inserted in front of the eyes under a frontal
margin. Body pubescent, very finely punctulate.

Tomoxia Costa.

The species of this genus are cuneiform, of a blackish color, varied with
irregularly diffused gray pubescence ; the ‘scutellum i is emarginate behind,
the anal style is short and obtuse; the hind tibie and tarsi without ridges,
except the short subapical one of the former; the eyes are finely granulated,
the antenne tolerably strongly serrate, and the last joint of the palpi is more
or less elongate, triangular and moderately thick, with the extremity hollowed
out,

The species are found running on the bark of trees cE are partly dead;
three are known to me,—

§ A. Last joint of maxillary palpi long triangular ; base of thorax rounded
at the middle.

Elytra with broad lines not extending behind the middle ; a posterior fascia
composed of spots and the apical margin cinereous ; of the dark markings
a rhomboidal spot each side near the base is most characteristic, -38—"5. Mid-
dle and Western States. . < ° 3 : 1. bidentata (Say.)

§ B. Last joint of maxillary palpi securiform; base of thorax subemarginate
at the middle.
Elytra with narrow lines and subapical fascia cinereons, dark markings all
narrow, *21—-32. Middle States. = » 2 lineella.
Elytra with a broad basal fascia including each side a round dark spot,
transverse spot behind the middle, apex, suture and margin cinereous, “19.
Western States. . : A “ ° : . : . 3. inclusa.

1862.]

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Guipa Lec.

The only species known to me is narrow and cuneiform ; the scutellum is
rounded triangular, the anal style is short and subemarginate ; the hind tibie
and tarsi are without ridges, except the short, subapical one of the former ;
the eyes are very finely granulated, the antenne tolerably strongly serrate,
and the last joint of the maxillary palpi very broadly securiform and mode-
rately thick, with the extremity hollowed out.

Black, varied with cinereous hair, elytra with a narrow subbasal band ob-
lique inwards, and a broad one oblique outwards, brown pubescent, con-
nected along the suture and margined with cinereous pubescence, *35—-48.
Middle and Western States. Mordella hilaris Lay. : 1. hilaris Lec.

Morpeuia Linn.

The species of this genus are cuneiform; the scutellum is triangular; the
anal style generally long and slender; the hind tibia and tarsi are without
ridges, except the short, subapical one of the former; the eyes are finely
granulated, the antenne are more or less serrate; the last joint of the max-
illary palpi long triangular, very obliquely truncate, except in the male ot M.
oculata, where it is broad and securiform, with the under surface clothed
with erect hairs, moderately thick and hollowed out at the extremity ; Spha-
lera Lec. founded upon M. melaena Germ. is not sufficiently distinct.

The species are found on flowers.

§ A. Ana! style short truncate, antenne broadly serrate.

Piceous, covered with sericeous brown hair, elytra with a double cinereous
spot each side, behind the middle, -25—-30. Kansas. 1.4-punctata Lec.*
Dull black; thorax, pygidium and elytra sprinkled with small rounded
spots of a silvery pubesceuce, elytra with a narrow, interrupted band behind

the middle, composed of confluent spots, -13. Northern States.
2. borealis.

§ B. Anal style long slender.

A. Last joint of maxillary palpi scalene triangular.
a. Pubescence above dark, without conspicuous markings :

Deep black, finely pubescent, base of thorax broadly rounded at the mid-
dle, *2—°33. Middle, Southern and Western States. 3. melaena Germr.
Above dull black, scutellum cinereous, beneath with fine grayish pubes-
cence, sides of breast and anterior margin of ventral segments clothed with
nearly white pubescence, *16—-23. N. Y., Canada, Ga., Oregon, California.
M. atrata Mels. . : : : : ; : 4.scutellaris Fadr.
Black, pubescence above brownish black, with single cinereous hairs inter-

mixed, beneath dull black, ‘12—-‘17. Southern and Western States.
5. irrorata.

b. Pubescence above black, with orange-colored spots :

Occipital margin, base of thorax, with two short projections each side, ir-
regular spot surrounding the humerus, and a lunate spot near the tip of the
elytra clothed with bright orange-colored pubescence, “30. Florida.

6.inflammata.

Head grayish pubescent, thorax with reticulated lines of grayish yellow hair,
elytra with a curved basal spot, a narrow oblique one behind the humerus,
a rounded subsutural one at the middle, and a reniform spot one-fourth from
the tip, more or less fulvous pubescent, beneath spotted with cinereous pubes-
cence, *°24—'28. Middle and Southern States. . 7. octopunctata Fabr.

* Anaspis 4-punctata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., 3, 276.
[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47

c. Pubescence above black, varied with cinereous pubescent markings :

a. Antenne and front legs black ; markings small, irregular.

Thorax cinereous pubescent, with large black spots; elytra with smal!
cinereous markings, more or less confluent ; beneath varied with cinereous
and black, -12—"17. Atlantic to Kansas ; La. to Winnipeg.

8. marginata Melis.

Thorax cinereous pubescent, with large black spots; elytra with small
cinereous markings, confluent into narrow lines; beneath varied with cine-
reous and black, * 14—-17. Middle and Western States, Canada.

9. lineata Mels.

b. Antenne and front legs testaceous ; markings irregular :

Thorax and elytra speckled with small, rounded, unequal, cinereous spots,
interrupted band behind, the middle of the elytra and tip cinereous; beneath
varied with cinereous and black, ‘15. . . : : 10. serval Say.

B. Last joint of maxillary palpi broad, securiform.
(Antenne and front legs testaceous, markings large.)

Elytra with a large basal band including each side a round black spot, and
an interrupted band behind the middle cinereous; beneath varied with cine-
reous ; (maxillary palpi of male larger than in the female, with the under
surface of the joints clothed with erect hairs,) *23—-26. Middle, Southern
and Western States. . 5 “ : : s 1l. oculata Say.

Elytra with an oblique band running from the humerus almost to the su-
ture, a transverse spot behind the middle, and the entire suture cinereous:
beneath varied with cinereous, ({{ unknown,) ‘20. Kansas.

12.insulata Lec.

C. Last joint of maxillary palpi almost an isoceles triangle.

a. Body entirely black, robust, elytra with broad cinereous pubescent bands,
thorax cinereous pubescent with large black spots.

Elytra with a broad basal band inclading on each side two spots, and two
oblique undulated bands of cinereous hair, -12—-14. Middle and Western
States. : : : c : : : : : 13. triloba Lec.*

Elytra with a broad basal band including each side a very large black spot,
band just behind the middle and tip cinereous, ‘11. Middle and Western
States. . | : = : : : 14.undulata Melis.

b. Head, thorax and elytra partly yellow, the latter with transverse bands.

Black, antenna, feet, middle of pectus and occiput yellow, thorax yellow
with a very large triangular black spot occupying the whole of the apex, and
extending nearly to the base, elytra with an oblique humeral vitta connected
with a band before the middle, another band behind the middle, the apex and
margin and suture behind the second band yellow, -09---12. Middle, Southern
and Western States. Varies with the elytra marked with only two transverse
yellow bands. A . > : < : 2 15. discoidea Melis.

GuipopEs Lec.

The species of this genus are cuneiform, narrow, fuscous and covered with
a dense sericeous brown pubescence. The scutellum is rounded triangular.
the anal style is moderately long; the hind tibie have no subapical ridge,
(which exists in all the other genera,) but are carinate along the dorsal line,
and furnished with a long oblique ridge on the outer surface, which is con-
nected with the dorsal ridge near the tip; the first joint of the hind tarsi has
two oblique ridges. The eyes are coarsely granulated; the antenne are feebly

* Anaspis triloba Say, Journ. Acad., 3, 276.
1862.]

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

serrate. The last joint of the maxillary palpi is scalene triangular in form,
and inthe male of G. sericans is covered on the under surface witha
dense brush of fine short hair; in the same sex there is at the base of the
last joint an external articulated bifurcated appendage, the branches of which
are as long as the joint; no vestige of this is seen in the female; the last
joint of the labial palpi of both sexes of G. sericans is triangular and
broadly emarginate at tip, inG. helva the same joint is bell-shaped and
truncate at tip.
§ A. Labial palpi with the last joint emarginate.

Cuneiform elongate, fuscous, densely clothed with sericeous brown pubes-
cence, °30. Middle, Southern and Western States. (j\ as above described. )
Mordella sericans Mels. : 5 c é 5 1. sericans (Lec.)

B. Labial palpi with the last joint truncate.

Almost linear, fuscous, densely clothed with sericeous brown pubescence,
‘18. Georgia. : 3 5 : : : : a 5 2. helva.

MoRDELLISTENA Costa.

Scutellum rounded triangular; anal style long and slender; hind tibie
with a subapical, short, transverse ridge, and from one to five oblique ridges
on the outer face; hind tarsi with several oblique ridges. Eyes coarsely
granulated ; antenne feebly serrate ; last joint of maxillary palpi triangular.

The numerous species of this genus are small, frequently elegantly colored
insects living upon flowers; they are either linear or slightly cuneiform.
Divisions are easily formed by regarding the ridges of the hind tibie and
tarsi, which scarcely vary in the same species. Species of similar color, e. g.
M. lutea, vapida, tosta, ustulata, nubila and ambusta,
which are all of a yellowish brown color, are easily distinguished by reference
to the hind tibie and tarsi. When the previously described species have
been referred to Mordella, I have placed the authority in parenthesis, to save
the space of a double reference.

§ A. Hind tibie and first joint of hind tarsi each with a single short oblique
ridge near the tip:

Body narrow, parallel; black, elytra with two orange bands, the first near
the base and interrupted by the suture, the second one-fourth from the tip ;
head, antenne, feet (except the hind femora) and anus reddish testaceous, *09.
Southern States; thorax sometimes black, sometimes rufous.

lL. bicinetella.
§ B, Hind tibie with two oblique ridges on the outer face.

a. Ridges converging above; first joint of tarsi with two, second with one
oblique ridge ; body slender, slightly cuneiform, uniform brownish yellow :

Ridges of hind tibie long, very strongly marked, -13. Pennsylvania.

2. arida.
“ Oe shorter, less strongly marked. -11—-13. Pa., Ga.
3. lutea (Mels.)

b. Ridges parallel, equal:

a. First joint of hind tarsi with two, second with one oblique ridge :

Elytra black, with two transverse yellow bands, the anterior one interrupted
at the suture and thus composed of two triangular spots, the apices being
towards the base; body narrow, nearly parallel ;

—body black, head rufous, thorax black, basal margin and sides dark yellow,
feet and abdomen tinged with testaceous, °09—-1l. Middle, Western and
Southern States. : a ; 7 3 ‘ 4. trifasciata (Say.)

—body yellow, thorax yellow, abdomen and hind tibie and tarsi varied with
black, ‘11. Middle and Southern States. ‘ = 5 5. lepidula.

[ Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49

Above pale, large frontal spot, discoidal spot and anterior angles of thorax,
suture and sides of elytra blackish; feet and hind coxe pale, metasternum
and abdomen blackish, :12. Middle States. . = 6. limbalis (Mels.)

Entirely luteous, ‘09. Pennsylvania. = = : 7. vapida.

Entirely black, pubescence grayish sericeous, ‘(09—-11. California.

8. vilis (Lec.)

b. First and second joints of hind tarsi each with two oblique ridges:

Narrow, parallel; body yellow; head behind the antenn# blackish ; thorax
with the front half yellow, with a medial cloud; hind half black; elytra
black, with a large, elongate basal spot; margin and suture, behind the mid-
dle, yellow, :12. Western States. : P - : 9. decorella.

c. First joint of hind tarsi with three, second with two oblique ridges;
body narrow, slightly cuneate :

Reddish yellow, base of thorax and elytra black, the latter with a large tri-
angular basal spot on each, yellow suture and margin behind the middle nar-
rowly yellow, -14. Middle and Southern States. . 10. ornata (Mels. )

Black, head and humeral spot of elytra reddish yellow; anterior feet yel-
low, hind feet black, varied with testaceous, 09. Middle and Northern States.

il. militiaris.

Black, elytra'with an orange yellow oblong humeral spot, ‘16. Middle
and Western States. - : * 12. scapularis (Say,)

Blackish, densely clothed with grayish sericeous hair; head and thorax red-
dish yellow, the latter black at the base ; feet testaceous, *12—-17. Colorado

Desert, California. . 13. comata (Lec.)
Pale yellowish brown, slightly cuneate, hind tibize with a very faint trace
of a 3d ridge, -12. Georgia. : : a 145 tosita.

Black, linear, pubescence fine and dark : head before the eyes, anterior part
of thorax, front and middle thighs SEER antenne piceous, *11—-13.
Middle States. . - . a LOs pi citc omnis:

Black, linear, pubescence brown sericeous ; head "pefore the eyes and thorax
ferruginous, the latter with a linear dorsal cloud, ‘11. New York.

16. cervicalis.

Black, linear, pubescence brownish gray, hind tibie with a very faint trace
of a 3d ridge, -09—-1l. . 2 é : A . 17. aspersa (Mels.)*

d, First joint of hind tarsi with three, second with one oblique ridge ;
body narrow, almost parallel :

Head, thorax and feet reddish yellow ; elytra fuscous, with the humeri and
apical margin reddish yellow ; abdomen, sternum and hind coxe and femora
blackish ; incisures of hind feet blackish, -09. Illinois.

18. fulvicollis (Mels.)

c. Ridges parallel, the anterior one extending almost across the outer face
of the tibie.

a. First joint of hind tarsi with two, second with one oblique ridge; elytra
black, with two yellow bands precisely as in species 4 and 5.

Head, thorax and feet yellow, thorax with a nariow dorsal cloud ; elytra black,
with two yellow bands, the anterior one cae by the suture; trunk black-. _
ish, -10. Georgia. . : 3 2 : 19. amica.

4. First joint of hind tarsi with ae. secon with two oblique ridges.

Black covered with cinereous eee aneas elytra with two broad bands, and.
the apex black pubescent, -08. S. Carolina. . : . 20. infima.

* The pubescence of this species is described by Dr. Melsheimer (Pr. Ac., 2, 314) as
being mottled, but the type furnished by him, on being carefully cleaned and remounted,
shows a uniformly diffused covering of brownish gray hair.

1862.] | 4

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Elytra yellow, with the base, tip, sutura and large oblong marginal spot
black ;
—head, thorax and body black ; antenne and legs yellow, ‘09. Middle States.
21. andreae.
—head, thorax and body yellow ; abdomen blackish, ‘10. Georgia.
22. grammica.
Elytra ferruginous, with the suture and margin blackish ;
—black, mouth and anterior feet testaceous ; hind tibie and tarsi testaceous,
with incisures black; anus piceous, ‘09. Georgia. : 5 Pd Avorn lis
—black, head and part of thorax reddish yellow, anterior feet yellow, hind
tibia and tarsi testaceous, with incisures black,-10—*12. Middle and Southern
States. . : . 24. varianeg.
—ferruginous, black limb of elytra very narrow ; abdomen, and sometimes hind
cox and pectus blackish, *9—-11. Middle and Southern States.
25. ustulata.
Elytra without distinct markings; pubescence brownish gray ;
Piceous, bead, thorax and anterior legs ferruginous; bumeri with an indefi-
nite ferruginous spot; anus ee ege, *09—11. Middle and Southern

States. . : 26. semiusta.
Piceous, head, apical margin of thorax and anterior legs ferrugiaoous ; anus
rufo-piceous, 09. S. Carolina. . : 27. impatiens.

Entirely blackish piceous, -09. Middle and Southern States.

28. nigricans (Mels.)
Blackish piceous ; head ferruginous; antenne, anterior feet, middle tibiz and
tarsi, base of hind tibiz and tarsi, and margin of abdomen testaceous;; first joint

of hind tarsi with a rudiment of 4th ridge, -12. Middle and Southern States.
29. ruficeps.
Ferruginous ; eides of pectus and elytra darker; bind tibia with a rudiment
of a 3d, first juint of tarsi with a rudiment of a 4th ridge, -13. San Diego,
California. . ¢ d : : 2 : 2 . 30. nubila (Lec.)

§ C. Hind tibie with three short, oblique, parallel ridges.

a. First joint of hind tarsi with three, second with two oblique ridges; elytra
not banded.
Black, linear, elytra with numerous rounded spots of ashy sericeous pubes-
cence, ‘09—11. Middle, South. and West. States. 31. pustulata (Mels,.)*
Black, linear, elytra with lines of brownish gray pubescence, confluent be-
hind,:12. Kentucky. . ¢ . . .32. convicta.
Nearly linear, ferruginous ; elytra black, with the suture and margin nar-
rowly ferruginous ; base ferruginous, broader at the humeri, -19. Pa., Ky.
33. fuscipenn is (Mels.)
Slightly cuneate ; beneath ferrugincus; abdemen and sides of breast dusky,
above black; mouth, anterior narrow interrupted band of thorax, large tri-
angular basal spot of each elytra, and suture and margin behind the middle

yellow, *15. Lake Superior. . . 384 pectoralis(Lec.)
Nearly linear, entirely black, pubescence ‘brownish banal 11— 15. Lake
Superior and Minnesota. . - - 35. morula.

Nearly linear, fusco-ferruginous, pubescence brown sericeous, ridges of hind
tibiee longer and more oblique than nsual,°12—-15. Southern States.
36. am busta.
b. First joint of hind tarsi with four, second with two oblique ridges ; elytra
not banded.
Slightly cuneate, piceous, covered with brown sericeous pubescence, *12—-15.

Middle, Southern and Western States. . 37. unicolor.
Slightly cuneate, very black, pubescence fine and dark, mouth and anterior
half of thorax ferruginous, +13. Middle States. . 38. m arginalis (Say.)

* In one specimen I observed a rudiment of a fourth tibial ridge.

[Feb.

C6 peeked Os &

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51

Slightly cuneate, black, covered with dense brown pubescence; head, front
legs and anterior half of thorax reddish yellow, -11—12. Kansas.
39. divisa Lec.*
c. Elytra with bands of sericeous pubescence; hind tibie with a rudiment of
a 4th ridge; first joint of tarsi with three, second with two ridges.

Black, more robust than usual, pubescence brownish, thorax with three large
black spots, elytra gray sericeous, with a subbasal spot each side, and two
transverse bands black, -09. Middle and Southern States.

40. pubescens (Fubr.)

Fusco-luteous, slender, thorax with three badly defined basal clouds, elytra
with narrow limb and two very oblique bands yellowish sericeous, :12. Middle
and Southern States. c ; A A ; . 41. liturata (Mels.)

Black, slender, sides of thorax and legs piceo-testaceous ; elytra with very
narrow limb, and two oblique bands prolonged backwards near the suture,
connected by a line near the margin, and apex paler sericeous, ‘14. Pa.

42. bihamata( Mels.)

Black, mouth, antenne, front and middle legs and thorax ferruginous, the lat-
ter with a large dorsal, less pubescent black spot, elytra with a very narrow limb,
apex and two nearly transverse bands connected by a submarginal line pale
sericeous, *11—-14. Middle and Southern States. Varies with head and thorax
black, anterior thighs piceous. . 5 5 é 2 : 43. hebraica.

Reddish dark testaceous, elytra dark fuscous, with a very narrow sutural
line, an oblique band from the humerus nearly to the suture, a transverse band
behind the middle reaching neither suture nor margin, and an entire transverse —
~ band near the tip pale sericeous; (first joint of hind tarsi with a narrow rudi-
ment of a fourth ridge,) 12. Middle and Western States. 44. leporina.

2 D. Hind tibiz with four oblique ridges besides the subapical one.
a. First joint of hind tarsi with three, second with two oblique ridges.
Fusco-testaceous, subcuneate, pubescence fulvous, sericeous, ‘18. Pa.
45. fuscata (Mels.)
b. First joint of hind tarsi with three, second with twe, third with two, all
the ridges very strongly marked.
Ferruginous, elytra black, with the humeri indistinctly ferruginous, and the
suture and lateral margiu narrowly pale sericeous, :23. Pa. 46. pityptera.

c. First joint of hind tarsi with five, second with four, third with three smal
oblique ridges.

Very slender, entirely black, pubescence fine and dark, -23. Ga.

47. angusita.
§ E. Hind tibiz with five or six very small, oblique ridges.

a. Head ferruginous; elytra with a ferruginous stripe from the humerus to
within one-fifth of the apex; body black; anterior legs ferruginous.

Thorax ferruginous, with the anterior part black, -17. Pa.

48. attenuata (Say.)

Thorax entirely black, °20, Pa. . - : : 3 49. vittigera.

b. Head black ; elytra not vittate.

Black, pubescence sericeous brown; elytra blackish, with a long basal spot
on each, an undulated band behind the middle, suture and tip paler sericeous,
*14—-17. Middle and Southern States. . : ° 50. discolor (Mels.)

Black, pubescence grayish sericeous, slightly mottled, 16. Kansas.

51. aemula Lect
Species unknown to me.

Mordella nigripennis Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppl. 127; Syst. El. 2, 123.

* Coleopt. of Kansas end Eastern New Mexico, (Smiths. Contr.) 17.
+ Coleopt. of Kansas and New Mexico, (Smiths. Contr.) 16.

1862.]

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Notes on the Species of CALOSOMA inhabiting the United States.
BY JOHN L. LECONTE, M. D.

The difference in the anterior tarsi of the males of certain species of Calo-
soma was first observed and made known by Schaum, (Ins. Deutschl. 1, 111,)
and a grouping of the species was proposed according as the 4th joint was
clothed beneath with a brush of hairs, like the preceding joints, or smooth and
naked, as in the majority of the species. An attentive study of the sexual cha-
racters of those species represented in my collection has shown me that the
number of divisions must be increased, in order that the species may be natu-
rally grouped.

I would arrange our species as follows :—

Anterior tarsi of the male with the 4th joint hairy beneath:

Thorax with sides broadly flattened behind, (body elongate)......-.-.+ee. I.

Thorax narrowed behind, sides not flattened Ba cueinin ds aeane staan teres saesecoeaeee Il.
Anterior tarsi of the male with the 4th joint glabrous beneath :

3d joint of anterior tarsi °{\ glabrous beneath ; thorax trisinuate behind... HI.

3d joint of anterior tarsi (/' hairy beneath:

Mhoraxitruncate EMMA is.ccecsssccsaciscaceecoctectscseccccasacosesessesss sane eane IV.
Thorax emarginate behind:
Body WINGEGS.<coserccressicses cece SO0B000..GNOH0G000 Messidecanccdelesesnorac(snewoceacees We
Body without wings...... S00) ACEO DDODOL HOB LLOOLO CES CaBuGOLO: GoUSncaBae OSSeccne Wik
Group I.

The species of this group are remarkable for the long narrow body; the 5th
and following joints of the antenne are cylindrical and nearly equably pubes-
cent; the thorax is rounded at the sides, very slightly emarginate at the base,
which is not narrowed, but broad and flattened each side; the joints 1—3 of
the anterior tarsiof the male are clothed beneath with a brush of hair; the
4th joint is hairy for a small space at the middle, and strongly spinous at the
sides.

Our species are: 1.0. externum Say, (longipenne Dej.); 2.C. macrum
Lec., and

3. C. protractum, elongatum, nigrum, subnitidum, thorace latitudine
duplo breviore, basi vix emarginato, subsinuato; margine incrassato, basi et
lateribus punctato, his postice late modice reflexis, elytris thorace paulo lati-
oribus, parallelis, subtiliter seriatim punctatis. Long. -95—1-05.

Arizona; Dr. Irwine, U.S. A.

Group II.

The species of this group bave the 5th and following joints of the antenne
cylindrical, nearly equably hairy; the thorax is comparatively small, much
narrowed behind, with the base slightly rounded; the elytra are deeply striate
and ovate, being gradually widened from the base; the joints 1—4 of the
anterior tarsi of the male are covered beneath with a dense brush of hair, the
first, however, being glabrous at the base; the 4th is very slightly spinous at
the sides. Our species are:

4, C. scrutator Fabr. The middle tibie in the male are curved and
both they and the hind tibiz are furnished with a dense brush of hairs on the
inner face near the tip. The species is found from Newfoundland to the point
of Lower California.

5. C. Willcoxi Lec. Middle tibize of the male straight and not hairy.

6. C. frigidum Kirby. Middle tibie of the male slightly curved, and
somewhat, though not densely, hairy on the inner face.

Groovp III.

The single species constituting this group has the outer joints of the antennz
cylindrical and equably pubescent ; the thorax is narrowed behind and mode-

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53

rately bisinuate at base; the elytra are striate and ovate, but longer than in
the preceding group; the first joint of the anterior tarsi of the male is hairy
beneath only for a small portion near the anterior margin; the 2d joint has the
usual brush of hair; the 3d and 4th joints are entirely without hair.

7. C. Sayi De. The middle tibie of the male are very much curved, pro-
longed at tip on the inner face, and armed along the inner margin with several
small distant teeth.

Group IV.

In this group are several species of a black color, with feeble or obsolete
elytral striz ; the outer joints of the antenne are cylindrical and equably punc-
tured; the thorax is narrowed behind, sometimes angulated at the sides, with
the base not at all emarginate, but truncate or slightly rounded; the joints 1—3
of the anterior tarsi of the male are clothed beneath with a dense brush of hair,
the 4th is naked; nothing peculiar is seen in the form of the middle tibiz o¢
the male. All the species inhabit the plains of the central part of the continent,

8. C. prominens Lec. (angulatum|| Lec.); 9.C. lugubre Lee.

10.C. cardonatum, nigrum, subnitidum, thorace latitudine duplo bre-
viore antice posticeque angustato, lateribus medio obtuse subangulatis; disco
confertim subtiliter intricato-rugoso, lateribus ‘parce punctatis, basi fere recte
truncato, elytris subovatis, convexis, thorace latioribus, striis haud impressis
subtiliter punctatis, foveisque obsoletis serie triplici impressis. Long. 1-00.

New Mexico and Upper Texas.

11.C. triste Lec.; 12.C. obsoletum Say, (luxatumt Dej.)

Group V.

The species here placed have the outer joints of the antenne nearly cylin-
drical but less punctured on the sides; the thorax is more or less narrowed
behind, and the base is distinctly emarginate; the joints 1—3 of the anterior
tarsi of the male are clothed beneath with a dense brush of hairs, and the 4th
is glabrous; the middle tibie of the male present no important characters.
There is much difference in the sculpture of the elytra, the stria being oblite-
rated in C. semilzve, deep in calidum, confused in tepidum, badly
defined in cancellatum, which has besides three rows of catenated eleva-
tions. All the species are found on the Pacific coast; C. calidum extends
entirely across the continent from ocean to ocean.

13.C. semileve Lec.; 14. C. calidum abr. (var. lepidum Lec.); 15.
C. tepidum Lee.

16.C. cancellatum Zsch. (var. enescens Lec.)

Group VI.

In this group are placed species without wings, and generally of robust
form; the outer joints of the antenne are somewhat compressed and very con-
spicuously less punctured on the flattened sides, except in C. discors, in
which the antenne resemble those of the preceding group; the thorax is nar-
rowed behind, and the base is very obviously emarginate; the joints 1—3 of
anterior tarsi of the male are clothed beneath with a dense brush of hairs, and
the 4th is glabrous; nothing remarkable is seen in the middle tibia of the
male.

Four forms of elytral sculpture are seen.

a. Elytra with rows of close set punctures, the intervals each with a row of
more distant punctures. 17.C. discors Lec.

6. Elytra with confused punctures and three rows of catenated elevations.
18.0. moniliatum Lec. 19.C. laqueatum Lee.

c. Elytra with confused punctures and three rows of faint fovee. 20. C,
Wilkesii Lee.

d. Elytra with fine striw, the intervals crossed by transverse lines producing
an imbricated appearance. 21. C. luxatum Say. (C. striatulum Lec. and
C. Zimmermanni Lec. are varieties, or rather races, of this species.)

1862.]

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA found within
the limits of the United States and British America.—No. 2.

BY WM. H. EDWARDS.

1. Argynnis Atlantis, nov. sp. 5. Chionobas taygete, Hubner.
2. Thecla acadica, nov. sp. 6. Pamphila verna, nov. sp.
3s ‘¢ Teta, nov. sp. lle ge rurea, Nov. sp.
4. Lyczena neglecta, nov. sp. 8. Hesperia vialis, nov. sp.

ARGYNNIS ATLANTIS, NOV. sp.

Male. Expands 2 to 2} inches.

Upper side of both wings uniform fulvous, less bright than Aphrodite or
Cybele, dusky near base and on costal margin of primaries ; both wings have
a broad black hind margin, sometimes enclosing an interrupted fulvous line
next anal angle of secondaries ; preceding this band and connected with it on
primaries, a series of black crescents, the one next the inner angle geminate,
enclosing round fulvous spots which are smallest next apex ; anterior to these
a transverse row of round black spots, an abbreviated black band running
obliquely back from the costa, and a zigzag band across the middle of the
wing ; within the cell three transverse, wavy black bars, the second continued
nearly to the submedian nervure, and a fourth bar on the are, dilated at its
lower extremity and there enclosing a dusky space.

Secondaries have a series of black crescents, not resting on the marginal
border as in primaries, the one next the anal angle geminate, a transverse row
of small round black spots, and across the middle of the wing a zigzag band
ending within the abdominal margin; in the cell a black band bent like a
horse-shoe; fringe yellowish white, black, with a little fulvous at the inter-
section of the nervures.

Under side: hind margin of both wings dark brown; disk and inner margin
of primaries reddish tawny, costa and apex light buff; the black markings of
upper side repeated, but more delicate ; five silver triangles within the mar-
ginal crescents next apex, and preceding these on the costa two rounded
silver spots on a dark brown ground.

Secondaries dark red brown, more or less mottled with drab, except the
space between the two outer rows of silver spots, which is bright buff and
immaculate ; upon the border of hind margin seven triangular silver spots,
edged below with black, and above with red brown preceded by another
series of seven rounded or oval, the middle one smallest, all edged above
with black; between these and the base are ten silver spots of various sizes
and forms, the largest divided by the discal arc; all these, except the two
anterior, edged above with black; edge of costa next base and whole abdomi-
nal margin broadly silvered; thorax and abdomen above black, covered with
fulvous hairs, thorax below reddish grey, abdomen buff; palpi grey, tipped
with fulvous; antenne black above, fulvous below ; club velvet black, tipped
with fulvous.

Female. Expands 23 to 2? inches.

Color above less bright than the male, inclining to tawny; the black mar-
gin very heavy, and the marginal spots next apex of primaries buff, nearly
white; usually a black spot next base of secondaries ; under side of prima-
ries bright fulvous ; in other respects as in the male.

This species seems to be limited to the mountainous districts of the North-
ern States and to parts of British America. In the Catskill Mountains, near
the Mountain House, I found it abundant the past season, (1861.) Ihave
received it from the White Mountains, from Williamstown, Mass., and
from Lake Winnipeg, by Mr. S. H. Scudder, and by Mr. Drexler from near
Hudson’s Bay. The specimens from the White Mountains and Hudson’s Bay

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55

are diminutive in size. There is also a specimen in the cabinet of the late Dr.
Harris, at Cambridge, Mass., taken by Prof. Agassiz on the north side of Lake
Superior.

In the markings of its surface Atlantis bears a close resemblance to Cybele
and Aphrodite, to Adippe and Aglaia of Europe, and to Zerene and Astarte of
California. It especially resembles the three last-named species in the zigzag
band which crosses the disk of secondaries, but which in Aphrodite takes the
form of a belt of small crescents, separated by wide spaces. It is, moreover,
readily distinguished from Aphrodite by its duller color, broad black margin
to both wings and color of secondaries below. It also differs sensibly in the
shape of the primaries, the margins meeting at the inner angle more obtusely,
the outer angle being more acute and the breadth of the wing from the inner
angle to middle of costa much less. The antenne are shorter by one eighth of
an inch.

Of the three species, Cybele is Southern, and in the vicinity of Newburgh,
N. Y., is found but little more abundantly than Aphrodite. In the Catskills
the latter abounds and Cybele is rare, much less common than Atlantis.
From Connecticut, Massachusetts and Canada, I have seen no Cybele, though
doubtless it is occasionally found in those districts. The prevailing Northern

species is Aphrodite.

THECLA ACADICA, NOV. sp.

Male. Expands 1:2 inch.

Size and form of Falacer. Color above dark brown, costal edge of prima-
ries rufous ; in the disk a smooth oval spot; secondaries have a single tail,
from the base of which a bluish white line extends along the margin to the
anal angle; the space next above this line is sprinkled slightly with fulvous
scales making an indistinct broad band, which ends beyond the tail in a clear
fulvous. spot; fringe of both wings brown, next before the tail white, beyond
it black, through which runs a white line, and at the angle black.

Under side dark grey, with a pearly lustre; on primaries a short discal bar,
edged with white; beyond this, a bent transverse row of black spots, each
edged with white, the one next the costa minute, the next three round, fourth
and fifth oval, and sixth double ; within and along the margin a row of elon-
gated, pale fulvous spots obsolete towards the apex, narrowly bordered within
by black, on which rests a line of bluish white.

Secondaries have a long discal streak, a transverse row of black spots and
streaks, each edged with white, the six from the costa nearly round, the next
long and bent toward the anal angle, the last a streak running up the abdomi-
nal margin and bent upward at right angles near its inner extremity; hind
margin edged with white and bordered by a bright red band, divided by the
nervures into spots, arched above and edged with black, on which is a line of
bluish white ; this band extends some distance up the abdominal margin, and
encloses on the hind margin, near anal angle, a large rounded space sprinkled
with blue atoms; the three red spots next outer angle partly obsolete.

Taken near London, C. W., by Mr. W. Saunders.

THECLA L&HTA, NOV. sp.
Expands 9-10 inch.
Upper side of primaries black, of secondaries blackish brown ; near base of

primaries a few scales of metallic blue; costal edge red ; next the anal angle
of seeondaries a broad band of metallic blue scales, many of which are re-
placed by black, extends half way along the hind margin ; beyond the band
a fine line of these scales follows the margin to the outer angle; anal angle
edged with red ; fringe grey.

Under side of secondaries and apex and costal margin of primaries slate
blue, with a green tinge; costal edge of primaries red; disk smoke color;
beyond the cell, on costal margin, a transverse, abbreviated series of fine red

1862.]

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

spots, edged posteriorly with white, the last two obscured by the smoky hue
of the disk.

Secondaries have two series of red spots parallel to the hind margin; those
of the exterior small, and towards the outer angle minute, each more or less
surrounded by a delicate white border, in which are a few black scales; the
inner series crosses the middle of the wing, is slightly irregular, the spots
large, brighter red and crescent-shaped, bordered posteriorly with white, in
which are a few black scales ; edge of the wing at the anal angle and at the
intersection of the adjoining nervures red; thorax and abdomen above black,
beneath white.

Taken near London, C. W., by Mr. W. Saunders.

Lyc@NA NEGLECTA, NOV. sp.

Expands 1:1 inch.

Male. Upper side of primaries delicate azure blue, paler in the disk and
silvery on costal margin ; secondaries greyish blue, with a broad azure mar-
gin; a black line edges the hind margin of both wings, expanding towards
apex of primaries into a border, and running a little way along the costal
margin ; fringe of primaries white, cut with black by the nervures ; of second-
aries, sometimes barred with black, but usually wholly white.

Under side pure white, or white with a bluish tinge ; primaries with a dark
discal streak and a transverse series of six black streaks set obliquely ; second-
aries have a discal streak, three points near base and eight points or streaks
crossing the disk in a tortuous line; both wings bordered by confluent spots,
forming a crenated band, each spot enclosing a darker point.

Female. Upper side of both wings of a deeper and more metallic blue ;
primaries have a broad fuscous hind margin; in some cases this color extends
along the costal margin to the base, where it is sprinkled with blue; a faint
discal streak ; hind margin of secondaries bordered by a row of small fuscous
spots.

Under side dark grey, sprinkled with blue at the base of both wings; the
fuscous spots disposed as in the male, but larger and coarser.

Variety «. Upper side wholly fuscous.

Massachusetts, New York, Wisconsin, Lake Winnipeg.

There are three species of Lyczene in North America that much resemble
each other, viz.:—Lucia of Kirby, Pseudargiolus of Boisduval, and a third
hitherto confounded with the later, which I described as Neglecta. Pseudar-
giolus resembles Argiolus of Europe in form, size and color above, and was
considered by Abbott and Smith as identical with it. Both wings are wholly
violet blue‘ with a pinkish tinge; the under side is greyish white, and the
hind margins are bordered by a broad, serrated band, the teeth of which are
separated almost to their bases. This band appears as if stamped on the
wing. The color of Neglecta is azure blue on primaries, of secondaries grey
blue, with an azure margin; the under side is pure white or bluish white, and
the marginal band is confluent and serrated. Lucia is uniform light silvery
blue above and cinereous below, with a border as in Neglecta. The number,
shape and arrangement of the spots on the under side of these species are
similar, mostly differing in degree of fineness ; in Pseudargiolus they are
very delicate ; in Neglecta much less so ; in Lucia heavy and coarse. Pseudar-
giolus varies much in size. It appears to be rather a Southern species. It is
common on the mountains of Western Virginia, and is occasionally met. with
in New York. Neglecta is common in New York, and I have received it from
Wisconsin and from Lake Winnipeg. Lucia seems to be confined to the
Northern parts of the continent. Ihave received from Mr. Drexler a female
of Chionobas Taygete (neis Taygete) of Hubner, taken at Albany River, Hud-
son’s Bay, which agrees with Hubner’s figure, but differs from C. Bootes, de-
scribed by Boisduval and Le Conte as identical, and from the figure of Bootes

[ Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ‘

in Boisduval’s spec. gen. Boisduval, in his Icones, figures Taygete and calls
it Bootes without any reference to Hubner. Bootes is an European species,
Taygete an American only, and the priority of name belongs to Hubner. The
ouly description we have, therefore, being incorrect, I described Taygete from
Mr. Drexler’s specimen. MHerrich-Schaeffer, Lep. Eur. f. 112, gives Taygete as
same with Boisduval’s C. also. But C. also is Hipparchia semidea of Say, a
species as yet only known to be found in the White Mountains of New Hamp-
shire. Boisduval’s description was taken from a single specimen forwarded
by the late Dr. Harris to Major Le Conte with Say’s name, which should have
been retained. (C. semidea appears to have been lost sight of, and doubted as
aspecies for many years, till, in 1857, Mr. Scudder found it abundant on the
summit of Mt. Washington.

CuHINnoBAS TAYGETE.
Olneis Taygete, Hubner.
C. Bootes, Boisduval and Le Conte.
C. Bootes, Boisduval in Icones.

Female. Expands 2:2 inches.

Upper side ochrey brown, both wings, from the base to beyond the cell,
clouded with black, which makes externally an irregular outline, crenate in
the median interspaces of primaries ; hind margin of both wings and apex of
primaries bordered with dark brown; between this and the clouded space a
broad common band, in which, on the primaries, are three black pyriform
spots, the first being between the discoidal nervules and the others in the two
-spaces between the median nervules; a small round black spot in the anal
angle of secondaries; costal margin of primaries sprinkled with black and
grey.

Under side: primaries paler, the whole wing marked by fine, transverse,
abbreviated streaks of dark brown, most dense in the cell; spots as above ;
costa barred with grey and black; a heavy black line corresponds nearly to
the dark outline of clouded space above, but wants the crenations and pro-
jects on the second discoidal nervule into an acute angle.

Secondaries wholly mottled and streaked transversely with grey, light brown
and black, the latter color predominating next the base, and light brown on
the hind margin ; a broad band crosses the disk, black on the edges, the inner
edge angular, the outer sinuous ; a minute black spot in the anal angle; ner-
vures grey and prominent.

Albany River, Hudson’s Bay, by Mr. Drexler.

PAMPHILA VERNA, NOV. Sp.

Expands 1:2 inch. Size and form of Otho.

Male. Both wings dark glossy brown; body covered with greenish hairs ;
on costa of primaries near apex a yellowish spot, divided into three by the
nervures, on the disk an oblique black bar, posterior to which, and running
with it from the middle of the inner margin, are three yellowish, translucent
spots, the anterior minute, the next a parallelogram, the third separated from
the second by a wide space.

Beneath dark brown, with a purple reflection; same spots on primaries as
above, but enlarged; across the disk of secondaries an obsolete row of points,
thorax grey; abdomen, head and palpi whitish.

Female. Same color; the oblique band of yellowish spots varies, the
second being nearly square and preceded by an additional small spot at its
upper inner angle. Beneath lighter brown; the obsolete points on second-
aries of the male become distinct yellow spots, crossing the wing two-thirds
the distance from the abdominal margin, when they bend at right angles, and
run nearly to the costa.

Illinois, from Mr. Walsh, Washington.

1862.)

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

PAMPHILA RUREA, NOV. Sp.

Expands 1:1 inch.

Male. Color above and below dark glossy brown; on primaries an oblique
black bar.

Female. Same color; on the costa of primaries, near the apex, a yellowish
spot divided into three by the nervures, and two small spots near middle of
the wing; all these are repeated below, and on the disk of secondaries are
four, obsolete points in a transverse line.

Rock Island, Illinois, from Mr. B. D. Walsh.

HESPERIA VIALIS, Nov. Sp.

Expands 9-10 inch.

Color fuscous; the only markings are four fine, yellowish-white spots on
costa of primaries near apex; fringe long, color brown, barred with black by
the intersection of the nervures.

Under side darker, with a purple reflection on apex of primaries and hind
margin of secondaries ; thorax grey, palpi light grey.

Rock Island, Illinois; Lake Winnipeg.

Description of a New CARDIUM from the Pleistocene of Hudson’s Bay
BY WM. STIMPSON.
Carpium DAwsonI.

Cardium islandicum Stimpson, (non Chemn.) Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., -
1861, p. 97.

Shell subovate, oblique, very inequilateral, and somewhat angular posteri-
orly; beaks small and much elevated ;
hinge thin; teeth weak, especially the pos-
terior ones; ribs about thirty-five in num-
ber, in the anterior part of the shell nar-
rower than their interspaces, in the mid-
dle and posterior parts broader amd more
flattened ; ventral margin crenated.

Length 1°63; height 1°53; convexity,
or breadth, 1 inch. Imperfect specimens
indicate a larger size.

This shell resembles C. islandicum, (cili-
atam O. Fabr.,) in the characters of the
hinge, but is easily distinguished by its
obliquity and the great elevation of its
small beaks, the prominence of which gives
an angularity of outline to the umbonial slope, very different from the evenly
rounded and more depressed slope of the recent shell. The posterior ex-
tremity also is much less rounded, and in some specimens the posterior and
ventral margins form nearly a right angle with each other. The ribs are not
acute as in C. islandicum, but more or less flattened, and generally broader
than their interspaces. From C. decorticatum 8. Wood, of the English crag,
this species differs in its thinner hinge and weak teeth; from C. interruptum
of the same author, and formation, by its greater obliquity, and the prominence
of the beaks.

Our specimens all present a character which may perhaps be considered
specific ; that of broad concentric bands of erosion, separated by correspond-
ing crenulated ridges, indicating periods of arrest of growth in the shell, at
which periods the margins, being slowly formed, were of stronger substance
than when the deposit proceeded more rapidly. These periods were probably
annual, occurring in winter.

[ Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59

It was found by Mr. Drexler abundantly on the beach at Cape Hope, on the
southeast side of Hudson’s Bay, having in all probability been washed out of
a Picistocane deposit. The specimens are in the Museum of the Smithsonian
Institution, under the auspices of which Mr. D. visited that country.

This is doubtless the shell figured as a Mya by E. Emmons, in the fourth
volume of the ‘‘ Natural History of New York, pl.i., fig. 9, as occurring in
the Pleistocene of Lake Champlain.

Ihave dedicated the species to the accomplished President of McGill College,
Montreal, to whom we are indebted for so much of our knowledge of the Na-
tural History and Geology of Canada, particularly that of its Pleistocene de-
posits.

Additions to the Nomenclature of North American LEPIDOPTERA.
BY AUG. R. GROTE.

In offering these papers, the writer would refer to the difficulties experienced
by the American student of Entomology in obtaining the knowledge of the
descriptions of native species; difficulties so well presented by Dr. T. W.
Harris in his Catalogue of the Insects of Massachusetts.

And it seems no more than probable that, laboring under these difficulties,
the writer may redescribe already acknowledged species. Where this is
brought to his notice, he will willingly and gladly acknowledge his synonyms,

giving the priority to the rightful author.

NOCTU A.
Gen. Pratyprerrx, Laspeyres.

Antenne doubly pectinate in the male; pectinations turned towards each
other ; simple in the female. Palpi with three articles, of which the second
is longest, the third short and pointed. Body slender, shorter than the wings.
Wings broad, the anterior ones with a sickle-shaped outer margin, recurving
at the tips. Posterior pair rounded.

P. fabula, nov. sp.—Anterior wizgs dirty white. From the curved tip a
dark brown line with paler margin follows the inclination of the wing to the
hind margin. Emerging from this line, and between it and the outer margin
of the wing, a wavy dark brown line goes down to the hind margin, joining
it close to the outer edge of the wing. Between the base of the wing and the
first named and broadest line, three distinct, irregular, brown wavy lines cross
the wing from the upper to the hind margin. The seeond and third from the
base of the wing run close together and unite three times, forming two un-
equal enclosed spaces up to about half of the wing, and then diverging, form
an outline which bears a slight resemblance to the profile of a face. Two
dark spots are enclosed in this, and a third and larger one is crossed by the
third line near the centre of the wing. Outer margin dark brown, deepen-
ing towards the tip. Posterior wings dirty white, with two dark dots near
the upper edge, and crossed by several interrupted wavy lines, the one
nearest the outer margin continued. Body and thorax dirty white. Exp.
13 inch.

A male, taken on Long Island, New York.

Obs. This insect bears a resemblance in its markings to the European P.
falcula; it differs, however, specifically from that species in its coloring
as well as that the wavy lines on the anterior wings are not confluent, thus
forming no enclosed spaces.

P. genicula, nov. sp.—Anterior wings light ochre yellow. From the
tip a curved dark brown line follows the inclination of the wings to the hind
margin. Between this distinct line and the base of the wing three irregular

1862.]

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

wavy lines cross the wing from the anterior edge to the hind margin; the
second and third from the base and the widest apart enclosing three dark
brown spots, two larger and one smaller. Outer margin of the wing brown,
deepening in color and widening toward the tip, which shows a slightly bluish
shade. Posterior wings light ochre yellow, with two black dots near the upper
edge, and crossed by several wavy and more or less interrupted lines. Outer
margin light brown. Body and thorax light ochre yellow. Under surface
of the wings of a lighter shade, and showing the spots on the anterior wings
and two dots on each of the posterior wings. Exp. 1} inch.

Amale. Staten Island, N. Y. ,

From the collection of Mr. E. L. Graef, Brooklyn, L.I. Closely allied to
P. fabula, but well distinguished by its ground color and divergence of the
wavy lines on the anterior wings.

P. formula, nov. sp.—Light roseate brown. Legs light orange on the
inside. Anterior wings light roseate brown, with a broad light citron yellow
band running from the tip to the hind margin of the wing, leaving a roseate
brown space between it and the outer margin, deepening in color towards the
inner angle of the curve. Two small white spots toward the anterior edge
of the wing, between which and the base of the wing an irregular deeper
shade-line runs down and is continued through the posterior wings to the
inner margin and near the base of the wing. Posterior wings same color as
anterior, with the citron yellow band enlarged to the whole outer margin of
the wing, except a small space in the upper corner, two rows of minute dark
spots, apparently continued from the upper wing, run through this band near
the outer edge of the wing. Base of the wing roseate brown, with two small
white spots outside of the continued dark shade-line running through both
wings. Thorax and body roseate brown. Under surface of the wings lighter
shaded, showing the small dark spots more apparent and lengthened on the
anterior wings. Exp. 1} inch.

A female. New York.

With the male of this species Iam not acquainted. The peculiar curving
of the anterior wings seem to warrant its disposition under the present genus.
It has the general coloring of an autumn leaf.

Synopsis of the Species of HOLCOSUS and AMEIVA, with Diagnoses of new
West Indian and South American Colubride.

BY E. D. COPE.
1

Ho.cosus Cope.

Ventral shields large, in six longitudinal rows, without keels. Femoral
vores present. Tail cylindrical, keels of the scales very strong. Two dermal
gular folds. Frontal, fronto-parietal and parietal plates very numerous ; Supra-
orbitals forming an isolated disc. Tongue sheathed at the base.

H. septemlineatus.

Amewa septemlineata Duméril, Catal. Method. Collect. 1851, p. 114.

Frontal plates four, occipitals five, succeeded by a transverse series of five
other plates. Supraoculars two. Median gular scales a little larger than these
surrounding, smaller than those of the postgular fuld. Heels withuut spinous
tubercles. Bronze green, with seven longitudinal yellowish lines, one median,
three upon each side.

Hab.—Tropical America.

H. sexscutatus.
Ameiva sexscutata Giinther, Proc. Zool. Soc. Nov. 1859.
An anterior nasal on each side; an anterior frontal; two posterior frontals

[ Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61

separated by a shield: three pairs of parietals in a longitudinal series. Oc-
cipital region irregularly shielded. Supraorbitals two. A median chin shield
behind the symphyseal. Greenish olive, irregularly speckled with darker. A
greenish white vertebral stripe. <A lateral black greenish-white bordered band
from in front of the eye to the thigh. Beneath greenish white.

Hab.—Andes of Western Equador.

AMEIVA Cuvier.

For convenience of analysis, this genus may be divided into the following
sections, nearly as has been done by Dr. J. E. Gray.

Inner aspect of heel without spinous tubercles.

Abdominal shields in eight longitudinal roWS......... .ecsesees ceeeseeeeseeceeees A
Abdominal shields in ten longitudinal rows, (supraoculars four)............ B
Abdominal shields in twelve or more longitudinal rows...........2..sseeeeees C
Inner aspect of heel with spinous tubercles... ....:...-2.2ssccssceccrocecsesnessdeoscees D

No species belonging to any of these groups exists in the nearctic region;
there their place is supplied by an extensive development of the genus Cnemido-
phorus. Section A (embracing eight species) is characteristic of northwestern
South America and Mexico, though two of the species, forming a subgroup,
are West Indian. The latter seems to be allied to Cnemidophorus through the
West Indian and South American species of the latter, while the connection of
that genus with the former subgroup is maintained by some of the Cnemido-
phori of the North American deserts. Ameiva guttata approximates in size

-and coloration to section B. With A. undulata it marks the northern limit
of the genus on the American continent,—viz., about the latitude of Vera Cruz.
Of sections B, C and D, eight are insular, five continental. Of the former,
so far as is yet ascertained, two species appear to be peculiar to Cuba, one to
New Providence, one to Sombrero, one to Jamaica, one to Santa Cruz. One
species is said to be common to Hayti, Porto Rico, St. Thomas, Santa Cruz and
Martinique. The continental A. surinamensis inhabits Trinidad: small
specimens from Paraguay closely resemble the young of the same. The genus
does not seem to occur on the Pacific slope of the Andes, unless the Cnemido-
phorus undulatus, mentioned by Giinther (Proc. Zool. Soc., April, 1860)
as having been brought from Guyaquil, belongs to it.

In preparing the present synopsis, I have availed myself of the Erpetologie
Generale and the work of Dr. Gray. In the latter, an A. murina from
Surinam is mentioned, of which little can be ascertained. Prince Neuwied has
described (Rept. Brazil, p. 180) an A. cyanomelas from Southeastern Brazil,
to which I can only allude, on account of imperfections in the description. It
resembles A. eutropia, but belongs probably to section B.

A
I. Plates of the caudal whorls carinate superiorly.
a. Median gular scales very large, plate-like.
*Premaxillary teeth six or seven.

A. quadrilineata Cope.

Cnemidophorus quadrilineatus Hallow., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, p. 483.

Three supraorbitals, sometimes a minute posterior fourth; marginal supra-
orbitals five, second very long. Occipitals three. Large gular scales nume-
rous, graduating into the smaller. Plates of the fold in two rows, six or eight
in the longest. Two antebrachial series, the posterior continuous with the
single brachial; postbrachials large, one principal row. Four femoral rows,
two complete tibial, the second and third shields of the external very large.
External digit equalling or exceeding extremity of internal. Preanal plates in
a single series, the posterior largest. Above olive brown. Two narrow yellow

1862.]

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

lines on each side; the superior from the superciliary margin, convergent on

the nuchal region; the inferior from the orbit, interrupted by the femur, con-

tinued on the base of the tail, bounded above and beneath by black. Inferior

lateral region black, greenish vermiculated. Back posteriorly varied with

black. Beneath greenish white. Total length 3 in. 4 lin. Body 1 in, 4 lin.
Hab.—Nicaragua. Mus. Smithsonian.

A. pulchra Hallowell, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 483.

Three supraorbitals; six marginal supraorbitals, the second very long.
Lateral occipitals one on each side, bordered with irregular scales. Shields
of the mesoptychium large. Brachial and antebrachial plates each in two rows,
the posterior of the former continuous with the anterior of the latter; post-
brachials large. Twenty femoral pores. Three rows of plates on the tibia,
the inner not appearing on the inferior surface; the outer composed of eight
transverse plates, the median three or four of nearly equal size. Preanal plates
in two longitudinal rows. Sole of the foot externally acutely tuberculous.
External digit not reaching to extremity of internal. On the rump brown;
proceeding anteriorly the shade of color becomes lighter, until upon the muzzle
it is ochraceous; the whole is faintly tinged with olive. A deeper shade ex-
tends from the superior angle of the eye to above the groin, which is marked
by about twelve short, deep brown, vertical bands. These are bounded beneath
by a series of light dots which extend from the tympanum posteriorly. Sides
olivaceous; tail olivaceous, spotted with brown above. Total length 8 in. 6 lin.

'Hab.—Nicaragua. Mus. Smitnsonian; Acad. Philadelphia.

** Premaxillary teeth nine.
A. eutropia Cope.

Three supraorbitals; five marginal supraorbitals, the second very long.
Three occipitals, bounded posteriorly by many irregular shields. Infralabials
large, five on each side; median gulars four or six, very large: a single row of
eight or ten large plates upon the mesoptychium. One series of brachial and
one of antebrachial shields, continuous with each other; postbrachials large.
One very large subround median anal, entirely surrounded* by smaller plates.
Inferior femoral plates large, in three or four rows; two rows of inferior tibials,
the external composed of six plates, of which the second is largest. Seventeen
to nineteen femoral pores. Digits strongly pectinate, the external equal to the
interval. Keels of the tail shields strong inferiorly as well as superiorly.
Above blackish brown with an olive tint. A blue-grey median band extends
from the occiput, and becomes broad and undulating in outline dosteriorly
because of the dark shade which bounds it laterally becoming resolved into
spots. Two lateral narrow bluish gray lines, more or less interrupted, the
inferior reaching the groin. The median band in its prolongation to the muzzle
is light brown. Inferior surfaces light bluish green. Total length 11 in. 91. ;
head and body 3 in. 9 1.

Hab.—Region of the Truando, New Grenada. Discovered by Arthur Schott,
of Lieut. N. Michler’s Expedition. Mus. Smithsonian, (Nos. 4320, 4325.) Acad.
Philadelphia.

A. undulata Gray, Catal. Liz. Brit. Mus. Duméril, Catal. Method. pt. 1, p. 113.

Cnemidophorus undulatus Wiegm., Herp. Mex. 27.

Three supraorbitals; five marginal supraorbitals, the second very long. Oc-
cipitals three, succeeded by irregular shields. Large gular plates transverse.
Plates of the mesoptychium in two rows. Two rows of antebrachial, one of
brachial plates; postbrachial large. Five or six series of femoral plates; three
of tibial, the inner not visible from beneath. Preanals small, in two longitudinal
rows. Yubercles of the sole acute, outer digit not reaching extremity of inner.
Tail plates strongly keeled above and below. Twenty femoral pores. Olive brown
above, vermiculated with brown posteriorly, bounded on each side by a series
of triangular light bluish spots, (their apices directed downward,) which are

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3

surrounded by a deep brown shade. Sometimes they are confluent and form a
longitudinal band; the apices prolonged may form vertical bands. Head
brownish. Beneath greenish white. Total length 11 in.; head and body 3 in.
6 lin.

Hab.—Honduras. Mus. Acad. Philadelphia. Dr. John L. Le Conte donor.

Var. a, Wiegm.

Sides with numerous short light bluish lines, imitating broken longitudinal
bands. Marginal supraoculars six, the third longest. Otherwise similar to the
ordinary variety.

Hab.—Vera Cruz, Mexico. Mus. Smithsonian. Dr. C. Sartorius donor.

aa. Median gular scales but little larger than those surrounding.
6. Premaxillary teeth eight.
A. guttata Cope.
Cnemidophorus guttatus Wiegm., Herp. Mex. 29. Gray, Catal. Brit. Mus. 22.
Supraorbitals three, the two posterior sometimes isolated by granular scales
in males; marginal supraorbitals six, the third very long. Nostril in the nasal
plate. Three occipitals, the median elongate. Postsymphyseal plate broader
than long. Three rows of plates upon the mesoptychium. Scales a little
larger than the intermandibular extend across the gular region. Three rows
of brachial plates continuous with two of antebrachials. Postbrachials mode-
rate, transverse. Femoral shields numerous; pores twenty to twenty-three.
Three series of tibial plates, none of the external series disproportionately large.
Extremities of external and internal digits equal. Tail keels moderate. Brown-
“ish olive above; upon the superior lateral region a narrow brown band bor-
dered above with lighter. Irregular short yellow lines or spots are distributed
more or less distinctly in four longitudinal series from nape torump. Tail
unspotted. In the female the lateral brown band is scarcely margined with
paler above. Total length 14 in. 6 lin.; head and body 4 in. 9 lin.
Hab.—Vera Cruz, Mexico. Mas. Acad. Philadelphia.

A. sackii Cope.

Cnemidophorus sackii Wiegm , Herp. Mex. p. 28. Gray, Catal. Brit. Mus. 22.

Supraorbitals four, posterior minute; marginal scales eight, the. anterior
three longer. Three occipitals. Three principal preanal plates. Femoral
pores twenty-two. Grayish olive; sides olive brown, margined above with a
pale longitudinal band, transversely banded with blackish brown. A second
narrow lateral band extending from beneath the orbit to the posterior part of
the side. Total length 15 in.; head and body 6 in.

Hab.—Mexico.

6b. Premaxillary teeth six.
A. teniura Cope.

Supraorbitals three; the marginal five, second longest. Nostril pierced ia
the nasal plate. Five occipitals. Plates of the mesoptychium numerous. Que
series of brachial, two of antebrachial, scarcely continuous. Postbrachials
small. four series of large femoral plates, bounded by smaller anteriorly and
posteriorly. Three tibial rows, two upon the irferior face of the limb; the ex-
ternal composed of seven plates, the third very large. Larger preanals are two
transverse marginal, two or three longitudinal median. External digit extending
beyond the internal. Lateral tail plates smooth, superior keeled. Femoral pores
fifteen. Above brown. A narrow yellowish line extends from the superciliary
‘margin to a nearer or more distant point upon the tail. This is bordered above
by a black band, three times its width, which is sometimes faintly margined
above with yellowish. Sides black as far asa yellowish line which extends
from the superior border of the ear to the groin, and thence with increased
width for some distance upon the tail: on the latter region it is bounded below

1862.]

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

by a black band. A third and inferior pale line is sometimes seen on the side,
a space above the margins of the external abdominal plates. The latter with
the femora and tibia are sometimes spotted with whitish upon a dark ground.
Bereath yellowish white. Total length 1@ in. 6 lin.; head and body 3 in.

Hab.—Hayti, (near Jeremie.) Mus. Compar. Zoology Cambridge, No. 1503.)
Acad. Philada.

This species is intimately allied to the A. lineolata D. &B., also an inhabi-
tant of Hayti. The latter is peculiar in having shields upon the superior pos-
terior fore-arm, and in its keelless tail plates. In teniura these keels are weak.
The coloration of lineolata is different from that of the present species.
Uur group A, of which A. pulchra may be regarded as type, is connected with
B, A.surinamensis type, through this species in the former group, and A.
polops in the latter. The five occipital plates, elongate form, and pattern
of coloration, are indications of this in the te niura.

II. Scales of the caudal whorls smooth superiorly.

A. lineolata Dum. et Bibr., Erpetol. Gen. vy. p. 119.

Nostril pierced in the nasal plate. One anterior series of seven plates upon
the brachium, several posterior series, replacing the grarules which exist in
other species. Two anterior antebrachial series. Postbrachial or elbow plates
present, rhombic. Five series of inferior femorals, two of inferior tibials.
Three large preanals surrounded by smaller scales. Fifteen femoral pores.
Head above brown, laterally varied with black and white. Superior regions
of body black with nine longitudinal lines, the median dorsal double at the
middle of its length. Of the lateral lines, one is from the occiput, one from the
supercilium, one from the eye, one from beneath the tympanic orifice. Irregular
white lines upon the arm and the posterior foot. A light posterior femoral
band continuous with one on the tail: the latter member with other indistinct
longitudinal bands. Total length (?young) 9 in. 7 lin.; body 2 in. 2 lin.

Hab.—Hayti.

B.
I. Three rows of tibial shields, two appearing on the inferior face.
a. Frontal plate one: no palatine teeth.

&. Three supraorbitals ; premaxillary teeth ten.

A. thoracica Cope.

Anterior and superior temporal and postoccipital regions irregularly squamous.
Five marginal supraoculars, second longest. Nostril in the nasal plate. Median
gular scales minute; those of the mesoptychium larger, in six rows. Three
(two small, one large) antebrachial series, scarcely continuous with brachial
row. Postbrachials small in three short rows. Femoral plates numerous;
eighteen femoral pores. External tibial plates seven, very wide, second, third
and fourth largest, third broad, fourth narrow, transverse. External digit
extending beyond extremity of internal. A slight tendency to acumination in
the heel scales of some specimens. Preanals a series of three or four large
marginal, one or two Jarge median, longitudinally arranged. Color above
brown tinged with olive. Two indistinct light bands—the superior from the
supercilium, the inferior from the superior margin of the auricular opening—
enclose a black band, which is continued some distance upon the base of the
tail, with its inferior light border. Beneath greenish or yellowish white, the
pectoral and gular regious more or less black. The female differs in having
the brown of the back lighter and marked with a narrow median line. The
black upon the throat is also sometimes wanting. The size is much less, being
in total length 9 in. 2 lin.; of head and body 3in. The male, 15 in.; head
and body 4 in. 6 lin.

Hab.—New Providence Island, Bahamas. Mus. Philada. Acad. (Dr. H. C.
Wood, Jr., Coll.) Salem, Mass.

[ Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65

This species is most nearly related to au beri of Cuba and plei of Hayti.
From the former it differs in the absence of spurs upon the heel, in the com-
plete black pale-bordered lateral band and the black of the antero-inferior
regions. The same peculiarities of coloration separate it from the plei, which
has in furtber distinction the median gular scales a little larger, and the tail
spotted. This species is very abundant in New Providence, and, like the others,
is very swift. The most ready way of obtaining them is by shooting. ;

6b. Four supraorbital plates.

A. laeta Cope.

2A. guttata Gray, Catal. Liz. Brit. Mus. p. 18, not Cnemid. guitaius Wiegm.

Nostril in the nasal suture; common suture of fronto-nasal plates elongate.
Five marginal supraoculars, first and second longest; equal. Nine premaxillary
teeth. Three gular folds; gular scales all large, the posterior largest. Plates
of the posterior fold larger than those of the median. Two series of ante-
brachials continuous with three of brachial plates ; postbrachials large, irregular.
Scales of the dorsal region large. External and internal digits very short, the
latter extending beyond the former, its claw short, curved. Posterior preanals
largest, one or two large anterior. Hight series of femoral plates; fifteen to
seventeen pores. Six or seven external tibials, the second and third very large.
Male, above olive, black-speckled; sides dark with cross rows of black-edged
white spots. Female rather bright olivaceous, with a light brown pale-bordered
band upon each side. The superior pale border very indistinct, extending
from the temporal angle, the inferior a bright band bordered with black
beneath, extending from the middle of the tympanic orifice some distance upon
the tail. Head brown above. Under surfaces yellowish, external belly plates
black spotted, external tibial plates and tail bluish varied. Total length 15 in.;
excluding the tail, 5 in.

Hab.—Near Rio Janeiro; according to Gray, Demerara and Pernambuco.
Mus. Compar. Zoology, Cambridge, No. 1483.

In the above description the colors of the male are taken from Dr. Gray. I
have presumed that the two female specimens described belong to the species
guttata, on account of their near resemblance to the surinamensis and
their difference from it in the tibial shields and anal plates. Dr. Gray’s diagnosis
furnishes nothing else to base an identification upon. This species further
differs from the surinamensis in the larger dorsal scales and longer
common fronto-nasal suture.

A. plei Dum. et Bibr., Erpetol. Gen. v.

Median gular scales a little larger than those surrounding; marginal supra-
oculars five or six, second longest. One large, one or two small series of ante-
brachials, separated by granular scales from the large brachial series; post-
brachials numerous, irregular. Two large posterior preanals, one large median,
and several smaller anterior and peripheral. Exterior digit equalling or extend-
ing beyond the interior. Seven exterior tibial plates, the last very minute,
second and third very large. Femoral plates numerous, the pores sixteen.
Premaxillary teeth six, eight or ten; superior maxillaries twenty-one in the
adult, in the oldest specimens three or four posterior only imperfectly bi- or tri-
cuspid ; those anterior to the latter are cylindrical with obtusely rounded crowns ;:
the most anterior conic, curved. In younger individuals the number of com-
pressed tricuspid teeth is greater, (though the total number of teeth is less,)
until in the youngest all but the ‘‘canines’’ conform to this standard of the
generic structure. General color above, brown olivaceous, the posterior ex-
tremities, tail and posterior dorsal region more or less distinctly spotted with.
yellowish. Sides vertically banded with greenish or yellowish; superiorly
there is usually a series of black spots, which are sometimes only present ante--
riorly, sometimes confluent into a longitudinal band. Beneath greenish straw-

1862.] . 5

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

colored, the denticulations and tubercles of the palms and toes tipped with
brown. Total length, 20 in.; head and body to vent 6 in. 6 lin.

Hab.—St. Thomas, Santa Cruz, Porto Rico; according to the Erpetologie
Generale, Martinique and Hayti. Mus. Philadelphia Academy. Smithsonian.
Compar. Zoology, Cambridge.

Two specimens from Porto Rico have the lateral blacks spots larger, with a
trace of a superior series posteriorly. In this animal the adult presents but
three obtuse-crowned median maxillary teeth. This difference between the Porto
Rican form and that of St. Thomas appears of importance when we recollect the
relation which exists between the genera Ameiva and Tupinambis (Teius Gr.)
in this respect. Indeed, although the present species is closely allied in super-
ficial characters to tae A. auberi and thoracica, were it not for the re-
pressed development just alluded to in its Porto Rican form, it would appear
proper to regerd the significance of this dentitional peculiarity as fully generic.
Should the Porto Rican form begin to develop cylindrical and obtuse-crowned
teeth at an earlier age, so as finally to exclude the compressed tricuspid, this
peculiarity would become the index of a definable generic group; or should
the time of the appearance of these teeth be finally postponed to a period beyond
the usual limit of life, the same separation would be the result, the Porto Rican
form remaining as a distinct species of Ameiva. The anatomical relation be-
tween these lacertian forms is certainly identical with that existing between
Protonopsis and Megalobatrachus, Siredon and Amblystoma; and if a gene-
ric connection between the former can be reasonably suspected, (and geo-
logical as weil as morphological considerations support this view), it might be
as justly inferred in the case of the latter. The largest shields of the external
tibial series reach a considerable development in the Porto Rican specimens;
hence I have suspected the Ameiva scutata of Dr. Gray might belong here.
One or two of the St. Thomas specimens exhibit a development of these plates
fully equal. Whether all belong to the true A. plei Dum. & Bibr., can only
be settled by those who can compare Martinique specimens with those from the
localities in question.

Var. exsul.

This form differs in possessing a narrow bright yellow band on each side,
extending from the superciliary ridge to a point on the anterior part of the tail.
The anterior extremity extended backward exceeds the extremity of the ap-
pressed femur. Total length 7 in. 6 lin. ; exclusive of tail, 2 in. 1 lin. (Pro-
bably young.)

Hab.—Water Island. Mus. Smithsonian.

A. polops Cope.

Seven or eight marginal! supraorbitals. Median gular scales little larger
than the lateral; scales of the neck-fold moderate. One large and several
small series of antebrachial plates not continuous with the short brachial
series; postbrachials distinct. Preanals in two parallel longitudinal series.
Femoral plates numerous; pores nineteen. Tibial series two, the internal
small; the external composed of seven plates, fourth largest, third next. Ex-
ternal digit exterding much beyond the internal. Above olive brown; a
brownish black band, anteriorly light bordered above, extends from the
superior border of the auricular opening to the crural region. This is bordered
beneath by a narrow light line which terminates above the femur. Below this
is a brown band, which is separated from a brown line on the exterior belly
plate by a narrow yellow line. Tibia with an anterior light line. Femora
behind light banded continuously with the tail. The latter member appears
to be faintly annulated. Belly light greenish. Total length 1 in. 2 lin.; ex-
elusive of tail, 2 in. 6 lin.

Hab.—St. Croix, West Indies. Mus. Smithsonian.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 67

aa. Frontal plates two; palatine teeth present.

A. bifrontata Cope.

Three posterior supraoculars, surrounded with granular scales in the male.
Marginal supraoculars five, two anterior elongate. Frontal shield divided
transversely. An indistinct longitudinal frontal carina. Posterior gular scales
larger than the anterior. Two series of antebrachial scales, continuous with
one brachial. Postbrachials large, transverse. Marginal preanals largest.
Femorals numerous; the pores fifteen to nineteen. Plates of the median tibial
series not small; nine plates in the external, third and fourth largest. External
digit not equalling the tip of the internal. Tail plates narrow, strongly keeled.
Above brownish pea-green, tail paler; in young specimens traces of two lateral
and one median pale line, sometimes visible posteriorly in adults. Occasionally
a few brown spots upon the rump. External belly plates varied with blue and
white. Inferior surfaces yellow. In females the anterior supraocular is in
contact with the second, the lateral longitudinal bands are more distinct and
enclose one of a deeper shade, and there are two rows of deep brown spots on
the posterior part of the dorsal region. Tail spotted with brown above. Total
length 14 in.; head and body, 4 in. 6 lin.

Hab.—St. Thomas, W. Indies. Mus. Philada. Acad.

The specimens described as females are labelled as having come from New
Grenada, probably incorrectly.

I. Four rows of tibial shields, three appearing on the inferior surface. Ex-
ternal posterior digit not reaching the extremity of the internal.

A. presignis Cope.

Cnemidophorus presignis Bd. & Gd., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1852, p. 129.

Five marginal supraorbitals; external occipitals small. Posterior gular
scales larger than anterior. Two series of antebrachials continuous with the
brachial. Postbrachials numerous, subhexagonal, anterior claws very elongate.
Eight femoral series medially; pores thirteen to seventeen. Hight plates in
the external tibial series, second and third largest. Two posterior, a median,
and sometimes an anterior preanal. @Q Deep brownish olivaceous above; a
broad median dorsal band, bounded on each side by transverse black bars,
which extend to a black border of a yellowish lateral line which extends from
the temporal ridge. An inferior yellow line from the auricular border, sepa-
rated from the superior by a broad black band, which is traversed by a single
row of yellow spots. Sides and extremities black-green spotted. Tail green,
black spotted ; two lateral light lines anteriorly. In the male the median band
is better defined. The light superior border of the lateral black band vanishes
posteriorly ; the inferior is less distinct: over all are about seven longitudinal
series of yellow spots. Beneath pale greenish yellow. Length of head and
body 5 in. (Tail mutilated.)

Hab.—Panama.* Mus. Smithsonian. Philada. Acad.

The coloration is the principal means of distinguishing this species from that
succeeding.

A. surinamensis Gray, Catal. Liz, Brit. Mus. p. 18.

Lacerta ameiva, L. lateristriga et DL. tristriata Spix, Anim. Braz. tab. xxiii. et
xxiv. 182.

Teius ameiva Merr., Nieuw. Zool. Braz. Rept. p. 170.

Ameiva vulgaris Licht., Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gen.

Two series of antibrachial plates, nine in the exterior, which is continuous
with the brachial; postbrachials irregular, subquadrate. Larger scales extend-
ing across the posterior gular region ; those of the neck-fold in about four rows.

* « Said to be abundant at Para.’’—Hallowell, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci, 483, 1860. Panama,
not Para, is meant,

1862. ]

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

A few large plates exterior to the superior part of the exterior tibial row. Of
the latter there are eight or nine, second, third and fourth largest. Posterior
preanal plates largest. Above olivaceous, more or less vermiculated with
black upon the head, nape and anterior extremities. Sides of a much darker
shade, which is well defined superiorly, and is crossed by vertical series of yel-
low black-bordered spots. External belly and anterior femoral plates yellow
and black varied. In the female the lateral shade takes the form of a band.
In a large specimen from Venezuela the anterior regions and extremities are
light brown, speckled with black on the head and neck; the lateral vertical
spots are upon a ground similar to that of the back. This is Lacerta ameiva,
figured by Spix. Total length 20 in. 6 lin.; head and body 7 in.

Hab.—Surinam, Venezuela, Bolivia, Brazil, (‘‘ south to Rio Janeiro.”—Veu-
wied), ?Paraguay, ?Trinidad. Mus. Philada. Acad. Washington.

A. corvina Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada. p. 312, 1861.

Premaxillary teeth ten. Median occipital plate short; position of external
occipitals longitudinal divergent. Four continuous supraorbitals; marginal
plates five, anterior two longest. Median gular scales small, those of the me-
soptychium scarcely larger. Anterior half of antebrachium with a series of
plates; brachium without plates, coarsely scaled; postbrachials a little larger.
Abdominal plates in twelve series. Median preanals largest. Large anterior
femoral plates upon the terminal portion of femur; pores in {\ 36, in Q 32.
Tibial series four, eight or nine in the external, of which three or four are of
nearly equal size. External digit extending beyond internal. Tail plates
weakly keeled. General color black; under surface of belly and tail glaucous
green, sometimes tinged with yellow. Total length 16 in. 2 lin.; head and
bedy 4 in. 10 lin.

Hab.—Sombrero Island, West Indies. Mus. Philada. Acad. Smithsonian.
Compar. Zoology Cambridge.

A. punctata Gray, Catal. Liz. Brit. Mus. p. 17.

Postbrachial plates rather large, rhombic. Ventral shields in fourteen rows.
Exterior tibial series seven, the second and third largest, nearly equal. live
with black wavy lines; sides darker with white spots upon the lower part;
head in spirits pale reddish.

Hab.—Demerara.

A. major Dum. et Bibr., Erp. Gen. v. p. 117.

Median gular scales larger than the external, equal to those of the mesop-
tychium. Brachial plates large, separated from the antebrachials, which are near
the fore-foot; posthumerals granular. External tibial plates large. Ab-
dominal plates in from fourteen to eighteen series. Preanal plates numerous,
not large. Above olivaceous, beneath yellowish or greenish; in the younz two
light lines on each side, the superior from the temporal ridge. Total length 20
in. 7 lin.; head and body 8 in. 2 lin.

Hab.—Cayenne. Trinidad.

The antebrachial plates of this species seem to be similar to those of A.

corvina.
D.

A. auberi Coct. et Bibr., De la Sagra’s Hist. Cuba Rept. p. 74.

Abdominal shields in ten or twelve rows. Occipitals five: marginal supra-
oculars five or six, posterior three small; the superior supraoculars three,
sometimes a rudimentary fourth. Temporal region with superior and anterior
marginal plates. Premaxillary teeth ten. Gular scales equal; plates of the
fold large, in four rows. The antebrachial series of plates bounded within by
smaller shields; brachials continuous with the former, little dilated trans-
versely. Postbrachials large, transverse. Femoral series eight or nine. Pores

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69

fourteen to sixteen. One or two anterior preanals larger than any of the four
or six marginal. Two series of tibial shields, the internal imperfect, six plates
in the external, the second and third very large. External digit extending
beyond the hip of the internal. General color light olivaceous brown, shaded
with yellow on the head and extremities. A series of irregular spots, forming
a broken band, extends from above the axillary region to the groin. Beneath
yellowish. Total length 13 in.; head and body, 4 in.
Hab.—Cuba. Mus. Philada. Academy. Washington. Cambridge.

A. trilineata Gray, Catal. Liz. Brit. Mus. 19.

Supraoculars three, marginals five. Gular scales minute; four series of
moderate plates on the antero-pectoral fold. Temporal region bounded above
and anteriorly by plates. Antebrachial and brachial plates continuous, the
latter little dilated. Postbrachials large, dilated. Ten rows of abdominal
plates. Hight series of femoral plates; fifteen pores; median preanals larger
thau posterior. Three tibial series, seven in the external, the second and third
very large. External posterior digit extending beyond the internal. Above
olivaceous, with a median yellowish band, which covers a width of four scales
anteriorly, six posteriorly. A light lateral line extending from the temporal
angle, bounded beneath by a more or less irregular black band, and above, in
adult specimens, by another, very narrow and irregular in its superior outline,
A light line extends from the ear to the groin, and a trace of a third is some-
times seen beneath it. Sides posteriorly, and anterior and posterior extremi-
ties coarsely vermiculated and varied with black and light olive. Gular and
prethoracic regions black. Total length 10 in.; head and body 3 in.

Hab.—Cuba. Mus. Washington. Phila. Acad.

This animal appears to be identical with that described by MM. Cocteau and
Bibron, and by the authors of the Erpetologie Generale, as the young of the A.
auberi. Small specimens of the latter, however, resemble the adult closely,
while the trilineata reaches a size nearly equal to that of the full grown
auberi. It nevertheless offers no distinctive marks beyond those of colora-
tion. We should therefore suspect it to be the female of the latter, were it not
that some of the specimens appear to be males. While the opinion expressed
in the Hist. de l’Isle Cuba is entitled to much respect, I accept for the present
that of Dr. J. E. Gray as most tenable.

Compared with the female of A. thoracica, it differs as follows: The
continuity of the brachials and antebrachials is not interrupted by small scales ;
the postbrachials are larger; there is a single large external palmar tubercle
instead of two of equal size. The vermiculated banding of the extremities does
not exist in the thoracica, and the vertebral band is much narrower. There
are no calcaneal spines.

A. dorsalis Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. i. p. 277.

A. Sloanei Dum. & Bibr., v. 107

Five occipitals, all short, especially the median. Temporal region bounded
anteriorly and superiorly by plates. Three supraorbitals, five marginals, the
second longest. Median gulars small; scales of the mesoptychis moderate,
in five rows. Premaxillary teeth ten, the external on each side sometimes
wanting. Brachial plates small, subhexagonal. Antebrachials usually not
continuous with them, sometimes confined to the terminal portion of the fore-
arm. Postbrachials large, transverse. Posterior preanals largest; one or two
anterior plates. Femoral plates in nine to eleven rows medially ; pores twenty-
three to twenty-five. Three tibial series, the internal minute, the median
incomplete, the external of six or seven plates, the second, third and fourth
large. Above olivaceous, darkest superiorly. A median vitta commences at
the occiput and extends to the crural region; in the former region it is narrow,
in the latter it occupies nearly the whole dorsal surface. Four longitudinal
series of spots upon each side, those of the two superior elongate, sometimes

1862.]

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

forming bands. In the female these bound a more or less irregular black band ;
another dark band margins the dorsal vitta. Beneath greenish white. Total
length 14 in.; head and body 4 in. 6 lin.

Hab.—Jamaica. Mus. Philada. Academy. Smithsonian, (No. 5770.)

The short occipitais, the smal) brachials and shortened series of antebrachials
of this species, are repeated in the A. corvina.

ry.
Eunectes note#us.

General form elongate; tail one-eighth of the total length. Muzzle de-
pressed, broadly rounded. Rostral plate twice as broad as high, its labial
sutures divergent, straight. Of the three nasal plates, the two superior are
trapezoid, the inferior three times as long as wide. Loreal, preocular and
superciliary large, their superior border nearly continuous. They are bounded
superiorly by three large elongate plates which embrace a median series of
three smaller rhombic plates. Of the former, the posterior are as long as the
anterior, the median shorter. Of the latter, the two anterior are in contact,
the posterior not smaller, sometimes isolated anteriorly by the exterior plates.
In addition to the superciliary and preocular, the orbital ring is formed by
five small plates, of which the two anterior are in contact with the sixth,
seventh and eighth superior labials, without the intervention of a second sub-
orbital series. Superior labials thirteen, the anterior but little higher than
the rest. Scales large, broad as long, in forty-five rows on the thickest part
of the body. Maxillary teeth 15 on each side; mandibulars 17. Urosteges
59. Total length 9ft.4in. Of tail 1 ft. 4 in.

Above, light yellowish brown anteriorly; upon the middle and posterior
parts of the body, dark brown. A deep brown band commences upon each
temple, and unites with its fellow on the middle of the muzzle. A similar
band commences at the eye, and extends beyond the canthus of the mouth.
A broad median head band arises between the orbits, and extending upon
the neck becomes zigzag, and is finally broken into transverse blackish spots
which extend to the end of the tail. There are fifty-three distinct spots on the
body, seventeen on the tail. They extend over twelve scales transversely, and
are two scales apart. Two bands commence on each side of the neck, the supe-
rior is continuous for a short distance, and is then broken into longitudinal
spots which alternate with the dorsal. The inferior band is soon broken and is
merged into two or three very irregular series of lateral black spots. Belly
yellow, irregularly spotted with black, outlining two longitudinal streaks.

Habitat.—Paraguay River and confluents. Mus. Acad. Phila. Smithsonian
(No. 4707). Capt. Page’s Exped.

This serpent is one of the largest in America; in its proportions it is rather
more slender than the E. murina or anaconda, which attains a greater size
than any of the Boas, and equals or exceeds the largest Pythons.

It also differs from the murina in the greater size of the posterior three
head plates, especially the median ; in the immediate contact of the orbitar
ring of plates with the labial shields, and the less narrow and elevated form of
the latter anteriorly, The dorsal scales are larger, and in fewer rows. Both
the ground color, and the distribution of spots upon it, are quite different
from those of the murina.

Homalochilus multisectus,

Head rather elongate, very distinct from the neck, the plates of its superior
surface irregular, not large. Three small superciliaries on each side, sepa-
rated by five longitudinal series of frontal scales. Rostral plate five sided,
those in contact with the labials shortest. Internasals confluent with the pre-
nasal (as sometimes occurs in H. striatus), their common suture very short.
Prefrontals large, their common suture as long as the posterior border of each.
Posterior to these a pair of transversely oval postfrontals (sometimes divided).

[Feb.

~—— ee

a an! ST

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71

Postoculars five, small; preoculars two, the superior vertical, the inferior the
last of a series of three or four cut from the summits of the labials. Two
loreals, anterior larger. Superior labials sixteen or seventeen, eighth and
ninth entering orbit. Inferior, twenty ; six pair of scales separated by the
mental groove. Scales of the body in sixty longitudinal rows, the lateral
smallest. Anal plate entire. Tail slender, contained six and a half times in
the total length. The latter amounts, in the only specimen, a young one, to
26 inches ; head and body 22 inches. General color above, brown, with about
one hundred yellowish cross bands bordered posteriorly with darker brown.
Near the middle of the body these are about five scales apart; posteriorly
they are nearer together. One, sometimes two, series of irregular spots exist
on each side, which are confluent anteriorly into one imperfect longitudinal
band. Two narrow dark bands posterior to the eye, separated by about five
temporai scales. Beneath yellow, marked with irregular longitudinal lines
posteriorly.

Habitat.— Mus. Academy Nat. Sciences, from Messrs. Smith
and Stewardson.

Homalochilus strigilatus.

Head rather stouter than in other species of the genus, distinct. One large
superciliary plate on each side, separated from the other by two, or some-
times one, large shield. Anterior to these are two transverse series of irregu-
lar plates, in front of which are two elliptical postfrontal shields in contact.
Between these and the supranasals is a pair of transverse prefrontals; their
_ posterior border is curved, parallel with the anterior, much longer than their

common suture. Both nasal plates distinct. One loreal, which is a little —
shorter than in striatus. Two preoculars, the superior nearly as long as
high, the inferior narrow, bounded below by two labial plates. No small
plates anterior to the latter. Eye small, less than is usual in H. striatus,
bounded beneath by the seventh and eighth, sometimes the ninth superior
labial plate. The latter number fifteen. Inferior labials eighteen, the an-
terior six elongate. Scales in fifty-one longitudinal rows, the median lateral.
smallest. Anal plate entire. Tail 9 in., in a specimen 67 in. long, i. e. one
8-5th.

General color above, dark brown, almost black posteriorly. One or two
series of transverse, short, dark bordered pale spots extend throughout the
total length, or become obsolete posteriorly. The lateral ground color is
paler; it is sometimes separated from that of the back by a zigzag outline.
A lateral series of brown light bordered rhombic spots is converted upon the
anterior fourth of the body into a longitudinal band, extending past the can-
thus of the mouth and through the orbit. Posterior to the latter, a light band
bounds it above, Muzzle paler. Beneath brownish white, becoming darker
posteriorly ; a median dark band beneath the tail.

Habitat.—Id. New Providence, Bahamas. Mus. Academy Natural Sciences,
From Dr. H. C. Wood, Jr.’s, collection.

Briefly, H. striatus of Hayti, differs from this species in its two supercili-

aries, in its subloreal, in its cross bands, and absence of the lateral and sub-
caudal stripes.

Tachynectes chryostictus.

Scales elongate, poreless, in twenty-three rows, all keeled except sometimes
the first. Superior angles of the nasal plates in contact, one trapezoid loreal
as high as long, one narrow preocular not reaching the vertical; two post-
oculars in contact with the occipital and one temporal. Occipitals short, their
common suture scarcely as long as the vertical; the lateral borders of the
latter are parallel, elongate. Superior labials eight, eye over the fourth;
sixth and seventh largest. Twelve inferior labials, five posterior small. Anal
plate divided ; tail one-third the total length, i. e., in the type specimen 5 in.
in 15.

1862.]

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Color above as far “as the fourth row of ‘scales on each side, reddish
brown, with, five alternating series of indistinct quadrate spots of a darker
hue. Sides light yellowish brown. Beneath dark chocolate, near the middle
of the body every third or fourth gastrostege one-half yellow. Posteriorly
these spots are smaller and closer together, upon the gular region they form a
broken longitudinal series, which is crossed by a similar series extending
from one angle of the mouth to the other, and by an anterior one upon the chin.
Tail scarcely spotted beneath. Head light brown, a yellow shade upon the
posterior superior labials. A median longitudinal nuchal band.

Habitat.—Amazon. Mus. Smithsonian (No. 6007). From Lieut. Henderson’s
collection.

I haye placed this species in Tachynectes, Fitz. on account of its slender
body and elongate tail; in all respects it is a Helicops as defined by Duméeril.

Hypsirhynchus scalaris.

Scales in nineteen longitudinal rows, thin, not elongate, with a single large
pore at the extremity, not median. Head lanceolate flat, the muzzle slightly,
the superciliary plates very much, elevated. Rostral plate transverse, oblique
from the prominence of the muzzle, its lateral and superior outlines continu-
ous, curved. Vertical plate more than twice as long as broad, the lateral
borders concave; superciliaries broad arched; occipitals elongate, rounded
posteriorly, the median posterior emargination nearly acute angled. Nasals
two, nostril principally in the anterior; posterior larger, its posterior outline
oblique. Loreal none. Preocular single, longer than high, not reaching the
vertical. Postoculars two, the inferior half the size of the superior, and in
.contact with an elongate temporal and the angle of the occipital. Hight
superior labials, second elongate, third, fourth and fifth entering the orbit,
sixth largest. Ten inferior labials, sixth largest; post genials longer than
pregenials. Anal plate bifid; tail elongate (mutilated). Length of head and
body nineteen inches.

General color dark brown, the result of close punctulations on a paler
ground. A darker band extends upon the third, fourth and fifth rows of
scales on each side, throughout the length of the body, though indistinct
posteriorly. The dorsal space enclosed is crossed by numerous incomplete
bands of the same shade, at distances.of three or four scales. The lateral
band is more distinct anteriorly, where it is bounded beneath by a nar-
row yellowish vitta extending from the canthus of the mouth. A yellowish
band extends through the eye. Superior labial, mental and gular regions,
blackish brown. A brown spot upon each frontal plate, longitudinal vermi-
culations on the plates posterior to them. Beneath brownish yellow, thickly
punctulated. ‘

Habitat.—Hayti, (near Jeremie). Mus. Compar. Zoology, Cambridge (No.
1517). Dr. A. F. Weinland donor.

In the present species the teeth are widely spaced and become longer on the
posterior portions of the superior maxillary bone. The absence of the loreal
plate, and the pattern of coloration, separate it from the H. ferox, Gthr., of
Barbadoes, the only other species of the genus.

Pliocercus euryzonus.

Dentition diacranterian, asin P. eq ualis Salvin.* Head broad posteriorly
and at the muzzle. -Rostral plate low, the nasal sutures long, straight. Com-
mon prefrontal suture less than half that of the postfrontals. Vertical broad,
sides convergent; obtuse angled behind. Occipitals well developed, rounded
posteriorly ; temporals one large, (narrow,) four small. Nasals two, loreal

*This author spells the generic name Pleiocercus; a more consistent orthography
would be Pleiokerkos. ‘Those who prefer the unlatinised method should also write kua-
noura, skutale, kaloura, etc.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73

well developed; superior preoculars not reaching vertical, the inferior want-
ing on one side. Superciliaries very narrow. Two postoculars. Superior
labials nine, fifth and sixth entering the orbit. Ten inferior labials. Scales
in seventeen rows, rather lanceolate medially. Total length 23 in. 9 lin; the
tail 9 in. 8 lin., rather more than two-fifths. Ground color red. This is
crossed on the body by nineteen black rings, which leave it in spaces of only
a scale in width above, and one to three gastrosteges beneath. On the head
the ground only appears as a spot on the second and third labials, one on the
middle of each superciliary, one near the anterior angle of the vertical, and
one on the common occipital suture; also a band extending from the seventh
and eighth superior labials posteriorly to the occipitals. Anterior and pos-
terior inferior labials black. Tail with eleven black rings broader than those
on the body.

Hab.—Region of the Truando, New Grenada. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 4303,)
Lieut. Michler’s Exploring and Surveying Expedition Coll.

Philodryas latirostris. :

Muzzle obtuse, depressed, rather broad. Rostral shield elevated, rounded
above. Prefontals broader than long, postfrontals broad. Vertical narrow,
not twice as long as its anterior breadth, the lateral borders concave; occipi-
tals not elongate; temporals five, the anterior and largest narrow, in contact
with the whole posterior border of the inferior postocular. Preocular grooved
so as to appear divided, in contact with the vertical; loral parallel sided ;
prenasal larger than postnasal. Eight superior oculars, fourth and fifth enter-
ing orbit, the posterior three as high as, or higher, than long. Pregeneials
longer than postgeneials. Scales smooth, in nineteen longitudinal rows.
Gastrosteges not angulated. Total length 3 in. 2 lin.; the tail 6 in. 6 lin.

Green, paler beneath, yellowish on the mental and superior labial regions.
A narrow black band from the eye along the borders of the upper labials.

Hab.—Paraguay. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5811,) Capt. Page Coll.

This species has a broader muzzle than P. viridissimus Giinth. The
vertical plate is more elongate than in P.crassifrons Cope. From both
it differs in the contact of the latter with the preocular, and in the absence of
angulation of the gastrosteges.

laltris vultuosa.

Char. gen.—Form elongate, principally on account of the development of the
tail. Head moderately distinct, a little elongate, rather massive. Eye mode-
rate, pupil round. The nine normal cephalic shields. Rostral normal, not
prominent. Two nasals, one loreal, one preocular. Anal plate divided.
Scales smooth, the pores double. Anterior superior maxillary teeth moderate,
equal, separated by a short space from an elongate stout grooveless tooth
which occupies a position half way between the extremities of the maxillary.
Posterior half of this bone edentulous, except a long grooved tooth at its
hinder extremity. Several anterior mandibulars long, stout, separated by a
space from the succeeding series of small ones.

Char. specif—Scales not elongate, in nineteen longitudinal rows. Posterior
border of each postfrontal convex. Vertical twice as long as its anterior
breadth, the lateral borders a little concave, the posterior angle obtuse. Oc-
cipitals elongate, acuminate posteriorly, the common emargination acute
angled ; common suture as long as the vertical. Temporals, three large, one
small, on each side, the anterior in contact with the two postoculars, and the
fifth and sixth superior labials. One grooved preocular, one parallelogrammic
loreal, two nasals, the posterior higher. Rostral low, rounded above. Seven
superior labials, third and fourth entering the orbit, seventh longer than high.
Nine inferior labials, the fourth and fifth very large. Total length 45 in. 6 lin.,
tail, 13 in. 6 lin. or -38 of the whole.

The general color is leaden olivaceous ; the gastro and urosteges are bor-

1862.)

Tt PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

dered more or less distinctly with darker, the latter clouded with the same.
The mental region sometimes spotted with darkish. The posterior borders of
the superciliary and vertical plates are black; from the posterior angle of the
latter extends a black band which bifurcates with the border of the plates,
and widening, unites with a straight longitudinal postocular band. The
latter approaches more or less nearly a large black muchal spot. A series of
alternating spots extends for a few inches posterior to this ; they are then re-
solved into transverse bars, which are obsolete through the greater part of the
length. Posteriorly the scales are all bordered with darker.

Obtained near Jeremie, Hayti, by Dr. Weinland. Mus. Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass., (No. 1519).

The genus Jaltris (s2a,w jacto, rapio) is allied to Dromicus, but differs widely
in dentition. In the latter respect it somewhat resembles Psammophis, and
evidently lessens the brief interval between this genus and the former,
which herpetologists have hitherto admitted. A peculiarity not shared
by any other genus, is the absence of solid teeth on the os maxillare posterior
to the median long one. In specific characters this serpent resembles Also-
phis angulifer, especially the variety of the latter found in eastern Cuba.
It must be in some degree similar to the Philodryas dorsalis from Hayti,
but I have not been able to compare them.

Alsophis vu dii.

Scales in seventeen longitudinal rows, biporous. Head lanceolate de-
pressed, canthus rostralis distinct, rounded. Rostral plate rounded, not
prominent; vertical plate once and a half times as long as its anterior
breadth, lateral borders slightly concave. Occipital plates very elongate,
posterior emargination acute angled, common suture remarkably deep, longer
than the vertical plate. Temporal plates, two large, two or three small, the
anterior in contact with one or both of the postoculars, and the posterior
three superior labial shields. Of the latter there are eight, the third, fourth
and fifth entering the orbit. Nasals and loreal elongate, superior border of
the latter nearly parallel to the inferior. Preocular extending upon the sur-
face of the head, not reaching the vertical. Inferior labials eleven, sixth
largest ; postgenials longer than pregenials. Total length 39 in.; tail 11 in.

Light brown above, leaden brown beneath, everywhere thickly punctulated
with darker. A deeper shade, which is sometimes of a rufous tint, occupies
the median line of the back. Many of the scales have one white margin.
Many one or two black margins; the latter are sometimes arranged in trans-
verse series, most distinct anteriorly. The common occipital, posterior and
supercilio-vertical sutures are dark shaded. A dark brown band extends
from the end of the muzzle and terminates at the neck; it is succeeded by a
few interrupted brown spots or lines or lines on the neck, beneath which a
reddish tint prevails. Labials yellowish, punctulated and bordered with
brown; gularand mental regions indistinctly hned with the same; gastro-
steges bordered with leaden brown.

Habitat.—New Providence Id., Bahamas. Mus. Academy Nat. Sci., Phila.
Salem, Mass.

This species is dedicated to my friend, Dr. H. C. Wood, Jr., author of me-
moirs on Myriapoda and extinct Cryptogamia. According to this gentleman,
who obtained it, it is the most common snake in its native island. It is very
nearly alied to Alsophis angulifer of Cuba, but differs constantly in
coloration, and in a greater attenation of form. The occipitals are longer as
compared with the vertical than inangulifer.

That a variety of the same serpent is found in the same island is proven by
Dr. Wood’s collection. It is light yellowish brown as in angulifer, with
complete blackish cross bands upon the posterior portion of the body, three
scales apart. These are wanting upon the anterior third of the body, but are
represented by black margin; margined scales at intervals upon the side.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75

Head without markings, except a darker shade posterior to the eye. Rela-
tions of vertical and occipital plates as in typical vudii.

In the extensive series of serpents possessing the diacranterian dentition and
bifid anal scutum, which connect the stout, heavy bodied Xenodons with the
slender Drymobii, the authors of the Erpetologie Generale have recognized
two generic forms, viz. Liophis, Wagl., and Dromicus, Bibr. These they sepa-
rate upon a difference in the relative development of the tail; in the former
this member is said to be short, in the latter elongate. In thus defining their
groups they have well contrasted the prominent characteristics of the extremes
of the seriesin question. Another point of contrast is here added, viz. in the
short tailed extreme there are no scale pores; in the longest tailed, these pores
exist in pairs. The first may be represented by the Liophis cobella, the
last, by the Dromicus ater of authors. That these species belong to dif-
ferent genera admits of no doubt; they are placed in different ‘‘ families” by
some authors. The Dromicus ater, and its immediate allies, more nearly
resemble in general form and habits some species of Drymobius, than they do
the Liophis cobella; the latter represents a genus of water snakes, the
former are terrestrial and arborial.

The relative length of the tail cannot be entirely relied upon as a definite
index of the genera included between these extremes. There are species in
which this member is of an intermediate length, and some of these though
included by authors in their genus Dromicus, can by no means be separated
from the genus Liophis, as has been elsewhere shown.* From these types to
that of the D. ater, the gradation seems complete. In like manner the num-
’ ber of rows of scales on the body is a safe index of genera in some parts of
the system, in others it is not specific, varying with the age and circumstance of
the individual ; the same may be said of the division of the anal plate and pre-
ocular, of the carination of the scales, of the grooving of posterior maxillary
teeth ; also of the number of the toes in the sanria, and in an infinite number
of instances which will occur to every zoologist. Where, however, an organ
exhibits a perfect gradation between its different type forms, as we know to be
the case with most or all, at one or more points in the morphic scale of each,
the usual breaks or steps in this scale of modification of some other structure
or organ, most commonly indicate to us Nature’s divisions as at present exist-
ing.

In passing from Dromicus ater toward the species with shorter tails, we
find the two scale pores become reduced to one. Finally, in the third
series, typified by Dromicus lineatus, where the pores have disappeared,
the tail never, so far as is known, equals that of the Dromicus ater
group in length, nor is it thick, nor is the body heavy as in the poreless
cobella group. A fifth series, also with poreless scales, represented by
Dromicus fu gitivus, exhibits the very elongate tail of the ater group. I
know of no species connecting it with the third, or lineatus type, though
the discovery of such an one would not be a matter of surprise; in that case
the forms would be included under one head. The groups thus defined, with
their species, may be enumerated as follows:

Ophiomorphus Fitz. (sine diagnosi). Body short, stout. Head distinct.
Scales poreless. Tail short, thick, about one-fifth the total length. (Liophis
Fitz. Dum.)

O. cobella, O. merremmii,} (type,) O.doliatus, O. breviceps.

Lygophis Fitz. (sine diagnosi). Body, slender, elongate. Scales poreless.
Tail one-fourth the total length, sometimes a little longer, rarely shorter,
always slender.

* Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1860, p. 251.
t Xenodon typhlus, Schl. is almost identical in form with these species, but our speci-
mens being without epidermis, the absence or presence of pores cannot be determined.

1862.]

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

L. lineatus (type), L.dilepis n. sp., L.elegans, L. flavifrena-
tus n.sp., L.rutilus n.sp., L.conirostris (approaches near to Ophi-
omorphus).

Dromicus Bibr. Body moderate or short. Head little distinct. Scales
poreless. Tail one-third, or a greater proportion of the total length. (Calo-
phis Fitz).

D. fugitivus (type). D. parvifrons n.sp.,D. temporalis,* D.
callilaemus, D. exiguus n. sp.

Liophis Wag. Body elongate, slender. Head distinct. Scales uniporous.
Tail one-fourth the total length, or longer. (Orophis et Limadophis Fitz).

L. reginae (type) ?L.taeniurus, L.almadensis, L.sub fas-
ciatus n. sp. L. melanonotus, lL. temminckii, L. perfuscus
n. sp., L.epinephelus n. sp., L. putnamil, n. sp.

Alsophis Fitz. (sine diagnosi). Body moderate. Head distinct, acute.
Scales biporous. Tail one-third total length, or longer.

A. antillensis (type). A. sancticrusis n.sp., A. melanich-
nus n.sp., A.angulifer, A. vudii, n-sp:, A. leucomelas;- AY
Aer, VAC UN er ells nN. isp.

Dromici triscalis, inornatus, rufiventris and plei of the Erp.
Gen.and D.rufodorsatus and affinis of Giinther; Liophis bicinctus
Dum., L. taeniurus and L. lateristriga,{ Berth. I have not been
able to compare.

So far as is known, Alsophis and Dromicus are West Indian, Lygophis and
Ophiomorphus South American; Liophis inhabits both regions.

Alsophis sancticrucis.

Body thick. Scales broad in seventeen longitudinal rows. In other respects
the squamation is similar to that of H. antillensis, as pointed out by Dr.
Giinther,|| including the peculiar loreal plate, which presents an angle up-
wards. The color superiorly is deep yellowish brown, or almost black, some-
times the scales of the fourth row with yellowish centres, producing a banded
appearance, others with one yellow margin. The whole, or anterior part only
of the superior surface of the head is varied, or shaded with dark yellow. A
narrow band of the same passed along the canthus rostralis beyond the eye to
the temporal region. Superior labials and chin bright golden yellow, some-
times varied with brown. Gastrosteges deep yellow, margined, finally shaded
and obscured with brown and blackish, the yellow remaining upon their ex-
tremities, forming a band of spots. A narrow yellow line extends for some
distance upon the neck, on the line of separation of the second and third rows
rows of scales. Total length 50 inches, tail 17 inches.

Habitat.—St. Croix Id., W. Indies. Mus. Philadelphia, Washington.

Examination of a number of specimens of A. antillensis and compari-
son of them with two of this animal, and with Dr. Giinther’s description of
three that came under his notice, has resulted in a conviction of their specific
difference. This and the succeeding species would be called by some zoolo-
gists ‘‘ geographical” or “ local varieties.”

Alsophismelanichnus.

Squamation as in H. sancticrucis; seventeen rows of rather broad
scales, two more than antillensis. Yellowish olivaceous above, without
lines or punctulation, every scale tipped, and bordered with brown. Superior
labials lighter, unspotted. A narrow black band from the rostral plate to the

* Pr, Nat. Sci., Phila., 1860, p, 370.

+ This species is not identical with H. at er, as stated by Gunther.

t Goettingen Nachrichten, 1859, p. 210.

|| Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1859, p, 210: Here also are noticed the double scale pores of

this species.
[Feb.

— . oe

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77

temporal region, and three, one median and two lateral divergent, from the
posterior border of the occipital shields. Urosteges and posterior three-
fourths of the gastrosteges bordered with brown, ground color olivaceous
yellowish, unspotted. Total length 36 in., tail 10 in. 3 lin.
Hatbitat.—Hayti, near Jeremie. Mus, Compar. Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.
(No. 1522). Dr. Weinland Coll.

Alsophis funereus.

Head distinct, not lanceolate. Rostral plate scarcely visible from above.
Superciliaries and vertical plates not elongate ; the lateral borders of the latter
straight, convergent, as long as the anterior. Occipitals rather broad, the com-
mon suture as long as the vertical; three large, two small temporals. Supero-
anterior border of loreal continuous, curved. Preocular not reaching vertical ;
two postoculars. Seven superior labials, third and fourth entering the orbit.
Seventeen rows of obtuse scales. Total length of specimen 16 in. ; tail 5 in.
6 lines.

General color black ; anteriorly the inferior surface is plumbeous, as are also
the superior labials.

Habitat—Jamaica. Mus. Washington, (No. 5779.) Prof. C. B. Adams’
Coll.

The breadth of the vertical plate distinguishes this species at once from
others of the genus.

Liophis perfuscus.

Scales obtuse, rather broad, in nineteen longitudinal series. Head mode-
rately distinct, not very elongate, the front slightly curved in profile; canthus
rostralis very obtuse. Rostral shield much broader than high, not appearing
on the superior surface of the muzzle. Prefrontals very small, their common
suture half the length of that of the postfrontals. Vertical plate elongate,
less so than in Haliophis antillensis, more so than in H. funereus, its
anterior broader more than half the total length, the lateral a little concave, not
convergent. Occipitals moderate, acuminate, bifurcate. Two postoculars,
both in contact with an elongate temporal, which is not in contact with the
last (eighth) superior labial. This labial is well developed ; the seventh is high,
five-sided, its commisural border shorter than its anterior, superior, and some-
times its lower posterior border; upper posterior very short. One preocular,
not reaching the vertical, the superior extremity half separated by a suture
from the orbit. Geneials of about equal length. Total length 17 in. ; the tail
3 in. 9 lin.

General color deep mud brown, paler on the sides and beneath; sometimes
certain scales are irregularly darker or lighter.

Habitat.—Barbadoes. Obtained by Prof. Theodore Gill, who has presented
specimens to Mus. Phila. Acad. and Smithsonian, Wash., (No. 6044.)

Liophis subfasciatus.

Form stout, tail short, thick, head moderately distinct. Scales in nineteen
longitudinal rows. Rostral plate small, swollen, alittle recurved superiorly. Can-
thus rostralis none. Prefrentals small, their common suture more than half
that of the postfrontals. Vertical shorter than in L. reginae, lateral borders.
slightly curved and convergent, posterior angle right. Occipitals short, broad
and obtuse posteriorly, bounded by two large and one or two small temporals,
the anterior in contact with two labials andtwo postoculars. Of the latter the
superior is twice the size of the inferior. One preocular not reaching vertical ;
one loreal nearly rectangular. Superior labials eight, fourth and fifth entering
orbit. Last two higher than long. The posterior superior maxillary tooth is
of unusual length and curvature. Total length 18 in. 3 lin.; tail 3 in,

Color above brown, sometimes nearly unicolor, sometimes with transverse
bands of deep brown, one and two scales apart. These bands are formed by
dark edges and tips of the scales, and so have a zigzag form; sometimes they

1862.]

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

are broken into spots. Their extremities are separated into lateral spots,
which become smaller posteriorly, and are finally confluent into a line, which
is on the third or fourth rows of scales; it is obsolete on the tail. Superior
labials and under surface yellowish; a few dark shades upon the margins
and extremities of the gastrosteges.

Habitat,—Paraguay. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5809.) Capt. Page’s Expedi-
tion.

This species is a near relation of L.almadensis.* It has one more
row of scales on each side, a shorter, thicker tail, a less distinct head, a more
acute muzzle and different coloration. It is annectant to Ophiomorphus, where
it most resembles O. cobella.

Liophis epinephalus.

General form elongate, the head not very distinct, with broad muzzle, the
tail slender, more elongate than in the preceding species, not so much so as in
L. reginae. Rostral plate flat, broad, rounded, visible from above; com-
mon suture of prefrontals two-thirds that of the postfrontals; the latter are
very broad. Vertical and superciliaries elongate, the former one and a half
times as long as its anterior suture; lateral sutures straight, convergent, pos-
terior sutures short. Occipitals rather short, rounded posteriorly, bounded by
two large and two small temporals. The anterior of these is elongate, in con-
tact with two labials and two postoculars. Loreal higher than long, encroach-
ing on the preocular. Superior labials eight; third, fourth and fifth entering
the orbit. Inferior labials ten. Total length 20 in. 9 1.: tail 4 in. 91.

General color above brown ; the sides tinged with yellow ; a few scales, with
alight margin. Large alternating black spots, broad on the median line, nar-
rowed upon the sides, almost obscure the ground color. They are more distinct
anteriorly; posteriorly the ground is visible in short alternating half bands.
Tail blackish above, a black band on each side, which is the continuation of a
confluent series of spots which are cut off from the extremities of the dorsal
spots. Top of head blackish; a black dot on each side of the occipital suture.
Superior labials light yellowish, immaculate.

Habitat.—Truando, New Granada. Mus. Washington, (No. 4305.) Lieut.
Michler’s Expedition.

This species is a near ally of L. reginae and almadensis. In squa-
mation it resembles them closely, but differs very widely from both in colora-
tion. The absence of temple bands and of ventral spots, separate it from the
former, while the ground color and spots of the upper surface are not imi-
tated by the latter.

Liophis putnamii.

General form elongate. Head very distiuct, rather short, with narrow pro-
minent muzzle, flat above. Rostral plate not visible from above, vertical and
superciliaries elongate, the former very nearly twice as long as the anterior
border; lateral borders a little concave. Occipitals not elongate, bifurcate,
obtuse. Temporals two large, one or two small, the anterior in contact with
two labials and two postoculars. One preocular, considerably separated from
vertical. Loreal higher than long, its superior border longitudinal. Eight
superior labials, fourth and fifth entering orbit; sixth with a postocular suture
longer than a temporal. Temporal suture of seventh very long. Inferior la-
bials ten. Scales in seventeen longitudinal rows. Total length 25 in. 9 lin.;
tail 7 in.

Yellowish brown above, with a deep brown median dorsal band occupying
three rows of scales. The median row of scales for a short distance anteriorly
is lighter. On the tail the band is narrow, and is wanting on the terminal

* S. wagleri, Jan. Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1859 Natriz almada et semilineata Wag .
Spix Serp. Braz. LL. regine, var. Pr. A. N. S., 1860, 253, F ‘
feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79

third. A similar lateral band occupies the third and fourth rows, and is
continued to near the end of the tail; anteriorly it is continuous with a nar-
row band on the superior margins of the lateral plates. Muzzle and labials
yellowish; beneath yellowish white, unspotted.

Habitat.—Martinique. Mus. Acad. Philada.; Mus. Gard. Plants in ex.

This is the specimen referred to in the ‘Catalogue of Colubridaw,’’ Pr. A.
N. Sc., 1860, p. 560, as a variety of Dromicus fugitivus. It differs from the
the Cuban form of that species in having uniporous scales, a shorter tail, a
broader and more distinct head, a much narrower anterior temporal, and dif-
ferent system of coloration. I have named it in honor of my friend Fredk. W.
Putnam, Esq., of Cambridge, Mass., in recognition of his merit as a zoologist,
and of obligations for opportunities of examining valuable collections.

Dromicus parvifrons.

Some scales upon the nape with a pore. Scales of the back obtuse, not elon-
gate, in seventeen or nineteen longitudinal rows. Head small and but little
distinct from the body. Eyes moderate. Rostral plate rounded above. Suture
of prefrontals with pre-nasa: twice or thrice as long as with postnasal. Vertical
and superciliaries elongate, the former twice as long as its anterior breadth,
longer than the common occipital suture; its lateral borders a little concave,
its posterior angle less than right. Occipitals rather small; temporals three
large, two small, the anterior large, in contact with two labials and two post-
oculars. Loreal nearly quadrangular, preocular a little concave, not reaching
vertical. Superior labials eight; third, fourth and fifth entering the orbit;
the first very narrowly. Preanal plate divided. Total length 26 in. 6 lin.; tail
16 inches.

General coloration dark olivaceous. A brown band extends from the muzzle
through the eye, and for the greater part of the total length upon the fourth
row of scales. Itis bounded above by a light band, which occupies half of
the fifth row; it becomes lighter anteriorly and extends to the superciliary
plates. The median dorsal band thus remaining is sometimes divided anteriorly
by a darker vertebral line, upon one row of scales.

Habitet.—Hayti, near Jeremie. Mus. Compar. Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.
From Dr. Weinland.

Dromicus exiguus.

Size small; body stout; head little distinct, flat above, muzzle prominent.
Rostral plate broad, presenting no superior surface. Prefrontals well de-
veloped. Vertical elongate, lateral borders straight, the posterior long, form-
ing an acute angle. Occipitals well developed, the median or common suture
shorter than vertical plate, obtuse posteriorly, bounded by one large and five
small temporals on each side. Postoculars two; preocular one, rather broad ;
loreal small. Postnasal longer than prenasal. LEight superior labials, third,
fourth and fifth entering orbit. Nine inferior labials, fourth and fifth largest.
Scales in nineteen longitudinal rows. Total length of largest of five speci-
mens 17 in. 1 lin. ; tail 5 in. 4 lin.

Above light brown, sometimes yellowish, densely punctulated with darker.
The median dorsal region is of a deeper shade ; distant dark brown dots some-
times form two parallel series, one on each side of it. A dark brown band
along the fourth row of scales nearly to the end of the tail; it is sharply
defined only superiorly ; it is continuous with a head-band which passes
through the eye. Beneath yellowish, punctulated with brown, especially
toward the extremities of the gastrosteges.

Hab.—St. Johns and St. Thomas, W. I. Mus. Washington, (Riise Coll.)
Phila. Academy.

This species may be readily mistaken for the young of Alsophis antil-
lensis, and probably has been. In very small specimens of the latter, the
double scale-pores may be observed; the animal is also more elongate, the

1862.]

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

gastrosteges reaching 180 or 190; inthe exiguus, 137 isthe most that I have
counted. The head of the latter is relatively smaller and less distinet, in
accordance with the character of Dromicus. D.callil#emus is similar in
some respects, but exhibits a broader vertical shield, a more elongate tail, and
only seven superior labial plates.

Lygophis rutilus.

Form approaching Ophiomorphus, but the tail is slender, though not long.
Seales in nineteen longitudinal rows, rather elongate medially. Head mode-
rately distinct, rather short. Rostral plate not low, the nasal borders a little
concave. Prefontals as long as broad. Vertical and superciliaries elongate ;
the former nearly twice as long as broad, the borders a little concave, scarcely
convergent. Occipitals very short. Temporals small, three larger, three
smaller. One pre- two postoculars, both in contact with the temporal. Eight
superior labials, fourth and fifth entering orbit, all higher than long excepting
sometimes the first and last. Inferior labials ten, fifth and sixth largest.
Pregeneials longer than postgeneials. Total length 18 in. 10 lin. ; tail 3 in.
9 lin.

Above dark brown; two yellow lines extend from the anterior extremity of
the superciliary shields to the end of the tail, occupying on the body the centre
of the scales of the seventh row, being separated by five scales. The median
line is occupied by a similar red stripe which is most distinct behind the
occipital plates and on the posterior regions. The space between the yellow
lines contains two series of black spots which usually alternate, sometimes
coalesce. The sides are marked with vertical black spots or bars which extend
from the second row to the yellow line, and which are one or two scales apart.
Small yellow dots are scattered over these and other parts of the body.
Head above black. A yellow line near the inner border of each occipital, a
bifurcate one on the vertical, a large one on each pre- and postfrontal, also on
each nasal, the loreal, the pre- and postoculars. Labials and chin yellow;
belly deep rose-red, every second or third gastrostege with its posterior angle
black.

Hab.—Paraguay, along the Parana River and its branches, in particular the
Tigre. Mus. Smithsonian, Washington, (No. 5397.) Acad. Philada.

In this beautiful water-snake I find a depression near the tip of some of the
scales, but nowhere have I discovered a true pore.

Lygophis flavifrenatus.

Seales rather elongate, in seventeen longitudinal series. Head slightly dis-
tinct, rather elongate. Rostral plate a little produced posteriorly above ;
nasal sutures slightly concave. Prefrontals as long as broad. Superciliaries
parrow; vertical elongate, the lateral borders a little concave, posterior
sutures short. Occipitals short, much rounded posteriorly, bounded by six
temporals which decrease in size from the anterior. The latter is short, in
contact with both postoculars and two labials. Eight superior labials, none
very high, fourth and fifth (which are longer than high) entering the orbit.
Inferior labials ten. Total length 25 in. 10 lin.; tail 6 in. 10 lin.

Above brown, inferior two rows of scales tinged with olivaceous. A narrow
yellow line extends from the summit of the rostral plate across the superciliary
and occipital plates on each side to the end of the tail. Itis on the seventh row
of scales on the body. Three rows separate these lines ; the scales of the external
of the three have their terminal halves black. Tips of scales of the first row
black anteriorly ; tips, and finally the whole of those of the third black, form-
ing a band on the posterior fourth of the body and tail. Anterior angle of
every gastrostege black; remainder greenish white. Some black spots on the
sides of the neck ; one posterior to the eye prominent.

Hab.—Rio Vermejo region. Mus. Phila. Acad.; Smithsonian, (Nos. 5397,
5398,) Capt. Page’s Expedition.

(Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81

This serpent at first sight resembles the preceding species, but is more truly
allied to that that follows.

Lygophis dilepis.

Form slender. Head elongate, distinct, rather obtuse. Scales not abbrevi-
ated, in nineteen longitudinal series. Rostral plate elevated, a little recurved
posteriorly. Prefrontals well developed, their common suture longer than
that of the postfrontals. The latter are rather small. Vertical twice the
length of its anterior suture, lateral borders a little concave. Occipitals mode-
rate, rounded posteriorly; one large, four medium or small temporals, the
anterior narrow, in contact with both postoculars and two labials. Prenasal
larger than postnasal, loreal nearly rectangular. Inferior preoculars higher
than long, lower than loreal; superior nearly reaching vertical. Eight supe-
rior labials, posterior labial suture of the penultimate as long as the anterior.
Inferior labials ten. Total length 25 in. 6 lin.; of tail 4 in. 10 lin.

A deep brown band extends from the muzzle, occupying nearly the whole
upper surface of the head—throughout the body, where it is black bordered,
and occupies one and two halves rows of scales—to the end of the tail. A
darker band extends from the eye, throughout the total length, occupying the
fifth row and the halves of the adjacent rows above and below. Belly, sides
‘and labials yellowish; space between the bands pale brown.

Hab.—Paraguay. Mus. Smithsonian, Washington, (No. 5861,) Capt. Page’s
Expedition.

This species bears much resemblance to the L. lineatus; it may be dis-
tinguished by the broader head, stouter body and shorter tail; by the greater
width of the lateral and head bands; by the two preoculars, ete.

Colorhogia redimita.

Char. Gen.—Dentition diacranterian. Head moderately distinct, obtuse.
Pupil round. Head shields normal except in the coalescence of the two post-
frontals. One preocular, one loreal, one nasal. Rostral plate small, obtuse.
Dorsal scales smooth, poreless. Anal plate divided. Tail elongate.

Char. Specif.—Size small, bead little distinct, short, obtuse. Scales short
obtuse, in seventeen longitudinal rows. Rostral plate low, rounded above.
Prefontals small, transverse. Postfrontal large. Anterior border of vertical
plate equal to the lateral, which are straight, convergent; posterior angle
acute. Occipitals elongate, obtuse posteriorly, bounded by three large and
two small temporals, the anterior large, in contact with the fifth and sixth
superior labials and the inferior postocular. Of the latter plates there are
two. One preocular curtailed above by the superciliary, which forms part of
the anterior border of the orbit. Loreal rectangular, longer than high. Nasal
nearly rectangular, the nostril near the superior suture. Superior labials
seven, third and fourth entering tie orbit. Inferior labials nine; pregeneials
longer than postgeneials. Total length 7 in. 9 lin.; tail 2in. 9 lin.

General color brownish grey, lighter beneath. The median portions of the
dorsal scales are punctulated with brown; a narrow line of the same color
occupies the middle of the fourth row of scales to the end of the tail. The
vertebral series is occupied by a similar narrow line for the same extent, A
dark brown band passes through the eye and is continuous with the lateral
line. The entire crown is occupied by a large subsagittiform liver-brown spot,
whose outline is parallel with the lateral brown bands. Between these
is enclosed a light frontal and temporal band (redimiculum.) Posteriorly it is
joined by the median dorsal band. Two light occipital spots as in Tropido-
notus sp. Labial plates and chin punctulated with deep brown. Belly im-
maculate.

Hab.—Eastern Cuba. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5747,) from Mr. Charles
Wright.

This little serpent is allied to Dromicus and Contia, but is readily distin-

1862.] 6

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

guished by the single postfrontal. Five other genera have been enumerated*

which possess this structure, but none of them have any close affinity with the

present. Specifically it resembles the Dromicus callile mus from Jamaica:

it may also be loosely compared to the Cuban Arrhytontexniatum.
Hab.—Cuba. Mus. Smithsonian, Prof. Poly. Coll.

Arrhyton fulvum.

Arrhyton teniatum Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad..1860, p. 421.

This species differs from the A. te niatum in its broader head and more
acute muzzle. The preocular plate is larger, the postfrontal in contact with-
the second labial only; the verticalis shorter, with more convergent outer
borders. Temporals six or seven on each side, the anterior as deep as long.
The head and body above the third row of scales is deep brown; the lateral
band occupies the fourth and fifth and half the third and sixth rows of scales:
the median the vertebral series alone. In te2niatum these bands are of
equal width, occupying one and two half rows.

Hab.—Cuba. Mus. Smithsonian.

Arrhyton bivittatum.

Scales in seventeen longitudinal rows. Dentition, as in other species of the
genus, strongly diacranterian. Head wider than body, arched in profile, with
acute prominent muzzle. Rostral plate visible from above : nasal plates united ?
Loreal present, longer than high, rectangular. Preocular plate a little higher.
Superior labials seven, third and fourth entering the orbit. Postoculars two:
itemporals, three large, two small, anterior broad: the external borders of the
vertical parallel. Prefrontals not small. Inferior labials seven; anterior gene-
ials longer. Total length 11 in.; tail 3 in. 2 lin.

General color brown; a blackish band on each side which occupies the adja-
cent halves of the scales of the third and fourth rows.

Hab.—Cuba. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5784.)

Monograph of the species of TROGOSITA, inhabiting the United States.
EY GEORGE H. HORN, M. D.

The publication of the present paper was suggested by the neglected condi-
tion of the genus. Many American species have been published from time to
time by various authors, amountiug to about twelve or thirteen, of which Mel-
sheimer (Proc. Acad. ii.) and Pal. de Beauvois, (Ins. d@’ Afrique et d’Amerique)
have published one half, the other half being scattered among various authors.
It is to be feared that Beauvois has, from describing insects from two widely sepa-
rated parts of the globe, caused confusion by the mingling of specimens.
Some of his other American (?) insects remain unknown even now. The pos-
session of several of Melsheimer’s types enables us to determine their true
value with certainty.

The species here described have been derived in great part from the collec-
tion of Dr. Le Conte, with whom all the typical specimens will be found, the
collections from other sources serving rather to increase the number of speci-
mens than species.

Our species may be arranged in groups as follows:

Sec. A. Antenne with the eighth joint equal to the ninth. Species 1—2.
Sec. B. Antenne with the eight joint much smaller than the ninth :
1. Sides of thorax sinuate or rounded, strongly emarginate before
the posterior angles, which are acute. Species 3—6.
2. Thorax subquadrate, sides moderately rounded, posterior angles
acute.
a. Convex Species 7—10.
6. Depressed Species 11—13.

* Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1861, pp. 302, 524.
[ Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

3. Thorax broad, subtransverse sides much rounded, posterior angles
small, obtuse. Species 14—20.

4, Thorax broad, sides strongly rounded posterior angles scarcely
evident. Species 21.

IN:

1.T. mauritanica, nigro picea, obscura, modice depressa, capiie
thoraceque parce grosse punctatis, hoc linea dorsali levi, lateribus, sinuatis,
antice latiore, postice angustato, margine vix reflexo, basi rotundato, angulis
posticis parvis acutis, elytris oblongis, basi late emarginatis, striis punctatis
interstitiis paulo convexis, rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, ab-
domine prosternoque parce punctatis, gula postice subtiliter punctulata, antice
grosse punctata, antennis pedibusque rufis. Long. -38.

T. mauritanica, Linn. (Tenebrio,) Mann. Bull. Mose. 1843, 302.

T. caraboides, Fab. 1, 151.

This species has been carried all over the world in articles of commerce ;
specimens have been received from Europe, Cuba, Sierra Leone, Texas and
Pennsylvania. With the succeeding species, the mauritanica forms a
natural section, characterized by having the joints of the antennz gradually in-
creasing in breadth, while, in the next group, the last three joints are suddenly
larger, forming a loose club. These two forms appear to be characteristic, the
former of the species of the eastern hemisphere, the latter of those of North and
South America.

2. T. nitida, nigro-picea nitida, modice depressa, subtus subtiliter punctu-
lata capite thoraceque parce subtiliter punctulatis, hoc antice latiore, postice an-
gustato, lateribus sinuatis, margine reflexo, angulis posticis, acutis reflexis, basi
rotundato, elytris oblongis, basi vix emarginatis humeris rectis, striis punctatis
interstitiis planis parce rugulosis biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, abdomine
prosternoque parce subtiliter punctulatis, gula antice parce grosse punctata,
postice leve, antennis pedibusque piceo-rufis. Long, °40.

This species like the mauritanica has been imported. Numerous speci-
mens were obtained from a vessel from Sierra Leone, in the spring of 1861,
since then others have been found in the neighborhood of Philadelphia. In its
general form it resembles closely the mauritanica, from which it may
be readily distinguished by its more glossy appearance, and less deeply and
closely punctured head and thorax. The posterior angles of the thorax are
somewhat larger, more acute, and slightly reflexed. The under surface of the
body is also more finely and less densely punctured. :

B—l.

3. T. californica, nigro-picea, subnitida, depressa, capite thoraceque
parce grosse punctatis, hoc antice latiore, postice angustato lateribus sinuatis
ante angulos emarginatis, his acutis reflexis, margine vix reflexo, basi rotun-
dato, medio truncato, elytris oblongis, basi late emarginatis versus humeros
impressis, his rectis, striis valde punctatis interstitiis planis, parce rugulosis, bi-
seriatim subtiliter punctulatis, antennis pedibusque rufis, abdomine prosterno-
que parce subtiliter punctulatis, gula antice vix punctulata, postice subplicata.
Long. -40.

California, one specimen; Dr. Le Conte. This is the largest California species
yet known. The thorax is much broader anteriorly than long, the breadth
posteriorly is about equal to its length. The sides are sinuate, anterior to the
angles deeply emarginate. This character is possessed in a greater or less de-
gree by all of the California species. In all of this group the posterior angles
are well developed, acute and slightly reflexed.

4.T.crassicornis, rufa subnitida, depressa, subtus parce punctata, ca-
pite thoraceque parce grosse punctatis hoc medio leviore, antice latiore postice
angustato, lateribus haud rotundatis, ante angulos emarginatis, his acutis reflexis

1862.)

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

margine reflexo, basi modice rotundato medio truncato elytris oblongis basi
late emarginatis, humeris rectis, striis punctatis, interstitiis planis vix rugulosis,
biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, gula modice rugosa. Long. :23.

California, one specimen; Dr. Le Conte. Distinet from the preceding by its
smaller size, more depressed form, and less deeply punctured head and thorax.
Its color is light rufous, probably immature. The antenne in this species are
much shorter, and the joints much more globose, than in any other of this
group. The eighth joint is not as much smaller as in all the other American
Trogosite, exhibiting thus a relationship with Section A.

5. T. pleuralis, nigro-picea depressa, capite thoraceque parce grosse
punctatis, hoc lateribus densiore punctatis et colore ferrugineis, antice la-
tiore postice angustato, lateribus modice rotundatis ante angulos modice
emarginatis, margine reflexo, basi rotundato, elytris oblongis, basi rectis,
striis punctatis, interstitiis planis rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis
punctatis, abdomine parce grosse punctato, gula prosternoque parce subtiliter
punctulatis, antennis pedibusque nigro ferrugineis. Long. -23—*30.

California, two specimens; Dr. Le Conte. This species is the most depressed
of this group, resembling the collaris, Sturm. The sides of the thorax and
anterior portion of the head are ferrugineous. The elytra are much wider in
proportion to their length than in any others of this group.

6. T. limbalis, brunnea, modice convexa, capite thoraceque dense punc-
tatis, hoc Jateribus rotundatis, antice latiore, postice angustato, ante angulos vix
emarginatis, his acutis, margine reflexo, basi rotundato, elytris oblongis basi
late emarginatis humeris rectis, striis punctatis, interstitiis, planis, nitidis,
biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, gula transverse plicata antennis pedibusque
pallidioribus Long. -22.

T. imbalis, Mels. Proc. Acad. ii. 109.

Pennsylvania, two specimens; Dr. Le Conte. Resemblescrassicornis,
from which it differs by its more convex form, its smooth elytral interspaces,
and the plications of the gular region, which are in three transverse series.
The antennz are of normal form, the eighth joint being much smaller than the
ninth.

7. T. corticalis, nigra, subnitida, modice convexa, capite thoraceque
grosse punctatis, hoc lateribus modice rotundatis, antice latiore, postice vix
angustato, margine reflexo, angulis posticis acutis, basi rotundato, elytris ob-
longis, basi vix emarginatis, humeris rectis, striis punctatis, interstitiis modice
convexis, subtiliter rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis. abdomine pros-
ternoque grosse punctatis, gula haud plicata, pedibus nigris, antennis nigro-
ferrugineis. Long. °33:

T. corticalis, Mels. Proc. Acad. ii. p. 109.

Common in Pennsylvania. This is, probably, the best known of all our spe-
cies. It may be found under the bark of stumps, at almost any season. The
thorax is broader than long, coarsely punctured, and in Melsheimer’s typical
specimen with the sides near the margin with shallow impressions. The elytra
are twice as long as broad, and slightly dilated behind the middle.

8. T. intermedia, nigro-picea, subnitida, convexa, capite thoraceque
parce grosse punctatis, hoc lateribus rotundatis, antice latiore postice angus-
tato, margine reflexo, angulis posticis acutis vix reflexis, elytris oblongis, basi
late emarginatis, versus humeros impressis his rectis, striis punctatis, intersti-
tiis planis parce rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, abdomine confertim
punctulatis, prosterno parce punctato, gula subplicata. Long. -32.

Kansas two, San Jose one specimen. The species resembles the corticalis
differing in the more elongate thorax which is more narrowed posteriorly, the
posterior angles are better developed and slightly refiexed, its body is less de-
pressed, and the sides of the elytra more nearly parallel. :

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85

9. T. dubia, Méels, nigro-picea, convexa, capite thoracque grosse punc-
tatis, hoc antice latiore, postice parum angustato, lateribus vix rotundatis, an-
gulis posticis acutis, margiue reflexo, basi rotundato, elytris oblongis, humeris
rectis, basi rectis, versus humeros impressis, striis punctatis, interstitiis planis,

arce rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, abdomine prosternoque sub-

iliter punctulatis, gula triseriatim transverse-plicata, antennis pedibusque nigro-
ferrugineis. Long. -25.

T. dubia, Mels. Proc. Acad. ii. 110.

Pennsylvania, common. Resembles both the corticalis andinterme-
dia, but is smaller than either. Its thorax is more quadrate, the sides neither so
much rounded as in the former, nor so convergent as in the latter species. The
gular region is rendered less smooth than in the other two by the presence of
three transverse ridges or folds.

10. T.semicylindrica, rufa, valde convexa, subtus parce grosse punc-
tata, capite thoraceque parce punctatis, hoc quadrato, versus latera vix punctata,
postice haud angustato, lateribus vix rotundatis, angulis posticis rectis, margine

_ reflexo, basi rotundato, elytris oblongis humeris rectis, basi late emarginatis,
Striis grosse punctatis, interstitiis planis, vix rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter
punctulatis, gula transverse-plicata, femoribus antennisque _pallidioribus,
Long. -23.

Two specimens, Georgia; Dr. Le Conte. This can hardly be confounded
with any other American Trogosita. Its form is rather elongate, very convex and
with parallel sides ; the thorax is nearly quadrate, slightly narrower posteriorly,
the posterior angles right, and with coarse punctures not closely arranged.
The interstrial spaces are flat, scarcely roughened and having the two rows of
smaller punctures very poorly marked, in some interspaces but one row appear-
ing. Its color is light rufous, with a slight brassy refulgence. It may be im-
mature.

B—2b.

ll. T. nana, rufo-picea, depressa, capite thoraceque parce grosse punc-
titis, hoc antice latiore, postice parum angustato, lateribus modice rotun-
datis, margine reflexo, angulis posticis acutis parvis, basi rotundato elytris ob-
longis, striis punctatis, interstitiis modice convexis, parce rugulosis, biseriatim
subtiliter punctulatis, prosterno vix punctulato, gula antice abdomineque parce
grosse punctato, gula postice transverse plicata. Long. -24.

T, nana, Mels. Proc. Acad. ii. p. 110.

? T. mutica, Palisot de Beauv. Ins. p. 126, pl. 32, fig. 6.

Pennsylvania, common. This species can hardly be confounded with any
other. The thorax is slightly broader than long, its sides moderately rounded,
and somewhat convergent posteriorly. The elytra are about twice as long as
wide, with the sides moderately rounded, and broader behind the middle. Its
color approaches castaneous. The color of thespecies of the genus Trogosita
is generally black or dark brown, hence from the color of this and tle prece-
ding species, their immaturity might be inferred, but in this instance the color
appears constant, being the same in each individual of a full series, collected
during several seasons.

12. T. collaris, valde depressa, subtus vix punctulata, capite thorace-
que parce subtiliter punctulatis, rubris, hoc antice latiore, postice vix angus-
tato lateribus rotundatis, margive reflexo, angulis posticis acutis, basi rotun-
dato, elytris oblongis, nigris, humeris rectis, basi emarginatis, striis vix punctu-
latis, interstitiis planis, levis, vix biseriatim punctulatis. Long. +23—-28.

T. collaris, Sturm., Ins. Deutsch ii. p. 246. pl. 48,

T. nigripennis, Dej. Catal.

Georgia, two specimens; Dr. LeConte. The color alone would serve to dis-
tinguish this from any other species. The head and thorax are of an orange
red, and the elytra black. In shape this resembles the preceding species. Its

1862.]

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

thorax and head are much more finely punctured, the elytra smooth, scarcely
striate and the intermediate rows of smaller punctures scarcely evident. Ex-
cepting the obtusa, this is the most depressed of our Trogosite.

13. T. sinuata, nigro-picea nitida, depressa, capite thoraceque sat
parce punctatis, hoc latitudine pauio breviore, postice parum angustato, lateri-
bus late rotundatis, postice sinuatis, margine fortins reflexo, angulis posticis
rectis, basi sinuatim truncata, elytris oblongis, basi late emarginatis, humeris
rectis, striis punctatis haud impressis, interstitiis planis, parce rugulosis, bi-
seriatim subtiliter pungtulatis, antennis pedibusque piceo rufis, abdomine pros-
ternoque parces subtiliter punctulatis gula antice vix punctulata, postice, leve
nitida. Long. -28.

T. sinuata Lec. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1861, p. 344.

East of Fort Colville, one specimen; Mr. Gibbs. This species resembles in
appearance T. corticalis Mels., and several others from the Atlantic States,
but is easily known by the thorax being less transverse and less narrowed be-
hind, with the hind angles more prominent, and the base not rounded, but
nearly truncate and sinuate, and slightly emarginate at the middle.

B—3.

14. T. cucujiformis, rufa, valde depressa, capite thoraceque parce
grosse punctatis, hoc lateribus rotundatis, antice latiore, postice parum angus-
tato, margine vix reflexo, angulis posticis parvis, obtusis, basi rotundato, elytris
oblongis, humeris rectis, basi vix emarginatis, striis punctatis, interstitiis
planis, parce rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, abdomine subtiliter
punctulatis prosterno grosse punctato, gula antice punctulata, postice trans-
verse plicata. Long. °20.

One specimen, Pennsylvania; Dr. Le Conte. This is the most depressed spe-
cies of the group. Its upper surface is flat, much more so than in any other
known species. The thorax is about one half wider than long, with the sides
moderately rounded, scarcely converging posteriorly.

15. T. nigrita, nigro-picea subnitida, modice depressa, capite thoraceque
parce grosse punctatis, hoc lateribus rotundatis, margine fortiter reflexo, angu-
lis posticis obtusis, basi rotundato, elytris oblongis, humeris rectis, basi late
emarginatis, striis punctatis, interstitiis convexis, rugulosis, biseriatim subtili-
ter punctulatis, gula antice grosse punctata, postice levi, prosterno parce sub-
tiliter punctulato, abdomine confertim punctulata. Long. *22—-30.

Kansas, two specimens; Dr. Le Conte. This species resembles the casta-
nea, Mels. It may be readily distinguished by the less transverse thorax, the
more reflexed margin and more rounded sides. The interstrial spaces are more
convex and rugulose than in either of the two succeeding species.

16. T. castanea, nigro-picea, modice depressa, capite thoraceque con-
fertim subtiliter punctulatis, hoc lateribus rotundatis, margine reflexo, angulis
posticis obtusis parvis ; basi vix rotundato, elytris elongato-ovalibus basi vix
emarginatis, striis punctatis, interstitiis modice convexis rugulosis, biseriatim
subtiliter punctulatis, gula antice parce grosse punctata, postice levi, prosterno
parce punctata, abdomine confertim punctulato. Long. -42.

T. castanea, Mels. Proc. Acad. ii. 109.

T. brevicollis, De}. Catalogue (?)

Texas, common. This is the broad depressed species so common in our
Southern States. The thorax is broader than in the preceding species, and is
less deeply and coarsely punctured.

17. T.laticollis, nigro-picea, modice depressa, capite thoraceque confertim
subtiliter punctulatis, hoc transverso, latitudine duplo breviore, lateribus ro-
tundatis, margine reflexo basi rotundato, angulis posticis obtusis parvis, elytris
oblongo-ovalibus, basi vix emarginatis, humeris rectis, striis punctatis, inter-

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87

stitiis planis, vix rugulosis biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, subtus subtiliter
punctulata, Long. -35.

Southern and Western States; Dr. Le Conte. Closely allied to the preceding

species. Differing in the much more transverse thorax, and the flat scarcely
rugulose interstrial spaces.
‘18. T. bimaculata, nigro enea, subnitida modice depressa, capite
thoraceqae confertim punctulatis boc transverso, lateribus rotundatis, margine
vix reflexo, angulis posticis parvis obtusis, basi rotundato, elytris elongato-
ovalibus, macula flava ante medium, basi vix emarginatis, versus humeros im-
pressis, striis punctatis, interstitiis modice convexis, valde rugulosis, biseriatim
subtiliter punctnlatis, gula antice subtiliter punctulata, postice biseriatim trans-
verse plicata. Long. -20.

T. bimaculata, Mels., Proc. Acad. ii.

Middle States, rare; Southern States common. May be readily distinguished
by the subtransverse thorax with rounded sides and the brassy refulgence of
the elytra, which have an irregularly shaped yellow spot, slightly in advance
of the middle.

19. T.obscura, rufo-picea, subnitida, modice depressa, capite thoraceque
parce punctatis, hoc transverso, lateribus rotundatis, margine modice reflexo,
antice latiore postice vix angustato, angulis postice parvis vix acutis, basi mo-
dice rotundato, elytris oblongo-ovalibus, basi vix emarginatis, humeris rectis,
striis punctatis valde impressis, interstitiis modice convexis, rugulosis, biseria-
tim subtiliter punctulatis, abdomine prosternoque parce subtiliter punctulatis,
gula antice confertim punctulata, postice modice plicata. Long. -20.

Illinois; two specimens, Dr. Le Conte. Resembles the bimaculata Mels.
The thorax is less transverse and sides less rounded, the punctures are coarser
and less closely placed. The interstrial spaces are much less elevated and ru-
gulose.

20. T.rugosipennis, rufo-picea, modice depressa, capite thoraceque,
confertim punctatis, hoc transverso, lateribus rotuudatis, postice vix angustato,
margine vix reflexo, angulis posticis obtusis parvis, basi modice rotundato,
elytris oblongo-ovalibus, basi emarginatis, versus humeros impressis, striis
punctatis, interstitiis convexis valde rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis,
abdomine prosternoque parce punctatis, gula antice punctulata, postice subpli-
cata. Long. -17.

One specimen, Pennsylvania; Dr. Le Conte. This is the smallest known
North American species. Its form is more convex, and the sides of the thorax
are more narrowed than in the other species of this group. The interstrial
spaces of the elytra are very convex and rugulose, the intermediate rows of
punctures are quite large, giving to the elytra a roughened appearance not seen
in any other member of the genus.

B—4.

21. T. obtusa, ferruginea, subnitida, valde depressa, capite thoraceque
confertim subtiliter punctulatis, hoc lateribus valde rotundatis, antice latiore,
postice angustato, margine vix reflexo, basi rotundato, medio emarginato, an-
gulis parvis minutis, vix prominulis, elytris oblongis, basi rectis, striis punc-
tatis, interstitiis planis parce rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, abdo-
mine gula prosternoque parce subtiliter punctulatis. Long. +27.

Two specimens, Pennsylvania, H., Dist. Columbia; Ulke.

This species may be readily known from any other by its more elongated de-
pressed form, the posterior angles of the thorax small, scarcely evident} and
sides much rounded. The width of the base equals about one half the width
anteriorly. Its form is more depressed than any other Trogosita, the lateral
view being almost linear.

1862. ]

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The following species cannot be properly identified from the descriptions
given:

T. americana Kirby, N. Z. 166.

T. subnigra Beauv., Ins. 127, tab, 32, fig. 9.

T. depressior cc 126, HAS Miele

T. marginata * U3), As) Cis ail By,

The marginata of Beauv. may be an immature form of nana Mels. ; de-
pressior may be mauritanica Linn. The catalogue of Dejean contains
many species named from North America ; as no descriptions have ever been
given of the greater part of them, their synonymy cannot be determined.

Trogozita pusillima Mann. Bull. Mosc. 1843, 302, does not belong to the
genus ; it is, however, unknown to me.

Descriptions of PLANTS.—No. 3.
BY S. B. BUCKLEY.
GRAMINEZ.

Polypogon alopecuroides, s. n.—Radice fibrosa; culmo erecto (6—8
policar.) glabro; vaginis glabris; ligulis elongatis (3—4 lin.) membranaceis
integerrimis vel tarce fissis; foliis planis glabris (2—4 policar.); panicula
terminali (13—2 policar. lon. 3—4 lin. lata) densifiora; glumis paulo
inequalibus dorsis seabris marginibus hyalinis, apicibus brevi-aristatis ; val-
vulis albo-hyalinis gluma 4 brevioribus, inferiore longe aristata.

Columbia plains, Oregon; Nuttall.

Bristles of the lower valve 3—4 lines long and more than double the length
of those of the glumes ; awn of the lower glume a little larger than that of the
upper; rays short, fasciculated, compound and many flowered ; glumes tinged
with purple.

Vilfa agrostoidea, s. n.—Culmo decumbente (3—4 pedali) glabro
tereti; foliis lineari-lanceolatis ; vaginis internodio parum brevioribus fauci-
bus dense pilosis ; panicula elongata 4—8-policari basi nonnunquam in vagina
inclusa; spiculis glabris parvis ovatis acutis; glumis inequalibus inferiore
superiore duplo breviore; valvulis subequalibus glabris acutis gluma longi-
oribus ; caryopsi rotunda ovata breviter apiculata glabra.

Llano County, Texas.

Panicles axillary and terminal; also often with their bases enclosed in the
sheaths, especially in a dry season, when at least one-half of the panicle is
thus encased ; rays opposite or alternate, scarcely more than an inch in length
and appressed; flowers numerous and tinged with reddish-brown; upper
glume nearly as long as the palea, which are shortly pointed ; throat of the
sheath densely bearded with long white hairs, which sometimes_extend about
an inch downward on the margins of the sheath. Radical leaves a foot or
more in length, and cauline leaves 2—6 inches long, and about 2 lines wide.

Sporobolus (Vilfa) angustus, s. n.—Radice fibrosa; culmo erecto 2—3
pedali, tereti simplice glabro; vaginis striatulis glabris internodio duplice
brevioribus; ligulis nullis; foliis glabriusculis anguste linearibus apice
setaceis ; panicula elongata 5—8-policari anguste coarctata ; glumis inzequali-
bus, inferiore ovata acuta vel obtusa valvula 3—# breviore; superiore acuta
inferiorem fere duplo excedente ; valvulis inequalibus muticis membranaceis
acutis ; caryopsi ovoidea ellipsoidea obtuse caduca.

Buchanan County. June.

Glumes variable, the lower being not half the length of the upper and obtuse,
and again nearly equal to it in length and acute; valves nearly equal or one
almost } longer than the other, nerveless, or the lower obscurely 1—3 nerved ;

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. &9

panicle 4—6 lines in width; rays numerous and densely flowered ; leaves
4—8 inches long; palea 4 longer than the seed.

Vilfa rigida, s. n.—Culmo glabro rigido erecto 2—3-pedali tereti ; vaginis
glabris; ligulis breviter ciliatis; foliis glabris convolutis 6—8-policar. 1
lin. latis; panicula patente terminale stricta; radiis compositis solitariis
infimis basi nudis glabris; spiculis acutis circum. 3 lin. longis; glumis ine-
qualibus lanceolatis acutis inferiori superiore $ breviori; valvulis subequali-
bus glabris acuminatis basi pilosis glumam superiorem equantibus aut parum
excedentibus.

Oregon? In the herbarium of the Academy, without a label.

Panicle 6—8 inches long and 2 inches broad in the widest part; lower
branches two inches long, with the lower half naked, and the upper with
short alternate branches, containing two or three florets each on short pedicels ;
upper branches with flowers from the base to the top.

Vilfa (Sporobulus) alba, s. n.—Culmo erecto glabro tereti simplici; vaginis
glabris internodio longioribus aut parum brevioribus; ligulis membranaceis
apice laciniatis ; foliis planiusculis 4—8-policaribus glabris ; panicula coarctata
albescente 3—4-policari; glumis inequalibus scabriusculis inferiore lineare
subacuta, superiore ovata acuta palea breviore; valvulis inequalibus sub-
acutis muticis.

Oregon. Spalding.

Culm 1—2 feet high; panicle contracted, densely flowered, 4—8 lines wide
. and base scarcely exserted from the upper sheath; lower glume about half as
wide as the upper, and nearly } shorter; upper glume keeled, more or less
obscurely 3 nerved ; and little shorter than the lower valve, upper valve not
much longer than the lower, and both nerveless.

Sporobulus (Vilfa) arenaceus, s. n.—Radice fibrosa; culmo erecto vel
decumbente 6—10-policari; foliis lineari-setaceis; 1—3 policaribus; vaginis
scabriusculis striatulis internodio longioribus vel brevioribus; ligulis mem-
branaceis lacineatis 3—6 lin. lon.; panicula patentissima; radiis inequalibus
capillaribus paucifloris ; spiculis acutis; glumis inequalibus uninerviis acutis
hyalinis valvula 4 brevioribus ; valvulis subequalibus uninerviis vel carinatis ;
acutis aut mucronatis caducis ; caryopsi ellipsoidea caduca.

Hill sides, Western Texas.

Radical leaves and abortive stems numerous; panicle 3—4 inches long, and
its lower branches about 2 inches in length; pedicles one flowered.

Uralepis (Tricuspis) elongata, s. n.—Culmo erecto aut decumbente glabro
ad nodos piloso ; vaginis scabris internodium obtegentibus faucibus pilosis mar-
ginibus parce ciliatis; foliis planis aut convolutis 8—12 policar. longis 1—2
lin. latis; panicula elongata 7—9 policar. lon. 2—3 lin. lata basi inclusa;
rachi tereti scabra ; radiis solitariis erectis ; spiculis oblongis acutis 5—7-fioris
breviter pedicellatis ; glumis ovatis subequalibus acuminatis paniculis infimis
spiculam superantibus, superioribus spicula brevioribus; valvulis ovatis
3-nerviis basi et margine infra dense ciliata, apice breviter 3-dentata, medio
dente breviter cuspidato; valvula superiore apice bifida ovata } valvula
superiore breviori.

Northern Texas. May.

Internodes of the rachis 1—2 inches long, and the rays of about the same
length, with spikelets from base to top. Spikelets somewhat terete ; pedicels
1—3 lines long. Glumes on the lower part of the panicle as long or longer
than the spikelets, above they are shorter than the spikelets.

Vilfa (Sporobulus) varians, s. n.—Culmo erecto (12—15 policari) ; va-
ginis internodium superantibus ; ligulis setiformibus ; foliis planiusculis mar-
gine scabriusculis convolutis; panicula (5—6-policari) diffusa basi inclusa :

1862.]

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

glumis inequalibus, inferiore lineari acuta valvula breviore, superiore ovata
acuta valvula parum breviore; valvulis inequalibus aut equalibus muticis.

Dry plains at the base of the Rocky Mountains. Nuttall.

Smooth and of a pale green; leaves and sheaths of abortive culms, nume-
rous at the base; panicle somewhat spreading, with the lower branches (2—3
inches long) appressed upward, with many flowers on short branchlets ;
glumes and valves very variable, and more or less unequal, green, with

chartaceous margins; stem leaves 4—6 inches long and the upper portions
filamentose.

Sporobulus (Vilfa) diffusissimus, s. n.—Tota glabra; culmo erecto
simplici 2 pedali; vaginis internodio brevioribus; ligulis pauci-pilosis ; foliis
8—12-policaribus planis aut convolutis apice filiformibus; panicula diffusa
ampla pyrimidale ; radiis filiformibus patentibus ramosis; glumis hyalinis
ovatis muticis inequalibus valvula brevioribus; valvulis muticis lato-ovatis
subzequalibus albo-hyalinis caryopsi parum longioribus ; caryopsi ellipsoidea
obtusa.

Western Texas.

Panicle spreading, its lower branches 4-—6 inches long and refracted ; upper

sheath 3—4 inches below the panicle; flowers rather numerous, on short
branchlets.

Vilfa (Sporobulus) Sabeana, s. n.—Decumbens culmis basi numerosis
teretibus ; foliis planis (2—6-policar.) marginibus scabris ; vaginis internodio
brevioribus faucibus villosis ; paniculis terminalibus lateralibusque patentibus
subpyrimidalibus et albescentibus ; radiis capillaribus infimis verticellatis, su-
perioribus alternatis 10—15-floris; glumis inequalibus, inferiore parva su-
periore } breviori; valvulis equalibus acutis; glumis et paleis albo-hyalinis ;
caryopsi ovoidea obtusa castanea.

San Saba County, Texas.

Culms 1—2 feet long, often divaricately branched near the root; panicles
3—4 inches in length; lower 12—15 lines long; seeds caducous; when ma-
ture the glumes and valves are translucent; upper glume as long as the
valves.

Aercstis aquatica, s. nov.-- Radice fibrosa repente ; culmis decumbenti-
bus teretibus striatulis glabris; foliis linearibus planis 2—3-policaribus; ligulis
scabrosis ovatis 5—9-nervosis acutis vel subobtusis ; vaginis striatulis inter-
nodio brevioribus ; panicula coarctata decomposita densiflora ; radiis filiformi-
bus, subverticellatis ; glumis equalibus scabrosis acutis vel subobtusis ovatis ;
valvulis ovatis subacutis aut obtusis gluma } brevioribus callo utrinque breve
piloso; rudimento nullo. ,

On small floating islands in the mill-pond or large spring at San Saba, the
capital of San Saba County.

Achenia ovate, smooth; stems 1}—2 feet long, decumbent, growing in
dense tufts ; leaves 2—3 inches long and 2—3 lines wide ; valves transparent.

Agrostis scabriuscula, s. n.—Radice repente fibrosa; culmo basi pro-
cumbente erecto glabro tereti 12—15-policari ; vaginis scabriusculis internodio
brevioribus; ligula ovata acuta integerrima seu parum fissa; foliis scabris
planis 3—4-policaribus, 2—3 lin. latis; panicula ampla interrupte rubescente
7—8-policari; radiis scabris semiverticellatis inequalibus 5—7-nis apice ra-
mosis et subdensifloris, inferne 4—5-policaribus ; glumis parum inzqualibus
acutis scabris valvula solitaria } longioribus ; callo antrorsum brevissime bar-
bato; rudimento nullo.

Oregon ; Columbia Plains. Nuttall.

Branches of the panicle semi-verticellate and naked below, about midway
verticellately branched, the flowers being near the summit of the branchlets,
on pedicels more or less elongated ; pedicels one-flowered ; base of the panicle
often sheathed. ,

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 91

Agrostis albicans, s.n.—Culmo erecto glabro simplici subgeniculato,
2—3 pedali; foliis planis glabris 4—-5-policaribus ; vaginis internodio breviori-
bus ; ligulis ovatis lanceolatis acutis aut apice fissis; panicula interrupta
subcoarctata elongata 5—9-policari; radiis lateralibus confertis inequalibus
seabriusculis densifloris; glumis squalibus aut parum inzqualibus lance-
olatis acutis dorsis scabris viridescentibus lateralibas albo-hyalinis ; valvulis
hyalinis subacutis gluma 2 brevioribus callo nudo; receptaculum nullum.

Oregon, Columbia Woods. Nuttall.

Intervals between branches of the panicle 3—1 inch long and the branches
1—1} inches long; panicle greenish white.

Muhlenbergia arenicola, s. n.—Radice fibrosa culmo erecto tereti glabro
12—18-policari; foliis linearibus convolutis 2—6-policarisbus ; vaginis inter-
nodium xquantibus aut excedentibus striatulis glabris ; ligulis membranaceis
linearibus acutis vel laciniatis 4—6 lin.; paniculis terminalibus diffusis ;
radiis capillaribus ramosis; glumis subequalibus scabriusculis acutis valvula
brevioribus, inferiore breviter aristata; valvulis equalibus inferiore breviter
aristata.

«Arid places in Western Texas. :

Stem leaves few and also the radical leaves, which are short; panicle
spreading, its lower branches 3—4 inches in length, which have branchlets
4—8 lines long, with 3—6 flowers on pedicels 5—10 lines in length; pedicels
one-flowered ; valves about twice the length of the glumes, with bristles 2—4
lines long.

Muhlenbergia monticola, s.n.—Caule ramoso decumbente glabro ; foliis
convolutis2— 4-policaribus ligula 4—6 lin. fissa vel integerrima ; panicula co-
arctata basi inclusa glumis inequalibus acutis valvula brevioribus ; paleis
inzqualibus scabrosis basi pilosis, inferiore longe aristata.

Northwestern Texas.

Stems 1—1} feet long; lateral branches with small, slightly exserted pani-
cles ; awns 3—4 times longer than the ; brownish red valves ; lower
valve linear, 4 shorter than the upper, and gradually elongated into the awn ;
some of the pairs of valves are nearly equal in length; panicles 3—4 inches
long; upper glume } shorter than the upper valve; glumes equal, or the
lower 4 shorter ; keels green and scabrous, sides hyaline.

Muhlenbergia pauciflora, s.n.—Culmo subdecumbente 12—18-poli-
cari; foliis convolutis apice setaceis glabriusculis ; vaginis internodio parum
brevioribus ; ligulis membranaceis linearibus subobtusis ; paniculis 2—-3-poli-
earibus interruptis paucifloris; glumis ovatis acutis equalibus subcarinatis
valvula # brevioribus ; valvulis lanceolatis inferiore valde 3-nervia et longe
aristata; spiculis rufescentibus ; carinis et nervis subviridescentibus.

Hill sides, Western Texas.

Panicle terminal, with short appressed branchlets of 4—6 flowers, each of a
brownish red color ; bristles longer than the flowers.

Muhlenbergia Te xana, s. n.—Culmo erecto ad basin decumbente gracile
(4—6-policari) tereti; foliis subsetaceis scabriusculis ; vaginis internodio
brevioribus 6—12 lin. longis convolutis; panicula elongata 4—5-policari
lucida patula; radiis alternatis capillaribus 3—5-floris ; spiculis minutis ovatis
acutis ; glumis pilosis equalibus valvula parum brevioribus; valvulis lance-
olatis acutis subequalibus, inferiore in aristam flosculo parum breviorem
terminata ; caryopsi lineari-ellipsoidea subobtusa glabra palea } breviore.

Northern Texas. May.

Roots small and fibrous ; culms 1—2 inches long, scabrous, terminated by
the elongated open panicle ; lateral panicles small, scarcely exserted from the
sheaths of the lower leaves.

1862.]

92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Calamagrostis Oregonensis. s. n.—Culmo geniculato erecto 1}—2
pedali glabro; vaginis glabris; ligula elongata membranacea; foliis planis
vel convolutis glabris 4—8-policaribus 1—3 lin. latis ; panicula contracta sub-
interrupta 3—5-policari ‘longis; radiis 5—7-nis compositis angulatis scabris ;
glumis inequalibus glabriusculis acutis, inferiore sub 3-nervia flosculo pa-
rum longiore, superiore valvulam subequante; valvulis parum inzquali-

ee inferiore bidentata dorso aristata; aristisque et pilis corollam exceden-
tibus.

Columbia River. Nuttall.
Internodes on the panicle about } an inch long; glumes tinged with purple.

Calamagrostis rubescens, s. n.—Culmo glabro (2—3 pedali) erecto ;
vaginis glabris ; ligula elongata (3—4 lin.) membranacea apice fissa: foliis
planis parce pubescentibus ; panicula coarctata 3—4-policari 6 lin. lata;
radiis fasciculatis compositis confertissimis multifloris ; glumis paulo inzquali-
bus lanceolatis acuminatis glabris aut parce scabris rubescentibus ; valvulis
glabriusculis integerrimis acutis; arista torta paulo infra medium vel ad
basin inserta et valvulam subequante; pilis numerosis valvula 4—+i brevi-
oribus. :

Oregon. Nuttall.

_Rachis and branches of the panicle terete and glabrous; branches erect,
rigid, about an inch in length, with numerous pedicels, more or less bent and
densely flowered ; internodes of the rachis 3—1 inch in length.

Calamagrostis albicans, s. n.—Culmo erecto glabro supra scabro 3—4
pedali ; vaginis glabris ; ligula membranacea apice integra obtusa tarde param
fissa 1—2 lin. longa; foliis planis marginibus scabris 1—1} pedalibus ; pani-
cula 6—9 lin. longa subcoarctata vel patente; radiis 5-nis basi ramosis et
supra compositis angulatis scabris; glumis inequalibus lanceolatis acutis,
inferiore valvulam superante, superiore corollam zquante; valvulis 2quali-
bus, inferiore glabra apice bifida arista dorsali parum longiore; pilis fiosculo
3 brevioribus ; rudimento brevissimo.

Oregon, Columbia Plains. Nuttall.

Internodes of the panicle }—1 inch long; rays fasciculated, erect and
branching about a line from the base, and also above; sides of the glumes
membranaceous and white; the palea are also more or less hyaline and white ;
bristle often near the base, or about the middle of the lower valve, rarely near
the top; it is } shorter than the valve.

Aristida curtiseta, s. n.—Tota glabra, culmo simplici glabro erecto
6—8-policari; vaginis internodio brevioribus; ligulis pauci-pilosis; foliis
radicalibus plurimis convolutis filiformibus ; panicula stricta pauciflora; ra-
diis geminis inequalibus unifloris; glumis equalibus aut inequalibus cari-
natis paleam equantibus vel superantibus; palea inferiore valde 3-neryia ;
setis brevibus inequalibus.

Northern Texas. May.

Bristles 4—8 lines long, 2--3 parted and sometimes undivided; leaves of
the stem 2 inches long; radical leaves 3—4 inches in length ; joints of the
stem obscure.

Aristida pauciflora, s. n.—Radice fibrosa; culmo rigido erecto 1}—2
pedali ad nodos ramoso et subgeniculato; foliis radicalibus convolutis fila-
mentis culmum zequantibus vel superantibus glabriusculis; ligulis nullis aut
brevissime pilosis; panicula pauciflora glumis inequalibus apice setaceis
flosculum superantibus scabriusculis ; flosculo glabro compresso vel angulato
apice non torto; aristis 3 inequalibus 13—2 policaribus; radiis unifloris
solitariis 2—4 lin. longis.

Northern Texas.

It has abortive stems and leaves at the joints, which are often not sheathed
at the base; upper leaves mixed with the panicle, which has 5—8 solitary

[ Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93

flowers; lower glume strongly 3-nerved; nerves green, or slightly tinged
with reddish brown; the midrib of both glumes is prolonged into bristles,
the one exceeding the other 3—4 lines.

Aristida filipendula, s. n.—Culmo erecto glabro, firmo simplici tereti
13—2 pedali; foliis paucis convolutis 3—8-policaribus vaginis glabris inter-
nodio brevioribus; ligulis breve pilosis; panicula interrupta 7—9-policari ;
radiis capillaribus inequantibus flexuosis longissimis (l1—2 policaribus) ;
glumis inzqualibus mucronatis, inferiore flosculo 4 breviore, superiore
flosculum superante ; flosculo scabro et albo-punctato apice torto ad basin pi-
loso; setis 3 subzequalibus lato divaricatis circum 1? policaribus.

Western Texas. June.

Flowers purple and somewhat fascicled on short pedicels near the ends of
the filiform branches.

This is a common species on dry hills, often being found in the vicinity of
the dens of the stinging ant. It differs from the A. purpurea of Nutt. in
its shorter bristles, scabrous and dotted florets, which are often more or less
twisted at the top. It also flowers about two months later, the A. purpurea
flowering the last of March and first of April, being then very common and
conspicuous on the prairies of Northern Texas, with its purple panicles, with
bristles 3—4 inches long, waving in the wind.

The Aristida longiseta of Steudel is apparently founded on dwarf speci-
mens of A. purpurea, judging from specimens collected by Fendler in New
Mexico which are in the Herbarium of the Academy.

~ Bouteloua pumila, s. n.—Radice fibrosa; culmis basi ramosis genicu-
latis glabris 4—6-policaribus ; vaginis glabris ; ligula breve membranacea apice
multilaciniata ; foliis planis glabris 1—2 policaribus 1 lin. latis ; spicis secundis
solitariis breviter pedicellatis 20—30 spiculatis ; spiculis ovatis densis 2—3-
floris: glumis 2 ovatis inequalibus carinatis apice brevisetis; superiore
flosculum sequante ; valvulis hermaphroditis ovatis inferiore tridentata glabra
margine ciliata, superiore glabra tridentata basi et apice breviter ciliata;
flosculo sterili triaristato; setis hermaphroditam equantibus.

Northwestern Texas.

Growing in tufts on hill sides; culms slender; spikes 3—4 ona stem,
4—1 inch distant ; florets, including the bristles, about a line in length.

Bouteloua brevifolia, s. n.—Radice fibrosa; culmis basi numerosis
erectis teretibus pilosis geniculatis ; vaginis glabriusculis; ligulis pilosis;
foliis convolutis aut planis glabris 1—2-policaribus circum 1 lin. latis; spicis
secundis breviter pedicellatis ; pedicellis valde pilosis; rachi compresso parce
scabro 10—15 floro; spiculis bifloris brevissime pedicellatis alternatis con-
fertis ; glumis glabris inequalibus, inferiore lineari-subulata superiore duplo
breviore ; inferiore glabra apice breviter aristata; flosculo sterili 3-aristato.

Northwestern Texas.

Growing in tufts on dry hill sides ; roots perennial; bristles of the neutral
florets little longer than those of the upper glume; culms 1—2 feet high ;
spikes }—1 inch long; hairs of the stem white, numerous and suberect.

Uralepis (Tricuspis) bre vicuspidata, s. n.—Culmo glabro (3—4-pe-
dali) erecto geniculato ; vaginis glabris internodio brevioribus ; ligula brevis-
sima laciniata ; foliis scabris 6—12-policaribus 3—4 lin. latis ; panicula pa-
tente 8—14 policari long. 4—6 policari lato; radiis solitariis aut gemi-
nis a basi floriferis scabris 4—6-policaribus multispicatis ; spiculis 5—T7-
floris obovatis distichis breviter pedicellatis; glumis parum inequalibus
carinatis dorso scabris acuminatis flosculis brevioribus ; valvula inferiore tri-
nervia apice bifida margine breviter ciliata, medio dente brevissimo aristato ;
lateralibus dentibus obtusiusculis scariosis.

Northern Texas. May.

1862.]

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Branches of the panicle mostly solitary, with spikes 3—4 lines distant from
their bases to their summits; axils at the base of the rays pubescent; pedi-
cels about a line in length ; spikes 3—4 lines long and two lines wide, loosely
flowered ; intervals on the rachis, between the branches, 1—2 lines long.

Uralepis (Tricuspis) pilosa, s. n.—Radice fibrosa cespitifera ; culmis
erectis (6—12-policaribus) basi numerosis glabris ; vaginis internodio breviori-
bus faucibus pilosis; ligulis nullis aut villosis ; foliis basi plurimis striatulis
marginibus albis, 2—4-policaribus 1—2 lin. latis ; panicula coarctata subcapi-
tata; radiis solitariis alternatis 2—4-spicatis angulatis scabris ; spiculis lato-
ovatis distichis 8--12-floris; glumis subequalibus ovatis acutis carinatis ;
valvula inferiore 3-nervia basi et margine ciliata neuris viridescentibus ceteris
albido-membranaceis, apice 3-dentata, medio dente exserto cuspidato; valvula
interiore apice integerrima subobtusa.

Middle Texas.

Dry hill sides, growing in tufts ; spikes about } an inch long and 4 lines
broad ; pedicels filiform, 2—3-spiked; panicle 1—1} inch long and { of an
inch wide, compressed and greenish white; hairs of the valves numerous,
white, 3—4 lines long; ligules none, unless the hairs at the mouth of the
sheath be considered as such. The two lateral nerves of the lower valve are
on or near its margins.

Uralepis (Tricuspis) poxoides, s. n.—-Culmo tereti glabro (1—2 pedali)
erecto; vaginis glabris internodis longioribus; ligula membranacea ovata
integra 2 lin. longa; foliis glabris 2—5-policaribus 1—2 lin. latis; pani-
cula terminali patente 3—4-policari, 4—6 lin. latis ; radiis 2—3-nis erectis
basi nudis compositis parum scabrosis angulatis; glumis subequalibus acutis
glabris aut parum scabris spicula 4--} brevioribus ; spiculis ovatis teretibus
acutis 4—5-floris ; valvula inferiore ovata infra mediam villosa apice breviter
3-dentata, dentibus lateralibus obtusis, medio dente brevi-cuspidato ; valvula
superiore bicarinata, carinis breviter ciliatis.

New Mexico. Fendler, 932.

Internodes of the rachis }—1 inch long; lower rays about 2 inches long,
and the lower half naked ; the upper rays are 1—} an inch long, with spikes
on short pedicels from the base to the summit.

Uralepis (Tricuspis) densiflora, s. n.—Radice fibrosa, culmo erecto ri-
gido simplici glabro; vaginis glabris ore pilosis; ligulis setaceis; foliis planis
aut convolutis 10—12-policaribus 2—3 lin. latis, radicalibus 15—18-policari
panicula elongata stricta 6—7-policari 4—6lin. lata; ramis solitariis glabris
dense-spicatis 6—12 lin. longis ; spiculis 5—7-floris lato-ovatis; glumis sub-
equalibus glabris carinatis acutis lateralibus membranaceis carinis viride-
scentibus ; superiori apice bifida breve-aristata ; inferiore integra basi nuda;
valvula inferiore margine et dorso dense ciliata apice 3—5-denticulata ; dente
medio breviter cuspidato.

Middle Texas.

Branches erect and appressed; spikes about 3 lines long and nearly the
same width, numerous, with close diverging florets, the two upper forming
an open angle at the top; intervals on the rachis between the branchlets 6
lines to one inch long.

Uralepis (Tricuspis) com posita, s. n.—Radice fibrosa; culmo erecto
glabro rigido 3—4 pedali ad nodos ramoso; ramis erectis strictis; vaginis
glabris ; ligulis 6—8 lin. longis apice fissis; foliis glabris planis 8—12-poli-
caribus 3—4 lin. latis; panicula 8—12-policari; ramis solitariis aut geminis
erectis 3—4-policaribus dense spicatis glabris; spiculis oblongo-ovatis 7—9-
floris breviter pedicellatis ; glumis inequalibus carinatis acutis dorso parum
scabris ; valvula inferiore basi et margine dense ciliata, superne glabra apice
tridenta, medio dente breve-aristato.

New Mexico. Dr. Woodhouse.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95

It has 3—4 erect stems from one root, branched at the joints; branches
erect, straight, with large terminal panicles, densely flowered; leaves at the
joints of the culm without sheaths and stems, smooth and naked below, the
base of the panicle is often sheathed by the upper leaves ; whole plant pale
green.

Uralepis (Tricuspis) pilosa, s. n.—Culmo erecto rigido 1$—2-pedali ;
vaginis pilosis internodium obtegentibus; ligulis ciliatis; foliis convolutis
rigidis numerosis parce ciliatis aut tarde glabris 6—12-policaribus 1—2 lin.
latis ; panicula terminale basi inclusa 2—3-policari 4—6 lin. latis dense-spi-
cata; radiis solitariis compositis scabris; glumis inzequalibus lanceolatis
acutis glabris; valvula inferiore 3-nervia supra medium glabra basi dense
pilosa apice breve tricuspidata, dentibus lateralibus obtusis, dente medio
brevissima cuspidata.

Northern Texas.

Hairs of the sheath erect and numerous ; lower leaves abundant ; spikelets
3—4 lines long, packed closely on the short rays; internodes of the rachis
4—6 lines long, scabrous.

Pleuraphis mutica, s. n.—Culmo subprostrato geniculato glabro, (14-pe-
dali) ; foliis planis parum scabris 3—4-policaribus 2—3 lin. latis ; vaginis fau-
cibus pilosis internodio brevioribus; ligulis membranaceis laciniatis ; spica
terminali 2 policari 5—6 lin. lata; glumis lato-obovatis 5 —7-nerviis anice
albo-hyalinis breviter laciniatis inermisbus; valvulis subequalibus muticis
hyalinis vel 1—3-nerviis obtusis laciniatis.

Northern Texas.

It is a much smoother plant, with fewer leaves than P. Jamesii Torr. A
very few of its glumes with 7 nerves have a short bristle on each side below
the middle, formed by the extension of the lateral nerves; nerves green, the
remainder hyaline.

Glyceria bulbosa, s.n.—Culmo erecto; vaginis scabris; ligula brevis-
sime truncata ; foliis planis vel convolutis glabris; radiis angulatis patenti-
bus compositis scabris; spiculis 3—4-floris oblongo-ovatis sublaxifloris ;
glumis glabris ovatis subacutis inferiore } breviore; valvulis oblongis acutis
inferiore ovata cbscure 7-nervia parum scabra, interiore margine ciliata.

Columbia Woods. Nuttall. P

Glyeeria leptostachya, s. n.—Culmo erecto gracilenti tereti simplici
basi geniculato; vaginis glabris; ligulis 3—4 lin. longis fissis ; foliis planis
glabris 6 policaribus 4 lin. latis ; panicula elongata circum 12 lin. longa inter-
rupta ; radiis geminis scabris angulatis ; spiculis 3—4-floris ; flosculis remo-
tiusculis obtusis scabris; glumis membranaceis; valvula inferiore distincte
7-nervia obovata apice obtusa scariosa, superiore obtusa apice membranacea.

Oregon, Columbia River. Nuttall.

Panicle about one foot long; its branches double, and placed at intervals
of 1—2 inches on the stems, the longer branch about an inch in length, with
2-3 loose spikes of flowers on short pedicels, the shorter branch 3--4 lines
long, having one spike.

Glyceria stricta, s. n.—Culmo rigido erecto tereti glabro 2—3-pedali;
vaginis glabris ; ligula brevissima truncata ; foliis planis vel convolutis glabris
6—12-policaribus, 2—3 lin. latis ; panicula stricta coarctata 5—6-policari 4—5
lin. lata; radiis 2—3-nis erectis scabris angulatis ; spiculis 3—4-tioris glabris
laxis ; glumis inequalibus uninerviis oblongo-ovatis acutis ; valvula inferiore
plus minus distincte 5-nervia oblongo acuminata glabra; superne subacuta
integerrima.

Middle Texas.

Branches of the panicle erect and unequal, the longest naked near its base,
and with 3—4 spikes at and near its extremity; the longest of the lowest

1862.]

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

3 branches is about 14 inch in length; the remainder, the one is sessile and
one-spiked, the other nearly } an inch long and two-spiked; the upper
branches are about 3 an inch long and 1—3-flowered ; some of the palea are
smooth and nerveless, and others distinctly nerved ; florets 3—4 lines long,
the two upper somewhat divided from the lower, being distant from each
other on the rachis 1—2 lines.

Glyceria microtheca, gs. n.—Caule erecto geniculato simplici glabro
tereti ; vaginis glabris internodio brevioribus ; ligula conspicua apice fissa basi
decurrente ; foliis planis 3—4-policaribus et 3—4 lin. latis glabris ; panicula
patente 3—4-policari 3—4 lin. lata; radiis geminis compositis basi nudis
parum scabris ; spiculis ovatis sub 5-floris; glumis inequalibus scariosis ob-
tusis ; valvulis apice scariosis obtusis, inferiore distincte 5-nervia rare 7-nervia,
interiore apice bifida.

Oregon, Columbia River. Nuttall.

Panicle terminal, with few pairs of branches at intervals of 3—1 inch apart,
lower branches about 2 inches long: spikes about 4 lines long and 1—2 broad
on filiform pedicels ; valves caducous, glumes persistent.

Glyceria montana, s. n.—Radice fibrosa; culmo erecto tereti simplici
glabro 10—15-policari ; vaginis glabris internodio longioribus superiore mar-
ginibus albo-hyalinis; ligula ovata integra 1—2 lin. longa; foliis planis vel
convolutis 4—5 pol. longis et 1—2 lin. latis ; panicula elongata interrupta basi
inclusa 3—5-policari 6—8 lin. lata ; radiis 2—4-nis erectis compositis sca-
bris 1}—2-policaribus ; spiculis 3—4-floris ovatis acutis ; glumis ovatis ; valvu-
lis ovatis acutis, inferiore obscure 7-nervia.

Rocky Mountains. Nuttall.

Intervals on the rachis between the branches of the panicle 3—1 inch long ;
lower branches naked near the bases and 4—5 spikes at and near their ex-
tremities ; spikes small, pale green; a semi-transparent membrane from the
ligula extends down along the margins of the sheath 1—2 inches.

Poa laxiflora, s. n.—Culmo erecto 2—3-pedali simplici geniculato
scabro; vaginis internodio multo brevioribus scabris ; ligula conspicua sub-
obtusa 2—3 lin. longa; foliis planis scabris 4—5-poticaribus 2—3 lin. latis ;
panicula patente circum 6 policari; radiis 2—4-nis compositis filiformibus
1—2-policaribus ; 3—4-stachyis ; spi¢ulis pedicellatis 3—4-floris laxis ; glumis
inequalibus acutis dorso scabris; valvula inferiore oblongo-ovata acuta
obscure 5-nervia glabra basi parum villosa; interiore basi et dorso parce
ciliata.

Oregon, Columbia Woods. Nuttall.

Culm 6—8 inches below the panicle, naked ; leaves few.

Poa tenui fo lia, s. n.—Radice fibrosa; culmo geniculato glabro rigido
tereti (I—1} pedali), vaginis internodio brevioribus glabris ; ligulis 3—4 lin.
longis ovatis fissis ; foliis planis vel convolutis basi plurimis (8—4-policaribus),
parum scabris aut glabris 1—2 lin. latis; panicula coarctata 3—4-policari
8—12 lin. lata; radiis 2--3-nis ad pressis scabris compositis apice multista-
chyis ; spiculis 2-—3-floris oblongo ovatis acutis ; glumis subequalibus ovatis
acutis scabris; valvula inferiore margine et dorso scabra obscure 5-nervia
basi nuda; interiore margine ciliata. <s

Columbia River. Nuttall. sie

Poa densiflora, s.n.—Culmo erecto (1}—2 pedali) glabro; vaginis
internodium obtegentibus glabris ; ligula membranacea brevissima truncata ;
foliis planis (4—9-policaribus) marginibus scabris 2—3 lin. latis; panicula
conferta parum interrupta 2—8-policari 10—12 lin. lata; radiis 5—7-nis
dense-spicatis scabris; spiculis 5—9-floris distichis lato-ovatis sublaxis ;
glumis parum inequalibus carinatis dorso scabris acutis; valvula inferiore

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97

plus minus obscure 5—7-nervia acuminata basi et interiore parce lanosa aut
glabra.

Northern Texas. April.

Longest branches of the panicle about an inch in length and its upper half
densely spiked ; spikes in twos and threes on short pedicels ; short rays with
spikes of flowers at and near the base; internodes on the rachis 3—1 inch
long. f

Eragrostis diffusa, s. n.—Culmo cespitoso erecto vel basi procumbente et
geniculato glabro; foliis planis 6—8-policaribus et basi numerosis; vaginis
glabris internodio brevioribus ore pilosis ; ligula margine longe ciliato; pani-
cula diffusa ampla in long. 10—12-policaris, in latit. 6—9-policari; radiis
3—4-nis aut solitariis scabris basi parce villosis 20—35-spiculatis ; spiculis
oblongo-ovatis acutis J—-11-floris; glumis inequalibus acutis margine albo-
hyalinis inferiore 3 breviore; valvula inferiore valde 3-nervia acuta hyalino-
membranacea ; nervis viridescentibus ; valvula superiore virido-carinata mar-
gine albo-hyalino persistente.

Northern Texas. May.

Stems from the root many, both procumbent and erect; spikes 4—5 lines
long and 1—13 broad, and about equal to the pedicels in length; pedicels
appressed to the stems; lower valve about double the size of the upper
leaves 3—4 lines broad, 5--7-nerved and glabrous. :

Eragrostis curtipedicellata, s. n.—Culmis erectis basi decumbenti-
‘bus glabris 2—3 pedalibus; vaginis glabris internodium obtegentibus aut
brevioribus ore pilosis ; ligula margo ; foliis planis glabris 4—6-policaribus et
3—4 lin. latis; panicula diffusa patente 10—12-policari in latit. 6—8-policari ;
radiis scabris solitariis alternis compositis; axillis pilosis; spiculis alternis
breviter pedicellatis 5—7-floris ; glumis subequalibus ovatis acutis carinatis -
valvula inferiore margine ciliata 3-nervia acuta; carinis scabris; superiore
apice breve hirsuta.

Northern Texas. June.

Pedicels generally shorter than the spikes, which are more or less appressed
often touching each other on the branchlets, along which they extend from
the base or near the axils to the top; spikes 2—3 lines long and about 1 line
wide.

Eragrostis sessilispica, s. n.—Culmo decumbente ramoso glabro
rigido ; vaginis glabris internodium superantibus ore pilosissimis; foliis
paucis planis glabris ; panicula diffusissime 1—1} pedali in. latit. 12—15-
policari ; radiis rigidis glabris compositis; axillis pilosis; spicis solitariis
alternatis sessilibus adpressis oblongo-ovatis 4—6-floris ; glumis subequali-
bus carinatis dorso scabris acuminatis; valvula inferiore ovata longe acumi-
nata dorso scabriuscula; superiore carinata arcuata ad carinam leviter ciliata
persistente.

Near Austin, Texas.

Lower palea strongly 3-nerved, equal in length or little longer than the
upper, which is often curved outward, leaving an open space between the
two; spikes about 3 an inch distant, the lowest being in the axils, where
they (spikes) are sometimes double.

Festuca gracilenta, s. n.— Radice fibrosa; culmis basi numerosis
geniculatis (1—1} pedali) gracilentis pubescentibus tarde glabris; vaginis
striatulis pilosiusculis ; ligulis membranaceis tarde fissis; foliis planis eta
policaribus, 1 lin. latis parce pubescentibus ; panicula terminali gracilente
patente (3—-4 policari) interrupta; radiis solitariis aut 2-nis angulatis dis-
tantibus scabriusculis inequalibus; spiculis ovatis 2--4-floris breviter pedi-
cellatis ; glumis inequalibus acuminatis lineari-lanceolatis flosculo brevioribus

1862.]
7

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

inferiore 1—2 breviore; valvulis infra glabris supra scabris inferiore breviter
aristata; aristis 1—2 lin. longis.

Northern Texas. May.

Grows in tufts; internodes of the rachis 4—1} inches long, longest ray at
the base of the panicle about 1} inches long; short rays 4—6 lines in length.

Festuca reflexa, s.n.—Culmo geniculato glabro tereti 1—1} pedali;
vaginis parce pubescentibus marginibus breviter ciliatis; ligula brevissima
membranacea truncata; foliis glabris tarde convolutis 2—4-policaribus
1—2 lin. latis; panicula terminale patente pauci-radiata; radiis solitariis
parum ciliatis; spiculis 3—4-floris breviter pedicellatis tarde reflexis; glumis
inequalibus flosculo 4 brevioribus superiore 3-nervia subobtusa marginibus
albo-hyalinis ; valvulis glabris inferiore aristata, aristis 3—4 lin.

Upper California. Nuttall.

Panicle 3—4 inches long; rays about an inch in length, somewhat rigid,
having 1—2 branches. Spikelets about as long as the bristles and 3—4 lines
distant.

Festuca pusilla, s. n.—Culmo decumbente geniculato tereti ad basin
glabro supra pubescenti (10—12-policari) ; vaginis glabris aut parce pubes-
centibus ; ligulis membranaceis ovatis subintegris; foliis convolutis glabris
3—4-policaribus 1 lin. latis; panicula terminali coarctata 2—3-policari
longis circum 6 lin. lata; rachi. pubescentibus subangulatis ; radiis 2—3-nis
scabris angulatis dense spicatis; spiculis 6—8-floris; glumis inzequalibus
superiore 3-nervia acuminata flosculis 4 breviore; valvulis scabris, inferiore
aristata.

Upper California. Nuttall.

Bristles 3—4 lines long, being a little longer than the lower valve; rays
nearly an inch in length and densely spiked ; internodes of the rachis $—
inch long.

Bromus breviaristatus, s. n.—Culmo erecto piloso simplici 15—2 pe-
dali ; vaginis villosis internodio brevioribus ; foliis planis pilosis 5—6 policari-
bus 2—3 ped. latis ; ligula breve membranacea integra vel fissa ; panicula stricta
circum 6 policari, et 6 lin. lata; radiis geminis vel solitariis scabris erectis
1—2 spicatis ; spiculis 2—3-floris oblongo-ovatis; glumis inequalibus ovatis
acuminatis obscure nervatis; valvula inferiore obscure 7—9 nervata pilosa
apice integra aristata 2—3 lin. lon. Ceratochloa breviaristata ? Hook.

Rocky Mountains. Nuttall.

Whole plant pilose, with short white erect hairs ; panicle of few spikes ; in-
tervals on the rachis between the branches 1—2 inches long; longest ray
about an inch in length, erect and 1—2 spiked, of which the lowest is near
the base ; short ray 2—3 lin. long and 1-spiked ; spikes about } an inch long.

Bromus virens, s. n.--Culmo erecto aut decumbente glabro (1}—2 pe-
dali) subgeniculato ; vaginis internodium xquantibus vel superantibus fauci-
bus marginibusque superioribus villosis; ligulis 1—2 lin. lon. laciniatis :
foliis planis glabris 6—8 policaribus, 2—3 lin. latis; panicula patente 3—4
policari, circum 1 ped. lata; radiis 2—3 nis vel solitariis a basi floriferis aut
breviter nudis scabris; spiculis laxis 5—7-floris circum policaribus; glumis
inequalibus ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis scabris, superiore 5—7-nervia, infe-
riore 3-nervia; valvula inferiore 7—9-nervia scabra margine et apice albo-
hyalina; apice subintegra aristata ; setis 4—45 lin. lon.

Rocky Mountains and Columbia River. Nuttall.

Branches of the panicle unequal, the longest 2—3 inches in length and
erect, 2--2 spiked, near its top spikes on short pedicels; short branches 3
lines to 1 inch long and 1—2 spiked.

Bromus setaceus, s. n.—Culmo erecto 2—3 pedali; vaginis inferioribus

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99

glabris, superioribus marginibus et faucibus parce villosis ; ligulis 2--3 lin.
lon. apice laciniatis ; foliis glanis pubescentibus margine ciliatis 4—6 policari-
bus 3—4 lin. latis; panicula diffusa composita 6—8 policari 4—5 polic. latis ;
radiis 5—7-nis basi nudis hirsutis ad apicem compositis; ramulis 3—4 nis,
unispicatis; spiculis 4—5-floris oblongo-obovatis ; glumis parum inzqualibus
earinatis lineari-lanceolatis ciliatis acuminatis, marginibus apicibusque albo-
hyalinis, superiore 3—5-nervia ; valvula inferiore lanceolata 5 —7-nervia ciliata
apice bifida et aristata; seta 6 lin. lon.

Northern Texas.

The longest of the lower branches of the panicle 3—4 inches in length, and
the shorter branches 1—2 inches long, all destitute of spikes excepting near
their tops ; spikes loosely flowered ; internodes on the rachis 1—2 inches long ;
pedicels 4—6 lines in length ; spikes without the bristle about } an inch long,
loosely flowered ; upper florets abortive, 2—3 united, appearing to the naked
eye like one with 2—3 bristles.

Uniola (Brizopyrum) flexuosa, s. n.—Culmis erectis gracilentibus glab-
ris 1}—2 pedalibus ; vaginis glabris internodio brevioribus ore parum pilosis
vel nudis ; ligula nulla ; foliis planis glabris 4—6 policaribus et 1—3 lin. latis ;
panicula terminali conferta 2—3 policari, 6—10 lin. latis, 15 —20 spicatis ;
spiculis 10—12-fioris oblongo-ovatis acutis 6—8 lin. lon. et 2—3 lin. latis ;
glumis inequalibus ovatis obscure 3-nerviis seu glabris acutis ; valvula infe-
riore obscure nervata glabra subacuta; superiore bicarinata apice obtusa aut

truncata.

* On the Brazos at Fort Belknap.

Culms weak, smaller at the base than above; leaves of the stem 2—2}
inches distant, not rigid ; roots fibrous and small.

Elymus interruptus, s. n.—Culmo tereti simplici glabro erecto 2—3
pedali; vaginis glabris marginibus breviter ciliatis ; ligula brevissima mem-
branacea laciniata ; foliis planis scabriusculis 6—8 policaribus, 3—4 lin. latis ;
spica pauciflora interrupta 3—5-policari; spiculis geminatis 3—4-floris laxis;
glumis setaceis flosculum superantibus; vaivula inferiore 5-nervia glabra in
aristam terminata; arista arcuata scabra valvula duplo longiore; valvula su-
periore integerima, apice et margine breviter ciliata.

Llano County, Texas. Internodes on the rachis about $ an inch long ; flo-
rets about the same length ; bristles of the palea an inch in length, those of
the glume nearly eight lines lung; rachis angular or compressed, smooth, or
a little scabrous on the margins.

Elymus triticoides, s. n.—Culmo geniculato glabro (1—2 pedali) ; va-
ginis glabris vel parum pilosis; ligula brevissima laciniata ; foliis convolutis
aut planis (2—3 policari) pubescentibus ; spica stricta 1}—2 policari; spicu-
lis solitariis aut geminis 2—3 floris racheos internodium superantibus ; glumis
subulatis marginibus scabris vel brevissime setosis ; valvula inferiore enervia
seu obscure 5-nervia glabra apice breviter aristata; valvula superiore sub-
zquali obtusa apice et margine pubescente obscure 2-nervia.

Rocky Mountains. Nuttall.

Rachis slightly rough ; bristles of the palea 2—3 lines long; glumes shorter
than the valves.

Elymus glaucus, s. n.—Culmo basi glabro ad apicem parum scabro 1—2 ~
pedali; vaginis parce scabris internodium superantibus ; ligula membranacea
truncata parum fissa; foliis planis glabriusculis 4—8 policaribus 2—3 lin.
lat. ; spica 2—3 policar. 3—4 lin. lat. ; spiculis 2—3-floris adpressis ; glumis
flosculis parum brevioribus aut equantibus 3—5-nervis lineari-lanceolatis
subulatis; valvula inferiore convoluta glabra obscure nervata vel enervia
apice pubescente ; setis scabris valvula 2—3-plo longioribus.

Columbia river. Nuttall.

1862.]

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Its spikes are more slender than the other North American species. Rachis
somewhat scabrous, and its internodes 2—3 lines long.

Trisetum glabrum, s. n.—Radice fibrosa; culmo glabro erecto geniculato
8—10 policari; vaginis glabris; ligula membranacea elongata fissa ; foliis
planis glabris 2—3 policaribus 1 lin. latis; panicula elongata patente ; radiis
2-nis glabris basi nudis compositis filiformibus, spiculis 2-floris pedicellatis ;
glumis zqualibus lanceolatis acuminatis 3-nerviis glabris flosculos superanti-
bus; valvulis glabris hyalinis ovatis subtruncatis apice 3-dentatis infra me-
diam aristatis ; arista geniculata flosculo duplo longiore.

Texas. Dr. Linsecum.

Glumes longer than the two paleaceous florets, which are vertical, the upper
having a long sericeus stipe.

Trisetum interruptum, s. n.—Culmo geniculato pubescente erecto basi
ramoso 8—12 policari; radiis 3-nis sen solitariis scabris compositis basi ad
apicem densifloris; spiculis 1—2 floris sessilibus vel breviter pedicellatis ;
glumis scabris 7-nervatis acuminatis equalibus valvulam subequantibus
marginibus et apicibus albo-hyalinis ; valvulis glabris acutis paulo infra apicem
longe aristatis, inferiore bifida basi parce setulosa.

Middle Texas.

The lower flowering branches are partly included in the sheaths, and are
at intervals of from 1—2 inches from near the base of the culm to its summit,
forming a vertical succession of little panicles, which are from 1—1} inches
long, densely flowered.

Trisetum canescens, s. n.—Radice fibrosa; culmo erecto (3—4-pedali)
parce piloso; vaginis inferioribus canescenti villosis, superioribus glabriuscu-
lis; ligulis membranaceis (1—2 lin. lon.); foliis planis paulo pilosis; 4--6
policaribus, 3—4 lin. latis; panicula elongata stricta patente 8—10 policari ;
radiis 5—7-nis scabris inequalibus compositis ; spiculis 2-floris pedicellatis ;
pedicellis scabris; glumis inzqualibus carinatis acutis dorsis scabris, supe-
riore duplo latiore ; valvula inferiore glabra paulo infra apicem longe setulosa
apice bifida callo dense piloso.

Oregon, Columbia Plains. Nuttall.

Internodes of the panicle 1—23 inches long; rachis terete and slightly sca-
brous ; branches of the panicle filiform and erect, the longest about 3 inches
in length; margins of the glumes white and hyaline; bristles of the palea
4—6 lines long: florets about 3 lines in length.

Hierochloa occidentalis, s. n.—Calmo glabro erecto 14—2 pedali sim-
plici ; vaginis glabris internodio brevioribus ; ligula membranacea apice fissa ;
foliis planis glabris 2—3 policaribus et circum 2 lin. latis ; panicula patente 2—
3 policari; radiis solitariis compositis glabris basi nudis ; pedicellis 1—2-spi-
catis ; glumis ovatis acutis hyalinis 5—7 nerviis lateralibus et apicibus albidis,
ceteris ferrugineis flosculos fere zquantibus; flosculis masculis levibus mu-
ticis parce ciliatis ; hermaphroditis glabris apice breviter ciliatis.

Columbia woods. Nuttall.

Lower branches of the panicle about 2 inches long, with lower half naked ;
internodes between the branches 6—15 lines long.

Note No. 2.—_On QUERCUS HETEROPHYLLA, Mich.
BY 8S. B. BUCKLEY.

Since the first note was written, I have seen a young tree on the grounds of
Joshua Hoopes at West Chester, near Philadelphia, which grew from an acorn
obtained from a tree now living at Marshallton a few miles from West Chester.
The Marshall tree is a seedling from the orlginal Bartram Oak. The Bartrams

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101

wishing to continue the species, which was founded on a single tree, caused
acorns from it to be planted in different places, from which two living trees are
now known; one at the Bartram garden mentioned in a former paper, and the
other in the old Marshall garden.

The Hoopes tree is about 15 feet high and 2—3 inches in diameter, and its
leaves have a striking resemblance to Michaux’s figure of the Bartram Oak.
This may be caused in part from a tendency in many young oak trees to have
lobed leaves, often quite different from those of mature trees of the same
species, This is well known to many observers. Mr. T. Meehan, of German-
town, has specimens similar to Q. heterophylla, from Townsend, in New Castle
County, Delaware, collected from the young shoots growing around a stump,
surrounded by living willow oaks, of which it had every appearance of having
been one.

The following is an extract from a letter lately received from Mr. Hoopes:

‘‘There is a Bartram Oak in the garden at Marshallton, with foliage corres-
ponding to the figure in Michaux, yielding acorns, which produce trees having
foliage true to the original.’’ ‘

Dr. Darlington lately told me what amounts to the same as that just quoted
from Mr. Hoopes. Should these trees maintain their present distinctive cha-
racters, and continue to produce trees of the same sort, it will be an example
of the formation of a new species from a form of an old one; nor is it by any
means improbable that the Bartram Oak may become distinct from its parent,
the willow oak. It is believed by some botanists that new species have been
formed, and are now being made from varieties of old species ; but human life
_ is so short that we cannot perceive the long gradual changes necessary for
this creative process. These Bartram Oaks should be carefully preserved and
propagated, that future generations may see whether a good species of Quercus
heterophylla has been thus created.

It is singular that acorns from the original Bartram Oak should yield trees
of such different foliage as the one at the old Bartram garden, and that at
Marshallton. The oak in the Bartram place shows a tendency to breed back
to the original stock of the willow oak, while the one at Marshallton seems to
keep most of the characters of its immediate parent, the Bartram Oak. In
confimation of this I have just received the following note from Mr. Meehan
in reference to some Bartram Oaks now being raised by Mr. Buist.

‘“‘Mr. Buist says his seedlings from the Bartram Oak all approach the
willow oak, but none quite like, all having a few lobed leaves. His seed was
gathered by himself from the tree in the Bartram garden which I pointed out
to you. T. MEEHAN.”’

These seedlings as they acquire age will probably be much more like the
willow oak than at present, young trees often having foliage different from
mature trees, as before stated.

March 4th.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty-eight members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

Synopsis of the Cirrhitoids; On the limits and arrangement of the
Scomberoids ; Descriptions of new species of Alepidosauride ; and on a
new species of Priacanthus. By Theodore Gill.

On a tropical Isopod found near the shores of Massachusetts, by Wim.
Stimpson.

1862.]

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Mr. Norris remarked that Dr. Hayes’ Arctic collection contained a
specimen of the common brook trout, (Salmo fontinalis,) taken near God-
haven, Greenland ; and specimens of the salmon trout, (Salmo trutta,)
common to the coasts of Scotland and new Brunswick, and the Gulf of
St. Lawrence.

March 11th.
The President, Mr. Lxa, in the Chair.

Thirty-two members present.

Mr. Warner made some remarks on the imitation of the section of
egos by mathematical lines.

Dr. Corse exhibited, under the microscope, specimens of Nitella,
showing the circulation within the nucule.

Dr. Carson exhibited specimens of metallic copper, deposited by vol-
taic action in the felt of the sunken frigates at Sevastopol.

March 18th.
The President, Mr. LEA, in the Chair.

Twenty-nine members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

On the West African genus Hemichromus, etc., by Theo. Gill.
Catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California, ete., by Theo. Gill.
On some new and little known American Anura, by E. D. Cope.

March 25th.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty-nine members present.
On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published in the Proceedings :

Synopsis of the Family of CIRRHITOIDS.
BY THEODORE GILL.

Family CIRRHITOID Gray.
Synonymy.
Percoidei pt Cuvier, Miiller, &c.
Sciznoidei pt. Ne
Cirrhitidse Gray, Synopsis of the contents of the British Museum.
oe Richardson.
Theraponide pt.
Polynemide pt. ie
Cirrhitoidei Bleeker, Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-Nederlandice, vol. ii.,
Vischsoorten von Amboina.
Cirrhitide Gunther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c., vol. ii.,
Darko:
Sparide (Haplodactylina) Géinther, op. cit., vol. i., p. 434.

Richardson.

The body is oblong and compressed, with the dorsal and abdominal outlines

(March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103

unequally arched. Scales cycloid and of moderate or rather large size.
Lateral line simple, concurrent with the back. Head compressed, and of mode-
rate or rather small size, Forehead nearly flat, or little convex transversely,
Eyes submediau. Nostrils double, moderately approximated to each other.
Suborbital bones not crossing the cheek nor articulated with the preoperculum.
Preorbital bone moderate, or rather large. Preopercular, opercular, suboper-
cular and interopercular bones normally developed. Mouth moderate, cleft on
the sides. Intermaxiilary bones with the ascending processes variable in de-
velopment. Maxillary bones expanded towards their ends and behind the
intermaxillaries at the ends. Teeth variable in form and position. Branchi-
ostegal membrane generally extended more or less behind under the throat,
and free. Branchiostegal rays normally six, rarely five and exceptionally three.
Dorsal fin extending along the entire back, and with the spinous portion nearly
ag much or more developed than the soft. Anal fin commencing nearly under
the first soft dorsal rays, and short or little oblong ; spinous ray three. Caudal
fin entire, or emarginated. Pectoral fins normally inserted on the sides, with
the inferior rays well developed, simply articulated and not branched. Ventral
fins inserted considerably behind the pectorals and with one spine and five
branched rays.

The vertebral column is composed (in Cirrhitine) of the normal or nearly

10 3 : 5
normal number of vertebre Ga or a@ moderately increased number (in Latri-

1
dine, = in Haplodactyline, said by Richardson to be x in Dactylosargus arcti-
dens.) The stomach is cecal, and afew (4 to 5) pyloric appendages are
present. The air bladder is sometimes absent (most Cirrhitiue and Chironema-
tine) ; or presentand simple (most Haplodactyline) ; or lobed or fringed (most
Latridine.)

This family is a very distinct and perhaps a natural one, although its
several groups or subfamilies offer rather peculiar characters and decided vari-
ations. The chief characters by which those various groups are united, are
the position of the ventral fins very considerably behind the bases of the pectoral,
and the simple, thickened and produced rays of the pectoral fins; the branchiostega!
membrane is also generally more ample beneath than in those forms which
most resemble the Cirrhitoids in external appearance. In the artificial arrange-
ment of Cuvier and his disciples, in which the fishes with the typical or percoid
form were arranged according to the presence or absence of palatal teeth and
of opercular armature, the members of the present family were partly referred
to the Percoids and partly to the Sciznoids, with which they have very little
affinity. Dr. Gray appears to have been the first to propose the family which
Sir Jobn Richardson was afterwards inclined to adopt, although in his essay
on “ Ichthyology,” in the Encyclopedia Britannica, he has referred Cirrhites,
Aplodactylus and Chironemus as the first of the gerera, to his family of Therapo-
nid, which family certainly is, as he admits, ‘a rather heterogeneous assem-

lage of Percoids, brought together by the single character of six branchios-
tegals.’’ The other genera, Cheilodactylus and Latris, are placed by him after
Polynemus, and constitute with it his family of Polynemide.

Dr. Bleeker has adopted the family of “ Cirrbitoidei,” and divided it into
three subfamilies,—Cirrhitiformes, Haplodactyliformes and Cheilodactyliformes.
Chironemus has been once placed in the first subfamily, and again, as Threp-
terius of Richardson, in the third, Bleeker not having perceived their affinity
to each other.

Dr. Gunther has a family of “Cirrhitidz,” which is naturally constituted,
but he has placed the Haplodactylus in a peculiar “ group” or subfamily among
the Sparidz, to which it has apparently little true affinity.

The Cirrhitoids, so far as known, are peculiar to the torrid and temperate
portions of the Pacific Ocean and its indentations. The Cirrhiting are princi-

1862. ]

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

pally tropical, and chiefly developed in the Indian seas and those of the great
archipelago, from which some wander to the Pacific, Chinese and African seas,
and one (Cirrhitus maculatus) ranges to the Red Sea, where, indeed, it appears
to be most common. Another (Cirrhitus rivulatus Val.) is found at both the
Gallapagos Islands and Lower California, it having been observed at the latter
place by Mr. Xantus.* The Chironematine are peculiar to the Australian Seas.
The Haplodactyline and Latridine are principally inhabitants of the Southern
temperate seas, and most numerous in the Chilian and Peruvian and the Aus-
tralasian seas. Several are also found at the Cape of Good Hope, while several
others are northern and inhabitants of the Chinese and Japanese waters.

The following synopsis will enable one to readily distinguish the different
subfamilies :

Synopsis.
I. Spinous portion of the dorsal longest, but with only 10 (9)

. 10 : A eye
Spines.saiVierte bre ia~t..2sa ese set eee eee pxeubesass ake aeaead Cirrhitine.
Pp 16

II. Spinous portion of the dorsal more or less subequal to
the soft, with 14—22 spines.
A. Teeth of jaws compressed and tricuspidate or lanceolate.

selotads etbcacupdadtindserv wees .fet- EAA pIGHAEL piace

Vetebre TI sssssesnsssneees

AA. Teeth small, conic and acute.
B. Ventral fins (generally) rounded; caudal subtrun-
cated; dorsal deeply notched behind each

BPING 22 cose senisentaicesstotenscsseettacarncehonsccmteertenaee Chironematine.
BB. Ventral fins angulated; caudal with extended
lobes ; dorsal not notched behind each sepa-

; 14 Rs.
Tate spine. Vertebra 55......sseeseeeeeeeseoeeeneeees Latridine.

I have not been enabled to examine many of the species of the family, but
I trust that the suggestions and views enunciated in this treatise will forward
the classification and knowledge of the group, and prove useful to naturalists
if it should only direct attention to the imperfect knowledge we have of some
forms. Several of the species have been so described that it has not been
possible to positively refer them to any group. The whole family, indeed, re-
quires a careful revision, and the present classification will be doubtless con-
siderably modified.

Subfamily CIRRHITIN® Gill.

Cirrhiteformes pp., Bleeker.

Teeth conical and mostly small, but often with larger or canine ones inter-
mixed. Dorsal fin with its spinous portion longer than the soft, and with ten
spines, the last of which truly belongs to the second portion. Ventral fins
generally angulated or subangulated, the second (branched) ray being rarely
somewhat longest. Caudal fin truncated or emarginated. The vertebral
column, in all the species examined, has been found to be constituted of ten
abdominal and sixteen caudal vertebre.

The Cirrhitine as defined above form a natural group, and differ from the
Cirrhiteformes of Bleeker by the exclusion of Chironemus, which appears to
represent a distinct subfamily.

*Another species not yet described is found at Cape St. Lucas. It had been unfortun-
ately overlooked until after the transmission of the above paper; it will be described in
the catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California.

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105

Synopsis.
Spinous portion of dorsal longest, but with only 9 or 10 rays.
10 1x
Vertebrae about jp eses--eeeeeeseeeeeee teeeeees es ean alccaeaens CIRRHITINA.

a. Head abbreviated, with the jaws not produced.
Head decurved from the nape; operculum unarmed.
Origin of dorsal nearly over preopercular margin.

Canine teeth obsolescent........-sseeeeeeeceeeeeees Amblycirrhitus.
Origin of dorsal generally above carpus; canine
teeth in both jaws.... ....scsceescecescosccsces cones Cirrhitus.
Head very obliquely incurved to the pointed snout. Oper-
culum with two small spineS............ceeceseeeeeeee Cirrhitichthys.
Preorbital not higher than the eye’s diameter. ....... Cirrhitichthys.
Preorbital considerably higher than an eye’s di-
AMELET 2... 22.200 covcns ccccceces ccscseesssccececsscccees Cirrhitopsis.

8. Head oblong and incurved to the snout; intermaxillary
produced, and with the posterior processes toothed..Oxycirrhites.

AMBLYCIRRHITUS Gill.

Synonymy.
Cirrhites sp. Cuv. et Val.

Rostrum convexum. Dentes canini obsolescentes. Pinna dorsalis fere supra
. preoperculi marginem incipiens.

Body oblong-cuneiform, highest before the ventral fins, before which it is
rapidly curved upwards. Scales large. Head short and elevated, higher than
long. Occipito-nasal outline very oblique and nearly straight; snout slightly
convex. Nape gibbous. Preoperculum finely serrated behind. Mouth little
oblique and of moderate size, chiefly under the eyes. Teeth pluriserial, with
the canine obsolete or rudimentary. Branchiostegal rays 6,6. Dorsal fin
commencing at the nape above the preoperculum ; its spinous portion is convex,
much lower behind than the articulated, and the membrane is very profoundly
notched and produced into a slender lobe behind each spine. Anal fin with
three spines, the second of which is largest, and with six branched rays. Cau-
dal fin entire, with its angles acute. Pectoral fins with its undivided rays
slightly produced.

Type. Amblycirrhitus fasciatus Gill.

The Cirrhitus fasciatus of the ‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons” differs from
the typical Cirrhiti by the form of the body, the region of greatest height being
before the ventral fins and not above it, as in the latter; by the resultant more
anterior commencement of the dorsal fin, and the deeply-notched and lobigerous
eee behind the spines of that fin, and by the absence of larger canine
teeth.

Only one species of the genus is known.

AMBLYCIRRHITUS FASCIATUS, Gill.
Cirrhites fasciatus Cuv. et Val., Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, tom. iii.,
p. 76, pl. 47.
Habitat. East Indian seas, (Pondicherry.)

CIRRHITUS (Commerson) Lac.
Synonymy.

Cirrhitus (Comm.) Lacépéde, Histoire Naturelle des Poisons, tom. v., p. 2, 1803.

Rostrum convexum. Dentes canini antici in maxilla superiore 2. Pinna dorsalis
supra pinne pectoralis basin incipiens.

Body oblong-oval, highest before or above the ventral fins, covered with

1862.]

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

rather large scales. Head moderate, and generally longer than high. Occipito-
nasal profile obliquely and moderately decurved. Nape convex. Eyes moderate,
above the rostro-opercular line and submedian. Preoperculum more or less
Serrated behind, rarely entire. Anterior nostrils generally with short fimbri-
ated tubes. Mouth oblique and of moderate size; the supramaxillary bones
generally end under the eyes. Teeth pluriserial, margined by an external row
of larger ones; canine teeth generally present on each jaw, in the upper in
front, and in the lower on the sides. Front of vomer furnished with a row of
small teeth. Branchiostegal rays six on each side. Dorsal fin furnished with
ten spines and ten to twelve (rarely fourteen) rays, the former of which form
nearly two-thirds of its length; the spinous portion is convex at the middle
and behind much lower than the soft portion; the membrane is moderately
notched behind each spine. Anal fin with three strong spines, the second of
which is largest, and six branched rays. Caudal fin generally entire and ab-
ruptly truncated. Pectoral fins with the simply articulated rays moderately
produced.

Type. Cirrhitus maculatus Lacépéde.

The species retained in the genus Cirrhitus as now limited, appear to have
the same physiognomy and to bear a strong resemblance to each other; but
the Cirrhitus maculatus, which was the only species of the genus known to its
founder, has a small patch of teeth on the anterior portion of each palatine
bone, while in all the others the teeth are confined to the front of the vomer.
For this reason Drs. Bleeker and Giinther have referred that species, although
the type of Cirrhitus, to the genus Cirrhitichthys, established by the former
naturalist for fishes differing from Cirrhitus by the presence of palatine teeth.
As the Cirrhitinee with unarmed palatine bones do not appear to differ in any
other respect from the Cirrhitus maculatus, and as the dentigerous palatine area
is very small, we retain the species having the same specialized resemblance in
the genus.

Cirrhitichthys is apparently an excellent genus, and is consequently retained,
but with quite different limits and on other grounds than those for which it
has been distinguished by Bleeker and Giinther. As before mentioned, it was
separated by them from Cirrhitus on account of the presence of palatine teeth.
The most essential character appears to us to be the form of the head.

Nine species of the genus are now known.

Palatine bones with teeth anteriorly......... Mecossetesesereneatesee C. marmoratus.
Palatine bones unarmed.
Preoperculum denticulated.
Dorsai IX. I. 10, 11.
Body not transversely banded. 7 simple pec-
toral rays.
Pectoral thickened, not extending beyond
the anus.
Scalesvof thelateral line) 40s <ccc.sccccs~cvsccewenssecsalsecleseees C. alternatus.*
Scales of lateral line 48—50.
Head simply dotted with black. <..........ccesscccccecsosce C. Fosteri.
Head with a margined area bebind the eyes.
Area marked by a whitish semicircular line,
edged with brownish; sides above late-
ral line with a longitudinal whitish band..C. arcatus.
Area brown, bounded by yellow; sides with
many (16) longitudinal lines................ C. amblycephalus.

C. alternatus has five indistinct, oblique, purple bands, the first of which alternate below
the lateral line with their lower halves, while the lastis continuous. But, as it has seven
simple pectoral rays, and is closely allied to C. marmoratus and C, Forsteri, it is placed

between them.
[ March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107

Pectoral thickened ray extending to the
origin of the anal; scales of lateral
{TD 4 icendeeeSraccee bo onosoncacnaantnaceanss C. punctatus.
Body (red) with 6 vertical blackish bands; 6
simple pectoral rays............0.ee0eeeeee oes. APTINUS.
MTR 1c SCAIER 29sec occas ccc sat ser -esteenscces C. fasciatus.
RePEMSOLE HIN POMEL ELSI 20 0s. Jos sotaeet dos cvosiens -coteerecsceee C. rivulatus.

1, CIRRHITUS MARMORATUS Gill.

Labrus marmoratus Lac., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome iii., p. 492, pl. 5,

g. 3.

Cirrhitus maculatus Zac., op. cit., tome v., p. 3.

Cirrhitus maculosus Bennett, Zoological Journal, 1829, pl. 38.

Cirrhitichthys maculatus Bleeker.

Habitat. Red Sea, Southern Asia, Indian Archipelago, Isle of France and

Polynesia,

2. CIRRHITUS ALTERNATUS Gill.
Habitat. Sandwich Islands.

3. Cireaitus Forster Giinther.
Perca teniata Forster.
Grammistes Forsteri Bloch, Systema Ichthyologie, Schneid. ed., p. 191.
Sparus pantherinus Zac., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome iv., p. 100.
Cirrhitus pantherinus Cuv. et Val., tome iii., p. 70.
Serranus Tankervillz Bennett, Fishes of Ceylon, pl. 27.
Cirrhitus Forsteri Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c.,

er ale j
Hiabitat. Cape seas, Eastern Africa, Southern Asia and Indian Archipelago.

4. CirRHITUS aRcaTus Cuy. et Val.

Cirrhitus arcatns Cuv. et Val., tome iii., p. 74.

Cirrhitus vittatus Val. in Cuv. Regne Animal, ed. ill. Poissons, pl. 39.
‘ Habitat. Mauritius, Southern Asia, Indian Archipelago, and Sandwich
slands.

5. CIRRHITUS AMBLYCEPHALUS Bleeker.
Cirrhitus amblycephalus Bleeker, Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Neder-
landsch Indie, vol. xii., p. 378.
Habitat. Sangi.

6. Crirruitus punctatus Cuv. et Val.
Cirrhitus punctatus Cuv. et Val., tome iii., p. 70.
Habitat. Indian Ocean.

7. CiggHitTus ApRinvs Cuv. et Val.
Cirrhitus aprinus Cuv, et Val., tome iii., p. 76.
Habitat. Sea of Timor.

8. CrrRHITUS FAScIATUs Bennett.
Cirrhitus fasciatus Bennett, Zoological Journal, 1829, p. 39.
Cirrhitus cinctus Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, vol.
Hes Py ioe
Not Cirrhitus fasciatus Cuv. et Val. (=Amblycirrhitus fasciatus Gill.)
Habitat. Madagascar, Isle of France and Sandwich Islands.

9. CrrRHITUs RIVULATUS Val.
Cirrhitus rivulatus Val., Voyage de la Vénus, Poissons, p. 309, pl. 3, fig. 1.
Habitat. Galapagos Islands and Lower California.

1862.]

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

CIRRHITICHTHYS Bleeker.
Synonymy.

Cirrhitichthys Bleeker, Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie, vol.
x., (Index,) p. 474, 1856.
Cirrhites sp. Zemminck et Schlegel, Bleeker.

Rostrum acutum. Dentes caniniin maxilla superiori nulli; dentes palatini.

Body oblong-ovate, highest above the ventral fins, and covered with rather
large scales. Head moderate, and nearly equally long and high. Nape and
crown convex. Occipito-nasal outline obliquely concave and incurved towards
the pointed snout; pectori-nasal outline curved upwards. Crown and forehead
scaly ; suborbital bones naked. Preoperculum finely serrated behind. Sub-
orbital bone entire, or dentated posteriorly. Operculum armed with two minute
spines. Nasal cirrhifringed. Mouth oblique and rather small; supramaxillary
bones ending under or nearly under the anterior borders of the orbits. Teeth
pluriserial, larger in the external row ; in the lower jaw on each side are larger
canine teeth. Front of vomer and palatine bones armed with a band of villi-
form teeth. Branchiostegal rays 6—6. Dorsal fin with its spinous part convex,
and the last ray generally longer than the penultimate. The interspinal mem-
brane is simply notched, or produced in penicilligerous lobes behind each spine.
The first articulated ray is more or less elongated. Anal fin with three spines,
the second of which is very stout, and six or seven branched rays. Caudal fin
subtruncated.

Type. Cirrhitichthys graphidopterus Bleeker.

Under the name of Cirrhitichthys, Dr. Bleeker has collected together several
fishes which appear to have a considerable mutual resemblance, and to deci-
dedly differ from Cirrhitus, to which genus most of them had been previously
referred. Four species have been placed in the genus which appear to concur
in having the same physiognomy, but are distinguished from each other by
some very decided characteristics. Three have a nearly similar size and posi-
tion of the eye, which is separated about a diameter, or even less, from the end
of the snout. A fourth bas smaller eyes, much more distant from the snout.
Of the first three, one has a distinctly serrated preorbital, while in the other
two it is entire; the latter again are distinguished by the condition of the inter-
spinal portion of the dorsal fin.

The following analytical synopsis will more readily show the relative dif-
ferences :

Snout shorter than the eye; suborbital bone scaleless.

Preorbital serrated behind....... ....scssesseeeeees Sense eens C. graphidopterus.
Preorbital entire behind.
Interspinal membrane penicilligerous...... gan eeceneee C. oxyrhynchus.
Interspinal membrane not penicilligerous.......... .. C. oxycephalus.

Snout longer than the eye; suborbital bone scaly.....,.........0. aureus.

In the preceding table the categories have been arranged in the order which
appears to best express their value. The most distinct groups or natural sec-
tions seem to be those characterized by the size of the eyes and their position.
Many naturalists, confiding in characters which may beof very little real value,
although at the same time trenchant and well defined, would regard the den-
tated or entire posterior margin of the preorbital bones as a character of
greater value ; and some would doubtless even consider it as entitled to generic
rank, But, after a careful comparison of the descriptions of the various spe-
cies that have hitherto been made known, we cannot discover that there is any
other essential character by which Cirrhitichthys graphidopterus is distinguished
from C. oryrhynchus and C. oxycephalus. There appearing, then, to be no differ-
ences coincident with the condition of the preorbital margin, and the physi-

[ March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109

ognomy being apparently similar, one cannot be disposed to regard such a
character in this case as generic.

The Cirrhitus aureus of Temminck and Schlegel is probably the type of a dis-
tinct genus. We have provisionally proposed for it the designation of Cirrhi-
topsis, but haying seen none of the species of Bleeker’s Cirrhitichthys, hesitate
to rank it as a genus.

The Cirrhitus maculatus of Lacépéde hag been referred to Cirrhitichthys by Dr.
Giinther, as well as Dr. Bleeker, on account of the presence of ‘a very small
patch of teeth anteriorly on each palatine bone.” In other respects, that spe-
cies perfectly agrees with most of the species retained under the name of
Cirrhitus by those gentlemen. Its physiognomy is entirely similar to theirs,
and quite different from that of atypical Cirrhitichthys. We therefore retain
that species in the genus Cirrhitus, not regarding the extension of a few of the
teeth on the palatine bones as entitling it to generic distinction, and certainly
not to be grouped with Cirrhitichthys. The name Cirrhitichthys could in no case
be accepted for the Cirrhitus maculatus, as it is the type and only species placed
by Commerson and Lacépéde in their genus; it must therefore always retain
that name, andif isolated from others, they must receive a new generic appella-
tion, and not it.

Subgenus CrirrulricHTHYs.

1. CIRRHITICHTHYS GRAPHIDOPTERUS Bleeker.
Cirrhitichthys graphidopterus Bleeker, Natuurkundig Tijdscarift voor Neder-
landsch Indie, 1853, p. 106.
Habitat. Amboyna,

2. CIRRHITICHTHYS OXYRHYNCHCS Bleeker.
Cirrhitichthys oxyrhynchus Bleeker, Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Neder-
landsch Indie, deel xv., 1858, p. 205.
Habita. Goram.

3. CIRRHITICHTHYS OXYCEPHALUS Bleeker.
Cirthitichthys oxycephalus Bleeker, Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Neder-
landsch Indie, deel viii., 1855, p. 408.
Habitat. Amboyna,

Subgenus Cirruiropsis.
4. CIRRHITOPSIS AUREUS Gill.
Cirrhites aureus Zemm. et Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Pisces, p. 15, pl. 7. fig. 2.
Cirrhitichthys aureus Bleeker.
Habitat. Japan and China.

OXYCIRRHITES Bleeker.
Synonymy,
Oxycirrhites Bleeker, Achtste Bijdrage tot de kennis der Vischfauna von Am-

boina, p. 39; in Acta Societatis Indo-Nederlandice, vol. ii., 1856—7.
Rostrum acutissimum, productum. Dentes canini nulli.

Body elongated, compressed and about five times as long as high. Scales
large. Head very acute, nearly twice as long as high, with the nape convex ;
concave between the occiput and snout. Cheeks and opercular bones scaly.
Preoperculum dentated, and with its angle obtusely rounded. Operculum
armed witha flat spine. Anterior nostrils each furnished with a divided cirrhus.
Mouth almost prolonged into a tube. Jaws equal; the upper produced more
than an eye’s diameter beyond the snout, dentated on their ascending and de-
cendiog branches. Teeth pluriserial on each jaw, preceded by a row of larger
Ones, but no canines. Front of the vomer with a semilunar band of small ones ;
palatine none. Branchiostegal rays 6—6. Dorsal fin with ten spines, the third,
fourth and fifth of which are longest, and the first and penultimate shortest ;

1862.]

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

soft portion acute and elevated in front, low and rounded behind. Anal fin
with three spines, the second of whieh is elongated; soft portion rounded be-
fore and behind, and with seven or eight rays. Caudal fin emarginated and
with pointed lobes. Pectoral fins irregularly rhomboidal, and with none of its
entire rays produced.

Type. Oxycirrbites typus Bleeker.

This genus is almost peculiar among fishes by the extension of the intermax-
illary bones and the armature of their ascending branches. It also differs from

irrhitichthys and Cirrhitus by the more elongated body and head, and the form

of the caudal.

A single species is known.

OXYCIRRHITES TYPUS Bleeker.
Oxycirrhites typus Bleeker, Achtste Bijdrage tot de kennis der Vischfauna
von Amboine, p. 40, in Acta Societatis Indo-Nederlandice, vol. ii.
Habitat. Amboyna and Isle de France.

Subfamily HAPLODACTYLIN Gunther.

Haplodactyliformes Bleeker.
Haplodactylina Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c., vol.
ii., p. 434.

Teeth compressed, trenchant and lanceolate, or tricuspidate. Dorsal fin
nearly equally divided into spinous and soft; the former with fourteen to seven-
teen spines. Ventral fins generally with the second branched ray longest.
Caudal fin truncated or emarginated.

The vertebral column is composed of an increased number of vertebre,
Richardson having found sixteen abdominal and eighteen caudal ones in the
Dactylosargus arctidens. Giinther, however, adopts the correctness of that
number.

This subfamily is distinguished principally by the dentition ; the physiognomy
of its representatives is also rather peculiar. The group is divisible among
three genera, which may be thus distinguished.

Teeth of jaws compressed, tricuspidate or lanceolate.

10+
Vortebre igre taut nnaten elude ..+ ss HAPLODACTYLIN &.
Vomerine teeth present.
Teeth in both jaws tricuspid............0000 ssove oes Haplodactylus.
Teeth in both jaws sublanceolate, or with lateral
Lobes SMa yrccncsecccccessosessseeseucaessneeeee Dactylosargus,

Vomerine teeth obsolete. Teeth tricuspid in jaws...Crinodus.

HAPLODACTYLUS Cuv. et Val.
Synonymy.
Aplodactylus Cuv. et Val. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, vol. viii., p. 476,
1831.
Aplodactylus Guichenot.
Haplodactylus Ginther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c., vol. ii.,
p. 434,

Denies tricuspidati et velutinz in maxillis ambobis; in maxilla superiori tricus-
pidati, triseriati; inferiori biseriati. Dentes vomerini velutini.

Body oblong, highest above or behind the ventral fins, covered with small
scales. Head scarcely longer than high, with the profile behind the eyes ob-
liquely straight or little concave, before eyes very oblique and high. Eyes
high and mostly anterior. Preorbital bones higher than long. Preoperculum
with an entire membranous border.

Mouth small, transverse and terminal. Teeth villiform or cardiform in each

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. pS |

jaw, preceded in the upper by three rows of tricuspidate teeth, and in the lower
by two rows. The tricuspidate teeth have the cusps rounded, and the median
longest. Front of vomer with villiform teeth. Anterior dorsal fin convex, de-
clining in a straight line bebind and with fifteen or sixteen spines, the last of
which are very short. Anal fin with three spines, the first two of which are
very short, and with seven or eight branched rays, which very rapidly diminish
in size.

Type. Uaplodactylus punctatus Cuv. et Val.

The genus Haplodactylus, as here defined, has the same limits given to it by
Cuvier and Valenciennes and by Guichenot. Two species that have since been
referred to it by Sir John Richardson and Dr. Giinther, have been abstracted
from it,and are considered to be the types of as many distinct genera. The
diagnosis given by Dr. Gtinther to Haplodactylus is indeed equivalent tv ours,
but his Haplodactylus arctidens and H.lophodon do not correspond to his defi-
nition. The correctness of the elimination of these two species is confirmed
by their geographical distribution, The typical Huplodactyli are, as far as
known, peculiar to the temperate salt waters of western South America.
The other two species are inhabitants of the Australian seas.

Four forms have been described as distinct, but the specific differences of all
of them have not yet been fully demonstrated. Dr. Giinther has united the
Haplodactylus punctatus and H. regine, but, if the figure of the latter is correct,
it is apparently a very good species. The species appear to be distingnished
by the following characters ; but it will be necessary to confirm them, and they
- must be accepted with reserve :

Secondary color or markings dark.
1. Body brownish gray, covered with irregular, brown
vermiculated markings; fins thickly spotted. A. III. 8. H. vermiculatus.

2. Body brownish red above, irregularly dotted with black.
A. III. 8; first three dorsal spines short and gradu-

3. Body brownish above, dotted all over with blackish. A.
III. 7; first fonr dorsal spines regularly graduated to
EER ME ddeernieton caches acaccciscassdeatnacdsecasessecer= H. punctatus.
Spots or dots whitish, on a yellowish ground. A. III. 7...... K. guttatus.

1. HapLopactyLus punctatus Cuv. et Val., Giinther.
Aplodactylus punctatus Cuv. et Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome viii., p.
477, pl. 242.
Habitat. Chili.

2. HAPLODACTYLUS REGIN® Val.
Aplodactylus regine (Val..) Gray, Historia Fisica y politica de Chile, Zoo-
logia, tomo ii., p. 158, lam. 1, fig. 2.
Haplodactylus punctatus pt. Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian
Fishes, vol. ii., p. 434.
Habitat. Chili.

3. HAPLODACTYLUS VERMICULATUS Gay, Gtinther.

Aplodactylus vermiculatus Gay, Op. cit. tomoii., p. 159, lam. 1, fig. 1.
Habitat. Chili (Valparaiso.)

4, HAPLODACTYLUS GuTTATUS Gay, Giinther.
Aplodactylus guttatus Gay, Op. cit., tomo ii., p, 160.
Habitat. Chili.
DACTYLOSARGUS Gill.
Synonymy.
Aplodactylus sp. Richardson. glee
Haplodactylus sp. Giinther.

1862.]

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Dentes omnes in maxillis tricuspidati, vel lanceolati, lobis externis parvis, in
seriebus externis majores. Dentes vomerini velutini.

Body oblong, highest above or behind the ventral fins, covered with small
scales. Head scarcely longer than high, with the profile behind the eyes ob-
liquely straight, or little concave, and in front very oblique. Preorbital bones
as high or higher than long. Eyes elevated and mostly anterior. Preoper-
culum with ao entire membranous border. Mouth small, transverse and ter-
minal. Teeth in the old, narrow, thin and little cuspidate, arranged in a band on
each jaw; the teeth of outer rows are largest. Front of vomer with a small
patch of villiform teeth slightly extending on the palatine bones. Branchios-
tegal rays six on each side. Dorsal fin convex and with sixteen spines, the last
of which are small. Anal fin with three spines and eight branched rays.

This genus is nearly allied to the genuine Haplodactyli, but is distinguished
by the trilobation of all the teeth, and not only the large ones of the external
rows as in Haplodactylus. One species has been well described, and perhaps
another indicated.

DACTYLOSARGUS ARCTIDENS Gill.
Aplodactylus arctidens Richardson, Proc. Zoological Society of London,
1839, p. 96.
Habitat. Port Arthur.
The following species is referred to the genus Dactylosargus with doubt, being
only known through the description of Parkinson :

DACTYLOSARGUS MEANDRATUS Gill.

Sciena meandrata Parkinson MSS.

Aplodactylus meandratus Richardson, Transactions of the Zoological So-

ciety, vol. iii., p. 83.
Habitat. New Zealand.
CRINODUS Gill.
Synonymy.

Haplodactylus sp. Giiinther.

Dentes tricuspidati in maxilla superiori pluriseriati, uniseriati in inferiori.
Vomer inermis.

Body oblong, highest above or behind the ventral fins, covered with rather
small scales. Head little longer than high, with the forehead flattened, and
the snout obtusely rounded and projecting. Eyes elevated and mostly ante-
rior. Preoperculum entire and with a membranous margin. Mouth narrow,
horizontal, and situated beneath the snout. Teeth elongated and tricuspidate,
with the terminal lobe largest, arranged in a band on the upper jaw, and uni-
serial on the lower: palate unarmed. Branchiostegal rays five on each side.
Dorsal fin with its spinous portion convex, and with about seventeen spines,
the last of which are short. Analwith three graduated spines and six branched
rays.

Crinodus appears to be decidedly different from either Haplodactylus or Arcti-
dens, the snout being more protuberant, the teeth of the lower jaw confined to
one row, and only five branchiostegal rays being present on each side.

This also is represented by a single known species.

Canopus LopHopon Gill.
Haplodactylus lophodon Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes,
&c., vol. il., p. 435.
Habitat. Coast of New South Wales.
Subfamily CHIRONENEMATINA Gill.

Teeth acutely conical and small. Dorsal fin with its spinous portion gene-
rally more or less longer than the soft, and with thirteen to fifteen spines, the

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113

membrane behind each of whichis deeply and acutely notched. Ventral gene-
_rally obtuse or rounded. Caudal fin truncated or subtruncated.

Chironemus appears to be entitled to take rank as the type of a distinct group
of Cirrhitoids, its physiognomy being quite different from that of any other
division; the characters above given are sufficient to distinguish it, and they
will doubtless be found to be accompanied by others of more importance when
the family shall have been fully investigated.

CurroNeMus Cuvy. et Val.

Synonymy.

Chironemus Cuv. et Val., Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, vol. iii., p. 78.
Threpterius Richardson, Proc. Zoological Society of London, 1850, p. 68; 7.
in Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. vii., p. 284, 1851.
Chironemus ('tinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c., vol. ii.,

p- 76.

Body oblong, highest above or before the ventral fins. Scales rather large.
Head moderate, subconical ana longer than high. Occipito-nasal profile nearly
straight; snout scarcely convex. Crown, forehead and cheeks naked. Oper-
culum, suboperculum and interoperculum scaly. Preoperculum entire, nearly
vertical or slightly oblique behind and rounded at its angle; operculum with
two spines. Eyes anterior. Suborbital bones narrow. Anterior nostrils with
a membranous appendage. Mouth oblique, moderate. Supramaxillary bones
ending near the vertical of the anterior borders of the orbits. Teeth generally
villiform, in a band on each jaw and on the front of the vomer. Branchios-
tega] rays 6, 6. Dorsal fin commencing above or little before the bases of the
pectorals, with its spinous portion longer than the soft, convex and with four-
teen or fifteen spines, the penultimate of which is lower than the soft portion ;
its membrane is deeply notched behind each spine. Anal fin short, with three
spines and six or seven branched rays. Caudal fin entire or convex. Pectoral
fins with its inferior simple rays produced, and the intervening membrane
deeply notched.

Type. Chironemus georgianus Cuv. et Val.

With Dr. Giinther, we have, for the present, retained the Threpterius maculo-
sus of Sir John Richardson and the Chironemus marmoratus of the former
gentleman in this genus to which both have been referred. It is quite probable,
however, that the genus may be hereafter found not to be homogenous, and
that Threpterius may be re-established, but with quite different characters from
those assigned to it by its founder. who named it from a misconception of its
true relations, and did not perceive its affinity to the Cuvieran Chironemi.

The principal distinctive characters of the ‘three species combined under this
generic designation are as follows :

Second simple pectoral ray produced to the anal; soft dorsal
HAA SULOMOSASIEDINION Seo. ncncacicos-ncv-fces sess accede daecee senses C. georgianus.
None of the pectoral rays much produced beyond others.
Teeth of jaws nearly uniserial; soft dorsal two thirds

BoMLONOZASISDINOUS cachsseenacancccssievassasscioccecscce=s C. maculosus.
Teeth of jaws villiform, in a broad band; soft dorsal
rather shorter tham SpinOus..........0002. sseseeeeeees C. marmoratus.

Not having been able to examine any of the species of the genus, we are not
prepared to state what may be the value of those characters, or whether they
are entitled to be regarded as more than specific. The type of the genus is
very imperfectly known, having been only described by Cuvier and Valenci-
ennes from a much injured specimen.

The three species are confined to the Australian seas.

1862.] : 8

114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

1. CHIRONEMUS GEORGIANUS, Cuv. et Val.
Chironemus georgianus Cuv.et Val. Hist. Nat. de Poissons, tome iii., p. 78.
Habitat. King George’s Sound.

2, CHIRONEMUS MACULOSUCS, Glnther.
Threpterius maculosus Richardson, Proc. Zoological Society, 1850, p. 70,
pl. 2, figs. 1, 2,
Habitat. King George’s Sound.

3. CHIRONEMUS MARMORATTS, Giinther.
Chironemus marmoratus Giinther, Catalogue of Acanthopterygian Fishes,
vol. il., p. 76.
Habitat. Western coast of Australia.

Subfamily LATRIDIN& Gili.

Teeth acutely conical and generally small. Dorsal fin with its spinous and
soft portions subequal or one not much longer than the other ; the spinous por-
tion has from fifieen to twenty-three spines, behind which the membrane is
notched. Ventral fins generally acutely angulated, the first branched ray be-
ing the longest. Caudal fin with the angles more or less obliquely produced
and acute or rounded. The vertebral column is composed of a moderately in-
creased number of vertebre, all those examined having fourteen abdominal
and twenty caudal.

This subfamily appears to be a very natural one, all the species having the
same general physiognomy, and equally differing from the representatives of
the other groups of Cirrhitoids. The genera are rather numerous; their prin-
cipal distinctive characters are given in the following synopsis. Several species
have been retained provisionally in genera to which they apparently do not
belong,—the descriptions alone of their several describers not being sufficiently
characteristic to enable one to positively allocate them.

Ventral fins angulated, the first brancbed ray being longest ;
caudal with its lobes produced; dorsal not acutely
notched behind each spine... ........c0e cece cccssecrcccccsccscees LATRIDINA.
J. Branchiostegal rays 5 Or 6......... secoereee coscencos soser ease cones LatRIDEs.
A. Anal fin nearly coterminal with dorsal, and with
more than 30 rays.

WEMENING ECU nest -cectcnes tonesstecs ceasbelee coke seek eer sness Latris.

Vomerine teeth obsolete............s.sceceeceeesecceenees Latridopsis.
AA. Anal fin with 30 branched rays or less.

B. Teeth only in the upper jaw...........ssseceessseees Mendosoma.

BB. Teeth in both jaws.
C. Spinous dorsal convex or arched.
D. Branchiostegal rays VI.
1. Head high and much decurved. Anal ‘
oblong and nearly uviformly high..Dactylopagrus.
2. Head conic. Anal oblong. Dorsal
and anal spines robust............... Acantholatris.
3. Head conic. Anal short, produced
atits anterior angle, and when ex-
panded with the rayed margin ver-
tically truncated or emarginated...Chirodactylus.
DD. Branchiostegal rays V. Scales small
Pe ae eee eg eee Chilodactylus.
CC. Spinous dorsal elevated in front, preceded
by three graduated spines and obliquely

incurved DEMING ........2wseraceesvaceencen ane Goniistius.
Il. Branchiostegal rays II]..........seeeee cress eenece seneceeeeenees NEMATODACTYLI.
Teeth of jawS uniserial.......csccccssccrsececcesserse ne cesses Nematodactylus.

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115

Latripopsis Gill.

Synonymy.
Latris Richardson.
Cheilodactylus sp. Richardson.

Pinna analis dorsali coterminalis, radii330 plusve. Palatum edentutum.

Body subfusiform, highest above the ventral fins; caudal peduncle slender.
Scales of moderate size. Head compressed, short and conical in profile, with
the occipito-nasal outline straight. Eyes moderate, above the rostro-opercular
line, submedian and remote from the snout. Scales on the head above and
laterally. Preoperculum vertical behind. Mouth small. Teeth only the jaws,
where they are small and pluriserial in front. Branchiostegal rays 6—6. Dorsal
fin nearly equally divided; the anterior portion convex and with about seven-
teen spines, the last of which are very low. Anal fin long, with three small
spines and about thirty or more rays, coterminal with the soft dorsal. Pectoral
fins rounded and with its simple rays not produced.

Type. Latridopsis ciliaris Gill.

Syn. Latris ciliaris Rechardson,

The present genus and Zairis are pre-eminently distinguished from all the
other members of this family by the many-rayed anal fin, which is quite long
and coterminal with the dorsal fin. The physiognomy is also quite dissimilar
to that of other Latridine, and would itself sufficiently distinguish them. The
only difference from Lairis appears to be the absence of teeth on the front of
. the vomer. As thisis unaccompanied by any other modification of importance,
it may be urged that, as in the case of Cirrhitus, the two might be combined.
The absolute presence or absence of teeth on the palate appears, however. to
be of greater value than the slight extension of a patch on neighboring bones,
and we have therefore considered the absence of the vomerine teeth as a cha-
racter which generically distinguishes the Lairis ciliaris from the type of that
genus. The dentition of the present genera does not appear to have any analo-
gy to that of the Theraponoids, where the presence or absence of palatine teeth
appears to be dependent on age, the teeth being deciduous.

LaTRIDOPSIS CILIARIS Gill.
Anthias ciliaris Bloch, Systema Ichthyologiz, Sshneid. ed., p. 310.
Scizena ciliaris Forster.
Latris ciliaris Richardson.
Habitat. New Zealand.

Larris Richardson.
Synonymy.
Latris Richardson, Transactions of the Zoological Society of London, vol. iii.,

p- 106. ‘
Chilodactylus Richardson.

Pinna analis dorsali coterminalis, radii 25 plusve. Dentes vomerini.

Body subfusiform, highest at the ventral fins. Scales of moderate size. Head
compressed, short and conical laterally, with the occipito-nasal profile nearly
straight. Eyes moderate, above the rostro-opercular line, submedian and re-
mote from the snout. Scales on the superior surface and the sides. Pre-
operculum vertical behind. Mouth small. Teeth present on the jaws and front
of vomer; pluriserial at the symphisis. Branchiostegal rays 6-—6. Dorsal fin
nearly equally divided into spinous and articulated; the former is convex and
has about seventeen spines, the last of which become very low. Anal fin long
and coterminal with articulatea portion of the dorsal, provided with three small
spines and thirty or more rays. Pectoral fin with none of its simply articu-
lated rays produced.

One species of this genus is known; its relations are discussed in the remark;
on Latridopsis. .

1862.]

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

LATRIS HECATEIA Rich.
Latris hecateia Rich., Proc. Zoological Society of London 1839, p. 98 ;
Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. iii. p. 106, pl. 6, fig. 1.
Cheilodactylus hecateius Rich , Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 67.
Habitat. Van Diemen’s Land.

Menposoma Gay.
Synonymy.
Mendosoma Gay, Historia Fisica y Politica de Chili, Zoologia, tomo ii., p. 212,
1848

Mendosoma Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c., vol. ii.,
p- 83.

Dentes maxilla superiori solum.

Body fusiform, highest above or behind the ventral fins, with a slender
caudal peduncle. Scales of moderate size. Head rather small, much com-
pressed, acutely conical in profile, slightly depressed above the eyes. Eyes
large ; pupil intersected by the rostro-opercular line, Scales covering the
head on the sides and above. Preoperculum angulated, with posterior mar-
gin vertical. Mouth moderate ; jawssubequal. Teeth small and pluriserial,
present only on the upper jaw. Branchiostegal rays six. Dorsal unequally
divided, the spinous being longer than the soft, convex and highest in front
of the middle, and sustained by about twenty-two spines; soft portion much
higher than the last spines. Anal fin oblong, and little shorter than the soft
dorsal, with its three spines moderate and the eighteen rays gradually decreas-
ing. Pectoral fins rounded and with nene of the rays produced.

Type. Mendosoma lineatum Gay.

Mendosoma is the only known representative of the Cirrhitoids in which the
teeth are confined to the upper jaw. The physiognomy is somewhat similar
to that of Chiredactylus or Goniistius, but from both of them it differs espe-
cially by the length and nearly uniform height of the anal fin and the less
produced simple rays of the pectoral fins.

Three forms have been described as so many species, but the only clear
characters are those relating to the colors. Whether the difference of colora-
tion is not only one of degree and has not been exaggerated remains to be
discovered. ‘The diagnostic phrases below inserted are extracted from Gay’s
work.

MeNDosoMA LINEATUM (Gay.)
Mendosoma lineata Gay, Historia Fisica y Politica de Chile, Zoologia,
tomo ii., p. 212, lam. 5, fig. 2.

M. corpore oblongo; dorso et lateribus virescentibus, lineis fuscis longi-
tudinalibus ; ventre pallide albo; pinnis fuscis, caudali solum nigro-maculatis
emarginata.

D: XXII. J. 24. <A. I. 18.

Habitat. Coast of Chili.

MENDOSOMA CERULESCENS Gay.
Mendosoma cerulescens Gay, op. cit., p. 215.
M. corpore elongato ; supra ceruleo, infra cinero, ita pinnis omnibus.
Habitat. Coast of Chili.

MENDOSOMA FERNANDEZIANUM (Gay.)
Mendosoma fernandezianus Gay, op. cit., p. 216.
M. corpore subovata, supra subgriseo, infra argentata; pinnis omnibus
nigrescentibus ; lateribus lineis fuscis distinctis,
Habitat. Coast of the Island of Juan Fernandez.

(March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117

DactyLosPagvs Gill.

Synonymy.
Sparus sp. Parkinson.
Cheilodactylus sp. Cuv. et Val., Richardson.
Chilodactylus sp. Giinther.

Body highest and arched above the ventral fins, convex behind, and with
the caudal peduncle very slender. Scales of moderate size. Head moderate,
with the crown arched and the profile much decurved. Eyes elevated above
the rostro-opercular line and nearer the nape than the snout; preorbital bones
very high; cheeks scaly. Preoperculum vertical behind, and with its angle
broadly rounded. Mouth moderate. Teeth villiform on each jaw, preceded
by a row of larger conical ones. Branchiostegal rays 6, 6. Dorsal fin with
its spinous and soft portions nearly equally long and high; the former is con-
vex near the middle, and scarcely lower than the soft part behind, with seven-
teen spines. Anal fin oblong, with its three spines moderate, and its soft
rays subequal. Pectoral fins with one of its simply articulated rays much
produced.

Type. Dactylosparus carponemus Gill.

Syn. Cheilodactylus carponemus Cuv. et Val.

Dactylosparus has quite a different aspect from most of the Latridine, and,
as the new name indicates, has a considerable analogical resemblance to a
Sparoid, the head being high and much decurved from the nape. The anal
fin of the typical species at least has considerably more numerous rays than
that of most of the allied genera, and the dorsal is nearly entire. Perhaps
the type may be the only known species.

DactTYLOsPARUS CARPONEMUS Gill.
Sparus carponemus Parkinson MSS.
Cheilodactylus carponemus Cuv. et Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome v.
p- 362, pl. 128.
DIV Si. A> LE 19. P. 17.
Habitat. Coasts of Australia and New Zealand.

A fish found at Van Diemen’s Land was at first referred to the Cheilodac-
tylus carponemus of Cuv. and Val. as a variety by Sir John Richardson, but
was afterwards distinguished as a peculiar species, under the name of C. as-
persus. It is certainly very distinct, and indeed scarcely appears to be con-
generic with the C. carponemus, differing from it in the short anal, the much
stronger spines and the decided notch between the spinous and soft portions
of the dorsal fin as well as by the elevated preorbital bones. The Cheilodac-
tylus macropterus of Richardson appears to be most nearly related to his C.
aspersus. Inthe present condition of our knowledge we will not venture to
propose a distinct genus, but simply enumerate them in an appendix to Dacty-
losparus, under the names bestowed on them by Richardson.

CHILODACTYLUS ASPERSUS Richardson.
Cheilodactylus carponemus Richardson, Transactions of the Zoological
Society of London, vol. iii. p. 99.
Not Cheilodactylus carponemus Cuv. et Val., from whom, however, the
radial formula is copied.
Cheilodactylus aspersus Richardson, Proc. Zoological Society, 1850, p. 64.

6
D. XVII. 27. A.TIL11. P.8|7. Scales55—57 7. (B. 6.)
Habitat. Van Diemen’s Land.

CHILODACTYLUS MACROPTERUS Richardson.
Sciena macroptera Forster.
Cichla macroptera Bloch, Systema Ichthyologie, Schneid. ed., p. 342.
Cheilodactylus macropterus Richardson, Proc. Zoological Society, 1850,

62.
1862.]

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

D. XVII. 26. A. TI. 14. P.9 |6. Scales 55 > Giinther. (B. 6.)
Habitat. Australia (Port Arthur, Port Essington) and New Zealand.

CHILODACTYLUS (Lacépéde.)

Chilodactylus Lacépéde, Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, tom. v. p. 6.

Trichopterus Gronovius, Catalogue of Fish collected and described by L. T.
Gronow, now in the British Museum, p. 162, 1854.

Cynedus sp. Gronovius, Zoophylacium.

Pteronemus Van der Heren, Handbook of Zoology, vol. ii. p. 177.

Ossa branchiostegalia 5—5.

Body highest and arched above the ventral fins, and with a moderate
caudal peduncle. Scales small. Head moderate, apparently with the crown
arched and the profile decurved ; crown and sides of the head scaly. Pre-
operculum vertical behind. Operculum with two blunt points separated by
an emargination. Mouth moderate. Teeth on both of the jaws villiform.
Branchiostegal rays five on each side. Dorsal fin with its spinous and soft
parts nearly equal in length; the former has eighteen or nineteen spines, is
convex near the middle, and little lower behind than the soft part. Anal fin
short, with its three spines moderate and its soft rays rapidly diminishing in
length. Pectoral fins with one of the articulated rays much produced.

Type. Chilodactylus fasciatus Lacépéde.

The genus Chilodactylus, as now characterized, is distinguished by the form
of the head and the presence of only five branchiostegal rays. Its scales are
also in the type rather smaller than those of the allied genera. There is per-
haps not more than one species.

CurLopactyLus Fasciatus Lacépéde.
Cynedus sp. Gronov., Zoophylacium p. 64, No. 221, pl. x. fig. 1.
Cheilodactylus fasciatus Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tom. v. p. 6,

Pleo leetigeel.

Trichopterus indicus Gronovius, Catalogue, Gray ed. p. 162.
Pteronemus fasciatus Van der Hoeven, Handbook of Zoology vol. ii. p. 177.
D. XVIII. 23. A. III. 11. Scales 75.
Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

The following species may provisionally be retained here; it differs from
Chilodactylus fasciatus by the larger size of the scales and the brevity of the
simple pectoral rays.

Chilodactylus brachydactylus Cuv. et Val.

Cheilodactylus brachydactylus Cuv. et Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome

v. p. 361.

(B. V.) 1D. XVIU.—XVIIL 31. A. I. 9. Scales 50 6-13.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope.

Aspecies discovered in King George’s Sound has been described as approach-
ing to C. carponemus in shape, but rather more elongated in the body, and
with a more arched spinous dorsal, the situation of the eyes nearer the snout,
the abbreviated simple pectoral rags and the naked cheeks. ‘‘The disk of the
preoperculum is broad, that of the interoperculum fully equal to it, and both
these bones and the cheeks are scaleless in the specimen, which has sustained
some damage in the head, but not apparently in these places,’’ (Richardson.)
If the cheeks are really naked in a normal condition, the species is so distin-
guished from every other species of the group of Latrides. It doubtless does
not belong to the genus, but it cannot well be characterized until better
known. Perhaps the Cheilodactylus brachydactylus belongs to the same genus.

CHILODACTYLUS NIGRICANS.
Cheilodactylus nigricans Richardson, Proc. Zoological Society 1850, p. 63.
flab. Australia.
[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119

ACANTHOLATRIS Gill.

Synonymy.
Chetodon sp. Carmichael.
Cheilodactylus sp. Cuv. et Val., &c.
Chilodactylus sp. Giinther.

Caput conicum. Pinna analis o%longa spinis tribus robustis et radiis circa
duodecim paulo decrescentibus.

Body oblong and subfusiform, highest above the ventral fins, and with the
caudal peduncle slender. Scales moderate or large. Head rather small,
conical and with the profile nearly straight. Eyes mostly above the rostro-
opercular horizon, and nearly intermediate between the snout and nape. Pre-
operculum subvertical behind. Mouth small. Jaws nearly equal. Lips thick.
Teeth pluriserial in each jaw. Branchiostegal rays six. Dorsal fin with its
spinous portion rather longer than the soft, arched and with about seventeen
stout spines, as high or higher than the soft dorsal. Anal fin oblong, with
three robust spines and twelve rays which very slowly diminish in length.
Pectoral fin with a simple ray considerably produced.

Type. Acantholatris monodactylus Gill.

This genus is distinguished by the nearly uniform height of the anal, the
strong spines of the dorsal and anal and the conical head. It appears to be
most nearly allied to Chirodactylus and Chilodactylus, but differs especially
from the first in the development of the anal fin and the strength of the spines,
and from the second by the larger scales and the presence of six branchioste-
gal rays.

The only species of the genus that is well known is the one described by
Carmiche] in his treatise on the Fishes of Tristan d’Acunha.

ACANTHOLATRIS MONODACTYLUS Gill.
Chetodon monodactylus Carmichael, Transactions of the Linnean Society,
vol. xii. p, 300, pl. 21.
Cheilodactylus Carmichelis Cuv. et Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome v.
p. 360; 7b. tome ix. p. 489.
Cheilodactylus Carmichelis Cuv. Regne Animal, ed. ill., Poissons, pl. 31,

g. 2.

Chilodactylus monodactylus Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian
Fishes, &c., vol. ii. p. 81.

Hab. Coast of Chili.

CHIRODACTYLUS Gill.

Synonymy.
Chilodactylus auct.

Caput conicum. Pinna analis ad angulum anticum multo producta, spinis
tribus et radiis 7—10.

Body highest above the ventral fins, declining quite rapidly towards the
slender caudal peduncle. Scales of moderate size. Head rather small, much
compressed, presenting in profile a conical appearance, with the profile oblique
and nearly straight. Eyes on or just above the rostro-opercular line, and
mostly anterior. Cheeks and crown scaly. Preoperculum extended below,
with the posterior margin vertical. Mouth small. Lower jaw shorter than
the upper. Lips well developed. Teeth on each of the jaws pluriserial in
front. Branchiostegal rays 6—6. Dorsal fin with its spinous and soft por-
tions nearly equally long. The former is convex and highest near the middle,
and much lower behind than the soft part. Anal fin short, with its three
spines moderately produced at its anterior angle and rapidly diminishing be-
hind, so that the rayed margin is nearly vertical. Pectoral fins with one of
the simply articulated rays moderately produced.

1862.)

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Type. Chirodactylus Antonii Gull.

This genus differs chiefly from Chilodactylus by the form of the head and
the presence of six branchiostegal rays.

Chirodactylus is distinguished by the conical head, the convex outline of the
spinous portion of the dorsal fin and the form of the anal. Two species are
known of the genus; a third, described by Dr. Giinther, is provisionally re-
ferred to it, which differs from the first two by the depth of the preorbital
bones and the consequent position of the eyes and the brevity of the third
anal spine. It appears to have the form of the anal characteristic of the
genus, the length of the second soft anal ray equalling three inches three
lines in a fish twenty seven inches long. The species may be thus distin-
guished.

Synopsis.
Eye nearer the snout than the end of the operculum.
ATG TIO UL a prrenscsaetceesacesiassaeaentacaassteses se eaineens cen sereneane C. antonii.
PAM ANETTA UU Vs cosnelanensafennscenasceaesseseen-[aaassaentneacciecenmars . C. variegatus.
Eye rather nearer the end of operculum than to the snout.
PAT a TiO pecectelacie siete cs voles arsndenc rs eneaeeieneesiietetaioer sees C. grandis.

The typical species of the genus are inhabitants of the Chilian seas, while
the C. grandis is a native of the Southern African seas.

CuIRODACTYLUS ANTONI Gill.
Cheilodactylus antonii Cuv, et Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome ix. p. 494.
Hab. Chili.

CHIRODACTYLUS VARIEGATUS Gill.
Cheilodactylus variegatus Cuv. et Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome ix.
p. 494.
Cheilodactylus tschudii Mill. et Troschel, Hore# Ichthyologice vol. iii. p. 25.
Cheilodactylus cinctus 7’schudii, Fauna Peruviana, Ichthyologia, p.15, taf. 2.
Hab. Chili and Peru.

CHILODACTYLUS GRANDIS Ginther.
Cheilodactylus grandis Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes,
&c., vol. ii. p. 79.

GONIISTIUS Gill.

Synonymy.
Chilodactylus sp. auct.
Pteronemus sp. Van Der Hoeven.

Pinna dorsalis spinis primis tribus parvis, quarto elongata; postice incurvata.

Body highest before the ventral fins, declining rapidly under the second
dorsal to the slender caudal peduncle; ante dorsal region obliquely convex
and carinated. Scales of moderate size. Head rather small, much compressed,
with the profile oblique and nearly straight or slightly incurved. Old indi-
viduals have a pair of tubercles on the forehead and another on the snout.
Eyes below, nearly on a line with the posterior termination of the operculum
or suboperculum. Cheeks and crown scaly. Preoperculum posteriorly ver-
tical and entire. Operculum spiniform behind and deeply emarginated above.
Mouth small. Lower jaw shorter and received within the upper. Lips well
developed and free. Teeth on each of the jaws, pluriserial in front, uniserial
on the sides. Branchiostegal rays six on each side. Dorsal fin with its
spinous and soft portions nearly equally long ; the former has about seventeen
spines, the first three of which are very small and graduated; the fourth is
longest, and the outline behind is slightly incurved towards the soft part ; the
latter is of a nearly uniform hight, exceeding the last spinous rays. Anal fin
short, nearly under the middle of the soft portion of the dorsal, provided with
three small spines produced at its anterior angle, and with about eight or nine

[ March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. gL |

rays, the posterior of which rapidly diminish in length, so that the rayed
margin is subvertical. Pectoral fins with the simply articulated inferior rays
moderate, and moderately elongated.

Type. Goniistius zonatus Gill.

This genus is proposed for species of Oriental and Australian fishes that
have been referred by previous naturalists to the genus Chilodactylus, from
which they appear to differ sufficiently to authorize their separation. They
are readily distinguished from all the other Chilodactyli of Cuvier by the struc-
ture and outline of the dorsal fix, the size and form of the head, and the en-
tire physiognomy. They agree with the Chirodactyli in the form of the anal
fin.

Three species have been described, one of which has been long known and
is now taken as the type of the genus. The most distinctive characters of the
respective species are exhibited in the following analytical table :

Body with 7 to 10 oblique bands.
Head not banded, unicolor. Scales 60 —..........seceeeeeeeeeees G. zonatus.
Head with a nearly vertical band below the eye. Scales
54 a Bema epLcosaes velonen oc osins Gnas stclso4 cleisSe cca se veins sess ileisdedeaso G. quadricornis.

Body with a blackish longitudinal band on the back ascend-
ing to the apex of the spinous dorsal; bands on and
behind the head. Scales 63......... diva ies cieeesatlide se deve ad G. gibbosus.

1. Gonustivs zonatus Gill.
Cheilodactylus zonatus Cuv. et Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome v. p 365,
pl. 129.
Chilodactylus zonatus Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes,
&e. vol. ii. p. 82.
Hab. Japanese and Chinese seas.

2. Gontstivus GrBBosus Gill.
Cheilodactylus gibbosus Richardson, Proc. of the Zoological Society of Lon-
don 1850, p. 65, pl. 2, figs. 3, 4. ;
Hab. Coast of West Australia.

3. Gontstivs QUADRICoRNIS Gill.
Chilodactylus quadricornis Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian
Fishes, vol. ii. p. 83.
Hab. Sea of Japan.

Group NEMATODACT YLT Gill.

Latripin# radiis branchiostegalibus tribus ; caput plerumque nudum.
Branchiostegal rays three. Head mostly or entirely naked.

NEMATODACTYLUS (Richardson.)
Synonymy.
Nemadactylus Richardson, Proceedings Zoological Society, 1839, p. 98; Jb.
Transactions of the Zoological Society, vol. iii. p. 116.

Dentes maxillis uniseriati, parvi.

Body robust, fusiform, highest behind the ventral fins. Scales thin and of
moderate size. Head rather small, with the outlines above and below slightly
curved to the snout. Eyes mostly anterior, on or scarcely above the rostro-

opercular line. Crown and forehead only scaly ; cheeks and opercula naked.
Opereular bones unarmed. Preoperculum nearly vertical behind. Teeth

1862.]

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

uniserial on each jaw. Branchiostegal rays only three on each side. Dorsal
fin nearly equally divided; its spinous portion convex and with seventeen
spines, the last of which are lower than the second part. Anal fin oblong,
with three moderate spines and about fifteen gradually decreasing rays. Pec-
toral fins with one of its simple rays produced beyond the rest.

The genus Nematodactylus is distinguished from all the other representatives
of the family by the presence of only three branchiostegal rays. Notwith-
standing this anomalous character, its resemblance to the Latridine, and
especially to Chiredactylus and the allied genera, is such that scarcely a doubt
can be entertained as to the affinity of the genustothe rest of the subfamily.
Another characteristic feature cf the genus is the nudity of the cheeks.

Only one species is known.

NEMATODACTYLUS CONCINNUS (Rich.)
Nemadactylus concinnus Richardson, Transactions of the Zoological
Society, vol. iii. p. 116, pl. 4, fig. 2.
Habitat. Port Arthur, Van Diemen’s Land.

Description of a new species of CIRRHITUS.

CIRRHITUS ALTERNATUS Gill.

The form is similar to that of the typical species of the genus. The region
of greatest height is above the ventral fins, and there equals three-tenths
(3-10) of the total length ; thence the back is slowly decurved towards the
caudal peduncle; the height behind the dorsal equals an eighth and that at
the lowest part of the peduncle a tenth of the length. The thickness at the
pectoral region is between a fifth and sixth of the length.

The head is very obliquely decurved, and is longer than high; it nearly
equals the height (29-100) to the end of the bony projection of the operculum,
and the membranous portion extends two fractions beyond (31-100.) The
distance from the snout to the nape equals 23-100 of the total length, and is
as great as the height at the latter region; the height at the pupil equals
18-100 of the length. The interorbital region is channelled or concave. The
distance between the orbital ridges is less than the diameter of the eye (43-190.)
The eye is moderate, the diameter being nearly a fourth of the head’s length
(7-100 of the total), and is greater than the height of the preorbital, which
is about a fifth of the head’s length (6-100.) The snout exceeds a third of
the same (11-100.) The preoperculum has a convex margin, which is deli-
cately serrated above the interoperculum. The preorbital is entirely concealed
in the integuments and entire, and equals in height the diameter of the eye.
The cheeks are covered with very small scales ; the preopercular border naked ;
the operculum and suboperculum have three rows of scales, larger than those
of the body ; the interoperculum three in one row; the operculum two in the
lower row and two smaller ones in an upper. The postnasal fringe has two
larger filaments and several smaller ones.

The cleft of the mouth has a semi-elliptical contour, and is moderate, the
supramaxillary bones ending under the posterior border of the pupil. The
canine teeth are well developed, two being in the front of the upper towards
the sides, and six to eight in the lower in front, while on each side of the
lower are also two larger ones. The band of villiform teeth is quite broad in
each jaw. The front of the vomer only has a narrow lambdoidal band, and
the palatines are unarmed.

The dorsal fin commences over the end of the bony operculum and the axilla
of the pectoral, or nearly with the third tenth (32-100) of the total length. The
spinous portion covers three-tenths (31-100) of the length, and is convex; the
first spine equals a twentieth (5-100) of the total length, and is less than half
as long as the third to the sixth inclusive, they equalling a ninth (11-100) of

[ March,

—-

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

the same; the ninth spine equals 7-100 of the same. The membrane is not
acutely notched, and is penicilligerous behind each spine. The soft portion,
inclusive of its spine, exceeds a fifth (21-100) of the length, is higher in front
than the spinous and declines little in height.

The anal fin commences nearly under the first soft dorsal ray and at the
posterior half of the length (53-100); the entire base equals 13-100 of the
total length, and the soft portion, inclusive of its spine, an eleventh (9-100) ;
the latter is much higher than long, and vertical truncated behind when ex-
panded ; the second soft or first branched ray is nearly twice as long as the
base of the soft part (17-100). The membrane behind the first and second
spines is acutely notched ; the length of the first spine nearly equals a twelfth
(8-100), that of the second an eighth (12-100) of the total length, and is
greater than that of the third.

The caudal fin truncated behind and forms nearly a fifth (19-100) of the
length.

The pectoral fins are well developed, but none of the rays are much elon-
gated, the second and third simple rays from the branched being about equal,
not a quarter (23-100) of the length, and not much larger than the fourth,
which exceeds a fifth (21-100) of the same. There are seven simple rays, the
membrane below each of which, except the uppermost, is very deeply and
acutely notched.

The ventral fins are inserted nearly at the vertical, between the fourth and
fifth dorsal spines, and extend backwards to the anus, the length nearly equal-
ling a sixth of the total (17-100) ; the spine equals a tenth (10)) of the same :
the first ray is longest and about a quarter longer than the inner.

The branched rays of the dorsal are divided from the middle, and the pos-
terior branch again divided ; those of the analare dichotomous, both branches
being divided, as are also those of the caudal. Those of the pectorals are
unequally branched, like those of the dorsal, the lower branch only being
divided. The central rays of the ventrals are thrice divided ; the others are
more or less unequally branched.

The scales are large, there being only forty along the lateral line; above
are four rows, and below ten. The obliquity is such that a row from the front
of the dorsal fall behind the anus.

i! ul
D. IX. I. 10>. A. III. oT ° C.6.1.7. 6.1.5. P.1.6|1.6. V.1.5. Scales 407

The color is grayish or light purplish, apparent on the back in five spots, the
first of which is below the third to fifth spine; the second below the seventh
and eighth ; the third below the second to fifth soft rays ; the fourth unpaired
and behind the dorsal, and the fifth at the base of the caudal ; below the lateral
line are as many more under the superior row, and these alternate below with
as many bands as broad as the intervals. The intervals between the spots on
the back, especially the last, are band-like. The spinous part of the dorsal
is purple, with two lighter longitudinal bands; the soft part is also purplish
at the base. The rays of the caudal and anal are sometimes spotted. The
head is purple, and the chin is marked with three purple spots, forming a
triangle. The bands are much darker on the back.

Body—Total length from snout to caudal, 53......+.-csseeeeeseees 100
Greatest height...........cccceee ceneeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeseceeeees 30
Height at caudal peduncle behind.......--..+.sseeesee sree 123

ae 0 revere GU RAR Beacrroondonen ehh,

Thickness of body at pectoral region......+++eeeeee eeeeeeee 18

Head—Length from snout to opercular angle......+.-:++++seeeeees 2

3 es opercular membrane.............+. 31

ee £8 NAape.......- o eeteencdacenace ssntleecas 23

Width at operctllum.............cccecee cee ceeseesee seneceeeseeens 18

rs CY CS orcccssecsncccccessscee (oeece sen cccceseceeceesceees 14
‘* between orbits ...... soecesscnccccsceeensvencss eeeeurancen,

1862.)

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Height of preoOrbitals..W21s22..Seteb woecvssscpecdasedt vecceseee 6
Bye=-Diametets ia. .U aot enisodiitscdatlalsenes ted Nodes ott cece be seactuwess 7
Distance frOMMSNOUt:s..secewcese eveds-lsceesost ese testesseceeccss 11
Dorsal — Distance from Snot. .0.....sssoe..scscseces ooste- oscbeceee 32
Length to base of last spine........ ...cscseseceesecsesecees 31
CO MOL SOLb POTION! .t-ceeecccecsele-e were heroes sellers 21
Anal—Distance from SnOtts -..06... 000. ccssccceecorscdoccesses tetosees 53
Then AEN Hiek se. teeee be ccee cess Sader steowslenesecteseseedee didaecese 13
Length Of WStispintess. sc cocdectetaos ste. tse -evvesicaseer aces se ces 8
hength Of 2dr spinesccst.. 1o~.ttoces-odesoscsedcteosF oe! eseess tease 12
Caudal—Length of middle ray.........cccse. cecscsecscneeee veseerenees 19
us OQULEFMHOSL FAY Riec.cb)e-.teelse--e > actos osdvesssnree 19
Pectoral—Length of 2d and 3d simple rayS.......2. seseseee sneer 23
os Ath simple Tay ..::2.00..ccc. sce ete so ocesocoetes 21
Wentral——Weneth Ot 1at) Wa Vecs cesses nes cecteerdonsaspsapeesansleneeesises 17
ke BPINGs.oocme). secon csceaese= selcesy = ont ai: dovct cwbees de 103

A single specimen of this species, in very fine condition, is contained in the
Smithsonian museum, and was obtained at Honolulu (Sandwich Islands), by
the Rev. W. H. Pease. It differs from the other species chiefly in color and
the size of the scales, resembling in the last respect the Cirrhitus maculatus.
It is nearly related to that species, but differs not only in color, but in the
smooth palatine bones, and would consequently be placed in a different genus
by Bleeker and Gunther.

On the limits and arrangement of the Family of SCOMBROIDS.
BY THEODORE GILL.

The family of Scombroide, as established by Cuvier, was a very heterogenous
group, containing many dissimilar forms which certainly cannot, in the present
state of our knowledge, be characterized or distinguished by any decisive
diagnosis, nor is one of the characters given by Cuvier himself either peculiar
to his family or applicable to all its constituents. Various attempts have been
made to distribute the species referred to the Cuvieran family among natural
groups. The most recent of these, and the most valuable on account of the
knowledge of the authors, are those of Drs. Bleeker and Giinther. Neither of
those naturalists appear to have been successful in giving an entirely natural
arrangement of the family. Dr. Bleeker has not characterized his groups.
Dr. Giinther has distinguished bis by the number of vertebra and the compara-
tive extent of the dorsal fins. The following arrangement is a sketch of one
which it is proposed to shortly publish in more detail. The family thus esta-
blished comprises parts of Dr. Gtinther’s Trichiuride and Scomberida, as the
characters given to the former are equally applicable to some of the genera of
the latter.

Family SCOMBROID.Z (Cuv.)

A. Body fusiform and moderately elongated. First dorsal
with less than 25 spines.

B. Spinous dorsal abbreviated and widely separated from
the soft. Pectorals at the horizon of the eyes.....SCOMBRINA.
a. Teeth on the palatine arcade......... s+ «+. Scomber.
b. No teeth on the palate............cceeseccecteeceers Auxis.

BB. Spinous dorsal contiguous to the soft, variable. Pec-
torals equidistant from the back and breast, or
nearer the Jatter...........0.ses0 qaceaakeppatowens wea cteect OrycnInz.
C. Tail with cutaneous keel on each side.

[ March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125

D. Dorsal spines not more than 22.
a. Vomer unarmed.
al. Dorsal and anal finlets 6. Corslet not
scaly. First dorsal XIV......... sesereeee op GYMNOSArda.
a2. Dorsal finlets 8—9. Anal 7—9.
Corslet with very small scales. D.XI.--

SMA ieacocerctevecss Be eneaiedalerespaswaimame sissies Orycnopsis.
Corslet with larger scales. D. save
DOME SES Pe acecace Cocene aeapnoessisnosda>sioiace Sarda.

aa. Vomer and palatines dentigerous.
b. Teeth of jaws rather small. Corslet on
the sides before formed by larger
scales. D. XII.—XYV.
Taateralilineigtn plex...s-ssaseesespssiooveesceciese Orycnus.
Lateral line double...........-sccccrserescoons Grammatorycnus.
bb. Teeth of jaws strong. Corslet obsolete
and body generally partly naked.
Teeth compressed, nearly equal in each
jaw. Dorsal and anal finlets similar,
7—10. D. XIV.—XVI. (XX.).......060. Cybium.
Teeth conic, much larger in the lower.
Dorsal and anal finlets 4--5. D. XII... Lepidocybium.
Teeth conic, subequal. Dorsal and anal
finlets 8--9. D. XV.—XVIII............ Apodontis.
DDR DorsalSpines 2oicccccsecnes-soes0s-ye. SCBA Acanthocybium.

CC. Tail not keeled.
a. Ventrals I. 5.
al. Dorsal and anal finlets developed.
1. Lateral line present.
Dorsal and anal finlets 6. Lateral line
abruptly decurved behind the last

RPI G Sieteeatiecnaren concloeseclesoeseinoneveltesoes Thyrsites.

Dorsal finlets 5; anal 4. Lateral line
nearly straight...... ... Thyrsitops.

2. Lateral line obsolete. "Skin with spini-
gerous or stellate tubercles..............- Ruvettus.
a2. Dorsal and anal fins undivided..... .........+.. Epionula.

aa. Ventrals represented chiefly by the spines.
Preoperculum unarmed. Dorsal and anal fin-

IEW Accerae Pale aecheserinecia cia ceece ts edeieresspiacasatisesiansns Prometheus.
Preoperculum spinigerous at its angle. Dorsal
and anal finlets none....... <0 (CED COREOCEEEE Dicrotus.
AA. Body very long, (height much !ess than a tenth of the
length.) First dorsal with numerous spines............. GEMPYLINZ.
Spinous dorsal XXX., XXXI. Ventrals minute, I. 5...... Gempylus.

The types of the respective genera are the following:
SCOMBRIN A (Bon.) Sw.
1. Scomber (L.) Scomberscombrus L.
2. Auxis (Cuv.) Scomber Rochei Risso.
ORYCNIN& Gill.

3. Orycnus (Cuv.) Scomber alatunga Z. S. thynnus LZ.
4. Grammatorycnus (Gill.) Thynnus bilineatus Rippell.
5. Gymnosarda (Gill.) Thynnus unicolor Rijppell.

1862.]

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

6. Orycnopsis (Gill.) Scomber unicolor Geoffroy.

7. Sarda (Cuv. 1829.) Scomber pelamys Briinnich.

8. Cybium (Cuv.) Scomber commersonii Lacépéde.

9. Lepidocybium (Gill.) Cybium flavobrunneum Smith.
10. Apodontis ( Bennett.) Apolectus immunis Bennett.
11. Acanthocybium (G@ul.) Cybium sara Bennett.
12. Thyrsites (Cuv.) Scomber atun Luphrasen.
13. Thrysitops (Gill.) Thyrsites lepidopoides Cuv. et Val.
14. Ruvettus (Cocco.) Ruvettus pretiosus Cocco.
15. Epinoula (Poey.) Epinnula magistralis Poey.
16. Prometheus (Lowe.) Gempylus prometheus Cuv. et Val.
17. Dicrotus (Giinther.) Dicrotus armatus Giinther.

GEMPYLIN& Gill.

18. Gempylus (Cuv. 1829) Gempylus serpens Cuv.

Thus limited, the family Scombroide appears to be a very natural one. The
Lepituroide appear to be represented by four genera:

1. Lepturus (Artedi.) Trichiurus lepturus Zinn.

2. Eupleurogrammus (Gill.) Trichiurus muticus Gray.

3. Lepidopus (Gowan. )

4. Aphanopus ( Lowe.)

The other genera included in the family of Scombroids by Dr. Gunther may
be variously distributed.

Naucrates Raf., Cubiceps Lowe, Neptomenus Gthr., Platystethus Gthr. and pos-
sibly Elacate Cuvy., appear to belong to the family of Carangoids.

Echeneis (L.) is the representative of a peculiar family.

Gasteroschisma Rich. and Nomeus Cuy. we also believe to represent a distinct
family.

Ditrema (Temm. et Schlegel) belongs to the family of Embiotocoids, as has
been shown by Mr. Brevoort, and is very closely allied to Hmbiotoca and Phane-
rodon furcatus,

The group of Cyttina is equivalent to the family of Zenoide Lowe, and is
well entitled to rank as such. It is divisible into two subfamilies and five
genera:

ZEINZ (Bon.)

. Zeus (Artedi.) Zeus faber Linn.

. Zenopsis (Gill.) Zeus nebulosus Zemm. et Schlegel.
. Cyttus (Giinther.) Capros australis Richardson.

. Cyttopsis (G@ill.) Zeus roseus Lowe.

OREOSOMATINA.
5. Oreosoma (Cuv. et Val.) Oreosoma atlanticum Cuv.

Zenopsis is distinguished by the presence of osseous plates at the base of
the dorsal, and of three anal spines, &. The Zeus ocellatus of Storer isa
member. The genus Cyttopsis has no plates at the bases of the fins, but several
intervene between the ventral fins and the anus, and each ventral has a spine
and eight branched rays.

The Stromateina appear to be entitled to family rank as much as the Caran-
goids. The genera are the following:

. Stromateus (Artedi.) Stromateus fiatola Z.

. Chondroplites (Gl/.) Stromateus atous Cuv. et Val.

. Stromateoides (Bleeker.) Stromateus cinereus Bloch.

. Apolectus (Cuv. et Val.) Stromateus niger Bloch.

. Peprilus (Cuv.) Sternoptyx Gardenii (Bloch) Schneider.
. Poronotus (Gill.) Stromateus triacanthus Peck.

acrwWD-H

{ March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127

Nearly allied to the preceding are the Centrolophine, with the genera Cen-
trolophus Lac., Leirus Lowe and Palinurichthys Gill, Blkr., (—Pammelas Gthr.)
Closely connected to the Centrolophine are the genera Schedophilus Cocco and
Hoplocoryphis Gill, (type Schedophilus maculatus Gthr.)

Brama and Taractes appear to belong toa peculiar family,

Piteraclis Gronovius and Pterocombus Fries, the latter of which has been over-
looked by Dr. Giinther, seem to constitute a distinct group.

Diana Risso and Luvarus Raf. (—Ausonia Risso) probably also constitute a
distinct family, as well as Lampris Retzivs. Mene is more related to Eqguula.

Coryphena is the type of a peculiar family early established. The genus
Lampugus is probably, as Bonaparte and Giinther have believed, identical with
it. Valenciennes has announced* a discovery of M. Dussumier proving that
the interparietal crest of the male is much more elevated than that of the
female, while Dr. Giinther considers the elevation of the crest as the accom-
paniment of mature age.

Several forms referred by Dr. Giinther to his family of Carangide should be
also withdrawn. They are Pammelas Gthr., which is nearly allied to Centro-
lophus, Psettus Com., Platax Cuv. et Val., Zanclus Com., Capros L., Antigonia
Lowe, Hquula Cuvy. and G'azza Riippell, as wellas the group Kurtina.

Capros and Antigonia form a family already established by Mr. Lowe; to it
also belongs the genus Hypsinoius (Temm. et Schlegel), included by Giinther
in the group of Chetodonatina and family of Chetodontide.

Equula and Gazza represent another peculiar family (Equuloide Blkr.); the
. Lquula longimanus of Cantor, is the type of a distinct genus (Clara Gill), dis-
tinguished by the composition of the fins (D. X.15. A.IV.13), the large
scales, entire preoperculum and long pectorals.

It is, perhaps, also somewhat doubtfal whether Psenes (Cuv. et Val.) belongs
to the Carangoids, but it would be premature to separate them until better
known. The Z'rachinotus anomalus of Temminck and Schlegel referred to Psenes
differs by the presence of seven branchiostegal rays and of only six dorsal
spines; it may be called Psenopsis anomalus. The genus has a superficial re-
semblance to Crius or Palinurichthys.

Descriptions of new species of ALEPIDOSAUROIDE.
BY THEODORE GILL.

In this paper are described two new species of the family of Alepidosauroids,
both of which are found in the waters of Western North America, and a third
from the Carribean Sea is indicated. They all belong to that subgenus or
genus whose members have aspine and twelve branched rays in each of the
ventral fins, and of which the only other known species has been very recently
described by M. Poey in his ‘‘ Memorias Sobra la Historia Natura! de la Isla
de Cuba.”? The three species appear to agree in all other respects with Alepi-
dosaurus, and have the same elevated dorsal fin.

The family of Alepidosauroide, including the species now described, appears
to include seven species, but they require to be critically examined and rede-
scribed, as the descriptions hitherto published are not sufficiently character-
istic to establish their distinction. Two (Alepidosaurus feror Lowe and A.
azureus Val.) are inhabitants of Madeira, while a third (A. Richardsonii Bikr.)
is found at New Zealand.

The family of Alepidosauroids still appears to me to be more nearly allied
to the Lepturoide than Silurcide, as has been urged by Mr. Lowe, with
whom Sir John Richardson, and perhaps Parnell alone of all the native na-
turalists of Britain, can well contest the palm of excellence as a scientific

1862.]

.* Cuv. et Val. Hist, Nat. des Poissons. tome xxi. p. 8.

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

ichthyologist. On another accasion, I will give my reasons for the retention
of this family near the Acanthopteri and against the supposed affinity of its
members to either the Salmonoids to which Valenciennes has referred them,
or the Siluroids, to which Giinther has lately approximated them.

The species herein described, as well as the Alepisaurus altivel s of Poey, or
those Alepidosauroids, whose ventrals have each a spine and twelve branched
rays, may at least be placed in a separate subgenus, to which the name of
CavuLopus may be given. The number of ventral rays appear to be constant,
and as there is rarely so wide aninterval as that of between nine and thirteen
in the same natural genus, its title to such distinction or even generic rank
appears to be good.

ALEPIDOSAURUS (CAULOPUS) BOREALIS Gill.

The head has the form and outlines common to the other members of the
tribe. The superior surface is flat and declines in a nearly uniform line to the
snout, and is sculptured as usual. The height at the vertical of the preoper-
cular margin enters nearly four times and a half (44-100) in the length; the
width at the same region nearly equals a fourth (24-100) of the same; thence
it regularly diminishes to the pointed snout.

The eyes are circular and normally large, a diameter entering eighteen-
hundredths (18-100) times in the head’s length. The distance of the eye
from the snout equals two-fifths (40-100) of the length.

The nostrils are nearer to the eyes than to the snout, and are situated at
the twenty-third-hundredth (23-100) of the length. The operculum is of
a rhomboidal form; above it is straight, and its length exceeds a quar-
ter of the head’s; its longest diameter, from the centre of radiation to the
postero-inferior angle margin, equals three-tenths of the same; its posterior
margin is nearly vertical, or rather parallel with the preoperculum ; the ante-
rior curved upwards from the inferior. Its surface has about eighteen promi-
nent striz or ridges, besides additional smaller ones.

The coalescent inferior opercular bone is divided into two parts by an ele-
vated stria or ridge, commencing above the articulation of the lower jaw; the
part above that ridge is vertically semi-hastiform, or irregularly triangular, with
an oblique emarginated base or posterior side; from its angle of radia-
tion above the lower jaw, about nine striz radiate; its least diameter, from the
apex to the base or posterior oblique margin, equals an eleventh (9-100) of the
head’s length; its greatest, behind the preoperculum, exceeds twice the lat-
ter (19-100), while that of its posterior oblique side equals only about an
eighth (12-100) of the head. The inferior portion, besides the upper dividing
ridge, has one under it continued to the margin, and the whole surface has
coarse radiating strie or ridges, the upper of which are interrupted behind by the
anterior of two or three ridges parallel with the posterior border.

The lower jaw is robust, and its length is equal to three-fourths of the head’s.
Its upper outline is slightly arched or convex. Its greatest height is under the
last median trenchant small teeth of the sides, where it equals an eighth of the
length of the head.

The teeth of the intermaxillary bones are very small, acute and numerous,
and continued to the angle of the mouth. There are about three very large
and nearly equal vomerine teeth, which are slender and considerably curved.
The length of the hinder equals a seventh (15-100) of the head’s length; one
is unpaired, while the two behind are nearly opposite.

The large palatine teeth are shaped like the vomerine and equal in length
nearly a tenth of the head’s; there are in our specimen one on the left and
two on the right side. The succeeding small trenchant teeth commence con-
siderably behind, the first being scarcely before the anterior border of the -
orbit ; they are not contiguous, and rapidly increase in size, are scarcely cari-
nated, and the posterior borderis slightly recurved. There are about six. The

[ March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129

lower jaw has, rst, in front, on each side, two small teeth, then behind a
larger, slender, conical and recurved one. Each species has three on the right
and four on the left, (normally ?); thirdly, about six small, slender, nearly straight
ones ; fourthly, three large, slender, compressed and curved trenchant ones,
and behind ter or twelve small, trenchant ones. The large dentary teeth are
slender and moderately curved; the length is four times greater than the
height, and nearly equals a twelfth of the head’s length. The posterior small
trenchant teeth are separated by considerable intervals.

The dorsal fin has about thirty-four rays, the first of which is rather stout,
and anteriorly has a prominent compressed ridge, crenulated in front; the
distance between the first and second equals about three-fourths of that be-
tween the second and third.

The ventral fins are as long as the head, and each is composed of a slender
spine, crenulated on its external edge, and of twelve rays divided nearly to
the base ; the external branches of the last are also more or less deeply divided.

Head—Length (74 inches)..............csecoecsecercccnssceessecee- Bacewc ce »-.100
Eero MinrabyOECORCLCULUIN: ....ccccnccoocevorsncesl svecsrcescecesrccsers 44
Maa Le PLEOPECECULUM) .4-..csscs <seastees io-durcereccces ete succes 24

Rieee MERCH TFOME AIG, ccscss ese ccces -ooscccee taste. seteecee setter cee ete 40

NIE LOYIOLLCY Cae cencclcersnccciescr sete soscce cert erte ei eccttee: AES 18
Westie IStaniCGMrOIM SOUL ..coc.cocs-scncscescrosacecase soccer cosme sucess 23
PREM TOM DU orecorsiarases costes te seesacess assauscscste oseerssscurcas cscs 75

Gusarentrbelphitrscsessccscecetecsccecsraccet tice: caces sue re ete 13

Intermaxillary bones—Length of posterior processes ................. 15

Operculum—Length of upper Margin........ ...2. cescseceeeee ceceeeseeees 25

ELOALOS ime MO tlterese sar ttasteectcccos tne close cecy-cces scott ste sect 30

1B (GIO Ti tnegsosomdbeen sogdoadsouns0%0 SCORE ESCHO ED ICUS SUCHET ae 26

PAO PCLCOMIIM——“ VEU UN sort. cccereoscanciccccas «oscesecs seres russes eceessess 29
Length of shortest ray above the superior hori-

PAD LEUIDLLTNG FO pee bogaoo,pococniciedopoococ gO OnCaoEACKmOd- 10

Teeth—Length of posterior vomerine tooth...........-......6658 ore 15
Wwaidtoe = = Sg oe alent Monette ce enaseeesetits 3
Length of large posterior dentary tooth.................c0c0 00s 8
Wadth * oe se SB Bly -ulggoquoducnos cee racdarpoce: 2

This species is probably nearly allied tothe Alepidosaurus ( Caulopus) altivelis
(Poey) of Cuba, but is distinguished by the length of the ventral jins, which
appear to be at least equal to the head, and from others by the form and
sculpture of the opercular pieces, as well as by the relative proportion and
dimensions of the other parts of the head. A single specimen was obtained
in Puget’s Sound, by Dr. C. B. Kennerly, the Naturalist of the Northwestern
Boundary Survey, under the command of A. Campbell, Commissioner. The
head, dorsal, caudal and ventral fins were only preserved. The reflection will
naturally arise, whether the individual captured there was not a wanderer
from more southern waters. The discovery of a species of the family in such
northern waters is a discovery of no slight interest.

A plate illustrative of the species will be published in the work on the
Fishes of Western North America.

ALEPIDOSAURUS (CAULOPUS) SERRA Gill.

The head has the typical generic form, and constitutes about a sixth of the
total length. The upper surface is flat, and declines in nearly a straight line
to the snout. The height at the preopercular border equals two-fifths (40-100)
of the length. Its width at the same place, or above the preoperculum, ex-
ceeds a fifth (22-100) of the same, or half of the height; thence, the width
regularly decreases towards the pointed snout.

The eyes are of the usual size, the diameter entering about five and half

1862.] 9

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

times (18-100) in the head’s length; they are nearly central, the distance
from the snout exceeding the height, (two-fifths (43-100) of the length.)

The nostrils are within the posterior half of the interval between the snout
and orbit. The operculum is oblong, and has a somewhat trapezoidal form ;
its superior margin advances obliquely upwards; its posterior subtruncated
and nearly parallel with the preoperculum; its inferior nearly straight and
parallel with the upper margin for half of the length of the opercelum, and
then curved upwards to the centre of radiation, or from the posterior inferior
angle to the angle of radiation, it nearly describes the segment of a cirele.
Its length above nearly equals four-tenths (39-100), and its greatest exceeds
three-tenths (33-100) of the head’s length; its greatest height is less than a
fifth (18-100). Its radiating strie and ridges are moderately developed, most
distinct and distant on the median and superior surface, and finest most
approximated and curved beneath. There are about twenty-four, of which
half terminate behind.

The coalescent inter- and subopercular bones are divided intotwo portions,
an upper and lower; the upper is nearly equally triangular, with its apex
above the articulation of the lower jaw, and its base lunately emarginated and
below the operculum; it has from ten to fourteen radiating striz or slight
ridges ; its least diameter, from the apex to the base, equals an eighth of the
head’s length; the sides nearly twice as much (23-100). The inferior por-
tion is defined above by a straight ridge from the centre of radiation to the
end, and scarcely passes beyond the operculum; its greatest length equals
three-tenths of the head’s; its surface above is wrinkled parallel with the ob-
lique posterior margin, and has slight radiating stric on its lower half.

The form of the lower jaw and the dentition offer important characters.
The lower jaw forms three-quarters of the head’s total length; its superior
outline is nearly straight; its height is somewhat greatest under the second
large tooth, but behind is subequal; its height there equals a tenth of the
head’s length.

The teeth of the intermaxillary bones are of normal size, very small, acute
and numerous. The large vomerine teeth* are greatly developed and stont ;
the curve of the posterior is moderate. The length equals an eighth of the
head’s, and is three times longer than wide. The posterior or large palatine
teeth behind have nearly straight posterior borders. The length nearly equals
a twelfth of the head’s or three-fourths of the palatine. The smaller teeth
behind are contiguous at their bases, oblique, broad and with the posterior
margin nearly straight or slightly convex near the base. Each has a median
ridge on the surface, which is more distinct towards thetip. There are about
nine such teeth.

The slender and elongated tooth of the front of each branch of the lower
jaw is moderately curved; then follow about twelve slender conical ones ;
then three large dagger-shaped ones. The latter are robust; the posterior
margin is at first straight and then slightly curved forwards to the tip; the
posterior tooth has a length equalling half of the hinder vomerine (63-100),
and its width at the base 2.

The posterior smaller teeth are broad and contiguous at their bases; the
anterior border is eurved very obliquely backwards, and the posterior is
nearly straight. There are from thirteen to fifteen. Each one is carinated
along the middle.

Of the dorsal fin, only the roots of the first few rays are not preserved, from
which it appears that the first must have originated nearly over the postero-
superior angle of the operculum; the ventrals have been also mostly de-
stroyed, but enough is retained to show that there were the usual number of
rays, —one spinous and twelve-branched.

* Only the two posterior ones are present in the specimen.

(March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131

Head—Length (8 inches). ..........c.essceserpesssoes conscscsecseses sevescees 100
Height at preoperculum........ SD SCeL D Seen ert LICE ROOST OTE 40
Width ‘ pies Wie cocttaca hn Sophie = cacgea- sad eresoisduodrineewss 22
Eyes —Distance from snout .......000-.seccceeees scccescocsescccesececoners 43
Di ATAetAr OL, CFO scan a.csnm pha pb one: ne<sboiesodenss eel re esesclcossiecesy ee 18
Lower jaw—Length... ........ 0000 -secceece cobersserece cnesercccses sonsesceece 75
Kern tse MOI RNG co nc8)c odapppe onsemaasdaes <alppidsy> peedp oH scene 10
Intermaxillary bones—Length of posterior processeS.........+ss+e++s 12
Operculum—Length of upper margin...... ....... Naa) POON ED Cee 29
Groatost Jompth. 034: space sesseqecniowaees apnsiaasss(denevsonxee 33
Hei ghiteaesi)ssesies Meee k patele +s steep cussghotpae acete Une caeens 18
Tofraoperculum—Length............-....csecee vance caccreccrscscssesessscceses 30
Length of shortest ray above the superior longi-
BHAI AMUMIG GSLs x20. <n snas-\peeespiseceore-'-0sp90Ses veee= 12
Length of its angular processes about............. 22
Teeth—Length of posterior vomerine toOth........-..ssee ceeeee seeeeeees 14}
Width ‘ oe te Roeoealcenecoseciarsencssiancicer Or
Length of largest dentary tooth.........-ssece scoesees cosees vores 9
Width ‘ a SOMME MMET Me daniscccise sc s(vclasacoanaci’<s ses 3

The present species differs from the Caulopus boreal’s by the oblong opercu-
lum, the nearly equal triangular shape of the coalescent infraopercular bone
above the dividing ridge, but with an oblique excavation at its base which
describes nearly the third of a circle, as well as the sculpture of the portion
below the dividing ridge. The vomerine teeth are stronger but less elongated,
and the palatine approximated and not curved.

This fish was discovered at Monterey, Lower California, by Mr. A.S. Taylor,
and the head as well as the caudal and ventral fins, all considerably mutilated
and ‘‘sun-dried,’’ were preserved and forwarded to the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, in whose museum they are now contained. The notes of Mr. Taylor
describe it as an “ eel-like fish,’ ‘‘shaped something like a Barracouta’’
(Sphyrena) and apparently ‘‘afemale(?)’? It was ‘‘ caught near Monterey
Rocks, 19 April, 1859.”? Its weight was seven pounds; the length ‘‘ from
snout to end of tail four feet,’’ circumference round the belly seven inches ;”’
it had ‘‘simple viscera; the gall bladder, three inches long, was filled with
transparent green gall; it had two simple straight guts; the female (?) organs
of the roe (not impregnated) white and four inches long.’”’ It was ‘‘ evidently
in very poor condition.”’

The species is ‘‘ called ‘ serra,’ or saw fish, by the Lower Californians, but
it is a very rare species.’? The specific name given to it has the advantage
of at the same time perpetuating the popular name and of being classical and
describing one of the peculiarities of the palatine dentition, which distin-
guishes it from the A. (C.) borealis,

ALEPIDosAURUS (CAULopUS) Pogyr Gill.

A species at least very nearly related to the A. (C.) serra, is found in the
Caribbean Sea. It has been noticed in M. Poey’s ‘‘ Conspectus Piscium Cuben-
sium’’ as perhaps a new species, or, perhaps, the other sex (sp. nova? an
sexus alter?) of his Alepisaurus altivelis. That professor has kindly sent to
me outlines of both the Alepisaurus altivelis and the doubtful form, and I find
that the dimensions of the latter and the present almost exactly agree in the
height of the head, length of the snout, size of the eyes, and depth of the lower
jaw. There appears, however, if full reliance is to be placed in the figure, to
be some difference in the opercular bones, that portion of the coalescent, in-
ferior, opercular piece, which is above the longitudinal dividing ridge, being
much wider towards the upper angle of the preoperculum, and not deeply
excavated on its oblique base, thus approaching the A. (C.) borealis; the
operculum itself appears to be less long, its longest ray being little more than

1862.]

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

a third (31-100) of the head’s length. The head itself is not so large, form-
ing only a seventh of the total length. Finally, the first dorsal spine is repre-
sented as being nearly over the axilla of the pectoral fin. M. Poey distin-
guishes it further from his A. altivelis in his correspondence as follows :

‘Le 337 différe du 619 par 15 fois la hauteur dans la longueur totale, au lieu
de 13. La tete 7 fois aulieude 63. De la base de la pectorale a la base de la
ventrale, ilyala méme distance que jusqu’ 4 l’anale, moins }, au lieu de
moins }. Premier rayon-dorsal 4 de l’autre au lieu de 3. Le 2e égal le ler.
Le 4e est le plus grand. Du 6e au 24 tous sont hauts, et égaux, au lieu que
chez 619 le 2—22 sont hauts, égaux. D, 41. Lobe sup. caudal prolongé, lobes
séparés, trois rayons au melieu. Ventr. d’epassant l’anus et la hauteur du
corps. Couleur de la dorsale uniforme. Je n’ai pas noté dans 619 que la ler
rayon fut rabotteux, a la dorsale.”’

In honor of the gentleman who has thus distinguished the species, it may
take the name of ALEPIposauRUS (CauLopus) Poevi.

On a new Species of PRIACANTHUS discovered in Narragansett Bay, R I.
BY THEUDORE GILL.

During a recent visit to Philadelphia, I discovered in the Museum of the
Academy of Natural Sciences, a species of Priacanthus, which was at once
discovered to be most nearly allied to a species of Japan. In the same bottle
was a note confirming the label and giving the following information: ‘‘ From
Mr. Philip Caswell; taken at Cananicut Ferry, Narragansett Bay, Sept., 1860.
Color like Gold Fish.’’ I am assured by Dr. Bridges, one of the principal
ichthyologists of Philadelphia, that he is himself conversant with the cireum-
stances of its discovery, and that there can be no doubt of the fact of its
having been found in Rhode Island as well as Sarothrodus maculo-cinctus
and Hyporthodus flavicauda, described in a previous number of these Pro-
ceedings, from the same State.

The species may be named

PRIACANTHUS ALTUsS Gill.

The height of the body equals about a half of the total length, inclusive of
the caudal fin. The head forms more than a third of thesame. The diameter
of the eye in the young specimens is contained 2} times in the head’s length.
The posterior nasal aperture is a long curved slit. The angle of the preoper-
culum is armed with a strong spine passing beyond the branchial aper-
ture. The caudal fin truncated ; the spines of the dorsal and anal fins longi-
tudinally striated. The scales are proportionally large. The whole body is
rough.

DPxG LEAS II.) 3

The body appears to have been reddish or rose colored ; behind and at the
pectoral region, the color is plumbeous, but perhaps accidentally so. The
dorsal fin has its spinous portion punctulated with very numerous blackish
dots, and with two rows of large roundish clear spots, besides a row of smaller
basal ones and one of similar small spots near the margin; the diameter of
the large spots nearly equals the space between adjoining spines. The soft
portion of the dorsal, as well as the anal and caudal fins, are more or less
dotted with blackish; the spinous portion of the anal also so thickly covered
as to be blackish. The pectoral fins are entirely blackish, the dots being
densely crowded.

The specimen is little more than an inch (1 1-5) in length.

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133

There can be no doubt as to the validity of this species, as it widely differs
in the number of its rays from all except one otherspecies of Priacanthus, and
especially from the formerly known American ones. The only species which
resembles it in the number of the rays of the fins is a Japanese species—the
Priacanthus niphonius of Cuvier and Valenciennes, and the Fauna Japonica.
In other respects also the Japanese and North American species are closely
related. The form is nearly similar but the height even greater in ours than in
the Priacanthus niphonius, and consequently exceeding that of any other
known species of the genus ; the scales of the body and head are very rough ; the
ventral fins in the young, at least, entirely blackish; the spinous portion ot
the anal fin is also very dark. It is probable that the species undergoes a

. change of color somewhat similar to the Priacanthus niphonius.

The discovery of three new species of fishes on the coast of Rhode Island,
all representing forms almost entirely confined to warmer seas, in such rapid
succession, is an event of no little interest and importance. The specimens
obtained were all young; single examples only were found of the Sarothrodus
(Chetodon auct.) maculo-cinctus and the Priacanthus, and two of the Hypor-
thodus flavicauda. They were all doubtless brought to the New England shores
by the Gulf Stream, which runs near the Rhode Island coast, and in which
the traveller often finds small fishes, as well as other animals, of which the
Isopod Crustacean, described below by Dr. Stimpson, is an example. None
of the three specids of fishes previously mentioned have yet been seen in the
West Indian seas, where they will undoubtedly be hereafter found. It is
important also to compare the discovery of these fishes on our own northern
shores with the discovery on the Scandinavian and Greenland coasts of forms
equally characteristic of the tropics. In another article I will allude to the
analogy between the denizens of the Carribean and Japanese seas.

On an oceanic ISOPOD found near the south-eastern shores of Massachusetts.
BY WM. STIMPSON.

In the summer of 1859, while cruising among the south-eastern islands of
Massachusetts in company with my friends Dr. Slack and Mr. Ordway, we
approached the shores of the beautiful island of Martha’s Vineyard—the Isle
of Wight of New England. When becalmed in the Vineyard Sound north of
Gay Head, we were occupied in observing the small meduse ani other pelagic
animals which appeared near the surface of the water. Among them we no-
ticed some pretty blue isopods quite new to our shores, which reminded
me of forms which I had met with in the temperate parts of both great oceans.
They were swimming at the surface and could be easily distinguished from
the deck of our boat, even at some distance, by the ripple they made in their
progress. Several of them were caught, and found to be Jdothee of that
oceanic type which has the habits of the miniature sailors Physalia, Velella
and Janthina, which are occasionally cast upon our south-eastern shores. It
proves to be

IporHEA ROBUSTA Kr.

Body strongly conv2x, two and two-thirds as long as broad, and broadest
at the fifth thoracic segment ; lateral outline convex at the thorax, but some-
what concave at the abdomen. Surface pubescent. Inner antenne reaching
to the penultimate joint of the peduncle of the outer ones, which are less
than one-half the length of the body. Thoracic segments protuberant, and
laterally somewhat rugose; their epimera large, distinct and rather sharply
projecting. Abdomen strongly three-jointed, with partial separation of a

1862.]

Pot PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

fourth joint, as in other species of the group. Extremity of the abdomen
truncated, or slightly excavated. Color in life deep blue beneath the silvery
or pearly pubescence.

Length 0°8; greatest breadth 0°29 inch.

Its nearest ally is Z. margaritacea Dana, found in the ocean between Aus-
tralia and New Zealand, in which the abdomen is regularly rounded at the
extremity, while in our species there is a well-marked angle on either side.

On the West African genus HEMICHROMIS and descriptions of new species
in the Museums of the Academy and Smithsonian Institution.

BY THEODORE GILL.

Mr. P. DuChaillu, the African traveller, obtained among other objects of
natural history, specimens of several species of fishes, one of which is a new
form of Peters’ genus Hemichromis.

The genus Hemichromis was proposed, in 1857, by Dr. Peters for Chromoids,
having the habit of Chromis or Tilapia, and with a row of conic, brown tipped
teeth in each jaw, the two median of which in the upper were considerably
larger, and also with an interior row of smaller teeth in the upper jaw. The
only species was obtained in Guinea by Pel.

Recently, M. August Dumeril has described and figured a species as a new
generic type under the name of Chromichthys elongatus Guichenot. It agrees
in every respect with Hemichromis, except in the presence of only one row of
teeth in the upper jaw. As, however, the inner row of Hemichromis is formed
by very small teeth, it is probable that it has been overlooked by Guichenot
and Duméril, and that their species is therefore a genuine Hemichromis.
That genus will then embrace four species, which may be distinguished as
follows :

HEMICHROMIS FASCIATUS Peters.

Hemichromis fasciatus Peters, Monatsberichte der Kéniglichen Preuss. Akade-
mie die Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1857, p. 403.

‘¢Pasciis transversis fuscis ser, macula operculari nigra; pinna dorsali et
anali oblique fasciatis, albo marginatis ; pinna caudali supra infraque albo margi-
nata; pinnis ventralibus externe fuscis.”’

D. XIV. 11—12. A. Il. 9—10.

Habitat. Guinea. (Peters.)

HEMICHROMIS AURITUS Gill.
Fasciis quinque, latere medio expansis, macula operculari nigra, mavgaritacea
supra infrajue mirginata ; pinnis ventralibus externe fusco-purpureis.
1D) NODS Tile NG WU
Habitat. Gaboon River ?
HeEMICHROMIS BIMACULATUS Gill.

Unicolor, macula corporis latere unica et operculi apice nigris.

1 1
DL XIV. 1. 87 An Tit 67: Squam. ser. 255:

HEMICHROMIS ELONGATUS Gill.

Chromichthys elongatus (Guich.,) Dum., Archives du Museum, tome x. p.
257, pl. xxii. fig. 3.
Fasciis quinque (macula operculiri nulla) : squamis buccis quinqueseriatis.
1D, DVIS OS md 0IS ee

Habitat. Gaboon River.
[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135

HeEMICHROMIS AURITUS Gill.

The body is oblong and arched from the interorbital region to the end of the
dorsal, both of which are at the same horizon; the height is greatest under
the seventh dorsal spine where it nearly equals three-tenths (°29) of the
length; behind the dorsal fin, it exceeds an eighth (‘13), and at the lowest
part nearly equals a ninth (-11) of the length. The greatest thickness is nearly
equal to a seventh of the length.

The head forms three-tenths (°30) of the total length; its height at the pre-
opercular margin bears a proportion to the same length of 23-100, and at the
pupil of 18-100. The profile above is perfectly rectilinear, and little oblique
along the intermaxillary groove, from the region above the pupil to the sym-
phisis of the jaw. The snout is acutely conical and nearly equals a third of
the head’s length (9-100 of total.) The preorbital bone is highest behind,
and exceeds half the diameter of the eye, while between that point and the
nostrils it equals the same half. The preoperculum is vertical behind, slightly
prominent at its angle and obliquely curved forwards. The operculum forms
less than a third (9-30) of the head’s length, and its angle is rounded. The
subopercular border behind is nearly vertical, and has a shallow emargination,
while below it is very obliquely rounded; the height of the operculum and
suboperculum combined exceeds half (16-30) of the head’s length. The in-
terorbital region is flattened, and the sinus for the pedicles of the intermax-
illary bones is indicated by a semielliptical outline, terminating at the vertical
of the front border of the pupil.

The teeth are tipped with brown and ina regular row in each jaw, about
twenty-five on each side in the upper (25 I. I. 25), and sixteen in the lower
16(-3, 4-)16 ; the two front teeth of the upper are two or three times as long as
the others, and that on each side is also rather larger than the others. The
three or four teeth on each at the front are somewhat larger and separated
from the others. The second series of small teeth, which are also tipped with
brown, is separated vy a wide interval in front, but gradually approaches the
outer row towards the side.

The dorsal fin commences over the end of the operculum; its base is one
and a half times longer than the head (-443 of length); the spinous portion
exceeds the head’s length (-31), and the soft is considerably less than half as
long (133). The spines rapidly and regularly increase in a curved line from
the first to the fifth, and behind the latter very slowly increase towards the
last: the first spine nearly equals the lesser height of the preorbital bone (-3}),
and is much less than half as long as the fifth (°8) and less than a third as
long as the last one (°11). The soft portion is acuminated at the middle or
sixth ray, which exceeds by half the length of the longest spine as well as
the last ray.

The anal fin commences under the third ray of the dorsal fin, and ends under
or nearly under or slightly behind its last; its base exceeds an eighth (12)
of the total length ; the three spines regularly increase (-4; *7}; *9) towards
the soft part; the latter is acuminated like the dorsal, its longest ray equal-
ling that of the dorsal (-16), and twice the length of its last ray (‘8).

The caudal fin, when expanded, is almost truncated, the median rays form-
ing almost a fifth (-19), and the longest quite equalling a fifth (-20) of the
total length.

The pectoral fins are slender and equal the longest dorsal and anal rays ("16).
The ventral fins are immediately behind the vertical of the lower axillz of the
pectorals. The spine equals a third (°10) of the head’s length, and is as long
as the fifth ray; the first ray is simply bifurcated, and equals ‘23 of the total
length; the other rays doubly or triply subdivided.

The scales are nearly equal, except on the abdomen, where they are much
smaller. There are twenty-five oblique rows, and at its deepest portion thir-
teen longitudinal rows, three of which are above and nine below the lateral

1862.]

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

line, while on the caudal peduncle there are seven rows, three above and three
below. The anterior portion of the lateral line runs along eighteen scales,
and the posterior along nine. A row from the front of the anus would end
above, near the seventh dorsal spine. The scales of the cheeks are in three
regular rows, without including those in the limb.

DV ad SAS AN Sic Oe. Lif. eis, bo ip eae PW bao.

The color of alcoholic specimens is purplish brown above, fading into lighter
on the sides, where margaritaceous spots on each scale form faint, interrupted
longitudinal lines. The sides have five ovate black spots terminating in
lighter processes above and below, and forming indistinct vertical bands. The
first is above the base of the pectoral fin; the second on the seventh to ninth
oblique rows of scales; the third above the spines of the anal fin; the fourth
nearly behind the fins, and the fifth at the base of the caudal. The head is
uniform and like the body, except at the angle of the operculum, where there
is a rhomboidal black spot, and bordered before and behind, below the angle,
with margaritaceous. The fins are immaculate; the ventrals only having the
external half dark purple.

This species is closely allied to the Hemichromis fasciatus of Peters, but is
distinguished from it by the uniform color of the fins, the presence of only
five vertical bands, the margaritaceous margination of the opercular spot and
the presence of only eight anal rays, the last two of which are simple, but
entirely separated. Dr. Peters attributes to his species the formula for the

scales 28 -, I do not know whether this indicates the actual number of rows

or the sum of those pierced for the two parts of the lateral line. If the latter
is the case, it would nearly agree with the H. auritus.

Specimens of this species were obtained by Mr. DuChaillu in the Gaboon
River,* and are preserved in the Museums of the Academy of Natural Sci-
ences of Philadelphia and of the Smithsonian Institution.

Length from snout to end of median caudal rays 4$ ..............6. 100
Body-—-Greatest Reighit. .cccceicdaccsceicssesrcceicwencene rst snscse nee aecemr ese 29
Herphitybebindydorsall Ailecsssscolecescwesciacees assis wash aectieearseaer 13,
Heightvot caudallpedancless.pe.cc-csesasrlcovare=sscccccantececess 11
Length ‘‘ Bot ee Saas eer enc aC SRO EO DONSS, coer aocoGa: 103
Greatest thicknessur.s-cescesmosccseeteocccetsssseodesetoeeaseescerrs 133
iHead—tTengthilateralliysuecsersssscuneeer: cnccecestecetesiscncereacisconcrmessecess 30
Heicht at preopercular Margin. ........ .cccccecs caecescee cossceecs 23
BQ 7 GO Toi a lbegcobapnadqdobountoSposdopsodascooncEecSacosrdssnoobso 18
POL preorvitalsendiol | aWicecelesconalceeaencecitecteresee-cee 45
ss es MICAPENOSTM neve so csecnicc saa capac cence eeneets 32
Tenothy Of SnOUteesss- cs ccserescsacescases iccceconsataneet s-eeniicnces 9

* Many specimens of a new Cyprinodont allied to the African Poectlte of A- Dumeril
were also collected. It may be called Epiplatys sexfasciatus Gill. Allied to E. homalo-
natus, but the head above is oblong, with the snout transversely semicircular and the
lower jaw little but uniformly prominent. The caudal peduncle is not constricted, and
its length equals the height behind a ta

D. 3.7. (3.8.) A. 3.12. Scales 28 -.
5

The color is reddish, with six bands below the lateral line; 1s', behind the pe: toral ;
2d, close before the ventral; 3d, close before the anal; 4th, over ninth to eleventh anal
rays ; 5th, behind dorsal ; 6th, at end of caudal peduncle.

The name of Epiplatys is proposed for the present species and the Poecilia omalonata,
P. spylargyreia and P. spilanchen of A. Dumeril, which differ from the true Poecilie
? P. vivipara Schneid., P. Surinamensis Val.) by the longer anal, whose hinder portion
is opposite to the dorsal, &c. Mollinesia is distinguished by the difference of the sexes
and the large dorsal.

[ March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137

Length of front operculum. ...........000s.eccseeecetcee cee seeeeese 9

Height of operculum and saboperculum........--- ....0. +++ 16
Width of interorbital area............cccecc seeeeenecce soececoe: ove 83

EV CSU EANM CLOT ae ca sisiag t- ce ont e ino ocecisscaweo ds saees o\xceas canis acecse/sse(asese"s once 73
Dorsal—Origin from SNOuUt............000 cee ceeces coceeeccerescercececs ces ny?
Weng thiOf, Dake. 2.65. -2-\s500eusenecineas covcornsases secede santeseens 31+133
Height at first spime...........0... sesscseee ser corscceecesccesenccoees 34

See MTL ELE SUNG acca un coy's «var iadadss\seedan |naviev se ses} coed ves 8

Ce MS USPC es ac de snes dee = seen aie Anvidejaran sinevaw'slo=ee~- 11

SOC ORES E LANs os clbie fects: acee Foni=s- (rinsen stop eins opesicoedes one 16

Se | es See Bee ae nciacte caine Son) cov ania/eceseaidor se 9

PAREN —AWEIGINE ATOW GTO (2 -occeesa0 2 none sevens reeeds eoceoescesessennesass ese 57
BAA eGBAGE WIARO SE coeeqndoe wn conse suo otd asc eesnd= -nigdetoeceevoevensveceos 12
Height at first SPiMe..... seeeee cece seeeee cette ceeectae seteeetee ees 4

‘© second Spine... sssseceeeceeeesceseeneeeeee crete cteeen ees 73

SPECS UELIE CES DINO See slenio> o's sa ecieieaild ask ater ales oae's\s=2cee\ceese nes 9

MCI SOS LEAs 2. cn on cae os scienescelom ance sdcasereso-e=e-m+-'n0s 11
elas iirayee en. ts cce-~ ot ack saosoae cies ace) ocesesene so) ads cea 8
Caudal—Length of median rays........---..sseceeseeeeceeee seceeeceeeeeees 19
s SCP LONG OSE TAY Siac ose anc ovacecccecclsiveacane rave sjenncusisssiess 20
PEOtOLAL—-“UGR OED sen sct ces sosesnceveesocec cadose cress cveses -oe-en sous BECO 16
Ventral—Length Of spine...........0. cscs ceosee cece. sccccscsccncsos coeveres 10
s SEMEES [RPA G cas son cace ach} casos sane soblses vee aa inncanee [ee 23

I eR Ae NUN ae een ae 2 aonb aned- hin are ocictec=cwas ove es ana 10

HEMICHROMIS BIMACULATUS Gill.

The form is similar to that of its congeners, and is highest under the fifth
and sixth dorsal spines, the height there somewhat exceeding a quarter (*26)
of the extreme length; that of the caudal peduncle, behind the anal fin,
equals half of the greatest height, and that of the lowest part exceeds a ninth
(-112) of the total length, and is considerably greater than the length of the
peduncle. The thickness of the body at the pectoral region equals half the
height (*13).

The head forms three-tenths (-30) of the length ; its height at the preoper-
cular margin exceeds a fifth (-22), and that at the pupil nearly equals a sixth
(16) of the total length of the fish. The length of the snout equals an eleventh
(*9) of the same, and exceeds twice the height of the preorbital bone (°4).
The length of the operculum is twice as great as the height of preorbital (*8).
The eyes are oval, and the longitudinal diameter equals the length of the
operculum (°8), and is greater than the width of the forehead between them ;
the latter is plain, the emargination for the intermaxillary processes being
very shallow and extending little beyond the anterior borders of the orbits.
The mouth is small and oblique; the supramaxillars extend backwards to the
anterior borders of the orbits.

The larger teeth are moderate, uniserial and nearly or quite contiguous in
each jaw; there are about twenty on each side in the upper and seventeen in the
lower jaw, besides the two larger on each side in front in the upper and one
equal in size to the rest, but removed backwards on each side in the lower ;
the teeth of the inner, small, transverse row of the upper jaw are well devel-
oped, but much smaller than the outer, and two to four on each side separated
by a wide interval from those of the opposite side.

The dorsal fin commences over the base of the pectoral, or at a distance
from the snout exceeding the head’s length (*31); its spinous portion equals
‘28 of the total length, and its soft nearly an eighth (°12) ; the former in-
creases in a gradually curved line towards the soft portion, the first spine
being very short (*23), the fourth more than twice as long (°6), and the last
nearly four times as long (‘09). The soft portion is produced at the median

1862.]

138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

rays which equal at least a sixth of total length, while the last double ray equals
a tenth.

The anal fin commences before the vertical of the last dorsal spine and is
coterminal with the dorsal fin, its base equalling a seventh (°14) of the total
length. The three spines rapidly increase in length, equalling respectively
the first, fourth and fifteenth dorsal ones (-023, -06, -08) ; the produced median
rays nearly equal a seventh (+15) and the last a tenth (-10) of the total length.

The caudal fin appears to have been truncated behind and rounded at its
angles, and forms nearly a fifth (-19) of the length. The pectorals nearly or
perhaps quite equal the caudal in length. The ventrals are also about equal
to the caudal.

The scales are normally large, there being about twenty-five oblique rows;
the anterior portion of the lateral line runs through eighteen and the posterior
through nine scales. There are three rows above and nine below the lateral
line in front, and on the caudal peduncle three above and three below. The
buccal scales appear to be triserial.

1 1
D.XTV: 15. 8'=. “ASS Sy (C2 eis Tae Loe We es
1 il

The color is uniformly purplish red, fading into lighter below. There isa
single vertical black spot under the lateral line, below the twelfth and thir-
teenth dorsal spines. The operculum is also black at its angle.

The following is a table of the relative proportions of the species; the
measurements in this, as in all other cases, being taken by compasses, and
indicating the direct dimensions without consideration of any curvature.

Extreme lengthiSd. .iint-usin-spacsesieonsivene asssehar ee Pee 100
Body—Greatest Heights s<tivco> su scvrsessoscoednadeusvlepscstjestvpacdacepucenck 26
Height ibehindyfins , .1ccvss<-oeba-oeplsdac ee leuk beena desccensbeiee 13
Least height of caudal peduncle.........ssceseceseecaeieeeee seeee 11}
Tien gt he of MedUncl6..4-2 cee bes ecne ile sncelacs ateencinadosaebain ene oe 9

FG Al LOU Gy beets «ro can tenant on $80 Suis dfcnsiadneiaddars)=-nronpedlenteide ware teen <a 30
Heicht at mpreOperculUnid. .ccecossccccosssnjoscoeninoncncseccnqcind naar 22

eb Men TOTED 1 ethic ate aaitet soil iseseh ce Seelatccowal <daseiamonaae 16

‘ee OL MPECOTDIGAlS DODO. -& geen ease 000 deem one ge wnepsionicce veces oa

Length of OpercwUmis..s0.t-net sess dense qecetae ol enaceptslosdesbaaaee 8
LOM EDVOL ISTOUG i dts ctestnelescc6Us son Janchsaessalincse cps Seven soncedecsenats 9
Greatestiwid blictes cus. toc-isjeqtsee s,s tane6 cen some teaeiodnneseanitaeanees 13

Width of interorbital area. <3... ss.0-<0s <eors.cn cosas dascniarcenaese 7

By o— Diam cteritccactensbeesesocbees ewe vsidoh oe aeoes sxe onsee wade Sauce ciee pest eRe 8
Dorsal—Distance from snout...... s...+0 2 snk of Sclewas caakgecce ns tas seas 31
Lenpth or SpInOUs) Partcesccecle vn scer s+ees cic >ananesisessavineenaceoe 28
Lei oi brat fests PIN Os oe oy coc cs cs oleccmasleedes -baelsdcccseeinas= ules 23

My COROUTENES PIN ssewas-cccc aes cnecdshn anes di eeesoeetesints 6

“Fi 66 VASt A DING... sb encdne neces sapyPonnswen queso Bade dake te +

Therigth ‘of Softy parts. «62 yocecwansnid-woksenne de SS ee ee 12

Height at longest ray....s.s ..coscssccsseee sucgnees coenecusseoerasse 17

“ KOSTAS T pPAIY test cejeco dents jcaveccoermadsncuselencnnt feponameetcas 10
Anal—Length of base..ic..ssecsccssecsevercencess cbesee scones somes ens sncenead 14
Height at first spine,......- cessor secede cecsensecnes cocseeceseas cosets 23

66 ©© SECON SPiME....ssee cee sedsreeenccssecesveracccreseseesors §

66 £6 third SPime...sesesccectse. ovestere covereeseiteoneecns tovescons 8

66 © JON GESt TAY ...05. cercoeeccrseoeeseseveeee cvascenee couneneee ce 15

66 | SC Tap tiralyic ssc. wastsctasechtee ottewwt s Sipeetwa dec bacbaayy babs 10
Caudal—Length of external ray...ce.seecceseceeeene cee srereneeseesene seeees 19
Pectoral—Length.......seccesseserccccnesreeseces seeccnee cosccesee beseenens cena 18
Ventral—Length............++ degre quetus cof tree ene sis sro wet be vas 'enuuvestvaness 18

[ March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139

This is a very distinct species, readily distinguished by the small mouth
and short intermaxillary processes, as well as by its dimensions and the color.

A single specimen is in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution, to
which it has been transferred from the former National Institute of the City
of Washington. There is no indication of locality, but it is probable that it
was sent from Liberia. With it are three other species, a fetal Rhinobatus,
a new Clarias* and a new Mormyroid,{ all in a poor state of preservation.

Three African genera of Chromoids appear to be now known, all of which
differ from the American ones. All have a regular form, interrupted lateral
line, large scales and three anal spines. They may be briefly distinguished as
follows :

TiraPia A. Smith, A. Duméril.
Chromis Heckel, Miiller, Peters, Giinther, (nec Cuv.)
? Coptodon Gervais. (? = Haligenes Gthr.)

Corpus ovatum ; caput breve ; dentes apicibus oblique expansis, uni vel bi-
emarginatis, in maxilla superiori triseriales, inferiori biseriales.

Type. Tilapia nilotica.

HA.icenes Giinther.

Corpus ovatum; caput breve; dentes apicibus oblique expansis, uni vel
biemarginatis ; in maxilla superiori biseriales, serie interna minores, infe-
riori uniseriales.

Type. Haligenes Tristrami Giinther.

Hemicuromis Peters.

Corpus oblongum; caput oblongo-conicum, acutum; dentes conici, apici-

bus nigri, in maxilla superiori biseriales, serie interna minuti, inferiori uni-

seriales.
Type. Hemichromis fasciatus Peters.

* Claritas leviceps Gill.—Height at anus a tenth of length; head (laterally) a sixth; its
breadth an eighth ; the surface smooth; maxillary barbels twice as long as head.

D. &6. A 61.

+ Marcusenius brachyistius Gill.—The height in front of the anal fin equals a fifih of
the length, exclusive of the caudal, and scarcely exceeds the Jength of the head. The
distance of the short dorsal from the snout 1s three and a half times (69) greater than
the head’s length; the anal has about ten rays before and four behind the dorsal. The
pectorals are shorter than the head (15) and scarcely extend as far as the bases of the
ventrals. The head is decurved and the snout convex. All the teeth (about six in each
jaw) are em :rginated. .

Dei I: ce A. Uf. 1. 24. Scales 50; between ventrals and lateral line 10 rows; in

front of anal 1,

9
Widely distinguished from its congeners (M. anguilloides, M, Tuckeyi and M. zamba-
nenje) by the radial and scale formule.

he Mormyroids are divisible as follows:
I. Dorsal very long. Vomer covered by anterior processes of pala-

tine bones ; cerebellum entirely concealed above. . ; . Mormyrin.
Muzzle tubulifurm (M. caschive Has.) . é z ° 3 . Mormyrus.
Muzzle obtuse (M. Hasse/quistii Geoff.) , B < - . Mormyrodes.
II. Dorsal more or Jess abbreviated. Vomer uncovered. Cerebel!um
and quadrigeminal bodies more or less exposed above. . . PETROCEPHALINA.

A. Snout not produced ; mouth not continued to vertical of eyes,
a. Anal (25-50), not more than twice as long as dorsal

Lower jaw prominent, M. anguilloides. LL. : . Mormyrops.
Upper jaw longer, (M. cyprinvides L.) . 2 ; - Marcusenius.
6. Anal three times as long as dorsal.
Palatal teeth pisiform. (M. dorsalis Geoff.) . - . Hyperopisus.
B, Snout produced. Mouth under eye, (M. bane Val.) . . Pe:rocephalus,

1862.

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California in the Smithsonian Institution,
collected by Mr. J, Xantus.

BY THEODORE GILL.
PART I,

Mr. John Xantus, when stationed at Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, as a
tidal observer for the coast survey, brought together a very large collection of
objects of natural history, among which is a most excellent series of the fishes
of the coast. The collections were formed under the auspices and direction of
the Smithsonian Institution, to which the species were sent from time to time
and deposited in its museum. By permission of the Secretary of the Institu-
tion, I propose to give a preliminary synopsis of the species discovered on that
coast, embracing descriptions of the numerous new species. At a future time
I trust that I shall be enabled to publish a more complete monograph accom-
panied by figures of the various species. The following descriptions are, how-
ever, pertinent, and will enable naturalists, in most cases, to readily identify
the species. The Pomacentroids are the only ones, I believe, concerning which
there can be doubt, but I think that I have succeeded in giving them, also, their
distinctive characters after an examination of many species.

In the fiaal part of this catalogue, the peculiarities of the Fauna of Lower
California will be discussed, and its relations to that of other regions. Some
species are common to even the temperate seas of South America and the
West Indies, but a very Jarge proportion of those discovered are new.

Family LABROID® (Cuv.) Bleeker.

Subfamily Lasrinx (Bon.) Gill.

The representatives of the Labrinz found in the California waters belong to
the “ group ” of Julidina, characterized by Dr. Giinther in his excellent Synop-
sis of the Labroid Genera. The course of the lateral line appears to be more
important than the number of spines, and, consequently, we may associate
those Labroids with an interrupted or suddenly deflected line (except Gom-
phosine) in one subfamily, (Xirichthyinw) and provisionally refer the rest of
the Julidina, the Hypsigenina and Labrina of Dr. Giinther to one subfamily,
(Labrinz) as I know of no important characters coincident with the number of
dorsal spines.

Only one species of the Labrine inhabiting the California coast has been
hitherto described. It is the Semicossyphus pulcher Gthr. (Labrus pulcher Ayres.)
Two new species are now described, both of which belong to the genus Harpe
(Lac.) or Cossyphus Cuv., (not Fabricius.)

Genus HARPE Lac.

This may be retained as by Lacépéde for those species whose median dorsal
and anal rays become much extended in the adult. The Cossyphus axillaris
Cuv. et Val. &c., may be then referred to a new genus (Lepidaplois) distin-
guished by the nearly uniform anal.

Harps DIPLOTANIA Gill.

The greatest height, inclusive of the scaly sheath of the dorsal fin, equals a
fourth of the length from the snout to the end of the median caudal rays. The
head scarcely exceeds the height; its profile is not or very little gibbous in
the adult. The preoperculum is entire or scarcely crenulated ; its posterior
margin is vertical. and its angle obliquely rounded. The eye is subcircular,
contained about six times in the head’s length, and distant from the snout about
two diameters and-a-half. The height of the preorbital bone equals half the
length of the snout. The mouth is moderate, the supramaxillary bone ending

[ March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141

nearly under the posterior nostril. The four canine front teeth of the upper
jaw are conoid, and of nearly equal size, the two median curved slightly for-
wards, and the external downwards and sideways ; the four of the lower jaw have
nearly the same inclination forwards ; the two median are aubot half as long as the
external, contiguous to them, and themselves inclining towards each other. Behind
the canine teeth are small granular ones.

The acuminated dorsal and anal fins increase in length with the age of the
fish, and in the adult the former extends nearly to, and the latter beyond the
median caudal rays, while the external rays of the caudal are twice as long as
the median. The ventrals of the adult are also elongated, and extend to the
third anal spine. The pectorals are as long as the head in front of the oper-
culum.

The scales are moderately large, there being thirty-three along the lateral
line, five rows above, at the origin of the dorsal fin, and twelve rows beneath.
On the caudal peduncles there are four rows above, and five beneath.

D. XII. 11. A. Ill. 13.

The color is brownish yellow, reticulated on the trunk with a dark brownish
hue, which margins each scale. A dark band commences behind the snout,
obliquely tends towards the eye, and behind is divided into two, the upper of
which runs along the oculo-scapular groove, is continued high on the side, and
nearly joins the corresponding one on the back of the caudal peduncle; the
lower one cro3ses the operculum at its angle, and on the caudal peduncle runs
along the lateral line, but ceases before the end of the latter, and alternates
with two spots behind the base of the caudal fin. A band less distinct runs
on the head from the angle of the mouth, and passes close above the angle of
the preoperculum. The pectoral fins are immaculate and yellowish; the spi-
nous dorsal has its postspinal tips orauge; the posterior parts of the dorsal and
anal as well as of the caudal are yellowish, while the rest is darker. The first
ray of the ventrals is orange.

Two specimens of this species were sent to the Smithsonian Institution by
Mr. Xantus; one is in spirits and is nearly nine inches long. The dorsal ex-
tend back to the end of the caudal scales; the anal to the base of the lower
caudal rays; the external caudal rays are scarcely produced; the ventrals do
not extend to the anus. The other is about sixteen inches long; the dorsal
ends rather behind the caudal scales, while the anal is much produced, and ex-
tends as far back as the posterior caudal margin; the external caudal rays of
the naked part of the caudal are nearly twice as long as the others.

Harpe PECTORALLIS Gill.

The greatest height is little more than a third ofthe length. The head is con-
tained about three times and a third in the same length, and in the young is
symmetrical and conical, the profile being nearly straight, but in the adult the
forehead is very gibbous above the eyes. The preoperculum is either entire or
very slightly crenulated, vertical behind, and with its angle obliquely rounded
and curved forwards. The eye is subcircular, and its diameter a little less than
a sixth of the head’s length; itis distant two and-a-half times its diameter
from the snout; the height of the preorbital bone equals half the length of the
snout. The mouth is moderate, the supramaxillary bone ending nearly under
the posterior nostril. The four large teeth of the upper jaw are nearly equal
in size; the median are approximated and curved outwards, and are separated
by a diastema from the external, each of which is curved downwards and out-
wards. Of the front teeth of the lower jaw, the two median are very small,
nearly vertical, and separated by a diastema from the external, which are as large
as those of the upper and directed forwards. Behind the large teeth is a band
of granular ones.

The summits or angles of all the fins, except the pectoral, become elongated
With advancing age, so that, finally, the dorsal extends backwards nearly to,

1862.]

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

and the anal beyond the median caudal rays; the external caudal rays increase,
and become twice as long as the median, and the ventral extend backwards
nearly as far as the base of the anal. The pectorals are constant in their pro-
portion, and equal the length of the head exclusive of the operculum.
5 4
D. XII. 11. A. III. 13. Scales 32—33 — -.
12 5

When dried, the color is brownish-yellow, and reticulated, the margin of
each scale being darker. The terminal halves of the posterior dorsal and anal
fins, as well as of the shorter caudal rays, are orange; the largest caudal rays,
and the anterior borders of the dorsal and anal are reddish ; the rest of these
fins, as well as the ventrals, are darker. The pectorals are orange, with its tip
marked by a large dark spot.

‘When alive, a yellow patch of the size of a half dollar is just behind the
side (pectoral) fins. Head, tail, and all the fins bright red, with the tips black
and yellow. Whole body bright blue.”

[t is allied to Harpe rufus—Cossyphus rufus Gthr., or Cossyphus bodianus Cuv.

There are three specimens in the collection :—

Ist. One a foot long from the snout to the concavity of the caudal, beyond
which the external rays project about an inch; the dorsal extends little beyond
the scaly sheath of the caudal, and the anal to the middle of the external rays;
the ventrals reach the anal. The forehead is not gibbous.

2d. One sixteen inches long to the concavity of the caudal fin, of which the
exposed parts of the external rays are twice as long as those of the others; the
dorsal extends backward nearly to, and the anal beyond the caudal margin;
the ventrals pass the middle of the base of the anal. The hump of the fore-
head exceeds by a half the eye’s diameter.

3d. An old specimen, two feet long, with the caudal lobes rather more pro-
duced, but the dorsal, anal and ventrals rather less than in the second. The
hump on the forehead is very elevated, and twice the diameter of the eye.

Subfamily XIRICHTHYINAE Gill.
Group JULIDES,
Genus JULIS (Cuv.) Giinther.*
JULIS LUCASANUS Gill.!

The height at its highest part equals a fifth (19-20) of the total length.
The head is oblong, moderately decurved in front of the eyes, and forms nearly
a quarter of the total length; its height above the preopercular margin nearly
equals two-thirds (15-24) of its own length, and over the pupil, a half (12-24).
The length of the snout equals a third and is about twice as great as the
height of the preorbital. The diameter of the eye equals a quarter of the
head’s length. The interorbital area is nearly arched transversely, and its
shortest width exceeds the diameter of the orbit.

The dorsal fin commences nearly over the bases of the ventral fins, and is

* The Julis modestus of Girard (Halicheres californicus Gther) belougs to this genus.
The discription by Girard of this species, as well as most others, is very defective, the
characters being chiefly vague or generic. ‘Ihe Ju/ts modestus has an oblong, acutely

2 3

conic head; D. VIII. 14; scales 26 — -. Lin. Jat. ant. 20; the tubes of the lateral! lines
10 3

simple and straight.
| have not seen the Julis semicinctus of Ayres, but on account of its height and the
presence of nine dorsal spines, am inclined to refer it to Halicheres, or rather Cherojulis,
the former name being preoccupied for a genus of Seals. Ayres, like Girard, may have
mistaken the number of spines, but it may be assumed that he is correct.
[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143

nearly uniform at its respective parts, the soft being rather higher than the
spinous.
Fthe anal fin commences at or close before the middle of the length.

The caudal, when expanded, is truncated, and forms a sixth (*17) of the
total length.

The pectorals have very oblique bases, and equal in length the height of
the body, (19). The ventrals are inserted somewhat before the lower axilla
of the pectoral, from which each is separated by a space equal to the base of
the pectoral. The length equals an eleventh of the total.

The tubules of the lateral line are generally more or less trifid (rarely quad-
rifid) on each scale.

ut
D. VII. 13. <A. II. 10 -. Seales 25.
1
The color of the upper half, except a lighter band below the dorsal fin, is
dark purplish, and abruptly separated from the light brownish or rose of the
lower half. The soft portion of the dorsal is margined with whitish; the
rest, as well as almost the whole of the spinous portion, is dark. The basal
half of the anal is light brownish, and the margined half whitish. The cau-
dal has above and below a narrow marginal line of whitish and a submar-
ginal purplish band; the rest is yellowish. The upper axilla of the pecto-
rals has a dark purple dot.
Many specimens of this species, the largest of which is three inches long,

- were obtained by Mr. Xantus.

Group XJRICHTHY 4.

This group, embracing the Xirichthyine with an interrupted line, is repre-
sented by a number of genera which may be briefly characterized as follows :
I. Dorsal spines 9 (10).

A. First two spines forming a distinct fin.
WGHEOK ST WAG SHIAT SCAIOS: <2. .-ccc ccecdesec ceases coscbagee.cesses Novacula.
Cheeks naked (Xirichthys pavo C. V.).c..ssseseeecreeseeees Iniistius.
B. Dorsal fin continuous.
C. Cheeks naked.
2. Seales large.

RprUEaINCUNOTAGIUss--.ctete tone sean ccescrecgerssece ceo «oe Xirichthys.
Ventrals subjugular (Xir. teniurus C. V.)....-..00. Malacocentrus.
8. Scales small (Xir. microlepidotus C. V.).....+.-.00+ Cymolutes Gthr.

CC. Cheeks with large scales.
2. Supramaxillars normal,
1. Head and eyes moderate.

Dorsal and anal acutely angulated near end...,..... Cheilinus.
Dorsal and anal angulated at end (Cheil. arena-
DIESER MMU ID) catcantic nee aitcce cee ec oe ee cerigaa ons etacereetees Oxycheilinnus.

2. Head very large ; eyessmall ( Cheil. undulatus C. V.)..Crassilabrus.
8. Supramaxillars prelonged behind by a membran-
DUNIOXCOUSIO Meer sna set soos /cancionsaces=ssccescsacaeeewascs Epibulus.
MMPEICIESTUIR EHC Lan seeds ts acledivec Coach teet a ede cecces weescianavesseoent Cirrhilabrus.

There is another genus (Doratonotus Gthr.) which is said to have the spinous
portion of the dorsal strongly depressed in the middle. It has as yet been
only indicated. The Xirichthys altipinnis of Riippell has a similar depression
of the dorsal.

f XIRICHTHYS MUNDICEPs Gill.

The greatest height close behind the ventral fins nearly equals a quarter
(23-100) of the total length ; the elevation above the axis is nearly uniform
at the spinous dorsal, but under the soft is slowly decurved to the caudal pe-

1862.]

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

duncle ; the preanal region is nearly horizontal, but behind is nearly recti-
linear and slowly trends upwards to the caudal. The height of the caudal
peduncle equals a tenth (-10) of the total length.

The head is scarcely longer than high, and curved from the dorsal to the
eyes ; it is laterally rhomboid, the profile in front of the eyes descending down-
wards in a nearly straight and oblique line at an angle of about 43° to the
longitudinal axis of the body, and nearly parallel with the preoperculum.
The length from the snout to the end of the subopercular membrane con-
stitutes a quarter of the total, and is a fifth greater than the height at the
vertical margin of the preoperculum. The snout (from the orbit to the sym-
phisis of the intermaxillaries) is more than a third (9-27) of the head’s length,
and nearly twice (9-5) as great as the oblique height of the preorbital. The
eye is moderate, the diameter being contained between five and six (4}-25)
times in the length of the head; the distance from the profile equals two-
thirds of that diameter ; that from the lower margin of the preoperculum
nearly (8-9) equals the distance from the snout.

The preoperculum is rounded at its angle, vertical behind and horizontal
below. The operculum equals the depth of the preorbital, and the suboper-
culum extends nearly an eye’s diameter, the distance between the end of the
subopercular membrane and the preoperculum equalling the height of the
operculum behind the latter.

The dorsal fin commences nearly over the middle of the operculum, or more
than a fifth (-21) of the total from the snout ; the spinous portion occupies a
quarter (°25), and the articulate much more than a quarter (‘29) of the total
length. The spinous portion is nearly uniform, the first spine nearly equal-
ling the diameter of the orbit (-4) and the second and following exceeding it,
(*5—*6): the whole fin almost imperceptibly increases towards the middle of
the soft part. The articulated rays are not branched, the last only being di-
vided at its base.

The anal fin commences behind the second fifth of the length and nearly
under the ninth dorsal spine ; its base equals a third (-33) of the total length ;
its height is nearly uniform.

The caudal is scarcely convex, and forms a sixth (‘17}) of the length.

The pectoral fins extend nearly to the vertical of the anus, and equal in
length a sixth (*16) of the total length.

The ventrals are inserted under the lower axilla of the pectoral, and the
length equals an eleventh (°9) of the total; they are acutely pointed, the first
ray being considerably longest.

The scales are in twenty-four oblique transverse rows ; at the region of great-

est height in ten longitudinal ones, (—) and on the caudal peduncle in seven (—)
9 3

rows. The lateral line is composed of simple tubules; its elevated part runs
through nineteen and its caudal portion through five scales.

Teal 1 i hyp}
D. IX. 11 - - A. I. 10-. Scales 24-—-. Lat. line 19—5.
1k) 1 8 3
The color is uniform flesh-colored tinged with brown.
Totalelengthye335 7. f-bawscencasobricwecccente so avlecwacteas mas auees idchis suie/eceeabaesiueeeRian -100
Body—Heightiover’ ventralis. deane.sleecceepesicloceests elros-neise sls <cecacine=seaew «[uenceeune 23
ECCT OL Galle cce cb ewebweran stein seal ecvecee a= <aecsnee) Sse ee ace biepee sana ajaceeeenenee 10
Whidthencs-ccenssestecsoeoeeteclestecenstinesenemesiness.ocentnes- sie dens acces nett aeaa 8
Head—Length............... Ree Sent celeee cee erine eee enracaccnth cesearec sucess suo -eeteeineenneee 25
Widthes..... oa abe cna he goss dae Seas s Ss SSRs iisecscatensscseeeeeseecsnar 9
Height at preoperculum...............20-++ Sc Ae NRHbRSad J ARES Son So 20
Here hit of preonuital .mecessererceretseeitecteeer st cceect sakes ianascceccaene teens 5
Wengtiol OperculUnneecscrceccecectetececcosearceses sn avdas seen ccneten aeeenenaed 10

[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES

OF PHILADELPHIA.

Sea es oe ai cocina an de rohccling sha sanasngs anqanastdeannarene 4}
SRP RCOMEOTHEND OIE none ae aca fetaeasop pn ness anaes ne caasephinen<wsseewecnep asiden~eas 9

se Pee FILOMUC ceanecneleestencetactslsnanveretlecnaseeawenaradeneanscecsoseocnce 3

a6 RU OVEPRECOPPNCIAAU DA yancs ocre anaes sdedencstesedocacansavccuasecsccesss 8

an PRICES] EE ONIN EMO] « cciacin on oc evap pees umpereesncesuaesos isan sJoqles ose souesces 21
Length of spinous part.......... “ereee rs sop. etbeecee d-ceoset. pet sseceocecteee 25

BGlut evils enonancanceaneascasens supposes cnvense aa qecsia Bcdncoesaosen =. 29

Anal—Distance from Snout-.........sscsee seers Sereaeed eee senelacstsesecncacst cestencsce xcs 42
Length...... Batelelga eeneles seh ebanetiacssavsaccncesasansan= (asa can Sasgtatecsns datcers 33
Ie Nea oa en a ae iat nape doa agnianpas ake panancneccve capeercoseceoaspae 173
Ree Sa R Rl Nae G ie ee cedeioem ave scaten sence scien ancuces,ccnaus as, cevecceuccsceoecscosecccstsene se 16
Ventral—Length............ nogddth “Seb ccS Cae ERE eee ee ~meenientce adecsrecrase= sc 9

Numerous specimens were obtained
very small; the largest is less than four

by Mr. Xantus, but most of them are
inches long.

Genus INIISTIUS Gill.
INISTIUS MUNDICORPUS Gill.

This species has the same form of th

e head and body as Jniistivs pavo. The

greatest height equals three-tenths (:30) of the length and that of the caudal

pedunclea ninth (.11) ofthe same. The

head forms less than three-tenths (-28)

of the length, and is equal to the height over the preoperculum. The eye is

small, its diameter entering seven times
diameter from the profile.
the total length. The front teeth ofthe

and those of the latter are received betwe

occipital spine equals the length of the
total.

th.

a ee
1

forms a seventh (-14) of the leng
1

D. II. VII. 22, 19 -.

2
24 —.
10
The body is yellowish or brownish
alone has several oblique bars between

The ventrals exceed a seventh (-
tirely under the upper angle of the base of the pectoral.

(-4) in the bead’s length; it is distant a

The height of the preorbital equals a tenth (-10) of

upper and lower jaws are nearly equal,
en those of the former. The anterior
pectoral and nearly a fifth (-19) of the
15) of the length and are inserted en-
The caudal scarcely

PL 210s GV 5:,' Scales

»)
“

25 inclusive of large one on caudal, — behind occipital fin; at anus-.

10
and ertirely immaculate.
its rays.

8
The dorsal

One specimen, nearly ten inches long, was obtained by Mr. Xantus at Cape

St. Lucas, and is now in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution.

The

right front tooth of the lower jaw is deflected forwards horizontally.
Family POMACENTROIDZ.
Genus EUSCHISTODUS Gill.*

This name is appropriated to a group of Pomacentroids having nearly the
same physiognomy as Hypsypops, but the teeth, instead of being extire, are very

* A second species of this genus is an inhabitant of Panama, where it was discovered

by Capt. J. M. Dow.

The forehead is transversely convex but not arched, the profile in front less steep, the
preorbital higher behind, and the caudal peduncle shorter than in Euschistedus declivifrons.

D. XII. 12. A. I. 10.
4 3

Scales 26——-, L.1. 21.
10 3

The color is uniformly chocolate or purplish brown; the bases of the pectorals with

falciform black |ine pointed below.
The species may be named Euschistodus c

1862.)

‘oncolor.

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

deeply and acutely notched. The genus Glyphidodon, whose teeth are emar-
ginated, have also a short conic head and low (or narrow) preorbital bones.

EUSCHISTODUS DECLIVIFRONS Gill.

The region of greatest height is at the sixth dorsal spine; the height there,
exclusive of the dorsal sheath, -453 of the total length ; behind the vertical fins
the height equals -18, and at the lowest portion of the caudal peduncle °15 of
the length.

The outline from the dorsal fin to the nape is convex and very oblique, then
rectilinear, andat an angle of 50° to the axis as far as the interorbital region,
which is transversely convex ; in front the profile is also nearly rectilinear and
at an angle of about 73°; the snout, or rather jaw, is convex or curved inwards.
The length of the head forms a quarter of the length, inclusive of the median
caudal rays, and equals the height at the vertical of the pupil, but is a sixth
less than that at the vertical of the preoperculum. The nape is above the
hinder margin of the orbit. The length of the snout exceeds a third (9°25)
of the head's, and is twice as great as the greatest depth of the preorbital bone
and nearly three times (9—3}) as great as the depth at the angle of the mouth.
The preoperculum is entirely vertical behind, horizontal below and obtusely
angulated. The operculum forms about a third of the head’s length (-8}) ; the
operculum and suboperculum together are two and a third times (20—83) higher
than the length of the operculum. The eye is contained nearly three times (9°25)
in the length of the head, and the interorbital area is transversely arched and
exceeds the eye’s diameter.

The mouth is small and its periphery semioval ; the lower jaw is considerably
sborter than the upper. The supramaxillary bone ends under the anterior mar-
gin of the orbit. The lower lip kas a free margin, but it is partially attached
at the symphysis.

The dorsal fin commences at the vertical from the upper axilla of the pec-
toral fin; its spinous portion nearly equals two-fifths (-39) and its soft a seventh
(-14) of the total length; the spines progressively increase in a curved line
towards the fifth, the first spine equalling half the length of the ventral spine
(54); the fifth, from its base, much exceeds (-13), and on its exposed part
nearly equals (-10) twice its length; thence they diminish towards the last,
which equals the length of the exposed part of the fifth. The soft part at its
middle equals the height immediately behind the fin (-18) and is much more
than twice as great as the length of the last ray (-7).

The anal fin begins under the penultimate spine, and its soft part is similar
to und opposite the corresponding part of the dorsal. The length of the first
spine nearly equals that of the first dorsal one (-5), and the second is twice as
long (‘11).

te eel fin is emarginated and its lobes rounded; its median rays form
-18 of the total length and are a quarter less than the longest (:25). The pec-
torals are rounded at the angles and equal ir length -22 of the total. The
ventral fins are inserted a little behind the bases of the pectorals. The spine
equals the second anal (‘11) and is half as long as the first and longest ray

(="22) and equal to the internal (:11).

4
The scales are arranged at the region of greatest height in fifteen rows(—)

and on the caudal peduncle in seven (=): There are twenty-six obliquely

transverse rows, and twenty-one are perforated for the upper part of the lateral
line. The scales of the cheeks are in three rows.

The formula for the fins and scales are as follows :

D. XII. 12. A. IL 12, C.5.1.7.6.14. P.E1.1%. V.1.5. Scales

4 3
95 —26— —- L. 1. sup. 20—21.

3
[March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147

Tke color is greenish, tinged with brassy and with lighter areas in the centres
of the scales on the sides, which form faint, uninterrupted lines. There are
six transverse dorsal bands; the first almost obsolete before the dorsal fin ; the
second under the third to fifth spine; the third under sixth to eighth; the
fourth under the tenth to twelfth; the fifth under the anterior half of the soft
portion, and the sixth behind the fin.

Length from snout to end of median caudal rays (3})..........- 100
BOG =—GTEALCSE MCLEE cecececes scsccesss soserscececoceesevecersssoeesisne 43, 454
Height behind vertical fins.....<.-.0.2.cccccssce ssroveess cocres 18
SOMCHAUCAMNPCOUNClLOv...--cscecnscccsmsiscecassosinececs vee 15
GReaMeSIRUMICKMESScrssccsercces-aisssosescccte,ccacoecescos scesciess 17
Head—Length laterally......... .ccccseceeseees Sess oitesssinese scones i 25
Height at preopercular margin...........scceceeceecereee sevee 30
PAM SUERIU less sccste sels accat/sccctcecsicsiseceliescesecsioncees sccese 25
So Of preorbital atend! Of JAW....--0.-c---ce0cerscsac 0s 3}
Me ss Btiimighesh partascccssescsscrassscoesess 4}
erro ihtOiesnOUtsesscscss<cseccsas <seo cess: oresesse Brecesecssieeciecs 9
Meno CHTOn OPCLCULMMN <<. <-s)a<s-s0necsciioeessscacsoesecs qosesne 8é
Height of operculum and suboperculum............-.0+... 20
WAG HY OR INTeCrOT Ital ALCB..<.-.<c1sesccesaisosessccesecessiucsess 93
Eye—Diameter.................0008 Reanim catascchiessseaeescescsoelsesessicesics 9
OTSA —— ONION LOM SNOUC ..2.. 0050 s0se0icsesescesienesssseosesesaisscce 274
HC HOMO M DAS Gtecccnse tsel cee soscwaice cnet eee esiaica son sjecceacceess 39—14
ROR Hig iE SPIN GC s-5.<0:02--naccisleascaspenscehedneinssiies neeuss 54
peep lTUNES PING. c.dott ences essisesoesiceseorsscie=sesseiceoses (10)-13
oc PLAS tISDINGlscscms's> seseiss ose (0 So odaceo daceeb Bagaodecdas 8, 10
et SRLONPESE TAY ~sccse~cs[soeseseeoacoss Rol weeinlewsle veeasions 18
et CS NSTH TERT Soddconcoeadeo ededal adocdapeD da IccUcONan Gaede ts
PAHS me (TUT IROMESTN OU taloccs cnc occsecnscisecoscccesceecsleo+seseseseeses 57
HLTA G1 RS io5- 68 coonat edd Sane SaSeO DOC ECE CUCOBEEDE DeAC LED ELBE : 19
FLGIGH ALBUS US PINs. c.0---lss00-0sis1s0s0iee0es0sscecisenserieoseesleas 5
ce Bem SECONGUSPIN Crass ccr-s sieatnssleleconclescscicisecascncnione eae Wt
ce PANU PORT AV ereces/sccsbiescinces scesledocos)e ss sanclscissiotel 18
See PLASEI TAY) ccs sahs conecisacdae \clacas caversceslcwsessclecransesse 1%
Osudal—Leneth Of median rays ....csc0.6: 000 cosceeeneaseecieecsace 18
a EMION GEST AY cc ccaeloo vs «c's Be stiasa) atc dewsiseeieasis dele ose 25
Pee condi—— Wen mihnecn tec. cocsceccccsevevecsscses) seeccoessseecese Bécives 22
Wienttral bene thy Of IS pINCs«.2cscaoeseucenecesaeeswassseceinsaece sec, scene iit
a SOMIIESUIL AN sceseceseionercslecnecciessneeiCcrccclarcrecssacse 22

Seven specimens of this species, varying between nearly two and four inches
were obtained by Mr. Xantus.

Genus HYPSYPOPS Gill.

This genus, framed for Glyphidodonte, with elevated preorbital bones and
entire teeth, is rather allied to Pomacentrus than to Glyphidodon, the technical
character bringing its species in the latter genus, being of less real value than
the dentition or development of the suborbital bones.

Hypsypops porsatis Gill.

The height much exceeds a third (-37) of the extreme length. The head is
rather depressed in front of the nape and very steep in front of the eyes; it
forms nearly a quarter (-23) of the total length; its height at the vertical of
the preoperculum much exceeds the length (-28), and that at the pupil is less
(21). The length of the snout equals two-fifths of the latter height (-84), is
about a quarter more than the height of the preorbital bone (-6), which itself
is not much less than the diameter of the eye (‘7). The preoperculum is per-
fectly entire, and the teeth of the jaws truncated.

1862.]

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The dorsal fin commences above the first scale of the lateral line; its greatest
height equals or exceeds a quarter of the length (*26), The caudal has acute
lobes, forming more than a quarter (:27) of the length, while the median rays
scarcely equal a sixth (-16) of the same. The pectorals and ventrals are
nearly equally long and exceed a quarter (‘21—*22) of the length; the latter
are inserted immediately behind the former. The dorsal and anal are densely
scaly.

3 2
D. XII. 13. <A.II.11. Scales 22——-. Lat. line 21.
10 3

The color of the entire fish is a deep purplish brown, relieved on the back by
two blue spots on each side, as in Pomacentrus guadrigutta, (under the fourth spine
and under the third or fourth ray,) close behind the dorsal by a transverse
linear spot, and on or just above the first scale of the lateral line by another spot.
A blue line extends from the snout to the front of the orbit, and a spot exists
above before the middle of the orbit. Another blue line crosses the preorbital
and passes under the eye. There are also a few other blue dots scattered on
the head.

A single specimen of this species, four inches long, was sent by Mr. Xantus
to the Smithsonian Institution.

Genus POMACENTRUS Lac.

PoMACENTRUS RECTIFRENUM Gill.

The height equals a third (-34) of the total length, inclusive of the entire
caudal. The head is regularly decurved from the nape and forms nearly a
quarter (-23) of the total length; its height at the preopercular margin ex-
ceeds the length (-24) and is rarely a quarter greater than that of the pupil
(19). The length of the snout exceeds a third (°8) of the head's, is greater
than the diameter of the eye (-7), which itself is more than twice as great as
the height of the entire preorbital (3) at the angle of the mouth. The pre-
operculum is finely dentated and vertical behind. The teeth are entire.

The dorsal commences above the upper axilla of the pectoral ; the greatest
height exceeds a fifth (-21) of the total length, and equals the length of the
pectoral (:21). The ventrals are inserted behind the pectorals, and equal a
quarter of the length. The caudal forms about a quarter of the extreme length,
and the inner rays exceed a sixth (-16) of the same.

3 2
D. XII. 16. A.II. 15. Scales 25--. Lat. line 21.
103

The color isa deep chestnut, dotted with light blue on each scale on the back
and tail, and on the sides with a faint crescentiform line, parallel with the
border of each scale. The head bas two blue lines diverging from the snout
and passing over the eyes to each side of the dorsal ; there is an oblique one
on the preorbital and also a suborbital line, as well as one below the suborbital
chain. Another proceeds backwards from the upper angle of the orbit. A
black spot, bordered by blue, is more or less developed behind the dorsal. The
dorsal, anal and pectoral are very dark, and the first two dotted with blue.

There are six specimens in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution. The
pattern is similar, but not equally vivid in all. There is no indication of a dor-
sal ocellus.

The following two species were at first supposed to be varieties of one spe-
cies of Pomacentrus, but, as there are no gradations, and as they differ slightly
in pattern of coloration as well as the presence of a dorsal ocellus, it is impro-
bable that such is the case.

POMACENTRUS FLAVILATUS Gill.
This species differs from the preceding by the presence of a very distinct

[ March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149

ocellus on the anterior half of the soft part of the dorsal fin, which also advances
downwards as far as the lateral line. The color of the body, below the late-
ral line, is yellowish brown, with an indistinct dot on each scale; the caudal,
pectoral, ventral and anal fins as well as the dorsal fin behind are also yellow-
ish, the external ventral ray and margin of the anal before being darker.

One specimen, about three inches long, was discovered at Cape St. Lucas by
Mr. Xantus and sent to the Smithsonian Institution.

Pomacentrus Barrpi Gill.

This species has the hinder and lower part of its length colored like the pre-
ceding, but there is no trace of an ocellus, and the base of the soft part of
the dorsal is blue. The ventral fins are also very light. The blue lines from
the snout end over the pupils ; a transverse line, a third of the interorbital area,
exists on that area, and behind it are two short parallel longitudinal lines.
There are three blue spots on the suboroital chain and one behind the angle of
the mouth. The scales below are not dotted with blue in the middle.

Two specimens, rather less than an inch long, are in the collection of the
Smithsonian Institution. The preopercular serrature is almost obsolete.

PoMACENTRUS QUADRIGUTTA Gill.

The present species differs from P. rectifranum by the greater portion of each
scale being blue; the presence of two distant blue spots on the back, one be-
low the end of the dorsal fin, and another at the end of the base of the anal ;
the color of the head above more like that of P. Bairdii. The ventrals are dark
asin P. rectifrenum, edged, like the anal, with blue.

Many specimens, less than an inch long, were obtained and sent by Mr. Xantus
to the Smithsonian Institution. The preopercular serrature is very faint.

Genus CHROMIS Cuy.

Furcaria was established by M. Poey for two species of Pomacentroids
found along the Cuban coast, which were supposed to be distinguished from
all others by seven branchiostegal rays and the unequal teeth. M. Poey has
kindly sent to the Smithsonian Institution two specimens of the type of his
genus, the Furcaria puncta, and, after a careful examination but without dis-
section, I have been unable to count a number so unprecedented and remark-
able for a Pomacentroid, and have only discovered five. The name might, how-
ever, be retained for the group which differs from the typical species of Chromis
or Heliases by the presence of only twelve dorsal spines.*

Curomis (Furcaria) ATRILOBATA Gill,

The form is probably nearly similar to that of Furcaria puncta, but the only
specimen sent to the Smithsonian Institution by Mr. Xantus is much injured
and shrivelled up, although preserved in alcohol. The greatest height is esti-

* Another type of the Pomacentroids characterized by a band of conical teeth in each
jaw is Dascyllus Cuv. (Tetradrachmum Cantor). An elegant undescribed species is found
at the Sandwich Islands, from which specimens were sent to the Smithsonian Institution
by Mr. W. H. Pease. It may be called Dascyllus albisella; it has the form of Dascyllus
marginatus Ehr.; its height exceeds half the entire length.. ‘The head forms nearly a
quarter of the same. Its forehead before the eye is vertical. The dorsal spine regu-
larly decreases from the second to the last, the second equalling the length of the head
and about twice as long as the last. ‘The soft paris of the dorsal and anal are arched.

D. XIf. 16. A. IL. 15,

5 2
Scales 27—,-. Lat, line 18—19,
12 3
_ The color is dark grayish, with a transverse white band descending half way down
from the middle of the back below the dorsal fin, between its fifth and tenth spines, All
the fins, except the pectorals, are very dark.

1862.]

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

mated to have been about three-tenths of the extreme length, inclusive of the
caudal lobes; that at the origin of the anal fin equals a quarter of the length.
The height behind the dorsal and anal exceeds an eighth (-13) of the total
length, as well as the length (behind it) of the caudal peduncle, while the
least height of the latter equals an eleventh (-9) of the length.

The head forms more than a fifth (-21}) of the extreme length, and is
longer than high; the height at the upper angle of the preoperculum ‘19, and
that at the pupil -17 of the same length. The diameter of the eye is contained
three and a half times (-6) in the head’s length, equals the snout and is twice
as great as the height of the very oblique preorbital. The forehead and snout
above are nearly rectilinear, and the former between the eyes is transversely
arched and as wide as the diameter of the eye. The preoperculum is oblique
behind and scarcely emarginated at its luwer half, has its angle rounded and
its inferior margin slightly ascending. The mouth is small and very oblique.
The teeth are conic and curved, continued to the angles of the mouth and
larger in front ; behind is a transverse row of smaller ones.

The dorsal fia commences above the bases of the ventrals; its spinous por-
tion is rather elevated, and its last spines rather shorter than the preceding ;
its base much exceeds a quarter (28) of the length; that of the soft nearly
equals a seventh (-14) of the length; at its middle the height nearly equals an
eighth (-13), and behind a tenth (10) of the length.

The anal, like that of Furcaria puncta, has its second spine as long as the
succeeding rays, which are nearly uniform or even slightly increase towards
the last.*

The caudal forms more than a quarter (:27) of the extreme length, the lobes,
especially the upper, being prolonged and pointed, while the median rays only
equal a tenth (-10) of the length.

The pectorals are rather long (-18) and bluntly angulated. The ventrals
have the first ray filiform and equal to the pectorals ; its base is behind that of
the pectorals.

The scales have been mostly rubbed off in the single specimen in the mu-
seuma. Those on the cheeks are triserial.

1
D. XII.11-. A. II. 12.
1 A
Scales 32—33—. Lat. line sup. 21, (inf. 17 !)
10
The color is dark green. The dorsal blackish, except the hinder portion,
(last four or five rays,) which is colorless. The caudal has its margins above
and below black.
A single specimen was sent to the Institution by Mr. Xantus. It is in poor
condition and slightly less than four inches long.

Genus GLYPHIDODON Lac.

GLypHIDODON TroscHELI! Gill.

The form is similar to that of Glyphidodon sazatilis (Lac.) and its allies. The
height equals half the length, exclusive of the caudal. The head forms a third
of the same length and is as long as itis high close behind the eyes. Theeye
has a diameter nearly equal to a third of the head’s length, is separated by a
diameter from the muzzle, and the same distance from its fellow. The inter-
orbital area is transversely convex. ‘The preorbital bone is nearly parallel
with the straight suborbitals. The preoperculum has a vertical posterior and
horizontal inferior border, and its angle is obtuse or rounded.

The dorsal begins over the base of the lowerrays of the pectorals. The pec-

* Furcaria cyanea is represented by Poey with the anal acuminate at the middle like the

dorsal.
[ March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151

torals and ventrals are nearly equal and almost as long as the head. The
ventrals are inserted nearly as far back as the vertical of tae third dorsal spine.
The entire caudal equals the length of the head; the median rays equal about
two-thirds of the longest.

D. Xi. 12. A. II. 13.

4 3
Scales 25—,-. L.1. 20.
10 3

The color is light green or purplish; five rather narrow vertical bands cross
the body ; the first commences under or close before the front of the dorsal ;
the second, under the space between the third and fifth spine; the third, between
the seventh and ninth; the fourth, under the thirteenth spine, and the jifth is
close behind the dorsal and anal. The fins are immaculate, the external por-
tions of the ventrals darker.

This species is apparently very common at Cape St. Lucas, Mr. Xantus having
sent to the Smithsonian Institution about one hundred specimens, most of which
are, however, very young; the largest are three or feur inches long.

I dedicate the species to Dr. Troschel, who, by his annual reports on herpe-
tology, ichthyology and malacology, as well as by the original memoirs pub-
lished by bim alone and in conjunction with the great J. Miiller, has much
contributed to the advancement of those departments of science.

Qn some new and little known American ANURA.

BY E. D. COPE.

Hylodes dimidiatus.

Form ranine. Head not broader than body, muzzle rather acute, depressed
at the tip. Nostrils lateral. Eye of moderate size, twice the extent of the
round tympanic membrane. Internal nares small, less than ostia pharyngea;
vomerine teeth posterior to them, in two rather abruptly curved series; their
inner extremities directed backwards, widely separated, their outer reaching
the maxillary margin. ‘Tongue oval, without posterior notch. Skin smooth
above and below, except upon the posterior femoral region. A narrow dermal fold
from the superciliary region nearly to the groin. Posterior lateral region rugulose.
Digital pallettes well developed: no rudimentary membrane between posterior
digits. Two metatarsal tubercles, that at the base of the least digit elongate ;
sole smooth. Palm tuberculous, two metacarpal warts, no tarsal dermal fold.
Humerus three-fourths the length of tarsus, which is half as long as the tibia,
which is longer than the femur. Length of head and body 1in.91. Ante-
brachium 431. Tarsus and longest digit lin. 31. Hinder extremity, from
groin, 2 in. 91.

Above brownish or pinkish gray, beneath yellowish. A black band passes
from the end of the muzzle across the tympanic disc, beneath the lateral dermal
fold, to about the middle of the side. A yellowish line on superior labial
margin, indistinct anteriorly. A black, white-bordered spot on the crural
region, sometimes one on each side of the end of the coccyx. Inner faces of
extremities marbled ; superior surfaces cross-banded. A very narrow white
line extends from the end of the muzzle to the terminal coccygeal region.
Some white spots on the posterior femoral surface.

Habitat—KEastern Cuba. Mus. Smithsonian (No. 5099) Mr. Wright Coll
Mus. Acad. Philada.

This species exhibits much resemblance to Dr. Giinther’s Cystiguathus
albilabris in external form.

Hylodes lentus.
Form stout, depressed; posterior extremities short. Head not so wide as

1861.]

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the body; muzzle prominent, rounded. Tympanic disc round, half the size of
the eye. Nostrils lateral. Internal nares large, equal to ostia of eustachian
tubes. Behind these are placed the two curved series of vomerine teeth, which
extend nearly from the maxillary wall; their inner extremities are directed
backwards, and are separated by a slight interval. Tongue elongate oval,
entire. Without granulations above, below, or upon the sides. Pallettes
moderately developed. Palms tuberculous; three warts in the posterior series,
of which the median is much the largest. Soles with small tubercles, two
small posterior metatarsals, the inner elongate, acute. Heel reaching orbit,
when directed forward. Length of head and body 1 in. 6 1. Hinder ex-
tremity lin. 111. Tarsus, to end of digit, 1 in. 11. Antebrachium 44 1.

Beneath whitish, immaculate. Above dark chestnut, a light band on each
side from posterior margin of the orbit to crural region; between these, on the
vertex, the sides and extremities, the ground is coarsely marbled with whitish
or yellowish. ‘

Habitai.—St. Thomas. Mus. Smithsonian. Riise Coll.

This species differs from its near ally, the martinicensis, in the greater
length of the series of vomerine teeth and in coloration. The posterior ex-
tremities are much shorter than in the dimidiatus.

Hylodes auriculatus.

Size small: head as wide as, or wider than, the body. Muzzle rounded.
Nostrils lateral. Tympanic disc circular, one-fourth the size of the eye.
Tongue elongate, obcordate, with a small emargination. Vomerine teeth in
two oblique series, which commence opposite the inner margin of the posterior
nares, and converge posteriorly, though the extremities are widely removed.
Above sparsely rugose; belly and femora beneath, granulate. Digital pallettes
well developed. Anterior extremity reaching to groin. Heel nearly to end
of the muzzle. Total length 101. Hinder extremity 1 in. 3 1.

Above light gray, loreal region black; a black line descends from orbit to
near the shoulder, which crosses the upper part of the tympanum. A blackish
band between the eyes, a chevron-shaped one between the scapule. Hinder
extremities dark, shaded on their posterior faces. Beneath yellowish, mental
and lower labial region varied with brown.

Habitat.—Eastern Cuba, Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5207.) Philadelphia
Academy.

This species is allied to H. martinicensis, but has a broader head,
longer extremities, and rougher skin: it is also much smaller.

Hylodes cuneatus.

Hyliform: head large, broader than the body. Muzzle elongate, acute.
Tympanic disc round, half the size of the eye. Internal nares smaller than
eustachian ostia; the latter are transverse. Vomerine teeth in two curved
series, which begin opposite, and much behind the external border of the in-
ternal nares, and converge posteriorly, leaving an interval. Tongue elongate
oval, rounded posteriorly, slightly nicked. Skin of the superior surfaces. ex-
cept that of the muzzle, granulated; beneath everywhere smooth. A slight
dermal fold extends from the end of the muzzle to the end of the coccyx, and
another, very delicate, commences behind each orbit, and descends upon the
side, then ascends towards the iliac region. Palm tubercular, two large meta-
carpal tubercles. Sole smooth, two metatarsal warts, the external not promi-
neut. Heel extending nearly to extremity of muzzle. Length of head and
body 1 in. 7 1. Hinder extremity 2 in. 6 1. Width of posterior gular re-
gion 7 1.

Above blackish gray. Muzzle lighter as far as the abrupt commencement of
the darker between the eyes. A light line, from anterior border of orbit to
labial commissure, and one from the posterior border to the tympanum. A light
band from each supercilium to the coccygeal region. Extremities indistinctly

[ March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153

banded with brown. Beneath whitish, very minutely punctulaerd with brown,
except upon the abdomen. Var., almost entirely black: the head a little nar-
rower.

Habitat.—Eastern Cuba. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5202, var. 52023.)

Hylodes planirostris.

Head as wide as, or wider, than the body, longer than broad; the lateral
outlines curved; the end of the muzzle abruptly truncated. Ostia pharyngea
oval. Vomerine teeth in two long curved series, which commence behind
and opposite to the external border of inner nares; they are separated by
a considerable space medially. Tongue elongate, oval, slightly nicked. A
subgular vocal sack, Tympanum half the size of the eye. Skin smooth above
and below; sides rugose. Heel reaching the orbit. Digital pallettes small.”
Two metacarpal, two metatarsal tubercles. Brachium longer than or equal to
ante-brachium. Length of head and body 111. Muzzle, to canthus oris, 4 1.
Hinder extremity 1 in. 9 1.

General color reddish brown. The loreal region, a band between the eyes,
one above the tympanum, and some dorsal spots, darker. Beneath light
brownish.

Habitat.—New Providence Island, Bahamas. Mus. Salem. From Frederick
Putnam, Esq.

Hylodes hallowellii.

Head and body rather elongate. Muzzle thick, prominent. Canthus ros-
tralis obsolete. Tympanic disc half the size of the eye. Vomerine teeth much
behind the internal nares, in two short, transverse, slightly curved series.
Tongue thick, elongate, oval, entire. Ostia pharyngea round, a little larger
than internal nares. Skin of the under surfaces smooth; sides rugulose, with
a few tubercles; a few rugosities on the posterior dorsal region, and some folds
upon its borders. A strong fold from the orbit above and behind the tympanum.
Numerous delicate folds npon the anterior face of the femur; a posterior tarsal
fold. Palm smooth, a large median metacarpal tubercle, and a very prominent
elongate one on the base of the inner digit. A rudimentary web between all
the toes of the hinder extremity; the metacarpal tubercles two, small, the
internal narrow. Femora very stout. Heel extending to the orbit. Length of
head and body 1in.61. Width of head at canthus oris 61. Length of hinder
extremity 2 in. 31. ;

Above grayish brown, with a reddish tinge. A light band between the eyes,
from which one descends on the end of the muzzle to the labial border. A
light line from the nostril to the labial burder, two from the anterior border of
the orbit, and one from the posterior. A dark shade upon the occiput. Chin,
thorax, sides and inner borders of extremities marbled with brown. Two brown
bands on the tibia ;°one broad and several narrow bands on the femur.

Habitat —Near Carthagena, New Granada. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 4343.)
From Lieut. Michler’s Expedition.

A near ally of H. fitzingerii Schmidt, with which it ought, perhaps, to
be removed from this genus.

It is dedicated to the memory of the late Dr. Edward Hallowell, whom the
author holds in grateful and respectful recollection.

The genus Hylodes, as understood by Duméril, embraces twenty-three
species, including those here described. They naturally associate themselves
round several types, forming the following groups. 1. Craugastor Cope. Toes
very slightly webbed. Vomerine teeth in two short, transverse series behind
the internal nares. Skin of the abdomen smooth. H. hallowellii and
fitzingerii. 2. Hylodes Mitz. Toes entirely free. Vomerine teeth in two
short, oblique series behind the internal nares. Skin of the belly (typically,
granular. H. martinicensis, auriculatus, ?conspicillatus)
?parvus (belly smooth.) 3. Lithodytes Fitz. Toes free. Vomerine teeth in

1862.]

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

two, often elongate, curved series behind the posterior nares. Skin of abdo-
men smooth. H. lineatus,lentus, cuneatus, luteolus, planiros-
tris, dimidiatus. This group connects with Hylodes proper through H.
cuneatus. 4. Euhyas Fitz. Toes free. Vomerine teeth in two elongate,
angularly curved series, which are medially directed posteriorly and in contact,
forming a zigzag line behind the anterior nares. Abdomen smooth or granular.
H. ricordii, oxyrhynchus. The dentition of this group is nearly ap-
proached by that of H. (Lithodytes) lentus. 5, Batrachyla Bell. Toes free.
Vomerine teeth in two straight oblique groups between the posterior nares.
Abdomen smooth: a. Tympanum round. Batrachyla. H. leptopus, lon-
gipes. 6. Tympanum vertically elliptic. Halophila Gird. H. heros,

.chryseus,* dorsalis, vitianus, corrugatus.

Hylodes laticeps is perhaps the type of a distinct genus. Ranacapito
Leconte bears some resemblance to it.

Phyllobates limbatus.

Size very small; form ranine. Head uot wider than the body. Muzzle
rather acute. Skin smooth below, slightly granular upon the lateral, gluteal
and ovcipital regions. Tympanic disc two-thirds the size of the orbit.
Nostril lateral, its position one-third the distance from the muzzle to the orbit.
Internal nares much smaller than ostia pharyngea. Tongue elongate, sub-
cylindrical, entire. Palms and soles granular; outer metatarsal tubercle very
small. A delicate dermal fold on the median line of the back. Heel scarcely
reaching the orbit. Length of head and body 531. Hinder extremity 8 1.

Above, chestnut. A white line extends from the end of the muzzle to the
knee joint; beneath this a broad, black band extends to the same position.
Upper surfaces of posterior extremities and anal region blackish browa. Under
surfaces and anterior extremities yellowish, the hinder limbs and sides of
abdomen spotted with brown. A dark line on humerus. Upper lip yellow.

Habitat.—Eastern Cuba. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5206.) Mr. Chas. Wright's
Coll. Acad. Philada.

This is, perhaps, the smallest frog known, and is a very prettily marked one.
Suspicions of immaturity have been removed by careful examination of the
six specimens at our disposal.

Hyla andersonii Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854, p. 61.

In proportions and general appearance similar to the Hyla arborea of
Europe. The skin of the upper surface of the body and extremities is smooth,
minutely corrugated ; that of the throat, belly, and under surfaces of the femora,
is areolated. A cutaneous fold across the breast, and one across the throat.
Tympanum about one-third the size of the eye, Tongue broad, slightly
emarginate. Vomerine teeth in two oblique series between the internal nares,
each directed inward and backward.

Coloration in life. The whole upper surface a rather deep pea green, paler
upon the sides and the margin of the upper lip. A narrow band of purplish
brown commences at the external nares, passes through the eye and including
the tympanum, loses its inferior border a little beyond the insertion of the
humerus. The color becomes paler upon the sides, where it is of an ashy
mulberry tint, and extends as far as the origin of the femur. Anterior to this
point it is margined below by large irregular spots of a beautiful saffron, which
are continued upon the anterior and posterior surfaces of the femur, and the
whole inferior surface of the tibia, upon a ground of a paler shade of the same
color. The supero-anterior surface of the tarsus, the three inner toes and the
webs of the external,—also a small area behind the humerus, the. posterior
surface of the latter, the infero-anterior face of the fore-arm and the inner

*Halophila vitiensis Gir., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1853, Oct. nec, H. vitianu
Dum., Ann. Sci. Nat. 1853, June, 1853.
[ March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 155

finger, are tinted and spotted in the same manner. The superior surfaces of
the femur, tibia, humerus and fore-arm, are of the same color as the back,
that of the humerus separated from the green of the jaws by an isthmus of the
purplish shade, and that of the tibia separated anteriorly from the saffron of
its lower surface by a band of mulberry. The green of the back and ex-
tremities is everywhere margined with pure white, except posteriorly on the
femur and tibia, and anteriorly on the former, where saffron takes its place.
The green crosses the rictus and forms an oval spot upon each side of the
throat. The borders of the latter and the chin are tinged with mulberry.
Beneath whitish flesh color. The exposed surfaces of the anterior and posterior
extremities, where not green, are of a shade intermediate between mulberry and
chocolate.

Length of head and body lin.81. Femur81. Tibia 91. Tarsus and foot,
to the end of the longest toe, 12} 1.

The following are the differences which I discover upon a comparison of this
species with many specimens of the Hyla arborea of Europe. The head is
relatively broader and more obtuse. The vomerine teeth are in two oblique
lines, not in symmetrical fasciculi. In coloration we notice, first, the arborea
is entirely destitute of the saffron spots and shades so distinct in the ander-
sonii. Second, the carpus and tarsus of tue latter are destitute of any green
shade or band so usual in the arborea. Third, the green is bordered with
white, not yellow, and the green of the extremities is much more distinctly
bordered than inthe arborea. Fourth, the lateral band, and that on the

- anterior face of the tibia, is of an impure mulberry shade, instead of brown

or greenish.

I am indebted to Dr. Jos. Leidy for a beautiful specimen of this frog. It was
found in a cedar swamp, near the town of Jackson, in New Jersey, sixteen
miles east of Philadelphia. Without careful examination of the specimen, he
supposed it to be the viridis of the Southern States, from its great re-
semblance to that species, and presented it as such, at the meeting of the
Academy the same evening. (Vid. Proc. Acad. for July, p. 305.) At the same
time Baltimore was given as its northern limit upon the authority of Dr. Uhler
of that place. As Dr. Holbrook gives lat. 33° as the most northern habitat
known to him, it would be interesting to receive specimens from Baltimore, as
there is a possibility of the supposed viridis being the andersonii.
Lysapsus limellum.*

Char. gen.—Family Hylide of Giinther. Anterior extremities free. Interior
digit opposite the three external. Proximal phalanx of external, posterior
digit entirely free from that of the second; all the digits broadly palmate.
Pallettes slightly developed. Vomerine teeth in two fasciculi. Tongue broad,
slightly free, nearly entire. Skin rugose above, not smooth below.

This genus is related to Litoria, but differs from it, and from most, if not all,
other genera of Opisthoglossa platydactyla, in the freedom of the basal

‘phalanx of the external digit.

Char. specif—Head as wide as the body. Muzzle acute, with rounded out-
lines. Canthus rostralis none. Nostrils vertical. Tympanic disc half the size
of the eye. Internal nares smaller than ostia pharyngea tubarum eustachil.
Vomerine teeth in two well-separated fasciculi, near to and behind the nares.
Tongue very broad, subtriangular, obtusely emarginate and slightly free
postericrly. Inferior surface of limbs smooth, of body areolate or transversely
plicate, except on the middle of the thorax. Upper surfaces as far as interior
orbital region, minutely and firmly rugose, resembling shagreen. Palms not
tubercular; basal phalanges thickened. Hinder extremities very long, knee
reaching nearly to tympanum. Palm smooth, a small acute cuneiform tubercle
at the base of the internal digit. External digit longer than the third.

*JZima, a file, shagreen.

1862.]

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Palmation extending to the pallettes. No dermal folds, except on the posterior
face of tarsus. Humerus shorter than antebrachium; tarsus less than half the
length of tibia. Length of head and body 91. Hinder extremities 16 1.

Above dark reddish brown, a dark spot on the occiput. Two narrow yel-
lowish lines on each side, one from the orbit, one from the tympanum. A
light line from the orbit to the angle of the mouth. Two broad oblique bands
across the femur, three from the tibia. A brown band extends from one
popliteal region to the other, without interruption, on the (?) perineum. Be-
neath pale rusty ; small brown spots on lower labial region.

Habitat,—Paraguay. Taken on river. Mus. Smithsonian,
(No. 5494.)

This species has probably the habits of Rana. It evidently possesses great
power in the hinder extremities. The formation of these, and of the anterior
members, remind us of Pseudis.

Cystignathus podicipinus.

Tympanum distinct, half the size of the eye. Posterior digits with margins
as wide asa phalanx, which unite at their bases, forming aslight web. A
tarsal fold continuous with that of the internal digit, except where interrupted
by a spur-like tubercle. Tarsus half as long as tibiw. Anterior digits free;
first digit longer than the second and fourth; an elongate tubercle at its base;
an oval median palmar tubercle; inferior articular tubercles moderate. Head
narrow. Muzzle rounded, a little prominent. Tongue oval, subemarginate.
Vomerine teeth in two short, separate rows, much behind, and within the
marginal line of the posterior nares. Skin smooth above, except a few minute
warts on the coccygeal region. Lateral and postunal region verrucose. Total
length of head and body 211. Anterior extremity 101. Posterior extremity
2in. 31, Foot and tarsus 14 1.

Above brown, an elongate, darker triangular spot between the eyes. A yel-
lowish line extends beneath the eye to the angle of the mouth. Femora indis-
tinctly banded, posteriorly marbled with blackish. Tibiz with three brown
bands. Beneath yellowish brown, with numerous yellow spots.

Habitat.—Paraguay. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5831.) Philada. Acad.

This species differs from the other Cystignathi, with margined toes and
vomerine teeth behind the nares, in having the latter in straight series, instead
of curved. It differs from C. ocellatus and many species with simple
digits, in wanting the discoidal folding of the thoracic and abdominal in-
tegument.

Cystignathus poecilochilus.

Tympanum half the size of the eye. Head rather depressed. Muzzle short,
not prominent. Tongue oval, subemarginate posteriorly. Vomerine teeth in
two well-separated curved series behind the internal nares, the outer ex-
tremities of the former on a line with the middle of the latter. A pectoral,
lateral, abdominal fold, enclosing the thoracic integument, as a disc. A dermal
fold from the posterior border of each orbit to the groin. The heel extended
reaches the nostril. Toes not margined, slightly webbed at the base; their
subarticular knobs very prominent. Sole smooth. Internal anterior digit
shorter than the third, and longer than the fourth. A large palmar tubercle ;
an elongate one at the base of the intern+l digit. Length of head and body
lin. 101. Anterior extremity 101. Hinder extremities 2 in. 91.

Color of surperior surfaces chestnut brown; the sides rather darker, deli-
cately marbled next to the pure white abdomen.

A brown band on the extremity of each canthus rostrlais reaching the labial
commissure; another beneath the anterior part of the orbit. Lips marbled
with white and brownish. A narrow brown band above and behind the tym-
panum. Some light-bordered brown spots on the anterior face of the femur

[ March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157

and posterior face of the tibia. A light line on the posterior face of each
femur.

Habitat.—Near Turbo, New Granada. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 4347.) Acad.,
Philadelphia.

The fewness of the dermal plice, the less prominence of the muzzle, and
the want of spots on the back, separate this species from the fuscus. In
teniatus there are no folds, and the vomerine teeth are in fasciculi.

Pseudacris feriarum. Heloecetes feriarum Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila.
1854, p. 61.

The differences between Pseudacris Fitz and Heloecetes Baird, do not seem
obvious, The present species was described from specimens found near
Carlisle, Penna. I have found it abundant near Gloucester, New Jersey, and
in the valley of Trough Creek, in the southern part of Huntingdon Co., Pa.

Phrynocerus testudiniceps.

Top of the head plane, the profile of the muzzle descending from the nasal
process of the frontal bone at an obtuse angle. Space between the orbits
slightly concave, wider than the diameter of the orbit. Temporal ridge not
prominent. Dermo-ossification roofing over the temporal fosse, as in Spix’s
figure of Rana scutata, but not enclosing the tympanum posteriorly or
inferiorly. Its posterior border is nuchal, continuous, concave; it is further
behind the orbit than the end of the muzzle is anterior to the latter. Tym-
panum vertically oval, longest diameter equal to the length of the third phalanx
of the third anterior digit. Vomerine teeth in separate transverse series ante-
rior to the inner margin of the internal nares. Anterior digits free; posterior
fully webbed, except the extent of the last two phalanges of the median.

Skin (in a stuffed specimen) without folds, but with obtuse warts. Length
of head and body 7in. Head 1 in. 91.. Tarsus and longest toe 3 in. 91.
Breadth of jaws on the gular region, 2 in. 91.

Above bright yellowish and brownish green, marbled with black. Sides and
inferior surfaces of extremities without marbling. Subanal region blackish,
spotted with yellow. Belly and gular region whitish, a few black vermicula-
tions on the latter.

Habitat—Panama. Mus. Academy, Philadelphia. Lieut. Fields.

Phrynocerus* appears to be aname applicable to the Ranid genus, which
differs from Ceratophrys, in wanting a dorsal dermo-osseous shield. Whether
the P. testudiniceps truly belongs to it, is yet uncertain. It is remarka-
ble in the relatively small head, plane profile, and anterior position of orbits.

Bufo he matiticus.

Form slender. No bony ridges on the superior surface of the head. Muzzle
short, high, angular; canthus rostralis a sharply-defined right angle, con-
tinuous with a fold on the eyelid, the paratoid gland, and the side nearly to
the groin. Nostrils latero-vertical. Mouth large, its commissure directed ob-
liquely downward. Tongue elongate, oval, extensively free. Ostia pharyngea
smaller than internal nares. Tympanic disc vertical, elliptic, one-fourth the
extent of the eye. Paratoid gland lateral, smooth, elongate, angular externally.
Anterior extremities slender, reaching beyond the posterior face of the femur.
Palmar tubercles few, one large, oval, median. Hinder extremities slender ;
heel reaching to the orbit. Sole smooth; three metatarsal tubercles all
slightly developed, especially the median. Palmure of the toes slight. Skin
everywhere smooth, except a few granulations on the occiput. Length of head
and body 1 in. 61. Hinder extremities 1 in. 101.

Above fawn brown, tinged with pink. Sides of the head and body, beneath
the lateral fold, red-brown, brighter posteriorly. A pale spot anterior to and
beneath the eye. Two black, white-bordered spots on the interscapular region,
arranged en chevron; two similar sacral spots. Small spots on the femur,

*Bibron, Tschudi, Classif, der Batrachier, p. 44.
1862.]

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

and larger ones near the middle of the tibiz, black, white-bordered. Ex-
tremities shaded with pink. Belly and gular region pinkish brown. Digits
tipped with pink.

Var. lachrymans. Skin minutely glandular above, lateral fold strong,
extending to the groin. Above pink, without dorsalspots. Spots on the tibie
not white-bordered. A pink spot beneath and in front of the eye. Gular
region yellowish.

Habitat.—Region of the Truando, New Granada. Mus. Smithsonian,
(No. 4344.) Acad. Philada.

This curious toad is further removed from the Bufo vulgaris than the
types of many genera are from each other, but it is difficult to seize upon
special characters upon which to base a generic diagnosis, without further in-
vestigation. Its general form is similartothat of B. gracilis Gird. Itisin
some degree allied to Otilophus margaritifer, but, besides wanting the
cranial crests, the spines of the dorsal vertebre are not developed in the same
manner.

Bufo politus.

Head without any osseous ridges; canthus rostralis none, profile of muzzle
gradually descending nearly to the lip. Emargination of the latter broad.
Nostrils transverse, vertical. Skin of the whole body smooth, shining, with-
out rugosities or spines; abdomen areolated, most coarsely posteriorly. Ex-
tremities stout, toes fully webbed, soles smooth, without tubercles except that
formed by the first cuneiform bone, which is very prominent, oblique, conic,
yellow, not brown tipped. A tarsalridge,no fold. Fingers free ; palm smooth,
a large indistinct median callosity ; a tubercle at the base of the thumb.
Tympanum one-fourth the size of the eye, narrowed above; paratoid imme-
diately above it, oval, moderate. A series of flat glands on each side of the back
symmetrically arranged. Glands also on the superior surfaces of the humerus,
antebrachium, femur and tibia: three on the Jast remarkably large. Length of
muzzle to sternum 71.; sternumto vent lin. 101. : anterior extremity lin. 101. ;
posterior extremity 3 in. Above olive brown, the glands bordered with deep
brown. Inner fuces of the extremities straw colored with large brown spots.
Beneath bright yellow with variously inosculating black bands. Palms and
soles slate color.

This curious toad resembles the B. leschenaultii D. and B., from
Guiana, in some respects, but differs in many points—as the round canthus
rostrales, palmated toes, and color. It may be related to B. trifolium
Tsch., but the characters of that species are little known. B.politus has
been taken near Greytown, Nicaragua, by Dr. Caldwell (coll. No. 191) and sent
to the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, (No. 5600.)

Fifty-nine species of toads of the genus Bufo have been described, including
those of the present article.

Bufo coniferus.

Muzzle prominent, its superior outline only sloping from the concavity of the
ridge of the canthus rostralis. This is very prominent, and forms two parallel
ridges on the upper surface of the muzzle. It unites with the supraorbital
ridge a distance anterior to the orbit, from which angle a strong ridge descends
in front of the eye. Supraorbital ridges perfectly straight, a little longer than
their distance apart anteriorly. They diverge slightly posteriorly, where each
sends off a strong ridge two-thirds its length, slightly directed inward. A strong
postorbital ridge, from whicha short prominent supratympanic takes its origin.
Tympanum distinct, half the size of the eye. Eustachian ostia as large as pos-
terior nares. Tongue very elongate, widened and rounded posteriorly, free for
one-third its length. Anterior extremity slender, the distal end of antebra-
chium reaching the femur at the groin. Palm smooth, one large flat median
metacarpal tubercle; one narrow elongate on inner border of the base of the

{March,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159

internal digit. Fourth digit longer than second. Hinder extremity elongate,
no tarsal fold; the digital web extensive, very repand: sole smooth. Two
large flat oval metatarsal tubercles, the internal marginal. Skin of under
surfaces granular, spiunloseon the thorax. Extremities with acute tubercles
above. Dorsal region with obtuse tubercles. Numerous elongate conic warts
on the sides, largest on a fold from the paratoid gland to the groin; such are
also found beneath it anteriorly, and upon the angle of the jaws. The para-
toid gland is lateral and very small,—not more than half the extent of the
upper eyelid—and is studded with conic warts. Above and behind it is a deep
depression. Length of head and body three inches; breadth across gular re-
gion 1 in. 1 line. Length of posterior extremity (along anterior face,) 4 inches.

Above brownish gray with a few large dark-brown spots, which do not in-
terrupt a median line. Extremities dark spotted: a light band between the
eyes, and one from the eye to the angle of the mouth.

Habitat.—Turbo region, New Grauada. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 4335.) Dis-
covered by Mr. Arthur Schott, of Lieut. Michler’s Expedition.

This species is allied to various others of the section of the genus character-
ized by the presence of an occipital process to the supraorbital ridge; which
embraces in America, Bufoneslentiginosus, ocellatus, nebulifer,
dorbignyi, veraguensis, and perhapssternosignatus. It nearly
approaches the veraguensis Schmidt, but differs, first, in the distinctness
of the tympanum and large ostia pharyngea; second, in the very small para-
toid gland ; third, in the absence of ridge from lower margin of eye towards
- paratoid ; fourth, in the less freedom of the tongue. Innebulifer the front
is more declive, the canthus rostrales less concave, the paratoids larger, the
conical warts absent, the soles and palms tuberculous.

April 1st, 1862.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.

Thirty-three members present.

A paper was presented for publication entitled

Synopsis of the North American Forms of Colymbidz, and Podo-
cipidze, by Elliott Coues, which was referred to a Committee.

Mr. Warner made some remarks on the resemblance existing be-
tween organic forms and certain figures produced by optical, acoustic
and electrical experiments; also, on the relations existing between
these forms and figures and certain mathematical lines mentioned in a
pamphlet on organic marphology, published by him.

April 8th, 1862.
Vice-President BripGEs in the Chair.

Twenty-three members present.

A paper was presented for publication entitled

Descriptions of certain species of diurnal Lepidoptera, ete., by Wm.
H. Edwards, which was referred to a Committee.

Dr. Slack called the attention of the members to a colored cast of the head of
a gorilla, which he characterized as a new species under the name of Gorilla

1862.]

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

castaneiceps. The principal external specific character is, that upon the top
of the head there exists a circular patch of reddish hairs; the hairs covering the
belly, in the original specimen, were thick and long, and the bairs of the fore-

arm were retroverted ; the skull presents important differences from that of
the ordinary gorilla.

April 15th, 1862.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.

Thirty-nine members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

On the Classification and Synonymy of recent species of Pho-
ladidz, by George W. Tryon, Jr.

Description of a new genus (Trypanostoma) of the family Melanide,
and of forty-five new species, by Isaac Lea.

On Neosorex albigenis, and on Lacerta echinata and Tiliqua dura,
by KE. D. Cope.

Which were severally referred to Committees.

April 22d, 1862.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.

Forty members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

Descriptions of two new species of Vespertilionide, by Harrison
Allen, M. D.

Catalogue of North American Mollusca in the collection of the Acade-
my, by W. G. Binney, and G. W. Tryon, Jr.

On a New Genus of Fishes allied to Aulorhyncus, etc. ; Remarks on
the relations of the Genera and other groups of Cuban Fishes ; and
Catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California, in the Museum of the
Smithsonian Institution, by Theodore Gill.

Description of ten new species of Unionidx, ete., and Descriptions
of two new species of Exotic Uniones, ete., by Isaac Lea.

Contributions to Neotropical Saurology, by E. D. Cope.

Which were severally referred to Committees.

April 29th, 1862.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.

Thirty-three members present.

Dr. Leidy presented a paper entitled

Notes upon the Descriptions of new plants from Texas, by. S. B.
Buckley, ete., by Asa Gray, which was referred to a Committee.

On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published in the Proceedings.

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161

Notes upon the ‘‘ Description of New Plants from Texas, by S. B. Buckley,”
published in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia, Dec. 1861 and Jan. 1862.

BY ASA GRAY.

Having for many years past taken a prominent part in the study of Texan
botany, as made known by the ample collections of Berlandier, Drummond,
Wright, Lindheimer, Thurber, and others, and being under the necessity of
keeping, as nearly as possible, au courant with all publications upon the sub-
ject, I was naturally much interested in the appearance of Mr. Buckley’s two
papers, and not a little surprised at the large number of new species which he
had gleaned in such a well-harvested field. Accordingly I applied for speci-
mens of the plants in question; and Mr. Buckley—an early correspondent of
Dr. Torrey and myself—promptly and obligingly has placed in my hands, for
examination, nearly the whole original materials upon which these new genera
and species were characterized. These materials I have examined and com-
pared with my own herbarium, calling in the assistance of Dr. Torrey in those
orders in which I am not proficient ; and I report the results herewith, with
the request that, if favorably received by the Academy, they may be printed
in its Proceedings.

I take the species in order, as they stand in Mr. Buckley’s papers.

1. Clematis Texensis, Buckl., is C. Viorna, var. coccinea, Gray, Pl.
Wr. 2, p. 7, C. coccinea, Engelm. The latter name would have preference ;
but I see no reason for changing my published opinion, that it is a mere va-
riety of C. Viorna, although a striking one. Mr. Buckley’s character would
have been better had he described the cauline leaves from the specimen in
Mr. Durand’s herbarium, the ‘‘foliolis pusillis, segmentis lanceolatis acutis ”’
being from an imperfectly developed leaf. The leaflets are usually rounded.

2. Clematis Coloradoensis is founded on avery insufficient, thin-
leaved, not fully developed specimen of a common Texan form of C. Pitcher?,
Torr. and Gray. The leaves are plainly pinnate.

3. Streptanthus glabrifolius isa large S. hyacinthoides, Hook.

4. Streptanthus Brazoensis is S. petiolaris, Gray, Pl. Fendl. p. 7, Pl.
Lindh. 2, p. 143, Pl. Wr. 2, p. 7, &c.

5. Lepidium Te xanum is L. intermedium, Gray, Pl. Wr. 2, p. 15.

6. Arenaria (Alsine) monticolais A. Benthamii, Fendl., Torr. and Gray,
Fl. 1, p.-675.

7. Sida Sabeana is Melochia pyramidata, L.!

8. Callirrh6e palmata is what we have always taken for a small form of
C. involucrata, Gray, i. e. Malva involucrata, var. linearibola, Torr. and Gray,
Fl. Some of the specimens with narrow lobes to the leaves are exactly this
var. lineariloba (= Berlandier’s No. 1815) ; the others are like Capt. Pope’s
Specimens from the Upper Colorado. It appears to run into the ordinary C.
involucrata, (I think I have elsewhere stated that C. macrorhiza is probably
a form of the little-known C. alccoides.)

9. Sidalcea Atacosa is Malvastrum pedatifidum, Gray, Pl. Lindh. 2, p. 160,
and in the later collections. How, if ‘‘the specimens are in fruit only,’ were
the peculiar characters of the genus Sidalcea ascertained ?

10. Malvastrum linearifolium is Sida fasciculata, Torr. and Gray, 2
most genuine Sida.

1862.] iH

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

11. Elidurandia Texana, n. gen., is Fugosia Drummondii, Gray, Pl. Wr.
A epaeoe
12. Linum (Linopsis) San-Sabeanum is Lechea Drummondii !

13. Zanthoxylum hirsutum is the Z. Carolinianum var. Pl. Wright, 1,
p- 30, No. 81, there discussed by me, and mentioned as Z. corzaceum, Wright,
Z. digynum, Engelm., and Z. alveolatum, Shuttleworth; so that, if a distinct
species, (as I suppose it is not), it has names enough already. As to the
hairiness, upon which Mr. Buckley’s name is founded, some flowering speci-
mens of his in Mr. Durand’s herbarium demonstrate the slight importance of
this character.

14. Ampelopsis he ptaphylla is the same as Fendler’s No. 108, viz., a
small-leaved state of A. quinquefolia, only with some of the leaves 6--7-foliolate.
It is also in Wright’s earlier, undistributed, Texan collection.

15. Vitis monticola is V. rupestris, Scheele, (see Pl. Lindh. 2, p. 165,
and Pl. Wr. 2, p. 27).

16. Vitis Linsecomii is what I have always referred to V. Labrusca.
The Louisiana specimen (of Dr. Hale) exactly agrees with specimens from the
plant which we formerly cultivated in the Cambridge Botanic Garden as Isa-
bella Grape.

17. Vitis Mustangensis (which is not the Mustang Grape of Florida,
&c., vide Chapm. S. Flora, p. 71) is the well known V. candicans, Engelmann,
(Pl. Wright 2, p. 32, &c.); and V. coriacea of Shuttleworth is a thick-leaved
form of it, the V. Caribea of Chapman ; whether of De Candolle I am still un-
certain, but have seen no West Indian specimens which exactly match it.
Surely there is some mistake in the statement that ‘‘its leaves are neither
toothed nor mucronate.’’ It would be more correct to say that they are never
entire, and some Texan specimens of Lindheimer, &c., show the glandular
mucronations of C. Caribea. Perhaps the reader should be warned that
mustang is not the name of a town or country, (as the termination ensis implies, )
but of a wild horse.

18. Psoralea pal mata is P. cyphocalyxr, Gray, Pl. Lindh. 2, p. 450, coll.
No. 593.

19. Indigofera cinerea, and 20, L Texana, are both J. leptosepala, Nutt.,
common in all collections in that region. The specimens afford no evidence
that the former has an annual root, and Mr. Buckley does not appear to know
the plant except by these specimens.

21. Amorpha Te xana is A. levigata, Nutt., var. pubescens, Gray, Pl. Wr.
1, p. 49, the same as Wright’s and Lindheimer’s specimens, the latter from
the very same district ; also apparently A. Remeriana, Scheele. The pubes-
cent forms pass into A. paniculata, Torr. and Gray.

22. Astragalus Brazoéensis isthe rare or local A. reflexus, Torr. and Gray,
Fl., from the district where Drummond discovered it; the legume better de-
veloped and more didymous than in Drummond’s specimens. Its cells are
not always ‘‘monospermous,’’ some having ripened two seeds. The Keel of
the corolla is tipped with purple.

23. Phaca (Astragalus) cretacea is a form of Astragalus Missouriensis,
Nutt., the flowers of which are ‘‘sometimes nearly white,’’ but I suppose not
ochroleucous. I have not felt at liberty to make a section of the single nearly
full-grown legume which the specimens afford; but a closely similar specimen,
in an undistributed collection of Mr. Wright from the same district, shows
“the lower suture a little introflexed,’’ just as A. Missouriensis is described
in the Flora of North America.

(April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

24. Baptisia Texana, the color of the corolla of which is not mentioned
in the singular specific character, is founded on a branch of either B. australis
or Jeucantha, the two commonest of species.

25. Cassia Texana is C. chamecristoides, Collad. (C. cinerea, Cham. and
Schlecht.) enumerated in the Botany of the Mex. Bound. Survey, p. 59. It
is No. 2427 and 2429 of Berlandier’s collection.

26. Hoopesia arborea, n. gen. and sp. is made up of a flowering speci-
men of Cercidium Texanum, Gray, a fruiting one of Acacia flexicaulis, Benth.,
and a sterile branchlet of Acacia rigidula, Benth. The character ‘‘ semen re-
miformis ’’ is, like the gender, an oversight. The above are the materials in
herb. Durand. Those of the herbarium of the Academy lack the Acacia rig:-
dula, and have only broken fragments of the Cercidium.

27. Acacia Sabeana is Leucena retusa, Benth., in Pl. Wr. 1, p. 64: a
species not easy to mistake.

28. Acacia Durandiana is A. Greggii, Gray, Pl. Wright, 1 and 2;
Bot. Mex. Bound., Xe.

29. Acacia Nueciana is founded on a miserable fragment of Pitheco/o-
bium brevifolium, Benth., in Pl. Wr., 1, p. 67.

30. Mimosa calcarea is Strombocarpa (Prosopis, Benth.) cinerascens, Gray,
Pl. Wr., 1, p. 61; Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., p. 60—where it should have
mentioned that it is Berlandier’s Nos. 2013 and 3143.

31. Desmanthus pedunculatus is D. velutinus, Scheele, abundant in
all collections.

32. Desmanthus rhombifolius is D. reticulatus, Benth., the characters
which distinguish the species quite omitted.

33. Crategus Te xana is C. tomentosa var. mollis, Gray, Man., and C. sub-
villosa, Schrader, not to mention other names.

34. Gaura triangulata is G. tripetala, Cav.; Gray, Pl. Wr., 1, p. 72,
mixed with some G. coccinea.

35. (Enothera Lampasana is just intermediate between Wright’s No.
199, C2. Greggii var. pubescens, Gray, Pl. Wr., 1, p. 72, and his No. 1076, @.
Hartwegi var. approaching Fendleri. So that, instead of a new species, a
farther reduction than I had indicated in Pl. Wr., 2, p. 58, &c. is indicated.

36. CEnothera Leona, the glabrous calyx excepted, accords throughout
with (. rhombipetala of the Flora of North America, and I presume with
Nuttall’s plant, which I have not access to at present. What Mr. Durand
takes for (2. rhombipetala (Texas, Dr. Linsecom), also Lindheimer’s No. 56 and
Berlandier’s No. 1842, with the calyx hirsute with very long and spreading
hairs, the petals rhombic-ovate, but obtuse and erect pods, I take to be @.
bifrons of Don and Hooker, probably quite distinct, although some forms are
questionable.

37. Mentzelia petiolata is a not uncommon form of J. oligosperma,
Nutt.

38. Saxifraga Texana: no specimen extant.

39. Cymopterus macrorhizus is C. montanus, Nutt., and the Texan
plant so named in Pl. Fendl., p. 56 and Pl. Wright, 1, p. 79, the latter from
Austin, Mr. Buckley’s own locality. Ihad recorded the fact that it agreed
very well with Nuttall’s original specimens in the Hookerian herbarium.

40, Eurytenia macrophylla, as it appears to me, is £. Texana with

1862.]

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the radical leaves, which were before unknown. The flowers, upper leaves,
&c. are the same, and the fruit of the proposed new species is unknown.

41. Eupatorium Sabeanumis EL. conyzoides, Vahl., noticed in Bot. Mex.
Bound.

42. Bulbostylis (Brickellia) deltoides is founded on a specimen (with
the flowers too undeveloped for Mr. Buckley to make out the generic charac-
ter) of Eupatorium Berlandieri, DC.; also E. ageratifolium, var. Mezxicanum,
DC., and var. Texense, Gray, Pl. Lindh., &c.—a familiar Texan plant.

43. Kuhnia macrantha is the common Western form of K. eupatori-
oides var. corymbulosa, Torr. & Gray; and, if to be distinguished, must take the
old name of K. Mazimiliani, Sinn.

44, Erigeron Brazoense is E£. tenue, Torr. & Gray, a rather stout and
leafy form.

45. Erigeron nudiflorum is LE. divergens, Torr. & Gray, the form called
EE. cinereum in Pl. Fendl.

46. Macheranthera (Dieteria) grandiflora is Xanrthisma Texanum, DC.
(Centauridium Drummondii, Torr. & Gray), which Mr. Buckley had in his own
collection. The rays have fallen, but were bright yellow.

47. Aplopappus linearifolius is Baccharis Texana, Gray, the female
plant, showing plainly that it is a Baccharis.

48. Parthenium lo batum is the old and familiar P. hysterophorus. L.

49. Aphanostephus pilosus is one of the hispid forms of A. rammosissi-
mus, DC.

50. Sericocarpus (Galatella) Woodhousii is Linosyris Wrightii, Gray,
Pl. Wr., and has hardly any thing in common with Sericocarpus.

51. Lepachys serratus is L. peduncularis var. picta, Gray, Pl, Wr., 1, p.
107. The heads are undeveloped in the specimens.

52. Margacola parvula nov. gen. (which, from its position, Mr. Buckley
may be thought to have mistaken the affinities of) is Zrichocoronis Wrightii,
Gray, Pl. Fendl., Pl. Wr., &c.

53. Linsecomia glauca, nov. gen.,—the whole published character of
which perfectly accords with Helianthus,—is the well known Helianthus cili-
aris, DC.

54. Halea repanda, so farasIcan judge from the fragments, accords
with H. Ludoviciana (of which it has just the pappus), with more of the leaves
(and these sharply dentate instead of ‘‘repando-denticulatis’’) petioled, and
some of them lobed. The specimens do not show the plant to be an annual,
but the contrary.

55. Zexmenia (Lasianthea) his pidulais Oligogyne Tampicana, DC.
56. Verbesina Texanais V. microptera, DC., a variety of V. Virginica.
57. Actinellalanuginosais A. scaposa, Nutt.

58. Heterotheca latifolia is H. Chrysopsidis, DC.

59. Gaillardialobatais G. picta, Don., a form with the leaves all sinuate-
pinnatifid in one specimen ; the upper ones entire in another, just as in Lind-
heimer’s No. 103.

60. Gaillardia scabrosa is G. amblyodon, Gay, depauperate specimens,
just like Drummond’s original ones.
[ April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165

61. Phileozera (Philoxera was intended) multiflora, nov. gen., is Hyme-
noxys odorata, DC., Actinella odorata, Gray, Pl. Fendl.

62. Helenium Texanum is just Berlandier’s plant, H. microcephalum,
DC., aspecies to include also H. elegans and heterophyllum, DC.

63. Cirsium Texanum is C. filipendulum, Engelm., in Torr. & Gray, Fl.,
there regarded, I think correctly, as a variety of C. Virginianum.

64. Specularia (Campanula) Linsecomia and Campanula Colorado-
ense are S. (Campanula) leptocarpa, Engelm., Campylocera leptocarpa, Nutt.

65. Arbutus Texana is the A. Menziesii of the Bot. Mex. Bound., p. 108,
and, so faras known, differs from the Western plant only in its smaller leaves.

66. Comarostaphylis glauca is the same plant as the foregoing.

67. Bumelia arborea is B. oblongifolia, Nutt., the common species otf
Lindheimer’s and other Texan collections, and certainly a form of B. lanugi-
nosa. The long hairs of the lower surface of the adult leaves are not scanty.

68. Pentstemon pauciflorus is Phlox pilosa, L.! as to the solitary speci-
men in the Academy’s herbarium, and nearly the whole description ; while to
Durand’s herbarium was supplied a bit of the same Phlox and two small
specimens of Pentstemon gracilis, Nutt. or (which is probably the same thing)
a slender form of P. pubescens. The character ‘‘ filamento sterili glabro apice

_ dilatato’”’ is factitious, since there is no sterile filament in the Phlox, and that
of the real Pentstemon (which has been dissected out and displayed in the
specimen) is heavily bearded !

69. Pentstemon amplexicaule is P. Fendleri, Gray, well figured in the
second volume of Pacif. R. Road Reports; and it is also, with scarce a doubt,
both P. acuminatus and P. nitidus of Douglas, &c.

70. Drejera parviflora is the first plant of the collection at all new to
me. I believe it to be acongener of Schauerta parviflora and linearifolia, Torr.
Bot. Mex. Bound.

71. Lithospermum prostratum is exactly Berlandier’s No. 2311, L
Matamorense, DC. The nutlets are rather tawny than white, and are better
described by De Candolle than by Buckley.

72. Echinospermum pilosum is #. Redowski, Lehm., which has been
confused with 2. patulum,—the same as Fendler’s No. 634, Wright’s 1569, &c.

73. Echinospermum scabrosum is £. strictum, Nees, Torr., Bot. Mex.
Bound.

73a. Eritrichium hispidum is Z. Teranum, DC.

74. Nemophila hirsuta (founded on decumbent branches) and N. pilosa
are both essentially alike, do not differ in the kind of pubescence, and are
both the original NV. phacelioides, Nutt.

75. Phacelia (Cosmanthus) hispida is Zutoca patulifora, Engelm. &
Gray, Pl. Lindh., (in herb. Durand)—forms verging to Z. strictiflora, Engelm. &

Gray, 1l.c. They allrun together, and into Phacelia hirsuta, Nutt., the proper
name.

76. Phlox macrantha, the quite peculiar characters of which are totally
overlooked, and the seeds of which are wrongly said to be alate, has long been
known in Wright’s and Lindheimer’s collection (No. 467 of the latter), was
named P. Lindheimeri by Engelmann, but published by Scheele under the name
of P. Remeriana,

77. Convolyulus (Ipomea) caddoensis is Jpomea leptophylla, Torr., long
ago well figured in Emory’s Gila Report.

1862.

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

78. Solanum (Cryptocarpum) Sabeanum is S. Balbisii, Dun., now re-
ferred to S. sisymbriifolium, Lam., the var. acutilobum albiflorum of Dunal, pro-
bably also S. tectum, Pers., and an introduced plant.

79. Solanum (Lasiocarpa) Linsecumii is Withania sordida, Dunal, Torr..,
in Bot. Mex. Bound., p. 155.

80. Physalis Sabeana is P. lobata, Torr.

81. Nicotiana glandulosa is N. ipomopsiflora, Dunal; also, N. trigono-
phylla, Dunal, and NV. multiflora, Nutt.? Torr. For an elucidation of the species
see Proceed. Amer. Acad, 5, p. 166.

82. Erythrea calycosa is Gyrandra chironoides, Griseb. and Hrythrea
chironioides, Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound., where the species is cleared up and well
figured.

83. Sabbatia formosa is S. campestris, Nutt.,a familiar species, beautifally
figured in Bot. Mag. No. 5015.

84. Forestiera autumnalis differs from F. ligustrina, especially the var.
pubescens, only in having flowered in summer while the leaves are on. Lindhei-
mer collected a similar form at Houston, flowering in July, with full-grown
leaves terminating the flowering branches. The specimens of Linsecom and
Buckley in Durand’s herbarium render it clear that all belong to the common
Texan F. ligustrina.

84a. Fraxinus Americana, pubescens andoblongocarpa (a hy-
brid name) are all three absolutely the same species,—the differences in the
specimens before me being only such as may be found in different trees from
the same seed-bed, and are /. pubescens, Lam.

85, Fraxinus al bicans—as to the tree intended from New England, Penn-
sylvania, &e.—is what all American botanists have taken for #7. Americana.
Whether it be the ash Linnzus had in view (excluding the syn. of Catesby),
viz., the species of Clayton, I am uncertain, although the remark about the
fruit, in the second edition of the Species Plantarum, looks to the white ash
rather than to F. pubescens or viridis, But, in adopting his view of the case,
Mr. Buckley had no need to give a new specific name to the white ash. There
is, first of all, Marshall’s most appropriate name,—F. alba. The still older
name,—F, Nove- Anglie of Wangenheim, probably belongs here, as also F. ju-
glandifolia, Lam. and F. discolor, Muhl. But, aboveall, an undoubted name of
the white ash, over half a century old, is F. epiptera, of the elder Michaux.
Here, the phrase “ capsulis obverse lanceolatis, ima parte teretibus apieris” is per-
fectly discriminative. To be sure Mr. Buckley describes his F. albicans, ‘‘ sa-
maris basi subteretibus,’ and his Americana and pubescens as * basi teretibus.”
Now, our white ash, the F. epiptera of Michaux, is well marked by the latter cha-
racter, the wing not at all decurrent as a margin on the terete body of the fruit.
Turning to Mr. Buckley’s Texan specimens in the herbarium of the Academy,
I find that there are two, both in fruit; one with the larger leaves and fruit is
clearly F. viridis, var. Berlandieriana, Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. (/. Berlandieri-
ana, DC.); the other is, I think, a form of F. Americana (i. e. albicans of
Buckley), of the small-fruited form we are familiar with, but with very small
leaves as well as fruits, the latter terete and cylindrical in the manner of the
species. Upon studying our ashes several years ago, I ventured the opinion
that the fruits of F. Americana and F. viridis in the Sylva of the younger Mi-
chaux were mismatched. This, Mr. Buckley controverts by stating that the
descriptions in the letter-press correspond with the figures on the plates. It
would be surprising if they did not, both being drawn from the same materials!
The case may easily be tested. The green ash is as well marked by its foliage
as the common white ash is by its fruit. When any person shall exhibit upon

[ April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167

a green ash such fruit as that represented on Michaux’s plate of the species,
with an oblong, turgid and terete body, and a wing which commences so ab-
ruptly, I shall retract my opinion.

It is a curious statement to be made in the Proceedings of the Philadelphia
Academy of Natural Sciences, that Zaccheus Collins was a pupil and corre-
spondent of Linnezus! Also, that Linnezus may have derived from him and
Dr. Kubn his specimens of Fraxinus Americana,—upon which Linneus had pub-
lished his last words a little before he ever saw, or probably had ever heard of,
Dr. Kuhn, and somewhere about the time that Mr. Collins was born!

_86. Fraxinus nigrescens. No specimen of this is communicated. A
specimen from Louisiana, Hale, which generally accords with the description,
is I. platycarpa.

87. Fraxinus trialata is a small-leaved and small-fruited form of F. viridis,

var. Berlandieriana, with a triple wing, which is not uncommon in SF, platycarpa
and some other species.

88. Abronia speciosa is one of the forms or species which have been as-
sembled under the name of A. mellifera, Dougl., and probably the same as
Wright’s No. 1710, which had ‘ red-purple flowers,” and has been indicated
by Dr. Torrey under the still unpublished name of A. turbinata,—so that if the
same, and really distinct, Mr. Buckley’s name will take precedence.

89. Oxybapbus pauciflorus isa common Texan form of O. nyctagineus,
- vide Gray in Bot. Mex. Bound. p. 174.

90. Phyllanthus (Lepidanthus) ellipticus is founded, as appears, upon
a specimen of one of Wright’s collections, given to the Academy’s herbarium by
Mr. Durand. If I have myself specimens of it they are mislaid. The species is
distinct from any of our recognized ones of the United States, and, so far as [
know, anew one. But it is not atall a Lepidanthus, is not ‘ dicecious,” but
moncecious, and its proper characters are not noticed in Mr. Buckley’s descrip-
tion. Moreover, his specific name is anticipated.

91. Morus microphylla, a common Texan Mulberry, which certainly
does appear distinct from M. rubra, and was so regarded by Dr. Engelmann,
who distributed Lindheimer’s specimens under the name of ©. parvifolia ; but I
think it Sas not been published. Dr, Torrey refers it to Jf. rubra.

92. Yneca long folia; no specimen supplied.

93. Yucca constricta is Y. angustifolia, Nutt. The constriction of the
capsule is inconstant. It occurs also in Y. rupicola. This and all the following
determinations are by Dr. Torrey.

94. Juncus filipendulus is J. heteranthos, Nutt., a variety of J. margina-
tus, Rostk.
95. Juncus diffusissimus is J/. debilis, Gray, Man.

96. Tradescantia speciosa as appears from the character and an un-
named species in herb. Durand, is the well-marked 7. leiandra, Torr., Bot. Mex.

Bound. (misprinted ‘‘ T. biandra”’); but Mr. Buckley has omitted to notice its
beardless filaments.

97. Cyperus retroflexus isa fully developed state of C. wniflorus, Torr.
Mon. Cyp., which was described from starved specimens.

98. Cyperus ruficomus is C. lutescens, Torr.

99. Cyperus Heerman nii is not identified with any published North Ame-
rican species.

100. Chetocyperusmembranaceus is Eleocharis pygmea, Torr., the va-
riety with naked achenia noticed in Nicollet’s report.

1862.]

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

101. Eleocharis cylindrica is Z. tenuis, Schultes, a variety with smooth
achenia.

102. Eleocharis microformis [a hybrid name] is near ZL. intermedia,
Schultes.

103. Eleocharis acutisquamata is the Z. palustris var. anacheta, Torr.

It will be perceived that all the new genera of Mr. Buckley’s two papers, and
nearly all the new species, are either oversights or mistakes, which might have
been avoided. The painful duty I have had to perform was all the more neces-
sary, inasmuch as the true names of the plants could seldom have been ascer-
tained from the published descriptions in those papers. However excellent the
author’s intentions, we can only regret a publication which entails upon our
science a hundred worse than useless synonyms, (a regret which I have reason
to believe Mr. Buckley now shares), and we should endeavor to prevent future
calamities of the kind. In this regard, understanding that a third paper of the
sort, upon a peculiarly difficult order of plants, has been printed in the Acade-
my’s Proceedings, but not yet issued, I am confident that my motives will not
be misunderstood when I venture to suggest, that the credit both of the Acade-
my and of the author of the paper, no less than the interests of science, would
be most subserved by the cancelling of the sheets.

Descriptions of Ten new species of UNIONIDZ of the United States.
BY ISAAC LEA.

UNIo GRANDIDENS.—Testd valdé tuberculata, obliqua, ad umbones inflata;
valvulis crassissimis, anticé crassioribus; natibus valdé tumidis terminalibus-
que ; epidermide fusca ; dentibus cardinalibus pergrandibus, percrassis corruga-
tisque ; lateralibus crassis, sublongis, obliquis et valdé corrugatis; margarita
alba et iridescente.

Hab.—Near Hot Springs, Arkansas, Byrd Powell, M. D,

Unio speciosus.—Test& omnind tuberculata, feré granulataé, quadrangulari,
valdé compressa, ad latere planulata, subequilaterali, posticé subbiangulata et
emarginata, anticé rotundata; valvulis subcrassis, anticé paulisper crassioribus ;
natibus subelevatis, ad apices acuminatis et elegantissimé perundulatis ; epi-
dermide viridi-luted, substriat{, vel obsoleté radiata vel eradiata, submicanti;
dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, compressis, obliquis, erectis, striatis, in
utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus rectis, sublongis obliquisque ; margarita
argentea et iridescente.

Hab.—Colorado River, near Lagrange, Texas, Prof. Forshey ; and Leon Co.,
Texas, Lieut. E. F. Beale.

Unio Lemu.— Testi levi, quadraé, subcompressa, valdé inequilaterali, pos-
ticé emarginata, anticé rotundatd, valvulis subcrassis, anticé crassioribus ;
natibus subprominentibus, feré terminalibus; epidermide straminea, eradiata ;
dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, erectis striatisque ; lateralibus curtis, rec-
tis crassisque, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; margarita alba et paulisper iri-
descente.

Hab.—Erie Co., Michigan, G. B. Leib, M. D.

Unio GeruArpti.—Testi subsulcata, ellipticé, subcompressa, sublenticulari,
inequilaterali, posticé obtusé angulata, anticé retundi; valvulis crassiusculis,
anticé paulisper crassioribus ; natibus subelevatis ; epidermide straminea, radiis
capillaribus ; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, compressis, in utroque valvulo
duplicibus; lateralibus sublongis, lamellatis subcurvisque; margarita alba et
valde iridescente.

Hab.—Chattanooga, Geo., Alexander Gerhardt. ‘
[ April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169

Unio Mercerui—Testa levi, laté elliptica, compressd, posticé compressA et
biangulatd, anticé rotundatd, valdé inequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus ; nati-
bus prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, subnitida, eradiata; dentibus car-
dinalibus parvis, tuberculatis striatisque; lateralibus prelongis subcurvisque ;
margarita purpurea et valdé iridescente.

Hab.—Lee Co., Geo., Dr. Mercer.

Unio ARKANSASENSIS.—Testa levi, ovato-obliqua, inequilaterali, posticé com-
pressi et obtusé biangulata, anticé rotunda; valvulis crassitusculis, anticé
paulisper crassioribus; natibus subelevatis; epidermide flavescente, obsoleté
radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, striatis crenulatisque; lateralibus sub-
longis, subrectis subcrassisque ; margarita alba et valde iridescente.

Hab.—Near Hot Springs, Arkansas, Byrd Powell, M. D.

Unio Brater.—Testa levi, elliptica, subcompressd, inequilaterali, posticé
obtuse angulata, anticé rotundata; valvulis crassiusculis, anticé crassioribus ;
natibus prominulis ; epidermide vel tenebroso-fusca vel nigricante, obsoleté ra-
diata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, compressis, crenulatis, acuminatis, in utro-
que valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus prelongis, subcurvis, lamellatis; margarita
vel alba vel diluté salmonia et valdé iridescente.

Hab.—Leon County, Texas, Lieut. E. F. Beale, U.S. Navy. Rutersville,
Texas, Prof. Forshey.

Anoponta Leonensis.—Testa levi, elliptica, inflata, inequilaterali, posticé
subbiangulata, anticé obliqué rotundata et paulisper sulcata ; valvulis tenuibus,
anticé paulisper crassioribus ; natibus prominentibus, tumidis, ad apices nodo-
sis ; epidermide fulgida, luteo-virente vel fuscescente, vel obsoleté radiata vel
eradiata ; margarita ceruleo-alba et valde iridescente.

Hab.—Leon County, Texas, Lieut. E. F. Beale, U. S. Navy.

Avoponta Wittiamsu.—Testa levi, ovato-oblonga, inflata, subequilaterali,
posticé subbiangulata, anticé rotundata et paulisper sulcata; valvulis sub-
tenuibus, anticé ad marginem incrassatis ; natibus prominulis, inflatis, ad apices
undulatis ; epidermide vel viridi vel luteo-oliva, fulgida, obsoleté radiata vel
eradiata ; margarita ceruleo-alba et valdé iridescente.

Hab.—Potomac River, at the White House below Mt. Vernon, H. C. Williams.

AnoponTa Tryonu.—Testa levi, obliquo-ellipticé, subcompressa, sublenticu-
lari, valadé inzquilaterali, posticé subbiangulari, anticé rotundata; valvulis
tenuibus; natibus prominulis, subcompressis, ad apices undulatis, epidermide
fulgida, vel virente vel fuscescente, obsoleté radiat&; margarita ceruleo-albi
et valdé iridescente.

Hab.—Schuylkill River, above Philadelphia, Delaware River, at Leacue Isl-
and, G. W. Tryon, jr. Flemington, Con., Prof. Shepard. Westfield, Mass.,
Dr. Shurtleff; and Potomac near Chain Bridge, above Washington, Prof. Henry.

Description of a New Genus, (TRYPANOSTOMA) of the Family MELANIDZ,
and of forty-five New Species.

BY ISAAC LEA.’

Family MELANIDZ.

Genus TrypanostoMa.* —Testa conica, apertura rhomboidea, inferné sub-
canaliculata. Labroexpanso. Columella levis, inferné contorta. Operculum
corneum, ad spirans pertinens.

The enormous number of species in the genus Melania, has made it very de-
sirable to eliminate as many as possible, by founding new genera, when well-
characterised groups can be established. With this view, I proposed, in the

* Tevravoy, an auger, and ctéua, a mouth.

1862.] 12

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Proceedings of the Academy in April last, the genus Strephobasis. The genus
now proposed, under the name of Z77rypanostoma, will include all the well-known
Melanie with an auger-shaped aperture, the type of which may be considered
Mr. Say’s Melania canaliculata, a common and well-known species from the basin
of the Ohio River. It will include a number of large species, indeed, nearly all
of the large and ponderous species of the United States. Many new ones will
be found in this paper. Objections may be raised against increasing the num-
ber of genera without the aid of the examination of the soft parts. But there
is no validity in this objection, from the fact, that in the present condition of
the Science of Malacology, we are becoming acquainted with a vast number of
new and interesting forms, without the hope, at present, of seeing the soft
portion of the animals. These may, at some future time, and, no doubt, will
be examined and carefully described by Zoologists, who may dwell near the
waters where these numerous and highly developed species reside. Until this
takes place, we can only group them upon the characters which are presented
by their outward hard portions, which are accessible to us now.

In proposing this new genus, I am aware that European Zoologists have made
many genera and subgenera in this Family, but none have made groups of our
numerous species by which they can be properly divided. They have mixed
them up, notwithstanding all the time and care they have bestowed upon them,
in a manner so as to make great confusion. Mr. Swainson, in his ‘‘ Treatise on
Malacology,” proposed a subgenus of Melania under the name of Ceriphasia,
and gives a figure, page 204, (C. sulcata,) stating it came from Obio. It is
evident, on looking on this figure, that it does not represent any Ohio species,
neither in the aperture nor in the revolving ribs. Dr. Gray and the Messrs.
Adams* adopt the genus, and the latter give a figure (pl. 31, fig. 6) of canali-
culata, Say, as the type, which I do not think answers to the description or
figure of Mr. Swainson. Dr. Gray, in his excellent ‘List of the genera of Re-
cent Mollusca,” in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society, expresses a doubt
whether his Zelescopella may not be the same with Ceriphasia. Mr. Reeve, in
his beautiful work, “‘ Conchologia Iconica,” mixes may of our species in a man-
ner that does not admit of their being separated into groups; and Dr. Chenu
(‘‘ Manuel de Conchyliologie’) groups together some very incongruously.
Many of our groups are emphatically American, and the divisions made by our
zoologists have not had the attention they deserve from European writers.
Thus, neither Dr. Gray, Mr. Reeve, nor the Messrs. Adams adopt Prof. Halde-
man’s genus Lithasia, established so long since, and which is an easily recog-
nized group. Mr. Reeve puts the various species of that group into my genus
fo to which they certainly do not belong, and Dr. Chenu puts part of them
there. The genus Amnicola, long since proposed by Gould and Haldeman, for
a very natural group of small shells, divided from Paludina, is not recognized
by Chenu or Reeve.

In a future paper I propose to define the group into which our Melanide
seem naturally to divide themselves, adopting the well recognized genera
which have been established.

TRYPANOSTOMA DUX.—Testi carinati, pyramidata, crassa, rufo-fuscescente;
spird valdé elevata; suturis paulisper impressis; anfractibus instar novenis,
planulatis ; apertura subgrandi, rhombicd, intus pallido salmonia ; labro
acuto, sinuoso; columella incrassata et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee River, W. Spillman, M. D. Fox River, Illinois, J. Sampson.
Oostenaula, Rev. G. White. Tuscumbia, B. Pybas.

TRYPANOSTOMA THORTONII.—TestA carinati, pyramidata, subcrassa, corned

* Messrs. Adams for the type of subgenus Juga give Buddii, Say, Iam not aware
that Mr, Say described any Melanian under that name; and in Megara they give alveare,
Con. and basalis, Lea, as types, while they certainly belong to very different groups,
having very differently formed apertures. i

(April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171

vel vittata vel evittati; spirié regulariter elevata; suturis parum impressis ;
anfractibus instar denis, planulatis; apertura parviuscula, rhomboided, intus
albidi; labro acuto, valdé sinuoso; columella inferné incrassata et valde
contorta.

Hab.—Tuscumbia, Ala., L. B. Thorton, Esq. and Rev. G. White. Chatta-
nooga, Tenn., J. Clark. :

Trypanostoma Troosti1.—Testa carinaté, conoided, valdé inflaté, vel luteo-
corned vel viridescente, vel vittata vel evittat4 ; spira elevata; snturis valde et
irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus instar novenis, subimpressis, interdum
canaliculatis; apertura grandi, rhomboided, intus albida, interdum vittata ;
labro acuto, sinuoso; columella inferné incrassata et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee, Prof. G. Troost. Florence, Ala., Rev. G. White. Ooste-
naula River, Ga., Bishop Elliott; and Fox River, near New Harmony, Indiana,
J. Sampson.

TRYPANOSTOMA INCURVUM.—Testa carinata, conoided, subtenui, corned; spira
subelevati; suturis regulariter impressis; anfractibus octonis, planulatis, in-
ferné obsoleté striatis; apertura parviusculaé, rhomboidea, intus albida; labro
acuto, sigmoidea; columella valde contorta.

Hab.—Florence, Ala., Rev. G. White.

TRYPANOSTOMA PosTELLII.—Testa carinatd, pyramidata, subcrassa, cornea ;
spira regulariter conici; suturis valdé impressis; anfractibus octonis, vel
planulatis vel impressis, ultimo parviusculo; apertura parvissima, rhomboidea,
intus albida; labro acuto, valdé sinuoso; columella inferné incrassata et valdé
contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee River, J. Postell. North Alabama, Prof. Tuomey.

TrypanostoMa TuoMeEyI.—Testé carinatd, crassiusculd, elevato-conica, tene-
broso-fusci ; spira elevato-conicé; suturis vix impressis; anfractibus instar
denis, planulatis, inferné obsolete striatis; apertura parva, rhomboidea, intus
tenebrosi; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella paulisper incrassataé, et valde
contorta.

Hab.—North Ala., Prof. Tuomey. Florence, Ala., Rev. G. White.

TRYPANOSTOMA FLORENCENSE.—Testa subcarinata, turritA, subcrass4, tene-
broso-fusca vel luteo-cornea, obsolete vittata vel evittati; spira valdé elevata ;
suturis leviter impressis: anfractibus instar undenis, paulisper convexis ; aper-
turaé parviusculad, rhomboidea, intus ceruleo-alba; labro acuto, sinnoso ; colu-
mella albida et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Florence, Ala., Dr. Spillman. Tuscumbia, L. B. Thornton, Esq.

TRYPANOSTOMA CLARKU.—Testa obtusé carinata, conica, subcrassa, tenebroso-
oliva ; spira elevata; suturis valdé impressis ; anfractibus instar octonis, planu-
latis; apertura parviuscula, rhomboided, intus albida; labro acuto, sinuoso;
columella alba et contorta.

Hab.—French, Broad and Tellico Creeks, Tenn., J. Clark and Prof. Christy.
Florence, Ala., G. White. Noxubee River, Miss., Dr. Spillman; and Clinch
River, Tenn., Dr. Warder. Coosa, Cahawba and Alabama Rivers, Ala., Dr.
Showalter.

TrYPANOSTOMA ALABAMENSE.—Testé carinatd, crassiuscula, subfusiformi, tene-
broso-corned; spird subattenuataé; suturis regulariter impressis; anfractibus
instar octonis, planulatis, inferné striatis; apertura parviusculi; rhomboidea,
intus albida; labro acuto, sinuoso; columellA inferné incrassat& et valdé
contorta.

Hab.—North Alabama, Prof. Tuomey. Florence, Ala., Rev. G. White.

TRYPANOSTOMA LIGATUM.—Test4 carinata, fusiformi, subcrassa, inflata, nitidd,
vittata vel evittaté, luteo-oliva; spiri obtusé conica; suturis impressis; an-

1862.]

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

fractibus septenis, convexiusculis, ultimo pergrandi, ligata apud peripheriam ;
apertura grandi, rhomboided, intus obsolete vittata; labro acuto, sinuoso;
columella inferné incrassata, ad basim rufo-maculata, valdé contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee, Prof. Troost. Cumberland, River, C. T. Downie. North
Ala., Prof. Tuomey. Ohio River at Cincinnati, U. P. James.

TrYPANOSTOMA Pypasit.—Testi obtusé carinata, obtusé conic4, solida, bi-
vitta, viridi-fusca ; spira obtusi; suturis valdé impressis; anfractibus instar
ctonis, convexiusculis ; apertura parva, rhombica, intus alba et vittata ; labro
acuto, valde sinuoso ; columella inferné incrassata et valdé contorta.
Hab.—Tuscumbia, Ala., B. Pybas.

TRYPANOSTOMA OLIVACEUM.—Test& carinata, subfusiformi, subcrassa, olivacea ;
spirad subobtusi; suturis impressis; anfractibus instar octonis, planulatis;
apertura subgrandi, rhomboidea, intus albid4; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella
inferné incrassata et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Tombigbee River, Mississippi, W. Spillman, M. D.

TRYPANOSTOMA MONILIFERUM.—Test&a tuberculatd, crassi, pyramidata, vel
luteola vel virenté, vittat&a vel evittata; spird elevato-pyramidata; suturis
irregulariter impressis; anfractibus instar denis, planulatis, inferneé striatis,
interdum obsoleté sulcatis, ad peripheriam tuberculatis; apertura subgrandi,
rhomboided, intus vel albida vel salmonid, plerumqué bivittaté; labro acuto,
valdé sinuoso; columella inferné incrassata et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee, Prof. Troost and Mr. Anthony. Florence, Ala., Rev. G.
White, Mr. Pybas and Mr. Thornton. Cumberland River, Dr. Powell. Ohio
River, near the mouth, in Illinois, J. Donaldson. New Harmony, Indiana, Mr.
Carley and Mr. Sampson. Warrior River, Ala., Prof. Brumby.

TrypanosroMa Lewisi.—Testa sulcati, subtenui, elevato-conica, tenebroso-
fusca vel corned, vittata ; spira attenuata; suturis paulisper impressis; an-
fractibus instar undenis, planulatis; apertura parva, subrhomboidea, intus
vittataé ; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso ; columella inferné paulisper incrassata
et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Peoria, Illinois, J. Lewis, M.D.

TRYPANOSTOMA MORIFORMI.—Test sulcata, subcylindracea, solidd, uno-vittata,
cornea, spiri obtusé conica; suturis impressis; anfractibus instar novenis,
impressis, canaliculatis; apertura parviusculd, rhombica, intus alba et uno-
vittata; labro acuto, valdé sinuoso; columellaé inferné incrassata et valdé
contorta.

Hab.—Oostenaula River, near Rome, Ga., Rev. G. White. Tenn. River, Dr,
Spillman. Tuscumbia, Ala. B. Pybas.

TRYPANOSTOMA VIRIDE.—Test4 subsulcatd, subcrassa, subfusiformi, olivacea ;
spira obtusé conica; suturis valdé impressis; anfractibus septenis, convexis,
ultimo subcanaliculato; aperturé subprandi, rhomboidea, intus vel purpurea
vel albidi; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella inferné incrassata et paulisper
contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee, Prof. Troost.

TryPAXxosTOMA SHOWALTERII.—Testi striata, interdum levi, valdé exertd,
crassi subcylindracea, vel cornea vel fusca, interdum inferné vittata; spird
valdé elevata; suturis valdé impressis; anfractibus novenis, subpianulatis ;
apertura parva, rhomboided, intus vel albida vel salmonia; labro acuto, param
sinuoso ; columella inferné incrassata et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Cahawba River, Ala., E. R. Showalter, M. D. Tuscaloosa, Ala., Dr.
Budd. Oostenaula River, Ga., Rev. G. White and Bishop Elliott.

TRYPANOSTOMA ANTHONYI.—Testd rugoso striata, pyramidata, crassa, luteo-
olivaced ; spira elevatié; suturis rugoso-impressis; anfractibus instar novenis,

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173

planulatis ; aperturd subgrandi, rhomboided, intus alb&’; labro acuto, sinuoso ;
columella inferné incrassaté et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee, J. G. Anthony. Warrior River and Yellowleaf Creek, Ala.,
Dr. Showalter. Fox River, Indiana; J. Sampson.

TrRYPANOSTOMA STRIATUM.—Testa striata, subulari, subtenui, corned; spird
elevata; suturis impressis; anfractibus instar octonis, convexiusculis, ultimo
parviusculo; apertura parva, subrhomboided, intus albidi; labro acuto, valde
sinuoso, expanso; columella paulisper incrassata et valde sinuosa.

Hab.—Florence, Ala., B. Pybas.

Trypanostoma HartTMaNnil.—Testa levi, interdum obsoleté canaliculata, solida,
virente vel rufo-fuscescente, regulariter conica, vittatd vel evittata ; spira pyra-
midata ; suturis regulariter impressis; anfractibus instar novenis, convexius-
culis; apertura parva, rhomboided, intus vel alb&é vel salmonié; labro acuto,
sinnoso; columella inferné incrassaté et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Cahawba and Coosa Rivers; Dr. Showalter. Warrior River, Ala-
bama. Knoxville, Dr. Budd and J. Clark. Tenn. River, Ala., Dr. Spillman.

TrypanosToMa JAyi.—Testi levi, subpupoided, crassa, nitida, rufo-fusca ;
spira obtuso-conicaé; suturis valdé impressis, anfractibus octonis, subtumidis,
ultimo subgrandi; apertura parvd, rhomboidea, subangusta, intus pallido-fusca;
labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella inferné incrassata et contorta.

Hab.— , Alabama? J.C. Jay, M. D.

TRYPANOSTOMA SPILLMANU.—Testa levi, regulariter conicd, tenebroso-oliva;
spiré elevata; suturis regulariter impressis; anfractibus instar novenis, planu-
latis ; apertura parviusculd, rhomboided, intus albida, interdum vittata ; labro
acuto, sinuoso; columellA alba et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Noxubee River, Miss., W. Spillman, M.D.; and Tenn., J. Clark.

TrypanosToMA Curisty1.—Testa levi, elevato-conicé, crassiusculd, cornea,
raro vittat&é; spird valdé elevati; suturis regulariter impressis; anfractibus
instar denis, parum convexis; apertura parva, subrhomboidea, intus albida;
labro acuto, sinuoso; columella alba et contorta.

Hab.—Cane Creek, Tenn., Prof. D. Christy.

TRYPANOSTOMA LABIATUM.—Testa levi, acuto-conic4, subcrassa, nitida, virido-
cornea ; spira attenuata, mucronata ; suturis regulariter impressis ; anfractibus
instar denis, convexiusculis, ad apicem carinatis, ultimo subgrandi; apertura
parviuscula, rhomboided, intus albida; labro’acuto, juxta marginem incrassato,
valdé dilatato, valdé sinuoso; columella albida, inferné incrassata et valde
contorta.

Hab.—Big Miami River, Ohio, J. Clark.

TRYPANOSTOMA WHITEI.—Testa levi, attenuato-conica, crassiuscula, tenebro-
so-cornea ; spira valdé elevati; suturis regulariter impressis; anfractibus
instar novenis, convexiusculis; apertura parva, subrhomboided, intus albida;
labro acuto, sinuoso; columella inferné incrassata et contorta.

Hab,—Lafayette co. and Marietta, Ga.; Rev. G. White. Farland’s Creek,
Mississippi, Dr. Spillman; and Tenn., J. G. Anthony.

TRYPANOSTOMA EsTABROOKII.—Testa levi, attenuato-conica, subtenui, cornea ;
spira valdé elevata, superné carinata; suturis regulariter impressis; anfracti-
bus instar denis, convexis ; apertura parva, subrhomboidea, intus albidd; labro
acuto, subsinuoso; columella alba et contorta.

Hab.—Kast Tennessee, President Estabrook and Bishop Elliott. Near Cleve-
land, Tenn., Prof. Christy ; and Monroe co., Tenn., J. Clark.

TryPANnostoMA KNoxvILLENSE.—Testd levi, subulari, subtenui, pallido-cor-
nea; spira attenuato-conica, mucronati; suturis regulariter impressis ; anfracti-
bus denis, convexiusculis, ad apicem carinatis, ultimo subconstricto; apertura

1862.]

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

parva, subrhomboidea, intus alba; labro acuto, sinuoso; columelli inferné
incrassata et paulisper contorta.
Hab.—Knoxville, Tenn., Pres. Estabrook.

TRYPANOSTOMA ATTENUATUM.—Test& levi, subulari, subtenui, cornea; spira
attenuata; suturis impressis ; anfractibus novenis, vix convexis, ultimo parvo;
apertura parva, rhomboideda, intus albida; labro acuto, valdé sinuoso; colu-
mella vix incrassata et contorta.

Hab.—Lafayette, Ga., Rev. G. White; and Tenn., Dr. Hartman.

TRYPANOSTOMA SUBULAFORME.—Testa carinatd, subulari, subtenui, cornea ’
spiraé attenuato conica; suturis valdé impressis; anfractibus denis, inferné
plannlatis, superné carinatis; apertura parva, subrhomboidea, intus albida;
labro acuto, sinuoso; columella paulisper incrassata et contorta.

Hab.—Knoxville, Tenn., Prof. Troost and W. Spillman, M. D.

TRYPANOSTOMA TORTUM.—Testd substriata, conicé, cornea, subcrassa; spird
subobtuso-conicé ; suturis valdé impressis; anfractibus septenis, planulatis ;
aperturé subgrandi, subrhomboided, intus albida; labro acuto, vix sinuoso;
columella valdé incurvataé, superné paulisper incrassata, inferné incrassata et
yaldé contorta.

Hab.—Uchee Bar, below Columbus, Ga., J. Lewis, M. D.

TRYPANOSTOMA PALLIDUM.—Testa levi, attenuato-conicd, subcrassa, pallido-
corned; spird valdé elevatdé ; suturis valdé impressis ; anfractibus undenis, con-
vexiusculis, superné subgeniculatis; apertura parviuscula, subrhomboided, |
intus alb4; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella alba et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Niagara Falls, New York.

TRYPANOSTOMA PARVUM.—Testa levi, crassiuscula, conoided, cornea, vittata
vel evittata ; spiraé conoidea; suturis regulariter impressis ; anfractibus octonis,
planulatis; apertura parva, rhomboidea, intus albidi; labro acuto, paulisper
sinuoso; columella inferné paulisper incrassata et contorta.

Hab.—Knoxville, Pres. Estabrook; and French Broad River, East Tenn., J.
Clark.

TRYPANOSTOMA MODESTUM.—Testa levi, conicd, subtenui, virido-cornea; spird
subelevaté; suturis linearibus; anfractibus instar septenis, convexiusculis,
ultimo subcompresso; apertura parviuscula, subrhomboidea, intus ceruleo-
alba; labro acuto, sinuoso, expanso ; columelli inferné paulisper incrassata et
contorta.

Hab.—Chilogita Creek, Blount co., Tenn., J. Clark.

TRYPANOSTOMA SIMPLEX.—Testa levi, conica, subcrassa, luteo-olivacea, spira
subelevataé; suturis paulisper impressis; anfractibus octonis, subconvexis,
ultimo subconstricto; apertura parvad, constricté, rhomboidea, intus albida;
labro acuto, sinuoso; columella inferné incrassatad et contorta.

Hab,—Cincinnati, Ohio, T. G. Lea.

TRYPANOSTOMA MINOR.—Testa leevi, obtuse conoided, subcrassa, luteola, vit-
tatd; spira obtuso-conoidea; suturis valdé impresiss; anfractibus septenis,
convexiusculis, ultimo grandi; apertura& grandi, subrhomboidea, intus alba,
interdum Vittata; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella incurva, inferné incrassata
et paulisper contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee, Prof. Troost.

TRYPANOSTOMA PUMILUM.—Testd levi, nitidA, conoidea, subsolida, luteo-
virescente, bivittaté; spira obtuso-conoidea ; suturis valdé impressis; anfrac-
tibus septenis, subconvexis, ultimo pergrandi; apertura subgrandi, rhomboidea,
intus albida et trivittata; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella inferné incrassata
et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee, Prof. Troost.

[ April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175

TRYPANOSTOMA BIVITTATUM.—Testd levi, conoided, subcrassa, luted, bivittata ;
spira obtuso-conoidea; suturis valdé impressis ; anfractibus septenis, subcon-
vexis, ultimo grandi; apertura subgrandi, subrhomboided, intus alba, bivit-
tata ; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso; columella inferné incrassata et valdé
contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee, Prof. Troost.

TRYPANOSTOMA VANUXEMII.—Testa levi, conoided, flavid4, vel bivittata vel
evittata ; spira obtuso-conica; suturis impressis; anfractibus senis, convexius-
culis; apertura parviuscula, subrhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, sinuoso;
columella inferné incrassat& et valdé contorta.

fab.—South Carolina, Prof. L. Vanuxem.

TRYPANOSTOMA TRIVITTATUM.—Test4 levi, subfusiformi, subtenui, nitid4, oli-
vacea, trivittati; spira conici, mucronata, ad apicem carinat&; suturis line-
aribus; anfractibus octonis, planulatis, ultimo subgrandi ; apertura subgrandi,
rhomboidea, intus vittaté ; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella paulisper incrassata
et incurva.

Hab.—Tombigbee River, Mississippi, W. Spillman, M. D.

TRYPANOSTOMA TROCHULUS.—Testa levi, trochiformi, valdé tumida, luted,
infra unifasciaté; spira valdé obtusd; suturis impressis; anfractibus senis,
Superné planulatis, inferné inflatis; apertura grandi, rhomboidea, albidd et
unifasciata ; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella inferné incrassataé et valdé
contorta.

Hab.—Holston River, Tenn., Prof. G. Troost.

Trypanostoma Sycamorfinse.—Testad plicata, conica, luteo-cornea, subcrassa;
spira attenuaté, mucronata; suturis impressis; anfractibus undenis, convexi-
usculis, superné carinatis, in medio plicatis; apertura parviuscula, rhomboided,
intus albida; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella incurva, inferné incrassata et
contorta.

Hab.—Sycamore, Claiborne co., E. Tenn., J. Lewis, M. D.

TRYPANOSTOMA CHAKASAHAENSE —Testa levi, conica, fusco-virente, subtenui,
bivittata ; spir& subattenuatd; suturis valdé impressis; anfractibus instar oc-
tonis, convexis, superné carinatis; apertura parva, rhombica, intus albd et
Vittata ; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella incurva, inferné inerassata et valdé
contorta.

Hab.—Chakasaha River, Ala., Wm. Spillman, M. D.

TRYPANOSTOMA TENNESSEENSE.—Testa levi, obtusé conicé, valdé inflata, sub-
crassa, tenebroso-fusca; spira brevi, valdé obtusa; suturis impressis ; anfrac-
tibus instar denis, convexis; apertura magn4, rhomboidea, intus tenebros’;
labro acuto, expanso, inflecto et valdé sinuoso; columella interné valdé incras-
sata et contorta.

Hab—Tenn., Prof. Troost, Lebanon co., Tenn., J. M. Safford,

TRyPaNostoMA KnoxensE.—Testi levi, conic&, vel ferrugined vel vittata,
subcrassa; spiri subelevat&, mucronat&; suturis impressis; anfractibus octo-
nis, convexiusculis, superné carinatis; apertura parva, intus vel albidA vel
fusci; labro acuto, sinuoso, expanso; columelli paulisper incrassata et
contorta.

Hab.—F lat Creek, Knox co., Tenn., Prof. D. Christy.

TRYPANOSTOMA CANALITIUM.—TestA canaliculata, conica, crassiuscula, corned,
obsoleté vittatéi; spira regulariter conicd, subelevat&, ad apicem bivittata ;
suturis impressis; anfractibus planulatis; instar septenis, ultimo canaliculato;
apertura parva, rhomboidea, intus vel alba vel salmonia et vittatd; labro acuto
et sigmoideo; columellA contorta, ad basim recurva,

Hab.—Yellowleaf Cr., Ala., E. R. Showalter, M. D.

1862.]

176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Descriptions of two new species of EXOTIC UNIONES and one
MONCCONDYLGA,

BY ISAAC LEA.

Unio ParaMaTTENSIs.—Testé crebré et leviter sulcata, elliptica, subinflata,
valdé inequilaterali, posticé obtusé angulata, anticé rotundata; valvulis cras-
siusculis, anticé paulisper crassioribus; natibus prominulis, ad apices radiis
undulatis ; epidermidé tenebroso-fusci, nigricante, eradiata; dentibus cardi-
nalibus parvis, valdé compressis, obliquis, valvula dextre duplicibus; late-
ralibus prelongis, lamellatis subrectisque ; margarita alba et valdé iridescente.

Hab.—Paramatta River, New South Wales, Smithsonian Institution.

Unio Pazn.—Testa levi, obliqua, anticé inflata, valdé inequilaterali, posticé
acuto-angulata et attenuata, anticé rotundata; valvulis crassiusculis, posticé
paulisper crassioribus ; natibus tumidis, subterminalibus ; epidermide olivace4,
obsoleté radiaté et transversé laté vittataéa; dentibus cardinalibus longis,
lamellatis, valdé obliquis corrugatisque; lateralibus prelongis, obliquis,
lamellatis corrugatisque; margarita vel alba vel cerule& et valdé iridescente.

Hab.—China. Sig. Patricio Maria Paz.

MonoconpL@a WHEATLEYI.—Testa lJevi, oblongi, subcompressa, valdé in-
gequilaterali, anticé oblique rotundata, posticé truncata ; valvulis subcrassis,
anticé paulisper crassioribus; natibus parvis, acuminatis, ad apices minutis-
simé undulatis; epidermide luted, nitid&, eradiaté; dentibus cardinalibus
parvis, erectis, in utroque valvulo uno-tuberculatis ; margarita alba et valde
iridescente.

Hab.—River Tigris, Assyria, Rev. Mr. Beadle, by C. M. Wheatley.

Contributions to NEOTROPICAL SAUROLOGY.
BY E. D. COPE.

Phyllodactylus spatulatus.

Muzzle elongate, rounded, depressed, extending anterior to the orbit once
and one-third times the diameter of the latter. Frontal and nasal regions
closely squamulose tuberculous, each tubercle as large as those that are scat-
tered upon the occiput. Superior labials six, the last minute ; inferior labials
five. Symphyseal elongate campanuliform in outline, succeeded by three or
four transverse series of mental plates. The anterior is composed of three
(median smallest), which are much longer than broad; the posterior are
hexagonal. About twenty-five rows of abdominal plates, and twenty rows
of elongate trihedral dorsal tubercles. Extremities coarsely tuberculous.
Length of head to angle of mandible 8 lin. ; from this point to vent, 1 in. 9
lin. ; of hinder extremity, 1 in. ; tail? Above pale yellowish; a dark brown
line from orbit to shoulder; dark brown longitudinal lines, which inosculate
on the nape and anterior dorsal region; on the posterior dorsal and sacral
they form cross-bands. Extremities banded. Beneath immaculate.

Habitat.—Barbadoes. Prof. Theodore Gill coll.

Anolis (Acantholis) argillaceus.

Size small, form stout. Head large, the muzzle short. Canthus rostralis
straight, sharp ; facial ruge very obtuse, uniting a little anterior to the mid-
dle of the muzzle, and forming a slightly pronounced median keel. Tail one
and one-half times the length of the body, slightly compressed and trenchant,
though not serrate above ; its scales keeled. No dorsal dermal fold. A slight
prebrachial fold. Nares vertical. Orbit large; tympanic orifice moderate:
dorsal and lateral scales minute, equal, except an occasional one a little

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. by |

larger. Abdominal scales rounded, smooth ; those of the extremities smooth.
Occipital plate not in contact with superciliaries; the latter are in contact
medially, and number six or seven on each side; the anterior pair is much
the longest, and enclose a subtriangular plate. The second plate on the facial
ruga is large, transverse; the third is large and in contact with that of the
other side and with the third plate of the canthus rostralis. Anterior to them
is a median plate. The rest of the head plates are small, all are perfectly
smooth. Two or three loreal rows. Superior labials six. Palpebrals three
or four, transverse, forming an isolated disc. First infralabial large. Goitre
well developed.

In alcohol, above brownish white, with two rows of brown spots on each
side ; occasionally a median series of dots. A short, median, nuchal band;
two convergent lateral cervical bands; a dark band between the eyes. Ex-
tremities brown banded.

Habitat.—Eastern Cuba, (estate of Monte Verde.) From a valuable collec-
tion made there by Mr. Chas. Wright. Mus. Academy Phila. and Smithsonian,
(No. 5098.)

This species has an occasional large granular scale in place of the dermal
appendages of the loysianus. Inthat species the muzzle is more elon-
gate; the third plate of the facial ruga is not in contact with that opposite,
or with that of the canthus rostralis ; the scales of the canthus are narrower.
There are four or five palpebral plates, never three. The coloration is also
different.

Anolis (Ctenocercus) coelestinus.

Size medium, form slender. Tail more than twice as long as head and
body, cylindrical, the vertebral series of scales largest. Abdominal scales
subquadrate, smooth, those of the baek and sides subequal, coarsely granu-
lar, smooth. No dorsal or nuchal dermal folds. The hinder extremity di-
rected forward reaches the ear; the anterior, four-fifths the distance to the
groin. Digital expansions well Geveloped. Goitre large; a prebrachial fold.
Head elongate, front very little concave, nostrils latero-vertical close, to the
extremity of the muzzle. Canthus rostralis acute, straight, covered with
small scales; facial ruge none. Head plates all small, keelless. Seven in
the superciliary series, the posterior minute; two rows of scales separate
those of one side from those of the other; they are also well separated from
the occipital, which is small oval. Five loreal series. Eight superior labials ;
anterior infralabials small, keelless. Palpebrals small, scarcely keeled, sepa-
rated from the superciliaries by granules. Length of head and body 2 in. 6 lin.;
of posterior extremity 1 in. 4 lin.

Color above bright bluish green (in alcohol), the extremities bluer. A white
or reddish band extends beneath the orbit, through the ear toa short distance
beyond the axilla. Above and behind the latter a large black spot extends
more or less posteriorly. A reddish tint sometimes pervades parts of the in-
ferior surfaces; otherwise they are greenish white. Tibia and femur indis-
tinctly dark cross-banded. Postorbita) and sometimes the loreal and frontal
regions blackish.

Habitat.—Western Hayti. Specimens obtained by Dr. Weinland near
ore (No. 1500 Mus., Compar. Zool.) have been kindly lent me by Prof.

gassiz.

This species takes the place of A. principalis in Hayti. It is the
nearest ally of that species, but differs in important particulars, as the
smoothness of the abdominal and frontal plates, the smallness of the latter,
and the absence of facial ruge; the digital expansions are less developed and
the nostrils are more anterior.

Anolis (Anolis) cy botes.
Size above medium ; form stout, head massive. Tail much compressed, ser-

1862.]

178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

rulate above. Digital expansions rather narrow. Abdominal scales smooth
rounded ; scales of the lateral thoracic region keeled. A strong nuchal der-
mal fold and a slight dorsal one. Lateral and dorsal scales minutely granular,
except two to four median series, which are larger and keeled. Anterior
brachial, antebrachial and tibial, and inferior tibial scales keeled. Angular
process of mandibulum prominent. Temporo-occipital region swollen ; occiput
with a median, gemmiform, sharply-defined depression, which is continuous
with the gutter-like frontal concavity. The facial ruge are well defined,
little divergent, including rather a deep longitudinal depression. Nostrils
large, lateral; canthus rostralis sharp, a little curved, depressed anteriorly.
Superciliary plates large, five on each side, in contact or barely separated
medially. Frontal scales rather large, longitudinal, smooth. Occipital plate
elongate, small, separated from superciliaries. Seven or eight loreal rows ;
seven superior labials; symphyseals large, first infralabial not large. Tym-
panic orifice large. Anterior extremity extended, reaches beyond the groin ;
the posterior anterior to the orbit. Length of head to angle of jaw 9 lines ;
from angle of mandible to vent 1 in. 8 lin.; hind extremity 2 in. 2 lin.

General color green, with blackish tints. Posterior extremities sometimes
cross-banded. Female with a pale vertebral streak.

Habitat.—Western Hayti ; from near Jeremie, Dr. Weinland. Mus. Compar.
Zoology, Cambridge, No. 1501.

Anolis (Coccoéssus) pentaprion.

Size medium; form stout. Tail one and a quarter times the length of the
head and body, much compressed, subtriangular in section, the vertebral
angle trenchant, serrate; four basal angles formed by the continued keels of
as many series of large scales. Goitre large. Scales of the back and sides
equal, minute, the abdominal larger, though small, subgraniform, smooth.
Orbits large, auricular orifice small. Head stout, muzzle thick, rounded.
Canthus rostralis obtuse anteriorly, facial ruge just traceable posteriorly.
Nares near the end of the muzzle, lateral. Occiput covered with numerous
irregular smooth plates, which extend between the superciliary series. Plates
of the front and muzzle rather small, polygonal, rough, not keeled ; palpe-
brals numerous, smooth, three loreal rows ; nine superior labials, nine inferior,
the second small. Infralabials small. Extremities stout, their scales small,
not keeled; digital expansions well developed. The anterior extremity does
not reach the groin, the posterior scarcely the auricular orifice. Length of
head and body 2in. 61.; of tail3 in. 41.; head to ear81.; hinder extremity 1 in.2 1.

Above whitish, tinted with reddish brown, and marbled with brown. Ex-
tremities and tail pale reddish brown with brown cross-bars. Frontal and
occipital regions dark, muzzle pale ; some brown shades beneath the eye on
both jaws. Beneath yellowish ; goitre cherry red.

Habitat.—New Granada, near the river Truando. Discovered by Arthur
Schott, Esq., who accompanied the U. S. Expedition under Lieut. Michler.

The shape of the tail and the subgranular ventral scales place this species
in a section of the genus which I call Coccoéssus. It is most nearly
allied to sect. Gastrotropis, Fitz., in which A.schiedii Wieg. resembles
it in many respects; the form of the muzzle is much as in this species and in
A. nebulosus.*

Anolis (Dracontura) limifrons.

Tail cylindrical, withont a larger median series of scales. Ventral scales
smooth. Dorsal and lateral scales granular, rugulose, all equal. Scales of
arm, inferior tibia and anterior femur keeled. Neck rather elongate; eyes
large, head broad, very concave in profile, muzzle prominent, truncate, nearly

* Dr. Gray, Catal. Liz. Brit. Mus., refers A. sag rae to this species, They are differ-
ent, and typical of different sections of the genus. F
{April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179

plane above. Nares large, lateral. Frontal concavity elongate deep, its scales
numerous, granular. Facial ruge moderately developed, divergent, soon ob-
solete, covered by three scales anterior to the seven superciliary, and sepa-
rated from the canthus rostralis by larger keeled scales. The canthus is weak,
concave. Occipital plate small, oval, surrounded by granular scales, which
also separate the superciliaries. Palpebrals keeled ; muzzle plates polygonal,
tricarinate. Loreal rows about seven; upper labials eight, inferior seven,
infralabials small. Anterior extremity slender, not reaching the groin, the
external digit shorter than the second; posterior extremity reaches the ante-
rior margin of the orbit. Auricular orifice large, vertical. Length from muz-
zle to axilla 9 1.; from auricle to vent 1 in. 3 1.; of hinder extremity 1 in. 41.

Above bronze brown, beneath rusty white, separation between the two ab-
rupt anteriorly ; lips and femora beneath varied with brown. Another speci-
men is brownish golden above, light yellow beneath.

This species differs from fuscoauratus in the uniform size of the
dorsal and lateral scales, and the absence of a larger median caudal row. In
radulinus, poecilopus and fraseri the ventral scales are keeled.
In the last there is no occipital plate, and the second has the scales of the
muzzle no larger than those of the front. A.radulinus exhibits a few
larger dorsal rows. In general appearance it is quite similar to A. lionotus.
It inhabits the same country, viz.: Veragua. Mus. Academy Nat. Sciences,
from Mr. R. W. Mitchell.

- Anolis (Dracontura) poecilopus.

Size medium; neck and hinder extremities elongate; head broad, muzzle
full, rather prominent. Tail compressed cylindrical, its scales keeled, the
median row largest. Abdominal scales small, ovate, keeled; lateral minute,
gradually merging into the dorsal, which are larger, flat, keeled and in nume-
rous rows. All the scales of the extremities are keeled, those of the internal
surfaces minute, the others flat, not large. The scales of the upper surface
of the head are minute, subgranular, rugulose ; those between the canthus
rostralis and facial ruga larger. The canthus weakly pronounced, soon obso-
lete ; ruge slightly developed, bounding a rather deep frontal concavity,
which extends between the orbits. Nostrils near the end of the muzzle,
lateral. Seven or nine superciliaries bounded internally by granules ; occi-
pital minute or wanting. Superior labials nine; infralabials small. Palpe-
brals small, keeled. Loreal series nine or ten. Auricular orifice small, vertical.
No dorsal or nuchal fold; goitre large. Anterior extremity reaching groin;
second finger longer than fifth; posterior extremity reaching end of muzzle ;
digital expansions narrow. From muzzle to tympanum 8 lin.; tympanum to
vent 2 in.; tail 4in. 8 lin.; posterior extremity 2 in. 1 lin.

General color above, brown ; the extremities and digits with numerous light
cross-bands ; sides darker, with numerous longitudinal light lines, one com-
mencing above the axilla most distinct ; light vertical bands ascend from this
to a superior obsolete longitudinal band. In female specimens dark chevron-
shaped spots cross the back. Beneath pale yellowish.

Habitat.—Near Carthagena, and on the Truando, New Grenada. From
Lieut. Micheler’s collection, made by Arthur Schott. (Sm. No. 4320, 4331.)

This animal probably most nearly resembles the A. fraseri, Gthr., but
that species is said to have but five rows of loreal scales, the fifth finger
longer than the second, and different coloration. In general appearance it
approaches near to A. limifrons, fuscoauratus and lionotus. In
the last the dorsal scales are much larger and smooth; the scales of the front
and muzzle are also larger.

Anolis (Dracontura) vittigerus.
Head rather broad, muzzle short. Tail cylindrical, four times the length of
the head and body. Anterior extremity just reaching the groin, posterior ex-

1862.]

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

tending to the middle orin front of the orbit ; second finger longer than fifth.
The latter is large ; tympanic orifice moderate. Nineteen teeth in the supe-
rior maxillary bone. Goitre very small. Abdominal scales imbricate sub-
acute, keeled; lateral scales minute; dorsal scales larger, less than the
ventral, flat, keeled, in about twenty rows. Anterior brachial, antebrachial
and femoral, superior brachial and tibial, and inferior femoral and tibial
scales keeled. Occipital plate not in contact with the superciliaries. The
latter are rather large, five or six in number, in contact medially. Facial
rug low, divergent. Frontal depression obpyriform, containing rather large,
flat, smooth scales; scales of the muzzle smaller, carinate. Palpebrals nume-
rous, keeled. Canthus rostralis short, acute. Five rows loreal scales ; supe-
rior labials eight, inferior seven; infralabials small. Length of head and
body 1 in. 4 lin. ; of tail 5 in. 6 lin.

Light yellowish brown, median dorsal region and tail reddish brown, crossed
by some irregular blackish markings. A longitudinal light lateral band,
bounded above and below bya brown one. A brown band from eye to axilla,
one above it rising to the nape, one from superciliary region nearly joining
one from the opposite side behind the occiput. A band between the eyes and
one on the muzzle; lips varied. A crossed-band on the tibia and femur
formed of two united triangles. Beneath golden with a coppery tint.

Habitat.—Truando region, New Granada. Mr. Schott coll., Lt. Michler’s
Exped. Mus. Academy; Smithsonian (No. 4332.)

This species is much like A. lemurinus in form, but has the larger dor-
sal rows more numerous, and a different coloration. From A. chrysolepis
it differs in the more numerous series of larger dorsal scales.

Anolis (Gastrotropis) radulinus.

Size small, head not short. Tail cylindrical or slightly compressed, median
row of scales a little larger. Ventral scales ovate, keeled; lateral scales mi-
nute; the dorsal scales larger, flat, keeled, becoming larger medially, where
two series are abruptly larger. Occipital distinct, isolated; superciliaries
five, separated by three or four rows of minute scales. Facial ruge weak,
enclosing a shallow concavity, which is covered with minute, keeled scales.
Those outside the ruge and on the muzzle are larger, keeled. Canthus ros-
tralis acute, nearly straight, soon obliterated. Nostrils terminal, lateral.
Six or seven rows of loreal scales; labials nine—nine; infralabials small.
Auricular orifice rather large, vertical. Goitre large. Digital dilatations very
narrow. Anterior extremity reaching groin; the posterior to beyond the
orbit. Length of head to tympanum 6 lin.; from tympanum to vent 1 in. 3
lin.; of tail 3 in. 6 lin.

Above golden brown, with eight or ten narrow, chevron-shaped cross-lines,
the angles directed posteriorly. A lateral series of small white spots, most
distinct anteriorly, beneath which is a light longitudinal band, obsolete pos-
teriorly. A narrow brown band between the eyes; extremities banded. Be-
neath brownish white. The 2 is bronze brown, the dorsal line sometimes
darker.

Habitat.—Truando region, New Grenada. Lt. Michler Exped. coll. Mus.
Academy and Smithsonian (Nos. 4327, 4328.)

In the minuteness of the interrugal scales this species resembles li mi-
frons, poecilopus and fraseri. From the first the keeled ventral
plates and other peculiarities separate it; in the secord, the frontal and
loreal scales are smaller and the large dorsal scales more numerous. The
large occipital and coloration will separate it from fraseri. Sallaei,
cooperi and cupreus resemble it in form, but all have larger frontal
and muzzle plates; in sallaei the large dorsal rows of scales are more
numerous.

Anolis (Gastrotropis) concolor.
Anolis refulgens ‘‘Schl.,’? Hallow., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 480.

[ April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181

General form that of A.maculatus. Astrong nuchal fold in larger
specimens. Tail cylindrical or slightly compressed. Head elongate, muzzle
rather narrow, nostrils lateral. Canthus rostralis straight, loreal region long,
perpendicular. Occipital plate large, not in contact with superciliaries, in a
depression which is not defined inthe young. Facial ruge not acute, con-
vergent anteriorly; the enclosed depression elongate diamond-shaped, with
rather small, more or less keeled scales. Superciliary plates seven, in con-
tact or separated by one series of granules medially. Palpebrals numerous,
keeled. Loreal rows five or six. Upper andlower labials eight. Infralabials
small. Scales of the extremities small, keeled; abdominal scales keeled;
lateral scales minute, dorsal larger, keeled ; two median rows abruptly largest.
Auricular opening moderate, vertical. Digital expansions moderate ; second
and fifth fingers nearly equal; anterior extremity reaches groin; posterior,
middle or anterior part of orbit.

General color darker or lighter brownish green, the extremities faintly
banded. A few dorsal dots in the young.

Habitat.—Nicaragua. Mr. C. Wright, of Capt. Rodger’s Exped., collection
Mus. Smithsonian (No. 6055); Phila. Academy.

The young of this species may be distinguished from A. cupreus Hallow.
by the longer muzzle, more prominent facial ruge and nearer approach of the
superciliary plates; from radulinus by the same characters, and by the
greater size of the interrugal scales and the coloration. A. cupreus Hallow.
is nearly related to A. coo peri Baird, both differing from A. sallaei in the
the less number and uniformity of the rows of keeled dorsal scales. In
cooperi the first infralabial is large as in sagrae, and there is a strong
prebrachial fold. The palpebrals are three or four-rowed. In cupreus
—— are only two rowed, and the infralabials are small. The colors are

ighter.

A.longicaudus Hallowell, described in the memoir referred to at the
head of the description of this species, is alliedto A. tropidogaster Hallow.
Like it, it is a slender animal, the length from the muzzle to the tympanum
entering two and a half times into the distance from the latter point to the
groin. The tympanum is, however, very much smaller, the dorsal scales are
larger and the facial ruge more strongly pronounced. The head is narrower.
Dracontura bivittata, described in the same memoir, belongs to the sub-
family of Basiliscine, where it should be placed next to Thysanodactylus Gray.
In proof of this, it may be stated that the external nares are lateral, and the
toes broadly margined. From all the genera it differs in its plain occiput,
without enlargement or compression, and the total absence of nuchal, dorsal
or caudal crest. Tail compressed. A transverse gular fold. The species may
be called Paraloma bivittata.

Basiliscus (Cristasaura) nuchalis.

Tail compressed, its superior margin undulate serrate. Dorsal crest low,
extending between interscapular and crural regions ; its rays eleven. Helmet
highly developed, produced posteriorly, where its outline is sigmoid; from
its posterior extremity to its anterior, which is between the hinder borders of
orbits, its margin is more than twice as long as from the last-mentioned posi-
tion to the end of the muzzle. It is thin and covered with smooth scales,
which are much larger than any on the cranium. Occiput much swollen, its
Scales smooth ; supraorbitdl scales keeled. Superciliaries ten on each side,
separated by three rows of scales. Facial ruge well developed, enclosing a
concavity covered with rough scales. Muzzle scales scarcely keeled. Canthus
rostralis acute. Rostral bordered by three plates posteriorly. Labials seven
or eight above, nine below. Tympanum half as large as bony orbit. Two
gular folds. Abdominal scales keeled. Dorsal flat, subquadrangular, slightly
keeled, larger than lateral. Hinder extremity extends beyond the muzzle.

1862.]

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

From muzzle to second gular fold 2 in.; from fold to vent 3 in. 8 lin. ; from
vent to end of tail 16 in. ; length of hinder extremity 5 in. 6 lin.

General color olivaceous, paler below. A white (or ?yellow) band from the
superior posterior angle of orbit, which extends half way to the helmet. A
rusty-brown band extends from above the tympanum to the posterior part of
the back. Three transverse black spots on the nape.

Habitat.—Near Greytown, Nicaragua. Discovered by Dr. Caldwell, who sent
specimen 5845 to the Smithsonian Institution.

Dr. Gray says of his Cristasaura mitrella, that the scales of the crest
are smaller than those of the front, and slightly keeled, also that the dorsal
crest is high—which is, however, only important specifically when compared
with the developement of the helmet. The coloration of that species is also
different. It is an inhabitant of Honduras.

Scartiscus caducus.

Char. gen.—Body depressed. A median dorsal keel, which forms a low crest
on the nape. Tail slender, compressed, covered with appressed equal verticils
of weakly-keeled scales. Digits 5--5, without lateral expansions, strongly
pectinate inferiorly. Tympanum distinct. Nostrils in a single plate, which
is lateral and below the canthus rostralis. Head plates numerous, small,
keeled; interparietal, parietals (in contact) and postparietal only distinguish-
able. Pterygoid teeth none; maxillaries triscuspid. No antepectoral fold.
Scales of the body large, flat, caducous, keeled everywhere; the dorsal in
posteriorly convergent series. No femoral or anal pores.

In this genus of Iguanide, there are two pairs of abdominal ribs,* connected
by a slight linea alba. In Brachysaurus, which resembles Scartiscus in
general appearance, these are more numerous; the external nares also are
superior to the canthus rostralis. In Polychrus, the representative of the
Gastropleur type with lateral nostrils, the general form and squamation are
totally different. The position of the nostril will distinguish Scartiscus from
many Humivage (e. g. Liocephalus), and the compressed spineless tail will
separate it from others.

Char. specif.—Labials very narrow; inferior, to proc. coron. mand. six,
superior four, bounded above by a similar series of seven; symphyseal
single. Scales of head everywhere keeled; two larger superciliary series
distinguishable, which are in contact medially. No earlobes. A slight
preaxillary fold. A lateral crural keel on each side. Posterior extremities
elongate, extending forward to anterior border of orbit. Tibia longer than
femur; foot much longer than tibia or than hand and antebrachium. Ex-
ternal toe reaching beyond internal. Brachium shorter than antebrachium ;
order of digits, first, fifth, second; third and fourth nearly equal. Whole
anterior extremity reaching nearly to groin. Head to posterior border of
tympanum equals longest measurement of tibia.

Color above brown, with numerous dark brown chevrons, the angles di-
rected posteriorly ; a narrow, vertical, yellow line from the axilla. Extremi-
ties and tail cross-banded. Beneath yellowish brown, the throat darker,
light varied.

Length of head and body to vent 3 in. 3 lin.; of tail 6 in. 3 lin.; of anterior
extremity 1 in. 6 lin.; of posterior do. 2 in. 7 lin.

Habitat.—Paraguay. Mus. Smithsonian (No. 5852). Capt. Page’s Exped.
coll.

Liocephalus personatus.
Head shields keeled, not lanceolate. First internasal not in contact with

* Dr. Fitzinger places Laemanctus among the Gastropleure, but it seems incorrectly.
Laemanctus lon gip es is destitute of abdominal ribs. Chamaeleopsis hernandezii
there is one pair which do not meet on the median line.

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183

rostral. Six or seven in the supraocular series. Interparietal lanceolate.
Across the middle of the nape, between lines continuous with the temporal
ridge, eleven rows of scales may be counted. Cheek with rather large keeled
scales ; four thick marginal auricular scales. Labials five—five. Prebrachial
folds conspicuous. Dorsal crest high, higher upon the origin of the tail. The
tail is very much compressed. Posterior extremity reaching tympanum.
Length from muzzle to vent 2 in. 11 lin.; vent to end of tail 5 in. 4 lin. ;
greatest depth of tail 4 lin.

Above light brown, many of the scales with greenish shades ; a few median
black spots on the nape. Side of the head, and posteriorly nearly to axilla,
also chin and jaw, black. Beneath bluish green, the sides of the abdomen,
the hinder extremities and tail, varied with greenish white scales.

Habitat.—Hayti (near Jeremie). Sent in a valuable collection made by
Dr. D. F. Weinland to Prof. Agassiz. Mus. Comparative Zoology, Cambridge,
Mass. :

The West Indian Liocephali, with smooth ventral scales, possess either
three pairs of fronto-nasal plates in addition to the supranasals, or only two.
Of the former description are L. carinatus Gray (microlophus Coct. Bibr.)
L. vittatus Hallow. (schreibersti Gray), L. macropus n.sp., L. schrei-
bersii and L.melanochlorusn. sp. Those of the latter kind are L.
ravicepsn.sp., L.trigeminatusn.sp. and the subject of the preceed-
ing description.

Liocephalus trigeminatus.

Head shields slightly keeled, not lanceolate ; first internasal not in contact
with rostral ; six or seven supraoculars ; interparietal lanceolate. Ten nuchal
rows. Nuchal and dorsal crest low, caudal elevated. Labials six—five;
temporal scales large; two principal marginal auricular. Lateral neck folds
very strong. Post auricular scales not granular. Posterior extremity not
quite reaching orbit. Tail much compressed. Length from muzzle to vent
2in. 1 lin.; vent to end (?) of tail 2 in. 10 lin. ; of hinder extremity 1 in.
6 lines.

Above olivaceous brown, with four narrow, transverse, blackish brown
bars, bordered behind with lighter; the posterior between the groins. Tail
spotted above, a light lateral band from the orbit to the base of the tail, and
another from the ear to the groin; between these brown with a few vertical
blackish brown bars. Beneath dirty greenish white, chin spotted with
brownish.

Hab.—Hayti, near Jeremie. Dr. Weinland’s Coll. in Mus. Compar. Zool.

Liocephalus raviceps.

First internasal often in contact with rostral. Head scales generally
strongly keeled. Posterior fronto-nasals remarkably large. Six or seven
supraoculars. Interparietal elongate triangular, short. Fifteen nuchal rows,
(counted asin personatus). Nuchal dorsal and caudal crest equal, little
developed. Tail nearly cylindrical. Labials five—six; cheek scales rather
small; five large marginal auriculars; post auriculars not granular. All the
seales of the body small. Posterior extremity reaching ear or angle of mouth.
Length from muzzle to vent 3 in. 1 lin.; from vent to end of tail 4 in. 4 lin. ;
of posterior extremity 2 in.

Above yellowish brown, with many short, narrow, black longitudinal lines,
which are sometimes arranged as a double series of dorsal spots. A dark
band from the eye to the groin, which becomes obsolete in age, andis bounded
beneath by a rather broad yellowish vitta which is permanent. Beneath yel-
lowish, under surfaces of limbs and abdomen and sides as far as the jaws
varied with ? yellow (white in spirits) scales. Tail with brown cheyron-
shaped crossbands. Top of head light yellowish brown.

Hab.—Kastern Cuba. Mr. C. Wright discoverer. Mus. Smithsonian (No.
4162) and Academy Phila.

1862.]

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Liocephalus macropus.

Head plates broad, smooth or keeled ; first internasal not touching rostral.
Six or seven supraoculars. Labials six—six; cheek plates rather small; four
marginal auriculars ; postauriculars granular. Nuchal rows nineteen. Crest
low, equal. Tail nearly cylindrical. Posterior extremity quite or nearly
reaching end of muzzle. Dimensions of largest specimen: from muzzle to vent
2 in. 9 1. ; from vent to end of tail 4 in. 3 1.

Above olive, often with a metallic lustre; sometimes brownish. A trans-
verse interscapular and crural pale-bordered spot, which is often indistinct.
A blackish band extends from the orbit to the groin, mostly varied with white
near the axilla—obsolete posteriorly. Beneath yellowish or greenish, the
gular region sometimes streaked with black.

Hab.—Eastern Cuba. Mr. Chas. Wright has sent specimens to the Smith-
sonian Institution, which has presented some to the author.

This species is much like the L. vittatus, but differs in the greater
breadth and smoothness of the head-plates, especially of the supranasals and
frontonasals, and in the granular nature of the scales for some distance pos-
terior to the auricular opening; its size is less, more resembling the ravi-
ceps in this respect.

The species first named by Dr. Edw. Hallowell, as Holotropis vittatus* has
been apparently mistaken by Dr. J. E. Gray for the L. schreibersii (Pris-
tinotus schreibersii Gravenhorst). The head plates are very lanceolate, and
strongly keeled, the crest low and equal. It is perhaps the most abundant
species of the genus in Cuba, though the carinatus only is represented in
de la Sagra’s work, where it is called Holotropis microlophus. The latter spe-
cies resembles yet exceeds the macropus in the breadth of its head-plates ;
they further differ in being perfectly smooth.

Liocephalus melanochlorus.

Head scales more or less keeled, numerous; anterior extremities of supra-
nasals cut off, sometimes three anterior internasals; always four prefrontals.
Six supraorbitals ; interparietal lanceolate. Labials six—six. Two prominent
marginal auriculars ; postauriculars squamous. Scales of the back large, the
keels unusually strong; nuchal rows eleven. Crest well developed, highest
on the tail. Tail compressed, the scales of the lower surface keeled. Poste-
rior extremity reaching the orbit. Length from muzzle to vent 3 in. 7 lin. ;
from vent to end of tail 7 in.

General color light green, principally appearing above in two dorsal bands
and in the interspaces of a series of about ten transverse black bands ex-
tending between them. These become more or less confluent in old males, as
do also sometimes the vertical bars on the sides, which are often present.
Top of head brownish. Posteriorly beneath spotted with greenish white
scales ; gular region coarsely reticulated with black. Extremities dusky green
above.

Hab.—Hayti, near Jeremie. Mus. Compar. Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.
Dr. D. F. Weinland.

Tretioscincus castanicterus.

Char. gen.—Scales large, those of the tail and median dorsal rows keeled.
Supranasals none. Internasal broad; but two supraoculars ; interparietal
large. Gular region covered by the large infralabials. Inferior eyelid with a
transparent disc. Extremities moderately developed, digits unequal, four—
five. A series of femoral pores medially separated. Tail cylindrical.

Char. specif.—Sixteen rows of scales on the body, of which the median
dorsal pair are weakly keeled posteriorly; on the crural region the included
rows are all keeled; the carine are stronger on the tail. Two large marginal

* Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. ‘
[ Apri,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185

and two median triangular preanal plates. Five pectoral plates in an arched
transverse series. Three pairs of infralabials, one transverse mental, one
symphyseal. Labials 8—6; eye over the fifth upper. One loreal, two nasals,
nostril between; the anterior slightly bent upon the surface of the muzzle.
Fronto-nasals transverse, in contact; frontal nearly parallel-sided, obtuse-
angled before and behind. Fronto-parietals longer than broad, in contact ;
interparietal shield-shaped, its point projecting behind the borders of the pa-
rietals ; all the head plates impressed-punctate. Posterior extremity scarcely
reaching the elbow of the appressed anterior limb; extent of digits in the
order, first, second, fifth, third, fourth. Femoral pores six on each side. Tail
plates smooth beneath. Length from muzzle to vent 1 in. 9 1., (tail muti-
lated) ; of fore limb 6 lines ; of hinder, 9 lines.

Color above and on the sides dark chestnut; a bright yellow band, which
commences on each side of the base of the tail, extends anteriorly round the
outer border of the supraocular plates, and meets its fellow on the rostral ; in-
ternally it is dark bordered on the head. Beneath yellowish, the scales bor-
dered with chestnut ; chin immaculate ; under surface of tail yellow spotted.

The discovery of this little lizard is particularly interesting, as exhibiting
femoral pores for the first time among the Scincide. In other points it nearly
resembles the genus Heteropus of Fitzinger. One specimen in the Museum of
the Philadelphia Academy is labelled as having come from New Grenada.

Mabuia fulgida.

Dr. Girard has regarded the genus Mabuia as peculiarly American, the spe-
cies from the Pacific Islands formerly placed in it belonging more properly to
the genus which he first defined under the name Emoa, (but which Dr. Gray
had previously called Emcea), and the East Indian type probably remaining
under Dr. Gray’s Riopa (except the M. elegans Gray). This view cannot
be considered as fully established, at least ,as regards the latter group, for
Prof. Gill has discovered in the island of Barbadoes a species (Mabuia lan-
ceolata) which, in weakness of extremities and cylindrical form, nearly
approaches the M. (Riopa) punctata. The genus Emea is no longer Poly-
nesian, for a species of it has been discovered in Paraguay by the naturalists
connected with the government expedition sent thither.

The history of the American Mabuiae is in a state of some confusion, pro-
bably on account of the want of close ebservation in the discrimination of the
species. The following table exhibits the relations of those which appear to
be truly distinct.

I. Species in which there are twenty-six or fewer rows of scales on the body :
M. brevirostris Gtnther, from Mexico; M. punctata, India, and per-
haps the other species placed by Gray in Riopa, viz., M. hard wickii and
ruppellii; R.sundevallii Smith, from South Africa, is not stated to
possess a transparent eyelid, and hence may not belong to this genus. Pos-
sibly M. elegans Gray should be placed here.

II. Species in which there are thirty or more rows of scales on the body:
A. Eye over the seventh superior labial...... sSnamtanehudeacare agilis.*
B. Eye over sixth superior labial.
a. Internasal semidiscoid, its posterior outline straight, sloanei.
aa. Internasal rhombic ;
6. As long as broad, in contact with rostral.
Muzzle narrow ; the yellow marginal band bordered with
PEG WIN AUOVO,, OL NCA s.0s.cc.ce-oscces conceccen voccesees fulgida.
6b. Broader than long, rarely or not touching rostral.
c. Frontal acute anteriorly.
Four brown bands on the neck ; thirty-four rows of scales, cuprescens.

* Vid. Girard Herpetol. U.S. Expl. Exped, p. 261, for synonymy and observations.
1862.] 13

i186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Two brown bands on neck, thirty-two rows of scales....... wnimarginata.
cc. Frontal truncate anteriorly.

Semlo Sar gO... chase oe sadceee enone cceneeee aches gaseeriaees surinamensis,*
C. Eye over fifth superior labial.
Thirty-four rows of scales, head acute.....-.++-ss00. wee BEDCA. F

Thirty rows of scales.
Elongate ; head acute ; appressed extremities not touch-
ing..... Sco SEE CUS DCOCEC LAA OE CHEEEEEREOO Cones Lense lanceolata.
Stout; head short; appressed extremities meeting.......... cepedii.f{

Mabuia fulgida is perhaps the most abundant species in Jamaica, where
it has been seen and described by Mr. Gosse under the name of M. agilis.
That the agilis of Dr. Gray is this species is not improbable, though that au-
thor has alluded to South American specimens, and quoted synonymy per-
taining to the South American species, the original agilis, which Girard’s des-
cription shows to be distinct.

The scales of the median nuchal rows are cf unusual breadth. The head is
narrow, continuous with the neck, and the muzzleis depressed and acute. The
scales have a metallic refulgence, in fresh specimens strongly golden cupreous.
There are many small black spots on the dorsal region. The lateral stripe
extends from the end of the muzzle, and is black; its yellow superior and in-
ferior borders are brightest anteriorly, the former extending round the muzzle,
and having a brown inner border. The tail is speckled with blackish brown,
and the extremities are barred with the same; lips and beneath yellowish.
Specimens probably exist in most of the larger museums.

Mabuia cuprescens.

Body short, gradually tapering into the narrow acute head. Length of
muzzle from canthus of eye a little greater than width between anterior mar-
gins of orbits. Supranasals in contact over rostral. Frontonasal rhombic,
broader than long. Frontal not truncate, its greatest width three quarters its
length. Four supraoculars. Anterior border of interparietals angular;
parietals in contact posteriorly ; postparietals well developed. Superior
labials eight, six beneath eye; with the seventh the largest. Scales smallest
on sides, in thirty-four rows. Seven marginal prenasals. Extremities touch-
ing when extended. Length from muzzle to vent 3 in. ; from vent to end of
tail 5 in.; hinder limb 1in. ; fore limb 9 lin.; muzzle to ear 7 lin. Gen-
eral color above iridescent brown or coppery, darkest on the median six rows
of scales. A brown band extends from the muzzle to the groin, covering three
and a half scales on the neck, one and two halves on the side. It is bounded
above and beneath by broad gray bands, of which the superior shades into the
dorsal color, except where bounded above by a narrow brown band which is
most distinct on the nape, though it extends on the head-plates and is trace-
able on the back. The lower light band is margined inferiorly by a darker
shade, which becomes a band between the rictus and axilla. Tail pale gray:
beneath whitish.

Hab.—St. Thomas. From Mr. A. H. Ruse, a gentleman whose valuable
collections have been for some time adding much to our knowledge of the
zoology of the West Indies.

A very pretty species resembling the aenea in form, and the number
of rows of itsscales. It has four supraoculars instead of three, the frontal is
not truncate anteriorly, the eye rests upon the sixth not fifth superior labial.

“The coloration is different.

* Hallowell, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc.

+ “ Scinque (appelé Anolis de terre et Mabouia dans les Antilles) Cuvier.”

t Eumeces mabuia Dum., Bibr., as Dr. Gray has pointed out.

§1 have supposed a specimen from the Paris Museum labelled as Eumeces maduia
from Marie Galante, to belong to the M. aenea, while new Grenadian and Trinidad
specimens have been referred to the cepedii. :

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187

Mabuia unimarginata.

Form slender, head as wide as the neck to the orbits, the muzzle not elon-
gate; scales (in the specimen described) in thirty-two rows. Supranasals in
contact; frontal elongate, not truncate anteriorly ; a postnasal. Supraoculars
four; superior labials eight, eye over sixth. Appressed limbs overlapping.
Seven marginal anal plates. From muzzle to tympanum 6 lines; from
muzzle to vent 2in. 7 lin.; from vent to end of tail 3 in. 10 lin., anterior ex-
tremities 9 lin.

Above rather dark brown; a narrow black band extends from the end of
the muzzle to the groin, which has a bright yellow inferior border. Beneath
this the sides are brown. Abdomen yellowish.

Hab.—Panama.

This species resembles strongly the cepedii and aenea.

Mabuia lanceolata.

Body narrow, head lanceolate, narrow, the distance from the muzzle to the
brachium nearly two-thirds that from the latter point to the groin. Frontal
breadth less than length of muzzle anterior to orbit. Internasal nearly as
long as broad, in contact with rostral, and frontal. Four supraorbital; fronto-
parietals divaricate on account of the intervention of the angle of the inter-
parietal. Seven upper labials, eye over fifth. Lateral head plates narrow.
Extremities weak, not touching when extended upon the sides. Tail cylindri-
eal at base, compressed at its middle with a large median series of scales above
as is frequently seen in this member when reproduced. From muzzle to
tympanic meatus 5 lin., meatus to vent 2in. 21. Tail mutilated; anterior
extremity 7 1., posterior 11 1.

General color iridescent olivaceous ; no lateral band; sides of body, neck
and jugulum with numerous narrow black streaks. Labial and infralabials
yellowish margined with black; head shields sometimes with darker varia-
tions.

This very distinct species was discovered by my friend Prof. Theodore Gill,
in the Island of Barbadoes. This gentleman has made a valuable collec-

tion of Trinidad reptiles, through which the knowledge of the fauna of that
Island will soon be increased.

Emeea frenata.

Head distinct ; muzzle from anterior canthus to eye longer than breadth of
frontal region. Appressed extremities over-lapping. Auricular meatus with-
out lobes. Eight or nine upper labials, eye over sixth or seventh. Four
supraorbitals. Interparietal nearly trigonal. Frontoparietal broadly trian-
gular, nearly as long as frontal ; the latter narrowly truncate posteriorly, in
contact with internasal anteriorly. This plate is rhombic, broader than long.
Supranasals in contact behind rostral. Nostril near the middle of nasal plate.
Scales in thirty or thirty-two rows. Length from muzzle to ear 4 lin. ;
muzzle to vent 2 in. 6 1.; posterior extremities 11 lin.

Above bright olive, with golden reflections on the head. Brownish spots
produce a darker shade on the posterior part of the back. An irregularly
margined brownish black band extends from the end of the muzzle to the
groin ; it is margined above and below by lighter. Superior labials yellow.
Beneath yellowish.

Hab.—Paraguay. Mus. Smithsonian (5855) and Acad. Nat. Sci. Discovered
by Mr. Wood of the U. S. Expedition up the River Paraguay.

This is the only species of the genus which does not inhabit some part of
the Polynesian or Malaysian Archipelagos. It constitutes the nearest ap-
proach to the genus Mabuia. Seven species of Ema have been enumerated

by Dr. Chas. Girard, in the Herpetology of the U.S. Exploring Expedition
under Commodore Wilkes.*

* Page 263.
1862.]

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Diploglossus stenurus,

Sides vertical: outline of body contracted at axillae; head distinci, muzzle
obtuse: tail depressed at base, much compressed throughout the remainder
of its length, twice as long as from vent to opposite auricle. Extremities
pressed to the sides not meeting; toes compressed, very unequal. Scales in
forty-two longitudinal series, each with 26 lines and astrong median keel. From
orbit to end of muzzle equal to width between orbits. Postoccipital smaller
than interoccipital. Five supraorbitals. Internasal longer than in D.
occiduus, nine-sided, the anterior angle right, the latero-posterior pro-
duced. Lateral borders of frontal curved. Arhombic postnasal; two frenals
longer than high ; nine supralabials, suborbital over 6th and 7th ; four pairs
of large infralabials. Maxillary and mandibular teeth subbicuspid, with an
antero-lateral groove. Length from muzzle to vent 5 in. 19 1.; tail 9 in. 1
lin. ; posterior extremity 2 in.

Color above brown, with occasional spots formed by a deeper brown scale.
Sides with vertical undulate light bars, darker bordered, which are subdivided
superiorly so as to form longitudinal series of light spots. Top of head uni-
form. Tail with light vertical bars. Beneath yellowish.

Hab.—€Uayti. Found near Jeremie, by Dr. A. F. Weinland, whose collec-
tion is in Prof. Agassiz splendid Museum at Cambridge. Beside species
described in this memoir, Dr. Weinland obtained the types of the previously
unknown genera Panolopus and Ialtris.

In this species and the D. occidu us (CelestusGr.), in the Oneyda sagrae
(Diploglossus part. Gray,) and Panolopus costatus, I have observed that
the slender quasi-squamous terminal third of the tongue, is retractile within
the other portion, which covers it as a sheath. This is not mentioned by
the French herpetologists; Wiegmann does not mention it in Herpetologia
Mexicana, but says in Archiv f. Naturgesch. 1837, p. 129, ‘‘* lingua * sub-
parte basali, aqguamarum linguam forma referenti, quasi emergente.”’ Itisa
structure probably characteristic of the Diploglossine. It does not oecur
in Siderolamprus, which is allied to Plestiodon, though resembling Diplo-
glossus in the plating of the head.

On Neosorex albibarbis.
BY E. D. COPE.

Of the twenty well distinguished species of shrews which Prof. Baird,*
enumerates as inhabiting the United States, one only exhibits that peculiar
modication of structure which is indicative of his genus Neosorex. This animal,
the N. navigator, Cooper, has been found in Washington Territory. It
is,therefore, a matter of some interest that the present article introduces to no-
tice a second species which the author discovered at the Profile Lake, in the
Franconia Mountains, New Hampshire. In September, 1859, two specimens
were seen swimming in the Lake about forty feet from the bank : their motion
was undulatory, their backs alternately appearing above, and disappearing
beneath the surface of the water. They werecaught under stones upon the
shore, where they had taken refuge. This aquatic habit, so little known
among American Soricine, would be inferred from comparison with the water-
loving Crossopodes of Europe, where we find the feet similarly fringed with
a border of stiff hairs.

N. albibarbis as compared with the navigator has a shorter tail,
and a shorter hind foot. The color of the thorax and abdomen is also much

darker.
25—5 44
Dental formula - ——- ——. The internal process of the superior incisor
2 2—2 3—3

*In vol. viii. of the Pacif. R. R. Rept. ;
(April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189

is one-third of its length distant from the tip: the basal is well developed,
and nearly equal to the first premolar. Second and first premolars nearly
equal; fourth larger than third; fifth very small, wedged between the molar
and premolar, its crown oval, with a faint transverse line of coloration. All
the other teeth are tipped with bright chestnut, these of the mandible most
extensively, especially the incisors, in which the whole superior border is
colored. First superior molar scarcelylarger than second and third. Inferior
incisors with indistinct lobes. First premolar small, very oblique ; second
larger, little oblique, bicuspid. First molar largest. Muzzle slender, de-
pressed, probably less elongate than in N. navigator. Distance between
the ocular fissures contained once and a half times in the distance between
the same and end of the muzzle. A styloid angular process of the mandibu-
lum. The whiskers are long—the anterior directed downward and forward,
the posterior extending as far as the margin of the helix of the ear. The
auricle is directed backwards and closely appressed to the head: the length
from antitragus to border of helix is equal to the width between the centres
of the orbits. The superior and inferior portions of the helix are closely
folded longitudinally upon it, the inferior fold most extensive. The anti-
tragus is large, its anterior border folded backward, the whole closely cover-
ing the meatus. Antihelix vertical, short, folded backwards. The posterior,
and external anterior faces of the helix are covered with long dark hairs like
those of the body ; the other portions of the auricle are heavily fringed with
the same. Fur, upon the middle of the side about three lines long. Tail
obtusely tetragonal, as long as the head and body. The hairs are stiff, flat-
tened, equal; they form a pencil at the tip. A close fringe extends along the
inner and outer borders of the palms and soles and exterior digits; a slighter
fringe occurs on the border of the median digits. The claws are acute, short.
The anterior foot is contained one and two-thirds times in the length of the
posterior. In the latter there is a depressed tubercle at the base of the in-
ternal digit, one at the base of the second, and one at the base of the fissure
between the fourth andlast. There is a compressed tubercle at the base of
the third digit, and two on the metatarsus. The arrangement of tubercles on
the palm is similar, except that they are more depressed, and close together.
Length of head 1 in. 2} lin., of body 1 in. 61., of tail 1 in. 91., of fore foot
43 1., of hind foot 8? 1.

The general color is black, with a tinge of brown; this tinge is more ap-
parent on the abdomen, and most upon the posterior gular region ; anterior
gular region and chin nearly white, lightest anteriorly. Tail unicolor.

On Lacerta echinata and Tiliqua dura.

BY E. D. COPE.

Lacerta (Zootoca) echinata.

Scales nearly granular on the sides and nape of the neck. They increase
in size posteriorly, becoming rhombic, and having strong keels parallel with
the median line. Abdominal plates in six series, transverse, except the
posterior portion of the median two series, which are longitudinal. Gular scales
in cross series, coarsely granular, the posterior largely. Eight plates on tbe ante-
pectoral fold, preceded by six or seven smaller. Four series of brachial
plates, two anterior; the superior of these is the largest of all. One antero-
internal antebrachial series: the external and posterior scales of the ante-
brachium are keeled, as are also those of the tibia and femur. Anterior
femoral series five, the second (from above) largest. Femoral pores fourteen,
large, in the posterior parts of the plates. Two tibial rows, external larger,
composed of six plates, of which the median three are nearly equal. Marginal
preanals, one very large, transverse, two small on each side. The former is

1862.]

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

bordered anteriorly by a curved series of six small plates. Plates of the tail
strongly keeled above and below: the margins and keels of those of the
superior halves of the whorls from the tenth (counting from vent) to the
twenty-sixth greatly produced, forming flattened trihedral spines. Temple
with flattened, slightly keeled scales. Superior labials eight, last minute, eye
separated from the large sixth by a chain ofsmallsuborbitals. Frenal and pre-
frenal well developed ; prenasals larger than postnasals, in contact medially.
Internal longer than broad ; frontonasals large, in contact; frontal more than
half as broad as long; frontoparietals longer than broad, in contact with a
truncate cuneiform interparietal. Parietals large, as long as the anterior four
upper labials. An elongate semicircular inter-post parietal. Inferior eyelid
scaled. Tympanic meatus, large, vertical. Inferior labials four, narrow ; in-
fralabials four, large, two anterior in contact with those of the other ramus.
Teeth as in other species tricuspid. Length from symphysis to antepectoral
fold 1 in. 6 1., from fold to vent, 2 in. 7 lin., from vent to end of tail 10 in.
61. Anterior extremity 1 in. 61.; posterior, 1 in. 11 lin. Above bluish-
green with about fitteen blackish cross bands ; those upon the nape and rump
are narrow, the others broad, dark bordered. Beneath yellowish. Head
shaded with yellowish.

Hab.—West Africa, Museum Smithsonian, (No. 5995.)

The spinous swelling upon the tail of this species is its most characteristic
peculiarity.

Tiliqua dura.

Body stout, tetragonal; sides vertical. Tail tetragonal at base. Head dis-
tinct, muzzle narrow, with vertical sides. Rostral plate covering the tip of
the muzzle like a cup, its posterior border straight. Nostril in the middle of
a subquadrangular nasal. A pair of large supranasals, longer that broad, ex-
tensively in contact medially: an elongate frontonasal connects the supra-
nasal with the supraocular on each side; it is separated from its fellow by a
shorter pentagonal internasal. One or two minute freno-nasals; an elongate
freno-ocular bounding the second and third superior labial. Vertical (or
frontal) elongate cuneiform, truncate anteriorly, extensively in contact with
fronto-nasals. Fronto-parietals and parietals moderate; interparietal cunei-
form acute, angled anteriorly. Two crescentic postparietals on each side.
Four supraoculars. All superior head plates longitudinally rugose. Six superior
labials, four under middle of orbit. Temporal region covered with large
keeled scales, the tympanic meatus appearing as a small slit behind the free
border of one of the posterior. Thirty rows of scales round the body, the
dorsal and ventral in longitudinal rows, the lateral in oblique series which are
directed upward and backward ; they are unicarinate, the dorsal tricarinate,
the keels very strong. Four large marginal preanals. Three large in-
fralabials on each side, beside mental and symphyseal, all in contact with in-
ferior labials ; of the latter there are six, the anterior small. Digits unequal.
Hinder extremity reaching the elbow ; the scales of its externalsurfaces strongly
keeled, as are those of the fore limb ; tail (reproduced) covered with strongly.
keeled scales which form on the upper surface four strong continuous ridges.
Length from muzzle to axilla, 9.5 lin. ; from axilla to vent 1 in, 21.

Above dark rusty, the head and a broad interscapular cross-band, also a
median dorsal series of spots, and five or six rather large dorso-lateral spots,
chestnut. Beneath and upper lip, rusty yellow.

Hab.—Western Africa, Museum Smithsonian, (No. 5996).

This species is not to be considered a Euprepis, on account ofthe squamous
inferior eyelid: itis quite different from the Tiliqua rufescens in the much
stronger carination, the more compressed head, minute auricular opening, and
different arrangement of head-plates.

This species and the preceding, as wellas several others previously described
in these Proceedings, must be added to the catalogues of West African rep-

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191

tiles, recently published by Drs. Gray and Duméril. Of these may be men-
tioned the crocodile Osteolemus tetraspis, the turtle Aspidonectes
aspilus, the tree-frog Hyperolius fulvivittatus and the serpent
Dasypeltis carinata (Dipsas carinata Hallow). M. Duméril has united
many of the supposed species which have been described as distinct ; he has,
however, not noticed Dr. Giinther’s identification of Hallowell’s Heteronotus
triangularis with his Graya silurophaga. As both the names for this genus
have been previously employed, I have called it Glaniolestes in the ‘“‘ Hand-
book to the Museum, Philadelphia Academy.’’

On the Classification and Synonymy of the recent species of PHOLADIDE.
BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR.

In the year 1851, Dr. John Edward Gray proposed a very excellent arrange-
ment of the genera of shells included by earlier conchologists in PHotas and
TeREDo.* This arrangement has received the approval of most of the subse-
quent authors, who have treated on the subject, including Fischer, (Journ.
Conchyl., 2d ser., iii. iv.), H. and A. Adams, (Genera of Recent Mollusca,) and
Chenu, (Manuel, tome 2.)

S. P. Woodward, however, in his admirable Treatise on Conchology, partsecond,
makes the following disposition of the Pholades:

Genus Puotas (including Dacrytina, Barnga, TALONA, etc.

“The differences in the dorsal shields are only of specific value.”

Genus Puonapipea, subgenera Martesia, JOUANNETIA, PARAPHOLAS.

Genus XYLOPHAGA.

Mr. P. P. Carpenter, in his various works on the West Coast Mollusca, fol-
lows Woodward’s arrangement.

The only other modern classification of the family with which I am ac-
quainted, is that contained in Swainson’s Malacology, which is as follows:

Order DITHYRA.

Tribe MACROTRACHLA.
Family PHOLIDZ.

Genera ASPERGILLUM, CLAVAGELLA, FistuLANa, GASTROCHENA, PHOLADOMYA,
PuHoas, PHouipma, Marresia, XYLUPHAGA, TEREDO, TEREDINA.

I am much inclined to think that more than merely specific value should be
attached to the number, form and position of the accessory valves, and I have
therefore adhered in the main to Dr. Gray’s arrangement.

The Pholades are monographed by Sowerby, Thes. Conch., ii. 1849.
Chenu, Ill. Conchyl.; and Hanley, Desc. Cat., besides which, scattered de-
scriptions are contained in the works of numerous ancient and modern authors.

For very full and satisfactory anatomical descriptions of the animals of
PHOLADIDE, see

Poli. Testacea utriusque Siciliz.

Deshayes. Exploration Scientifique de l’Algerie. Mollusques.

Fischer. Journal de Conch. 2d ser., vols. iii. and iv.

The Pholades inhabit all parts of the world, and many of the species
have a geographical range much surpassing that of the generality of bivalve
mollusca; and the supporters of the theory of the specific distinctness of all

* An Attempt to Arrange the Species of PHOLADID® into Natural Groups, by J. E.
Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, 2d ser., viii. p. 380, 1851.

1862.]

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the Mollusca of the Pacific coast of America from that of the Atlantic, must
admit that in this family, at least, no such barrier exists. This wide distribu-
tion has doubiless been caused, in a great degree, by the circumstances of
habitation of several of the species, which seem to select floating timber for
their abode. In these habitations they appear to sustain those vicissitudes of
temperature which so generally circumscribe the Marine Testacea, except
deep-sea species, to restricted zones of latitude; but it is exceedingly surpris-
ing that the larger species, which naturally make their abode in stone or mud,
do not appear to be any more restricted in habitat than the others. In illus-
tration of this subject, the following species and their range are cited:

Pholas costata, L. New Bedford, Mass. Mexico. Mediterranean.

Pholas truncata, Say. Atlantic coast from Nova Scotia to Florida. Peru.
Chili.

Zirphea crispata,L, Europe. United States. West coast (teste Car-
penter.)

Martesia striata, L. Europe. West Indies. Philippine Islands.

The manner in which the animals of Pholas excavate the holes in rocks,
wood and hard clay, in which they reside, has long proved a puzzling ques-
tion to naturalists, and various theories have been started in explanation.
The hypothesis of the evolution of an acid or solvent to eat away the surface
of limestone rocks, was met with the powerful objection that the delicate
valves of the animal itself would be equally liable to attack, and when it was
found that the Pholas, not restricting its operations to carbonate of lime, exca-
vated with equal facility surfaces on which acid has no effect,—gneiss, for in-
stance,—the “solvent theory” received its death-blow. The use of the valves
with their sharp imbrications in effecting the work of excavation is forbidden
by their frequently perfect state, even when contained in the hardest sub-
stances ;—(exemplified by a piece of extremely hard gneissic rock from the
coast of France, containing a magnificent specimen of Dactylina dactylus,
with its imbricated ribs sharp and perfect. Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci.)

The anterior part of the animal of Pholas has a granulated surface, caused
by the presence of numerous siliceous particles ; and this is probably the in-
sirument which the animal employs in its work. Recent investigations have
shown that these granules are renewed as fast as they are worn off by attrition
with the surrounding surface, thus forming an analogy with the tongue of the
Gasteropoda. The young shells of Pholadide frequently differ much from the
adult, and this difference has caused the description of many of these as dis-
tinct species; the synonymy of the family is further confused by the redescrip-
tion of species procured from stations far distant from the original localities.

Dr. Gray includes in the family Pholadidz, three subfamilies, which are thus
characterized :—

1. Pootapin®. Dorsal muscle attached by one or two dorsal shelly valves.
Cavity in which the animal lives not lined with a regular shelly tube enclosing
the valves.

2. ZinpHRINA. Dorsal muscles only covered with a horny or coriaceous
epidermis. The cavity in which they live not lined with a regular shelly tube
enclosing the valves.

3. TeREDININA. Dorsal muscles covered with a coriaceous epidermis. Cavity
in which they live lined with a regular shelly tube surrounding the valves.

The great differences between Pholas and Teredo (strengthened by Dr.
Gray’s recent discoveries respecting T. giganteus) have induced me to
separate them into distinct families, one containing two, the other three sub-

families, as follows. t
[ April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 198

Order PHOLADACEA.
Family PHOLADIDA.

Animal clavate, with a large truncated foot protruded through the otherwise
closed mantle; siphons elongated, connected nearly to their ends, and not
provided with shelly styles. Gills narrow, attached, closing the branchial
chamber; palpi elongate.

Shell always present, its valves generally protected by one or more accessory
dorsal plates.

Inhabiting exeavations in wood or stone, the walls of which are sometimes,
but not frequently, lined with a testaceous deposit.

Subfamily 1. PHotapinz. The valves with a gap anteriorly, which is never
closed in the adult shell.
;aoubfamily 2. JouanneTINz. Anterior ventral hiatus openin the young shell,
but invariably closed in the adult by a callous plate.

Family TEREDIDZ.

- Animal elongate, subcylindrical, siphons united nearly to the end, their ex-
tremities armed with two shelly styles; foot long and narrow, protruded
through the united mantle lobes, which are thickened in front. Gills long;
mouth with palpi. Shell, when present, globular, tripartite, included with the
- animal in a more or less cylindrical testaceous tube, the siphonal end of which
is divided into two by a longitudinal partition.

Subfamily 1. Tzerepivz. Valves present, free, contained in the tube, which
is irregularly cylindrical, sometimes much contorted. Perforating timber.

Subfamily 2. Terepininz. Valves with an accessory anterior dorsal plate ;
their margins prolonged into a shelly tube when adult. Tube frequently con-
camerated; siphonal extremity often truncate, and the opening contracted by
a six-lobed internal margia, ( fossil.)

Subfamily 3. Kuppivz. Without valves. Tube clavately cylindrical, sunk
horizontally in sand. Never penetrating timber.

The present paper will comprise the family Pholadide as here limited, while
Teredide will form the subject of a future article.

Synopsis of Genera.
Subfamily PHOLADIN®.
Anterior hiatus always open.
* With two dorsal accessory valves.

Dorsal valves placed anterior and posterior to the beaks,

the anterior lanceolate, the posterior small, transverse.

Umbonal processes reflected over the beaks, closely applied.

SUE Nea eee Beeman (acacccvsnn~ccc-as saneessescaser Genus Puonas, Linn.
Dorsal valves lanceolate, placed side by side. Umbonal

processes reflexed over the beaks, cellular beneath. Shell

ODIGHPS OVA sooo oso e aocsccesccccceccvvcncccccccccace seceucess Genus Dacty.Lina, Gray.
Dorsal valves half ovate, diverging, small. Umbonal

processes none, but the anterior margins of the valves re-

flexed. Shell globose Beant ase ae Sank sonccnce s eesoeeeuees Genus XyLopHaGa, Turton.
Dorsal valves moderate, diverging ; anterior hiatus

small. Shell oblong-ovate, with a pair of siphonal valves

at their posterior end.............essscceccceseseee esoeseeeseeDUS TALONA, Gray.

1862.]

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

*% With a single accessory valve.

Dorsal valve lanceolate; umbonal processes reflexed,

closely applied. Shell oblong-ovate......... sscseceeeess Genus Barnga, Leach.
Dorsal valve ovate-cuneiform; umbonal processes re-

flexed, cellular beneath. Shell oblong-ovate......... Genus Monoruyra, Tryon.
Dorsal valve small, transverse, posterior, under a cori-

aceous epidermis. Hinge plates produced and reflexed.

Shell OVate.....cccsnsescececs Meeecsls snnctioncocsoctcenecnsoee Genus Navea, Gray.

*** Destitute of accessory valves.
Beaks protected by a membrane. Valves ovate...Genus ZirpHma, Leach.

Subfamily JOUANNETIN &.
Anterior ventral gap closed in the adult by a callous plate.

* With three dorsal accessory valves.
Anterior dorsal plates two, placed side by side,
posterior to which is a central plate, directly over the
umbones. Base of the we ae Pe bak reflected
appendages.... coNAee ..Genus Prnrretua, Valenciennes.

*% With two dorsal accessory valves.

Dorsal valves small. The base of the siphons pro-
tected in the adult by a subtestaceous cup-shaped
appendage, which is absent in young individuals.

Wall VieStOVAtesscscesccesesitccscodcccecscaitareece ceescrses Genus PHoLapIpDEA, Turton.
Surface impressed by two oblique sulci, extending

from the beaks to the margins. Shell ovate-oblong.
Walvesrequalltersscwcccerciennrccoeasssecsiconsesescicnceres Genus ParapHoras, Conrad.
*%% With a single accessory valve.
Shell globose, hinge plates not reflexed; inequivalve,

the left valve overlapping the right................ Genus JouANNETIA, Desmoulins.
Shell ovate-oblong, accessory valve lanceolate or

peltate. Equivalve; the surface impressed by one or
DAOLE FUTTOWS.......00000 vesees oe Sevineselnesesisansloastcans Genus Martesia, Leach.

Index to the species of PHOLADIDE.

Anchomasa Pennantiana, Leach = Bar- , Dactylina candeana, D’Orb. = D. Cam-

nea parva, Penn. pechensis.
Barnea Australasiw, Gray. se Chiloensis, King.
“ Bakeri, Desh.= B. Burmanica ? “« dactylus, Linn.
ot Burmanica, Philippi. ae orientalis, Gmel.—= Monothyra
4 candida, Linn. orientalis, Gm.
a Erythrea, Gray. Jouannetia Cumingii, Sowb.
a fragilis, Sowb. = Manillensis, Hy Darwinii, Sowb.= Penitella
Philippi. penita.
wv lanceolata, D’Orb. He globosa, Quoy.
ss Manillensis, Philippi. ke globulosa, Quoy—J. globosa.
Oe parva, Pennant. Ms pectinata, Conrad.
aS similis, Gray. oS pulcherrima, Sowb.= J. pec-
sf subtruncata, Sowb. ; tinata.
Cadmusia Solanderiana, Leach = Phola- Es acuminata, Sowb. = M. calva.
didea papyracea, Soland. vi aperta, Sowb.
Australis, Gray.
Dactylina Campechensis; Gmel.

“ branchiata, Gould.
Gray,=—=D. Chi- “ Californica, Conr. — Parapho-
loensis (part.) las Californica. “
(April,

NATURAL SCIENCES

Martesia calva, Sowb.

ee clavata, Lam. — M. striata.
z corticaria, Adams.

oe cuneifornis, Say.

a curta, Sowb.

“ intercalata, Carpenter.

41 multistriata, Sowb.

ss obtecta, Sowb.

ae ovum, Gray,

= rivicola, Sowb.

AS striata, Linn.

Monotkyra orientalis, Gmelin.
Mya crispata, Linn. — Zirphea crispata.
Navea nucifera, Fabr.

‘“« subglobosa, Gray.

“tenuis, Gray.

Parapholas acuminata, Sowb. — Marte-
sia calva.
ut bisulcata, Conr. — Martesia
calva.
ie Californica, Conrad.
a calva, Sow.—Martesia calva.
a concamerata, Desh. — Peni-

tella penita.
aH Janelli, Desh.—P. Califor-
/ nica.
ue ovoidea, Gld. — Pholadidea
ovoidea,
“ penita, Conr. — Penitella pe-
nita.
we quadrizonalis, Spengl.
Penitella Conradi, Val. — P. penita.
a penita, Conrad.
ae Wilsonti, Conr. — Pholadidea
melanura.
Pholadidea cuneiformis, Say — Martesia
cuneiformis.
os curta, Sow.—Martesia curta.
a Goodallii, Blain. = P. papy-
racea.
ue loscombia, Turt. = P. papy-
racea.
‘ melanura, Sowb.
« ovoidea, Gould.
“ papyracea, Solander.
a penita, Conr. = Penitella pe-
nita.
“ quadra, Sowb.
se spathulata, Sowb.
fe sulcata, Brown.
ag triders, Gray.
a tubifera, Sowb.
Pholadopsis pectinata, Conr.—Jouanne-
tia pectinata.
Pholas acuminata, Sowerb. = Martesia
calva.
“ angustius, Petiver. = Dactylina
dactylus.

1862.]

OF PHILADELPHIA. 195

Pholas antipodum, Phil. — Barnea simi-

lis.
“ aperta, Sowb.—Martesia aperta
« Australasie, Gray, — Barnea
Australasia.
-¢ Bakeri, Desh, — Barnea Bur-

manica?

‘¢ Beauiana, Recluz. — Mart. cor-
ticaria, Ad.

“ bifrons, Da Costa, = Zirphea
crispata.

«& — Birmanica, Phil. = Barnea Bur-
manica.

“ branchiata, Gould. = Martesia
branchiata.

“ Californica, Conur.— Parapholas
Californica,

“ callosa, Lam. — Dactylina dac-
tylus.

« calva, Sowb. = Martesia calva.

“ Campechensis, Gmel.—Dactylina

Campechensis.

“ Candeana, D’Orb. = Dactilina
Campechensis.

«candida, Chemn. — Talona ex-
planata.

“ eandida, Linn.—Barnea candida.

«“ Caribaea, D’Orb.—Martesia cor-
ticaria.

«“ Chiloensis, King, — Dactylina
Chiloensis.

“¢ clausus, Gray, — Talona expla-
nata.

“ clavata, Lam.—Martesia striata.

‘¢ concamerata, Desh. = Penitella
penita.

‘¢ conoides, Flem.—Mart. striata.

constricta, Sowb.—Zirphza con-

stricta,

‘© cordata, Schréter, — Schroteria
cordata.

‘¢ cornea, Sowb.—Penitella penita

“« corticaria, Ad.— Martesia corti-
caria.

“ costata, Linn.

“ crenulatus, Spengler, — Barnea

parva.

“ crispa, Blainv. = Zirphea cris-
pata.

“ crispata, Linn. = Zirphza cris-
pata.

“ erucifera, Sowb.

*< eruciger, Sowb. — P. crucifera.

“ — cucullata, Gray, = Penitella pe-
nita.

“& cuneiformis, Say,— Martesia cu-
neiformis.

“ _ curta, Sowb. = Martesia curta.

196

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Pholas dactyloides, Della Chiaje,— Bar-

nea candida.

dactyloides, Lamarck, — Barnea
parva.

dactylus, Linn.—Dactylina dac-
tylus.

dactylus, Spengl. — Monothyra
orientalis.

dactylus, var. Deshayes, — Bar-
nea parva.

Darwinti, Sowb.—Penitella pe-
nita.

Edwardsii, Gray,—Martesia cu-
neiformis.

explanata, Spengl.— Talona ex-
planata.

falcata, Wood, — Martesia stri-
ata.

fragilis, Sowb.— Barnea Manil-
lensis.

gibbosa, D’Orb. = Xylophaga
globosa.

globulosa, Quoy, = Jouannetia
globosa.

hians, Pultney,—Dactylina dac-
tylus.

Hornbeckii, D’Orb. = Martesia
corticaria.

Incii, Sowb.—Parapholas quad-
rizonalis.

Janelli, Desh.—Parapholas Ca-
lifornica.

Julan, Adans.—Zirphea Julan.

lamellata, Turt. — Pholadidea
papyracea.

lamellosa, D’Orb.—Barnea sub-
truncata.

lanceolata, D’Orb.—Barnea lan-
ceolata.

laqueata, Sowerby,— Dactylina
Chiloensis.

latissima, Sowb.

ligamentina, Deshayes,—Barnea
parva.

lignorum, Spengler, = Martesia
striata.

Manille, Sowb.—Barnea Manil-
lensis.

Manillensis, Phil.—Barnea Ma-
nillensis.

melanura, Sowb. — Pholadidea
melanura.

multistriata, Sowb. — Martesia
multistriata.

muricata, Da Costa,— Dactylina
dactylus.

Pholas oblongata,

Say, = Dactylina
Campechensis.
obtecta, Sowb. — Martesia ob-
tecta.
orientalis, Gmel. — Monothyra
orientalis.

ovata, Gray, — Martesia ovum.

ovoidea, Gould, — Pholadidea
ovoidea.

ovum, Gray, — Martesia ovum.

papyracea, Spengler. — Barnea
candida.

papyracea, Soland.—Pholadidea
papyracea.

parva, Pennant,—Barnea parva.

parva, Da Costa,—Zirphea cris-
pata.

patula, Gould, = P. latissima.

penita, Conr.—Penitella peuita.

pusilla, Linn.—Martesia striata.

quadra, Sowb. = Pholadidea
quadra.

guadrizonalis, Spengl. — Para-
pholas quadrizonalis.

rivicola, Sowb. = Martesia rivi-
cola,

rudis, Gray, = Martesia cunei-
formis.

semicostata, H. C. Lea, — Marte-
sia striata.

Siamensis, Spengl.— Monothyra
orientalis.

silicula, Desh.—Barnea candida.

similis, Gray,—Barnea similis.

spathulata, Sowb.— Pholadidea
spathulata.

striata, Linn.—Martesia striata.

striata, Blainv.—Pholadidea pa-
pyracea.

subtruncata, Sowerby — Barnea
subtruncata.

suleata, Brown, — Pholadidea
sulcata.

Terediniformis, Sowb.—Martesia
striata.

tridens, Gray,— Pholadidea tri-
dens. ~

truncata, Say.

tuberculaius, Turton, — Barnea
parva.

tubifera, Sowb. — Pholadidea
tubifera.

Vibonensis, Phil. — Pholadidea
papyracea.

Xylophaga, Desh. = Xylophaga
dorsalis.

nana, Pult. — Martesia striata. |Schroéteria cordata, Schroiter.
nucifera, Fab.—Navea nucifera. | Solen crispus, Gmel.—Zirphea crispata.

[ April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197

Talona clausa, Gray,—T. explanata. Xylophaga cardissa, Gould.

“ explanata, Spengler. a dorsalis, Turton.
Teredo dorsalis, Turton. — Xylophaga fc globosa, Sowb.
dorsalis. Zirphea Beauiana, Recluz. — Martesia
Thurlosia crispata, Leach. — Zirphea corticaria.
crispata. “ constricta, Sowb.
Triomphalia Cumingit, Sowb. — Jouan- « erispata, Linn.
netia Cumingii. “ Darwinti, Sowb. — Penitella
a globosa, Quoy,— Jouanne- penita.
tia globosa, ‘ Julan, Adanson.
gg pulcherrima, Sowb. = Jou- ‘“ —-Vibonensis, Philippi, — Phola-
annetia pectinata. didea papyracea.
Reference to Authors on Pholadide.
Adams, Chas. B........... Catalogue of Shells Collected at Panama, 1852. Con-

tributions to Conchology, 1849 to 1852.
Adams, H. & A...........Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 1854.

Adams & Reeve............ Mollusca; Voyage of the Samarang, 1850.
Adanson....... Seancerol ccs Hist. Nat. du Senegal, 1757.

Alder.......<......:2 sse+s.-, Catalogue of the Mollusca of Northumberland.
Mldrovandil.2cis. vese0280s- De Test, 1618.

Anton................002+.... Versuch der Conchylien, 1839.
Argenville......... s+... Conchyliologie, 1757.

“Aucapitaine. ............... Obsery. sur la perforation des Roches par les Pholades,
Rey. et Mag. Zool., 1851.

IBAEDEiacwccetocloceacece<|ces Genera Vermium.

Beau...... . pas denseiererohese Catalogue des Coquilles Guadaloupe, 1858.

128) i rcececngcacbononcenesoee De Aquat.

Bkaiwilles-cscce.csessclewace Dict. des Sciences Naturelles, xxxvii. xxxix. 1826.
Manuel Malcologie, 1825.

HIGH ARTE eseccec secre ee evees Recreatio Mentis et Oculi, pt. 2, 1684.

Orne. ceac cece Secocne wereeeee Lest. Musei Caesarei Vindobonensis, 1780.

IBGEG recesses scscseee seveeeHist. Nat. des Coquilles, ii. 1801.

Bouchard-Chantereaux..Cat. Coquilles Boulonnais, 1829.

BLO YNIUSec. ccc gece sessces ove Dissert, 1732.

IBPOMMscecccssssecess Joeseects Syst. urw. Conchyl., 1824.

Boooke, Samuel ........... Conchology, 1815.

Browr, Capt. Thos........[]lustrations of the Conchology of Great Britain, 1844.

ISG UICTE eacocecerasecesose Encyclopedie Methodique, 1789.

SUPE OW aie ssc sees eacese ac osee Elements, 2d edit., 1825.

Cailliaud, F.......... ......Perforation des Pholades, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1951, p.
543; 1857, p. 64.

Ganpenter oP. (Ps .s.¢csec3 Report on the Mollusca of the West Coast of North

America, 1856. In Zoological Proceedings, 1856,
Catalogue of Reigen Collection of Mazatlan Mollusca,
1857. Check-List of West Coast Mollusca, 1860.
Lectures on Mollusca, 8vo, 1861.

Catlow, Agnes....... ......Conchologists’ Nomenclator, 1845.
COBGMIATZ oc. ccdse- crores ces es Conchylien Cabinet, viii. 1785. :
Cherny. C..:... scteceoOe Illustrations Conchyliogiques Monog, Pholas, folio.

Encyc, Hist. Nat. Mollusques. Manuel de Conchy-
liologie, ii. 1862.

Collard des Cherres...... Cat. Moll. du Dep’t du Finisterre, 1830.

Wonrad wlcrAsscceces-\evtees Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Dec., 1848 and Feb., 1849.
Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Ist series, vii. 1837; 2d
series, i. 214, 1849; 279, 1850; ii. p. 335, 1854.

Crouch.,..........0..... «...Introduction to Lamarck’s Conchology, 1827.

1862.]

198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Cuvier...........seeeseeeeeeeL abl. Method., 1798. Anat. Comparit. 1800. Regne
Animal, Ist edit., 1817; edit. Croch; edit. Griffith,
1834; edit. Henderson; edit. Audouin, 1836.

aI OOStacs.csscerclsseearacess British Conchology, 1778.

Del Kay, dG Hiecccsiececeeoels Mollusca of New York, 1843.

Delessert.acccsccctececasteees Rec. des Coq. decrites par Lamarck, 1841.

Della Chiaje............00.. Mem., iv.

WESHAY CSiensccsersecooseseses Exploration Scientifique de l’Algerie, Mollusques.

Encyc. Method. Vers., iii. 1830. Traité Elem., i. pt.

2, 18483—’50. In Lamarck, vi. 1835. Annals des

Sciences Naturelles, 2 ser., xi. p. 240. Review Zoo-

logique, 1839. Guerin’s Mag. Zool., 1840.
Desmoulins, Chas... ......Bull. Linn. Soc. Bordeaux, ii.

Dilliwayns Ls Wisesssesess en Descriptive Catalogue of Recent Shells, 1817.

Dan Ovianes:.cce-corseses) ores British Shells, iv. 1799.

D’Orbigny, Alcide.........Mollusca of Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, ii. Voy. Amer. Merid.
Mollusques.*

Favamne.........+.+..-e.-., conchyliologie, 1780.

MCLUSSACcessecssaseseeneeess Tabl. Systematique, 1821.

isch erinsccsiotesttoncsescees Journ. de Conchyliologie, 2d ser., iii. 1858 and iv. 1860.

LN Key eahalespeocehone inopucs cbooce History of British Animals, 1828. Edinburg Encyclo-
pedia, viii.

Forbes and Hanley....... History of British Mollusca, i. 1853.

Gay, ca... 5 eoonanneconcucuEce Hist. Nat. Chili, viii.

Gervillenccscsccsessepnccese Cat. Coquilles de la Manche, 1825.

GON ete aececcccssioccscancstes De Crust.

Gilbbesisctsescieceosseee ....1n Tuomey’s Geol. 8. Carolina, 1848.

Gimannitcocee-uescsouecseee Op. Post., 1755—'57.

Gmelin......................oystema Nature, 1790.

(EXON NG 2 Gractaacadoncecs In Boston Proceedings, ii. 1845. In Boston Journal,

vi. 1853. Invertebrata of Massachusetts, 1841. Mol-
lusca Wilkes’ Exploring Expedition, 1852. Otia
Conchologica, Feb., 1862.

Grays Jsplin-ccccseastvcce estes Mollusca; Yates’ New Zealand. In Bowdich’s Elements,
1822. Figures of Molluscous Animals, v. 1857. In
London Medical Repository, 1821. Synopsis Brit.
Mus., 1820; 1839; 1840; 1842. Proc. Zool. Soc.,
1847. In Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., viii. p.

380, 1851.
Guia tenia se tencsoceet es Index Testarum, 1742.
Hanileyrawckciass ntcesstes Descriptive Catalogue, 1842.
Hermannson............002. Genera, 1849.
JAY; adn Cieatebececlocoeorie scree Catalogue of Shells, 4th edit., 1850.
JORNStOMGerereceeseses se. De Exang.
Kiarstembeor.csttcecss canes Mus. Lesk, i. p. 150.
Nin Paes see eestanen -ceeeeeeee aes Zool. Journal, v. 1832.
KT Cineesses ace sc.cceeteses ..-..Ostracologice, 1757.
KN OTGeeeecseec cee eoestees . Vergniigen der Augen, ii. 1757.
KUPEZMiseacioesecetes iesetaenee Catalogue of Mollusca of North and South Carolina,

1860.

Lamarck..........see+.-..e-Prodr., 1799. Phil. Zool., 1809. Extrait d’un Cours,
1812. Anim. Sans. Vert., v. 1818; (edit. Desh.,) vi.
1835; (edit. Brux,) ii.

iatreille: cc. scneeecceesesuce Fam. Nat., 1825.

* The title-page of this volume bears date 1835—’43, yet reference is made in the text
to descriptions published by other authors in 1846. ‘
[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199

Lea, Henry C.. ............Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., iii. 1843. Boston Proc., 1844.

EiGaeh Wise TS awe See <tah Mollusca of Great Britain, 1852.

Dine BS Sa5 nae cesses -+eeee Mus. Ulric. Faun. Suec. West. Res., 1747. Systema
Nature, ed. 10, 1758.

ILE SUG) inoncoae mcacodoond Otc Hist. Conchyliorum, 1687. Anim. Angl., 1678.

Macgillivray, Wm......... Molluseous Animals of Aberdeen, 1843.

MARV Gsenccvcasesncccssvs «cc Meth. Necess, aux Marins.

Mawe......... Wernese seeseeee Conchology, 1823.

MieniGeeed: seatiecets sects: ..Syn. Methodique, 1820, 2d edit., 1830.

Middendorff................. Malacozoologica Rossica, pt. iii. 1849.

Milne-Edwards ........... Conch., 1845.

Montagu...... ss... ‘reco Testacea Britannica, 1803.

More hienss.ces\sece + ssseeeee Catalogue, 1853.

Miller .......,.............. Fauna Dannica, 1788.

Miller, Theo ........ SBon6s- Synopsis Test. Viv., 1836.

MMU Siveeneacsecit.cocce tesa Fund. Testaceologie.

Oliviiteeeracnse<c) cssceccsjoesss Zool. Adriatica, 1792.

Olafsen..... SpOGSRHIG COOROIEE Island, 1722.

Pennant iec-csses,s cessicsess -Brit. Zoology, iv. 1777.

Betiver, ..... ABCC CIELO ....Gazophyllum.

PAniliipicceesctacceoe conces -..Netier oder Wenig. Gekannte Conchylien, iii. 1847—’51.

Enum. Moll. Sicil., i. 1836; ii. 1844. Zeitschr fiir
Malak., 1847.

PplinVieesenseestoesssceselososs -Hist. Nat., ix

BIBTICUStecessseceseuses +se2esDe Conch

POIretivesese-ss<-----eee-s0 VOY. ED Barbarie, pt. 2:

PO libsemecsreiccvoss seneieete owes Testacea utriusque Sicilie, i. 1791 ; ii. 1795.
Potiez et Michaud.........Gallerie des Mollusques, ii. 1844.
PalinCyjnccccnsceccnssncsecsce Dorsetshire Catalogue, 1799.
QlOyeeccerieer-=------ Aoacoct Mollusca, Voy. Astrolabe, 1832.

NAN Olgemenaitencoceccssestss.s .--Manuel Mollusques, 1829.

RGaAMMUM, ...c-cc2-. sccon.ee- Mem. de l’Acad., 1812.

Reeve..........- spocecdgaccad Conch. Syst., 1841.

Recluz....:... soseas cece cond Journal de Conchyliologie, ist ser., iv. 1853. ‘
Reichenbach........ ACOTOoE Con-hylien, 1842.

Risso.......- Jecaescaces:onooce Hist. Nat. Europe Meridionale, iv. 1826.
LEGVREV A cposocon OCBEEDe PAE Mollusques, 1805.

HROMGCLCHacevecissesp cases .-.Hist. des Poissons.

PRWMPUVGS se <0. .c-cse. oc es. Amboinsche Rariteitkamer, 1705.

IUUSSO Me eecscceccosecssces ...Eissex (Mass.) Journ. Nat. Hist.,i.1839. ,
BWA mUNOS tee caclsoseces\ecoese Journal Acad. Nat. Sciences, lst ser., ii, 1822.
SchrOter.......... .........Hinleit in Conchylien, iii. 1786.
Schumachenc.-.jecseo<cn- Essai d’un Nov. Syst., 1817.

GD deetasstsnisscecsscs << scsee Mus., iii. 1761.

DIGWOEDOVeccccsea-necleilaceaees Conchological Manual, 1842. Monog. Pholas. Thes.

Conch., ii. 1849. Genera, No. 23, 1820—’24. Zoo-

logical Proc., 1834; 1835; 1849. Illustrations of
Brit. Shells, 1859.

Spengler............ o...+eeBesch. Berl. Naturg., iv. Skrivt. Nat., ii. pt. 1, 1792;
iv. 1798.

Stimpson, Wm...... BLOM: Shells of New England, 1851. Check-List East Coast
Shells, 1860.

DWSTNEONG csc sccevessesescees Elements, 1835. Treatise on Malacology, 1840.

ERHOMIPSONG «corse ccaseeessss Report on Irish Fauna.

Thorpe, Chas...............British Marine Conchology, 1844.

PIVENEO Mlesccice ccc acs Raeg eon Conchological Dictionary, 1819. Conch dithyra Brit-

tanica, 1822.

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Valenciennes............... Atlas, Mollusca, Voyage of the Venus, 1846.

Wheatley, C. M...... ......Catalogue of the Shells of the United States, 1842.

Wood, \Wims:/.2...,sccescnse General Conchology, 1817; 2d edit., with plates, 1835.
Index Testaceologicus, 1818; 2d edit., with plates,
1828.

Woodward, S. P..........Manual of Mollusca, part 2, 1854.

Wyatt, Thos....... nade Goce Conchology, 1838.

List of recent species.
Family PHOLADID &, Carpenter.
PHoLapiIp#&, P. P. Carpenter, Lectures on Mollusca, p. 99, 1861.

Pholadide, (part.) Gray, 1839. Gray Zool. Proc. p. 187. 1847. Gray, Ann. and
Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 380, 1851.
of fe H. C. Lea, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. iii. p. 163, 1843. Wood-
ward, Man. pt. 2, 1854.

Adesmacea, (part.) Blainville, Malacol. p. 577, 1825.

Cladopoda, (part.) Gray, London Med. Repository, 1821,

Pholadacea, (part.) Blainville, 1818.

Pholade, (part.) Fleming, Hist. Brit. Anim. p. 410, 1828. Gray, Syn. Brit.
Mus. p. 91, 1842.

Pholadaria, (part.) Lamarck, Phil. Zool. 1809, Extr. d’un Cours. 1812, Anim. S.
Vert. v. p. 441. Sowerby, Manual p. 224, 1842. Hanley, Desc. Cat.
p. 5, 1842.

Pholadarie, (part.) Latr. Fam. Nat. 1825.

Pholadea, (part.) Anton. Versuch, p. 1, 1839. Menke, Syn. p. 121, 1830.

Pholadee, (part.) Menke, Syn. p. 73, 1828.

Pholades, (part.) Ferussac, Tab. Syst. 1821.

Pholadiade, (part.) Leach, teste Gray.

Pholadina, (part.) Milne-Edwards, Conch. p. 203, 1845,

Pholadoide, (part.) Agassiz, Nomenc. Zool. 1847.

Pholadria, (part.) Sism., Syn. An. Foss. 1842.

Pholedaria, (part.) Bronn, Syst. urw. Conch. 1824,

Pholide, (part.) Swainson, Elem. 1835. Swainson, Malacol. 1840.

Pholidea, (part.) Leach, teste Swainson, Malacol. 1840.

Subfamily PHOLADINA, Tryon.

Pholadina, (part.) Gray, Zool. Proc. p. 187, 1847. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.
2d ser. viii. p. 380, 1851.
Zirpheina,(part.) Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 381, 1851.

Genus Puoras, Linn.

Pholas, Linnezus, Syst. Nat. 1757. Langius, 1722. Adanson, Senegal, 1757.
Brug., Encyc. Meth. 1789. Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 1790, Olivi, Adrit 1792.
Spengler, Skrivt. ii. 1792. Cuvier, Tabl. Meth. 1798. Lamarck, Prodr.
1799. Cuvier, Anat. Comp. 1800. Lamarck, Syst. 1801. Schumacher,
Essai d’un Nov. Syst. 1817. Cuvier, Regne Anim. 1817. Ferussac, Tabl.
Syst. 1821. Fleming, Brit. Anim. 1828. Rang. Man. 1829. Swainson,
Malacol. 1840. Reeve, Conch. Syst. 1841. Hermannson, Genera, 1849.
Sowerby, Monogr. 1849. Gray, Ann. Mag. N. Hist. 1851. Woodward,
Man. 1854. H. & A. Adams, Genera ii. 1854. Chenu, Man. ii. 1862.

Pholas, (part.) Lister, Hist. 1687.*

Dactylus, (Pliny, Hist. Nat. ix. Cap. 87.

* The Genus Pholas of Rondelet, Univ. Aq. Hist. 1855; Aldrovandi, Des Test. 1606;
Reaumur, Mem. Acad. Roy. 1712; Tournef. 1742; D’Argenyille, Conch, 1757; and (part.)
Lister, Hist. 1687 = LirHopomus.

(April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201

Conchoides, (part.) Breyn., Dissert. p. 8, 1732. Gualtieri, Ind. tab. 105, 1742.
Solen, (part.) Tournefort, in Gnaltieri Index, 1742.

Mya (part.) Linn., Westg. Res. p. 187,.1747. Syst. Nat. (ed. 10) p. 670, 1758.
Chamepholas, (part.) Browne.

Concha-Eboracensts, Klein, Ostracol. p. 170, 1753.

Hypogea, (part.) Poli, Test. utr. Sicil. i. p. 29, 1791.

Hypogeoderma, (part.) Poli, Test. utr. Sicil. ii. p. 251, 1795.

There are but four known recent species of Pholas as now restricted, and
they are very easily distinguishable from each other.

*Margins of the valves regularly rounded anteriorly............ P. costata.
** Anterior ventral margins emarginate...........0.. -Subgenus CyrTopLevra.
a. Posterior extremity of the shell not truncate............... PB. crucifer a.
b. Posterior extremity truncate.
Truncated end but very slightly convex in outline........ Potruncata.
Truncated end rounded, shell short and broad.............. P.latissima.

P. costata, Linn., Linneus, Syst. Nat.1111. Adans., Genera iii. t. 89, f. 1,1, a.
Anton. Verzeich der Conch. p. 1. Blainville, Man. de Malacol. t. 79,
f.6. Born., Testacea, p. 15. Bosc. Hist. Nat. des Coq. ii. p.195. Brug.
Encyce. Meth. t. 169, f. 1,2. Catlow., Conch. Nomenc. p. 3. Chemnitz,
Conchyl. Cab. viii. t. 101, f. 863. Chenu, Man. de Conch. ii. f. 1, 2, 3.
Deshayes, Encyc. vers. iii. p. 754. Deshayes, Traite Elem. i. pt. ii. t.
3,f.10. Dekay, Mollusca New York, p. 248. Dillwyn, Desc. Cat. p.
36. D’Orbigny, Voy. Amer. Merid. Mollusques, p. 496. D’Orbigny, Mol-
lusques, Sagra’s Cuba, ii. p. 213. Favanne, Conchyl. t. 60, f. 1.
Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. iii. p.48. Gibbes, in Tuomey’s Geol.
S. Carolina. Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3215. Gould, Invert. Mass. p. 27.
Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 381. Gualtieri, Index
Pest, t. 105, fig. g. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 6. Jay, Cat. 4th edit. p. 10.

norr, Vergniig. ii. t. 25, f. 4. Kurtz, Cat. Shells, N. and S. Carolina,
p.3. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. (Desh. Edit.) vi. p.45. Lister; Conch.
t. 434, f. 277. Mawe., Conch. t. 1, f.4. Menke, Syn. p.73. Mérch.
Cat. p.3. Potiez and Mich., Gallerie des Moll. ii. p. 269. Reeve,
Conch. Syst. t. 23. Schréter, Einleit. Conch. iii. p. 537. Sowerby,
Genera No. 23. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas. Thes. Conch. ii. p. 487, t.
102, f. 8,9. Spengler, Skrivt. Nat. ii. p. 86. Stimpson, Shells New
England, p. 25. Stimpson, Check List E, Coast Shells, No. 243. Wheat-
ley, Cat. Shells. U.S. p. 2. Wood, Gen. Conch. t. 15, f. 1,2. Wood,
Index Test. t. 2, f. 4. Wyatt, Conch. p. 28, t. 3, f. 4.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci., from Georgia, Cuba, Vera Cruz. Coll. Dr. J. C. Jay.
Coll. G. W. Tryon, Jr., (from Atlantic City, N.J.) Coll. Isaac Lea, LL.D.

Dr. Gould included this species in his “ Invertebrata,’ on account of the dis-
covery by Prof. C. B. Adams of an extensive bed of dead shells in New Bedford
harbor. He subsequently announced it as living at this locality, remarking
that he was not aware of its existence at any other place north of the Mexican
Gulf. (Bost. Proc. ii. p. 81, 1845.)

Dr. De Kay described P. costata as a Southern shell, and no account of its
occurrence north of North Carolina has been noticed, except “ New York,” in
Jay’s Catalogue. Dr. Stimpson writes to me that he has never met with this
shell at any intermediate locality; therefore [am glad to announce its occur-
rence at Atlantic City, New Jersey, where [ obtained several perfect valves on
the beach, and at Cape May, New Jersey, where Dr. Leidy has procured a few
specimens.

Subgenus Cyrrtopievra, Tryon.

Margins of the valves emarginate anteriorly, making a short wide hiatus.
P. crucifera, Sowerby.

1862.} 14

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Pholas cruciger, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. p. 69, 1834. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc.
p. 3. D’Orbigny, Voy. Amer. Merid. Moll. p.499. Miiller, Syn. Test.
Viv. p. 236.
‘ erucigera, Philippi, Neiier Mollusken, iii. Pholas. t. 2, f. 4.
“ erucifera, Adams, Panama Shells, p. 301. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 335.
Chenu, Man. Conch. ii. f. 5. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 48.
Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 381. Hanley, Desc.
Cat. p. 6. Jay, Cat. 4th ed. p.10. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas. Thes.
Conch. ii. p. 489, t. 104, f. 24—26.
Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci.; St. Croix, West Indies? Panama. Coll. Dr. J. C. Jay.
Coll. G. W. Tryon, Jr.
This is a very distinct species, differing from all others in the genus by the
cruciform expansion of the dorsal margin.

P. truncata, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. lst ser. ii. p. 321. Adams, Genera,
ii. p. 325. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 4. DeKay, Moll. New York,
p. 248, t. 34, f. 223 a6. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 48.
Gibbes, Tuomey’s Geol. 8. Carolina. Gould, Proc. Bost. ii. p. 81.
Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 381. Hanley, Desc.
Cat. p. 6, t. 9, f. 56. Jay, Cat. 4th ed. p. 10. Kurtz, Cat. Shells N.
and S. Carolina, p. 3. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p.
488, t. 104, f. 29, 30. Stimpson, Shells New England, p. 25. Stimp-
son, Check List E. Coast Shells. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U.S. p. 2.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci.; New Bedford, Mass., Long Island Sound, S. Carolina,
Payta, Peru, Chili. Coll. Dr. J.C. Jay. Coll. Isaac Lea. Coll. G. W. Tryon, Jr.

Mr. Sowerby wrongly refers for Say’s description to ‘ American Journal of
Science, ii. p. 321.”

So late as 1845, Dr. Gould, in announcing to the Boston Society of Natural
History the occurrence of this species at New Bedford, Mass., remarked that it
was the only locality north of South Carolina; it is now known to inhabit
almost the entire coast.

P. truncata grows quite large on the northern coast, reaching three and a
half inches, as Dr. Gould informs me, in the vicinity of Sable Island. I had
some doubt respecting the locality “‘ Chili” attached to a specimen in Coll. A.
N.S. until the recent discovery, amongst a mass of rubbish, of a large bottle
of shells, collected by Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger at Payta, Peru, which con-
tained a number of specimens of this shell and of Dactylina Chiloensis. The
west coast individuals are about the same size as our Southern specimens,
which they also resemble in form, being rather longer and narrower than those
from the New England States.

P. latissima, Sowerby.

P. latissima, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1849, p. 162. Sowerby, Monog.
Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 489, t. 103, f. 15, 16, Adams, Genera, ii.
p. 325. Chenu, Man. Conchyl. ii. f. 4,6. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl.
2d ser. iii. p. 48. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 381.
Philippi, Neiier Conch. iii. Pholas, t. 2, f. 1.

P. patula, Gould, Bost. Proc. ii. p. 214, May, 1850. Gould, Moll. U. S. Expl.
Exped. p, 384. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 325. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl.
2d ser. iii. p. 48. Jay, Cat. 4th ed. p. 10.

Hab.—Manilla. Philippines.

Coll. Dr. J. C. Jay.

Dr. Gould remarks, in the “ Mollusca,” that P. patula approaches, and may
be identical with, Sowerby’s species. The descriptions correspond, with the
exception of a vertical constriction which divides the valve of P. patula in the
middle, but which is not mentioned by Mr. Sowerby; nevertheless there is a
slight constriction of the valve represented in Mr. Sowerby’s figure. There can

be no doubt of the identity of these shells. ,
[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203

Dr. Gould, in his text, refers to fig. 497 ab, which was not published, in con-
sequence, as he informs me, of the only valve being broken while in the artist’s
hands.

P. latissima is readily distinguishable from truncata by its posterior
side being much shorter, with the edge more rounded, and by the greater thick-
ness of the shell in proportion to its length.

Genus Dacry.ina, Gray.

Dactyuina, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 187, 1847. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist. 2 ser. viii. H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 325. Chenu, Man.
Conch. ii.

Dactylus, Pliny, Hist. Nat. ix. cap. 87.

Pholas, (partim,) of authors.

There are two distinct forms of Dactylina; in the first, which I propose to
consider the typical form, the nuclei of the dorsal valves are situated at their
outer margins, posterior to the centre ; several impressed lines radiate from
the nuclei to the inner margin, dividing each valve into several subtriangular
spaces. The valves are much emarginate anteriorly, forming a short, wide
hiatus.

The other form may be thus characterized,—

Subgenus G1TocenTRUM.

Nuclei of the dorsal valves anterior, situated nearer the inner margin. Dor-
sal plates marked by radiating lines. Valves not emarginate anteriorly, but
regularly rounded; hiatus long and narrow.

Typical Species.
D. dactylus, Linn. (species.)

Pholas dactylus, Linn. Syst. Nat. p.1110. Linneus, Faun. Suec. 2124.
Anton, Verzeich der Conch. p.1. Argenville, Conchyl. t. 3, f. k. m.
Barbut, Gen. Verm. t. 1, f. 11. Bonanni, pt. 2, f.25, 26. Born, Test.
Pal4 tal t... bose, Hist. Nat; des’ Coq. ii. p.194, t. 5, f. 1, 2, 3.
Brooke, Conch. t. 1, f. 7, 8. Brown, Illust. Conch. Great Britain, p,
115, t. 49, f. 1, 2,3. Bruguieré, Encyc. Meth. t. 168, f. 2—4. Catlow,
Conch. Nomenc. p. 3. Chemnitz, Conch. Cat. viii. t. 101, f. 857.
Chenu, Encyc. Hist. Nat. Moll. t. 33, f. 4, 5. DaCosta, Brit. Conch. p.
144, t. 16, f. 2. Deshayes, Encyc. Vers. iii. p. 753. Deshayes, Expl.
Sci. de l’Algerie Moll. p. 107, t. 9, C. E. & G. f. 1—3. (Animal.) Dill-
wyn, Desc. Cat. i. p. 35. Donovan, Brit. Shells, iv. t. 118. Favanne,
Conchyl, t.60, f.al. Fleming, Edinburg Encye. vii. p.100. Fleming,
Brit. Anim. p. 457. Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll. i. p. 108,t. 3. Gi-
nanni, Op. post. t. 31, f. 184, 185. Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3214.
Gualtieri, Test. t, 105, f. D. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 5. Herbst, Hinl. i.
p- 115, t. 26, f.1. Jay, Cat. 4th ed. p. 10. Jonston, De exang. t. 11,
f. 8, and t. 13. Karsten, Mus. Lesk. i. p. 150. Lamarck, Anim. sans
Vert. v. p. 444. Lamarck, (Desh. edit.) Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 43.
Leach, Moll. Great Britain, p. 251. Lister, Conch. t. 433, f. 276.
Marvye, Meth. necess. aux Marins, t. 1, f. 10. Mawe, Conch. t. 3, f. 3.
Menke, Syn. Meth. p. 73. Montagu, Test. Brit. p. 20 and 528. Miiller,
Faun. Daun. p. 251. Murray, Fund. Testac. p. 40, t. 2, f. 3. Olivi,
Zool. Adriat. p. 93. Pennant, Brit. Zool. iv. p. 76, t. 39, f.10. Petiver,
Gazoph. t. 79, f. 10. Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sicil. i. p. 3 and ii. p. 4.
Plancus, de Conch. p. 33. Poli, Test. utr. Sicil. i. t. 7, f. 1—11.
Poiret, Voy. en Barbarie, vt. 2, p. 11. Potiez et Michaud, Gallerie des
Moll. ii. p. 268. Reaumur, Mem. de 1’Acad. 1712, p. 125, t. 7, f. 1, 2.
Reeve, Conch. Syst. t. 24. Reichenbach, Conchyl. p. 117, t. 725, 726.
Roissy, Moll. vi. p. 438. Seba, Mus. iii. t. 16, f. 6a@6. Sowerby,

1862.)

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Genera Pholas, f. 1. Sowerby, Conch. Man. t. 2, f. 55,55 a. Sowerby,
Illust. Brit. Shells, t. 1. f. 8. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas. Thes. Conch.
ji. p. 485, t. 102, f. 10, 11 and t. 105, f. 47. Spengler, Skrivt. Nat. ii.
pt. 1, p. 85. Thompson, Rep. Irish Fauna, p. 263. Thorpe, Brit.
Mar. Conch. p. 31. Wood, Gen. Conch. t. 13, f. 1—3. Wood, Index
Test, t. 2, f. 1. Woodward, Manual, p. 328, f. 22. Wyatt, Conch. p.
Aewte Syitetoe
Dactylina dactylus, Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim. t. 237, f. 4 and t. 238, f. 7.
Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. viii. p. 382. H. and A. Adams,
Genera, iii. t. 89, f. 2, 2ab. Chenu, Man. Conch. ii. f. 10, 11, 13.
Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2 ser. iii. p. 49. Morch, Cat. p. 3.
Pholas callosa, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. v. p. 445. Lamarck, (Desh. edit.)
Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 46. Cuvier, Reg. Anim. (edit. Croch.} t. 113,
f.1. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 5.
‘! hians, Paltney, Dorset. Cat. p. 26.
‘ angustius, Petiver, Gazophyl. t. 79, f. 10.
« muricata, DaCosta, Brit. Conch. p. 244, t. 16, f. 2.

Donaz sive Dactylus, Belon, de Aquat. p. 414.

Coquille longue, Rondelet, Hist. des Poissons, p. 16.

Concha longa Rondeleti, Gesner, de Crust. p. 201.

Concha vera Plinii, Aldrovandi, de Test. p. 454.

Concha longa, Aldrovandi, de Test. p. 455, f. 1

Hab.—Europe.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Coll. Isaac Lea, LL.D. Coll. Dr. J. C. Jay. Coll.
Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

Hanley (Desc. Cat. p. 5) says, ‘*.?. oblongata, Say, is probably this shell,
although its beak and the number of accessory valves is not mentioned.” Say’s
shell does not at all resemble D. dactylus.

P. callosa, Lam., was described from some distorted specimens of D. dac-
tylus. I have seen several specimens in Mr. Lea’s cabinet which are greatly
distorted in shape, the beaks being almost central, the shell much wider than
usual in proportion to its length, the posterior surface worn entirely smooth,
and anteriorly deeply pitted, instead of the usual radiating ribs.

Subgenus Girocentrum, Tryon. 1862.

D. Campechensis, Gmel. (Species.)

Pholas Campechensis, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 3216. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc.
p. 3. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 6, t.9, f. 44. Jay, Cat. 4th ed. p. 10.
Lister, Hist. Conch. t. 432.

Dactyling Campecbhensis, (part.) Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser.
viii. p. 382. H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 326.
ue Campechiensis, (part.) Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 49.
Pholas oblongata, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. lst ser. ii. p. 320. De Kay, Moll.
New York, p. 248. Gibbes, in Tuumey’s Geology of South Carolina.
Kurtz, Cat. Shells N. and S. Carolina, p. 3. Stimpson, Check List E.
Coast Shells.
“ Candeara, D’Orbigny, Moll. Sagra’s Cuba, p. 215, t. 25, f. 18, 19.
Dactylina Candeana Chenu, Manuel, ii. f. 12.

Hab.—Southern United States. West Indies.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Coll. A. A. Gould, M. D. Coll. Wm. Stimpson, M. D.
Coll. Isaac Lea, LL.D.

Lister’s figure of D. Campechensis represents very accurately a large
individual of this species, although it is doubtfully referred by some European
authors to the next species. The resemblance between this and the next shell,
from Western South America, is so great that it would not be surprising if their
identity should be established hereafter. The only difference is that our shell

(April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205

is narrower in proportion to its length than the South American species, which
has about one-third of its posterior surface free from strie#, while the strie in
the Cam pechensis are continued faintly over the entire posterior surface.

Pholas oblongata, Say, has been entirely overlooked by European authors,
with the exception of Mr. Hanley, who has referred it doubtfully to D. dac-
tylus. Itis figured in Tuomey and Holmes’ Pleiocene Fossils of S. Carolina,
t. 24, f. 5.

D’Orbigny’s Pholas Candeana is a half-grown shell of this species.

The only specimens that I have seen having the dorsal valves belongs to Mr.
Isaac Lea. They are identical in form with those of D. Chiloensis.

D. Cuitoensis, King. (sp.)

Pholas Chiloensis, King, Zool. Journ. v. p. 334, 1832. Gay, Hist. Nat.
Chili, viii. p. 381. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 486,
t. 102, f. 1,2. Philippi, Neiier Conch. iii. t. 1, f. 4,5. D’Orbigny,
Voy. p. 498.

Dactylina Chiloensis, Chenu, Manuel, ii. f. 14, 15.
ie Campechensis, (part.) Gray, Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. vili. p.
382. H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 326.
a Campechiensis, (part.) Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 49.
Pholas laqueata, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1849. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas,
Thes. Conch. ii. p. 486, t. 103, f. 19, 20.

Hab.—Peru. Chili.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Coll. Isaac Lea, LL.D. Coll. J. C. Jay, M.D. Coll.
G. W. Tryon, Jr.

Pholas laqueata of Sowerby is a mere variety of Chiloensis, differing in
the greater prominence of the ribs and their arched scales.

King, in his description, refers to Molina, Hist. Nat. Chili, p. 179, as authority
for the name; but as it would be preposterous to allow such an obscure and
scant description as that of Molina’s to remain as authority, I have thought it
best to use King’s name in that connection. Gmelin (Syst. Nat. p. 3217) merely
copies Molina’s description.

Genus Monoruyra, Tryon. 1862.

Gen. Char.—Equivalve ; anterior hiatus long and narrow. Accessory plate
single, ovately triangular, with the base anterior and the nucleus subcentral.
Hinge processes cellular beneath.

M. orientalis, Gmelin. (Species.)

Pholas orientalis, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 3216. Bosc, Hist. Nat. ii. p. 196.
Bruguiere, Encyc. Meth. t. 168, f. 10. Catlow, Conch. Nomene. p. 4.
Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. viii. t. 101, f. 860. Dillwyn, Desc. Cat. p. 36.
Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 5, +t. 2, f. 2. Jay, Cat. 4th ed. p. 10. Lamarck,
Anim. sans Vert. v. p. 444. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. (Desh. edit.)
vi. p. 44. Lister, Hist. Conch. t. 431, f. 247. Sowerby, Monog.
Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 486, t. 102, f. 3, 4. Wood, Gen. Conch. t.
14, f. 1, 2. Wood, Index Test. Pholas, t. 2, f. 1.

Dactylina orientalis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 382-
H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 326. Chenu, Man. Conch. ii. f. 1t
Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 49. :
Pholas Siamensis, Spengler.
“¢ dactylus, Solander MSS. teste Gray.
Hab.—%India.
Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Coll. Isaac Lea, LL.D. Coll. J. C. Jay, M.D. Coll.
G. W. Tryon, Jr.
This species is placed by Sowerby, Gray and Chenu in the genus Dactylina,
although it is so very different in its single accessory valve. Sowerby’s figure

1862.]

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

of the back of the shell, including the dorsal accessory plate, is very good, and
it is strange that the subsequent systematists, H. and A. Adams and Chenu,
who must have been acquainted with the character of this plate, still leave the
species in Dactylina.

Genus XyLopHaGA Turton.

XyLopHaGAa, Turton, Conch. dith. Brit. p. 253, 1822. Gray, Zool. Proc. p. 188,
1847. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. p. 380, 1851. H. and
A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 326.
Teredo, Turton, Conch. Dict. 1819.
Pholas, Deshayes, in Lamarck, An. sans Vert. vi. 1835.
Xyloirya, Leach, teste Menke, Syn. ed. 2, p. 121, 1830. Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus.
p. 76, 1842.
X. dorsalis, Turton.
Xylophaga dorsalis, Turton, Conch. dith. Brit. p. 253, t. 2, f. 4,5. H. and
A. Adams, Genera, iii. t. 89, f. 4, 4abc. Alder, Cat. Northumb. Moll.
p- 101. Brown, Ill. Brit. Conch. p. 117, t. 50, f. 8—13. Catlow,
Conch. Nomenc. p. 3. Chenu, Man. ii. f. 20,21. Chenu, Encyc. Hist.
Nat. Moll. t. 241—244. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 49.
Fleming, Brit. Anim. p. 455. Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll. i. p. 90.
t. 2, f. 3, 4. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 382.
Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 10. Jay, Cat. 4th ed. p.9. Reeve, Conch. Syst.
t. 22. Sowerby, Genera of Shells. Sowerby, Conch. Manual.
Sowerby, Illust. Brit. Shells, t. 1, f. 7. Sowerby, Monog. Xylophaga,
Thes. Conch. ii. p. 503, t. 108, f. 103, 104. Thorpe, Brit. Mar. Conch.
p. 32.
Teredo dorsalis, Turton, Conch. Dict. p. 185, 1819.
Pholas xylophaga, Deshayes, in Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 47, 1835.
Hab.—England.
Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Coll. J. C. Jay, M.D. Coll. G@. W. Tryon, Jr.

X. globosa, Sowerby.

Xylophaga globosa, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. p. 110, 1835. Sowerby, Monog.
Xylophaga,.Thes. Conch. ii. p. 503, t. 108, f. 101, 102. H. and A.
Adams, Genera, ii. p. 327. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 3. Chenu,
Man. Conch. ii. f. 22, 23. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 49.
Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 382. Hanley, Desc.
Cat. p. 10. Jay, Cat. 4th ed. p. 9.

Pholas gibbosa, D’Orbigny, Voy. Amer. Merid. Moll. p. 501. Gay, Hist. Nat.

Chili, viii. p. 381.

Hab.—Valparaiso; inhabiting wood at sixty fathoms.

Coll. J. OC. Jay, M. D.

This shell very closely resembles the English species, but may be distinguished
by its more depressed dorsal margin, by its greater posterior length, and by the
longitudinal portion of the ventral margin being slightly convex in outline,
whilst in X. dorsalis this margin is concave.

Xylophaga cardissa, Gould, Otia Conchologica, p. 241, Feb., 1862.
Hab.—Mergive Archipelago.
Coll. Dr. A. A. Gould.
I owe to Dr. Gould the pleasure of examining specimens of this new form of
Xylophaga, which is very distinct from the other species of the genus.

Genus Tatona, Gray.

TaLona, Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus. 1840. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 188, 1847.
Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 381. H.and A. Adams,
Genera, ii. p. 329.
Pholas, (part.) Spengler, Sowerby, Hanley, etc.
[ April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207

T. explanata, Spengler. (Sp.)

Pholas explanata, Spengler, Skrivt. Nat. ii. pt. 1, 1791.

Talona explanata, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii., 1851.
H. and A. Adams, Genera, iii. t. 90, f. 2, 2a. Fischer, Journ. Conch.
2d ser. iii. p. 51. Mérch, Cat. p. 3.

Pholas clausus, Gray, in Bowdich, Elem. 1822. Catlow, Conch. Nomence. p. 3.

Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 6,t. 11,f. 8. Jay, Cat. 4th ed. p. 10. Sowerby,
Monog. Pholas. Thes. Conch. ii. p. 498, t. 107, f. 74, 75.

Talona clausa Chenu, Man. Conch. ii. f. 34, 35, 1862.

Pholas candidus, Chemn, Conch. Cab. viii. f. 862, 1785.

Hab.—Western Africa.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Coll. J. C. Jay, M.D. Coll. Isaac Lea, LL.D. Coll.
G. W. Tryon, Jr.

Genus Barnea, Leach.

Barnes, Leach, teste Risso, Hist. Nat. iv. p. 376, 1826.
‘Risso, H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 326, 1853.
Barnia, Gray, Ann. and Mag Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. 1851. Leach, Moll. Great
Britain, p. 254, 1852.

Typical Species.
Margins of the valves regularly rounded, hiatus long and narrow.

B. Australasiz, Gray.

Barnia Australasia, Gray, Brit. Mus. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d
ser. Viii. p. 381.

Barnea Australasig, Fischer, Joarn. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 49. H. and A.
Adams, Genera, ii.
Pholas os stralasiz Sowerby, Mon. Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 488, t. 106,
igs
Hab.—Australia.
This shell closely resembles B. candida of England, but may be at once
distinguished by its much larger size and more anterior positioa of the umbones.

B. Burmanica, Philippi. (Sp. )

Pholas Birmanica, Pailippi, Netier Conchyl. iii. Pholas. t. 1, f. 1.

Barnia Burmanica, Gray, Ann..and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 382.
Barnea Burmanica, H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 326.

Pholas Bakeri? Deshayes, Woodward’s Manual, t. 23, f. 19.

Barnea Bakeri? H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 326.

Hab.—Burmah.

The shape and sculpture of this shell, as figured by Philippi, remind one
strongly of our P. costata; it is much broader than either of the other species
of this section of Barnea.

B. Bakeri I have not seen, nor could I find the original description; bat the
figure in Woodward appears to be the same as Burmanica.

B. candida, Linn. (Sp.)

Pholas candida, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. 1111. Linneus, Mus. Ulric, p. 469.
Alder, Cat. Northumb. Moll. p. 100. Bosc, Hist. Nat. des Coq. ii. p.
195. Bouchard-Chantereau, Moll. Boulon, p. 7. Browa, Ill. Conch.
Great Britain, p. 115, t. 48, f. 6—10. Bruguieré, Encyc. Meth. t. 168,
f. 11. Burrow, Elem. t. 3, f.4. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 3. Chem-
nitz, Conch. Cab. viii. p. 358, t. 101, f. 861. Collard des Cherres, Cat.
Moll. Finisterre, p. 9. Crouch, Introd. Lam. t. 2, f. 11. DaCosta,
Brit. Conch. p. 246. Deshayes, Moll. Expl. Sci. de l’Algerie, p. 109,
t. 9, D. I. f. 4,5, (Animal.) Deshayes, Traite Elem. i. pt. 2, p. 79, t.

1862. ]

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

3, f. 13,14. Deshayes, Encyc. Meth. iii. p. 753. Dillwyn, Desc. Cat.
i. p. 36. Donovan, Brit. Shells, iv. t. 132. Fleming, Brit. Anim. p.
457. Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll. i. p. 117, t. 4, f. 1, 2. Gerville,
Coq. de la Manche, p. 10. Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3215. QGualtieri,
Test. t. 105, f. 8. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 5, t. 2,f. 3. Jay, Cat. 4th ed.
p- 9. Karsten, Mus. Lesk. p. 151. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. v. p.
444, Lamarck, (Desh. edit.) vi. p. 44. Lister, Anim. Angl. p. 193,
t. 5, f. 39. Macgillivray, Moll. Aberd. p. 306. Mawe, Introd. Conch.
t. 3, f. 2. Menke, Syn. p. 73. Middendorff, Mal. Rossica, iii. p. 79.
Montagu, Test. Brit. p. 24. Muller, Zool. Dan. prodr. p. 251. Pen-
nant, Brit. Zool. iv. p. 76. Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sicil. i. p. 3 and ii.
p. 4. Poli, Test. utr. Sicil. t. 7, f. 12,13. Potiez et Michaud, Gal.
Moll. ii. p. 269. Pultney, Dorset. Cat. p. 26. Schréter, Einleit. Conch.
iii. p. 539. Sowerby, Illust. Brit. Conch. t. 1, f. 9. Sowerby, Monog.
Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 488, t. 103, f. 21—23. Thompson, Rep.
Fauna Ireland, p. 263. Thorpe, Brit. Mar. Conch. p.-31. Turton,
Conch. Dict. p. 144, f. 79. Turton, Conch. dith. Brit. p. 10. Wood,
Gen. Conch. p. 79, t. 14, f. 3, 4. Wood, Index Test. Pholas, t. 2, f. 3
Wyatt, Conch. p. 27, t. 3, f. 2,

Barnia candida, Leach, Moll. Great Britain, p. 255. Gray, Ann. and Mag:
Nat. Hist. 2d ser. vili. p. 382. Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim. t. 338, f. 6.

Barnea candida, H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 326. Chenu, Man. Conch.
ii. f. 17, 18. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 49.
Phoilas dactyloides, Della Chiajé, Mem. iv. t. 65, f. 4.
‘“ papyracea, Spengler, Skrivt. Nat. ii. pt. 1, t. 1, f. 4, 1791. (Not of his
diagnosis.) Lister, Hist. Conch. t. 435, f. 278.
‘« silicula, Deshayes, in Lam. Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 45, 1835. Anton,
Verzeich. der Conch. p. 1. Catlow, Ser Nomenc. p. 4. Delessert,
Rec. t. 1, f. 19. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p.

Hab.—England. Ireland.

* Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Coll. J. C. Jay, M.D. Coll. Isaac Lea, LL.D. Coll.

G. W. Tryon, Jr.

B. lanceolata, D’Orbigny. (Sp.)
Pholas lanceolata, D’Orb. Moll. Voy. Amer. Merid. p. 497, t. 77, f. 18, 19.

Hab.—Patagonia. South of the Rio Negro.

This shell appears to be distinct from B. candida, although very nearly
allied to it. It is not so much inflated across the umbones as that species: it
is more narrowly elongate and acuminate at the buccal region, more rounded
posteriorly, and the hinge tooth is larger. D’Orbigny’s figures also show a vast
difference in the great prominence of the concentric raised strie.

The figures of D’Orbigny represent probably a young shell.

Subgenus Ancuomasa, Leach.
ANcHOMASA, (genus,) Leach, Moll. Great Britain, p. 25

Ventral anterior margin of the valves emarginate; hiatus short and wide.

B. Manillensis, Philippi. (Sp.)

Pholas Manillensis, Philippi, Zeitschr. fiir Malak. p. 72, 1847. Philippi,
Neiier Conch. iii. Pholas. t. 1, f. 2.

Barnea Manillensis, H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 326. Fischer, Journ.
Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 49.

Barnia Manillensis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 382,
1851. ‘

Pholas Manilla, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 161, 1849. Sowerby, Monog.

Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 487, t. 103, f. 17, 18. Jay, Cat. 4th. edit.

p. 10.
[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209

Pholas fragilis, Sowetby, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 161, 1849. Sowerby, Monog.
Thes. Conch. ii. p. 488, t. 108, f. 92, 93, 1849.

Barnea fragilis, Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 49.

Barnia fragilis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 382.

Hab.—Manilla. Philippines.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Coll. J.C. Jay, M.D. Coll. G. W. Tryon, Jr.

The Pholas fragilis of Sowerby is undoubtedly identical with Manillensis.
This species differs from B. similis in having a different shaped dorsal plate,
which is also much smaller in proportion to the valves, which are narrower,
with the umbones placed nearer the anterior end; and by the extension of the
ribs over the whole posterior surface, which is quite plain in B. similis.
Barnea parva is a wider shell, with the umbones nearer the centre.

B. Parva, Pennant. (Sp.)

Pholas parva, Pennant, Brit. Zool. iv. p. 77, t. 40, f.13, 1777. Brown, Ill.
Brit. Conch. t. 9,f. 11, 12. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 4. Dillwyn,
Desc. Cat. i. p.38. Fleming, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 100. Fleming, Brit.
Anim. p. 457. Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll. i. p. ee : we t. 4,
f.1,2. (Animalt. F. f. 3, 3a.) Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 5, t. 2, f. 6. Jay,
Cat. 4th edit. p. 10. Montagu. Test. Brit. p. 22, t.1, f ", a Philip
Neiier Conch. iii. Pholas, t. 2, f.2. Sowerby, Tilust. Brit. Conch. a i
f. 10. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 487, f. 31.
Thorpe, Brit. Mar. Conch. p. 32, f. 71. Turton, Conch. Dict. Pp. 143.
Turton, Conch. dith. Brit. p. 9. Wood, Gen. Conch. p. 82. Wood,
Index Test. t. 2, f. 6.

Barnia parva, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 382. Gray, Figs.
Moll. Anim. t. 338, f. 10.

Barnea parva, H. and A. Adams, Genera, iii. t. 89, f. 3,3a,5. Chenu, Man. ii.
f.19. Fiscber, Journ. Conch. 2 ser. iii. p. 49.
Anchomasa Pennantiana, Leach, Moll. Gt. Britain, p. 253.
Bholas crenulatus, Solander. Spengler, Skrivt. Nat. ii. pt. 1, p. 92.
dactylus, var. Deshayes. In Lamarck Anim. sans Vert. vi. p. 45, note.
“ dactyloides, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. v. p.445. Menke, Syn. p. 73.
‘< ligamentina, Deshayes, Traite Elem. p. 80, t.f. 11, 12. Catlow, Conch.
Nomence. p. 4.
‘< tuberculatus, Turton, Conch. dith. Brit. p. 5, t. 1, f. 7, 8. Brown,
Illust. Brit. Conch. p. 115, t.49, f. 12, 13. Chenu, Ill. Conchyl. t. 3,
f. 3. Fleming, Brit. Anim. p. 547. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 9. Thorpe,
Brit. Mar. Conch. p. 30. Wood, Index Test. Supp. t. 1, f. 3.

Hab.—England.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences. Coll. J.C. Jay, M.D. Coll. Isaac Lea, LL. D.
Coll. G. W. Tryon, Jr.

Forbes and Hanley (Brit. Moll.), after an examination of the original speci-
men of Dr. Turton’s Pholas tuberculatus, pronounced it to be a monstrosity of
B. parva, and nota synonym of D. dactylus, as Gray and others sup-
posed.

B.subtruncata, Sowerby. (Sp.)

Pholas subtruncata, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. p. 69, 1834. Catlow, Conch.
Nomene. p. 4. D’Orbigny, Moll. Voy. Amer. Merid. p. 499. Hanley,
Desc. Cat. p. 6. Jay, Cat. 4th edit. p. 10. Miller, Syn. Test. p. 236.

Pholas lamellosa, D’Orb. Voy. Am. Merid. p. 498, t. 77, f. 20, 21.

Hab.—Payta, Peru, Isle Plata (subtrune ata); Patagonia, s south of Rio
Negro (lamellosa. )

Judging from the deseriptions, D’Orbigny’s species is founded on a variety
of subtruncata in which the anterior ribs are much more prominent. The
obtusely rounded form of the posterior end and the nearly parallel dorsal and
ventral margins distinguish this from B. parva, to which, however, it is very

1862.]

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

closely allied. It may eventually prove to be a mere variety of that shell. The
absence of a posterior accessory plate prevents this species from being placed
in the genus Pholas, where it is nearly allied to P. truncata.

B. Erythrea, Gray.
Barnia Ery threa, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 382, 1851.
Barnea Erythrea, H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 326.
Hab.—Red Sea.
This shell, which has not yet been figured, seems to beallied to B.similis,
but is probably distinct.
B. similis, Gray. (Sp.)
Pholas similis, Gray, in Yates’ New Zealand. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 4.
Jay, Cat. 4th edit. p. 10. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p,
487, t. 103, f. 12—14.
Barnia similis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 382.
Barnea similis, H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 326. Fischer, Journ. Conch.
2d ser. iii. p. 49.
Pholas antipodum, Philippi, Zeitschr. fiir Malak. p. 71, 1847.
‘* antipodarum, Philippi. Gray, Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 382.
1851.
Hab.—New Zealand.
Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences. Coll. J.C. Jay, M.D. Coll. G. W. Tryon, Jr.

Genus Nave, Gray.
Navea, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 385.
N. nucifera, Fabricius (sp.)
Pholas nucifera, Fabricius. Spengler, Skrivt. Nat. iv. p. 40, t. 10, f. 4, 9.
Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 50.

Navea nucifera, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 385. H. and
A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 328. Mdérch, Cat. p. 2.
According to Dr. Gray, resembling tenuis, but appears to be shorter in
front and longer and more rounded behind.

N. subglobosa, Gray.
Navea subglobosa, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 385,
1851. Chenu, Man. Conchyl. ii. f. 28,29. H. and A. Adams, Genera,
iii. t. 89, f. 6, 6, a, 6, 6. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. iii. p. 50.
Hab.—California.
N. tenuis, Gray.
Navea tenuis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 385, 1851. _H.
and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 328. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser.
iii. p. 50.
Hab.—
Genus ZirpHwa, Leach.
ZirpH®A, Leach. H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii.
Zirfea, Leach. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 385, 1851.
Z. constricta, Sowerby (sp.)
Pholas contricta, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 161, 1849. Sowerby, Monog.
Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 489, t. 104, f. 27, 28.
Zirphea constricta, H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 327. Fischer, Journ.
Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 50.
Zirpbea constricta, Gray, Ann. and Mag. N. H. 2d ser. viii. p. 385, 1851.
Hab.—Straits of Sunda.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21]

Fischer (Journ. Conch.) believes this to be an immature shell; however this
may be, there can be no doubt that it is a good species.

Z. crispata, Linneus. (Sp.)

Pholas crispata, Lion. Syst. Nat. 1111. Linn. Mus. Ulric, ii. p. 469. Alder,
Cat. Northumb. Moll. p. 100. Anton, Verzeich. der Conchyl. p. 1.
Bose. Hist. Nat. des Cog. ii. p. 195. Bouchard-Chantreaux, Moll.
Boulon. p. 7. Brown, Ill. Conch. Gt. Brit. p. 114, t. 48, f. 1—5.
Bruguieré, Encyc. Meth. t. 169, f. 5—7. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p.
3. Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. viii. t. 102, f. 872—874. Collard des
Cherres, Cat. Moll. Finisterre, p. 9. Dekay, Moll. N. York, p. 247, t.
32, f. 306, a, 6. Deshayes, Traité Elem. i. pt. 2, p. 77. Dillwyn, Desc.
sat. i. p. 40. Donovan, Brit. Shells, ii. p. 3, 1.62. Fleming, Edinb.
Encye. vii. p. 100. Fleming, Brit. Anim. p. 456. Forbes and Hanley,
Brit. Moll. i. t. 4, f. 3, 4,5. Gerville, Cat. Cog. Manche, p. 10.
Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3216. Gould, Invert. Mass. p. 27. Hanley, Desc.
Cat. p. 7. Jay, Cat. 4th edit. p. 10. Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. v.
p. 445. Lamarck, (edit. Brux.) ii. p. 518. Lamarck, (edit. Desh.) vi.
p. 46. Lister, Anim. Angl. p. 192, t. 5, f. 38. Macgillivray, Moll.
Aberd. p. 306. Montagu, Test. Brit. p. 23. Olafsen, Isl. f. 4,6. Pen-
nant, Brit. Zooi. iv. p. 77, t. 40, f. 12. Petiver, Gazoph. t. 79, f. 13.
Potiez et Mich. Gal. ii. p. 268. Pultney, Dorset Cat. p. 27. Russell,
Essex (Mass.) Journ. Nat. Hist. i. p. 50. Schroeter, Hinleit. iii. p. 541.
Schumacher, Essai d’un Nov. Syst. p. 96. Sowerby, Illust. Brit.
Shells, t. 1, f. 11. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 489,
t. 104, f. 37. Spengler, Skrivt. Nat. ii. pt. 1, p. 96. Stimpson, Shells
N. England, p. 25. Stimpson, Check-List, E. Coast Shells. Thorpe,
Brit. Mar. Conch. p. 29. Turton, Conch. Dict. p. 146. Turton, Conch.
dith. Brit. p. 6. Wheatley, Cat. Shells U. S. p. 2. Wood, Gen. Conch.
t. 15, f. 4,5. Wood, Index Test. t. 2, f. 5. Wyatt, Conch. p. 28.

Zirphea crispata, H. and A. Adams, Genera, iii. t. 89, f. 5—5a. Morch.
Cat. p. 3. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 50. Chenu, Man. ii.
£796" DY:

Zirfea crispata, Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim. t. 338, f. 5 and t. 339, f.5. Gray,
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 385.

Thurlosia ¢ rispata, Leach, Moll. Gt. Britain, p. 252.

Mya cris pata, Linn. Faun. Suec. 2125.

Pholas bifrons, Da Costa, Brit. Conch. p. 242, t. 16, f. 4.

Solen crispus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3228.

Pholas crispa, Blainville, Malacol. t. 79, f. 7.

«parva, Da Costa, Conch. p. 247. Donovan, Brit. Shells, ii. t. 69. Bru-
guiere, Encyc. Meth. t. 169, f. 5. Lister, Hist. Conch. t. 436, f. 279.

Hab.—England, France, Sweden, Denmark, Northern Coast United States,
West Coast America ? (Carpenter. )

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences. Coll. Isaac Lea, LL. D. Coll. J. C. Jay, M. D.
Coll. G. W. Tryon, Jr.

Z.? Julan, Adanson. (Sp.)
Pholas J ulan, Adans. Senegal, p. 260, t. 19, f. 1.

Zirphea? J ulan, H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 327. Fischer, Journ. Conch.
2d ser. iii. p. 50.
Zirfea ? Julan, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 385.
«Mulan, Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim. t. 338, f. 2.
Hab.—Senegal.

1862.]

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Subfamily JOUANNETIN A, Tryon.

Genus PHOLADIDEA, Turton.

PHOoLADIDEA, Turton, Conch. Dict. p. 147, 1819. Gray, Zool. Proc. p. 188, 1847.
Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. 1851. Chenu, Man.
Conchyl. ii. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. iii. H. and A. Adams,
Genera, ii.

P holadidoidea, Goodall, teste Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat. xxxix. p. 535, 1826.
Pholadididea, Agassiz, Nomenc. Zool. 1846.
Cadmusia, Leach, Moll. Gt. Brit. p. 254, 1852.

Pholidea, Leach, teste Swainson, Malacol. 1840.
* Siphonal valves without.any tubular elongation and not folded.

P. papyracea, Solander. (Sp.)

Pholas papyracea, Solander, MSS. Turton, Conch. dith. Brit. p. 2, t. 1, f.
1—4. Brown, Ill. Brit. Conch. p. 114, t. 49, f. 4, 6, 7, 8,9. Catlow,
Conch. Nomenc. p. 4. Chenu, I]. Conch. Pholas, t.3,f.1. Fleming,
Brit. Anim. p. 456. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 9. Jay, Cat. 4th edit. p.
10. Mawe, Conch. t. 3, f.5. Philippi, Conchyl. iii. Pholas, t. 2, f. 3.
Reeve, Conch, Syst. t. 2, f.3. Sowerby, Genera, Pholas, f.3. Sowerby,
Conch. Man. f. 56. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 497,
t. 106, f. 66. Thorpe, Brit. Mar. Corch. p. 29. Wood, Index Test.
Supp. t. lated

Pholadidea papyracea, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 384.
Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim. t. 338, f.8. H. and A. Adams, Genera, iii.
t. 90, f. 1, la, 1b. Chenu, Man. Conch. ii. f. 30, 31. Fischer, Journ.
Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 51. Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll. i. p. 123, t.
5, f. 3—6; Animal t. F, f.4. Sowerby, Ill. Brit. Shells, t. 1, f. 12.
Woodward, Man. t. 23, f. 20.

Pholas lamellata (young shell), Turton, Conch. Dith. Brit. p. 4, t.1, f. 5, 6.
Brown, Ill. Brit. Conch. p. 114, t. 49, f. 10, 11. Chenu, Il. Conch.
Pholas, t. 3, f. 2. Fleming, Brit. Anim. p. 456. Wood, Index Test.
Supp. t. 1, f. 3.
Pholas striata, Blainville, Man. Malacol. t. 8 dis, f. 7. Cuvier, Reg. Anim.

(edit. Griffith), t. 8, f. 1. Cuvier (Henderson, edit.), t. 41, f. 1.
Wyatt, Conch. t. 3, f. 5.

Pholadidea loscombia, Turton, Conch. Dict. p. 147.

Pholadidea Goodallii, Blainville, Dict. Sc. xxxvii. p. 532.

Cadmusia Solanderiana Leach, Moll. Gt. Brit. p. 254, t. 12, f. 1, 2.

Pholas Vibonensis, (fossil,) Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sicil. ii. p. 4, t. 13, f. 5.

Zirfea? Vibonensis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 385.

Hab.—Kurope.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Coll. Isaac Lea, LL. D. Coll. J. C. Jay, M. D. Coll.
Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

Pholas lamellata of Turton is the young of this species, although for a
long time it was considered distinct. The differences between the young and
mature shells in this family are so great, that in several cases the former have
been described as different. Even the mature shell varies much, and the
result has been the creation of a number of species which more recent authors
have been obliged to suppress.

P. spathulata, Sowerby. (Sp.)

Pholas spathulata, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. p. 162, 1849. Sowerby, Monog.
Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 497, t. 106, f. 69, 7¢.

Pholadidea spathulata, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p.
384. H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 329. Fischer, Journ. Conch.
2d ser. iii. p. 51.

Hab.—New Zealand, ;
(April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Cis

This shell somewhat resembles P. papyracea in its external markings,
but it is narrower, longer, more acuminate posteriorly and the impressed rib
more oblique. The form of the cup-shaped appendage is also different.

P. sulcata, Brown. (Sp.)
Pholas sule ata, Brown, Ill. Conch. Gt. Brit. p. 115, t. 48, f. 17, 18.

Pholadidea sulcata, H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 329. Fischer, Journ.
de Conchyl. 2d ser. iii. p.51. Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll. i.
p. 128.
Hab.—England.
Only a single valve of this shcll has been found; it agrees very nearly
with the young of P. papyracea, but Capt. Brown is confident of its spe-
cific value.

P. ovoidea, Gould. (Sp.)
Pholas ov oidea, Gould, Jour. Bust. Soc. N. Hist. vi. p. 388, t. 15, f. 1.
Parapholas 0 voidea, H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 330. Fischer, Journ.
Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 52.
Pholadidea ovoidea, Carpenter, Rep. on W.Coast Shells. Carpenter, Zool.
Proc. 1856, p. 198.
Hab.—Lower California.
Coll. A. A. Gould, M. D.
This species probably belongs in the genus Pholadidea, although its position
‘cannot be accurately determined on account of the loss of its dorsal valves.
Its form and sculpture will readily distinguish it from the other species.

Subgenus TALoneLLa, Gray.
TALONELLA, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 385, 1851.

Siphonal valves without any tubular prolongation, and with a longitudinal and
transverse fold.
P.tridens, Gray.
Pholas (Talonella) tridens, Gray, Brit. Mus. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes.
Conch. ii. p. 498, t. 106, f. 60, 61.
Pholadidea tridens, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 385.
H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 329. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d
ser. iii. p. 51.
Hab.—Monte Christo.
The form of the cup distinguishes this curious little species from all others.
Although so small, the shell is adult, as is evidenced by the presence of the
anterior ventral callous plate.

Subgenus Harasia, Gray.
Harasia, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 385, 1851.
Siphonal valves with a tubular shelly prolongation.

1. P. melanura, Sowerby. (Sp.)

Pholas melanura, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 70, 1834. Sowerby, Monog.
Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 499, t. 107, f. 78, 79. Catlow, Conch.
Nomene. p. 4. Conrad, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. 2d ser. ii. p. 335, 1854.
DOrbigny, Moll. Voy. Amer. Merid. p. 499. Miller, Syn. Test. Viv.
p. 238.

Pholadidea melanura, Gray, Ann. and Mag. 2d ser. viii. p. 385. H. and
A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 329. Carpenter, Rep. on West Coast Mol-
lusea. Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, p. 8. Chenu, Man. Conch.
ii. f. 32, 33, Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 51.

1862.]

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Penitella Wilsonii, Conrad, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. p. 156, Feb. 1849. Conrad,
Journ. Acad. Nat. Se. 2d ser.i. p. 279, t.39, f. 4.

Hab.—Lower California.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Coll. J. C. Jay. M.D. Coll, G. W. Tryon, Jr.

This splendid shell may be readily distinguished from the other two species
of the subgenus Hatasia by its much larger size. In the form of its cup-shaped
appendage it is allied to the following species :

By a typographical error in Conrad’s description of P. Wilsonii in the
Journal of the Academy, reference is made to fig. 5 instead of fig. 4; this has
led Dr. Gray to consider the figure a bad representation of the species, and
ie mistake the scope intended to be given by Mr, Conrad to the genus

enitella.

P. quadra, Sowerby. (Sp.)

Pholas quadra, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. p. 71, 1834. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas,
Thes. Conch. ii. p. 499, t. 106, f. 62, 63. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc.
p.- 4. D’Orbigny, Moll. Voy. Amer. Merid. p. 500. Hanley, Desc.
Cat. 4th edit. p. 10. Mliiller, Syn. Test. Viv. p. 238.

Pholadidea quadra, Gray, Ann. and Mag. 2d ser. viii. p. 385. H. and A.
Adams, Genera, ii. p. 329. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 51.

Hab.—Monte Christo.

Coll. J. C. Jay, M. D.

Resembles tu bifera very closely, but the posterior appendage is four-
lobed, whilst in tu bifera it consists of two reflected lobes; from P. tri-
dens it may be distinguished, besides the subgeneric differences, by its
anterior dorsal plates being more spread out over the dorsal surface of the
shell.

P.tubifera, Sowerby. (Sp.)

Pholas tubifera, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 71, 1834. Sowerby, Monog.
Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 499, t. 106, f. 64, 65. Adams, Panama
Shells, p. 302. Catlow, Conch. Nomene. p. 4. D’Orbigny, Moll. Voy.
Amer. Merid. p. 499. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 8. Jay, Cat. 4th edit.
p-10. Miller, Syn. Test. Viv. p. 238.

Pholadidea tubifera, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 385.
H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 329. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d
ser. iii. p. 51.
Hab.—Panama ; West Colombia.
Coll. J. C. Jay, M. D.

Genus ParapuHouas, Conrad.

Parapuotas, Conrad, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. p. 121, Dec. 1848. Journ. Acad.
Nat. Sc. 2d ser. i. pt. 3, p. 214, and ii. pt. 4, p. 335. Gray, Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 380. H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii.

The genus Penitella has been referred by many authors to the synonymy of
this genus. Mr. Conrad is almost universally credited with Penitella ; which,
however he merely adopted from Valenciennes, without giving any description
of its characters.

Dr. Gray includes the P. penita of Conrad under a section of Parapholas,
described as having a single impressed rib and single posterior umbonal valve;
while the other species have two impressed ribs and the posterior dorsal ca-
vity divided.

I have thought it best to restore for this shell the original generic name of
Penitella.

P. Californica, Conrad.

Pholas Californica, Conrad, Journ. Acad. Nat. Se. vii. p. 236
Catlow, Conch. Nomence. p. 3. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 8,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215

Jay, Cat. 4th edit. p. 9. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii.
p. 491, t. 102, f. 5; 6, 7.

Parapholas Californica, Conrad, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. p. 121, 1848. Con-
rad, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc. 2d ser. i, p. p. 214, and ii. p. 335. Carpen-
ter, Zool. Proc. p. 209, 1856. Carpenter, Rep. on W. Coast Mollusca.
Carpenter, Check-List W. Coast Shells.

Pholas Janelli, Deshayes, Proc. Zool. p. 357, 1839. Deshayes, Guerin’s
Mag. Zool. t. 14, 15, 16, 1840. Catlow, Conch. Nomene. p. 3. Chenu,
Ill. Conch. Pholas, t. 3, f. 5.

Parapholas Janelli, H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 330. Chenu, Man.
Conch. ii. f. 41, 42. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 52.

Martesia Californica, Chenu, Mon. Conch. ii. f. 53.

Hab.—California.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences. Coll. J. C. Jay, M. D. Coll. G. W. Tryon, Jr.

P. quadrizonalis, Spengler. (Sp.)

Pholas quadrizonalis (young shell), Spengler. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas,
Thes. Conch. ii. p. 492, t. 108, f. 88, 89.

Parapholas quadrizonalis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii.
H. and A. Adams, Genera, iii. t. 90, f. 4, 4a. Fischer, Journ. Conch.
2d ser. iii. p. 52.

Pholas Incii (adult), Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 1849. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas,
Thes. Conch. ii. p. 491, t. 105, f. 45, 46.
Hab.—Torres’ Straits.

Genus PeniTetua, Valenciennes.
PeniTELLA, Valenciennes, Voy. Venus, atlas, t. 24, (no description), (part.)
Journ. Conrad, Acad. Nat. Sc. 2d ser. ii. p. 335.
Parapholas (part.), Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. Carpen-
ter, Zool. Proc. 1856.
Pholadidea (part.), Carpenter, Rep. on W. Coast Mollusca and Check-List.
I cannot find that the text of the Mollusca of Voy. Venus was published,
but the figure and the name printed on the plate sufficiently indicate the
genus. The three other species of Valenciennes I am unable to make out.
No. 2 resembles Martesia striata. No. 4 is a very young shell.

P. penita, Conrad. (Sp.)
Pholas penita, Conrad, Journ. Acad. Nat. Se. vii. p. 237, t. 18, f. 7. Jay,
Cat. 4th edit. p. 10.
Parapholas penita, Carpenter, Zool. Proc. p. 210, 1856. Carpenter, Rep.
on West Coast Mollusca.
Pholadidea penita, Carpenter, Check-List W. Coast Shells. Carpenter, Rep.
on W. Coast Mollusca.
Pholas concamerata, Deshayes, Rev. Zool. p. 357, 1839. Deshayes,
Guerin’s Mag. Zool. t. 17, 1840. Chenu, Ill. Conchyl. Pholas, t. 3,
f. 4. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes, Conch. li. p. 497, t. 106, f. 67, 68.
Parapholas concamerata, Chenu, Man. ii. f. 43, 44. Fischer, Journ. Conch.
2d ser. iii. p. 52. H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 330. Gray, Ann.
and Mag. N. H. 2d ser. viii. p. 383.
Pholas cucullata, Gray, Syn. Br. Mus. 1840.
Penitella Conradi, Valenciennes, Voy. Venus, atlas, t. 24, f.1. Conrad,
Journ. Acad. Nat. Se. 2d ser. ii. p. 335.
Pholas Darwinti, Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 490, t. 107, f.
UO) Wile
Zirfain? Darwinii, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 385.

1862.]

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Jouannetia Darwinti, H. and A. Adams, ii. p. 330. Fischer, Journ. Conch.
2d ser. iii. p. 51. Chenu, Manuel, ii. f. 39, 40.

Pholas cornea? Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 1834, p.72. Catlow, Conch. Norfenc.
p. 3. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 9.

Hab.—California, (penita.) W. Columbia, (cornea.) Chiloe (Darwinii.)

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences.

P. Darwinii, Sowb. is the young of this species; I have also included
Sowerby’s P. cornea, as his description seems in the main to correspond, I
cannot understand why several of Sowerby’s and D’Orbigny’s species were
omitted from Sowerby’s Monograph and are not contained in Gray. Nor is
any reference made to them.

Genus JovanneTta, Desmoulins.

JovaNnNETIA, Chas. Desmoulins, Bull. Linn. Soc. Bordeaux, ii. p. 244. Gray,
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 382. H. and A. Adams,
Genera, ii. p. 330. Chenu, Man. ii. f. 36. Fischer, Journ. Conch.
2d ser. iii. p. 51.

Triomphalia, Sowerby, Monog. Thes. Conch. ii. p. 500, 1849. Sowerby, Zool.
Proc. 1849.

Pholas, (part.) Deshayes, in Lam. An. sans Vert. vi. p. 46.

* Valves with two impressed radiating grooves.
J. Cumingii, Sowerby. (Sp.)
Triomphalia Cumingii, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. p. 161, 1849. Sowerby,
Monog. Triomphalia, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 502, t. 106, f. 56, 57.

Jouannetia Cumin gii, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 382.
* H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 330. Chenu, Man. Conch. ii. f. 38.
Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 51.
Hab.—Philippines.
This beautiful little species merits the name of the following instead of that
which it bears, being almost entirely spherical.

J. globosa, Quoy. (Sp.)

Pholas globulosa, Quoy, Voy. Astrolabe, Mollusques, p. 549, t. 85, f. 16—18.
Triomphalia globosa, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 160, 1849. Sowerby,
Monog. Triomph. Thes. Conch. ii. p. 501, t. 106, f. 54,55.
Jouannetia globosa, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 382.
H. and A. Adams, Genera, iii. t. 90, f. 3, 3a. Chenu, Man. ii. f. 36.

Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iiii. p. 51.

Jouannetia globulosa, Gray, Figs. Moll, Anim. t. 338, f. 3.

Hab.—Philippines.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Coll. G. W. Tryon, Jr.

This shell is not soround as J. Cumin gii, being somewhat ovate in form.
It is also a smaller species, and differs in the posterior margin of the right
valve being toothed. In the latter respect it resembles J. pectinata, but
the teeth are larger and not so numerous, and the surface of the valves is
bisuleate.

** Valves with a subcentral impressed radiating groove.

Subgenus Puonapopsis, Conrad.

Genus Puorapopsis, Conrad, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. p. 156, 1849.
As Conrad’s type species differs from the others in having but one radiating
groove, Dr. Gray has very properly separated it as a subgenus.

J. pectinata, Conrad. (Sp.)
Pholadopsis pectinata, Conrad, Journ. Acad. Nat, Sci. 2d ser. i. p- 279, t.

9, f.
(April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

Jouannetia pectinata, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 383.
H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 330. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser.
lii. p. 51.
Triomphalia pulcherrima, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. p. 161, 1849. Sowerby,
Monog. Triomph. Thes. Conch. ii. p. 501, t. 106, f. 58, 59.
Jouannetia pulcherrima, Chenu, Man. ii. f. 37.
Hab.—Catifornia. W. Colombia.

Genus Manrresta, Leach.

Martesia, Leach, MSS. Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat. 1824. Blainville, Malacol.
p. 632, 1825. Gray, Zool. Proc. p. 188, 1847. Gray, Ann. and Mag.
Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 380.

Mactresia, Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus. p. 91, 1842. (Typographical error.)

* Valves with two impressed ribs, the hinder one oblique; the anterior dorsal mar-
ginal reflection depressed.—Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. p. 383, 1851.
M. branchiata, Gould. (Sp.)

Pholas branchiata, Gould, Bost. Proc. p. 290, 1845. Jay, Cat. p. 9.
Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 493, t. 108, f. 82, $3.

Martesia branchiata, Gray, Ann. and Mag. 2d ser. viii. p. 383. H.and A.
Adams, Genera, ii. p. 331. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 52.

Hab.—Africa.

Coll. J. C. Jay, M. D.

This shell differs from the following in the dorsal plate being bilobed pos-
teriorly, around a portion of the dorsal posterior integument, and in the
absence of radiating crenulations on the anterior third of the surface of the
valve.

M. calva, Sowerby. (Sp.)

Pholas calva, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 69, 1834, and p. 162, 1835.
Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes. Conch. p. 493, t. 105, f. 51—53.
Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 3. Muller, Syn. Test. Viv. p. 237.
Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 7.

Parapholas calva, Carpenter, Mazatlan Shells, p. 9.

Martesia calva, Gray, Ann. and Mag. viii. p. 383. H.and A. Adams, Genera,
ii. p. 331. Carpenter, Rep. on W. Coast Mollusca. Chenu, Man. ii.
f. 45—47. Fischer, Journ. Conch, 2d ser. iii. p. 52.

Pholas acuminata, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. p. 70, 1834. Sowerby, Monoc.
Pholas. Thes. Conch. ii. p. 492, t. 105, f. 48—50. Catlow, Conch.
Nomene. p. 3. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 8, t. 9, f. 30. Jay, Cat. 4th ed.
p. 10. Miller, Syn. Test. Viv. p. 237.

Parapholas acuminata, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. H. and
A. Adams, Genera, ii. Carpenter, W. Coast Report, Check List, and
Mazatlan Shells, p. 12.

Martesia acuminata, Chenu, Man. ii. f. 56.

Parapholas bisulcata, Conrad. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. 2d ser. i. p. 279, t. 39)

Hab.—California. Mazatlan. Panama.

Cab. Acad. Nat. Sci. Cab. J.C. Jay, M.D. Cab. G. W. Tryon, dr.

The very variable nature of the dorsal plate has caused the erection of three.
species for this shell. Mr. P. P. Carpenter, in his Catalogue of Mazatian
Shells, says of P. acuminata, ‘‘The author of this species distinguishes it
from calva by the shape of the laminez and posterior portion, which are
variable in both forms, and by the character of the umbonal shield. This last
is the only constant character of difference. It is not only smaller, not pro-
jecting beyond the dorsal plate, (which is not the result of age, being found in

1862.] 15

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

all the specimens, ) but, in all the specimens allowing of observation, it is
turned in all around, instead of at the anterior portion only, as in calva.
The external surface also is generally rougher, and the posterior gap smaller,
not displaying the bipartite lamina so clearly. Still, as the shells exactly
agree in all other respects, it is probable that these differences only result from
changes in situation. Allthe calvz weretaken out of Spondylus; all the
acuminat# were sent loose; and, from their extremely perfect condition,
were probably extracted from clay or wood. Ifthe latter, the irregularities of
the decaying timber might cause the roughening ofthe plate-surface. The ori-
ginal specimens of acuminata, however, were taken out of argillaceous lime-
stone.”’
Specimens in Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. exhibit intermediate characters.

*% Valves with a single subcentral impressed rib; the anterior dorsal reflection
close-pressed, and furnished with an elevated internal rib.—Gray, Ann. and
Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 383.

M.curta, Sowerby. (Sp.)

Pholas curta, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. p. 71, 1834. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas,
Thes. Conch. ii. p. 944, t. 104, f. 33, 34. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 9.
Jay, Cat. 4th ed. p. 10. Miiller, Syn. Test. p. 239, t. 108, f. 105.

Pholadidea curta, Carpenter, Rep. on W. Coast Mollusca.

Martesia curta, Gray, Ann. and Mag. viii. p. 384. H. and A. Adams,
Genera, ii. p. 331. Chenu, Man. ii. f.51. Fischer, Journ. Conch.
2d ser. iii.
Hab.—Panama.
Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Coll. J. C. Jay, M.D.

M. intercalata, Carpenter.
Martesia intercalata, Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, p. 13.
Hab.—Mazatlan.

M. multistriata, Sowerby. (Sp.)

Pholas multistriata, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 1849. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas,
Thes. Conch. ii. p. 494, t. 104, f. 35, 36.

Martesia multistriata, H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 331. Fischer,
Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 52. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d
ser. vili. p. 383.

Hab.—Australia.

‘‘Resembling Ph. curta, but the striz on the umbonal part of the anterior
are very much finer, and the posterior termination is elongated. The dorsal
shield is more oval, rounded anteriorly, and acuminated posteriorly.’’—
Sowerby.

M. obtecta, Sowerby. (Sp.)

Pholas obtecta, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 1849. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes.
Conch. ii. p. 496, t. 108, f. 80, 81.

Martesia obtecta, Gray, Ann. and Mag. 2d ser. viii. p. 384. H. and A.
Adams, Genera, ii. p. 331. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. iii. p. 52.

Hab.—Philippines.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Coll. G. W. Tryon, Jr.

The two-lobed dorsal plate, (which from numerous specimens appears to be
a permanent character,) together with the greater size of the shell and some
difference in the sculpture, are the characters which distinguish this shell
from M. multistriata; it would not be surprising, however, if specimens
from other localities would prove that this shell is only a well-grown form of
multistriata.

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219

M. ovum, Gray.

Pholas ovum, Gray, in Wood, Index Test. Supp. f. 4. Catlow, Conch.
Nomenc. p. 4. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 7.
‘* ovata, (Gray,) Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 493, t.
107, f. 71, 72. Jay, Cat. 4th ed. p. 10.
Martesia ovum, Gray, Ann. and Mag. viii. p. 383. H. and A. Adams,
Genera, ii. p. 331. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 52.
Hab.—West Indies. Hanley.
Much larger than either of the other species of this section of the genus.

*** Valves with a single subcentral impressed rib; the anterior dorsal reflection
erect, separated from the outer surface of the valve-—Gray, Aun. and Mag.
Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 384.

M. aperta, Sowerby. (Sp.)

Pholas aperta, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 1849. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes.
Conch. ii. p. 491, t. 108, f. 99, 100.

Martesia aperta, Gray, Ann. and Mag. 2d ser. viii. p. 384. H. and A.

Adams, Genera, ii. p. 331. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 52.
Hab.—Straits of Sunda.

The character of the striz is different in this species from M. cuneiformis,

_ the undulations being finer and more angular. The shell is a young one, the
ventral plate being absent.

M. Australis, Gray.

Martesia Australis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 384.
H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 331. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser.
iii. p. 52.
Hab.—N. W. Australia.
This species has not yet been figured, but Dr. Gray states that the anterior
waved concentric edges are rather distant,—fewer than in M. striata.

M. cuneiformis, Say. (Sp.)

Pholas cuneiformis, Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. ii. p. 322. DeKay,
Moll. New York, p. 248. Kurtz, Cat. p. 3. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas,
Thes. Conch. ii. p. 495, t. 104, f. 38, 39, t. 108, f. 86, 87. Wheatley,
Cat.

Pholadidea cuneiformis, Stimpson’s Check List.

Martesia cuneiformis, Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 52. H. and
A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 331. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d
ser. viii. p. 384.
Pholas Edwardsii, Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus. 1820.
“6 rudis, “6 cc ‘6 “ec ‘
Ha}.—Southern United States. West Indies.
Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Coll. Isaac Lea, LL.D. Coll. G. W. Tryon, Jr.

M. rivicola, Sowerby. (Sp.)
Pholas rivicola, Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 1849. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas.
Thes. Conch. ii. p. 496, t. 108, f. 90, 91. Adams and Reeve, Moll.
Voy. Samarang. p. 84, t. 23, f. 5.
Martesia rivicola, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 384.
H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 331. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser.
lii. p. 52.
Hab.—Pantai River.
This very distinct species is found burrowing in floating piles, on the Pantai
River, twelve miles from its mouth, where the water is perfectly fresh.

1862.

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

M. striata, Linnzeus. (Sp.)

Pholas striata, Linneus, Syst. Nat. p.1111. Beau, Cat. Coq. Guadaloupe,
p. 27. Bosc, Hist. Nat. des Cog. ii. p. 195. Brown, Ill. Brit. Conch.
p. 115, t. 49, f. 5—8. Catlow, Conch. Nomene. p.4. Chemnitz,
Conch. Cab. t. 102, f. 867—871. Donovan, Brit. Shells, t. 116.
Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Conch. i. p. 120. Gualtieri, Test. t. 105, f.
F. Dillwyn, Desc. Cat. p. 37. Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3215. Hanley,
Desc. Cat. p. 7. Jay, Cat. 4th ed. p. 10. Mawe, Conch. t. 3, f. 1.
Menke, Syn. p. 73. Montagu, Brit. Test. pp. 26 and 559. Reeve,
Conch. Syst. t. 24, f. 2, Rumphius, Mus. t. 46, f. 8. Sowerby,
Genera Pholas, f. 2. Sowerby, Illust. Brit. Shells, t. 1, f. 13.
Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 494, t. 104, f. 40—42.
Spengler, Besch. Berl. Naturg. iv. t. 5, f. 1—5. Thorpe, Brit. Mar.
Conch. p. 31. Wood, Gen. Conch. p. 83, t. 16, f. 1, 2, 3, 4, 8. Wood,
Index Test. Pholas, t. 2, f.'7. Turton, Conch. Diet. p.147. Turton,
Conch. dith. Brit. p. 11.

Martesia striata, Leach, Gray Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p.
384. H. and A. Adams, Genera, iii. t. 90, f. 5, 5a. Chenu, Man.
Conch. ii. f. 48—50. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii, p. 52. Moreh,
Cat.—p. 2. Woodward, Manual, t. 23, f. 21.

Pholas pusilla, Linneus, Syst. Nat. p. 1111. Bosc, Hist. Nat. des Coq. ii.
p. 195. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 4. Dillwyn, Desc. Cat. i. p. 38.
D’Orbigny, Moll. Voy. Amer. Merid. p. 497. D’Orbigny, Moll. Sagra’s
Cuba, p. 214. Donovan, Brit. Shells, iv. t. 117. Schumacher, Essai
d’un Noy. Syst. p. 96. Spengler, Skrivt. Nat. ii. pt. 1, p. 95.

Pholas clavata, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. vy. p. 446. Lamarck, (ed. Desh.)
vi. p. 46. Anton, Verzeichn. Conch. p. 1. Bruguieré, Eneyc. Meth.
t. 170, f. 1—3. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 7.

Martesia clavata, Swainson, Malacol. f. 122, I.

Pholas conoides, Fleming, Brit. Anim. p. 457.

‘< lignorum, Spengler, Berl. Ges. Nat. iv.

‘¢ nana, Pultney, Dorset. Cat. p. 27.

*¢ falcata, (Junior,) Wood, Gen. Conch. t. 16, f. 5—7. Wood, Index
Test. Pholas. t. 2, f.8? Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 7.

‘¢ terediniformis, (Junior,) Sowerby, Zool. Proc. 1849. Sowerby, Mon.
Pholas. Thes. Conch. ii. p. 490, t. 108, f. 97, 98.

Pholas semicostata, (Junior,) Lea, Bost. Proc., Nov., 1844, t. 24, f. 1.
Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii. p. 495, t. 108, f. 84, 85.
Jay, Cat. 4th ed. p. 10. Stimpson’s Check List.
Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci.; specimens from England, West Indies and Philip-
pines. Coll. J. C. Jay, M.D. Coll. Isaac Lea, LL.D. Coll. G. W. Tryon; Jr.
Linneus described the West Indian shell as a distinct species, under the
name of Pholas pusilla, but Lamarck united the two, as P. clavata ; P. Tere-
diniformis and P. falcata are about half-grown shells, and P. semicostata is a
very young individual. The Philippine Island specimens do not differ in any
respect from the West Indian. This species differs from M. cuneiformis
in the shape of the dorsal plate and in the anterior concentric striz heing
angular instead of regularly curved.

M. corticaria, Adams. (Sp.)
Pholas corticaria, Gray, MSS. Sowerby, Monog. Pholas, Thes. Conch. ii.
p. 495, t. 108, f. 94-96. CC. B. Adams, Contrib. to Conch. p. 75.
Pholas Beauiana, Recluz, Journ. Conch. iv. p. 49, t. 2, f. 1, 2, 3. (1853.)
Zirphea Beauiana, H. and A. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 327. Beau. Cat. Coq.
Guadaloupe, p. 27. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. iii. p. 50.
Pholas Caribea, D’Orbigny, Moll. Sagra’s Cuba, p. 216, t. 25, f. 20—22, 1853.
‘¢ — Hornbeckii, D’Orb. aE oR 66 p. 217, t. 25, f. 23—25, 1853.

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. yA

Martesia Hornbeckii, Chenu, Manuel, ii.

Hab.—West Indies.

The Pholas Beauiana, of Recluz, and P. Caribea, D’Orb., are descriptions
of the full growth of this shell. P. Hornbeckii is a young shell, and is con-
siderably magnified in the plate of Sagra’s Cuba, although no reference to that
fact is contained there. The shell is figured without the dorsal plate.

The date 1846 is affixed to the descriptions by D’Orbigny, but he does not
mention where they were described previously.

This shell was sent to England from Jamaica, by Prof. Adams, with the
MSS. name of P. rosea, subsequently altered to P. corticaria. Mr. Hanley
affirmed them to be a variety of P. striata, and, in deference to his opinion,
Adams suppressed the description.

Sowerby quotes ‘‘Gray MSS.” for this shell, but Dr. Gray relinquishes his
name in favor of Adams, although he considers the shell a synonym of M.
cuneiformis. I have not seen this species, but conceive from the figures
of Sowerby that it is a good one.

I find the following differences in the dorsal plates of the three allied West
Indian species :—

In striata, somewhat hexagonal, the anterior and posterior margins
emarginate, the anterior lateral margins slightly concave, and the posterior
lateral margins somewhat convex.

In cuneiformis, diamond-shaped, the anterior portion broader and more
obtuse.

In corticaria, broadly halberd-shaped, truncate and three-sided at the
posterior end, with the central margin emarginate.

Addenda.

Pholas cordata, Schroéter, Conch. iii. p. 544, t. 9, f. 22—24. Bosc, Hist.
Nat. des Coq. ii. p. 196. Bruguieré, Encyc. Meth. t. 169, f. S—10.
Catlow, Conch. Nomence. p. 3. Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3216. Wood,
Gen. Conch. p. 85. Wood, Index Test. f. 9.

Hab. ? Two specimens found in a mass of Madrepore.

I am not able to place this shell in any of the foregoing genera. It appears
to be immature, and it is probable that the anterior ventral hiatus is closed in
the adult by a callous plate, as in Martesia, etc. ; but it differs from that genus
in the single dorsal plate being placed anterior to, instead of over, the um-
bones.

Gray, Adams and Sowerby do not mention the species. Should this species
be rediscovered, and found to exhibit the above distinctive characters, as
indicated by Schriter’s plate, I would suggest for it the generic name Scuno-
rertA, in honor of its describer.

Descriptions of certain Species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA, found within the
limits of the United States and of British America. No. 3.

BY WM. H. EDWARDS.

1. Argynnis Nokomis, nov. sp. 7. Lyczna Pembina, nov. sp.

2. Grapta Faunus, nov. sp. Oa Shasta, nov. sp.

3. Thecla Californica, nov. sp. ay Cl Scudderii, Edw. female.
4, ‘¢ viridis, nov. sp. 10, Parnassius Smintheus, Doubleday
5. ‘¢ affinis, nov. sp. 11. Limenitis Eulalia, Doubleday.

6. Lyczna Bebrii, nov. sp.

Areynnis NokoMIs, nov sp.

Male. Expands 3} inches.

Upper side uniform bright fulvous, a little dusky next base; hind margin
edged with a fine black line which is preceded by a heavy parallel line, the

1862.]

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

nervures between being black ; both wings marked and spotted with black as
in Cybele and allied species; the marginal spots are lanceolate on primaries ;
on secondaries the mark in the cell takes the form of an S. Under
side: base and inner margin of primaries bright red fulvous; towards the
apex buff; six silver triangles within the hind margin next apex, each sur-
mounted with black, and three silver spots on the costa ; the anterior one mi-
nute.

Secondaries cinnamon brown, somewhat mottled with buff, and having a
green tinge next abdominal margin; between the two outer rows of silver
spots a broad, immaculate, bright buff belt; hind margin yellowish brown;
the silver spots are twenty-one in number, all bnt those next the base heavily
bordered above with black, viz: seven marginal spots, which are edged below
also with black ; a second row of eight spots, the one next the abdominal margin
small and about the size of the fifth ; a third row of three large spots, a black
point between the first and second from costa ; preceding these is a circular spot,
and nearer the abdominal margin an oval, both ringed with black; above, near
the base, a light spot or bar of silver divided by the sub-costal nervure; costa
at base broadly, and addominal margin very lightly silvered; body above same
dusky fulvous as the base of the wings; below light red brown; antenne long,
club massive, dark brown, tipped with fulvous.

Rocky Mountains, and Mountains of California.

This is much the largest of the Pacific species, equalling the largest speci-
mens of Uybele. In color it most resembles Aphrodite. The female I have not
seen.

GrapTa FAUNvS, nov sp.

Expands two inches.

Primaries deeply emarginate on both hind and inner margins; a prominent
rounded tail on the middle of secondaries and a smaller one between this and
the anal augle.

Male. Upper side deep orange fuivous, paler next apex of primaries; base
of both wings and abdominal margin of secondaries a little dusky, the latter
clothed with long hairs; primaries have a broad black hind margin, dilated at
the apex, bordered within by a series of obsolete tawny lunules; on the inner
margin a large black spot joins the marginal band, there enclosing a tawny
spot ; on the costal margin near apex, a broad abbreviated bar, black without,
ferruginous within, runs obliquely back almost to the marginal band ; from the
middle of the costa a broad black bar extends to the median nervure, covering
the are ; within the cell two round black spots in a transverse line and a third
a little back of the same line near inner margin, divided unequally by the
third median nervule; in the median interspaces, two rounded black spots
placed nearly at right angles to the first three; costal edge of both wings and
the incision of inner margin of primaries sprinkled with black and tawny ; the
hind margin of secondaries is black slightly tinted with fulvous, clouded with-
in, and passes gradually into the basal color, occupying nearly half the wing;
costal margin broad and brownish black; on this is an elongate black spot, be-
low which, nearer the cell, is a second, and iu the middle of the wing a third,
divided by the nervure; fringe white in the emarginations.

Under side. Both wings dark brown next base, with an irregular common
blackish band across the middle, darkest on its outer edge and within the ab-
dominal margin, where its outline is obliquely serrated ; beyond this band, the
color is paler brown mottled with grey white, which is clearest on costa of pri-
maries ; the whole surface clouded with vinous, and more or less crossed by
fine abbreviated streaks of dark brown; apex of primaries yellow brown, with
three small, lanceolate, ferruginous spots, the lower one enclosing a blue or
green point; the hind margin of both wings, below these, is bordered by a se-
ries of confluent blue black, sometimes olive green spots, following the outline
of the wing; a little anterior to this, another series of rounded spots of same

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223

color, those on secondaries largest and sometimes having black centres, on pri-
maries minute, except the two at the ends of the row ; in the disc of secondaries,
a white G, varying in form, but usually thick and angular with each end sharp
and barbed; body above black, covered with greenish hairs; below, browa
grey; antenne dark brown above, whitish below; club black with a yellow tip.

Female. Underside more greyish, the marginal spots less distinct, and the
silver mark more open, sometimes like the L of Progne, sometimes like the mark
of Comma.

This species is found abundantly in certain localities on the Catskill Moun-
tains, New York. It is also found at ‘Fort Simpson, at Albany River, and
Lake Winnipeg. It resembles C. album, of Europe, and has been supposed
to be identical with that species. It differs, however, in many respects. I
am informed by Mr. H. T. Stainton, that it is the species which follows Vanessa
Progne as “* Vanessa ——?” in the list of Lepidoptera of the British Museum,
Part I., 1844, and that it is regarded as “a distinct unnamed species.”

THEcLA CaLirorNICA, nov. sp.

Expands 1-3inch. Size and form of Falacer.

Male. Upper side light brown; primaries with a smooth oval spot on
disc; near the inner angle two faint fulvous submarginal spots, and
at anal angle of secondaries three fulvous lunules, the middle one deep-
est colored, and sometimes the two next anal angle resting on black spots; tail
long, black tipped with white; a white line from its base to anal angle; the
. fringe against this line is black, but elsewhere whitish without, brown next the
margin; anal angle black.

Under side grey with a reddish brown tint; both wings have a straight dis-
cal bar edged with white ; primaries have, beyond the cell, a transverse band of
seven black spots, the one on costa, minute and preceding the others, the
seventh duplex ; each edged without by white ; a marginal row of pale fulvous
lunules almost obsolete towards apex, each surmounted with black, which is
edged above with white. Secondaries have a transverse band of seven large
black spots and a streak turning upward at the abdominal margin ; the fifth
of these spots from costa precedes the line, and the seventh is largest and cor-
date ; all edged without by white ; a marginal row of orange lunules, small or
obsolete towards the outer angle, but large and deep colored next anal angle,
extending up the abdominal margin and at the angle enclosing a pale blue
spot which is sprinkled with black atoms ; the lunule beyond this rests upon
a small black triangle, and all the lunules are surmounted with black, which
is edged above with white ; the whole hind margin of both wings is edged with
a white line.

Female. The inner angle of primaries and the hind margin of secondaries
next anal angle suffused with pale fulvous; under side soiled white.

California, from Dr. H. Behr.

THECLA VIRIDIS, nov. sp.

Expands 1-2 inch.

Upper side of both sexes blackish ; the male has a smooth oval spot on disc
of primaries ; hind margin of secondaries a little crenated towards anal angle;
fringe whitish, at anal angle brown.

Under side uniform deep green, except on inner margin of primaries, where
it is brownish grey ; costal edge of primaries fulvous ; across the green shade
runs a common sinuous band of elongated, clear-white spots; fringe of second-
aries brown at the extremities of the nervures ; antenne white; club dark
brown.

California, from Dr. H. Behr.

THECLA AFFINIS, nov. sp.
Expands 1-1 inch.

Both sexes. glossy red brown, brightest in female; the male bas a smooth

1862.]

224 . PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

.
oval spot on disc of primaries ; costa of primaries and base of both wings black-
isb brown; whole hind margin edged with same color; fringe white.

Under side uniform apple green, except on inner margin of primaries, where
itis pale, brownish grey ; both wings immaculate ; costal edge of primaries
grey; hind margin of secondaries without crenations.

Utah, from Mr. C. Drexler. 1

Both viridis and afinis are allied to 7. Rubi and to T. Dumetorum of Boisdu-
val. The latter I have not seen, but it is briefly described as being “ entirely like
Rubi, and to be considered a local variety of that species,” a description which
does not apply to either of the above named species. <Affnis approaches most
nearly to Rudi in color below, but the upper side is much brighter, and the
white spots of under side are wanting. Viridis has similar spots to Rubi, but
the color of both sides is different, as is that of the antenne, edge of costa and
fringe. .

Lycana Beuri, nov. sp.

Expands 1-2 inch.

Male. Upper side glossy lilac blue, silvery on costa of primaries ; hind mar-
gin of both wings fuscous ; fringe long and white.

Under side uniform dark brownish grey sprinkled with blue scales near base
of both wings ; edge of hind margin dark brown, along which within runs a
fine white line ; primaries have a black discal bar edged with white, and mid-
way towards the margin, a transverse, sinuous row of six black spots, the
fourth and fifth from costa reniform, the others smaller and round, all of them
broadly encircled with white. Secondaries have a small white spot on costa,
a discal bar and a transverse double curved row of eight small round black
spots, each encircled with white ; the three spots next abdominal margin mi-
nute ; antenne black with fine white rings ; club black. ;

Female. Like the male, except that the color above is fuscous, bluish near
base.

California, from Dr. H. Behr.

This species is allied to Lygdamas, Doubleday.

Lycmna PEMBINA, nov. sp.

Expands 1-2 inch. .

Male. Upper side violet blue; hind margin of primaries, and entire margin
of secondaries fuscous; a discal spot on primaries from the transparency of
the wing ; fringe white without, next the margin blackish. :

Under side pale brownish grey; base of both wings and abdominal margin
of secondaries sprinkled with black scales; primaries have a large reniform
black discal spot and a transverse row of six black spots bent near costa into a
curve which embraces and terminates at the discal spot, the first spot being as
near the discal as to the second; the first and sixth are smallest and round,
the sixth is also sometimes duplex; the second and third nearly round, fourth
and fifth oval and largest; half-way between this row and the margin is
another row of obsolete dark points. Secondaries have two small round black
spots on costa, each in a white ring, a black point in the disc near base, a white
discal spot and a transverse row, nearly parallel to the margin, of faint white
spots, one or two of which have a dark centre; between this row and the mar-
gin an obsolete series of dark points as on primaries; this row terminates at
the anal angle in a large dusky spot. ’

Female. Brown, slightly bluish at base of both wings; the discal spot on
primaries conspicuous.

Lake Winnipeg, from R. W. Kennicott.

This species is allied to Pheres, Boisduval.

Lycmna SHAsta, nov, sp.
Expands one inch. ;
Male. Upper side violet blue with a pink tinge; hind margin broadly fus-

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225
cous; a large black discal spot on each wing : two or three obsolete spots near
anal angle, the second from the angle with a faint yellow lunule; fringe brown-
ish white.

Under side greyish white, bluish next base; primaries have a fuscous spot
near base, a discal bar and a transverse sinuous row of elongated fuscous spots,
each edged with whitish ; along the margin obsolete spots surmounted by faint
lunules.

Secondaries have three fuscous points near base; a discal bar and a trans-
verse sinuous row of fuscous spots; whole hind margin bordered by small me-
tallic blue spots, each surmounted by a blackish lunule.

Female. Upper side clear brown; the obsolete spots next anal angle sur-
mounted by a narrow crenated yellow band; under side asin male, but the
five spots next anal angle are surmounted by ochrey yellow lunules edged
above with black; fringe long and fuscous at the extremities of the nervures.

California, from Dr. H. Behr.

Lycazna Scupperu, Edw.

Female. The more common form differs somewhat from that heretofore de-
scribed, which appears to have been a variety, in that the base of both wings
is violet blue, and the black marginal spots of secondaries distinct, the two or
three next anal angle surmounted with fulvous; under side as in the male.

This species is found abundantly near London, Canada West, as I am in-
_ formed by Mr. W. Saunders. I have also received it from Fort Simpson.

Parnassius SmintHEUS, Doubleday: figured in Genera of Diurnal Lepidop-
tera, but not described.

Expands 2} inches. Size and form of Clarius.

Male. Both wings pure white, semi-transparent at apex of primaries; hind
margin of primaries sprinkled with black scales which take the form of in-
distinct lunules ; a second similar series anterior to these; a black bar on the
arc, and, within the cell, a transverse, elongated black spot that terminates a
little short of the median nervure ; on the costa beyond the cell, a crimson spot
in a black ring, and below this a black spot with crimson centre; a small
black spot within the inner margin; base of wing and edge of costa thickly
sprinkled with black scales; fringe white, cut with black at the ends of the
nervures.

Secondaries black at the base and along the abdominal margin, from which
black scales extend to the cell and around the arc; a submarginal row of ob-
solete black spots; a small crimson spot on costal margin and a larger and
brighter one in the disc, both in black rings.

Under side with all the markings of the upper, but less vivid in color; sec-
ondaries have an additional small crimson spot within the abdominal margin
near the anal angle, and at*the base four crimson spots ina curved band,
each more or less edged with black: the spot in the disc with white
centre.

Female. A little larger than the male; the whole hind margin of primaries
semi-transparent, enclosing a transverse row of white lunules, but without
other spots; the red spots larger and paler, the one on disc of secondaries with
white centre; on the under side of secondaries the costal spot also has a
white centre, and near the anal angle are two red spots.

California.

LIMENITIS EULULIA, Doubleday: figured in Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera,
but not described.

Expands 2} inches.

Male. Upper side of both wings olive brown, with a blackish tinge upon
the outer limb ; hind margin bordered by abroad crenated band of lighter color,
through which runs a black line; a large golden yellow apical spot fills the
space between the marginal band and narrow costal border of primaries; across

1862.]

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the middle of the wings a common white band, commencing on the costa of
primaries, with a large spot cut into three by the nervures, followed by a sec-
ond, oval, separated from the first by a wide space, and out of the line in the di-
rection of the inner angle; after this the band is uninterrupted except by the
nervures, and diminishes to a point a littley within the abdominal margin,
on the arc of primaries a narrow, transverse, ferruginous band, and another
in the cell, each edged on either side by a black wavy line; a similar line
mid-way between these bands; the cell and costa next base have a dull
green tinge; at anal angle a black spot within a fulvous lunule; fringe brown,
white in the emarginations.

Under side pale brown, with a bronze lustre on secondaries; primaries have
a broad hind margin, crenated next the inner angle, with a faint, pale blue line
runuing through it and edged anteriorly by a narrow, pale blue band ; the yel-
low spot as above, but paler; below this and between the marginal and white
bands, smoky black; the white band as above but a little enlarged; the bars
in the cell larger and fulvous; inner margin next base greyish ; hind margin
of secondaries narrower than that of primaries, wholly crenated, with a pale
blue line runring through it and bordered anteriorly by a broad, pale blue band;
the white band is edged without, and near its point suffused with light pur-
ple; inside the band to the base, are alternate, irregular, transverse bands of
purple and lustrous yellow brown; abdominal margin pale blue; the nervures
much bordered by purple or blue scales; body above olive brown; beneath,
bluish white; antenne and club dark brown.

Female scarcely differs from the male.

California, from Dr. H. Behr.

Synopsis of the North American Forms of the COLYMBIDZ and
PODICIPIDE,

BY ELLIOTT COUES.*

Family COLYMBID &.

Char. Feathers of forehead reaching to the nostrils. Nostrils narrow and
linear; their upper edge with a dependent lobe. lLores densely feathered.
Tertials short and stiff. Tail fully developed. Tarsus and toes covered with
small, regular, polygonal, reticulated plates. Tibie feathered on the joint.
Toes fully webbed. Claws strong, narrow, oblong, very convex superiorly.
Posterior edge of tarsus smooth, formed by a single row of very convex over-
lapping scales. Lobe of hind toe moderate. Size large; general form stout
and strong; body robust; neck short and thick, without crests or rufis; the
back spotted.

Genus Corympus Linneus.
Colymbus, Linn. 1735, et auct. nec Ill. 1811; nec Pallas, 1811; nec Briss. 1764.
?Cepphus, Moehring, 1752, secundum G. R. Gray.
Cepphus, Pallas, 1811, partim.
Mergus, Brisson, 1764, fide G. R. Gray ; nec auct.

* The great accession of new material in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution ©
has furnished the means of making some additions and corrections to the last account of
the Loons and Grebes of North America—that by Mr. Lawrence in the General Report.
‘The writer having Jately been occupied, in connection with Dr. Geo. Suckley, U.S. A.,
in the preparation of a Government Report, took the opportunity to institute a thorough
revision of the two families. ‘The results of that investigation will be found in full in
the Report alluded to; but as it may be some time before its publication, it has been
thought advisable to issue in advance this brief synopsis. Particular attention has been
paid to the characters of the families and subfamilies, and to the arrangement of the
species under their appropriate genera. “

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. A

Urinator, Cuvier, 1799-1800, fide G. R. Gray.
Eudytes, Wliger, 1811; (ELudites, Kaup, 1829.)

1, Cotymsus Torquatus Briinnich.
C. torquatus, Briinn. 1764; C. glacialis, Linn. 1766, auctor. pleriq ; ad.—
C. immer, Brinn. 1764; Linn. 1766; Gmel. 1788; Lath. 1790; juv.—
Cepphus torquatus, Pall. 1811, ad.; C. imber, Pall. 1811, juv. ; Eudytes
glacialis, Iliger, 1811; Eudites glac. Kaup. 1829.

2. Cotymsus ApAmsi G. R. Gray.
Colymbus Adamsii, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1859, 167.

Sp. Ch. Form and general appearance that of C. torquatus, but larger, with
the bill disproportionately larger, and differently shaped.

Bill very large and strong, about equal in length to the head, longer than
the tarsus, greatly compressed, the tip very acute, not decurved. Culmen
very slightly, scarcely appreciably, convex. Commissure perfectly straight.
Gonys straight, or very nearly so, to the angle, which is prominent, well
defined ; and straight, or even a little concave, to the tip. Feathers of fore-
head extending beyond the middle of the nostrils. Groove along the sym-
physis of the lower jaw extending but little beyond the angle.

Adult.—Bill light yellowish, growing dusky at the base. Head and neck
all round deep steel blue, with purplish and violet reflections, and glossed on
the back of the neck with deep green. Gular patch of white streaks very
small, less than in torquatus, but the individual streaks larger, as are also
. those on the side of the neck. Upper parts generally as in torguatus, but the
spots considerably larger, and on the scapulars and tertials rectangular, instead
of nearly square, being much longer than broad. Otherwise like torquatus.

Plumage of the young unknown.

Bill above 3-70; along gape 5-25; height of nostril anteriorly 1-10; width,
-50; tarsus 3°50; outer toe 4°65 inches. ‘‘Irides light reddish-brown, legs
and feet olivaceous.’’

Habitat. Russian America (Gray). Arctic America (Ross, Kennicott).

Table of Distinctive Characters.

C. torquatus. Bill 2°75 inches, not longer than the tarsus; moderately
compressed ; black: the tip only sometimes yellowish. Culmen very convex.
Commissure decurved. Gonys regularly convex throughout its whole length,
the angle scarcely appreciable; the groove along symphysis extending nearly
to tip. Feathers of the forehead falling short of the middle of the nostrils.
Head and neck mostly deep glossy green. White spots of back moderate,
scarcely longer than broad.

C. Adamsii. Bill 3-75; longer than the tarsus ; exceedingly compressed ;
light yellow, except at base. Culmen very slightly convex. Commissure
straight. Gonys straight, or nearly so, to the angle, straight, or even a little
concave to the tip, the angle prominent, well defined. Groove along sym-
physis very short. Feathers of forehead extending beyond the middle of the
nostrils. Head and neck mostly deep steel blue. White spots of back large,
much longer than broad.

There cannot be, I think, the slightest doubt of the specific distinction of
the present species and the C. torquatus. The difference in the size, shape,
and color of the bill alone would separate the two, were there no other char-
acters involved. It is every way a much larger bird. The species is, so far
as we are aware, now for the first time presented in an American work. The
original description, by Gray (as above), is very brief, but the distinctive
characters of the species are so concisely stated that we have no difficulty in
identifying the large series before us with the description. The Loon men-
tioned by Audubon, as having ‘‘the point of the bill recurved, and of a fine
yellow tint,’’ was very possibly an individual of this species. The type of

1862.]

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the species is from Russian America. The large series which the Smithsonian
possesses, were collected in the vicinity of Great Slave Lake and McKenzie’s

River, by R. Kennicott and B. R. Ross, Esqrs. It has not been obtained from
the Atlantic coast.

3. CotymBus arcticus Linnzus.

C. arcticus, Linn. 1735, et auct. Cepphus arct. Pall. 1811. Eudytes arct.
Illig. 1811.

4. CotympBus paciricus Lawrence.
C. pacificus, Lawr. Gen. Rep. Birds, 1858, 889.

Sp. Ch. Generally similar to C. arcticus, but every way smaller; the wing
from an inch to two inches shorter, the legs and feet proportionately shorter,
and the bill smaller, shorter, weaker, usually with a less decurved culmen,
and more acute tip. Colors precisely as in C. arcticus. ‘‘ Length 25 inches ;
wing 11}; bill 2°12; tarsus 2°75.’

Habitat. Northern North America. Pacific coast.

The types of Mr. Lawrence’s C. pacificus are young birds, and their relation-
ship can only be determined by their size and form. A comparison of these
types with an extensive series of skins of the adult bird, from the interior
of Northern North America, has shown them to be beyond a doubt identical.
The entire series differs from a fine adult European bird furnished for examina-
tion by the Copenhagen Museum, in those points which are given in the diag-
nosis. The difference is very marked indeed, and while all the birds in the
North American series agree perfectly with each other, there is, at the same
time, not the slightest graduation between them and the Europeansbird. This
would seem to indicate that the North American bird is distinct from the
European ; or, in other words, that ‘‘Colymbus pacificus Lawr.’’ is the ‘‘ Colym-
bus arcticus ex America.’’ Upon this supposition it would be necessary to
exclude the C. arcticus from our avi-fauna. There is in the collection, how-
ever, a Specimen (from Puget Sound) which is fully as large as the European
bird, with which it agrees in the minutest particulars, and is much larger and
stouter every way than the rest of the series. _I have, therefore, at present
no other alternative than to admit the C. pacificus as distinct from the arcti-
cus, in view of the differences constantly observable, and at the same time to
retain the latter as an inhabitant of North America. I think it probable,
however, that if the true arcticus is really found in North America, it is rather
as an infrequent visiter than as a permanent resident. Ido not regard the
question as yet definitely settled, especially as the single European skin
examined may have been an unusually large specimen. Further investigation
will be necessary to definitely settle the point.

Should the pacificus prove to be really distinct from the arcticus, it would
be another example of a peculiar law which prevails extensively throughout
the Colymbide and Podicipide. This is, that nearly all the species have, so
to speak, their analogues, agreeing in colors and general appearance, but dit-
fering in size, and in the size, shape, and stoutness of the bill. Instances are
seen in the cases of Colymbus Adamsii and torquatus; Podiceps grisiegena and
Aolbélli; P. cornutus and 2arclicus; Aichmophorus occidentalis and Clarkii; Podi-
lymbus podiceps and brevirostris, etc. This law seems capable of very extensive
application.

5, CoLYMBUS SEPTENTRIONALIS Linneus. ;
Colymbus septentrionalis, Linn. 1766, et auct. C. lumme, Brtinn. 1764, ad.
C. stellatus, Brinn. 1764; Gmel. 1788; Lath. 1790; juv. C. striatus,
Gmel. 1788; Lath. 1790; juv. C. borealis, Brtinn. 1764; Gmel. 1788;
Lath. 1790. Cepphus septentrionalis, Pall. 1811. Cepphus stel/atus,
Pall. 1811.

[ April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229

Family PODICIPID 2.

Char. Feathers of forehead not reaching to the nostrils. Nostrils lineay,
oblong, sometimes quite broadly oval, without dependent lobe, Lores naked.
Tertials long, reaching to the tip of the primaries in the closed wings. Tail
rudimentary. Tarsus and toes covered with regular, long, narrow, transverse
scutelle. Toes lobed, connected at base by a membrane. Tibie feathered to
the joint. Claws weak, broad, short, flat. Posterior edge of tarsus serrated,
formed by a double row of small, pointed scales. Lobe of hind toe large. Size
moderate, or very small; general form rather slender; body depressed ; neck
long; crests or ruffs usually present; the back never spotted.

The preceding diagnosis expresses very briefly the more prominent charac-
ters of a group of birds composing the subfamily Podicipine of modern authors. °
It corresponds with the Colymbi pedibus palmatis and pedibus lobatis of Gmelin,
nearly with the Cepphi and Colymbi of Pallas, and with the genera Colymbus
and Podiceps of Latham. Although related to the Colymbide in most points
of structure and habits, they nevertheless differ in so many and so essential
characters, that a single family cannot, without great latitude of definition,
contain the two groups. We have, therefore, restricted the Colymbide to the
Colymbine of authors, and raised the Podicipine to the rank of a distinct
family.

Two subfamilies are represented in North America.

Subfamily PODICIPIN A.

Char. Bill moderately stout, or very slender. Commissure not abruptly
decurved at the end. Nostrils linear. Bare loral space narrow and linear.
Feathers of the head with their shafts normal. Tarsus at least three-fourths
thé middle toe; generally but litile, if any, shorter. Toes connected at base
for a moderate distance, the lobe of the hind toe broad. Usually (always ?)
with more or less conspicuous crests and ruffs.

Genus I. AicumopHorus Coues. N. G.

Gen. Char. Bill very long, exceeding the head, straight or very slightly
recurved, slender, attenuated towards the tip, which is very acute. Culmen
straight or slightly concave. Commissure about straight. Gonys convex
throughout its whole length, the angle scarcely appreciable. Nasal groove
long, shallow, and narrow. Bare loral space very narrow. Wings rather
long, pointed, the outer primaries much attenuated. Legs very long. Tarsus
as long as the middle toe and claw, exceeding the bill, excessively com-
pressed. Outer lateral toe much longer than the middle. Lobes united at
base for a very short distance. Size large; body slender; neck very long.
Head with moderate crests, but without decided ruffs ? 7

Type. Podiceps occidentalis, Lawr.

1. AlcHMOPHORUS OCCIDENTALIS (Lawr.)
Podiceps occidentalis, Lawr. 1858.

Char. Length about+?29 inches ; wing 8°25; bill or tarsus 3:00. Bill equal
to tarsus, straight, dark colored, except terminally and along the cutting
edges. Gonys straight from base to angle, and nearly so from angle to tip.
Feathers between eye and nostril grayish ash.

Habitat. Pacific coast of North America.

2, AScHMoPHORUS CLARKI (Lawr).
Podiceps Clarkii, Lawr. 1858.

Char. Much smaller than A. occidentalis. Length 22 inches; wing 7 ;
bill 2°25; tarsus 2°75; bill rather shorter than tarsus, exceedingly acute,
slightly recurved; the gonys regularly much curved from base to tip, the
angle scarcely apparent. Feathers between eye and nostril white.

Habitat. Pacific coast of North America.

1862.]

bo
eo
Oo

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Genus II. Popicers Latham.

Colymbus, Briss. 1760, nec. Linn. et auct. Ill. 1811; Pall. 1811.
Podiceps, Lath. 1790; (typus Col. cristatus, Linn.) nec Kaup. 1829.
Pedetaithya, Kaup. 1829 ; typus Col. griseigena, Budd. 1783.)
Lopharthyia, Kaup.1829; (typus Col. cristatus, Linn. Podiceps, Lath. 1790.)
Dytes, Kaup. 1829; (typus Col. cornutus, Gmel.)

Proctopus, Kaup. 1829; (typus Col. auritus.)

Otodytes, Reichenbach, 1853 ; (typus idem.)

Gen. Char. Bill moderately stout; usually more or less compressed; as
long as, or rather shorter than, the head ; not equalling the tarsus. Culmen
convex, occasionally nearly or quite straight. Commissure about straight,
Tarsus shorter than the middle toe and claw. Outer lateral but little, if any,
longer than the middle toe. Body depressed, moderately full; head always
with more or less conspicuous crests and ruffs.

Although the characters of the genus are drawn so as to exclude both the
foregoing and succeeding genus, the North American species comprised in it,
are sufficiently dissimilar in form to have caused the instituting of several
subgenera. These may be characterized and arranged as follows :—

A. Tarsus equal to the middle toe without the claw.
I. Bill equal to the head, four-fifths the tarsus. Bill
much compressed, lateral outlines a little con-
cave. Crests and ruffs very long and conspicu-

OU St cssrensenscseccanrsnceves toascomt ina cancs sar ease aennedesers Podiceps, Lath.
IJ. Bill much shorter than the head, but little more
than half the tarsus. *

1. Bill compressed, higher than broad at the nos-
trils; crests and ruffs, especially the latter, very

NOME ANG PU cs eens cccessansetees ce adeeee waded saneetnoeeaeee Dytes, Kaup.
2. Bill depressed, broader than high at the nostrils ;
crests and ruffs more MOdErAate..........eeeeereeeeees Proctopus, Kaup.

B. Tarsus about four-fifths the middle toe and claw.
Ill. Bill variable in length, always quite stout; outer
lateral but little longer than the middle toe;
crests and ruffs rather SHOrt.......0.essseeseeeeseeeeees Pedetaithya, Kaup.

1. Popiceps cristatus Latham.
Colymbus cristatus, Linn. 1766; Pall. 1811; Ill. 1811. C. urinator, Linn.
1766, juv. Podiceps crist. Lath. 1790, et auct.
Habitat. Europa; Amer. Sept.

2. Popiceps Coopert Lawrence.

Sp. Char. Bill large and strong, as long as the head, very stout at the
base, the tip very acute and considerably decurved. Upper mandible with
the culmen very slightly concave on the basal half, the terminal portion re-
gularly convex. Commissure irregularly sinuate to the nostrils, then regu-
larly decurved, the radius of curvature decreasing towards the tip. Lower
mandible without a groove along the symphysis of the rami beyond the
angle, the tip decurved and very acute. Lower outline concave, both ante-
rior and posterior to the angle, which is prominent and marked; the con-
cavity is very decided in the former. First and second primaries longest,
third but little shorter. Tarsi and toes as in P. cristatus.

Young. Upper mandible dusky, except the tip and extreme base, which
are yellowish, as is also the lower mandible, except a central dusky greenish
space. No white space between eye and nostril. Slight indications of a
crest, but none at all of a ruff. Crown, and median dorsal line of neck, deep
blackish brown, darkest on the former. Upper parts brownish black, darkest
on the scapulars and lower part of the back, all the feathers, especially an-

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231

teriorly, edged with grayish. Primaries rather light chocolate brown, their
shafts and tips black. Secondaries white, their inner vanes brown towards
their extreme tips. Wing coverts wholly chocolate brown.

Dimensions. Bill above 2°40, along gape 3°10, height at nostril °55, from
angle of gonys to tip 1 inch; wing 8°80; tarsus 2°40; middle toe, 3°10.

Habitat. Shoalwater Bay, W. T.

A species admitted with some doubt, but probably distinct from the pre-
ceding. It must be obtained in full plumage before the question of its rela-
tionship can be definitely settled. We do not consider it by any means cer-
tain that it will possess the conspicuous ruffs of P. cristatus. In that event, it
would more probably fall in some other subgenus.

3. Popiceps (DyTEs) corNutus (Gmelin. )

Colymbus cornutus, Gmel., 1788; Pall., 1811; ad. C. obscurus, Gmel.,
1788, et C. caspicus, Gmel., 1788; juv. C. nigricans, Scopoli, fide
Lawr. Podiceps cornutus, Lath., 1790, et auct. ? P. arcticus, Boie.

Habitat. Europ. Amer. Sept.

4. Popiceps (Proctopus) Catirornicus Heermann.
Podiceps auritus ex Americé; e.g, Aud. B. Am., 1844, vii. 522. Lawr.
Gen. Rep. 1858, synon. excl. Nec Colymbus aur. Linn. ; nec script.
Europ. Pf. Californicus, Heermann, 1854; Lawr., 1858.

Char. Generally similar to P. auritus of Europe; all the primaries choco-
_ late brown throughout their whole extent, with a more or less notable amount
of dull reddish externally. Secondaries white, the two outer ones dusky
along their centres for their whole length, and the bases and shafts of all of
the same color.

Habitat. Western and Northern North America; California; Great Slave
Lake.

In 1854, a Podiceps californicus was characterized, as above, based upon an
immature or winter specimen. Examination of the type, and quite a series
of additional specimens, has shown that it is merely the American form of P.
auritus. The name would, therefore, become a synonym were it not for the
fact that, in all probability, the American and European birds are specifically
distinct. The differences are those given in the diagnosis. In the American
Eared Grebe, all the primaries are throughout their whole extent dark choco-
late brown, with a more or less notable amount of dull reddish in the adult.
The two first secondaries are of the color of its primaries, and bordered with
white; and the basal portions and shafts of all, for the greater part of their
length, are of the same chocolate brown. In all the specimens of the European
type examined, the characters of the wing are very different. The four inner
primaries are wholly pure white; the next is white with a sprinkling of
brown on the outer web; the next is white, its outer vane brown; and all
the others have more or less white at their bases and on the inner webs. All
the secondaries, except the three innermost are entirely pure white, and their
shafts are white to the very base. The three innermost have a dusky spot
near the end of the outer web. These differences, so far as we can discover,
are constant; and if so, quite sufficient to separate the two.

Although “‘ californicus’’ was not so characterized as to show any tangible
distinctive features from the auritus, we prefer to adopt it, as the necessity
for a new name will thereby be obviated.

5. Popicers (PeperairHya) Horsoiu Reinhardt.
Pod. rubricollis, Audub. et al. script. Amer.; nec Lath., 1790, et auct.
Europ. P. griseigena, Lawr., 1858, excl.synon. Nee Colymbus grisei-
gena, Bodd. P. Aolbélli, Reinhardt, 1853.
Sp. Char. Generally similar to P. griseigena, but larger, with the bill dis-
proportionately longer, stouter, and differently colored. Bill about equal to

1862.]

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the head, shorter than the tarsus. Length about 19 inches, wing 7°60. Bill
above 1:90, along gape 2°40, height at nostril 55. Tarsus 2°10; middle toe
and claw 2°65.

Habitat. North America, generally.

The present species has by most authors been considered identical with the
P. griseigena Bodd. (rubricollis of Latham,) of Europe. The differences, how-
ever, as pointed out by Reinhardt, are quite tangible, and so constant as to
render it very probable that they are of specific value. In the European bird
the bill measures 1:50 along the culmen, 2:00 along the gape, and ‘50 in
height at the nostrils ; the wing less than 7 inches. (See diagnosis for compari-
son). In color, too, the bills differ. In P. griseigena the extreme base of the
under mandible only is yellow, the color extending a little on the cutting edge
of the upper mandible at base. In Mo/bélli nearly the whole of the under
mandible, and the cutting edge of the upper, are yellow.

Genus III. Syn3procycrus Bon.

Podiceps, Kaup, 1829, nec Lath.
Sylbeocyclus, Bonaparte, 1832. (Typus Pod. minor, fide G. R. Gray.)
Tachybaptes, Reichenbach, 1851. (Typus idem.)

Gen. Char. Bill very short, much less than the head, scarcely more than
half the tarsus ; very stout, little compressed, the tip obtuse; lateral outlines
about straight; culmen a little concave at the nostrils, convex throughout
the rest of its length; gonys straight to the angle, and from angle to tip ; the
former well defined. Wings short; attenuation of primaries considerable ;
abrupt on the inner web. Tarsus stout for this family, much abbreviated,
scarcely more than three-fourths the middle toe andclaw. Outer lateral toe
abou tequal to the middle. Size small; body full; neck short; without de-
cided crests or ruffs.

1. SyLBEocycLus pominicus (Linn.)
Podiceps dominicus, Linn., 1766. Sylbeocyclus dominicus, —?

Sp. Char. Adult.—Without decided crests, but indications of them in the
length and fulness of the feathers of the parts. Crown and occiput deep
glossy steel blue. Sides of head, and neck all round dark ashy gray, deepest
behind, where it is tinged with bluish. Chin variegated with ashy and white.
Upper parts generally brownish black, with glossy greenish reflections. Pri-
maries chocolate brown, the greater portions of the inner vanes of all, the
whole of the four or five inner, except just at tip, together with the second-
aries, pure white. Under parts silky white, thickly mottled with brownish
dusky ; the abdomen uniform dusky gray. Upper mandible dusky, the lower
mostly yellowish.

Dimensions. Length 9°50; wing 3°60; bill above ‘70; along gape 1:00;
tarsus 1:25; middle toe 1°75.

Habitat. Central America; Mexico; Antillean Is. ; Gulf of California (Gam-
bel) ; Rio Grande (eggs in Smiths. Coll.).

[Norr.—Sylbeocyclus minor, the type of the genus, is given by Nuttall asan
inhabitant of North America ; but its existence in this country is very doubt-

ful.]
Subfamily PODILYMBIN &.

Char. Bill exceedingly stout. Commissure abruptly decurved at the end.
Nostrils broadly oval. Bare loral space broad. Feathers of the forehead with
their shafts prolonged into stiff bristles. Tarsus not three-fourths the middle
toe. Toes connected at base for a considerable distance ; the lobe of the hind
toe moderate. Without decided crests or ruffs.

Genus IV. Popitympus Lesson.

Podilymbus, Lesson, 1831. (Typus Colymbus podiceps, Linn.)

Hydroka, Nuttall, 1834.

Dasyptilus, Swainson, 1837, fide G. R. Gray. '
[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233

Gen. Char. Bill shorter than the head, compressed, exceedingly stout,
obtuse at the end; culmen straight to the nostrils, then very convex to the
decurved and acute tip of the upper mandible. Commissure slightly sinuate
at the base, straight to near the tip, where it is suddenly deflected. Gonys
regularly convex, the angle scarcely appreciable. Upper mandible covered with
soft skin from the base to the nostrils, between which are two fossx, the an-
terior shallow and oblong, the posterior triangular and deep, opening into the
bare loral space; the two separated by an oblique ridge. Nostrils situated
near the extremity of the anterior fossa. Outer three or four primaries ab-
ruptly attenuated near the end. Tarsus much abreviated, comparatively
stout, about three-fourths the middle toe and claw. Middle and outer toe
nearly equal. Lobes of toes broad, connected at base for a greater distance
than in other genera.

1. Popmiymsvs Popiceps (Linn.)

Colymbus podiceps, Linn., 1766. Podilymbus pod. Lawr., 1858. Podil.
lineatus, Heerm., 1854. Colymbus ludovicianus, Gmel., 1788. Podiceps
ludov. Lath., 1790. Pod. carolinensis, Lath., 1790. Sylbeocyelus carol.,
Bon., 1838.

Habitat. Continent of North America.

~ On a new genus of Fishes allied to AULORHYNCHUS and on the affinities
of the Family AULORHYNCHOIDZ, to which it belongs.

BY THEODORE GILL.

In the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences for July, 1861,
(p. 168), I have described a new type of fishes, and referred it to the family of
Aulostomatoids, with which it agreed in the elongation of the body, form of
the head, opposition of the dorsal and anal fins and the development before
the former of free spines as well as the presence of four branchiostegal rays.
In the MSS. remarks on the relations of the genus, intended for the Report
on the Fishes collected by the Northwestern Boundary Commission, I had
commented on the relations of the new form and its affinity to the Gasterostoid
genus Spinachia. I have now the pleasure of making known a genus which
is still more closely related to Spinachia, and which it would not be even
very improper to refer to the family of Gasterosteoids. It has, however, the
four branchiostegal rays of Aulostoma and Solenostomus, as well as the more
elongated tube. But I am disposed to believe that the four subfamilies* of
the Aulostomatoid fishes proposed in my former paper, are true families, and
that Aulorhynchus, and especially the new genus are at least as closely related
to the Gasterosteoids as to the Aulostomatoids. They agree with the former
family in

1st. General form. 2d. Development of the dorsal and anal fins and the
antecedent spines. 3d. Development of the forearm (ulnar and radial
bones) and of the pectoral fin. 4th. Position of the ventral fins. 5th. De-
velopment of the caudal fin.

The affinity of the two families is further shown by the possession of other -
characters in common by the Spinachiane and Aulichthys.

* The genus Siphonognathus of Richardson appears to be the type of a peculiar family
(Siphognathoide), more nearly related to the Labroids than to the typical Aulostomatous
fishes, although having the four branchiostegal rays, tubular snout, &c. of the latter.
Dr. Gunther has first perceived its affinities, but appears to be wrong in referring it to
the same family with the other Labroids.

1862.) 16

234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Ist. The special form. 2d. The extension of the facial bones. 3d. The
armature of the lateral line. 4th. Extent of spinigerous dorsal surface.

When it is remembered how important and how peculiar are many of the
characters thus enumerated, no one will hesitate to admit the close affinity
of the two families. The tendency will be doubtless rather to unite the two,
but after reflecting on the importance of the coincidence between the develop-
ment of the facial bones and the number of branchiostegal rays, I would
be very unwilling to do so myself.

With regard to the affinities of Centriscus and Amphisile,* I have consider-
able doubt. If, on the one hand, an affinity to the Aulostomatous fishes is
indicated by the development of the facial bones, the anchylosis of the an-
terior vertebre, the development of the ventral fins, and, in the Amphisi-
loids, of the forearm; on the other hand, by the reduced number of the
vertebre and some other peculiarities, they evince at least a singular analogy
to the Plectognaths.

Genus AvticuTHys, Brevoort.

Body moderately elongated and almost cylindrical; the tail from the anus
to the caudal fin is much elongated and gradually merges into the very slender
caudal peduncle; the latter is little depressed, but its dorsal and inferior sur-
faces are nearly plane. Anus subcentral. Skin mostly naked; the lateral
line is protected by a row of nearly concealed plates, which are each sur-
mounted by a longitudinal carina ending ina spine directed backwards. Head
oblong and quadrangular behind the eyes, and corrugated above. Tube
slightly longer than the rest of the head, rigid and inflexible, tapering to the
front, and subquadrate. Mouth terminal and small. The intermaxillary
bones have moderate diverging limbs and the posterior processes longer than
the limbs. Teeth on the jaws very fine. Nostrils nearly simple, situated at
about a third of the distance from the eyes to the end of the tube. Branchi-
ostegal rays four on each side. Dorsal and anal fins nearly intermediate
between the head and caudal; they are opposite to each other, oblong, and
have bifurcated rays. Anal fin close behind the anus. Dorsal spines extend-
ing from the nape to the fin; they are extremely short, subtriangular and
compressed from before backwards, and each one is depressible in a groove,
intervening between which and the succeeding spine are small corrugated
plates. Caudal fin small or moderate. Pectoral fins oblong, with the rays

* Amphisile and Centriscus appear to represent two distinct but allied groups, distin-
euished by the difference of form as well as the difference in the development of the
radial and ulnar bones. Centriscus velitarts Pallas, is an intermediate form.

The Amphisiline would then have two genera:

Ist. Amphisile Klein. Posterior process of dorsal cuirass with a spine articulated te
its summit. Ribs 10-11. B4 V.4.

A. punctulata Brev. A. strigata Gthr.

24. Acentrachme Gill. Posterior process of dorsal cuirass acute and not spinigerous.
Ribs 6. B.3. V.3.

Amphisile scutata Cuv.

The Orthichthyine with one genus:

Orthichthys Gill, with a straight body and longer anal.

Centriscus velitaris Pallas.

The Centriscine are represented by two genera:

Ist. Centriscops Gill. Body abruptly constricted behind the vertical fins. Breast
with three longitudinal rows of plates.

Centriscus humerosus Rich.

2d. Centriscus L. Body oblong, slowly merging into the caudal peduncle. Breast

with three longitudinal rows of plates. _ :
1. Centriscus scolopax L. 2. C. gracilis Lowe. 3. C. Japonicus Gthr.

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235

apparently subequal and bifurcated. Antepectoral region longitudinally ob-
long. Ventral fins small, inserted a short distance behind the pectorals, and
separated by the comparatively wide pubic bones. There are less than five
rays to each ventral, the number being apparently a spine and four rays,
which are simply articulated.

This genus is nearly related to Aulorhynchus, but differs in the ossified
snout, which, like the crown, is corrugated, the structure of the jaws, the
lateral row of plates, the form of the dorsal spines and the presence of inter-
vening plates, and, finally, in the structure of the ventral fins and the arma-
ture of the pubic bones. The pectoral fins are mutilated, and it is therefore
difficult to decide whether their form was similar to those of Aulorhynchus,
but it is probable that such was the case, or that at least the inferior rays
were as long as those immediately above, and consequently the posterior
margins of the fins truncated.

AULIcHTHYsS JAPoNIcUS, Brevoort.

The snout forms 7-12ths of head’s length, exceeds twice the height of the
body and is nearly 1-7th of its length.

Bate xexaVvieng.. Ant. 10;--C) 5. 13.4. P. TL. V.1.4. Wat. line 52.

Purplish brown, darker over tube, lighter on abdomen; opercles silvery
iridescent ; humeral area bluish silvery, (Brevoort. )

Habitat.—Japanese voast.

Remarks on the relations of the Genera and other groups of CUBAN FISHES.
BY THEODORE GILL.

My attention having been attracted to the fishes of the Island of Cuba and
some points in their classification and arrangement by the recent researches
of Prof. Poey and his correspondence, it is here proposed to offer some obser-
vations on the affinities of the genera and higher groups found in the waters
surrounding that island,* the groups being discussed in the order of M. Poey’s
Conspectus.

M. Poey’s arrangement differs chiefly from that proposed in the ‘‘ Catalogue
of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North America’’ by the precedence
given to the subclasses Elasmobranchii and Ganoids, and to the Teleostean
orders of Plectognathi and Lophobranchii. The distribution of the sharks
and rays among families has also been omitted, as well as the subdivisions
of families into subfamilies.

Seven of the families of Squali are represented in Cuban waters. They
are the Galeorhinoide, Cestraciontoide, Lamnoide, Alopecoide, Notidanoide,
Spinacoide and Ginglymostomatoide, The Squalus tiburo and S. acronotus
belong to the genus Jsoplagiodon, Gill; the S. platyodon, S. obtusus and S. longi-
manus to Eulamia. For the Oxyrhina glauca and its allies,j the genus Jsu-
ropsis has been lately proposed.

Of the Rays, five families are represented :

The Plectognathi are rather numerous. The most interesting is the Hollar-
dia Hollardi, (Poey,) which is nearly allied to the Triacanthodes anomalus of
Japan ; the two genera appear to belong to a peculiar subfamily (Triacantho-
dinz) of the family of Triacanthoide.

The Percoids of Cuba are represented by many genera, and may be dis-
tributed in the following manner: the subfamilies are only provisional ones.

* I entertain doubts asto the validity of some of the species proposed by M. Poey, but
have generally preferred to leave to that learned gentleman the determination of such
doubtful species.

+ The species of Cuba is probably the same as the Jsuropsis dekayi of our own
coast.

1862.]

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

PERCIN &.
§ I. Centropomus, (Lac.) § II. Liopropoma, Gill, Chorististium, Gill.

SERRANINA.*

§ Ill. Verilus, Poey, Elastoma, Sw. § IV. Haliperca, Gill, (Serranus
bivittatus, Val., C. tigrinus, Bloch, Centropristis tabacarius, Cuv. et. Val.,
C. phoebe, Poey, C. fusculus, Poey,) Diplectrum, Holb., Mentiperca, Gill, (Ser-
ranus luciopercanus, Poey.) § V. Brachyrhinus, Gill, (Serranus creolus, Cuv.
et Val.) § VI. Epinephelus, Bloch, (Serranus arara, Val., &c.,) Lioperca,
Gill, (Serranus inermis, Cuv. et Val.,) Bodianus, Bloch, (Serranus outalibi,
Cuv.et Val., S. punctatus, L., S. guativere, Cuv. et Val., S. guttatus, Z., 8.
apiarius, Poey,) Gonioplectrus, Gill, (Plectropoma hispanum, Cuv. et Val.,)
Prospinus, Poey, (Plectropoma chloropterum, Cuv. et Val.,) Hypoplectrus,
Gill, (Plectropoma puella, Cuv. et Val., P. indigo, Poey, P. vitulinum, P., P.
bovinum, 2., P. gummi-gutta, P., P. guttavarium, P., P. nigricans, P., P. ac-
censum, P. and P. affine, P.) and Schistorus, Gill (Serranus mystacinus, Poey.)

RHYPTICINA.
Rhypticus, Cuv.
LUTJANIN 4} (rather SPAROIDS.)

Ocyurus, Gill, (Mesoprion chrysurus, Cuv. et Val.,) Lutjanus, (Bloch,) Cuv.,
1817, (Mesoprion griseus, Cuv. et Val., &c.,) Rhomboplites, Gill, (Centropristes
aurorubens, Cuv. et Val.,) Platyinius, Gill, (Mcsoprion vorax, Poey.

The mutual relations of the genera of the Serranine are indicated in the
following table:

I. Dorsal deeply notched and nearly double. Caudal forked
and acutely lobed.
IBD. Bs i tawscapacinrs cee ocideiswredsvoote cesuue'o dds ome vinen saemugirads aeweOanentee aes Verilus.
TB Wye Sed Saosedawcteedes tes Sree stew bisdds + sedade<iccbiersscse< Ime twedadanves Elastoma.
II. Dorsal nearly or quite entire.
A. Caudal forked and acutely lobed. Dorsal low and uni-
form, (IX. 18—19)........-..+-sese0 FEE OCA EDI COGE SEIS Brachyrhinus.
AA. Caudal entire, or simply emarginated.
B. Body slender. Scales moderate, (50—75.) Teeth not

recumbent.
Jaws subequal; preoperculum with a posterior and angular
BYOUP Of SPINES........se2e ceeeeseee ceeeeeneeseseeeseeeesenees seeaeeees Diplectrum.
Jaws equal; preoperculum Serrated ......1.cceseeeeeceerseceeeuseeeees Haliperca.
Chin prominent. Caeca very few, (2)... 110s sesseeeeesseeeceseeeeees Mentiperca.

* The other genera confounded with Serranus and Plectropoma \Cuy.) are the follow-
ing: Uripheton, Sw. (Serranus pheton, C. V) Variola, Sw. (S. louti, C. V.) Serranichthys,
Bikr., Gonioperca, Gill (S. albomaculatus, Jenyns), Labroperca, Gill (S. labriformis,
Jenyns), Mycteroperca, Gill (S. olfax, Jenyns) Serranus, Cuy., Hyporthodus, Gill, Plectro-
poma, Cuv., Hypoplectrodes, Gill (P. nigrorubrum, C. V.) Acanthastius, Gill (P. serratum,
G. V.) A synopsis of the subfamily may be hereafter expected.

The Dules auriga and D. flaviventris are probably true Serranine, and very distinct
from D. teniurus and its allies, for which J have proposed the name of Moronopsis.
Dules ambiguus belongs to still another genus (Plectroplites, Gill) widely distinct from
Moronopsis sia

+The remaining Lutjanine appear to represent at least four more generic types:
Macolor, Blkr. (Diacope macolor, Cuv. et Val.,) Proamblys, Gill (Diacope nigra, Cuv.,)
distinguished by its parabolic profile; Hypoplites, Gill (Mesoprion retrospinis, Cuv. et
Val.) with several strong teeth along the preoperculum below; and Evoplites, Gill,
(Mesoprion pomacanthus, Blkr.) the angle of whose preoperculum has a very stout
spine. The differences existing between the other species of Genyoroge (Diacope, C.) and
Lutjanus (Mesoprion, Cuv.) appear to be of Jess value than those between different sec-
tions of the combined genera, and are scarcely indicative of natural genera.

(April,

<2 7 Pee

bo
Co
x

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

BB. Body oblong. Scales small. Teeth recumbent behind

canines.
Preoperculum entire, or simply serrated below.
Scales smooth and greasy to the touch. D. XL..........-.eeee eee Lioperea.
Somos mougi i. XI. (OX, KIL ies o. socece soncec cnwecons Abetootoceae Epinephelus.
SCHON GT Pare DNC w so rse-scnncan¥ onan sisetesa/atesssacehicrsarse) Gee v0 «ois Bodianus.
Preoperculum beneath with one or more spines recurved
forwards.
Preoperculum with a single plectroid spine at its angle.
PPV eee see veass Sec estte csc kcrst test cc tnescvb coeds Cssouneed asvedeves Gonioplectrus.
Preoperculum with one or two spurs below. D. XI.
Pte — oe) PVAGTICICAGCA S. -222...0)s.0-esce--erscassestorsece Prospinus.
D. XI. 14. Pyloric caeca numerous and subdivided........... Schistorus.
Preoperculum serrated below. D. X. 14 --15............0000. 000s Hypopiectrus.
The American genera of Lutjanine may be distinguished as follows :
I. Caudal forked and with slender acute lobes..........26 sess sss OCYULUS.

Il. Caudal emarginated.
Vomerine teeth in a triangular patch.

Profile siraight); Occiput crested..........-..0220e0 coos acoeasecsns Lutjanus.
Profile gibbous ; occiput flattened................csessceee seseceeee Platyinius.
Vomerine teeth in a rhombic pateh ............00.+sce0s sseceecveeee Rhomboplites.

The Chilodipteroide of Bleeker are represented by three genera in Cuba,
“which ought, perhaps, to be placed among two subfamilies.

AMIINZ or APOGONIN A.
Amia, Gron. (= Monoprion, Poey.)
SCOMBROPIN A.
Scombrops, Temm. et Schlegel, Sphyrenops, Gill.
The genera Amia, Gr. or Apogon, Lac. and Apogonichthys, Bikr. and Giin-

ther are also exceedingly closely related, and perhaps scarcely worthy of
generic distinction.

The family of Berycoide, as established by Mr. Lowe, is, perhaps, natural,
and possibly embraces all the forms referred to it by that gentleman and Dr.
Giinther, except Polymizia, Lowe, which is apparently the type of a distinct
one, having analogical relations to the Mulloide. Of five subfamilies* (Bery-
cine, Holocentrinz, Heterophthalmine, Trachichthyine and Monocentrinz)
of the Berycoidex, two are represented by four genera in Cuba,—Holocentrum,
Art., Plectrypops, Gill (Holocentrum retrospinis, Guich.) and Myriopristis, Cuv.
among the Holocentrine and Beryx among the Berycine. The living Holo-
centrine may be distributed as follows:

I. Snout more or less projecting.
HOUT MCULOtANG trIMEGATAl.. <a. no~-0\c2ssau sacsativesae «2ssrelenne sence Rhynchichthys
Snout convex in front (Rh. brachyrhynchus, Blkr.)}. ........++ Rhinoberyx.
II. Snout not projecting in front.
A. Penultimate anal spine very long.
Preoperculum angulated and armed with a large spine,
nearly continuous with the lower margin.............-++++- Holocentrum.
AA. Penultimate anal spine moderate.
Preoperculum not rectangular nor with a single large

spine.
a. Preorbital with large teeth curved backwards......... Corniger.
8. Preorbital with large teeth curved forwards...........+. Plectrypops.
PeereGrDital Simply dentated...... .......c0ccecerssesersresenee Myriopristis.

* These subfamilies, if such they be, are remarkably distinguished from each other by
the difference in development of the fins, &c.

1862.]

2738 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The Berycine are represented by two quite distinct genera,—Beryx, Cuv.
with the B. decadactylus and B. splendens, Lowe, and Centroberyx, with Beryx
lineatus, Cuv. et Val. and B. affinis, Giinther. They are chiefly distinguished
by the structure of the fins.

I. D. VI—VII |12—13. A. TV., 12—15. WaT. 7.25.22 02. 220 -2n00 Centroberyx.
Il. D. 1V.13—19. A. IV. 26—30. V.I.10 orI.10 + z......... Beryx

The family of Menoidei of Cuvier scarcely appears to be a natural one.
Gerres is probably the type of a distinct family (Gerreoide, b/kr.) which has
two subfamilies and four genera. The Gerreine are divisable into three
genera :

I. Preoperculum serrated. Second dorsal and second anal spines

VAG Tey FETE o5000 qdS de pi deobb Soins 7000 DoBHEd HAIRS Hrct0g dc snocpagLEddonbdaddecs Gerres.
Il. Preoperculum entire. Second dorsal and second anal spines
moderate.
Morsalydeeplyimotchede-snecececcsceseesqasseaiescsestees neces ctse sera Diapterus.
MorsalkentirGser..sceces-casttescecescase resco: cceteeleoeeecn eee se ometcacrs Synistius.

Diapterus is the prior name of Eucinostomus, Baird and Girard. On that
account the name must be retained, although the gentlemen just named first
properly limited the genus, while Ranzani named it under a misapprehension
as to its affinities. Diapterus happens to be a very distinctive name, although
intended to allude to the supposed separation of the soft rays. It embraces
the Gerres aprion, Cuv., G. zebra, M. T., G. gula, Cuv. and many others.
Synistius has only one species,_—the Gerres longirostris, (Rapp.) of Giinther.

The Pristipomatoids are represented by one subfamily and four genera,—
Anisotremus, Gill, Pristipoma, Cuv., Orthopristis, Girard and Haemulon, Cuv.
Lobotes Cuvier and Datnioides, Blkr., rather represent a family perhaps some-
what allied to the Nandoide.

The Scienoids are comparatively few in number. The Corvina ronchus,
Cuv., appears to belong to the genus Bairdiella. The Johnius dentex, Cuv., is
the type of the genus Odontoscion, Gill; before its position in the family can
be determined, it is requisite to know the proportions of the abdominal and
caudal vertebre.

The Pomacentroid genus Furcaria is scarcely distinct from Chromis, C.
(Heliases, C. V.) The Chromis tetracanthus, Poey represents a new genus
{ Nandopsis, Gill.)

The Chetodontoids are represented by the genera Sarothrodus, Gill (= Che-
todon, Cuv. non Art.) Prognathodes, Gill, (Chelmo pelt, Githr.) Holocanthus,
Lac., Chetodon, Art. (—Pomacanthus, Lac.)

The Ephippioids by Parephippus, Gill. The genus Pempheris, Cuv., is the
type of a well-marked family, (Pempheroide. )

The Coryphane and Lampugi of Val. do not appear to be generically dis-
tinct ; if, however, the latter are distinct, the name of Caranxomorus of Lace-
péde and Cuvier should be accepted.

The family of Teenoides of Cuvier, or Cepolide, is not a natural one, the
Trachypteri and Lepturi of Artedi being little related to each other. The
name Lepturus is sufficiently distinct from Leptura.

The Scombroids, as now limited, embrace the genera Scomber, Orycnus,
(Cuvier,) Cybium, Ruvettus, Cocco, Epinnula, Poey and Gempylus. Orycnus
may be substituted for Thynnus, the latter having been previously used in
entomology for a valid genus.

The Carangoids may be distributed as follows: Caranx, C., Blkr., Carangoides,
Bleeker, Carangops, Gill,* (C. heteropygus, Poey,) Trachurops, Gill, (Caranx

* In this genus there appears to be an unusual variation in dentition. In the specie
found along the coast of the Southern States of the Union (C. falcatus, Holbrook),
find in a specimen eleven inches long, a scarcely perceptible row of rather distant teet

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239

Plumieri, Bloch,) Decapterus, Blkr., Blepharichthys, Gill, Alectis, Raf. (— Gal
lus, Lac., = Gallichthys, C., = Scyris, C.,) Hynnis, Cuv., Argyriosus, Cuv..
Selene, Lac., Vomer, Cuv., Chloroscombrus, Grd., Elagatis, Bennett, »(— De-
captus, Poey,) Zonichthys, Sw., Naucrates, Raf., Trachynotus, Lac. and Elacate,
Cuv., but the latter probably represents another family. Next to Klacate
follows the family of Kcheneidoide.

Prof. Poey, believing that there were two groups of Echeneioids charac-
terized by differences of dentition,—homodont and isodont,—has invited me
to name and describe them as genera.* I cannot, however, regard those
variations as indicative of generic distinction, nor as coincident with any
other peculiarities which would entitle the homodont and isodont species to
be generically distinguished, the differences being simply very slight dif-
ferences of degree.

The Echeneioids appear, however, to form two very distinct groups of
higher value than genera, each of which is again divisible into two others,
which appear to be true genera. They are recognizable as follows:

I. Body and tail slender and subcylindrical. Ventral fins
with their inner rays more or less connected by a
membrane which is partly free from the abdomen ;
pectorals angulated ; caudal with the median rays pro-
duced in the young, emarginated in the adult. Lower

jaw with acutaneous symphiseal projection.............. ECHENEIDES.
a. Discal lamine 21—26, (PB. naucrates, L.)...1.1.cecee ceeees Echeneis.
6. Discal lamine 10—11, (E. lineata, Menz.)...... ......... Phtheirichthys.

Il. Body and tail robust and compressed. Ventral fins with
the inner rays more or less attached to the abdomen,
and folding in an abdominal depression; pectorals
rounded ; caudal generally more or less emarginated
in the young, as well asin the adult. Lower jaw with

TIN) 11250 a2 acadocando.debdeaans oodoHeben BaF OnOSuD DE Noceneecocepecceccsead REMOR.
a. Discal lamine 12—19, (EL. remora, L.) .....0.. se eeee veeeee Remora.
B. Discal lamine 27, (E. scutata, Gthr.).........2-. se-eeoeeee Remilegia.

If the principles of Dr. Giinther are correct, all the forms described by Prof.
Poey would be probably referrible to five known species. That gentleman
and Sir John Richardson have demonstrated that the form of the caudal fin
(only, however, to any extent among the typica] Echeneides) varies with
age ; consequently divisions based on the outline of that fin are illusive.
The species described by M. Poey would be referred by Dr. Giinther to the
following species; the figures in parenthesis indicate the respective size of
the fishes on which M. Poey founded his several species :

1. Echeneis naucrates, Lin. —E. guaican, P.(800 mill.) = EH. metallica, P.
(600 mill.)

2. Echeneis albicauda, Mitchill — (EH. holbrookii, Gthr.) — E. verticalis, P.
(balf grown, 380 mill.)

3. Phtheirichthys lineatus — E. apicalis, P. (260 mill., half grown) — E.
sphyrenarum, P. (75 mill., very young.)

on each palatine bone, and in another thirteen inches long, a narrow band of villiform

‘teeth on the same bones, while Dr, Holbrook asserts, that in a specimen nine inches
long, he found a ‘small patch of minute teeth on the vomer, and a small, narrow group
of similar teeth on each palate-bone.” M. Poey denies to his C. heteropygus (which I
am unable to distinguish from the C. falcatus) any palatal teeth. Are the palatal teeth
then deciduous and lost with age, but still more or less persistent in different individuals ?
Such is probably the case.

* M. Poey has since communicated to me his discovery of the more or less heterodont
dentition of all the species of the family known to him,

1862.]

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

4. Remora jacobea — (E. remora, Gthr.) = E. postica, P. (105 mill.)
5. Remora osteochir — (E. tetrapturorum) (200 mill.)

We may await the publication of the second edition of the ‘‘ Conspectus
Piscium Cubensium,’’ before accepting the preceding identifications as cor-
rect ; in that publication, M. Poey, influenced as usual by his desire for truth,
will correct the nomenclature of his species, and have no hesitation in re-
uniting some of them if a future examination should lead him to doubt the
correctness of his former views. I shall only remark that, among the species
of the group of Echeneides, there is a definite ratio in the form of the caudal
to the size of the species, and that the difference of dentition has been ex-
aggerated. After an examination of many specimens from the most distant
seas, I have also been, like Giinther and Richardson, unable to discover any
differences which could be regarded as specific. The habits of the representa-
tives of this family would indeed render it not improbable that they should
be very widely distributed.

The genus Nomeus of Cuvier probably belongs to a peculiar family (Gas-
teros chismatoide.) Lampris likewise represents a special family (Lampri-
doide.)

With Dr. Bleeker, Iam now disposed to believe that Aulostoma, Lac. and
Solenostomus, Gron. belong to different families, but, contrary to his opinion,
think that they are very nearly related.

The Malacanthiniof Poey form a natural family. The Latilus chrysops, Val.
does not, however, appear to be congeneric with the type of Latilus, but is
distingushed by its form and the structure of the fins. It maybe called Cau-
lolatilus chrysops.

The Labroide are represented by six genera,—Lachnolemus, Cuv. Harpe,
Lac. (= Cossyphus, Cuv.), Decodon, Gthr. (Cossyphus puellaris, Poey) (— La-
brine), Choerojulis, Gill (Halichwres, Riippell), (= Julides), Xirichthys,
Cuv. (— Xirichthyine), and Clepticus, Cuv. (— Clepticine). In retaining
the Labroids at the end of the symmetrical physoclystous Teleocephali in the
Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast, it was by no means intended
to convey the ideas of the author as to the affinities of that family. Its
affinities have indeed expressly been said (p. 7) to be ‘‘ probably rather with
the Scienoids, the Chetodontoids and evan the Percoids,’’ &c. As, however,
they were not quite evident, the Pharygognathi were provisionally retained
where Miller had placed them. The families are nearly related to each other
and should not be scattered. The most appropriate position is probably near
the Centrachoids.

The single Cuban species of Polynematoid belongs to the genus 7richidion
of Klein, as recently restored.

The Gobioids are represented by four subfamilies and ten genera.

The Gobiine with four genera,—Gobius, Art. (mapo, P., lacertus, P.); Le-
phogobius, Gill (crista-galli), characterized especially by a longitudinal coro-
nal crest; Gobionellus, Grd. (— Samaragdus, Poey) ; Awaous, Val. (= Rhino-
gobius, Gill = Chonophorus, P.) Eleotridine with three genera,—Hleotris,
Gron. (gyrinus, guavina) ; Dormitator, Gill (Gundlachi, P., omocyaneus, P.),
readily distinguished by the form, the cleft or extension forwards of the
branchial apertures above the operculum and the large scales ; Philypnus, Val.
and Erotelis, Poey.

Amblyopodine with the genus Gobioides, Lac.

Sicydiine with the genus Sicydium, Val.

The Eleotridinz cannot be separated from the Gobiinz, as the physiognomy
is not only similar, but there is almost a transition from one form to the other.

The Cyclopteroids are certainly not natural associates of the Gobiésocoids,
the latter forming a very distinct family. Prof. Poey has committed the same
error as Dr. Girard in describing the ventral fins as lower pectoral rays, and

[ April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 24}

the disk as the ventral fins. His Gobiésor rupestris belongs to the genus
Sicyases of Miiller and Troschel.

The subfamily of Blenninz includes only three genera. The Salarias mar-
garitaceus may be referred to the genus /ntomacrodus, Gill, if the presence
of superciliary tentacles is not considered to be of generic importance.

The Opisthognathine are represented by three forms, which appear to me
to merit generic rank. The similarity between the three groups is that which
should naturally exist between allied genera of a natural tribe or family ; the
differences of detail of structure represent generic value. The three genera
are Opisthognathus, Cuv. (macrognathus, P.), with minute scales and extended
maxillars ; Gnathypops (maxillosus, P., macrops, P.), with moderately small
scales and maxillars passing little beyond the eyes, and Lonchopisthus (microg-
nathus, P.), with normal maxillars, moderately small scales and lanceolate
caudal fin. Opisthognathus macrognathus, P., if not identical, is at least very
closely allied to the slightly previously named O. megastoma of Giinther.

The families of Antennarioide and Maltheoide, as suggested by Dr. Bleeker,
appear to be good. Antennarius must be substituted for Chironectes, as the
latter had been previously used for a valid genus of marsupial mammals.

The family of Ophidioids naturally contains only the genus Ophidium (L.).
Fiérasfer (C.) is the type of a distinct family, known by the position of the
anus, the development of the fins, &c.; the other genera are the very distinct
genus Echiodon of Thompson and the Encheliophis of Miiller, which differs
_ from Fiérasfer only by the absence of the pectoral fins. The Cuban species
is very closely related to Fierasfer Homei (Kaup.) Synbranchus is the type of
a peculiar family (Synbranchoide, Lat. of Apodes.)

The true Salmonoide are not represented in Cuban nor any tropical waters.
Alepidosaurus, Lowe is the type of a very distinct and remarkable family,
which is probably most nearly related to the Scombroids and Lepturoids.
The Cuban species belong to a peculiar group or genus (Caulopus, Gill.) The
genus Saurus, Cuv., whose prior name is Synodus, Gron., is the type of a
special family related to the Scopeloids. The S. brevirostris, Poey has an
abbreviated trachinoid muzzle and an oblong anal fin, and therefore belongs
to the genus Trachinocephalus, Gill.

Astronesthes, Rich. is a Chauliodontoid.

Among the Clupeoids, the Meletta thrissa, Val. belongs to the genus Opis-
thonema, Gill, which is more distinct than most of the genera of Clupeoids.

The ‘‘ Pleuronectes ocellatus, Agz.’’ of Poey and its allies belong to the genus
Platophrys, Swainson.

Ophisurus is the type of a peculiar family (Ophisuroide. )

There is a quite strong analogy between the faune of the Japanese and
West Indian archipelagoes and the neighboring seas. Dr. Giinther has in
two instances alluded to the resemblance between West Indian and Japanese
fishes. He has remarked,* in his observations on his Serrans margaritifer, a
South American species, that it ‘‘very much resembles the S. tsiremenara,
Faun. Japon., p. 7, pl. 40, fig. 3, which is said to be common in Japan and to
have sixteen soft rays in the dorsal fin. Still more remarkable is it that the
same plate represents another fish, S. octocinctus, so similar to a West Indian
fish, S. mystacinus, that they cannot be separated.’’? Again,{ the same gentle-
man has observed that the Japanese ‘‘ Mesoprion sparus appears to be closely
allied to the’? Cuban ‘‘ Mesoprion dentatus,’’ ‘‘and it is a very remarkable
fact, in the geographical distribution of fishes, that we find several species,
described by Schlegel in the ‘Fauna Japonica,’ represented in the Atlantic
by others, not or scarcely different,—viz., among the Serranina, Anthias ocu-
latus, Serranus tsirimenara and margaritiferus, Mesoprion sparus and den/atus.”?

* Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c., vol. i. p- 182.
+ Glinther, op. cit., pol. i, p, 89.

1862.]

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The recent discoveries by Prof. Poey have much increased the number of
representative species. The Haliperce of the West Indies are represented by
one Japanese species, (H. hirundinaceus). The other Serranine have been .
already enumerated by Dr. Giinther. The Elastoma oculatum of the Carib-
bean Sea is represented by a form so closely allied that the distinguished
authors of the Fauna Japonica were unable, after a critical comparison, to
discover any difference. Verilus of Poey is allied to Llastoma and £telis, and
is perhaps also represented by Caprodon (T. & 8.) in Japan. The species of
the genus Scombrops, T. & S. has only two species, one of which is Japanese
and the other Cuban ; the nearest relation of the genus is also a West Indian,
the Sphyrenops Bairdianus (Poey.) Emmelichthys has equally Japanese and
West Indian species. The peculiar Priacanthus niphonius (Cuv. et Val.) and
Myriopristis Japonicus (Cuv. et Val.) are most nearly allied to West Indian
and North American fishes—the Priacanthus altus (Gill) and Myriopristis tra-
chypoma (Giinther). Finally, the species recently described as Hollardia
HHollardi by M. Poey, is closely related to a Japanese fish, the Triacanthodes
anomalus, Blkr. The forms enumerated are very peculiar and distinct ones,
and have no near allies in other seas. Many other genera of more universal
distribution or with less characteristic species, which are represented by
allied forms in the two seas might be added. Sufficient has been said to
indicate that the law which has been enunciated by botanists relating te
the similarity of the plants of Eastern Asia and Eastern America, may be
extended within more restricted limits, to the inhabitants of the sea as well
as to those of the land ; for the invertebrated animals,—the crustaceans, the
mollusks and the radiates,—to a greater or less extent, are subject to the
same rule as the fishes.

Catalogue of the FISHES of Lower California, in the Smithsonian Institution,
collected by Mr. J. Xantus.

PART II.
BY THEODORE GILu.

In this paper are continued the descriptions of the fishes collected at Cape
St. Lucas, by Mr. John Xantus. The sequence of the families is not entire-
ly in accordance with their natural affinities. ,

Family TEUTHYDOIDZ (Cuv.)
Genus Prionurus C.et V.
PrionvRUS PUNCTATUS Gill.

The greatest height equals two-fifths of the total length (°40,) the head
forms more than a fourth (°27.) The length of the snout much exceeds half
of the head’s length (-15,) and is a half greater than the diameter of the orbit
(:10;) itis produced and its upper profile very obliquely incurved. There
are on each side of the upper jaw eight teeth, and in the lower jaw six. The
tail has three median lamine, the anterior of which are conic, and the last
bifid, and one smaller one above and below at the base of the caudal.

LD BUN AU Sy PASS THD GS PAG (Moelle 33)

The color is whitish gray, spotted with black on the head, body, dorsal, and
anal fins; the caudal peduncle and fin, pectoral and ventral fins are im-
maculate.

Many specimens of this species were obtained at Cape St. Lucas, It widely
differs from the previously known species by its spotted body; in other

[ April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243

respects it is most nearly allied to the Prionurus laticlavius Val., from the
Gallapagos Islands.

Family CHETODONT OID.
Subfamily CHATODONTIN &.

Genus SarorHropus Gill.
SAROTHRODUS NIGRIROSTRIS Gill.

The body is elevated, the height being nearly equal to three-fifths of the
extreme length. The snout is little produced, and shorter than the diame-
ter of theeye. The pectorals equal the head’s length, and are scarcely longer
than the ventrals. The lateral line is slowly curved upward as far as the
vertical of the fourth soft dorsal ray, and is there nearly parallel with the back,
from which it is mostly separated by an interval equal to the width of the in-
terorbital area.

Dyanna 242) CAC TT 920.
Seales lat. line 44.

The ground color is apparently light and uniform. The head is whitish ;
the muzzle has a blackish band ; there is a transverse interorbital band emar-
ginated behind and much narrower than the orbit. A band between the dor-
sal fin and the interorbital area descends to the temples and is bordered by
whitish. Another obliquely crosses the dorsal fin, caudal peduncle and near
the margin of the anal, the anterior margin of which extends from the base
of the anterior soft rays to the axilla of the anal fin ; the band is bordered by
whitish. The caudal, the produced portion of the dorsal, margin of the
ae and all the pectoral and ventral fins appear to have been uniformly

ight.

This species is allied to Sarothrodus ulieteusis (Chetodon ulietensis
Bikr.) S. robustus(C. robustus Gthr.,) 8. humera lis(C. humeralis
Gthr.) S. gracilis, (C. gracilis Gthr.,) and S.maculo-cinctus Gill;
but is readily distinguished by the above diagnosis.

Two specimens, about two inches and a half long, were sent by Mr. Xantus
to the Institution ; the alcohol having evaporated, both have been dried up.

Genus Hotacantuus (Lam. ) C. et V.

HoLacAaNTuus STRIGATUS Gill.

The treatest height exceeds two-fifths (-43) of the length. The length of the
head forms almost a quarter (-24;) the diameter of the orbit equals a third
(-08) of that length, and is less than the length of the snout (="09,) and greater
than that of the preopercular spine (-07.) The margin of the dorsal and anal
fins are slightly convergent backwards ; the angle of the former is little acu-
minate, and passes beyond the anterior half of the caudal, the longest rays
nearly equalling the head’s length ; the anal angle is obtuse or slightly
rounded. The caudal is scarcely convex, and slightly oblique, its upper
angle passing beyond and less blunt than the lower ; the length is less than
a fifth (19) of the total. The pectoral exceeds a fifth (21) and the ventrals
nearly equal a quarter (-24) of the total length.

eI, Le A ae LIT.) 16:

The color is dark purplish brown, crossed below the seventh spine by 4
whitish band attenuated and curved backwards below ; four nearly equidis-
tant indistinct vertical bluish lines cross the body between the band and the
base of the caudal. The head is girdled with two broader and more distinct
bluish bands, one in front of the eyes, and the other in front of the dorsal and
behind the eyes. The dorsal and anal have two indistinct lines parallel with
the borders, and the posterior margins are also bluish. The pectorals,
dorsal and caudal are yellow; the latter alone margined with brown.

1862.]

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

This species, like the Pimelepterus, is related to a species of the Red Sea, the
Holacanthus maculosus ©. et V., but is readily distinguished by the less ele-
vated body and fins, number of rays and details of coloration. It is also re-
lated tothe H. formosus Cast. of Brazil, and more remotely to H. passer, Val.,
of the Gallapagos Islands, and H. diacanthus, Gthr., of the Indian Ocean.

Genus PomMAcANTHODES Gill.

PoMACANTHODES ZONIPECTUS Gill.

The form much resembles that of Pomacanthus. The greatest height equals
three-fifths (-59) of the length. The head forms about a quarter (°26) and
the caudal fin about a sixth (-17) of the total length. The diameter of the
orbit enters nearly four times (-7-26) in the head’s length, the snout two and
a half times, (*10) and the preopercular spine six times and a half (-04.) The
dorsal is considerably produced at the sixth ray which passes behind the
rounded posterior margin and nearly equals a third (°31) of the total length.
The anal is simply rounded behind, and the caudal truncated. The pecto-
rals equal a fifth (°21) and the ventrals three-tenths (*30) of the length. The
back behind the nape is gibbous or protuberant.

D. XI. 23—24. A. III. 20.

The color is brownish margined with light on each scale. A very dark
brown band girdles the breast behind the ventral and pectoral fins ; the dark
color is prolonged upwards to the fifth dorsal spine, and merges into the
lighter color of the head. The pectorals and caudal are marbled, the other fins
nearly uniformly dark.

One specimen eight inches long was collected by Captain Dow, at San Sal-
vador.

PIMELEPTEROID2 Gill,

This family may be modified to embrace those fishes with the outline corres -
pondingly developed above and below the median axis of the body, and by
scaly fins and compressed teeth, as well as the development of numerous pan-
creatic caeca. The principal types are the Pimelepterine, Girelline, and
Scorpidine. Two of those types are represented on the California coast.

Subfamily GIRELLIN® Gill.

Genus GrIELLA (Gray,) Gthr.
GIRELLA NIGRICANS Gill.
Camarina nigricans Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sciences,
pt. ii. p. 81, fig. 22. Oct. 1861.
Girella nigricans Gill, Proc. Acad. Natural Sciences, vol. xiv. p. 16.
1862.

This species appears to bea true Girell/a, and I had referred it to that genus
early in 1850, when hastily examining the species then sent by Mr. Xantus.
I have always found fourteen dorsal spines. There is a more or less distinct
white spot under the spinous dorsal. If distinct, then it may be named G.
dorsomacula.

DOME 13. ACe Te

The genus Girella as limited by Dr. Giinther, scarcely appears to be
homogeneous. The Girella simplex, (Crenidens simplex Rich.) has the incisors
entire and undivided, and therefore represents a distinct genus to which the
name of Jncisidens may be given.

Subfamily PIMELEPTERIN@ Gthr.

Genus PimeLeprervs (Lac. )
This genus as adopted here is intended to embrace only those species with

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245

nearly uniformly low dorsal and anal fins, and consequently excludes Pime-
lepterus tahmel Riippell, P. Dussumieri C. et V. and P. raynaldi C. et V., in
which the soft parts of the dorsal and anal fins are much elevated. It is
therefore proposed to refer them to a distinct genus under the name of Opis-
THISTIUS.

The Pimelepterus waigensis has been stated by Cuvier and Valenciennes to ap-
parently have five or six pyloric caeca.* Inthe species of our eastern coast which
I have examined, as wellas in 7. fuscusand Opisthistius tahmel, they are pres-
ent in very great number. There is, therefore, an anomalous range of varia-
tion for so very closely related species, or appearances have been deceptive to
Messrs. Cuvier and Valenciennes. In two specimens of the very closely re-
lated P. analogu opened by us, the intestines were completely decayed, al-
though the fishes were externally in a fine state of preservation.

The Pimelepterus levifrons of Tschudiis not at all related to this genus.

PIMELEPTERUS ANALOGUS Gill.

The greatest height enters 2.6-7 (°35) times in the eztreme length. The
head forms about two-ninths (22) and equals the length of the caudal; the
snout enters three times in that length, and is less than the width of the in-
terorbital area (‘083): the median rays of the caudal are half as long as the
longest, and rather more than half as long as the head (*113.) The dorsal is
highest atits sixth spine, the length of which enters eleven times (-09) in the
total, and is twice as great as the last spine; the greatest height of the soft
portion equals a quarter of the head’s length (-053.) The pectorals and ven-
trals have the same length, and are contained more than eight times (*12) in
the total.

Dre NicmtterAcrtibela: 9. 1. I. {.°6. 1. 4. 'P. 2: 14 Vo 1. ‘5:

The teeth are about twenty-two in number in each jaw. The vertical partin
the adult is as long as the heel or horizontal part, and the apex subtrian-
gular.

Scales 75 —
20

The color of the adult is grayish on the back, and on the flanks indistinctly
longitudinally banded alternately with yellow and grayish or silvery, the
former along the middle of the scales, and the latter along the adjoining sides.
In the young, large yellowish spots are distributed on the body. The preor-
bital is silvery. The fins are rather dark.

Nearly related to Pimelepterus waigiensis (Quoy and Gaimard) and P.
incisor C. et V., but apparently differing slightly in its proportions.

Family GERREOID Z& Blkr.
Subfamily GERREIN Bikr.

Genus Diaprervs (Ranzani. )
DIAPTERUS CALIFORNIENSIS Gill.

The greatest height nearly equals a third (-32) of the extreme length ; the
caudal peduncle is slender and attenuated at the middle. The head forms
less than a quarter (°22) of the length ; the diameter of the orbit enters two
lines and two-thirds (-09) in the head’s length, the snout three times and a
third. The interorbital area is flattened, and the groove for the posterior pro-
cesses of the intermaxillary bones is broad, scaleless, semioval between the
eyes, and attaining to the vertical of the ends of the maxillary bones ; the ex-
posed portions of the latter bones are convex above, semicordate, and twice as
long as broad. The lateral line is sigmoidally curved.

* «Lenombre des coecums qui entourent le pylore nous a paru de cinq ou six.”

1862.]

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The second and third dorsal spines are nearly equal, angulated at the ter-
minal third (normally ?) contained rather more than seven times (°13 135) in
the total length, and nearly twice as long as the last one (°07.) The third
anal spine is larger than the second, shorter than the last dorsal one and a
quarter (-06) of the head’s length. The caudal forms between a third and
fourth (*29) ofthe length, equals the pectorals, and is twice as long as the ven-
trals.

1 1 6

D. IX. 9-. A. IIL. 7-. Scales 44—.

1 i 13

The color is silvery with steel blue reflections above; the fins immacu-
late.

DIAPTERUS GRACILIS Gill.

"The greatest height scarcely equals a quarter (‘23) of the extreme length ;
the caudal peduncle is robust and regularly attenuated to the base of its fin.
The head forms between a fourth and fifth (:22) of the length ; the diameter
of the orbit enters nearly three times (7-22) in length of the head, exceeds
the length of the snout (06) and equals the interorbital area. The maxillary
groove is linear, naked, and extends beyond the vertical from the anterior
third of the pupil. The exposed surface of each maxillary bone is long,
oblique and uniformly wide to its anterior third, whence the upper margin
is bent forwards. The posterior half of the lateral line is rectilinear and par-
allel with the dorsal outline.

The second and third dorsal spines are slender, nearly straight, contained
eight or nine times (*12, -11) in the total length, and almost four times longer
than the last spine (—"04), The third anal spine is longer than the second, and
equals about a third of the head’s length, (-06, 063.) The caudal fin forms
more than a fifth (-22) of the length, equals the pectoral, and is nearly twice
as long as the ventrals (—-12.)

1 1 5

D. IX. 9-. A. HI. 7-. Scales 45 —.

1 1 10

The color is silvery, and on the back tinged with purplish and with a steel
blue reflection. The margin of the spinous dorsal, especially at its angle, is
black.

This species is allied to Diapterus aprion (Gerres aprion C. et V.) D.
macrosoma(G. macrosoma Blkr.,) D. argyreus (G. argyreus C. et V.,)
and D. oblongus (G. oblongus C. et V., but is distinguished by the combi-
nation of characters indicated in the diagnosis.

Descriptions of two new species of VESPERTILIONIDE, andsome remarks on
the genus ANTROZOUS.

BY HARRISON ALLEN, M. D.

I have been permitted, by the Smithsonian Institution, to publish the fol-
lowing descriptions from specimens in its collection.

LASIURUS INTERMEDIUS, nob.

Head large, flat and hairy. Snout high, emarginate and of a brown color.
Nostrils opening sublaterally. Sides of face moderately inflated. Mouth and
lower jaw fringed with short hair. There is a small naked space at mentum.
The ears are high, elliptical, pointed and nearly naked ; they are strongly
convex on their inner border, nearly straight on their outer; the lobe at the
base of the outer border is very well developed. The tragus is similar in
shape to that of LZ. cinereus, but has a blunter incurved tip ; it is slightly haired
on facial surface. Eyes diminutive, placed near the ear. Thumb rather small.
Feet moderate.

(April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247

Fur not so extensive as in other species of the genus. Posteriorly extend-
ing on to the wing membrane from body, as in LZ. cinereus,—running down
the interfemoral membrane two-thirds the distance and on to the foot; a very
small brownish tuft is seen at base of thumb, and on the membrane at and
above the elbow, while the fourth and fifth fingers are naked. Anteriorly the
hair spreads up under the arm to wrist as in other species, bnt less
thickly. It also runs down a little way upon the interfemoral and is obser-
vable upon the membrane between the ulna and humeris. The wing mem-
brane extends to base of toes. The caleaneum is moderately developed.

General hue olive brown. Blackish at base, dirty brown at centre, with
a clearer tip. The color is somewhat darker behind than in front.

4 1 Die! 4
Dentition, m -, c-, in.-, c-, m-=30.
5 6

The small premolar placed behind the canine of the upper jaw of L.
cinereus and novaboracensis is here absent.

This species in size, physiognomy, number of incisors, and character of the
distribution of the fur resembles the type of Lasiurus, while in shape of the
ears and disposition of molars it is akin to Scotophilus. The interfemoral
membrane is scarcely more hairy than in S. noctivagans, yet the entire con-
tour of the animal is strongly Lasiurian,—and in fixing it thus we must de-
cide that the small premolar in the upper jaw, the rounded ear and hairy in-
. terfemoral, are not essential characters to the genus.

As a species it is intermediate between ZL. Grayi Tomes, and ZL. cinereus,
Pal. de Beau. It is larger than L.Grayi, and smaller than the majority
of specimens of Z. cinereus; the thumb is small as in the former, but
the wing membrane extends to the base of toes as in the latter; it is distinct
from both in the brown fur, in the high ear and the scantiness of the hair on
the interfemoral membrane.

Habitat. Matamoras, Tamaulipas. L. B. Conch.

MEASUREMENTS.

LSE DEINE® eccoosond, 663000e7 DBUSdDUIO JE000 500 OCUSC CUTE OC UGOO OSE UR COE COCO SCERAGE 13:0
BIgn@l lh OLE GONE, ce cso och beDEt ouES CERCA RDS JEL OCD SO UDCOCLIOLE RECOCLEE, | ICSE oOo CF 0°6
Ee UTA OTIS taecesiascsscivecccle fs = ss SE 6000080309 090224 COC HA DUNEO SCRE 0:3
REE MOIMOLE AEM see soe seas she cc Nome snce oletee scoctlecte sites oscig scclseeGe eatownem 2:0
0 OG IDE de donor ahah Jos Hadas ie SBE qOBdCECOGOOCU CUES A gUCEs BCOOSOCORCOLEGE SO CG. 0-9
Beppe Moll Mecentsaractas ob sis eee <'s6 265%\0.25.+a. PECEOOCALH 390009 020006 PACOOM OE ACE Ree 6 .2°0
MMSE AOMELIEN Oi ash ccccresasecias «clacleieecpaseblecneeenare rier scion erlssesestesewes cass 0°5
RC OO GMa cldssicsjcnsison lstecicsiceots clojsssieeaccieh soos caer: (iecesocseesy - ee Ose:
MCE MLOTCOSG MIM OT es fesse dense, loosscsespiensess jen Weicssoee cascnsicnssesess 2:0

VESPERTILIO NITIDUS, Nob.

Body small; head and face very hairy, the nostrils separated by a narrow
slightly emarginate space; ears longer than head, slightly emarginate on
outer edge, curving somewhat outwards, hairy at basal third behind, extend-
ing up a greater distance cn the inner side ; tragus tapering, leaning a little
outwards, and about half the height of auricle; lips extensively whiskered ;
thumb and foot small; interfemoral membrane ample; calcaneum rather
long, with an excalcaneal membrane; color of membranes darkish brown.

Fur long and silky. Coler plumbeus at base with russet tips behind and
lighter russet or ashy cinereus in front. Interfemoral membrane naked, ex-
cept the usual tuft at the base behind, and a few lightish hairs arranged trans-
versely in front.

Skull inflated, rather flattish.

Ge Alle 6G
Dentition, m-, ¢-, in.-, ¢-, m-=38.

ideal | Geode 6
1862]

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Upper jaw. Incisors equal; centrals bifid, laterals unicuspid, intervening
space in the mesial line.

Canines simple. Premolars three in number, anterior ones small. Third
large. The remaining molars as usual.

Lower jaw. Incisors trilobed, excepting those contiguous to the canines,
which are quadrilobed. Of the premolars the first is larger than the second ;
the third is larger than both. Remaining molars not peculiar.

In the bat labelled 1745, Gaudaloupe, the second premolar both above and
below is so wedged in between the first and third that it is scarcely visible from
the outside.

It bears a strong resemblance to V. mystacinus, Leis. The emarginate ear,
elongate tragus, and whiskered lips are seen in both; but our species is
larger than V. mystacinus, while the thumb is smaller; the tail is shorter,
and calcaneum more produced.

It differs also in color, V. mystacinus being a grayish brown; V. nitidus a
reddish brown.

MEASUREMENTS.

EXXPaNsSC.....0-0--0+- sleceiade seins ees Docc er nan onond 3 Co Nace CHD cacbaceo. coconee --8°0
He@Ight Of CAT ....scvccneoraces + cjede) enselecenjeiecscsinnsees|voociasieiasscrenisaoscssies .0°5
GOST SUn eer ns eanond “aa esccadocdcoccny ScucCoCAdtcode socee coonIgNods SoboSAAd naps: 0:3
Length of forearm........0.csscccceser ssecescar sseneces oscenads snennriossansecas 13
GOT POG rill er Necse Coon. cecadoad Obcocoodd SOS HOUE a CCE CCD SBOE TOL? DOSCEOCE woe 0°53

Me SST Tas eareien <scoiiaiiees cncisas oot «na deucigncteleas ache aie se eels aac nia 1-1

Bi) UUs A nib han 9Bachoscaaacoo, Oddady CadC JOCBUC TONE OneDOS OSE A-C couge bore seountene 0-2

BE SO ayo takes no 266 Hae aHacegd 74 6 docob. DHOsoo a saned conor denice cd ceed a 03

S62) SSlon ges tin Ger. .rosmsclespr alesse enter conse useless nesvicdtenstiewsences 0-2

Habitat. California.
No. 1981. Monterey. W. Hatton.
‘* 5221665. Fort Steilacoom. Dr. Suckley, U.S. A.
66 523—1656 sé “6 66 “cc ce
‘ 524—1657 “eé ce ce se oe
ce 525--1658 ce ce ce “ “ce

In 1855, Major Le Conte, in the 7th Vol. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. p. 437, de-
scribed a bat from California under the name,—V. pallidus.

The changes which have taken place in the classification of Cheiroptera of late
years and especially the greatly restricted sense in which the genus Vesperti-
lio as now received, is sufficient apology for the insertion of this bat under the
genus whichI am about to propose.

a“

Anrrozous, n. g.—Head rather large; nose high, tapering, narrow ; snout
angular, blunt ; nostrils apical, outer borders joining above in a transverse
line ; eyes large; ears longer than head, not joined. Skull long, not de-
pressed, slightly crested at posterior part, tapering anteriorly.

Aol 2 hs oe

Dentition, m-, ¢-, in. -, c-, m-,=28.

iB, al 4 1 6

Upper jaw. The sup. incisors large pointed, separated by a narrow space.
Canines well developed with a small basal internal cusp. Nosmall premolar
posterior to canine, as in Lasiurus; molars as in that genus.

Lower jaw. Incisors trilobed, the two centrals placed anteriorly to laterals.
Canines with an acute basal cusp which nearly touches the second premolar.
The first premolar simple and smaller than the second. Molars not peculiar.

This genus differs from Vespertilio in the high and slender snout ; the crested
and narrow skull; the elevated broad ears, and in one incisor less in the upper
jaw, and two less in the lower. Indeed the latter fact is alone sufficient to
separate it, for although the incisors in the upper jaw asa general rule are
subject to considerable variation, a departure from the usual number in the
lower jaw is a matter of more significance. Antrozous is the only instance in
the extensive family of Vespertilionide of such variation. cA '

pril,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249

May 6th, 1862.
Dr. Le Conve in the Chair.

Sixteen members present.

Mr. Cope stated that one of the few described species of North
American serpents not known to the zoologists of our country, the
Carphoptis Harpesti of Dum. and Bib., had been recently discovered
in Texas. It belongs to the genus Virginia, of Baird and Girard.

May 13th, 1862.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Ninteen members present.

May 20th, 1862.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.

Twenty-seven members present.

The following papers were presented for publication, and referred to
Committees :

Catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California, in the Museum of the
Smithsonian Institution, ete. Pt. III. By Theo. Gill.

List of the Pseudo-neuroptera of Illinois, ete. By Benjamin D.
Walsh, M. D.

Revision of the Gulls of North America. By Elliott Coues.

Catalogue of Birds, collected by the North Pacific Exploring Expe-
dition, ete. By John Cassin.

May 27th, 1862.
Dr. Brinces, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Twenty-one members present.

On Report of the respective Committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published in the Proceedings :

Catalogue of the FISHES of Lower California, in the Smithsonian Institution,
collected by Mr. J. Xantus.

BY THEODORE GILL.
PART III.

Family PERCOIDZ (Cuv.)
Subfamily SERRANINE (Sw.) Gill.
Genus Bracuyruints Gill.
BRACHYRHINUS CREOLUS Gill.
Synonymy.

Serranus creolus Cuv.et Val. Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome ii. p. 265.
a * Cuv. Régne Animal, ed. Ill., Zchthyologie, pl. 8, fig. 1.

The Brachyrhinus of Lower California is undistinguishable by me from the
B. creolus of the West Indies and South America. The proportions, number

1862.] 17.

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

of rays (D.IX—19. A. III. 9,) and of scales (L. 1. 85—95,) and color, espe-
cially the four round violet dots, are the same in the fish of the Pacific Ocean
as in that of the Caribbean Sea; I am therefore compelled to regard the two
as identical. The Grachyrhinus colonus (Serranus colonus Val.) of the Gallapagos
Islands appears to differ in color, the number of the rays and the size of the
scales.

Genus EpinepHetus (Bloch) Gill.

EPINEPHELUS SELLICAUDA Gill.

The height equals about three tenths (-29) of the totallength. The head forms
considerably more than a third (-36) of the same length; it is wholly covered
with small, closely appressed scales, the only naked external parts being the
supramaxillary bones and lips. The eye in diameter equalg a sixth of the
head’s length, and is distant more than a fourth (°83) from the snout. The
preoperculum is oblique and scarcely denticulated along its upper half, vertical
and more coarsely denticulated towards the angle and thence decurved forwards.
There are three opercular spines, the upper of which is concealed. The caudal
enters nearly five times and a half (-18) in the length and nearly equals the
pectoral fins. The ventrals scarcely equal a seventh (+14) of the length.

DS Xa Wiis Ac U8:

The color is purplish brown, sparsely covered with white spots which extend
more or less on the dorsal, anal, pectoral, and ventral fins. The caudal pe-
duncle has a black saddle-like spot behind the dorsal fin. The posterior mar-
gins of the pectoral and external margins of the ventrals have white lines. The
spinous dorsal has the incised membrane hyaline bordered below by a linear
black band. The caudal is immaculate.

The species is perhaps most nearly allied to the Z. awoara (Serranus awoara
Fauna Japonica) of Japan, and the Lpinephelus niveatus (Serranus niveatus C.V.)
of the West Indies.

Genus Dermatotepis Gill.

This genus is very closely related to Lioperca, of which the Serranus inermis
Val. of the Caribbean Sea, is the type. It differs from Loperca by the absence
of the canine teeth on each side of the front of the upper jaw, by the little increase
in size of the teeth of the posterior rows near the symphisis, the short and
bluntly rounded pectoral fins, the regular increase of the three small anal
spines, and the obsolescence of the upper spiniform process which is concealed
in the skin. The teeth are in broad bands in front, separated by a narrow
smooth symphiseal area, and become recumbent backwards and inwards in the
internal rows. The usual trilobation (not spines) of the operculum is indis-

tinct.
DERMATOLEPIS PuNCTATUS Gill.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences of Phila., vol. xiii. 1861, p. 54.
One specimen stuffed is in the museum.

Subfamily RHYPTICINA Gill.
Genus Ruypticus Cuv.

Ruypricus xANTI Gill.

The greatest height equals a fourth or more of the total length. The head
to the end of the opercular membrane equals three-tenths (-303) and projects
considerably beyond the spine (-01};) its height behind the eyes enters nearly
five times and a half (-18) in the total length, and the greatest height at the nape
more than five times (-21.) The eye is moderately small, its diameter (4) being
more than half as long as the snout. The pectoral fin enters more than 6} times
(='15}) in the total length.

DPT 24 AY 16s
[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251

The color is a very dark purplish brown, darker on the fins and on the trunk,
irregularly mottled with lighter brown spots.

Two specimens of this species are in the collection, one thirteen inches and
a half long, and the other little more than five inches long. In color it most
resembles the Rhypticus nigripinnis (Gill) from Panama, but that has only two
dorsal spines, and might therefore perhaps more properly be referred to the
genus Promicropterus. I dedicate itto Mr. Xantus, who has made the magnifi-
cent collection, of which a part is here described.

RHYPTICUS MACULATUS Gill.

The greatest height equals a quarter of the total length. The head, exclu-
sive of the membrane, forms 27-100, and inclusive of it 29-100 of the length ;
the height immediately behind the eyes equals 13-100, and at the nape 18-100
of the same. The eye of the single small specimen in the collection has a diame-
ter longer than the snout, and equal to a fifth of the head’s extreme length.
The pectoral fin equals a sixth of the total length.

D. Il. 24.

The color is reddish brown on the body and head, thickly covered with yel-
lowish spots about as large as the pupil of the eye. The fins are blackish
and immaculate, except the caudal, which is dotted on its basal half.

A single specimen, less than two inches and three quarters long, was col-
~ lected.

Family CHILODIPTEROIDZ Bleeker,

Genus Amita Gronovius.

AMIA RETROSELLA Gill,

The greatest height exceeds a quarter (-28) of the total length; of that
length the head forms more than three-tenths (-31.) The diameter of the orbit
enters three times and a half (-09) in the head’s length, and the snout four
times and-a half (:07.) The hinder margin of the preoperculum is finely den-
ticulated; the crest entire. The spinous dorsal, at the third spine, has
a height equal to an eighth (-12) of the total length, and the soft a sixth (-17)
of the same. The caudal fin enters four times and a half (-23;) the pecto-
ral fin equals a fifth (-19) and the ventral a sixth (:16) of the length.

DaVleteo Ac le. 6 C.4, 158. 7.1.3. Po 2.10. V. I. 5.

2
Scales 25—.

The color is reddish yellow, minutely dotted with black, with a black spot
on the operculum, another on the end of the caudal peduncle, aad a vertical
band below the soft dorsal fin. The unpaired fins are more or less thickly punc-
tulated with black.

This species is related to Amia dovit (Apogon dovii Gthr.,) but the
saddle-like band under the second dorsal fin at once distinguishes it it; is also
closely allied to A. maculata (Monoprion maculatus Poey.)

Family SP-4ROIDZ Cuv. Gill.
Subfamily LUTJANINA Gill.

LUTJANUS NOVEMFASCIATUS Gill.

The greatest height exceeds a quarter of the extreme length. The head
forms rather more than three-tenths of the same, (-31;) the snout enters three
times and a half (-09) in the head’s length, and the diameter of the eye about
four times and a half (-07.) The teeth are in a longitudinal band on the
tongue. The anterior nostril has a membraneous flap or lid behind. The pre-
operculum has a shallow emargination ; the interoperculum a blunt trihedral

1862.]

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

tubercle. The fourth dorsal spine equals a tenth of the total length and is a
quarter longer than the ninth, which is shorter than the tenth. The second
anal spine is strongest and rather larger than the ninth dorsal one. The cau-
dal is nearly truncate when expanded, and forms a fifth of the total length.
The pectoral and ventral fins are equal, and coutained about five times and @
half in the length.
D..X013-14, VA. 8:
7
Scales 48—.
18
The color is purplish brown, lighter at the centres of the scales, and with
nine faint vertical bands, the second under the front of the dorsal, the sixth
under the union of the spinous and soft parts, and the last behind the dorsal.
The margin of the dorsal and caudal is dark. The front of the soft anal near
the angle white; the base of the pectoral dark.

Subfamily HOPLOPAGRIN & Gill.

Genus Hopropaarvs Gill.

Proc. Academy of Nat. Sciences of Phila., 1861, p. 78.

Body oblong-ovate, compressed, with the caudal peduncle short, covered
with moderate or rather large oblique scales, similar to those of the typical
Sparoids and arranged in longitudinal rows parallel with the lateral line.
Head moderate, with the profile not much arched but declining rapidly down-
wards. The operculum and suboperculum are covered with large scales; the
cheeks with about five rows of scales; the limb of the preoperculum naked.
The preorbital bone is very high, and its hinder margin concealed. The pre-
operculum is notched above its. angle for the reception of a knob of the inter-
opercular bone. Its ascending margin and angle are finely pectinated, as is
also the suprascapular bone. The operculum is obtusely biangulated behind.
Mouth of normal size; the ascending branches of the intermaxillaries are
shorter than the horizontal ones. Teeth on the jaws and front of the vomer ;
there are four robust but blunt canines in each jaw, near the symphisis in an
anterior row; another row of obtusely conical ones, behind in which, in the
upper jaw, is at least one row of smaller molar or fusiform ones. Behind the
row of conical ones of the lower jaw, there is, on each side of the median line,
about one molar. There are also about three short and obtusely conical molars
on the front of the vomer. Nostrils distant; the posterior are elongated oval
slits in front of the eyes; the anterior are tubular and situated at the anterior
margin of the snout. Branchiostegal rays five on each side. Dorsal fin with
2 deep notch between its spinous and soft portions; the anterior part with ten
spines. Anal fin wth three moderate but stout spines, the second of which is
largest. Caudal fin emarginated. Pectoral fins subfalcate and acuminate.
Ventral fins acuminate, with its axillar scales well developed. 4

The species for which we have framed the genus above described, is one of
the most interesting that has been for some time made known. It furnishes
additiocal evidence of the slight value of the presence or absence of teeth on
the palatine arch as a character for distinguishing families, and at the same
time it confirms the propriety of approximating the Sparoids and the Percoids,
or at least the Lutjanine.

At first sight the observer wonld be inclined to refer the type of the new
group to the genus Diacope of Cuvier, or Genyoroge of Cantor, or to Mesoprion
of Cuvier. There is indeed no essential difference in external form or appear-
ance between those several genera. There is the same nudity of the superior
surface of the head and preorbital region: the same sinus above the angle of
the preoperculum, and the corresponding knob of the interoperculum ; the same
serration of the preoperculum and suprascapular; the same two blunt spinous

(May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253

processes of the operculum; the same form and disposition of the fins, and
the same structure of the scales. Almost the only external difference that
would be esteemed as of more than specific value relates to the position and form
of the nostrils. And yet the fish now to be described does not belong to the
same family as Diacope or Genyoroge, if the Sparoids and Percoids are regarded
as being distinct families simply on account of dentition. For the present
species is found, on further investigation, to be provided with teeth like those of
the Sparine subfamily of the Sparoids, while Diacope or Genyoroge has teeth
somewhat like Serranus, and has been by all naturalists referred to the family
of Percoids and placed near Serranus. The number of brauchiostegal rays is
also less than that of the Lutjanine genus.

Hopropacrous Guentaenril Gill.
Proc. Academy of Nat. Sciences of Phila., vol. 1861, p. 78.

The greatest height equals a third (-35) of the extreme length. The head
forms three-tenths (-30) of the same. ‘The profile is scarcely curved ; the fore-
head slightly gibbous. The snout equals nearly half (+143) of the head’s
length ; the height of the suborbital from the eye to the angle of the mouth is
less than a third of the same (-09.) The diameter of the orbit equals a fifth of
the head’s length. The posterior nostril tube is an elliptical aperture. The
preopercular sinus is semicircular; the interopercular knob moderate and
oblique. The spine of the dorsal increases in a curve to the fourth spine,
which equals an eighth of the total length, and is more than twice as long as
the last two (=-053.) The anal spines regularly increase, the first being con-
tained seven times and a half (-(04) in the head’s length, while the second is nearly
and the third quite twice as long as the first. The caudal fin is little emargi-
nated, and the angles nearly rectangular; the external rays equal about +22 and
the median about -18 of the total length. The pectoral fins are produced and
pointed as usual, and nearly equal three-tenths of the length (-28,) the ventrals
equal a fifth (-20.) The rows of scales above the lateral line are parallel with
it, and those below nearly straight and longitudinal.

Pitan iO O52 8. Ti Ed. P. 2.25... V. 1,5.
8 4

Scales 43 (3)— —
1G

The color of the stuffed specimen is uniform purplish brown.

I dedicate the fine species to the excellent Giinther in token of appreciation.
Subfamily PRISTIPOMATIN Gill.

Genus Hammuton Cuvier,

This genus as here adopted is restricted to Pristipomatine, with large mouths,
the spinous dorsal increasing in a curved line towards the third, fourth or fifth
Spines and thence gradually decreasing, and the scales of moderate size,
arranged in more or less oblique rows, so that the nuclei or the spots on each
scale form interrupted lines that tend obliquely upwards and form acute angles
with the lateral line. The anal spines are robust, and the second is generally
largest. The genus, however, requires still further restriction.

Hamuton Scupperi Gill.

The greatest height enters less than three times and a half (-28) in the total
length, and is little greater than the length of the head (—=-27.) The diameter
of the eye equals a third of the head’s length, and is nearly as long as the
snout. The supramaxillary bones reach behind nearly to the vertical of the
pupil. The teeth of the front row in each jaw are strongly and abruptly curved.
The preoperculum is emarginated behind and is pectinated, especially at the
angle. The dorsal fin increases in a curve to the fourth spine, which is half as

1862.]

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Jong as the body beneath, (-14,) and two and a third times as long as the
eleventh spine. The second anal spine is longest and nearly equals the fourth
dorsal one. The caudal forms more than a fifth (:22) of the length, and the
pectoral equals a fifth (-20.)
1 6
DOXI. T. 165" A TI 7: Scales 52 —.
1 14
The color is greenish silvery, with faint oblique lines formed by the central
dots on the scales above the lateral line, and less oblique ones below, There
are two lateral bands; one from the snout over the eye to the end of the dorsal,
and the other from the back of the eye to an oblong spot on the caudal pe-
duncle. The fins are nearly colorless. The preoperculum has a blackish
brown spot behind partly concealed.
I dedicate this species to Mr. Scudder, already favorably known as an Ento-
mologist, and now engaged in the study of Hemulon and the allied genera.

H@MULON SEXFASCIATUS Gill.

The greatest height is nearly equal to three-tenths (-29) of the extreme
length, and barely exceeds the head’s length (=—:28.) The diameter of the eye
nearly equals a third of the latter length as well as the length of the snout.
The supramaxillary bones reach behind nearly to the vertical from the front of
the pupil. The teeth of the external row in the upper jaw are strongly curved ;
those of the lower much less. The preoperculum is emarginated behind by the
production of its angle andis dentated. The dorsal finis highest at its fourth
or longest spine, which nearly equals an eighth (-13) of the total length, and
its last spines ane much abbreviated, the eleventh little exceeding a quarter of
the fourth (633.) The second anal spine is as long or longer than the fourth
dorsal. The caudal and pectoral fins are nearly equal, and contained about
four and a half times (22—23) in the total length.

1 7

IOP G lid IGS im aN NL ee Scales 50 —.

1 18

The color is greyish-silver, with six broad bands on the body, the first between
the nape and dorsal fin; the second under the first five spines; the fourth under
the last spines, and the sixth mostly behind the dorsal fin.

H#MULON FLAVIGUTTATUS Gill.

The greatest height does not much exceed a quarter of the extreme length,
(.27,) of which the head forms a quarter. The eve’s diameter equals a quarter of
the head’s length, and is less than the length of the snout. The supramaxillary
bones end under the front of the pupils. The preoperculum is little emar-
ginated behind and is pectinated. The fourth dorsal spine is longest, and
equals a ninth (:11) of the total length; the eleyenth is as long or longer than
the twelfth or second dorsal one, and equals a twentieth (-5) of the length.
The second anal spine equals an eleventh of the length. The caudal fin forms
scarcely a fifth of the length, and the pectoral enters four times and a half in
the same.

DBD E BIG AWG INDI Tha):

Scales 53 —.
16
The color is greyish, with sulphur-colored spots in the centre of each scale,
forming above the lateral line and below the spinous dorsal oblique lines tend-
ing upwards and backwards, and on the caudal peduncle longitudinal lines,
while under the lateral line they form longitudinal undulating lines.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259

Genus Ortuostecuus* Gill.

This genus is proposed for species which differ from Hamulon by the arrange-
ment of the scales above as well as below the lateral line in longitudinal rows,
and the straight course of the anterior portion of the lateral line. In other
respects it resembles Hemulon. The arrangement of the scales approximates
it rather to the genera Pristipoma (hasta) and Conodon of Cuvier, but the dorsal
and anal fins in both of those genera are scaleless.

ORTHOST@HCHUS MACULICAUDA Gill.

The greatest height equals 28-100ths of the total length, and the head rather
more than a quarter. The diameter of the orbit equals a quarter (-07) of the
greatest height, and is less than the length of the snout (= -08.) The supra-
maxillary bone ends under or somewhat behind the front of the pupil. The
teeth of the external row are of moderate size and moderately curved. The
preoperculum is emarginated behind and pectinated or dentated. The fourth
dorsal spine equals or exceeds a ninth of the total length, and is scarcely shorter
than the third and fifth, while it is nearly three times as long as the twelfth,
which itself is shorter than that in front of the second dorsal. The second anal
spine equals a teath of the total length. The caudal fin forms less than a fifth,
and the pectoral fin enters about four times and a third in the length.

DPA 165 A. Til. Lo:
!
Scales 47 —.
16

The color is purplish grey, with longitudinal lines on the body formed by
yellow spots in the centre of each scale, and with an oblong black spot on each
side of the end of the caudal peduncle. ‘

There are sometimes irregularities in the squamation. In the collection are
four varieties.

Ist. With all the rows straight. F

2d. With the third row below the lateral line in front decurved and continued,
as the fourth row, to the caudal.

3d. With the second row below the lateral line in front bent upwards and
confluent with the first row.

4th. With the first row above the lateral line in front bent upwards and con-
tinned as the second row to the caudal.

These aberrations are caused by the displacement of the rows, and corres-
pondingly affect the rows aboveor below. They exhibit the tendency to revert
to the arrangement of scales of Hemulon.

Genus Micro.eripotvs Gill.

The present is closely related to Hemulon and Orthostechus ; it differs from
the latter by the arrangement of the scales above the lateral line in oblique
rows, and from both in the following characters :—

Ist. The scales are small. 2d. The mouth is rather small. 3d. The second
dorsal spine is at least half as long asthe third, which equals or surpasses the
others. 4th. The anal spines are rather small and graduated, the third being
longest. 5th. The dorsal and anal fins are scaleless. In other respects the
genus resembles Haemulon.

It differs from Pristipoma (hasta) by—

1st. The small scales, obliquely arranged. 2d. The rather smaller mouth.
3d. The development of the anterior dorsal spines. 4th. The small and gradu-
ated anal spines.

The name Microlepidotus is given to the genus in imitation of Hemilepidotus.

* Opdes (straight) and crayos (row.)
1862.]

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

MICROLEPIDOTUS INORNATUS Gill.

The greatest height equals or nearly equals a quarter of the extreme length.
The head equals the height; the diameter of the orbit enters about four times
and a third (053) in the head’s length, and the snout three times and a half,
(-07.) The supramaxillary bone ends under the posterior nostril. The teeth
of the outer row are moderate and curved. The preoperculum is little emargi-
nated behind, and is pectinated as usual. The first dorsal spine is weak, and
not half as long as the second; the second spine is two-thirds as long as the third;
the latter equals a tenth of the length, and is about as long as the fourth and
fifth ; the rest decrease towards the thirteenth, which is half as long as the
second spine. The third anal spine is largest; its length does not equal half
that of the third dorsal spine (—-043.) The caudal fin scarcely forms a fifth
of the length (:19), and equals the length of the pectoral.

SX el Are 2e

Scales* 80—85 —.

The scales of the lateral line behind are as large as the others and as much

exposed. The color is brownish, tinged with a golden hue.

Genus Genytremus Gill.

This genus is proposed for the Pristipoma bilineatum Cuy. et Val., the species
described below and the P. melanopterum, which are the only ones that I am
able to positively refer to the genus. They differ from the Anisotremi by the
less elevated body, depressed nape, the dorso-ocular region being incurved,
the oblique snout, the more rapid increase in width of the pharyngeal bones
behind and the pattern of coloration.

The Pristipoma bicolor of Castelnau, which is supposed by Dr. Gtinther to be,
perhaps, ‘“‘a variety only” of P. melanopterum, “ or the type of the species, but
with the coloration made from life,” appears to me to be a typical Anisotremus,
alike distinguished as such by form and pattern of color.

The Diagramma cavifrons Cuy. appears to represent a genus separated from
Genytremus by the absence of a chin groove, the low preorbital bones, decurved
snout and the presence of thirteen dorsal spines, which less rapidly decrease
in length. The genus may be called Genyatremus.t

GENYTREMUS INTERRUPTUS Gill.t

This species is so closely allied to the G. bdilineatus that it might be even
considered as a variety, but it appears to differ by the steel blue color of the
back and the discontinuance of the lateral band a short distance before the
spot on the tail; at its end, the band is bounded below by the lateral line. In
other respects, the two species are so similar thata detailed description would be
only arepetition of that of G. dilineatus, and is not necessary in the present paper.

Family MULLOID.
Genus Uprnegus Cuvier.
Upmneus prentatus Gill.
The greatest height is less than a fifth (-18) of the extreme length. The

* 'The number of rows of scales and not the number through which the lateral Jine
runs is counted,

t The Pristipoma cantharinum of Jenyns is the type of another Pacific genus, distin-
guished by the form of the head, the form of the fins and the squamation. The pre-
orbital region is oblique and very deep. The genus may be named Pristocantharus.

t Anisotremus teniatus Gil/, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Phila., vol. xiii, p. 107.

Pristipoma rodo Morris, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sciences, Phila. vol.

Hahitat.—Panama.

This is another species closely allied toa West Indian fish, but is undoubtedly distinct.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257

head forms a quarter of the length, and its height at the nape equals a sixth
of same; the snout is gradually deciftved, and its length equals an eleventh
(:09) of the total; the height of the preorbital bone at the angle of the mouth
equals two-thirds (06) the length of the snout. The diameter of the eye
nearly equals a third (-08) of the head’s length. The barbels extend nearly
to the vertical of the preoperculum. The teeth are rather strong ; in the upper
jaw uniserial, in the lower biserial in front. The caudal fin forms more than a
fifth (-22) of the total length, and the pectoral fin equals a sixth of the same.
1 1 2
Devi rik —. A. 1.5 —. Scales 37 -
1 al 6

The color is a bright pink or rose, with a broad red band extending from
the eye to the caudal fin, and suffusing the caudal itself.

This species is as closely related to the Upeneus flavivittatus (Poey) of the
Caribbean Sea as any other species, but differs widely in dentition as well in
the sizeof the scales, &c.

Three specimens, nearly four inches long, are in the collection.

Family SCLZNOIDZ (Cuv.) Gthr.
Subfamily SCLHNINA (Bon.) Gill.

UMBRINA DORSALIS Gill.

The greatest height equals three-tenths (-30) of the extreme length. The
~ head forms a quarter (-25) of the length and declines nearly in a straight line ;
at the vertical of the preopercular angle its height equals 22, and at the pupil
“17 of the total lencth. The diameter of the eye equals a third of the head’s
length, and that of the snout a quarter. The barbel is very short and thick.
The preopercular teeth behind are small and distant.

The spinous dorsalis convex; the second anal spine strong and equal to a tenth
of the total length. The caudal fin is subtruncated, and forms a fifth of the
length. The pectoral enters six times and two-thirds (*15) and ventral five
times and a half (18) in the same length.

Wepre. Ns LY 7),
8

Scales 56 —.
14
The color is silvery, tinged on the back with rose. The upper half of the
dorsal fins are sometimes punctulated with black.

Umprina XANTI Gill,

The height is rather less than a quarter (-23) of the totallength. The length
of the head equals the greatest height, and is nearly a quarter greater than the
height at the preopercular angle (—-18) and twice that at the pupil (-12). The
diameter of the orbit nearly equals a third (-07) of the head’s length, while
the snout enters about four times and a half (:05) in the same. The barbel is
short and moderately thick. The teeth of the preoperculum behind small and
distant. The spinous dorsal is rather angular; the second anal spine not
robust and equalling an eleventh (:09) of the total length. The caudal enters
five times and a half in the length; and its margin is nearly truncated. The
pectoral fin rather exceeds an eighth (13) and the ventral a seventh (-15) of
the length.

DPX. 1.28. A. Il 6.
7
Scales 51 —.
12
The color is silvery, tinged with purplish on the back, and with faint oblique

1862.]

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

lines running upwards and backwards. The first dorsal is generally more or
less punctulated with black. s .

Many specimens were obtained. The species is, perhaps, most nearly re-
lated to the U. broussonettii (Cuv. et Val.) of the West Indies, but differs widely
in color, size of the scales, &c.

A species of Scienoid of California has been described by Dr. Girard as
Umbrina undulata. Ihave not been able to examine the species, the only
specimen having been lent to Mr, Scudder, of the Cambridge Zoological Mu-
seum, who is now engaged in the study of Hemulon and the related genera. I
am unable to judge, from the description of Girard, to what this species is
most nearly related. On account of the presence of a single spine and nine
rays in the anal fin, it was formerly referred to Menticirrhus, but if Girard is
correct in describing the caudal fin as “posteriorly subtruncated,” it can
scarcely belong to that genus. Girard states that ‘a small spine is placed be-
tween the two dorsal fins, and a similar one at the anterior margin of the
second dorsal,” and attributes “ XI.” spines to the first dorsal. Doubtless the
membrane had been simply torn from the “small spine,’? anditis possible that
he included the spine of the second dorsal as the eleventh. He must certainly
be mistaken when he attributes only four (IV.; IV.) branchiostegal rays to the
species. The color resembles that of Umbrina Xanti.

Family POLYNEMATOIDZ Bleeker.
TRICHIDION APPROXIMANS Gill.

Proc. of the Academy of Nat. Sciences of Phila., vol. xiii. p. 275.
Polynemus approximans Lay and Bennett, Beechey’s Voyage to the Pacific,
Zoology, p. 57.
Polynemus xanthonemus? Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes,
&c., vol. ii. p. 325.
Many specimens were collected.

Family NEMATISTIOID4 Gill.
Genus Nematistius Gill.

Body oblong or rather elongated, compressed, regularly diminishing in height
towards the caudal ; the caudal peduncle is slender but robust. Scales cycloid
and small, but very conspicuous, and arranged in moderately oblique rows
above and less oblique ones below. Lateral line simple and unarmed, scarcely
convex before and not angulated. Head little longer than high, compressed
and trenchant above, with the profile strongly decurved from the dorsal fin to
the eyes, and with the snout oblique. Eyes in the anterior half of the head,
near the snout and the profile. Nostrils double, in front of the eyes. Sub-
orbital bones low. Opercula unarmed. Mouth rather large; the cleft very oblique
and continued under the eyes. Teeth villiform and small, especially on the
vomer and palatine bones. Branchiostegal rays six. Dorsal fins two, fold-
ing in a deep sheath; the first with eight filamentous spines; the
second low and elongated. Anal fin low and oblong, shorter than the second
dorsal and with one spine. Caudal fin forked and acutely lobed. Pectoral
fins acuminated. Ventral fins inserted under the bases of the pectorals ; each
with a long, slender, compressed spine contiguous to the first ray and with
siz rays, the internal of which is compound, and has several contiguous branches
nearly or quite distinct.

This very remarkable genus may be most aptly compared to Coryphena. A
more vivid idea of its physiognomy can be obtained by a comparison with the
Corypheena hippuris ; if that species was somewhat abbreviated, the eye placed
over the posterior half of the cleft of the mouth and nearer the profile, the
single dorsal replaced by two, the first commencing above the pectoral and

1862.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259

with eight filamentous spines, and,the pectoral fin elongated, it would resemble
a Nematistius.

The peculiar modification of the ventral fins reminds the naturalist of the
genus Lampris, the type of a peculiar family, but in other respects it is little
related. On account of this modification of the ventral fins, as well as the
development of the dorsal fins and the form, it appears expedient to consider
it as the type of a distinct family, allied to the Carangoids and Coryphenoids.

NEMATISTIUS PECTORALIS Gill.

The greatest height equals or exceeds a quarter of the length from the snout
to the end of the median caudal rays. The head nearly equals the height, and the
height at the nape is not much less (-22—-24.) The direct distance between
the orbits equals a third of the head’s length; the orbit has a diameter equal
to a fourth of the same length, is distant from the horizon of the forehead half
a diameter, and from that of the snout little more than a diameter. The height
of the suborbital bone equals a third of the diameter. The origin of the anal
fin is nearly equidistant from the throat and the end of the caudal. The pec-
toral equals about three-tenths of the length and is nearly twice as long as the
ventrals. The median rays of the caudal fin equal the length of the snout and
quarter that of the longest.

DVI Gon ALT. 10.) Po. 1. 14. VW. I. 54.

The color of a dried specimen is plumbeous on the back and operculum, and
silvery on the sides of the head as well as body. The dorsal filaments are
-black; the lower half of the pectoral fin is also blackish.

The following table of measurements is taken from the dried specimen, the
only one obtained. It has been registered as No. 2421.

- Length from snout to end of median caudal rays (16 inches) 100. Body—
greatest height 26. Height behind dorsal and anal -09. Height of caudal pe-
duncle -06. Length of caudal peduncle °11.

Head—Length laterally 24. Height at nape 22. Width between orbits 8.
Length of snout 63. Height of suborbital bone 2.

Eye—Diameter 6. Distance from profile 3.

Dorsal (spinous)—Length of first spine 63. Length of second spine 31.
Length of third spine 55. Length of fourth spine 53. Length of fifth spine 52.
Length of sixth spine 41. Length of seventh spine 36. Length of eighth
. spine 43.

Caudal—Length of median rays 63. Length of longest rays 25.
Pectoral—Length 31.
Ventral—Length 16.

Family CIRRHITOID& (Gray.)
Subfamily CIRRHITIN.A (Bikr.) Gill.

Genus Crrruitus Lac.
CrrRHITUS RIVULATUS Val.
Voyage de la Vénus, Zoologie, p. 309, pl. 3. fig. 1. Giinther, Catalogue of the
Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c., vol. ii. p. 519. Gull, Proc. Academy of
Nat. Sciences of Phila., &c., vol. xiv. 1862, p. 107.
A single stuffed specimen, fifteen inches long, was sent to the Institution by
Mr. Xantus.

CIRRHITUS BETAURUS Gill.

The greatest height exceeds a quarter (-27) of the extreme length, and the
head forms nearly a third (-32) of the same. The preoperculum is serrated
behind. In the small specimen now described, the diameter of the orbit is
contained little more than three times and a half in the head’s length and
equals the snout. The fourth dorsal spine is longest, and equals a ninth of

1862.]

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the total length. The second anal spine és largest, and equals the fourth
dorsal one; the longest soft ray enters six times and two thirds in the total
length. The caudal fin is slightly emarginated and nearly equals a fifth of
the length. The produced pectoral ray rather exceeds a quarter of the length,
and the ventral fins enter five times and a half in the same.

1
DEX. I PACS go sek 6. VIG Viol, Be
1

The color is whitish on the body, blackish on the shoulders and from the
dorsal fin to the eyes, and with four complete, oblique, blackish bands; the
first under the middle of the spinous dorsal; the second under the last spine;
the third under the middle of the soft dorsal, and the fourth encircling the
caudal peduncle. The head has three lateral bands, one on the preorbital
region, a second on the cheek, and third on the posterior margin of the pre-
operculum. The operculum has a longitudinal oblong spot. The chin has
four spots forming the angles of a rhomb, and there is another one behind, on
the branchiostegal membrane near the margin, The spinous dorsal is mar-
gined with blackish, and the two bands beneath more or less ascend on it;
anal blackish. The caudal has a blackish B-shaped mark and a band at its
base divided by the lateral line. The pectoral is dusky, with a black spot at
its base nearly surrounded by a clear area, and separated from a spot in front
of the base. The ventrals are blackish, with nearly transparent sides and
margin.

This species is very distinct, readily recognized by the color, and especially
the large mark on the caudal fin,—in allusion to which the name has been
given. It is, perhaps, most nearly allied to Cirrhitus aprinus. One specimen,
scarcely an inch and a half long, was obtained.

Family SCOMBROID (Cuv.) Gill.
Subfamily SCOMBRINA Swainson.
Genus Scomser (L.)

ScomBer pigGo Ayres.
Proc. California Academy Nat. Sciences, vol. i. p. 92.

Three spezimens of a species which is doubtless identical with the one de-
scribed by Dr. Ayres, were obtained.

Family CARANGOID Blkr.
Subfamily CARANGINZ (Bon.)
Genus Tracuurus (Raf.)

TRACHURUS SYMMETRICUS Girard.

Caranx symmetricus Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Nat. Sciences, pt. 1,
p. 62.
Trachurus trachurus pt. Giinther.

After an examination of numerous specimens, Iam unable to discover any
valid reasons for uniting the European, Japanese and Californian fishes in one.
They differ in the course of the lateral line, the comparative size of the pec-
toral, &c., and can be readily distinguished at the first glance. The Californian
species has the flexure very abrupt and oblique, and the pectoral fin equal to
the length of the head before the preoperculum. The Zrachurws declivis of the
Australian seas is not represented in the Smithsonian Collection, but I am dis-
posed to believe that that species may also be distinguished from the Japanese
species, to which it is most related. At another time I will again revert to

this subject.
[ May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261

It may be remarked, that the Zrachurus boops of Girard is a typical Caranz
of Bleeker, and nearly allied to a species previously placed by Girard in a genus
called by him “ Carangus Girard.” Dr. Giinther has called attention to the
discrepancy between Girard’s diagnosis of Trachurus and that of Trachurus
boops. The name of Caranz boops has been given by Cuvier and Valenciennes
to a Carangoid, but, as the species belong to different genera, the name of
Caranz boops may be retained for the Californian fish. A near ally is the com-
mon Caranx chrysos (Dekay) of the Atlantic coast.

Genus Tracuurops Gill.

TRACHUROPS BRACHYCHIRUS Gill,

This species is very closely related to the Zrachurops crumenophthalmus of
the Atlantic, but appears to differ by the less length of the pectoral fins. The
description of form, &c. would be equally applicable for the two; for the pre-
sent, therefore, the following formule for the two specimens in the collection
and the annexed table of measurements are deemed sufficient. The tips of
the caudal lobes are broken in both specimens.

Dewi 1 1) 26; AST b-22.

Lateral acute plates 36, 37.

Trachurops differs from Trachurus by the presence of scutelle only on the
hinder half of the lateral line.

Length to end of middle caudal rays(8 1-5th-8,) 100(+ 14.) Body—Greatest
height 26-25. Distance of vertical of end of dorsal to end of median caudal
rays 16°16.

Head —Greatest length 29-293. , Distance from snout to end of spine 28-28}.
pia of interorbital area -07. Length of snout 8°83. Length of opercu-

um .07.

Orbit—Diameter 9-9.

Dorsal—Height of third spine 13:13. Height at longest ray 12-114.

Anal—Height at longest ray 1134-10.

Caudal—Length of middle rays 74. Length of external rays 21 + 4.

Pectoral—Length 24-24.

Ventral—Length 14:13.

Genus Drecaptervs Bleeker.

The genus Decapterus of Bleeker appears to be a natural and homogeneous
one, but at the same time embraces species which differ considerably in denti-
tion. and which may consequently be distributed among sections distinguished
by such differences. The dentition appears to be constant in the species and
to be at least of equal value with that which has induced naturalists to swb-
divide the analogous family of Clupeoids.

The sections known to us are the following:

Evstomatupus. Teeth on the jaws (uniserial), vomer, palatine bones and
tongue.
Decapterus muroadsi Blkr. D. kurroides Blkr.

DecaPTERus VERUS. Teeth on the jaws (uniserial), vomer and palatine bones.
Tongue smooth.
Decapterus kurra DBlkr.

GymnepicnaTuus. Teeth on the lower jaw (uniserial), vomer and palatine
bones. Tongue and upper jaw smooth.
Decapterus macrosoma Blkr.

Eyericymnus. Teeth on the lower jaw (uniserial), and tongue. Upper jaw
and palate smooth.
Decapterus hypodus Gill.

1862.]

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
*

DECAPTERUS Hypopus Gill.

The greatest height is less than a fifth (-18) of the total length. The head forms
a quarterof the same. The diameter of the orbit equals a quarter of the head’s
length, and the snout enters three times and a third in the same. The lateral
line has a very slight sigmoidal flexure and is covered with very conspicuous
discoid scales; the lateral line is trifid on each scale, giving out an oblique pro-
cess above and another below. The teeth on the lower jaw are small and
uniserial; the tongue has a longitudinal narrow band.

D. VII. I. 31--I. A. If. I, 26--I.

Lateral line (70+-) 30.

The color above is greenish-blue; the opercular spot small.

Five specimens were obtained. It is, perhaps, most closely related to Decap-
terus macarellus,—the Caranz macarellus of Cuvier and Valenciennes, which
differs at least in proportions as well as the number of rays and plates of the
lateral line. The dentition has not been described, and the species is autop-
tically unknown to me.

BLEPHARICHTHYS CRINITUS Gill.

{ have not been yet able to satisfy myself as to the specific distinction be-
tween representatives of this genus from widely separated places, and there-
fore prefer for the present to refer two specimens obtained by Mr. Xantus at
Cape St. Lucas to the species above named.

Subfamily TRACHYNOTINZ Gill.

TRACHYNOTUS PAMPANUS Cuv. et Val.

As in the case of Blepharichthys, 1 cannot give any positive characters to
distinguish the Atlantic and Californian representatives of Zrachynotus from
each other. With Giinther, I believe that Bothrolemus pampanus of Holbrook
is the aged form of Doliodon carolinus, in which the teeth are lost. In the
specimen described by Dekay, said to have the “ teeth so minute as scarcely
to be distinguished,” I cannot distinguish even minute teeth. Trusting to the
American naturalists who had, I supposed, fully studied the species, I retained
in the Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast the four species and three
genera admitted by them; they are apparently, however, as stated by Giinther,
referrible to two species belonging to one genus.

Nore.—Very young Carangoids have a trispinous preoperculum,and always a
distinct spinous dorsal fin. Nanclerus and Seriola dussumieri are founded on
young specimens of Nancrates.

Description of a New Genus (GONIOBASIS) of the Family MELANIDZ and
eighty-two new Species.

BY ISAAC LEA
Family MELANID.
Genus GONIOBASIS.*

Testa vel conica vel fusiformi. Apertura rhomboidea, inferné subangulata.
Columella superné interdum incrassata. Operculum corneum, ad spiram

pertinens.t}
In my paper on the genus Zrypanostoma, proposed by me, I mentioned the

* Toyz, angle, and Pacis, base.
+ This genus may be divided inte two groups, one embracing the conical, the other,
the fusiform species, and these into smooth, plicate, carinate, &c.
[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263

importance of eliminating as many species as possible from Jelania, which is
80 enormously extended as almost to prevent the possibility of finding suitable
names for its species. In the Proceedings of the Academy, December, 1861, I
stated that Professor Haldeman’s genus Jithasia formed a very excellent group.
In working up a very large number of the family Melanide, obtained from the
Southern and Western States, I have, notwithstanding the divisions which had
been made, found myself embarrassed with that form of aperture, which is
quite different from the auger-mouthed (7rypanostoma) species and the Lithasia,
to which latter they are most nearly allied. I mean those which usually,
though not always, have a slight thickening of the upper part of the columella
and no callus below, and which are also without the notch of Lithasia, although
subangular at base. In this subangular character they differ from Melania pro-
per, which are round or loop-like at the base. For this group I propose the name
of Goniobasis,* which will give us for our American Melanide the following
genera, all of them having spiral opercula:

Melania,t Lam. Anculosa, Say. lo, Lea. Lithasia, Hald. Schizostoma, Lea.
Strephobasis, Lea. Trypanostoma, Lea. CGoniobasis, Lea. Ammnicola, Gould and ©
Hald.

They may be known by

Melania having a regular loop-form aperture.

Anculosa having a rounded aperture and a callous columella.

Jo having a greater or less elongate channel or spout at the base.

Inthasia having a callus on the columella above and below, and a notch at
the base.

Schizostoma having a cut in the upper part of the outer lip.

Strephobasis having a retrorse callus at base and usually a squarish aperture.

Trypanostoma having an expanded outer lip and an auger-shaped aperture.

Goniobasis having usually a subrhomboidal aperture, subangular at base and
without a channel.

Amnicolat having a round mouth and no callus.

GONIOBASIS OSCULATA.—Test4 levi, pupeformi, subelevatd, subcrass4, luteo-
fusca, quadrivittataé ; spira subelevata ; suturis valdé et irregulariter impressis ;
anfractibus septenis, convexiusculis; aperturé parva, constricta, subelliptica,
intus albida et vittata; labro acuto ; columella alba, inflecta, ad basim contorta
et subangulata.

Hab.—Coosa River, Alabama, E. R. Showalter, M. D.

GonioBasis Brumpyi.—Testa levi, attenuaté, subtenui, cinerea, quadrivit-
tata; spiraé attenuata, ad apicem carinati; suturis valdé impressis; anfracti-
bus instar octonis, convexiusculis; apertura parva, subrhomboidea, intus
albid& et quadrivittati; labro acuto; columella inflectaé, ad basim obtusé
angulata.

Hab.—Alabama, Prof. Brumby.

Gontopasis GrosvENoru.—Testa levi, subattenuati, tenui, corned, fulgida,
evittata; spira subattenuaté, mucronaté, ad apicem carinatagsuturis regu-
lariter et valdé impressis; anfractibus octonis, convexis; apertura4 parva, sub-
rotunda; intus albid&’; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso; columella inflecta,
tenui et contorta.

Hab.—¥ ox River, Illinois, H. C. Grosvenor; and Quincy, Ohio, J. Clark.

* Adams’s Elimia takes in part of this genus.

t Cuvier describes Melania as having long tentacula, the eyes being on the exterior
side about the third of the length. The eyes of Melania Virginica, Say, are at the base
of short tentacula. I very much doubt if we have a single species in the United States
which properly belongs to this genus, which Cuvier considered amarula as the type and
Lamarck asperata as the type.

t Amnicola, although much like Paludina, is more nearly allied to the Melanide. The
operculum is spiral, and therefore very different in this character from Paludina.

1862.]

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Goniopasis parva,—Testd levi, conicd, tenui, cornea, evittati; spira sub-
elevatd, mucronati; suturis impressis; anfractibus septenis, planulatis; aper-
tura parviuscula, intus albid4, subrhomboidea; labro acuto et sinuoso; colu-
mella inflecta et paulisper incrassata.

Hab.—Georgia, Right Rev. Stephen Elliott.

GoNIOBASIS SPINELLA.—Testa levi, valdé attenuata, tenui, tenebroso-oliva,
evittata; spira valdé elevata, mucronatéi; suturis regulariter impressis; an-
fractibus instar novenis, planulatis; apertura parvissima, ovata, intus albida;
labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso; columelld inflect& et inferné paulisper in-
crassata.

Hab.—Sycamore, Claiborne County, Tennessee, J. Lewis, M. D.

Goniosasis Estasrooxi.—Testa levi, conicé, subtenui, rufo-cornea, evittata ;
spird attenuato-conica, mucronati; suturis impressis; anfractibus denis, con-
vexiusculis; apertura parviusculé, ovata, intus albidi; labro acuto, paulisper
sinuoso; columella inflecta.

Hab.—Knoxville, Tennessee, Prof. Estabrook.

Goniopasis Prairiensis.—Testé levi, attenuato-fusiformi, tenui, olivacea,
fulgida, quadrovittata; spira elevaté, mucronata; suturis regulariter impres-
sis ; anfractibus novenis, planulatis; apertura submagna, subrhomboidea,
intus albidd et quadrivittatéi; labro acuto et sinuoso; columella inflecta et

contorta.
Hab.— Big Prairie Creek, Alabama, E.R. Showalter, M. D.

Gonronasis ErowaHensis.—Test& levi, conoided, tenui, tenebrosa, bivittata ;
spira subelevataé; suturis impressis; anfractibus septenis, convexiusculis ;
apertura submagndé, subrhomboided, intus tenebrosa et late bivittata; labro
acuto et sinuoso; columell4 inflect& et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Etowah River, Georgia, J. Postell.

GonroBasis Draytoni1.—Testa levi, conoidea, crassiuscula, tenebroso-cas-
tanea, evittata vel obsoleté vittata; spird subelevata; suturis valdé impressis ;
anfractibus instar senis, convexis; aperturdé parva, ovata, intus tenebroso-
fusca ; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso; columella valdé inflecta et contorta.

Hab.—Fort George, Oregon, J. Drayton; also at Walla.

GoNIOBASIS TENEBROVITTATA.—Testa levi, elevato-conica, subtenui, flaves-
cente vel vittata vel evittata; spira subelevaté; suturis paulisper impressis ;
anfractibus planulatis ; apertura subgrandi, subrhomboidea, intus albida; labro
acuto, paulisper sinuoso; columella paulisper inflecta.

Hab.—Coosa River, W. Spillman, M. D.

GonioBasis SpILLMant.—Testa levi, fusiformi, tenui, virido-corned, fulgida,
evittata ; spird obtusé conoidea ; suturis linearibus; anfractibus instar senis,
planulatis, infra suturis subimpressis; apertura magna, rhomboidea, intus
diaphana; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso; columell& paulisper inflecta et

tenui. e
Hab.—Tennessee River, W. Spillman, M. D.

GoNIOBASIS FLAVA.—Testa levi, obtuso-conicd, subtenni, flava, trivittata ;
spira obtuso-conica; suturis valdé impressis; anfractibus instar senis, con-
vexiusculis ; apertura parviuscula, ovata, intus alba et trivittata; labro acuto,
paulisper sinuoso ; columellé incurv4, incrassata.

Hab.—Benton County? Northwest Alabama, G. Hallenbeck.

Gontopasis AnTHoNy1.—Testa levi, obtuso-conica, subtenui, micanti, tene-
broso-castaned, evittataé; spira obtusa ; ; Suturis impressis; anfractibus instar
senis, convexiusculis ; apertura subgrandi, elongato-rhombica, intus fusces-
cente; labro acuto, ad marginem albidé et paulisper inspissatai; columella
incurva et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee, J. G. Anthony.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. =0)

- Gonrosasis Gappiana.—Testa levi, subfusiformi, subtenui, cornea, evittata;
spira paulisper exertans, mucronata; suturis impressis; anfractibus instar
octonis, convexis, varicosis; apertura parviuscula, subrhomboidea, intus albida ;
labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso; columella incurva et contorta.
Hab.—Tennessee, Prof. G. Troost. Alabama, Prof. Tuomey.

Gontozasis BrIpGESIANA.—Testa levi, fusiformi, subinflata, subtenui, melied,
evittata; spird obtuse conicd, ad apicem carinata; suturis linearibus; anfrac-
tibus instar septenis, planulatis ; apertura magna, subrhomboidea, intus albida ;
labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columella subinflecta, interné et superné incrassata
et paulisper contorta.

Hab.—Cahawba River, Alabama, E. R. Showalter, M. D.

GONIOBASIS INTERCEDENS.—Testa levi, fusiformi, subtenui, mellea, fulgida,
evittata ; spird conoidea, mucronata, ad apicem carinata; suturis linearibus;
anfractibus octonis, planulatis, varicosis; apertura submagna, rhomboide4,
intus albida; labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columella subinflectaé, paulisper incras-
sata, inferné subrecta.,

fab.—Cahawba River, Alabama, E. R. Showalter, M. D.

GonioBasis Onrensis.—Testa levi, conicd, subtenui, evittata; spira obtuse
conica, mucronata, ad apicem carinati; suturis valdé impressis ; anfractibus
instar novenis, convexis; apertura parva, subrotunda, intus alba; labro acuto,
vix sinuoso; columella inflectaé, valdé incrassata.

Hab.—Yellow Springs, Ohio.

GoNIOBASIS CINEREA.—TestA levi, conoided, tenui, cinerea, fulgida: spird
obtusé conica, mucronata, ad apicem carinata ; suturis valdé impressis ; anfrac-
tibus octonis, convexiusculis ; apertura submagna, subrhomboidea, intus
ceruleo-alba; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso; columella incurva; paulisper
incrassata et purpurescente.

Hab.—South Carolina, Professor L. Vasuxem.

GontcBasis VANUXEMII.—Testa levi, fusiformi, subcrassa, tenebroso-cornea ;
spira obtust conoide’d ; suturis impressis; anfractibus septenis, subconvexis;
apertura magna, subrhomboide4, intus albida vel purpurea ; labro acuto, pau-
lisper sinuoso ; columella incurva, superné et inferné incrassata.

Heb.—North Fork of the Holston River, Virginia, Prof. L. Vanuxem.

Gontozasis SPARTENBURGENSIS.—Test levi, fusiformi, subtenui, virido-cornea,
fulgida, vittata vel evittata ; spiri acut® conica, ad apicem carinata; suturis
impressis ; anfractibus octonis, planulatis; apertura submagna, elongato-rhom-
boidea, intus albida; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella paulisper incurva,
inferné incrassata.

Hab.—Spartenburg District, S. Carolina. Prof. L. Vanuxem. Marietta, Ohio,
Dr. Hildreth. Wabash River, Indiana, H. C. Grosvenor.

GonIoBASIS AURICOMA.—Testa levi, fusifermi, subtenui, mellea, vittata ; spira
valdé obtusa; suturis linearibus; anfractibus quinis, vix convexis; apertura
pergrandi, suvriomboided, intus flavescente; labro acuto, vix sinuoso; colu-
mellé incurva, paulisper incrassata.

Hab.—Tennessee River, W. Spillman, M. D.

Gontopasis GEorGIANA.—Testa levi, fusiformi, inflata, suberassa, lutea, ful-
gid, vittaté ; spira vald? obtusi; suturis impressis; anfractibus quinis, con-
vexis; aperturA grandi, subrhomboidea, intus albida et vittata; labro acuto,
recto; columella incurva, incrassata, parum contorta.

Hiah.—North Georgia.

GonroBasis VAUxIana.—Testa levi, fusiformi, subtenui, viridi; spir& valde
obtusa; suturis parum impressis; anfractibus quinis, superné planulatis et

1862.] 18

266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

carinatis; apertura pergrandi, lato-rhomboidei; labro acuto, recto; colu-
mell& parum incurva.
Hab.—Coosa River, Alabama, Prof. Brumby.

Gonionasis WHITEI.—Testa levi, fusiformi, crassa, valde inflata, luteo-fusca,
fulgida trivittataé; spir&’ vald@ obtusi; suturis parum impressis; anfractibus
quinis, superné planulatis, ultimo ventricoso; apertur& pergrandi, lato-rhom-
boidea ; labro acuto, recto; columella incurva, incrassata et contorta.

Hab.—Georgia, Rev. G. White.

Gonropasis Bryneyiana.—Testa levi, obtuso-fusiformi, subtenui, valde inflata,
tenebroso-oliva, obsoleté vittata ; spira depress; suturis impressis ; anfractibus
quinis, superné planulatis, ultimo ventricoso; apertura pergrandi, subovata,
intus tenebrosa ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso; columell& incrassata, ad basim
maculata.

Hab.—Coosa River, Alabama, W. Spillman, M. D.

GonroBasis TuomEy1.—Testa levi, fusiformi, crassiuscul4, luteo-oliva, vittata
vel evittata ; spira obtuso-conica, ad apicem minute plicata; suturis impressis ;
anfractibus instar senis, superne planulatis, ultimo subventricoso; apertura
grandi, rhomboidea, intus albid&; labro acuto, parum sinuoso; columella
incrassata, incurva et contorta.

Hab.—North Alabama, Prof. M. Tuomey.

GoNIOBASIS FABALIS.—Test& levi, elliptica, crass’, luted, quadro-vittata ;
spira valde obtus&i; suturis irregulariter impressis; anfractibus quaternis,
superné convexiusculis, ultimo pergrandi; apertura magna, subrhomboidea,
intus albida et vittata ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columella inferné et superne
incrassata.

Habh.—Tennessee River, W. Spillman, M. D.

GoNIOBASIS GIBBEROSA.—Testa levi, subfusiformi, crass, pallido-castanea vel
rufo-castaned, vittata vel evittata ; spira obtusa’; suturis irregulariter impressis;
anfractibus gibberosis, superné convexiusculis, ultimo pergrandi, apertura per-
grandi, rhomboidea, intus alb’; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella ineurva,
superné et inferné incrassata.

Hab.—Alabama River, E. R. Showalter, M. D.

Gonrozasis Lyonit.—Testé plicata, superné striata et ad apicem carinata,
luteolad, subtenui, valde exerté; spira attenuata, mucronat&; suturis irregu-
lariter impressis ; anfractibus novenis, convexiusculis; apertura parviuscula,
subrhomboidea, intus albidi; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella incurva, incras-
gat, parum contorta.

Hoab.—Grayson County, Kentucky, 8. S. Lyon.

GonrogAsis Pypasu.—Testa plicata, valdé exert4, luteola, tenui, vittata ; spira
attenuata, mucronat&i; suturis impressis; anfractibus septenis, planulatis ;
apertura ovato-rhomboidea, intus albidaé et vittaté; labro acuto, sinuoso ; colu-
mell& paulisper incurva, parum incrassata et contorta.

Hab.—Tuscumbia, Alabama, B. Pybas.

Gontozasis Durroni.—Testi plicata, conoidea, dilut® rufo-lutea, crassa,
bivittat& ; spird conoideé; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus instar
septenis, subconvexis; apertura ovato-rhomboidea, intus alba et lato-vittata ;
labro acuto, sinuoso; columella incurva, incrassata et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Maurey County, Tennesse, T, R Dutton. Grayson County, Kentucky,
8. S. Lyon.

Goniozasis DooLyEeNsis.—Testa plicata, subcylindracea, tenebroso-cornea vel
subsinerea, tenui, evittatd; spiraé attenuata; suturis irregulariter impressis ;
anfractibus instar novenis, convexiusculis, apertura parva, ovato-rhomboidea,

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267

intus albida ; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella valde incurva, in medio impress4
et valdé contort. ~

Hab.—Tennessee, Prof. Troost. Near Vienna, Dooly County, Georgia, in a
small stream tributary to Flint River, Rev. G. White.

GoNIOBASIS VIENNAENSIS.—Testa plicata, subfusiformi, olivacea, subtenui,
evittata ; spira regulariter conicad; suturis irregulariter impressis; anfractibus
septenis, planulatis; apertura subgrandi, rhomboidea, intus cwxruleo-alba:
labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella incurva, inferné inerassata, parum contorta.

Hab.—Near Vienna, Dooly County, Georgia, in a small stream tributary to
Flint River, Rev. G. White.

GoNIOBASIS STRENUA.—Testa plicata, subfusiformi, fusco-olivacea, subtenui,
evittataé ; spira subelevaté; suturis valde impressis; anfractibus instar sep-
tenis, planulatis; aperturé subgrandi, ovato-rhomboided, intus albida; labro
acuto, subsinuoso; columella incurva et contorta.

Hab.—Benton County? Northwest Alabama, G. Hallenbeck.

GoNIOBASIS SPARUS.—Testa plicata, subattenuata, pallido-flavescente, sub-
crassa, evittaté; spiri attenuata, mucronata; suturis irregulariter impressis ;
anfractibus octonis, convexiusculis; apertura submagna, ovato-rhomboidea,
intus alba; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella parum incurva, superné lutea.
inferné alba, contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee, Dr. Currey and Prof. Lindsley.

GoNIOBASIS DIFFICILIS. — Testa plicata, subattenuata, tenebroso-oliva vel
fuscescente, subtenui, evittata; spira attenuata, mucronata; suturis regula-
riter impressis; anfractibus instar octonis, convexiusculis ; apertura parvius-
cula, ovato-rhomboidea, intus albida; labro acuto, subsinuoso; columella
incurva, incrassata et contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee, Dr. Edgar.

Gonropasis Barrpiana.—Testé plicaté, subattenuataé, tenebroso-fusca, sub-
crassa, unovittata; spira subattenuata, mucronata; suturis impressis ; anfrac-
tibus octonis, convexiusculis; apertura parviuscula, ovato-rhomboidea, intus
albid4 et unovittata; labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columella incurva, param
incragsata et valde contorta.

Hab.—Columbia River, at Fort George, Oregon, J. Drayton.

Goniogpasis INcLINANS.—Testa valdé plicata, subattenuata, tenebroso-fusca,
subtenui, obsoleté vittata ; spira subattenuata, mucronata; suturis sulcatis;
anfractibus octonis, planulatis, plicis inclinatibus indutis; apertura parva,
rhomboidea, intus diluté fuscescente; labro acuto, sinuoso; columellA valdé
incurva, fusco-rufescente et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Near Albany, Georgia, Rev. G. White. Etowah, J. Postell. Tuscum-
bia, Alabama, B. Pybas.

GonioBasiIs rspuTA.—Testa valdé plicata, conica, subtenui, polita, tenebro-
sa, quadrivittataé ; spiri conoided, mucronata ; suturis valde impressis ; anfrac-
tibus octonis, planulatis, plicis erectis indutis; apertura parva, rhomboidea,
inius albida et quadrivittaté; labro acuto, subsinuoso; columella incurva et
contorta.

Hab.—Near Vienna, Dooly County, Georgia, Rev. G. White.

Goniozasis LinpsLey1.—Testi plicaté, cylindraceo-conicaé, subtenui, luteo-
corned, evittata; spiri conoidea; suturis irregulariter et valdé impressis ;
anfractibus planulatis, plicis erectis undutis; apertura parvinsculaé, rhom-
boidea, intus czruleo-alba; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella incurva et
contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee, Prof. Lindsley and Dr. Edgar.

1862.)

268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Goniopasis THortToni.—Testa rugoso-plicata, conoidea, subtenui, cornea,
evittata ; spira conoided; suturis irregulariter et valdé impressis; anfractibus
convexiusculis, plicis flexis distantibus indutis; apertura submagna, rhom-
boidea, intus alba; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella subincurva, incrassata et

contorta.
Hab.—Tuscumbia, L: B. Thornton, Esq. Florence, Alabama, Rev. G. White.

GONIOBASIS INTERVENIENS.—Testi plicaté, conoidea, subtenui, tenebroso-
corned, vel fusca, vel bivittaté vel evittati; spira obtuse conoidea; suturis
irregulariter et valdé impressis; anfractibus instar senis, planulatis, plicis
paulisper flexis; apertura subgrandi, rhomboideda, intus alba vel vittata vel
fusca; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella incurva et parum contorta.

Hab.—North Alabama, Prof. Tuomey.

GoNIOBASIS CONTINENS.—Testa plicaté, conoided, subtenui, luteo-cornea, evit-
tata; spird regulariter conicé ; suturis impressis; anfractibus instar septenis,
convexiusculis, plicis paulispec flexis; apertura parviuscula, ovato-rhomboidea,
intus czruleo-alba; labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columella parum incurva et
contorta.

Hob.—North Alabama, Prof. Tuomey.

GoNIoBASIS CEREA.—Testd plicata, conoided, subtenui, cerea, evittataé; spira
conoided; suturis impressis; anfractibus senis, subconvexis, plicis minutis;
apertura grandiuscula, eiongato-rhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, sinuoso;

columella incurv4 et contorta.
Hab.—Tennessee, Prof. Troost; and Duck Creek, Tennessee, J. Clark.

GoNIOBASIS VIRIDICATA.—Testa plicati, subattenuaté, tenui, viridescente,
evittata; spira conoided, subattenuataé; suturis impressis ; anfractibus.instar
septenis, planulatis, plicis subcrebris ; apertura parvissima, rhomboideda, intus
ceruleo-alb4; labro acuto, parum sinuoso; columella incurva, superneé flayes-
cente, inferne albida, contorta.

Hab.—Grayson County, Kentucky, S. S. Lyon.

Gonrogasis Lrrpyana.— Testa plicaté, fusiformi, subtenui, luteo-cornea,
evittata ; spira obtuso-conic4; suturis linearibus ; anfractibus senis, planulatis;
apertura pergrandi, ovato-rhomboided, intus albida; labro acuto, tenui; coln-

;

mella incurva, ad basim contorta.
Hab.—Benton County, Northwest Alabama, G. Hallenbeck, Esq.

GontoBASis ABBEVILLENSIS.—Testa plicaté, conoided, subcrassé, castanea,
fulgidé, evittata; spira conica; suturis linearibus; anfractibus septenis, con-
yexiusculis, feré planulatis, ad apicem carinatis et striatis; apertura grandi-
uscula, ovato-rhomboided, intus subochraced; labro acuto, vix sinuoso; colu-

mellA incrassata et contorta.
Hab.—Abbeville District, S. Carolina, J. P. Barratt, M. D.

GonrIoBaASIS AM@NA.—Testa plicaté, subfusiformi, crassd, dilut® castanea,
evittata; spira obtuse conoided; suturis irregulariter impressis; anfractibus
instar senis, subconvexis, ad apicem striatis ; apertura grandi, ovato-rhom-
boidea, intus albida; labro acuto, parum sinuoso, columella incrassata, incurva
et contorta.

Hab.—North Alabama, Prof. Tuomey.

GoniIoBASIS PAUPERCULA.—Testa plicata, subcylindracea, subtenui, castanea
vel tenebroso-oliva, evittaté; spirai curtiusculd ; suturis impressis; anfractibus
convexiusculis, superné plicatis, ad apicem striatis; apertura parva, ovato-
rhomboided, intus albida; labro acuto, parum sinuoso; columella incurva et
paulisper contorta.

Hab.—North Alabama, Prof. Tuomey.

GonIoBASIS PROLETARIA.—Testa plicaté, obtusé conoidea, subtenui, cornea,

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269

evittata; spiré obtusé conici; suturis impressis; anfractibus instar senis,

conveXiusculis, superne plicatis ; apertura grandiuscula, subrhomboidea, intus

albid& ; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella incurva, incrassaté et contorta.
Hab.—Florence, Alabama, Rey. G. White.

GontoBasIs InconsTans.—Testa plicata, subfusiformi, subtenui, cornea vel
olivacea vel tenebroso-fusca, vittata vel evittata ; spira obtuse conica; suturis
impressis; anfractibus senis, convexiusculis, supern? plicatis; apertura grandi-
uscula, subrhomboidea, intus albida vel dilute purpureé vel vittata; labro
acuto, parum sinuoso ; columella incurva et contorta.

Hab.—Ktowah River, J. Postell.

_GonroBasis MEDrocrIs.—Testa plicata, subfusiformi, subtenui, cinered, ful-
gida, vittata ; spira conoided; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus senis,
planulatis; apertura grandiuscula, rhomboided, intus albida et vittata; labro
acuto, sinuoso; columella incurva, incrassatdé et contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee, Dr. Edgar and President Lindsley.

GoNIOBASIS cRISPA.—Testa plicaté et transverse striata, fusiformi, subcrassa,
luteola, crispata, evittata; spird obtusi; suturis irregulariter impressis; an-
fractibus instar senis, convexiusculis ; apertura grandi, ovato-rhomboidea, intus
albida ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columella parum incurva et contorta.

Haté.—Florence, Alabama, Rev. G. White.

GONIOBASIS ORNATELLA.—Testa plicata, fusiformi, crassiuscula, luteo-cornea,
vittata ; spira obtuso-conoidea ; suturis irregulater et valdé impressis ; anfrac-
tibus instar senis, convexis; apertura grandi, ovato-rhomboidea, albid& et
obsoleté vittaté ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columella parum incurya et con-
torta.

Hab.—Tennessee, Coleman Sellers.

GoNIOBASIS OLIVELLA.—Test& plicata, fusiformi, subcrassa, olivacea, fulgida,
evittaté; spira obtuso-conoided; suturis irregulariter et valdé impressis ; an-
fractibus instar quinis, convexiusculis; apertura grandi, rhomboidea, albida ;
labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columella incurva et contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee, Prof. Troost.

GoNIOBASIS PURPURELLA. — Testa plicata, conoided, tenui, purpurescente,
fulgida, vittata vel evittata, spird conoidea; suturis impressis ; anfractibus
instar septenis, planulatis; apertura grandiuscula, rhomboidea, intus tene-
brosa; labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columella incurva et contorta.

Hab.—Caney-Fork River, Tennessee, J. Lewis, M. D.

GoNIOBASIS CINFRELLA.—Test& plicata, subfusiformi, tenui, luteo cinerea,
evittata; spira obtust conoided; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus
senis, convexiusculis; apertura grandiuscula, ovato-rhomboidea, intus albida ;
labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columella incurva et parum contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee, Coleman Sellers.

Goniopasis Curisty1.—Testa plicataé vel striata vel granulata, fusiformi,
subcrassa, inflata, luteo-olivaced, vittata ; spira obtuse conoidea ; suturis im-
pressis ; anfractibus quinis, convexiusculis; apertura pergrandi, ovato-rhom-
boided, intus vittata; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columell& incrassata, parum

contorta.
Hab.—Valley River, Cherokee County, N. Carolina, Prof. David Christy.

Gonr1oBASIS INSTABILIS.—Test4 plicatd vel levi, fusiformi, crassa, subinflata,
vittata vel evittatd, olivacea; spira conoidea; suturis impressis ; anfractibus
instar quinis, convexiusculis; apertura grandi, ovato-rhomboidea, intus vit-
tata; labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columella incrassaté, parum incurva et
contorta.

1862.]

270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Hab.—Twenty-one miles north of Murphy and other places in Cherokee
County, Georgia, Prof. David Christy.

GonroBasis GERHARDTI.—Test& carinata, fusiformi, tenui, fulgida, luteo-
virente, quadrivittata ; spira regulariter conic&; suturis impressis; anfrac-
tibus senis, planulatis, ultimo grandi; apertura magna, rhomboided, intus
albida et vittaté; labro acuto, parum sinuoso; ‘columella incurva, inferneé
paulisper incrassata.

Hab.—Chattanooga River, Georgia, Alexander Gerhardt. Coosa River, Ala-
bama, Dr. Spillman.

GonIOBASIS INFUSCATA.—Testd carinata, fusiformi, sudtenui, fulgida, tene-
brosa, nigricante, trivittati;; spira conoided; suturis impressis; anfractibus
instar senis, superné planulatis, ultimo grandi; apertura submagna, rhomboidea;
intus albida vel fusc4, trivittati; labro acuto, parum sinuoso; columella in-
curva, inferné paulisper incrassata.

Hab.—Georgia, Rev. G. White. Coosa River, Alabama, Dr. Spillman.

GoNioBASIS MUTABILIS.—Test& carinata vel plicataé vel striata, subfusiformi,
subcrass4, luteo-virente, quadrivittata vel evittatia; spira obtuse conoidea;
anfractibus senis, planiusculis; apertura subgrandi, rhomboidea, intus albida;
labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columella incurva, incrassata, parum contorta.

Hab.—Butts County, Ga., Rev. G. White.

GoNIOBASIS CRUDA.—Testa carinaté, subfusiformi, subtenui, fulgida, tene-
broso-fusca, obsoleté vittata; spird obtusa; suturis paulisper impressis; an-
fractibus superné planulatis, ultimo grandi; apertura submagna, rhomboidea,
intus tenebrosi; labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columellé paulisper incurva, vix
incrassata.

Hab.—Tennessee River, Dr. Spillman.

GoNIOBASIS RUBELLA.—Test4 carinatd, subulataé, subtenui, rubicunda, evit-
tat&; spird attenuata; suturis valdé impressis; anfractibus octonis, vix con-
vexis; apertura parvissima, subrhomboidea, intus vel albida vel rubida ; labro
acuto, sinuoso; columellé parum incurva et contorta.

Hab.—Near Murphy, Cherokee County, N. Carolina, Prof. Christy.

GONIOBASIS MACELLA.—Test& carinat4, subulata, tenui, olivacea, evittata ;
spira subattenuata ; suturis valdé impressis ; anfractibus septenis, convexius-
culis ; apertura parvissim4, subrhomboided, intus albida, ad basim maculata;
labro acuto, parum sinuoso; columella incurva et paulisper contorta.

Hab.—Coosa River, Alabama, Prof. Brumby.

GonIOBASIS RUBIGINOSA.—Testa carinatd, subsubulata, subtenui, fulgida, rubi-
ginosd, obsoleté vittatd; spira subattenuata; suturis valdé impressis; an-
fractibus instar senis, convexis; aperturé parvissima, subrhomboidea, intus
diluté rubiginos4; obsoleté bivittata; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella’ parum
incurva et contorta.

Hab.—Oregon, W. Newcomb, M. D.

Gontopasis Ucuréinsis.—Testa carinata, obtusé conoided, subtenui, cornea,
evittata; spird obtusa; suturis impressis; qnfractibus instar senis, planulatis ;
apertura’ submagna, ovato-rhomboidea, intus albid’; labro acuto, parum sinu-
oso; columella incurva, paulisper contorta.

Hab.—Little Uchee River, below Columbus, Georgia, G. Hallenbeck, Esq.

GoNIOBASIS INOSCULATA.—Testa carinatd, conoided, subtenui, luteo-cornea,
evittataé ; spira subelevata; suturis impressis; anfractibus instar septenis,
convexiusculis; apertura submagna, rhomboidea, intus albidi; labro acuto,
sinuoso; columella incurvda, inferné incrassata.

Hab.—Little Uchee River, below Columbus, Georgia, G. Hallenbeck, Esq.

[ May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271

Gontopasis BARRATTI.—Testa carinati, subfusiformi, subtenui, virido-cornea
vel rufo-cornea, obsoleté vittata vel evittatéa ; spira obtuso-conoidea ; suturis
valdé impressis; anfractibus septenis, convexiusculis, ad apicem plicatis ;
apertura submagn4, subrhomboided, intus albida vel obsoleté vittata; labro
acuto, vix sinuoso; columell4 parum contorta.

Hab.—Abbeville District, S. Carolina, J. P. Barratt, M. D.

GONIOBASIS RUBRICATA.—Test& carinaté, conoidedé, subtenui, rufo-fusca,
polita, evittaté; spird subelevata; suturis valdé impressis ; anfractibus instar
septenis, convexis; apertura submagn4, rhomboideA, intus diluté rubida, labro
acuto, vix sinuoso; columell& incurva, parum incrassata.

Hab.—Tennessee, Prof. Troost.

Goniopasis BENTONIENSIS.—Testa carinatd, plicata, striaté, conoidea, sub-
tenui, virido-coraea, evittata ; spird elevatd, conoided; suturis valdé impressis;
anfractibus septenis, convexiusculis; aperturd parviusculd, ovato-rhomboideda,
intus albida ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columella incurvd, parum contorta.

Hab.—Benton County? North Alabama, G. Hallenbeck, Esq.

GONIOBASIS NEGATA.—Testa striata, elliptic’, subconica, crassa, luteola,
quadrivittata; spirié obtusé conic&; suturis valdé et irregulariter impressis ;
anfractibus senis, convexiusculis, ultimo grandi; apertura parviuscula, ovata,
intus albida et quadrivittata ; labro acuto, spissato; columella inflecta, incras-
sata, ad basim obtusé angulata.

- Hab.—Coosa River, Alabama, E. R. Showalter, M. D.

Gontopasis Ettiortim.—Testa obsoleté striati, subobtuso-conoidea, subcrassa,
vel flavescente vel fuscescente, evittaté; spira subobtusa; suturis valdé im-
pressis ; anfractibus instar senis, convexiusculis ; apertura magna, ovato rhom-
boidea, intus vel albid& vel fuscd; labro acuto, parum sinuoso; columellé
paulisper incurva, incrassata et parum contorta.

Hab.—F¥annin County, Georgia, Bishop Elliott. Uchee and Little Uchee
Rivers, Alabama, G. Hallenbeck and Dr. Gesner.

GoNIOBASIS FLAVESCENS.—Testa striata, interdum granulata et plicata, sub-
cylindracea, flavescente, crassi; spira obtusé conoidea ; suturis irregulariter
impressis ; anfractibus convexiusculis, ultimo pergrandi ; apertura grandi, sub-
rhomboidea, intus vittata vel albA ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso, columella incurva,
superné valde incrassata et contorta.

Hab.—Oconee and Tennessee Rivers, Tennessee, Rev. G. White.

Gontopasis HALLENBECKII.—Testa tuberculata, inferné transversé striata, tur-
rita, subtenui, luteo cornea vel olivaced, vittat&i vel evittata ; spira elevato-tur-
rité; suturis valdé impressis; anfractibus octonis, carinatis, ad peripheriam
compresso-tuberculatis ; apertura magna, ovato-rhomboided, intus albida;
labro crenulato, sinuoso ; columell& incurvA, parum incrassata et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Randall’s Creek, near Columbus, Georgia, G. Hallenbeck, Esq.

Gontopasis Canpyt.—Testa tuberculata, plicat&, inferné transversé striata,
turrita, tenui, vel fusca vel diluté fusci, maculata; spira turrita ; suturis ir-
regulariter impressis; anfractibus septenis, carinatis, ad peripheriam compresso-
tuberculatis; apertura parva, rhomboidea, intus maculataé: labro crenulato,
sinuoso; calumell& incurva et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Lake Monroe, Florida, Wm. Canby, and Etowah and Tennessee Rivers,
Georgia, J. Postell.

Gontopasis Covuprrit.—Testa tuberculata, plicata, inferné et superné striata,
turrita, tenui, tenebroso-fusc’, ad basim vittata; spird turrit& ; suturis valdé
impressis; anfractibus septenis, subcarinatis, ad peripheriam et supra com-
presso-tuberculatis; apertura parvissimi, subrhomboidea, intus tenebroso et

1862. ]

272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

uno-vittata ; labro crenulato, valdé sinuoso; columella incurva, contorta et
purpurescente.
Hab.—Etowah River, Mr. Couper, by J. Postell.

Gonropasis Down1gAnA.—Testa tuberculata, subturrita, superné clathrata et
subcarinata, inferné transversé striata, tenui, diluté fusci; spira conoidea,
clathrat&é; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus septenis, subcarinatis, ad
peripheriam et supra compresso-tuberculatis ; apertura submagna, ovato-rhom-
boidea, intus albidi; labro crenulato, sinuoso; columella incurva et contorta.

Hab.—Etowah River, J. Postell.

Gonropasis TryonrIANa.—Test& granulosa vel striata, subfusiformi, luteo-
fusc’, vel tenebroso-fusca, crassa, robust, vittati, rard evittata, spira obtusé
conoidead ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus instar senis, ultimo per-
grandi ; apertura pergrandi, ovato- rhomboided, intus valdé vittati; labro sub-

crenulato, vix sinuoso; columell& paulisper incurva et vix contorta.

Hab.—Oostenaula, near Rome, Bishop Elliott. Etowah River, Georgia, J.
Postell, and Ocoee River and Tennessee River, Rev. G. White.

GoNIOBASIS GRANATA.—Test& granulosa, inferné striati, fusiformi, vittata,
subcrassa, fulgida, inflata, olivace’ vel rubiginos&; spira depress ; suturis ir-
reculariter impressis; anfractibus instar quinis, planiusculis, ultimo pergrandi ;
apertura grandi, ovato-rhomboidea, intus valde vittata ; labro parum crenulato,
vix sinuoso; columell& incurva et contorta.

Hab.—Etowah River, near Canton, Georgia, Bishop Elliott and Rev. G. White.

GonioBasis STEWARDSONIANA.—Test& granulata, transversé striata, subfusi-
formi, crassa, fulgida, inflata, viridi vel fusca, evittata ; spira perobtusa ; su-
turis impressis ; anfractibus convexiusculis ; apertura pergrandi, ovato-rhom-
boided, intus alba; labro acuto, subsinuoso; columella incurva, superneé et in- ,
ferné incrassata et contorta.

Hab.—Knoxville, Kentucky; B. W. Badd, M. D.

GoNIOBASIS CADUS.—Test4 cancellata, fusiformi,: subcrassa, inflata, flaves-
cente, evittati; spira subobtusa ; suturis irregulariter impressis; anfractibus
quinis, convexiusculis, superné cancellatis; apertura pergrandi, ovato-rhom-
boidea, intus alba ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso; columella incurva, incrassatd,
et contorta.

Hab.—Georgia, Major J. Le Conte.

Descriptions of Eleven New Species of MELANIDZE of the United States.
BY ISAAC LEA.

Trypanostoma Henryanum.—Testd carinatd, attenuata, mucronata, tenui,
diaphana, pallido- corned’, evittata; spird regulariter attenuato conica ; suturis
regulariter impressis; anfractibus denis, planulatis, inferné medio regulariter
carinatis et striatis ; apertura parva, subrhomboidea, intus albida ; labro valdé
acuto, sinuoso ; columella incurva et vaidé contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee? Smithsonian Institution.

TRYPANOSTOMA ROSTELLATUM.—Testa striati, attenuata, subtenui, cornea,
evittata ; spira elevata ; suturis valdé impressis ; anfractibus octonis, convexius-
culis ; apertura parva, rhomboidea, intus albidi; labro acuto, valdé sinuoso ;
columella i incurva et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Florence, Alabama, Rev. G. White.

TRYPANOSTOMA STRICTUM.—Testi carinata, subattenuata, tenui, diaphana,
pallido-cornea, uno-vittata ; se regulariter conica; suturis linearibus; an-
fractibus instar senis, superne planulatis ; apertura parviuscula, rhomboidea,

{May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273

intus albid& et uno-vittati; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso; columella parum
incurva et contorta.
Hab.—South Carolina, Prof. L. Vanuxem.

TRYPANOSTOMA LATIVITTATUM.—Test& carinata, subattenuata, subtenui, ful-
gid4, tenebrosa, late vittata; spira conoidea ; suturis linearibus; anfractibus
instar septenis, superné planulatis, ad basim luteis; apertura parva, rhom-
boided, intus lativittataé ; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella incurva, inferné in-
crassata.

Hab.—Chikasaha River, Alabama, Wm. Spillman, M. D.

TRYPANOSTOMA CAROLINENSE.—Testa levi, conoided, subcrassa, cornea; spira
obtuso-conica ; suturis impressis; anfractibus septenis, convexiusculis ; apertura
parviuscula, rhomboidea, intus albida vel fuscescente; labro acuto, sinuoso ;
columella incurva, incrassata et contorta.

Hab.—South Carolina, Prof. L. Vanuxem.

TRYPANOSTOMA LUTEUM.—Testa levi, obtuso-conicaé, subcrassa, straminea,
evittata, mucronata ; spira obtuso-conica; suturis impressis; anfractibus octonis,
convexiusculis; apertura parviuscula, rhombica, intus diluté stramined; labro
acuto, sinuoso, ad marginem incrassato; columella inflecta, inferné incrassat&
et contorta.

Hab.—South Carolina, Prof. L. Vanuxem.

TRYPANOSTOMA DIGNUM.—Panulisper nodosa, subfusiformi, subcrassa, mellea,
uvifasciat&; spira elevata, regulariter conici; suturis impressis; anfractibus
instar octonis, planulatis, ultimo subgrandi; apertura ovato-rhombica, intus
albid& vel salmonia, univittata ; labro acuto, sinuoso: columella inflecta, con-
torta, ad basim obtuse angulata.

Hab.—Yellow’ af Creek, Shelby Co., Alabama, E. R. Showalter, M. D.

STREPHOBASIS CARINATA.—Testa carinata, subfusiformi, inflata, subtenui, vi-
rente, quadrivittata ; spira obtus&; suturis valdé impressis; anfractibus senis,
planulatis, ad apicem carinatis, ultimo inflato ; apertura submagna, rhomboidea,
intus albida et vittata; labro acuto, parum sinuoso; columella incrassata, re-
trorsa et valdé contorta.

Hab.—Tennessee River, Wm. Spillman, M. D.

STREPHOBASIS OLIVARIA.—Test& levi, elliptica, crassd, vittata, tenebroso-
eliva ; spira obtuso-conica ; suturis valdé impressis ; anfractibus instar septenis,
convexis, ultimo pergrandi; apertura subgrandi, rhomboideda, intus alba et vit-

tata ; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso; columella inferné incrassata et retrorsum
contorta.

Hab.—Knoxville, Tennessee, J. Clark.

LiTHASIA VITTATA.—Testa levi, cylindracea, subtenui, tenebroso cornea,
quadrivittata ; spira brevi, decollaté ; suturis irregulariter impressis; anfracti-
bus planulatis, ultimo pergrandi; apertura grandi, subrhomboided, intus albida
et valde vittata ; labro acuto ; columella incrassata, alba, incurva.

Hab.—Coosa and Cahawba Rivers, Alabama, EB. R. Showalter, M. D.

Liruasta Down1e1.—Testa parum nodulosa, subcylindracea, castanea, spira
obtuse conoidea, subelevaté; suturis irregulariter impressis; anfractibus sep-
tenis, planulatis, ultimo subgrandi; apertura subgrandi, rhomboidea, intus vel
albida vel vittata ; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella alba et incurva.

Hab.—Cumberland River, T. C. Downie.

1862.] 19

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

June 3d.
Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair.

Twenty-two members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :
New Melanidze of the United States. By Isaae Lea.
New Unionide of the United States. By Isaac Lea.

June 10th.
Mr. JEANEs in the Chair.

Sixteen members present.

The following paper was presented for publication :

Descriptions of new Genera, Subgenera and Species of Tertiary and
Recent Shells. By T. A. Conrad.

June 1Tth.
Vice-President Bripgzs in the Chair.

Seventeen members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

Notice of a Collection of the Fishes of California, &e. By Theo.
Gill.

Synopsis of the Lophobranchiate Fishes of Western North America.
By Theo. Gill.

June 24th.
Vice-President BripGEs in the Chair.

Highteen members present.

On report of the respective Committees, the papers of Mr. Lea, read
June 3d, were ordered to be published in the Journal, and the follow-
ing in the Proceedings.

Notice of a Collection of the FISHES of California presented to the
Smithsonian Institution by Mr. Samuel Hubbard.

BY THEODORE GILL.

The collection of Fishes noticed in the present article was formed by Mr.
Samuel Hubbard, of the Pacific Mail Steamship Company, during the past
two years. Although small, it contains several species of considerable rarity
and not less than five new ones, two species represent entirely ‘‘new’’
genera. The species will hereafter be more fully described.

Family EMBIOTOCOID4:* Agassiz.

* The family of Embiotocoids appears to be represented by two subfamilies and thir-
teen genera,—I. Emsiorocin#, with the genera Hypsurus A. Ag., Phanerodon Grd.
(inel, Embiotoca argyrosoma Grd.), Ditrema T, S., Embiotoca Ag., Damalichthys Grd.

[J une,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 20

Led |

Subfamily EMBIOTOCINA Gill.

This subfamily embraces all the Embiotocoid fishes, with the exception of
Hysterocarpus, which is the type of a second one (Hysterocarpine Gil/.) The
group is thus limited to embrace those fishes whose dorsal fin has a longer
soft than spinous portion. In Hysterocarpus, on the contrary, the spinous
portion is considerably longer than soft, and has 16 to 18 spines; that genus
is composed of a single fluviatile species.

DAMALICHTHYS LATERALIS Gill.

Five specimens are in the collection, all young and representing the stage
named by Girard Hmbiotoca ornata.

Empivroca jackson Agassiz.
Several fine specimens.

AMPHISTICBUS ARGENTEUS Agassiz.
Two specimens.

HyPERPROSOPON ARCUATUS Gibbons, (nee A. Ag.)

This species is very closely related to the Hyperprosopon argenteus of Gib-
bons; the description of the latter being essentially applicable, with the fol-
lowing exceptions :

Ist. The forehead is higher in the middle and the frontal outline little
incurved.

2d. The snout is at the horizon of the centre of the pupil, or even lower,
and not as elevated as its upper border.

3d. D. 27. A. I. 32—33.

8 5
4th. Scales 72—, -.
21 6

In almost other respects it resembles Hyperprosopon argenieus, and has the
same terminal blackish ventral band.

Two specimens, a male and female, equal in size to those of Hyperprosopon
argenteus, are in the colleetion of Mr. Hubbard.

HyYPocRITICHTHYS ANALIS Gill.
HYPERPROSOPON ANALIS A. Agassiz.—I refer to this species, which has

(incl. Embiotoca lateralis Ag.), Rhacochilus Ag., Amphistichus Ag., Holconotus Ag., (nec

Grd.), Cymatogaster Gib. (aggregatus,) Hypocritichthys Gill, Hyperprosopon Gib.,

Brachyistius Gill, (8. frenatus, new sp, with small mouth, uniserial acute teeth.
5

D. VIII. 13—15. A. MI. 21,22. Scales 38, 39 -
1

Purplish, with a longitudinal
band on head interrupted by eye. Abeona Grd. (minima).

II. HystTERocarPiIN#&, with one genus,—Hysterocarpus Gib. ‘These thirteen genera
contain at least eighteen species, Hyperprosopon having three, and Damalichthys,
Phanerodon and Ho}conotus each two.

I have adopted the name of Cymatogaster instead of Micrometrus, because the former
was first applied in publication to the species here retained under it, and its application
to another type and the substitution, for the present, of the name of Micrometrus, as
exhibited in publication, was an after thought. As it is generally acknowledged that an
author has no more right to modify the nomenclature introduced by himself than another,
such a change cannot be accepted.

The genus Micrometrus of Gibbons included two types; the first was considered by
Girard, from the slight description of Agassiz, to be identical with the Holconotus of
the latter. The second was regarded as a distinct generic type, and named Abeona.
The correctness of this differentiation being admitted, the name of Abeona must be
retained, and Metrogaster of Agassiz be regarded as a synonym of Micrometrus, itself
as above considered, a synonym of Cymatogaster.

1862.]

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

not yet been described, two specimens in Mr. Hubbard’s collection, the
possession of an authenticated specimen, received by the Institution, from
M. Agassiz enabling me to do so with perfect certainty.

Hyperprosopon analis has been truly affirmed by A. Agassiz to have ‘‘ the
general appearance and about the size of Metrogaster aggregatus Agass., but
the teeth and the shape of the dorsal fin show that itis a true Hyperprosopon,”’’
and, notwithstanding the superficial resemblance to another type, it may be
added, that the physiognomy is also essentially more like that of Hyperpro-
sopon than Cymatogaster (or Metrogaster Ag.) The difference between it and
the typical species of Hyperprosopon is, however, so great as to authorize its
generic separation. ;

The body is oblong, the height little exceeding three-tenths of the extreme
length, of which latter the head forms less than a fourth. The head itself
is oblong conic ; the diameter of the eye about equal to a quarter of its length,
and not much longer than the snout ; the latter is as high or higher than the
upper border of the pupil; the forehead less depressed than in H. argenteus.

D. IX, 22. A. III. 24. Scales 65
16 + 2
The color is silvery, slightly tinged with brassy on the sides and light pur-
plish on the back; the margin of the elevated spinous portion of the dorsal
is blackish, and the anal has a very distinct ink-like spot between its fourth
and eleventh rays.
The species referred to Hyperprosopon may be thus distinguished :
I. Body convex and high, the height more than a third of the
length, and the back behind nape convex. Head rhom-
bic, about as high as long. Eyes very large. Snout short.

DX 2627s VASP SAO 45-11. scocesscesoaccancesssceeeaeess Huperprosopon.
2g. Ventrals with a broad terminal black band.
8
Scales 85 ———...... éoslerents eas Galbeess cost cacnotudeesmmonnee H. argentens.
20—21
8
Sealants 2 ——eceesececiencusseas;scesctieescswecow ccancsualean ces eueeaenae H. arcuatus.
1
B. Ventrals uniformly colorless.........-sceeeceeeee ereeeeee ove H. agassizii.*

{[. Body oblong, subfusiform, with the back before the dorsal
scarcely convex. Head oblong-conic. Eyes moderate.
DIX i225 cA PIG 2A eeice ct ncssasescesias casndwsluauekvnwe snore SHEE Hypocritichthys.

6
Scales 65 —-essecccsccccsesssesessecsssercesececs eresesees seceseene oe H. analis.

* Hyperprosopon agassizii' Gill.
Pie is closely related to H. arcuatus Gibbons, but the occipital region is

This species 1 i
more elevated and obliquely convex; the caudal fin less emarginated, its margin dark
and the ventral fins are colorless.

D. IX, 27. A: IIL 33. P. 25. Scales 65 :
19—20

This species is the one to which the name of H. arcuatum Gibbéns refers in the
“Notes on the described Holconoti,” by A. Agassiz. Gibbons’ species is, however,
and rather allied to H. argenteus than to the present one.
shows the relative proportion of the several species:

quite different,
The following table

ry a a

Extreme length (=100). ' . . : = $ Fy :

Height, . Sarees Ath an : : Cid se Bao 36 37

Head—Length of head, . a 4 Z ¢ a! 23 23

Eye—Diameter, . A : : b : Te ug Z
4

Snout—Length, . : : s : :
[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277

SCLAINOIDS (Cuv.) Gthr.

ISOPISTHIN Gill.
SERIPHUS POLITUS Ayres.

Seriphus politus Ayres, Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sc., pt. ii. p. 80.

I refer to this species a fish sent by Mr. Habbard. It, however, disagrees
in many important respects with Dr. Ayres’ description, but, as the dif
ferences which the diagnosis of that gentleman offer in comparison with the
present species are equally at variance with theattributes of all Scienoid fishes, I
am compelled to believe that Ayres has quite seriously erred in his description.

The present fish agrees with cther Scienoids in having seven branchiostegal
rays, scales on the head and not more than two anal spines and five branched
ventral rays. The second dorsal, anal and caudal fins are naked, and do not
appear to have been scaly, except the interval between the median rays of
the latter through which the lateral line runs as usual. The outer teeth of
the upper jaw are erect and the interior bent back. The pectoral is more
than half as long as the head, equalling the space between the orbit and its
axilla, while the ventrals are rather less than half as long as the head.

Daa Ss8 AT. 120: » CC. 4,:1.'8, 7. 1.3.) P. 201.4. . Vv. 1. 5.

9
Scales 65 —.
Pseudobrauchie are developed.

Family CHIROIDZ (Sw.) Gill.
Subfamily CHIRINZ Gill.

Currus GuTTatus Girard.
Two specimens.
= ie CG ; lat. line 105 ; transverse line from dorsal to ventral fin. 1 | 4]

CHIRUS CONSTELLATUS Girard.

One specimen was forwarded.

The two species here enumerated are excessively nearly allied, but appear
to constantly differ in the color of the pectoral fin, Chirus guttatus having
them plain, while Chirus constellatus has white dotted pectorals. The former
species has the same form as Chirus constellatus, and I am quite unable to
appreciate the justness of Girard’s remark that ‘‘the body in its general out-
line is intermediate in form between C. constellatus and C. pictus, though more
like the latter in its general bearing, the dorsal and ventral outlines being
more arched.’’ Girard has confined his comparisons to the C. pictus, from
which it is totally different in proportions, squamation, color, &c., but has not
assigned the characters which really distinguish it from C. constellatus. The
color of neither species is accurately described.

Subfamily OXYLEBIINZ.

Genus OxyLepius Gill.

This genus is allied to Zaniolepis (Girard), but the formis shorter and com-
pressed, the ctenoid scales are similar to those of Chirus (S/e/ler), the profile
from the depressed nape rectilinear and the snout pointed, the first dorsal fin
convex, increasing rapidly from the first to the fifth spines, and with the
membrane behind the anterior as well as others not notched. The anal fin is
shorter, coterminal with the second dorsal, and with the anal spines stronger,
the second being longest as in Zaniolepis. The lower rays of the pectorals are

1862. ]

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

simple and nearly entire, and the ventral fins perhaps inserted farther behind,
its second soft ray slightly produced and the membrane between it and the
first acutely notched. The caudal fin is truncated. The teeth are present on
the jaws, vomer and palatine bones as in Zaniolepis, those of the former
being larger in the outer row, and, as in that genus, there are six branchi-
ostegal rays.

OxyYLEBIUS Pictus Gill.

al
D. XV. 1.14. A. W12-. C.1.1.6.5.1.1. P.104 6. V.L 5.
1

The color is brownish, or dark tawny yellow, with indistinct lighter spots
and with six undulating, vertical, dark purple bands ascending on the dorsal
and anal fins, as wide as the intervals between them on the back and nar-
rower below. The first band is under the three anterior dorsal spines and
descends to the scapular bone; the second from the sixth to eighth spines,
ceases behind the bases of the ventral fins; the third extends over the last
five spines and descends on the spinous portion of the anal ; the fourth covers
the dorsal between the fifth and ninth soft rays and descends on the anal
between and across the fourth to sixth rays; the fifth is close before the end
of the vertical fins; and the sixth partly on the end of the caudal peduncle
and partly on the fin. The head has an arched band from the snout to the
margin of the operculum, interrupted by the lower half of the eye; beneath
that band and on the branchiostegal membrane are numerous rather large
spots. An arched band from the nape runs toward each eye below the pos-
terior angle. The four small tufts, one over each eye and one on each side
of the nape, are scarlet. The upper part of the spinous dorsal is light, and
the margin of the soft mostly blackish. The anal is saffron yellow, and be-
tween the broad bands continued on it from the body are linear ones, parallel
with them, the last crossing near the ends of the last four rays. The caudal
has two or three bands ; the pectoral four, and the ventral two.

Subfamily HOPLOPOMATIN & Gill.

OpuiopoN ELONGATUS Girard.
Two fine but small specimens of this species are in the collection.

Family SCORPA!NOID 42 (Sw.) Gill.
Subfamily SCORPAININ Ad (Sw.) Gill.
Genus SEBAstTopEs Gill.

This genus is readily distinguished by the characters assigned to it in the
Proceedings of the Academy for 1861; the head above is quite unarmed. The
other species of California referred to the genus Sebastes belong to another one
distinguished by a form nearly similar to that of the true Sebastes, but with
a dorsal fin armed with only twelve or thirteen (XI.—XII. + I.) spines, and
having, as far as known, only ten abdominal and fourteen caudal vertebre.
With regard to the Sebastes elongatus of Ayres there is some doubt, but it
appears, from the only description and figure published of it, to be, if not
congeneric with the other Californian species, to be at least more nearly allied
to them than to Sebastodes. The genus comprising S. nigrocinctus Ayres, S.
nebulosus Ayres, S. auriculatus Girard, S. ocellatus Cuv. (= S. helvomacu-
latus Ayres), S. melanops Girard and S. rosaceus Ayres may be called Sebas-
tichthys.* Not having had the opportunity to examine all of the foregoing
species, I cannot be certain that all are valid.

* The species of Sebastes without palatine teeth, of which the S. polylepis of Bleeker
and Gunther is one, may be considered as representing another generic type (Sebas-

topsis Gill) (J
une,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279

SEBASTODES PAUCISPINIS Gill.
One specimen is in the collection.

Family COTTOIDZ Girard.
Subfamily COTTIN &.

Asprpocorrus Bison Girard.
Three small specimens.

ARTEDIUS NOTOSPILOTUS Girard.

Three small specimens of this species are also in the collection. The spe-
cies undergoes so considerable a change with age, especially in the armature
of the head, that it might readily be the cause of a multiplication of nominal
species.

Family GOBIOIDZ.

Subfamily GOBIIN A.

LEPIDOGOBIUS GRACILIS Gill.
Two specimens in the collection.
The Gobius newberrii of Girard is the type of another genus, to which the
name of Eucyclogobius may be given; it is distinguished from Lepidogobius
by the naked head, the oblong and equal second dorsal and anal fins, &c.

Family BLENNIOIDZ.
Subfamily CEBEDICHTHYIN & Gill.

CEBEDICHTHYS VIOLACEUS Girard.
A fine specimen is in the collection.

Subfamily CENTRONOTINA Gill.

APODICHTHYS VIRESCENS Ayres.

Three specimens.

The Apodichthys flavidus of Girard, as originally based, may possibly be dis-
tinct from A. virescens Ayres, but there can be no doubt that one of the spe-
cimens sent to the Smithsonian Institution by Ayres under the name of A.
virescens and referred by Girard to A. flavidus, truly belongs to the former
species.

APODICHTHYS SANGUINEUS Gill.*

This species resembles Apodichthys virescens, but is of a beautiful intense
red color, minutely punctulated with darker; the dorsal and anal fins have
the margins rather darker and with a yellow dot generally in front of the tip
of each fourth to sixth ray, and more distinct on the anal. A dark purple
line under the eye is behind the upper jaw, but there is none above.

D. XCHI.—XCV. A. I.—40.

* A specimen of Apodichthys which appears to represent another species of the genus
was obtained by the naturalist of the Northwestern Boundary Commission. It is
thirteen inches long and rather discolored, but does not exhibit any trace whatever of
the characteristic line behind the upper jaw and below the eye. The anal spine is much
shorter and transversely cleft at the tip; the latter is probably abnormal. I have deferred
a description, hoping to have the validity of the species confirmed by other specimens,
and am very reluctant to name it from the single one in the collection, but as this notice
may call attention to it, I have finally resolved to publish. The species may be called
A. mornatus. The radial formula is D. XC. A.1I—388. C. 23. P.2.11.1. In pro-
portions it does not essentially differ from A. virescens or A. flavidus. The eye is, per-
haps, smaller and the body higher. The color is brownish, with a dark spot or blotch
on the back at the base of every fourth or fifth spine.

1862.]

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

A single adult specimen was sent to the Institution by Mr. Hubbard, and a
smaller one is in the collection formed by the Northwestern Boundary Com-
mission.

Family BATRA CHOIDZ.
PorRIcHTHYS POROsIssImMuS Girard. .

After an autoptical examination of adult specimens, Dr. Giinther was un-
able to distinguish between the Pacific and Atlantic representatives of Porich-
thys. Iam therefore compelled to follow him. The only specimens of the
Atlantic fish that I have seen were young.

Family ATHERINOID 2.
CHIROSTOMA CALIFORNIENSE Gill.

Atherinopsis californiensis Girard, Ayres.

Two fine specimens in the collection.

I fully concur with Messrs. GUnther and Ayres in uniting Atherinopsis,
Basilichthys and Heterognathus of Girard in one genus, but am compelled to
retain for that genus the name of Chirostoma given by Swainson, he having ~
first truly limited it. The A. affinis and A. tenuis of Ayres must consequently
be named Chirostoma affine and C. tenue.

The Atherina nigrans of Richardson is scarcely a species of Chirostoma, but
apparently the type of another genus, which may be named Melanotenia,
distinguished by a more robust body, black lateral band, &c.

Family GADOIDZ.
Subfamily GADINA.
GapDUs PROXxIMUsS Girard.

Six fine specimens are in the collection.

This species is a true Gadus. The Gadus eglifinus L. and G. minutus Yar-
rell, of our Eastern America and Northern Europe, belong to different genera.
The former distinguished by its black lateral line, pointed first dorsal and
emarginated caudal, may be called Melanogrammus eglifinus and the Gadus
minutus, with its abbreviated head, short abdomen, emarginated caudal, &c.,
is the type of a genus which may be called Brachygadus.

Subfamily BROSMOPHYCIN AE.
BROSMOPHYCIS MARGINATUS Gill.

A fine specimen in the collection.
The name of Brosmophycis was published a short time before Ayres’ name
of Halias. The latter name has been also preoccupied.

Family PLEURONECTOIDZ.
Subfamily PLEURONECTIN &.
PLATICHTHYS STELLATUS Girard.

I have not been happy enough to distinguish any differences between the
Platichthys rugosus of Girard and Pleuronectes stellatus Pallas. Girard has ac-
knowledged that ‘the latter species is closely allied to P. rugosus, from which
it may even not differ. An actual comparison between the specimens is, how-
ever, demanded, before a settlement of the question can be arrived at.” As
Richardson’s elaborate description and figure are entirely applicable to the
Californian species, it appears to be much more appropriate to consider the two
identical until ‘‘ an actual comparison’”’ shall enable us to ascertain any dif-
ferences, which is quite improbable.

(June.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281

Genus Paropurys Girard.

Body fusiform in profile, covered with cycloid scales. Lateral line scarcely.
convex in front, recurrent backwards near the back. Head large and conic.
Snout conic. Eyes entirely in the anterior half, contiguous and nearly even.
Nostrils on the horizon of the superior margins of each orbit; the anterior
subtubular ; the posterior with an anterior flap. Mouth unequal, little ob-
lique, the maxillary bones of the colored side extending little beyond the
anterior margin of the orbit, and much shorter than that of the white side.
Lips rather thin and simple. Teeth on the white side uniserial, contiguous,
short and wide, presenting an incisorial edge as in Pleuronectes planus, &c.
A recumbent anal spine. Caudal fin truncated or little emarginated.

This genus is most closely related to Pleuronectes.

PAROPHRYS HUBBARD Gill.

This species is very slender, the height being considerably less than a third
of the total length and not much greater than the head. The eyes are situated
in the middle of the anterior half of the head; a diameter enters four times
and a half in the length of the head. The caudal fin is slightly emarginated
and forms a seventh of the total length. The pectoral bent forwards, extends
little beyond the interior preopercular ridge.

D. 83. A. 62. C. 3.6.6.3. P.12. V.6. Scales of lateral line 96,

The color is a uniform brownish.

This very fine species is distinguished especially from Parophrys vetulus
Girard by its more elongated body and head as well as the other proportions.

I have given myself the pleasure of dedicating the species to the gentleman
who has formed the collection of which the present article is descriptive. The
judgment with which that collection was made is evident from the number
of new species described ; and the excellent condition of the specimens, all of
which are in alcohol, and have even, in several cases, preserved their original
colors, is worthy of all praise.

Family CLUPEOIDZ.

Subfamily CLUPEINZ.
ALAUSA CALIFORNICA Gill.

The form is that of a herring (Clupea), the back is thick and rounded, and
the height little exceeds a seventh of the extreme length. The head forms
little more than a fifth of the length. The opercular margin behind is ver-
tical. The diameter of the eye is rather less than a fourth of the head’s
length, while the snout equals a third of the same. The lower jaw, when
closed, is even with the upper, which latter has no emargination. The ventrals
are under the posterior third of the dorsal.

O21 16. A. 2.1.16. P. 1.17. V.1. 8. Seales 57 + 6; longitudinal
rows 12.

The color is silvery on the sides and beneath and blue above.

This species belongs to the genus Alausa of Valenciennes, but not of Na-
ture. The genera of Clupeoids need a careful revision, altogether too much
importance having been attached to the dentition. As Iam not certain to
what other genus the present species should be eventually referred, it is
deemed advisable to retain it in that one where most naturalists would
place it. It is, however, more nearly allied to the type of Clupea than that
of Alausa.

Four specimens, between eight and ten inches long, are in the collection.

1862.]

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Family C YPRINOIDZ.
Subfamily CYPRININ A.
CaRASsIAS AURATUS Heckel.

Two abnormal varieties of this species,—the common and well-known
‘* Gold-fish,’’—are in the collection. One of them has the tail double, but
connected at the superior margin.

Family GALEORHINOID.
Subfamily GALEORHININ.

TRIACIS SEMIFASCIATUS Girard.
A young specimen was sent.

IsOPLAGIODON, Sp.

A new species of this family is in Mr. Hubbard’s collection. As the single
specimen is a young one, its positive determination is deferred for the
present.

Family RAJOID 4.
Subfamily RAIIN A.

URAPTERA BINOCULATA Girard.
One specimen.

Synopsis of the species of LOPHOBRANCHIATE Fishes of Western North
America,

BY THEODORE GILL.

The present brief article is preliminary to a more extended paper on the
Lophobranchiate fishes inhabiting the Western coast of the North American
continent. Six species have been attributed by Dr. Girard to that coast. Sub-
tracting from that number one which appears to have been founded on a
smaller individual of the common species described by Girard as Syngnathus
californiensis, we have still the number assigned by Girard; the S. califor-
niensis of that author being distinct from the homonymous species of Storer,
as shown by Ayres. All the species noticed are in the collection of the Smith-
sonian Institution.

Family SYNGNATHOID Bleeker.
Subfamily HIPPOCAMPINZ (Kaup.) Gill.
Genus Hrppocampus Cuv.

1. Hippocampus GiGAs Girard.
2. HippocaMpus GRACILIS Gill.

The body is very slender, the height being contained four times and a half
in the length of the tail, or equal tothe distance of the snout from the hinder
border ofthe orbit. The tube forms about half the length of the head, which
forms rather more than a sixth of the length. The spines at the angles of
the frontal triangle are nearly equal and blunt. The coronet is rather ele-
vated; the temporal spines rather large and blunt. The angles, especially
the dorsal, of every third or fourth plate are tuberculous.

10 (3)
D.19. Plates

10 (1) 38
[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283

The coloris a very dark purple, indistinctly and sparsely dotted with lighter.
The fins are colorless.

A single female specimen was obtained by Mr. Xantus at Cape St. Lucas.
It differs from any of the previously described species by the combination of
characters indicated in the diagnosis, and is remarkable for its slender form,
which rivals that of Acentronura.

Subfamily SYNGNATHINZ Kaup.
Genus DERMATOSTETHUS Gill.

This genus is, perhaps, most closely related to Syngnathus, although in
some respects tending to Trachyrhamphus (Kaup), &c. It is readily distin-
guished from Syngnathus by the following characters :

ist. The trunk and tail especially are considerably more robust.

2d. The breast-shields are covered by the adipose skin.

dd. The occiput is elevated and carinated.

4th. The lower jaw is received within the upper.

In all other respects it resembles Syngnathus.

3. DERMATOSTHUS PUNCTIPINNIS Gill.

The height and width of the trunk nearly equal the head behind the eyes.
The head forms about an eighth of the total length; the snout equals the
distance of the base of the pectoral fin from the eye, while the height at the
‘occiput is equal to the length of the operculum. The tail (exclusive of the
fin) is twice as long as the trunk.

(2 +*) 18 | 9 (or 93)
(++) 19 @) 39 -

The color is a uniform chestnut, while the dorsal fin has its rays dotted
with chestnut.

Four specimens, all of which were males, of about twelve inches long,
were found at San Diego, California, by Mr. Trowbridge.

Genus SYNGNATHUS (Linn.) Kaup.

This genus, as restricted by Dr. Kaup, is represented in California by five
species, which may be briefly distinguished by the characters assigned in the
following synopsis:
Dorsal with 38—42 rays.
Postamal plates AG—A7).ccoecccdossceveccocsscse sclesceccecccesess 8. californiensis.
GSUAR AACS) A0——43., 22.00 ceases osectssodsssoceessesvessoosese S. griseolineatus.
Dorsal with 30—34 rays.
Snout forming more than half the length of head.
Snout equal to interval between eye and base of

D. 40—42. Plates

pectoral. Nuchal plates scarcely keeled......... S. arundinaceus.
Snout equal to interval between eye and end of pec-
toral fin. Nuchal plates sharply keeled.......... S. leptorhynchus.
Snout scarcely forming half the length of head......... S. dimidiatus.

4, SYNGNATHUS CALIFORNIENSIS Storer.
Nec S. ealiforniensis Girard.
193 | 393
2 2

D. 42. Plates

19—20 (1) 46—47
California (1), W. Hutton.

* Occipital and nuchal plates; in the formula for the other species they are omitted.
T First or gular plate; in the formula for the others it is omitted,

1862.)

284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

5. SYNGNATHUS GRISEOLINEATUS Ayres.

Syngnathus californiensis Girard (nec Storer.)
Syngnathus abbotti Girard.
18|9
D. 38—41. Plates

18 (1) 39—43
San Francisco (1), Dr. Ayres; (1) Dr. Newberry. Tomales Bay (4), Mr.
Samuels. Fort Umpqua, Oregon (3), Dr. Vollum.

6. SYNGNATHUS ARUNDINACEUS Girard.
1 fee)
D. 34. Plates

17 (1) 43
Coast of California (1), Dr. Suckley.
7. SYNGNATHUS LEPTORHYNCHUS Girard.
17|8
D. 32. Plates ——-——.
17 (1) 41
San Diego, California (1).
8. SyNGNATHUS DIMiDIATUS Gill.
Syngnathus brevirostris Girard (nec Hemp. et Ehr., nec Tem. et Schlegel.)
7

D. 30—32. Plates

17 (1) 37—39
San Diego, California (3).

Subfamily DORYRHAMPHIN Kaup.

Genus DORYRHAMPHUS Kaup.
9. DoRYRHAMPHUS CALIFORNIENSIS Gill.

The snout forms half the length of the head; its crest is composed of about
ten irregular teeth, and farther back are two others. The double frontal crest
is well dentated. The superior orbital border has five or six teeth. The ridge
under the orbit is unarmed, but on the side of the snout is well serrated.
The chin is prominent but unarmed, and some distance behind, in the middle
is a slight swelling. The longest superior pectoral rays are about equal to
the length of the operculum. The caudal is as long as the snout.

Gaye y 7
D. 25. A. 3. C. 44. P. 20. Plates

(1 +) 18 (1) 16

The color is an almost uniform yellowish brown, but with a black streak
from the snout to the upper axilla of the pectoral fin.

A single female specimen of this species was discovered by Mr. Xantus at
Cape St. Lucas.

Descriptions of New Genera, Subgenera and Species of Tertiary and Recent
Shells.

BY T. A. CONRAD.
Family PLEUROTOMID&.
TURRIS, Rumphius, PLEUROTOMA, Lam.

The species of this genus are inhabitants of the Indian Ocean, coasts of
Madagascar and China; and, as they are unknown on the American coasts,

[Juve,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285

it is probable that all of this family, recent and fossil, in America belong tc
distinct genera, usually classed as subgenera by authors. The predominant
forms in the Miocene of the United States are Drillia and Surcula, the latter
containing some species much larger than any of the former genus. The true
Turris group is also absent from the Eocene, where species of the two Miocene
genera above mentioned and others abound. It is also unknown in a recent
state on the American coasts.

SURCULA, Gray.

1. Sureula engonata.—Fusiform; whorls 8, turrited, nodulous on the
angle, very minute revolving lines above the angle, distinct below it; one line
more prominent near and below the suture; labrum margin rounded ; body
whorl with obsolete revolving lines.

Locality. Virginia.

2. Surcula nodulifera.—Subfusiform, turriculate; whorls 8, carinated
below the suture by a subtuberculous line, and furnished with tubercles
shaped like inverted commas, distant ; a revolving line between the tubercles
and suture; body whorl with prominent revolving lines and a minute inter-
mediate one.

Locality. Virginia.

3. Surcula ru gata.—Fusiform, turriculate ; whorls 10, lower half obtusely
ribbed ; upper half concave, subangular, with much curved, rugose lines of
growth; beneath the suture whorls obtusely subcarinated, distinct revolving
lines over the ribbed portion, minute and obsolete above it; suture profound ;
body whorl and beak striated; beak slightly curved.

Locality. Calvert Cliffs, Md.

DRILLIA, Gray.

1. Drillia im pressa.—Elevated, scalariform or turriculate, with short,
obtuse ribs; contractions of whorls striated, and having a carinated line
near the suture, revolving lines impressed, double, alternated, rugose volu-
tions 8; base subumbilicated.

Locality. James River, Virginia.

2. Drillia distans, n.s.—Turriculate, whorls 6, scalariform, with distant
obtuse ribs on the lower half; suture waved, with an impressed line above it :
body whorl with an impressed revolving line above and four raised revolving
lines inferiorly ; upper sinus of labrum deep and rounded, lower obsolete.

Locality. Virginia.

3. Drillia arata.—Turriculate, whorls 9; spire elevated, acute; subsca-
lariform, the contracted portion of the whorls flattened and with perpendicular
sides, below this space costate, ribs somewhat oblique and crossed by minute,
close lines, which on the body whorl reach the base, obsolete above, distinct
inferiorly.

Locality. Virginia.

4, Drillia bella.—Turriculate; whorls 7, scalariform, costate nearly to
the suture; ribs distant, obtuse ; whole surface with minute revolving raised
lines, very minute and close on the contracted space below the suture, reflected
labrum callous at the upper end.

Locality. Virginia.

5. Drillia e burnea.—tTurrited ; upper part of wior] without ribs and with
an impressed revolving line ; lower part ribbed, ribs abN¥que, rounded ; surface
striated with close impressed revolving lines, finer and obsolete on the upper
part of the whorls.

1862.]

286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

MANGELIA, Leach.

Mangelia Virginiana.—Short-fusiform; whorls 5, subscalariform, or
medially angular; ribs prominent, two whorls from the apex smooth; minute
revolving lines on the lower half of the penultimate whorl ; one or two obsolete
revolving lines on the body whorl.

Locality. Yorktown, Virginia.

PETRICOLID.

PLEIORYTIS, Conrad.
Hquivalve, ovate or oval, with radiating striz, gaping posteriorly ; hinge of
right valve with two widely diverging teeth; left valve with one direct thick
triangular, bifid tooth under the apex, and an oblique compressed tooth pos-

teriorly; sinus of pallial impression extending beyond the middle of the
valves; muscular impressions large. (Miocene.)

P. ovata.—Ovate, compressed, very inequilateral, thin, radiately striate,
strie numerous, undulate or irregular, crossed by wrinkled fine lines; car-
dinal teeth prominent.

Proportionally longer, more compressed and inequilateral than P. ce nte-
naria, and with narrower hinge teeth.

Locality. Day’s Point, James River, Virginia.

FASCIOLARIHD.

BUSYCON, Bolten.
1. B. carinatum.—Fusiform; whorls 6; spire elevated ; whorls angular,
angle situated below the middle of the whorls, carinated, carina tuberculated,
sides of volutions above the angle straight and very oblique, surface trans-

versely striated ; lines rugose, unequal, obsolete on the middle of last whorl ;
columella and canal sinuous.

Locality. Virginia.

2. B. filosum.—Pyriform, thick, lineated, lines revolving, close, fine, un-
equal, rugose; spire short, scalariform, spinose on the angle, spines foliated ;
columella twisted, sinuous; last whorl obliquely ridged ; canal long, sinuons.

Locality. Yorktown, Virginia.

Resembles B. gibbosum, C., (Kiener, Conch. pl. 9, fig. 2,) but has
shorter spines, finer strie and more scalariform spire. That is a recent
reversed species, but the fossil has been found dextralonly. Rather common
at Yorktown. The spire in some specimens is short and hardly scalariform,

but the revolving ridge on the lower part of the body whorl distinguishes this
from the other Miocene species.

FASCIOLARIA, Lam.

Subgenus Lirosoma, Conrad. 1862.

Subpyriform ; ribbed, beak narrow and produced, slightly recurved; one
long, very oblique plait at the angle of the columella.
Fasciolaria (Fusus) sulcosa, Conrad, Foss. Med. Tert.

Subgenus TEREBRASPIRA, Conrad. 1862.

Spire elongated, whorls angular; plaits concealed or not reaching the onter
edge of columella.

Fasciolaria elegans, Emmons, Geol. N.C.
BUCCINIDE.
TRITIA, Risso.
T. scalaris.—Ovate-acute; spire elevated, turrited; whorls 7, longi-

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287

tudinally ribbed; ribs rounded, prominent, curved on the last whorl ; revol-

ving lines close and distinct; right lip striated within; fold at base of colu-
mella distinct.

Locality.
BULLIA, Gray.
Subgenus Buxuopsis, Conrad.

1. B. ovata.—Smooth; last whorl subquadrate; ovate or oblong-ovate,
entire ; whorls 5 or 6, slightly convex; spire conical, about half the length of
the shell; aperture elliptical.

Locality. St. Mary’s Co., Md.

Shorter and broader than the other two species of Maryland, the callus not
prominent nor extending beyond the upper extremity of aperture.

2. B. Marylandica.—Oblong-ovate, entire; whorls 6, slightly convex
or subtruncated laterally ; suture impressed; aperture about half the length
of the shell ; columella profoundly callous above, the callus extending beyond
the lip.

Locality. St. Mar}’s Co., Md.

Proportionally longer than the preceding, and the spire subscalariform.
The shell is variable in outline, the spire being much longer in some speci-
mens than others of equal breadth.

3. B. quadrata, C., Journ. A. N.S. vi. 226.
There are no known living representatives of this subgenus.

COLUMBELLINE.
AMYCLA, H. and A. Adams.
Subgenus Astyris, H. and A. Adams.

1. Amycla communis.—Ovate, whorls 6 or 7, smooth and polished ;
spire rather elevated; body whorl abruptly rounded in the middle or sub-
angular; submargin of labrum minutely dentate.

Locality. St. Mary’s River, Md.

A common species in the blue clay of Maryland and Virginia.

2. A. avara, var. granulifera.—Narrow-acuminate ; longitudinally
ribbed ; ribs numerous, angular; spire subturriculate; whorls 8, crossed by
impressed lines, four in number, on 4 whorls of the spire, and covering the
body whorl to the base; where the lines cross the ribs there is a small tubercle :
labrum 7-dentate within ; columella subplicated from base to submedial angle.

Locality. Occurs with the preceding.

3. A. reticulata.—Subturrited ; volutions 6—7, slightly convex ; lines
prominent, revolving and transverse lines equal in size, transverse lines most

remote, lines smaller and closer below the middle of last whorl; right lip
toothed within.

Locality. Virginia.
OLIVINZ:.
DACTYLUS, Klein.
Subgenus SrrepHona, Browne.

Dactylus eboreus.—Slightly tumid on the upper part of body whorl;
whorls 6 in number, the penultimate contracted below the suture; columella
slightly tumid, with numerous acute plaits, and five oblique plaits at base,
four of them elongated.

Locality. Virginia.

1862.]

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

DENTALIDZ:.
DENTALIUM.

D. Carolinense.—Regularly curved, ribs 9 to 11, narrow and laterally
flattened.

Locality. North Carolina.

Larger, less tapering, and having fewer ribs than D. attenuatum, Say.
Longer and tapering more than D. , Emmons, Geol. N. C., fig. 188.

VERMETIDZ..
VERMETUS, Adams.

Subquadrate, ribs 3, longitudinal, distant, the lowest one most prominent;
longitudinal lines minute, close, rugose, becoming obsolete near the spire,
which is regular, each whorl having two carinated lines revolving in the middle
and one joining the suture at base; longitudinal lines none.

Locality. Neuse River, below Newbern, N. C.

TROCHIDA.
LEIOTROCHUS, Conrad.

L. distans.—Trochiform ; volutions 4; suture subcanaliculate near the
apex; revolving lines, a few distant, distinct, impressed, the others very fine ;
periphery rounded ; base convex-depressed, with six distant impressed revol-
ving lines and very fine intermediate lines ; umbilicus narrow, profound ; sub-
carinated at base.

Locality. Calvert Co., Md. ?

CARINORBIS, Conrad.

Suborbicular ; spire small, depressed, or but little prominent ; shell costate,
ribs revolving, distant, prominent; last whorl flattened above; umbilicus
small, and the space beneath it channelled; peritome continuous.

C. (Delphinula) lyra, Conrad. C. (Delph.) quadricostata, Emmons. (Mio-
cene.)

SCROBICULARID2.
ABRA, Leach.

A. ovalis.—Oval, convex, inequilateral, with five close laminar concentric
lines ; posterior side short, with a distinct obtuse fold; end margins rounded ;
within highly polished ; cardinal and lateral teeth prominent.

Locality. Yorktown, Virginia. (Miocene.)

ASTARTIDA.
ASTARTE, Sowerby.

Astarte dist ans.—-Triangular, convex-depressed, with four broad con-
centric undulations; concentric lines unequal; umbo flattened with small
prominent concentric ribs, inner margin minutely crenulated.

Locality. Cumberland Co., N. J., near Shiloh. (Miocene.)

Very distinct from the nearest allied species, A. undulata Say.

PARASTARTE, C.

Elevated, triangular, equilateral, ventricose ; epidermis pale and shining ;
hinge of right valve with one thick nearly direct tooth, and deep and rather
long channel in the hinge plate anterior to the tooth; left valve with two

equally diverging teeth; posterior submargin of both valves channelled
above.

Kstarte triquetra, C., {l'ampa Bay, is the type of this new genus,
[June,

———

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289

which differs essentially from Erycinelli, whilst the oxtorior i is very much like
the latter. (Recent.)
CRASSATELLA, Lam.

C. producta.—Trapezoidal, elongated, inequilateral, concentrically
ribbed ; ribs or ridges subacute, prominent as far as the umbonal slope which
is obtusely subcarinated, and curved inwards; posterior slope depressed and
medially subangular, concentric lines not prominent except behind the umbo,
where they are more distinct ; posterior extremity obliquely truncated ; inner
margin minutely crenulated.

Locality. Enterprise, Clark Co., Miss. (Eocene.)

This elegant species may be distinguished from C. protexta by the furrows
or ridges extending over the whole disk. It belongs to a group of fossils quite
distinct from those of Claiborne, Jackson or Vicksburg.

TRIGONUDA
VERTICORDIA, Wood.

V. Emmonsii, C., Emmons, Geol. N. C., 286 206.
This is the only species yet known in an American formation.

ARCID.
CUCULLAA, Lam.

The typical form of hinge teeth in this genus is not represented in the
Eocene or Cretaceous Arcide. The oldest form which could be referred to
Cucullea occurs in the latter formation, represented by thick ponderous
shells, with a broad hinge, and are in marked contrast to that of the recent spe-
cies, whilst the character of the teeth is equally remote. I propose, therefore,
to characterize the cretaceous subgenus as follows:

IDONEARCA, Conrad.

Triangular, thick, delicately lined; hinge thick, medial cardinal plates
transverse, laminar, laterally striated ; anterior and posterior plaits elongated,
oblique, curved downwards at the ends towards the umbo, and laterally striated;
interior plate curved, very prominent.

Cucullea Tippana, C., and T. capar, C. (Cretaceous.)

The following European species will come under this section :

Arca tumida, d’Orbig., A. Marceana, d’Orbig., A. fibrosa, d’Orbig.

TRIGONARCA, Conrad.

Equivalve, trigonal, angular on the umbonal slope; hinge area narrow ;
series of cardinal plates curved and placed tramsversely or nearly at right
angles to the hinge line.

T. (Cucullea) Maconensis, C., Journ. A. N. 8.

Viewed exteriorly, this shell has the habit of eases! but the hinge of
Axinwa. It probably has the internal elevated plate, but the Specimens are
filled with stone too hard to be removed, (Cretaceous. )

Subgenus Latiarca, Conrad.

Triangular, thick, capacious ; hinge line narrow medially, broad and thick
on the sides; cardinal plates granular and laterally striated, towards the ends
in short oblique series; cardinal area wide with obliquely diverging grooves.

L. (Cucullea) gigantea, C., L. idonea, C., C. pnonchela, Rogers, C. trans-
versa, Rogers. (Hocene.)

ANOMOLOCARDIA, Klein.
A. trigintinaria.—Elongated, rhomboidal, very unéquilateral, ven-

1862.] 20

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

tricose; ribs about 31; square, not very prominent, on the posterior
side divided by an impressed line and posterior to the umbo with an in-
termediate raised line ; posterior end emarginate ; cardinal area transversely
striated ; hinge line long, and the plates numerous ; disk medially contracted
or flattened ; intersfices of the ribs transversely striated.

Locality. South Carolina. (Miocene.)

NOETIA Gray.

N. ponderosa, Say, var. IV. carolinensis.—Ovato-cuneate, ventricose ;
disks flattened submedially, ribs about 35 in number; narrow, flattened,
divided by an impressed line, except on the anterior side, where they are dis-
tinctly lined only near the base, transverse wrinkles between the ribs close
and prominent; these intercostal spaces have each an acute radiating line
about the umbonal slope and posteriorly ; basal margin slightly contracted
medially.

Locality. Dauphin Co., North Carolina. (Miocene.)

Compared to the typical ponderosa it is less ventricose, proportionally
longer, and has 35 ribs, whilst the latter has only 26.

N. ponderosa, Say, is abundant in a fossil state in some localities, and
Mr. Tryon has obtained specimens from Cape May, in company with Jurritella
plebeia, Say, but I have not seen a recent specimen, and suppose it to be an ex-
tinct s, ecies.

STRIARCA, Conrad.

Equivalve, radiately striate, closed ; hinge area transversely striated, and
also the epidermis above it; hinge line dilated and curved at the ends; teeth
divided into oblique hollow cross plaits.

S. (Arca) centenaria, Say. (Miocene. }

The remarkable teeth of this genus distinguish it from all other genera of
Arcide; the plaits are hollow with parallel laminar sides.

BARBATIA, Gray.

Subgenus Granoarca, Conrad.

Equivalve, gaping anteriorly; hinges are rather wide and very oblique,
with longitudinal grooves angulated under the back ; tooth more or less di-
vided into granular plates, posteriorly widely expanded and broken into ir-
regular granules.

A. propatula, C. Miocene Foss., 61, 32, 1.
CARDITID.

Subgenus Preromeris, Conrad.

Triangular, not oblique, with radiating ribs; beaks medial; hinge of left
valve, anterior tooth direct or directed slightly towards the anterior margin ;
posterior tooth double or bifid.

Cardita perplana, C, —A fossil of the North American Miocene is the
type of this genus, which embraces two fossil and one recent species, all small
shells. The other fossil species is Cardita abreviata, C., and the recent P.
(Astarte) flabella, C., of Florida.

Family MYTILIDZ.
MYTILOCONCHA, Conrad.

Subfaleate, thick; perlaceous, laminated; hinge thick, elongated ; pointed
at the apex ; an‘oblique tooth or ridge and parallel furrow throughout the en-
tire length of hinge area.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291

1. M. (Myoconcha) incurva, C., Miocene, Foss. 52, 28, 1.
2. M. (Mytilus) incrass ata, C., ib., 74, 42, 4.
PECTENID.

PECTEN, Lin.

P. fraternus.—Ovate, upper valve slightly ventricose, lower convex
depressed; ribs 15 or 16, prominent; convex, laterally flattened, nar-
rower than the interstices, trilineate, squamose ; interstices with fine, unequal,
delicately squamose radiating lines; lower valve, ribs broader, and more nu-
merously lined ; ears moderate, with radiating numerous rugose lines.

Locality. Virginia. (Miocene.)

Differs from P. Jeffersonius in being comparatively more elevated or ovate ;
in having smaller ears, and more numerous and narrower ribs, &c.

P. Edgecomensis.—Suborbicular ; height not quite equal to the length ;
lower valve-ribs 16 to 17, prominent, but not elevated, square or convex-
depressed, not quite as wide as the intervening spaces, radiately lined with
finely squamose striz, most conspicuous towards the margins, interstices of
ribs carinated, in the middle squamose and finely striated ; ears with fine close
unequal squamose radiating lines, the larger ones most prominent on the pos-
terior side; margins of ligament pit carinated.

Locality. Edgewood Co., North Carolina. Cab. Smithsonian Institution.

Allied to P. eboreus ; the carina between the ribs distinguish it from that
species. (Miocene.)

LYROPECTEN, Conrad.

Inequivalve, radiately costate; hinge with a triangular pit as in Pecten
and diverging prominent teeth on each side the ligament cavity.

Lyropectin (Pallium) estrellanus, C., Pacific R. R. Reports, 1855, vi.
pl. 3, f. 15.

This genus is peculiar to the Miocene of the Pacific slope, and appears in
three large species, the second of which has been figured and described as
Pallium estrellanum, in Pacific Railroad Reports, vol. vii. 191, but is very dis-
tinct from that species. I propose to name it Voleformis.

L. crassicardo.—Suborbicular ; ribs 15; larger valve ventricose; ribs
rounded, not quite as wide as intervening spaces; whole surface radiately
striate with equal lines, about 11 on the ribs and 5 on the interstices ; opposite
valve convex, ribs prominent, narrower and more abrupt than in the large
valve, disposed to be concentrically nodulous or undulated by broad concen-
tric furrows, and sometimes an abrupt concentric truncation.

Locality. California.

OSTRIADA:.
OSTREA, Lin.

0. faleiformis.—Falcate, radiately ribbed; ribs numerous, regular,

close, rounded, crossed by squamous lines; ribs small on the anterior de-

pression ; margins plicated, not crenulated ; ligament cavity oblique.
Locality. Enterpise, Clark Co., Miss. Dr. Spillman. (Hocene.)

Revision of the GULLS of North America; based upon specimens in the
Museum of the Smithsonian Institution.

BY ELLIOTT COUES.

The present paper is an abstract of a more extended Monograph on the
Gulls of North America, prepared for publication in a Government Report.

1862]

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

As some time, however, may elapse before the appearance of the Report, it
has been thought advisable to issue in advance this brief sketch of the sub-
ject. Except in the cases of one or two species, everything not absolutely
necessary to the proper understanding of the subject has been omitted. In
the Monograph alluded to will be found references to the pages of the works
of the authors cited; descriptions of the various changes and stages of plu-
mage; together with a discussion of doubtful points of synonymy, and the
arguments for the views entertained. It is also illustrated by figures of the
bills of all the species, and colored drawings of the primary quills, showing
the outlines and extent of their markings. The gulls of North America are
worked up to the fullest extent that the specimens at my command allow;
but, in the apparent hopelessness of arriving at ultimate truth with regard
to these birds, I am prepared to relinquish any of the views now entertained
which future investigation may prove to be erroneous.

Family LARIDZ.

The family Laride, embracing the Jagers, Gulls, Terns and Skimmers is
divisible into four subfamilies, which may be distinguished by the following
brief diagnosis :

Lestripinz.— Covering of upper mandible not continuous, the basal half
with a somewhat horny overlapping plate, differing in character from the ter-
minal portion ; the nostrils opening beneath it, but slightly above the cutting
edge, and beyond the middle of the bill. Tail cuneate, the central feathers
projecting, usually tapering and much elongated, the lateral stiff and acu-
minate. Interdigital webs more or less rounded. Body full, stout; size
usually moderate.

Larin.— Covering of bill continuous. Bill more or less robust, the culmen
about straight to the nostrils, abruptly decurved to the tip, which overhangs
the tip of the lower mandible. An angular projection at the symphysis of
the lower jaw more or less prominent. Nostrils at the end of the basal half
of the bill. Tail generally even, the feathers being all of the same character.
Webs more or less indented. Inner lateral toe moderate. Body robust; size
very large or moderate.

Srrrninz.—Covering of bill continuous. Bill slender and tapering toa
very acute point, the tip not abruptly decurved, nor overhanging the lower
mandible. Curve of culmen and commissure regular and gradual from base
to tip. Angle of lower mandible scarcely apparent. Nostrils on the basal
third of the bill. First primary greatly longer than the second. Tail gene-
rally forked. Inner lateral toes very short. Webs indented. Body rather
slender and graceful; size moderate or very small.

Ruyncnopsinz.—Bill excessively compressed, like the blade of a knife.
Upper mandible abruptly shorter than the lower. Otherwise generally as in
Sternine.

We have at present only to do with the second of these groups, the

Subfamily LARIN Al.

Of the many genera into which the Gulls have been divided by systematic
writers, North America contains representatives of eight, which seem to differ
in well marked characters. They may be arranged in two sections and very
briefly defined as follows :

A.—LAREX.

Size very large, large, or moderate. Body robust, general organization
more or less powerful. Bill stout and deep, the angle prominent, the tip ob-
tuse, seldom attenuated or much decurved. Tail never cuneate or decidedly

[ June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293

forked. Legs rather stout; hind toe sometimes rudimental. Head never
with a hood ; in winter with the neck streaked with dusky. Under parts
white without a decided roseate tint.

1, Larus.—Size large or moderate. Bill stout, robust, obtuse, the tip not
attenuated, the angle usually very prominent. Convexity of culmen great
at the ends. Color white, nearly always with adarker mantle. Tail even.

2. Blasipus.—Size moderate. Bill rather slender, its tip somewhat attenu-
ated. General colordusky. Tail even, or very slightly emarginate.

3. Rissa.—Size rather small. Bill stout at base, but more attenuated and
decurved at the tip. Angle acute, but not very prominent. Hind toe rudi-
mental. Tail even; somewhat emarginate in the young.

4. Pagophila.—Size rather small. Bill short, stout, obtuse. Tarsus very
short, stout, arm rough. Tibie partially feathered. Webs excised. Color
entirely pure white.

B.--XEMEX.

Size moderate, small, or very small. Body more slender, general organiza-
tion more delicate. Bill generally slenderer and more acute, the angle not
very prominent, but acute, the tip decurved and attenuated. Tail variable,—
even, forked, or cuneate. Legs rather slender. Hind toe always present.
Head usually with a hood, or with a black ring round the neck. Under parts
white, with a decided roseate tint.

5. Chroicocephalus.—Size moderate and very small. Bill slender, the tip
more or less decurved. Tail even.

6. Rhodostethia.—Size small. Bill short and very slender. Neck with a
black ring, but head without a hood. Tail cuneate.

7. Xema.—Size small. Bill short, rather slender, the angle acute. Head
with a hood and neck with aring. Tail moderately forked.

8. Creagrue.—‘‘ Of medium size ; bill very strong and much curved; mantle
grayish white; tail deeply forked.’’—Lawr.

The above brief charavters define the genera sufficiently for our present
purposes ; the aim being rather the determination of species than rigid syste-
matic classification.

Genus 1. Larus, Linneus.

Larus, Linn. 1744; nec 1735; (typus LZ. canus, fide Gray.)

Gavia, Moehring, 1752; nec auct.

Leucus, Kaup, 1829.

Laroides, Brehm, 1830; t. ZL. argentatus, Brinn. Bp. 1856; (typus idem.)

Plantus, Reichenbach, 1853.

Glaucus, Bruch, 1853; (t. Z. glaucus, Brinn.)

Dominicanus, Bruch, 1853; (t. Z. marinus, Linn.)

Gaving, Bp. 1854, fide G. R. Gray; nec Bp. 1856.

Laroides, Bruch, 1855; (t. L. glaucus, Briinn. = Glaucus, Bruch, 1853.)

Leucus, Bp. 1856; (t. LZ. glaucus, Briun. Emend. Leuc. Kaup, 1829 — Laroides
Bruch, 1855, vel Glaucus, Bruch, 1853.)

The eleven spesies of the genus found in North America may be very na-

turally arranged under the following sections or subgenera :

Section A.—Leucus Bp. (Plantus, Reich. Glaucus, p. Bruch, 1853, La-
roides p. Bruch, 1855.) Large and powerful; primaries without any
black; upper parts very light.

a. Color above entirely white.

1862.]

294. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

1. Larus Hourcuiysi Richardson.
2. glacialis, Benicken (nec Macgill. qui Z. glaueus, Briinn.) Glaucus
glac. Bruch, 1853. Laroides glac. Bruch, 1855. Leucus arcticus, ‘‘Macg.””
Bp. 1856, excl. synon. (nec Macg.) Larus Hutchinsii, Richardson, F.
B. A. 1831, ii. 419.

Sp. char.—Adult: Bill flesh-colored at base, blackish on terminal third.
fntire plumage pure white, the shafts of the feathers straw yellow. Feet
light flesh-color. Young: Head, neck and upper parts mottled with light
reddish brown, appearing on the latter as irregular patches, and on the rump
as more or less obsolete transverse bars. Under parts a nearly uniform very
light reddish brown, the under tail coverts transversely barred with white.
Wings and tail pure white. Length 273 inches; extent 60; wing 173; bill
above 2°40; along gape 3°20. Tarsus 3:40; middle toe and claw 3°50.

Hob.—Arctic America; North Pacific; New York State!

The name ‘ Arcticus Macgill.”? is usually applied to this bird. Bonaparte
adopts the name in his Conspectus, moreover, considering it identical with
L. argentatus of Sabine’s Memoir on the Birds of Greenland. But both these
authors speak of a notable amount of blue on the back,—(‘‘back pure pearl gray,
with a good deal of blue’’—‘‘ cerulescente-perlaceo.’’) Moreover, Macgilli-
vray himself subsequently says that his arcticus is the /eucopterus Faber. I
have not been able to find the original description of glacialis of Benicken ;
but Bruch, who adopts that name, speaks of the ‘‘ gull-blue”’ of the upper
parts. In the Fauna Boreali-Americana, ii. p. 419, there is given a brief de-
scription of a Gull, which’ is certainly, I think, the present species. The
names ‘‘ arcticus’’ and ‘‘glacialis’’? being in my opinion untenable, I adopt
that of Hutchinsii, proposed by Richardson. I have no doubt of the validity
of the species.

This species is now introduced into the Fauna of the United States through
a specimen killed in Washington co., New York, and presented to the Smith-
sonian Institution by Mr. Peter Reid. It was killed in midwinter, while feed-
ing on a dead sheep. Other specimens were collected by Mr. Stimpson in
Behring’s Straits, while connected with the North Pacific Expedition under
Capt. Rodgers, U. 8. N.

b. Color above very light pearl blue. Primaries like the back, fading
insensibly into white at some distance from the tips.

2. Larus cuaucus Briinnich.

Larus glaucus, Briinn. 1764 et auct. Laroides glauc. Bruch, 1855. Leucus
glauc. Bp. 1856. Plantus glauc. Reich. 1853. Larus consul, Boil, 1822.
Glaucus cons. Bruch, 1853. Larus islandicus, Edmonston, 1822, nee
Edm. 1823. Larus glacialis, Macgill. 1824; (nec Benick.) Larus
leuceretes, Schlelp. L. leucopterus, Vieill. L. giganteus, Benick. fide Bp.

Sp. char.—Length 29 inches; extent 62; wing 18-5. Bill above 2°75, along
gape 3°75; height at nostril -80, at angle °85. Tarsus 3:00; middle toe and
claw 2°75. (Dimensions sufficient to separate it from lJeucopterus, the only
other N. A. species in this group, (0.)

Hab.—Arctic seas, coming southward in winter. Labrador in summer.

3. LARvs LEUCOPTERUS Faber.
L. argentatus, Sub. 1818 ; nec Briinn., nec auct. L. argentatus, var. Temm.
L. arcticus, Macgill. ; (nec Leucus arct. ‘* Macg.’”? Bp. 1856.) Larus
leucopterus, Faber; (nec Vieill., qui 2. glaucus, Briinn.} Larodes
leucop. Bruch, 1855. Glaucus leucop. Bruch, 1853. Leucusleucop. Bp.
1856. Plantus leucop. Reich. Larus islandicus, Edmonst. 1823, nec
1822. Larus glaucoides, Temm. 1840. Laroides glaucoides et leucop-

terus, Brehm, fide Bp.

[ June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295

Sp. char.—Length 24 inches, wing 16°75. Bill above 1-80, rectus 2°80,
depth at angle ‘65. Tarsus and middle toe and claw 2:26.
Hab.—“ Arctic seas ; Baffin’s Bay ; Labrador.’’ (Lawr.)

c. Color above pearl blue. Primaries about the color of the back to the
very tips, which have well-defined, rounded, white apical spots.

4. Larus GuAucescens Lichtenstein.
Larus glaucescens, Licht. Laroides glauc. Bruch, 1855; (nec Glaucus
glaucescens, Bruch, 1853, qui Larus chalcopterus.) Leucus glaucescens,
Bp. 1856. Larus glaucopterus, Kittlitz, fide Bruch. Glaucus glaucop-
terus, Bruch, 1853.

Sp. char.—Bill long and rather weak, the upper mandible projecting con-
siderably beyond the lower, the convexity of the culmen comparatively slight.
Angle pretty well defined, the outline between it and the tip about straight.
Adult: Mantle pearl blue, much the same shade as in argentatus. Primaries
slightly deeper than the back, all with rounded, well-defined apical spots of
white. First, Base not appreciably lighter than the body of the feather, with
_ a well-defined wlite spot on both webs, near the end, separated from the
white apex by a transverse band of the color of the body of the feathers ;
second, third and fourth, basal portions notably lighter than the terminal,
fading into pure white at their junction with the latter, without spots except
the apical ones ; fifth, sixth, basal portions the color of the back, fading into
white near the end, separated from the white apices by a band (narrowest on
the sixth) of the color of the outer primaries.

Young of the year.—Bill black. Everywhere deep grayish, somewhat mot-
tled with whitish, the feathers of the back, wings and upper tail coverts edged,
tipped and crossed by more or less regular transverse bars of grayish white.
Length about 27 inches, wing 16°75. Bill above 2'25, gape 3:25, height at
angle ‘70; tarsus 2°60, middle toe and claw 2°50.

Habitat.—Pacific coast of North America.

One of the later discoveries, and a very distinct and well-marked species.

5. LARUS CHALCOPTERUS Licht.

Glaucus glaucescens, (‘‘ Licht.’’), Bruch, 1853; (nee Laroides glaucescens,
(Licht.) Bruch, 1855. Laroides chalcopterus, Bruch, 1855. Leucus
chalcopterus, Bp. 1856. Larus chaleopterus, Lawr. 1858.

Sp. char.—Adult: ‘‘ Entirely similar to Jeucopterus, except in the primaries,
which are ashy gray, with rounded white apical spots.’? Young: ‘‘ Dark gray,
as in glaucopterus,’’ (of Kittlitz —{g/aucescens, Licht.)

Habitat.—‘‘ American coast of Behring’s Straits, and Greenland.”’

A species I have never seen. The diagnosis is copied from Bruch’s Mono-
graph. This author, in saying that the primaries of the bird are ‘‘ashy gray,
with rounded white apical spots,’’ reduces the characters in this respect pre-
cisely to those of glaucescens, Licht. Then, the bird being ‘‘ like leucopterus,
except on the primaries,’’? must be separated from glaucescens—throwing out
of consideration the primaries, acknowledged to be identical—by those points
in which /eucopterus differs,—viz.: smaller size, somewhat differently shaped
bill, and lighter mantle. In a word, chalcopterus is a lewcopierus with the
wings of glaucescens.

If the characters given are constant, the species is doubtless a valid one. If
so, it is the smaller analogue of g/aucescens, and bears the same relation to
that species that leucopterus does to glaucus.

Section B —Dominicanus Bruch. Very large and powerful; color above
dark blackish slate; primaries crossed with black near the end.

6. Larus MARINUS Linneus.
Larus marinus, Linn. 1776. Dominicanus marinus, Bruch, 1853 et 1855.

1862.]

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Larus nevius, Gmel, 1788 (juv.) Larus maculatus, Bodd. fide Bp. ;
(nee Brinn.) Larus maximus, Miilleri, et Fabricii, Brehm, secundum
Bp.

Sp. char.—First primary with a large white space at the tip, 2} inches long.
Young: Fully as large as the adult; the bill as large, but the angle less de-
veloped, entirely black. Upper parts dusky chocolate brown, everywhere
mottled with whitish and light rufous, (the latter on the back and wings, )
the feathers being tipped and the wing coverts deeply indented with this color.
Under parts mottled with white, or rufous white and dusky, the throat mostly
immaculate. Primaries and tail deep brownish black, the former at the ex-
treme apex tipped, and the latter tipped, subterminally barred, and with
eee feather mottled with whitish. Length 30 inches, extent °65, wing
18°50.

Habitat.—North Atlantic, coming south in winter. Florida (Aud.)

A full description of the adult appeared unnecessary. That of the young
was drawn up from a specimen taken from its nest while in the downy state,
and reared by the writer until full grown.

Section C.—Laroies Brehm. (Larus, Kaup; Glaucus, p. Bruch, 1853.)
Mantle lighter than in B, darker thanin A. Primaries crossed with
black near the ends.

a. Large; billrobust; angle prominent. ‘‘ Herring-gulls.”’
I. A rounded, white subapical spot on the first primary. Legs flesh-colored

7. Larus occipenraris Audubon.
Larus occidentalis, Aud. Glaucus occid. Bruch, 1853. Laroides occid.
Bruch, 1855.

Sp. char.—Bill large, robust, very stout and deep, the culmen very convex
at the end, the angle strongly developed, making the under outline doubly
concave. Adult: Mantle dark bluish ash, almost slate color, the tips of the
secondaries and tertiaries white, the line of demarcation distinct. Primaries:
first three black throughout their exposed portions, the outer white for some
distance at the tip (1°75 inches), crossed near the end with an irregular black
bar; the shafts entirely black; the second without a white spot but its tip
and the tips of all the others white. The young of the year: Bill entirely
black, rather shorter than in the adult, but at the same time with great com-
parative depth at the angle. Everywhere a deep blackish brown, mottled
with grayish white, the feathers of the upper parts edged and tipped with that
color. Rump and upper tailcoverts barred with whitish and dusky. Prima-
ries and tail uniform deep blackish brown, with scarcely lighter tips, the
former without tips. Length 24 inches, extent 55, wing 15:5. Bill above
2°30, along gape 3:10; height at nostril -75, width 40, height at angle 85.
Tarsus 2°75.

Habitat.—Pacific coast of North America.

A very strongly-marked species.

& Larus Smirusontanus Coues.
Larus argentatus, auctorum americ. L. argentatus ex America.

Sp. char.—Adult: Mantle typical ‘‘ gull-blue ;’? much lighter than in occi-
dentalis, lighter than in brachyrhynchus, much as in Delawarensis and glauces-
cens, darker than in glaucus or leucopterus. Bases of primaries a but slightly
lighter shade of the blue of the back, not so light nor extending so far, (es-
pecially on the first primary,) nor so broad at the end as in Californicus ; on
the first the light portion is very short, falling five or six inches short of the
white spot, is not lighter at its juncture with the black, nor does it extend
further on the central portion than on the edge of the feather; on the second,
third and fourth the light bluish extends about the same distance (about four

(June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297

inches from the tip of the second), and runs further up along the centres of
the feathers than on the edge; on the seventh the black is a mere spot on one
or both webs; the bluish fades into pure white at its juncture with the black
on all the feathers except the first. First primary with a subapical spot near
the tip, small, rounded, not much more than an inch long, not longer on the
outer vane than on the inner, sometimes wanting on the former. Second pri-
mary without a white spot, or, if present, itis a mere point. Extreme tips
of all the primaries white. Young of the year: Entirely a deep sooty brown,
the throat. slightly streaked and the rump transversely barred with whitish,
and the feathers of the upper parts edged with grayish or yellowish. Wings
and tail entirely black ; bill black. Length 25 inches; extent 58; wing 17°75;
tarsus 2°50 to 2°60.

Habitat.—Eastern and Western coasts of North America.

Although it may seem a hazardous undertaking to separate the Herring-
gulls of America and Europe, after they have been judged identical by so
many authors of repute, I am compelled to do so from a conviction that the
differences constantly observable in them are of specific value. Further on it
will be attempted tw show why they have been confounded.

The comparison of the extensive series of the North American bird has
been made with four perfect specimens of Larus argentatus from Europe,
which, I have every reason to believe, represent typically the characters of
that species.

In both birds, the color of the mantle, the color of the bill, the relative pro-
portions of the tarsus and toes, the black on the primaries, the small white
apical spots, and their bluish bases do not differ appreciably. The tangible
differences are the following:

Ist. The whole bird is larger. The difference in the wing in some speci-
mens amounts to nearly two inches, and in none is it less than half an inch.

2d. The bill is larger, longer and more robust. It is especially stouter at
the base. The angle is larger, more prominent and bulging; but at the same
time it has not so pointed and well defined an apex.

3d. The legs and feet are longer and stouter, perhaps even more so than
is proportional to the greater size of the bird. The entire difference in the
length of the tarsus and middle toe amounts to but little less than half an
inch.

The preceding differences, though marked, I should not consider, in the
absence of other distinctive features, as of specific value. The following dis-
crepancies I find it impossible not to regard as conclusive.

4th. In the European bird, when adult, the first primary has a white ter-
minal space just about two inches long. (This is precisely as in californicus,
the similarity being further heightened by the fact that in young birds there
is a narrow transverse bar, which gradually resolves itself into two small
spots or scollops, and finally disappears.) The second primary has a rounded
white spot about three-fourths of an inch in diameter, invading both vanes,
but divided into two by the black shaft. In the American bird the first
primary has a rounded white spot (of much the same size and character as
that on the second primary of the European bird) entirely distinct and sep-
arated from the white apex, which is very small. The second primary has no
white sub-terminal spot; or if one is present (which is rarely the case in
very old birds) it is exceedingly small.

Now it may be urged, that these differences have been noted, but disre-
garded as of no value, the nature of the terminal markings on the wings of
gulls being considered ‘‘notoriously inconstant.’’? There is in the Smith-
sonian collection perhaps the most extensive series of American Herring
gulls ever brought together. Inno single specimen of the series have I ever
observed the slightest approach to the large white apical space on the first
primary which exists in the European bird ;—constantly, so far as I have op-

1862. ]

298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

portunities for judging. While the bird is undergoing the changes incident
to its arrivingat maturity, there are great and indeed endless variations in the
precise character of the primaries. All, however, uniformly tend towards the
same result ; andin fully adult birds these characters are constant.

I find no material differences in the character of the extent of the bluish
markings of the bases of the primaries.

The above points would seem to be sufficient to establish the position as-
sumed, but there is another argument of a different character which, in con-
nection with the preceding, seems quite conclusive. The Herring Gulls of both
continents differ from the Larus glaucus, leucopterus, etc., in being essentially
southern birds. They go north to breed only, returning again as soon as the
duties of incubation are concluded, and moreover, do not proceed very far
north. The American bird, at least, is found but sparingly, ifat all, north of
Cape Chidleigh, on the coast of Labrador, and is more numerous somewhat
farther south. The Larus glaucus, leucopterus, Pagophila eburnea, etc., are
entirely boreal birds, inhabiting the regions about the arctic circle, coming
south only when forced to do so by the severity of winter. In view of this
fact, it would be improper to presume upon the specific distinction of the two
birds, unless very strongly marked and constant characters were found.
Reasoning by analogy, it would be natural to suppose that two birds, separated
by the breadth of the ocean, might very probably be distinct ; and discrepancies
which in the case of truly boreal birds would be of little importance, might
under other cireumstances be of specific value. *

In view of the above facts, I have not hesitated to separate the two birds.
If the position assumed should be hereafter substantiated by more extended
investigation, it will be interesting as bearing upon the law which regulates
the identity or non-identity of birds of the two continents, which does not ap-
pear to be as yet thoroughly understood.

With regard to the previous comparisons which have been instituted be-
tween the two birds, in which no differences have been discovered. It seems
that this might have arisen intwo ways. In the first place, authors who were

“impressed with the differences of the markings of the primary in the same species
at different ages, might have considered these differences in the two species
as equally accidental, and consequently entirely overlooked them, considering
them as of no value whatever. The birds in ether respects are so generally
similar, that they might readily be thought identical. Again, when we are
informed that absolutely no differences could be discovered, is it not very pro-
bable that the European bird was compared with Northern white-tipped-pri-
maried stype, the color of the legs not being apparent in dried skins? For
example :—this is certainly the case in the comparison made by Wm. Thomp-
son, Esq. (See ‘‘ Natural History of Ireland, Birds, vol. iii. page 367, copied
from the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, for 1835, page 83.)
The comparison is here made of ‘‘six mature specimens of the Herring-
Gull of the north of Ireland ’’ with the description given in the Fauna Boreali-
Americana. As Richardson does not particularly mention the character of the
bluish markings on the bases of the primaries, and gives the legs as flesh
colored, there was no difficulty in referring the European specimens to the
description. On account of the difference of size of the subterminal spot on
the second primary of the two wings of the same individual, the author in-
fers that ‘‘this marking is so inconstant that it should not be relied on as a
character.’’? Both spots, however, were present; and I have noticed the same
difference in the two wings of californicus, and even the presence of a minute
white dot on the second primary of one wing of Z. Smithsonianus, and its ab-
sence from that of the other, without considering it as in the least invalidat-

* It is due to Prof. Baird to acknowledge that the theory is not original with myself.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299

ing the claims of these markings to be considered as of value. The radical
difference still exists.

But if then the terminal marking of the primaries of californicus are like
those of the European argentatus, and the two species are nearly identical in
size and general robustness, what are the differences between these two
species? Briefly as follows: The European argentatus, though less robust
than the apicalis, does not exhibit that decided approach to the ‘* new gull”’
type indicated in the californicus by its greenish legs. Though the terminal
markings of the primaries are quite identical, the character of the bluish bases
differ decidedly. In californicus this color is very light, so much so as to be
almost white. It runs up further on the primaries (especially on the first),
and with a different pattern, its edge being nearly parallel with the shaft for
the greater part-of its length, and then turning off suddenly at an angle to the
edge. It runs up nearly as far on the edge of the feather as in the middle.

_ Now in the European argentatus (and also in Smithsonianus,) this color is but
little lighter than the mantle; runs an oblique course to the edge of the
feather ; and goes further up centrally than at the edge of the inner vane,
where the terminal blackish descends fora little distance as a narrow margin.
Moreover, in californicus the line of demarcation of the two colors is very
distinct and decided, while in argentatus, they are more blended at their
union. In discussing this point, the habitat of the californicus should not be
lost sight of. '

With regard to the name by which this species is to be designated :—

So far as I have been able to ascertain, the species has never been desig-
nated by any other name than that of ZL. argentatus by American authors, it
having been always considered by them as identical with the European
species of Briinnich.

The Laroides americanus, Brehm, might perhaps be considered to refer to
this species. It is, however, evidently quite a different bird. The brief
diagnosis of Brehm is as follows: ‘‘ Unterscheidet sich von Laroides argenta-
totdes Brehm durch den etwas kleinern Schnabel und der noch weiter hirsten
erhéhten scheitel.”? Now the Laroides argentatoides of Brehm is said by that -
author, ‘‘vor allen vorhergehenden ’’—L. major, argentatus and argenteus—
*‘an ihrem kleinen Schnabel und iusserst hohen scheitel zu erkennen.”’
Thus, the Z. americanus of Brehm is a bird with a much smaller bill even
than Z. argentatoides of that author, and therefore cannot possibly be the
species now under consideration, which has a larger bill than argentatus,
Briinnich. I regard it as not at allimpossible that Brehm should have based
his species (americanus) on a small specimen of ZL. californicus, but his diag-
nosis is so brief and unsatisfactory that I do not see how the identity of the
two names isto be proved positively.

The Laroides aryentatoides, Brehm, is given by Bonaparte and some other
authors as the ‘‘ Larus argentatus ex Americé,’’ which would make it the bird
now under consideration. Brehm’s description, however, gives no tangible
points of difference, and the measurements indicate a bird rather smaller in-
stead of larger than the argentatus, Briinn. The distinctive characters from
argentatus are summed up as lying in the smaller size, smaller bill and higher
forehead ;—features quite at variance with those presented by the species now
under consideration. Moreover, the expression ‘‘sie ist nérdlichate unter
allen silberméven,’’ proves decisively the non-identity of the two. I have
been unable to find any other name which could by any possibility be referred
to this species. .

There is, in the collection of the United States Exploring Expedition, (Vin-
cennes and Peacock.) a Gull labelled as having been obtained in Oregon. The
specimen presents the characters of the present species typically, agreeing
perfectly with eastern skins.- This locality I was at first disposed to consider
as erroneous, but very recently specimens received from J. Hepburn, Esq., of

1862.]

300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

San Francisco, collected in that immediate vicinity, would seem to demon-
strate the existence of the species on the Pacific as well as on the Atlantic
coast. The specimens I have compared critically with an eastern series, and
have been unable to detect the slightest difference. They appear to be abso-
lutely identical. A circumstance that would seem to confirm the belief that
the present species does extend quite across the continent is the fact that
there are undoubted specimens in the coliections of Messrs. Kennicott and
Ross from localities whose general avi-fauna is rather of a western than of an
eastern type. Should the existence of this bird on the Pacific slope be satis-
factorily demonstrated, its habitat may properly be given as the ‘‘ Continent
of North America.’’

I beg leave to dedicate this species to that Institution whose material for
the illustration of North American ornithology, unequalled in richness and
extent, has so greatly increased our knowledge in this department of Natural
History. And the name seems not inappropriate, for, as there is scarcely a
lake or river in North America which does not furnish sustenance to this Gull
at some period of its extensive migrations, so there is hardly a locality, how-
ever remote or inaccessible, which has not yielded its varied productions to
the Smithsonian Institution, until its collections afford every facility for the
study of the Natural History of our Continent.

II. A large white apical space on first primary in adult birds. Legs dusky
olivaceous, the webs bright chrome.

9. Larus Cauirornicus Lawrence.
L. argentatoides, Bp. 1828 et Richardson, 1831; nec Brehm. JL. Cali-
Sornicus, Lawy. 1854 et 1858. Laroides Calif. Bp. 1856.

Sp. char.—Bill moderately stout and strong, the angle well developed :
varying considerably in size, larger than in Delawarensis, sometimes nearly
equalling argentatus. Tarsus equal to or slightly longer than the middle toe
and claw. Adult: Bill chrome yellow, tinge with greenish, a vermillion

spot on the lower mandible at angle; a black spot just above it, forming with
‘ another small black spot, sometimes present on the upper mandible, an im-
perfect band. Legs olivaceous greenish or yellowish, the webs chrome. Mantle
pearl blue, much as in brachyrhynchus, lighter than in canus (Linn.), perhaps a
little darker thanin argentatus. Primaries: bases of all light bluish white, almost
white internally, especially on the outer; and of great extent cn all the prima-
ries ; first with a white space at the end about two inches long, the shaft white
along the white portion of the feather; second witha white spot near the end.
on the whole of the inner and most of the outer web, divided by the black
shaft; tips of all white ; black forming merely a narrow subterminal band on
the sixth. Tips of inner primaries, of the secondaries and tertials, white. Di-
mensions, (average, for they vary greatly) wing 15°50; bill nearly 2-00; tar-
sus 2°30. Female smaller.

Habitat.—California ; Pacific coast ; Arctic America, internally; breeds
about Great Slave Lake.

The following is the argument in favor of the synonymy adduced :

In the first place, argentatoides of Bonaparte’s Synopsis (1828), and of Rich-
ardson (1831), are the same bird, since the latter quotes the former as au-
thority for the name, and the diagnosis and descriptions of the two agree
perfectly. Now, in the collection there are numerous specimens of the fully
adult bird from Arctic America, from localities not far distant from those
where Richardson’s specimens were procured. These specimens agree pre-
cisely with Richardson’s descriptions of argentatoides,* and correspond very

* If it be objected that the expression ‘six outer quills crossed by a brownish black
bar, which takes in nearly the whole of the first one” is not correct, I refer to several
other descriptions of Richardson, (his canws and others,) whereit is evident that he does

[ June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301

nearly with the measurements.* I think, then, that there can be no reason-
able doubt of the propriety of referring the large northern specimens to the
argentatoides of Richardson and Bonaparte. These same specimens were,
immediately upon their reception, referred unhesitatingly to Californicus of
Lawrence, by both Prof. Baird and myself. We have critically examined
them, and find it impossible to distinguish them from undoubted specimens
of Californicus.

The size is somewhat greater; but not more so than would be expected

from the much more northern habitat of the specimens examined ; and, more-
over, the numerous specimens differ among themselves to a remarkable de-
gree, the smallest of the northern ones not exceeding the largest of the
southern. Thus, though a large northern bird and a small southern differ so
much that it would seem quite reasonable to separate them, there are found
intermediates of every grade of dimensions. The upper parts of the northern
bird are, perhaps, a shade lighter than are California specimens; but other-
wise, we cannot appreciate the slightest distinctive characters. Now, itis not
improbable that theve should be in America two species of white-tipped pri-
maried Gulls, the one from Arctic (and Eastern ?}) America and the other
from the Pacific, differing from each other, on an average, in size; but in the
absence of tangible characters, I do not venture to separate the two. I there-
fore, at present, quote ‘‘ Larus argentatoides, Bp. et Rich. nec Brehm’’ as
synonymous with ‘* Californicus, Lawr.,’’ leaving it to future investigation to
settle the point definitely.
"The only discrepancy to be reconciled, in the description of Richardson, is
the statement ‘‘legs flesh-colored.”’ The legs of Californicus are of a dusky
olivaceous greenish or yellowish, their interdigital membranes bright chrome
yellow, with a slight tinge of green. In this respect, as well as in a general
less powerful and robust organization, weaker bill, &c., it shows an evident ap-
proach to the ‘‘Mew-Gulls’”’ (Delawarensis, canus, &e.), and apparently forms
the connecting-link between the powerful Herring Gulls, with their robust
bills and flesh-colored legs, and the group of which canus is the type.t But
Mr. Lawrence himself, in his description given in the General Report, says
also ‘‘legs flesh-colored,’’? though the color is given correctly in the Ann. N.
Y. Lyc. N. H. The descriptions of both these authors were most probably
drawn up from the dried skins, in which, as attested by a large series before
me, the legs appear of a dingy undefinable color, which might readily be sup-
posed to be the change produced in drying of the flesh color. My authority
for the statement as to the color of the legs, is the labels attached to the
specimens, containing the color of bills, eyes, legs, &c., taken from the recent
bird before skinning.

The type of Californicus has-been kindly furnished by Mr. Lawrence for
examination. It is moulting, and some of the primaries are not fully grown
out. The white apical space on the first primary is interrupted by a narrow
transverse bar of black. Another specimen before me is in precisely the
same condition. In other skins of the series the black bar is resolved into

not take into special consideration the character of the extent of the bluish white bases
of the quills; and since the black uearly occupies the whole of the outer web of the
first, he would not have particularly noticed the extent to which the bluish white runs
up on the inner vane.

*] am inclined to think that Richardson drew up his measurements and descriptions
trom the largest as well as the most perfect specimens, since, in several instances, the
measurements seem above the average, though not exceeding the dimensions of large
individuals.

t+ Bonaparte (Syn,, 1828, 360) says his argentatoides is ‘‘ common near New York and
Philadelphia.”

t This fact is also an argument for the impropriety of separating the two groups gene
rically, as has been done by some authors.

1862.)

302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

two little spots, then into aslight indentation at the edge of the feather,
which finally disappears altogether, leaving the apex of the first primary
purely and uninterruptedly white for nearly two inches.

Independently of the difference in size, character of bill and color of legs,
the present species may readily be distinguished from the American Herring-
Gull by the different markings of the primaries, (compare descriptions. )

If it be an error to refer the argentatoides of Richardson to the Californicus,
or, in other words, if there be a true Herring-Gull in the north with flesh-
colored legs, I donot know by what characters it could be separated from the
true European argentatus. (See comparison of Califernicus and argentatus,
under head of L. Smithsonianus.)

The name argentatoides of Bonaparte and Richardson is of course of prior
date to Californicus of Lawrence. The latter name, however, obtains, of
Brehm’s having first applied the name argentatoides to a variety, perhaps only
accidental, of the European argentatus, of which it necessarily becomes a
synonym.

Brehm’s description of his argentatoides applies pretty well to Californicus,
but it is evident that it cannot refer to the latter, for he says of it, that
‘‘brutet an der scheve dischen, Norwegischen und Danischen kaste,’’—a
statement entirely at variance with all that is at present known of the geo-
graphical distribution of Californicus.

Bonaparte, in his conspectus (1856), under head of L. argentatoides, (re-
ferring to his Synopsis of 1828,) gives, among other characters, the smaller
size, the tarsus only two inches, ‘{remigibus nigris, apice, prime latissimo,
albis.”? This is precisely the character of Calijornicus. The tarsus of Z. Smith-
sonianus is nearly or quite two and a half inches long; that of ZL. argentatus
about two and a quarter; while that of Californicus is just about two inches.

6. Smaller; bill less robust; angle less prominent; legs dusky bluish
green. ‘‘Mew-Gulls.’’ (Including ZL. canus, the type of Linnzus’
Larus.)

10. Larus DEeLawaReEnsis Ord.

Larus Delawarensis, Ord, 1815; Lawr. 1858, (excl. synon. aliq.) Z. canus,
Bonap. Syn. 1828; (nec Linn.; nec Richards.; nec Nutt.) L. zono-
rhynchus, Richardson, 1831; Aud. 1842 (excl. synon.), Bp. 1856 (excl.
synon.) Glaucus zonorh. Bruch, 1853. Gavina zonorh. 1855.

Sp. char.—Bill encircled with black near the end. Tarsus a fourth longer
than the middle toe. Mantle light pearl blue. Spot on the outer primaries
small, not larger on the outer than on the inner web. In winter the head
and neck spotted (not streaked nor nebulated) with dusky. Length 19°75
inches ; extent 48°50; wing 14°75. Bill above 1°70; gape 2°30; tarsus 2°05;
toe 1°80.

Habitat. —North America, generally. Puget’s Sound. All along the Atlantic
coast. Texas and interior.

It is necessary to exclude the synonyms of many of the authors adduced,
since most of them quote canus and brachyrhynchus of Richardson as the
young. (See next species.)

11. Larus BRACHYRHYNCHUS Richardson.
2Larus niveus, Pall. 1811. Larus canus, Richardson, 1831, ad (mec Bp.
Syn. 1828; nee Linn. et auct.), Nuttall, 1834. Larus brachyrhynchus,
Richardson, 1831, juv. Larus Suckleyi, Lawrence, 1858. Rissa (!) sep-
tentrionalis, Lawrence, 1858.

Sp. char.— Bill small, somewhat stout for its length, much shorter than the
head or tarsus. Upper mandible straight to the end of the nostrils, moderately
convex to the tip, rather more so than in canus. Angle comparatively more
developed than in canus, the lower outline considerably concave posterior te

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 30

it, somewhat so before it. Commissure about straight to near the tip. Tarsus
about equal to middle toe and claw. Adult: Bill bluish green, its terminal
third bright yellow. Legs and feet dusky bluish green, the webs yellowish.
Mantle light grayish blue, or dark pear] blue; a shade lighter than in canus,
much darker than in Delawarensis. Primaries: The bluish gray bases rather
lighter than in canus, much darker than in Delawarensis, but fading into nearly
pure white on all but the first, at its juncture with the black portion. These
bluish gray bases extend towards the end much further than in canus, as far
as in Delawarensis ; and, as in that species, extend on the second, third and
fourth feather further along the centre of the feather than on the edges, so
that they are bordered for some distance with the black of the terminal por-
tions. The black takes in the outer web of the first primary, and nearly the
whole of the inner, but rapidly becomes narrower, tillon the sixth it is merely
a subterminal transverse bar; the seventh has frequently a spot of black on
one or both webs; firs*, with a large white spot near the end, two inches long,
longer on the outer than on the inner web, not divided by the black shaft ;
the tip of the feather black; second, with a similar spot, but smaller, not
longer on the outer than on the inner web, and divided by the black shaft:
the extreme tip white, as are the apices of all the others except the first.
Dimensions: Length 17°50; extent 40:00; wing 13°75. Bill above 1-40;
along gape 2°00; height at nostril and at angle *35; tarsus and middle toe
and claw 1-80.

Habitat.—Interior of Arctic America. North Pacific Coast.

I have before me the type specimen of Richardson’s Larus brachyrhynchus, the
original of this description in the Fauna Boreali-Americana, ‘‘ a female, killed
on the 23d of May, 1826, at Great Bear Lake.’’ ‘‘Some brown markings on
the tertiaries, primary coverts, and bastard wing, with an imperfect subter-
minal bar on the tail, point it out asa young bird, most probably just com-
mencing its second spring. The rest of its plumage corresponds with that of
L. zonorhynchus, except that it wants the extreme white tips of the quill
feathers.”’ The specimen is labelled ‘‘ 9, May 23, 1826, Great Bear Lake,’’
and corresponds minutely with the above description. Richardson, however,
in drawing up the description from the young bird, fell into the error of
giving ‘‘remigibus apice concoloribus,’’? whereas, in the adults, the primaries
are as broadly tipped with white as in De/awarensis or canus. In the type the
bill is very short, perhaps less than in the average of even young birds; but
there are specimens before me in which it is quite as short.

A very careful comparison of the types of Larus Suckleyi and Rissa septen-
trionalis with the above specimen, and with the very extensive series of all
ages in the collection, shows them to be absolutely identical, and proves that
the three names refer to one and the same species. :

The rather intricate discussion of the relationships of Larus niveus, Pallas, is
presented elsewhere. The amount of the other synonyms may be stated in
aword. There arein North America two species of ‘‘ Mew-Gulls.’’? One is
the Delawarensis, Ord., zonorhynchus, Richd. The other isa bird, the adult of
which Richardson mistook for the European canus, Linn. and so named it,
the young of which he characterized as LZ. brachyrhynchus. The error of
authors is in not recognizing two species, but considering canus, Rich., and
brachyrhynchus, Rich., as intermediate ages, or varieties of zonorhynchus, Rich.
As the name of canus is pre-occupied, brachyrhynchus, though based upon the
young bird, must stand for the North American species.

Comparison of L. canus, Linn., of Europe, and L. brachyrhynchus, Rich., of
America.—Common characters : Small weak bills, without strongly developed
angle, or black band; color of back nearly the same, subterminal and apical
spots of primaries identical. Distinctive characters: brachyrhynchus has
the bill shorter and smaller, culmen more convex at the end, the
angle perhaps comparatively more developed. Size is less, gull blue, a little

1862.]

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

lighter. Bases of primaries very different, the blue is much lighter, fades
into nearly white at its juncture with the black; extends for a greater dis-
tance, and runs up further in the centre than along the edges of the inner
vane ; tarsus about equal tothe middle toe and claw, while in canus the tarsus
is a fourth longer, as in Delawarensis. The collections of Messrs. Kennicott
and Ross would seem to indicate that this gull is extremely abundant in the
interior of Arctic America.

Genus II. Brasipvs Bonaparte.

Blasipus, Bp., 1852, fide Lawr. Bp., 1856, type Larus Heermani, Cass.
Adelarus, Bruch, 1853. Id., 1855, p.

12. Buasipus Heermant, Bon. ex Cass.
? Larus Belcheri, Vig., 1829. ? Lencophacus Belcheri, Bp., 1856; (nec
** Adelarus Belcheri, Vig.; fuliginosus Gould’’ Bruch, 1853 et 1855).
Larus Heermani, Cass., 1852. Blasipus Heerm., Bp.. 1856; Lawr., 1858.
Adelarus Heerm. Bruch, 1853, et 1855, excl. synon.

Sp. Char.—Bill bright vermillion, black from angle to tip. Head all round
white, gradually merging on the neck to a plumbeous ash, which extends
over the whole under parts (considerably lighter on the abdomen and under
tail coverts,) and also on the rump, but which on the back and wings deepens
into a plumbeous slate color. Tips of secondaries and tertials broadly white.
Primaries black, the tips of all but the three outer ones white. Tail black,
narrowly tipped with white. ‘‘Length about 17:50 inches; wings 13°50;
tail 5°50.”

Habitat.—Pacific Coast of North America; Puget’s Sound; California ;
Mazatlan, Mex.

Genus III. Rissa Leach.

Larus, Linneus, 1758, (nec 1744, nec 1735, fide Gray.)
Gavia, Boie, 1822, (nec Moehr. 1752.)

Rissa, Leach, 1825, (typus Larus rissa, Brinn.)
Cheimonea, Kaup, 1829, (typus idem.)

Pulocondora Reichenbach, fide Bp.

13. Rissa TRIDACTYLA Bon. ex Linn.
Larus rissa Briinn, 1764. L. tridaetylus et rissa, Linn. 1766. L. torquatus,
L. gavia, et L. canus, Pall., 1811. Rissa Briinnichii, Leach, 1825.
R. cinerea, Eyton. AR. tridactyla, Bon., 1838, etauct. Gavia tridactyla,
Boie, 1822. Cheimonea tridactyla, Kaup, 1829.

Sp. Char.—Bill rather longer than the tarsus, nearly equal to the middle
toe without the claw, stout at the base, tapering somewhat towards the tip,
which is rather acute and attenuated. Convexity of culmen regular and
gradual. Angle at symphysis very moderately developed. Color of bill light
yellow, clouded with olivaceous. Head and neck all round, under parts and
tail pure white. Mantle rather dark bluish or cinereous gray, the tertiaries
and secondaries of the same color nearly to their tips, which are white.
Primaries: the first very light bluish white, without white apex, its outer
web and its inner web for about two inches from the tip black ; second like
the first, but without the black outer web, its tip being black for nearly the
same distance as the first, its apex with a minute white spot; on the third
and fourth the black tips grow shorter, while the apices are more broadly
white ; this lessening of the black on each feather is exactly proportional to
the shortening of the successive quills, causing the bases of all the black
tips to be in the same straight line. A subapical black spot is usually pres-
ent on one or both webs, but issometimes absent. Legs and feet dusky olive.
Young: Bill black. An anteocular lunula, and a postocular spot, dusky

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305

slate. A broad transverse bar across the neck behind, the whole of the
lesser and median wing coverts, the bastard quills, the tertiaries, except at
their edges, and a terminal bar on the tail, black. The four outer primaries
with their outer webs, outer half of inner webs, and tips for some distance
black, the rest of the feather pearly white. Tips only of the fifth and sixth
black, their extreme apices with a white speck. Dimensions: Wing 12°25.
Bill above 1-40 to 1°50, height at base -59, at angle ‘40; tarsus 1°30 middle
toe, and claw 1°80.

Habitat.— Arctic regions of both hemispheres, coming south in winter.

A specimen has the circumrostral space as far back as the eyes a light
brownish ashy, in marked contrast to the adjoining white. The bill is stouter
than usual, and of a bright chrome.

A comparison of this species with the succeeding will be found under the
head of the latter.

14. Rissa Korzesur Bon.

?R. brachyrhyncha, Bruch, 1853, nee Larus brachyrh. Gould. R. nivea
Bruch, 1855, excl. synon. MR. Kotzebui, Bp., 1856. AR. brevirostris,
**Brandt,’? Lawrence, partim, sed nec Brandt, que potius species
sequens.

Sp. Char.—Nearly adult. Bill rather long, and somewhat tapering towards
the tip, which is attenuated and decurved ; stout at the base, where it is much
deeper than at the angle; culmen about straight to the nostrils, the con-
~ vexity beyond them to the tip very gradual and rather slight; gonys doubly

slightly concave, the angle but little developed, so as to hardly touch a chord
arawn from the tip of the lower mandible to the base; but its apex acute.
Bill light yellow, slightly tinged with olivaceous, its tip somewhat clouded
with dusky. The specimen described, as being not fully mature, has a post-
ocular spot, and the nape plumbeous gray, which color on the back of the
neck fades into the pure white which intervenes between it and the mantle.
Mantle gray-blue, with a leaden tinge, but several shades lighter than in
brachyrhynchus. This color extends nearly to the tips of the tertiaries, but
hardly at all invades the secondaries, which are pearly white for nearly the
whole length. Primaries: The shafts of all black, deepest on the outer ones ;
the first blackish-brown, its inner web dull white at the base, this white nar-
rowing as it ascends till it is lost an inch or two from the tip of the feather;
there is no distinct line of demarcation between the two colors; second the
color of the first, but the white broader, better defined, and ending abruptly
one and a half inches from the tip; third and fourth with the white still
wider defined, and running up rather further on the feather; fifth bluish
white, with a brownish black tip, half an inch long and a central field of
dusky along the shaft; other primaries a lighter shade of the color of the
-back, fading into white on the edges, without any black. An imperfect
subterminal baron the tail, and dusky tips along the median wing coverts,
show the specimen to be immature. Tarsus shorter than the middle toe
without the claw; the hind toe better formed than in R. tridactyla. Legs and
feet dusky-olivaceus. (No. 21,287, S. I. Coll., from Semiavine Straits.)

Another specimen (No. 15,695, from the N. W. coast of America) differs in
the following particulars:

The bill, though stout at the base, is more tapering and attenuated at the
tip, which is more decurved ; and the convexity of the culmen is more gradual,
giving asomewhat different shape. The backis arather darker shade of leaden
gray, approximating to R. brachyrhyncha. The white of the inner vanes of
the outer primaries is broader, purer and more sharply defined. It agrees pre-
cisely in other particulars, the hind toe having the same developement. Dimen-
sions (of No. 21,287): Bill along culmen 1°50 inches; from apex of angle to

1862.] ; 21

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

tip of lower mandible ‘48; from nostrils to tip of upper mandible °72; depth
at base °55, at angle -42; width at base ‘33. Wing just 12 inches; tarsus 1-35:
toe and claw 1°90. Of No. 15,695, the same parts measure respectively, 1-68,
“56, *90, -54, -40, -40; wing, tarsus and toe about the same.

Habitat.—Northwest coast of America.

This species differs from the R. tridactyla chiefly in the shape of the bill and
in the greater developement of the hind toe. Its habitat is also quite different,
and I have not the slightest doubt of the propriety of separating that species.
From the R. brachyrhyncha, Gould, of which I have before me typical speci-
mens, fully mature and in excellent preservation, it is totally distinct, the
characters differing in almost every respect. The size, shape and color of
the bill, the color of the mantle, the color of the feet and the markings of the
primaries are widely diverse in the two birds. It is unnecessary here to
specify these differences, as they may be seen by comparing the descriptions
given.

While the characters of the species are thus so very distinct and well
marked, its synonymy is in a state of confusion only equalled, perhaps, by
that of the succeeding species; and the proper name to be applied to it is a
matter of great uncertainty. The history of its synonyms is so intimately
blended with that of Rissa brachyrhyncha, that the two may be most conve-
niently discussed together. The reasons for the adoption of the name which
I chose for this species may, however, be given here. The essential charac-
ter of Bonaparte’s R. Kotzebui is ‘‘ simillima precedenti;’’ R. tridactyla, ‘sed
halluce magis ex plicato.”? The character of the hind toe is precisely the dis-
tinctive feature of the specimen now under consideration. Still there are some
discrepancies in Bonaparte’s description. The wings of the young birds before
me are not ‘‘ black internally ;”’ the bill is not ‘‘ very black,’”’ nor is the back
‘‘ remarkably variegated with black and white.’’ Still, in a more immature
state of plumage than that exhibited by the specimens before me, these cha-
racters may exist; and therefore, in spite of these discrepancies, I think it
advisable to adopt the name, especially as the imposition of a new one, other-
wise unavoidable, is thereby obviated. It is well known that at certain ages
the R. tridactyla assumes exactly the state of plumage described by Bonaparte:
and reasoning by analogy, in view of the close relationship of the two, it might
be expected that the same should occur in the present species.

15. RissA BRACHYRHYNCHA (Gould.)
Larus brachyrhynchus, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1843. Rissa nivea, Gr. secundum
Bp.; (nec ZL. niveus, Pall. Rissa brevirostris, Brandt, secundum Bp.
Rissa nivea, ‘* Bruch,’’ Lawrence, (1858,) Gen. Rep. $55 ; sed nec Bru-
chii, que species precedens. Descriptio Gouldii ipsius transcripta est.

Sp. char.—Adult : Bill a uniform clear light straw yellow, without any oliva-
ceous tinge ; very short, stout, wide at the base, upper mandible much curved,
thongh not acute nor attenuated; the convexity of the culmen very great,
especially towards the tip, it being, from the nostrils to the tip, almost the
arc of a circle, whose centre is the apex of the angle at the symphysis ; gonys
but very slightly doubly concave, its angle but little developed. Tarsus not
much more than two-thirds the middle toe and claw. Wings exceedingly
long, reaching much beyond the tail. Head and neck all round, under parts
and tail pure white. Mantle deep leaden gray, much darker than in the pre-
ceding; and this color extending to within half an inch of the tips of the
secondaries and tertials, which are white. Primaries: First primary with its
shaft and outer vane black, its inner vane with a space of dull gray (not
white), which, at the base, takes in nearly all the vane, but gradually nar-
10ws, and, at about two and a half inches from the tip, ends by a well-defined
rounded termination about half as broad as the vane itself; second, the outer
vane is of the same leaden gray to within four inches of the tip; the inner

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307

vane wholly of a lighter shade of the same color to within three inches ; this
gray ends very abruptly, beimg almost truncated, as it were; third, like the
second, but the gray extends further (nearly as far on the outer as on the
inner web), to within about two inches of the tip, which has a minute gray
apical spot; fourth, wholly leaden gray to within one and a half inches of
the tip, which has a larger apical spot than the second ; fifth, the leaden gray
body of the feathers is separated from the well-defined and now white apex
by a band of black, less than aninch long; and the gray begins to he edged
internally with white; sixth, gray, fading into white at the tip and internal
border, with a small subapical spot of black on one or both webs; other pri-
maries like the sixth, without any black. This ‘‘gray’’ of the primaries is
precisely the color of the mantle. Legs and feet in the dried specimen light
straw yellow; probably tinged with coral red in life. Claws black. Dimen-
sions: Bill along culmen 1:19 inches; depth at base 50; width :42; depth
at angle same; nostril to tip *60. Wing 15-00; tarsus 1:25; middle toe and
claw 1:95. (No. 24,296,8. I. Coll. from Kamtschatka.)

Habitat.—Kamtschatka.

This is a very strongly-marked species, and one which it is impossible to
confound with any other. The fine specimens before me agree inthe minutest
particulars with Gould’s description. Its peculiar characters of the shape of
the bill, its color and that of the feet, with the dark mantle and the peculiar
style of the markings of the primaries, separate it widely from any other Gull
with which I am acquaimted. Having never seen the young bird, I am totaily
unacquainted with the changes of plumage which the species undergoes.

Having thus characterized the two species of Rissa from the Northwest
coast, I proceed to the difficult task of discussing their intricate synonyms.
While it is believed that the characters of the species are accurately given,
the hope is searcely indulged that the synonyms are more correctly assigned
than they have hitherto been by previous authors.

Concerning the proper location of no name has there been a greater dif-
ference of opinion among authors than of Larus nivevsof Pallas? Many writers
consider it a Rissa, and refer it to the R. brachyrhynchaz of Gould. Bonaparte
considers it a true Larus, and makes it a distinct species. I am decidedly of
opinion that it is a true Larus, and very closely allied to, if, indeed, not identical
with, the Larus brachyrhynchus, Richardson, of this paper. Let us examine the
characters given by Pallas. ‘* Rostrum virescente-flavum.’’ There is no trave
of greenish in the bill of Rissa brachyrhyncha, which is a clear straw yellow.
** Pedes fusci.”? The feet of Rissa brachyrhyneha are yellow, with a tinge of
coral red. With his known accuracy of description, Pallas could hardly have
made such a mistake as this; and hence, I do not see why Bruch has identi-
fied the bird with Rissa brachyrhyncha. In Pallas’ description thus far, there
is nothing absolutely inconsistent with the characters of C. Kotzebu? of this pa-
per. The description continues, however, ‘‘ apice alerum nigro precedenti simil-
limus.’’ The preceding species is L. cachinnans, Pall., the description of the
primaries of which is, ‘‘ remiges 1 ad 6 extremitate nigre, extime sensim ulte-
rius ; duz extime macula transversa alba et apice, 3 ad 6 tantum apice albe.’’
This is the usual pattern of coloration of the primaries of Herring-Gulls, and
very different from that which obtains throughout the genus Rissa, being
equally inapplicable to either species of the genus. It is true that the plate
gives no indication of these subapical spots on the primaries; but in the case
of conflict, the text shonld certainly have precedence. Is the bird, then, a
Rissa’? If we examine Pallas’ descriptions of his Larus rissa, L. torguatus, or
LL. gavia, we find that he is very careful to use the expressions ‘‘ tridactylus’’
and ‘‘subtridactylus,’’ and it seems hardly probable that the rudimental cha-
racter of the hind toe would have passed unnoticed. The plate shows the
hind toe and claw as fully formed as many species.of Larus, and there is no
expression in the text contradicting it. While I am thus of opinion that the

1862.]

308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

bird is a Larus, I by no means insist upon its reference to L. brachyrhynchus,
Rich, although I have placed it as a synonym of that species, with a query,
in consequence of my inability to discover any material discrepancies. The
question appears really to hinge upon the identity or non-identity of Larus
brachyrhynchus with the Siberian type of Z. canus, which is given by Midden-
dorff as a variety (major) of canus, in view of its larger bill and some other
peculiarities. I have little doubt of the propriety of referring L. niveus to
this Siberian Mew-Gull.

But, while I thus exclude Larus niveus of Pallas from the Risse, the Rissa
nivea of Bruch and other authors is to be examined. Bruch says of his R.
nivea of 1855, that it has the hind toe better developed ; and it is of another
species that he says ‘‘feet coral-red.’? While, therefore, he is in error in
adducing A. brachyrhyncha, Gould, as a synonym, his species is to be referred
(from its description) to the preceding species, —R. Kotzebui.

I quote Rissa nivea, Gr. and Rissa brevirostris, Brandt, as synonyms of the
species, on the authority of Bonaparte.

In the General Report on Birds, Mr. Lawrence gives, under the head of Rissa
brevirostris, Brandt, a description taken from Bruch, which applies to the pre-
ceding species in most particulars, but the expression, ‘‘ feet coral-red,”’ is
only applicable to the present. Again, under head of Rissa nivea, Bruch,
which has been shown above to be the Kotzebui, he copies Gould’s description
of R. brachyrhyncha. In other words, in his first species he has the synonymy
of the present and mostly the description of the preceding species ; and his
second, the description of the present species and mostly the synonymy of the
preceding. Rissa septentrionalis of Lawrence has been already adverted to.

I am entirely ignorant of the characters and relationships of Larus citriros-
tris, Schimper. By Bonaparte itis placed as asynonym of Rissa brachyrhyncha ;
this author, perhaps, having overlooked the fact that he had already assigned
it, a few pages previously, to Z. niveus, Pallas. Judging, however, from
Bruch’s description and plate, it must be quite distinct from the present spe-
cies, as the bills differ widely in shape. Bruch says that Bonaparte’s L. /amt-
schatchensis is an ‘‘undoubted synonym’’ of Larus citrirostris. Bonaparte
himself places LZ. kamtschatchensis as a partial synonym of L. niveus, Pall. It
is not impossible, after all, that 1. niveus should be distinct from the Mew-
Gulls (Larus canus major, Midd. and L. brachyrhynchus, Rich.) both of Siberia
and America, and yet be no Rissa, but form a good species, with Larus kamt-
schatchensis, Bp. and L. citrirostris, Schimper, as synonyms. This is the
opinion maintained by Bonaparte.

In the preceding remarks I have endeavored to state the opinions of various
writers and my own, as fairly as possible; considering that in this manner
truth ig most likely to be attained. I do not profess to have settled so knotty
a point satisfactorily, even to myself; and, accordingly, am prepared to adopt
any modifications of the views here expressed which future investigations may
require.

Genus 1V. Pacgopaita Kaup.

Gavia, Boie, 1822; (nec Moehr. 1752.)
Pagophila, Kaup, 1829, (typus Larus eburneus.)
Cetosparactes, Macgill. 1842, (typus idem.)

16, Pa@oruita EBURNEA Kaup ex Gmel.

Larus eburneus, Gmel. 1788. Gavia eburnea, Boie, 1822. Pagophila ebur-
nea, Kaup, 1829; Lawr. 1858. Cetosparactes eburnea, Macgill. 1842.
Larus candidus, Fabricius, 1780. Larus niveus, Mart. fide Bp.; (nec
Pall. 1811.)

Sp. char.—Culmen straight to the nostrils, then regularly convex; commis-
sure gently curved to the tip, where it is greatly decurved ; gonys straight to

{June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309

near the angle, which is well developed, the outline from angle to tip perfectly
straight. Feathers extending between the rami nearly to the angle. Wings
long and pointed, reaching beyond the tail; primaries gradually attenuated to
the tip. Adult: Entirely pure white, the shafts of the primaries straw yellow.
Bill dusky greenish yellow at tip, and along the cutting edges. Legs acd feet
black. Leugth 19°50 inches; wing 13°25; bill above 1-40, along gape 2-10,
height at nostrils -45; tarsus about 1-45 (varying); middle toe and claw 1:75.
Habitat.—Northern coasts of both continents.

17. PaGopsiza BRACHYTARSUS Bruch ex Holb.
Larus brachytarsus, Hélb. 1846. Pagophila brach. Bruch, 1855. P. brachy-
tarsi, Lawr. 1858. Larus niveus, Brehm, fide Bp.; (mec Pall. 1811.) Pago-
phila niveus, Bp. 1856.

Sp. char.—‘ Bill yellow, with a darker tip. The long wings, which when
folded reach two and a half inches beyond the tail, are distinguished from those
of all other Gulls by the extraordinary breadth of the four first primaries.
Color snow-white, with or without dark brown spots. Feet and webs black,
the latter very deeply excised. Length 17 inches; extent 40; tail 5; tarsus
one inch ; middle toe 1:75. Breadth of outer primary four inches from tip 1°23.”

Habciat.— Greenland.”

Never having seen a specimen of this supposed species, I have nothing to
offer with regard to its relationships to the P.eburnea. The description is com-
~ piled from Holb6ll’s original account.

Genus V. CurorcocerHatus Eyton.
Xema, Boie, 1822; (nec Leach, 1818.)
Gavia, Kaup, 1829; (typus L. ridibundus ; nec Moehr. 1752.)
Ichthyaétus, Kaup, 1829; (t. L. ichthyaétus, Pall.)
Hydrocoloeus, Kaup, 1829; (t. L. minutus, Pall.)
Chrowocephalus, Eyton, 1836 ; (t. L. capistratus, Temm. fide Gray.)
Gavia, Macgill. 1842, p. (Nec Moehr. 1752.)
Atricilla, Bonap. 1854; (t. Atricilla Catesbyi, Bp )
Cirrhocephalus, Bruch, 1855; (t. L. cirrhocephalus, Vieill.)

A.—Large ; bill rather stout, tip much decurved ; middle toe and claw three-
fourths the tarsus.

18. CHROICOCEPHALUS ATRICILLA Lawr. ex Linn.
Larus atricilla, Linn. 1766. JL. ridibundus, Wils.; (nec Linn.) L. major,
Catesb. Alricilla Catesbyi, Bonap. (fide Bruch.) Chroico. atricilla, Lawr.
1858.

Sp. char.—Bill deep carmine. Hood deep plumbeous, grayish black, extend-
ing further on the throat than on the nape. Hyelids white posteriorly. Mantle
grayish plumbeous. Length 16°50 inches; wing 13; bill above 1:75; tarsus
2:00; middle toe and claw 1-50.

Habitat.—More southern portions of Atlantic coast of North America. Texas.

B.--Medium ; tarsus equal to the middle toe and claw.

19. CHROICOCEPHALUS CUCULLATUS Bruch ex Licht.
Larus pipixcan, Wagler. L. melanorhynchus, Temm. fide Bruch. Chroicoce-
phalus cucullatus, Bruch, 1855; Lawr. 1858.

Sp. char.—Bill very short, scarcely more than two-thirds the head, about
three-fourths the tarsus, moderately stout, the culmen regularly curved from
base to tip ; angle well defined and very prominent. Adult: hood deep plum-
beous black, barely encircling the head, not extending further on the throat
than on the nape. Lower eyelid white, upper more broadly so, the white ex-
tending behind the eye. Mantle bluish plumbeous, as in Franklinii, with more
blue than in atricillac. Primaries: Shafts of three outer black, of the inner

1862.]

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

light colored ; first, outer web wholly black, inner a rather lighter ashy than
the black to within about three inches from the tip; second, like the first. but
the base of the outer web the color of the inner; on the third, fourth and fifth
the black gradually decreases in extent, till on the sixth it is merely a narrow,
Subterminal bar; the tips of all are white, smallest on the first, increasing
successively on the others. Three lateral tail-feathers white, the others light
pearl blue, deepest on the central. Bill deep carmine, crossed with black near
the end, the extreme tip yellowish. Legs and feet red. Wing 11-25; bill above
1:20; along gape 1-70; tarsus or middle toe and claw 1-50.

Habitat.—Central America; Panama, (Suckley) ; Louisiana, (Wurdemann.)

Closely allied to Ch. Franklinii and much resembling it. Easily to be distin-
guished by the characters of the primaries, as will be seen by comparing the
descriptions given.

20. CuroicocepHaLus Franxiinu Bruch ex Richardson.
Larus Franklinii, Richard. 1831. Chroicocephalus Franklinii, Bruch, 1855.

Sp. Char.—Bill comparatively longer and slenderer than in eucullaius, the
tip more attenuated and decurved. The angle well defined and acute; but the
depression of the tip makes it less prominent, gonys from angle to tip concave.
Adult: Mouth and bill bright carmine, the latter crossed with black near the
end. Feet dusky carmine. Edges of eyelids orange. A conspicuous white
patch above and below the eye, and behindit. Hood deep plumbeous black,
encircling the upper part of the neck as well as the head, and extending much
further on the throat than nape. Mantle as in cucullaius. Primaries: Shaft
of first white, of others white except along the black portions of the feathers ;
first, its outer web black to within an inch of the end, its inner pearly white,
crossed by a black bar near the end, the tip white for almost an inch; next
five crossed by a black bar near the end, two inches wide near the end, gradu-
ally narrowing toa black spot on the sixth; bases of all the colorof the back
fading into white along the outer edge of the inner vane and adjoining black
portions ; tips of all white. Tail feathers as in cucullatus. Length 14 inches,
extent 35, wing 11-25. Bill above 1-25, gape 1-75, tarsus or middle toe and
claw 1:60.

Habitat.—Interior of Arctic America; Nebraska ; Texas ; Mexico.

21. CHROICOCEPHALUS PHILADELPHIA Lawrence ex Ord.

Sterna Philadelphia, Ord, 1815. Chroicocephalus Philada., Lawrence, 1858.
Larus capistratus, Bonap., 1828. ZL. Bonapartei, Richardson, 1831.
Chroicocephalus Bonapartei, Bruch, 1855.

Sp. Char.—Bill shorter than the head or tarsus, much compressed, slender,
and sternine. Both mandibles with a slight but distinct notch near the tip.
Nostrils linear, exceedingly narrow. Adult: Bill black ; mouth carmine; legs
and feet chrome, tinged with vermillion. Webs bright coral red. Hood
plumbeous slate, not so deep as in Frankiinii, enveloping the head and upper
part of the neck, reaching further. before than behind. White patches on eye-
lids narrow. Mantle pearl blue, much lighter than in Franklinii or cucullatus,
not so light as in minutus. Ends of the tertials and scapulars scarcely lighter
than the back. Primaries: Shafts of the first five or six white except at their
extreme tips, the others dark colored; first, outer web and extreme tip black,
rest white; second, white, its tips black fora greater distance than the first,
and on one or both webs, for a greater or less distance (sometimes half way
down the feather) narrowly bordered with black; third, fourth, fifth, sixth,
biack at the ends for about the same distance on each, the black bordering the
inner web much further than the outer; the inner webs of the third and fourth,
and both webs of the fifth and sixth, of a rather lighter shade of the color of
the back. Other primaries like the back, the seventh and eighth with a touch
of black on one or both webs. Length 14 inches, extent 32, wing 10°25. Bill
above 1-20, gape 1-75, tarsus or middle toe and claw 1:40.

Hatbitat,—-Entire continent of North America.

(June,

—— =

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311

Does the female of this species have a brown head? I am inclined to the
contrary opinion. If Audubon’s assertion to the fact of baving seen Gulls
with brown heads be true, they were probably of a differest species.

[All the preceding species of Chroicocephalus acquire during the breeding
season, a beautiful delicate rosy blush on the white of the under parts. ]

C.—Very small; bill exceedingly slender and compressed; tarsus shorter
than the middle toe and claw.

22. CHROICOCEPHALUS MINUTUs Bruch ex Gmel.
Larus, minutus, Gmel. 1788. Hydrocoleus minutus, Kaup, 1829. Xema minu-
tum, Bp. 1838. Gavia minuta, Macgill. 1842. Chroicocephalus minutus,
Bruch, 1855. Larus melanotis, Lesson, fide Bruch.

Sp. Char.—Smallest of the genus. Length 11:50. Billabove -90, along gape
1-40; tarsus, -90, middle toe and claw 1-10. Under surface of wings deep blackish
slate.

Habitat.—Europe. ? Northern North America (accidental. )

Professor Baird thinks that there is no good reason to consider this bird an
inhabitant of or even a visitor to North America. It has been included in our
fauna on the strength of a statement of Sabine, who saw a small Gull, with
black head and bill, greatly resembling the Larus minutus. This, however, was
before Larus Bonapartei (Chroicocephalus Philadelphia) was described and made
known by Richardson in the F. B. A., and a poorly preserved or immature speci-
men might easily be referred to Larus minutus by one ignorant of the existence
of two species.

Genus VI. Ruoposternia Macgill.

Rossia, Bp. 1838; (nec Owen.)
Rhodostethia, Macgill. 1842; (t. Larus roseus Macgill.)

23. RHODOSTETHIA ROSEA Bp. ex Macgill.

Larus roseus, Macgill. 1824; descriptio nulla. Rhodsstethia rosea, Bp. Ros-
sia rosea, Bp. 1837. Larus Rossii, Richardson, 1825 ; descriptio hujus avis
prima. Rhodostethia Rossii, Macgill. 1824.

Sp. Char.— Scapulars, inter-scapulars, aud both surfaces of the wings clear
pearl gray ; outer web of the first quill blackish brown to its tip, which is gray ;
tips of the scapular and lesser quills whitish. Some small feathers near the eye,
and a collar round the middle of the neck, pitch-black. Rest of plumage white,
the neck above and whole under plumage deeply tinged with peach blossom red
in recent specimens. Bill black, its rictus and the edges of the eyelids reddish
orange. Legs and feet vermillion red; nails blackish. Length 14 inches, wing
10°5, tail 5-5. Bill above, -75, along gape 1.25, tarsus 1.—1-12.” (Richardson).

Habitat. Arctic Regions.

We have never had the pleasure of examining a specimen of this exquisite Gull,
and are therefore obliged to copy the description from Richardson. This au-
thor admits that the bird was named Larus reseus the year before he called it
L. Rossii; but claims precedence for his name, on the ground that his was the
first published description.

Genus VII. Xxesa Leach.

ema, Leach, 1818; (fide Gen. Rep. t. Larus Sabini, J. Sab.)
Gavia Macgill. 1842. p.

24. Xema Sapintr Leach ex Sab.
Larus Sabini, J. Sab. 1818. Xema Sabini, Leach, 1825. Gavia Subini, Mac-
gill. 1842.

Sp. Char.—Adult, breeding plumage. Bill black to the angle, abruptly bright
chrome from angle to tip. Mouth bright orange; eyelids orange ; legs and feet
black. Hood uniform clear deep slate, bounded inferiorly by a band, narrowest

1862.]

312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

on the nape, of deep velvety black. Lower parts of neck all round, tail and its
coverts, four inner primaries, secondaries, greater part of greater coverts, tips
of tertials, except the innermost, and whole under parts, pure white. Mantle
slatey blue, extending quite to the tips of the innertertials. Edge of wing, from
the carpal, with the bastard wing, black. First five primaries, with their shafts,
black ; their extreme tips, and the outer half of the inner webs, to near the end,
white. Other primaries white, the sixth with % touch of black on the outer
web ; web near the base, extending a little on the inner web. Emargination of
tail 1:25 inches. Length 13-75; wing 10-75. Bill 1-00, along gape 1°50, height
at angle -30; tarsus 1°25, middle toe and claw same.

Habitat.—Arctic America. Lake Winnipeg. (Kennicott.)

The preceding description was drawn up from a very beautiful and perfect
specimen, collected on Lake Winnipeg by Mr. Kennicott.

Genus VIII. Creacrus Bonap.
Creagrus Bp. 1854. fide gen. Rep.

25. Creacrus Furcatus (Neboux.)

Larus furcatus Neboux. Xema furcatus. Bruch 1853. Creagrus furcatus Bruch
1855.

Sp. Char.—‘ Adult: Head and nearly all of the neck grayish brown; two
small rounded white spots embracing symmetrically the base of the upper man-
dible ; mantle grayish white; breast, abdomen, snd under wing coverts white ;
wings extend beyond the tail; primaries black on their inner and outer edges ;
the smaller wing coverts white; the greater slate color bordered with white;
tail very much forked and white, the two outer tail feathers much longer than
is usual in this class of birds; bill very much bent, black at the base and white
at the extremity: iris red; eyelids orange; tarsi and feet red; claws black.

“‘ Total length 60 centimetres.”

“« Habitat.—California.”

Of this rare and remarkable Gull I have never seen aspecimen; but copy the
description from the General Report, to complete this very cursory notice of the
Gulls of North America.

Catalogue of Birds collected by the United States North Pacific Surveying and
Exploring Expedition, in command of Capt. John Rodgers, United States
Navy, with notes and descriptions of new species.

BY JOHN CASSIN.

1. Fatco PEREGRINUS, Gmelin.

From Japan.

We find in the collection one very fine adult specimen, quite identical with
specimens from Asia in the Museum of the Academy, and the first ever brought
to this country from Japan. Mr. Stimpson’s note is, ‘‘shot by Mr. Charles
Wright in the hills west of the city of Hakodadi, Island of Jesso, June, 1855.”

2. Micronisus Bapius, (Gmelin).
From China. ‘‘ Hong Kong, March, 1855, collected by Mr. Salvadora Pel-

key.’’? (Mr. Stimpson.)

3. Burgeo vuLearis, Bechstein.
Buteo vulgaris japonicus, Temm. and Schleg., Faun. Japon. Aves, p. 16.
From China. The only specimen is in light colored plumage and not adult.
‘¢Common about the harbor of Hong Kong, March, 1855.’? (Mr. Stimpson.)

4. Minvos Govinpa, Sykes.
Milvus melanotis, Temm. and Schleg., Faun. Jap. Aves, p. 14, (1850).

[ June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313

From Japan. ‘‘Kagosima Bay, December, 1854. Collected by Lieut.
Brooke.”? (Mr. Stimpson).

5. Enanvs Levcurus, (Vieillot).
“«San Francisco, California, January, 1856.’? (Mr. Stimpson).

6. Cracus nupsonius, (Linneus).
**San Francisco, California, January, 1856.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

7. Srrrx PRATINcOLA, Bonaparte.
“*San Francisco, California, shot by J. G. Cooper, M. D., December, 1855.”’
(Mr. Stimpson).

& Orus vuLearis, Fleming.
From China. ‘‘ Taken at sea, off the coast of China, about lat. 50° N , De-
cember, 1854, by Mr. L. M. Squires of the Hancock.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

9. Bracuyotus Cassinn, Brewer.
From California. ‘‘Mare Island, November, 1855. Shot by Capt. H. K.
Stephens.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

10. Ketrupa FLAVIPES, (Hodgson).
From China. ‘‘ Hong Kong, presented by Dr. Harland.’* (Mr. Stimpson).

11. Corvus corax, Linneus.
_ From Arikamcheche or Kayne Island, Behring’s Straits. So far as I can see
is identical with the European Raven.

12. Pica sericea, Gould.
‘*Hong Kong, China, March, 1855, collected by Mr. 5S. Pelkey.’? (Mr.
Stimpson).

13. EULABEs JAVANENSIS, (Latham).
From Gaspar Island, in the Straits between the islands of Java and Sumatra.
‘* Gaspar Island, April, 1854, collected by Mr. Squires.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

14. Spreo morio, (Linneus).

“*TIn flocks at Simon’s town, Cape of Good Hope, Cctober, 1853. Specimens
in the collection were obtained by Mr. Joseph Pennington and Mr. Francis H.
Storer.’? (Mr. Stimpson).

15. Spreo picotor, (Gmelin).

From the Cape of Good Hope. ‘‘Iris white, lips or wattles at the base of
the bill, bright yellow, inhabits the marshy plains near Constantia, Cape of
Good Hope, October, 1853. Specimens in the collection were obtained by Mr.
Joseph Pennington.’”’ (Mr. Stimpson).

16. LAMPROTORNIS METALLICUS, Temminck.
From the Island of Tombaro or New Ireland. Numerous specimens, which
seem to be identical with others in the Academy Museum from New Guinea.
‘‘Tris bright red, sexes alike; total length 94 inches, wing 435, extent of
wings 13 inches. In flocks at Port Praslin, Tombaro Island, January 234d,
1854.”? (Lieut. Van Wyck).

17. AGELAIUS GUBERNATOR, (Wagler).
**San Francisco, California, November, 1855.’ (Mr. Stimpson).

18. EvpiLecres cAPEnsis, (Linneus).

From the Cape of Good Hope. ‘On the plains and hill sides near villages,
and especially numerous near Constantia, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853.”’
(Lieut. Van Wyck).

19. HyPHANTORNIS AURIFRONS, (Temminck).
‘* Near Simon’s town, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

1862.]

514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

20. Mritopaus Laruami, (Gray).

From China. ‘‘Hong Kong, March, 1855, collected by Mr. Salvadora Pel-
key.”? (Mr. Stimpson).
21. Passer monrANUS, (Linnzeus).

From the Loo Choo Islands.
22. CITRINELLA Torra, (Sparrman).

From the Cape of Good Hope.
23. SERINUS BUTYRACEUS, (Linnzus).

‘‘Near Simon’s town, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853.°’ (Lieut. Van
Wyck).
24. SeRinus cANIcoLiIs, (Swainson).

From the Cape of Good Hope. ‘‘ This bird had its nest in the crevice of a
granite rock on the western shore of False Bay at Simon’s town, Cape of Good

Hope. It was about four feet from the ground and contained eggs ; Septem-
ber, 1853.” (Mr. F. H. Storer).

25. EsrrenpA ASTRILDA, (Linnzeus).
From the Cape of Good Hope.

26. LEucosticrE BRUNNEINUCHA, (Brandt).

From Kamtschatka. One specimen in mature plumage of this little known
bird, which appears to be a summer resident in North-eastern Asia, and very
probably also visits Russian America.

‘* Petropaulski, Kamtschatka, July, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

27. FRInGILLARIA CAPENSIS, (Linnzus). ;
‘* Near Simon’s town, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

28. Macronyx capensis, (Linnzus).
‘‘Simon’s Bay, Cape of Good Hope, September, 1853. Collected by Mr.
Francis E. Storer.”? (Mr. Stimpson).

29. MEGALOPHONUS APIATUS, (Vieillot). .
‘*Simon’s Bay, Cape of Good Hope, September, 1853.’? (Mr. Stimpson).

30. Lanius Scuacu, Linneus.
From China. ‘‘ Hong Kong, February, 1855.”? (Mr. Stimpson).

31. Fiscus co.naris, (Linnzus). 1

From the Cape of Good Hope. Numerous specimens of both sexes are in
the collection of the Expedition, and are distinguishable from each other only
by the rather lighter color of the females. In some specimens of the latter
there is an ashy tinge in the usually clear black parts of the plumage, not
to be seen in male specimens. Apparently an abundant species of Southern
Africa.

‘* Near Simon’s town, Cape of Good Hope; common around farm houses on
the hills and having nests and eggs in October, 1853.’? (Mr. Stimpson).

32. LANIARIUS BACBAKIRI, (Shaw). :
‘*Simon’s town, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853.’’ (Lieut. Van Wyck).

33. MERULA cHRysonAvs. (Temminck).
‘* Hong Kong, China, March, 1855.’? (Mr. Stimpson).

34. Mervuta carpis, (Temminck),
“‘Hong Kong, China, March, 1855,’’ collected by Mr. S. Pelkey.’’ (Mr.
Stimpson),

35. PETROCOSSYPUS MANILLENSIS, (Gmelin). F
From the Loo Choo Islands. ‘‘ Abundant in the country around Nappa
Harbor, Great Loo Choo Island. Generally observed in the hedges which take

{June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315

the place of fences in this island, but frequently seen on the ground. It ap-
pears to exclusively inhabit the rice and Indian corn fields or other cultivated
places.’’ (Mr. E. M. Kern).

36. PrrrocincLA RUPESTRIS, (Vieillot).

From the Cape of Good Hope. A very handsome and interesting bird, of
which numerous specimens are in the collection of the Expedition. Female
specimens are easily distinguishable by the entire head being dull brown,
uniform with the back, with light touches and lines of black. In the males
the head is light ashy blue and the back dark fulvous mixed with brownish
black. Apparently an abundant bird of South Africa.

‘¢Simon’s town, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853.’ (Lieut. Van Wyck).

37. Brssonornis PHa@NiIcuRUS, (Gmelin).
‘Constantia, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853. Occasionally seen, hut
not common.’’ (Lieut. Van Wyck).

38. Myropnonus nitipus, Gray.
Myiophonus nitidus, Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 1, (1831).

From China.

Specimens of this little known but quite distinct and handsome species are
from the vicinity of Hong Kong, and are in excellent plumage and preserva-
tion. It has usually been regarded as identical with M. Temminckii, Vigors,
but quite erroneously, the two birds being no more nearly related than any
other two species of this genus.

The specimens in the collection of the Expedition are the first ever brought
to this country, and are a most valuable and interesting addition to the Na-
tional Museum. From the frequently erroneous references to it by authors,
it appears also to be little known in museums of Europe. It is a quite dis-
tinct and well marked species. The present specimens are from the same
locality given in the original description by Mr. Gray, to which we refer above,
and are undoubtedly the same species.

*‘Hong Kong, China, March, 1855. Collected and presented by Dr. Har-
land.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

39. Ixos H@amorRHOA, (Gmelin).
‘‘ Hong Kong, China, February, 1855. Collected by Mr. Salvadora Pelkey.’
(Mr. Stimpson).

40. Exos capensis, (Gmelin).
‘* Near Simon’s town, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853. Common in the
valleys, generally frequenting the bushes.’ (Lieut. Van Wyck).

41. Ixos sivevsis, (Gmelin).
‘* Hong Kong, China, February, 1855. Collected by Mr, Salvadora Pelkey.”
(Mr. Stimpson).

42. Txos

_ From Hong Kong. A young bird not in good condition and brought home
in spirits, but evidently a species that I have never before seen from China,
and much regret that I find no other specimens in the collection.

43. GARRULAX PERSPICILLATUS, (Gmelin).
“‘Hong Kong, March, 1855. Collected by Mr. S. Pelkey.’’ (Mr. Stimpson)

44. MicrocEis squamiceps, (Kittlitz).
Oriolus squamiceps, Kittl., Mem. Acad. St. Petersb. 1830, p. 241.
Galgulus amaurotis, Kittl., Kupfert, Vog. p. 8, (1832).
‘*Turdus amaurotis, Temm.,’’ Kittl., as above.
Mem. Acad. St. Peters. 1830, pl, 16. Kittl. Kupfert, pl. 12, fig. 1.'
From the Bonin Islands.

1862.]

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

One specimen only, I regret to say, from the locality originally designated
by the describer of this curious species, the distinguished Russian naturalist
above named. This specimen is not in mature plumage, and is somewhat
injured from being preserved in alcohol, but I have no doubt as to the iden-
tity of the species.

So far as I can judge from the present specimen, I much doubt that this
bird is identical with Turdus amaurotis, Temm. and Schleg., Faun. Japon.
Aves, pl. 31, B., a Japanese species, of which several specimens are in the
Academy Museum from the Leyden Museum, though so rated by ornitholo-
gists, and even by Professor Kittlitz himself in his late work above cited.
This bird is well described and figured as above cited, and the specimen now
before us is the first that we have ever had the gratification of seeing and the
first ever brought to this country.

‘Bonin Islands, October, 1854.’? (Mr. Stimpson).

45. SPHENCUS AFRICANUS, (Gmelin).
*¢ Near Simon’s town, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853. Found in shel-
tered sandy valleys, frequent.”? (Lieut. Van Wyck).

46. PRATINCOLA SYBILLA, (Gmelin).
‘*Near Constantia, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853, frequent.’’ (Lieut.
Van Wyck).

47. RoricrtLta AvRoRA, (Pallas).

From China. Figured by Messrs. Temminck and Schlegel in Fauna Japo-
nica as a bird of Japan, where it appears to be of more frequent occurrence,
but I have now repeatedly received it from China.

‘‘ Hong Kong, February, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

48. CALLIOPE CAMTSCHATKENSIS, (Gmelin).
Turdus camtschatkensis, Gm., Syst. Nat. ii. p. 817, (1788).
Motacilla calliope, Pallas, Travels, iv. p. 668, (Paris, 1793).
Calliope Lathamii, Gould, B. of Europe, ii. p. (not paged, 1837).
Accentor calliope, Auct.
Gould, B. of Eur. ii. pl. 118.

From Kamtschatka.

A specimen of this bird in the collection of the Expedition is one of the most
interesting that we have ever had an opportunity of examining. It is from
the locality from which this species was originally described, and from which
it derives its name, though now well known asa bird of India, occasionally
occurring in Europe, and is very handsomely figured by Mr. Gould in his
magnificent and standard work above cited.

The first description of this species is by Latham, under the name of ‘‘ Kamt-
schatka Thrush,’’ in General Synopsis of Birds, ii. p. 28, from specimens in
the collection of Sir Ashton Lever ; ‘‘ inhabits Kamtschatka.’”’ On the faith of
this description Gmelin gave the name as above. I find in the Museum of the
Academy numerous specimens, of which those from Japan bear the most in-
timate resemblance to that now before me. All these seem to be slightly
larger than others variously labelled ‘‘ Bengal,’’ ‘‘India’’? and ‘‘ Europe,”
but in all other respects are precisely similar. I have no doubt of the identity
of the species from all the localities here mentioned, the proper name for
which is that above given.

‘Shot at Awatska Bay, Kamtschatka, July, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

49. NemuRA cyanuRA, (Pallas).
‘*Hong Kong, February, 1855 ; collected by Mr. 8. Pelkey.*’? (Mr. Stimpson).

50. ZOSTEROPS ANNULOSA, (Swainson).
“*Simon’s Bay, Cape of Good Hope, September, 1853.’? (Mr. Stimpson).
[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317

51. CercorricHas corypHzus, (Vieillot).
Sylvia corypheus, Vieill., Nouy. Dict. xi. p. 177, (1817).
Drymoica coryphea, G. R. Gray, Gen. Birds, i. p. 163.
Le Vaill. Ois. d’Afr, iii. pl. 120.

From the Cape of Good Hope.

This seems to be a little known species, though from the fact that there are
several specimens in the present collection and also in the Museum of the
Academy, we would infer that it is of frequent occurrence in Southern Africa.
The only name that we find for this bird is that of the great French ornitholo-
gist, Vieillot, given above, and after careful examination we find no genus
more appropriate than Cercotrichas, Boie, as given by Dr. Hartlaub in his very
valuable volume on the Birds of Western Africa, p. 69. It is a long-tailed
form of Zuscinine, as restricted by Mr. G. R. Gray, to which belong such ge-
nera as Cercotrichas, Sphenura and Thamnolaca, and represented in the
Thrushes by Copsychus and its allies.

This bird is fairly represented in Le Vaillant’s plate above cited. ‘* Con-
stantia, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853. Collected by Lieut. Van Wyck.”
(Mr. Stimpson).

52. Drymoica MAcuLosA, (Boddert).

‘‘Simon’s town, Cape of Good Hope, September, 1853. Collected by Mr.
Francis E. Storer.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

53. DRYMOICA SUBRUFICAPILLA, Smith.
Drymoica subruficapilla, Smith, Ill. 8. Afr. Zool. Birds, (1849).
“*Malurus phragmitoides,’’ label in Acad. Mus. Phila.
Smith, Il. §. Afr. Zool. Birds, pl. 76, fig. 2.

From the Cape of Good Hope. This species is represented in the plate above
eited with but moderate success, and for its identification in the present col-
lection we rely on specimens in the Academy Museum labelled by that very
excellent ornithologist Mr. Jules P. Verreaux, of Paris. The name Malurus
phragmitoides is attached to specimens formerly in the Rivoli collection, and
which we have not succeeded in finding in any publication to which we have
access, except the catalogue of the Rivoli collection.

“*Simon’s Bay, Cape of Good Hope, September, 1853.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

54. REGULOIDES PROREGULUS, (Pallas).
Motacilla proregulus, Pallas, Zoog. Ross. Asiat. i. p. 499, (1811).
Regulus modestus, Gould, B. of Eur. ii. (not paged, 1837).
Gould B. of Eur. ii. pl. 149.

‘* Hong Kong, February, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

55. Moraciuua CAPENsIs, Linnzeus.

‘*Simon’s town, Cape of Good Hope, September, 1855. Collected by Lieut.
Van Wyck and Dr. Alexander.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

56. MoraciLLa DCKHUNENSIS, Sykes.

‘*In a meadow at Hong Kong, China, March, 1855. Collected by Mr. Sal-
vadora Pelkey.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).
57. MoraciLLa LUZONIENSIS, Scopoli.

‘Hong Kong, February, 1855. (Mr. Stimpson).

58. MoracitLa Lucusris, Temminck.
Motacilla lugubris, Temm., Man. d’Orn. iii. p. 175, (1835).
Motacilla albeola, var. kamtschatica, Pallas, Bonap. Consp. Avy. i. p.
251.
Gould. B. of Eur. ii. pl. 142. Temm. and Schleg., Faun. Jap. Birds, pl. 25.
From Kamtschatka.
One specimen, not in good condition, appears to be this species in summer

1862.]

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

‘

plumage, but has the white space on the shoulders not so large as appears to
be usual. The throat is entirely black, which color extends to the breast,
ending abruptly,

This is undoubtedly the bird alluded to by Pallas in Zoog. Ross. Asiat. i.
p. 507, as a variety of Motacilla albeola, which he states is of frequent occur-
rence in Kamtschatka and the Curile Islands. To this variety the Prince Bo-
naparte gives the name as above.

** Petropaulski, July, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

59. BupyrEs vrrmpEs, (Gmelin) ?

From the Island of Formosa. A young specimen preserved in spirits and
which we find impossible to refer to any species—moreover, a young speci-
men of a Motacilla, greenish and yellowish colored, is not an easy subject, at
best !

‘‘ Flew on board, after a storm, off the south end of the Island of Formosa,
September 25th, 1854.’ (Mr. Stimpson).

60. ANTHUS MALAYENSIS, Eyton.
** Hong Kong, February, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

61. Hinunpo GuTTURALIS, Scopoli.
‘* Flew on board offthe Island of Formosa, September, 1855.’ (Mr. Stimp-
son).

62. CECROPIS cUCULLATA, (Boddert).
‘Constantia, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853. Collected by Lieut. Van
Wyck.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

63. CyPSELUS MELBA, (Linnzus).
Hirundo melba, Linn., Syst. Nat. i. p. 345, (1766).
Hirundo alpina, Scopoli.
Hirundo gularis, Steph., Gen. Zool., x. p. 99, (1817).
Cypselus gutturalis, Vieill., Nouv. Dict. xix. p. 422, (1818).
Le Vaill. Ois d’Afr. v. pl. 248.

From the Cape of Good Hope.

Several specimens, very interesting on account of their locality, and tend-
ing to demonstrate that this bird, which is found in southern Europe and
Asia, inhabits also the entire continent of Africa. On careful comparison with
European specimens in the Museum of the Philadelphia Academy, though we
tind no strong nor perhaps sufficient characters distinguishing the present

bird, yet the specimens now before us are somewhat larger, and appear to ©

have a wider band in front on the neck and breast. Both of the names last
given above are applicable to the South African bird, having been applied on
the faith of Le Vaillant’s plate and description.

‘‘ Near Simon’s town, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853. Shot by Lieut.
Van Wyck.’’ (Myr. Stimpson).

64. ALCEDO BENGALENSIS, Gmelin.

From the Loo Choo Islands and from China.

‘‘Loo Choo, November, 1854, and Hong Kong, February, 1855.”’ (Mr.
Stimpson).

‘Frequently seen along a creek at Tumai, Nappa Harbor, Great Loo Choo,
venerally sitting very quietly on dead branches projecting over the stream, or
occasionally plunging into the water.’? (Mr. E. M. Kern).

65. Hancyon PILEATA, (Boddert).
‘‘ Near Hong Kong, presented by Dr. Harland.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

66. HaLcyon RUFIVENTRIS, Swainson.

‘In a dry valley back of Porto Praya, Cape de Verde Islands. Collected-

by Lieut. Van Wyck, July, 1853.” (Mr..Stimpson).
[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319

67. SSLAsPHORUS RUFUS, (Gmelin).
From Sitka, Russian America.

68. NrEcrarryia FAMOSA, (Linneus).

From the Cape of Good Hope.

Numerous specimens of both sexes and young of various ages and stages of
plumage. Inthe youngest the entire upper parts are dull ashy brown, the
brilliant metallic green of the adult first appearing on the shoulders. Throat
and under parts of the body greenish yellow mixed with dark greenish brown.

**Simon’s town, Cape cf Good Hope, October, 1853. Abundant, and nume-
rous specimens collected by Lieut. Van Wyck.”’ (Mr. Stimpson).

69. NECTARINIA VIOLACEA, (Linneus).

From the Cape of Good Hope.

Adults and young birds in the collection of the Expedition. The latter are
uniform dull greenish brown or yellowish brown above and nearly the same
below, though lighter and with the yellow predominating on the abdomen.

‘** Very abundant in the gorges of the hills near Simon’s town, Cape of Good
Hope, September and October, 1853. Numerous specimens were collected by
Lieut. Van Wyck and Mr. Joseph Pennington.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

' 70. CINNYRIS CHALYBEA, (Linnzus).
‘*Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853; abundant, and numerous specimens
obtained by Lieut. Van Wyck and Mr. Joseph Pennington.’ (Mr. Stimpson )

- 71. Promerops carer, (Linneus).

From the Cape of Good Hope.

Numerous specimens of both sexes and various stages of plumage are in the
collection of the Expedition. This is evidently a common bird of South Africa,
and the specimens now before us show much uniformity in colors and other
specific characters in both sexes. They differ, however, in some minor par-
ticulars, such as the greater or less extent of the light brown color on the
breast, and no two specimens have the tail of the same length. One male,
evidently a patriarch, has a magnificent outfit in this line, his tail measuring
fifteen inches, and his total length about twenty-one inches.

This is one of the few birds named and described by Linneus from a draw-
ing only, without specimens and without reference to any author. A -econd
description, in which he names the same species ‘‘ Upupa promerops,’’ (Syst.
Nat. i. p. 184), is copied from Brisson.

‘* Abundant on the hill sides, frequenting low trees and bushes ; numerous
specimens obtained by Lieut. Van Wyck. Cape of Good Hope, October,
1853.”? (Mr. Stimpson).

72. Ecuecrus Linnz1, Wagler.

From the Island of Tombaro, or New Ireland. One specimen only of this
gorgeous species, which, though known as a bird of New Guinea, is now pre-
sented from a new locality.

‘* Port Praslin, Tombaro Island, January 23d, 1854. Extent of wings 262
inches, wing from shoulder 93, total length 13 inches. Iris whitish, a deli-
cate band of azure colored feathers around the eyes.’’ (Lieut. Van Wyck).

73. EcLecrus poLycutorus, (Scopoli).

From the Island of Tombaro or New Ireland. Also from a new locality.

‘Port Praslin, Tombaro Island, January 23d, 1854. Iris red; total length
15 inches, wing from shoulder 93, extent of wings 30 inches.’’ (Lieut. Van
Wyck).
74. GEOCOLAPTES CAFER, (Gmelin).

From the Cape of Good Hope.
75. CeENTROPUS SINENSIS, (Stephens).

Polophilus sinensis, Steph., Gen. Zool. ix. p. 51, (1815).

1862.]

820 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

From China. Specimens not in mature plumage, but of a species probably
quite distinct from C. philippinus or other, and much as described by Stephens,
as cited.

‘‘Hong Kong, China, March, 1855, collected by Mr. S. Pelkey.’’ (Mr.
Stimpson).

76. GEococcyx MEXICANUS, (Gmelin).
‘California, November, 1855.’? (Mr. Stimpson).

77. CoLUMBA INTERMEDIA, Strickland.

From the Loo Choo Islands.

‘* Frequently seen about the pine trees in the foreign burying ground and
its vicinity, at Tumai, Nappa Harbor, Great Loo Choo Island, December, 1854.
Seemed to be quite at home in the trees, and was rather wild and watchful,
though occasionally shot for eating by members of the Expedition. Pairs
were generally seen together and only in the trees.’’ (Mr. E. M. Kern).

78. CaARPOPHAGA Van Wycku, Cassin.

About the size of and resembling Carpophaga enea and allied species, but
with the head and neck lighter and a distinct ring of white around the eyes.
Bill moderate, rather depressed at base; wing with the third quill longest ;
tail rather long ; tarsi short and feathered behind, in front having about three
large scales ; toes much flattened beneath, claws rather strong, curved.

Frontal feathers and ring around the eye white. Head and neck above
light cinereous, body above, wing coverts and tail coverts metallic golden
green with violet and ferruginous shades. Throat and entire under parts of
the body vinaceous, tinged with purple on the throat and breast and inclining
to cinereous on the flanks and abdomen. Under tail coverts dark chestnut,
quills black with a bluish lustre and a slight shade of grayish ashy, tail fea-
thers deep metallic blue, changing to green on the edges and at their ends.
Bill and feet light colored, probably yellow.

‘‘Iris lake, upper mandible purple at base; extent of wings 27 inches.’’
(Lieut. Van Wyck).

Total length about 17 inches, wing 9, tail 53 inches.

Hab.—Tombaro Island or New Ireland. Specimen in National Museum,
Washington.

This fine Pigeon is of much interest, and we regret to find only a single
specimen in the collection of the Expedition, which was obtained by Lieut.
Van Wyck at Port Praslin, in the island above mentioned. It is allied to C.
enea and its allies, but is not identical with either of them, and is from a
locality not previously assigned to any species of the intricate group of which
C. enea is the type.

To this handsome bird we have great gratification in giving a name in honor
of its discoverer, the late Lieut. Van Wyck of the United States Navy. To
the enterprise and scientific taste of this lamented gentleman we are indebted
for a very valuable portion of the present extensive collection, and he was de-
servedly esteemed as one of the most talented and promising young officers of
the naval service. His early death, on the passage homeward of the U.S.
Brig Porpoise, is, assuredly, to be deplored as a Joss to science and to his
country.

79. CARPOPHAGA Luctuosa, (Temminck).

From Tombaro Island, (New Ireland).

One specimen only in young plumage, but from a locality not previously
known for this species.

‘‘Purchased from the natives at Port Praslin, Tombaro Island, or New Ire-
land, February, 1854.’? (Lieut. Van Wyck).

80. TurTUR RUPICOLA, (Pallas).

From the Loo Choo Islands.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321

‘* Numerous at the foreign burying ground at Tumai, Great Loo Choo Island,
December, 1854. Frequently seen in the pine trees and always in pairs, the
male constantly cooing and very sedulously engaged in attentions to his mate.”’
(Mr. E. M. Kern).

81. Turtur cHINensis, (Scopoli).
‘Hong Kong, China, February, 1855. Collected by Mr. Salvadora Pelkey.”’
(Mr. Stimpson).
82. LopHoRTYx CALIFORNIcUS, (Shaw).
From California.
83. GRUS CANADENSIS, (Linneus).
‘¢San Francisco, California, November, 1855.”? (Mr. Stimpson).

84. HrropIaAs EGRETTA, (Gmelin).
‘San Francisco, California, November, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

85. Heropras ALBA, (Linneus).
** Too Choo, December, 1854.’? (Mr. Stimpson).

86. ARDI« suGULARIs, Forster.

From the Loo Choo Islands. Specimens in the usual dark colored plumage.
and not different from others now before me from Tahiti and New Zealand, so
far as can see. The present is an unusual locality.

**Too Choo, December, 1854.’? (Mr. Stimpson.)

’ 87. ARDEA Grey, (Gray.)
‘*T.oo Choo, December, 1854.’? (Mr. Stimpson.)

88. Boraurvs LEeNTIGINosus, (Montagu.)
“Marc Island, California.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

89. Nomenivs arquatus, (Linneus.)
From the Loo Choo Islands.

** Abundant along the coral reefs at Nappa Harbor, Great Loo Choo Island.’’
(Mr. E. M. Kern.)

90. Limosa FEDOA, (Linneus.)
‘* San Francisco, California, November, 1855.’? (Mr. Stimpson.)

91. CHARADRIUS FULVUS, Gmelin.

From Loo Choo and the Bonin Islands. Several specimens apparently of
the same species and identical with numerous others now before me from va-
rious localities in the Pacific Ocean.

aa Choo, November, 1854, Bonin Islands, October, 1854.’’ (Mr. Stimp-
son.

92. CHARADRIUS LonGIPES, Temminck.

From the Bonin Islands. Appears to be identical with Asiatic specimens in

the Museum of the Philadelphia Academy.

93. AEGIALITIS NIVIFRONS, (Lesson.)

From the Cape of Good Hope. ‘‘In low, stony places near the sea, Cape
of Good Hope, October, 1853, collected by Lieut. Van Wyck.’’ (Mr. Stimp-
son.)

94. MAcRORAMPHUS SCOLOPACEUS, (Say.)
**San Francisco, California, November, 1855.’? (Mr. Stimpson.)

95. SyMPHEMIA SEMIPALMATA, (Gmelin.)
**San Francisco, California, December, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

96. TorANUS BREVIPES, (Vieillot.)

**Bonin Islands, October, 1854, Loo Choo, November, 1854.’? (Mr. Stimp-
son.) ;

1862.] 22

a2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

97. ToTANUS GLAREOLA, (Linneus.)
‘* Hong Kong, China, March, 1855, collected by Mr. S. Pelkey.”’ (Mr. Stimp-
son.)

98. TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCA, (Linnzus.)
From the Loo Choo Islands.

99. TRINGOIDES EMPUSA, (Gould.)
‘* Bonin Islands, October, 1854.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

100. Tringa ALPrvA, Linnzus.

From the Asiatic coast of Behring’s Straits. Specimens in the collection of
the Expedition are identical with the European species and also with Asiatic
specimens in the museum of the Philadelphia Academy.

‘*Straits of Semiavine, Asiatic coast of Behring’s Straits, August, 1855.’
(Mr. Stimpson.)

101. Trinea minuta, Leisler.

‘* Straits of Semiavine, Asiatic coast of Behring’s Straits, Angust, 1855.”
(Mr. Stimpson.)

102. PHALAROPUS FULICARIUS, (Linnzus.)

From Behring’s Straits. ‘This bird appeared i in great numbers, during an
easterly storm, “seeking shelter under the lea of our tents at Arikamcheche
Island, on the Asiatic coast of Behring’s Straits, in August, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimp-
son.)

103. Rattus ELEGANS, Audubon.
“¢San Francisco, California.’? (Mr. Stimpson.)

104. Ratius virernranvs, Linneus,
‘San Francisco, California, January, 1856.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

105. FuLicA AMERICANA, Gmelin.
‘San Francisco, California, November, 1855.”? (Mr. Stimpson. )

106. Fetica awat, Peale.

From the Sandwich Islands. “Found in considerable numbers tending
their young ata fresh water pond near Hilo, Hawaii, March, 1856.’? (Mr.
Stimpson. )

107. Avas BoscHas, Linneus.
From the Sandwich Islands.
108. MARECA AMERICANA, (Gmelin. )
‘* San Francisco, California, January, 1856.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

109. Darita acuta, (Linneus.)
‘¢San Francisco, California, January, 1856.’? (Mr. Stimpson.)

110. Nerrioy CAROLINENSIS, (Gmelin. )
‘¢ San Francisco, California, December, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

111. Netrioy crecca, (Linnezus. )
‘¢ Obtained in the market at Hong Kong, China, by Capt. Rodgers, Febru-
ary, 1855; said to be caught in nets.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

112. SPATULA CLYPEATA, (Linnzus.)
‘¢ San Francisco, California, January, 1856.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

113. Furrx magia, (Linneus.)
‘‘Loo Choo Islands, December, 1854.*’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

114, Fourx arrinis, (Eyton.)
‘‘Petaluma Creek, California, December, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

115. AyruyaA VALISNERIA, ( Wilson.) i
“‘ San Francisco, California, December, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ace

116. BucEPHALA AMERICANA, (Bonaparte.)
‘¢San Francisco, California, December, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)
117. Hisrrionicus Torauatus, (Brandt.)
From California.
118. Potysticta SreneRt, (Pallas.) A
‘*Semiavine Straits, August, 1855.’ (Mr. Stimpson. )
119. Exismatura RvBIDA, (Wilson.)
**San Francisco, California, January, 1856.’? (Mr. Stimpson.)

120. MELANETTA VELVETINA, (Cassin.)
‘¢San Francisco, California, November, 1855.”’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

121. PELIONETTA PERSPICILLATA, (Linneus. )
*¢San Francisco, California, November, 1855.’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

122. SoMATERIA MoLissmmA, (Linnzus.)
*¢ Semiavine Straits, August, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

123. SoMATERIA SPECTABILIS, (Linnzus.)
‘* Behring’s Straits, August, 1855.’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

124. BERNICLA LEUCOPAREIA, (Brandt.)
‘«San Francisco, California, January, 1856.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

125. ColyMBUS SEPTENTRIONALIS, Linnzus.
‘¢San Francisco, California, November, 1855.’? (Mr. Stimpson.)

126. Popiceps cornnutus, (Gmelin.)
‘California, November, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

127. PopityMBvUs CAROLINENSIS, (Latham.)
*¢San Francisco, California, November, 1855.’? (Mr. Stimpson.)

128. URia GRYLLE, (Linnzus.)

From Herald Island, Arctic Ocean.

Very interestirg on account of locality, which is north of Behring’s Straits,
though known as inhabiting the coasts of northern Asia. Exactly identical
with the bird of northern Europe and north-eastern America.

‘* Herald Island, August, 1855.”? (Mr. Stimpson.)

129. Urra cotumsa, (Pallas.)

From Behring’s Straits. Numerous specimens of this species, now well
known as inhabiting the Pacific coast of America from the present locality to
San Francisco. In general form and color resembles the preceding, but is
easily distinguished by the white space on the wing being partially divided
by a black band, or, as expressed by Pallas, “ fascia alarum duplex alba.”

‘¢ Abundant in the edge of the water at the harbor of Glassnappe in the
island of Arikamcheche or Kayne Island, which is on the Asiatic side of Behr-
ing’s Straits, lat. 64° 40’ N., long. 172° 59’ W., and along the shores of the
Straits of Semiavine which separate this island from the continent of Asia.’

‘“¢This bird was always observed swimming close to the shore, apparently
in search of food, and though seen in considerable numbers, was always iso-
lated and scattered along the coast. It is quite shy and timid, and on the
slightest alarm escaped by diving with great expertness and quickness, and
swimming under the water quite a considerable distance. It was not heard
to utter any note, but quite silently and very industriously appeared to be
constantly engaged in its search for subsistence.’? (Mr. E. M. Kern.).

‘‘Behring’s Straits, August, 1855.’? (Mr. Stimpson).

130. Urta carso, (Pallas).

From the coast of Japan. From anew locality and a more southern lati-
tude than usual for this interesting species.

1862.]

324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

“On the coast of the Island of Niphon, Japan, north of the Bay of Sendai,
June, 1855. Collected by Lieut. Brooke.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

131. Urnra agra, (Pallas.)

From Herald Island, Arctic Ocean. The only specimen of this species that
has ever reached the naturalists or museums of the United States from a lo-
cality on the western or north-western coasts of America. In mature plumage,
and showing strongly the dilated edges of the basal third part of the upper
mandibles by which this species is easily distinguished.

‘Herald Island, Arctic Ocean, August, 1855.’? (Mr. Stimpson.)

132. FRATERCULA CIRRHATA, (Gmelin).

From the Sea of Ochotsk. Formerly very rare in museums, but is now
brought in nearly all collections from the Pacific coast of America, and is evi-
dently of frequent occurrence.

‘‘Qchotsk Sea, August, 1855, collected by Capt. H. K. Stevens.”? (Mr.
Stimpson.)

133. Mormon cornicuraTa, Naumann.
Mormon corniculata, Naum., Isis 1821, p. 782.
Mormon glacialis, Aud. Orn. Biog. iii. p. 599. (1835.)
Gray, Gen. iii. pl. 174. Aud. B. of Am. pl. 293, Oct. ed. vii. pl. 463.

From Behring’s Straits and the Sea of Ochotsk. Several specimens in ma-
ture plumage, all of which seem to be that entitled to the name here given.
The species is, however, nearly related to the common g/acialis, and may be
identical.

‘‘Behring’s Straits, August, 1855; Ochotsk Sea, August, 1855.” (Mr.
Stimpson.)

134, PHALERIS PuSILLA, (Pallas.)
Uria pusilla, Pallas, Zoog. Ross. Asiat. ii. p. 373, (1811.)

From Behring’s Straits. Specimens of this little bird are amongst the most
interesting in the collection of the Expedition, and are probably the first ever
obtained since this species was described by the distinguished Russian natu-
ralist above mentioned. Usually this bird has been regarded as identical with
Phaleris microceros, (—P. nodirostris), but it is entirely distinct, and also from
Alca pygmea of authors.

This curious little bird is probably the very smallest of the sea birds, and
is easily distinguished by the clear black of its upper plumage and pure white
of the under parts, with the additional character of having white scapulars.
It is about an inch shorter in total length than P. microceros, and smaller in
all other measurements. The rediscovery of this bird is an important contri-
bution to ornithology, and the specimens are an exceedingly valuable addition
to the National museum.

‘In the Straits of Semiavine and along the coast of Arikamcheche Island
this little bird was quite numerous in September, 1855. It was always seen
in the water and was constantly diving, as though seeking food beneath the
surface, but remaining submerged a short time only. It has a short chirping
note, and is so very small in size and gentle in its actions and appearance that
some of our party were disposed to insist that it was a very young bird, or
chicken of a larger species. All admitted that it was the very smallest sea-
bird that they had ever seen.’’

‘Though rather shy, it was occasionally killed by a blow from the paddle
of a kiak or native boat, and sometimes an attempt to row into the midst of a
flock for that purpose was successful. Several specimens were preserved for
the ornithological collection, and large numbers were eaten, and with other
birds proved an agreeable addition to our limited stock of fresh provisions.”’
(Mr. E. M. Kern.)

135. PreLEcanvus Fuscus, Linneus.
‘San Francisco, California, November, 1855.’? (Mr. Stimpson).

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325

136. Sona Fiser, (Linnzus.)

‘* Shot at the Bonin Islands by Mr. J. Thompson, Master’s Mate of the Vin-
cennes, October, 1854.’’ (Mr. Stimpson).

‘¢ Alighted on board, off the Meia-co-shimah Islands, between the Loo Choc
Islands and Formosa, just after sunset, October 3d, 1854. Bill yellowish blue,
inclining to greenish about the base and on the throat. Feet light lemon yel-
low. Two fishes of the genus Hemiramphus were found in its maw.’’ (Mr.
Stimpson.)

137. Suna piscator, (Linnzus. )
‘¢Taken in the Coral Sea, January, 1854. No land nor shoal known to be
in the vicinity.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

138. GracuLus pitopuus, (Swainson.)
‘*San Pablo Bay and Bay of San Francisco, California, November, 1855.’’
_(Mr. Stimpson.)

139. GRACULUS VIOLACEUS, (Gmelin.)
From Behring’s Straits. In very fine adult plumage.
‘“* Behring’s Straits, August, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

140. Gracuxus carbo, (Linnzus.)
‘*Shot at Fotow Bay, Island of Ousima, May, 1855, by Lieut. Brooke.”
(Mr. Stimpson. )

~ 141. Larus Hurcuinsu, Richardson.

From Behring’s Straits.

‘Abundant on the shores of Semiavine Straits and in the fresh-water la-
goons of Arikamcheche Island on the Asiatic coast of Behring’s Straits, in
August, 1855 ; not shy and easily approached within gun-shot. The native
boys catch this bird with a sort of sling made of five or six strands of rope,
to the ends of which small stones are attached. This sling is thrown at the
bird usually when flying, and is frequently successful in entangling it so
much that it cannot extricate itself before being captured. The skins of this
and other birds are used by the Tchuchtchi people for clothing.’’ (Mr. E.
M. Kern.)

142. Larus MELANURUS, Temminck.
‘¢Hakodadi, Japan, June, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

143. Rissa Korzesver, Bonaparte.
‘ Behring’s Straits, August, 1855.’? (Mr. Stimpson.)

144. CuroicocePpHatus PHimmapELpuiA, (Ord.)
‘«San Francisco, California, November, 1855.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

145. Sterna MAcRouRA, Naumann.
Sterna macroura, Naum., Isis, 1819, p. 1847.
Sterna arctica, Temm., Man. d’Orn. ii. p. 742, (1820.)

From Behring’s Straits. This is the first specimen that I have ever seen
from the North Pacific Ocean, but it appears to be identical with the bird from
the northern regions of America and Europe.

‘‘Semiavine Straits, Asiatic coast of Behring’s Straits, August, 1855.”
(Mr. Stimpson.)

146. Sterna tunarta, Peale.
Sterna lunata, Peale, Zool. U. 5. Ex. Exp. Vincennes, Birds, p. 277,
(ist ed. 1848.)

From the Pacific Ocean, lat. 26° N., long. 135° E. This is a rather large,
black-billed species of the same group, and considerably resembling the com-
mon S. panaya, but is much lighter colored. It is carefully described in my
Gees ) edition of the volume on Quadrupeds and Birds of the U. S. Ex. Exp.
(1858.

1862.]

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

‘¢Taken in the North Pacific Ocean, lat. 26° N., long. 135° E. (Mr. Stimp-
son.)

147. Sterna minvra, Linnzus ?

From the Island of Formosa. In young plumage.

‘¢ Blew on board after a storm, off the south end of the Island of Formosa,
September 25th, 1854.”’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

148. Anovs stonipus, (Linnzus.)

From the Pacific Ocean. Very extensively distributed, but one specimen
in the collection of the expedition is from an unusually northern locality.

‘*Specimen No. 181, taken near the Borodine Islands, lat 24° N. long. 132°
E. in the North Pacific Ocean.”’

“¢ Specimen No. 105, alighted on board at night, in lat. 5° S., long. 166° E.
(Mr. Stimpson.)

149. DiomEDEA EXULANS, Linnzus.

From the Cape of Good Hope and other localities in the South Atlantic and
- Pacific Oceans.

150. DiomepEA BRACHYURA, Temminck.

‘‘ North Pacific Ocean, lat. 30° to 60° N., long. 140° to 150° W., very com-
mon.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

151. DiomEpEA MELANOPHRYS, Temminck.

From the Cape of Good Hope and from the South Pacific ocean.

‘* Feet pearly slate color, a black stripe at the base of the bill, which nearly
disappears on drying. Shot and prepared by Dr. Stuart.’’? (Mr. Stimpson.)

152. DiomMEDEA FuLIcrInosa, Gmelin.
From the Cape of Good Hope and various localities in the Pacific Ocean.

153. OssIFRAGA GIGANTEA, (Gmelin.)

From the Pacific Ocean, south of Australia.

“¢ Lat. 40° 10’ S., long. 132° 49’ E. Iris black, feet black, little changed in
drying.”’ (Lieut. Van Wyck.)

154. Furmarvus RopeErsit, Cassin.

About the size of F. glacialis of the Northern Atlantic Ocean, and in gene-
ral appearance resembling that species, but with the tertiary quills, ramp and
under wing coverts white. Bill strong, thick, wings long, with the first quills
longest, feet rather large, tarsicovered with small hexagonal scales, tail short,
slightly rounded.

Bill yellow, with a tinge of green at base (in dried skin.) Head, neck,
lower back, rump, tertiary quills and entire under parts snowy white. Back,
scapulars and wing coverts brownish ashy, with a pearly lustre, primary and
secondary quills ashy brown, with a large portion of their inner webs white,
and their shafts white. Tail feathers light ashy brown, with their shafts white
and their inner webs white at base. Feet light colored, probably yellow.

Total length about 18 inches, wing 12, tail 5 inches.

Hab.—South Indian Ocean. Specimen in Nat. Mus. Washington.

This bird belongs to the same group as the common Procellaria glacialis of
the Northern seas and P. Pacifica of the Northwestern coast of America, both
of which are included in the restricted group Fulmarus. The tertiary quills
in the present species are white, which is a strong character, in addition to
which it is larger and much lighter colored than either of the species men-
tioned. In the one character of having the tertiaries white, this bird resembles
P. antartica, Gray, Voy. Erebus and Terror, Birds, pl. 33, but in no other.
The bill in the present bird is yellow, and precisely of the same form as in P.
glacialis. One specimen only is in the collection of the expedition, and is
stated to have been obtained in the Indian Ocean.

(June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327

This species is dedicated to Commodore John Rodgers, of the United States
Navy, under whose command the voyage of the North Pacific Surveying and
Exploring Expedition was performed, and through whose liberal and en-
lightened encouragement and assistance the naturalists of the expedition
were enabled to form one of the most extensive and interesting collections in
all departments of zoology ever brought to this coumtry. In all the classes of
Marine zoology the collections are especially valuable, and were made under
the immediate direction of this accomplished and distinguished officer.

155. Fonmarus pactricus, (Audubon.)
‘*Kamtschatka Sea, September, 1855. North Pacific Ocean, lat. 40° N.,
long. 150° W.’’? (Mr. Stimpson.)

156. THALASSOICA GLACIALOIDS, (A. Smith.)

** At sea, lat. 44° 48’ S., long. 42° 54’ E., Nov. 14th, 1853. Eyes black, bill
black and fiesh-colored, the latter fading to nearly white in drying.’’ (Lieut.
Van Wyck.)

157. AistRELATA LEssonu, (Garnot.)

From the South Indian Ocean. A single specimen of this little known spe-
cies, quite identical with Mr. Gould’s specimens now in the Museum of the
Philadelphia Academy.

“Taken in the South Indian Ocean, December, 1853, by Dr. Stuart, of the
Porpoise. Eyes black, lower part of toes and webs black, upper part white.”’
(Lieut. Van Wyck.)

158. MAJAQUEUS CONSPICILLATUS, (Gould.)

From the Atlantic Ocean, off the coast of Africa. Quite identical with Mr.
Gould’s specimens in the Museum of the Philadelphia Academy, and from a
new locality for this species, but probably like nearly all its relatives,—a
great wanderer.

**South Atlantic Ocean, September, 1853.’? (Mr. Stimpson.)

159. Daprtion capensis, (Linnzus.)
From the Cape of Good Hope and South Pacific Ocean.

160. Pcrrixus Kuni, Bonaparte.

From the Cape of Good Hope. Specimens in excellent plumage appear to
be the species designated by Prince Bonaparte as above, and differ from P.
major as stated by that distinguished author.

**Taken with hook and line at sea, off the Cape of Good Hope, Sept. 11th,
1853. Land distant about fifty miles.’? (Mr. F. H. Storer.)

161. Necrris TENUIROSTRIS, (Temminck. )

From Japan. A small dark lead-colored species, very accurately described
and figured in “‘ Fauna Japonica.”’

‘*Taken off the east coast of Niphon, Japan, in lat. 36° N.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

162. THaLassipRoma Witsonu, (Bonaparte.)
“Gulf Stream, off the coast of Virginia, June, 1853.’’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

163. THALASSIDROMA MELANOGASTRA, Gould.

From the Cape of Good Hope and the Pacific Ocean. The former seems to
be a new locality for this species, and the specimen differs from others in the
collection of the expedition in having the throat black. We find, however,
similar specimens in Mr. Gould’s collection in the Museum of the Philadelphia
Academy.

‘*Taken in the South Indian Ocean by Lieut. Van Wyck and Dr. Stuart of
the Porpoise, December, 1853.”’ (Mr. Stimpson.)

‘Eyes black, male, lat. 40° 25’ S., long. 126° 12’ E.”’? (Lieut. Van Wyck.)

‘*Thirty miles south of the Cape of Good Hope, September, 1853.’? (Mr.
F. H. Storer.)

1862.]

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

With this species we close the Catalogue of the present very interesting collec-
tion. In that part of Commodore Rodger’s Report relating to natural history,
we hope to give figures of the most remarkable species, as well as further
notes on their manners and habits, by the naturalists who accompanied the
expedition.

«
July 1st, 1862.
Dr. BrinGes, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Fifteen members present.

July 8th, 1862.
Dr. BripcEs, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Thirteen members present.

July 15th, 1862.
Dr. Brinces, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Nine members present.

July 22d, 1862.
Dr. CoATEs in the Chair.

Six members present.

The following papers were presented for publication, and referred to
Jommittees :

Notes on the family of Scombroids. By Theo. Gill.

Notes on the genera of Fishes of Western North America. By Theo.
Gill.

July 29th, 1862.
Dr. Brings, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Thirteen members present.
On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published in the Proceedings :

Note on the Family of SCOMBROIDS.
BY THEODORE GILL.

Incited by the discovery of the existence of radiating spines at the angle of
the preoperculum as a characteristic feature of the youth of the Carangoids,
I turned my attention to the family of Scombroids, and have ascertained that
the same feature exists im that family. The Scombroids, then, in extreme
youth, have the preoperculum armed with three spines, above and below which are
generally smaller ones, all of which are afterwards absorbed in the substance of
the bone. Ihave myself verified this law on the young of a new species of
Sarda, of which a single specimen, about an inch and five-eighths in length,

(July,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329

was obtained at Cape St. Lucas by Mr. Xantus. The Dicrotus armatus of
Giinther was also founded on a young fish, of which it was remarked by its
describer, with a happy foresight, that ‘‘several of the characters mentioned
may be modified in a mature state.’? That species might, indeed, but for the
homogeneity of the dorsal and anal fins, be considered as the young of Pro-
metheus prometheoides. As Dr. Giinther has, however, positively denied
pinnules to the genus, and, as the pinnules appear to be developed in the
young as well as the old, the genus Dicrotus may, until further known, be
regarded as distinct.

The subfamily of Orcynine, as characterized in a former paper, might,
perhaps, be rather subdivided, if the number of pyloric appendages should
be found to be coincident with other characters. In that case the following
arrangement might be advisable :

ScoMBRINZ.

Oncyninz.—Caudal peduncle of adult with a median adipose carina, and two
converging backwards, one above and one below. Pyloric ceca dendri-
tical or very numerous.

TuyRsitin®.—Caudal peduncle not carinated. Pyloric ceca developed in
moderate or rather small numbers, (7—10.)

GEMPYLINZ.

The genus Acanthocybium* having the spinous dorsal longer than the soft,
the proportions of those fins cannot be used in the present state of our know-
ledge to distinguish the two subfamilies.

The name Orycnus has been, by an unfortunate misapprehension, applied
instead of Orcynus; and it is hoped that the latter will in all cases be sub-
stituted as the correct orthography.

Note on some Genera of FISHES of Western North America.
BY THEODORE GILL.

In the Proceedings of the Academy for July, 1861, a number of genera
have been established for species previously described from the western
waters of North America. In the present article, several aditional genera
are introduced; and to formerly established ones, species described under
other generic names have been referred.

SCORPZENOIDS.

SeBAstTicutTuys Gill.

This genus embraces all the species referred to the genus Sebastes, which
has eleven to twelve (XI. + I.—XII. + I.) spines in the first dorsal fin, pala-
tine teeth and the physiognomy of Sebastes (Norvegicus.) I believe that I may
be permitted to announce, that Dr. Ayres, in a letter of May 6th, has informed me
that he knows eleven species belonging to the Cuvierian genus Sebastes to be
inhabitants of the Californian waters. Five of them have been referred to
the genus Sebastes and six to Sebastodes, the latter having been modified to
embrace the species of which the head is ‘‘ nearly smooth,’’ while the name
Sebastes is restricted to those of which ‘‘the summit of the head is strongly
ridged.’’ Such a division appears to me to be inadmissible, and I believe
that Sebastodes must be retained with the characters I have assigned to it,
while all other described species of California belong to one and the same
natural genus, for which the name Sebastichthys has been proposed. The

* The Cybium petus of Poey andC. solandri C. V. are true species of this genus.

1862.]

530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

only species of whose affinity I entertain any doubt is the S. elongatus Ayres ;
that species, however, appears to be either a Sebastichthys or closely related
to that genus. As to the number of species, I am disposed to doubt whether
all are valid or even distinct from each other; the S. helvomaculatus Ayres
appears to be identical with S. ocellatus Cuy. et Val. As Dr. Ayres kindly
announces his intention to forward a full series, I trust soon to be enabled to
satisfy myself regarding such doubtful points.

1, SEBASTICHTHYS NIGROCINCTUS = Sebastes nigrocinctus Ayres.

CARANGOIDS.
Paratractvs Gill.*
PaRATRACTUS Boops. Syn. Trachurus boops Grd.
GOBIOIDS.
Evcyctocosivs Gill.
Eucyclogobius differs from Lepidogobius i in form, nudity of the head and
the smaller second dorsal fin.

2. Eucycrocopius Newserryu. Syn, Gobius Newberrii Girard.

GOBIESOCOIDS.
CavLaRrcuus Gill.

The present genus differs principally from Gobiesox Lac. (— Sicyogaster
Barneville) by the nearly equal size of the dorsal and anal fins, and the
nearly horizontal direction of the six compressed trenchant incisors of the
lower jaw.

3, CAULARCHUS RETICULATUS. Syn. Lepodogaster reticulatus Girard.

CYCLOPTEROIDS.
Eumicrotremvs Gill.

Differs from Cyclopterus Artedi by the smaller branchial apertures situated
at the horizon of the eyes, and by the development of the spinous dorsal fin.
The type is the Cyclopterus spinosus of Muller.

EUMICROTREMUS ORBIS. Syn. Cyclopterus orbis Gthr.
SALMONOIDS.
Hyesirario Gill.

This genus embraces a single known species, distinguished by its com-
pressed body, projecting snout, &c.

HyYPsIFARIO KENNERLYI. Syn. Salmo kennerlii Suckley.
PLEURONECTOIDS. f

Lepipvopse7ta Gill.

LEPIDOPSETTA UMBROSA — Psettichthys umbrosus Grd.
Hypsopserra Gill.

HypsopsETTA GUTTULATUS — Pleuronichthys guttulatus Gird.
OrrHopseTra Gill.

ORTHOPSETTA SORDIDA = Psettichthys sordidus Grd.

Uropserra Gill.
URoPSETTA CALIFORNICA — Hippoglossus californicus Ayres.

* Type Caranx pisquetos C. V. = C. chrysos auct. nec Mite.
t A synopsis of this family may be soon expected.

[July,

“NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

V2
oo
_

TETRAODONTOIDS.

GastropHysvs Miiller.
GASTROPHYSUS PoLITus. Syn. Tetraodon politus Girard.

STURIONOIDS.

Antacevus Fitz. and Heckel.
ANTACEUS BRACHYRHYNcHUs. Syn. Acipenser brachyrhynchus Ayres.
ANTACEUS TRANSMONTANUS. Syn. Acipenser transmontanus Rich.
ANTACEUS MEDIROsTRIS. Syn. Acipenser medirostris Ayres.
ANTACEUS ACUTIROSTRIS. Syn. Acipenser acutirostris Ayres.

CHIM AROIDS.

Hyproiacts Gill.
Distinguished from Chimera on account of the absence of an anal fin and
the triple division of the sexual organs of the male.

Hyprotaevs conuel. Syn. Chimera colliei Lay and Bennett.

HETERODONTOIDS.

GyRopLEvRonus Gill.
GYROPLEURODUS FRANCSCII — Cestracion francisci Grd.

MYLIOBATOIDS.
Hotoruics Gill.

This genus is founded on a species which differs from Myliobatis by the
transverse entire snout. The median teeth are very broad, and the lateral
hexagonal ones have nearly equal sides.

HOLORHINUS VESPERTILIO. Syn. Rhinoptera vespertilio Girard.

PETROMYZONTOIDS.
Lampetra Gray.

LAMPETRA PLUMBEA. Syn. Petromyzon plumbeus Ayres.
EnTOosPHENUS Gill.

ENTOSPHENUS TRIDENTATUS — Petromyzon tridentatus Rich. — P. lividus Grd.

o EPIHEXODON —= =o tridentatus Grd. (nec Rich.)
ce CILIATUS = & ciliatus Ayres.
ee ASTORI a a astori Grd.

The following list of the genera belonging to the Fauna of the Western coast
of America north of Cape San Diego, not presented in Dr. Girard’s Report,
and exclusive of those in my ‘‘ Notes,’’ may be of use:

Percors. Stereolepis Ayres.

PImMeELEPTEROWS. Girella Gray.

Scranoms. Rhinoscion Gill (vice Amblodon Grd.) Menticirrhus Gill (vice
Umbrina Grd. fide spec.) Genyonemus Gil/ (vice Leiostomus Ayres,
Grd.) Atractoscion Gill. Cynoscion Gill, (Ayres.) Seriphus Ayres.

Lasromws. Semicossyphus Gthr. Cherojulis Gill.

Emsrorocoms. Hypsurus A. Ag. Holconotus Ag. Cymatogaster Gib. (vice
Holconotus Grd.) Hyperprosopon Gib. (vice Ennichthys Grd.) Hypo-
critichthys Gill. Brachyistius Gill.

Carancoms. Naucrates Raf., Gthr.
SrromartEoms. - Poronotus Gill, (Ayres.)

1862.)

”

$32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Ecuenemorns. Echeneis £. Remora Gill.

Corroms. Potamocottus Gill, (Cottopsis gulosus Grd.) Oncocottus Gill.
Gymnacanthus Sw. Temnistia Rich. Blepsias Cuv.

Aconow#. Podothecus Gill,* (= Paragonus Gill.)

Currows. Oxylebius Gill.

TrRicHopontTorws. Trichodon Steller.

Gostoms. Lepidogobius Gill.

Buennioms. Anoplarchus Gill, Giinther.

PsycHRoLutows. Psychrolutes Gthr.

AvtornyncHorps, Aulorhynchus Gill.

ALEPIDOSAUROIDS. Caulopus Gill.

Satmonoiws. Hypomesus Gill, (lapsu calami etiam Mesopus.) Osmerus Art.
(vice Thaleichthys Gird.)

Cyprinopontoips. Cyprinodon Lac. { Grd.)
CxuurEors. Alausa Val.

Mcre&nois. Murena L. (Ayres.)

Opramivroips. Myrichthys Girard.
Synenatuors. Dermatostethus Gill.
GALEORHINOIDS. Nov. gen. Isoplagiodon Gill, a sp.
Ratwows. Rhina Klein, (Ayres.)

Aug. 5th.
Vice-President BrincEs in the Chair.
Ten members present.
The following papers were presented for publication :
A Report upon Mr. Buckley’s Description of Plants, No. ILI., Gra-
mine. By Asa Gray. ;
Notes on certain Reptiles of the New World. By E. D. Cope.

Aug. 26th.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.

Thirteen members present.
On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published in the Proceedings :

A Report upon Mr. 8.B. Buckley’s ‘‘ Description of PLANTS, No. 3, Graminez.”
Published in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia, February, 1862.

BY ASA GRAY.
As it appears to have been impracticable to act upon the suggestion with

which I concluded my remarks upon Mr. Buekley’s preceding botanical papers,
(vide p. 168,) all that remains is, to repair the damages sustained by this

* Deceived by the comparisons of authors, the identity of Podothecus peristhethus with
Agonus acipenseroides was not recognized until an opportunity was afforded of examin-
ing Tilesius’ description and figure.

[August,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333

foray as well as we can, sincerely hoping that it may be the last. The speci-
mens which Mr. Buckley has here described having been kindly collected (a
few excepted which have not yet been found) by the Botanical Curators, I re-
ferred them, in the first instance, to our best instructed agrostologist, Professor
George Thurber. His careful and conscientious notes (except in a few in-
stances) form the basis and substance of the following report. I have, how-
ever, verified them as far asI could; and I hold myself responsible for the
statements herewith presented. If some of my comments be thought severe,
it should be understood that Mr. Buckley was duly warned of the injury he
was about to infliet upon science, and was besought to submit the specimens
of his supposed new species of grasses to some competent agrostologist be-
fore publication. This disregard of good counsel and reckless miscalculation
of scientific fitness for such undertakings, and the astonishing breach of
comity and confidence (to use the gentlest words) by gross appropriation or
suppression of the names of Nuttall and others, recorded in a public herba-
rium, which the following pages disclose, are traits which seem to illustrate
and explain each other.

Polypogon alopecuroides, Buckley. The first thing to notice is, that
Mr. Buckley has suppressed Nuttall’s name, under which he communicated
the plant to the Academy’s herbarium, and doubtless to the Hookerian, if
not to other herbaria,—viz.: Deyeuxia alopecuroides! Then he has mistaken
the genus at least as widely as Nuttall did. In fact, this grass differs from
. Agrostis exarata, Trin. in nothing notable except in its denser and lobate
panicle and in the awn; which last Bongard detected in some specimens of
A. exarata. If distinct, Nuttall’s specific name will be adopted, unless the
plant is already published under some other; i. e., it will be Agrostis alope-
curoides. We have a far larger form of it from Hooker’s Oregon duplicates,
without a name.

Vilfa agrostoidea. Nospecimens so ticketed have yet been found.
But one of Sporobolus cryptandrus, ticketed by Mr. Buckley ‘‘ Agrostis, North-
ern Texas,’’ is probably the plant in question.

Sporobolus (Vilfa) angustus is Sporobolus Indicus, R. Br., Agrostis In-
dca, L. Having adopted the genus Vilfa in the preceding and following
cases, Mr. Buckley has a curious way of including it under Sporobolus
besides.

Vilfa rigidais Calamagrostis gigantea, Nutt., also C. longifolia, Hook.

Vilfa (Sporobolus) alba. Here, vice versa, Sporobolus is subordinated to
Vilfa; and the present new species of this double-headed genus is Eatonia
obtusata !

Sporobolus (Vilfa) arenaceus, (again this side up!) is described from
No. 737 of Wright’s collection, and the fact suppressed: it is Sporobolus
asperifolius, Nees and Meyen, fide Munro.

‘Uralepsis (Tricuspis) elongata, whichis the same as 2054 of Wright’s
coll., and 307 of one of Drummond’s collections, is Zricuspis trinerviglumis,
Munro, MSS., near 7. mutica, Torr.

Vilfa (Sporobolus) varians, described from some specimen of Nuttall’s,
which is not yet found.

Sporobolus (Vilfa) diffusissimus is S. airoides Torr.

Vilfa (Sporobolus) Sabeana is S. Coromandelianus, Kunth (non Trin.),
an old and widely diffused species, to which, according to Col. Munro, belong
S. commutatus, Kunth and Trinius, S. argutus, Kunth, S. Arkansanus, Trin..
and Vilfa ambigua, Steud.

1862.]

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Agrostis aquatica, from Texas. No specimen of this is communicated.

Agrostis scabriuscula is founded on aspecimen of familiar A. scabra,
ticketed by Nuttall “‘ Agrostis scabrata,” the name a little altered.

Agrostris albicans is founded on a slender form of A. ezxarata, Trin.,
named by Nuttall A. Oregonensis.

Muhlenbergia arenicola is &. gracillima, Torr., in Whippl. Rep. It is
Wright’s No. 735, and Fendler’s 968 and 969. The specimens described are
from Wright’s collection.

Muhlenbergia monticola is founded on Wright’s specimens Nos. 751 and
733, which were referred by Col. Munro to &M. sylvatica, Torr., var. ligulis
elongatis, foliis angustis.

Muhlenbergia pauciflora is described from a scanty, depauperate speci-
men of Wright’s No. 732,—the source concealed as usual, and the character
no better than would be expected. The species is, so far as we know, a new
one, allied to M. Willdenovi.

Muhlenbergia Texana. No specimen communicated under this name, but
one given by Mr. Buckley to the Academy’s herbarium under the name of
“« Agrostis barbatis, Buckl.” may, from the description, be the plant intended.
This is aform of Sporobolus ramulosus.

Calamagrostis Oregonensis. Mr. Buckley's ticket is thrown into a sheet
containing three specimens of Nuttall’s, respectively ticketed by him ‘ Calama-
grostis purpurascens, Columbia River,” “ C. gracilis, Dry Plains, Columbia,”
and ‘ C. pumila, Rocky Mountains.” The first of these belongs to C. Langs-
dorfit, Trin. and C. strigosa, Bong., (between which we can draw no valid dis-
tinction;) the other two appear to belong to C. stricta, Trin. or C. Lapponica,
which are also combined by some. From Mr. Buckley’s pleonastic phrase,
“ aristisque et pilis corollam excedentibus,” it may be supposed that he was
describing only the first-named specimen; but the “panicula 3-5-policari
longis” [sic] seems to include all three. (Nuttall’s C. Columbiensis, ined., we
may remark, seems also to be C. Langsdorjjii, a form with the awn inserted
much above the middle, and exactly C. elata, Blytt., from Norway.)

Calamagrostis ru b escens is indicated as ‘ Oregon, Nuttall ;”’ but Nuttall’s
ticket is not preserved. The specimen isan imperfectfragment. The spikelets
in structure perfectly accord with those of the next, of which we suppose it
to be a coarctate form. It would agree very well with the character of C.
varia, Var. purpurascens, Fl. Ross., but not with C. purpurascens, R. Br.

Calamagrostis albicans is described from Nuttall’s specimen of his “ C.
pallida,” this name on the ticket erased, and ‘ albescens, Buckl.” substituted,
and that changed to “albicans.” The plant we take to be C\ aleutica, Bong.
It is allied to some forms of C. varia, (into which C. sylvatica appears to merge,)
but is probably quite distinct.

Aristida curtiseta is founded on depauperate specimens of A. purpurea,
such as were gathered in Sitgreaves’ Expedition.

Aristida pauciflorais A. oligantha, Michx.

Aristida filipendula is A. purpurea, Nutt., a form near the var. Ber-
landieri, Trin. The species is polymorphous.

Bouteloua pumila is B. polystachya, Torr., Pacific R. R. Sury. 5, (Chondro-
sium, Benth.) a small-flowered form of the species. Described from some of
Wright’s No. 754.

Bouteloua brevifolia is B. eriopoda, Torr. Described from Wright's 748
[August,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335

and Fendler’s 950, (not 946 as on the ticket in herbarium Acad.,)—with the
usual omission to mention it.

Uralepis (Tricuspis) brevicuspidata is Leptochloa dubia, Nees, Chloris
dubia, H.B.K. (767, Wright.)

Uralepis (Tricuspis) pilosa, described from Wright’s specimens, No. 781,
the ticket of which bore the note “ Zricwspis, n. sp.” in Mr. Thurber’s hand-
writing, is Tricuspis acuminata, Munro, in herb., mixed with one specimen of
T. avenacea, Thurber, (Triodia avenacea, H.B.K.) It is also Wright’s 2058,
Fendler’s 915, and Lindheimer’s 738.

Uralepis (Tricuspis) pozoides, founded on Fendler’s No. 932 (and duly
credited!) was long ago published, and the number cited as Hragrostis Fendleri-
ana, Steud., Glum., 1, p. 278; and it is Sclerochloa Californica, Munro, in Pl.
Hartw. p. 342.

Uralepis (Tricuspis) densiflora (same as Drummond’s 274 and 278,
2d coll.) is Windsoria stricta, Nutt., therefore 7ricuspis stricta. (No. 314 of Drum-
mond’s same collection is 7. albescens, Munro, ined.)

Uralepis (Tricuspis) com posita is a well-known large form of Leptochlou
fascicularis, Gray, Man. What is meant by “leaves at the joints of the culm
without sheaths and stems,” we need not endeavor to make out.

Uralepis (Tricuspis) pilosa,—the second of the same name,—is Tricuspis
mutica, Torr.,in Pacific R. R. Sury., 4, p. 156, a large form, with hirsute
sheaths, better developed. The lower palea often bears a minute mucro. It
is described from one of Wright’s specimens, in whose collection it is Nos. 779,
780 and 2046.

Pleuraphis mutica. Upon this Professor Thurber remarks: ‘I think this
may be a good species. It differs from P. Jamesii (Fendl. 946) in the glumes
of the lateral spikelets, which are cuneate-obovate, 5-7-nerved, and do not
enclose the flowers, but form a sort of involucre, as in Hiymus. Glumes of
the central spikelet 2-cleft, 5-nerved; the nerves confluent below, the middle
one produced as an awn, which is shorter than the lacerate-fringed lacinie.
Lower palea of the perfect flower muticous.”’ It is Wright’s 760 and 2108.

Glyceria bulbosa. This is founded on a diminutive bit of stem and two
separate spikelets of Nuttall’s, named by him “ Bromus (Phrenachyris) muticus.
Upon the sheet Prof. Thurber had last year noted “ Glyceria bulbosa, Thurb.,”
a plant so named by him in the Botany of Wilkes’ Expedition, yet unpublished.
Whereupon, Mr. Buckley furtively erases the “ Thurb.” and substitutes “ Buckl.”
If we mistake not, the species has been published under two names already,
viz., Melica poaoides, Nutt., in Pl. Gamb., &c., and Melica bulbosa, Geyer, in
Hook. Kew. Jour. Bot. 8, p. 19.

Glyceria stricta, if reckoned as a normally pluriflorous grass, is no Glyce-
ria, but would be ambiguous between Uniola and Brizopyrum. We have reason
to regard it, however, as an abnormal state of Vilfa Drummondii, Trin., which
isa form of V. aspera, Beauv. In this the palez are often elongated in this
fashion, (but not nerved, as some of them are in Mr. Buckley’s specimen,) and

the tendency to develope one or more additional flowers in the spikelet is not
rarely manifest.

Glyceria leptostachya andG. microtheca are both alike, and both
Nuttall’s MSS. names, which Mr. Buckley has appropriated in the coolest man-
ner writing “ Buckl.” after the name upon Nuttall’s autograph tickets. They be-
long to a grass, common in Oregon and northward, which differs alittle from @.
pallida of the Northern States, (in the rather broader and shorter florets and
shorter and more rounded glumes,) and which already has names enough, being

1862.]

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

doubtless the G. pauciflora of Presl., as it certainly is the G. spectabilis, var.
flaccida, Trin. and Bongard, from Russian America and Kamtschatka ; there- ~
fore, G. Norvegica, according to Ruprecht, Poa arundinacea, of Biebersteia (and
so Gi. arundinacea, Kunth), according to Grisebach, and G. remota, of Fries, on
the same authority. But authentic Swedish and Norwegian specimens of G.
remota, Fries, do not well accord with the N. W. American plant, especially in
the glumes.

Glyceria montana. Another appropriation of a MSS. name of Nuttall,
Could Nuttall complain, however, he should transpose the words of the poet
and say, ‘‘ He that filches my good name steals trash ;” for the species is ‘‘ poor
indeed.” He who so confidently enters upon Nuttall’s labors should be com-
petent to discern the patent fact that this Glyceria montana of Nuttall’s is just
the same as his Poa airoides, of which the original specimen is preserved in
the same sheet. GG. airoides would be the name, (Steudel’s homonym being —
an Hragrostis, as he himself asserts); but Col. Munro reduces it to G. (Airopis)
distans.

Poa laxiflora—the name appropriated from Nuttall, as usual—whatever
else it may be, accords with P. leptocoma, Trin., from Sitcha. It is probably a
woodland form of an old species.

Poa tenuifolia—still another of Nuttall’s unblushingly appropriated—is
a common grass west of the Rocky Mountains, which has much puzzled bota-
nists, and occurs in herbaria and some published lists under several names. It
is Atropis Californica, Munro, ined. (probably founded on Douglasian speci-
mens, col]. 1833), and exactly the plant so named from Fidalgo Island. But
Hartweg’s No. 2035, correspondingly named (Sclerochloa Californica) seems to
be rather different. Atropis is equivalent to Glyceria sect. Heleochloa, of which
this must be only an ambiguous member.

Poa densiflora is P. arachnifera, var. @. Torr., in Marcy, Rep. p. 301; a
form with the long wool either scanty or almost wanting, except in one old spe-
cimen.

Eragrostis diffusa is the common #. Purshii, Bernh.

Eragrostis curtipedicellata (ticketed brevipedicell ata) isa fa-
miliar-looking species, not identified among the published ones—the same as
Drummond’s 327 of the second collection, and Wright’s 772.

Eragrostis sessilispica is Leptochloa rigida, Munro. It is Fendler’s 926, and
Wright’s 760 and 2091.

Festuca gracilenta is founded on specimens quite too young and poor to
be meddled with. It may be either of three described species, more likely F.
microstachys, Nutt., which is near F. bromoides.

Festuca reflexa—another name of Nuttall’s appropriated—is F. microsta-
chys, var. divergens, Torr., probably well referred to that multiform species.

Festuca pusilla—boldly appropriated from Nuttall, as usual—accords
with No. 2030 of Hartweg’s collection, which Col. Munro refers to Festuca mi-
crostachys, except in its smoothness.

Bromus breviaristatus. This is described from a specimen of Nuttall’s,
named by him “ Bromus parviflorus, to which Prof. Thurber had appended the
note “ Bromus breviaristatus (Ceratochloa, Hook.)’’ So Mr. Buckley claps his
‘“‘ Buckl.” to the ticket, and prints his “ new species,’ sagely adding his mark
of doubt to the synonym.

Bromus virens is founded on B. virens, nitens and Californieus, of Nuttall,

all the same species, and all Ceratochloa grandiflora, Hook., as a note of Prof.
Thurber’s had pointed out; but Mr. Buckley suppresses the clue.
[August,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337

Bromus setaceus is BL. sterilis, L.; probably introduced.
Uniola (Brizopyrum) flexuosa is Brizopyrum spicatum, Hook. and Arn.

Elymus interruptus. We cannot quite match this among the various
puzzling forms of the genus from Texas.

Elymus triticoides—another name furtively appropriated from Nuttall—
is a depauperate form of No. 2072, Hartweg, (and nearly of 2072, Wright),
named by Col. Munro £. dasystachys, Trin., var. H. condensatus, Pres.

Elymus glaucus—also Nuttall’s—appears scarcely, if at all, distinct from
#. Sibirieus, L.

Trisetum glabrum is Ara danthonioides, Trin., the same as Hartweg’s
2027; new to Texas.

Trisetuminterruptum is JZ. elongatum, H.B.K.; itisin Lindheimer’s and
in ore of Wright’s earlier collections.

Trisetum canescens is the more hairy-leaved and striate form of 7. cer-
nuum, Trin., described from the specimen of “ 7. elatwm,” Nutt., which name
Mr. Buckley has erased from the ticket, for no obvious reason (as the name is
a good one), except to give some variety in form to his depredations.

Hierochloa occidentalis,—Nuttall’s name appropriated as usual—is H.
Jorealis, Rem. & Schult.

Happily Mr. Buckley has spared the Panicew and the Andropoginee; for which,
in the interest of all American botanists, 1 tender him my sincere thanks.

Notes upon some REPTILES of the Old World.
BY E. D. COPE.

Atheris sqguamatus Cope.
Toxicoa squamata Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 341.
Echis squamatus Hallow.

Professor Jan states* that Schlegel’s Vipera chlorocehis (Toxicoa, Cope, l. ¢.)
possesses keeled gular scales as in Tropidolamus. I find that Xehis squamata
of Hallowell exhibits the same peculiarity. In this respect these species differ
from HEchis arenicola Gray; moreover, they are tree-vipers, having a
compressed body, angular gastrosteges and prehensile tails, just as in the
American tree-moccasins,—species of Thamnocenchris, Salvin, and Teleuras-
pist Cope. They further represent these genera in having uniserial uros-
teges. The keeled gular scales are found in Tropidolemus, another Crotalid
genus whose species abound in Malaysia; and Megezra, also one of the Cro-
talide, is an evident representative in the forests of Ceylon.

A very different type among the Solenoglypha ( Viperide Cope) is the family
Atractaspidide (-ine Cope.) Atractaspis and Brachycranium appear to be well
defined genera. Whether Polemon Jan belongs here, and how it differs from
Atractaspis, has not been stated. The Elaps irregularis Reinhardt, placed by
Jan in that genus, and identified by Giinther with the A. inornatus, is evi-
dently the type of an unnamed genus. It differs from the other genera in its
biserial urosteges. From Homeroselaps Jan, (Pecilophis Gth., preoccupied
among Apodes), it differs externally in the two nasal shields. It may be
called Eurystephus.

* Rev. Mag. Zool., 1859, No. 12.

+ Mr. Falvin speaks of Teleuraspis (P. Z. S., 1860, 459), as being cylindrical in form.
However this may be with the T. nitidus, the T. schlegelii has a prehensile tail,
_ and is much compressed.

ieee) 23

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Tarbophis sp. I have seen a specimen of a species of this genus, from
Ooroomiah, Persia, which is possibly different from that found in Southern
Europe. The head is relatively shorter, the vertical and particularly the
occipital plates being less elongate. There are ten upper labials, all narrow
and high, the fourth, fifth and sixth bounding the orbit. In Bonaparte’s
coll. specimen there are eight, eye over third, fourth and fifth as described by
Duméril and GUnther; the seventh is very minute, the eighth horizontal.
There are eleven inferior labials ; twelve in the Ooroomiah specimen, which
has also three postoculars. Coloration much asin the vivax; there isa
narrow vertebral line and the belly is very dark.

What this serpent should be named, if requiring it, is uncertain. The
plates in Eichwald and Savigny’s works resemble it, while the figures of
Schlegel, Fleischmann and of the ‘* Voyage dans la Russie Meridionale,’’ ete.
are different.

Natrix leopardina.
Callopeltis leopardina, Fauna Italica.

This species bears considerable resemblance to Pityophis catenifer.
There seems to be no reason why Laurenti’s original name for the Callopeltis
or Coluber flavescens of some authors should not be retained as well as
his Coronella, Naja and Dipsas ; especially in view of the want of uniformity
in the practice of naturalists in the matter. Besides the names above men-
tioned, the genus has received those of Scotophis (Baird et Girard) and Elaphis
(Hallow. fide Dum.)

It contains the species longissima (Col. flavescens auct.), quad-
rilineata, leopardina, rufodorsata, conspicillata, manda-
rina, callicephala, in the Old World; quadrivittata, gut-
tata, laeta, confinis, rhinomega, vulpina, allegheniensis
and perhaps others, in North America.

Tyria gracilis.

From Ahmednuggur, India, has been received this species, quite recently
described by Dr. Giinther as Zamenis gracilis. Tyria is an older name
than Zamenis, hence we are compelled to write Tyria atrovirens, T.
ventrimaculata, T. hippocrepis, etc. While Periops Wagl. is
rightly regarded by Giinther as a synonym of Tyria, Fitzinger’s Chilolepis,
typified by C. cliffordii, seems to be a valid genus not generally recog-
nized. The Coryphodon fasciolatus of Giinther, poorly described by
authors, seems to be a Tyria, if Ihave properly identified it. The separate
posterior upper maxillary tooth is shorter than usual in the genus.

Bascanium anthicum.

Scales in seventeen longitudinal rows. Teeth equal. Head moderately
distinct, plane in profile; supercilia prominent, muzzle rounded. Rostral
plate much higher than broad, prominent. Seven or eight superior labials,
eye over third and fourth or fourth and fifth. Nasals high, loreal oblique,
as high as long. Two preoculars, inferior very small, superior not reaching
vertical. Two postoculars; two large and two small temporals in contact
with occipitals ; the latter are rounded, broad, their common suture not so
long as the vertical plate. Superciliaries broad; vertieal laterally concave:
postfrontals longer than prefrontals. Anal divided. Total length 34 inches ;
of rictus 10 lines; of tail 9 inches 3 lines.

Color black, varied with many yellow scales; which are either single or
arranged in irregular spots; beneath yellow. Head brown, with yellowish
brown spots which are most distinct on the occipital and labial regions.

The native country of this species is not certainly known; some cireum-
stances lead me to think that itis from Siam. If so, we have another in-
stance of the close similarity of North American and Eastern Asiatic forms.
In Siam alone we have a Plethodon, and a form scarcely differing from

[ August,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 339

Thamnophis,—viz.: Prymnomiodon. Bascanium ant hicum is very nearly
allied to B. constrictor: the only differences are in the outline of the
front—plane in the former, arched in the latter—the more convergent canthus
rostrales of the latter, and that of coloration.

Uriéchis nigriceps Peters, Homalosoma lutrix, Philothamnus sem i-
variegatus, Bucephalus typus vars. B. C. D., Causus rhombeatus
and Clotho ariet ans have been sent to the Academy from Umvoti, Natal,
by our correspondent, the Rev. Dr. Grout.

Contia modesta.
Ablabes modestus Giinther.

From Ooroomiah. This species belongs to the same genus as the American C.
episcopa and C.mitis, which principally differs from the Homalosoma* of
Africa in a divided anal plate. Perhaps the ‘‘ Ablabes’’ with two nasal plates be-
leng to a different genus: at all events the name adopted by most herpetologists
must give way to Fitzinger’s Lycodonomorphus, proposed for the Coronella
rufula long previously.{ Fitzinger did not give characters to his genera, on
which account they ought to be rejected, were it not that it is impossible for
naturalists to arrive at an agreement as to what constitutes a good, sufficient,
insufficient, or nul diagnosis. It seems also to be rightly conceded by many,
that an author cannot change his own name, if it be not preoccupied or false
in signification. Thus, Wagler’s Catostoma should be retained, though he
afterwards altered it to Geophis (which I overlooked on a former occasion),
as it is sufficiently distinct from Catostomus.

Rhoptrura Peters has been suspected by mej to be identical with Charina
Gray, on account of the entrance of the style of structure of the plates as
described by Dr. Gray, within the extensive range of variation exhibited by
the latter genus. Prof. Peters has, however, shown that it does not possess
palatine teeth; this character at once separates it from all other Peropoda.

Cryptoblepharus wahlbergii Smith.

From Umvoti, Southeastern Africa, whence also has been received Euprepis
vittatus Gray, and a variety which is light olivaceous above; on each
side a light band, which is dark-bordered above. Other markings obsolete.

Gerrbosaurus bibronii Smith.

Brown bordered. The internasal plate is very transverse, as figured by
Wagler inthe flavigularis, and widely removed:from contact with the
frontal by the extensive intervention of the contiguous fronto-nasals. Dr.
Smith figures the latter as separate, and the formerin contact, in both species.

Mancus macrolepis Cope.

Char. gen.—The same as that of Chamesaura, except in the absence of
the anterior pair of extremities. Tongue slightly emarginate at the tip.
The animal upon which this genus is established, so closely resembles
in generic and specific peculiarities the Chamesaura anguina, that it
may be doubted whether it is entitled to the distinction I have proposed
for it. The question of the disappearance of organs is one of much interest.
Our impression of the importarce of a peculiarity as affecting generic
or specific rank is derived from consideration of its constancy during
the adult age of the animal. That the assumption of generic structural

* Another genus, which only differs from Homalosoma in its more slender tail and
diacranterian deutition, is Cryptodacus, (Gundlach, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1861, 1002.)
C. vittatus is found in Cuba; it was described in November. In the following Feb-
ruary the author introduced it as Arrhyton bivittatum (in Proceed. Philada. Acad.) The
specimen described wants the dorsal band.

t Proceed. Acad, Nat. Sci, Philada., 1860, p. 256.

tL. c., p. 305.

1862.]

840 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

peculiarities* takes place at very different points in the advance of develope-
ment of animals as compared with each other, all very well know.; If such
change took place only in case of unusually prolonged life of certain indi-
viduals, we would have an instance of what we call the undependability of a
character which we elsewhere rely on. This method of accounting among higher
groups especially, for this phenomenon (with which students of nature are so
familiar), may be worthy of being placed side by side with that which looks

upon it as a state of transition from a condition of inferior to one of supe-

rior adaptation to peculiar circumstances of life,—or with the usual ‘‘ acci-
dental variation’’ subterfuge. The number of toes is justly relied on as a
safe index to generic groups among Batrachia, Gradientia and Lacertilia, yet
in Amphiuma its value is very doubtful, and in Chaleides it is not only not
characteristic of the genus, but fails to be constant in the same species.
The difference between a limb scarcely developed and one obliterated, pos-
sesses no greater significance than the same case among the digits; the genus
Trichiurus illustrates this. As regards the absent members in the genus
Mancus, they first appear (i. e. in Chamezsaura) in a condition of compara-
tively fulldevelopement. The history of the latter process is, however, neces-
sary in order to determine finally the validity of the separation of the genus
which I have proposed.

The position of the two genera is near the Ecpleopodide, as Dr. Gray
arranges them. In the Erpetologie Générale, Chamesaura is one of the
heterogeneous group called Cyclosaura Ptychopleura.

Char. specif.—Generally as in Chamesaura anguina. The plates of
the head are the same ; they are elongate, especially the interparietal, which
is bounded on each side by two parietals. The scales are large, very acute
and strongly keeled, in only twenty-two longitudinal rows on the body,
(four less than in C. anguina,) of which the two dorsal are largest.
Thirty-six transverse series from temple to vent. Eight scales border the
vent; one femoral pore. Tibia shorter than femur, not terminating in a
claw, both covered with keeled scales.

Length of head and body 5 inches 10 lines; of tail 19 inches 9 lines.

General color pale brown, whitish beneath, shaded with coppery above.
Two brown bands extend from the occiput on the outer half of each median
row and all of the row next exterior, to the end of the tail. A trace of a
lateral band is seen on the second and third rows below the dorsal.

This lizard was sent to the Academy of Natural Sciences from Natal, in a collec-
tion made by the Rev. Mr. Grout. Other species contained in it were Chamezleo
dilepis Leach, Monitor niloticus Gray, Stellio capensis Dum., and
Agama nigricollis Smith. In the last it may be noted that the liver-
brown variations enclose three light brown rhombic spaces on the dorsal line.
General tint above rather dark brown. Fourth toe a trifle longer than third.
A strong dorso-lateral dermal fold on each side.

Lacerta strigata Eichw. .

Regarded by Duméril and Bibron as a variety of L. viridis, but believed
to be distinct by Gray, Berthold and others. The specimen at my disposal
differs from L. viridis, from the same region and from Italy, in its rela-
tively smaller head and smaller and more numerous plates of the collar.
The temporal shields are quite similar.

Dactylethra laevis Gthr.

Rana ?mascariensis D. B.
General form slender; head elongate, narrow, muzzle prominent. Distance
* i, e, Those which illustrate a greater or less advance towards the extreme of diver-
gence of the family series.
t Vide Synopsis of Holcosus and Ameiva, etc, p. 6.

[ August,

Sai ...

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341

between external nares and orbit to that between nares and end of snout
as threetotwo. Skin without corrugations, but with numerous elongate longi-
tudinal plice. Tympanum half the size of the orbit. Ostia pharyngea not
larger than internal nares. Vomerine teeth in nearly transverse series, com-
mencing at the anterior margin of the nares. No vocal vesicles. Second finger
little shorter than fourth ; terminal phalanges, especially of the toes, acute.
One metatarsaltubercle. Web reaching the base of the antepenultimate pha-
lanx of the very long fourth digit ; to the penultimate of the others. Length
of head and body lin. 3 lin.; of posterior extremity 2 in. 1 lin.

Above brown, with a pale median line from the end of the muzzle, and a
few darker brown small round spots. Superior labialand frenal regions pale.
A dark blotch covers the tympanum. Femora and tibie distantly brown-
banded. Beneath pure white.

The specimens at my disposal possesses the peculiarity in the form of the
terminal phalanges, which is found in the R. hexadactyla and lesche-
naultii. The R. mascariensis is not recorded as occurring on the
African continent.

Dicroglossus angustirostris Cope.

Outlines of muzzle convergent at an acute angle; the end obtuse, promi-
nent. Canthus rostralisrounded. Nostrils vertico-lateral. Interorbital space
a little wider than palpebra. Tympanum small, one-fourth the size of the
eye. Skin of the upper surfaces coarsely tuberculous. End of first finger
marking middle of third. Posterior extremities stout; a tarsal and two meta-
tarsal tubercles. Toes half palmate. Tongue oval, obcordate. Ostia pha-
ryngea larger than posterior nares; the latter very anterior. Muzzle to
hinder border of tympanum 4 lin.; tympanum to end of coccyx 10 lin. ;
length of hinder extremity 1 in. 7 lin.

General color dark brown, hinder extremities and labial regions varied with
darker. Below white, a large brown pectoral and several small labial spots.
Groin pale, brown spotted.

Dicroglossus a dolfi Gthr., the other known species of the genus, is Him-
melayan. The discovery of the present species extends the range of the genus
80 as to coincide with that of Tomopterna, Bibr.

Chilophryne dialopha Cope.

Head broad ; muzzle prominent, conic. Cranium strongly ridged. Pre- and
postocular, supratympanic, and superciliary ridges well developed, the last
making a very open angle with that of the canthus rostralis, and sending off
posteriorly a parietal, which first converges toward that opposite, and then
runs transversely on the occiput to meet it; failing in this by a very slight
interval. A small nuchal pit. Tympanum in contact with postorbital ridge,
only one-fourth the size of the orbit. Tongue small, narrow, half free; a
strong symphyseal tubercle fitting a premaxillary pit. Paratoids large, short,
subtriangular, lateral. Skin everywhere rigidly rugose, subspinous on the
tarsus. The joints of the extremities are pale and appear swollen. Fingers
slender; first shorter than second, which equals the third. One metacarpal
tubercle only. Toes short, one-third webbed; two acute metatarsal tubercles,
the internal large, incurved, like a flattened spur, yellow, brown tipped.
Length of head and body 10 lines; of hinder extremity 12 lines. Above
dark brown, with a pale vertebral band, on either side of which are two
blackish dorsal spots, one temporal and one on the canthus rostralis. A black
band from orbit to angle of mouth. Beneath light brown, blackish shaded.

This very distinct species is said to have been brought from the Sandwich
Islands by the American zoologist, John K. Townsend. Museum Academy,
Philada.

Hyperolins horstockii Gthr. and H. marmoratus Rapp, have been
obtained at Umvotiin Natal by the Rev. Dr. Grout.

1862. ]

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Hyperolius concolor.
Txalus concolor Hallow., Pr. A. N.S. Philada., 1857, p. 72.

Head of medium size, as long as broad; muzzle not projecting, canthus ros-
tralis straight, loreal region not concave. Tympanum concealed. Tongue
large, broadly obpyriform, deeply emarginate. Fingers scarcely palmate,
two terminal phalanges of fourth toe free. No tubercles or folds on the upper
surfaces. Length of head and body 1 inch 6 lines; of hinder extremity
2 inches.- Above dark brown; the brachium and femur similar to the back.
No spots or bands. Below brownish white.

This species does not appear to have been described by Dr. Hallowell.
Western Africa is its native country.

Hyperolius cinectiventris Cope.

Head quite broad; muzzle truncate ; canthus rostralis concave. Frontal
region broad, convex; eyes not very prominent. Tympanum concealed ;
tongue elongate broad and extensively notched posteriorly. Fingers one-
fourth, toes half webbed. All the inferior surfaces except the gular, granu-
late, the median abdominal most coarsely. A strong postgular fold ; another
surrounds the median abdominal region, including an acute angle at the
pubic region. A temporo-crural fold. Skin of upper surfaces with distant
small tubercles. Length of head and body nine lines. Light yellowish brown
above; anarrow brown line through the eye. Entire femur and under sur-
faces of extremities, also the annular space between the abdomen and the
lateral and gular folds, black.

Hyperolius spinifrons Cope.

Tympanum concealed; head not broad, muzzle rounded; canthus rostralis
rounded, swollen; nostrils anterior; profile continuous to lip. Tongue ellip-
tic, deeply nicked; inner nares widely separated. Skin of upper surfaces
smooth, except upon the front and muzzle, where it is studded with acute
tubercles asinthe cyprinid genera Ceratichthys, etc. Digits slightly palmate.
Appressed femur scarcely exceeding elbow. Length of head and body one
inch. Beneath brownish yellow; above yellowish brown, with a dark brown
lateral band between the eye and groin, which is pale bordered anteriorly ;
also a median band which commences between the eyes, and becomes wider
and more indistinct posteriorly. Extremities brown, immaculate; femur not
paler than tibia; brachium yellow all round at axilla.

Hyperolius sugillatus Cope.

Tympanum concealed. Head very broad, eyelids not much developed ;
outlines of muzzle convergent, truncate; profile of its extremity vertical.
Tongue rounded, broadly emarginate; ostia pharyngea well developed. Bra-
chium very short; fingers slightly, toes three-fifths, webbed. Hinder extre-
mities long; appressed femur reaching much beyond elbow. Skin above
weakly corrugated. Length of head and body one inch. Belly yellow;
above straw color, a yellow band extending from end of muzzle to sacral re-
gion; it is bounded beneath on the muzzle by a purple line; there is also
a purple spot upon each eyelid, (whence the name.)

The four species of Hyperolius here described as new, and the Crumenifera
pusilla, formed part of the very valuable collection made by Mr. Grout at
Umvoti.

Hyperolius coccotis Cope.

Muzzle prominent, subacute, canthus rostralis nearly straight. Frontal
space more than twice the breadth of a palpebra. Tongue as broad as long.
roundly emarginate. Ostia pharyngea smaller than posterior nares ; tympa-
num concealed. Skin of the upper surfaces smooth. A supra-axillary fold.
Coarse granulations posterior to orbit and round canthus of mouth ; abdomen

[August,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343

and femora coarsely areolated. Fingers one-fourth, toes more than half
webbed. Length of head and body 1 in. 5 lin.; of hinder extremity 1 in.
9 lin. Above greenish blue, darkest on the head; beneath yellowish.

Crumenifera pusilla Cope.

Fam. Polypedatide : characters those of Hyperolius, except in the presence
of a large vocal vesicle, which is prolonged posteriorly and bound beneath by
a median frenum, on each side of which a plicate pouch projects deeply into
the vesicular cavity.

Head small, muzzle short, truncate; canthus rostralis concave. Tympanum
concealed. Tongue obovate, extensively free and deeply notched. Skin above
smooth ; of the abdomen transversely areolate ; of the femorasmooth. Fingers
one-fourth, toes three-fourths webbed. Many granulations about the angle
of the mouth. Length of head and body 10 lines; of hinder extremity 14
lines. Color (in alcohol) pale straw color; a faint brown line on the canthus
rostralis.

It may be mentioned in this connection, that the genus Heteroglossa of
Halloweil is a Polypedatid, not a Ranid as has been hitherto supposed. The
statement regarding mandibular teeth, ‘‘ nine in the lower jaw,’’ should be
read ‘‘ none inthe lower jaw.’’ It differs from Hyperolius in the less develope-
ment of the digital expansions and greater tenuity of the median attachment
of the tongue.

Neurergus crocatus Cope.

Of the family Salamandride of the British Museum Catalogue,* and sub-
family Tritonine (Pleurodelide Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1858, 137), and second
section, where the fronto-temporal arch is replaced by a ligament. There is
a line of pores on the inferior lateral region; paratoids present, small; skin
rough ; tail much compressed; tongue free laterally and posteriorly.

This genus resembles Hemisalamandra (Duges not Cope; Pyronicia Gray
part.) in every particular except the form of the tongue; in this it is similar to
Euproctus and Glossoliga; it has not the fronto-temporal arch of these,
nor the os quadrato-jugale of the latter. Lissotriton differs in wanting para-
toids. The head is depressed as in Salamandra maculosa, but the muzzleis
more rounded, as in Amblystoma. The eyelids are slightly developed. The
palatine teeth are in two widely divergent series, whose angle of convergence
is opposite to the posterior boiders of the interior nares. The latter are widely
separated. The skin of the sides is rather corrugated. The digits are all
depressed, without fringe and rather elongate; the third and fourth posterior
areequal. The anterior extremity appressed, extends to the heel of the ap-

* The system adopted by Dr. Gray in the work alluded to, is evidently the true one.
The separation of the Spelerpine from the Amblystomide as a group of equal rank with
it, as proposed by the author of the present notice, is unnatural. Dr. Gray’s later
arrangement of the Salamandride (Salamandrine Cope) supplies a great desideratum,
which the author attempted later and in ignorance of the mem»ir of the English savant.

On reviewing my former work in connection with the new light furnished by Dr. Gray,
the following seems to be the nearest approximation to truth to which I can arrive at
present:

Tritonine (Tritones Cope, Pleurodelide Gray.) Genera Pleurodeles, Glossoliga, No-
tophthalma (this genus I now believe to be distinct from the next,) Cynops (incl. Varicha
Gray), Euproctus (incl. Calotriton Gray), Lophinus Raf. (incl. Ommatotriton Gray, equiva-
lent to Triton, 2Ommatotriton Core, exclus.T. al pest ris), Lissotriton (wants the para-
toids of Hemisalamandra; is not characterized by the freedom of the tongue posteriorly ;*
includes Hemitriton Duges, Gray, alpestris, in which I find a lateral line of pores,t)
Neurergus, Hemisalamandra (Triton § Triton Cope, Pyronicia Gray,) Triton (Hemisala-
mandra Cope): ten genera.

* Asstated Proc Acad. Nat. Sci., 1859, p. 127.
} Im specimens labelled by Bonaparte; they are stated by Dr. Gray to be wanting.

1862.]

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

pressed hinder limb. Soles smooth; tarsus very broad. Tail longer than
head and body, not much elevated, compressed, subcylindrical at base:
a slight rudiment of a crest. Total length 6 inches 6 lines; of tail 3 inches
6 lines.

General color above brownish black; this is everywhere relieved by large
oval yellow spots; of the latter those on the inferior lateral region are more
or less confluent with the deep saffron of the abdomen. Chin and median
line of tail beneath rather paler than belly.

The following verbal communication should have been inserted
under date of August 5th:

Mr. Cope called attention to a curious Cuban Bufonid (Peltaphyrne empusa)
for the possession of which the Academy was indebted to Professor Philipe Poey
of Havana. The genus, which had not been previously characterized, differed
from Bufo and Chilophryne as did Trachycephalus from Hyla among tree-
toads ; i.e. in the dermo-osseous coating of the head. Thus two of the pre-
dominant genera of the regio neotropica are represented in this insular portion
of it by types differing from them in the same manner. The continental por-
tion of the region is known to abound in forms characterized by peculiar
dermo-ossifications. Such are its Batrachian genera Calyptocephalus, Brachy-
cephalus, Ceratophrys, Phrynocerus; its Alligatoride, its Goniodontide, and
shielded Nematognathi.

In P. empusa the ossification was more extensive than in P. peltoce-
p hala, and in one respect was farther developed than in the genera Phryno-
cerus and Ceratophrys; inasmuch as a broad bridge connected the mastoid
and quadrato-jugal regions, extending posterior to the tympanum. The
covering-in of the maxillo-quadrate sinus was a degree of ossification in both
species of Peltophryne not observed in the two genera mentioned ; nor did it
possess the (?) crotaphite foramen exhibited by them. Externally in the latter
region the dermo-ossification was like that of Ceratophrys dorsata, and less
extensive than in Phrynocerustestudiniceps.

The prominence of the superior labial border, and other points of physiog-
nomy, produced a peculiar grotesqueness in the expression of the animal,
which suggested the trivial name. The following diagnosis was offered :

Supraorbital ridges very prominent, not crenate, presenting a posterior pro-
cess. Postorbital and supra-tympanic processes prominent, obtuse ; preorbital
straight, more acute. Canthus rostrales acute, converging so as to produce a
very acute angle; their profile very declive, that of the muzzle more so, but
not perpendicular. Maxillary region oblique from a front view; the labial
border forming a prominent rim, which is thickened and everted posteriorly.
Two occipital knobs on each side. Tympanum small, one-fourth or one-third
the length of the palpebral border in diameter. Paratoid gland small, rounded,
lateral, studded with warts; the dorsal region is similarly studded, most
abundantly anteriorly. Sides, extremities and gular region covered with
smaller warts; belly areolate. One large oval flat metacarpal tubercle; a
large one at the base of the interior digit. Two metatarsal tubercles; the
interior most elongate and acute, blackish brown. A short, thickened, internal
tarsal fold. Toes half-webbed, palm slightly rugose.

Length from end of muzzle to tympanum 11 lines; of antebrachium and
hand, 14°5 lines; axilla to vent, 2 inches; vent to end of fourth toe, 3 inches
1 line.

The head is brown; color elsewhere brownish yellow ; on the nape and sides
marbled with deep brown, somewhat oblique-longitudinally on the latter
region. Limbs cross-banded with brown.

[ August,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345

Sept. 2d.
Mr. Cassin in the Chair.

Ten members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

Additions to the Nomenclature of North American Lepidoptera,
No. 2. By Aug. R. Grote.

Descriptions of Fossils from the Marshall and Huron Groups of
Michigan. By Alex. Winchell.

Sept. Sth.
Mr. CAssIn in the Chair.

Fifteen members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

Catalogues of the Reptiles obtained during the Explorations of the
Paraguay, Vermejo and Uraguay Rivers, by Capt. T. J. Page, U.S.N.,
and of those procured by Lieut. N. Michler, U.S. Top. Eng., Com-
mander of the Expedition conducting the Survey of the Atrato River.
By E. D. Cope.

Supplementary note to a Synopsis of N. American Colymbide, &c.
By Elliott Coues.

Sept. 16th.
Mr. Cassin in the Chair.
Ten members present.
The following papers were presented for publication :
Synopsis of the Carangoids of the Eastern Coast of North America.

By Theo. Gill.
Description of a new generic type of Mormyroids, &e. By Theo. Gill.

Sept. 23d.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.

Seventeen members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

Monograph of the family Teredidze. Notes on American fresh water
Shells, &c. Description of a new Genus and Species of Pholadide.
By Geo. W. Tryon, jr.

Remarks on the species comprising the genus Pediocetes. By D.
G. Elliott.

On the synonymy and systematic position of the Genus Ktelis. By
Theo. Gill.

Sept. 30th.
Dr. Brivass, Vice-President, in the Chair,
Fifteen members present.
On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published in the Proceedings :

1862. ]

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Catalogues of the REPTILES obtained during the Explorations of the Parana,
Paraguay, Vermejo and Uraguay Rivers, by Capt. Thos. J. Page, U. 8. N.;
and of those procured by Lieut. N. Michler, U.S. Top. Eng., Commander of
the Expedition conducting the Survey of the Atrato River.

BY E. D. COPE.

I. The Paraguay Collection.

The expedition commanded by Captain Page, was sent out by the United
States Government, during the administration of President Fillmore, in the
year 1853. It ascended the Parana river, to the mouth of the Paraguay ;
which stream it explored as far north as Curumba, in Brazil, lat. 19° S.
Among the most important points at which observations and collections were
made, were La Paz, Corrientes, Abulquerque, and Fort Coimbra, in the Ar-
gentine Confederation, and Assuncion and Salvador, in Paraguay. On the
return voyage, an expedition ascended the Vermejo River, one hundred and
twenty miles. A land expedition across the Paraguayan territory was also
made, which reached the banks of the Parana near the island of Iquibe.

Capt. Page subsequently left Buenos Ayres for Santiago and Tucuman, by
an overland route; from which point he descended the Salado, to Monte de
la Cueva de Lobo. | Previous to this, he had ascended the Uraguay River to
the Salto Grande, lat. 31° 15’ S. In 1858, another and less extensive expe-
dition left the United States for the La Plata and confluent waters. On this
occasion, the vessel commanded by Capt. Page, was the Argentina, vice the
Water Witch, which had conveyed the first expeditions.

The zoological collections made by the naturalists accompanying the expe-
ditions, are extensive and valuable. Partial investigations among them have
been made, and recorded in appendices to Capt. Page’s narrative and statis-
tical work, ‘La Plata, the Argentine Confederation and Paraguay,” New
York, 1859. Attention is called to some remarks by Dr. Girard, of Washing-
ton, on the fish and reptiles, at p. 602.

Fifty-nine species of reptiles were obtained ; with these and others, we
know about seventy species, a sufficient number from which to deduce
most of the distinctive features of the reptile fauna of the Paraguay and Par-
ana basins: as yet we can obtain but little clue to the extent of its zoological
limits.

Of the seventy species, eighteen (marked (Braz.) in the catalogue) are iden-
tical with those of the regions drained by the tributaries of the Amazon, and
by the eastern Brazilian coast streams. But three are found in the Chilian dis-
trict. At least forty have not been discovered out of the region in question. Of
these, nineteen are represented by nearly allied species in the Brazilian dis-
trict; five find their closest representatives west of the Andes. The follow-
ing genera, so far as is known, are peculiar: Phyllosira, Phimophis; Teius,
Scartiscus ; Lysapsus, Pyxicephalus, Phryniscus, Scytopis. Heterodon does not
occur in any other section of the regio neotropica. We miss the more equatorial
types Catostoma, Rhinostoma, Tantilla, Spilotes, Herpetodryas, Dryophis,
Dipsas, Olisthenes, Brachyrhytum, etc.

Of the species brought home by the expedition, twenty-five had not been
previously known to zoologists. Four of these represent types of genera new
to the system, viz.: one ophidian, one lacertilian and two batrachian.

The preservation of the specimens composing the collections, was under the
immediate care of Mr. Christopher Wood of Philadelphia.

TESTUDINATA.
Hydraspis hilairii Gray. Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen., ii. 429. (Braz.)
[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347

OPHIDIA.

Caudisonaterrifica Laur. Cope in Mitchell’s Resear. on Venom of Rattle-
snake, p. 120. No. 5783. (Braz.)
Bothrops alternatus Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen., vii. p. 1512. No. 5822.

Bothrops diporus Cope.

Second superior labial as in B. alternatus, not forming the anterior
boundary of the fossette, and in contact with small scales below and behind
the nasals. Superior labials eight; suture between third and fourth, a little
behind anterior margin of orbit. Scales of vertex strongly keeled; lowest
row of temporals smooth. Superior margin of rostral one-third the length of
inferior; superolateral margins very concave. Muzzle a little depressed in
profile; canthus rostralis strongly pronounced, not acute. Scales in twenty-
five rows, strongly biporous. Caudal horn elongate. Gastrosteges 168, uros-
teges 50. Length of head and body 36 inches; of tail, 5 inches 6 lines.
Ground-color yellowish brown, with numerous deep brown black-bordered
triangular spots, sometimes alternating, sometimes confluent at their apices.
On the sides their bases appear as though cut off by a longitudinal band of the
ground-color, and the middle portions of them obliterated ; a general cruciform
outline often results when the confluence of the apices is complete. A longi-
tudinal spot on each side of the nape and occiput, a round one on each
parietal region, and one on the muzzle; all obscured in old specimens. <A
black band from orbit crossing upper parts of posterior superior labials.
Beneath yellowish, punctulated with brown. Dark brown spots on the ends
of the gastrosteges. From the Vermejo River region. No. 5401.

Elaps frontalis Dum. Bibr., 1. c. vii. p. 1223.
Frontals pale bordered, or a pale band across postfrontals (var. balio-
coryphus.) (Braz.)

Elaps altirostris Cope, Pr. A. N.S. Philada., 1859, p. 345.

The native country of this species is now first ascertained. It is readily
distinguishable by its rather elevated front and elevated labial shield. The
gular region is almost entirely black. No. 5346.

Elaps pyrrhocryptus Cope.

Rings in threes—six triads on the body and one on the tail in the specimen
described ; the red interspaces are a little longer than the middle black ring;
the scales which they involve are so broadly tipped with black as to obscure
(in one place completely) the red ground. Middle black ring twice as wide
as outer black ring ; the latter twice as wide as the inclosed yellow ring. Neck
to occipital plates covered by a red space. Head black, the frontals narrowly,
the labials broadly margined with yellow or red. Gular region light, inferior
labials margined with black. Rings complete on the belly. Head depressed ;
muzzle obtuse, short. Rostral plate broader than high; postnasal smaller
than prenasal, well in contact with preocular. Lateral, occipital and frontal
borders of vertical equal. Total length. No. 5395.

This species is allied to E. melanogenys and marcgravii.

Cochliophagus inaequifasciatus Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen., vii. p. 480.

The genus Cochliophagus differs from Dipsas (Leptognathus, Gthr.) in the
absence of a larger vertebral series of scales, and in the compression of the
head posteriorly. The maxillary bones exhibit a rudiment of the horizontal
wing, so developedin Dipsas. The native country of the only species has been
supposed to be Brazil, by Duméril and Bibron. No. 5815.

Oxyrhopus trigeminus Dum. Bibr., viii. p. 1013, No. 5818. (Braz.)

Phimophis guerini Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Philada., 1860, p. 79, Dum. Bibr.,
vil. p.99l. .

1862.]

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Thamnodynastes nattereri Wagler, Dum. Bibr., vii. p. 1149. (Braz.)

This species was taken swimming in the river, near Assuncion. Its aspect
is not very dipsadine; perhaps it should be removed, with the Phrynonax
lunulatus,* tothe neighborhood of Hypsirhynchus and Tomodon. Boie
more nearly expressed its affinities in calling it a Tropidonotus than others
have who denominate it Dipsas.

Xenodon ?severus Boie, Erp. Gen., vii. 756. Nos. 5798-9. (Braz.)
Heterodon d’orbignyi Dum. Bibr., 1. c. vii. 772. No. 5808.

Helicops leprieurii Dum. Bibr., l. c. vii. 750. Giimther, Ann. M. N. H.,
1861, p. 427. No. 5400. (Braz.)

Dimades plicatilis Gray, Dum. Bibr., 1. c. vii. 344. No. 5802. (Braz.)

Opheomorphus meremmii Fitz.

Var. semiaureus Cope, of a yellowish brown, the scales and head
plates without black borders. Abdomen yellow, gastrosteges dark-bordered
posteriorly; gular and labial regions bright yellow. No. 4665.

Opheomorphus doliatus Cope, Synopsis Holocosus and Ameiva, &e. 15.
Liophis doliatus Reinhardt, Herpetologiske Meddelelser, p. 14.

Scales in nineteen rows. Var. sublineatus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philada., 1860, 252. No. 4666. Var. cesius Cope. Light leaden brown,
the scales black bordered ; temporal regions black; head plates black
bordered. Short irregular transverse brown lines on the dirty white abdo-
men. Superior labials white. Trace of a lateral black band on posterior
part of body and tail. Santa Fe. No. 5393.

This serpent looks as though intermediate between the var. subline-
atus andO. meremmii of Brazil, and Liophis subfasciatus. Close
resemblance may be traced between the var. sublineatus and Lygophis
rutilus. These species of the genus Liophis as formerly understood, are
in avery interesting condition—somewhat better defined than the forms of
Herpetodryas, and more asin Xenodon, Thamnophis and Oxyrhopus. Careful
observation of such species must be of the greatest value in the demonstration
of the more difficult problems of natural science.

Liophis subfasciatus Cope, Synopsis Holcosus and Ameiva, &c., p. 17.
No. 6310, 5809-4-3.

Lygophis rutilus Cope, l. c. p. 20. Buenos Ayres. No. 5397.

Lygophis flavifrenatus Cope, l. c. p. 20. No. 5398.

Lygophis dilepis Cope, l.c. p. 21. No. 5861.

Lygophis lineatus Fitz, Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen., vii. p. 655. Nos. 5810,
6088. (Braz.)

Pseudophis sc h ot tii Fitz, Dum. Bibr., 1. c. vii. p. 1118. (Braz.)

A large specimen of this species (No. 5801) measures sixty-seven English
inches. A second species of Pseudophis is the P. patagonieusis— Cal-
lirhinus of Girard.

Philodryas aestivus Gthr., Dum. Bibr., vii. p. 1111. No. 5812. (Braz.)

Philodryas latirostris Cope, Synopsis of Holcosus and Ameiva, Xc., p. 15.
The preocular plates do not always reach the vertical in this species.
Scale pores single Nos. 5364, 5811.

* Tropidodipsas lunulata Cope, Pr. A. N.S. Philada., 1860, p. 517, exhibits a union of
the peculiarilies of tree and water snakes, and is the type of the genus Phrynonax, (
The body is rather short, much compressed; a few median rows of scales weakly keeled.
Anal plate entire. Scales biporous. Head distinct, broad, muzzle rounded. ‘l'wo nasals,
one loreal, one preocular. Eye large, pupil round. Dentition isodont. Allied to Hyp-
sirhynchus. Differs from Spilotes in the long slender tail and broad depressed muzzle.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349

Phyllosira flavescens Cope.

Char. gen.—Subfam. Athetulline. Dentition syncranterian. Two nasals,
one loreal and preocular. Body cylindrical. Scales in subtransverse series,
with two larger median dorsal rows, which alone are keeled. Postabdominal scutel-
lum entire. Pupil round.

Char. specif. —Scales in ten longitudinal series. Eight superior labials, eye
over fourth and fifth; two postoculars. Two large, one small temporal. Late-
ral borders of vertical slightly concave, not touching preocular; prefontals
as long as postfrontals; rostral as high as broad. Front slightly convex.
Length of head 9 lines; of body 17 inches 5 lines; tail mutilated. Color yel-
lowish brown anteriorly, posteriorly brownish yellow. Below yellow. No. 5813.

This genus is nearly allied to Ahetulla. The species seems to bear some
resemblance to Schlegel’s Dendrophis auratus.

Thrasops marginatus Cope.

Eight superior labials, eye over the fourth and fifth. Three large tempo-
rals. Preocular sometimes in contact with vertical. Two postoculars; loreal
none ; postnasal no longer than prenasal ; its posterior border vertical, as long
as its frontal. Scales in fifteen longitudinal rows, all keeled but the inferior ;
tail scales smooth. Angulation of abdominal shields weak. Length of rictus
l inch; of head and body 33 inches 9 lines; of tail 16 inches 9 lines.

General color greenish straw color; the scales with their margins and keels
brown. Median dorsal region bluish green; head dark green, the plates
margined with black; labials pale, not margined. No. 4667.

This species resembles the occidentalis in the scutellation of the head;
that species differs in its uniform bright green color, and fewer keeled scales.
The ahaetulla exhibits two longitudinal blue bands, more numerous
superior labials, and a more elongate nasal shield.

Pseudoélaps pantherinus Fitz., Dum. Bibr., vii. p. 181. No. 5796.
(Braz. )

Erythrolamprus venustissimus Boie, Dum. Bibr., vii. p. 851. No.
5862, (Braz.)

Phalotris tricolor Cope, Pr. A. N.S. Philada., 1861, p. 524, Dum. Bibr., vii.
p- 837. No. 5816.

Epicrates crassus Cope.

Scales in thirty-nine longitudinal rows. Head short, wedge-shaped, muzzle
rather narrow; superior labials twelve, sixth and seventh entering orbit.
Head plates as in E.cenchria. General form thick and short. Tail less
than one-eighth of total length ; the latter 36 inches 6 lines; length of head 1
inch 6 lines.

General color leather brown; three rows of darker spots on each side, the
inferior broken up, the superior bordered with whitish above on the thirteenth
row of scales. These borders uniting form a band on the anterior third of the
body, immediately above a brown band formed by the confluent spots. About
thirty-four distinct pale oval spots on each side the vertebral line, sometimes
confluent with those of the opposite side; they form a longitudinal band on
the nape. A median and two temporal brown bands on the head. Cadosa,
Parana River. (Sm. No. 5409.)

The number of species of Epicrates without subocular plates is perhaps a
matter of uncertainty. The specimens of E. cenchria (as figured by Prince
Neuwied), which I have seen, have the seventh and eighth superior labials
entering the orbital rim. So has the E. maurus, according to Dr. Gray,
who states that itis further characterized by a very elongate ninth. There
is a common brown species, of which I have seen none but adult specimens,
procured in Trinidad, Venezuela, and Panama, in which the eye rests upon
the sixth and seventh superior labials; occasional traces of lateral and dorsal

1862.]

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

spots may be observed on some of them. These agree in all points of squama-
tion with the specimens often seen, which exhibit pale dorsal and numerous
lateral spots and a lateral stripe. This is var. A of Ep. cenchria of Dr.
Gray. I have seen only young specimens of this, though the author just man-
tioned enumerates ‘‘an adult stuffed.’’ Can it to be the young of the brown
species above mentioned? Perhaps it is the Boa lateristriga of Boie, but that
species does not appear to have been described. No doubt there are other names
applicable to it. The E. crassus resembles it in point of labial plates and
coloration, but differs from it and the cenchria in having ten rows of scales
fewer. This is the most important peculiarity, it may be noted, which cha-
racterizes the Eunectes notaeus of the same region.

Eunectes notaeus Cope, Synopsis Holcosus and Ameiva, &c., p. 10. No.
4707. Taken in the Paraguay River about thirty miles south of Fort
Coimbra, Brazil, near lat. 20° S.

Stenostoma melanoterma Cope.

Scales in fourteen rows. Tail five or six times the breadth of the headin
length ; anal plate large. Eye large; postnasal elevated to its line of posi-
tion, widely separate from the comparatively broad superciliary. Rostral
narrow ; prenasal and fronto-nasal separate. Parietals and postparietals wel
developed, narrow. General color pale reddish white, with fourteen longi-
tudinal chestnut brown bands, one on each series of scales. Head and tip
of tail black.

I have compared this species with 8. albifrons, from Trinidad, where
the nasal and superciliary are in contact. If d’Orbigny’s figure is correct,
the 8S. albifrons from Buenos Ayres is another species, having a broad
rostral plate and separate postnasal and superciliary.

The melanoterma was taken at Corrientes. No. 5406.

AMPHISBENIA.
Amphisbena camura Cope.

Body thick, short; tail short, obtuse, with sixteen rings. Preanal plates
ten, longer than broad; preanal pores four. Muzzle abruptly contracted,
short, higher than broad; swollen arched in profile. Rostral plate five-sided ;
naso-rostrals nearly transversely parallelogrammic ; frontonaso-rostrals nearly
as broad as long; occipitals rounded anteriorly and posteriorly. Labials four,
three; high. Eye in the superior angle of the ocular, which is acute ante-
riorly, and bounded behind by three segments of the first annulus. Mental
plate nearly as broad as long. Length of head and body 15 inches; of tail,
2 inches 6 lines. Head and upper parts of body and tail brown; below, and
a broad collar, yellow. No. 5860.

This species is most nearly related to A. angustifrons, from Buenos
Ayres. The head and plates are relatively much shorter and more obtuse:
there is one more labial; the yellow collar is not seen in the latter.

LACERTILIA.

Ophiodes striatus Wagl., Dum. Bibr., v. 789.

Ophiodes exhibits the peculiar structure of the scales and tongue charac-
teristic of the Diploglossinz, as stated to exist in Panolopus, &c., by the
author in a previous memoir.* It evidently succeeds the latter genus in the
system. No. 5819, (Braz.)

Emoa frenata Cope, Pr. A. N. §. Philada., 1862, p. 187.

Mabuia dorsivittata Cope.
A species to be contrasted with the surinamensis in the author’s table

* Pr. A. N.S, Philada., 1862, p, 188.
[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351

of species of Mabuia.* The size is much less. Eight superior labials, eye over
sixth; seven inferior. Supranasals separating rostral from internasal; the
latter is nearly twice as broad as long, and is extensively in contact with the
frontal. Fronto-nasals small, transverse. Frontal pentagonal cuneiform ; its
longest side bounded by first supraorbital only; of the latter there are three.
Fronto parietals large, interparietals broad; postoccipitals present. Ear with-
out lobes; thirty longitudinal rows of scales; six preanal scales. A few cal-
caneal tubercles. From muzzle to ear-orifice 5 lines; from ear to vent 1 inch
6 lines. Vent to end of tail 3 inches 9 lines.

Color.—Below greenish white. Sides (six and a half rows of scales wide)
brownish black, traversed by two longitudinal white lines, one from the
muzzle and one from the lip, two and two half rows of scales apart. Dorsal
region brown for a width of only two and two half rows of scales, divided by
a narrow median blackish line from nape to rump. Head brown above. Tail
brown, with the lateral bands continued. (No. 5405.)

Teius viridis Merr., Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen., v. 143. Nos. 4399-5856.

Ameiva surinamensis Gray, Cope, Synopsis Holcosus and Ameiva, &c.,
p-. 8. (Braz.)

Tupinambis teguexin ?Dum. Bibr., x. p. 85. No. 4708, (Braz.)
Ortholemus fitzroyi Girard, U. S. Expl. Exped., p. 373. No. 5853.
Taraguira torquata Gray, Dum. Bibr., iv. p. 344. No. 5897. (Braz.)

’ Microlophus spinulosus Cope.

This species differs from the peruvianus in possessing three rows of
scales anterior to that which is homologous with the internasal, instead of
two; the anterior two are entirely transverse, and composed of four scales
each; the posterior of two large ones. Two parietals, narrower than inter-
parietal. Supraorbitals short, separated by two rows of scales from the super-
ciliary series. Supraorbital margin thickened posteriorly. Two rows above
the labials, and two series of loreals. Temporals spinulose. Infralabials lon-
gitudinal. A group of tubercles on anterior margin of ear; other groups on
the neck folds. Scales of sides as large as the abdominal. Inguinal and axil-
lary scales, and those of the extremities, especially of the posterior face of the
femur, with their keels prolonged into recurved spines. Crest scales twice as
high as long, thickened on the nape. Palatine teeth present. Length from
muzzle to neck fold 1 inch 6 lines; neck fold to vent 4 inches 3 lines; vent to
end of tail 6 inches 6 lines; of anterior extremity 2 inches; posterior extre-
mity 2 inches 10 lines. General color bright olivaceous, with indistinct brown
variations ; extremities narrowly brown barred. (No. 5956.)

Scartiscus caducus Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Philada., 1862, p. 182. No. 5852.
Polychrus anomalus Wiegm., Dum. Bibr., iv. 69.

BATRACHIA.

Lysapsus limellum Cope, Pr. A. N. 8. Philada., 1862, p. 157. From the
Curumba River.

The genus Lysapsus is very nearly allied to Pseudis, and can scarcely be
placed in another family. Renewed examination shows, as before, that the
sacral diapophyses are dilated, and the digital expansions as large as those of
Acris, and more developed than in Pseudacris. A difficulty in distinguishing
between Oxydactyl and Platydactyl groups of Opisthogloss Anura has been
experienced by some zoologists, and to the author it seems that such a pri-
mary division cannot be maintained. It is not impossible that certain genera

* Pr. A. N.S Philada., 1862. M. (Riopa) albipunctata Gray, Am. M. N.H. xvii.
430. was omitted from the list.

1862.

352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

may embrace species with dilated and undilated digits, e. g. Lithodytes, Fitz.
In Prof. Peters’ genus Plectromantis those of the hinder extremity only, are
furnished with discs. The distinguished herpetologist, Baird, has developed*
an important peculiarity of most Platydactyla or Hyleformia,t} viz: the syndes-
mosis of the external pair of metatarsal bones (called by mel. c. basal phalan-
ges.) This, however, exists in the Cystignathide among Oxydactyla. This
author also employs the areolation of the abdominal integument, but Duméril
has mentioned the existence of exceptions to this rule; such are species of
Hylodes, Elosia and Hylarana; so were Lysapsus, if its digital expansions be
regarded of primary value. Neglecting the latter point, the genus just men-
tioned would fall into the Discoglosside of Giinther. The propriety of sucha
separation from Pseudis is very questionable, for the value of difference in
the form of the sacral diapophyses is reduced to its minimum in view of the
existence of aP. mantidactyla, from Buenos Ayres, which I describe as
follows. It will be seen that it bears much resemblance to the L. limellum:

General form that of P. paradoxa. Two vocal vesicles. Tympanum
nearly as large as eye. Skin of back smooth, pustulous, most so posteriorly.
Skin of tibia and foot minutely roughened ; several rows of acute rugosities on
the former. One acute cuneiform tubercle. Skin beneath entirely smooth.
Tips of toes very slightly dilated, brown. Above uniform light brown. A
yellowish band from axilla to femur; another above it on the lumbar region.
Femoracross-banded with brown above and with three longitudinal brown bands
on their posterior face. A light band on the posterior face of the brachium.
The sacral diapophyses are cylindrical. Length of head and body 1 inch 6
lines; tarsus to end of longest toe 1 inch 2 lines; tibia and femur 1 inch 5
lines. Mus. Acad., Philada.

Pyxicephalus ?n. sp.

Vomerine teeth in two elevated fasciculi opposite the posterior border of
the internal nares. Ostia pharyngea smaller than nares. Tongue oval,
scarcely emarginate. Muzzle elevated, higher than the length of the short,
approximated canthus rostrales. Palpebre prominent, thickened, covered
with transverse glands, broader than the interorbital space. Tympanum con-
cealed. Extremities short; numerous antebrachial palmar and subdigital
tubercles. Cuneiform process strongly developed. Toes half-webbed. Skin
of inferior surfaces glandular, areolated. Sides and superior surfaces coarsely
glandular; a series of four or five larger glands extends from each orbit, and
there are two parallel rows on the occipital region. Extremities glandular. Hx-
panse of rami mandibuli 10 lines. Muzzle to end of coceyx 2 inches 2 lines.
Anterior extremity 1 inch 2 lines. Posterior 1 inch 10 lines. Tarsus 4°5 lines.

Ground-color pale brown or whitish, with a series of large dark brown pale
bordered spots on the median dorsal region, and smaller spots on the sides.
The former interrupt a pale vertebral vitta. Three spots on each maxillary
region, and one between the orbits. Extremities brown spotted. No. 5825.

If the short descriptions of the P. americanus (hitherto the only spe-
cies) are reliable, this animal differs in the position of the vomerine teeth and
in coloration.

Pleurodema bibronii Tschudi, Dum. Bibr., viii. 410.

Pleurodema biligonigera Cope.
Liuperus biligonigerus Cope, Pr. A. N. 8. Philada., 1860, p. 517.

This species was described from aspecimenin which the vomerine teeth and
lumbar gland were obliterated. It differs from the bibronii, and from
the species or varieties enumerated by Mr. Bell, in the absence of dermal
glandules. As compared with our specimen of bibronii, the head is

* Pr. A. N.S. Philada., 1854, p. 59.
+ Exceptions are seen in Hylarana, Potypedates and Rhacophorus.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353

narrower and shorter, and the gape of the mouth less; the aspect is more
that of Engystoma. The expedition specimen has the lumbar gland black.
It is probably one of GUnther’s varieties of bibronii. No. 5840.

Cystignathus fuscus Gthr. Var. No. 5842. (Braz.)
Cystignathus podicipinus Cope, Pr. A. N.S. Philada., 1862, p. 156.

Phryniscus nigricans Wiegm,, Dum. Bibr., viii. 723. No. 5834, et var.
with very large (?) white spots on the sides, belly, and labial regions. No.
5833

Phrynoidis agua Cope, Dand., Dum. Bibr., viii. 703. ( Braz.)

Bufo diptychus Cope.

Cranium without longitudinal ridges. Canthus rostralis concave rounded ;
muzzle elevated, not protruding. Orbit as wide as length of muzzle anterior
toit. Tympanum small, scarcely perceptible. Tongue elongate, subcylindrical.
Internal finger slightly longer than second, shorter than third ; toes one-third
palmate, third longer than fifth. A tarsal cutaneous fold continuous with the
inner metatarsal tubercle; outer tubercle subconical. Paratoids beginning
behind upper margin of tympanum, divergent, trilateral, extending posterior
to the axilla, and continuous with a lateral dermal fold. Skin above smooth,
with a few scattered tubercles. Femora, sides and abdomen rugulose; the
first partly bound by the integument of the sides. The extended limbs reach,
the anterior to the femur, the posterior to the end of the muzzle. Muzzle to
vent one inch. Above light brown, with a whitish vertebral line; there are
four deep brown spots on each side of this, and a broad chevron-shaped band
of the same from border to border of the upper eyelids. A brown band on
canthus rostralis, and two from orbit to lip. One from orbit to shoulder on
outer edge of paratoid, continuous with a blackish shade beneath the lateral
fold. Abdomen brownish white, with a median series of blackish variations
from sternum to abdomen. No. 5841.

This species bears some resemblance to Phrynoidis variabilis of Dr. Gtn-
ther, a species furnished with cranial ridges and a distinct tympanum. It differs
from B. poeppigii Tsch., as described by Girard, in the form of the muzzle,
and condition of skin, and coloration. The paratoids are larger than in B.
thaul Lesson (fide Girard) and B. chilensis; the skin is much smoother,
and the coloration different. In B. pantherinus (maculatus Hallow., Pr.
A. N.5., 1854, p. 101) and guineensis, the paratoids are elongate oval.

Hypsiboas raniceps Cope.

Vomerine teeth in two oblique curves, whose inner limb is very short,—the
structure prevailing in Hypsiboas. External digits one-third webbed. Only
two phalanges of the fourth toe free. Appressed femur extending five-sixths
the distance to the axilla; no caleaneal appendage. Fingers reaching femur.
Head longer than broad, subacuminate; loreal region oblique, not grooved ;
eanthus rostralis slightly curved, rounded. Tympanum more than half the
size of the eye. Tongue oval, entire. Skin everywhere smooth, except upon
the usual regions—abdominal, thoracic, and inferior femoral. A subgular
vocal sac, with very large oval openings. Expanse of rami of mandible 9
lines; muzzle to arms 2 inches 9 lines; anterior extremity 1 inch 6 lines;
posterior extremity 4 inches 5 lines. Ashy, reddish, or dark brown above,
with darker cross-bands or broken marblings, which are most distinct poste-
riorly. A dark brown band from end of muzzle through eye to posterior
margin of tympanum. Brachium, whole length of sides, and all the surfaces
of the posterior extremity, except postero-internal of femur and external of
tarsus, vertically or transversely brown banded. A whitish band on outer
face of the antebrachium, and of tarsus and foot. Subanal region paleish.
Abdomen immaculate; thorax and gular region shaded and spotted with

1862.] | 24

354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

brown; mandibular border whitish, maxillary border brown; one specimen
with a brown vertebral line.

This species resembles the H. fasciatus of Giinther in some respects, buat
is more alliedto H. boans. Inthe latter three phalanges of the fourth digit
are free; the canthus rostralis is acute, and there are various differences in
coloration. The raniceps was obtained on the Rio Vermejo. Nos. 5408-
5036.

Hyla acuminata Cope

Head longer than wide, muzzle rather pointed, depressed, the canthus
rostralis almost obsolete. WNostrils not pierced in a swelling. Eyes promi-
nent, not large, twice as large as tympanic disc. Skin of upper surfaces
warty or nearly smooth; gular region areolated. Heel reaching anterior
border of orbit; two phalanges of fourth toe free. Fingers entirely free,
vomerine teeth in two straight transverse series, opposite the posterior margin
of internal nares. Tongue short elliptic, slightly emarginate. Muzzle to pos-
terior border of tympanum 7 lines, do. to anus 1 in. 9 lin., anterior extremity
10 lin., posterior do. 2in. 5 lin. No. 5843. A subgular vocal vesicle.

General color brownish gray, beneath uniform, or with a few blackish ver-
miculations; above with a blackish triangular spot between the eyes, and
shades and streaks on the sacral and scapular regions. Hinder extremity
crossbanded with blackish, most distinctly on femur; the anterior and pos-
terior surfaces of the latter marbled with blackish.

This species resembles Cystignathus podicipinus in form, and Hyla
versicolor in coloration.

Hyla nasica Cope

Head small, as long as broad, narrow anteriorly, muzzle depressed, promi-
nent, faint. Eye rather small, twice the extent of the tympanum. Tongue
elliptic, scarcely emarginate, vomerine teeth in two transverse contiguous
short rows between the internal nares. Fingers free or nearly so. Skin
above slightly tuberculous. Gular region faintly areolated, a vocal sac.
Length of head and body 1 in. 51. Breadth of gular region 4°5 lines. From
anus to end of fourth toe 1 in. 9. lin.

Beneath pale, uniform. Above dark rufous brown with some darker longi-
tudinal markings on the back. A dark band from muzzle through tympanum
to side. Femur and posterior lateral region varied with dark brown. No.
5835.

This animal resembles the vauterii, but the head is smaller, nar-
rower and more acuminate; the tongue is more elongate and the vomerine
teeth are more anterior.

Hyla vauterii Bibr. Giinther, Catal. Brit. Mus., 106. No. 5407. (Braz.)

Scytopis he bes Cope.

Char. gen.—Maxillary and vomerine teeth. Tongue slightly free posteriorly.
Bar perfectly developed, tympanum not concealed. Diapophysis of sacrum
dilated. Toes webbed. Large paratoids, which are confluent, covering the
anterior part of the back and top of head to muzzle.

This genus, it will be seen, enters the ‘‘family ’’ Pelodryadide of Dr. Gin-
ther, which has been heretofore represented by but one genus, established for
an Australian species.

Char. spec.—Ostia pharyngea and internal nares large, the vomerine teeth
in two straight transverse series behind the posterior border of the latter.
Tongue broader than long, scarcely emarginate. Tympanum horizontally
elliptic, overhung by the paratoid; half as large as eye. Eyelid not promi-
nent, encroached upon by the paratoid. Skin above with a few depressed
protuberances ; head and body beneath everywhere coarsely areolated ; the
skin thick and coriaceous. Head broader than long, loral region concave,

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355

canthus rostralis obtuse. Palettes of the fingers nearly as large as tympa-
num; digits slightly webbed; two phalanges of fourth toe free. Heel
reaches to orbit when the leg is extended. No vocal pouch in the specimen
(5837) examined. From angle to angle of mouth beneath, 1 in. 3 lin. ; from
symphysis to postgular fold 61.; muzzle to vent 3 in. 3 lin.; posterior
extremity 5 in. 61.; anterior do. lin. 7 lin.

Above leathery brown, with deep brown shades on the back, and cross-bands
on the limbs. Sides and posterior faces of femora reticulated with the same,
enclosing on the former, yellowish areas. Beneath yellowish brown.

Phyllomedusa azurea Cope.

Muzzle short, elevated, truncate; canthus rostralis rounded, a little concave.
External nares entirely lateral. Supra-palpebral region not prominent, the
visual fissure rather restricted. Tympanic disc near the posterior canthus of
the latter, equalling less than half its extent. Skin of the superior regions
smooth ; a narrow median band of areolations on the inferior surface of the
femur. Paratoids very slightly developed. Anterior limbs extended pos-
teriorly, reaching hinder side of femur. Heel about reaching tympanic disc.
Internal nares anterior, smaller than the eustachian orifices. An acute me-
dian emargination in the premaxillary region. Two external of the anterior
digits, longest, nearly equal, their basal phalanges, united by the integument :
thumb shortest, almost opposable. Soles slightly tuberculous. Length of
head and body one inch six lines; from end of muzzle to tympanum four lines;
length of antebrachium 4°5 lines; of tibia 7 lines; of tarsus 5°5 lines; meta-
tarsus and longest digit 5 lines.

Color of the upper surfaces of the body and extremities, except that of the
brachium, milky purplish blue. Beneath white or yellowish. The edges of the
jaws are margined with the same, which margins form a narrow, lateral band,
which extends to the middle of the side. Posterior lateral region, with the
white surfaces of the extremities, with vertical blackish-brown bands. The
blue is reduced to a narrow band on the femur; it is margined with white on
the anterior extremity and the tarsus. No. 5832.

I cannot find a trace of vomerine teeth in the two specimens at my disposal.
Their absence may be accidental ; perhaps it is a specific character—its import-
ance is not greater than this.

This species differs from P. hypochondrialis of Surinam (Hyla hyp.
Daud.) in its smaller and relatively less depressed head, shorter hinder extre-
mities, and absence of dark spots upon the anterior lateral region.

The hypochondrialis is believed by Prof. Schlegel, (Abbild. Amph.,
Dec. i., p. 24,) to be the young of bicolor. Thesame statement is made by
Dr. Tschudi, (Classif. der Batrachier, p. 27,) and by Duméril and Bibron.
Drs. Burmeister and Giinther apparently acquiesce in this opinion. There are
no reasons to doubt the correctness of this view, other than such as a consider-
ation of the following differences may furnish. The hypochondrialis
is apparently destitute of the lateral, extremital, and gular yellow spvuts of the
bicolor; on the contrary, the color of the back has a straight outline, and is
distinctly defined upon the sides. The superior labial yellow border is not
seen in the bicolor, nor is the bright color of the upper surfaces wanting
upon the humerus, as inazureus and hypochondrialis.

IT. The Darien Collection.

The objects and direction of the expedition to which we are indebted for the
colleetion below catalogued, have been explained briefly by Mr. John Cassin,
the well-known ornitbologist, in these Proceedings.* He has also stated the
positions of the localities at which portions of the collection were made.
Thirty-two species of reptiles were obtained, of which thirteen were new to

* 1860, p. 132.
1862.]

356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

science. A brief notice of them has been given by Arthur Schott, Esq., the
exploring naturalist and geologist, at p. 255 of Lieut. Michler’s Report to the
United States Government.

Crocopmia.
Jacare sclerops Dum. Bibr. Turbo. No. 5253.
Crocodilus sp. young. Turbo. 4311. Vide Mr. Schott’s Report, lL. c.

OPHIDIA.
Elaps corallinus Wied., Dum. Bibr., vii. 1207. No. 3005.
Elaps melanogenys Cope, Pr. Ac. Nat. Science Phil., 1860, p. 72.

Var. with ten sets of rings, and the postocular cross-band interrupted by
the black ground on the temporal region. It resembles the dissoleucus*
slightly, but wants the acute, prominent muzzle, and small rostral plate of that
species. The labials are not so elevated as in that species, and lemnise¢a-
tus and other allies, the fourth (subtending the orbit) being as long as high.
The prefrontals are not so small, relatively, as in dissoleucus, but are
more as in lemniscatus, where they are smaller than in pyrrhocryp-
tus. Carthagena.

Himantodes cenchoa Dum. Bibr., vii. 1065. Nercua. No. 4300.

Sibon annulatum Fitz., Dum. Bibr., vii. 1141. No. 4301, 4353.
Oxybelis acuminatus Cope, Dum. Bibr., vii. 819, Carthagena. No. 4306.
Herpetodryas carinatus Boie, Dum. Bibr., vii. 207.

Pliocercus euryzonus Cope, Pr. Ac. N. Se. Phila., 1862, p.72. No. 4303.
Liophis epinephelus Cope, l.c., p. 78. No, 4305.

LACERTILIA.
Spherodactylus casicolus Cope, Pr. A. N. 8. Phila., 1861, p. 499.
Iguana tuberculata Laur., D. and B., iv. 203. No. 4314.
Iguana rhinolopha Wiegm., D. and B., 1l.c., 207. Truando.
Basiliscus americanus Laur., D. and B., l. c., 181 4) 2. No. 4112, 4322

Anolis ??reticulatus Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus., 204. Truando. 4321, J jr..
Turbo. 4313 <j.

Anolis radulinus Cope, Pr. A. N.S. Phil., 1862, p. 180. Truando. 4327-8.

Anolis poecilopus Cope, l. c., 179. Truando. 4320-31.

Anolis vittigerus Cope, l.c.,179. Truando. 4332.

Anolis pentaprion Cope, l. c., 178. Truando.

Cnemidophorus lemniscatus Dum. Bibr.., a. 128. Carthagena. 4336;
Cnemidophorus. Carthagena. Specimens like murinus Dum. Bibr., v.

126, with plates on the superior and anterior faces of the humerus, and an

olive band internally pale bordered on each side of the back, and otherwise
similar. WhatisC.festivus Licht. et von Martius?

Tupinambis nigropunctatus Spix, Dum. Bibr., vy. 20. Turbo. 4319.

Brachypus pallidiceps.

Digits 4—3; scales in thirty-four transverse series from axilla to groin, and
twenty-three longitudinal ; those of the abdomen broader, rectangular, those
of the upper regions hexagonal. Internasal plate longer than broad, hexago-

* Possibly this name conveys error, the supposed white spots, having, perhaps, been
yellow. ‘he species was described from an alcoholic specimen recently taken, in which
the red was brilliant; the supposed white had mot then the appearance of faded yellow.

[Sept.

»
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357

nal, its nasal suture longest, the others shorter in the following order, frontal,
rostral, fronto-nasal. Nostril between first upper labial and nasal: one frenal,
one subocular resting on the third, fourth and fifth superior labials; of these,
the sixth and last is longest. Five temporals, two supraorbitais. Frontal
much longer than broad, eight-sided, as follows:—longest, occipital, then su-
praorbital, internasal, frontonasal, interoccipital. Five inferior labials, a
small symphyseal, a mental longer than broad; three infralabials on each
side, the anterior two very large, the first of each series extensively in con-
tact; a cross row of eight gular plates, the median pair largest. One pair of
sternal shields. Four preanals, the anterior subtriangular, the posterior nar-
row. Length of head, 3:5 lines; of body and neck, 2 inches 3 lines; of tail,
?3 inches 6 lines; total ?6 inches.

General color plumbeous, the scales margined with black ; head cinereous.
A light brown band extends along each side of the back, separated from its
fellow by four rows of scales. Truando river region. (4324.)

This species seems to indicate a necessity for dispensing with Tschudi’s
name Microdactylus for the Chalcides schlegeliiof Dum. Bibr. unless the
latter animal can be generically distinguished by some other peculiarity than
the number of its digits. While it possesses three digits on all the feet, and
the B. cuvieri four, (usually) the pallidiceps has four anterior and
three posterior. Chalcis hetéropus of Lichtenstein and Von Martius,
judging from the name, must exhibit a similar peculiarity. Ihave not been
able to see their description.

BATRACHIA.

Cystignathus poecilochilus Cope, Pr. Ac. N. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 156.
No. 4347.

Craugastor hallowellii Cope, l.c., p. 153.

Craugastor pulchrigulus Cope.

Distal end of tibia reaching beyond muzzle; feet one-fourth webbed. Head
elongate, muzzle subtruncate. Teeth in straight lines behind the internal
nares ; tongue broad oval, entire. Dark-brown, white spots on hinder face of
femur. Sides and gular region shaded with dark-brown ; a bright yellow band
beginning on the intermaxillary region, extends to the thorax. A light spot
under the eye. Length of head and body 10 lines. Truando, 4354.

?Otilophus margaritifer, Cuv. young, 4337—8, "40—1. Truando.
Chilophryne conifera Cope, Pr. A. N.S. Phila., 1862, p. 156. Turbo.

Phrynoidisintermedius Cope. Bufo intermedius Gthr., Catal. Brit. Mus.,
p. 140, Carthagena. No. 4350.

Bufo simus Schmidt, Denkschr, Acad. Wiss. Wien, 1858, p. 254. No. 4339.
Truando.

In our specimen the toes are very slightly webbed, and not at all margined ;
there is a short acute tubercle on the inner fave of the tarsus. The tym-
panum is visible, though indistinct. The warts on the back, nape, and head,
are very numerous, especially on the latter two regions, where some are linear.
There is a short reddish median line on the coccyx. The belly is pied, black-
ish and ? white; gular region black, with a white median vitta. A large vocal sac.

Rhebo haematiticus Cope.
* Bufo hematiticus Cope, 1. ¢., 157.

The Dumerilian genus Bufo has been subdivided by Dr. Fitzinger, of Vienna,
into several groups, to which he has given names. That that genus is a union
of several I do not doubt, but that they are as numerous as Dr. Fitzinger indi-
cates, I cannot perceive. The following table exhibits the relative characters
of those that seem to be recognizable. Calophrynus is introduced on the
authority of Dr. Giinther :—

1862.]

*
358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Paratoids distinct, dorso-lateral.
No dermo-ossification upon the cranium.
Cranium with longitudinal ridges.
A parietal branch ridge.............--.++++ Uisis sealaaeeees Ch eae
No parietal branch ridge.
Orbito-tympanic ridge enormously erage Otilophus.

Orbito-tympanic moderate, Or NONE.....+....6---- Phrynoidis.
Cranium without ridges.
Canthus rostralis and paratoids rounded; form
SLOG ne eas cte eee cecsons cece conecer casas nae Geoabestles SEDI. Os
Canthus rostralis and paratoids sharp angled ; 2
form slender ; toes nearly free............. Sheree Rhaebo.
Cranium covered with a dermo-ossification ............... Peltaphryne.
Paratoids wanting, or scarcely visible..... .-...... Seoaeeteseees Schismaderma.
Paratoids confluent, covering the bacK.............se1 eevee Calophrynus.

These genera contain the following species:

melanostictus ex Schn.

S. and E. Asia.

viridis Laur.

Chilophryne Fitzinger. Bufo insidior Gird. Mexico.
@orbignyi Fitz.ex D.& B. W.S. Amer. trifolium Tsch. W.S. Amer.
dialopha Cope Sandwich fs. politus Cope Central Amer.
celebensis ex Gthr. Celebes eruentatus Tsch. Java.
biporcata ex Gravenh. Malaysia. lamentor Girard. Utah.
americana ex Le Conte E. N. Amer. aebilis, Girard. Mexico
cognata ex Say Central N. Amer. boreas B. € G. W. N. Amer
lentiginosa ex Shaw E. N. Amer. columbiensis B. & G. 4 5
nebulifera ex Gird. Mexico. halophilus B. € G. 4 <
conifera Cope N. W.S. Amer. thaul Less. W. S. Amer
vyeraguensis ex Schmidt sc st chilensis 7sch. S. Amer.
ocellata ex Gthr. diptychus Cope E. 8. Amer.
lineomaculata ex Gay W. S. Amer. rubropunctatus Gay W.S. Amer

Otilophus Cuvier poeppigii Tsch. W. S. Amer
margaritifer Cuvier N.S. Amer. speciosus Gird Mexico.

? plenropterus ex Schmidt N. W.S8. Amer. punctatus B. €é G. Centr. N. Amer.

Phrynoidis Fitz. Pseudobufo tuberosus Gthr. W. Africa

Tsch. (Nomen hybridum) guineensis Gthr. cs

Wectes Blkr. Docidophryne angusticeps Smith 8. Africa

Fitz. gariepensis Smith cf
asper Fitz. ex Gray. Java. pantherinus Bote Africa.
isos ex Lesson Bengal. calamita Laur. 8. Europe

agua ex Daud. E. 8. Amer vulgaris Laur. Europe, E. Asia.
molitor ex Tsch. W. 8S. Amer kelaartii Gthr. Ceylon.
ornatus ex Spix E. 8. Amer Rheho Cope. Phrynomorphus
granulosus ex Spix. ce cs Fitz. (Nom. przocc.)
gutturosus ex Latr. “ ce hematiticus Cope N. W. S. Amer
intermedius ex Gthr. N. W. 8S. Amer. gracilis ex Gird. E. S. Amer.
alvarius ex Gird. Cent. N. Amer leschenaultii Cope ex D. & B. N. E. S. Amer.
lugubrosus ex Gird. W.S. Amer. ? cceruleostictus ex Gthr. WN. W.S. Amer
Bufo Laurenti. Phryne. Ade- Peltaphryne Fitz.

nomus Cope, (founded on a peltacephala Fitz. Cuba.

B. kelaartii, with the prox- empusa Cope oS

imal phalanges contracted, Schismaderma Smith

leaving terminal dilata- carens Smith. §. Africa.

tions.) Calophrynus Tsch.
simus Schmidt.’ <2: N. W. S. Amer. pleurostigma Tsch. Borneo.
anomalus Gthr. Mexico.

Bufones gymnauchen Bleeker, griseus and melanogaster
Hallow.,* erythronotus and quercicus Holb., B. woodhousei Gird.,
I have not been able to refer to any of the preceding genera.

Hyla phaeota Cope. '

Head broad, depressed, canthus rostralis rounded concave; eye large,
prominent, tympanum more than half its extent. Tongue round, entire ;
vomerine series nearly tranverse, between the large internal nares; ostia
pharyngea large, A vocal sac. Skin of upper surfaces entirely smooth; a

* Pr, Acad. Nat. Sci,, 1860, pp 486, 506.
[Sept

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359

strong fold from orbit over tympanum. Three outer fingers slightly webbed ;
nearly three phalanges of the fourth toe free, the web, however, margining
its outer side. Heel of the extended hind limb reaching beyond the muzzle.
Breadth of gular region from angle to angle of mandible, 9 lines; length of
head and body 1 in. 10 lines; of anterior extremity 1 in.; of posterior 4
in. Coler above grayish-brown, shaded with a pale plumbeous tint, like the
bloom of some fruit. Abdomen, upper jaw, postorbital region, and the bor-
ders of the upper eyelid, tarsus and antebrachium, and of a brown spot near
the vent, white. A dark brown line on the canthus rostralis, and band be-
tween the eyes; a longitudinal band or series of spots on the back, which
bifurcates anteriorly ; a spot on the coccyx. A dark brown band from angle
of eye to scapular region, involving the whole of the tympanum. Femur with
narrow cross-bands ; posterior face reticulate or unicolor. Tibiz# more broadly
cross-banded. Sides with brownish vermiculations. Gular region brown
shaded.* From Turbo. No. 4347.

Additions to the Nomenclature of North American LEPIDOPTERA. No. 2.

BY AUG. R. GROTE.

On pages 59, 60, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1862, I described three species of
Heterocera, under the genus Platypterix, Lasp., adopting the classification of
Heydenreich, in his Cat. Method. Lepidop. Europ.

I have since recognized my P. formula to be identical with Drepana rosea,
Walker, C. B. M. viii. and also with Cilix Americana, H. 8. Lepidop. Exot.
p. 60, fig. 470.

This species seems, however, properly classified under neither of the above
genera, and for the reasons following. The genus Cilix, Leach, was created
for such Heterocera, which, closely allied to Platypterix, Lasp., are aberrant
from that generic type by the straight outer margin of the anterior wings. It
was established upon a European species, C. spinula, H., formerly included and
described under Platypterix, Lasp., as the termination of its specific name in-
dicates. Herrich-Schaeffer is, however, evidently in error, in placing his C.
Americana under Cilix, Leach, as the outer margin ofthe anterior wings, unlike
the type of that genus, is faleate; differing, on the other hand, from Drepana,

*A species in the Smithsonian Museum, obtained by Dr, Chas. Sartorius at Mirador, Vera
Cruz, resembles this species in mest respects. It is, however, different in the following
respects :

It is dark slate above, with blackish confluent spots, in two parallel series; there are
no white borders or anal spot. Gular region uniform yellowish; a few warts on hinder
face of antebrachium. Posterior face of femur uniform slate. No light spot under eye;
bread cross-bands on femur and tibia, Heel reaching anterior border of orbit. Length
from muzzle to vent 3 inches. It is allied apparently to Baird’s H. vanvlietii. It
may be called H. muricolor.

A beautiful species has been presented to the Academy by Capt. Field, in a collection
made by him in Panama. It is Hyla callidryas of the author, and may be distin-
guished as follows:

Head elongate, maxillary outlines convergent, nearly straight; loreal region subvertical,
canthus rostralis straight, rounded. Eyes not large, transparent portion of inferior pal-
pebra reticulated with white; iris cupreous. Tympanum nearly as large as eye, ob-
liquely elliptic. T'ongue elongate elliptic, openly emarginate. Inner nares large, widely
separate ; vomerine teeth between them, in two oblique series, convergent posieriorly,
anteriorly opposite anterior border of nares. Fingers one-fourth webbed ; palleites very
large; toes one-half palmate, margined. Heel reaching end of muzzle when extended.
Skin above smooth. From muzzle to vent 1 inch 9 lines; do. to angle of mouth 7 lines

Blue purple above, greenish on the scapular region; humerus, femur, except a narrow
blue stripe, and under surfaces, uniform saffron. Numerous oblique bauds of a lighter
yellow on the sides.

1862.]

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Schr. and Platypterix, Lasp., by the convexity of the outer margin near the
middle. This difference is noted by Walker when describing this species under
Drepana, Schr., which genus is synonymous with Platypterix, Lasp., inasmuch
as Walker’s species, with the exception of his D. rosea, and D. emarginata,
C. B. M. viii., as well as those I have described, do not differ generically from
European species classed under Platypterix by most authorities ; which latter
genus, having apparently the priority, should be retained for our species. I
propose for Walker’s D. rosea, which specific name has the priority over
Americana, H. 8., as also for D. marginata, Walker, of which latter species I
have seen no specimen, but which appears from Walker’s description to belong
here, the following genus :

DRYOPTERIS, Noy. gen.

Antenne bi-pectinate in the male; simple, or nearly so, in the female.
Palpi short, wings broad, anterior pair obtusely falcate, with the outer mar-
gin convex near the middle and extending outward to a nearly straight line
with the falcate tips. Body rather stouter than in Platypterix ; shorter than
the posterior wings.

The species under this genus are readily distinguished from the true Platyp-
terigides by their brighter colors and somewhat broader and heavier wings.
I have carefully compared specimens of my P. fabula, and P. genicula with
the description of D. arcuata, Walker, C. B, M. viii., but while the description
presents points of resemblance with both, I can positively identify it with
neither, and must consider it as a distinct species awaiting a comparison of
actual specimens. A simple enumeration of the number and coloring of the
bands on the anterior wings in this genus must necessarily lead to some con-
fusion, as there exists a great similarity in point of markings and coloring
among the different species comprising it. P. fabula may, however, be readily
recognized from P. genicula by the ground color; being in fabula dirty white ;
in genicula, pale brownish yellow. The second and third wavy lines from the
base of the wing, in the former species, run close together, and unite three
times near the lower margin, forming two enclosed spaces; in P. genicula
the second and third lines run wide apart, being also much straighter than in
P, fabula, in which they zigzag with acute angles, the third line crossing the
outside and largest discal spot; while in P. genicula the same line runs out-
side of it. My descriptions are taken from males of both species. This would
seem the proper place to correct an error in the obs. to P. fabula, page 59.
It is in the American, and not in the European species, that the second and
third lines run together on the anterior wings, forming enclosed spaces, as
will be seen by the body of the description. The following is a list of all our
hitherto described species under this family following the classificution of
Herrich-Scheffer, in his Syst. Verz. der Europ. Schmett.

Drepanuuina, H. §.
Dryopteris, Grote.
— rosea, Walker, C. B. M. viii. Cilix Americana, H. 8. Lepidop. Exot.

p. 60, fig. 470, female. Platypterix formula, Grote, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
1862, p. 60.

— marginata, Walker, C. B. M. viii.
Platypterix, Laspeyres.

— fasciata? Steph. Morris, Synopsis, N. A. Lepidop. Smithsonian Mise.
Coll. vol. iv. 218.

— arcuata, Walker, C. B. M. viii.
— fabula, Grote, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1862, p. 59.
— genicula, Grote, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1862, p. 59.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361

List of the PSEUDONEUROPTERA of Illinois contained in the Cabinet of the
writer, with descriptions of over forty new species, and notes on their struc-
tural affinities.

BY BENJAMIN D. WALSH, M. A.

[N. B.—Except where otherwise stated, the following species have been taken
by myself within four miles of the city of Rock Island. None of my specimens
are alcoholic. The species with an exclamation point (!) affixed have been
kindly identified by Dr. Hagen, the author of the Smithsonian Synopsis of
American Neuroptera, from duplicates which I sent him in 1860; but to prevent
possible mistakes I have compared most of them with his diagnoses. ]

TERMITINA.
TERMES FLAVIPES, Kollar, South Illinois.

PSOCINA.

#2 ‘‘ Tarsi two-articulate, discoidal cell closed, quadrangular.” (Psocus, Sub-
genus ©, Hagen.)

Psocus vrenosus, Burm.! P. contaminatus, Hagen! (South Illinois.) P.
Nov scotia, Walker! P. LicHENatus, Uhler(auctoreipso). This last species
is not iacluded in Dr. Hagen’s synopsis.

Psocus PURUS, new species.—Head cinereous, with a large fuscous spot on
“the posterior nasus, a small round one on the ocelli, and two on the occiput,
which are sometimes almost obsolete ; antenne black, with three basal joints
whitish. Thorax and abdomen black, with the sutures whitish. Legs whitish;
knees and tarsi a little fuscous. Wings hyaline, except a small black spot on
the middle of the posterior margin; veins black, except the posterior side of
the discoidal cellule and basal half of lst sector, which are white ; pterostigma
triangular, hyaline, with a small fuscous spot at its basal angle; its nervures
black, except the basal half of the inner nervure, which is conspicuously white ;
posterior wings hyaline, with violet reflections.
Length to the tip of wings 6} millimetres. Expanse of anterior wings 12
mill. Described from three specimens.

PsocUs SEMISTRIATUS, n. sp.—Head yellowish cinereous; nasus sometimes
conspicuously, sometimes obscurely, lineated with black; in cne specimen en-
tirely black; a small black spot on the ocelli; eyes ¢\ globose, prominent ;
antenne fuscous, two basal articulations, and sometimes part of the third,
pale; antenne (' with the seta hairy. Thorax and abdomen black, with the
sutures whitish. Legs pale, with the tarsi, and sometimes the tips of the tibie
and the femora, a little fuscous. Wings entirely hyaline, except a sinall fus-
cous spot on the middle of the posterior margin; veins black; pterostigma
triangular, rounded behind, more or less fuscous, sometimes almost black,
always with the basal angle paler; posterior wings hyaline, with green
reflections.

Length to tip of wings 4—5 mill. Expanse of anterior wings 7—9 mill.
Described from eighteen specimens.

Psoous PERPLEXUS, n. sp.— 9 Differs from the above in size, in the greater
proportional length of the antenne, which extend beyond the wings, in the
ocelli being much wider apart and not connected by any black spot, and in the
pterostigma being of uniform fuscous color and proportionally longer and not
rounded behiad.

Expanse of anterior wings 11 mill. One 2 specimen. The discal bifurcation
eae aaterior wing is peduncled, but this is occasionally seen in semisiriatus
mihi.

Psocus POLLUTUS, n. sp.—Head yellowish cinereous; front with a round discal

1862. ]

362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

black spot, and an oblique whitish liae on each side near the eyes; nasus ob-
scurely lineated with fuscous; antenne fuscous. Thorax fuscous, with whitish
sutures. Legs pale, with knees and tarsi fuscous. Wings hyaline; an irregular
band en the apical margin, connected with the pterostigma by about four irreg-
ular spots, an irregular median band attaining the costa, and the base of the
costa, fuscous; veins black, except the posterior side of the discoidal cellule,
and a small spot at the furcation of the lst sector, which are white ; pterostigma
fuscous at tip, at base hyaline; posterior wings hyaline, with violaceous re-
flections.
Length to tip of wings 4 mill. Captured one specimen in South Illinois.

Psocts AMABILIS, n. sp.—Head dull luteous, immaculate; antennz robust,
pubescent, fuscous, with two basal joints and the base of joints 3—6 pale.
Thorax and legs dull luteous, the tarsi a little fuscous. Wings hyaline, with a
black spot on the middle of the posterior margin ; pterostigma hyaline, truncate
at tip, with a black spot at its base; veins black, except the discal bifurcation,
which is white. This bifurcation is not angular, as in all the above species,
but rounded and peduncled, as in the species figured in Westwood’s Introduc-
tion (ii. p. 18, fig. 8); from which, however, this species differs by its two-
see feet, closed discoidal cellule, and the presence of a posterior marginal
cellule.

Length to tip of wings not quite 3 mill. One specimen, found dead in the
room where I keep my insects.

§2 “Tarsi two-articulate, discoidal celluleopen, absent.” (Psocus, Subgenus
D, Hagen.)

Psocus aBruptus, Hagen! P.corruptus, Hagen. P. auraNntTiacus, Hagen.

Psocus GEoLoeus, n. sp.—Yellowish brown, ranging to almost black. Eyes
normal; antenne normal, villose, fuscous. Feet pale, with the tarsi and tips
of tibiz sometimes fuscous. Wings hyaline, all with golden reflections; veins
black; pterostigma triangular, rounded posteriorly, hyaline, with a small spot
at the basal angle; posterior marginal cellule semicircular.

Length to tip of wings 1} mill. Ten specimens, found in the drawers of
a geological collection, into which paper had been pasted. Very near salicis,
Fitch, but distinguishable at once by the pterostigma not being truncate.

The normal neuration of psocus is, apparently, a discal bifurcation with the
anterior furcation throwing out one branch and the posterior one throwing out
two, in each case towards the margin, In the groups with the discoidal cellule
closed, the posterior furcation seems at first sight to throw out three branches
instead of two; but this is in reality caused by the submedian nervure, which
closes the discoidal cellule by uniting with the posterior furcation, afterwards
leaving that furcation and running to the margin. Any one may,convince
himself of this fact by comparing those species where the submedian nervure
comes very close to the posterior furcation, but does not quite touch it, with
those where it does actually touch it. What I have here called the discal
bifurcation seems analogous to the “sectors” of the “arc” in the odonata;
and the cross-vein from which it rises analogous with the “arc” itself. Dr.
Hagen has observed, that “the reticulation in P. abruptus and P. corruptus is
abnormal, and may constitute a distinct subgenus or rather genus.” At first
sight there seems to be a éri- not a Ji- furcation in these species, or in other
words, three sectors to the arc instead of two. But a closer inspection will show
that there are in reality only the normal unmber—two—the anterior one throw-
ing out its branch ashort distance from the arc, and the posterior one throwing
out at the usual distance one branch instead of two, which is the only abnormal
feature in the neuration of these two species.

PERLINA.
PTERONARCYS NOBILIS, Hagen. PeERLA (Acroneuria) aBNoRMIS, Newm.

[Sept.

APs

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3638

22 Punta. Subgenus AcroneuriA.

ACRONEURIA RUPINSULENSIS, n. sp.—Q Obscure luteous. Head broader than
the prothorax, bright testaceous, the epistoma scarcely excavated; a transverse
line at tip, a raised discal line in the form of an M with its sides divaricate,
and a subobsolete basal line commencing at the eyes and curving backwards,
fuscous; the usual two interocular tubercles oval, oblique; palpi fuscous;
antenne fuscous, with the joints from 2 to about 7, and the first joint beneath
luteous. Prothorax nearly twice as wide as long, subcordate, anterior and
posterior angles acute, excurved, the sides nearly parallel before the mid-
dle, gradually contracted behind the middle, the prothoracic episternum not
thrust underneath as in other Perle, but distinctly visible behind from above,
so as to give at a distance a quadrangular appearance to the whole prothorax ;
the middle longitudinal stria acute, surface rugulose, luteo-fuscous with fuscous
ruge. Prosternum and anterior half of metasternum bright luteous. Legs
luteous, with obscure fuscous vitte. Abdomen and venter with obscure fuscous
markings; abdominal sete luteous, annulate with fuscous towards their tips,
not pilose except under the lens; Q antepenultimate ventral segment regularly
rounded, so as at the centre, where it is slightly emarginate, to cover ene half
of the penultimate segment, with a subobsolete linear transverse tubercle before
the apex. Wings subhyaline; veins of anterior wings mostly brown, of pos-
terior mostly clay-yellow; the vein accessory to the subcosta in the anterior
wing throwing out four branches, one of which occasionally becomes bifid ; in
- One specimen the veins on the posterior apical submargin are obsolete; from
four to thirteen subterminal cross-veins.

Length to tip of wings 9 39 mill. Alar expanse 9 64—%1 mill. Length of
abdomen Q about 9 mill. The § Ihave not yet met with. Described from
two specimens.

Differs from abnormis in the greater relative width of the prothorax, in its
sides not being straight, and its not having any luteous dorsal line. Also ia the
greater extension of 92 antepenultimate ventral segment, and its having a sub-
terminal tubercle. From ruralis and arida it differs in the accessory subcostal
being 4 (not 5 or 3) branched.

§¢ Penta. Subgenus A.—Accessory vein two-branched ; three ocelli.

PERLA FLAVESCENS, n. sp.—Clay-yellow. Head a little broader than the
prothorax, bright clay-yellow, with a divaricating unequal carina proceeding
from each side of the anterior ocellus to the anterior sub-margin, where there is
sometimes a large dilated*puncture on each side; a large quadrangular fuscous
spot at tip, and another at the base, from which last issue two wide branches nearly
attaining the base of the antenne, the two spots sometimes almost confluent;
palpi fuscous; antenne fuscous, second joint luteous, third to about the eighth
luteous annulate with fuscous; the under side of the head is more or less fuscous
at base. Prothorax rugose, entirely fuscous, its breadth exceeding its length by
one-half, considerably narrowed behind, with its sides straight, its anterior
angles acute, and its posterior ones a little rounded; meso- and meta- thorax
brown-black, polished, with clay-yellow margins. Legs clay-yellow, femora
sometimes vittate beneath, and always strongly above, with brown-black, a
triangular spot at their tips confluent with the upper vitta, and the posterior
femora fuscous at base; tibie vittate above with fuscous; tarsi fuscous.
Sternum fuscous almost entirely. Abdomen 9 sometimes fuscous only at the
sides and tip, sometimes with the base of each segment fuscous; abdomen
with the 3 or 4 basal segments clay-yellow and the rest fuscous; venter in both
Sexes obscure luteous, banded with fuscous; sete brown-black, pubescent;
Gf last few abdominal segments are curved upwards, and the last, which is small
and only visible at the sides, triangularly open above; Q antepenultimate
ventral segment is semicircularly produced in the middle, so as to cover one-

1862.]

864 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

half of the penultimate. Wings subflavescent, the subcostal vein and its
accessory brown, the rest mostly luteous.

Alar expanse {1 26—29 mill., @ 35—40 mill. Length § 33—4 mill., 9 4—6
mill. Four <j‘, three 2. Allied to P. capitata, Pictet, but distinct. In one ¢
and one 9, the accessory subcostal of one wing is only one-branched. In ¢
of this species the 5th abdominal segment is semicircularly elongated, so as to
conceal almost entirely the upcurving abdominal joints 6—8, and the 9th ven-
tral is entirely concealed by the 8th, which is large.

PERLA VARIANS, n. sp.—Fuscous. Head as wide as, or wider than the pro-
thorax in some specimens, with the usual divaricating carine equal and
polished, and obscurely returning in the form of an inverted W; epistoma
longer than usual, with a dilated puncture on each side; occiput with a semi-
circular or transverse yellow or luteous spot, which is never longer than wide,
and sometimes extends to the sides of the head; beneath luteous; palpi and
antenna fuscous. Prothorax nearly twice as wide as long, quadrangular, not
contracted behind, the sides straight, the angles acute before, scarcely rounded
behind, rugulose, with a yellow or luteous vitta in the middle, and a more or
less obvious submarginal luteous cloud on each side. Sternum luteous. Legs
luteo-fuscous, with cox, trochanters and knees luteous. Abdomen with the
last joint luteous; venter obscurely marked with luteous on the disk and some-
times the tip. Seta fuscous, sometimes with a few basal joints luteous; 9 an-
tepenultimate ventral segment semi-oval behind, sometimes a little angulated
in the middle, almost entirely covering the penultimate segment. Wings sub-
hyaline; veins of anteriors brown, with a small brown cloud on the anterior
part of the “arc,” which is never entirely obsolete; veins of posterior wings
partly luteous.

Length to tip of wings 14—18 mill. Alar expanse 28—36 mill. Length of
abdomen 53—8 mill. It comes very near to P. postica, Walker, but that species
has the occipital spot hastiform, and no subcostal spot on the wings. Described
from eleyen specimens, The species is remarkable for having almost always
a cross-vein behind the accessory subcostal vein and outside the “‘arc,’’ so as
to form there a trapezoidal or pentagonal cell. Sometimes this cross-vein is
present in one wing in the same individual, and absent in the other; in one
specimen there are on one side three additional subapical cross-veins, making
four altogether, thus approximating to Acroneuria, and none at all on the other
side. The accessory subcostal vein is incurved at its origin, and generally
appendiculated there; and is further remarkable for sometimes throwing out
only one branch, sometimes as many as three, the wing being often normal on
one side and abnormal on the other.

In the \ the 9th ventral segment is distinct, and never concealed by the
8th. In the 2 the 7th abdominal segment is prolonged laterally much be-
yond the other abdominal segments, so as to partially cover the base of the
antepenultimate ventral.

PERLA DECIPIENS, n. sp.—Bright clay-yellow, sometimes verging on orange.
Head wider than the prothorax, with a square black spot enclosing the ocelli,
and a smaller round submarginal one before, which are sometimes almost con-
fluent, sometimes obscure fuscous, sometimes, but not often, obsolete ; the usual
divaricating carina is generally a little depressed in the middle of each branch
and scarcely returns backwards; palpi and antennz fuscous, the latter luteous
joints 2—8. Prothorax one-third wider than long, rugulose, quadrangular, its
sides straight, very slightly narrowed behind, anterior angles acute, posterior
ones scarcely rounded; fuscous or obscure, always with a narrow central yel-
low or luteous vitta; meso- and meta-thorax more or less obscured with fuscous.
Legs clay-yellow, with a fuscous vitta above on the femora and tibiew, and the
tarsi fuscous. Abdomen sometimes a little varied with fuscous, especially
above, in one mature specimen entirely fuscous above and below. Sete hairy,

[Sept,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365

a little fuscous towards their tips; ' with the last ventral segment invisible ;
with the antepenultimate ventral segment truncate, sometimes longitudinally
striate in the middle, sometimes rounded and dehiscent. Wings 9 hyaline, hind
wings sometimes with violaceous reflections ; veins <{' 9 brown, except the costal
and subcostal veins and their cross-veins which are yellowish-hyaline in both
wings; two or three apical costal cross-veins. In one specimen the subcostal
accessory vein throws off but one branch on the right wing, thereby approxi-
mating to subgenus C. In (fall 4 wings are subfumose.

Length to tips of wings 10—13 mill. Expanse of wings 19—25 mill. Length
of abdomen 3—4 mill. Eleven specimens. May be easily confounded with
Chloroperia bilineata, Say (noticed velow,) but is always distinguishable at once
by the sides of the prothorax being fuscous or obscnre, never yellow. It differs
from P. plocida, by the prothoracic vitta and by the costal neuration being
almost hyaline, so that the cross-veins are seen with difficulty; from P. oceipitalis
by the vitta, and also by having three ocelli; and from P. dilaticollis by having
three ocelli, and by the accessory subcostal vein not being incurved. The 8th
ventral segment ,{' is large, the 9th being concealed by it.
no appearance of any suture.

23 Perta, subgenus B. Accessory vein two-branched; two ocelli.

PerLA occipTaLis? Pict.— 9 Luteo-fuscous. Head wider than the prothorax,
bright testaceous, clouded before with fuscous and with a round black spot on
the ocelli; the epistoma is scarcely excavated, and the usual divaricate carina
. igs subobsolete ; the two usual interocular tubercles are prominent and round;
antenne fuscous, except the tip of the first joint and joints 2 to abeut 7, which
are luteous; palpi fuscous. Prothorax one-third wider than it is long, the
sides very slightly sinuate, contracted behind, rugulose, the margins fuscous.
Pro- and meso-sternum Iuteous. Legs luteous; femora and tibie above and
also the tarsi fuscous. Abdominal sete clay-yellow, dusky at tip; 2 antepe-
nultimate ventral segment truncate. Wings subhyaline, sometimes with green
and violaceous reflections on all of them; veins brown, the costa and subcostal
apical cross-veins yellowish-brown; accessory vein not incurved at its origin.
The , which is hitherto unknown, differs from 9 in being entirely luteous
beneath, and in the four wings being fumose. Abdomen and venter constructed
as in <{' P. flavescens.

Alar expanse 23—29 mill, Length of abdomen 3—3} mill. Differs from P.
dilaticollis by the subcostal vein being direct, and from P. occipitalis by the
veins being brown, not testaceous. One ,j\, four &.

2@ Penta. Subgenus C. (New.) Accessory subcostal vein throwing out only
one branch; abdomen very long; two ocelli; several subcostal apical cross-
veins and several postcostal* cross-veins in the anterior wing.

The ¢', which is hitherto unknown, differs from Qin being entirely luteous
beneath, and in the four wings being fumose. Abdomen and yenter con-
structed as in (J P. flavescens.

PeRLA PRoDUCTA, n. sp. Brown. Head wider than the prothorax, with the
usual divaricate carina prolonged nearly to the tip, and obscurely reverting;
clay-yellow or obscure luteous, clouded with fuscous at tip, with a black or

*T apply this term to the posterior basal corner of the wing, or postcostal space
(espace postcostal,) in which sense it is used throughout the Synopsis, and in Monographie
des Calopterygines ; (see Plate I., fig 1). Mr. Uhler, probably through some clerical or
typographical error, is made to say, in the Glossary affixed to the Synopsis, that “ Post-
costal ’’ is synonymous with “ Postcubital.” That this cannot possibly be so, at least
in Dr. Hagen’s nomenclature, may be easily seen by any one who possesses a copy of
the Synopsis. The genus Agrion, as distinguished from the genera Pseudostigma and Me-
cistogaster, which have one or two series of areoles in their postcostal space, is there
characterized by having “the postcostal space simple,” (p. 74); and on inspecting the
diagnoses of the 47 N. A. species of Agrion, it will be found that they have a number of
postcubita) cross-veins ranging from 7 to 16,

1862.]

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

fuscous basal quadrangle enclosing the ocelli, longer than wide and throwing
off on each side at tip a small branch reaching the two interocular tubercles
which are round; beneath clay-yellow or luteous obscure ; antennz fuscous, ex-
cept joints 2—6 or 8, which are more or less luteous; palpi fuscous. Thorax
one-third wider than long, a little contracted behind, its sides straight, anterior
angles slightly, posterior ones much rounded, rugulose, luteous with fuscous
markings, or sometimes entirely fuscous. Legs luteous, femora and tibie vittate
above with fuscous; tarsi and generally the knees fuscous. Abdominal sete
clay-yellow, with long hairs; conspicuously banded with fuscous in their cen-
tral portion and fuscous at tip; Q antepenultimate veatral segment truncate,
with a triangular tubercle sometimes apparently bifid at its apex; ¢ last ab-
dominal segment small and only visible laterally. Front wings hyaline, with
a slight brownish tinge ; veins brown, a little lighter on the costa; from two to
five subcostal apical cross-veins; accessory vein direct; from two to four post-
costal cross-veins. Hind wings hyaline, the veins pale, except at the tips.

Length to tip cf wings 12—17 mill. Alar expanse 21—29 mill. Length of
abdomen 33—64 mill. Twelve specimens. lJobtained a single specimen at
Chicago which has the accessory subcostal in one wing two-branched. In
more than fifty Rock Island specimens which I have examined, it is one-
branched in both wings. The tip of the 8th ventral segment $ is luteous, and
conceals the 9th.

PERLA FUMIPENNIS, n. sp.—Differs from the preceding in the anterior and pos-
terior wings being distinctly and equally subfumose, the veins fuscous, and as
dark in the hind as in the front wings; and also in the costa of both wings being
yellowish. The head is bright clay-yellow, the spot enclosing the ocelli black,
and the thorax is brown-black, immaculate. Three postcostal cross-veins.

Alar expanse 17 mill. Length abd. 44 mill. One © specimen.

2% Perta. Subgenus D.—Differs from the preceding only in the ocelli being
three in number.

PERLA ELONGATA, n. sp.—j' Differs from the ¢ of producta in being one-third
larger, in the antenne and sete being fuscous, immaculate, and in the prothorax
having a wide clay-yellow vitta on each side the middle, extending outwards
on the anterior and posterior margins. The head is clay yellow, with the spot
enclosing the ocelli black; subcostal apical cross-veins 2—4 ; postcostal cross-
veins 4—5,

Alar expanse <j 23—25 mill. Abdomen gi 5—5} mill. Three g'; 9 un-
knowu. The prothoracic markings resemble those of P. nigrocincia, Pictet, but
that species is larger, has only two ocelli, and is, besides, arranged as having
the accessory subcostal two-branched. The 9th ventral {‘ is concealed by the
8th, which has at its tip a large, smooth, transversely oval tubercle, with a
striated outline, as in ¢’ Acroneuria abnormis.

22 Perta. Subgenus CHLOROPERLA.

CHLOROPERLA BILINEATA ? Say.—The epistoma has generally, as Say describes
it, ‘(an obscure triangular spot,” or is more or less clouded with fuscous, but I
have not seen a specimen “ with two straight fuscous lines before the discal
ones’’ on the head, as described by Dr. Hagen. Neither are the veins “ testa-
ceous,” as Dr. Hagen describes them, except on the disk and tip of the front
wings; elsewhere they are yellowish-hyaline. For these reasons, and because
I believe I forwarded specimens of my species to Dr, Hagen in 1860, and he re-
ported them to me as “Chloroperla, new species,’’ I conjecture that my insect
is the true dilineata, Say, and that Dr. Hagen has described under that name a
different insect, or at all events a geographical race of Say’s species. Say in-
deed states that ‘‘the scutel is bimaculate, spots blackish, placed transversely,”
which is not the case in any of my specimens, and is not stated to be the case
in Dr. Hagen’s diagnosis. But this is so contrary to the general style of or-
namentation in Perlina, that Say was probably mistaken, and mistook a cloud
for two spots. In my specimens the meso- and meta-thorar are luteous, more or
less obscurely clouded with fuscous.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367

Sometimes in my species the head is pure yellow, with only the eyes and
ocelli black. The abdomen is sometimes pure yellow, sometimes with a wide
fuscous band in the middle, sometimes entirely fuscous. But the prothoracic
vitte are always distinct. The ({‘ has the last abdominal joint small, internal.

The © antepenultimate ventral segment is triangularly extended so as to
completely cover the penultimate. The 9th ¢{ ventral is apparently concealed
by the 8th, which is very large and triangularly extended at tip, with no ap-
pearance of any suture.

Length to tip of wings 11—14 mill. Alar expanse 21—27 mill. Length of
abd. 3—4 mill. Twenty specimens.

CHLOROPERLA BRUNNIPENNIS, n. sp.—Brown-black. Head much wider than
the prothorax; ocelli three; epistoma generally luteous; antennz luteous at
base. Mouth, base of abdomen, and all beneath, generally obscure luteons.
Prothorax rather wider than long, its sides straight, contracted behind, its
angles slightly rounded. Sete Iuteous at base, sometimes all but their tips
luteous. Antepenultimate segment Q venter covering 4 the penultimate.
Legs luteous, femora with a broad median black band, sometimes inter-
rupted beneath, especially in the front legs; tibia black on their basal half,
sometimes luteous beneath, especially in the front legs. Wings all brownish,
the costa yellowish ; veins the color of the wing; front wings with a streak be-
tween the postmedian and postcostal veins, and the region of the origin of the
accessory subcostal, hyaline.

Alar expanse 16—21 mill. Length abd. 3}—4 mill. Two one Q.

CHLOROPERLA NANA, n. sp.— Differs from the above in size, in the head being
immaculate above and below, and in the prothorax being one-half wider than
long, its angles rounded, and with a broad, median, luteous vitta, The hya-
line streaks on the wings are absent.

Length to tip of wings 64 mill. Alar expanse 114 mill. Abd. 2 mil!. One
©? specimen.

IsopreRYX cCYDIPPE, Newman! (= Perla imbecilla, Say?) Capnia minima?
Newport. T#niopTeRyx FascraTa, Burm.! (= T. frigida, Hagen?) NeMwouRa
compLeTa, Walker.

EPHEMERINA.

(Anterior tarsi always five-jointed ; the others generally five-jointed, but four-
jointed in Hphemera and Cloe.)

[Rem tarsal joint longer )}

than the second, except |

in anterior ¢ : tarsus, BEX, subgenus A;
where they are equal.

{ Eyes ¢ contiguous,
simple. (Interme-
diate seta, when } First tarsal joint always .

Eons rudiment ae than the second. } Batis, subgenus B.
al.) irst tarsal joint shorter s
| than the second. i Betis, subgenus C,

Cross-yeins numerous; | Eyes ¢ contiguous, }

costal cross-veins nu-| double. (Three sub- {

merous, robust, rega-| equal sete both in } ----+--------+-----++---- +s PoTsMANTHUS.

lar. (Wings 4, hind | imago and subim-

wings wide with nu-| ago.) pees

mnerous veins; very ( Legs all short; intermedi- P

few short, terminal | Eyes ¢ not contigu-| ate seta short. PALINGENIA, subgenus A.

isolated veinlets at| ous. simple; inter-| Legs all short, except ¢
the tips of any of the | mediate seta,when{ anterior legs; intermedi- l patsxorsn, subgenus B.
wings.) present, short or] ate = rudimental.
; ng;
lhl toe 7a ~ caste, PALINGENIA, subgenus C.
Eyes ¢ remote, sim-

ple; three long se-

te, subequal in ime } -- +++ 0+ e+ ee eee ee ee ee ee eee EPHEMERA.

ago, equal in sub-

{ imago.

1862. ]

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

; (Eyes ¢ contiguous,
Cross-veins less nume-| simple. (Wings 4, (Three long and equal sete. EPHEMERELLA, D. 2.
rous; costal cross-| hind wings wide,< Three setze, the middle one
veins, except the ba-] with numerous ( rudimental. } Bensca, ph
sal cross-vein and on} veins.)
the terminal ? of cos-
ta, almost invisible Wings 4, cross-veins ra-) CLOE, subgenus A.
(Ma Pea 7 obeeut Eyes ¢ ay ther numerous (80 or 60) ¢
any short terminal | double. (Wings 4); Wings 4,cross-vyeins sparse
isolated veiniets at| or 2; an wines (4—18.) \ cro, eupeeuae a
the tips either of the | with 2 or 3 veins.) \ Wings 2, crogs-veins sparse C
front or hind wings, { (14—18.) } ge!
except in Canis.) Eyes ¢ remote, sim-
ple. (Wings 2, se- > ++ +--+ +++ SRewccecveswe ve C2ENIS.
tee 3.)

subgenus C.

As it is often difficult in the dried specimen to distinguish whether the <j
eyes are single or double, and as sexual generic characters are practically in-
convenient, the following synoptical table, which excludes them, except in two
subgenera, has been prepared :

First tarsal joint entirely
obsolete in ¢Q? 4 hind EpPuemerh.
legs.

Seta 3, subequal. First tarsal joint indis- }
tinct and connate with
the tibia in ¢ 9 4 hind } Poramantuvs.
legs, but not obsolete. J)

Aodcucd staes ses: Oso. --PALINGENIA, subgenus A,

( First tarsal joint shorter

than second.

Costal cross-veins nu- First tarsal joint longer
merous, robust, regu-{ Sete 3, the middle} than second, except in
lar ; wings 4. one rudimental. anterior ¢ tarsus, where
they are equal.

First tarsal joint longer

{ than second in all ¢ 2 >Bzm1s, subgenus B.

legs.
( First tarsal joint shorter

: | than second, indistinct

Setz 3, the middle
one short.)

\ PALINGENIA, Subgenus B.

wars subgenus A,

and connate with the ti- ( B78, subgenus C.

bia in all ¢ @ legs.
First tarsal joint shorter

than second, distinct and > PALINGENTA, subgenus C.
free in all ¢ 9 legs.

\ Sete 2.

\
Three equal scte. EPHEMERELLA, N. g.
if Winge 4, hind wings) Three sete, middle one ru- B “aie
Costal cross-veins, ex-; Wide. dimental. ; RIE TEI.
cept at tip and ex- | Cross-veins rather nume-
treme Badesyery slen-) Wings 4, hind wings rous, (50--60.) } cros, subgenus A.
der; entirely absent | D&@trrow. Cross-veins sparse, (14-18) C1oz, subgenus B.
on sOme part of the [ome sete ; ee b C
costa. sparse, (14—18.) LOE, cae.
| Wings 2. Three sete; cross-veins} Q..
( very sparse, (4—6 ) } seat e

Batis.

$3 Betis, Subgenus A.—First tarsal joint distinct, large, always larger than
any of the three following, except in the anterior 3 tarsus ; joints 1-4 regular-
ly and notably diminishing in length, except in the anterior oO tarsus, where
joints 1-4 are long and subequal ‘and joint 1 is distinctly free. A rudimental
intermediate seta, ‘distinetly articulate, sometimes turned downwards.

B&TIS FEMORATA, Say.—Undescribed eRe —o' Piceous. Eyes inthe liy-
ing insect pearly whitish on their superior 3, with a moveable black spot; the
inferior } pale dusky, divided from the whitish part by a definite line ; antenne
dusky, male at extreme tip. Prosternum a little marked with whitish, some-
times almost entirely whitish; a broad transverse oblong whitish band between
the hind coxz, sometimes very conspicuous. Abdomen with joints 1-5 whitish
hyaline, each with a narrow piceous band before the incisures, an obscure, ob-
long, medial spot on each side of the dorsum, and a slight piceous pulverules-

[Seépt.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369

eence above; on the lateral base of joints 6 and 7 a semi-oval whitish spot ex-
tending to their middle, and a similar spot covering the whole side of the last
joint; venter whitish hyaline; anal processes whitish, sometimes with only
their middle joint whitish ; sete whitish, with fuscous incisures alternately wide
and narrow. Anterior legs a little longer than the body, with very long tarsi,
pale brown, sometimes with the basal half of their femora brown; the four pos-
terior legs paler; all six with a broad postmedian band on the femora, the base
and tips of the tibiz, and the tarsal incisures and tips brown. Wings hyaline;
veins and cross-veins, hyaline, subequal, moderate, except the three veins of
the costa, one discal sector with its basal cross-veins, and sometimes some of
the other veins, which are fuscous; at the discal bifurcation of this sector there
is @ more or less obvious small brown spot; subcostal cross-veins fuscous,
rather coarse ; a coarse medial black line immediately behind the third vein of
the costa, about a millimetre long, and sometimes a slight brown cloud at the
costal tip ; posterior wings hyaline, with hyaline veins and cross-veins, except
one long and one short series of cross-veins on the basal costa, which are strong-
ly fuscous aad enclose a brown cloud.

The Q differs from the §' as follows: joints 1—5 of abdomen are piceous
brown above, paler towards their base ; the anterior legs, as usual in epheme-
rinal 2 imagos, are shorter; and there is no basal cloud on the hind wings.

Length § 12—133 mill.; 9 123—14 mill. Alarexp. § 25—28 mill.; 9
28—29 mill. Setz | 20—24 mill.; 9 13—16 mill. Ant. leg) 14 mill.; 9 9
mill. Eight ¢f', two 9.

The subimago, which alone was known to Say, is a very different looking in-
sect from the imago; but having found a specimen drowned in the act of
moulting, [ succeeded in detaching the subimaginal film from the abdomen and
from one wing, thus proving their identity. Say states that in °{ “ihe ner-
vures are brown and margined with brown, more particularly so at the base,
middle and tip of their costal margins.” This makes, of course, 3 darker
clouds on the base, middle and tip respectively of the costal margin, which are
more or less piain on all my specimens both (j\ and 9, the central cloud al-
ways very distinct, the basal one the least so. Dr. Hagen has misunderstood
Say’s language, and abridging his description says, “ veins clouded witb fuscous,
especially the basal discoidal and apical ones,” which would make three fus-
cous fascie. It may be added to Say’s description, that the anternal seta is
fuscous, the basal joints pale, sometimes tipped with fuscous; that the jf and
© anterior legs are a shade darker than the posterior ones ; and that besides
the femoral bands, the base and tip of the tibie, and the tarsal incisures and
tips, are also brown in allthe legs. The abdominal sete are pale brown with
brown incisures, pilose at tip; and the wings are very finely ciliated behind.

Length 103—14 mill. Alar exp. 24—32 mill. Sete 10—14 mill. Ant. ¢
leg 9 mill. Ant. leg QO 83 mill. Five %, two Q.

B&TIS ALTERNATA ? Say.—(j' Piceous brown. The lower } of the eyes, in the
living insect, is separated from the upper } by a black line; antennal seta
dusky ; epistoma pale. Base of scutel yellowish all round. Sternum a little
marked with yellowish. Abdomen with two lateral basal triangular yellowish
spots on segments 2—9 or 4—9 more or less confluent, sometimes extending to
the dorsum; on joints 7 and 8 and sometimes on 6, one or both of these spots
often enclose a longitudinal brown line and are much elongated ; venter pale,
each joint generally with a small central basal spot, two transverse medial dots
and an oblique slightly abbreviated lateral line, brown; joints 1—2 and 8—9
sometimes almost brown ; sete whitish with brownincisures ; anal appendages
pale, generally brownish atbase. Anterior legs pale brown, posterior 4 almost
pale, all with the extreme base and tip and a wide subterminal band on the
femora, base and tips of the tibie and the tarsal incisures and tips, brown.
Wings hyaline, glittering, with fuscous veins and cross-veins, the veins rather
fine, except the three on the costa which are quite coarse, and the cross-veins,

1862.’] 25

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

except the oblique basal subcostal one which is quite coarse, so very fine as to
be almost imperceptible to the naked eye, giving the whole wing a very peculiar
appearance. The anterior °j' tarsus is very long; in the living insect the first
joint is seen to be freely moveable.

The 92 hastwo diverging carine between the ocelli, the anterior and lateral
edges of the vertex, and sometimes its medial carina, and on each side two ab-
breviated vitte, yellowish. The markings of the abdomen are occasionally in-
distinct.

Length 3 103—-123 mill.; 9 10—114 mill. Alar exp. gj! 23—30 mill.; 9
26-32 mill. Length ,j' seta 19-31 mill.; 9 18-19 mill. Length f ant. leg
(one specimen) 16 mill. Ant. tarsus 9 mill.; Q ant. leg (same size) 8 mill.
Described from fifteen j', six 9. Say states that the wings are “ whitish,”
or ‘‘ hyaline with a whitish reflection.’’ In other respects his description agrees
with the Q of the above. Very abundant at Rock Island, and I have also
taken it on Coal Valley Creek, Rock Island Co. and the Des Plaines River near
Chicago.

The jf and 2 subimago, with which Say was not acqua nted, differ from the
imago in the colors and markings being darker and more obscure, and in the
wings being fumose and the veins and cross-veins coarser and more distinct.
The tips of the hind wings, including the nervures, are pale greenish. As in all
other subimagos known to me, the posterior edge of the wings, whea held up
to the light, exhibits under astrong lensa ciliated appearance, and the sete are
pilose. The (j\ anterior legs are no longer than those of Q.

Length Gi 11 mill.; Q 10—12 mill. Alar exp. gf! 29 mill.; Q 29—30 mill.
Seta §' 13 mill.; Q 14—15 mill. Length ant. o' leg 8 mill; it tarsus 4 mill.
One (°f', two Q.

33 Betis. Subgenus B.—First tarsal joint large, always larger than any of the
three following; in anterior <j’ and Q legs free, distinct ; in 4 posterior gj and
O legs connate, indistinct; joints 1—4 regularly and moderately diminishing
in length; no difference in the relative proportions of ¢\ and Q anterior tarsal
joints. A rudimental intermediate seta, sometimes turned downwards.

Batis arma? Say.—j' Ferruginous. Head light ferruginous; ocelli not
approximate, subequal ; a large black spot on the inside orbit of each posterior
ocellus, and a small spot on the back part of the front one; eyes in the dried
specimen black, occasionally with a broad interior pale purple vitta; seta pale
at tip, sometimes entirely pale. Thorax and abdomen piceous above, except
the last abdominal segment, with ferruginous semicircles or triangles on the
basal half of each piceous segment of the abdomen; longitudinal middle of
sternum and venter piceous; seta pale greenish; anal appendages sometimes
fuscous towards the tip. Anterior legs long, obscure greenish, fuscous on the
terminal half of the femora and the tibial and tarsal tips, occasionably entirely
fuscous, except the basal half of the tarsal joints; four hind legs greenish
white, a little cloudy at the tips of the tarsi; the first tarsal joint in the an-
terior leg is free in the living insect. Wings hyaline; veins and cross-veins
subequal, rather fine, greenish-hyaline, with a trace of fuscous at the extreme
base of the costa.

The © differs from the (¢{ as follows: The eyes of the living specimen are
ferruginous, with a broad yellowish vitta dividing them into two equal por-
tions, in the dead specimen dark ferruginous; the vertex is yellow, sometimes
with a ferruginous vitta. Except in two specimens, where the markings are
similar to those of <j’, the body is of a nearly uniform ferruginous color; the
anterior legs are generally marked as in the exceptional 9‘ specimen; and the
nervures of the wings, except occasionally on the posterior margin of the front
wings, are pale fuscous, Similar sexual variations in the color of the wing
veins occur in Palingenta.

Length g' 10—12 mill.; Q 9—13 mill. Alar exp. gi 223—25} mill.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371

© 233—32 mill.’ Seta 5 18—23 mill.; Q 17—26 mill. Length anterior leg
3 93 mill.; 2 (same size) 7} mill. Described from six g’, nine 9. Say
says, ‘‘ Vertex with a small black spot each side on the orbit.” Did he refer to
the orbits of the ocelli? There are no other spots on the head in my species.
His description was posthumously published, and lacks the word “ brown” or
‘‘ niceous” at the end.

The ¢ 2 subimago, which are undescribed by Say, and from which I have
bred numerous specimens of the imago, differ from the imago as follows: The
3 body is often of an obscure grayish fuscous color, the lateral markings of
the abdomen, when present, being more obscure than in the imago ; in the
@ these markings are never visible. The eyes of the living ¢ insect are sepa-
rated by a narrow fissure, sometimes visible even in the dried specimen,
whereas, in ¢{‘ imago they are always contiguous. The abdominal sete are
greenish obscure, sometimes a little dusky at tip, always pilose under the
lens. The anterior legs ¢$' 9 do not differin length from one another, and are
generally entirely fuscous, except the base of the first and sometimes of the
second tarsal joints. The wings are clouded with dusky, especially towards
the tips; veins and cross-veins dusky, rather coarse, subequal; all the cross-
veins bordered with fuscous; hind wings conspicuously and widely bordered
with fuscous behind.

Length gf 8—113 mill.; 9 9—123 mill. Alar exp. §' 20—24 mill.; Q 26—32
mill. Sete og! 12—14 mill.; 9 10—14 mill. Hight (, five 9. Differs from
B. ignava, Hagen (a subimago) chiefly in the feet not being rufous.

Batis sicca, n. sp.—j' Ferruginous. Head light ferruginous; seta pale ;
eyes in the dried specimen blackish; orbits of ocelli not conspicuously darker
inside. Thorax piceous; pleura ferruginous; sternum piceous. Abdomen
piceous above, except the last segment; sete pale greenish, slenderly incised
with fuscous; anal appendages a little darker towards the tip. Anterior legs
short, piceous, except the tip of the tibia, which is black, and the first tarsal
joint, which is always conspicuously pale, except at the incisures ; four posterior
legs pale greenish, extreme tarsal tips cloudy. Wings hyaline, veins and cross-
veins subequal, rather fine, fuscous, in a very mature specimen pale fuscous.

The Q differs from (j' in the thorax and abdomen being immaculate, and in
the anterior tarsi being pale fuscous, except the first joint, which is pale as in (.

Length °{‘ 84—10 mill.; 9 83—1i} mill. Alar exp. gf) 19—22 mill.; 9 23—27
mill. Seta g/ 19 mill.; 9 15 mill. Anterior leg mature ¢' 6 mill.; 9 (similar
size) 53 mill. Three ¢',two 2. May be easily confounded at first sight with
arida, but is sufficiently distinct by the short anterior (j' legs, the pale first
tarsal joint in g' Q anterior legs and the fuscous (/ wing-veins, This, as
well as arida, Say, differs from vicaria, Walker, and annulata, Walker, in the four
posterior legs not being two- or more banded, and in some other respects.

The §Q subimago are scarcely distinguishable from those of arida, but the
eyes of the living ({' are contiguous. The species occurs a month later than
arida.

22 Betis. Subgenus C.—First tarsal joint indistinct, connate, moderate, equal
to about % joint 2, except in anterior ¢' tarsus, where it is about 4; joints
2—4, moderately diminishing in length in all ¢ Q legs. No intermediate
seta visible, even in the living insect.

Batis pesitis? Walker, Catal—j' Ferruginous. lyes in the living insect
with their lower fourth fuscous and their upper three-fourths brown, and with
coarser facets ; seta of antenne dusky, pale at tip. Thorax generally piceous.
Abdomen with the terminal third or half of each joint more or less piceous ; anal
appendages pale; seta whitish, immaculate. Legs pale greenish, with a median
narrow band on the femora, and generally the knees, fuscous; the anterior legs
generally with the tips of the tibia and tarsal incisures and tips fuscous; the
four hind legs with only the tarsal tips fuscous. Wings hyaline; veins and

1862.]

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

cross-veins moderate, subequal, pale greenish hyaline, except the basal third of
the three costal veins, and occasionally their tips, which are fuscous; in the
hind wings they are all immaculate.

The © differs from ¢f as follows: The general color is paler; the thorax is
generally almost yellow ; the abdomen ferruginous, each joint generally darker
at tip; and the wing-veins are dusky along the costa and at the tip of the wing,
gradually becoming hyaline as they approach the postcostal angle.

Length § 4—53 mill.; 9 5—7 mill. Alar exp. of! 14—15 mill.; Q 15—16
mill. Seta $113—14 mill.; 9 8—11} mill. Anterior leg ¢' 7 mill.; Q (same
size) 5 will. Eight j',eight 9. The diagnosis of debilis is so brief that it is
scarcely sufficient.

The subimago differs from the imago in the general color being obscure ;
the thorax is almost yellowish, and the abdomen obscure piceous or ferruginous,
immaculate; the anterior tarsi are fuscous; the abdominal seta cloudy at tip
and pilose under the lens; the wings are fumose, the veins and cross-veins
fuscous, the former rather coarse, the latter moderate; and the fringe on the
posterior edge of the wings is long and dense.

Length ¢{' 43—5} mill. Alar exp. ¢’ 13—15 mill. Seta ¢ about 5 mill.
Anterior leg f\ (same size as G' imago) 5 mill. Two %'; Q unknown.

PoTAMANTHUS.

PoTAMANTHUS CuPIDUS, Say.—Undescribed imago.—,j\ Piceous, highly pol-
ished; venter, except the penultimate joint, ferruginous; anal processes pale;
sete whitish, with fuscous incisures alternately wide and narrow on the basal
half, uniform behind the middle, and towards the tip beeoming very wide.
Anterior legs brown, darker at the knees and the tips of the tibie; four hind
legs pale yellowish brown, immaculate. Wings hyaline, veins rather coarse,
especially on the costa, cross-veins fine, the former fuscous, except on the
postcosta, where they are hyaline; the latter hyaline, except at the subcostal
tip of the front wing, where they are fuscous.

Length 5) 74 mill. Alar expanse / 18 mill. Setz ¢/18} mill. ; intermediate
seta about 16 mill. Anterior leg {8 mill. One ¢'; Q unknown.

The subimago, which alone was known to Say, and from which, after several
unsuccessful attempts, I finally succeeded in breeding the ¢ imago, occurs
rather abundantly on rafts of Wisconsin pine-logs from the middle of May to
the middle of June, unaccompanied, so far as I could discover, by the image.
The “two divergent, abbreviated, obsolete, whitish lines’ which Say mentions
as peculiar to the oj (= @ apud Say) I noticed only in a single 9, and they
disappear in death.

Length ¢' 7—9 mill.; @ 9 mill. Alar exp. gf) 20—26 mill.; Q 19—24 mill.
Sete ¢ 11—14 mill.; intermediate seta ¢\ 9—12 mill. Sete Q 83—11} mill. ;
intermediate seta Q 8—103 mill. Ant. leg. G' 8 mill.; Q (same size) 7 mill.
Eleven ,j', three 9.

PoTAMANTHUS ? ODONATUS, n. sp.—Piceous; sex uncertain; head, anterior legs
and abdomen deficient. Posterior legs pale ferruginous, tips of tarsi cloudy.
Wings hyaline; veins moderate, fuscous ; paler towards base ; cross-veins fine,
fuscous at terminal half, hyaline at basal half; terminal one-third of anterior
wing dusky, with a definite outline.

Alar expanse 25 mill. I have referred this fragmentary specimen, which I
found drowned in a pool of water, to Potamanthus, because it agrees with that
genus in its tarsal structure (which is the same as that of Betis, subgenus C,)
and also in its peculiar neuration,—viz.: four veins on the postcosta, the an-
terior one much curved, and emitting anteriorly from its centre a bifurcate vein.
IT am not aware that there are any other examples in Hphemerina of the style of
ornamentation, so characteristic of the Odonata, which prevails in the wings
of this species.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373

PALINGENIA.

2@ Palingenia. Subgenus A.—First tarsal joint distinct in the anterior legs,
indistinct and connate in the four posterior legs; legs short, hind legs not
nearly attaining the tip of the abdomen; intermediate seta rather short; eyes
of ©’ separated by a space as wide as the orbit of the posterior ocellus.

PALINGENIA VITTIGERA, n. sp.— jf‘ Yellowish. Ocelli and vertex piceous;
antenne pale ferruginous, seta whitish at tip. Prothorax piceous on its dor-
sum ; thorax piceous to the base of the wings. Abdomen piceous on its dor-
sum, dersum of each joint with two narrow, yellowish, divergent basal vitte
extending half way to its tip; anal appendages yellowish; sete whitish, im-
maculate. Legs yellowish, anteriors with the base and tips of the tibiw, and
the tarsal incisures and tips fuscous; four hind legs with only the tips of the
tibia and the tarsal tips fuscous. Wiaogs hyaline; veins and cross-veins fine,
subequal, hyaline, except on the costa, where they are coarse, the first vein
fuscous at base, yellowish at tip; the second and third yellowish throughout;
the costal cross veins fuscous at base, becoming yellowish towards the tip of
the costa; inthe hind wings two costal veins, with their connecting cross-veins,
are pale fuscous.

Length g' 18 mill. Alar expanse §' 32 mill. Sete J about 40 or 50 mill.
Intermediate seta G5 mill. Anterior leg G\ 9 mill.; Q unknown.

43Palingenia. Subgenus B.—First tarsal joint distinct in the anterior legs,
indistinct and connate in the four posterior legs ; legs short, except the j) an-
- terior legs, hind leg not attaining the tip of the abdomen; intermediate seta
rudimental; eyes ¢{ separated by a space twice as wide as the orbit of the
posterior ocellus.

PALINGENIA LimBaTa, Pictet, (= No. 4, P. bilineatsz, Say, apud Hagen,) P.
BILINEATA, Say, (= No. 5, P. limbata, Guérin, apud Hagen. )—An attentive com-
parison of Say’s description with Dr. Hagen’s diagnoses will, I think, satisfy
any one that Dr. Hagen has wrongly identified Say’s species, and that his No.
5, not his No. 4, is the true bilineata, Say. The following particulars in Say’s
description apply to No. 5,as described by Dr. Hagen himself, and not to No. 4:
“Prothorax blackish each side and before ;” ‘‘ wings hyaline, whitish, with
fuscous nervures ;” [Say describes the Q of his species, and the Q of No. 4
has yellowish wings with yellow veins;”] ‘a double series of whitish, opLiqguE”
—[typographical or clerical error for opLone ?]—* dilated abbreviated lines”
on the abdomen. Moreover, Say describes it as ‘appearing in considerable
numbers.” Now, No. 5 positively swarms at Rock Island every summer, and I
found it in similar profusion in Southern Illinois on the Ohio River; No. 4, on
the contrary, is quite rare; I have met with orly nine or ten specimens in five
years near Rock Island, and in Southern IllinoisI did not meet with any at
all. Mr. Uhler agrees with me, as appears from his note in Say’s Works,
(i. p. 203.)

§§ Palingenia. Subgenus C.—First tarsal joint distinct in all the legs, freely
movable by the living insect in the anterior legs; legs all long; hind legs
much more than attaining the tip of the abdomen ; no intermediate seta; eyes
3’, Separated by a space at least as wide as the orbit of the posterior ocellus.

PALINGENIA FLAVESCENS, n. sp.—' Yellowish. Ocelli fuscous ; vertex fer-
ruginous; seta dusky, whitish at tip. Thorax ferruginous, sometimes verging
on piceous. Dorsum of abdomen ferruginous, joints 1—6 darker at tip, and
with two subobsolete pale basal vitte on the dorsum; venter pale greenish,
except the three or four last joints; anal processes pale, fuscous at tip; sete
whitish, the incisures fuscous, occasionally towards the base alternately white
and narrow. Anterior legs pale ferruginous; a medial and terminal band on
the femora, tips of tibie and tarsal incisures and tips fuscous ; four hind legs

1862.)

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

yellowish, with the tips of femora fuscous, and the tarsal incisures and tips a
little cloudy. Wings hyaline, with a pale ferruginous cloud along the costal
tip; veins and cross-veins moderate, subequal, fuscous, except the three
costal veins which are coarse, yellowish on their basal two-thirds, fuscous on
their terminal one-third, where the cross-veins also are coarse, the obliaue
basal cross-vein being always very coarse; half way to the tip the second
costal vein is always thickened and obfuscated for the length of half a milli-
metre, sometimes obviously, sometimes indistinctly.

The Q is paler than the <j‘; the vertex and thorax being rather luteous
than ferruginous, and the dorsum of the abdomen pale fuscous, or pale ferru-
ginous, with no appearance of any vitt# ; in one specimen the sete are imma-
culate, except at the extreme tip; the costal cross-veins are hyaline on their
basal 2.

Length oS 9—13 mill. 9 10—13 mill. Exp. $1 24—31 mill. 9 27—34 mill.
Seta ¢) 27—38 mill. 9 27—28 mill. Ant. leg ¢' 13 mill. 2 (same size) 10
mill. Eleven ', three 9. Resembles Betis vicaria, Walker, but differs in
the coloring of the wing-veins.

The ¢ subimago differs from the °J' imago in the vitte of the abdomen being
obsolete. The sete are obscure greenish, immaculate, pilose; the anal pro-
cesses are immaculate ; the wings are slightly tinged with fuscous, and ciliated
behind, and the coloring of the veins and cross-veins is not so strongly marked.

The © subimago differs from the 9 imago in the abdominal joints, 1—6
being of a deep egg-yellow, from the included eggs showing through the in-
tegument; the seta is pale, a little fuscous at tip; the wings are subfiaves-
cent, subopaque, ciliated behind; the veins yellowish, and the cross-veins
also yellowish, except on the disk and tip.

Length §' 10 mill.; 2 114 mill. Alar exp. ¢ 29 mill.; 2 30 mill. Seta
J 17 mill.; 9 13 mill. Ant. leg GP 10 mill. One oj, one 2.

PALINGENIA (B2#TIS) INTERPUNCTATA, Say.—,j' Yellowish. Eyes in the living
insect pale greenish yellow, a black longitudinal line dividing them into two
equal parts. Ocelli with fuscous orbits; a black spot on each side between
the eyes, sometimes indistinct from the vertex being obfuscated; beneath
each antenna a black spot, a little elongated transversely, but not angulated,
except when viewed obliquely. Prothorax with a basal triangle, and a line
on each side black; dorsum of thorax piceous. Abdomen pale obscure green-
ish; a dorsal line generally wide, sometimes narrow, and the terminal 3 of
each joint piceous; the last two or three joints almost entirely piceous; the
dorsal line, when wide, incloses on joints 1—6 or 1—7 a lateral pale spot;
venter pale obscure-greenish, with the tips of the segments darker ; anal
appendages pale, sometimes cloudy at tip; sete pale greenish, the incisures
distinctly but narrowly fuscous, except in one immature specimen. Anterior
legs pale greenish yellow, with a medial and terminal band on the femora,
the tips of the tibie and the tarsal incisures and tips fuscous ; four hind legs
somewhat paler, but similarly marked, except in a single specimen, where
the medial band of the femora is subobsolete, and except also that only the
extreme tip of the tibie is fuscous. Wings hyaline, clouded with yellowish
brown on the costa, especially on the terminal one-third ; the veins fine, except
the three costal veins, which are coarse ; the cross-veins rather coarse, on the
costa very coarse; all fuscous, except the basal two-thirds of the three costal
veins, which are yellowish; on the middle of the costa, between the third
costal vein and that immediately behind it, is a very coarse black streak,
about one-half millimetre long. The hind wings are always distinctly tipped
with brown.

The © differs from the ¢ as follows: The basal triangle of the prothorax
is generally reduced to a black dot; the dorsum of the thorax is luteous. The
abdomen and venter are egg-yellow, from the included eggs showing through,

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375

and the dorsal and terminal line of each abdominal segment is much nar-
rower, the penultimate joints not differing in color from the others, and the
last joint being whitish ; the ventral joints, instead of being darker, appear
paler at tip; the sete are whitish, almost immaculate. The costa is clouded
with yellowish, not darker on the tip: and the veins and cross-veins on the
postcosta of the front wings, and on the whole of the hind wings, except the
tip, are yellowish hyaline.

Length ¢' 7—7} mill.; 9 5—10 mill. Alar exp. 1 18—21 mill.; 9 1g4—
29 mill. Seta g' 20—25 mill.; 9 14—24 mill. Ant. leg g'10 mill.; Q
(same size) 6 mill. Eight ¢j', three 9.

The °f‘ subimago differs from the ,j\ imago in the colors being paler and
obscurer ; the sete are immaculate and pilose; the wings are ciliated and
tinged with fuscous, or in very immature specimens opaque and tinged with
yellow, and the veins and cross-veins colored as in Q.

The © subimago differs from the 9 imago in the prothorax being generally
fasciate posteriorly with black; the abdomen is generally widely vittate with
fuscous, the vitta on each joint inclosing a lateral pale spot as in the normal
3’; the sete and wings are as in 9 subimago.

Length ¢ 6—10 mill.; Q 6—10 mill. Alar exp. ¢) 17—25 mill.; © 20—
30 mill. Seta $1 9—15 mill.; @ 7—14 mill. Ant. leg ¢¥' 8} mill.; 2 (same
size) 8 mill. Five ,', five 2. Say states of the imago, that ‘‘the stemmata
are distant,”’ which is true of 2, but not of ('; and that ‘‘the set# are im-
maculate,’’ which is not generally true of ¢’. Again he says, that ‘‘the abdo-
. men at tip is more or less obviously ferruginous,’’ which is true of the <j, but

not of the Q ; and in some other respects his description disagrees. This
insect is referred by Say to the genus Betis, and so is Palingenia bilineaia.

PALINGENIA PULCHELLA, 0. Sp.—j\ Whitish. Eyes in the living insect pearly
whitish, changing to blackish even before death; ocelli ferruginous, their
orbits often blackish ; seta fuscous at base, pale at tip; all above behind the
ocelli ferrugino-piceous, except the meso- and meta-thoracic scutella, which are
whitish, and the base of the seventh abdominal joint, and all but the extreme
terminal edge of joints 1—6, which are whitish hyaline, with a large subter-
minal lateral fuscous dot upon each. Setz whitish with fuscous incisures,
alternately narrow and wide on the basal half. Beneath all whitish, except
the sternum, which is light ferruginous, especially in front. Anterior legs
pale yellowish, with a medial and terminal band on the femora, tips of the
tibie, and the tarsal incisures and tips fuscous; four hind legs whitish, the
markings the same but paler, and the medial femoral band sometimes obso-
lete. Wings hyaline, with a pale brown cloud on the tip of the costa; the
veins fine, except on the costa, the cross-veins rather coarser, especially on the
costa; all fuscous, except the basal two-thirds of the costal veins, which are
yellowish ; the oblique cross-vein at the base of the costa is very coarse. In
the hind wings the postcostal veins and cross-veins are hyaline.

The Q differs from the ¢/ as follows: The vertex is whitish, varied with
Iuteous or ferruginous; the thorax is whitish, varied with luteous, and the
sternum and pleura whitish. The abdomen and venter are egg-yellow, except
where the eggs have been partially extruded; abdominal joints 1—6 marked
as in g'; 7—9 sometimes slightly tinged with ferruginous above, sometimes
immaculate. The cloud on the costal tip is paler, and the veins and cross-
veins of the hind wings are mostly hyaline.

Length § 6—7 mill.; 9 53—6}3 mill. Alar exp. 9’ 15—21 mill.; 9 17—
22 mill. Seta ¢' 17—21 mill.; 2 15—16 mill. Ant. leg ¢ 9} mill.; 2 (same
size) 55 mill. Twelve <%, eight O.

The ¢' 9 subimago, from which I have bred the imago, have the body
colored as the imago, but paler and obscurer. The sete are obscure pale
greenish, less distinctly annulate, and scarcely pilose, except at base. The
wings are subopaque, clouded with fuscous; the fuscous cross-veins bordered

1862.]

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

with fuscous, and the hind edge of the wings ciliated. The hind wings are
paler, and tipped with fuscous.

Length <j) 5—8 mill.; Q 6—S8 mill. Alar exp. ¢ 18—20 mill.; 9 19—23
mill. Seta ¢' 10—13 mill.; Q 8—13 mill. Ant. leg of 64 mill.; Q (same
size) 6 mill. Ten ', seven @.

PALINGENIA TERMINATA, 1. Sp.—j' When alive this insect is generally distin-
guishable trom the above by the eyes being yellowish, not pearly whitish.
The dried specimen differs as follows: The color is yellowish. The parts
which are ferrugino-piceous in pulchella (imago), even immediately after
moulting, are almost always ferruginous or luteous; the meso- and meta-tho-
racic scutella are sometimes tipped with white, but rarely entirely white; the
lateral dots of the abdomen are always absent; the sternum is almost always
immaculate; the medial band on the four posterior femora is generally obso-
lete; the cross-veins are scarcely coarser than the veins, giving the wings a
paler appearance; and generally there is discoverable on the second costal
vein the same short streak found in flavescens, which is only seen in a single
S pulchelia. Two somewhat immature specimens are almost entirely whitish,
except that the vertex is partly ferruginous, and there is a ferruginous cloud
on the tip of the abdomen.

The @ is scarcely distinguishable from 9 pulchella but by the yellowish
color, the absence of the lateral dots of the abdomen, and the frequency of the
streak on the second costal vein.

Length ¢' 6$—8 mill.; 9 8—83 mill. Alarexp. 9 18—21} mill.; Q 23
—25 mill. Seta j\ 19—22 mill.; Q 18—22 mill. Ant. leg (10 mill.; Q
(same size) 7 mill. Twelve <j’, five 9.

The ('2 subimago differ from ¢'Q imago, as in pulchella. They are
scarcely distinguishable from the subimago of pulchella, except by the absence
of the lateral abdominal dots.

Length 5 643—7 mill. 9 63—8 mill. Alar exp. of) 19—20 mill. 9 214--24
mill. Seta ¢' 12—13 mill. 9 15—18 mill. Ant. leg j‘2 (same size) 5} mill.
Two G'; two 9.

EPHEMERA.

EPHEMERA DECORA? Walker Catal.—,j Piceous. Seta of antenne pale
at tip. Sternum a little varied with luteous. Abdomen Iuteous, each seg-
ment with a broad lateral dusky vitta, emarginate on its four sides and con-
fluent at its four angles with the adjoining ones, towards the tip of abdomen
almost entirely confluent ; venter similarly marked ; anal processes and sete
pale obscure greenish, the latter regularly incised with fuscous, and the inter-
mediate one slightly the shortest. Anterior legs pale greenish, the femora,
base and tip of tibia and tarsal incisures and tips, fuscous; four hind legs
pale greenish, with only the tips of the tarsi fuscous. Wings hyaline; veins
and cross-veins moderate, subequal, fuscous; the cross-veins irregularly bor-
dered with fuscous, except on the extreme tip and the posterior margin ; on the
basal disc of the wing, and transversely from the middle of the costa nearly to
the hind margin, these borderings become confluent, so as to exhibit aspot and
a semi-fascia, both of them irregular in outline; on the costa they are wider,
towards the tip of which there is a pate brownish cloud; the hind wings are
lightly tipped with fuscous.

The 9 has avery high and acute carina, divaricate and extending from
the occiput to the orbit of the posterior ocellus; in the (/ this carina is not
so obvious. The sternum is paler. The lateral abdominal vitte are not
nearly confiuent from joint 2 to joint 6; and on the venter they are reduced
to an abbreviated line.

Length S10 mill. 9 13 mill. Alar exp. ¢\ 23—25 mill, 9 27 mill. Sete
3 25 mill. 9 15 mill. Interm. seta ¢' 20—21 mill. 2 13 mill. Ant. leg
12 mill. 2 6 mill. Two o', one 9.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377

The 2 subimago is of a nearly uniform obscure fuscous color, the abdomen
with only a trace of the pale colors of theimago. The legs are obscure green-
ish, immacuiate, the front legs alittle the darkest. The three setx are equal,
greenish-fuscous and pilose ; and the wings slightly tinged with fuscous and
ciliate behind.

Length © 10—11 mill. Alar expanse 9 24—26 mill. Sete (3) 9 10 mill.
Two 2 ; o' unknown. This is probably LE. simulans Walk. Cat. I obtained
all my specimens in company on the Desplaines River, near Chicago. The
imago differs from Dr. Hagen’s diagnosis by the thorax not being ‘‘ luteous ”’
above and the wings not ‘‘ yellowish-hyaline.”’

EPHEMERA FLAVEOLA, 0. Ss.—j' Yellowish. Vertex ferruginous; orbits of
ocelli and basal joints of antenne a little dusky; seta pale. Thorax pale
ferruginous. Abdomen with a lateral pale fuscous vitta on joints 3—7 inter-
rupted at the sutures; sete not quite of equal length, whitish, with the
incisures regularly fuscous. Legs yellowish, the anteriors with the terminal
half of the femora ferruginous, and the tips of the tibie, the first tarsal joint,
the incisures of the others and the tarsal tips, fuscous; the hind legs with
only the tarsal tips fuscous. Wings hyaline, with a slight yellowish tint on
the costa, the veins and cross-veins fine, subequal, hyaline, except the
three costal veins and the basal cross-vein which are coarse and yellowish.

The © differs only from the °{ in the abdomen being egg-yellow wherever
it contains eggs; and in the cross-veins of both wings being fuscous, except
at the tip and along the posterior margin.

Length ¢' 73—9} mill. 9 9—104 mill. Alar exp. §) 17—19 mill. 9 19—
20 mill. Sete / 20 mill. Q 12 mill. Interm. seta ¢' 14 mill. Q 10 mill.
Ant. leg 5 84 mill. Q (same size) 6 mill. Four ’, three 9.

The ¢‘9 subimago differ from ¢'2 imago only in the sete being subequal,
obscure pale greenish and pilose, and in the wings being subopaque, tinged
with dusky, and ciliated behind; in one <j, but not in 9, the veins and
cross-veins are slightly dusky.

Length §'7—9 mill. 2 8} mill. Alar exp. ¢' 19—20 mill. 2 20 mill.
Sete (3) § 9—12 mill. 9 12 mill. Two 0’, one 2

EPHEMERELLA, new genus (= Leptophlebia, Westw. ?)

_ Three long and equal caudal sete ; wings four, hind wings wide with several

veins; transverse veins rather numerous, absent, except the basal cross-vein,
on the basal two-thirds of the costa of front wing, and the hind margin of both
wings, where there are many short, isolated veinlets; eyes <j‘ simple, con-
tiguous ; ocelli three, nearly transverse, contiguous ,j'\, somewhat remote 9.
First tarsal joint indistinct, except in anterior ( tarsus; more than one-half
as long as joint 2, except in anterior (j\ tarsus where it is less than one-fourth
as long ; joints 2—4 subequal in all the ¢'Q legs, 4 rather the shortest.

EPHEMERELLA EXCRUCIANS, n.sp.—' Yellowish. Eyes in the living insect
egg-yellow on their upper three-fourths, pale fuscous on their lower one-
fourth ; vertex and antenne ferruginous; seta and orbits of ocelli fuscous.
Dorsum of thorax and of abdomen ferruginous, the latter sometimes almost
Piceous ; sete whitish, with regular fuscous incisures, becoming indistinct at
tip. Legs ali pale yellow, with the tips of all the tarsi and in the anterior
legs the first tarsal joint and the tarsal incisures, cloudy. Wings hyaline, with
a slight yellowish tinge on the costa; veins moderate, cross-veins fine except
on the costal tip, all hyaline.
The © differs from the (fin the veins on the anterior part of the wing
being slightly tinged with fuscous.
Length ¢$ 53—7} mill.; Q 53—6} mill. Exp. ¢ 14}—18 mill.; 9 15—
19 mill. Sete $1 11—13 mill. 2 10--12} mill. Ant. leg ¢' 7 mill. 2 (same
size) 43 mill. Twelve <j, five 9.

1862.)

378 : PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

bas 3S Q subimago differ only in the usual manner from the imago. One
, one ©.

EPHEMERELLA CONSIMILIS, n. s.—(j' Differs from the preceding chiefly in the
great elongation and narrowness of the mesothorax, its anterior lobe or pre-
scutum being half as long again as wide, and the whole mesothorax being four
or five times as long as wide; whereas in exrcrucians the anterior lobe is
scarcely longer than wide, and the whole mesothorax is scarcely three times
as long as wide. The sternum is ferruginous, and the legs are immaculate,
except the tips of anterior tibia and the first tarsal joint, which are fuscous.

Length §' 5 mill. Alar exp. ¢' 14 mill. Seta $ about 5 mill. One ', which
has both the left and the intermediate setaremaining; 9, unknown.

Batisca. New Genus.

Wings four; front wings with numerous cross-veins; costal cross-veins,
except the basal one and those on the terminal one-third of costa, scarcely
visible, entirely absent on the middle of the costa; terminal veinlets distinct,
not branching from the veins, but partly connected with them by cross-veins.
Hind wings wide, with numerous veins, and except towards the tip with
numerous cross-veins ; tip with many isolated veinlets. Eyes -j' contiguous,
simple. Body very robust; middle piece of prosternum deeply and very
widely emarginate behind ; anterior mesothoracic lobe not nearly half as long
as wide, and transversely truncate; mesothoracic scutel very large, horizon-
tally extended so as to attain the tip of the first abdominal joint. Fifth
abdominal joint twice as long as any of the others, which are subequal.
Sete three, exterior ones short, middle one rudimental, distinct, exarticulate.
Tarsal structure as in Betis subgenus B.

Bzrisca (Batis) opEsA, Say.—Undescribed imago.—,j' Ferruginous-piceous.
Each side of the epistoma with a divergent basal elliptical carina, confluent at
its base with the central carina; antenne ferruginous, seta generally pale,
sometimes fuscous at base. Sternum paler behind, especially the space
between the posterior coxe. Abdomen paler, sometimes quite pale, with the
tips of the joints whitish ; anal processes pale, sometimes fuscons at tip; sete
whitish, with regular fuscous incisures at base, which generally disappear
towards the tip ; intermediate seta ferruginous, about half a millimeter long.
Legs pale greenish-yellow, anterior legs with the knees and the tarsal inci-
sures and tips slightly fuscous; hind legs with only the tarsal tips cloudy.
Wings hyaline, the veins fine, except the three costal veins which are rather
coarse ; the cross-veins so fine as to be invisible to the naked eye except on
the costal tip, where they are somewhat coarser, and except also the oblique
basal cross-vein, which is particularly coarse ; costal veins yellowish, the
the third vein piceous at its extreme base; a few of the principal veins
slightly tinged with fuscous, the rest, as well as the cross-veins, hyaline.

The 2 only differs from ,j‘ in the vertex being varied with ferruginous.

Length gj’ 7—8mill.; 9 6—8 mill. Alar exp. gf‘ 20—22 mill. ; Q 22—-24
mill. Seta j) 6—7 mill.; Q 6—7mill. Ant. leg of 8} mill. ; @ (same size,)
4 mill. Twenty oj, ten 9

The subimago, which alone was known to Say, and from which I have ob-
tained the imago, differs from the imago in the colors being darker and obscu-
rer, and in the wings being “dark-brown, with numerous small, transverse,
hyaline [spots or abbreviated lines, and a large byaline,*] very oblique, semi-
fascia about the middle on the anal half.” Taere is also another large, oblique
hyaline semifascia at the costal tip, and, as Say adds, the hind wings, except at
tip, have numerous transverse, abbreviated, hyaline lines. The sete are ob-
scure green, with fuscous incisures. One specimen, captured a month before

* The words included in brackets [ ] are omitted in the reprint of Say’s Works.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379

the main brood appeared, has the hyaline part of the wings much extended,
their brown color paler, and the sete pale.
Length Q 7—9 mill. Alar. exp. Q 22—25. Seta 9 45 mill. Four 9;
unknown.
CLOE.

22 Cloe. Subgenus A. Wings four, cross-veins rather numerous, 50—60 in
number. Hind wings with only two long veins and one short one.

CLOE FERRUGINEA, D. sp.—' Ferruginous. Eyes in the living insect double,
the superior ones peduncled or contracted at their base, and separated above
by a fissure; ocelli peduncled, the two hind ones overhung by the upper eyes,
so as to be entirely concealed by the shrunken eye in the dried specimen; an-
tenne with the two basal joints long, each a little fuscous at tip; sete whitish
at base, fuscous at tip, in one instance vice versa. Anterior mesothoracic lobe
subtruncate, the corners rounded ; sternum pale, generally freckled with reddish-
brown. Abdomen densely freckled with reddish-brown, occasionally almost
piceous ; venter pale reddish-white, not so much freckled; anal processes and
sete whitish. Legs pale-yellowish, with the tips of the tibia, the tarsal inci-
sures and tips, and in the anterior legs the first tarsal joint, fuscous. Wings
hyaline, a little yellowish on the costa; veins and cross-veins moderate, sube-
qual, hyaline; the costal veins yellowish, and a few of the other veins generally
tinged with fuscous; a pair of isolated veinlets between the tips of each pair of
veins. Hind wings with numereus cross-veins on the two long veins.

Length § 73—93 mill. Exp. g) 15—18 mill. Seta %15—i17 mill. Five
3; 2 unknown.

The subimago, from which I have bred the imago, is darker and ebscurer ;
the sete scarcely pilose except at base; the wings fumose, the cross-veins
whitish-hyaline, and bordered with whitish-hyaline, and the postcosta pale;
the costal veins and the base of some of the other veins are fuscous, and the
costa is fuscous. Hind wings pale. All four wings with dense and long cili-
ations behind.

Length 2 63 mill. Alar exp. 9 173 mill. Seta 9 9mill. One Q; like
o', bred from. In this species the first tarsal joint is entirely obsolete in the
four hind legs,but distinct in the ant. ¢ legs, where it is about a quarter as long
as joint two, and also in ant. legs of O subimago, where it is about half as
long. In two imagos and one subimago, a very small intermediate seta was
visible in the recent insect, which disappears in the dried specimen.

22 Cloe. Subgenus B —Four wings; cross-veins sparse, about 14—18 in num-
ber. Hind wings with only two veins.

CLoE FLUCTUANS, n. sp.—Q Brownish white. Vertex sometimes ferruginous,
and with a double longitudinal carina; basal joints of antenne long; seta dusky,
sometimes pale at base. Thorax with a double, light-brown vitta, confluent
behind. Abdomen above and below generally brownish-white, sometimes
varied with brown ; in two specimens pale-brown, with the sixth segment brown
above and beneath; seta whitish. Legs whitish, with the tips of tarsi cloudy.
Wings hyaline, iridescent ; veins rather coarse towards their origin, cross-veins
fine; the veins generally brown, and occasionally edged with brown towards
their origin, towards the postcosta hyaline; the cross-veins always hyaline;
space between the first and second vein of the costa hyaline, with 15—18 small,
brown spots on its anterior edge, a few of them confluent; behind the second
vein a light brown vitta, containing about fourteen round hyaline spots—some
of them confluent before or behind with the hyaline part of the wing—with its
posterior edge variable and irregular, sometimes presenting six or seven large
obtuse teeth. Isolated veinlets, mostly single. Hind wings, with many cross-
veins.

Length © 6—7 mill. Alar exp. Q 134—17 mill. Seta Q 104—12 mill.

1862.]

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Seven ©; fi unknown. Tarsi asin ferruginea. Differs from C. undata, Pictet,
in the setz not being annulated, in the costal margin being umber brown, not
fuscous, and in there being no fuscous cloud on the disk and posterior margin
of the front wing.

Cior tnicotor? Hagen.—{' Obscure piceous. Eyes shrivelled, but appa-
rently double; seta of anteunz fuscous. Abdominal seta pale, cloudy at tip.
Legs all pale yellowish; tips of tarsi cloudy. Wings hyaline, veins moderate,
cross-veins fine, the former sometimes slightly dusky, the latter hyaline; iso-
lated veinlets in pairs. In the hind wings the space between the two veins is
subopaque, and there are no cross-veins.

On the vertex 9 there is a longitudinal dilated stria; the abdomen is bright
ferruginoug, with the incisures in the living insect pale, and a pale, lateral spot
on each segment.

Length § 24 mill; 9 5 mill. Alar exp. §' 9 mill; 9 12—13 mill. Seta ¢'
5 mill; Q 6 mill. One og’, three Q. The diagnosis of wnicolor, Hagen, is very
brief.

Cuoz vicina? Hagen.—,j' Piceous. Eyes in the living insec!, as in C. ferrugi-
nea, but the lower eye is not attached laterally to the upper eye, as in all other
species with double eyes known to me, but at its posterior corner; seta of
antenne fuscous, pale at tip. Joints of abdomen whitish hyaline, with a
lateral dot on each, except the four last, which are piceous; venter pale hya-
line, the four last joints opaque whitish; sete whitish, the incisures often
fuscous towards the base. Legs pale, except the anterior femur, which is some-
times pale ferruginous; tips of tarsicloudy. Wings hyaline iridescent; veins
moderate, cross-veins very fine, all hyaline; isolated veinlets in pairs. In the
hind wings the space between the two veins is subopaque, and there are no
cross-veins.

The © differs in the head, thorax, sternum and abdomen being ferrugino-
piceous, sometimes ferruginous; the venter is reddish white. The anterior fe-
mur is always immaculate.

Length gj) 4—5 mill.; 9 33—5} mill. Alar exp. §' 9—11 mill.; Q 9—12
mill. Seta g' 73—10 mill.; 9 5—9 mill. Seven °j', sixteen 9. Very near po-
sticata, Say, but differs in size, and in the wings not being white.

What, I have no doubt, is the subimago of the above, (see below apud. C.
dubia,) differs in the Golors being obscurer, and the of abdomen dull-whitish-
hyaline at base, sometimes obscure greenish. Tarsi sometimes dusky. Wings
fumoése, the veins rather coarse and dusky, the cross-veins the color of the wing.
The cilia are close-set, and about one-half millimetre long. At first sight very
like B. debilis, subimago.

Length ¢\ 3—3} mill.; 9 3} mill. Alar exp. g‘ 11 mill.; 9 8}—14 mill.
Seta 5 mill.; Q 4 mill. The ¢' 9 anterior tarsi are short and subequal. Two
6’, three 9.

23 Cloe. Subgenus C.—Two wings; cross veins sparse, about 14—18 in
number.

CxLoE pusta, n. sp.?—Differs from the preceding in size, and in the total ab-
sence of hind wings. The lateral abdominal dots ({\ have generally a hyaline
centre, and the °¥ eyes are normal.

The © differs from the Q of vicina in the head, thorax, sternum and abdo-
men being pale ferruginous, the head and abdomen occasionally obfuscated.
The venter is pale yellowish or greenish; and the anterior femora are always
more or less ferruginous.

Length <j! 23—4 mill.; 2 23—3 mill. Alar exp. 5) 8—10} mill.; 9 8—10}
mill. Seta of 43—5} mill.; Q 3—4} mill. Nine J‘, fourteen 9.

The subimago, from which I have bred numerous imagos, differs from the
imago precisely as that of the preceding. The dimensions are similar to those
of the imago. Nine g', ten Q. As Dr. Hagen has not stated whether his v-

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381

cina has any hind wings or not, it is doubtful whether that species be identical
with dubia or with the preceding.

CLOE MENDAX, n. sp.—j' Pale ferruginous. Seta of antenne fuscons, pale at
tip. Sternum and venter pale greenish hyaline, the latter opaque at tip. Legs
pale, tips of tarsi cloudy. Wings hyaline, veins moderate, cross-veins fine, all
hyaline ; isolated veiniets all single.

The Q has sometimes the thorax tinged with green, and is always paler
above.

Length g' 4 mil].; Q 4—5 mill. Alar exp. (114 mill.; 2 14 mill. Seta
oS deficient; 9 9 mill. One '; four 9

The ¢ subimago differs in being of a uniform very pale ferruginous color.
Tne abdominal seta is pale; and the legs areimmaculate. The wings are some-
what opaque, and slightly tinged with dusky, as well as their veins and cross-
veins, and the cilia are long and dense. In the living insect the lower eyes are
blackish, and the upper eyes pale, and there is no intermediate seta visible.

Length §' 4 mill. Alar exp. §\ 133 mill. Sete 8 mill. One %; 2 un-
known. This species differs from all the preceding, except undato, in the ter-
minal veinlets being single, and not in pairs. Westwood formed the species
having the terminal veinlets in pairs, and hind wings with only two veins, into
the genus Brachyphlebia, which, however, he does not recognise in bis Synopsis.
His definition would include C. vicina and C. wnicolor, but not C. undata. (Intr.
If., p. 25.)

CANIS.

Canis HiLaRis, Say, (— amica, Ragen?)—I possess a single (' subimago,
which agrees with Dr. Hagen’s diagnosis of amica, except that the prothorax is
not banded with black like the first of his two specimens. Say states that the
thoracic bands of his species are also Sometimes obsolete. Dr. Hagen suggests
that Say’s species and his are identical, and it is probably the case, as Say men-
tions the wings being “ample,” and the abdomen being “ depressed,” which
last is an unusual character in Ephemerina, and is conspicuous in my specimen.
The basal breadth of the wings is to their length as two to three, and they are
finely, but not densely, ciliate, and very slightly tinged with fuscous. The
cross-veins are only four or five, very fine and scarcely perceptible, and there
are no terminal yeinlets.

ghoneth oO 3mill. Alar exp. 8; mill. Sete deficient, except a few joints
of each.
ODONATA AGRIONINA.

N. B.—It is well known that in the three tribes of Odonata—Agrionina,
A§schnina and Libellulina, with the exception of the subtribe Gomphina,
where the colors are generally constant—the ground colors of the body often
change much in drying, especially the greens and the blues, though not the
yellows; that they differ much in individuals of different degrees of maturity ;
that they are often quite different in the two sexes, the (j' frequently affecting
blue and the 9 green,* except in Ayrion Ramburii, where it is exactly the re-

*In Anazx Junius the ground color of the abdomen of the living ¢, except the first and
a small portion of the second segment which are grass green in both sexes as well as the
thorax, is invariably a vivid ultramarine blue; in the living @ it is invariably obscure pale
purple or lilac. Yet Say describes both sexes, of this very common insect, as of the
same color, Aischna constricta and clepsydra follow invariably the general rule in the
color of the abdomen only, ¢ blue, ? green, thorax green ¢ 2. In Libellulina I have
observed in the following species that when the ¢ ¢ first appear they are colored ex-
actly like the ?, but that they afterwards assume, sometimes over their entire bodies, a
milky blue tint, (bleu sawpoudre,) which, as we learn from a memoir by M. Schelver,
quoted to me by Dr. Hagen. is occasioned by the secretion of a kind of oil soluble in
ether and alcohol:—Plathemis trimaculata, Lib. luctuosa, Lib. pulchella, Mesothemis lon-
gipennis and Mes. simplicicollis. In Libellulina this oil, whichis occasionally seen in ? in
small quantities, seems to be secreted under the external integument; in Agrionina on
its surface, when it is known as pruinoseness and may be washed off,

1862.]

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

verse; and that in Agrionina, even in the same sex, and at the same stage of
maturity, and while the insect is still alive, a very great variation of color is
often observable. For example, many adult Q of Agr. Ramburi occur, that
are orange instead of blue. In Agrionina the dark markings also are often
variable in the same sex, and differ most wonderfully in the two sexes. On the
contrary, the coloring of the legs, as is generally the case in most families of
Insecta, is in Agrionina, except in very immature individuals, remarkably con-
stant in the same species, does not, so far as my experience extends, vary in the
sexes, and varies very considerably in different species, while on the other hand
it doeg not fade or change materially in drying. It fulfils, therefore, if this be
correct, all the conditions of a good specific character. Hence, it has occurred
to me, that a little more precision might be advantageously introduced, in this
tribe, into the nomenclature of the colorization of the leg, and more partivu-
larly the femur. Just as in Gomphina, oa each side of the dorsum of the thorax
there exist three normal dark stripes—the dorsal, the antehumeral and the
humeral—each of which has its Zocus definitely ascertained; so in the femur of
Agrionina there exist three normal dark vitte, the locus of which is susceptible
of being accurately determined. That this is so, any one may convince himself
by comparing Lestes wunguiculata, or some other species which has all the three
normal femoral vitte coexisting, with other species of Lestes or Agrion which
have a smaller number of femoral vitte. He will find that the difference be-
tween them is merely that one or more vitte are obsolete, and that those vitte
which are not obsolete retain the same invariable locus.

Supposing the leg, with the knee slightly bent, to be extended horizontally
at right angles to the body, and in such a position that the tibia and femur
shall both lie in the same vertical plane, the back of the insect being of course
supposed to be uppermost; I call that vitta whose locus lies underneath, and
does not extend beyond the two lateral rows of spines, which are always in
Agrionina present on the inferior surface, “the inferior vitta.”’ This has
generally by authors been called “‘the interior.’’? The vitta whose /ocus lies
above, with its two edges equi-distant from the two rows of spines beneath, I
call ‘‘the superior vitta.’’ And the vitta, whose locus is on the anterior side
of the femur, betwixt the ‘‘inferior’’ and the ‘‘superior,’’ I call ‘‘ the anterior
vitta.’’ Strictly speaking, these are, I believe, all the vitte which exist on
the odonatous femur; and there is no such thing in Nature as a posterior black
vitta on the femora of an Odonate. But just as, for convenience sake, M. de
Selys sometimes considers the ground-color of the thorax of Gomphus to be
black, and enumerates its yellow stripes,* which of course changes the locus of
every stripe, the so-called yellow stripes occupying the intervals between the
normal black ones; so it is sometimes convenient, when the inferior, anterior,
and superior vitte are all confluent, leaving only the posterior part of the
femur pale, to consider the femur as being black with a posterior pale vitta.
Dr. Hagen has remarked, that the true ground-color of the thorax in Gomphkus
is pale, because some species occur with the thorax all pale, and none with the
thorax all black; and for this reason he seems to object to M. de Selys’s
nomenclature. There is a wide difference, however, between these two cases.
The imaginary pale vitte on the thorax of Gomphus have a different locus from
the normal black vitte ; while the imaginary posterior pale vitta on the femur
of Agrion has precisely the same locus as a normal posterior dark vitta would
have, supposing such a vitta to be possible.

The ‘‘anterior’ and ‘‘superior’’ vitte are confounded together by authors
under the name of ‘‘ exterior ;’? and sometimes, when there is a pale ‘‘ pos-
terior” vitta, the femur is said to be ‘‘ pale below” —thus giving rise to a great
deal of confusion between the true ‘‘inferior’’ and the ‘‘ posterior’’ vitta. In
many species the inferior and the anterior are confluent ; and it is very fre-

* See the synoptical tables opposite page 14 of the ‘‘ Monogr. des Go mphines.”

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383

quently the case that the anterior femora possess a confluent inferior and
anterior, while the other four femora have merely an inferior. Further varia-
tions between different species are caused by the vitte being abbreviated. As
a general rule, in Agrionina, each pair of legs is darker than the pair imme-
diately behind them, when there is any difference; but in Aschnina and
Libellulina the contrary rule seems to prevail. The colorization of the tibie
and tarsi, as compared with that of the femora, is simple; they have merely
an inferior vitta, whose Jocus is rather on the anterior row of spines, and a
superior vitta.

Why, if every separate species of Gomphus and Agrion had been separately
created, the great Author of Nature should have thus restricted himself to
working upon one pattern only—a phenomenon which has been noticed in
many other families of insects, as, for example, in Cicindelide, by my friend,
Dr. J. L. Le Conte—is to me an insoluble problem. Why do we never find
odonates with their legs fasciate, instead of vittate? On Mr. Darwin’s
theory, the reason becomes at once apparent. In Macrogomphus? spiniceps
mihi I have recorded a remarkable apparent deviation from the unity of color-
ization elsewhere observable in the thorax of Gomphus; but I am convinced
it is only apparent.

Another point in which Ihave deviated from the nomenclature of Dr. Hagen
and M. Selys is in some of the pieces of the head. The front of the odonatous
head—or, as Say calls it, in wschna and libellula, ‘‘ the frontal vesicle,’’ as dis-
tinguished from ‘‘ the vertical vesicle’’—is divided into two subequal parts by
a transverse suture or stria, below which comes another shorter and generally
curvilinear transverse suture, which separates what agreeably to the analogy
of other orders I call the epistoma, it being the piece immediately overlying
the labrum, with which it is connected by a more or less membranous suture.
The authors of the Monographie call this last piece ‘‘the rhinarium,’’ and the
lower part of what I consider to be the front they call ‘‘the nasus,’’ or some-
times ‘‘the epistoma,’’ confining the term ‘‘front’’ to that part of Say’s
‘* frontal vesicle’? which lies above their ‘‘nasus.’’?’ Iam by no means certain
but what their ‘‘nasus’’ and ‘‘rhinarium,’’ taken together, are the analogues
of what in other orders is called the epistoma; but their ‘‘nasus’’ by itself
can scarcely be so.

CALOPTERYX MACULATA, Beauvois. (North and South Illinois.)

HET#RINA RUPINSULENSIS, 0D. Sp.—j Black, with aslight brassy tinge. Head
hairy, pale brown in front of a transverse line passing behind the base of the
antenne ; labrum with a lateral black tubercle; mandibles and the tip of the
labium brown-black ; all beneath pale-hrown; post-occipital tubercles promi-
nent, acute; antenn with their first and second joints pale brown; and the
third, which is longer than the first and second put together, black ; the seta,
which is shorter than the third joint, black. Thorax hairy; prothorax with
a large triangular posterior lobe; dorsum of thorax with a brown lateral
stripe, becoming much wider inside on its terminal half; pleura pale
brown, the anterior half of its anterior segment with an abbreviated black
stripe pointed above, the posterior half with a rather narrower one, abbre-
viated above and below, not attaining the spiracle which is black; a short
black line above in the suture between the two segments; the posterior seg-
ment with a much abbreviated black stripe, the narrowest of the three;
sternum pale brown. Abdomen with an obscure yellowish lateral stripe,
fading out at the end of the third segment ; joints 1—2 hairy, the two or three
terminal joints pubescent under the lens; joint 2 brown ou its basal two-
thirds ; 2—7 with an obscure yellowish basal annulus, more obvious on 3—5 :
a carina on the tip of joint 10, terminating in a spine, with a small spine on
each side ; joints 8—10 each one-third shorter than the preceding joint; venter
black, with a polished longitudinal tubercle on the tip of the last segment,
immediately behind the insertion of each lower appendage. Superior ap-

1862.]

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

pendages black, pubescent under the lens, as long as the penultimate abdomi-
nal joint, regularly curved inwards and downwards from their middle, robust,
with no tubercle above at their base, obtuse at their tips, with a broad lamina
beneath, semiovally emarginate in its middle, which commences in an oblique
truncation at their base and terminates in a square truncation at three quar-
ters of the distance to their tips, the tip of the lamina being as wide as any
part of it; about five small acute spines outside opposite the tip of the lamina ;
no appearance of any pencil of hairs at the base of the lamina, other than the
general pubescence of the whole appendage. Inferior appendages, about one-
third the length of the superiors, black, slender, cylindrical, with a basal
enlargement, curving inwards and upwards so as to touch at their tips, trun-
cate at tip, and attaining the middle of the lamina of the superior ones. Legs
black, trochanters and coxe pale brown ; femora brown inferiorly and poste-
riorly ; tibiz on their basal half brown, except inferiorly. Wings hyaline, not
glittering ; pterostigma small, pale brown, twice as long as wide, surmounting
one and three-quarters cells before, one and a half cells behind; anterior
wings with a pale brown, semi-transparent, basal spot, commencing abruptly
on the posterior edge of the median space, not extending beyond the are,
except very obscurely along the median space, and gradually fading away on
the longitudinal centre of the basal space; posterior wings with a similar spot
commencing similarly, extending about two cross-veins beyond the are with
an obscure narrow prolongation along the median vein, and fading away
gradually between the costal and sub-costal veins ; at their extreme tip a very
faint brown cloud, scarcely perceptible ; veins and cross-veins of all four wings
black, except those in the region covered by the basal spots, and the median
vein nearly as far as the nodus, which are pale brown; all the brown cross-
veins behind the median vein in both wings distinctly but narrowly bordered
with sub-hyaline. Anterior wing with antecubitals 23—24, postcubitals 31.
Posterior wing with antecubitals 22—23, posteubitals 28—30.

Length of body j' 48 mill. Alarexp. ¢/59 mill. Length abdomen % 38
mill. ; medial breadth 3 mill. Length of superior pterostigma nearly 1 mill. ;
of inferior 3 mill. The quadrangle has 4—6 cross-veins; the basal space 4—
5. The postcostal space of the anterior wing has at least three irregular ranks
of cells, except at its base. Described from one very mature ¢); 2 unknown.

Of the twenty-seven described species of Heterina, not a single one, except
when quite immature, has, like this species, the basal spot of the (j\ anterior
wings, other than some shade of sanguineous. Several of them have the
basal spot of the ¢) posterior wings brown (sanguinea, rosea, mortua, macropus
and tricolor); and eight others have it either reddish brown or some mixed
color (hebe, auripennis, caja, carnifex, proxima, simplex (mature), cruentata and
lesa). It is stated, as one of the characters of the subgenus Heterina, that
all the four wings of the °j' havea red basal spot. (Monographie des Caloptery-
gines, p. 97.) Now that a species has occurred with no red basal spot at all
on any of its wings, it will probably be necessary to modify the subgeneric
definition.

Another point in which our insect differs from all other known Hetwrine, is
that the basal spot of the anterior ¢‘ wing starts from the postcostal vein,
leaving the entire postcostal space hyaline. In all the twenty-seven described
species, this spot, for at least half its length, touches the posterior margin;
and in carnifex, proxima, cruentata, vulnerata, moribunda and occisa it touches it
for its entire length.

There is a remarkable similarity between rupinsulensis and tricolor,—a rare
species which occurs in the United States,—but they are sufficiently distin-
guished, not only by the above points, but by tricolor being slightly more
robust than Americana, whereas, rupinsulensis is decidedly slenderer on placing
the two side by side; by the superior ({ anal appendages of rupinsulensis being
unlike those of ¢ricolor, as figured and described in the “ Monographie Calopt.,”

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385

(plate xii. fig. 5,) while they bear a striking resemblance to those of sanguinea,
—a South American species, (figured plate x. fig. 6,)—and, besides several
minor points of difference, by the cross-veins in the basal spots being bordered
with subhyaline,—a peculiarity which is not noticed as occurring in any other
species. No Heterina has hitherto, according to Dr. Hagen, been found ina

higher latitude, either North or South, than 40°. Rock Island lies in about
po a a

LESTES RECTANGULARIS, Say! L. uneuicunaTa, Hagen! L. namara, Hagen.
L. ForcipaTa, Rambur.

Lestes EuRINA? Say.—[Unknown to Dr. Hagen.J]—,j\ Dark metallic green.
Head brown black, varied anteriorly with brown; epistoma obscure greenish ;
labrum obscure greenish on its terminal margin, dusky at base, except a small
obscure greenish triangle on its posterior margin; tips of mandibles brown
black; beneath pale greenish. Dorsum of thorax rather pale brown, with a
fuscous, sublateral, slightly abbreviated vitta; pleura deep bright yellow, the
anterior segment with a wide brown stripe in front, sending off a narrow
branch behind and below to the intermediate coxe, and widened behind and
above by two successive sudden dilatations so as to cover the entire width of
the segment beneath the wings; the posterior segment with a large inferior
brown, elongate-triangular spot. its upper side parallel with the wings, and
its apex reaching the back of the vosterior coxe; sternum pale. Abdomen
_With a blue reflection on joints 2—4, the base and sides of joint 1, and sides of
2, yellowish, 2—7 with a narrow yellowish basal band, interrupted above and
widening below, subobsolete in 6—7; joint 10 triangularly emarginate above
at tip, the sides of the emargination carinate, yellowish beneath, and with an
obscure yellowish lateral basal triangle; the tips of segments 1—8 black,
more obviously so beneath, and especially towards the tip of the abdomen.
Superior appendages piceous, nearly as long as the penultimate joint of the
abdomen, with their tips a little dilated and rounded, regularly curved from
their middle inwards and downwards, with ten or twelve small spines on their
exterior middle, a long acute spine pointing backwards on their internal base,
and on their internal middle a short broad tooth, truncate, with four very
small spines on it. Inferior appendages short, yellowish, about one-third the
length of the superiors, conical, obtuse, directed obliquely upwards and
slightly curved inwards at tip. Legs black, coxe and trochanters pale, an-
terior femora with a short basal inferior and superior yellowish vitta, both of
which become wider and longer on the intermediate and still more so on the
posterior femora; tibie all with an anterior yellowish vitta. Wings uniformly
flavescent, no darker on costa; veins and cross-veins black; pterostigma
brown, surmounting four cells before, three and a half behind. Postcubitals
15—16.

Length {50 mill. Alar expanse ¢/ 64 mill. Length of abdomen ¢{ 41 mill.
Pterostigma 24 mill. One §/ specimen, somewhat immature; 9 unknown.

“There is no other described species of North American Lestes which has the
wings entirely flavescent, and on this account, and because the coloration of
the legs and the structure of the anal appendages agree with Say’s brief de-
scription, it may probably be the true Hwrina, Say, though he describes the
dorsum of the thorax as having “a yellow vitta, behind bifid and divaricated.”
The markings of the thorax are so variable in Agrionina that, by themselves,
they cannot be depended on to separate two species otherwise alike.

LESTES INZQUALIS, n. sp.—’ Dark metallic green. Head with the region
of the ocelli almost black; epistoma pale brown; tips of the labrum and of
the mandibles brown black; the rest of the mouth and all beneath yellowish ;
antenne black, first and second joints yellowish at tip. Dorsum of thorax
livid black, with a slight greenish reflection; a medial and lateral yellowish
line ; pleura yellowish, with a broad, livid black stripe in front, widened under

1862.] 26

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the wings; sternum yellowish. Abdomen towards the base with a bluish re-
flection; the basal half of joint 1 and a narrow interrupted basal band on 2
to about 6, and also on 10, yellowish; a lateral yellowish vitta obsolete from
the middle of joint 5 to the tip of joint 8; joint 10 deeply emarginate at tip,
and with a yellowish terminal band. Superior appendages alittle longer than
the last abdominal joint, regularly tapering to their tips inside and outside,
curved from their middle inwards and downwards, yellowish at base, brown-
black at tip, with seven or eight small black spines externally towards their
tip; at their internal base is an acute spine pointing backwards, immediately
behind which is a narrow but deep emargination, followed by a fine serration
and a very small obtuse tooth, the tooth placed at two-thirds the distance to
their tip. Inferior appendages extending one-third of a millimetre beyond
the superiors, yellowish and of a flattened conical shape at base, brown-black,
slender and cylindrical at tip, straight till they attain the tips of the superiors,
when they suddenly curve inwards and upwards, their tips obtuse and approxi-
mate; their internal edge, at abont one-fourth the distance to their tips, is
suddenly contracted, making a conspicuous rectangular tooth. Legs yellowish,
femora with an inferior, anterior and superior black vitta; tibia with an in-
ferior black vitta, on the anterior tibie an anterior one also confluent with the
inferior; tarsi black. Wings hyaline; veins and cross-veins black; pterostigma
pale brown, surmounting 23—3 cells. Postcubitals 16.

The 9 differs from (f' only in the lateral abdominal vitta being uninter-
rupted, and in the two last abdominal joints being varied with yellowish, the
penultimate containing two small, round, discal spots, transversely placed.
The superior 9 appendages are elongate-conical and acute, three-quarters the
length of the last abdominal joint; the inferiors a little shorter, conical, ob-
tuse and directed upwards; and the vulvar lamine are externally serrate under
the lens. Postcubitals 15.

Length ¢ 52 mill.; Q 51 mill. Alar expanse ¢\ 60 mill.; 9 62 mill. Abd.
3 42 mill.; Q 40 mill. Pterostigma 51 9 2 mill. Differs from all described
North American species in the great length of the inferior ¢ appendages, and
from all but grandis and Hurina? in having 15—16 postcubitals. It agrees
with forcipata, Rambur, in having three distinct femoral vitte.

AGRION IRENE, Hagen. A RamBuru, Selys. A. ExsuLans, Hagen, (R. I. and
Chicago.) A. PuTripuM, Hagen. A. apicats, Say, (— immundum, Hagen.)
A. CIVILE, Hagen.

AGRION , Hagen MSS., n. sp.—( Black, with a slight brassy tinge.
Head and thorax villous. Head with two transversely elongated occipital spots,
a broad band between the antenna, the epistoma, and also the labrum, all ob-
scure greenish ; all below pale greenish. Posterior margin of prothorax rounded ;
dorsum of the thorax with a broad sublateral blue or obscure greenish stripe ;
pleura with a short black median line above, between the wings, sometimes duil
blue sometimes obscure green, with a strong metallic reflection so as to exhibit,
in certain lights, the appearance of a broad yellow stripe before and behing ;
sternum pale, more or less pruinose. Abdomen vivid blue in the mature living
insect, pale greenish brown in immature specimens; on joint 1 a basal
quadrangular black spot; on joints 2—7 an obhastiform terminal black spot,
one millimetre long in 2—5, covering two-thirds of the length in 6 and the
entire length in 7; joint 10 widely emarginate at tip, and with a quadrangular
laterally emarginate black spot covering its upper surface. Superior appen-
dages robust, short, black, polisbed, incurved and truncate at tip when viewed
from above; when viewed in profile tapering and curved upwards, and with a
small pale tubercle attached inside to the base of each. Inferior appendages
pale at base, black at tip, slender, acute, a little longer than the superiors,
sometimes with a terminal unguiculus. Legs pale, femora and tibie with an
anterior black vitta; tarsi with their tips andincisures black. Wings hyaline,
pterostigma black, or when immature pale brown. Postcubitals Ts

Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387

The © differs from the ,j' in the thorax being always marked with obscure
green, not blue, the pleura exhibiting the same reflections as in one ,j'; in
the abdomen being more robust and of an obscure green, not blue; and in the
obhastiform spots on joints 2—7 being of a decided metallic green and cover-
ing the full length of every joint, the acute tip of each spot being partly
truncate; joints 8—9 are black above, except a narrow basal line. The pte-
rostigma also is pale-brown, not black. The appendages are pale, short and
conical, the superiors rather the longest, the inferiors directed upwards; and
there is a long acute spine at the tip of the eighth ventral segment. The
whole body beneath, including the legs, is more or less pruinose. Postcubi-
tals 10—11.

Length 5 29—30 mill. 9 27 mill. Alar expanse (1 34—35 mill. 9 34
mill. Two <j, one @; one pair taken in coitu. Specimens of this insect
were sent by me in 1860 to Dr. Hagen, who pronounced it a new species, and
will probably name it in his forthcoming Appendix to the Synopsis. It
. Searcely differs from Agr. Doubledayi, Selys, except in the apex of the supe-

rior (j\ appendages being not excised. The style of ornamentation is precisely
that of Agr. civile, and varies similarly in j' 2. It is our commonest spe-
cies at Rock Island, except perhaps Agr. Ramburit.

AGRION BINOTATUM. 0. S.—' Brassy black. Head and thorax villous.
Front pale reddish brown, reddish brown, or in the living mature insect purple,
_ fading to reddish brown in death; transverse stria of front except laterally, a
transverse line before the anterior ocellus, and another divaricating from the
base of the antenna to a point before and behind the posterior ocellus, black ;
antenne black, their basal joint the color of the front; all behind the ocelli,
as well as the region of the ocelli, black, the occiput with a transverse line,
and on each side with a triangular brown spot, both of them subobsolete,
Posterior prothoracic lobe rounded ; dorsum of thorax colored as the front,
with a narrow dorsal black stripe; pleura reddish white, often pruinose, with a
broad humeral stripe generally enclosing above a pale spot or short stripe, a
a short line under the front wing, and a long narrow stripe in the medial
suture, stouter above, all black. Abdomen with a yellowish dorsal line on
joint 1—4, shorter and narrower in each successive joint ; joints 1—4 or 1—6
laterally yellowish, more indistincily in each successive joint ; a conspicuous
yellowish basal annulus on joints 3—6, less obvious on 7; joints 9 and 10
blue, except on the lateral margin, 9 with a black medial dot on each side
the dorsum; joint 10 triangularly emarginate at tip, with a pale tubercle
under each salient angle; venter black. Abdominal appendages black; the
superiors short, moderately robust, somewhat tapering, with a large, robust,
glabrous tubercle nearly as long as the appendage on their lower inside corner ;
the inferiors longer, vertically very wide, not tapering, widely emarginate
and terminating in two obtuse divaricate teeth, the lower one shorter. Legs
black ; tibie superiorly yellowish. Wings subfumose ; pterostigma brown,
paler on its margins. Postcubitals 13—17.

The © differs in the coloring being paler, and the markings of the hind
part of the head distinct; the spot or stripe enclosed by the humeral black
vitta is larger, and often confluent with the pale color behind; the sides
of abdominal joints 1—4 or 1—6 are more distinctly yellowish, and joint 9 is
only blue at tip, sometimes also with a dorsal and lateral blue spot; no ven-
tral spine. The femora are luteous, blackish only superiorly and towards
their tips, and the tibie are entirely yellowish, blackish only on their inferior
base. Postcubitals 15—18.

Length <' 36--38 mill. 9 35—37 mill. Expanse ¢\ 45—49 mill. 9 49—51
mill. Four <j, five 9. Occurs on and near Wisconsin log-rafts. Very near
Agr. fumipenne, Rambur, but differs inthe ¢' femora being entirely black, and
the abdominal joints 9 and 10 ¢ @ partly blue, and also in the shape of the
superior <j‘ anal appendages. Is related also to the Mexican species Agr.
calidum, Hagen and Agr. cupreum, Hagen.

1862.]

388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

ODONATA (ZESCHNINA.)

[H]ERPETOGOMPHUS ? RUPINSULENSIS, 0. S.—j‘ Greenish yellow. Head with
the vertical vesicle yellow behind, black in front, cariniform, transverse,
scarcely emarginate, slightly recurved, rounded off at the ends, not abbre-
viated ; all between this and the front black, except the region of the antenna,
which is a little varied with brown; antenne black, first joint yellowish at
tip ; labrum with a fuscous basal dot on each side ; tips of mandibles brown;
central lobe of labium pale livid blue, black on the terminal margin, the
lateral lobes pale; occiput straight, scarcely elevated in the middle, densely
ciliated with long black hairs. Dorsum of the thorax with its medial carina
brown-black at the first commencement of its bifurcation for one-third of a
millimetre, also towards the point where its two branches join the base of
the anterior wings; an abbreviated pale brown line in the humeral suture
above; pleura with the spiracle edged with brown-black; otherwise the
entire thorax is immaculate above and below. Abdomen pale brown, clouded
with brown, especially behind the medial suture of the segments, which is
brown and glabrous, and with the extreme edges of all the segments brown;
earlets of the second segment yellowish, externally margined with pale brown ;
joint 1 mostly greenish yellow; a basal, glabrous, brown annulus on joints
3—7, with indications of a basal lanceolate pale brown spot, suddenly con-
tracted behind its middle and surrounded by brown shading, on the dorsum
of 2—9, tolerably distinct in 7, in 8 becoming very obvious; 8 and 9 laterally
as much dilated asin Gomphus fraternus, and on the lateral submargin almost
greenish yellow ; joints 8—10 each about one-third shorter than the preced-
ing; venter pale yellowish green. Abdominal appendages all greenish
yellow, with long dense pale hairs ; the superiors longer than the 10th but
shorter than the 9th abdominal joint, directed rather downwards, very
robust, approximate at base, distant at tip about one-half millimetre; viewed
from above they are convex outside, concave inside, tapering gradually, and
obtuse at tip; viewed laterally, they have an inferior carina, and their tip is
squarely truncate, and on their terminal half below are about three irregular
rows of small short black teeth; the inferiors touch the superiors at base and
are scarcely shorter than they are, exactly attaining the lower angle of their
truncated tips; viewed from below they are almost cylindrical, very robust,
and much rounded at tip; viewed laterally their inferior edge is slightly
eurved upwards, and their upper edge is semicircularly emarginate for two-
thirds the distance from their base, the other third part being obliquely
truncate so as to be almost parallel with the lower edge of the upper appen-
dage; on the base of each lower appendage beneath and covering it for one-
third its length is a quadrangular anal process, carinate behind on its three
margins, the two processes divaricate and connate at their base. Legs pale
yellowish green; the trochanters brown beneath, anteriors very slightly,
intermediates and posteriors notably ; anterior femora with a broad anterior
brown vitta, the four posterior femora much marked with brown beneath,
but anteriorly with only a short terminal vitta; tibie all with a wide inferior
black vitta; anterior and intermediate tarsi black, posterior tarsi black
beneath, but above with only their tips and incisures widely black. Wings
hyaline, slightly flavescent at base; veins and cross-veins black, except the
costal vein which is greenish-yellow anteriorly till a little after it attains the
pterostigma; pterostigma pale brown, its internal cross-vein prolonged as
usual, surmounting 4$—-5 cells; membranule small, cinereous, in the poste-
rior wings only extending half way to the anal angle, which is acute and
normal. Antecubitals 13—14; postcubitals 9-—10. Two discoidal areolets,
commencing with two in the front, with three in the hind wings.

Length <\54 mijl. Alar expanse §' 68 mill. Pterostigma super. 3 mill.
infer 33 mill. One ¢'; Q unknown.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389

This species cannot, with perfect propriety, be arranged under any of the
subgenera of the great genus Gomphus, established in the Monographie des
Gomphines. All these subgenera, except Erpetogomphus, have the thorax yel-
low with black stripes, or dark with subobsolete yellow stripes, and that sub-
genus disagrees with our insect in the vesicle of the vertex being ‘‘ divided
into two tubercles,’’ in ‘‘the ¢' 10th abdominal segment being equal to the
9th,”’? and in ‘‘the 8th and 9th segments being but little dilated.’? (Monogr.,
p. 69.) The posterior femora in rupinsulensis are short, with subequal spines
about two-thirds millimetre long for their entire length. Its complete measure-
ment will be found, some pages below, at the end of the genus Gomphus. By
relaxing my unique specimen I have ascertained the interesting facts, that it
agrees with Hrpetogomphus in having no tooth on the second joint of the penis,
and that the first genital hooklet (hamecon) is two-branched, precisely in the
Same extraordinary manner as in Erpetogomphus cophias. (See Mon. Gomph.,
Plate IV, Fig. 6.)

One of two things, therefore, must necessarily be done. Either a new sub-
genus must be founded to receive rupinsulensis, or the old subgenus Erpeto-
gomphus must be modified so as to comprehend it. Which of the two courses
is adopted is a matter of opinion and taste. For my own part I would suggest
that Hrpetogomphus be modified so as to run somewhat as follows: ‘‘ Last
abdominal segment not notably shorter than the penultimate; abdominal
appendages with their branches contiguous; the superiors about as long as or
alittle longer than the last abdominal segment. [In Lrp. designatus they are
- considerably longer.] No tooth on the second joint of the penis. Legs short.

Posterior legs not extending beyond the middle of the third abdominal seg-
ment. Thorax with the normal dark stripes more or less obsolete. Abdomen
with dorsal lanceolate spots, sometimes subobsolete.’? If a great number of
species should hereafter be discovered, groups founded upon variations in the
coloring may be established, as in the subgenus Gomphus.

So far as can be seen, from the very brief diagnosis of a novel Mexican spe-
cies, Hrpetogomphus boa, published by M. Selys de Longchamp, in the Addi-
tions au Synopsis des Gomphines (p. 11), there is considerable similarity between
that species and rupinsulensis. They differ, however, not only, as is to be
presumed, in the subgeneric characters noted above, but in boa having the
tibie entirely brown, and the inferior appendages only two-thirds the length
of the superiors. Moreover the abdomen of boa is proportionally much shorter,
being to the inferior wing as thirty-nine to thirty-five, whereas in our species
it is as thirty-eight to thirty-one. No true Erpetogomphus has as yet been
discovered north of Texas, and all the known species are American.

MacroGoMPHus? SPINICEPS, n. Sp.—Q Pale obscure brownish. Head with
the occiput straight, ciliated with black hairs as long as usual; its upper edge
slightly bent forwards in the middle; the vesicle of the vertex caviniform,
curving backwards in an exact semicircle, the sides of which are laminiform
and much elevated, and the middle and the posterior extremities much de-
pressed, the latter not attaining the eyes; between each of these extremities
and the eye is a slender acute black thorn, as long as the second joint of the
antenne ; antenne black; front projecting less than is usual in Gomphus, and
excised less than usual, its angulation about quadrangular, and not in an
acute angle as in Gomphus fraternus Say, the apex of the angle not rounded
off; the basal half of its upper surface is pale brown, glabrous, polished; the
other half yellow, opaque, with black hairs ; its anterior surface is pale brown,
semi-transparent, immaculate; mandibles brown at tip; the rest of the mouth
pale brown above, yellowish with long rufous hairs beneath. Prothorax
largely and obscurely varied with brown; dorsum of the thorax entirely
brown, except a faint pale brown, much abbreviated, oblique line on each side
of the central carina, indicating the place where the dorsal stripe has almost

1862.)

590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

united with the antehumeral ; dorsal carina brown-black on its extreme upper
edge; covering each side of the dorsum, and parallel with that prolongation
of the dorsal carina which runs to the base of the anterior wings, are four equi-
distant brown-black lines, attaining the suture below, but not quite attaining
the carina above, where they are connected each with the adjoining one by a
semi-circular brown-black line with its convexity upwards, the middle semi-
circle appendiculate above; on the left side of the dorsum the third line is
bifurcate at half its length, and the fourth line is obsolete ; most of these lines
are visible to the naked eye, and under the lens they are all very plain, and
they convey the impression of being located, not on the exterior surface, but
in the interior crust of the thoracic integument; pleura shaded with brownish
immediately behind the humeral suture and under the wings, but with no
indication of any stripes; spiracle deep black; the rest of the pleura, as well
as the sternum, immaculate; antealar and interalar sinus brown, the two
scutella, with a small round piece before them and a piece on each side of
them, yellowish. Abdomen long, slender, not expanded at tip, brown-black,
its dorsum marked with yellowish as follows: Joint 1 with a round basal spot
confluent with a terminal band ; joint 2, which has its earlets yellowish and
subobsolete, pale brown before its medial suture, behind which is a lanceolate
spot reaching the tip; 3—7 with a small, obscure, basal triangle, more and
more obsolete behind, till in 7 it is scarcely perceptible; 9 and 10 with a basal
transverse line, visible only above, which, as in some of the following spe-
cies, is in reality a membranous prolongation of the preceding joint; late-
rally 1—2 and 8—9 are yellowish; 9, which is nearly half as long again as 8,
and five or six times as long as 10, being more conspicuously yellow; 3—4
have an obscure basal yellowish triangle, with indications of yellowish mark-
ings on the succeeding joints; joint 10 is entirely pale brown both dorsally
and laterally, except the membranous basal line. Joint 8 is a little dilated
towards its tip, as compared with the preceding joints, but 9 is actually much
narrower than the other joints at tip, and no wider than they are at base.
Abdominal appendages one and a half millimetres long, brown-black, conical,
slender, acute, wide apart at base, directed downwards, slightly convergent,
paler beneath, pubescent under the lens, surmounting a pale brown semicircular
anal process, which is two-fifths their length and is directed downwards. The
vulvar lamina is entirely concealed by the sides of abdominal joint 9, but on
relaxing the specimen it is found that the entire ventral pipe is apparently
truncate a little before the tip of the 8th abdominal joint, leaving the 9th
abdominal and ventral joints in reality perfectly approximate, except at their
extreme tip—where they, as well as the entire 10th ventral and abdominal
joints, are normal—and exposing an enormous vulvar orifice under the tip of
the 8th ventral. The vulvar lamina is reduced to a very small and somewhat
obscure transverse, short, obsemi-oval piece, forming a prolongation of the
lower side of the 8th ventral, to the posterior edge of which piece is attached
a smaller, transverse, short, semi-oval piece, slit for its entire length. The
average width of the 9th ventral is about three-quarter millimetre, and the
anal passage is marked by a dark vitta. By this extraordinary arrangement,
as will be observed, almost the whole of the 9th abdominal is converted into
a lateral lamina, although externally no such phenomenon is apparent. Legs
pale brown; femora shading into brown at their tips, especially anteriorly ;
tibize and tarsi brown-black. Wings hyaline, slightly flavescent at base, espe-
cially the anteriors; membranule slender and pale dusky ; veins and cross-veins,
including the costal, all black; pterostigma very long, yellowish brown, sur-
rounded as usual by coarse black veins, surmounting 6—7 cellules, the pro-
longing vein of its inner side thicker than the adjoining cross-veins, but a
very little dislocated in every wing, and also forming an angle of about 170°*

* T observe this peculiarity also in Gomphus fluvialis and amnicola mihi, but not in my
other four species.
[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391

with the inner edge of the pterostigma, and exhibiting a tendency to run
parallel with the adjoining cross-veins. Antecubitals 14—15; postcubitals
12—13. Two discoidal areolets, commencing with 2 before, with 3 behind.

Length 9, 62 mill. Alar exp. 2, 81 mill. Abdomen Q, 45 mill. One
mature 2, §‘ unknown.

Besides the somewhat smaller number of antecubitals (14—15, instead of
16 —19), the species varies from the characters of Macrogomphus only in the
5th antecubital cross-vein being robust, instead of the 7th, the membranule
being rather pale dusky than black, the absence of a protuberance on the
middle of the occiput, in having only a single subobsolete pale dorsal stripe
on the dorsum of the thorax instead of two, and no stripes at allon the pleura
instead of two yellow ones, in the abdomen being scarcely annulate with yel-
low—in which respect it agrees with parallelogramma and differs from annu-
latus, the unique specimen of robustus having lost its abdomen—and in the
femora being normally dilated, and not merely dilated towards their tips. All
the femora, as in Macroyomphus, are armed with irregular short teeth beneath,
not disposed in rows, and the posterior ones are armed on each side towards
their tips with a regular row of spines, as usual in 9 Gomphus, and as is said
to be the case in Df. annulatus. The posterior tarsi are about four-fifths the
tibie, the others about three-fifths. It is scarcely necessary, I hope, to add,
that the triangles of the wings are all free from cross-veins.

From the most exact measurements I am able to make, abdominal joints 6
—10 are respectively 53, 42, 32, 54 and 1 millimetres long, 3—6 being the
~ same length, so far as the eye can judge.

There is the same disproportionate elongation of the 9th joint in Macrogom-
phus, which, as is remarked in the Monographie (p. 94), ‘‘is a unique fact
among the Odonata.’? In that subgenus joints 3—6 are equal, 7 is a little
shorter, 8 is only half as long as 9, 9 is longer than even any one of 3—6, and
10 is scarcely one-sixth of 9. (Mon., p. 87.) Again, of the three Asiatic spe-
cies at present placed in that subgenus, two only are known in Q, and in
both these two special mention is made of the 2 vertical vesicle being curved
as in our species, and having a small tooth at its extremities, just as is the
case in spiniceps. (Macr. parallelogramma 9, Mon., p. 80, and compare Plate
VY, Fig. 5; Macr. annulatus 2, Mon., p. 92.) The front, too, in all three spe-
cies is said to be obtusely angulated, and but slightly projected ; and in annu-
latus the long 9th abdominal joint is described and figured as being tapered at
the tip precisely as in spiniceps, and is said to be ‘‘excavated’’ beneath, pro-
bably just as in our species. Other striking points of resemblance are, the
costal not being yellow, the imperfect prolongation of the internal side of the
pterostigma, the extreme length of the pterostigma, the large number of ante-
cubitals, and the shortness of the posterior legs, which in Macrogomphus are
said to attain only the middle of the third abdominal joint, just as is the case
in spiniceps mihi. Although Macrogomphus has hitherto only occurred in Java
and Hindostan, and although, as has been already seen, there are several
minor characters in the circumscription of that subgenus—chiefly, however,
characters drawn from colorization—which do not at all suit spiniceps, yet, I
think, we can scarcely avoid considering this species as a Macrogomphus, or at
all events as the American analogue of that most remarkable Asiatic form.
The full measurements, which will be found a few pages below, along with
those of the 9 of two Asiatic species, agree closely with those two species,
except in the length of the posterior femur, where, I suspect, some error has
crept into the figures of the Monographie. It will be satisfactory if, on the
discovery of the © spiniceps, its abdominal appendages should be found to be
like those of <j‘ Macrogomphus.

GompuHus spinosus, Selys. (Des Plaines river, near Chicago; not hitherto
found north of Georgia.) G. FRATERNUS, Say!

Gompuus vastus, Hagen MS.! n. sp.—j Greenish yellow. Head with the

1862.]

392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

upper edge of the occiput straight, narrowly bordered with black, and ciliate
with long black hairs, its lateral margins behind generally black; vesicle of
vertex loftily cariniform or laminiform, black, slightly abbreviated, a little
emarginate, almost truncate at its extremities ; region of the ocelli and vertex
black; antenne black; basal half of the superior surface of the front black ;
a broad medial black band on its anterior surface, straight above, below gene-
rally extending in two waves to the transverse striz on its anterior submargin,
which are unusually deep; epistoma blackish; labrum margined anteriorly
and sometimes laterally with black, and with a wide basal black triangle,
which is sometimes confluent with the black anterior margin; tips of man-
dibles, central lobe of labium, and interior margin of its lateral lobes, all
black: back of the head black, with two separate and distinct yellow spots
behind the eyes on each side. Prothorax black, with the middle of its ante-
rior edge, one small transverse double spot on its disk, one larger lateral round
spot, and one short oblique line immediately above the coxe, all greenish yel-
low; dorsum of thorax with a double medial black stripe, almost always
widened in front, not attaining the anterior margin by one-half to two-thirds
millimetre; the dorsal carina yellow, except a small spot in front which is
black, and all behind its posterior furcation, which is black and narrowly
margined with black; the antealar sinus black in front; a wide antehumeral
black stripe abbreviated above, and a humeral black stripe on the suture never
confluent above with the antehumeral; pleura with a black oblique line, some-
times interrupted towards its upper end, just before the spiracle which is
black, and a narrower line in the suture behind the spiracle, which last line
is occasionally subobsolete; sternum pale greenish, sometimes varied with
dusky, often with a large obscure dusky spot behind the posterior coxe. Ab-
domen black, expanded to an unusual width on segments 7—9, its dorsum
marked with greenish yellow as follows: Joint 1 with a large terminal obtri-
gonate spot extending to its base ; 2 with a broad vitta, generally bi.emarginate
laterally ; 3—7 with a narrow basal line tapering to a point behind, slightly
or not at all abbreviated in 3, more and more abbreviated towards 7, where it
reaches to only two-fifths of the joint, and is a little wider than in any of
the other joints; earlets on joint 2 yellow, anteriorly black, posteriorly with
many minute black teeth; laterally joints 1, 2 and 9 are yellow, except the
posterior edge of 2; 3—7 with a basal yellow triangle, extending to the infe-
rior margin; 8 with a transverse basal yellow line on the dorsum, sometimes
invisible, which is in reality a membranous prolongation of 7, and also with a
large, quadrangular, basal, yellow spot, one-third or one-fourth as long as the
joint, which never attains the inferior margin of the segment, though it always
attains the basal angle; venter fuscous, sometimes mottled with yellow. Ab-
dominal appendages black; the superiors wide apart at base, twice as long as
the last abdominal joint, which is one-quarter the length of the penultimate
joint, slender, conical, strongly divaricate, regularly curved downwards for
three-fourths their length, when they suddenly curve upwards and taper to a
very fine, long, acute point; below at the change in the curvature is a small
spine directed downwards; the inferiors are three-fourths as long as the supe-
riors, wide apart at base, more divaricate than the superiors, slender, taper-
ing, obtuse, suddenly curved upwards at three-fourths the distance to their
tips, with a deep obtuse stria on their external basal half. Legs black, coxe
generally more or less yellow exteriorly ; anterior femora with a broad poste-
rior yellow vitta slightly abbreviated, but never covering less than five-sixths
of their length. Wings hyaline, almost always slightly flavescent at base ;
costal vein anteriorly yellow to the commencement of the pterostigma, occa-
sionally only to the nodus; the other veins and cross-veins black ; pterostigma
brown, sometimes yellowish brown, surmounting 4—5 cells; membranule
cinereous. Antecubitals 14—15; postcubitals 10—13. Two discoidal areo-
lets, commencing generally with three; occasionally with two in the upper
wing, tut never in the lower wing.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3938

The 9 hasa short, robust, conical black thorn at each extremity of the ver-
tical vesicle, rising about as high as the ocellus does. The upper edge of the
occiput is bent forwards in the middle, so as to appear emarginate when viewed
obliquely from above; in one somewhat immature specimen the central lobe
of the labium is yellow; in another specimen the tip of the intermediate femur
is posteriorly yellow. All my Q specimens have, in addition to the prothoracic
spots of <j‘, a small additional transverse spot, occupying only the middle
of the posterior prothoracic lobe. The earlets (oreillettes) are subobso-
lete. The abdominal appendages black, pubescent, half as long again as the
last abdominal joint, wide apart at base, cylindrical, slender, very slightly
curved downwards, acute, surmounting a transversely semioval anal process,
which only extends to one-half their length, Vulvar lamina black, polished,
more than half as long as the ninth segment, elongate-conical, curved upwards,
contracted in its middle, with a deep, longitudinal suture, its tips bifid and
approximate. Antecubitals 13—16; postcubitals 11—13.

Length of! 53—55 mill.; Q 53—55 mill. Alar expanse of 60—67 mill.; 9
63—72 mill. Pterostigma ¥§ Q about 34 mill. Described from eleven ,j', three Q.

There exist in the United States three distinct, but closely allied species,
representing the Gomphus vulgatissimus of Europe, the third one of which is
now for the first time described. The first is the G. fraternus of Say; the se-
cond the G. adelphus of Selys. What is very remarkable, they are all three of
them nearly alike in the shape of the superior °¥‘ abdominal appendage, and unlike
their European prototype in that important character, which is usually different
in every different species. In vulgatissimus it is much more robust than in vas-
tus, and when viewed laterally it is obliquely truncate at tip below, without any
inferior thorn. (See Monogr. p. 131 and Plate VII., fig. 6.) In our three species
it is as I have described it in vastus. As the three resemble each other very
closely, it may perhaps be useful to tabulate their principal differences.

G. adelphus.

G. fraternus. G. vastus. (From “‘ Monogr.,”
p. 414.)
Average length 56 millimetres 54 millimetres 43 millimetres
Thorn at each end of .
Q vertical vesicle* i Long,slender, yellowish | Short, robust, ya * : *
Front, anterior surface | Yellow {a ance , banded with | Yellow?
- Yellow, black at the} Yellow, black at the f
Back of occiput Pad Re i All black
. Three, yellow, often} Two, yellow, never F
Bpot, behind eyes confluent ; confluent : . ;
° : Black ¢, only cen-
Fg renee Entirely yellow 1 trally ‘yellow in + +, *

A basal yellow vitta Black

Yellow at base on
brace dentine the { the lateral sat Entirely black

margin
+ millimetres 7 millimetres * * *

Dorsum of 8th tt

A basal yellow
dominal segment

yitta, semiobsolete

8th abdominal segment

Expanse of 8th ab-
dominal segment

ipa Nia ventral} | 2: millimetres 3} millimetres un Shine
A Acute at tips, and
Obtuse at tips and : ¢
Vulvar lamina of 2 { curved tongs | co acearae “pe @ unknown
’
outward | approximate

Length of pterostigma | About 3} millimetres About 3; millimetres | 2 millimetres

* T have myself observed this curious character to exist always in 2 Gomphus fraternus, Say,
in 2 G. fluvialis, mihi. in 9 G. amnicola, mihi, and also in 2 Macrogomphus? spiniceps, mihi,
but never in the ¢ of the first three species, of which aloneI possess the ¢. In 9° G. grasli-
nellus, mihi. it is obsolete. It has likewise been described in the ‘*‘ Monographie” as existing
in 2 Gomphus spinosus, and, as before stated, in 9 Macrogomphus parallelograma and in 2 &.
annulatus ; and in the descriptions of the ¢ ¢ of these same three species, no mention is made

1862.]

394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Early in the summer of 1860 I sent a single 9 vastus along with a % frater-
nus, to Dr. Hagen, supposing them to be identical. In his reply he kindly
pointed out three of the principal distinguishing characters, and informed me that
he had received from Maryland another Q of the same species, which he had
named vasius—the j' being to this day, I presume, unknown to him. In a sub-
sequent letter he said that ‘‘ vastus waS PROBABLY a new species.” It will be
noticed that vastus is not included in the Synopsis. The reason I do not know;
but I conjecture, from collating the description of Q Gomphus vulgatissimus,
that until the discovery of ¢' vastus, it was difficult or impossible either to se-
p2rate the American species from its European prototype, or to identify the two
species satisfactorily. To Dr. Hagen, therefore, justly belongs the honor of
attaching his name to this fine and interesting insect; to me belongs only the
labor of describing it from an unusually large number of specimens.

GOMPHUS GRASLINELLUS, 0. sp.—' Y Differ from G. fraternus only as follows :
the posterior prothoracic lobe is black, generally with a central yellow dot;
the carina of the dorsum of the thorax is black; the eighth abdominal segment
is yellow on the lateral margin for its entire length, and the tibie are exteriorly
yellow, except at the tip. In the (j' the sheath (gazne) of the penis is conspicu-
ously pruinose; and the superior abdominal appendages have a small inferior
tooth very near the tip, and in addition a very large quadrangular one on the
middle of their external side, as in the European G. graslini. (Mon. Gompb.,
Plate viii., fig. 3.) In the 9 there is no lateral thorn on the carina of the ver-
tex, and the vulvar scales are only one-sixth as long as the ninth ventral seg-
ment, and divaricate from their base.

Length (f' 50—53 mill.; Q 51—53. Expanse ¥§' 66—69; 2 66—70. Ptero-
stigma 33—4 mill. Four <j‘, seven 2. Occurred in Coal Valley Creek, in
Rock Island County, and also on the Des Plaines and Chicago rivers in Cook
County. Its European representative, G. graslini, has black markings on the
front, the carina of the thoracic dorsum yellow, and two yellow vitte (anterior
and posterior?) on the outside of all the thighs, whereas graslinellus, like frater-
nus, has only a posterior yellow vitta on the anterior femora.

GoMPHUS FLUVIALIS, n. sp.—j' Obscure greenish yellow. Head with the occi-
put straight, narrowly margined on its sides before and behind with black, and
with long, black ciliations; vertical vesicle black, cariniform, abbreviated,
transverse, emarginate, slightly tubercled at each extremity ; antenne, and the
whole region of the ocelli to the base of the occiput, black; seta of antennae
generally pale at tip; front sharply and squarely angulated, ot as prominent
as in fraternus, with its upper side basally fasciate with palish brown, the an-
terior edge of the fascia widely biemarginate ; anterior surface of front with its
upper half and its two transverse fovex, generally palish brown, and its infe-
rior corners brown; epistoma clouded with brown; labrum anteriorly margired
with brown and with a brown vitta; extreme tips of mandibles, and the termi-
nal processes of the lateral labial lobes, pale brown; back part of the head
brown next the occiput. Prothorax brown black, anteriorly and laterally
yellow, and uniformly with a double yellow spot immediately before its
posterior lobe. Dorsum of the thorax with the dorsal carina, whick is not
higher than usual, always brown black from its bifurcation backwards, gene-
rally in front of the bifurcation brown black except its extreme edge above; a
double, central, brown-black, wedge-shaped stripe, not attaining the anterior
edge by a third or half millimetre, and narrowly confluent before and behind
with the antehumeral, occasionally not confluent before; a wide brown black

of any such appendage. I suspect that I am the first to announce itas a normal, or perhaps only
an occasional, 2 sexual character of the great genus Gomphus. At all events no such character
is enumerated in the list of the sexual distinctions of that genus in the “‘ Monographie,” (p. 11.)
Similar sexual appendages on the head are elsewhere in the Class Insecta (genuina). so far as I
recollect at present, found not on the 2 but on the ¢ head, as in the well-known coleopterous
Phaneus carnifex and many other lamellicorn species. [s t

ept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395

antehnmeral stripe attaining the anterior edge, and a brown humeral stripe on
the suture; pleura pale or yellowish, with a rather narrow brown stripe before
the spiracle, which last is edged with black, and a similar one on the suture be-
hind the spiracle, sometimes subobsolete; antealar sinus black in front; ster-
num pale. Abdomen brown black, with joints 7—9 but slightly dilated be-
neath, and marked with yellow on the dorsum as follows :—joint one, with a
large longitudinal oval spot, confluent laterally and basally with a small spot,
and together with the three small spots covering its entire length; two, with a
lanceolate spot on its entire length; 3—8, with a narrow cuneiform basal spot
about 1—1} millimetres long, sometimes throwing out behind a narrow line,
which is often interrupted before the medial suture of the joint, and never quite
attains the tip ; joints nine and ten with a narrow basal membranous line; late-
rally joints one, two and ten are yellow, except behind the earlets, which are
yellow, with a few small black thorns on their posterior edge, and except also
the tip of joint two; joints 3—6 have a small basal triangular yellow spot, be-
coming gradually smaller, until in six it is subobsolete, and joints 7—9 are sub-
marginally yellow, the yellow in seven and eight more or less mottled with
brown at tip; venter pale yellow towards the tip, where it is visible. Superior
abdominal appendages half as long as the ninth joint, which is nearly four times
as long as the tenth, black, slender, tapering, conical, approximate at base, di-
varicate, slightly curved downwards for three-fourths their length, the remain-
ing fourth straight, with an inferior carina much curved outwards, and ascend-
ing their sides to about half their length, whence it again curves inwards and
is produced to their tips; inferior appendages one-fifth shorter and more robust
than the superiors, pubescent, black, pale at their internal base, approximate
at base, more widely divaricate than the superiors, scarcely tapering, with the
lower surface rounded and the upper flat, and finally, just before they attain
their furthest limit, hemispherically excavated above, when the tip turns sud-
denly and almost squarely upwards for 4 or 4 millimetre, and terminates
acutely. Legs brown black, coxe and trochanters yellowish, intermediate
trochanters brown beneath; anterior femora yellowish inferiorly and poste-
riorly ; tibiz and tarsi in the more mature individuals, deep black. Wings
byaline; veins and cross-veins all, including the costa, black; membranule
cinereous; pterostigma pale brown, surmounting 43—53 cells. Antecubitals
12—15; postcubitals 9. Two discoidal areolets, commencing always with three
behind, sometimes with three before.

The © differs from the ,j' in the vertical vesicle being strongly tubercled at
each end, between which and the eye is a robust, conical, black thorn, rising
as high as the ocellus; the dorsal thoracic stripes are in one specimen and on
one side only confluent with the anterior margin; the cuneiform dorsal spots of
the abdomen are sometimes subobsolete: and the abdomen is marginally yellow
for its entire length, with an abbreviated submarginal yellow vitta on joints 3
—6, which is sometimes confluent with the yellow margin, sometimes sepa-
rated from it by a black line. Both the anterior and intermediate femora
are yellowish inferiorly and posteriorly, and the posterior femora are entirely
yellowish, except a terminal superior and anterior black vitta. The earlets
are subobsolete. The © abdominal appendages are more than a third as
long as the penultimate abdominal joint, black, slender, tapering, wide apart
at base, acute, parallel, directed slightly downwards, twice as long as the semi-
circular anal process, which is yellowish, and has two black triangular vitte
above. The vulvar lamina is only one millimetre long, fuscous, and terminates
in two rather slender divaricating conical branches; and the venter, when vi-
sible, has joints 3—6, and the basal two-thirds of eight fuscous. Occasionally
there is a very slight flavescence at the base of all four wings, Antecubitals
13—15; posteubitals 7—11.

Length ¢' 51—55 mill. 9 48—56 mill. Alar expanse ¢) 65—67 mill. Q
67—75 mill. Pterostigma j' 3}—4 mill. 9 4—4} mill. Expanse of the eighth

1862.]

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

abdominal segment 3 mill. Described from 3 (/, 6 2, some rather imma-
ture, some tolerably mature. As might have been expected the second joint
of the penis is toothed, and is about three and a half times as long as the
third joint exclusive of the claws. Belongs to the group ‘“ pallidus ”’ of the
subgenus Gomphus, from the six described species of which group it is sepa-
rated at once, as well as the following, by the black costal vein.

This insect breeds both in the Mississippi River in North Illinois and in the
Ohio River in South Illinois, the pupa crawling out on to the banks to assume
the imago form. G. fraternus, G. vastus and G. amnicola, mihi, all likewise
breed in the Mississippi River, and it is remarkable that in the same spot and
on the same day I have seen fraternus, vastus and fluvialis all coming out of
the pupa together in considerable numbers. I suspect that most, if not all,
Gomphi breed in running, not in stagnant, water. This may explain the fact
of my being able to describe no less than six new species of the genus, all
obtained within a few miles of the City of Rock Island, which lies on the nar-
row point of land formed by the confluence of Rock River with the Mis-
sissippi. The habits of fluvialis are very distinct from those of fraternus and
vastus. The two latter haunt the land, often occurring in flocks a mile and
more from the river; and from their frequently alighting they are easy to
capture. The former makes long excursions to and fro on the surface of the
river, scarcely ever approaching the land except for a second, and then never,
so far as I have noticed, alighting. Hence it is exceedingly difficult to cap-
ture. My specimens were all obtained by taking them just as they came out
of the pupa, and allowing them to live as long as they saw fit, which was
generally from three to six days. On June 16, 1861, I took a vastus with the
Phryganeide macronema zebratum in its mouth. Fluvialis no doubt feeds
exclusively on aquatic insects.

In the autumn of 1860, Dr. Hagen most kindly sent me copies of the magnifi-
cent Monographie des Gomphines and Monographie des Calopterygines. With
the assistance of the former, I was enabled confidently to announce fluvialis
as a new and undescribed species in my premium “‘ Essay on Insects injurious
to Vegetation in Illinois,” p. 341, (printed in the fourth Volume of the Trans-
actions of the Illincis State Agricultural Society,) which was placed in the
hands of the Society January 3, 1861. I had previously sent a 2 of fluvialis
to Dr. Hagen, not having myself met with the (f till 1861, and was much
gratified by afterwards receiving a letter from him in reply, dated Feb. 16,
1861, in which he confirmed my opinion by stating positively that ‘‘ it forms
a new species.’’ I have therefore felt perfectly justified in affixing a name to
a species, which I was the first to announce as new, and which is now for the
first time described in print.

GoMPHUS AMNICOLA, n. s.—Q Differs from the normal Q of the preceding
species only in the following particulars:—-Ist. The ground color is bright
deep yellow. 2d. The vertex is yellow behind the vesicle, and there is a lon-
gitudinal rectangular ridge on the centre of the vesicle, giving it the appear-
ance of being tri- not bi-tubercled. 3d. The angulation of the front is not acute,
but the angle is obtuse rather than square and has its apex much rounded off.
4th. The basal fascia of the front above is not bi-, but tri-emarginate, viz.
one very small and deep central and one large and wide lateral emargination.
5th. The anterior frontal fascia is obsolete. 6th. The labrum is anteriorly
margined, but not vittate, with black. 7th. The central lobe of the labium
is fuscous at tip and the lateral lobes are tipped with fuscous inside. Sth.
The dorsal carina of the thorax is unusually high. 9th. The medial, cunei-
form thoracic stripe is much slenderer. 10th. The narrow yellow line sepa-
rating the humeral from the antehumeral stripe is only half as wide as in

fluvialis, and is interrupted above; and as a consequence of this and the pre-
ceding difference, the antehumeral is very much wider. 11th. The first stripe
of the pleura is either interrupted or abbreviated above, and the second is

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397

reduced to a short line above. 12th. The dorsal markings of the abdomen
are similar, but very much wider and continuous to the middle of joint 8.
13th. The vulvar lamina terminates in two robust, approximate, conical
branches. Antecubitals 13—15; postcubitals 9—11. Two discoidal cellules,
commencing with 2 in the front wings, with 3 on the hind wings.

The °f differs in the same way, except that the vitta on the dorsum of the
abdomen is interrupted at the tips of joints 6 and 7, and is narrower than in
©. The abdominal appendages are precisely like those of { fluvialis, except
that the hemispherical excavation at the tip of the lower ones is obsolete.
Antecubitals 11—13; postceubitals 9—11.

Length ¢ 47—48 mill. 9 48—50 mill. Expanse °{\ 65—67 mill. 2 70—73
mill. Pterostigma 3}—4 mill. Four ,, eight 9.

The following measurements of the six new Gomphi previously described
have been taken from single specimens; and for the sake of comparison I
have added those of some allied species, for which, except that of fraternus, I
am indebted to the Monographie. The figures represent millimetres.

| Average
Total | Abdo-| Post. |Width| Sup. | Its | Inf. |; Its | Pteros-
length} men. |femur.| head. | wing. |width.) wing.|width.| tigma.
(HJerpetogomphus? rupin- | vat 1 1 | 1
sulensis <7, n. sp. 54 38 7 73 33 73 31 93 3t
Erpetogomphus cophias ¢ 47 34 6 7 32 Tt 30 9 3h
Macrogomphus? spiniceps z 1 =
Q n. sp. 61 45 7 8 39 8 37 10 5
Macrogomphus _ parallelo- 1 fi
gramma 9 62 47 4a 83 42 #% 41 #% 4
Macrogomphbus annulatus 66 49 ol 82 40 82 38 gi 5
Gomphus fraternus¢ 53 38 83 7i 32 7 30 92 3h
ee vastus ¢ 0. sp. 56 z| 8 ik 33 ii 32 gt 3
EE — —- _—_—_—_— | —
sf fluvialis 2 n. sp. 52 38 7 7t 35 7i 33 92 4h
« ~~ amnicola Q *¢ 47 35 7 7 34 Ts 33 9 4
ws pilipes 2 48 34 8} 8 34 7: +] 10 41-12
“ grasiinellus ¢n.sp.| 52 36 8 UE 32 vos 31 10 31
s grasline ¢ 47 33 7i 7 3 6} 291} 8 3i

CoRDULEGASTER OBLIQUUS, Say 9. Anax Junius, Drury! AiscHNA cLEPsy-
pra, Say § 9! [Q undescribed.] Ascuna consTricta, Say! AlscHNa HEROS,
Fabr. AiscHNa PENTACANTHA, Ramb. ¢' Q; [not hitherto found north of Loui-
siana; © undescribed. ]

ODONATA (LIBELLULINA.)

Macromia ILLINoIENSiIS, n. sp.— 9 Brown. Head with the vertical vesicle bi-
lobed, the lobes divaricate, each forming an equilateral triangle; antenne
black; front prominent, laterally contracted towards its summit, deeply exca-
vated above, the angulation of the superior with the anterior surface much
rounded off except at the sides, above black with violet reflections, with four
separate, basal, obtrigonate yellow spots, two outside the excavation, two inside
the anterior surface, with its upper half brown and its lower half yellow, the
latter enclosing the two usual transverse strie, which are widely and deeply
impressed, but not acute; epistoma and labrum of a paler semi-transparent
brown, the latter with a wide obtuse longitudinal carina, and obscurely yellow
towards its tip in the middle, its anterior edge brown; tips of the mandibles

7 I give this figure just asI find it, but Iam pretty sure thereis some clerical or typographical
error here, and that 44 should be replaced by 7}. Macr. robustus ¢, a species of the same size
within a millimetre or two, is said to have its posterior femur 734 millimetres long, and it is diffi-
cult to see how a Gomphine as large as this, with the posterior femur only 4; millimeters long,
could have a hind leg extending to the middle of the third ablominal segment, which is given
as one of the characters of the subgenus Macrogomphus. Unfortunately in the third species of
Macrogomphus (annulatus) the dimensions of the posterior femur are omitted.

1862.]

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

black, glabrous ; the rest of the mouth pale semi-transparent brown; back part
of the head black, polished, without any hair next the eyes. Thorax covered
with dense, long, pale brown hair; the space included in the double edge of
each posterior bifurcation of the dorsal carina, bright yellow; no indications of
any stripes on the dorsum; pleura with a distinct yellow stripe enclosing the
spiracle; sternum pale brown. Abdomen inflated at base to the middle of joint
three, thence much compressed and carinate above, pubescent, black, except
joint one and the basal half of two, which are pale brown; two with a marginal
yellow spot on each side underneath at its base, and a yellow medial transverse
line, interrupted slightly above, beneath much abbreviated ; 3—6 each with an
elongate, semi-oval, yellow spot on each side the dorsum, the straight side of
the spot on the medial suture, and the spot itself covering two-thirds the dis-
tance from the suture to the base of the joint; seven with a dorsal semi¢ircular
basal spot extending to the medial suture, and confluent at its extreme tip, with
a similar but very much smaller yellow spot immediately behind the suture:
laterally three has a lanceolate basal aud marginal yellow spot extending two-
thirds of its length, and four and eight have a small, obscure, basai, triangular
yellow spot; venter black, so far as visible. Abdominal appendages a little
longer than the tenth abdominal joint, black, rather slender, depressed, directed
downwards, suddenly curving on their inner edge to an acute point, each sur-
mounting a semicircular, black anal process as long as itself. Vulvar lamina
black, very small, composed of two very small, approximate, roundish tabercles,
from which proceed two robust, widely divaricate, medially inflated branches,
convex in front, concave behind, and with a blunt, subbasal tooth on their pos-
terior edge. Legs black; coxe and trochanters pale brown, except the anterior
trochanters, which are distinctly yellow on their inferior surface. Wings hya-
line, strongly flavescent at their extreme costal base, and moderately so on
their terminal third, the flavescence in the anterior wing extending inwardly
along the costa beyond the nodus; a distinct ferruginous stripe between the
costal and subcostal veins, extending from the base of each wing nearly to the
first cross-vein ; veins and cross-veins black, except the upper ot the two veins
which coalesce to form the costal, which in the lower wing, from a little inside
the nodus to the tip of the pterostigma, is yellowish anteriorly; membranule
white, cinereous at tip; pterostigma trapezoidal, black. Triangles with one
cross-vein, in one posterior wing with two. Antecubitals 18; postcubitals 9—
10. Two discoidal areolets, commencing with three, except one anterior wing
where it commences with two.

Length 9 64 mill. Alar expanse 9 100 mill. Hind femur 12 mill.; hind
tibia 11 mill. Pterostigma 3 mill. One 9; ¢/ unknown. Abdominal joints
4—6 are equal; seven is about a fifth shorter than six, and 8—10 each about a
third shorter than the joint immediately preceding it, ten being about one and
a half millimetres long. The hind legs extend to the middle of the fifth abdo-
minal joint. Very distinct in its ornamentation from all the described N. A.
species, except pacifica, Hagen, of which only a fragmentary specimen exists,
and sufficiently distinct from that by the greater number of its antecubitals,
(eighteen instead of sixteen,) but especially by the coloration of its wings.

MacROMIA FLAVIPENNIS, n. sp.—Q Differs from the preceding as follows :—
the front above is entirely yellow, except a broad, fuscous yitta in the excava-
tion. Hach side of the dorsum of the thorax there is a yellow stripe. Joint two
of abdomen has a subbasal, yellow fascia, extending on the inferior margin to
the tip, narrowly interrupted above, and occupying one-half its surface; in joint
three the spot is similar to that of the preceding, but longer; 4—7 marked as
is seven in the preceding, and eight with a basal, semicircular spot on the dor-
sum, occupying nearly one-half its length; laterally the small, obscure, basal
spot is visible only in eight, instead of 4 and 8. The vulvar lamina is appa-
rently composed of one large central tubercle, and two robust, inflated branches
curving upwards. The wings are entirely flavescent, very strongly so on the

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 399

costa; the ferruginous basal stripe, between the costal and subcostal, is only
half as long; costal vein in all four wings yellow to its extreme tip; triangles
all with one crogs-vein. Antecubitals 17—18; postcubitals 10O—11; two discoi-
dal areolets, commencing with three in all the wings.

Length 9 69 mill. Expanse 9 94 mill. Pterostigma 3 mill. Hind femora
12 mill. ; hind tibia 11 mill. One 2; jf’ unknown. Distinct from all described
N. A. species, by the yellow costal veins. The front and abdomen resemble
those of annulata, Hagen, but the dorsum of the thorax in that species is imma-
culate, and the pleura has two yellow stripes. Occurred on the Des Plaines
River, near Chicago.

CorRDULIA TENEBROSA? Say.—C. jilosa, Hagen, and C. tenebrosa, Say, are evi-
dently, from the differences in their <{‘ abdominal appendages, very distinct
species ; and of both these species only the §' is known. The following 2 may
be referred with some propriety to either, though I rather incline to the opinion
that it is tenebrosa. Probably some particulars may be mentioned below, which
may serve either to identify it with Dr. Hagen’s species, or to separate it ef-
fectually.

The abdomen is shaped quite differently in ¢ 2 Cordulia lateralis, Burm., the
Oo abdomen having a strong constriction on segment three, after which it ta-
pers to the tip; and the 9 abdomen having no constriction whatever, but ta-
pering gradually from base to tip, and being much wider and more depressed
than the ¢’. I presume that the same distinction prevails in other species of
the genus, and that the abdominal constriction noticed both in jilosa, Hagen,
and in ¢enebrosa, Say, is merely a {\ sexual character. Again, the 99 of C.
lateralis, have almost always hyaline wings, but [ have a single, immature 9
specimen, captured at the same time and place with many maturer individuals,
with hyaline wings, which has the wings partly fumose; and @. alticincta, ac-
cording to the Synopsis, has the anterior margin of 2 wings subflavescent,
while the 5‘ has hyaline wings. The marginal flavescence on the wings of my
© ought not, therefore, to afford any reason for considering it distinct from
either Dr. Hagen’s or Say’s ,j', both of which have hyaline wings.

Q Obscure, brassy green. Vesicle of the vertex obviously punctured,
with long, dense, black hairs, truncate-triangular, its tip with an impressed
longitudinal indentation extending half way to its base, brown at tip,
black with a slight brassy green reflection at base; antenne black; front
coarsely and confluently punctuied above, on the upper two-thirds of its ante-
rior surface with very coarse punctures mixed with ruge, the punctures lower
down becoming obsolete; the punctate surfaces bright, brassy green, bordered
laterally and anteriorly with a yellow line, the anterior yellow line straight;
the rest of the front, the epistoma and the labrum semitransparent obscure
greenish; labium yellowish. Dorsum of thorax, with the carina yellowish,
otherwise immaculate; pleura somewhat polished, with blue reflections, and
with two distinct yellow stripes, one before the spiracle, slightly abbreviated
and narrower, another behind the spiracle much abbreviated above, slightly
below, and wider; sternum pale greenish brown. Abdomen a little inflated at
base above, and tapering regularly to its tip, where it is blackish ; glabrous and
black below the lateral carina, with a large, obscurely defined, yellowish spot
on the second segment beneath, and the basal half of the third segment semi-
transparent below, so as to appear yellowish; joints eight and nine greenish
black below the lateral carina; joint ten triangularly emarginate at its tip for
one-half its length. Abdominal appendages long, slender, black, wide apart
at base, pilose, opaque, slightly smaller at base, thence cylindrical, till towards
the tip they contract and terminate obtusely ; viewed laterally, they curve very
slightly downwards; viewed from above, they curve slightly inwards for quarter
their length, and then divaricate slightly in a straight line; superior anal pro-
cess very short, semicircular, black, deflexed. Vulvar lamina extending nearly
to the tip of joint ten, divaricate with the venter, black, glabrous, polished, its
inferior surface a hollow semi-cylinder, with its concavity upwards, rounded at

1862.]

400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

tip and prolonged on each side not far from the tip in a lateral, horizontal, ia-
mina, which at first expands gradually in width towards the base, and finally
sweeps round in a regular curve inwards to the tip of joint eight, where the
sides of that joint close upon it. Legs black, basal half of the anterior femora,
and their trochanters yellowish; the extreme base of the intermediate femora
and their trochanters marked with yellowish; all six coxe pale, obscure green.
Wings hyaline, the anteriors flavescent at their extreme base, and on the costa
from about the nodus to the pterostigma; the inferiors flavescent at base, espe-
cially next the membranule, and on the costa from inside the nodus to the pte-
rostigma ; veins and cross-veins black; pterostigma small, black, surmounting
not quite one cell; membranule fuscous, whitish at its extreme base. Antecu-
bitals eight, postcubitals six. Discoidal areolets two, commencing always with
two.

Length © 60 mill. Alar expanse 9 83 mill. Pterostigma 9 23 mill. Ab-
dominal appendages 9 34 mill. One 9; G' unknown. Joints 8—10 of the ab-
domen are each from one-half to one-third shorter than the joint immediately
preceding it, joint ten about one and a quarter mill. long. The only difficulty
in referring this insect to Say’s ¢{‘, is the yellowish spot which he speaks of
behind the two thoracic vitie ; but the existence of such a spot on the thorax
is so contrary to the normal style of ornamentation in odonata, that it is pro-
bable that it was the spot on the base of the abdomen which he inadvertently
referred to. Dr. Hagen’s ¢ agrees exactly in the antecubitals and postcubitals,
but has only ‘two obsolete vellow lines” on the pleura, instead of two well
developed yellow stripes. Both in Say’s ¢ and in Dr. Hagen’s ,j', the legs are
“black” or “immaculate.”

EpItHECA PRINCEPS, Hagen, [occurred on the Des Plaines River.] Corputta
LATERALIS < 9 Burm.! [The og’ has the anal angle of the posterior wings
acute, and it cannot therefore be an Epitheca.] PANTALA HYMENEHA <j Q Say!
[occurs both in North and South Illinois; not captured North of Texas since
Say’s time; has the same migratory and social habits as Libellula qguadrimacu-
lata, Linn., but unlike that species never alights to devour its prey, and is con-
sequently very difficult to capture ] TramMEA LAcERATA, Hagen! [occurs both in
North and South Illinois.] CexirHemis gponina, Drury! CELITHEMIS ELISA, Hagen.
[Referred to Diplax by Dr. Hagen, but I think erroneously. The pair I possess
were given me by my friend Mr. A. Bolter of Chicago, at which place he took
them.] PLaTHeMis TRIMACULATA, De Geer! [N. and S. Illinois.] LipeLtnoia
QUADRIMACULATA, Linn. ! Lis. semirasciaTa, Burm., [occurred on the Des Plaines
River.] Lis. rucruosa, Burm.! Lis. putcnenta, Drury! [N. and 8. Illinois.]
MESOTHEMIS SIMPLICICOLLIS, Say! Mes. corrupta, Hagen! [N. and 3. Illinois. ]
MES. LONGIPENNIS, Burm.! Dipnax [assimilata, Uhler —] RvBicunDULA, Say.
Diez. vicina, Hagen! Dru. semicincta,Say. Dipy. ampigua, Rambur. Dre.
INTACTA, Hagen.

I am satisfied that Diplax assimilata, Uhler, (No. 1 of the Synopsis, and named
assimilata for me by Dr. Hagen himself,) is the true rubtcundula, Say, and that
Diplax No. 6, (ambigua, Rbr.,) is erroneously identified with Say’s species. Say
describes his rudbicundula as occurring sometimes with the basal half of the
wings flavescent, which is true of No. 1, but untrue of No. 6. No. 6 positively
swarms at Rock Island every year about the last of August, and continues till
the frosts come; and although I have seen millions of specimens on the wing,
and have looked out two seasons for such variations, I never yet saw one with
the basal half of the wings even subflavescent. Again, Say gives one and @
half inch as the length of his species; now, that is the average length of
No. 1, whereas No. 6 averages only about one and a quarter inch, and is constant
in size. Mr. Uhler, at the time he published his assimtlata, had never, as he has
informed me, seen any specimens with perfectly hyaline wings. I forwarded
such to him last antumn, and I believe he now inclines to think that my view
of the subject is correct. The two species are distinguishable at once by No. 1
haying both its anterior and intermediate femora posteriorly vittate with yel-

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401

low, while No. 6 has a posterior yellow vitta only on its anterior femora. It is
unfortunate that Say in his description should have said merely “feet black-
ish,’ which decides nothing either one way or the other. Thus by the brevity
of ‘the descriptions of the early naturalists, their meaning often becomes an
enigma, and we are reduced to guessing and dogmatizing. And yet guessing
is not knowing, and faith is not science. There isa profound truth contained
in a MS. observation of Dr. Hagen’s to me:—“A description of a new species
cannot possibly be too long; it is always easy to curtail it, but often impossible
to lengthen it.”

RECAPITULATION.
TERMITINA. Palingenia pulchella, n. sp.
Termes flavipes, Koll. i terminata, “
Ephemera decora, Walk. Cat.
PSOciNA. cf flaveola, n. sp.
Psocus venosus, Burm. Ephemerella (n. 2.) excrucians, n. Sp.
ce

“ contaminatus, Hagen.
“ nove-scotiz, Walk.

‘¢ lichenatus, Uhler.
‘purus, n. sp.

“ semistriatus, n. sp.

‘< perplexus, us:
“« pollutus, sf
“ amabilis, ee
“ geologus, te

‘ abruptus, Hagen.
‘“ corruptus, Hagen.
“ aurantiacus, Hagen.

—13 sp.
PERLINA.
Pteronarcys nobilis, Hagen.
Acroneuria abnormis, Newm.
ef rupinsulensis, n. sp.
Perla flavescens, n. sp.
‘¢ varians, as
«decipiens, »
“< - occipitalis ? Pict.
“ producta, n. sp.
‘‘ fumipennnis, n. sp.
“elongata, ce
Chloroperla bilineata? Say.
J brunnipennis, n. SD:
i nana,
—13 sp.
EPHEMERINA.

Betis femorata, Say, new imago.
* alternata, Say, new submay0:
“ arida, Say,
« " sicca, 0. sp.
“© —debilis? Walk. Cat., “

Potamanthus cupidus, Say, new imago.

ee odonatus, n. sp.
Palingenia vittigera, ne
limbata, Pictet.
ch bilineata, Say.
ue flavescens, n. sp.
sa interpunctata, Say,
subimago.

consimilis,
Betisca (n. g.) obesa, Say, new imago.
Uloe ferruginea, n. sp.
‘ fluctuans, ‘“
‘* unicolor, Hagen.
“ vicina, Hagen, new subimago.
dubia, n. sp.
mendax, ‘°
Cenis hilaris, Say, new subimago.
—26 sp.
ODONATA (AGRIONINA).
Calopteryx maculata, Beauv.
Heterina rupinsulensis, n. sp.
Lestes rectangularis, Say.
«¢ unguiculata, Hagen.
“ hamata, Hagen.
“ forcipata, Rambur.
‘* eurina ? Say.
‘« inzequalis, n. sp.
Soren irene, Hagen.
ramburii, Selys.
rg exsulans, Hagen.
“ putridum, Hagen.
« apicale, Say.
« civile, Hagen.
te Hagen, MS., n. sp.
ss binotatum

—16 sp.

OponaTa ( AlsCHNINA.)
Herpetogomphus rupinsulensis, n. sp.
Macrogomphus spiniceps, uc
Gomplras spinosus, Selys.

fraternus, Say.
ve vastus, Hagen MS., n. sp.

a graslinellus, n. Sp.
as fluvialis, wc
te amnicola,

Cordulegaster obliquus, Say.
Anax junius, Drury.

new | Aschna clepsydra, Say.

“ constricta, Say.

402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Aischna heros, Fabr. Mesothemis corrupta, Hagen.
‘« pentacantha, Ramb. i longipennis, Burm.
—14sp. | Diplax rubicundula, Say.
oe eas
ODONATA (LIBELLULINA). oe es pace
ee ‘ micincta, Say.
Macromia illinoiensis, n. sp. an BHT Cra Cea ean
: 3 é ambigua, Ramb.
“ flavipennis, D. sp. a

intacta, Hagen.

Hpi eta p aaeeh sa aeen. Perithemis domitia, Drury.

Cordulia tenebrosa? Say.

“ Jateralis B sai
a urm.

Pantala hymenea, Say. Species. New.
Tramea lacerata, Hagen. PErmMitindecssscsrcteceeses Jhspeahancogcoss: 0
Jelithemis eponina, Drury. BSOCINAss:.cccsecassersece 1a a poecbanhan 6

us elisa, Hagen. POLINA Aeeeceeseitesasseace MBsebcontasingodss 19
Plathemis trimaculata, De G. Ephemerina,.............0+ 2 Onostsecaeseecaascers 16
Libellula quadrimaculata, Linn. SAO TIONINA coccncssee ceneaslll Ocuremssercteeseneeee nee

‘¢ semifasciata, Burm. FEISCD MINDS cconsecssasssesese A rrecersassececessen

‘¢ luctuosa, Burm. Libellwling, csc: ccc-cce-neo DB vecsvecsess baucseaes

‘ pulchella, Drury. — _—
Mesothemis simplicicollis, Say. 106 43

Rock Island, Illinois, July 25, 1862.

Remarks on the Species composing the Genus PEDIOCAETES, Baird.
BY D. G. ELLIOTT, F. Z. S.

Intending, at no distant period, to publish a monograph of the Tetraonine.
I have been led, by the introduction of an apparently new species of this
genus—(lately described by Dr. George Suckley, under the name of Pedio-
caetes Kennicotti, in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, 1861)—to investigate its specific value, and compare it with our
common Sharp-tailed Grouse. The following are my conclusions :

The bird commonly known as Tetrao phasianellus, has heretofore only been
found within the limits of the United States, and to this species, Ord, in
Guthrie’s Geog. 2d American ed., 1815, p. 317, gave the appellation of Pha-
sianus Columbianus, basing his description upon the Columbia Pheasant of
Lewis & Clark, ii. p. 180. This species then seemed to be the only one of
this genus existing in the new world, and as it also appeared to be the one—
(as far as the knowledge of American ornithologists extended, none of whom
had received any examples from without the limits of the Union) —to which,
long before, Linnzus had given the name of phasianel/us, and which Gmelin,
Bonaparte, Audubon and all others had retained; so Prof. Baird, when he
instituted the present genus, also gave the same appellation as being the cor-
rect one of our well known Sharp-tailed Grouse.

But in 1861 there arrived at the Smithsonian Institution, from Mr. Kennicott,
a number of Sharp-tailed Grouse, collected in the Hudson’s Bay Company’s
Territory, from Fort Rae and Big Island, the prevailing colors of which were
black and white, with very little, if any, of the brown hues, which constitute
the principal marks of our common bird.

These examples, Dr. Suckley, after comparison with specimens, obtained
from the west and northwest, very naturally considered distinct species, for
they certainly are, and thereupon described them as new, as above mentioned.

But now I find that this species from Arctic America, is the one originally
described as Tetrao phasianellus, the United States species either being con-
sidered the ‘‘ young with ferruginous plumage,’’ vide Richardson in Faun.
Bor. Amer., 1831, p. 861, or as a very light colored variety.

Thus Bonaparte in his continuation of Wilson’s Ornithology, gives a figure
of a specimen in the Philadelphia Academy, which, as he says, ‘‘ though a

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403

female(?) and unusually light colored, we have had our drawing made, on
account of its having been procured in the American territory,’’ while his
description is taken ‘‘ from a handsome male specimen from Arctic America.’’

The genus Pediocaetes therefore is composed of the two following species,
with this diagnosis :
General color white and brownish yellow with irregu-

lar black-markings. Beneath pure white, the feath-

ers on the breast and flanks with brown U-shaped

NAME PS een Y OAL DUI: .esscesssis sels cioccopnesieicn-srseses Pediocaetes Columbianus.
General color white and black, with irregular dark

brown markings. Beneath pure white, with V-shaped

black marks on the breast and sides, broader and

closer than those of its relative. Throat white in-

terspersed with small black marks...............0+-s00e Pediocaetes phasianellus.

The species may be more fully described thus :

PEDIOCAETES CoLumMBIANUS (Ord.) Elliot.
Tetrao phasianellus ? Ord. Guthrie’s Geog., 21 Am. ed., 1815, p. 317.
do.

Phasianus Columbianus, do.
Tetrao phasianellus, Bon. Syn., 1828, p. 127.
Do. “¢ Am. Ornith., vol. iii. 1828, p. 37, pl. xix.
Do. Nuttall, Man. vol. i. 1832, p. 669.
Do. Audub. Ornith. Biog., vol. iv. 1838, p. 569, pl. 382.
Do. Ce Sys lL Sa9se ps 20D.
Do. ‘¢ Birds of Amer., vol. v. 1842, p. 110, pl. 298.
Do. Newberry, Cal. & Or. Route. Rep. P. R. R. Surv., vol.

vi. iv. 1857, p. 94,
Tetrao ( Centrocercus) phasianellus. Swain, Faun. Bor. Am., vol. ii. 1831, p.361.
0. Bonp. Comptes Rendus, xlv. 1857, p. 428.
Tetrao urophasianellus, Doug. Trans. Linn. Societ., vol. xvi- 1829, p. 136.
Pediocaetes phasianellus, Baird, vol. ix. P. R. R. R., p. 626.

Head and throat brownish yellow, the front, crown, occiput and cheeks
irregularly marked with black or very dark brown ; superciliary band whitish ;
back ferruginous brown, variously spotted with black or brownish yellow ;
wings brownish grey, with large spots of white on all the coverts ; transverse
bars on the secondaries, and the outer webs of the primaries which are dark
brown, spotted with the same; the tail feathers have the inner web white,
outer brownish gray, dotted with darker brown; the central feathers are elon-
gated and same color as the back— under parts are pure white, the feathers ou
the breast and flanks having a brown U-shaped mark. Bill black ; feet brown.

Hab.—Northern prairies from Wisconsin to Oregonand Washington territories.

PEDIOCAETES PHASIANELLUS, (Linn.) Elliott.
Teirao phasianellus, Linn. Syst. Nat., vol. i. 10 ed., 1758, p. 160.

Do. Forst. Philos. Trans., lxii. 1772, p. 394 and 495.
Do. _ Gmelin Syst. Nat., vol. i. p. 747.
Do. Lath. Ind. Ornith., vol. ii. p. 635.

Tetrao urogailus, var. B., Linn. Syst. Nat., vol. i. ed. 12th, p. 273.

Tetrao phasianellus, Bon. Amer. Ornith., vol. iii. 1828, text ¢’. Sharp-tailed
Grouse. Pennant.

Pediocaetes Kennicotti, Suckley, Proc. A. Nat. Sc., 1861.

General color black. Top of head black, a few faint marks of rusty towards
the occiput, sides of head black, the feathers tipped with white ; those on the
side and back of neck tipped with rusty; throat white, spotted with black.
The back is also black, the feathers margined with rufous brown; the ramp
is lighter, caused by the feathers being tipped broadly with grayish; the
elongated central feathers of the tail are (in the specimen before me) jet
black, irregularly crossed with yellowish white and gray. Wings blackish
brown, with large white spots on all the coverts, in addition to the rusty

1862.]

404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

margins of the feathers; primaries blackish with white marks on their outer
webs. Tail sometimes grayish at the base with white tips, or pure white.
Under parts pure white, with a black V-shaped mark near the centre of the
feathers on the breast and flanks, gradually growing smaller and fainter, as
they approach the abdomen and vent. The white feathers of the legs are
ee and extend over the toes quite to the nails. Bill black; feet dark
orown.

HAabitat.—Arctic America, plentiful around Hudson’s Bay, but never found
within the limits of the United States.

Supplementary note toa ‘‘ Synopsis of the North American Forms of the
COLYMBIDZ and PODICEPIDZE.”

BY ELLIOTT COUES.

Since the publication of my paper on the Loons and Grebes of North Amer-
ica, the Smithsonian Institution has received, from J. Hepburn, Esq., of San
Francisco, California, what has long been a great desideratum in its collec-
tions, a specimen of chmophorus Clarkii in full plumage. The interest
attaching to the elucidation of this hitherto undetermined question in Amer-
ican ornithology induces me to offer the following brief notice of the points in
which the nuptial dress differs from the ordinary well known winter plumage.
The specimen alluded to, Mr. Hepburn states, was shot in the latter part of
April, and is a female.

AicumopHorus CiarKu, Coues.—(Adult female, breeding plumage.)—The
chrome yellow of the under mandible, and of the tip and cutting edges of the
upper, is very bright, and in marked contrast with the quite pure black of
the culmen. The bare loral space is leaden blue. The crown, occiput, and
neck behind are very deep grayish black, almost pure black on the occiput,
and fading gradually along the neck, into the blackish gray of the back and
upper parts generally, which color is scarcely, if at all, deeper than in the
average of winter specimens. The white space between the eye and bill is
very broad, and remarkably pure. The throat, neck before, and whole under
parts are of a beautiful silky white, the line of demarcation of the black and
white on the sides of the head and neck being remarkably distinct. There is
« decided occipital crest; the feathers of that region are about one inch in
length, and have the peculiar filiform character common to the crests of birds
of this family. This crest, however, on the dried skin lies quite smoothly,
and is not very conspicuous except on raising the feathers. There are no
decided colered ruffs ; but the white feathers of the sides of the head posteriorly,
and across the throat, are longer and fuller than elsewhere, particularly the
former. Although this elongation is hardly noticeable in the dried skin, it is
doubtless sufficient to give to the bird when in life something of the appear-
ance presented by most of the species of this family. In other respects the
specimen ‘before me does not differ materially from the winter series.

I have always been of opinion that the two birds which I have recently
separated generically from Podiceps would not possess the conspicuous colored
ruffs for which the type of the genus (P. cristatus) is so noted. The suppo-
sition to that effect, doubtfully set forth in my last paper, is now verified in
the case of one of the species of the genus, and I have no doubt that the nup-
tial plumage of ’chmophorus occidentalis will be perfectly analogous to that
exhibited by the species under consideration.

A specimen of Podiceps (Proctopus) californicus, in full summer plumage,
has also been received from Mr. Hepburn. It presents the same marked dif-
ferences from the European P. auritus as do all the otherspecimens from North
America which have fallen under my observation; and is additional confirma-
tion of the position assumed with regard to the specific distinction of the
American and European birds. They are quite distinct species and recogni-
zable in either adult or young plumage.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405

Descriptions of Fossils from the Marshall and Huron Groups of Michigan.*
BY ALEXANDER WINCHELL.
CENTRONELLA, Billings.

CENTRONELLA JULIA, n. sp.—Shell small, nearly circular, ranging from
slightly elongate to transverse, and squarely rounded ; both valves with regu-
lar lens-like convexity, sometimes with a gentle ridge running the length of
the ventral valve, and a slight sinuation near the margin of the dorsal.
Ventral valve with a moderate beak, circularly foraminated, turned up at
a right angle, covering the beak of its fellow. Area entirely wanting. Shell
obsoletely striate concentrically, and having a minutely punctate structure,
Apophysary system asfollows: A delicate ribbon-like loop originates from the
stout blunt crura of each side of the socket valve, having its flat sides at first
vertical; the two branches of the loop proceed at first in lines parallel or a
little convergent, and then gradually diverge, widening as they proceed, and
assuming an inclined position, until, approaching the front of the valve by a
regular curvature, the lower edge has become anterior, giving the band an
angle of 30° with the plane of the shell; approaching the median line the
band rapidly widens, and the front margin is drawn forward ina long acu-
mination, while the inner margin is regularly concave, except that near the
median line it turns abruptly forward so as to meet that line at an acute angle.
The loop thus forms an urceolate figure on its inner margin, and on the outer
a somewhat oval one truncated behind and attenuately acuminate before. In
the median line where the two branches meet, both are suddenly deflected
downwards, forming a double vertical plate, not quite reaching the ventral
valve, the upper edge of which, when viewed from the side, is fiatly roof-
shaped, while the lower edge describes two convexities, the greater, anterior,
leaving a notch betweenthem. The surfaces of the loop and median plate
are covered with minute obliquely conical pustules, in some places seeming
to become spinulous. The casts exhibit on the ventral side a delicate im-
pressed line extending from the beak to the middle, and on the right and left
of this a fainter one; on the dorsal side a median impression with two fainter
ones on the right, and two on the left—the median terminating rostrally upon
a small pyramidal process (filling the beak of this valve) separated by a short
slit (made by the socket ridge) from a smaller isolated process on each side.

Length, breadth and thickness of an average specimen: °31 (100), +29 (94)
and °15 (48).f

Loc dity.x—Grindstone quarries, Pt. aux Barques, in a conglomeritic ferru-
ginous sandstone overlying the gritstones of the Marshall Group. Abundant.

SpirirERA, Sowerby.

SPIRIFERA SUBATTENUATA, Hall.—Iowa Rep., p. 504, pl. 10, fig. 3. Comp.
Owen Rep. on Iowa, Wis., &c., pl. iii. fig. 9.

Our specimens agree with the figures and descriptions of Hall.

Locality.—Light-house Pt. aux Barques, with Spirifera Huronensis.

* For a description of the rocks of these groups see the author’s Report on the Geology
of the Lower Peninsula of Michigan, 1860; also Silliman’s Journal for May, 1862.

Descriptions of 26 species of Cephalopoda from these two groups were published in the
number of Silliman’s Journal just referred to; and descriptions of most of the Gastero-
poda and Lamellibranchiata of the present paper were sent for publication on the Ist of
April last, since which time further discoveries and investigations have extended my no-
tice of the palzontology of these interesting groups to its present limits, and I have for
this reason obtained permission of the editors of Silliman’s Journal to offer the whole for
publication together, to the Phil. Acad. of Nat. Sciences.

t The measurements in this paper are given in inches, The numbers in parenthesis
are the relative measurements—that which is generally greatest being assumed 100.

1862.) 28

406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

SPIRIFERA MEDIALIS (?) Hall.—Rep. [Vth Dist. N. Y., p. 208, fig. 8; 10th
Rep. N. Y. Reg., p. 164.
Locality.—Light-house, Pt, aux Barques, with S. Huronensis.

SpiriFERA HvRONENSIS, n. sp.—Shell of medium size, transversely semi-el-
liptic, with acuminate hinge-extremities ; entire hinge-length nearly three times
the length of the shell; anterior and antero-lateral borders regularly curved.
Ventral valve ventricose, especially towards the beak, which is erect overa
high, triangular area, triangularly foraminated to the apex; sinus beginning
near the beak, not well defined, round at its margins and bottom; entire sur-
tace covered with «bout forty rounded ribs, of which the lateral half on each
side terminate upon the cardinal border, while about four, of the same size as
their neighbors, occupy the sinus. Dental plates standing at an angle of 58°.
Dorsal valve equally tumid with the ventral; beak incurved over a narrow
area; mesial fold indistinct, with three or four ribs; occlusor and pedicle
scars lanceolate, deep. Surface of shell with one or two squamous incremen-
tal lines.

Length of shell, -49 (100) ; length of hinge line 1:3 (265) ; convexity of ven-
tral valve 25 (50).

Locality.—Light-house Pt. aux Barques, in a hard, gray, pyritous, coarse,
often conglomeritic bed of sandstone two feet thick, intercalated in the argilla-
ceous slates of the Huron group.

SPpIRIFERA PHAROVICINA, n. Sp.—Shell large and ventricose. Ventral valve
with a gentle sinuation which extends to the beak; dental plates moderately
long, forming an angle of 80°; area very elevated, with a narrow triangular
fissure reaching to the apex, which scarcely overhangs the area; surface
faintly marked each side of the sinus by rather remote radiating ribs, which,
near the margin, are somewhat distinct. Some impressions of areas supposed
to belong to this species, are 2:1 long, and *95 high, with a fissure -44 wide at
base; deltoidal impression grooved in the direction of the fissure ; surface of
area flat, slightly incurved at apex and marked by very distinct transverse
striz. Dorsal valve with a low rounded fold, marked (in the cast) by a sin-
cle small median groove ; beak prominent, incurved over a small area.
~ Locality.—Light-house, Pt. aux Barques, with Rhynchonella Huronensis,
Sperifera Huronensis, §c.

This well marked species is known only by imperfect casts.

SprRIFERA (?) INSOLITA, D. Sp.—Shell large,smooth. Ventral valve with a
broad, concave sinus reaching to the beak, and forming at its lateral margins
angles with the shell surface ; area short and imperfectly bounded, though
the beak is rather high ; dental plates very long, reaching the middle of the
shell or beyond, and forming with each other an angie of 25°, which is the
same as the rostral angle of the mesial sinus.

Locality.—Light-house, Pt. aux Barques.

This species has the short hinge line of Brachythyris, and the smooth
surface of Martinta—characters which, with the very long and approximate
dental plates render it unique among Spirifere.

Retzia, King.

ReTzIA POLYPLEURA, n. Sp.—Shell of medium size or rather large, cuneate-
oval, tumid. Ventral valve with a prolonged, isolated, nearly erect, perfor-
ate beak, which projects one-fourth the valve length beyond the dorsal valve.
a swollen umbo, and depressed central and anterior region. Dorsal valve ro-
tund, with a subcuneate rostral margin; beak obtuse, closely appressed
against the ventral valve; umbo ventricose; entire valve with a regular car-
dium-like convexity; median ridge extending one-third the length of the
valve, with a lanceolate occlusor impression on each side of it. Surface
marked by about forty small rounded radiating ribs. Spires not seen.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497

Length, breadth and thickness of a rather small specimen: *70 (100), -58
(83), and *34 (50). Length of dorsal valve 52 (74.) Length and breadth of
another dorsal valve ‘69 and ‘66

Locality.—Light-house, Pt. aux Barques with Rhynchonella Huronensis, &c.

This species resembles RA. serpentina, de Kon. (Anim. Foss., 291, pl. xix. 8),
but the ventral valve is most ventricose in the umbonal instead of the middle
region, and has a nearly erect instead of a straight beak. It differs from R.
vera, Hall (Iowa Rep. 704, pi. xxvii. 3), in the absence of wings, and in its
more erect beak.

MeERIsTA, Suess.

Merista Hoveston!, n. sp.—Shell of medium size, subrotund and subtumid.
Ventral valve a little produced at the straight, obtuse foraminated beak ;
somewhat truncate in its contour, along the cardinal slopes, and very slighily
elongate in front across the width of the sinus; regularly convex in all di-
rections from the middle, except along the shallow sinus, which takes its origin
near the middle of the valve. Impressions of the divaricator muscles longi-
tudinally striate. Dorsal valve circular; beak scarcely projecting beyond the
hinge; occlusor impressions small, spatulate, separated by a rostral septum
reaching one-fourth the length of the valve; mesial fold represented by an
undulation at the anterior margin. Surface of cast smooth.

Length, breadth and thickness °70 (100), °68 (97) and °36 (51).

Locality.—Light-house, Pt. aux Barques, with Rhynchonella Huronensis, &c.

RYNCHONELLA, Fischer de Waldheim.

RHYNCHONELLA SAGERIANA, nN. sp.—Shell of medium size, somewhat quad-
rantal in outline, rathertumid. Ventral valve not seen. Dorsal valve inthe
older specimens with a prominent and inflected beak, and about 16 obtuse
plications, some of the central ones showing a groove on the summit toward
the margin, as if preparatory to bifurcation. Mesial fold consisting of two or
three plications just perceptibly raised above the others in the vicinity of the
anterior margin.

Length, -56 (100); breadth -60 (107); convexity of dorsal valve *23 (41).

Locality.—Marshall, in the Marshall sandstone.

RHYNCHONELLA WeHiTE!, n. sp.—Shell small, sub-circular. Dorsal valve sub-
tumid, with the greatest elevation at one-third the distance from beak to an-
terior margin; cardinal slopes slightly convex, terminating in subalate spaces
which descend from the umbo; lateral and anterior margins circularly rounded.
Surface marked by about 17 rounded, moderately elevated ribs. Mesial ele-
vation entirely wanting, or barely perceptible, and embracing about two of
the plications. Median septum present, little developed.

Length of dorsal valve -38 (100) ; breadth 45 (119); convexity -10 (26).

Locality.—Marshall.

RuyYNCHONELLA Husparpi, n. sp.—Shell small, subquadrantal in outline ;
cardinal slopes straight, forming aright angle or more; lateral extremities
about midway of the shell; anterior border gently curved; the two valves
equally convex; ventral valve most tumid near the beak, the dorsal in the
middle. Surface marked by 21 small rounded radiating plications. Mesial
sinus represented by a broad shallow flattening of the mid-frontal slope of the
ventral valve, occupying the two middle-fourths of its width, and correspond-
ing to 8 or 9 plications. No fold perceptible in the dorsal valve, but a shal-
low depression extends from the beak about one-third the length of the shell,
corresponding to the extent of the median partition beneath it. Dental plates
of the ventral valve well developed, diverging at an angle of about 30°. Shell
thin, fibrous.

Length of a ventral valve -26 (100) ; breadth 31 (119); convexity, ‘08 (31).

1862. |

408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Localities.—Marshall and the grindstone quarries at Pt. aux Barques, be-
longing to the Marshall group.
The dorsal valve greatly resembles that of R. eireularis.

RuHYNCHONELLA MARSHALLENSIS, n. sp.—Shell of medium size; dorsal valve
very ventricose, with the middle region somewhat flattened, and all the mar-
gins abruptly deflected—the anterior at nearly right angles; beak prominent,
obtuse, incurved ; cardinal slopes short, making with each other an angle of
about 100°. Surface of valve marked by about 27 medium-sized rounded,
radiating plications, two or three of which are implanted on each lateral ex-
tremity, some of the plications reaching the beak. A shallow mesial fold
rises in about the middle of the valve aud embraces seven plications. The
mesial septum extends about one-eighth the length of the valve.

Length of the dorsal valve *58 (100) ; breadth °62 (107; convoxity, 30 (52).

Locality.—Marshail.

RHYNCHONELLA CAMERIFERA, 0. Sp.—Shell of moderate size, tumid; beak of
ventral valve projecting and slightly upturned; cardinal slopes straight, at
right angles; sides of the shell rounded ; front margin similarily rounded or
somewhat straight, not unfrequently produced on one side of the mesial sinus.
Dorsal valve nearly circular, a little more convex than the ventral, most con-
vex anterior to the middle, and rather abruptly bent down in front. Ventral
valve with a shallow sinus, which extends back about one-fourth the length
of the valve, corresponding to the fold in the dorsal valve ; most convex be-
tween the beak and the middle; dental plates parallel, well developed ; teeth
at right angles, elongate, growing stouter anteriorly, with handsomely crenu-
lated margins ; mesial partition of the dorsal valve, extending nearly one half
its length, thickening near the beak, to give space for the excavation of a
small chamber within the septum. Shell with 20 or 21 (a variety ? with 16)
sharp plications, of which three or four are comprised in the mesial sinus ;
these are cro8sed by a few squamulose concentric wrinkles ; shell structure
fibrous.

Length of an average specimen *38 (100); breadth -34(90); thickness,
“19 (50).

Locality.—Pt. aux Barques, in a conglomeritic ferrnginous sandstone over-
lying the gritstones of the Marshall group—myriads of casts sometimes form-
ing, with Centronella Julia, the whole mass of the rock.

The small chamber in the mesial septum of the dorsal valve is an interest-
ing and unique character. On a similar cameration of the septnm of the ven-
tral valve of some Cyrtiz the genus Cyrtina has been founded ; and Professor
King established his Camarophoria on the formation of an arch in the ventral
valve by the approximation of the dental plates.

This species has the external appearance of the young of AR. incuebescens,
but, amongst thousands, none attain proportions very different from those
given above.

RHYNCHONELLA BARQUENSIS, 1. sp.—Shell small, transversely oval, thin.
Ventral valve with a moderately prominent beak and slightly curved cardinal
slopes ; greatest tumidity near the beak, from which the surface descends in
a nearly right plane to the anterior margin, and with little convexity to the
right and left margins. Dorsal valve fiattish, most inflated in the middle.
Mesial fold and sinus small, traceable one fifth or sixth the length of the shell,
embracing two or three sharp plications, of which the entire surface of each
valve receives about 12 or 13. Dental plates of ventral valve parallel; me-
sial septum of dorsal valve camerated as in R. camerifera.

Length °30 (100); breadth °32 (107) ; thickness +13 (43).

Locality.—Grindstone quarries, Pt. aux Barques, with R. camerifera.

RHYNCHONELLA SUBCIRCULARIS, n. Sp.—Shell small, cuneate-rotund, subtumid.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCESOF PHILADELPHIA. 409

Ventral valve unknown. Dorsal valve with a blunt depressed beak, equalling
the hinge, a moderately elevated umbo from which the surface slopes with
gentle convexity to the lateral and anterior margins, and abruptly, with
slight excavation, towards the superior portion of the rounded hinge-margins.
Surface marked by about 32 fine rounded plications, which reach from the
margin half way to the beak. Mesial fold wanting. Mesial septum extending
one-fifth the length of the shell.

Length of dorsal valve *25 (100); breadth +25 (100); convexity -08 (34).

Lecality.—Grindstone quarries, P. aux Barques, with R. camerifera.

This species is a close analogue of R. radialis, Phillips, sp. (Geol. Yorks.
223, pl. xii. 40, 41) from the carboniferous limestone of Bollard.

RayNcHONELLA HuroNEnsis, n. sp.—Shell of medium size, tumid, transversely
oval, or nearly circular, with rounded lateral, and cuneate rostral margins.
Ventral valve with a straight beak, flattened in the central region, ard rather
abruptly inflected around the margin, toward the plane of the valve; mesial
sinus beginning with the last third of the shell-length, and consisting of a
sudden depression in the antero-marginal slope. Dental lamelle well devel-
oped, very slightly divergent. Dorsal valve with an inconspicuous beak and
a mesial fold abruptly elevated and confined to the anterior third of the valve.
Median septum reaching two-fifths the length of the valve. Occlusor muscu-
lar impressions, semi-elliptic, lying close to the median septum. Shell-struc-
ture fibrous. Surface marked with 23 small rounded ribs, of which five occupy
the mesial sinus.

aoe of the ventral valve ‘48 (100); breadth *58 (121); convexity ‘10
(21).

Locality.—Light-house, Pt. aux Barques, in a hard pyritous sandstone in-

tercalated in the argillaceous slates of the Huron group.

Var. precipua differs from the typical forms in being more flattened on the
ventral side, with mesial sinus consisting of an abrupt deflection of nearly the
whole anterior margin ofthe valve, forming a right angle with the plane of the
valve; surface with 18 rounded radiating ribs, of which 6 fall in the sinus ;
dental plates diverging at an angle of 40°.

Oxtuis, Dalman.

Oxtuis Vanuxem!, Hall (10th Ann. Rep. N. Y. Reg., p. 135).-Shell nearly cir-
cular, sub-tumid ; hinge-line very short. Dorsal valve a segment of a sphere;
beak not surpassing the hinge, slightly incurved; a thick median plate or
ridge reaching nearly to the centre of the valve, bisecting the right angle
formed by the well developed socket ridges. Ventral valve fiat, or slightly
concave anteriorly, with a projecting beak; median ridge feeble, extending
scarcely to the mid-valve; a barely perceptible trace of the semi-circular
divaricator impressions sweeping from the beak to the anterior extremity of
the median ridge, in the middle of which space are the two small semi-elliptic
occlusor scars ; dental plates short and thick ; teeth well developed, lying in
the hinge-line. One of the casts differs in having one of the occlusor scars
half heart-shaped and the dental plates more slender. Surface not fully
known; marked by numerous radiating strie which increase by implantation
and bifureation, and produce acrenulated anterior margin. Shell structure
finely punctate.

Length -81 (100) ; breadth *81 (100) ; thickness *25 (31).

Locality.—Light-house, Pt. aux Barques, with Rhynchonella Huronensis, §c.

This shell is a little more convex in the dorsal and flatter in the ventral than
the figures given by Prof. Hall, but none of its characters differ materially
from his description. Compared with O. Michelini, Lev., as described by de
Koninck, it is a little more convex dorsally, and presents circular instead of
digitate [from the vascular system ?] divaricator impressions upon the ventral

1862.]

410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

valve. O. Vanuxemi is described from the shales and shaly sandstones of the
Hamilton group of New York and Iowa, the lithographic limestones of Mis-
souri, and from the soft sandstones in Eastern Ohio, regarded as Chemung by
Prof. Hall.

ORTHIS CRENISTRIA ? Phillips. (Pal. Foss. Corn. &c., p. 66, pl. 27, fig. 113).—
Hinge line equalling greatest width of shell; ventral valve semi-elliptic with shal-
low constrictions beneath the cardinal extremities ; flat, withan umbonal ele-
vation beginning about the middle and rising to a beak which overlooks alarge
triangular area inclined at an angle of 45° with the shell-plane ; dental plates
strong, each equalling one-fourth the hinge length, forming with each other an
angle of about 60°. Occlusor scars reaching nearly the middle of the shell,
closely contiguous, leaving together a ligulate anteriorly acute depression upon
the cast. Surface covered by fine radiating strie, interrupted by distinct or
obscure concentric wrinkles. In one specimen supposed to belong here, the
surface is covered by a set of sharply-cut, twice-dichotomizing strie—the
second set reaching half way, and the third one-third the distance to the beak.
Dorsal valve hemispherically convex with sharp striz and concentric wrinkles,
like the ventral.

Length of shell 1:27 (100); length of hinge line 1°57 (107); length of den-
tal plates °32 (25).

Locality.—Light-house, Pt. aux Barques.

I can make no distinction between this species and that described by Phil-
lips, from South Devon. The beak, however, seems to be perfectly symmetri-
cal, and in this it differs from Streptorhynchus robusta, Hall, sp., from the coal
measures of Iowa, as well as from the Punjab examples of Davidson (Quar.
Jour. Geol. Soc. Lond., xviii. p. 30), who identifies the Devon, Iowa and Pun-
jab forms. The Michigan forms differ from all the others in the rugose ex-
terior, giving it sometimes the aspect of Strophomena rugosa; but as they at the
same time differ among themselves, I am not disposed to hesitate in the iden-
tification.

Orruis IowEnsis ? Hall. (lo. Rep., 488, pl. 2, fig. 4.)—Some casts in my
possession resemble those of the above species. Ventral valve nearly circu-
lar, regularly convex, with deep pit in the beak between the dental plates,
which in the cast produces a conical projection. Middle region of cast with
three faint rounded ridges radiating from the beak to the anterior margin.

Lo. ality.—lLight-house, Pt. aux Barques.

Cuonetes, Fischer.

CHONETES PULCHELLA, n. sp.—-Shell small, nearly semi-circular; hinge al-
most equalling the greatest width, rectangular at the extremities, furnished
with two or three stout hollow spines on each side of the beak, one projecting
from the hinge extremity, and diverging at an angle of about 22° with the
hinge line—the second half way to the beak and diverging at an angle of 45°,
each of these spines having a length equal to half the hinge line. Ventral
valve, exclusive of the flattened hinge angles, spherically convex ; internal me-
dian ridge extending to the middle of the valve. Surface with about 54 feeble,
rounded ribs, often nearly obsolete on the hinge angles; these are crossed by
numerous microscopic, concentric stri#; the grooves beneath the ribs are
acute and bear a few spinous projections near the shell margin. Dorsal valve
nearly flat, generally a little concave near the margin, marked like its fellow
with radiating strie, and often a few concentric folds. Area very narrow,
equally excavated in the two valves. Some specimens exhibit ashorter hinge
line, and a flatter ventral valve, elevated only in the umbonal region, with a
beak projecting slightly beyond the hinge.

Length °30 (100) ; breadth °38 (126) ; convexity of ventral valve -07 (23).

Localities.—Hillsdale county at Moscow, N. W.i, N. W. 3, Sec. 4, Jefferson,

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411

and S. W. 3,8. W.3, Sec. 26, Allen. These localities are all in the lower part
of the Marshall sandstone.

The variety of this species somewhat resembles C. Michiganensis, Stevens.
(Sill. Jour. [2] xxv. p. 263), but the spines and ribs are much less numerous,
not to speak of the alleged direction of the spines in Dr. Stevens’ species.

CHONETES SETIGERA ? Hall. (Geol. Rep. 4th Dist. N. Y., p. 180; 10th Rep.
N. Y. Regents, p. 150).—Shell small, semicircular, flattened; hinge line
slightly less than greatest width ; ventral valve regularly convex, except upou
the flattened hinge angles; median ridge feeble; hinge with two (perhaps
three) strong diverging spines each side of the beak; dentigerous plate with
four tooth-like elevations each side of the beak, slightly elongated in a direc-
tion at right angles with the cardinal spines. Surface marked by about 80
minute diverging strize, obsolete except near the border, and sometimes one or
two distinct concentric wrinkles. Dorsal valve slightly concave, striated nearly
to the beak.

Length °25 (100); breadth -36 (145) convexity of ventral valve 04 (16).

Locality.x—Union, Branch county, in argillaceous shales of the Huron
group.

This species differs from the New York specimens of C. setigera in the in-
clination of its spines, and the much greater number of radiating strie.

Propoucta, Sowerby.

Propucra concenTrRica, Hall. (Iowa Geol. Rep., p. 517, pl. vii. fig. 3; 10th
Rep. N. Y. Reg. p. 180.)—All my specimens of this species from the southern
part of the State exhibit, like the lowa ones, only the inside of the concave
valve. On the other hand, fragments of a species supposed to be the same,
from the grindstone quarries at Pt. aux Barques, present only the exterior of
the convex valve, a circumstance which may throw suspicion on the identifi-
cation of the two sets of forms.

Myatina, de Koninck.

Myatina MICHIGANENSIS, n. sp.—Shell of medium size, oblique, equivalve,
inflated, posteriorly winged, with a straight hinge line. Beaks compressed,
acute, incuryed, and slightly directed forward, but little elevated above the
hinge line; posterior margin very slightly concave below the extremity of the
hinge ; thence describing a semi-circle or more to the middle of the anterior
margin, where a deep incurvation exists, bounded by a small pouch-like ex-
pansion which projects a little anterior to the beaks. Anterior umbonal slope
somewhat vertical to the shell-plane; the posterior gradual, towards the mar-
gin becoming nearly parallel with the same plane. Hinge furnished in the
left valve with two small, curved diverging teeth just anterior to the beaks ;
behind the beaks a narrow ligamental area extends the whole length of the
hinge ; this area is marked by three longitudinal slightly diverging furrows—
the outer parallel with the hinge line and co-extensive with it, the middle
reaching the inner border of the ligamental area at two-thirds the distance
from the beak to the hinge extremity, the third meeting the same border still
nearer the beak. Surface marked by irregular, fine incremental lines, some of
which are more deeply impressed.

Greatest dimension of shell from beak to ventral margin along the umbonal
slope 1:25 (100) ; angle included hetween this line and hinge line 50°; diame-
ter of shell from umbo to umbo °78 (62); length of hinge *67 (53); angle
formed by hinge line and posterior margin 112°—120° ; projection of shell an-
terior to the beaks, -19 (15).

Localities.—Marshall (abundant), Moscow: This interesting species resem-
bles M. virgula, de Kon. (An. Foss. 127, pl. vi. 3). It is, however, less oblique,
less indented on the posterior border, and more prominent in front of the
umbo.

1862.]

412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

MYALINA IMBRICARIA, n. sp.—Shell rather small, very oblique, inflated.
Beak (of left valve) compressed, acute, incurved, scarcely rising above the
hinge; posterior margin straight, making a very obtuse angle with the hinge
line; ventral margin regularly curved ; anterior, with a rather deep sinus a
little above the middle, and a slight projection in front of the umbo. Hinge
line straight, equal to the greatest antero-posterior dimension of the shell.
Umbo abruptly convex on both sides, but posteriorly blending with the fiat-
tened expansion below the hinge. Surface strongly marked by imbricating
lamelle.

Length along the umbonal slope about 1:04 (100) ; this line forms with the
hinge line an angle of 29°; length of hinge line *70 (67); angle formed with
posterior border 53° ; projection of anterior margin beyond the beak ‘07 (67).

Locality.—Moscow, Hillsdale county, in the Marshall sandstone.

This species differs from its analogue M. lamellosa, de Kon. (An. Foss. 126,
pl. iii. 6) by its sharper posterior angulation, and deep anterior sinus in the
margin.

MYALINA AVICULOIDES.—Shell small, obliqne, with subcentral beaks. scarcely
rising above the straight hinge line. Right valve unknown; left produced
anteriorly just beneath the hinge ; anterior margins parallel, forming an angle
of about 70° with the hinge line ; midumbonal slope forming the same angle,
having its anterior declivity convex, its posterior at first convex, then slightly
excavated, giving an extended appearance to the posterior margin, but with-
out any perceptible isolation of a posterior wing; ventral margin regularly
curved, Surface marked by faint incremental lines.

Length along umbonal slope ‘34 (100); length of hinge line ‘31 (91);
greatest antero-posterior dimension *32 (94).

Locality.—Marshall,

MYALINA PTERINEXFORMIS, n. Sp.—Shell small, equivalve, obliquely elongate,
with an alate posterior expansion, which is suddenly thickened above to form
the basis of the straight elongated hinge line. Beaks subterminal, obtuse,
ineurved, elevated a little above the hinge; midumbonal slope making an
angle of about 35° with the dorsal margin; from the upper portion the de-
clivity is steep to the hinge on the posterior side, while on the anterior side
the shell swells out into a sort of pouch, projecting beyond the beak ; poste-
rior margin of shell showing a sinuation just below the hinge, from which a
regular curve sweeps around to the anterior side. Shell thin, with fine in-
cremental lines.

Length of shell along dorsal margin :44 (100); length from beak along
midumbonal slope °38 (86); distance from beak to anterior extremity,
“10 (22) ; to posterior °34 (78) ; diameter of shell through umbo °12 (24).

Locality.—Pt. aux Barques, from a friable and ferruginous sandstone over-
lying the grindstones.

PreRINEA, Goldfuss.

PTERINEA CARDINATA, 1. Sp.—Shell small, hinge line extremely elongate,
posteriorly terminating in an angle of 40°, separated by a slight sinuation
from the body of the shell; ventral margin transversely semi-elliptic ; ante-
rior wing short, saccate ; anterior margin forming with dorsal line an angle
of about 45°. Beak flattened, not elevated above the hinge ; umbonal slope
terminating at the middle of the ventral border, opposite which is the greatest
width of the shell; descent from the umbonal slope to the antero-ventra! bor-
der very abrupt. Surface of cast showing numerous faint concentric grooves
which are most conspicuous in the postumbonal region.

Length of hinge *65 (100) ; greatest width of shell +21 (32); convexity of
right valve °06 (9); length of anterior wing ‘06 (9).

Locality.—Grindstone quarry, Pt. aux Barques, with Rhynchonella cameri-

fera, &e.
[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413

This species differs from P. elongata, Goldf. (Petref. Germ. ii. 135, Taf. cxix.
5), in having a much smaller body, and less distinct from the alate extrem-
ities.

Mytitus, Linneus.

Myrtitus WHITFIELDIANUS, n. sp.—Shell small, ventricose, transversely elon-
gate, very oblique, with terminal beaks. Hinge line two-thirds the length of
the shell, forming a rounded, very obtuse angle with the somewhat circular
posterior border ; ventral border slightly arcuate, more rapidly curved beneath
the beaks. Greatest width opposite the posterior extremity of the hinge-line.
Umbonal ridge elevated, crowded over towards the hinge line, and rendered
somewhat angular, more sharply so towards the beak. Surface of shell and
cast marked by numerous concentric lamellose lines. One of the best preserved
specimens shows distinctly a multitude of minute diverging striz running in
all parts of the surface at right angles with the lines of growth.

Length from beak to posterior extremity *59 (100) ; greatest height *29 (50);
length from beak to extremity of hinge line 44 (75); convexity of right
valve °12 (20).

Localities.—Holland, Ottawa county and Marshall.

Carprnia, Agassiz.

CARDINIA COMPLANATA, n. sp.—Shell of moderate size, ovoid, compressed,
with sub-central beaks. Ventral border gradually curved to the abruptly
turned extremities, from which the outline is nearly straight along the cardi-
nal slopes to the obtuse incurved beaks; line joining extremities equidistant
from beaks and ventral margins. Right valve flattened, producing an angular
fold along the postero-dorsal declivity near the hinge line. Exterior sculp-
tured by about 20 broad regular furrows parallel with the ventral border.
Other characters unknown.

Length 1°2 (100); height -64 (53); length of anterior cardinal slope to ex-
tremity of shell -64 (53); of posterior °$7 (72); convexity of right valve
(perhaps mechanically compressed) 13 (11).

Locality.—Union, in Branch county, in blue argillaceous shales of the Hu-
ron group.

CARDINIA ZQUIMARGINALIS, n. Sp.—Shell of medium size, tumid, beaks cen-
tral, anterior and posterior hinge-slopes at right angles with each other,
straight, very nearly equal and symmetrical; extremities rounded, situated
about midway between beaks and ventral margin, which is regularly arcuate
between the extremities ; posterior extremity a little more acute than the an-
terior. Shell tumid, regularly convex, slightly truncate along the antero-car-
dinal slope. Beak (of cast) marked only by obscure incremental lines and
nearly obsolete concentric furrows. Hinge structure unknown.

Length of shell ‘91 (100) ; height °86 (94); thickness °50 (55.)

Locality.—Marshall.

Cardinia robusta, J. de C. Sowerby is a close representative of this species,
but is not so high, and is more produced and angulated posteriorly.

CARDINIA CONCENTRICA, 0. sp.—Shell of medium size, ventricose, transverse-
ly elliptic, with subequal extremities and marked ventral enrolment. Beaks
appressed, incurved, rising little above the hinge, distant one-fourth the shell-
length from the anterior end ; umbo and middle of the shell flattened antero-
posteriorly ; antumbonal ridge inflected towards the hinge, forming above a
lunuliform area; dorsal and ventral borders sub-parallel in the adult shell ;
posterior end obtusely, or at length truncately rounded ; anterior end para-
holoid. Hinge line straight and rather extended posteriorly. A broad shal-
low inconspicuous sinus extends from the posterior ventral margin towards
the beak. External surface marked, towards the beak, with remote, equidis-
tant, raised, concentric strie and intervening flat belts; towards the margin

1862.]

414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the strie gradually become sharp ridges, and the intervening belts deep fur-
rows—these characters being especially strong at the anterior end; whole
surface marked by faint incremental lines. Greatest convexity of shell con-
siderably below the middle.

Length 1°30 (100); height 55 (42); convexity of left valve :24 (18;
whole number of furrows on exterior 14.

Localities.—Hillsdale county at Jonesville, and 8. E.}S. W. i, See. 33,
Adams.

Differs from C. complanata in its greater relative transverse dimension and
its vertical enrolment. It may yet prove to be a Grammysia.

EpmonpiA, de Koninck.

EpMONDIA BINUMBONATA, n. Sp.—Shell of moderate size, rotund-quadrate,
very tumid. Hinge line short, posterior to the beaks ; posterior margin form-
ing with it a very obtuse angle; anterior slope straight, forming a rounded
right angle with the slightly curved ventral border which is nearly parallel
with the hinge line, and joins the posterior slope by a regular curve. Beaks
depressed and incurved ; greatest thickness through the middle of the shell;
principal umbonal slope running to the posterior extremity of the ventral
border ; asubsidiary one running to the anterior extremity ; between these the
surface is subcylindrical; anterior to them it descends abruptly to the ante-
rior margin, while behind them it sinks at first rather abruptly, and near the
posterior border presents a little flattening. Surface (of cast) marked by eight
or ten concentric furrows. Anterior lunule excavated.

Distance measured along the principal umbonal slope °85 (100); length
from anterior to posterior extremity °85 (100); anterior slope °59 (69); con-
vexity of right valve :24 (28) ; angle between anterior cardinal slope and prin-
cipal umbonal line 70°.

Locality.—Marshall.

Closely related to H. scalaris, McCoy (Brit. Pal. Foss. 502, pl. 3 H, fig. 6),
from the carboniferous limestone of Lowick, but the anterior extremity is pro-
duced into a rounded angle instead of being truncated.

OrtHonota, (Conrad), McCoy.

ORTHONOTA RECTIDORSALIS, 0. 8p.—Shell of moderate size, tumid, elongate
transversely with subterminal beaks and gaping extremities. Hinge margin
straight, reaching nearly to the posterior extremity of the shell, somewhat
elevated ; ventral margin straight, and parallel with the dorsal; posterior ex-
tremity truncately rounded, making with the dorsal margin an anterior angle
of 105°; anterior end slightly gaping two-thirds the width of the shell,
rounded abruptly above, gradually below; beak scarcely elevated above the
dorsal line, flattened, incurved, with a conspicuous lunule in front ; umbonal
swelling running to the lower posterior angle. Hinge apparently edentulous
and simple; pallial and muscular impressions undiscernible; a deep groove
runs from beneath the beak to the anterior extremity, which interrupts the
concentric lines shown on the interior of the shell. The cast shows five or
six very faint lines diverging from the beak along the superumbonal slope.

Length 1°48 (100); height -44 (30); convexity of right valve °10 (7);
length of anterior end -25 (17).

Locality. —Moscow, Hillsdale county.

This shell agrees tolerably well with Orthonota, as modified by MeCoy. The
gaping extremities and general outline perhaps indicate affinities with Solen.

Saneurnotires, McCoy.

SANGUINOLITES UNIONIFORMIS, n. sp.—Shell small, compressed, transversely
ellipsoidal, with subterminal beaks. Hinge line straight, a little shorter than
the shell at both extremities ; hinge consisting only of a long, sharp, lami-
nar lateral tooth behind the beak. Anal margin obliquely subtruncate, as

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415

also the supero-buccal region; ventral border very slightly curved. Beaks
subterminal, flat, not projecting beyond the dorsal line. Anterior muscular
impression circular, deep, behind whichis a clavicular process extending from
beneath the beaks, at right angles with the dorsal line, half way across the
valve. Cast nearly smooth, but marked by a few concentric undulations.
Shell very thin, marked simply with fine incremental lines.

Length °84(100) ; height °39 (46); convexity of one valve ‘11 (13); pro-
jection of anterior extremity beyond the beak -12 (14).

Locality. —See. 29 Moscow, Hillsdale county.

SANGUINOLITES MARSHALLENSIS, n. sp.—Shell of medium size, transverse,
equivalve, ellipsoidal in outline, with subterminal beaks. Hinge line appa-
rently edentulous, straight, flattened and elevated posteriorly, terminating one
fourth the length of the shell from the posterior extremity, at which point is
the greatest height of the shell. Posterior extremity a semi-ellipse ; anterior
subtruncate above, regularly rounded below; a sinus in the ventral border
one-third the shell-length from the anterior end, from which a diminishing
furrow extends to the flattish, straight, incurved beak. Greatest thickness
of shell on the middle line a little nearest to the anterior end. Surface
marked by about three remote, deep, concentric grooves, and numerous fine
lines of growth.

Length 1.2 (100); greatest height °63 (52); thickness °36 (30) ; projection
of anterior end beyond the beak *09 (7).

Locality.— Marshall.

This species seems to be destitute of the elongated posterior escutcheon
characteristic of McCoy’s Sanguinolites, but agrees perfectly with Professor
King’s modified ideas of Allorisma, (Perm. Foss. pp. 162 and 196). Some hes-
itancy is shown, however, among paleontologists about the adoption of the
latter name, which McCoy regards as a synonym of Sanguinolites.

SANGUINOLITES BOREALIS, n. sp.—Shell rather small, ventricose, transversely
elliptic ; beak somewhat projecting and incurved, less than one fifth the shell-
length from the anterior extremity, with a lunuliform excavation in front of
it; dorsal margin straight; ventral margin slightly arcuate; posterior ex-
tremity regularly rounded ; anterior sharply bent in front of the lunule, from
which it slopes with a truncate backward curve to the ventral border; um-
bonal slope extending diagonally to the infero-posterior margin, somewhat
angulated behind the beak, and inflected toward the cardinal region. Surface
of shell of northern specimens unknown; cast showing several distinct con-
centric grooves. Shell of southern specimens thin, marked. both with con-
centric and minute radiating strie. Greatest height of shell along the per-
pendicular from the beak; greatest convexity in the middle of the same line.

Length 1:10 (100) ; breadth -44 (40); thickness of right valve -15 (44).

Locality.—Grindstone quarries, Pt. aux Barques above the gritstones, and
Moscow, Hillsdale county.

Distinguished from S. unioniformis and S. Marshallensis by its terminal beaks,
greater relative gibbosity, greater length and its posterior attenuation.

Leptopomus, McCoy.

LEPTODOMUS CLAVATUS, n. Sp.—Shell small, tumid, transversely quadrangu-
lar, obliquely carinate, concentrically sulcate, with subterminal beaks.
Length nearly three times the breadth; ends abruptly rounded, and slightly
deflected upwards, creating a discernible concavity along the extended hinge
line. Beak (of left valve) broad, flattened, incurved, with anterior and pos-
terior lunettes. Anterior extremity truncate along the anterior umbonal
slope ; posterior extremity squarely truncated ; postumbonal slope diagonally
precipitous to the cardinal expansion, which begins behind the beak and
widens to the posterior extremity.

Length *62 (100); height :24 (39); convexity of left valve -10 (16).
1862.]

416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Locality.—Union, Branch county, in blue argillaceous shales of the Huron
roup.
& This fossil may be a Grammysia, but it is destitute of the oblique furrows
considered characteristic of that genus.
It bears a remote resemblance to Sanguinolites (Leptodomus) costellatus,
McCoy.
CARDIOMORPHA, de Koninck.

CARDIOMORPHA MODIOLARIs, n. sp.—Shell rather small, vertically ovate, in-
flated, equivalve, with very short hinge line, and very symmetrical extremi-
ties. Hinge line blending by a regular curvature with the posterior margin ;
both margins approximately parallel, gradually curved, and connected by the
more rapidly curved respiratory border. Beaks scarcely projecting beyond
the hinge, obtusely pointed and straight; valve inflated and convex to the
pallial border, slightly flattened on the anterior umbonal slope. Surface
smooth, with a few coarse concentric folds marking the later growth.

Length from the extremity of the beak overthe umbonal slope 1-05 (100) ;
shortest distance from this line to extremity of anterior margin ‘34 (52); to
posterior margin *40 (38).

Localities.—Section 27, Columbia, Jackson county; Moscow, Hillsdale
county, and Marshall and Battle Creek, Calhoun county.

The hinge characters of this species not being known, its generic identity
may be questioned. The beak and hinge line do not present the characters
of the typical Cardiomorpha, but the shell presents strong analogies with C.
livida, de Kon., (Anim. Foss. 106, pl. iii., 4), from which it differs only in
being more equilateral and in having its beaks more separated.

CARDIOMORPHA JULIA, n. sp.—Shell small, luciniform; beaks moderately
produced, small, appressed turned forward, somewhat anterior to the middle of
the shell; posterior hinge slope nearly straight, making a very obtuse angle
with the posterior margin, which is also nearly straight, and connects by an
abrupt curve with the ventral border. Anterior hinge slope making an angle
of about 118° with the posterior, uniting by an abrupt curve with the regu-
larly convex ventral border. The hinge has not been fully examined, but a
couple of fine sharp laminz are seen proceeding from beneath the beak, along
the posterior hinge plate. External surface marked by sharply cut concentric
strie, at regular intervals, which increase gradually in width with the growth
of the shell.

Length from anterior to posterior angulation 85 (100) ; height from beak
to ventral margin -64(75,; radius of curvature of ventral side 48 (56);
bringing the centre of curvature on the postumbonal slope *17 from the beak ;
convexity of right valve *12 (14); number of concentric strie on the mea-
sured specimens about 45.

Localities. —Battle Creek, Marshall, Moscow. This seems to be a close rep-
resentative of C. Puzosiana, de Kon. (Anim. Foss. 104, pl. ii., 8), and only
differs in more angulated extremities and more regular striation; though an
occasional specimen has more rounded extremities. This species recalls also
the forms figured by Prof. Hall, under the names Lucina? retusa and Ungu-
lina [Lucina?] suborbicularis, (Geol. Rep. 4th Dist., N. Y., pp. 243, 245), from
the Portage group. While the Michigan fossil is more transverse than the spe-
cimens figured by Prof. Hall, it may yet prove identical.

CARDIOMORPHA CAPULOIDES, 0. sp.—Shell very small, with a very prominent
umbo; body and margin of each valve trumpet shaped, giving it the appear-
ance of a capuloid shell. Beak slightly anterior, turned forward, and in the
cast obtuse, with a terminal callosity, as if by the absorption of the shell-
substance separating the extremity of an enrolled beak from the body of the
mollusc. Body of shell more extended posteriorly ; antumbonal slope rather
rapid; margin nearly circular or a little ovate. Hinge and external surface
unknown ; cast smooth, with a few concentric wrinkles of growth.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 417

Length from extremity of beak over umbo to ventral margin ‘35; antero-
posterior dimension +29 ; elevation of umbo above plane of valve °20.

Locality.—Grindstone quarries, Pt. aux Barques, with Rhynchonella cameri-
Sera, &e.

None of my specimens of this singular shell are perfect, even as casts ; and
I should be induced to refer them to Platyceras, Conrad, were it not that five
would thus be sinistral and six dextral, while at the same time the very cam-
panulate aperture seems to suggest rather Cardiomorpha or Isocardia.

Carpiopsis, Meek and Worthen.

CARDIOPSIS CRENISTRIATA, D. Sp.—Shell of medium size, gibbous; hinge line
straight, rather short, joining the posterior margin by a regular curve which
proceeds to the ventral side where a more abrupt curvature separates the pos-
terior from the anterior border. Beak prominent, incurved, projecting a little
above the hinge line. Surface marked by a set of irregular concentric wrin-
kles, and a set of fine, regular raised concentric strie, the whole decussated
by conspicuous, radiating, unequal, wrinkled ribs, which are fine and some-
what regular on the beak, becoming irregularly crenulated in the middle of
the valve, and irregularly flexuous near the pallial border.

Greatest length from the beak to the ventral margin over the umbonal slope
*96 (100); angle between this and the hinge margin 55°; convexity of left
valve °33 (34).

Locality.—Section 27, Columbia, Jackson county.

This fossil differs from Cardiomorpha radiata, de Kon., (An. Foss. 109, pl.
ii., 6), in being less inflated all around the pallial region, and in being more
produced posteriorly, as well as in the characters of the striation. It proba-
bly agrees in generic characters. Its closest analogue is Cardiopsis radiata,
Meek and Worthen, (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phil., Oct., 1860, and June,
1861), = Megambonia Lyoni, Hall, (13th Rep. Reg. N. Y., p. 110), from which
it seems to differ only in its striation.

CARDIOPSIS JEJUNA, 0. sp.—Shell small, somewhat orbicular, nearly equila-
teral, with a prominent sharp beak slightly turned forward. Hinge line ob-
tusely angulated beneath the beak, extending on each side to a subalate ex-
pansion of the (right) valve, between which points the curvature of the pal-
lial margin decribes about three-fifths of a circle. Beak projecting above the
hinge ; umbo excavated on the anterior side; umbonal ridge tumid on the
posterior side. Characters of hinge and external surface unknown; surface
of cast with a few concentric furrows.

Length 38 (100); height ‘41 (108); distance from posterior extremity to
line drawn over umbonal slope ‘23 (61); from anterior extremity to same line
*20 (53) ; convexity of right valve -12 (32).

Locality.—Railroad cut, three miles north of Napoleon, Jackson county.

CARDIOPSIS MEGAMBONATA, n. sp.—Shell very small, ovate, with an elevated,
little incurved, nearly central beak, gibbous umbo and regularly rounded
margins, of which the ventral is most abruptly so. Slopes from the umbo
convex in all directions to the very margin. Anterior and posterior cardinal
margins similar and equal. Surface of casts striately ribbed, most distinctly
so toward the ventral border, and in some cases marked by rather strong con-
centric wrinkles toward the pallial margin.

Height from beak to ventral margin °25 (100) ; length from anterior to pos-
terior margin ‘23 (92) ; convexity of left (?) valve *11 (44).

5 Aaa quarries, Pt. aux Barques, with Rhynchonella cameri-
fera, &e.

Nucuza, Lamarck.

Nucvta Hvssarpi, n. sp.—Shell rather large, ovate-triangular, ventricose ;
beaks three-fifths the shell-length behind the anterior (longer) extremity,

1862.]

418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

prominent, acute, incurved and turned backward; cardinal lines nearly
straight, beyond the dental series curving rapidly to the extremities, of which
the anterior is broadly rounded; ventral side with a slight general convexity,
varied by a broad shallow sinuation in front of the middle, which extends
one-third the distance up to the beaks. Pallial line entire; posterior adductor
forming a round deep scar. Cardinal angle between the beaks varying from
115° to 125°; teeth numerous, in aseries not perceptibly interrupted between
the beaks, those on the anterior slope posteriorly angulated, those on the pos-
terior slope rather larger; the remoter often transverse to the hinge plate ;
those nearer the beak angulated forwards ; between the beaks the hinge plate
is somewhat widened, and the teeth are slender, long and crowded in a scarcely
interrupted series. Shell massive, thickened around the smooth ventral mar-
gin; external surface marked by numerous unequal lines of growth; casts
nearly smooth.

Length of an average specimen 1°45 (100); height 80 (55); convexity of
one valve ‘26 (18); length of posterior end -59 (41); anterior end -96 (66):
height of beaks above line connecting extremities -46 (32) ; number of teeth
in posterior series from 12 to 16; in anterior from 30 to 40.

Localities.—Marshall, Battle Creek, Moscow, and at nearly every other ex-
posure of the Marshall Sandstone in the southern part of the State. The
most abundant fossil in the group, generally occurring in beds ten or twelve
inches in thickness.

This species has about the proportions of Cucullella tenuiarata, Sandb.
(Verstein, 276, Taf. xxix. 4), but specimens of the latter from Kirschweiler,
in the cabinet of Dr. Rominger, are more symmetrically furrowed, and pos-
sess fewer teeth.

This is, perhaps, the species deseribed by Dr. Stevens as Leda nuculeformis
(Sill. Jour. [2], xxv. 262), but it is not Zeda, and the number of teeth is
much too great for his description.

Named in honor of Bela Hubbard, Esq., of Detroit, who published in 184()
the first notice on record of the interesting sandstones under consideration,
and designated the generic relations of several of the more abundant fossils.

Var. prolata. A form which I am inclined to regard as only a variety of the
preceding, is very ventricose, and more elongated anteriorly, with a greater
number of teeth.

Length 1°46 (100); height °69 (47); convexity of one valve -28 (19); length
of posterior end °38 (26); of anterior end 1:06 (72).

Localities.—Moscow and Battle Creek.

Nucuna Iowensis. White and Whitfield (Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., Feb.
1862, p. 298).—Shell small, triangularly ovate, ventricose, with prominent
incurved, subterminal beaks. Cardinal plate forming an angle of 95°, but the
dorsal outline of the shell, from the prominence of the beaks, forms an angle
of 80°. Anterior and posterior slopes truncated; anterior extremity rounded,
ventral border semi-elliptic. Long end with about 11 teeth; short end with
6 very inconspicuous ones. Pallial impression entire, connecting the deep
adductor scars; anterior scar nearly terminal, lenticular, with a small oval
scar above ; posterior scar oval, scarcely above the extremity. Shell thickened
near the margin.

Length -47 (100); height °40 ie ; convexity ‘26 (55); distance from beak
to line joining extremities +27 (57).

Localities.—Battle Creek and Sec. 7, Wyoming, Kent county.

These specimens possess a somewhat greater number of teeth than the Iowa
ones, according to the author’s description. In general form they Bs
Cucullea antiqua, Sow., from the old red sandstone of Felindre foot
Syst., pl. iii. fig. 120).

NucubA SECTORALIS, n. sp.—Shell rather small, ventricose, sectoriform, with
nearly central beaks. Anterior cardinal slope straight; posterior, nearly so,

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 419

making with the former an angle of 88° to 91°; ventral border sub-circular.
Beaks prominent, acute, direct, incurved. Anterior hinge plate with about
17 teeth ; posterior with about 13, much smaller. Adductor scars subterminal,
profound, roundly oval. Surface of casts perfectly smooth.

Length -86 (100); height -74 (86); thickness -44 (51); distance form beak
to line joining extremities -40 (46); length of anterior end °51 (59); of pos-
terior end °35 (41).

Locality. —Battle Creek and Grindstone Quarries, Pt. gnx Barques.

Noucuna Srezta, n. sp.—Shell very small, elliptic-ovate, with subcentral
beaks. Anterior cardinal slope arched, posterior nearly straight; extremities
rather sharply rounded ; ventral side semi-elliptic. Anterior hinge plate with
17 minute, acute teeth; posterior with 5, angulated in both cases towards the
beak. Beaks a little attenuated near the extremity, curved inwards and
backwards. Pallial line entire, connecting the muscular scars, which are
oval, and situated considerably above the middle line of the shell. Shell
thin, with delicate concentric striz.

Length °33 (100); height -24 (73) ; thickness -14 (42); length of anterior
end -20 (61); of posterior end °13 (39); distance from beak to line adjoining
extremities :14 (42).

Localities.—At every outcrop of the formation in the southern part of the
State. Also at the Grindstone Quarries, Pt. aux Barques.

This beautiful little shell has affinities with NV. ventricosa, Hall, (Iowa Rep.
716, pl. 29, fig. 4), from the coal measures of Iowa. It is easily mistaken for
the young of N. Hubbardi, but is proved distinct by its more rounded sides
and fewer teeth, as well as by its occurrence in a region of the State where the
larger species is as yet unknown.

Lepa, Schumacher.

LEDA BELLISTRIATA, Stevens (Sill. Jour. [2], vol. xxv., p. 261).—Shell small,
twice as long as high, somewhat ventricose, with sub-central beaks, which
are rather prominent, incurved and pointed forward. Anterior cardinal slope
slightly convex, posterior eoncave, with a well defined, long, deep and nar-
row escutcheon; anterior extremity broadly rounded; posterior attenuate,
with a blunt termination. Angle of the cardinal line between the beaks 130°.
Surface marked by regular sharply-impressed concentric strie, of which 45
may be counted between the ventral margin and a point one-tenth of an inch
below the beak, where they become undistinguishable. Strie not visibly ex-
tending across the escutcheon.

Length -61 (100) ; height -34 (56); thickness *18 (29) ; length of posterior
end 38 (62); of anterior end °23 (38); height of beaks above line connecting
extremities ‘17 (28).

Locality.—Moscow, Hillsdale county.

T see no means of separating our species from the one described by Stevens
from the coal measures of Ohio. Prof. Hall’s specimens from Iowa, however,
which he has referred to the same species, differ from ours in a broad escut-
cheon, and the continuation of the strie across it, characters which are stated
not to exist in the original specimen.

A rostral extremity of a Leda, from Battle Creek, marked and proportioned
as above, is ‘64 long and ‘59 high, and by the principles of proportion must
have belonged to an individual nearly 1} inches long.

Carpium, Bruguitre.

Carpium NAPoLEONENSE, n. sp.—Shell small, truncately triangular, oblique.
Beaks elevated above the hinge, prominent, sharp, direct; hinge-line anterior
to beak, short and straight, forming a rounded anterior angle with the ventral
border, which sweeps by a regular course to the posterior border, which is
elongate, truncate at right angles with the hinge-line, and furnished with a

1862.]

420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

large arched opening beneath the umbo. This truncation makes but a small
angle with the midumbonal slope, the arch beneath which is partly closed by
the curtain-like deflection of the posterior part of the shell. External surface
marked by fine radiating ribs, and a few concentric ruge in front of the beak
and along the anterior terminal expansion.

Height of shell from beak along midumbonal slope to remotest point of
ventral border 59 (100); distance from anterior cardinal angle across the shell
at right angles with posterior truncation ‘42 (71); convexity of right valve
=15.(25).

Localities. —Marshall, Battle Creck, and R. R. Cut, 3 miles North of Napo-
leon, Jackson county.

Conocarpium, Bronn.

ConocARDIUM? BOVIPEDALE, 0. sp.—Shell small, very ventricose, truncated
along the umbonal slope, or a little posterior thereto, by a plane nearly verti-
cal to the plane of the valves, but a little inclined posteriorly, thus producing
a slightly acute plane angle with the external surface. Beak prominent,
somewhat enrolled and turned forward; hinge-line anterior, short, convex,
joining, by a rounded, obtuse angle, the gently rounded anterior angle, which
curves more rapidly in approaching the ventral margin and the truncation.
Posterior, truncated side nearly flat, but a little concave, with an arched,
mactra-shaped opening under the umbo. Convex surface of shell, with 26
radiating ribs, slightly flattened along their summits, and very fine, sharp,
undulating, concentric strie, most distinct between the anterior angle and
the umbo; the truncated surface with obsolete arched strie. Right valve
unknown.

Length along truncating line -30 (100); distance from anterior extremity to
truncating plane, at right angles with latter ‘20 (67); convexity of left valve
12 (40).

Locality.—Marshall.

This species belongs to the group of C. Napoleonense, but may be easily dis-
tinguished by its coarser ribs, greater ventricosity, less flattened marginal
regions and nearly mesial truncation.

PosiponomyA, Brown.

PostponomyA RoMINGERI, n. sp.—Shell of medium size; general outline about
two-thirds of an ellipse, the longer axis of which is nearly at right angles
with the anterior cardinal slope of the shell, and forms an angle of 75° with
the straight hinge-line, and one of 33° with the midumbonal slope; greatest
width of shell a little nearer the (regularly curved) ventral border; region
behind the beak a little excavated, making the posterior cardinal region
appear slightly flattened and produced; beaks elevated above the hinge-line,
approximated and slightly turned forward. Surface (of cast) distinctly
marked by continuous equidistant and direct concentrie strie. Hinge un-
known.

Greatest length of shell (over midumbonal slope) :97 (100); longer axis of
the elliptic outline ‘90 (92); greatest width of shell (at right angles with last
measure *70 (72); thickness of right valve ‘20 (21); number of striz in one-
tenth of an inch, in the middle of the shell 3}.

Locality. _—Marshall.

Closely imitates in outline P. vetusta, Sow. sp. (Phill. Geol. Yorks. 211, pl.
vi. 3), but the beak is less projecting, and the concentric furrows are more

numerous and smaller.

PosmonomyA WHITEANA, 0. sp.—Shell of moderate size, oblique, with an
extended, straight, hinge-line, a subalate expansion before, and a rather flat-
tened and extended posterior margin, Beaks little elevated above the hinge,
incurved, and slightly turned forward. Umbonal ridge much swollen, situa-
ted anterior to the middle of the shell, and making an angle of 66° with the

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 4271

straight hinge-line. Surface of cast nearly smooth; pallial line distinct, en-
tire. Surface of shell showing only five irregular lines of growth, without
undulations.

Length over umbonal slope *64 (100); diameter at right angles with this
dimension *50 (77); convexity of left valve °15 (23).

Locality.—Marshall.

Named in honor of C. A. White, M. D., of Burlington, Iowa.

PosipoNOMYA MESAMBONATA, nu. sp.—Shell small, tumid equimarginal.
Beaks prominent, slightly incurved; umbonal slope passing scarcely anterior
to the middle of the valve, and nearly at right angles with the short, straight
hinge-line; posterior margin slightly curved, scarcely alate, obtusely angula-
ted at its junction with the dorsal side; anterior margin similar to posterior,
and connected with it by the semi-circular ventral margin. Entire surface
convex, without undulations, and marked only by fine strie of growth.

Length from beak to opposite ventral margin over umbo °50 (100); width
at right angles with this line across the middle (and widest part) of the valve
‘41 (82); convexity of right valve °12 (24).

Localities.—Marshall and Moscow.

Almost an exact copy in outline of P. vetusta, Sow. (de Kon. Anim. Foss.,
pl. vi. fig. 1, a and 4, notc.) It wants, however, the undulations of that
species, and is smaller.

SANGUINOLARIA, McCoy.

SANGUINOLABIA SIMILIS, n. sp.—Shell rather large, transversely elliptic, rather
appressed. Beaks a little anterior to the middle of the shell, flat, obtuse, and
little elevated. Hinge-line about one-third the length of the shell, slightly
anguiated under the beaks; buccal and anal slopes somewhat straight; ante-
rior and posterior margins abruptly rounded ; ventral margin regularly curved,
except a slight bend in the middle. Longest dimension equidistant between
beaks and venter. Pallial impression entire?; anterior muscular scar
roundish-oval; posterior obliquely pyriform. A pair of strong internal
ridges diverge from beneath the beaks (as in Tellina), the anterior passing
along the posterior side of the buccal scar, and the posterior along the front
margin of the posterior scar, terminating opposite the lower borders of the
respective scars. A sharp but shallow groove runs along the anterior of the
posterior ridge. Hinge not fully known; astrong triangular cardinal tooth
passes a little obliquely forward across the hinge-plate, behind which is a
deep pit, while a shallow one bounds the tooth anteriorly; an. elongated tri-
angular lateral tooth extends in front of the beak, and apparently another
behind the beak. Shell thick; external surface marked by irregular, fire
incremental striez, and a few broad shallow furrows.

Length 2°0 (100); height 1°11 (55); convexity of one valve ‘23 (11); length
ot posterior lateral tooth -42 (21); from beak to anterior extremity °95 (47) ;
to posterior extremity 1:25 (62).

Locality.—Marshall, where it is rather abundant.

SANGUINOLARIA SEPTENTRIONALIS, n. sp.—Shell of moderate size, equivalve,
quadrately elliptic, subtumid, with sub-central beaks. Hinge line occupying
three-fourths the length of the shell, nearly straight. Posterior extremity
roundly truncate by a plane inclining towards the beaks: anterior end simi-
larly truncated by a plane parallel with the last; ventral border slightly ar-
cuated, bounded behind by a rounded acute angle, and before by a rounded
obtuse angle. Hinge (as shown by casts) consisting of a prominent triangu-
lar cardinal tooth, and a lateral one each side—the posterior very slender.
* Pallial line entire (?) ; anterior muscular sear small, nearly cireular. Clavi-
cular ridges indistinct. Surface of casts showing a few obscure incremental
furrows.

Length 1°15 (100); height -73 (63); convexity of left valve -15 (13).
1862.) 29

423, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Locality.—Gaines, Kent county, from large angular fragments of a purplish-
red, friable sandstone, strewn along the region of outcrop of the Marshall
sandstone throughout the western part of the State.

SANGUINOLARIA SECTORALIS, n. sp.—Shell rather large, subtumid, triangular,
with beaks but little in advance of the middle. Anterior and posterior car-
dinal slopes but slightly curved, the latter the longest; anterior end a broad
curve; posterior more produced and more abruptly curved between the ex-
tremities. Beak prominent, somewhat depressed, incurved. Greatest thick-
ness of shellin the middle. Muscular pits situated above the middle, oval,
profound, connected by the entire pallial impression.

Length 1-18 (100) ; height -92 (78); thickness -54 (45) ; length of anterior
end °43 (36); of posterior end *75(63). Length, height and thickness of
largest specimen seen are 1°75 (100), 1°30 (74) and -70 (40) ; length of ante-
rior end °80 (45); of posterior end °94 (53).

Locality.—Marshall.

Soren, Linneus.

SoLEN SCALPRIFORMIS, n. sp.—Shell of moderate size, having the hinge line
straight, and the ventral regularly curved, and so situated that its chord forms
posteriorly, an angle of about 5° with the dorsal margin ; extremities abruptly
rounded—the anterior one regularly, the posterior truncately. Valves with
a slight constriction beneath the subterminal beaks, which corresponds to a
strong ridge within, fading away at about half the distance from the dorsal to
the ventral margin. Valves but moderately inflated, flatter behind, and a
little drawn together anteriorly. Exterior surface marked by incremental lines
nearly concentric with the pallial border.

Length of shell 2-05 (100) ; projection of anterior extremity beyond the
beaks +11 (5); greatest width of shell one-third its length from forward end)
*56 (27); width at two-thirds the shell-length from forward end -48 (23),
whence it narrows rapidly.

Localities.—Marshall and Moscow, abundantly. Also, near Napoleon.

A well marked variation inform has been observed in many specimens,
having a straight ventral border and more uniform width.

SoLEN QUADRANGULARIS, n. sp.—Shell of medium size, quadrangular; hinge
taargin straight, somewhat shorter than the ventral margin, which is also
straight through the greater part of its length, but is abruptly rounded up-
wards anteriorly, and a little more gradually rounded posteriorly. Beaks
terminal ; anterior extremity of shell transversely truncate, posterior obliquely
so. Valves rather tumid anteriorly, becoming less so posteriorly ; not at all
contracted toward the gaping extremities. A constriction appears close to the
anterior extremity, which corresponds to a ridge within, narrow and sharp
near the beak, but becoming broadeand depressed towards the opposite mar-
gin. Surface marked by distinct lines of growth rnnning parallel with the
ventral and posterior margins.

Greatest length 2:0 (100); width -66 (33); posterior truncation forming
with hinge-line an angle of about 64°.

Focality.—Marshall.

SoLEN PRIscus, n. sp.—Shell of medium size, slightly arcuate by an inflec-
tion of the two extremities toward the ventral side; dorsal and ventral mar-
gins nearly parallel ; valves but little inflated, giving an oval-lanceolate trans-
verse section; anterior extremity widely gaping, projecting a little beyond
the beak, regularly rounded to the ventral side below, and above truncated
obliquely backwards to the vicinity of the hinge ; posterior extremity obliquely °
truncate, with the lower angle abruptly rounded. The cast shows the im-
pression of a broad ridge passing from the hinge toward the ventral margin,
and is farther marked by distinct incremental lines parallel with the pallial
border except on the anterior truncation, by which they are intercepted.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425

Length about 2°75 (100) ; width *78 (28) ; thickness -25 (9) ; projection of
anterior extremity beyond beaks *28 (11); posterior angle formed with hinge
line by anterior truncation 140°; anterior angle formed by posterior trunca-
tion 128°.

Locality.—Union, Branch county, in blue argillaceous shales of the Huron
group—the ‘‘ Kidney Iron formation’’ of Houghton.

But few specimens of this interesting species have been seen, and the best
of these is defective at the posterior extremity ; and I have determined the
total length only from a restoration founded on the incremental lines.

The three foregoing species of Solen nearly double the number previously
known from the Paleozoic rocks. Messrs. Sandberger have described S. cos-
iatus from the Aviculaschiefer of the Spiriferensandstein group in Nassau,
which is supposed by them to occupy the horizon of the Marcellus Shale and
Hamilton group. S. pelagicus, Goldf., and S. Lustheidi, d’Arch. and Vern.,
come also from the Devonian, but they are both doubtfulspecies. The first is
referred by d’Orbigny to Cypricardia; the latter, judging from specimens in
Dr. Rominger’s collection from the Eifel, has the valves scarcely gaping anie-
riorly, and presents much the appearance of a Solemya, (see especially So-
lemya primeva, Phil. McCoy, Brit. Pal. Foss. pl. 3F., fig. 3). Lastly, de Kon-
inck has noticed a very imperfect solitary specimen, S. siliquoides, from the
subcarboniferous limestone of Visé, in Belgium.

Puaiuncutus, Barrande.

PuGiuncuLus (?) ACULEATUS, Hall, (13th Rep. N. Y. Reg., p. 107).—Shell
small, elongate, tapering, with an obtusely triangular section. Slant height
slightly curved on ail the sides and angles; sides also more convex in the
transverse direction. The two equal sides making with each other an angle
of 102°, and with the broader side angles of 39°. Specimen a cast without
any external markings.

Length -43 (100); breadth of sides at aperture °19 (44), -12 (25), °12 (28).

Locality.—S. E. }. 5. W. 3 Sec. 23., Adams, Hillsdale county.

This form lacks the evidence of striation attributed to Pugiunculus, Bar-
rande (Theca of English authors) and presents still less agreement with any
other known genus. The original specimens were described from Rockford,
Indiana.

PrevroTomARiA, Defrance.

PSEUROTOMARIA VADOSA, Hall, 10th Rep. N. Y. Reg., p. 108).—Shell glo-
bosely conical, with a width equal to its height ; whorls about three, rounded
on the exterior, somewhat flattened where they come in contact, marked along
the middle by a moderately raised carina, on each side of which is a feeble but
distinct revolving line, and beyond this anether still feebler, and sometimes a
third ; body whorl occupying about three-fourths of the altitude of the shell,
regularly curved on the base, and limited by a neatly rounded umbilicus
open to the apex of the shell. Aperture subcircular, but slightly modified by
the body whorl; apex quite obtuse; angle of sides 65°; sutural angle about
90° on the last whorl. Cast shows the revolving lines on the last whorl, but
not on the preceding ones.

Height of shell 44 (100) ; widilt -48 (109); height of body whorl °36 (82) ;
diameter of umbilicus (in a cast) -08.

Locality.—In a loose fragment from the western part of the State, consisting
of an agglomerated, silicious, sintery and somewhat ferruginous mass of fos-
sils, physically resembling some states of the Marshall sandstone. Described
here in consequence of its supposed identity with a fossil from beds which
appear to be the equivalent of the Marshall sandstone, at Rockford, Ind.

PLEUROTOMARIA Wuitl, n. sp.—Shell with a trochoid spire, straight colu-
mellar lip, and prominent carinate whorls. Number of whorls three anda
half, rapidly enlarging, raised in the middle of the dorsum ina prominent

1862.)

424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

carina; the sides of which rise vertically from the whorl and form a feebly
bilinear crest—a character best seen in specimens with the shell partly worn
away ; from the base of the carina the surfaces slope with but little curvature.
at an angle of 115° to 120° with each other, and form a well marked sutural
angle of about the same value with the contiguous whorl. Apex rather ob-
tuse ; angle of sides 67°. Aperture roundly quadrangular, produced on the
columellar side. Umbilicus remote.

Height of shell -64 (100); width of last whorl +59 (92); height of last
whorl 53 (83); width of aperture at right angles with columella °29 (45):
greatest width—at an angle of 45° with the columella—’42 (66).

Locality— With P. vadosa.

Somewhat resembles P. subconica from the Trenton limestone, but the
whorls are not so closely crowded—being thus more rounded, and forming a
much deeper suture.

Named in honor of Mr. A. D. White, an efficient assistant in the geobogical
survey of the State during 1859 and 1860.

PLEUROTOMARIA HUMILIS, n. sp.—Shell depressed, conical. Band prominent,
revolving close to the linear suture in the upper whorls, central on the body
whorl; surface of shell above and below the band but slightly convex on the
body whorl, flat on the spire. and making a peripheral angle of 61°. Ineli-
nation of sides 109°. Umbilicus small, and apparently perforate.

Approximate measurements of an imperfect specimen: height *52 (100):
with ‘67 (129); height of last whorl -46 (88); width of umbilicus -09.

Locality.—With P. vadosa.

Has the general form of P. crenato-striata, Sandb., (Verstein. Taf. xxii. 2),
but the band is narrower and more prominent. It closely resembles P. heii-
cinoides, McCoy, (Synop. Carb. Foss. Ivel., pl. 7, f. 6), but is less depressed
and formed of fewer whorls.

PLEVROTOMARIA STELLA, n. sp.—Shell minute, trochiform, composed of four
and a half whorls closely appressed, and forming an apical angle of about 90°.
Suture linear, inconspicuous—the flat sides of the whorls all lying in the same
plane. Body whorl regularly rounded, marked by a raised bilinear band sit-
nated a little above the peripheral line, and on the whorls of the spire nearly
concealed. The body whorl is ornamented bya line of minute tubercles run-
ning close to the suture, and occupying a feeble revolving ridge. No indica-
tions can be seen of transverse strie connected with the tubercles. Aperture
subcircular, with the columellar lip reflected over the umbilicus. Some sharp
irregular incremental lines rise from the umbilical depression, and extend
across the body of the shell.

Height -16 (100) ; width -20 (125); height of body whorl 14 (88); height
of aperture .09 (56); width of band at aperture ‘02 (12); number of tuber-
cles in one-tenth of an inch, 12.

Locality.—N. W. 1, N. W. 4, Sec. 4, Jefferson, Hillsdale county.

PLEUROTOMARIA EXIGUA, n. Sp.—Shell very small, depressed-turbinate, con-
sisting of three and a half rapidly enlarging convex whorls but slightly ap-
pressed and forming a deep suture, with an apical angle of about 87°. Base
of shell convex, descending into a broad, deep umbilicus, from which rises a
set of sharp transverse strie crossing the whorl at right angles, but slightly
bent backwards on reaching the band, which is broad and situated a little
above the peripheral zone, and marked by incremental lines; above the band
similar strie describe an anteally convex curve to the suture. Aperture cir-
cular.

Height of shell -17 (100) ; diameter ‘18 (106); height of last whorl +14 (82):
width of band -02 (12); number of transverse strie in one-tenth of an inch
counted near the aperture above the band is 24.

Locality.—N. W. 3, N. W. 3, Sec. 4, Jefferson, Hillsdale county.

[Sept.

——' «sy

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. -0

PLEUROTOMARIA HURONENSIS, n. sp.—Shell rather large, depressed-turbinate,
consisting of about four very rapidly enlarging whorls. Body whorl flattened
from above, moderately convex above; the base a twisted plane bounded on
one side by the slope into a large open umbilicus, on the other, by the sharp
prominent carina which marks the periphery of the whorl. Surface of the
whorl marked by eleven raised plications and intervening broad sulci, of which,
counting from the umbilicus, the sixthrests upon the carina, and the eleventh
is close to the suture. These are crossed by strie of growth rising from the
. umbilicus, stretching far forward upon the base, curving backwards just be-
fore reaching the carina, and apparently curving forward again after pass-
ing it.

Height of shell 1:00 (100); diameter of base 2°00 (200); transverse diame-
ter of aperture *92 (92).

Locality.—Light-house, Pt. aux Barques, in intercalated sandstones of the
Huron group.

This species recalls Zuomphalus carinatus, Sow., (Murch. Sil. Syst., 616, pl.
vi. fig. 10).

DeEnTALIUM, Linneus.

DeEnTALIUM ? BARQUENSE, n. sp.—Shell small, very gradually tapering,
slightly compressed. Surface of cast smooth. Surface of shell unknown—
apparently striate or grooved transversely; shell-structure prismatic, the
axes of the prisms being normal to the surface of the shell. The shortness
- of these prisms gives the structure the appearance of miniature mosaic. Di-
ameter of fragment ‘06.

Locality.—Pt. aux Barques, in a stratum overlying the gritstones.

BeEtLeRopHoy, Montfort.

BELLEROPHON RUGOSIUSCULUS, n. sp.—Shell of moderate size, globoid, very
rapidly enlarging ; umbilicus rather broad and deep, but not perforate—only
one whorl being exposed to view. Transverse section somewhat rhomboidal,
with rounded angles, becoming more rounded with age. Keel in the young
shell rather prominent, but obtuse, becoming more depressed with age, until
finally the dorsal surface is regularly rounded, and the sides have developed
some obliquely longitudinal folds winding into the umbilicus. Aperture trans-
versely expanded, subreniform. The entire surface, except the peripherai
belt, is marked by direct, longitudinal raised strie, separated only by a nar-
row groove; these are crossed by a set of transverse strie, which, on the um-
bilical slope are somewhat irregularly waved and more pronounced than on
the dorsum ; on passing the lateral angle they divide irregularly and result
in a set of finer strie, which are abruptly reflected in approaching the keel,
and in the older portion of the shell, gradually disappear before reaching it,
while in the young shell they meet upon the keel in an acute angle of about
58°. Cast nearly destitute of ornaments.

Diameter of large specimen ‘77 (100) ; height of last whorlto the middle of
the umbilicus -52 (68); height of aperture -36 (47); width of aperture -54
(70); number of longitudinal strie in one-tenth of an inch 8; number of
transverse strie in one-tenth of an inch, counted on the umbilical slope 6,
counted on the keel 12 to 15.

Localities.—Marshall and Secs. 19 and 26, Liberty, Jackson county.

The general appearance of this shell is that of B. decussatus, Flem., but a
careful examination of all the figures and descriptions in my possession, has
convinced me that it is a distinct though representative species. Want of
space, however, forbids offering the comparisons.

Var. teniatus. * This well-marked variety (perhaps distinct species) is the
form which approaches nearest to Sandberger’s B. decussatus. It differs from
the usual forms of the present species in having a less depressed dorsum and
a smaller transverse diameter; a more prominent keel which is bounded by
a slight elevation along each margin, and in its finer strie, especially on the

1862.]

496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

umbilical slope. In a specimen which is °6 (100) across the outer whorl, the
height of the aperture is ‘32 (53), its width -38(63). The number of lon-
gitudinal strie in one-tenth of an inch is about 14, and the number of trans-
verse striz 18.

Locality.—Moscow, Hillsdale county.

BELLEROPHON GALERICULATUS, 0. Sp.—Shell small, globose, involute, ecarinate,
exumbilicate, longitudinally striate, and deeply notched. Dorsum broadly
and regularly rounded, without any evidences of a band, except in approach-
ing the aperture of adult shells, where a rather broad band with ventrally con-
cave incremental lines can be faintly traced. Aperture crescentic, not sud-
denly expanded, strongly auriculate, with the ears hanging detached from
the inner whorl. Notch infundibuliform, deep and broad, obtuse, its sides
reaching to the tips of the auriculations. Umbilicus closed, scarcely indented.
Dorsal and dorso-lateral surface marked by about 28 longitudinal, sharply
raised strie, separated by much wider flutings, and not perceptibly modified
by the dorsal band until within half a whorl of the aperture of the adult shell,
when the two middle striz become slightly raised and enlarged, and the entire
set simultaneously die away. Between these strie and the umbilical point
similar strie diverge spirally and irregular until intercepted by the former
set, or by each other. Cast smooth, perforately umbilicate.

Average diameter of adult -47 (100); height of last whorl at the aperture
-26 (55); height of aperture *18 (38); showing the inner whorl impressed into
the outer 08 (17); width of aperture °35 (74); depth of notch °22 (47);
width of peripheral belt at notch ‘N6 (13); separating distance between tip of
auriculations and inner whorl :10 (21); number of striz in one-tenth of an
inch 10, and this is the same in young and old specimens. Diameter of
largest specimen seen *53.

Localities.—Marshall, Battle Creek, and nearly all other Southern outcrops
of the Marshall Sandstone.

This shell bears a close resemblance to B. Urei, of authors, but seems to
differ in essential points, as follows:—From B. Urii, de Kon. (An. Foss. 356,
xxx. 4) in being only half the size, having the dorsal belt elevated instead of
compressed, in its very deep notch, less proportional width and distinct auri-
culations; from McCoy’s B. Urei (Brit. Pal. Foss., 554) in having the strie
much narrower than the intervening grooves and not at all modified by the
dorsal band, and in having the width of the aperture less than the diameter
of the shell. Prof. Phillips’ figures differ in the absence of auriculations, and
in the lateral strie. To Fleming’s original description I have not access.

BELLEROPHON CYRTOLITES, Hall (13th Rep. N. Y. Reg., p. 107).—Shell sub-
cuneiform, laterally somewhat appressed; whorls very rapidly enlarging, but
slightly embracing ; transverse section subcordate, broadest near the umbili-
cus; dorsum strongly but obtusely carinated; dorso-lateral slope nearly flat,
sometimes slightly concave near the peripheral belt ; sides regularly rounded,
as well as the umbilical slope; umbilicus moderate, exposing only the last
volution; notch deep, pointed, moderately broad. Entire surface of shell
ornamented with fine, sharply raised tranverse strie, which curve backwards
upon the side, and meet upon the dorsum in an angle of about 60°. The
umbilical region and the sides are equally marked by fine longitudinal strie,
which disappear in the vicinity of the keel.

The largest specimen seen measures across the outer whorl *41 (100); height
of aperture :23 (56); transverse diameter of aperture ‘19 (46), with about
13 longitudinal and 13 transverse strie in one-tenth of an inch, counted on
the dorso-lateral slope near the aperture. Another specimen with shell better
preserved has 10 transverse striez in the same distance.

Locality.—Moscow, Hillsdale county.

The side view and section of this species are not unlike those of B. com-

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427

pressus, Sandb. (Verstein, Taf. xxii. 6.) — B. striatus, Sow. My specimens
have the transverse section and external markings of the latter, but they are
less capuliform (See Murch. Sil. Syst., 604, iii. 12e).

BELLEROPHON NAUTILOIDES, n. Sp.—Shell involute, scarcely umbilicate, longi-
tudinally striate and deeply notched. Dorsum regularly rounded, sometimes
slightly raised along the peripheral band; sides less convex than the dorsum,
bending into a small shallow umbilicus, not disclosing previous whorls.
Aperture crescentic, width about equal to its height, strongly auriculate.
Notch deep, but obtuse, broad, infundibuliform, with its margins reaching to
the tips of the auriculations. Exterior surface longitudinally striate, with
fine sharp raised lines marking the sides as well as the dorsum. Cast
smooth, perforately umbilicate, exposing two whorls.

Diameter of large specimen °50 (100) ; height of whorl at aperture °31 (62);
depth of impression of inner whorl into outer °09 (18): height of aperture :22
(44): width of aperture ‘27 (54); separating distance between tip of auricu-
lation and inner whorl -10 (20); depth of notch *17 (34).

Locality.—Moscow, Battle Creek, Marshall, and near Grandville, Kent county.

BELLEROPHON MICHIGANENSIS, n. sp.—Shell globose, carinate, involute,
scarcely umbilicate, longitudinally and transversely striate. Dorsum obtusely
angulated by the peripheral band, which is slightly raised, and more distinctly
relieved by a furrow which runs along each margin. Dorso-lateral surfaces
- regularly convex, bending (in the cast) abruptly into a small perforate umbil-
icus. Aperture suddenly and widely expanded, broadly auriculate, and with
« broad, rather shallow notch. Exterior of shell not seen; casts generally
nearly smooth or faintly marked by longitudinal strie, sometimes distinctly
marked by two sets of striz, the longitudinal consisting of 8 to 12 prominent
raised lines on each side of the band, with one or two small intervening striz,
which gradually attain the size of the larger, these being crossed by finer,
less regular transverse striz, broadly curved anteriorly on the sides and sud-
denly bent backwards on the dorsum.

Diameter of last whorl (of cast) -23 (100); height of aperture :14 (61);
diameter of aperture 35 (152); diameter of whorl -08 (35) back from the
aperture ‘25 (109); diameter of next inner whorl where it touches the lip 17
(74); width of band close to aperture -07 (30); depth of notch -04 (17).

Localities.—Battle Creek, and the vicinity of Grandville, Kent county.

The characteristic of this species when compared with B. galericulatus is its
great width in relation to its height, its much greater expansion of aperture,
and its transverse striz. The existence of a carina distinguishes it from B.
lineolatus, Hall, from Rockford (13th Ann. Rep. Reg., N. Y., 107).

BELLEROPHON BARQUENSIS, n. sp.—Shell small, globose, involute, rapidly en-
larging, dorsally depressed ; umbilicus small, but deep; dorsum broadly con-
vex, with a distinct raised band; sides sharply rounded into the umbilicus:
aperture crescentic, expanded, with a deep broad constriction behind it; notch
deep and narrow. Surface marked by fine, regular, longitudinal lines, which
cover the band as well as the other parts.

Diameter -48 (100); transverse diameter of aperture *54 (112); height of
aperture to middle of umbilicus 27 (56).

Locality.—Pt. aux Barques, above the gritstones.

Most nearly resembles B. Michiganensis, but the apertural construction and
single set of strie render it easily distinguishable.

BELLEROPHON LINEOLATUS, Hall (13th Rep. N. Y. Reg., p. 107).—An imperfect
specimen agreeing fully with Hall’s description.
Locality.—Holland, Ottawa county.
: GontaTitTEs, de Haan.
Gox1aTiTEs RominGERI, n. sp.—Shell of moderate size, globoid, exumbilicate.

1862.]

428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Dorsum broad, regularly rounded; sides gently rounded with only a slight
depression near the umbilical center. Septa approximate, thickened at the
line of junction with the shell, producing furrows along the septum-lines of
the cast. Lobes and saddles strongly pronounced. Dorsal lobe clavate lingui-
form, with a long cuspidate acumination reaching as far back as the preceding
dorsal saddle; dorsal saddle linguiform, obtuse, unsymmetrical, indented on
the dorsal side by the broadest part of the dorsal lobe, passing the point of
the following lateral lobe; first lateral lobe profound, rather narrow, extend-
ing as far back as the dorsal, sublinguiform, acute; lateral saddle deep, very
broad, somewhat regularly arched to the umbilical point, extending nearly as
far iorward as the dorsal saddle. Exterior unknown; surface of cast smooth.

Diameter of cast of last whorl -84 (100) ; axial diameter -38 (46); greatest
transverse diameter of tube -42 (50); distance from axial diameter to dorsum
“47 (56); length of dorsal lobe *21 (25); of dorsal saddle 19 (22); of lateral
lobe +20 (24).

Locality.— Marshall.

This well-marked species resembles G. rotatorius, de Kon. and G. Izion,
Hall, in the plan of its septa; but, besides its smaller size, its transverse
diameter is proportionally much greater, being to the whorl diameter as 1: 2
instead of 1: 3; and the diameter through the points of the lateral lobes is
as 1: 24, while in G. rotatorius it isas1:4. The sides of the new species
are also more convex.

Named in honor of its discoverer, Dr. C. Rominger, of Ann Arbor.

GontaTiTEs WHITEI, n. sp.—Shell very small, with surfaces regularly convex,
a small deep umbilicus and sinuous apertural constrictions. Dorsum rather
abruptly rounded, the curvature gradually diminishing on the sides, which
are a little appressed ; umbilical boundary rather sharply defined. Apertural
constrictions separated about 80° from each other, forming a broad, shallow,
ventral sinus across the dorsum, anda broader and shallower one on each
side. Surface of shell faintly marked by lines parallel with the apertural
constrictions, and in some cases by indications of fine crowded revolving striz.
Lobes and saddles strongly pronounced. Dorsal lobe truncately infundibuli-
form, minutely bi-denticulate, with the minute circular siphon issuing from
between the denticulations ; first lateral lobe acute, infundibuliform, separated
from the dorsal by a deep parabolie saddle ; second lateral lobe, which is sep-
arated from the first by a broadly parabolic saddle, is broadly infundibuliform,
with its right angled apex resting on the brink of the umbilical pit.

Diameter °35 (100) ; thickness or transverse diameter *21 (60).

Locality.—Union, Branch county, in blue argillaceous shales of the Huron
group.

Named ip honor of A. D. White, Esq., its discover.

Navrinvs, Linnzus. Trematopiscus, Meek & Worthen.

NAUTILUS (TREMATODISCUS) STRIGATUS, 0. Sp.—-Shell of medium size ; dorsum
flattened, broad, equal to the greatest transverse diameter, bounded by a
prominent angle on each side; lateral surface making a right angle with the
dorsal, curving rapidly into the deep broad umbilicus; dorso-ventral diame-
ter of shell equal to one-half the transverse. Surface marked by deep cut
longitudinal flutings, of which about nine occupy the latero-umbilical region,
and six, less remote, occupy the space on each side from the dorso-lateral
angle half way to the middle line of the dorsum, thus leaving a middle belt
along the dorsum equal to one-half its width, destitute of longitudinal
grooves. The dorsal grooves nearer the midline become successively fainter,
but the last one is well marked. In the bottom of each of these furrows are
about three very fine longitudinal strie. These two sets are crossed by fine,
sharp, rather regular raised strie, which curve gently backwards on the sides,
while on the dorsal surface they are deflected, at first gradually, then very

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 429

rapidly backward, forming along the middle belt a very deep, broad sinus.
Septa regularly concave. Young shell less angular in transverse section,

Diameter of whorl (wholly septate) 2°4 (100); width of dorsum -92 (39);
dorso-ventral dimension *53 (22); number of transverse strize in one-tenth of
an inch, counted on the dorso-lateral angle, about nine.

Locality.—Marshall.

The young shell of this species may be distinguished from the young of NV.
striatulus, from the same group, by the presence of the transverse striz.

Navtitus (TREMATODISCUS) ALTIDORSALIS, n. sp.—Shell rather large ; section
quadrilateral, presenting an acute angle on the dorsum, a very obtuse one on
the ventrum, and an angle of about 80° on each side, about two-thirds the
distance from the dorsum to the ventrum; sides of section but slightly curved ;
middle line of dorsum not seen. Septa with shallow concavity, somewhat
irregular—a shallow sinus occupying the lateral carina, and another the dor-
sal, with a slight forward swell on the dorso-lateral slope, and another in the
umbilical cavity—a very unusual arrangement of the sinuses, since the for-
ward sinuations are thus brought upon those points nearest the central line of
the shell. Surface marked by about 8 broad longitudinal grooves on the um-
bilical slope, and a large number on the dorso-lateral. Each of these grooves
contains about 18 very fine, wavy, raised strie. Both sets are crossed by fine,
somewhat irregular, transverse strie, nearly direct, though slightly sinuated
ventrally on the umbilical slope.

Diameter of (completed) whorl wholly septate 2:1 (100); dorso-ventral

- diameter of shell ‘67 (52); transverse diameter ‘78 (37); angle between plane
of whorl and dorso-lateral slope 48°; between plane of whorl and umbilical
slope °55°; longitudinal grooves in one-tenth of aninch 13; longitudinal strie
in same distance 30; transverse strie in same distance, counted on lateral
carina, 8.

Locality.—Marshall.

This species, at first view, resembles N. strigatus, but is very distinct. Even
small fragments may be distinguished by the numerous very fine strie in the
grooves.

OrTHOCERAS, Breynius.

ORTHOCERAS MULTICINCTUM, n. sp.—Shell small, very gradually tapering;
section circular ; siphon central (?) ; surface marked by numerous small, acute,
transverse annuli, with intervening sharp grooves; septa with shallow con-
vexity. Number of annuli in one-tenth of an inch 7.

Localities.—Marshall and Holland.

A close analogue of O. cinctum, de Kon. (An. Foss. 512, xliii. 6, xliv. 5,
xlvii. 3), if it is not identical with it. The only perceptible distinction con-
sists in its smaller size and more acute annuli and grooves. 0. cinctum is said
to occur in the Silurian, Devonian and Carboniferous systems. A species with
such tenacity of life may have had a great geographical range.

ORTHOCERAS GRACILIUS, n. sp.—Shell with an apical angle of 33°, a circular
section and central siphon. Cast smooth; interseptal space ‘04 where the
diameter is ‘9.

Locality.—Union, Branch county, in argillaceous shales of the Huron group.

CyTHERE, Miiller.

CYTHERE CRASSIMARGINATA, n. sp.—Carapace minute, ventricose, regularly
oval, microscopically wrinkled-scrobiculate ; hinge-line impressed, and hinge-
margin a little hollowed; valves margined by a smooth bead, which projects
slightly beyond the general surface, behind which is a small groove; cast
smooth, but margined by a raised band terminating near the hinge anteriorly
and posteriorly.

Length ‘08; breadth -05,

1862.] 30

430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Localities.—In the Marshall Sandstone, at Battle Creek, Liberty (Jackson
county), Moscow, near Napoleon and at the Gritstone Quarries, at Pt. aux
Barques, with Rhynchonella camerifera.

Besides the species already enumerated from the Marshall group there yet
remain a few too imperfect for adequate description, or belonging to classes
not yet investigated. Among these are Lepidodendron and Neuropteris? ; a
coralline structure, encrusting, foliaceous or branching, with minute, short,
crowded polygonal cells :0088 of an inch in diameter, without visible
lamelle2, but with some indications of transverse floors ; some undetermined
Lamellibranchs; two sorts of Chiton-like scales; two or three Nautili,
of which one is nodulous; and sundry remaing of spines, teeth and bones of
fishes.

lniversity of Michigan, July 1, 1862.

Synopsis of the CARANGOIDS of the Eastern Coast of North America.
BY THEODORE GILL.

In the preparation of the ‘‘ Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of
North America,”’ I trusted almost wholly to previous naturalists for that portion
relating to the species of Scombroids and the allied groups. Drs. Dekay, Hol-
brook and Girard having each introduced supposed new forms, it was to be
presumed that they had studied the species in their various stages. My
attention having been since attracted especially to the Carangoids, it has
been discovered that the nomenclature of several was quite erroneous and
that some genera and species had been founded on young individuals of pre-
viously named forms. The preoperculum in early youth, as far as known,
is armed with three stout spines at the angle and smaller ones above and
below, the spinous dorsal is always developed at that period, and teeth are
also present. At a later period the spines of the preoperculum are absorbed
in the margin, while in some types the first dorsal becomes atrophied and is,
in several, represented by free and simple projecting spines, and at a still
later period the teeth are likewise lost. A single species of one such type
(Trachynotus) has served at different stages of gowth as a representative of
three different genera, characterized by the condition of the spinous dorsal
and the dentition.

The following table will enable the student to distinguish the several groups.
Although the genus Pomatomus Lac. (Temnodon Cuv.), is here retained in
the family, I am not certain that it truly belongs to it.

The object of the present article is to correct the nomenclature of several
species, as well as to draw attention to the imperfection of our information re-
garding several others, especially the species of the subfamily of Centronotine.
No one will deny that it is for the interest of science that the nomenclature
of the genera and species of animals shall be settled as soon as possible, and
itis hoped that the present communication will contribute to that desirable
end as far as the American species of Carangoids are concerned. Much, how-
ever, yet remains to be done. Although I have seen all the species enumer-
ated, with one exception,* specimens, from the eastern coast, of several
are not represented in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution. Those
desired species are the following :—Decapterus punctatus, Carangus fallax,
Blepharichthys crinitus, Trachynotus glaucus, Naucrates ductor, Zonichthys fas-

ciatus (young), and H. boscii. It is hoped that such deficiencies may be soon
remedied.

* Halatractus boscii,

[Sept

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431

I. Lateral line behind straight and even with the axis.
A. Lateral line more or less protected by larger plates.... CARANGINZ.
B. Body oblong or elongated; spinous dorsal developed.
C. Body perfectly fusiform ; snout above axis,
1. Spurious dorsal (1) and anal (1) finlets........... Decapterus.
2. Spurious finlets MOMNC.......+...-..c00e scenes sonseeeeeee Trachurops.
CC. Body unequally developed with regard to axis,
the dorso-rostral outline being disproportion-
ately decurved.
2. Head moderate; suborbital bones moderately
elevated (—eye); teeth of jaws enlarged in

outer row.
Body subfusiform ; canine teeth none in front
OE TOWOT, JA Wieeo-2n-nnensa.nncncennsoccacocn~ccnsenesence Paratractus.
ae EAtlOrs » ; canine teeth (2) in front of lower
| ae eh BO EE ee ee Carangus.
B. Had small; suborbital bones very low; teeth
of jaws =r ESR Carangops.
BB. Body rhomboid; spinous dorsal fadlimentary in
a Elie eee doce coins scenes ncensesecase=n Blepharichthys.

AA. Lateral line unarmed.
B. Body exceedingly compressed and elevated; profile
very oblique or SUbvertical............sseececeseeeeceees VOMERIN2.
2. Body oblong ; abdominal outline very convex in
youth; dorsal and anal fins nearly uniform..... Vomer.
8. Body obliquely elevated, pentagonal; dorsal and
anal fins falciform.
Pe MCHETAL MIA VORY SHOYG <.o0.c0sc-s00 csocsacelosnes cscs Selene.
A ER ea Argyriosus.
BB. Body much compressed, with the inferior outline
trenchant; profile oblique and rectilinear; anus

RiEEH GO OVCTIGIOUNGSELIS-cuceecs vosciaeess-<<osecececessonaaeaas CHLOROSCOMBRINS.
Chloroscombrus.
BBB. Body less compressed, with the abdomen trans-
versely convex. Anus submedian or poste-
rior.
a. Abdomen considerably shorter than the anal fin,
which nearly equals the second dorsal............ TRACHYNOTINZ.
Trachynotus.
8. Abdomen nearly equal to the anal fin, which is
much shorter than the second dorsal............... CENTRONOTINE.
Spinous dorsal represented by short and free spines
TRUER PARE endis eetein nec an cant cncesacces scents seneeneseccs Naucrates.
Spinous dorsal well developed.
ie ee See iE ea Zonichthys.
MMLC Peet en nae coast ec viwwae cc cos ca<- cease ascenasee Halatractus.
IJ. Lateral line behind scarcely straight or even with the
PIN BMMER ALOE! LOW O-2-c2c cscs -ccace ences -cocaseccenencana PoMATOMINZ.

CARANGIN (Bon.) Gill.

Genus DECAPTERUS Bleeker.

DECAPTERUS PUNCTATUS Gill.
Scomber hippos Mitchill (nec Linn.).
Caranx punctatus Agassiz, Cuv. et Val.

This species appears to be a very rare and occasional stragglertothe Northern

1862.]

432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Seas. No individuals from the United States are in the collection of the

Smithsonian Institution. It has only been noticed on our coast as a straggler
to New York.

Genus TRACHUROPS Gill.

TRACHUROPS CRUMENOPHTHALMUS Gill.

Scomber crumenophthalmus Bloch. P
‘* balantiophthalmus Bloch, Schneider.
‘¢ plumieri Bloch.
Caranx crumenophthalmus Lae¢péde.
‘¢ daubentonii Lacépéde.
‘6 plumieri Cuz. et Val.
‘¢ macrophthalmus Agassiz.

A single specimen of this species was found at Beesley’s Point, New Jersey,
among a school of blue fish (Pomatomus saltatrix), by Prof. Baird.

The specific name and the reference of the African and American forms to
one species is given solely on the authority of Giinther, no specimens of the
foreign forms being at present accessible to me. The Pacific representative or
Red Sea representative appears to be distinguished by its more slender body
and shorter head. .

Genus PARATRACTUS Gill.

This genus embraces three of the species known which have been referred
to Caranx. Besides the type, the Caranz fusus, of Geoffroy,* and the Trachu-
rus boops, of Girard, f belong to it.

PARATRACTUS PISQUETUS Gill,

Caranx pisquetos Cuv. et Val.
‘© chrysos Dekay (nec Seomber chrysos, Mit.)
‘¢ hippos Holbrook (nee Scomber hippos, Linn.)
Trachurus squamosus Gronov., post.
Carangus chrysos Girard.
‘6 hippos Gill.

This species was first considered by Dekay to be identical with the Scomber
chrysos, of Mitchill, whose specific name was consequently adopted. He has
been followed in this identification by all subsequent writers. Sach an iden-
tification is evidently erroneous, as Mitchill expressly deseribes his species as
having the ‘‘length six inches and a half; depth two.’? The height is there-
fore contained three times and a sixth (34) in the length,{ proportions which
are fully corroborated by the figure. It is probable that authors have been
misled by the radial formula of Mitchill, which gives a larger number of rays
than is usually fonnd in the species to which it really belongs.

Holbrook has also identified this species with the Scomber hippos, of Lin-
neus.§ This reference is likewise evidently erroneous, as Linnzus espe-
cially attributes two larger teeth in the front of the jaw, while in the present
species such teeth are not developed.

The name given by Cuvier and Valenciennes being the first properly appli-
cable to the species, it must be adopted.

« Geoffroy St. Hilaire, in Description de Egypte; Histoire Naturelle, pl. 24, fig. 3,
(1809—13.) : :

+ Girard, Surveys and Explorations for a Railroad Route to the Pacific, vol. x. Fishes,

. 108 (1859.)
: t The heighth of Caranz pisquetus is contained 3:—3§ times in the length; this spe-
cies is, therefore, much more slender than Mitchill's fish.

2 Holbrook erroneously considers the present species to be also identical with the
Caranx chrysos of Cuvier and Valenciennes,

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433

The Paratractus pisquetus is the most common of the tribe at the North,
and is found along the whole Eastern Coast as far north as Massachusetts.

Genus CARANGUS Girard.
Caranx Bleeker.

I have adopted Girard’s name fer this genus in the “ Catalogue of the Fishes
of the Hastern Coast,’’ but afterwards, in deference to Bleeker, would have
accepted in its place the name of Caranz, as applied by that gentleman.
I now feel compelled to return to my original position and retain the name of
Carangus for the present, while that of Caranx is preserved for the Caranx
speciosus of Lacepéde.* Less confusion, I believe, will result from this cir-
cumscription than from any other, and appears to be fully justified by cir-
cumstances.

Lacépéde first applied the name of Caranx to a group which he distinguished
from Scomber on account of the absence ef the dorsal and anal finlets. He
has in the preliminary remarks acknowledged that he adopted the name from
Commerson, and has observed that the appellation was derived from the
Greek xzpa, and given in allusion to the prominent head.{ Of the genus
thus derived from Commerson only one species seems to have been known to
that naturalist. That species is the Scomber speciosus of Linnzus, or the
Caranx speciosus of Lacéptde. The idea conveyed by the name of Caranx is
well associated with the fish. As the name of Caranr was therefore first
framed for that species by Commerson, and as Lacéptde, by virtue of his pre-
liminary remarks, adopted the genus as Commersen’s, the name must be
retained for that natural genus, of which the Caranzx speciosus is a representa-
tive. Bleeker’s name of Gnathanodon applied to it, appropriate as it is, must
foe then considered as a synonym.

The genus to which Bleeker applied the name of Caranz being thus deprived
of that name, the one latinicised by Girard from the designation which Cuvier
had conferred on it as a group may be adopted.t

The genus as now limited will only embrace three species found on the
eastern coast of the United States. Those species are distinguished by the
following relative characters :—

I. Body rather oblong, with the snout very convex ; dorsal spines
seven; pectoral fins with a distinct spot.........-.ssssceeceseceeees C. hippos.
Il. Body convex abeve and with the frent less obliquely decurved ;
dorsal spines eight ; pectoral fins not spotted.
a. Breast scaly. Opercular spot obsolete ...... isueucatbesess cnteas C. fallax.
8. Breast naked. Opercular spot distinct..... Reanepicsiars A SCORE ae: C. chrysos.

CARANGUS FALLAX Girard.

Guara tereba Marcgrave.

Caranx fallax Cuo. et Val.

Caranx richardii Holbrook.

Caranx hippos Giinther, (nee Scomber hippos Line.; nee Caranr hippos
Holbrook).

* The Caranx speciosus is the type of the genus Gnathanodon, of Bleeker,

+ Nous leur avons conservé le nom générique de Caran, qui leur a été donné par
Commerson, et qui vient du mot Grec xzp« lequel signifie téte. Ce voyageur les a nom-
més ainsi 4 cause de léspéce de prominence que presente leur téte, de la force de cette
partie, de ]’éclat donte elle brille, et d'ailleurs pour annoncer la sorte de puissance et de
domination que plusieurs osseux de ce genre exercent sur un grand nombre de poissons
qui fréquentent les rivages.

t It is probable that Rafinesque has framed a name for this genus, as Lacépéde placed
its type as the first of an anonymous subgenus, and in accordance with his system, that
confounder of nomenclature has doubuless conferred en it a generic name. I am unable
at present to examine his early works.

1862.]

434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The only evidence of the existence of this species on the eastern coast is a
figure of a fish, taken near Charleston, executed by Mr. Richard, a Zoological
artist. The fish itself was afterwards lost, but not until after the figure had
been completed from it. On the authority of this figure, Dr. Holbrook has con-
sidered the species as undescribed, supposing it to be distinguishable from the
‘* Caranz fallax’? by the want of the ‘‘dark color of the anterior rays of the
second dorsal fin.’? Even if the color of that fin was as light as represented
in the figure, it would not indicate a specific difference from that species, and
consequently the name must be referred, for the present at least, to such spe-
cies with which it agrees, according to the figure, by its scaly breast and ab-
sence of an opercular spot. Dr. Giinther* has referred the name to the sy-
nonymy of Carangus chrysos (Caranz carangus), but as it disagrees with that
species in the same respect as it agrees with C. fallax, the accuracy of that
reference is very questionable. My personal knowledge of the artist by
whom the figure was made induces me to confide in the correctness of his
drawing.

CARANGUS HIPPOS Gill.
Caranx erythrurus Lace.
Caranx carangus pt. Cuv. et Val.
“« defensor Dekay.
Carangus defensor Girard.

This species is well distinguished among its relations by its straighter back,
the more obliquely convex profile, the seven spines of the dorsal fin, and the
spot on the inferior portion of the pectoral fin. The first notice that can be
positively referred to this species alone is the description and figure by Dekay
of the Caranx defensor. There can, however, be little doubt that Linneus
had it in view in his Scomber hippos.

The Carangus defensor is found along the eastern coast from New York
southwards.

The brief notice given by Linnzus of the Scomber hippos,t sent to him by
Garden from Charleston, South Carolina, is more applicable to this species
than to any other found on the coast. It has nevertheless been referred to
three others, the Decapterus punctatus, Carangus fallax and the Paratractus
pisquetus of the present memoir.

The referrence to the two large front teeth of the jaw at once excludes the
Paractractus.

The notice of the opercular spot forbids the reference of the name to the
Caranz fallax.

With regard to its application to the Caranx carangus, or the C. defensor,
‘there is more uncertainty. The Linnzan diagnosis contains no allusion to a
pectoral spot, a character so prominent that it should scarcely have been left
unnoticed if it had existed, but as the number of dorsal spines, as given by
Linnzus, corresponds with the number found in Carangus defensor, the name
of Carangus hippos is, therefore, accepted as the proper name for the present
species.

CARANGUS cHRysSos Gill.
Scomber carangus Bloch.

* Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, vol. il. p. 448.
+ The description left by Linnzus is the following :-—
S. hippos pinnulis unitis, operculis postice macula nigra.

B.7. D7, 22. P2227 V6. AN" C530:
40

Habitat in Carolina, Dr. Garden.

Dentes unica serie; anticis 2 majoribus. Linea lateralis in medio valde declivata,
postice carinata subspinosa. P. dorsalis posterior rubra. Ventralis analisque lute.
Spine ante. Analem remote.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435

Caranx carangua Lac.
Scomber chrysos Mitchill (nec Caranz chrysos Dekay et al.).
Caranx carangus Cuv. et Val.
‘¢ antiiliarnm Bennett (fide Gunther).
Trachurus cordyla Gronov. (fide Giinther).
Carangus esculentus Girard.

The Scomber carangus, of Bloch, is identical with the Scomber chrysos, of
Mitchill, as is readily seen on the examination of his figure. The length of
Scomber chrysos is said to be ‘‘six inches and a half; depth two;’’ the height _
would thus be contained three times and a sixth in the length, proportions
which are corroborated, or represented as at least equally great, by the figure
accompanying Mitchill’s memoir. The only species living on the coast of the
more temperate United States which exhibit those proportions are the Caranx
carangus, of Cuv. et Val., and the Caranz fallax, of Cuv. et Val.

There is said to be ‘‘a black spot frequently at the edge of the gill cover ;”’
this portion of the description thus excludes the Caranz fallax.

Mitchill further adds that there are ‘‘no zones, stripes, or spots any where
about him ;”’ the opercular spot is, of course, to be excepted. This denial of
other spots additionally excludes the more oblong Caranzx defensor, of Dekay,
which has a distinct pectoral blotch.

The only plausible objection that can be urged against the preceding iden-
tification is the number of rays in the second dorsal, which is said to be ‘‘24”’
(= I. 23), while in the Caranz carangus that number is exceptional, but as it
is possibly occasionally found, the objection on that score may even be unten-
able.* It is in any case certain that no species, except the Caranx pisquetos,
of Cuv. et Val., has normally the number of rays assigned to the dorsal fin of
the Scomber chrysos, ¢ and it is equally evident that those latter two are not iden-
tical when the difference of form and the number of anal rays is taken into
consideration. As the description and figure of the Scomber chrysos are there-
fore most applicable to the Caranx carangus, of Cuvier,{ the two species must
be considered as referrible to one species, for which the name of Carangus
chrysos may be accepted.

Two Virginian specimens of Carangus hippos are in the Smithsonian collec-
tion, one of which was presented by Commodore Farragut, and the other
by Dr. Jeffries, both having been obtained at Norfolk. It has also been ob-
served at New York and South Carolina.

Genus CARANGOPS Gill.§

CARANGOPS FALCATUS Gill.
Caranx faleatus Holbrook.

* | have myself counted the dorsal rays of twenty individuals of the Caranx caran-
qus and have found twenty soft rays in twelve specimens, twenty-one in seven, and twenty-
two in asingle one. No other scientific ichthyologist has assigned a larger number than
the last to the species, and it is possible that the number given by Mitchill may be due to
a typographical error, or that he has counted the last double ray as two,

+ To those who may discover that Holbrook attributes twenty-three soft rays to the
dorsal fin of Caranxz defensor, 1 need simply refer to Holbrook’s own figure, which
represents twenty, and to Dekay’s description which assigns the same number, which [
have likewise verified on the two in the Smithsonian collection, besides others seen else-
where. That number seems indeed to be almost constant. It is quite possible that
Mitchill, who was by no means exempt from errors, may have made a similar mistake.

t The Caranx fallax, with the operculum spotless, has not yet been ascertained to
have wandered further north than Charleston.

§ When proposing this name I was perfectly well aware that an extinct genus of fishes
had been called Carangopsis by Agassiz, but I applied the name of Carangops to the
present genus as the two appeared to me to be quite distinct enough to prevent con-
fusion.

1862.]

436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Carangus faleatus Girard, Gill.
Caranx amblyrhynuchus pt. Giinther.

This species has been considered by Giinther as identical with the Carangops
amblyrhynchus ( Caranx amblyrhynchus Cuv. et Val.), of the Brazilian Coast, but
if the proportions of the two forms are constant, such cannot be the case.
The Carangops amblyrhynchus is described and figured by Cuvier and Valen-
ciennes as a higher fish with a larger head. The height of that fish is con-
tained two times and two-thirds in the total length, or about twice (fide figure)
in the length to the base of the external caudal rays, while in (. falcatus the
- height is rather less than a third of the length, or a line twice the height
would cease some distance before the end of the vertical fins. Thus even if
the caudal fin of C. amblyrhynchus is unequal—which is denied by the figure
and not noticed in the description—the C. falcatus is distinguishable from it.

Only known in the United States as an inhabitant of Charleston.

Genus BLEPHARICHTHYS Gill.
Blepharis Cuvier. —

The name of Blepharis cannot be retained for this group of Carangoids as
it had previously been bestowed on a valid genus of plants by Jussieu.

BLEPHARICHTHYS CRINITUS Gill.
Zeus crinitus Akerly.
Blepharis major Cuv. et Val.
GC sutor Cuv. et Val.
‘¢ erinitus Dekay.

This species is rare along the eastern coast, no specimens from that coast
being in the Smithsonian collection. It has hitherto been seen at New York.

Subfamily VOMERIN Gill.

Genus VOMER Cuy.
Platysomus Swainson.
VoMER SETIPINNIS Ayres.

Silver-fish Funnel.
Rhomboida Brown.
Poisson lune Desmarchais.
Zeus setapinnis Mitchill.
Vomer brownii Cuv. et Val.
Platysomus brownii Swains.

ae spixii Swains.

ce micropteryx Swains.
Argyreiosus setipinnis Gthr.

Young.
Argyreiosus unimaculatus Batcheler.
Ae vomer (young? an spec nov. ?) Gthr.

The young of this species has the abdomen much curved and extended
downwards, anda spot at the commencement of the lateral line. This dis-
covery, made last winter and communicated to several American ichthyolo-
gists, has been recently confirmed by the independent observations of M. Poey.

The number of dorsal rays is almost always twenty-one or two; the variety
B with twenty-five rays, noticed by Dr. Giinther, is therefore a distinct spe-
cies, and may be named Vomer dorsalis.

Genus SELENE Lacépéde, Brevoort.
SELENE ARGENTEA Lacépede.

Selene argentea Lac., Cuvier (1817). Stark (1818). Brevoort 1851-53). Gul.
(1861). Poey (1861).
[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437

Zeus geometricus Mitchill (1818).
Argyreiosus vomer Agassiz (1828, Syn. excl.) Cuvier (1829). Cuv. et Val.
(1833). Giinther (1860) desc. excl.
Selene argentata Mindling (1832).
Argyreiosus triacanthus Swainson (1839).
i mauriceii Swainson (1839).
“ spixii Castlenau.

This species which has been so singularly unfortunate in its nomenclature
was first identified in nature by Mr. Brevoort, who published an excellent de-
seription and figure of it eleven years ago, which should have presented fur-
ther confusion ; it has nevertheless been overlooked, and the species has
been since by one author described as new, and by another been referred to
Ld Argyriosus vomer. It has been only noticed on the eastern coast at New

ork.

Genus ARGYRIOSUS Lacépeéde.

ARGYRIOSUS VOMER Lac.
Zeus vomer Linn.
“© niger Bloch.
“* yostratus Mtchill.
Argyriosus setifer Swainson.

Found along the entire eastern coast south of Cape Cod.

ARGYRIOSUS CAPILLARIS Dekay.
Zeus capillaris Mitchill.
Argyreiosus mitchilli Dekay.

This species is readily distinguished by the filamentous prolongation of the
third, as well as second, dorsal spine. Its range appears to be co-extensive
with the foregoing.

Subfamily CHLOROSCOMBRINE Gill.
Genus CHLOROSCOMBRUS, Girard.
Micropteryx Agassiz (nec Zeller).
CHLOROSCOMBRUS CHRYSURUS, Gill.

Scomber chrysurus Zinn.
Scomber chloris Bloch.
Micropteryx cosmopolita Agassiz.
Seriola cosmopolita Cuv. et Val.
Scomber latus Gronov.
Chloroscombrus cosmopolita Girard.
* Chloroscombrus caribbaeus Girard.
This species differs considerably in the vertical extension of the body with
age, it being much higher when young than when fully grown.

Subfamily TRACHYNOTIN Gill.

TRACHYNOTUS (Lac.) Cuy.

Trachinotus Lac., (Trachynotus ovatus).
Caesiomorus Lac., (Trachynotus bailloni).
Acanthinion Lac., (Trachynotus ovatus.)
Baillonus Rajinesque ( Trachynotus bailloni)*.
Bothrolemus Holbrook.

Doliodon Girard.

* Rafinesque Analyse de la Nature. This work is not at present accessible, but the
name Baillonus was doubtless introduced for the Caesiomorus bailloni of Lacépéde.

1862.]

438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Cantor* and Bleekery first noticed the changes the species of this genus
undergo with age, while Giinther, applying this knowledge to the re-arrange-
ment of the entire genus, has reduced the twenty-two species of that genus
admtted by Cuvier and Valenciennes to ten, and even of that number, two
could not be distinguished by the descriptions published, and were considered
doubtful. Ten of the specific names of Cuvier and Valencienes have been
referred to one species (Trachynotus ovatus Gthr.), but it is possible that two
species may hereafter be recognized among them.

The four species and three genera of Trachynotine admitted among the
fishes of the Eastern coast of the United States, are reducible to two species
of a single genus, but as a genuine species must be added to the list, three
species are again to be distinguished which may be recognized by the follow-
ing characters.

I. Body rhomboid, very elevated, about twice as long as high.
iD Vil. eS 2 1a AG is TepliG 9 sets ee aoiaohe ses cincriesa eta OVEN
II. Body oblong, 3 to 33 times as long as high.
a. Sides with four blackish linear bands. D. VI. I. 19. A.

UD De A, dei twaciscctowa esd wecsasveiss sicaccs ste cus' oS jetaisecteseesismeaetaeee T. GLAUCTS.
8. Sides uniform, silvery. D. V-VI. I. 24-26. A. II. I.
DADA. vos as aicceue as ocdiecceciess saciecssec(onnacstsccloccas dere e re retenL a NEO LIMES

TRACHYNOTUS OvATUS Ginther.
Gasterosteus ovatus Linn.
Centronotus ovalis Lac.
Chaetodon rhomboides Bloch.
Acanthinion rhomboides Zac.
The Spinous Dory Mitchill.
Zeus spinosus Mitchill.
Trachinotus rhomboides Cuv. et Val.
ss fuscus Cuv. et Val.
4 teraia Cuv. et Val.
ee spinosus Cuv. et Val.
Lichia spinosa Baird.
Doliodon spinosus Girard.
This species is less common along the eastern coast than the Trachynotus
carolinus.
The synonymy above given includes only the names bestowed on the Amer-
ican specimens,f as it is not yet quite evident that the American and Asiatic
forms belong to the same species.

TRACHYNoTUS GLAUCcUS Cuv. et Val.
Chaetodon glaucus Bloch.
Acanthinion glaucum Lac.
Trachinotus glaucus Cuv. et Val.

The species has been recently introduced into the Fauna of the United
States by Dr. Holbrook, by whom it was discovered at Charleston, South Caro-
lina. The latter is the only State in the Union along whose coast its occur-
rence has yet been commemorated by a naturalist.

TRACHYNOTUS CAROLINUS Gill.

Gasterosteus carolinus Linn.
Centronotus carolinus Lac.
Trachinotus pampanus Cuv. et Val.

* Cantor, Catalogue of Malayan Fishes, p. 121, 1850.

+ Bleeker, Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap deel xxiv. Bydrage tot de
Kennis der Makreelachtige Visschen, p. 48, 1852.

t The habitat of the Gasterosteus ovatus has not been mentioned by Linnzus.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439

Trachinotus argenteus Cuv. et Val., Gill.
Trachinotus cupreus Cuv. et Val.

Lichia carolina Dekay.

Bothrolaemus pampanus Holb., Gill.
Doliodon carolinus Girard, Gill.

In the ‘General Remarks”’’ on this species, Dr. Holbrook, referring to De-
kay’s name for this species (Lichia carolina), has remarked that the absence
of teeth forbids its reference to the genus Lichia; ‘‘ nor can his specific name
be retained, as that of Cuvier and Valenciennes has the right of priority ;
unless, indeed, it could be satisfactorily proved that our crevaiie is identical
with the Gasterosteus carolinus of Linneus, and this cannot be done, as that
animal must be a caranx, it having a carina along its tail. Yet itis almost
certain that the crevalle of Dr. Garden, which Linneus quotes as a synonym,
isthe animal now under consideration ; for the name crevalle or caval!i was
commonly applied to this fish, even in the time of Garden, as I have been
informed by his contemporaries, and if we consider the great estimation in
which this fish is held by epicures, and the price it commands in market
above all others, it is not probable that its name has been changed.’’*

Linneus gives the following description of his Gasterosteus carolinus.

oe CAROLINUS, spinis dorsalibus 8, analibus 3,

aig 26. P.18, V. 5. A. — (= 27-3 = Ill. 24). C. 27.
27

Corpus oblongo-ovatum. Linea lateralis recta ad caudam subcarinata. P.
D. and A. faleate. Cauda bifurca. Habitat in Carolina ubi Crevalle dicitur.

It is scarcely necessary to argue that this description can not be applied to
any Carangine fish of the American or any other coast, as the existence of
free spines instead of a dorsal fin,{ straight course of the lateral line, its want
of armaturet and the radial formula at once render evident.

In all respects in which it thus differs from the Carangine, it agrees with
the Trachynotus pampanus of Cuvier,§ and more or less disagrees with any
other known species. These characters as well as the immediate approxima-
tion of the species to one admitted to be a Trachynotus (G. ovatus) and the
popular name and habitat assigned to it, render it certain that the Gasterosteus
carolinus is the Trachynotus pampanus C. V., and the Bothrolaemus pampanus of
mo and that the species must be consequently called Trachynotus caro-
inus.

Blindly confiding in the accuracy and knowledge of my predecessors, and
neglecting to question Nature herself, I have in the Catalogue of the Fishes
of this coast, admitted the four nominal species distributed among the genera
by implication admitted by them. The characters of the several genera and

* Holbrook, Ichthyology of South Carolina, p, $4, 1855.

+ This character is of course implied by the reference of the species to the genus Gas-
terosteus,

t Linneus knew two species of the genus Caranx as understood by Cuvier. Of one of
these (Caranx trachurus) the lateral line was said to be mailed (Linea lateralis lorica-
ta) and of the other (Carangus hippos), carinated and subspinose (Linea lateralis carina-
ta, subspinosa). The curvaiure of each was also noticed. The phrase “ subcarnate,”’
was therefore evidently not. intended to describe the lateral line of a Caranx, but to in-
dicate the distinctness of the line of the species to which the name of Gasterosteus
carolinus is here referred. :

21 have found the same large number of dorsal and anal rays as that noticed by Lin-

8 3

nexus. (D.— 26. A.— = D. VII. J. 26. A. II. I. 24), although such a number is of rare
8 27

occurrence,

1862.]

440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

species, as understood from the examination alone of the literature of the °
science, are indicated in the following synopsis.
I. Teeth developed.
a. Spinous dorsal developed...........-..ace--pracessascopmesereseesss DOMOUORL
8. Spinous dorsal replaced by free spines........+++...0...... Trachynotus.
IJ. Teeth of jaws and pharyngeal bones absent. Dorsal spines
PCG a clans gressaseispsiean <aassasessesepsrencesasereascndssnenadeassterartaistantssnecscnse tes Bothrolemus.

The twospecies of Doliodon were distinguished by their height and the
number of rays, and are really distinct. One of them, however, also appear-
ed undertwo other genera. The differences above signalized are the result of
age.

When extremely young, the preoperculum is armed at the angle with three
large spines, and smaller ones above and below. The spinous dorsal is de-
veloped as a perfect fin, and teeth are present on the jaws and palatine arch.
In this stage the species has never been described by previous naturalists, and
consequently has received no name as the corresponding stage of Naucrates*has.

At an early period, the preopercular spines are absorbed in the substance of
the preoperculum and disappear. The spinous dorsal and the teeth are still
retained. In this condition it remains for some time; the spinous dorsal,
however, gradually losing its relative size, while the soft vertical fins increase.
In this stage the species belongs to the genus Doliodon of Girard.

At a later period, the membrane connecting the dorsal spines has become
obsolete, and the species then represents the genus Trachynotus as under-
stood by Cuvier and Valenciennes and others.

Finally, in old age the teeth of the jaws, palate and pharyngeal bones have
fallen out, and the lobes of the dorsal, anal and caudal fins attained their
greatest extension and become pointed. This final stage has been made known
by Holbrook under the new generic name of Bothrolaemus. ‘

The various differences in the development of the soft fins and the den-
tition were correctly appreciated by Giinther, and the several names have
been referred to the synonymy of the species to which all belong.

It is a rather singular coincidence that Linneus has found the same num-
ber of rays in his Gasterosteus saltatrix which is the Pomatomus saltatrix of
the present article, as in the G@. ovatus, and this identity of the radial formu-
le has induced Schneider to unite the two species which belong to at least
different subfamilies.{

Subfamily CENTRONOTINE Gill.
Genus NAUCRATES (Raf.) Cuv.

Seriola sp. Cuv. et Val.
Nauclerus Cuv. et Val.
NAUCRATES DUCTOR (Raf.)
Adult.

Gasterosteus ductor Linn.
Gasterosteus antecessor, Daldorf.
Scomber ductor Bloch.

‘* koelreuteri Bloch.
Ceutronotus conductor Lacépéde.
Naucrates fanfarus Raf.

oe ductor Cuv. et Val.

*The genus Nauclerus corresponding to this stage of Naucrates was proposed by
Cuvier, and has been unreservedly adopted by every succeeding naturalist.

+ The corresponding stage of Naucrates has been observed by Cuvier and Valenciennes,
and made known ander the names of Seriola dussumieri and S. succincta. These species
have been adopted by their successors,

t See Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, tome ix. p. 229.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441

Naucrates noveboracensis Cuv. et Val.
oC indicus Cuv. et Val.
oC koelreuteri Cuv. et Val.
ductor Swainson.
cyanophrys Swains.
OC serratus Swains.
Thynnus pompilus Gronov. (Gray ed.)

Young with dorsal spines connected.
Seriola dussumieri Cuv. et Val.
‘* ~ succincta Cuv. et Val.
Young with spinous dorsal fin and preopercular spines.
Nauclerus compressus Cuv. et Val.
# abbreviatus Cuv. et Val.

6 brachycentrus Cuv. et Val.
et triacanthus Cuv. et Val.

ms: annularis Cuv. et Val.

ce leucurus Cuv. et Val.

The above synonymy has been given on the authority of Dr. Giinther as
far as the union of the forms described under the generic name of Nau-
crates are concerned ; the Seriole and Naucleri added to it are young fishes of
this genus, and if all the forms referred to Naucrates belong to one species,
the Seriole and Naucleri are doubtless the young of that single species.
Much doubt is however entertained as to the correctness of this union of so
many species. If, aught may be judged from the examination of single spe-
cimens, the species of the Mediterranean sea differs from a Pacific one* of
nearly the same size, by the higher body, the shorter head, the smaller eye,
the ecarinate forehead, and especially the breadth of the lingual band of
teeth, which is about three times as broad and extends farther forwards than
in the Pacific specimen.f The vomerine patch is also wider and shorter, as
well as blunt behind, and the tongue is shorter. Differences like these can-
not in this case be well attributed to age or condition, and are apparently spe-
cific. But as Cuvier and Valenciennes have not made use of these charac-
ters, but distinguished their species on the most trivial grounds, and as Giin-
ther, with much better opportunies than those enjoyed by me, has considered
them all identical, I provisionally accept his synonomy, until we may better
know the value of the character referred to. There can at least be scarcely
any doubt that there is only one Naucrates on the eastern coast of America,
as the difference of color on account of which the NV. noveboracensis has been
distinguished from JV. ductor, is, as Cuvier and Valenciennes have themselves
suggested, the result of alteration by liquor.t

No specimen of Naucrates from the United States isin the Smithsonian
collection.

Genus ZONICHTHYS (Swainson).§

Sreriota Cuy. (nec Gaertner).
The name Zonichthys was proposed by Swainson for the Scomber fusciatus

* One from Honolulu, one of the Sandwich Islands, sent to the Smithsonian Institution
by the Rev. W. H. Pease. It is rather shorter than the European one,

t By analogy, the Sandwich Island specimen being smaller, the height of the body
should be greater, and the teeth more developed than in the European one.

t The Mediterranean specimen of Naucrates ductor from the Bonaparte collection, re-
ceived from the Academy of Natural Sciences, has the same yellow color as the nominal
NN. noveboracensis.

? This genus does not embrace the Sericla gigas of Gunther (nec Poey) which is distin-
guished by the eight dorsal spines, shorter second dorsal fin and subrhomboidal patch of
vomerine teeth. It may be called Naucratopsis gigos. Another allied genus is the
Elagatis of Bennett, which is also the Seriolichthys of Bleeker, Decaptus of Poey,and
finally Zrex of Valenciennes.

1862.]

442, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

of Bloch, and as that of Seriola had been previously accepted for a genus of
plants, the former may be retained for the homonymous genus of Ichthyology.
Like so many other genera proposed in the miserable work of Swainson, the
Zonichthys of that author is founded on one of Bloch’s figures, and is simply
the result of a misapprehension.

The species of Zonichthys appear to be subject to considerable variations.
The bands become less distinct, or even obsolete with age, the ventrals are
abbreviated, and the height seems to even decrease. The validity of the
Zonichthys boscii and Z. carolinensis is therefore not quite certain. The fur-
mer has not been seen by me. The following synopsis displays the appa-
rent differences of the several species :

I. Head rather eener than puis with the Buipsonle nolae de-

curved......... Se . Z. fasciatus.
II. Head longer than ue “DOES Sud asad aabodotactds -canscactcunac00d HALATRACTUS.
a. D. VII. 31. <A. II. 1. 20. Body efasciate.. . Z. boscii.
B. D. VIL. I. 32-34, A. II. 1. 19-20. Body with Sbands,
3 ascending on dorsal and 2 on anal... . Z. zonatus.

pao Villa costove CA. Tle Te el g=20: Body efasciate.. Z. caroliniensis.

ZONICHTHYS FASCIATUS, Swainson.

Scomber fasciatus Bloch.
Seriola fasciata Cuv. et Val. ,

I have never seen a specimen of this species, unless a large one, without
bands, may ke an aged form of it.

The Zonichthys fasciatus is probably the only species of the United States
which truly belongs to this genus. The other species referred to it are
distinguished by the subfusiform shape and the elongation of the head and
doubtless belong to another genus which may be called Halatractus, the type
of which may be found in the Zonichthys zonatus, a congener of Seriola dumerilii.

HALATRACTUS Gill.

HALATRACTUS Boscr Gill.
Seriola boscii Cuv. et Val.

Some of the specimens of Zonichthys in the Smithsonian collection appear
to be referrible to this species, which was first discovered at Charleston by
the naturalist to whom it has been dedicated.

HALATRACTUS zonaTus Gill.

Scomber zonatus Mitchill.
Seriola zonata Cuv. et Val.
Seriola leiarchus Cuv. et Val.

Giinther appears to be correct in his union of the Seriola zonata and S.
leiarchus of the Histoire Naturelle des Poissons. The species ranges from
New York southwards. A specimen between six and seven inches long, the
tips of whose ventral fins cover the anus appears to represent a younger stage
of this species. It was obtained at Charleston.

HALATRACTUS CAROLINENSIS Gill.
Seriola carolinensis Holbrook.
Seriola zonata Giinther.
This species appears to differ from the foregoing by the less height of the
body and the more numerous rays of the second dorsal and anal fins, as well
perhaps as by the color. The latter, however, is perhaps due to age.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 443

Subfamily POMATOMIN& Gill.

Genus POMATOMUS, Lacépéde.
Gonenion Raf.
Temnodon Cuv. et Val.

PoMATOMUS SALTATRIX Gill.
Gasterosteus saltatrix Linn.
Scomber saltator Bloch.
Cheilodipterus heptacanthus Zac.
Pomatomus skib Lac.
Gonenion serra Raf.
Scomber plumbeus Mitchill.
Temnodon heptacanthus Quoy and Gainard.
Temnodon saltator Cuv. et Val.

This species is very abundant along the entire eastern coast of the United
States.

Description of a new generic type of MORMYROIDS and Note on
the arrangement of the genus.

BY THEODORE GILL.

The Mormyroids now known appear to be distributable among two sub-
families and eight genera which may be briefly distinguished by the following
characters :

I. Dorsal very long, commencing in front of ventrals. Anal very short.
Vomer covered by anterior processes of palatine bones.
Cerebellum entirely concealed above..........cccseeeeceees MorMyYRIN 2.
REE PIE MEIPDELLIAO TTI saces ore Codeine con se aacn co cbse sccoeccccisnocccece Mormyrus,
WPESEN CMMSTSULISCS tees eee aa eee oak ocean ocacs coc cavus ca ceccesctacee Mormyrodes.
II. Dorsal commencing more or less behind the ventrals.
Anal oblong or elongated. Vomer uncovered. Ce-
rebellum and quadrigeminal bodies more or less ex-

TET EG Eccsccecy SSA Se oe ere a PETROCEPHALIN
A. Mouth considerably in advance of the eyes.
1. Anal rather shorter than dorsal................c.eceseeee Isichthys
2. Anal less than twice as long as dorsal (D. 17-26.
A. 25-50).
2. Lower jaw without flap or barbel. Upper jaw
NOE OF wees anne sep lpia cprinsd deme cnswensnaaccwedocsrans cence Marcusenius,
BOM EEE Wp PLOMMINON bs... 4.-. 206. taais sos +n adscos cases Mormyrops.
8. Lower jaw with a conical flap or barbel............. Gnathonemus.
5. Anal three times as long as dorsal. Palatal teeth
pisiform... .... Hyperopisus.

AA. Snout produced. “Mouth under eyes..

MORMYRINZ Gill.
Mormyrvs Linn.

. Petrocephalus.

Scrophicephalus Sw.
Mormyrus caschive Hass.
Mormyropes Gill.
Mormyrodes hasselquistii = Mormyrus hasselquistii Geoffroy,
PETROCEPHALIN Gill.

Istcatays Gill.
Isichthys henryi Gill.

1862.]

444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Marcusentvs Gill.
Marcusenius anguilloides — Mormyrus anguilloides Linn.

Mormyrops Muller.
Mormyrops cyprinoides — Mormyrus cyprinoides Linn. (nec Geoffroy.)

GNaTHONEMUS Gill.
Gnathonemus petersii — Mormyrus petersii Giinther.

Hyreropisvs Gill.
Hyperopisus dorsalis — Mormyrus dorsalis Geoffroy.

PETROCEPHALUS Marcusen.
Petrocephalus bane = Mormyrus bane Val.

Isicutuys Gill.

Body anguilliform, with the height subequal as far as the candal peduncle,
which is abruptly attenuated. Scales rather small. Head oblong, about
twice as long as high. Snout scarcely projecting, and convex. Mouth trans-
verse; the periphery of each jaw convex in front. Teeth compressed and
with emarginated summits. Eyes small, considerably behind the vertical
from the mouth. Nostrils simple, small, two in a longitudinal line in front
of each eye. Dorsal fin elongated, nearly equalling half the total length,
separable from the back at the base of the membrane between the rays. Anal
fin rather shorter than the dorsal, coterminal with it and constructed at its
base like the dorsal.

This genus is at once distinguished from all others of the family by the
elongation and comparative proportions of the dorsal and anal fins. The pe-
culiarity of the dorsal and anal fins recalls to mind the nearly similar char-
acter found in some of the Balistoide, a coincidence which is the more notice-
able as the Mormyroids have also the upper maxillary bones united like the
Plectognathi.

IsicHTHYS HENRYI Gill.

The greatest height equals a tenth (10) of the length (exclusive of the caudal
fin), and that at the ventrals an eleventh (-09) of the same; the latter is nearly
two times anda half as great as the height behind the vertical fins (°033).
The head tothe margin of the operculum forms almost a seventh (14) of the
length, and is twice as great as the height, or two times and a half as great as
that of the eye (053). The eye is contained about ten times in the head’s
length. The interorbital area rather exceeds a fifth (-03) of the same length,
while the length of the snout equals a fourth (-033).

The dorsal fin commences considerably before the end of the anterior half
of the length (°45), and its own length equals half of the total(-50). The
greatest height equals that at the pupil (-053); its posterior portion appears to
have been lower. The anal fin commences nearly even with the second halt
of the length (51) or under the seventh or eighth dorsal ray, and is cotermi-
nal with the latter fin; its height at the middle exceeds that of the dorsal
(063) and at its produced and rounded posterior angle is still greater (-08).
The pectoral fin equals an eleventh of the length (-09); the ventrals are in-
serted near the end of the third tenth of the length (°38) and each one
equals two-thirds of the pectoral (-06).

The scales are small, there being about 135 along the lateral line; the 38th
to 41st is on the vertical from the ventral fin ; the 50th to 53d from the origin of
the dorsal, and the 64th to 67th from the anal. At the vertical of the origin
of the dorsal fin, there are twenty-six rows of scales, of which ten are above the
lateral line, and at that of the anal, twenty-one rows, of which nine are

above.
[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445

Dataset Ac EAle Binds Vcd.

The color is dark reddish or chocolate brown.

A single specimen, for which there is no indication of locality, is in the
Smithsonian Institution, and formed part of the collection of the former Na-
tional Institute of the city of Washington. It is in rather poor condition,
the caudal fin having been entirely lost. The length of the remaining portion
is seveninches. I am disposed to believe that it was sent from Liberia.

I dedicate the species to my friend Prof. Henry, of the Smithsonian Insti-
tution, to whom I have been so much indebted for the privileges of studying
the rich collections of the Institution, and especially of investigating the class
to which the present species belongs.

On the Synonymy and Systematic Position of the Genus ETELIS of
Cuvier and Valenciennes.

BY THEODORE GILL.

In the second volume of the ‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Poissons,’’ Cuvier and
Valenciennes have distributed among two primary sections those species of
their family of Percoids, which have ventral fins with five rays and inserted
beneath the pectoral, and which have seven branchiostegal rays. Those sec-
tions are distinguished by the condition of the dorsal fin ; the first having two

~dorsals, or a dorsal emarginated to its base; the second having a single dorsal.

In the section distinguished by the division of the dorsal fin, and in that
subsection whose representatives have canine teeth mingled with others,
Cuvier and Valenciennes have placed a generic type which they have techni-
cally characterized by the scarcely apparent dentelure of the preoperculum,
the single opercular point, and the contiguous dorsals, and which was dis-
tinguished from Lucioperca (recte Stizostedion, Raf.) by the wholly villiform
teeth of the palate, and the presence of two* opercular spines. The Etelis
is, however, not at all related to Stizostedion, but, as will be hereafter shown,
belongs to a different family. It is a fish distinguished by its slender and
elegant symmetrical form, the deeply-forked caudal, whose lobes are elongated,
and acute, and especially by the remarkably large size of the eyes. The first
dorsal of this fish is stated by Cuvier and Valenciennes to terminate at the
base of the second. Only one species has been referred to the genus. That
species is the Etelis carbunculus, of Cuvier and Valenciennes, and has been
found in the archipelago of the Seychelles and at the Isle of France.

In the second section of the same division of Percoids, characterized by the
single dorsal fin, and in the subsection distinguished by the possession of
canine teeth, Cuvier and Valenciennes have placed the genus Serranus. To
that group of the genus for which they have accepted Bloch’s name Anthias,
they -have referred a species which they have named Serranus oculatus, and
which is distinguished from all others of that section by the comparatively
slight connection between the spinous and soft portions of the dorsal. This
fish is likewise remarkable for its slender symmetrical shape, a deeply-forked
caudal fin with prolonged and acute lobes, and also especially for its very large
eyes. Of the dorsal fins it is simply said that the spines diminish in length
from the third to the tenth, which is the last and the lowest.

On a comparison of the two fishes thus enumerated, it is found that they
agree in all respects. The Ltelis carbunculus and the Serranus oculatus have
the same form of the head and body, the same form and structure of the fins,
the same armature of the bones of the head, and the same large eyes, and
the same dentition. There is no generic distinction between them whatever,

* Etelis has two opercular spines and not one as previously stated,

1862.)] 31

446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

and their reference to two genera belonging to different sections is simply the
result of a difference of interpretation of the same fact in the two cases, on
account of their examination from isolated points of view. The dorsal has
such a form that in one case it appeared to the learned French naturalists to
be double, and in the other to be rather a single one. On the most casual ex-
amination of the plates of the Htelis carbunculus (pl. xviii.), and the Serranus
oculatus (pl. xxxii.), it is evident that there is the closest external resem-
blance, which applies to the form of the dorsal fin as well as to every other
feature of the external organization.

Deceived by the imposing authority of the great ichthyologists by whom
the two species referred to were described, and by Dr. Giinther’s acceptance of
the same opinion, after an examination of specimens of each, I had sup-
posed that some generic difference must exist between those two species,
which had not been rendered sufficiently clear by the authors. I had long
noticed the great resemblance of the two species, but was willing to believe
that they might belong to distinct genera as the squamation of Etelis was so
represented as to remind one of a Holocentroid fish. I had only casually seen
the Serranus oculatus in the infancy of my ichthyological studies, and the
remembrance was not sufliciently vivid to enable me to certainly identify
that species generically with the Etelis carbunculus. The recent reception at
the Smithsonian Institution of a fine specimen from my esteemed correspon-
dent, Prof. Poey, at once assured a certainty of the close affinity of the two
species so often named.

My attention was further at once arrested by characteristics which previous
observers had failed to express, and which rendered it certain that instead of
being a Serranus, or even an Anthias, it was rather related to the Lutjanine,
and especially to the genus Platyinius, and that it consequently belonged toa
different family.

The learned Troschel, in a most valuable and suggestive article in the
‘¢ Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte,* has first pointed out the true characters which
distinguish the family of Sparoids as a natural group. Although I shall have
occasion to dissent from the views of that naturalist respecting the limits of
the family, eliminating some of the forms that have been referred to it, while
I would combine others that have been distributed among different ones, it is
with much pleasure that I add that the latter modifications are the conse-
quence of, and naturally flow from the results of the investigations of Troschel,
if we assign less value than he did to the dentition, and that the former are
caused by the different views that have originated respecting the character of
families since the period at which that ichthyologist wrote.

Etelis then is proclaimed to be a Sparoid on account of the reception of the
maxillary bones beneath the preorbital bones, the existence of a dorsal groove
in which the fin is folded, the presence of pointed axillar scales, and the
acutely pointed pectoral and caudal fins. By all these characters it is dis-
tinguished from Serranus and Anthias as well as the other Percoids. On ac-
count of all these characters it equally agrees with the family of Sparoids, and
to that family it consequently must be referred. The artificial nature of that
classification, which would place the Lutjanine in a distinct family from Den-
tex, and the allied genera, or which would equally separate the Lutjanine
and the Hoplopagrine, and which at the same time would refer Lutjanine to
the vicinity of Serranine on account of the presence of palatine teeth, is too
evident to be commented upon, especially after I shall have added that there

*Dr. F. H. Troschel “ Ueber die Begrenzung der Familie der Sparoiden,” in Archiv fur
Naturgeschichte, 15er Jahrgang, ler band, pp. 382—386, taf. viii.

+ The scales are more like those of Sillago than any others represeuted by Troschel,
but the concentric strie in front of the nucleus are obsolete, and consequently have more
of a Sparoid character.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447

is one genus (Prionodes, Jenyns) which appears to resemble in almost every
respect the Serrani, notwithstanding its total destitution of palatal teeth.
I now proceed to give the synonomy and description of the genus Lre/is.

Genus ETELIS Cuv. et Val.

Etelis Cuv. et Val., Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, tome ii. p. 127, 1828.

Elastoma Swainson, Natural History of Fishes, Reptiles, and Amphibians, vol.
ii., pp. 168, 202, 1839.

Hesperanthias Lowe, Fishes of Maderia, 1843.

Macrops Duméril, Ichthyologie Analytique, p. 279, 1856.

Serranus (Anthias) sp. Cuv. et Val., Temm. et Schlegel, Rich., Poey.

Centropristes sp. Mill. et Troschel.

Anthias sp. Giinther.

Body moderately compressed, slender, elongated and subfusiform, highest
at the ventral fins; thence regularly attenuated to the caudal peduncle,
which is slender and slightly constricted. Back in front of dorsal fin broad
and flattened towards the occiput.

Scales rather large, (circa 50—) disposed in regular longitudinal rows,
14
parallel with the lateral line. Each scale is about as high as wide, angulated
behind, with the nucleus at the terminal third, before which the surface is
- polished, while there is a marginal muricated band. The radiating grooves
are few (7-10), and the concentric strie form very acute angle with the lateral
edges, and are almost parallel with them.
yet line parallel with the dorsal outline, the sigmoidal curve being very
slight.

Head compressed, oblong-conoid, flattened between the orbits, and with the
snout gradually decurved to the symphisis. Forehead naked. Opercular
bones and cheeks and covered with moderate scales. Preoperculum with a
rather narrow naked limb, vertical behind, and very finely serrated. Oper-
culum behind terminated by two acute spines separated by an oblique emar-
gination. Preorbital bones naked, low and oblong or elongated.

Eyes very large and circular.

Nostrils on each side, double, approximated, with nearly simple margins.

Mouth rather large, with the cleft moderately oblique. Intermaxillary
bones with short. posterior processes and little protractile. Supramaxillary
bones terminating nearly under the centre of the pupil, covered on their ex-
posed portions with scales. Dentary low and bent inwards beneath.

Teeth in a villiform band on each jaw, with a row of much larger distant
ones in the upper jaw, and with a canine one each side in front; in the lower
also, an external rim of rather larger ones, and with a small canine on each
side in front, closing before the one in the upper jaw, and with a larger one
farther backwards. Teeth of the vomer and palatine bones ina yilliform
band ; that of the former angulated at the middle.

Branchiostegal rays seven.

Dorsal fin with the spinous portion with ten spines rapidly decreasing from
the third, and with the first abbreviated ; soft portion oblong, and nearly uni-
form in height, much lower than the highest spines, and much higher than
the tenth orlast one. Dorsal groove very conspicuous.

Anal fin smaller than the soft portion of the dorsal to which it is symmet-
rically opposed, with three moderate graduated spines, and with eight rays,
the last of which are slightly prolonged.

Caudal fin deeply-forked, and with acute lobes, the upper of which is
longest ; the outer and basal portions of each lobe are scaly.

Pectoral fins moderate, acutely prolonged from the upperward rays.

1862.]

448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Ventral fins beneath the pectoral, acutely angulated and with small pointed
axillar scales.

This genus is decidedly more nearly allied to Platyinius* than to Ocyurus,t
though the form of the body is perhaps more like that of the latter. It agrees
with Platyinius in the general form of the head, in dentition, and in the arma-
ture of the opercular bones, but is distinguished from it by the slender form,
the larger scales, the rapid decrease backwards of the dorsal spines, and ina
minute degree by the rather larger eyes and mouth as well as the scaly
supramaxillars.

Having demonstrated that there is no generic difference between Helis car-
bunculus and Serranus oculatus, it follows that any name subsequently framed
for the latter under the belief that it was the representative of a peculiar
species must be suppressed.

Eleven years after the two species were first made known, William Swain-
gon published the Natural History of Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles or Mo-
nocardian animals,” for the arrangement of which, a series of fantastic ideas
was taken as the guiding principles of classification. Among the numerous
genera or ‘“‘ subgenera” proposed by this author were one named Elastoma,
based on the Serranus oculatus, and another called Uriphzton for which the
Serranus placton of Cuvier and Valenciennes was taken as the type. Swainson
in the ‘Synopsis of the natural arrangement of Fishes,” regarded Etelis as
one of the genera forming the cabalistic number of the second subfamily
(Serranine) of Percoids, and by a happy accident approximated Elastoma
and Etelis to which Uripheton was added as a third subgenus. But he who
might be seldom right, did not retain this fortunate juxtaposition of the first
two types, but in the “general arrangement” interposed Uripheton between
Elastoma and Etelis, comparing the latter with Uripheton and denying any
palatal teeth to this representative of a family chiefly distinguished by the
presence of teeth on the ‘“‘vyomer and palate.” Swainson did not find this
negation in the only work from which he could have derived his knowledge
of this genus, and as inso many other cases, this error was the result of
simple carelessness.

Some time afterwards, Mr. Lowe, an author as fortunate in his combinations
as Mr. Swainson was unfortunate, proposed for the Serranus oculatus the new
generic name Hesperanthias.

Still more recently, the elder Dumeéril, in his compilation of Ichthyology
added still another synonym, giving to the same genus the name of Macrops.

Finally Dr. Giinther, although acquainted with both the Etelis carbunculus
and Serranus oculatus, did not perceive their affinity and preserved the respec-
tive places assigned to them by their early describers.

ETELIS CARBUNCULUS Cuy. et Val.
Etelis carbunculus Cuv. et Val., Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, tome ii. p. 127,
pl. 18

# Some time after the above article was completed, I had the pleasure to find that M
Poey, by independent observations, had also perceived the close affinity of Elastoma,
(Etelis) and Platyinius, Ina letter which probably reached me at about the same time or
little after one announcing my own results, was received by Poey, that gentleman
writes as follows: ‘‘En mettant de l’ordre mes squelettes des poissons, je me suis apper-
cu que le crane de mes voraz (gen, Platyinius, Gill) fest identique avec celui de J’ Elastoma
oculatum ; tout-i-fait plat entre les deux yeux, et le bord orbitaire supérieur fortement
strie en travers, &c.” The other features shared in common, have also been noticed—
«les memes dents (canines petites, &c.,) prepercule dentele, quoique plus fortement
dans le vorax, une épine plate a V’opercule, corps élance (moins dans le yorax) lobe supé
ricure caudal plus allongé (moins dans Je vorax), D. X.I1. A, III. 8, dernier rayon,-
des nageoires verticales medianes prolongé, couleur générale rouge, l'oeil grand, &c.”

Platyinius Gill, Proc. Acad. N.S., Philad. Type Mesoprion vorax Poey.

+ Ocyurus Gill, Proc. Acad. N.S, Philad, Type Mesoprion chrysurus C. V. rs

ept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449

Etelis carbunculus Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c.,
vol. i. p. 79.
6
D. X.11. A. TI. 8. Scales 50—* (Giinther.)
14

The color is a brilliant red in life, with shining golden lines along each row
of scales.
Habitat.—Seychelles and Isle of France (Cuv. et Val., Gtinther).

ETeLis ocuLtatus Gill ex Cuv. et Val.

Serranus oculatus Cuwv. et Val. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, tome ii. p.
266, pl 32. Ramon de la Sagra.
Hesperanthias oculatus, Lowe.
Centropristis oculatus Miler and Troschel.
Macrops (aculeatus) Dumeril. Ichthyologie Analytique, p. 279.
Anthias oculatus Ginther. Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Tishes, &c.
vol. ii. p. 92.
6
D. X. 11. A. TIL. 8. Scales 50-51—
14
Upper half of body rose, lower half straw yellow.
Habitat.—Caribbean sea.
To this species Messrs. Lowey and Giinther have referred a representative
. of this genus found at Maderia, and Temminck and Schlegelt another discov-
ered at Japan. Ido not think that itis at all certain that those specimens
belong to the present species, and cannot, therefore decisively refer them to
the synonymy.
ETELIS CoruscANs, Val.2
Etelis coruscans Val, Comptes Rendus, tome liv. p. 1166, June 9, 1862.

Body longer, head shorter, teeth smaller, dorsal spines shorter and caudal
longer than in FZ. carbunculus.

Habitat.—Isle of Bourbon.

After an interval of a third of a century, Valenciennes, again returning to
the genus Helis, has added a supposed new species, only distinguished from
the #. carbunculus by the comparative characters here cited. He has failed
to recognize the affinity of 2. oculatus.

Description of a new Genus and Species of PHOLADIDE.
BY GEO. W. TRYON, JR.
Subfamily JOUANNETIN&, Tryon, 1862.

DiptotHyra, Tyron.

Shell with a double accessory valve; the principal plate placed directly over
the umbones, with a smaller anterior one adjoining.

This genus is allied to Martesia; but differs in the double or divided dorsal
valve.

* Cuvier and Valenciennes assign about sixty scales to the lateral line and seventeen
or eighteen rows to the insertion of the ventrals. ‘The former number includes the small]
caudal scales. ;

t Hesperanthias oculatus Zowe. Fishes of Maderia. This work is at present inacces-
sible to me.

ft Serranus oculatus Temm. et Schl. Fauna Japonica, Pisces, p. 5.

2The Comptes Rendus containing the diagnosis of E- coruscans was received after the
transmissioc of the above article to the Academy.

1862.]

450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

D. Smithii, Tryon.

— Testa brevi, ovata, in medio obliqué divisa, anticé acute striata, °
posticé paulo striaté vel levigata; lamina umbonali ovata, posticé
AQ subtruncata, antice rotundata, lamind anteriori parva, anticé sub-
acuminata,

Shell short, ovate, divided in the middle by an oblique impressed
line, posterior to which the surface is covered with growth lines
only, but anteriorly itis finely and sharply transversely sculptured,
and obsoletely radiately ribbed in some specimens.

The umbonal plates are generally much distorted, so that no particular form
can be traced throughout all the specimens, though the more perfect approach
to that depicted in the magnified figure above.

Length -6; height and breadth °4 inch.

Collections of Acad. Nat. Sci., Smithsonian Institution, Sanderson Smith,
New York; Hugh Cumming, London; Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

Habitat.—Tottenville, Staten Island, burrowing in oyster shells.

Mr. Smith, to whom I am indebted for the opportunity of examining numer-
ous individuals of this curious species, gives the following interesting infor-
mation in relation to them:

‘The shells were all dead, and I have found as yet no positive evidence of
the oysters being imported ones, although from the great number of southern
oysters planted in Prince’s Bay and the neighborhood, there is a considerable
probability of this. The large number of oyster shells which have been
bored from the inside, and consequently after the death of the oyster, suffices
to show that the shell is now, or very recently has been living here, as it is
hardly likely that so many large dead shells would have been accidentally
brought with the living ones. I have hitherto found them only in one lot of
thirty or forty loads of shells, of which I cannot ascertain the exact source.
They are by no means scarce, and several hundred specimens must have been
obtained by myself and others.”

From the condition of the dried animal matter contained in some of the spe-
cimens, I quite agree with Mr. Smith’s conjecture that the species is probably
still living at the locality mentioned. In many cases where this species has
bored from the outside of the oyster shell, penetrating entirely through its or-
dinary surface, the oyster has protected itself from contact by depositing a
layer of nacre between itself and the exposed portion of the intruder.

DactyLina (GiTocentRUM) Chiloensis, King,

To the synonymy of this species must be added Pholas (Dacryttna) retifer.
Morch. Mal. Blatt. vii. p. 177, Dec. 1860.

Description.—T. elongato-cylindracea fere clausa, antice rotundato subpro-
ducta, postice elongata planata leviuscula; costa 25 parum prominentes lon-
gitudinalibus validioribus decussate, intersectionibus squamiferis; cost sub-
zequales, quarta antica parvula; interstitia costarum lirulis planis 4-5; coste
antice et lirule intermediw validiore:, fascie interna excavate; lamina dor-
salis reflexa unde late umbilicata; cellule dorsales ad num. 12 inzquales.

Long 104, alt. 33 mill. Realejo, valva solitaria dextra fractra.”’

The intermediate flat ribs or lirulea mentioned above and considered by
Morch to be a distinctive character, are very apparent at the anterior end of
most perfect and fresh valves of Chiloensis, and they are frequently marked
internally by corresponding sulcw; as the shell grows to maturity these riblets
become obsolete, or are replaced by a single intermediate squamiferus small
rib.

There is no regularity in the number of radiating coste on the surface, though
they do generally average twenty-five in number; but in some valves they be-
come evarescent posteriorly sooner than in others. The dorsal cellules num-
ber in different specimens before me from 12 to 15.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451

It will be seen that Mérch describes his species from a single valve, and in
the course of his remarks upon its distinctive characters, he refers to the
figures of Chiloensisin Philippi Abbild. The examination of a few spe-
cimens would have satisfied him of the entire identity of his shell with
Chiloensis.

Notes on American Fresh Water SHELLS, with descriptions of two
new Species.

BY GEO. W. TYRON, JR.

VIVIPARIDA, H. & A. Adams.
Vivieara, Montfort, 1810.
The following sub-genera of Vivipara inhabit the United States:
TuLotoma, Haldeman. Shell heavy and nodulous, opercle corneous and con-
centric; animal with the habit of Anculosa.
Example. V. magnifica, Conrad.
V. bimonilifera, Lea.
MetanrHO, Bowdich, 1822. Shell oval, solid, sub-umbilicate or entirely covered.
Whorls smooth, aperture oval. Color uniform.
Examples. V. ponderosa, decisa, etc,

Hatpemania, Tryon, 1862. Shell subcarinate, operculum with a paucispiral
nucleus, the accretions becoming concentric with age.
Example. VY. subcarinata, Say.

There are several species of typical Vivipare inhabiting our Western waters,
all of which are entirely distinct from European species.

V. lineata, Valence. (sp.)

Paludina lineata. Valenciennes. Rec. d’Obs. de Zool. par Humboldt et
Bonpland, ii, p. 255, 1833.—Kiister, Martini and Chemn. Conch. Cab.
Monog. of Paludina, p. 10, 19, t. 2, f. 6—9; t. 4, f. 4. 1852.

*« _yivipara, Say, in Nicholson’s Encyc. 3d. (American) Edit. t. 2, f.5, 1819.
Haldeman, Monog. p. 17, t. 6.

This shell differs from the vivipara of Europe in possessing four spiral
red bands, whilst the latter has but three. An examination of hundreds of
specimens from various portions of the Western States, and from Europe has
convinced me that the difference is permanent.

V. intertexta, Say.

This shell has occasionally, distinct red revolving bands, four in number.
I have a number of specimens from Davenport, Iowa, (Prof. Sheldon) ; and Mr,
Binney has one from Rock River, Illinois; they differ from the New Orleans
specimens in the umbilicus being more open.

V. subpurpurea, Say.

Wo Pexan a Tryon.

T. solida, conicd, pallide virente; spira elongata, suturd valde
impressi, apice obtusi; anfractibus senis, paulo-convexis,
apertura suborbiculata, parva, 2—5 totius altitudinis «quante.

Length 14 inch, breadth 3 inch. First five whorls of the spire
equal in length to the aperture.

Hab.—Texas.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Coll. G. W. Tryon, Jr.

Shell solid, narrowly conic, consisting of six whorls, which
are somewhat flattened around their upper portion ; sutures well
impressed. Aperture suborbicular, equalling 2-5ths of the length

1862.)

452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

of the shell. Umbilicus covered. Epidermis light green with faint red revoly-
ing bands.

This shell most resembles V. subpurpurea, but is easily distinguished
by having six whorls, which are much narrower than in that species. The
spire is almost double the length of that of subpurpurea, and che epider-
mis is lighter in color.

V. subsolida, Anthony. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. p. 71, 1860.

Through the kindness of Prof. D. S. Sheldon, of Davenport, Iowa, I have
received a number of specimens of this shell and of V. integra, Say, from
the Mississippi River atthat place. The latter reaches the size of subsolida,
which it much resembles, but it is easy to separate them by the following dis-
tinctive characters ;

V. subsolida.

Spire longer than the aperture, consisting of seven whorls, acuminate.
Body whorl subangulated near the middle, the angle being quite conspicu-
ous in half-grown shells.

V. integra.

Spire shorter than the aperture, consisting of siz or occasionally six and a
half whorls. Body scarcely angulated, being almost regularly convex.
Shell much more ventricose than subsolida.

V. ponderosa, Say.

May be readily distinguished from V. integra by its shorter spire, much
more ventricose form, and by the body whorl being almost flat in the centre,
so that its lateral sides for some distance are almost parallel. The shoulder
of the whorls is also more prominent than in either of the other specimens.

AMNICOLID 4, Tryon, 1862.
AMNICOLA, Gould and Haldeman.

There are two very distinct groups of shells included by authors in this
genus; in the first, which may be considered typical, the sbells are globose,
with a short spire of three or four whorls; the second I propose to separate as
a subgenus, which may be thus characterized :

Subgenus Pomariopsis, Tryon, 1862.

Shell elongate, the spire (of about six whorls} much exceeding the length

of the aperture.
Example. A.lapidaria, Say.

A. depressa, Tryon.
T. orbiculatéi, subbyalini; anfractibus quarternis, convexis;
ultimo magno, 5—6 totius longitudinis equante, angusté umbilicata.
] \ Apertura semi-circulari; labio interne appresso. Sutura impressa.
Y Long. 4 mill. Lat. 4 mill.
(Figure magnified 23 times.)
Hab.—Mississippi River at Davenport, Iowa. Prof. Sheldon.
Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci., Smithsonian Inst., and of Prof. D. 8. Sheldon, Isaac
Lea, J. G. Anthony, and Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

Shell subhyaline, rather solid, orbicular ; spire depressed, consisting of near-
ly four whorls; apex acute, suture profoundly impressed. Body whorl very
convex, equalling 5-6ths the total length of the shell, narrowly umbilicate.
Aperture semi-circular, the inner lip being nearly straight.

The only shell which this resembles is V.subglobosa, Say, which is,
however, double the size of A. depressa, with arather more exserted spire,
and more concave inuer lip.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455

Monograph of the Family TEREDIDZ.
BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR.

The following is the third and concluding paper of a series,* designed to
comprehend all that is at present known, regarding the curious group of shells
included in Blainville’s Order Pholadacea :—

In the preparation of these papers much difficulty has arisen from the num-
ber of species which have been described (sometimes inadequately) but not
figured, and from the conflicting views of European naturalists regarding the
validity of many species. There is no good reason why the Pholadacex should
not be searched for, and distributed very generally in public and private cabi-
nets, yet such is not the case, and every conchologist who studies the order
labors under the disadvantage of being unable to examine and compare speci-
mens, of alarge number of the species. Greatly as the number of species have
been increased by modern research, it is evident, from the general diffusion of
the order throughout the world, and from the incompleteness of our researches
in those regions, which appear most to abound in them, and also from the
number of new species in one of the families discovered recently in England
alone, that the number at present known must be indeed a very small propor-
tion of those which future investigations will probably reveal to us.

If these pages shall direct attention to the collection and study of the Phola-
dacew, and furnish an approximate idea of the amount of the previous labors
of conchologists, they will have answered their purpose. Should materié/ be
placed at my disposal for a more perfect study of these shells, a complete illus-
trated monograph will be published at some future time. To further this end,
collectors are earnestly requested to send to me (in exchange), specimens trom
all duly authenticated localities, together with such facts in relation to them as
may come to their knowledge, and such assistance will be fitly acknowledged
in the proposed publication.

Sellius was the first naturalist who studied the species of Teredo, and his
work on their natural history is a model of accuracy in most particulars, going
far in advance of all other treatises on the subject which appeared for many
years afterwards.

So little did Linnzus and his immediate followers know of the species of
Teredo, that they included a number of species under the name of 7. navalis,
which is published with such a general description as will suit all the species
now known, or hereafter to be added to the genus! Lamarck did not add much
to our knowledge of these shells, and Dr. Gray has merely given us at two
widely-extended periods, lists of the species, one or two descriptions, and some
interesting and important investigations regarding the shell of Auphus arenarius.
Conchology is deeply indebted to the following naturalists for a large portion
of our knowledge of the family: Blainville, who published a number of new
species in the “Dict. des Sciences Naturelles.” Deshayes, who has given us
extended anatomical descriptions in the Mollusca of the Scientific Exploration
of Algiers. Fischer, a Monograph of the family in “Journ. Couch., 2 ser.,
vol. i.” Turton, for several new species. And more especially to Mr. Gwyn
Jeffreys for his accurate diagnoses of new British species, and to Mr. Hanley
for the splendid descriptions which he has published in the “ History of British
Mollusca.”

I have endeavored, as far as possible, in the present paper to separate the
species by distinctive characters, but their value is seriously impaired in this
family by the fact that, unlike the Pholadida, the specific distinctions are not

* ‘Synopsis of the Recent Species of Gastrochzenidx, a Family of Acephalous Mollusea.”’—Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sc., Dec., 1861.

*©On the Classification and Synonymy of the Recent Species of Pholadidse.”—Proc. Acad. Nat.
Se., April, 1862.

1862.]

454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

always founded on the shell, but sometimes, where the shells of two species are
undistinguishable from each other, their tubes or pallets may afford considera-
ble differences. The pallets alone as will be seen indicate two distinct genera,
where the valves do not differ. Hence it is necessary, in many cases, for a
certain determination of the species, that the valves, tube, and pallets shall
each be examined, and it is needless to expatiate on the confusion which would
arise from the accidental commingling of the tubes or pallets of one species
with the valves of another; and this confusion is more apt to occur when, as
is not unfrequently the case, several species are found inhabiting the same
piece of wood, and being broken in their extraction, the pallets and valves fall
out indiscriminately intermingled.

Another difficulty in the study of the Teredide is the great variation of the
individuals in size, proportions, and markings, making an accurate diagnosis a
simple impossibility, and compelling us to rely on a general accordance with de-
scriptions in the most material points. Mr. Hanley remarks that “there is one
fact with regard to the shipworms, which has rendered their investigation
peculiarly laborious, namely, that no reliance can be placed upon the relative
proportions of their several parts for specific defirfition. If we take at random
about fifty valves of Norvagica, for instance, we shall find that in some the
oblique decussated striae occupy twice the space of the succeeding strip, in
others this is reversed, in many these are both contracted, and a large pos-
terior smooth area is exhibited; in others again almost the entire surface is
occupied by the two former, to the great diminution of the hinder portion.
Hence it is absolutely necessary to examine yery numerous examples in order
to elicit the real and permanent specific characters, and the vaives alone are
rarely adequate for the determination of the species.”

Dr. Gray proposed, in 1851, to consider the Teredines a subfamily of PHoLa-
pipm, but Mr. P. P. Carpenter has separated them under the name of TERE-
DIDM, With great propriety, as they undoubtedly exhibit sufficient differences
from the Pholades, and from allother Mollusca, to be entitled to the position of
a family.

I have already given (in Proc. A. N.S., April, 1862) a sketch of the division
of Terepipm into three subfamilies, which it will be necessary to reproduce
here :—

Family TEREDIDZ.

Animal elongate, subcylindrical, siphons united nearly to the end, their ex-
tremities armed with two shelly styles; (Pallets.) foot long and narrow, protruded
through the united mantle lobes, which are thickened in front. Gills long;
mouth with palpi. Shell, when present, globular, tripartite, included with the
animal in a more or less cylindrical testaceous tube, the siphonal end of which
is divided into two by a longitudinal partition.

Subfamily 1. Terepinz. Valves present, free, contained in the tube, which
is irregularly cylindrical, sometimes much contorted. Perforating timber.

Subfamily 2, Tereprnine. Valves with an accessory anterior dorsal plate,
their margins prolonged into a shelly tube when adult.* Tube frequently con-
camerated ; siphonal extremity often truncate, and the opening contracted by
a six-lobed internal margin (/ossi/).

* Dr. Gray supposes the fossil genus TEREDINA to be more closely connected with PHoLapip& than
with Terepip#, from the fact that the shell has an accessory dorsal plate, and is external to the
tube. It must be confessed that the genus is curiously related to all three families; the external
position of the valves, and the lobed end of the tube, exhibiting an approach to the GasTROCHA-
NIDH. I have concluded to place it for the present in TEREDID#, ina position where it may indicate
a transition from the free and perfect valves of TEREDO, through its less important valves event-
ually becoming merely a portion of the tube, to the Kupnus, where the valves are entirely want-
ing, or are replaced by the cleft shelly plate which closes the lower end.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455

Subfamily 3. Kupninm. Without valves. Tube clavately cylindrical, sunk
horizontally in sand. Never penetrating timber.

Synopsis of Genera.
Subfamily TEREDINA.

Tubes elongate, nearly cylindrical, increasing slowly in

diameter, solitary ; pallets see valves See nearly

as broad as their length............ aneeeeden ..Genus TEREDO, Linn.
Tubes club- shaped, much contorted, growing “together

in masses, and increasing rapidly in diameter; pallets

simple; valves narrow and elongate......................Genus UpEROoTIS, Guettard.
Tubes elongate, increasing slowly in diameter, solitary ;

pallets compound, the blade penniform, composed of a

number of on sete; valves aon as broad as their

lencth.. Serectnes ones: seo ccocccccsseeeesGHenus XyYLOTRYA, Leach.
"Subfamily TEREDINIDA,
(Fossil.)

Subfamily KUPHINA.

Tubes penetrating sand, somewhat irregular, very large,
‘pierced around the base with small scattered perforations ;
and inclosed by two overlapping convex septa, arising from
the sides and completely closing the ends” (Gray)....Genus Kursus, Guettard.

Index to Species of TEREDIDE.

Bruma delle Navi, Vallisnieri, — Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.

dell’ Oceano, Vallisnieri, — Teredo megotara, Hanley.

Cuphus arenarius, Gray, — Kuphus arenarius, Linn.

Dentalium navis, Linn, — Teredo navalis, Linn.

Fistulana corniformis, Lam. —= Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.
gregaria, Blainv. — Uperotis clava, Gmelin.
gregata, Lam. — Uperotis clava, Gmelin.

Furcella gigantea, Gray, — Kuphus arenarius, Linn.

Guetera clava, Gray, — Uperotis clava, Gmel.

corniformis, Gray, — Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.

Kuphus arenarius, Linn.

Leptana arenaria, Gray, — Kuphus arenarius, Linn.

Pholas Teredo, Miill. — Teredo nana, Turton.

Septaria arenaria, Lam. — Kuphus arenarius, Linn.

gigantea, Chenu, — Kuphus arenarius, Linn.
Mediterranea, Matheron, — Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.
Serpula anguina, b. Gmelin, — Kuphus arenarius, Linn.

gigantea, Schréter, — Kuphus arenarius, Linn.
polythalamia, Linn, = Kuphus arenarius, Linn.
retorta, Mawe, — Uperotis clava, Gmelin.
Teredo, Da Costa, = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.
Solen arenarius, Rumphius, — Kuphus arenarius, Linn.
corrugatus, Klein, — Kuphus arenarius, Linn.
Teredo arenaria, Gray, — Kuphus arenarius, Linn.
Teredo Batavus, Spengler, — Teredo navalis, Linn.
Teredo bipalmulata, Chiaje, — Xylotrya minima, Blainv.
Lam. — Xylotrya palmulata, Lam.
- Thompson, — — Xylotrya fimbriata, Jeffreys.
bipartita, Jeffreys.

1862.]

456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Teredo Bruguierti, Chiaje, — Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.
campanulata, Desh. = Xylotrya Stutchburyi, Leach.

carinata, Leach; — Xylotrya bipennata, Turton.
clava, Gmel. — Uperotis clava, Gmel.
corniformis, Gray, = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.

denticulata, Gray, — Teredo nana, Turton,
Deshati, Quatref. = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.
dilatata, Stimpson.
divaricata, Desh.
elongata, Quatref.
excavata, Lukis.
fatalis, Quatref. — Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.
fusticulis, Jeffreys.
gigantea, Home, — Kuphus arenarius, Linn.
gregata, Desh. — Uperotis clava, Gmel.
malleolus, Turton.
marina, Sellius, = Teredo navalis, Linn.
Mediterranea, Catlow, — Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.
megotara, Hanley.
minima, Blainy. = Xylotrya minima, Blainville.
nana, Turton.

“ (part.) Gray, = Teredo megotara, Hanley.

navalis, Brit. Authors, = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.
‘« Home, = Xylotrya bipennata, Turton.
‘i eolainn

‘¢ Moller, — Teredo nana, Turton.
‘Spengler, — Xylotrya Stutchburyi, Leach.
navium, Sellius, — Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.
migra, Blainv. — Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.
Norvagica, Thompson, = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.
Norvagica, Spengler.
vb var. Jeffreys, — Teredo divaricata, Desh.
nucivorus, Spengler, — Uperotis clava, Gmel.
Oceani, Sellius, — Teredo megotara, Hanley.
palmulata, Leach, — Xylotrya pennatifera, Blainy.
G: Lam. = Xylotrya palmulata, Lam.
38 Philippi, — Xylotrya minima, Blainv.
pedicellata, Quatref.
pennatifera, Blainv. — Xylotrya pennatifera, Blainv.
Petitii, Recluz, = Teredo elongata, Quatref.
Philippii, Gray, = Xylotrya minima, Blainy.
Senegalensis, Blainv.
ue Fischer, Teredo elongata, Quatref.
% Laurent, — Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.
serratus, Desh. = Xylotrya minima, Blainy.
spatha, Jeffreys.
Stutchburyi, Leach, = Xylotrya Stutchburyi, Leach.
subericola, Macgillivray.
thoracites, Gould.
truncata, Quatref.
utriculus, Gmel. = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.
vulgaris, Lam. = Teredo navalis, Linn.
Uperotus clava, Gmel.
corniformis, Adams, == Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.
Xylotrya bipalmulata, Lam. — Xylotrya palmulata, Lam.
bipennata, Turton.
, carinata, Gray, = Xylotrya bipennata, Turton.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 457

Xylotrya fimbriata, Jeffreys.

cucullata, Norman.

minima, Blainv.

palmulata, Hanley, = Xylotrya fimbriata, Jeffreys.
f Lam.

pennatifera, Blainv.

Philippii, Adams, = Xylotrya minima, Blainy.

Stutchburyi, Leach.

Reference to Authors on Teredide.

Adams, Hoa A\.........-2- Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 1854-6.

JAG RTT ES See cpoeeee eee Hist. Nat. du Senegal, Coquillages, 1757. Mem. de
l’Academie des Sciences, Ixxvi. p. 249, 1759.

WES SII Se orice Ce PEOCES Nomenclator Zoologicus, 1842—7.

MAELO We scencecngarcas cece scans Versuch der Conchylien, 1839.

Baster, Job...........-----./ A Dissertation on the worms which destroy the piles on

the coasts of Holland and Zealand, Philos. Trans.,
xli. p. 276, 1739.

SPINE ET crcsssscnce--ar ss Naturkundige, Zee Worm.

Fe lainvalley. oo .cccccse- sent Dict. des Sciences Naturelles, xvii. p. 82, 1820, lii. p.
259, 1828. Manuel de Malacologie, 1827.

UST RtG case ce MRSS eee Ue Hist. des Coquilles, ii. 1801.

BLOW iseqassssac-cecrcee sn. Syst. urw. Conchylien, 1824.

IBEOWI iy dyeccssc sec qct scenes Conchology of Great Britain, 1844.

Bruguiere........ De cecccass Eacyc. Methodique, Mollusks, i. p. 12, 1789.

SUEEOW Siecsccececs aecevaccee Elements of Conchology, 2d edit. 1825,

Warpenter sb sccc.<.5.5 Lectures on Mollusca, 1861.

OHULOW a Na occss-cccnecns= Conchologist’s Nomenclator, 1845.

CERT De a eee ace Manuel de Conchyliologie, ii. p. 10, 1862. Encyclopedie
d'Histoire Nat. Mollusques.

rg cecescn nen renes-osee Introduction to Lamarck’s Conchology, 1827.

| CURTIS -Aebeteereuencneapnese Regne Animal, ed. 1, ii. 1817; ed. 2, iii. 1829; ed. Grif-

fith, xii. 1834; ed. Audouin, Mollnsques, 1836; Ann.
du Museum, xix. 1812; Anat. Comparit, 1800; Tabl.

Elem., p. 432.
MDG OR eras cncden icc sess seis British Conchology, 1778.
LE ON fu dk ee ee ae Cat. Syst., 1767.
Sp Rety ey laressnmans-<ses = Natural History of New York, Mollusca, 1843.
Delle Chiaje............... Memoirs, iy. 1836.
Deshayes.......2......-.0.0- Traité Elem., i. pt. 2, 1843—50. Lamarck’s Anim. sans

Vert., ed. 2, vi. 1835. Exploration Scientifique de
l’Algerie, Mollusques. Ann. des Sciences Naturelles,
2d ser. xi. Encyclopedie Methodique, Vers. iii. Anno 6.

PiLiwyiy alin Wieeasesssens~ = Descriptive Catalogue, 1817.

WGHOVAM co scessss05-0-c sen British Shells, iv. 1799.

LOMO GIT nih eceneneosereeeeee Mollusca, Sagra’s Cuba, ii. Pal. Franc. Terr. Crét. iii.

BUGhiweld)cc.-2s<-cerec as ae- Fauna Caspio-Caucasica, 1841,

WROPIGUUG sc ecueseece reece 5-s Fauna Greenlandica, 1780.

UATE cee cecacelsanse*~- 3 Conchyliologie, 1780.

| DE TRIIE -ooscacee ecceeccene Tabl. Syst, 1822.

UISGHEY]. Joscsssscecccccecss Melanges Conchyliogiques, p. 19. Journ Conchyliol-
ogie, 2d ser.

PGW SINS. 25.2602 cccu sce. es British Animals, p. 409, 1828.

Forbes & Hanley.......... History of British Mollusca, i. 1853.

Frey et Leuckart......... Beitr. z. Kenntniss Wirbel, 1847.

LITT Rec ce cacnone oP peeeCee Mus. Hoffmannianum.

1862.]

458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

GOOLE IA ca. sssssemesorscese Beschreib des Russ. Reichs. iii.
Gervilles.c-.-c--secnccssees Cat. Coquilles de la Manche, 1825.
Ginelin=.c.c.sceeiccnseseaces Systema Natura, i. pt. 6, 1790.
Goldfass:....-.---ss-sseeeee Zool., p. 613.

Gould, A. A...............Invertebrata of Massachusetts, 1841. Boston Proc., vi.
p. 15. Otia Conchologica, p. 222, 241, 1862.

Graya Jcpiis.casstmeseenesecs Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., zd ser., viii. p. 380, 1851.
Monograph of Teredo in Philosophical Magazine, ii.
p- 409, 1827. Zoological Proceedings, pt. 25, pt. 26.
Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser. i. ii. Zoological
Proceedings, 1847. London Medical Repository, xv.
p- 237. Synopsis Brit. Mus. 1840, 1842.

Girifithssdie-stcpdoswases ors Desc. of a new species of Worm Shells, &c. Philos.
Trans., p. 269, 1806.

GrOAOWINGs..-secso-neneees Zooph., 1781.

GUSLIN - 522.5053 -esaceeocescs Iconographie du Reg. Anim. Mollusca, t. 33.

GRIST HIT Ba paconcdopecasodon Memoirs, ii. p. 128, iii. p. 139.

LEI Wen ge, tSynacuccosanotacioes Descriptive-Catalogue, 1842. Shells of Linnzus, 1855.

Hebenstreit......50.......00 Museum Richterianum, p. 295, 1743.

IEIGSINT AKO saneococesonssceo Medizinische Zeitung Russlands, 1845.

LEVapETtDy JU aseccoonneauessOcce Philos. Trans., 1806, p. 276. Lect. Anat. Comparit. ii.

Humphrey............--.00 Conchology.

Ya ela Oldecsasescesscnceade Catalogue of Shells, 4th edit., 1850.

Jefireys,) Gacc.s-0-seccnsines Magazine of Natural History, 3d ser., vi.

IAM METEN...-- saee-coseoos- Cab. Rudolst, 1786.

SNS LON esasie os cstascemerere Mus. Leskeanum, i. 1789.

Klein... ssevensscsteccs estes: De Tub., 1731.

ROUTE et al) me okeceeean veces Catalogue of the Mollusca of North and South Caro-
lina, 1860.

GAO AT GKassancseseccceemen ans Anim. sans. Vert., edit. 1, v. 1818; edit. 2, vi. 1835.

Syst. Anim. s. Vert., ¢. 129. Phil. Zool., 1809.
Extra. d’un Cours, 1812.

Wapreillerrcs acecsencnenate Fam. Nat., 1825.

AGATE terrace sper ecaspesre= Journ. Conchyl., i.

WVOSSEL i teccasceseseene scenes Conch.

MAES NG -cbaosouncoctoneae Syst. Nat., edit. 10, 1758. Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1766.
Faun. Suec., p. 380, 1746. Mus. Ulric, p. 700, 1764.

DsOVON rake Sew.ce soe senew denen Index Moll. Scand., 1846.

Marbinies ccs smses ee ninoca Conchylien Cabinet, i. 1769.

MSSS detesecceeerencneriaass Recherches sur Jes Vers., &c., 1733.

Mat HeLOunsesstesassssacran Ann. des Sc. du Midi France, i. p. 77, ii. p. 312.

Maton & Rackett.......... Linn. Trans., viii. List of Brit. Testacea, 1807.

(Miawie esccossaeetensaaeesaa Lianzan System of Conchology, 1823.

Menke<-.0-cs<csemsenocesares Syn. Meth., lst ed., p. 73, 1828; 2d ed., p. 121, 1830.

Middendorff................. Mal. Rossica, pt. iii. 1849.

Milne-Edwards............ Conch., p. 203, 1845.

Mo Weriicic scanner costes ness Index Molluscorum Groenlandiz, 1842.

Montag <2... ...0> .ovesscee LOSteMD Ete y L800.

Monath...................---Dissert sur le Taret de Holland.

Muller....:.......<..-..0-+--- aUns, DANNICA I OG.

NY St. 5. ceapiaen ar pepams «> ea OBS el tapas se

Oken...........:000+0:0025..2001., p. 216. “Allo. Naturg., Vi. p. 274.

Osler ................++..---On boring Marine Animals, Philos. Trans., p. 342, 1826.

Pallas.................++0+...Reise, Sid Russ., p. 418, 1771—76. Tabl. Phys. de la
Tauride, p. 40. Spicil, Zool., p. 140, 1767—74.

Payraudeau.................Moll. de la Corse, 1826.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459

REHHANG Esti .ce-ceeece esos ee DLitish A00l.5 iviL 777.
Philippi......................Hnum. Moll. Sicil., i. 1836; ii. 1844.
uliviyoeeresdecc-cacces-->c-reret1St-) N&L.,, libs xx1.)¢ap..30.
Poli...........2..0-2--.- 00-0 Lestacea utriusque Siciliz, pt. 2, 1795.
Potiez et Michaud........ Gallerie des Mollusques, ii. 1844.
Pultney ..................... Dorsetshire Catalogue, 1799.
Quatrefages................Ann. des Sciences Naturelles, 3d ser., xi.
RaQ......02....2+-«0-++-.0--. Manuel de Conch., 1829.
Recluz.......................Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie, 2d ser., i. p. 64.
RG@GWelsa-24--c-.0-----00-.-.,00NCH. Oyst., p. 3, 1841.

ROiSSY <.2--00 «s SCOURS Moll., vi. p. 454, 1805.
Rousset............20e.....--Obs. sur l’Origine etc. des Vers. de Mer., 1733.
Rumphivs.................. Museum.

Schacchi....................Cat. Cog. Reg. Neap., p. 8, 1836.
Schroter....................Hinleitung in die Conchylien, ii. 1784.

Schumache.....ecccseseseseee Essai d'un Noy. Syst., p. 94, 1817.

Schweigger..................Natiirgeschichte, 1820.

SUELEE voceprecenes terre eee reer Museum, iii. t. 94, 1761.

MCI TU Sov crcncesaacnese ocosencetsaace Commerce, liter. Nov., p. 409, 1732. Hist. Nat. Teredi-
nis, 1733.

SSISHIO I ioecerscncese-neseconsere Syn. An. Foss.

BI GIVIEE DI seeresesserenecscesecessee Illustrations of British Shells, 1859. Genera of Shells,
1820—24. Conchological Manual, 1842.

Ses HGTLI LG) eee eee a Skrivt. Nat., ii. pt. 1, 1792.

SELES O Mcesecerecescanecnavessose Check-List, 1860. Bost. Proc. Shells of New Eng-
land, 1851.

SAM SO eececvecersssaveccrornsss Elements, 1835. Treatise on Malacology, 1840.

TH GEUPS OW c.rrccesesesseonscssane Edinburg Mag., xviii. p. 121, 1834. Fauna of IJreland
in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xx.

SUDC@HEG.. | Oh seeercieeene en epee British Marine Conchology, 1844.

LP D009 eae bectoc-cronecsceoseeeeee Conchological Dictionary, 1819. Conchylia dithyra
Brit., 1822.

SRR GS eeremteseceaconenscesceecosnanee Proc. Essex Inst., i. p. 26.

WiRUTISTULONN. <5 essczc-see---eceees Op. Phys. Med., ii.

VG iesccseccsscnsceqscssssonsrsence Cuy. Thierr, iii.

DV BUCH os secccssasssceseasecs Naturgforsch, x. p. 38.

Wheatley, C. M..........0000 Catalogue of Shells of United States, 1842.

De WN sees cnn cso sccconenso Index Testaceologicus, edit. 2, 1828.

Woodward, S. P............ Manual of Mollusca, pt. 2, 1854.

Synonymy and Descriptions.
Order PHOLADACEA.
(Family 1. PHOLADIDZ.)

(Family 2. GASTROCHENID. )
Family 3. TEREDID, Carpenter.

TeREDID#, Carpenter, Lectures on Mollusca, p. 100.

Teredina, (part.) Sieb. Lehrb. vgl. Anat., p. 235.

Teredinada, (part.) Fleming, Hist. Brit. Anim., p. 454.

Teredinide, (part.) Fleming, Hist. Brit. Anim., p. 409.

Pholadide, (part.) Gray, Zool. Proc., 1847, p. 187. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist , 2d ser. viii. p- 381. Woodward, Manual, p. 327. Adams, Genera,
lip. 323;

1862.

460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Pholadaria, (part.) Lamarck, Phil. Zool., 1809. Lamarck, Extr. d’un Cours.,
1812. Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert. vi. 441. Hanley, Desc. Cat., p. 5.
Sowerby, Conch. Man., p. 224.

Pholadarie, (part.) Latreille, Fam. Nat.

Pholadea, (part.) Anton, Versuch., p. 1. Menke, Synopsis, p. 121, 2d edit.

Pholadew, (part.) Menke, Syn., p. 73, 1st edit.

Pholades, (part.) Ferussac, Tabl. Syst.

Pholadina, (part.) Milne-Edwards, Conch., p. 203.

Pholadoide, (part.) Agassiz, Nomenclator Zool.

Pholadria, (part.) Sism., Syn. An. Foss.

Pholedaria, (part.) Brown, Syst. urw. Conch.

Pholide, (part.) Swainson, Elements et Malacology.

Pholidea, (part.) Leach, teste Swainson, Malacology.

Adesmacea, (part.) Blainville, Malacol., p. 577.

Subfamily 1. TEREDINA, Tryon.
TrrepDIN®, Tryon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, p. 193, April, 1862.

Teredina, (part.) Gray, Zool. Proc., 1847, p. 188.
Teredinina, (part.) Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist , 2d ser. viii. p. 386.
Teredinine, (part.) Adams, Genera, ii. p. 331. Chenu, Man, Conchyl. ii. p. 10.

Genus TEREDO, Linnzus.

Terevo, Linn., Syst. Nat. edit. 10, p. 651; id. edit. 12, p. 1267. Adams, Ge-
nera, ii. p. 331. Adanson, Senegal, Coquillages, p. 263. Adanson, Hist.
de l’Acad., 1759. Bilainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. lii. p. 259. Bosc, Conch.
ii. p. 197. Brown, Conch. Gt. Brit. p. 116. Bruguieré, Encyc. Meth. 1.
p. 12. Burrows, Conch. p. 124. Catlow, Conch. Nomene. p. 2. Chenu,
Man. Conchyl. ii. p. 10. Chenu, Encye. Hist. Nat. p. 233. Crouch,
Introd. Lamarck’s Conchology, p. 6. Cuvier, Regne Anim. edit. 1, ii, p.
493; id. edit. 2, iii. p. 159; id. edit. Griffith, xii. p. 123; id. edit. Au-
Gouin, Moll. p. 232. Cuvier, Ann. du Mus, xix. 1812. Cuvier, Tabl.
Elem. p. 432. Cuvier, Anat. Comparit., 1800. Dekay, Moll. N. Y., p.
249. Delle Chiaje, Mem. iv. p.21. Deshayes, Moll. Expl. Algerie, p. 35.
Deshayes, Ann. des Sc. Nat., 2d ser. xi. p. 247. Deshayes, Traité Elem.
i. pt. 2, p.47. Deshayes, Encyc. Meth. iii. p.1002. Dillwyn, Desc. Cat.,
p. 1087. D’Orbigny, Moll. Sagra’s Cuba, p. 210. D’Orbigny, Pal. Fran.
Terr. Cret., iii. Eichwald, Faun. Caspio-Caucasica. Ferussac, Tabl.
Syst., p. xlv. Fischer, Journ. Conch., 2d ser., i. p. 129. Fleming, Brit.
Anim. Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll., i. p. 58. Frey and Leuckart,
Beitr. z. kenntn. Wirbel. p. 46. Georgi, Beschr. Riiss. Thierr. iii. Ger-
ville, Cat. Coq. de la Manche. Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 3747. Gould,
Invert. Mass., p. 26. Gould, Bost. Proc., vi. p. 15, and Otia Concholo-
gica, p. 222. Goldfuss, Zool., p. 613. Gray, London Med. Repository,
xy. p. 237. Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus., p. 76, 91, 1842; id. Philos. Mag.,
1827, p. 410; id. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., viii. p. 381. Guerin,
Iconog. du Reg. Anim. Hanley, Desc. Cat., p. 3. Hanley, Shells of
Linn. p. 450. Heinrich, Medizinische Zeit., p.372. Home, Phil. Trans.,
1806, p. 270. Home, Lect. Anat., t. 81, f. 4, 5. Humphrey, Conch.
Jay, Cat., 4th edit., p. 9. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag, Nat. Hist., 3d ser.,
vi. p. 121. Kammerer, Cab. Rudolst, p. 7. Karsten, Mus. Leskeanum, p.
308. Kurtz, Cat., p. 3. Lamarck, Prodr., p. 90; id. Syst. p. 129, 1801;
Phil. Zool.; id. Anim. sans Vert., v. p. 438, and 2d edit., vi. p. 35.
Laurent, Journ. Conchyl., i. Loven, Index Moll. Scand., p. 50. Mathe-
ron, Ann. des Sc. @u Midi, France, i. and ii. Maton and Rackett, Linn.
Trans., viii. p. 249. Menke, Syn. Meth., ed. 2, p. 122. Mawe, Conch.,
p. 197. Middendorff, Mal. Rossica, iii. p. 79. Mller, Moll. Greenland.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 461

Montagu, Test. Brit., p. 7. Nyst, Foss. Belg.,p.38. Oken, Zool., p. 216.
Oken, Allg. Naturg., vi. p. 274. Osler, Phil. Trans., 1826. Pallas,
Misc. Zool. Pallas, Reise, Siid. Russ., p. 418. Pallas, Tabl. Phys., p.
40. Payraudeau, Coq. de la Corse, p. 26. Pennant, Brit. Zool., iv. p.
147. Philippi, Eoum. Moll. Sicil., i. p. 2, and ii. p. 3. Pliny, Hist. Nat.
lib., xxi. Cap. 80. Poli, Test. utr. Sicil. Potiez et Michaud, Gallerie
des Moll., ii. p. 270. Pultney, Dorset. Cat. Quatrefages, Ann. Sc. Nat.,
3d ser., xi. p. 21. Rang, Manuel, p. 346. Recluz, Rev. et Mag. Zool.,
2d ser., i. p. 64. Reeve, Conch. Syst., p. 37. Roissy, Moll., vi. p. 454.
Scacchi, Cat. Coq. Reg. Neap., p.8. Schroter, Hinleit,ii.p.571. Schu-
macher, Hssai d’un Noy. Syst., p. 94. Schweigg, Natiirg, p. 699. Sel-
lius, Commerce. Liter. Nov., p. 409. Sellius, Hist. Nat. Teredinis.
Sowerby, Genera. Sowerby, Conch. Man,, ed. 1, p.5; ed. 2, p. 272.
Sowerby, Illust. Brit. Shells, t. 1. Spengler, Skrivt. Nat., ii. pt. 1, p.
99. Stimpson, Bost. Proc., iv. p. 113. Stimpson, Shells, N. E., p. 26.
Swainson, Malacol., p. 364. Thompson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., xx.
p- 174 Thompson, Edinb. Phil. Mag., xviii. p. 121. Thorpe, Brit. Mar.
Conch., p. 27. Turton, Conch. dithyra, p.13. Tufts, Proc. Essex Inst.,
p. 26. Wheatley, Catalogue. Woodward, Manual, p. 329,

Serpula, Da Costa, Brit. Shells, p. 21.

Fistulana, (part.) Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert., v. p. 438; id. 2d edit., vi. p. 35.
Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat., xvii. p. 82. Blainville, Mal.,p.579. Favanne,
Conchyl. Chenu, Man. Uonchyl., ii. p. 12.

Guetera, (part.) Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., viii. p. 361.

Uperotis, (part.) Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333.

Bruma, Vallisnieri, Op. Phys. Med., ii.

Pholas, (part.) Miiller, Prodr. Zool. Dan., p. 251. Fabricius, Fauna Groen., p.
427.

Dentalium, (part.) Linneus, Faun. Suec. 380.
Lngniperda, Sellius.

Aylophagus, Gronovius, Zooph. p. 258. Sellius.
Solen, Klein, De Tub.

Siphonium, (part.) Browne.

Species.

a. Valves externally smooth and glossy, or regularly transversely striated.
T. bipartita, Jeffreys.

T. bipartita, Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 123.

Hab.—“ In cedrela odorata (or West India Cedar.), thrown ashore, perhaps
by the gulf stream, at Guernsey, with T. spatha.’’—VJeffreys.

Deser iption.—" Tube ? valves oval, thin, compressed, covered with a
brownish epidermis; body smooth and glossy; anterior auricle moderately de-
veloped, angle rather obtuse, striz very numerous and crowded ; posterior auri-
cle rounded, small but prominent, appressed to body, apex placed below the
crown, internal margin indistinct; fang narrow and pointed; tubercle small;
apopLysis narrow. Pallets resembling those of T. pedicellata, but longi-
tudinally divided into two equal parts by a deep furrow; stalk cylindrical,

rather longer than pallet.
Dimensions. —“ Length (of valves) 4-20ths ; breadth 3-20ths.”—Jeffreys.

T. excavata, Lukis.

T.excavata, Lukis, MSS. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 123.
Hab.— ‘In drift fir. Guernsey and Sussex. Rare.’—Jeffreys.
Description.— Tube short, rather solid, and detached from the wood, slight-
ly curved, jointed at intervals, with a very few transverse wrinkles at the open-
ing, and an indistinct siphonal ridge. Valves roundish oval, thin, compressed ;

1862.]
32

462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

body glossy, marked with distant, but regular and fine, striz or impressed lines ;
anterior auricle placed nearly at a right angle with the insertion of the fang,
strie rather numerous and waved; posterior auricle dilated and somewhat re-
flected, apex nearly on a level with the crown or umbo of the valve, inner mar-
gin free and well defined; tubercle slight, and not visible when the valve is in
a supine position; fang obtuse; apophysis thin and narrow. Pallets long and
narrow. bifid in front to nearly half their length, with two corresponding tubu-
lar cavities which terminate in separate points like the prongs of a steel fork ;
underneath they are abruptly sloped towards the bifurcate points, and closely
striated in a longitudinal direction ; stalks near as long as pallets, pointed at
one end and at the other merging into the pallets.
Dimensions.—Length (of valves) 7-20ths; breadth 4-20ths.”—Jeffreys.

T. fusticulus, Jeffreys.

T. fusticulus, Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 125.

Hab.—In Cedrella odorata from Leith.

Description.—“ Tube short and straight, with a slight calcareous lining, which
is not easily separated from the wood. It is thickened internally at the opening,
and has a few transverse wrinkles in that part.

Valves round, thin, compressed, body smooth, glossy, white under a brown
epidermis; anterior auricle of moderate size, angle about 50°, strie numerous ;
posterior auricle round expanded and appressed to body, internal edge well de-
fined ; fang broad, obtuse ; tubercle small and sunk; apophysis thin and narrow.
Pallets club-shaped, formed of several transverse layers, and externally tuber-
culate; stalk twice the length of pallet.

Dimensions.—Length (of valve) 4-20ths; breadth nearly as much.”—Jéf-
Sreys.

T.spatha, Jeffreys.

T. spatha, Jeffreys. Ann. and. Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 124.

Hab.—With T. bipartita, in Cedrela odorata, at Guernsey.

Description" Tube rather long and flexuous, detachable, regularly jointed,
increasing rapidly from the extremity, inside which there are a few transverse
wrinkles and a sharp, but short, siphonal ridge.

Valves, triangular, compressed, rather solid; body smooth; anterior auricle
large, angle about 50°, striae exceedingly numerous and fine; midd!e area un-
usually large ard rounded and appressed, internal margin indistinct; fang nar-
row and pointed ; tubercle small and sunk; apophysis narrow. Pallets spade-
shaped, in the young state calyciform; stalk of the same length as pallet.

Dimensions.—Length (of valves) 6-20ths; breadth nearly as much. A pair
of pallets is in the British Museum, from Miss Saull; and another pair is in the
collections of Natural History at the Jardin des Plants. The localities of both
the last-mentioned specimens are unknown.’—Jeffreys.

T.subericola, Macgillivray.

T.subericola, Macgillivray, Mss. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser.
vi. p. 122.

Hab.—Great Britain.

Description.—Tube rather thin, and adherent to wood, short, of the form of
an elongated cone curved at the opening, with internal irregular transverse sep-
ta, which are close-set at the extremity.

Valves oval, rather convex, thin ; body smooth and somewhat glossy; ante-
rior auricle short, angle obtuse, strie rather numerous; posterior auricle nar-
row, falciform, reflected at the outer edge, with its apex raised above thecrown ;
tubercle strong and prominent; fang long, narrow, and incurved; apophysis

‘rather broad. Pallets short, pear-shaped, compressed, and expanded towards
the anterior margin, with a semilunar depression in the middle and a longitu-
dinal groove in front; stalk short and pointed.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 463

Dimensions.—Length (of valves) 5-20ths, breadth 4-20ths. The embryon-
ic state of some of the specimens which occur living in cork, as well as the na-
ture of the material, induce me to consider this species indigenous. The pos-
terior auricle is so small in comparison with that of T. megotara, that Dr.
Lukis proposed the name of “ microtara” for this species. Specimens in cork
are frequently encysted.—Jejreys.

b. External surface of the valves ornamented by a narrow radiating area with
crowded sculptured lines.

* Pallets.

Blade spatulate, truncate at the end. Concave on one
side, convex on the other. Tube concamerated.

Blade spatulate, truncate at the end. Concave on one
side, convex on the other Tube?

Blade spatulate, truncate at the end. Concave on one
side, blade very short. Tube concamerated,

\ Norvagica.
Blade spatulate, but the sides incurved in the middle, \

Senegalensis.
divaricata.

- navalis.
end margin concave. Tube not concamerated, i

Somewhat hastate, but truncate and heart-shaped at
the end. Tube not concamerated

Angularly ovate, dilating into a broad blade, abruptly
truncate. Tube not concamerated

Transverse, end margin sinuous, stalk deflected at an
angle from the plane of the blade. Tube not con-

megotara
nana.

Gitatat'a’.

malleolus.

camerated
Sloe, dilated, profoundly emarginate at the end. be longata.
Ohigeely STHUBSHIE, tridentate and serrate at the end. t baa od bE:
Narrow, long, colored, stalk white. Tube not concam-

erated tpedicellata.
* * Valves.
Posterior auricle broad, towering above the beaks, its

basal edge situated lower than that of the anterior BER Pa: 2.

nama.
area

Posterior auricle broad, not extending above the beaks, )navalis
its basal edge situated lower than that ofthe ante->pedicellata
rier area dilatata.

its basal edge even with that of the anterior area Norvagica.

Posterior auricle narrow, apex extending above the
beaks, the lower edge even with that of the ante-
rior area

Posterior auricle narrow, apex not extending above the
beaks, the lower edge even with that of the ante- ->divaricata.
rior area

The above table of distinctive characters must be used with extreme cau-
tion, as individuals of the various species sometimes occur which do not well
accord with their characters as given therein.

Several East Indian species are but partially included, because the descrip-
tions are not sufficiently accurate for the arrangement of their valves,

Posterior auricle broad, not extending above the beaks, i
fmatteorus.

T. elongata, Quatrefages,
T.elongata, Quatrefages, Ann. Sc. Nat. 3d ser. xi. p. 33. Adams, Genera,
ii. p. 333. Fischer, Journ. de Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 133. Jeffreys,
; Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 126.
T. Senegalensis, Fischer, Mel. Conchyl. p. 19, t. 4, f. 2—6.

1862.]

464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

T. Petitii, Recluz, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 2 ser. i. p. 64.

Hab.—Indian Ocean.—Lydoux and Souleyet.

East coast of Africa.— Webbe.

Description.—‘* Coquille assez solide, allongée, a angle antérieur trés ouvert
(95°—100°) ; oreillette anterieure courte; postérieure étroite, allongée, non
relevée; sommet tronqué avec une légére créte horizontale dépassant la cal-
losité de la charniére et située au-dessus ; apophyse styloide mince; palettes
obliquement tronquées, bicuspides ; tube fragile.’’—VFischer.

Recluz thus describes 7. Petitit.

‘¢T, palmulis duabus rectis, paleformibus ; latere dilatato, profundé emar-
ginato; dentus obtusiusculis; tubo brevi, cylindrico-conico, vix arcuato ;
posticé superné ac inferne emarginato, lateraliter angulis binis producto.

“Hab. trouvé par W. Webbe dans un morceau de palmier venant du haut
de la rivi¢re de Grand-Bassam (céte ouest d’Afrique), et envoyé a M. Petit de
la Saussaie, qui a bien voulu nous permettre de le décrire.

‘Coquille subglobuleuse, échancrée 4 la partie antéro-inférieure d’un peu
plus du quart desonvolume. Les valves sont plus hautes que tongues, cour-
bées en arc, auriculées superieurement a leur cOte antérieur et brusque-
ment atténuées en pointe a l’inférieur ; convexes en dehors, concaves en de-
dans et auriculées, en avant et en arri¢re. Auricules antérieures anguleuses,
profondément striées longitudinalement (transversalement Lk.), avec les
lignes ¢levées, croisées en arriére. Auricules posterieures ascendantes a la marge
et subtronquées. Le centre des valves divise en deux parties par un large
sillon vertical orné de stries arquées; la partie anteriure sculptce d’avant en
arriere par des lignes reguli¢res saillantes et granuleuses ; la postérieure par
d’autres lignes moins en relief, obliquant d’arritre en avant, courbées au
sommet et a la base, ou elles se continuent evec celles du sillon. Auricules
postérieures ascendantes 4 la marge et tronquées. Appendice de l'intérieure
des valves arqué, aplati, étroit et prolongé jusqu’ aux deux tiers de leur face
interieure.

‘* Tube cornico-cylindrique, un peu arqué, recouvert d’un épiderme, brun,
rugueux, trés-ouvert et 2 bords minces en avant, solide en arritre, échancré en
dessus plus fortement qu’en dessous, a cdtés prolongés en pointe obtuse et
renforcés en dedans par un angle aigu eorrespondant aux échancrures des
palettes. Longueur 26 millim. ; largeur: en avant 6 millim. 4; en arriére
2 millim $.”

T. dilatata, Stimpson.

T. dilatata, Stimpson, Bost. Proc. iv. 1851, p. 113. Stimpson, Check
List, No. 250. Stimpson, Shells of New England, p. 26. Adams, Gen-
era ii. p. 333. Kurtz, Cat. p. 3. Tufts, Proc. Essex Inst. i. p. 26.

Hab.—United States from the coast of Massachusetts to South Carolina.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences.

Description.—‘‘ Valves white, polished ; length and breadth equal; ante-
rior area with fine, concentric, somewhat divergent striz, varying in num-
ber in different specimens, and more crowded below; the slightly oblique
lines on the succeeding narrow area are very minute but sharp; the next,
fang-shaped area is ornamented with distant, narrow, elevated, subimbrica-
ted, concentric lines, more conspicuous on the anterior than on the posterior
half of the area; the remaining portion of the body and the auricle are
smooth and glossy. The auricle is not separated from the body by any sharp
angle on the posterior ventral outline, but by a gently waved sinus. A de-
pressed line runs from the beak around to the tip of the auricle, which does
not tower above the callosities of the hinge. The subumbonal blade is thin,
tapering, and extends to about half the distance from the beak to the ventral
edge.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465

“The pallets are of an angular ovate form, truncated posteriorly, where
also, on the external surface there is a small depressed area. The style of
insertion is sharp, and extends in the form of a ridge for some distance on both
sides after its juncture with the pallet. The tubes are very thin, strongly
concamerated posteriorly in an imbricated manner. This species differs from
T. megotara, Hanley, which it greatly resembles, in the smaller altitude
of the valves, the greater breadth of the auricle, which is also placed much
lower, and in its concamerated tubes.

‘* Length of valves nearly one-half of an inch.

‘For many living specimens of this species, I am indebted to Mr. 8S. Tufts,
of Lynn (Mass.), who obtained them from a pine buoy used to indicate the
position of the lobster pots of fishermen. Thus there can be no doubt of their
being indigenous. They commit yearly great ravages upon the shipping of
Lynn and Marblehead.’’— Stimpson’s description.

T. divaricata, Deshayes.

T. divaricata, Deshayes, MSS. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl., 2d ser. i. p. 137,
tants Fey 9.
De: Norvagica, var.divaricat a, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser.
vi. p. 121.

Habitat.— Sicily.

Description.—Shell globular, convex, heavy, full as wide as itslength. An-
terior auricle very large and long, being two-thirds the length of the fang ;
“its anterior margin thick, appearing almost ribbed, somewhat concave but
nearly straight, inclining outwards; basal margin very convex, joining the
fang by an acute angle. The fang is but slightly raised above the anterior area
and is itself somewhat lower, or nearly on a level with the margin of the pos-
terior auricle; the whole dorsal edge of the shell is slightly convex. Lateral
margins of the fang inclining obliquely, with the ventral termination truncate.
Posterior auricle very small, (almost none,) much longer than wide, but its
basal margin does not extend nearly so far down as that of the anterior area.
The latter is covered with concentric strie, which, at its junction with the
body, are recurved obliquely downwards and posteriorward. The space be-
tween the centre and posterior lateral margin of the fang, appears to be occu-
pied by the same double, narrow, closely striated radiating area, that is found
on the anterior side in T. megotara, &c. Posterior auricle somewhat
striated. Internal dorsal margin very wide and massive. Apophysis wide,
recurved backwards in front.

Pallets truncate, resembling those of T. Norvagica, their blades very
short.

Mr. Jeffreys considers this a variety of T. Norvagica, but, if Fischer’s figures
can be depended on, it is certainly very distinct from that species. It may be
proper to add, that my description is made up from that of Fischer, and his
illustrations.

T. malleolus, Turton.

T. malleolus, Turton, Conch. Dithyra, p. 255, t. 2. f. 19. Adams, Genera,
ii. p. 333. Brown, Conch. Gt. Brit. p. 116, t. 50, f. 16. Fleming,
Brit. Anim. p. 454. Gray, Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 410. Gray, Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. viii. p. 386. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 4, t. 11, f. 23.
Hanley, Brit. Moll. i. p. 84, t. 1, f. 12—14. Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 123. Sowerby, Ill. Brit. Shells, t. 1, f. 5. Thomp-
son, Fauna of Ireland, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xx. p. 174. Thorpe,
Brit. Mar. Conch. p. 28.
Hab.—England, Ireland, (introduced.) Native habitat Sumatra.
Description.—Valve, with the body very convex, narrow, much longer than

1862.]

466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

broad, the anterior area moderate, the posterior narrow and extending above
the beaks.

Anterior auricle with its dorsal margin declining concavely from the beak
to a lateral angle, whence its basal margin extends rather convexly and ob-
liquely downwards to its junction at an angle with the body, the point of junc-
tion being horizontal with, or slightly below that of the posterior auricle, and
at about two-fifths the length of the shell from its apex.

The lateral margins of the fang are, anteriorly very slightly concave, pos-
teriorly convex, and the ventral termination is infolded, forming a strong
internal tubercle.

Posterior auricle quite narrow, being about three times as long as its width,
reaching in typical specimens slightly above the beaks ; its posterior margin
is very oblique and curved, following the direction of the fang. Beaks ele-
vated, not wide.

Internally, the shell is quite concave, with the auricles but little reflected,
the posterior one marked by a shell-like ridge extending over the body. Apo-
physis oblique, slanting posteriorly, strongly clavate at its termination. Dor-
sal margin somewhat lamellar, becoming prominently elevated at the beaks,
where it is crowned by a tubercle.

Color white, glossy ; the anterior area elegantly concentrically sculptured,
the anterior side of the body ornamented with the usual narrow radiating and
decussately striated area, posterior to which the surface gradually becomes
smooth.

The tube is semi-concamerated, and very fragile.

The pallets are widely different from those of any other species, the blade
being very transverse, much broader than long and widest at the apex, which
is a horizontal sinuous line: both lateral margins are generally angularly con-
vex, rapidly diminishing to the short compressed stalk. The stalk, instead of
continuing in the same plane as the broad side of the blade, is deflected from
it at an obtuse angle. ng

T. megotara, Hanley.

T. megotara, Hanley, Brit. Conch. i. p. 77, t.1, f. 6, and t. 18, f. 1, 2
Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 121. Sowerby, Illust.
Brit. Shells, t. 1, f. 3.
nana, (part.) Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2 ser. i. p. 136. Gray Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. 2 ser. viii, p. 386.

oecani, Sellius, Hist. Nat. Tered.

Bruma dell’oceano, Vallisnieri, Op. Phys. Med.

ab.—England.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences.

Description.—Valves about as wide across the auricles as their length, the
body rapidly attenuated to the base. The anterior auricle is moderate and
subtriangular; the posterior is dilated, very large, and rising above the beak,
while its basal margin extends below the line of that of the anterior area.

The anterior area nearly approximates in form to that of T. Norvagica and
joins the body below, at right angles. The posterior auricle exhibits a marked
difference from that of the last-named species; its dorsal margin is so very
voncave in form as ordinarily to exhibit an approach to three-fourths of a circle,
the highest posterior point of which is curved forwards somewhat, so that the
dorsal apex of the auricle points anteriorly and extends above the beak.
From this highest point the margin posteriorward is obliquely declining and
moderately convex in outline tothe extreme posterior extension, (which is
considerably below the middle of the auricle) whence it sweeps around very
convexly, joining the fang or body considerably below the middle of the valve,
and below the line of the base of the anterior area, by a somewhat rounded
angle. The anterior lateral margin of the body is directed posteriorly, and is

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 467

slightly flexuous or nearly straight; the posterior lateral margin is more con™
vex, and eventually sweeps rapidly to the anterior side, its junction with
which forms an acute or narrow ventral termination. es beaks are very
narrow, tuberculated, and elevated.

The surface externally and internally, like the other species, is ivory white
and somewhat polished. The anterior area is concentrivally sculptured, be-
coming more crowded towards its base ; it is separated by a slightly impressed
line from the body. The body is ornamented by a radiating narrow area, in-
creasing towards the base, both sides defined by a furrow. This area is sub-
divided into two, and is closely transversely striated, and marked less fre-
quently by minute raised ridges, directed obliquely downwards to the centre
from each outer margin. The surface of the fang and auricle posterior to the
radiating area, is smooth or sparingly striate. The auricle is not separated
from the body by any marked line, but its commencement is marked by the
transition from a convex to a concave surface, caused by the great outward
refiexion of the auricle.

Internally, the beak is small but prominent, bearing a narrow oblique rib
on its surface, and turned posteriorly. The apophysis hugs rather closely to
the body, and is thin, blade-shaped and acuminated to the end. The ventral
tubercle is well formed and conspicuous but does not exhibit much evidence
of arising from an internal rib. The auricle is not internally defined, save by
the greater thinness and translucency of its substance.

The pallets are small, the blades are somewhat heart-shaped at the apex,
rounded and curved outwards to an extreme point near their base on either
side. These points are not opposite, but one is situated higher on the blade
than the other; from these the margins concavely contract into the stalks,
which become narrower towards their termination, ending in a point.

Tube solid, not concamerated, twelve to eighteen inches long. Diameter of
valves about half an inch. Mr. Hanley described this species in the British
Mollusea, supposing it to be identical with Turton’s T. nana, whose name
and description he suppressed on the ground that they were founded on young
and imperfect shells. It has since been ascertained that this species is dis-
tinct from T. nana.

Messrs. Fischer and Jeffreys both consider T. dilatata of Stimpson, a
synonym of this species, but the concamerated tube and differantly formed
pallets are prominent distinctive characters.

The blade of the pallet in dilatata dilates convexly from a von fragile
stalk into a broadly oval form, truncate at the end, while in T.megotara
the dilation is concave to a point on each side, from which the margins are
narrowed and rounded to a bilobed truncated end. The palletsofdilatata
are more nearly allied to those of Norvagicathantomegotara.

T. nana, Turton.

T. nana, Turton, Conch. Dithyra, p. 16, t. 2, f. 67. Adams, Genera, ii. p.
333. Brown Conch. Gt. Brit. p. 116, t. 50, f. 14, 15. Catlow, Conch.
Nomene. p. 3. Fleming, Brit. Anim. p. 455. Gray, Phil. Mag. 182
p. 410. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 4, t. 11, f. 22. Jeffreys, Ann. & Mae
Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 122. Thorpe, Brit. Mar. Conch. p- 29.

T. nana, (part.) Fischer, Journ, Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 136. Gray, Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p- 386.

T. mavalis, Moller, Moll. Groen.

T. denticulata, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386. Adams,

Genera, ii. p. 333. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 135.
Pholas Teredo, Miller, Prodr. Tool. Dan, p. 251. Fabricus, Faun. Groen.
. 427.

Hab a-magiind, ‘¢Bloating wood. Occurs with T. megotara and
subericola, but byno means so numerous as either of them.’ Jeffreys,
Northern Ocean. Greenland.

1862.]

468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Description.— Having no good figure of T. n an a, nor specimens to refer to,
I can only give the distinctive characters from T. me gotara as pointed
out by Mr. Jeffreys, and also Fischer’s description of T. denticulata.

“Coquille subsphérique, mince, trés-ouverte antérieurement et postérieur-
ment, inégalement divisée en deux portions par un zonule submédiane ; bord
antérieur ¢troit, formant un angle droit profond, oreillette antérieure aigué
postérieure lisse, plus large, réfléchie. Palettes ovalves, allongées, minces ;
pedicule gréle, court, aigu.’’—Fischer.

‘It differs from megotarain the valves being more compressed and
solid, in the anterior auricle being much smaller, and having a more obtuse
angle and fewer strie, in the posterior auricle being larger and higher, and
especially in the very strong and prominent tubercle or false tooth. The tube
of T. nana appears to be destitute of calcareous lining, except towards the
entrances, while T. megotara forms a solid tunnel; and the lunule of the
pallets is more incisedin T.nana. Adult specimens measure 21 inches
in length. The Turtonian types decidedly belong to this species and not to
megotara.’’—Jeffreys.

Turton’s miserable description from imperfect and immature specimens,
is—

‘Shell with the valves rounded, and without auricles behind, a strong conic
tooth on the margin above the teeth. ’’

{Pieaal Cyan medabitcys sed br babar

T. navalis, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 651; ed. 12, p. 1267. Adams,
-Genera, ii. p. 333. Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. lii. p. 267. Bosc, Conch.
ii. p. 202, t. 5, f. 4-7. Catlow, Conch. Nomence. p. 3. Chenu, Encyc.
Hist. Nat. Moll. p. 233, f. 245-7. Cuvier, Regne Anim. i. ed. ; ii. p. 494.
id. ed. 2, iii. p. 160; id. ed. Griffith, xii. t. 8, f. 2; id. ed. Audouin.
t. 114, f. 2. Delle Chiaje, Mem. iv. p. 23, 32, t. 54, f. 2, 8. Deshayes.
Traite Elem. i. pt. 2, p. 59, t. 3, f. 1-9. D’Orbigny, Moll.; Sagra’s Cuba,
p. 211. Eichwald, Fauna Caspio Caucasica, p. 23. Ferrussac, Encye,
Meth. p. 1003. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. i. p. 134. Forbes &
Hanley, Brit. Moll. i. p. 74, t. 1, f. 7, 8, t. 18. f. 3, 4. Georgi. Beschreib
des Russ. Reichs. iii. p. 2216. Gerville, Cat. Cog. Manche. p. 55,
Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3747. Gould, Invert. Mass. p. 26. Guerin,
Iconog. du Reg. Anim. Moll. t. 33, f. 2. Hanley, Shells of Linn. p.
450. Heinrich, Medicinische Zeitung Russlands, 1845, p. 3572. Jay,
Desc. Cat. 4th edit. p. 9. Karsten, Mus. Leskeanum, ¢. 1, p. 308.
Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert. v. p. 440. Middendorff, Mal. Rossica, iii.
p. 79. Pallas, Reise. Siid. Russ. p. 418. Pallas, Tabl. Phys. de la
Tauride, p. 40. Payraudeau, Cog. du Corse, p. 26. Pennant Brit.
Zool. 1 ed. iv. p. 147. Philippi, Moll. Sicil. i. p. 2; ii. p. 3. Poli,
Test. Utr. Sicil. pt. 2, t. 57, f.45, 46. Potiez et Michaud, Gallerie des
Moll. ii. p. 273. Scacchi, Cat. Cog. Reg. Neap. p. 8. Sowerby, Ill.
Brit. Shells, t. 1, f. 1. Wheatley, Cat. No. 30.
T. marina, Sellius, Hist. Nat. Tered. t. 2, f. 2, 3, 6. Jeffreys, Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 124.
T. Batava, Spengler, Skrivt. Nat. ii. pt. 1, p. 103, t. 2, fC. Gray,
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386.

T. vulgaris, Lamarck, Syst. des Anim. s. Vert. 1801, p. 128.
Dentalium navis, Linneus, Faun. Suec. No. 1329. p. 380. Belkmeer, Natur-
kundige. Zee, Worm. t. 2, f. 7, 8, 9. Frisch, Mus. Hoffmannianum, t.
1, t. 2, £ 9, t. 3, f. 19, 20't. 4 f. 2,5, 6. Massuet, Recherches sur
les Vers. t. 1, f. 1, 2. Monath, Dissert. sur le Taret de Hollande, t. 1,
Ge 2,°£.095 ted, de LO 2Ol be ae ta eos Om RONSSOL. Dy on LO tite cn tues

3, 4,10. Vallisnieri, Nat. ii. t. 4.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469

Hab.—England ; Holland; Senegal; United States ; North Sea ; Mediterranean
Sea.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sc. Helgate, New York, from a British frigate sunk dur-
ing the revolutionary war.

Description. Valves about equal in length and breadth, much resembling
in general form those of T. Norvagica, but with the posterior auricle
expanded somewhat laterally, and its base extending lower than that of the
anterior area. The anterior area moderate, not generally so large in propor-
tion to the valve as that of Norvagica, and having a more convex basal
margin; it inclines somewhat obliquely downwards to the fang, its junction
being considerably higher up than that of the posterior auricle. Anterior
lateral margin of the fang nearly straight; posterior lateral margin much
shorter than the other, on account of the lower extension of its auricle, very
oblique. Fang acuminating rapidly towards the base. Posterior auricle not
ascending, but produced laterally, its dorsal edge mostly somewhat concave,
lateral margin nearly straight, a little oblique, rounded at each end. Basal
margin slightly declining towards the fang, shorter than the dorsal edge on
account of the expansion of the fang laterally.

The internal ventral tubercle and the dorsal rim do not differ from those of
T. Norvagica. The apophysis is broad but thin, not thickened at the
end, and the same breadth throughout; it is twisted so that one sharp edge,
instead of the flat of the blade, is turned towards the interior surface of the
fang. The posterior auricle is defined by a close, projecting rim.

Externally, the anterior area is closely striated concentrically, and its pos-
terior limit is defined by an impressed line; succeeding to this is a radiating,
narrow area, the closely decussated strie of which, are sometimes quite prom-
inent; posteriorly the surface is slightly striate concentrically, becoming
smooth. The auricle is defined by a sudden depression in the level of the
surface of the fang.

The pallet is convex on one side and plane on the other; the stalk, which
is about as long as the blade, is moderately thick, and fiexuous ; it.is not con-
tinued as arib beyond the commencement of the blade, which differs from
that of T. Norvagicaby being more convex below, (the entire base being
semi-circular) with the sides concave, and the end two-pointed, caused by a
decided concavity of the centre of the margin. Tube not concamerated, long,
flexuous, solid, polished, gradually narrowing.

Valves and pallets each one-fourth of an inch, and the tube eight inches in
length.

This species is the T. marina of Sellius, who published, in 1733, an excel-
lent description and figures. Unfortunately his name cannot be adopted, be-
cause pre-Linnzan, and this is the more to be regrctted since the description
in the Syst. Nat.* will apply to any species in the genus, and the species is
only limited by the reference to the figures of Sellius.

Mr. Hanley, as one important result of his laborious examination of the types
in the collection of the great Swedish naturalist, demonstrated its identity
with the species of Sellius.

The navalis of Brit: authors prior to Forbes and Hanley, is T. Norvagica,
Spengler. Many of the authorities quoted above must be admitted with doubt,
—several of their descriptions are equally applicable to any species, and occa-
sionally the figures are no more characteristic.

It is doubtful whether the navalis of Sicily, Corsica and the Black Sea is

* “7. Testa tenuissima cylindrica levii.”’—Linn.

+ The synonymy and specific description in Deshayes’ Expl. Scientifique de l’Algerie, Mollus-
ques, must be tuken with great caution. The first is an indiscriminate grouping of references to
all the species described by different authors, as the T. navalis of Linn., and the last is sufficiently
general to coyer them all!

1862.]

470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the same as that of Linneus; a close examination will perhaps prove them
to be distinct.

T. Norvagica, Spengler.

T. Norvagica, Spengler, Skrivt. Nat. ii. pt. 1, p. 102, t. 2, f. 4—6, 1792.
Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. i. p. 138. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist. 2d. ser. viii. p. 386. Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Mollusca, i. p.
67, t.1,f. 1—5. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 121.
Schumacher, Essai d’un Nov. Syst. p. 94.

T. Norvegica, Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333, t. 90, f. 6. a. b. c. d. Chenu, Man.
Conchyl. tome 2, f. 60, 61. Jay, Catalogue, 4th edit. p. 9. Sowerby,
Illust. Brit. Shells, t. 1, f. 2. Thompson, Ann. and Mag. N. H. xx. p.
157. Woodward, Manual, t. 23, f. 26-27.

T. Bruguierti, Delle Chiaje, Mem. iv. p. 28, 32,t. 54, f. 9-12. Philippi,
Moll. Sicil, i. p. 2 ; andii. p. 3.

T. Deshaii, Quatrefages, Ann. des. Sc. Nat. 3 ser. xi. p. 26.

T. fatalis, Quatrefages, Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 ser. xi. p. 23, t. 1, f. 1.

T. nigra, Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. lii. p. 267.

T. Senegalensis, Laurent, Journ. Conchyl. i.

T. navalis, Brown, Conch. Brit. p. 116, t. 50, f. 1-7. Burrows, Conch. t. 22,
f. 4. Crouch, Introd. Lamarck’s Conch. t. 2, f.10. DeKay, Moll. N.
Y. p. 249, t. 34, f. 325, a. b. c. Donovan, Brit. Shells, v. t. 145. En-
cyc. Meth. t. 167, f. 1-5. Fleming, Brit. Anim. p. 454. Gould, In-
vert. Mass. p. 26? Gray, Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 410. Hanley Desc. Cat.
p. 3. Humphrey, Conch. t. 10, f. 2, 3. Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert.
ed. 2, vi. p. 38 (not Synon’s.) Maton and Rackett, Linn. Trans. viii.
p- 249. Mawe, Conch. t. 35. Montagu, Test. Brit. p. 527; and Supp.
p. 7. Pennant, Brit. Zool. iv. p. 147. Pultney, Dorset. Cat. p. 53, t.
18, f. 21. Reeve, Conch. Syst. t. 21. Sowerby, Genera; Sowerby,
Conch. Man. f. 48. Thorpe, Brit. Mar. Conch. p. 28. Turton, Conch,
Dict.. p. 183. Turton, Conch. Dithyra, p.. 14, t. 2, f. 1, 2, 3. Wood,
Index Test. t. 38. f. 2.

7. navium, Sellius, Hist. Nat. Tered. t. 1, f.1, 5.

T. Mediterraneus, Catlow, Conch. Nomence. p. 3.

Septaria Mediterranea, Matheron, Ann. Ges Sc. du Midi, France, i. p. 77, ii.
p- 312, 1.1. Deshayes, Traite Elem. i. pt. 2, p. 46, t. 2, f.9 and 10.
Cuvier, Reg. Anim. (ed. Audouin) t. 114, f. 3.

Serpula Teredo, De Costa, Brit. Shells, p. 21.

Bruma delle navi, Vallisnieri, Op. Phys. Med.

I'istulana corniformis, Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert. v. p. 435; 2d edit. vi. p.
31. Blainville, Dict. des Sc. Nat. xvii. p. 85. Blainville, Man. Mal. t.
81, f. 4. Chenu, Man. de Conchyl. ii. f. 63.

Guetera corniformis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. 2 ser. viii. p. 386.

Uperotis corniformis, Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333.

Teredo corniformis, Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 3. Deshays, Note in Lam.
Anim. sans. Vert. 2 edit. vi. p. 29 Gray, Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 410.

Teredo utriculus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3748. Bosc, Conch. ii. p. 202. Dill-
wyn, Desc. Cat. p. 1089. Kammerer, Cab. Rudolst, p. 7, t. 1? Wood,
Index Test. t. 38, f. 3.

Hab.—Channel Isles and Devonshire, England; coast of France; Senegal?

United States ? Mediterranean Sea.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences.

Description.—Valves of moderate size and solidity, longer than broad. The
anterior auricle subtriangular, about equalling the posterior in size, and the
basal margins of the two being nearly on a horizontal line. The body or fang-
shaped portion is rather more than double the length of the auricles, and is
about half as wide as its length. The pésterior auricle is not elevated nor ex-

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 471

panded, its outline is semi-orbicular, flattened somewhat on the upper mar-
gin, but quite convex laterally, and moderately so basally, where its junction
with the body is not angulated or but slightly so.

The dorsal edge of the anterior area descends concavely to an acute point,
whence the basal edge, sweeping in a quarter circle and thence continuing
horizontally, is brought to join the body or fang almost at right angles. The
anterior side of the body from this junction is almost straight to the base, its
direction being slightly inclined to the posterior side of the valve. The pos-
terior lateral edge of the body from its junction with the auricle is continued
towards the base, first slightly, but at length becoming decidedly convex in
outline, until its somewhat angular junction by a rounded basal margin, with
the anterior side. The surface of the body towards the beaks becomes convex
and elevated, sloping off towards each side and also towards its dorsal mar-
gin, which is mostly higher than either auricle, and convex in outline. The
dorsal edge of the posterior auricle is generally somewhat concave in outline,
descending slightly from the beaks in typical specimens, although occasionally
it is parallel with or even rising slightly above them ; its posterior lateral ter-
mination is marked by a slight reflexion upwards, from which the marginal
outline of the lateral and basal sides, as before stated, is convex to its junc-
tion with the body.

Viewed internally, the whole dorsal margin of the valve is marked by a
raised or thickened border ; the beaks are rather large and overhanging, cul-
minating in an irregular tubercle in the centre, from beneath which springs 2
rather broad curved blade, which terminates in a rapidly enlarging, rounded
or irregular clavate end. The inner surface of the fang or body is also
marked by an elevated rib, which, not particularly prominent at first, be-
comes more distinct as it approaches the base, and is there arrested and
turned upon itself apparently by the infolding of the exterior surface, form-
ing a rounded tubercle. The division of the posterior auricle from the fang is
internally defined by an oblique curved carina, the lower edge of which, near
the beaks, slightly projects over the inner disc, but it does not, as in some of
the other species, form a continuous ledge from the beaks to the margin.
The internal surface of the fang is hollowed in the centre, rising towards either
auricle, which becomes convex in the middle and laterally reflected outwards.
The surface is pure white and polished.

The external markings of the valve are very beautiful,—the anterior area is
ornamented by about sixty close and sharp concentric strie diverging from the
dorsal margin. A narrow radiating area enlarging from the beaks towards
the base, occupies the anterior portion of the body andis closely covered with
a series of beautiful minute grooves, which define the boundary-line of the an-
terior area by their junction almost at right angles with its strie, these fine
grooves, when viewed with a microscope, are found to be decussated by still
finer lines. Posteriorly, to this area, the grooves diverge into rather distant
slight concentrie arches gradually vanishing towards the posterior auricle, the
commencement of which is defined by a line, occasionally obsolete. The auri-
cle is generally sméoth, but occasionally with confluent raised granules or
points. The whole surface is white and polished when devoid, as it usually is,
of its thin olivaceous epidermis.

The pallets are somewhat spoon-shaped in outline with a truncate apex. One
side is convex and plain, whilst the other is concave, with a raised mid-rib,
which, becoming more prominent towards the base, merges into the stalk,
which is slender, cylindrical, or flexuous, and about as long as the blade.

The tube is not much contorted, but generally slightly flexuous, narrow,
tapering, polished externally, solid in texture and rather easily detached from
its burrow. It is semi-concamerated at its lower end, divided by ten or twelre
crowded, thin, orbicular partitions, which, however, leave a large oval orifice
in the centre. i

1862.)

472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Dimensions.—Length of valves half aninch ; breadth somewhat less. Length
of tube about one foot; but individuals have occurred in which the tube is
two and one-half feet long and the valves three-fourths of an inch.

Mr. Jeffreys considers the T. corniformis of Lamarck to be the tube of
this species, which is very probable, and I have therefore placed that species
among the synonyms of Norvagica.

The present shell is the T. navalis ofall British authors prior to Forbes
and Hanley’s Mollusca, the confusion of the species originating in the misera-
ble description of the Syst. Nature, which will apply equally well to any spe-
cies of the genus, and continued, probably, from the difficulty of procuring ex-
tensive suites of specimens, and from the uninviting nature of their study.

The figures of DeKay are copied from Turton, and therefore represent this
shell and not the true T. navalis.

The illustrations in Donovan and Pultney will suit equally well for this or
either of the other British Terede.

T. nigra, Blainville, is considered by Messrs. Fischer and Jeffreys to be a
synonym of Norvagica, and not having seen specimens, I have followed
them in including it here, but as it appears to me that the original description
does not exactly suit Norvagica, I reproduce it here.

‘Coquille assez grande, de quatre 4 cing lignes de haut sur autant de long,
épaisse, solide, entierement couverte d’un epiderme noir; cOté postérieur ou
tranchant fortement anguleux et striaé au moins de soixant stries tres-serrées,
surtout sur la partie verticale ; pallets ovales, alongées, non-tronquées.

Cette grande espéce de taret, dont je posséde un individu envoyé par Mlle.
Warn aM. DeFrance, a été trouvée sur les cdtes d’Angleterre, dans la carcasse
d’un navire venant de l'Inde et échoué depuis long-temps 4 quelque distance,
du rivage. Elle est parfaitément distinct par sa taille, sa couleur, et par le
nombre considerable de ses stries.

T. pedicellata, Quatrefages.

T. pedicellatus, Quatrefages, Aun. des Se. Phys. 3d ser. xi. p. 25, t.
1, f. 2. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333.

T. pedicellata, Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 139. Jeffreys,
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 123.

_Hab.-—Islands in the British channel and Northern Coast of Spain and Al-
giers.

Description.—‘* Coquille subsphérique a peu prés aussi longue que large ;
angle antérieur presque droit (90°), tombant forten arriére. Stries tres-fines
et tres nombreuses. Palmules étroites, allongées, portées a ’extremitée d’une
sorte de manche d’apparence cartilagineuse. Le pédicule est toujours blanc,
tandisque les palettes séut colorées en bron foncé. Taille inferieure de moitis
environ 4 celle du Ter. Norvagica.’’—Fischer.

“« Although the valves in adult specimens bear a close resemblance to those
of the following species, (T. marina) the pallets are unmistakably different ;
and in the young the strie on the anterior auricle of the valves are much
fewer, and consequently more remote than in that species. Where both spe-
cies occur together, the present occupies the outer layers of the wood, while
the other penetrates into its recesses. Quatrefages discovered this species at
Guibuscoa, on the North coast of Spain; and I noticed it in some wood which
M. Deshayes had taken on the Algerine coast. The tube is a beautiful object,
being jointed in an imbricated manner, like the stalk of an equisetum.’’—Jef-
Jreys.

T.Senegalensis, Blainville.

T.Senegalensis, Blainville, Dict. des Se. Nat. lii. p. 267. Jeffreys,
Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist. 31 ser. vi.p. 126. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473

Taret du Sénégal. Adanson, Hist. Nat. du Senegal, p. 264, t.19. Adanson,
Mem. de 1l’Acad. des Sc. 1759, p. 278, t. 9, f. 9, 10.

Hab.—In Mangrove roots. Coast of Senegal.

Description.—‘‘ Coquille un peu plus grosse, plus évidemment rhomboidale,
ou & quatre cétés obliqués. Le bord tranchant strié de vingt-cing stries denti-
culées. Pallets en spatule tronquée et non bicornée. Cette espéce, qui est in-
dubitablement distincte du taret commun, quoiqu ’il soit assez difficile de la
caractérisee complétement, a cause du peu de détails dans lesquels Adanson
est entré 4 son sujet, est fort commune dans les racines des mangliers qui
bordent les fleuves Niger et de Gambie. Elle les perce verticalement, quel-
quefois 4 deux ou trois pieds; mais ordinairement a six pouces au dessus de
terre.’’—Blainville.

T. truncata, Quatrefages.

T. truncata, Quatrefages, Ann. des Sc. Nat., 3d ser., xi. p. 27. Adams,
Genera, ii. p. 333. Fischer, Journ. Conch., 2d ser., i. p. 133. Jeffreys,
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., vi. p. 126.

Hab.—Amboina, Quoy et Gaimard.

Description.—‘‘ Coquille fragile, presque sphérique, fortement échancrée et
anguleuse 4 son bord antérieur; l’angle anterieur est de 90° environ, son
sommet se trouve placé assez en arriére, et ses bords paraissent plus rectilignes
que dans la plupart des autres espéces. Stries de loreillette antérieure assez
irréguliéres, si ce n’est vers les bords; palettes pédiculées, tricuspides, ob-
liqguement taillées en biseau de dehors en dedans.’’— Fischer.

Quatrefages’ Description is... . . ‘testa fragili, quasi spherica, alte
emarginataé; emarginatione 90 gradibus hiante; palmulis pedicellatis, in ob-
liquum truncatus, tridenticulatis.”’

Subgenus Catosates, Gould.

CaLoBaTEs, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., viii. p. 280, Feb., 1862. Gould,
Otia Conchologica, p. 241, 1862.

Description.—‘‘ Pallets stilt-shaped, bony. Type 7. thoracites, Gould.’’

I owe to the kindness of the author, an opportunity to examine specimens
of the valves of this interesting shell, ard also a sketch of the pallets. The
latter are indeed very remarkable, and indicate very clearly a subgeneric, if
not generic distinction, from TrrEpo. A more particular description of them
is contained in that of the species.

T. thoracites, Gould.

T. thoracites, Gould,. Bost. Proc., vi. p.15. Gould, Otia Conchologica.
p- 222, 241.

Hab.—Burmah.

Description.—‘‘ Shell large, solid, length and breadth about equal; valves
trifoliolate, the anterior area or leaf being very large proportionally, or about
equal to the fang-like body, excepting that it is truncated anteriorly, where it is
smooth, shining and callous. This anterior area is obtusely lance-pointed and
sculptured with concentric strie parallel to its basal edge, and with a few
delicate cracks or ruge radiating from the beaks; the fang-like body is large
and broad, obtuse at point, and armed within by a firm rib, terminating in a
rounded ivory knob; a strong flattened ridge traverses its posterior extremity,
running from the junction of the posterior wing above to the point of the fang ;
anterior to this the fang is grooved parallel to the anterior edge; while pos-
terior to it they take the direction of the inferior edge of the wing, and be-
come gradually more and more recurved towards the point, and are continued
on to the ridge. The posterior dorsal wing is very small and lunate, not
rising above the beaks, gently arched, scarcely projecting beyond the poste-
rior margin of the fang, its lower margin would correspond with the lower

1862.]

474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

margin of the anterior area if continued; the superior margin is rough and
bony, forming a broad area defined by a sharp crested ridge, and emarginated
at the junction of the wing. Hinge tubercles large, with a hook-shaped pro-
cess from each, by which the valves are interlocked; the wing is formed by a
sharp shell-like ridge, and is smooth and slightly excavated. The cavity of
the beak is filled with a spongy calcareous matter, from which issues the del-
icate and flattened subumbonal process which presents its flat side to the
valve, and at about one-third its length forms a decided elbow backwards.

Length from before backwards 3 inch; from above downwards a little less.

Pallettes very large and long, stilt-shaped; the style long and subulate,
slightly flexuous, bony, surrounded by a broad dilatation or step, concave on
one side and convex on the other; its upper surface deeply excavated, on this
is placed the blade, which is three-fourths as long as the style, thin, linear,
obliquely truncated at tips, about one-third the width of the step.

Length of style 7-10ths; of blade 4-10ths inch.

Brought by Rev. F. Mason and Rey. J. Benjamin from Tavoy.

In size and solidity this exceeds all the species yet described, it is chiefly
distinguished by the great size of the anterior triangular portion when com-
pared with the posterior alar portion or auricle.

The form of the pallettes also is entirely different from any yet described ;
nor do I find any mention elsewhere of the spongy calcareous growth in the
umbonal cavity.’’—Gould.

Genus UPEROTIS, Guettard.

Uperotis, Guettard, Memoirs, ii. p. 128. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333.

Guetera, Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus., 1842. Gray, Zool. Proc., p. 188, 1847. Gray,
Ann. and Mag, Nat. Hist., 2d ser., viii. p. 381.

Serpula, (part.) Mawe, Conch., p. 194.

Fistulana, (part.) Blainville, Dict. Se. Nat., xvii. p. 82. Bosc. Hist. Coq., ii.
p. 203. Griffith, Cuvier Regne Anim., xii. p. 124. Guerin, Iconog.
Reg. Anim. Moll., t. 33. Hanley, Desc. Cat., p. 3. Lamarck, Anim.
sans. Vert., v. p. 482; id. 2d edit., vi. p. 25. Potiez et Michaud, Gal-
lerie des Moll., ii. p. 272. Schréter, Hinleit, ii. Walch, Naturf., x.
p-. 38.

Teredo, (part.) Catlow, Conch, Nomene., p. 2. Cuvier, Regne Anim., edit.
Audouin Moll., p. 252. Deshayes, Traité Elem., pt. ii. p. 47. De-
shayes, Note in 2d edit., Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert., vi. p. 39. Dill-
wyn, Desc. Cat., p. 1087. Gray, Phil. Mag., 1827, p. 409. Jay, Cat.,
Ath edit., p. 9. Wood, Index Test., t. 38.

Dr. Gray includes in his genus Guetera, besides the U. clava, two other

specimens, which he names :—

G. lagenuala? this — Cucurbitula cymbia, Spengler (GASTROCH.E-
NID 4).

G. corniformis, this = tube of Teredo Norvagica, Spengler.

U. clava, Gmelin, sp.

Teredo clava, Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 3748. Dillwyn, Desc. Cat., p. 1090.
Gray, Phil. Mag., 1827, p. 410. Guettard, Mem., iii. t. 7, f. 6—9.
Wood, Index Test., t. 38, f. 4.

Guetera claya, Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., viii. p. 386.

U. clava, Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333.

Fistulana gregata, Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert., v. p. 435 ; ditto, 2d edit., vi.
p. 31. Bosc, Hist. Coq., ii. p. 204. Encye. Meth., t. 167, f. 6—14.
Griffith, Cuv. Reg. Anim., xii. t. 8, f. 3. Guerin, Iconog. Reg. Anim.
Moll., t. 33, f. 3. Hanley, Desc. Cat., p. 3. Potiez et Michaud, Gal-
lerie des Moll., ii. p. 272. Schréter, Einleit., ii. p. 574, t. 6, f. 20.
Walch, Naturforsch., x. p. 38, t. 1, f. 9, 10.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 475

Teredo gregata, Deshayes, Note in 2d edit. Lam. Ann. sans. Vert., vi. p. 39.

Fistulana gregaria, Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat., p. 83.

Serpula retorta, Mawe, Conch., t. 34, f. 5.

Teredo nucivorus, Spengler, Skrivt. Nat., ii. pt. 1, p. 105, t. 2, f.d. Catlow,
Conch. Nomence., p. 3. Cuvier, Regne Anim., ed. Audouin, t. 114, f. 4.
Deshayes, Traité Elem., t. 2, f.15—18. Dillwyn, Disc. Cat., p. 1090.
Jay, Catalogue, 4th edit., p. 9.

JTab.—Tranquebar, Pondichery, etc.*

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences.

Description.—Valves covered by a brown epidermis, solid in texture, very
convex, narrow, being two and one-half times longer than their width; in
this respect differing very much from the other species of the family. Ante-
rior auricle extending about one-third the total length, with its basal margin
very oblique and long, and its dorsal margin short and declining ; lateral an-
terior side sharply angulated by the junction of the dorsal and basal margins.
Posterior auricle very small, consisting of a mere triangular lateral swelling
of the margin, appearing in some specimens like a tooth. Beaks very narrow,
much raised, and tuberculate.

Internally the fang is deeply and narrowly channelled from the beaks to
the ventral tubercle. Apophysis very oblique, curved, turning to the poste-
rior side. Anterior to the central channel the substance of the valve is much
thinner.

Externally the anterior area is marked by a few rather coarse concentric
strie. Anterior to the centre of the fang and opposed to the internal channel
is a corresponding longitudinal raised rib, which is rather closely transversely
striated ; posterior to the rib the surface is nearly smooth, with the exception
of a few longitudinal strie, visible on the posterior shoulder.

Length 4 inch; breadth not quite Ath inch.

Pallets about 4 inch in length, the blade exceeding the style; blade spoon-
shaped, concave on One side, convex on the other, and thickened on the con-
vex side to a little above the middle, whence it is depressed to the tip; the
depressed area is covered with elegant ribs which radiate to all parts of the
upper margin, causing it to be toothed.

Tubes singularly contorted and twisted upon themselves, a mass of them
frequently growing together, they are of a light brown or yellowish red color,
and very solid, rapidly acuminating from the rounded base to the upper end.

Length four inches; breadth at base three-fourths of an inch, at tip halt
as much.

Genus XYLOTRYA, Leach.

Xyzorrya, Leach, MSS. (subgenus.) Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. Gray, Zool.
Proc. p. 188, 1847. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 381.
Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 125. Menke, Syn.
Meth., 1830. Sowerby, Illust. Brit. Shells.

Aylotrya, Quatrefages, Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3d ser. xi. p. 28.

Bankia, Gray.

Teredo, (part.) Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. lii. p. 259. Blainville, Malacol. p.
579. Bose, Hist. Coq. ii. p. 197. Catlow, Conch. Nomence. p. 2. Chenn,
Man. ii. p. 12. Cuvier, Regne Anim. edit. Griffith, xii. p.123. Delle
Chiaje, Mem. iv. Deshayes, Encye. Meth. p. 1002. Fischer, Journ.
Conchyl. 2d ser. i. Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll. i. p. 58. Hanley,
Dese. Cat. p. 3. Home, Phil. Trans., 1806. Lamarck, Anim. Sans.
Vert. edit. 1, v. p. 438; et edit. 2, vi. p. 35. Lamarck, Syst., 1801.
Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sicil. i. p. 2, et ii. p. 3. Spengler, Skrivt. Nat.
ii. pt. 1. Schumacher, Essai d’un Noy. Syst. Thompson, Ann. and
Mag. Nat. Hist., 1847. Turton, Conch. dithyra, p. 13.

* The specimen in Coll. A. N, S. is marked “St. Croix, W. I.,” doubtless a mistake.

1862.]

476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

X. BIPENNATA, Turton.

X. BreennaTA, Turton, Conch. Dict. p. 184, f. 38—40. Turton, Conch. dith.
Brit. p. 15. Brown, Conch. Gt. Brit. p. 116. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc.
p. 2. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 257. Fleming, Brit. Anim.
p. 454. Gray, Phil. Mag., 1827, p. 411. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 4, t. 9,
f. 50. Hanley, Brit. Mollusca, i. p. 80, t. 1, f. 9—11. Jeffreys, Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 126. Quatrefages, Ann. des Se. Nat.
3d ser. xi. p. 30. Thorpe, Brit. Mar. Conch. p. 28.

X. pennatifera, (part.) Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386.

X. carinata, Leach, Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333.

T. carinata, Leach, Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. lii. p. 269. Catlow, Conch.

Nomene. p. 3. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii.
p. 368.

T. carinata, Blainville, Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 256.

T. carinata, Gray, Phil. Mag., 1827, p. 411. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 4.

ZT. navalis, Home, Philos. Trans., 1806, p. 276. Home, Comparit. Anat. ii.

t. 43.

Ha).—England (bipennata), a doubtful native. Sumatra (carinata).

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences.

Description.—‘* Valves with the body or medial portion narrow and elong-
ated. Auricle tipically projecting higher than the beaks ; its upper internal
edge most strongly reflected outwards; the lower internal edge scarcely slop-
ing, and projecting shelf-fashion over the body. Triangular area extending
as low down as the auricle, not large, its outer edge very oblique; tooth-like
apophysis greatly slanting posteriorwards. Pallets very large, quill-shaped,
ot a spongy texture.

The shape of the valves is very different from that of Norvagiea or
Batava, the medial portion being decidedly more elongated, and the lower
end of the auricle slightly more remote from the ventral tubercle than is that
of the front triangle. This latter occupies less than two-fifths of an imaginary
line drawn from the beaks to the base of the shell, and is concentrically tra-
versed by raised strie, or narrow lyre, which are moderately close-set, and
not much arcuated below, but more distant and more curved towards the com-
mencement of the series. These are succeeded by another set of minutely
decussated strie, which occupy the narrow strip situated between the lateral
triangle and the internal radiating groove, and are produced thence along the
front margin of the shell. Then follows astill narrower strip, which, together
with the preceding, is elevated towards the beaks above the remainder of the
surface, covered with very oblique, distant, raised concentric strie, often with
finer intermediate ones, which, after passing the central, shallow, groove-like,
radiating area, are more or less distinctly continued over the remainder of the
surface as far as the auricle. This latter, which is smooth, small, and ear-
shaped, projects at its upper part above the summit of the beak, and is inter-
nally cut off as it were from the body of the shell by its lower edge, which,
almost straight and scarcely declining, projects like a ledge over the subum-
bonal region. Its basal line is thus almost at right angles to the hinder mar-
gin, whilst its much arcuated posterior outline runs nearly parallel to the base
of the lateral triangle. This ear-shaped appendage is also most strongly
reflected outwards, and is internally rather closely grooved with concentric
costelle; its hinder termination is attenuately rounded, and its front extrem-
ity is in the adult concavely, in the young subrectilinearly, more or less ob-
liquely subtruncated.

The entire shell is white and faintly glossy; there is an extremely oblique
lamina surmounted by a tooth-like process upon the hinge margin, running
at acute angles to the very oblique and flat subumbonal blade, which latter is
clavate, and in the most perfect specimens we have met with either tubercu-

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. AT7

lated or jagged at its edge near its termination. Both the posterior and ante-
rior edges of the valves, which are inclined to solidity, are rectilinear, the
front being nearly perpendicular, the hinder much more oblique; but in the
young these sides are rather more parallel, and the central, or linguiform por-
tion of the shell, much more narrow. The ventral apex is narrow, but not
acute, and its internal tubercle rather broad and compressed. The pallets are
very curious, and of a sponge-like look and color. They are remarkably large,
in some measure resemble a quill in shape, are usually more or less curved,
and have their stalk or unbarbed portion most minutely tuberculated. The
upper portion, which is usually about one-half of the entire length, and even
at its broadest part scarcely wider than the stalk, is closely articulated; the
upper and concave edge of each joint terminating at either extremity in an
ascending filament, is adorned on one side with a very fine fringe of similar
but more minute filaments. The joints towards the extremity appear in the
few specimens we have seen to lose their lateral filament, and the concavity
of the upper edges so increases as to form a decided angle near their middle.

The tube, which we have not seen ourselves, is declared by Dr. Turton to
be thicker and stronger than that of Norvagica, and simple in its outer
orifice; and by Mr. Gray (1827) to be not concamerated. The diameter of the
valves, from which our description was drawn up, is about four-sevenths of an
inch, whilst the pallets are actually three inches in length, and about two
inches broad at the widest part.

These dimensions, however, especially that of the pallet, are greatly ex-
ceeded in the Sumatran examples, from whence we may reasonably conclude
that that country is in all possibility its native habitat. Specimens are ex-
tremely rare.’’—Forbes § Hanley.

Mr. Jeffreys remarks that ‘‘this species requires further investigation, be-
cause of the similarity of its valves to those of T. malleolus, and of its
pallets to those of T. pennatifera. The former, however, appear to pre-
sent a difference in being more arched and solid than in T. malleolus, with
the anterior auricle larger and having more strie, as well as in the posterior
auricle being usually smaller; and the latter in having a shorter and much
thicker stalk than in T. pennatifera, which is not annular or tracheiform as

in that species, as well as in the lateral filaments being shorter and less
slender.”’

X. cucullata, Norman.

X. cueullata, Norman, MSS. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d
ser. vi. p. 125.

Hab.—In drift fir wood at Guernsey : in teak, with T. fimbriata at Belfast.

Deseription.—‘‘ Tube long, thick, not easily detached from the wood, inter-
nally wrinkled near the opening. Valves roundish-oval, rather convex;
body marked transversely, but regularly, with a few striz orimpressed lines ;
anterior auricle small, angle obtuse, strie numerous; posterior auricle dila-
ted and appressed, having its apex nearly on a level with the crown or umbo
of the valve, inner edge free and overlapping the body ; fang broad ; tubercle
small; apophysis sickle-shaped. Pallets composed of 20-30 calciform points
or cuculli, which are broad on the outer surface, and slightly overlap one
another in succession, lateral edges setaceous, with short filaments ; stalks
cylindrical, of same length as pallet. Dimensions: length (of valves) 8-207;
breadth 6-20”.

‘‘The pallets resemble those of T. minima, Blainville (T. palmu/ata,
Philippi) in having the front margin quite plain; but they differ in the joints
being of nearly equal breadth, and (especially in the earlier stage of growth)
being much more numerous and compact.

‘¢ The pallets of T. cucullata are also three or four times as long as those
of T. minima. The tube and valves of each species are easily distinguish-
able.’ —Jeffreys.

1862. 33

478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

X. fimbriata, Jeffreys.

X. fimbriata, Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d. ser. vi. p. 126.
X. palmulata,* Forbes and Hanley, British Mollusca, i. p. 86, t. 2, f. 9-11.
Stimpson, Check-List, No. 249. Sowerby, Illust. of Brit. Shells, t. 1, f. 6.

T’. bipalmulata, Thompson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1847.

Hab.—A doubtful inhabitant of the British coast.

Description.—The shell of this species differs so little from that of T. nava-
lis, that it is difficult to find any important distinctive characters in the valves
alone. They appear, however, to be always much smaller than in navalis,
and the external surface is not so highly polished; the overlapping ledge
which internally marks the line of the posterior auricle is more elevated.
The valves 4 inch in length. ‘The pallets, which are extremely fragile,
and never attain to any considerable dimensions, closely resemble diminutive
specimens of those of bipennata. They vary much with age and circum-
stances in regard to the number of articulations, their closeness or laxity of
approach to each other, and even in their individual shapes. In the smaller
specimens, (and almost all hitherto taken in our seas belong to this class, not
exceeding half an inch in length,) the stem resembles a piece of fine thread,
and is about equally long with the broader pennated portion which sur-
mounts it. This latter is composed of numerous somewhat triangular pieces,
of which the narrower end is jointed as it were to the broader opposite ex-
tremity of the preceding one, which is more or less deeply incurved in the
middle, and has, in consequence, its lateral terminations more or less strongly
forked. The basal articulation is often peculiarly graceful in shape, the lat-
eral outline being formed by two convex lines of corresponding curve on either
side. The number of these joints may average about a dozen, some appa-
rently having only eight distinct ones, whilst others, (chiefly the larger) have
nearly twice that number. The articulated portion is usually about three
times as broad as the stalk, and tapers towards its termination, where the
joints likewise are smaller and more closely set. Inthe larger pallets, where
the articulations are more remote from each other, their forked extremities,
instead of embracing (as in the young) the succeeding joint, project on either
side beyond the narrow bases, so as to cause the lateral edges to appear ser-
rated ; in certain specimens, where the joints are peculiarly distant, and their
subtrigonal forms have become in consequence less distinct, these forked ter-
minations are produced in narrow filaments, and the central concavities are
clothed with a more or less fringed membrane, which in some measure con-
ceals the depth of incurvation. . . None of the valves we have seen at all equal
the dimensions of our three first species, (Norvagica, marina, malleo-
lus,) and the longest pallet was under two inches in length.

The tube was concamerated in Mr. Clark’s examples (Exmouth) in the
cabinet of Mr. Jeffrey; we confess, however, we perceived no indication of
such structure in the very small perforations of the Irish specimens; in
both, the testaceous matter was sparingly deposited.”’— Hanley.

X. minima, Blainville, sp.
T. minima, Blainville, Dict. des Sc. Nat. lii. p. 268. Fischer, Journ.
Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 256. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser.
vi. p. 127.
T. bipalmulata, Delle Chiaje, Mem. iv. p. 28, t. 54, f. 18, 22, 23, 24.
T. palmulata, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sicil. i. p. 3, ii. p. 2, t. 1, f. 8.
T. serratus, Deshayes, Mss.
T. Philippii, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386. Fischer,
Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 257.
X. Philippii, Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333.

* This is not the T. pal mulata of Lamarck or Philippi.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. A479

Hab.—Mediterranean Sea.

Description.—“‘ Coquille 4 peu prés semblable a celle de T. navalis mais
plus petite, 4 peu prés aussi haute que large; oreillette antérieure portant
plus de soixante stries ; oreillette postérieure moins abaissée que chez le T.
navalis.

‘Palettes courtes, ressemblant 4 un petit épi d’orge formées de huit a dix
godets courts, comprimés, imbriqués, denticulés a leur bord inférieur et le plus
souvent noiratres. Epines latérales peu developpees. Pédicule cylindrique,
gréle, blanc, un peu plus long que la palette.

‘* Observ.—Cette charmant espéce n’attient jamais de grandes dimensions,
mais ses ravages n’en sont pas moins redoutables; car elle abonde dans les
lieux ou elle vit.”’—Fischer, desc. of T. Philippii.

Fischer separates Philippzi from minima, and remarks that the latter is
described from a young shell. Jeffreys unites the two, giving the preference
to Blainville’s name, as the oldest which is not pre-occupied.

X. minima is thus deseribed in Journ. Conchyl. p. 256.

‘* Coquille extrémement petite, 4 peu prés aussi haute que large; oreillette
et zone anterieures plus grandes que les postérieures ; stries tres nombreuses,
presque également, serrées et espacées sur les deux cOtés de langle anteérieur.

** Palettes portées sur un trés-long pédicule et formcées de douze articula-
tions en godets, non epineuses sur les cOtes.’’—Fischer.

X. palmulata, Lamarck (sp.).

-Teredo palmulata, Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert. v. p. 440; id. 2d edit.
vi. p. 38. Blainville, Man. Malacol. t. 80, bis, f. 8. Catlow, Conch.
Nomence. p. 3. Chenu, Man. Conchyl. ii. f. 64, 65. Cuvier, Regne
Anim. edit. Griffith, xii. t. 7, f.5. Ferussac, Encyc. Meth. p. 10/4.
Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 254. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 4,
t. 11, f. 13. Quatrefages, An. des Se. Nat. 2d ser. xi. p. 29.

X. palmulata, Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333, t. 90, f. 6e.

X. bipalmulata, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386.

T. bipalmulata, Lamarck, Syst. Anim. sans. Vert. p.129. Bosc, Hist.
Coq. ii. p. 202. Gray, Phil. Mag., 1827, p. 410.

Taret de Pondichéri, Adanson, Mem. Acad. des Sc., 1759, p. 278, t. 9, f. 12.

Hab.—East Indies.

Description.—The valves and tubes of this species are unknown, and but
two specimens of the pallets exist in European collections ; from one of these
pallets (that in the Jardin des Plantes) Lamarck’s description is taken,* which
in fulness of detail and accuracy is scarcely inferior to the description of T.
navalis, by Linneus.

The pallets are quite large, the blade composed of twenty or more triangu-
lar joints, which are attenuated laterally into sharp projecting points. The
stalks are somewhat shorter than the pallets, moderately thick, rounded, and
about one-third the width of the blade. Total length about one inch.

Mr. Jeffreys remarks that they are ‘‘allied to the pallets of T. bipennata,
although evidently distinct.”

This species is not the T. palmulata of Forbes and Hanley, nor of
Philippi.

X. pennatifera, Blainville (sp.)

Teredo pennatifera, Blainville, Dict. des Sc. Nat. lii. p. 269.
X. pennatifera, Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 126.
X. Pants ra, (part.) Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii.
86.

480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

X, palmulata, Leach, teste Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p.
386.

Hab.—England, floating wood on the coast of Guernsey (a doubtful native):
and at Cherbourg, France.

Description.—‘‘ Coquille assez petite et mince, échancrée tres anguleusement
en avant, finement multistriée; palmules extrémement considerables, huit ou
dix fois plus longues que les valves, composées d’un grand nombre d’articu-
lations, pourvous de chaque cOté d’un long cil, et postées sur un long pédicule
ce qui les fait ressembler 2 une pennatule.

‘* Cette jolie espéce, quiexiste .... . danslacollection du Museum Britan-
nique, vient les mers de 1’Inde.

‘*Les palmules pourroient ¢tre aisément prises, au premier aspect, pour des
pennatules fort élégantes; elles different beaucoup par leur grandeur, et par
leur forme de celles du taret des Indes de M. de Lamarck, (palmulata,
Lam).’’—Blainville.

X. Stutchburyi, Leach (sp.).

T. Stutchburyi, Leach, Blainville, Dict. Sc. Nat. lii. p. 268. Fischer,
Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 255. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.
3d ser. vi. p. 127. Quatrefages, Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3d ser. xi. p. 28.
X. Stutchburyi, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d. ser. viii. p. 386.
Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333.
T. campanulata, Deshayes, Mss., Brit. Mus.
T. navalis, Spengler, Skrivt. Nat. ii. p. 100, t. 2, f1—3. Schumacher,
Essai d’un Noy. Syst. p. 94.

Hab.—Sumatra.

Description. —‘‘ Coquille sensiblement moins longue que large; valves fort
minces; angle antérieur obtus (115—120°); oreillette antérieure courte,
chargée de stries trés-fines et trés nombreuses; oreillette postérieure assez
marquée, mais moins saillante que dans les Ter. palmulata et bipennata.

‘*Palettes assez courtes, i pédicules tres courts, formées par des godets en
partie cornés et demi-transparents, diminuant graduellement du pédoncule au
sommet de la palette. Le bord inferieur des godets est épaissi et semble
frange, quand l’individu est fraichement recueilli ou conservé dans Valeool.
Les godets sont legerement comprimeés, assez profonds; chacun d’enx adhére
au bord inferieur de celui qui le précéde par un court pedicule.

Obs. —Trés-bonne espéce, bien caracterisee par des godets triangulaires, sans
épines laterales. Les differentes descriptions que l’on a fait des coquilles,
différent par plusicurs points essentiels, et il ne serait pas etonnant qu’il y
eit quelques espéces a palettes articulees semblables et A coquilles différentes,
comme nous |’avons constate chez les Tarets a palettes simples.’’—Fischer.

Subfamily 2. TEREDININZ, Tryon.

TEREDININA, Tryon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. p. 65, 1862.

Genus TEREDINA, Lamarck.

(Fossil.)
Subfamily 3. KUPHIN, Tryon.

TEREDINA, (part.), Gray, Zool. Proc. 1847, p. 188.
TEREDININA, (part.), Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386.

Genus KUPHUS, Guettard.

Cupnus, Guettard, Mem. iii. p. 139. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser.
viii. p. 381.
Kuruvus, Gray, Syn. Br. Mus. 1840. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 648.
[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481

Kyphus, Agassiz.

Furcella, Lamarck, Syst. p. 104, 1801, note. Gray, Zool. Proc. pt. 25, p. 243
and pt. 26, p. 258. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. i. p. 295 ;
and ii. p. 374. Menke, Synops. Meth. edit. 2, p. 122. Oken. Zool.

Septaria, Larmarck, Anim. sans. Vert. v. p. 436; id. edit. 2, vi. p. 32.
Anton, Versuch. p. 1. Blainville, Dict. Se. Nat. xxxii. p. 362. Blain-
ville, Malacol. p. 581. Deshayes, Traite Elem. i. pt. ii. p. 40. De-
shayes, Encyc. Meth. iii. p. 246. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 3. Latreille,
Fam. Nat. Potiez et Michaud, Gallerie, ii. p. 271. Rang. Man. p. 349.
Schweigg, Natiirg. 1820, p. 601. Sowerby, Conch. Man. ed. 2, p. 255.
Voigt, Cuv. Thierr. iii. p. 570.

Septana, Fisch. Bibl. Pal. 1834, p. 273, error typ.

Leptana, Gray, Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386, error typ.

Teredo, (part.), Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p., 2.
Deshayes, Note in Lam. Anim. s. Vert. edit. 2, vi. p. 39. Fischer,
Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 132. Home, Philos. Trans. 1806, p. 276.
Home, Anat. Comparit. Jay, Cat. 4th edit. p.9. Wood, Index Test.
t. 38.

Serpula, (part.), Linnzus, Syst. Nat. edit. 10, p. 787 ; and edit. 12, p. 1266.
Linnzus, Mus. Ulric. p. 700. Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3739. Hanley,
Shells of Linn. p. 446. Pallas, Spicil. Zool. p. 140. Schréter, Einleit. ii.

Solen, (part.), Hebenstr. p. 295. Humphrey, Conch. Klein, De Tub. p. 3.
Lesser, Conch. p. 139. Rumphius, Mus.

Clausaria, Menke, Syn. Meth. edit. 1, 1828.

K. arenarius, Linn. sp.

Serpula arenaria, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 787. Linnzus, Mus.
pico p. 700. Hanley, Shells of Linneus, p. 447. Pallas, Spicil. Zool.
p. 140.

Solen arenarius, Rumphius, Mus. t. 41, f.d.e, Klein, De Tub. p. 3.
Hebenstr. p. 295.

Septaria arenaria, Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert. v. p. 437; ed. 2, vi. p. 33.
Deshayes, Traite Elem. i. pt. 2, p. 44. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 3. Potiez
et Michaud, Gallerie des Moll. ii. p. 271.

Leptana arenaria, Lamarck, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii.
p. 386, (typo. error.)

Teredo ar enaria, Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 2. Gray, Phil. Mag. 1827,
p. 410. Jay, Catalogue, 4th edit. p. 9.

Teredo arenarius, Deshayes, Note in Lam. Anim. sans Vert. 2d ed. vi.
p. 39.

Cuphus arenarius, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386.

Kuphus arenarius, Adams, Genera, ii. p. 648.

Serpula gigantea, Schroter, Einl. ii. p. 557.

Septaria gigantea, Chenu, Man. de Conchyl. ii. f. 67.

Furcella gigantea, Gray, Zool. Proc. pt..25, p. 243, t. 39, f. 1—3; id. pt. 26,
p. 258; id. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3a. ser. p. 295 ; andii. p. 374.
Teredo gigantea, Home, Philos. Trans. 1806, p. 276, t. 10; and 11, f. 1—7.

Home, Anat. Comparit. ii. t. 41. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 533. Dillwyn,
Desc. Cat. p- 1087. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 132. Wood,
Index Test. t. 38, f. 1.
Serpula polythalamia, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, p. 1266. Gmelin, Syst.
Nat. p. 3742. Hanley, Shells of Linnzus, p. 446. Schroter, Einleit.
ii. p. 549.
Solen corrugatus, Klein, De Tub. p. 5. Lesser, Conch. p. 139.
Serpula anguina, Var. B. Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3743.
Martini, Conch. Cat. 1, p. 40 and 45, t. 1, f. 6, 11.
Davilla, Cat. Syst. p . 97, 102,
’ Seba, Mus. iii. 1. 94.
1862. 34

482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Hab.—Philippine Islands, Van Dieman’s Land, East Indies.

Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences.

Description.—Valves wanting. Tube contorted somewhat, gradually in-
creasing in diameter to the base, and growing to the length of three feet.
The siphonal end is divided into two internal tubes by a transverse partition.
External surface roughened, by its contact during growth with surrounding
objects, and exhibiting impressions of pebbles, shells, &c. Diameter at base
one and a half inch inches, at siphonal end, three-quarters inch. Base
rounded, ‘‘closed by two overlapping, convex septa, arising from the sides
and completely closing the ends. The tube is thickened above as the animal
leaves it, and is much thinner near the lower or closed extremity,’’* just around
which are scattered small perforations for the admission of water to the

animal.
Pallets about one inch or more in length, the stalk gradually increasing
into a triangular blade, the end of which is truncate on one side and two-

horned on the other side.

Oct. Tth.
Dr. RuscHENBERGER in the Chair.

Eighteen members present.

The following paper was presented for publication :

Monograph of the prehensile-tailed Quadrumana. By J. H. Slack,
M. D.

Mr. Kilvington gave an account of his attempts at cultivating a number of
living plants brought by Dr. Hayes from the Arctic region and presented to
the Academy. Notwithstanding great care, he had failed in developing the
plants to any extent. Though kept in the coolest places, yet the high tem-
perature of our latitude appeared to destroy all after budding and the seeds
after germinating. The young plants and seeds were planted in the original
soil which accompanied them. They began to perish when the temperature
reached 50° F.

Oct. 14th.
Mr. CassIn in the Chair.

Nine members present.
The following paper was presented for publication :
Description of a new species of Cephalopod. By W. M. Gabb.

Oct. 21st.
Vice-President VAUX in the Chair.

Seventeen members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

On the Limits and Affinity of the Family of Leptoscopoids, and On
the Classification of the Squali of California. By Theo. Gill.

Oct. 28th.
Vice-President Vaux in the Chair.

Fourteen members present.

[Oct.

Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

% nat. size.

Tybotson, on stone.

OMMASTREPHES TRYONII. case.

'
a
1
7
i a
ul é
: ed
=» iid vik
a . oe a
= i> f
<l oO
=
. 7 '
a ite tae Hae oe. Tae :
ih
.
~*~
Ke,
oi "5% @
eh . -
3a yt,
c -
( ,
i <a ae =
iam a ae oie :
~ pb a 7
i leap a i apy
, i ir r,
eae Sa etait
=»
- ty
‘ me i ry ‘
a) oo
t
!
fs t 1 i
itl we
he at
= : Ra 7

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 483

On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published in the Proceedings :

Description of a new species of CEPHALOPOD from the Coast of
California.

BY W. M. GABB.

OmMasTREPHES TryoniI.—Body large, subcylindrical for about two-thirds of
its length, posterior third tapering, acute at the extremity. Fins between one-
third and one-fourth the length of the body, nearly twice as broad as long,
rhomboidal; angles rounded. Anterior of the body truncated at a right angle
to the length and with a slight angle on the dorsal median line. Siphon short
broad, head small, not wider than the body, flattened above (and at the sides ?)
Eyes small. Sessile arms robust, short, compressed: comparative length 4, 2,
1, 3, the dorsal being the shortest, although they are all of nearly equal length.
The second and third pair are so compressed that the caps appear to be ar-
ranged in a single line. The lower half or two-thirds of the outer side of the
dorsal and the whole of the same portion of the other arms are fringed with a
narrow membrane. The inner side of the third pair is also fringed on each
side of the cupules.

The cupulesare all small, but the borderiag rows of teeth are well marked.
Tentacular arms compressed, very little longer than the longest pair of sessile
arms. Cupules arranged on the distal two-fifths, largest in the middle, be-
coming very small towards each end. Mouth small, the surrounding membrane
without cupules, with a bifurcating process between the dorsal pair of arms
and one extending to each of the other sessile arms. Surface flesh colored,
covered with small dots, sparsely placed on the lower side and pinkish; on
the back these dots are nearly black and placed close together so as to pro-
duce a mottled appearance. Between the back and sides there is a well marked
lighter band extending from the edge of the fins to the anterior end of the
body.

Shell narrow, pointed in front and tapering backwards regularly, except

the last half inch which is dilated into the usual slipper-like process.
. Length of body 5:5 in.; circumference 3 in.; length of fin 1:8.; width of fin
3-4 in.; lergth of head ‘8 in.; breadth (about) ‘9 in.; length of longest ses-
sile arm 2-1.; length of shortest 1-5 in. ; length of tentacular arm 2-5in.; length.
of siphon (about) -5 in.

Locality. Coast of California ?

The specimen was presented to me by Dr. W. O. Ayres, of San Francisco,
and was found in a lot of salt, most probably from near Point Conception.
The colors are well preserved, but the specimen is so soft after relaxation that
the exact form of the head cannot be determined.

It resembles O. sagittata, d’Orb., in both external form and the shape of the
sbell. It differs from that species, however, in the much shorter tentacular
arms and the broader fin. The shell, which is pointed in nearly the same
manner anteriorly, tapers regularly, while in d’Orbigny’s species itis suddenly
constricted.

On the Classification of the Families and Genera of the SQUALI of
California.

BY THEODORE GILL.

In continuing at intervals the study of the Elasmobranchiate Fishes, T have
felt obliged to modify several portions of the classification of the Squali that:
have been adopted in the ‘' Analytical Synopsis of the order,” from previous

1862.]

484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

laborers on that group. Happily those families whose arrangement most re-
quires modification are represented by species found along the coasts of Cali-
fornia. I therefore, submit throngh the medium of a elassification of those
species, some of the changes which appear to be necessitated in the present state
of our knowledge.

Order SQUALI (Miiller et Henle) Agassiz.
Suborder SQUALI Gill.
Squalide veri Bonaparte, Selachorum Tabula Analytica, p. 4,31838.

Pectoral fins produced directly outwards, or curved backwards from the an-

terior basal angle.
Caudal fin heterocercal and with a more or less developed inferior lobe pro-

current forwards beneath the vertebral column.

Family GALEORHINOID& Gill.

Les Squales sp. Cuvier, Regne Animal, tome ii. p. 123, &c., 1817.

Squalide, ¢ (16) Squalini, (19) Trizenodontini) Bonaparte, Selachorom Tabula
Analytica, p. 5.

Carcharie part.

Triznodontes

Galei ‘ Miller and Henle, Systematische Beschreibung der Plagi-
Scylliodontes ostomen, pp. 28, 55—57, 63, 64.
Musteli

Nictitantes Owen, Lectures on Comparative Anatomy, vol. ii. p. 51, 2846.
Carcharide ) Richardson, Encyclopedia Britannica, vol. xii. (Ichthyology) p.
Galeidz 323.

Carchariodei ( Bleeker, Enumeratio Specierum Piscium hucusque in Archipelago
Galeoidei ; Indico Observatorum, &c., pp. 11, 32.

Galeorhinoide Gill, Analytical Synopsis of the Order of Squali, pp. 29, 30, 33.

Body elongated, subcylindrical, gradually tapering towards the caudal fin.

Seales minute, more or less rhomboid and imbricated, and generally sur-
mounted by longitudinal keels.

Head more or less depressed and plane, oblong, semi- elliptical or conic above,
with the snout projecting on the plane of the head, with its margin thin, more
or less rounded, and declining obliquely backwards to the mouth.

Eyes lateral, submedian or anterior, with the nictitating membrane dis-
tinct.

Mouth inferior, large and arched in front.

Teeth compressed, with trenchant and entire or serrated edges ¢ Galeorhinine,
or small and paved. ;

Nostrils inferior, and near the sides of the snout; simple and generally
with a triangular flap from the anterior or inner border:

Spiracles, obsolete or developed.

Branchial apertures five, the last of which are small, and above the base of
the pectoral fin.

Dorsal fins two ; each is curved tovrards the anterior angle which is rounded
and more or less projecting, especially that of the first fm, while the posterior
angle is acutely produced backwards. First dorsal large and situated more
or less in advance of the ventra) fins ; second moderate or small, and above or-
nearly above the anal fin.

Anal fin generally similar to the second dorsal in form and size, rounded at
its anterior angle, and acately produced behind.

Caudal fin decidedly heterocercal; the upper or vertebral lobe moderately
elongated and abruptly curved upwards and backwards, and with the mem-

(Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485

brane notched at its inferior margin near the end and forming a triangular
lobe ; the inferior or basal lobe is moderate or small.

Pectoral fins more or less falciform, rounded at the external angle, and with
the posterior margin subtruncated or sinuated and incurved to the inner angle
which is also rounded.

Ventral fins inserted more or less behind the middle, oblong or trapezoidal,
rounded at the anterior angle and acute at the posterior.

The family of the Galeorhinoide as it has been now circumscribed, appears to
be a very natural group, all the types included therein agreeing in physiognomy
and general form, and for the most part differing from each other in details of
secondary value. The only characteristics of greater than generic value are the
more marked peculiarities of dentition, and the presence or absence of spiracles.
Miiller and Henle have attached much importance to such characters, and have
regarded them as distinguishing five families. As, however, none of those
characters are co-ordinate with others, the value assigned to them by those
biologists appears to be much greater than they merit, and scarcely even suffi-
cient to base subfamilies upon. The most important and trenchant variation
in the family is found in the dentition of the genus Mustelus as opposed to that of
all the other types. The latter may therefore be combined in one subfamily,
while Mustelus can be regarded as the type of a second one. The typical suo-
family of the Galeorhinine is then subdivisable into four minor groups equiva-
lent to families of Miiller and Henle, and only characterized by the varions
combination of two characters. The following synoptical view will facilitate
- the recognition of the several groups.

I. Teeth compressed and trenchant...............cesseceseresereeseeees GALEORHININ 2.
A. Spiracles obsolete in adults.
Teeth without lateral prongs............sesceeeeeereeeeeeees Cynucephali.
Teeth with one or two lateral prongs on each side...... Triznodontes.
B. Spiracles developed.
Teeth with lateral prongs.............ccsseccsecsereccscneesrees Scylliodontes.
Teeth without lateral denticles...............2+seceseneceeees Galeorhini.
II. Teeth flat and paved...... Beer eee as sso eabindcana vente oncasepac nae MUSTELIN2.

Subfamily GALEORHININZ Gill.

a ae t Bonaparte, Selachorum Tabula Analytica, p. 5.

Cascharie pp.

Trienodontes | Miller and Henle, Systematische Beschreibung der Plagistomen,
Galei pp. 28, 55, 57, 63.

Scylliodontes }
Squaliana pt.
Leptochariana | Gray, List of the Specimens of Fishes in the Collection of the
Galeiana British Museum, part 1, Chondropterygii, pp. 40, 51, 52, 55.
Triakiana
Galeorhinine Gili, Analytical Synopsis of the Order of Squali, pp. 33, 35.
Teeth compressed and cultrate, smooth or serrated and with or without
lateral denticles.
Spiracles obsolete or of small size.

Group SCYLLIODONTES Miiller and Henle.
“Scylliodontes Miller and Henle, Systematische Beschreibung der Plagios-
tomen, p. 63.
Scylliodontide Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &e.,
vol. x. Fishes, p. 362.

Teeth scyllioid, or each one with one or two prongs on each side of the large
central pointed one.

1862.]

486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Spiracles of small size, developed.

To this group are now referred two genera.

Genus RHINOTRIACIS Gill.

Body compressed, elongated and subfusiform in profile.

Scales tricarinated.

Head oblong, with the snout produced, oblong and attenuated towards the
transversely rounded apex.

Eyes rather small.

Mouth moderate and boldly arched in front. The groves at the corners are
well defined and the upper lip folds over the lower.

Teeth with an acute median prong and a smaller lateral one on each side.

Nostrils nearer the mouth than the front of the snout, obliquely transverse
and with a wide convex flap arising from the anterior or inner border of each
aperture.

Dorsal fins nearly similar in form, obliquely produced upwards towards the
anterior angle, which is rounded; acutely produced backwards from the
posterior angle; the first dorsal is intermediate between the pectoral and ven-
tral fins.

Anal fin similar to the second dorsal.

Caudal fin with a terminal triangular lobe, and with the membrane above the
vertebral column moderately developed; inferior lobe scarcely produced down-
wards from the anterior angle.

Pectoral fin moderate, extensible partly under the first dorsal, rounded at each
angle and subtruncated behind.

Ventral fins trapezoid, rounded at the external angle.

Rhinotriacis is very closely related to 7riacis, but is separable from that genus
on account of the produced snout, the position of the first dorsal fin and per-
haps the greater development of the pectoral fins. It has a superficial resem-
blance to the genus Jsoplagiodon of the group of Galeorhini produced by the
situation of the first dorsal fin and the elongation of the snout, as well as its
color, but the dentition, the presence of spiracles as well as the form and rela-
tive position of the fins at once distinguish it.

The only known representative of this genus is Californian; a single young
specimen of the species was sent to the Smithsonian Institution by Mr. Samuel
Hubbard, and referred to as a species with the aspect of Jsoplagiodon immediately
after the Triacis semifasciatus. It differs from the species of Zrzacis in color as
well as morphological characters, being uniform reddish-brown above, and

greyish-white below, with which color the pectoral, ventral and anal fins are
also margined.

RHINOTRIACIS HENLE! Gill.

(The following table of measurements will suffice for the identification of the
species, It is hoped that older specimens may be obtained in time to prepare
a complete description for a work on the Fishes of Western America. The umbi-
lical cord of the specimen noticed has entirely disappeared.

The base of each fin is considered as being on a level with the body; the
height is measured in an oblique direction parallel with the axis of cleavage of
the fin; the greatest breadth is parallel with the base or terminal margin, and
crosses obliquely the line of cleavage.

Extreme length 9}.

Body—Greatest height 10; greatest width 6; height of tail behind anus 4;
least height of tail 24.

Head—Greatest length 18; greatest width 12; height of snout 73.

Eye—Diameter 43; distance from snout 9.

Mouth—Width 64; depth from symphysis of jaw to line between corners of

mouth 3.
[Oct.

’

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487

Dorsal—Distance from snout 30; length of base 10; length of horizontal
‘“ posterior” margin 43; greatest oblique height 9; (second) distance from
snout 58; length of base 8 ; length of posterior (horizontal) margin 34 ; greatest
(oblique) height 7.

Anal—Distance from snout 61; length of base 6; greatest height 4; height
behind to point 33.

Caudal—Length 23 ; length of inferior lobe 15; oblique height of lobe near
front 5; oblique height at end 14; greatest height of terminal lobe 3}.

Pectoral—Greatest length 123; length within internal border 9; greatest
width 83.

Ventral—Distance from snout 33 ; greatest length (from base to inside of outer
angle) 53; length within internal border 4; greatest width 6.

Genus TRIACIS Miiller and Henle.

Triakis Miller et Henle, Magazine of Natural History, vol. ii. 1838.
“ Bonaparte, Selachorum Tabula Analytica, 1838.
“ — Miiller et Henle, Systematische Beschreibung de Plagiostomen.
“Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &c., vol. x.
Fishes, p. 362.

Body compressed, elongated and scarcely subfusiform in profile.

Scales provided with three keels producing a tridigitate margin.

Head scarcely oblong, with the snout short and transverse, the anterior mar-
gin being arched or convex.

Eyes rather small, and nearly above the angles of the mouth.

Mouth large and transversely arched. The groove at each corner of the
mouth is very sharply defined, and the upper lip folds over the angle of the
lower.

Teeth with a large acute median prong, and two smaller oblique ones on
each side ; the unpaired symphiseal tooth is symmetrical.

Nostrils nearer the mouth than the front of the snout, transverse and with a
wide convex flap arising from the anterior (inner) border.

Dorsal fins similar in form, obliquely produced towards the anterior angle
which is rounded; acutely elongated from the posterior angle; the first fin is
rather nearer the ventrals than the pectorals; the second is smaller and partly
in advance of anal.

Anal fin similar to second dorsal.

Caudal fin with a terminal triangular lobe, and with the membrane above the
vertebral column moderately developed; inferior lobe obsolete or scarcely pro-
duced downwards and obtuse.

Pectoral fin rather small, rounded at each angle, not extending beyond the
front margin of first dorsal.

Ventral fins trapezoidal, rounded at the external angle.

Type.—Triacis scyllium M. and JZ.

Two species of this genus are known; Triacis semifasciatus Girard, from
California ; Triacis scyllium Miiller and Henle from Japan.

TRIACIS SEMIFASCIATUS Girard.*

Triakis semifasciatus Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., vol.
Vii. p. 196, 1854.

Mustelus felis Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sciences, part 1, p.
17, 1854.

* The following name probably belongs to the synonymy of Triacis semifasciatus, but as it has
never been joined to a description, the suggestion can be only verified by one haying access to the
British Museum. It is scarcely necessary ‘to add that such a verification will not at all influence
the nomenclature of the species, the name being a worthless synonym by default of description.

Triakis californica Gray, List of Specimens of Fish, in the Collection of the British Museum,
part 1, Chondropterygti, p. 56, 1851.

1862.]

488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Triakis semifasciatus Girard, explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &c.
vol. x. Fishes, p. 362.

Family ZHETERODONTOIDZ Gill.

Les Squales partim

Squalus

Cestraciontes Agassiz, Poissons Fossiles, tome ii. 1833.

Squalidee verze (Cestracionini) Bonaparte, Selachiorum Tabula Analytica, p. 5,
1838.

Squalide (Centrinine) Swainson, Natural History of Fishes, &c., vol. ii. p.

: 1839.

Cestraciontes Miller and Henle, Systematische Beschreiburg der Plagiostomen,
p. 76, 1841.

Cestraciones Miller, Arc. 1, 1317, 1845.

Cestraciontide Owen, Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of
the Vertebrate Animals, p. 51, 1846.

Squalide (Heterodontina) Gray, List of the Specimens of Fish in British Mu-
seum. Chondropterygii, p. —, 1857.

Cestraciontoide Bleeker, Systematis Piscium Naturalis Tentamen.

Heterodontoide Gill, Analytical Synopsis of the Order of Squali, p. 29, 30, 37,
1862.

Squalide (Cestraciontini) Bonaparte, Syst. Vert.

Body elongated and obtusely trihedral, gradually tapering from the anal re-
gion towards the caudal fin.

Scales very small.

Head high, with the forehead declivous and the snout little prominent.

Eyes lateral, but very high on the sides; nictitating membrane obsolete.

Mouth subterminal but inferior and more or less arched in front.

Teeth in front compressed and trenchant or digitated, on the sides arranged
in whorls, paved and adapted for grinding.

Nostrils continued backwards to the mouth.

Spiracles small.

Branchial apertures five, moderate or small; the last above the base of the
pectoral fin.

Dorsal fins two, each well developed and with a spine enveloped in the front
of its margin; the anterior angle of each is rounded, and the posterior acute;
the first fin above the interval between the pectoral and ventral fins; the second
more or less behind the ventral fins, and remote from the caudal.

Anal fin small or moderate, below or behind the second dorsal fin, and re-
mote from the caudal; the anterior angle is rounded but produced, and the pos-
terior blunt.

Caudal fin heterocercal; the upper lobe moderate and with its under edge
notched and lobed nearer the end, and with the portion above the ventral
column enlarged; the lower lobe is small or moderate.

Pectoral fins normally developed, with each angle rounded, but towards the
anterior produced.

Veutral fins moderate, inserted nearer the head than the tail, with each angle
obtuse.

The characters of the family of Heterodontoids as here exposed are derived
almost entirely from our knowledge of the species living at the present day.
The earliest kaown living representative of the family, the Port Jackson shark,
has become celebrated on account of the views of Agassiz, by whom it was con-
sidered as the type and sole existing representative of a family rich in peculiar
genera and species at former epochs of the world’s history. That naturalist
bas proposed to refer to the family of Cestraciontes, numerous vestiges of the
representatives of the order of Squali, found in every formation from the earli-

[Oct.

Cuvier, Regne Animal, tome ii. 1817.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489

est period down to our own days. These vestiges are almost solely the more or
less complete remains of teeth and spines. It is therefore by no means demon-
strated that all such remains are indications of the pertinence of the species of
which they are the witnesses, to the present family. All these remains require
to be re-examined with reference to the present views held by naturalists re-
garding the nature of families. Such an examination will doubtless result in
the disseverment of some of the genera known from such remains, from the
family of Heterodontoids.

That family of Heterodontoids as now restricted, is distinguished among all
the others representatives of the order by the peculiar form of the body and
head. While in all the other recent sharks, the head is depressed and the
snout above nearly parallel or on the same plane with the upper surface of the
head, in the Heterodontoids, the head is elevated, the sides vertically expanded
and the snout deflected downwards. The teeth form another very characteristic
feature, those towards the front being incisorial or digitated, while those un the
sides are molar and arranged in oblique whorls. Each dorsalis in front provi-
ded with a spine mostly enveloped in its substance, but with its point exposed.
The simple teleological adaptation of the teeth of the ancient representatives
of the Squali and their concurrence with spines have been the cause of the
reference of those remains to the Cestracionts or Heterodontoids.

There are now known four living species of the family of Heterodontoids
which appear to belong to three distinct genera, chiefly separated on account of
the modifications of dentition, and the size of the branchial apertures. The
several may be briefly distinguished by the following characters :

I. Branchial region higher than long, the slits being elongated.. Heterodontus.

II. Branchial region longer than high, slits little elongated.
a. Molar teeth rounded and carinated along the middle. Dor-

sals little produced towards the anterior angle. ........... Tropidodus.*
8. Molar teeth flat and closely contiguous. Dorsals produced
backwards to the anterior angle....... Saseccedecscosebotessnacess Gyropleurodus.

Genus GYROPLEURODUS Gill.

Cestracion sp. Girard.

Heterodontus sp. Gill.

Gyropleurodus Gili, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., vol. xiv. p.
330, July (Sep.), 1862.

Body triquetrous in front, behind the anus attenuated and compressed towards
the caudal fin.

Head short and high, broad, but with subvertical sides, with the forehead
very declivous from eyes, and with the snout wide and transverse, but promi-
nent. Two blunt diverging ridges are continued from each side of the snout
and abruptly merge into the more conspicuous superciliary ridges, the interval
between which is nearly plane. Inferior surface of head plane.

Eyes entirely lateral, protected above by the superciliary ridge.

Mouth inferior, but near the front, with the cleft semi-elliptical but externally
transverse and simply arched in front. The branches of the jaws are separated
by an ovate-triangular space, wide and rounded in front and thence curved out-
wards to the angles.

Teeth in front digitated with three or five cusps, quincuncially distributed in
rows slightly converging towards the middle; in the upper jaw on the sides,
molars oblong and flattened, arranged in about four oblique whorls, uniform
or increasing backwards, except the last, which is smallest. On the sides of

* With this genus I am only acquainted through the figure and description of Valenciennes,
who describes its type as the Cestracion pantherinus in the Ichthyology of the Venus, Voyage
autour du monde sur le fregate la Venus, Zoologie, p. 350. Ichthyologie, pl. x. fig. 2.

1862.]

490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the lower jaw also molars oblong, with flattened crowns, and arranged ao
transversely oblique whorls, but decreasing backwards.

Upper lip narrow, emarginated in the middle, and with a median furrow;
lower lip obsolete at middle, and developed laterally as a transverse flap,
covered at the angle of the mouth by a duplicature or flap above.

Nostrils with a broad flap on the internal side, separated by a furrow from
the lip, and witb a roll of skin curled inwards on the external side.

Branchial apertures five, small and regularly decreasing in size, the bran-
ehial region being longer than high.

Dorsal fins rather large, similar in form, but first rather larger than second;
each with a large compressed trihedral spine enveloped in the front margin,
but separated partly by a slit and groove from the rest of the fin; the latter is
recurved backwards towards the “anterior angle,” which projects about as far
behind as the posterior.

The present genus is an interesting addition to the living representatives of
the ancient family of Heterodontoids, to which it belongs. It decidedly differs
from /Zeterodontus* in the development of the jaws, dentition and the size of the
branchial apertures. In the latter genus, the branches of the lower jaw are at
first contiguous and diverge from each other at an acute angle, while in front
of the oblique whorls of molars and between the acute teeth of the front,
which encroach on the sides, a cordiform area exists. The lateral or molar
teeth are numerous and arranged in oblique whorls, which rapidly increase in
size to the fifth, behind which they again decrease. The branchial apertures
are also comparatively large, the first being longer than the length of the bran-
chial region. In Gyropleurodus, the branches of the lower jaw are widely sepa-
rated by an interval rounded in front and becoming wider behind, the sides
themselves being curved outwards; the acute teeth are confined to the front,
and the molar teeth are few and disposed in about four whorls, the first three
of which slightly decrease, while the fourth is almost rudimentary. The bran-
chial area is also almost oblong. There will be few, I think, who wil! not at
once admit the value of these characters and allow their generic importance.
Upon differences of much less value, many acknowledged genera of Squali have
already been established.

The genus Tropidodus, established for the reception of the Cestracion panthe-
rinus of Valenciennes, differs trom Gyropleurodus, at least in the keeled and
rounded molar teeth of the sides of the jaw, and the smaller dorsal fins, the
anterior angles of which project comparatively little backwards. f

GYROPLEURODUS FRANCISCI Gill ex Girard.

Cestracion francisci Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., vol.
vil. p. 196, 1854.

Cestracion francisci Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &c.,
vol. x. Fishes, p. 365.

Heterodontus francisci Gi//, American Journal of Science and Art, ser. 2, vol.
xxx. p. 281, 1860.

Gyropleurodus francisci Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila.,
vol. xiv. p. 330, 1862.

(On account of the interest attached to the representatives of the family of

Heterodontoids, the following extended description of Gyropleurodus francisci is
submitted.)

* The following is the diagnosis of the genus Heterodontus, published by Blainville:

6°. Heterodontus, Car. Dent. heteroclitis; Insp. nullis; P.S.[Pinnis superioribus vel dorsalibus.j
2 ut in precedenti; P. A. magna; P. C, feré ut in preced.

Spec. Philippi. ’

f ‘‘Le bouche n’est pas trés-large, elle parte en avant cing a six rangs de petites dents aigués,
ayant & la base deux petits talons épineux, puis viennent sur les cOtés des machoires six rangées de
mOluires arrondies et carénées sur le milieu.”’— Valenciennes. 0

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491

Form.—The body is triquetrous in front, declining from the dorsal ridge to
the sides of the plane abdomen. The greatest height equals an eighth (-12) of
the total length from the snout to the vertical from the end of the caudal fin.
The greatest breadth is a fourth greater (— -15) than the height. Behind the
anus and ventral fins the tail becomes abruptly slender and compressed, the
height entering fourteen times (— -07) in the length and about twice as high
as at the base of the caudal (— :033#). The back in front of the dorsal gently
declines and meets the forehead, from which it is separated by a slight groove,
and is itself furrowed in the middle.

Head.—tThe head from the snout to the branchial region forms more than a
sixth (173) of the length. The height at the forehead equals -104, and at the
margin of the superciliary ridge a ninth (-11) of the total length. The width
between the external margins of the superciliary ridge nearly equals a twelfth
(-08) of the same length, and the greatest width at the cheeks is nearly twice
as great (— 15). The forehead or interorbital area is nearly plane between
the superciliary ridges or scarcely convex along the middle. The superciliary
ridges are blunt, very hard, angulated and obliquely truncated behind, and
incurved inwards; they merge into the widening but less conspicuous ridges
in front, which are continued to the snout, where they are separated by a shal-
low furrow and a slight depression; the rest of the profile is channelled. The
cheeks are very tumid.

Eyes.—The eyes are oval; the longitudinal diameter between the skin about
equals a sixth (-03) of the head’s length, and that of the outer ring a fourth
(044). The distance from the snout equals a half (-09) of the head’s length.

Mouth.—The mouth is transverse, the margin of the lower jaw describing tke
three sides of a nearly regular octagon, and the distance from one corner to the
other equals a twelfth (-08) of the total length, and four-fifths of the width
of the head at the same vertical. The patch of teeth encroaching on the out-
side of that jaw is transversely fusiform.

Teeth in front of each jaw digitated, with a median cusp and two on each
side, which become lateral and directed outwards on teeth next to the symphy-
sis; they are arranged in five rather oblique rows, each row in the upper jaw
having six on each side of the symphyseal ones, and in the lower, four. The
area with molar teeth equals in length the width between the lower lips.

Fins.—The first dorsal originates at the vertical from the beginning of the
last third of the base of the pectoral fin, or near the front of the second fourth
of the total length (273). Its attached base nearly equals a twelfth (-08) of the
same length, and the free-extension backwards to the posterior angle asixteenth
(06). The spine is rectilinear, rather exceeds a tenth of the length, and its
compressed base forms half of the base of the fin itself. The margin of the
fin describes a parabolic curve backwards to the “anterior angle,’ which is
obliquely rounded and projects rather farther backwards than the ‘“ posterior
angle;” the latter is little acute, and the margin between it and the anterior is
vertical and little emarginated. The greatest (oblique) height rather exceeds
an eighth (-13) of the total length.

The second dorsal is similar in form to the first, but less elevated in propor-
tion, and with the anterior angle not extending beyond the posterior, and the
emargination deeper. The distance from the snout exceeds a half (:54) of the
total length, and that from the posterior angle of the first dorsal equals the
base of that fin to such angle. Its base equals about a fourteenth (073) of
the length, and the posterior angle extends nearly a nineteenth (-053) more
behind. The spine is rather more oblique than that of the first dorsal; its
base forms two-thirds of that of the entire fin, and its length equals a tenth of
the total. The greatest (oblique) height of the fin equals a ninth (-11) of the
total length.

The anal fin commences at the middle between the sixth and seventh-tenths
(65) of the length, or rather in advance of the posterior angle of the second

1862.]

492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

dorsal; it is directed very obliquely backwards and passes slightly beyond the
base of the caudal; its greatest (oblique) height rather exceeds a ninth of the
length, and its base equals about a twentieth; the anterior angle is broadly
rounded and passes much beyond the posterior; the (oblique) height behind
equals the base, or a twentieth of the length.

The caudal fin is bent obliquely upwards, and its (oblique) length nearly
equals a fourth (+24) of the total; the vertebral column is regularly attenuated
and disappears near the truncated posterior margin; the elevation above the
lower boundary of the column is slightly greater behind the middle of the fin,
and equals almost a twentieth of the total length. The greatest height or
width of the upper caudal lobe, just before its vertically truncated end, is rather
less than a tenth (-093) of the length; its angles are rounded; the distance from
the base of the lower lobe to its upper angle enters about five times and two-
thirds (-173) in the length; the posterior margin is slightly oblique and emar-
ginated; the upper angle extends rather beyond the lower; the greatest depth
(or width) in front of the angles is rather more than a tenth (+103) of the length.

The pectoral fin is subtriangular; the outer margin is first curved and thence
is produced in nearly a straight line outwards and backwards to the external
angle; the posterior border is nearly straight and scarcely more produced to-
wards the exterior than the inner angle; the latter is more broadly rounded
than the outer; the distance from the front of the base to the outer angle is
little less than a quarter of the length (-244), and a fourth greater than the
distange from the same point to the margin outside of the inner angle (— ‘18),
or the width of the fin before the angles (-18). The fin extends almost as far
backwards as the posterior angle of the first dorsal.

The ventral fins originate at the beginning of the second-fifth (-40) of the
total length and considerably behind the vertical from the “anterior angle” of
the first dorsal; they are oblong, quadrangular, slightly overlapping towards
the middle of the inner borders, slightly emarginated and with the angles
equally rounded; the length equals an eighth of the total and the greatest
breadth almost an eleventh.

Scales.—The scales are more or less cruciform or shaped like a Greek cross,
and often with each end divided. They are rather small, there being about
forty oblique rows beneath the attached base of the first dorsal fin. Those on
the inferior surface of the body and of the pectoral and ventral fins, as well as
the anal and caudal, are polished and more or less cordiform.

Color.—The color is brownish, varigated with sparsely-scattered, small black
spots on the entire body and fins.

Family NOTIDANOID4 Owen ex M. and H.

Les Squales partim
Squalus
Squalide ver (Notidiani) Bonaparte, Selachorum Tabula Analytica, p. 4, 1838.
Notidani Miller and Henle, Systematische Beschriebung der Plagiostomen, p. 80.
Squalide (Hexanchina) Gray, List of Species of Fish in British Museum.
Chondropterygii, p. 40, 67, 1851.
Notidanide Owen, Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrated Animals, vol. i. p.
51, 1846.
Notidanoidei Bleeker, Systematis Piscium Naturalis Tentamen.
Notidanoide Gill, Analytical Synopsis of the Order of Squali, p. 38; 2. in
Annals of the Lyceum of Nat. Hist. of N. Y. vol. vii. p. 404.
Body elongated, somewhat depressed before, tapering towards the caudal fin.
Scales minute and generally pointed and traversed by one or three keels.
Lateral! line present on each side of the back.
Head depressed, oblong and semi-oval or semi-elliptical above, with the
snout projecting, indicated by more or less distinct constriction at the anal

[Oct.

Cuvier, Regne Animal, tome ii. p. 123 (128), 1817.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 4938

region, with its margin rounded, and thence declining very obliquely back-
wards to the mouth.

Eyes submedian or anterior, without nictitant membranes.

Mouth inferior, ample and arched in front.

Teeth in the lower jaw compressed, transverse and acutely multicuspid; in
the upper dissimilar.

Nostrils inferior, provided at the upper front or margin with a small flap.

Spiracles, small.

Branchial apertures all in advance of and dissimilar in size to the pectoral
fins ; in the known species there are six or seven on each side.

Dorsal fin single, angulated and produced toward the anterior angle, acute
at the posterior above or in advance of the anal; first obsolete.

Anal fin present, similar in form to the dorsal.

Caudal fin heterocercal ; the vertebral lobe is moderately elongated, and has
beneath near its end a small triangular lobe ; the inferior basal lobe is mode-
rate or small.

Pectoral fins moderately developed, rounded at each end produced towards
the external.

Ventral fins normally developed, inserted as near or nearer the head than the
tail, rounded at the anterior and acute at the posterior or inner angle.

The family of the Notidamids is distinguished from all others of the order by
the absence of the first dorsal fin. The increased number of branchial aper-
tures, the dentition, common to all of its known species, and the form of the
head and body support the claims of the group to family rank. The situation
of the branchial apertures in front of the pectoral fins recalls a character of the
Lamnoidz, a family including the Porbeagle, great white shark and basking
shark.

Genus NOTORHYNCHUS, Ayres.

Notorhynchus Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sciences, vol. i. p.
72, 1855.
Heptanchus, sp. Miller and Henle, Gray, Girard, Gill.

Body depressed over abdomen, thence becoming subcylindrical and taper-
ing backwards.

Dorsal line conspicuous.

Head oblong, depressed and ovoid above, with the snout wide, and with its
periphery transversely rounded, but more or less constricted at the nasal
region, and very prominent.

Eyes moderate, over or in advance of the middle of the side of the jaws.

Nostrils at horizon of eyes, more or less in advance of mouth, oblique and
with a small triangular flap on the hinder margin.

Teeth of the upper jaw chiefly developed at the front on each side of the
symphysis (2—-3) simple, acute and curved outwards, or rectilinear with the
bases increasing outwards as the teeth severally recede from the symphysis,
first (1—2) assuming a smaller external pointed cusp and thence becoming still
wider and pectinated on their obliquely declining margins on the outer side
of the greater cusp; those at and near angle formed by the front and side of
jaw bone serrated, and one or two small cusps on the inner ascending margin
of the greater one ; teeth of the laterals of the jaw rather abruptly decrease in
size. Teeth of the lower jaw uniform, broader, each obliquely diminishing in
height outwards, digitated by oblique cusps decreasing from the first, which
ig minutely serrated on its ascending margin ; median unpoised tooth small,
with no median cusp but two or more directed outwards.

Dorsal fin moderate, acutely angulated at its posterior angle and obliquely
emarginated above.

Anal fin about as large as dorsal, rather further behind, but partly under it,
with the anterior angle less produced.

1862.) '

494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Caudal fin elongated, with the anterior lobe in front produced downwards
and nearly rectangular, and with the terminal one distinct and acutely trian-
gular.

Pectoral fins moderate, trapezoid produced towards its external terminal
angle.

Ventral fins oblong, emarginated along its external border, acutely produced
at its inner or produced angle.

This generic name of Notorhynchus was proposed by Dr. Ayres, under a mis-
apprehension, for a species which is congeneric with one regarded by all pre-
vious naturalists as a species of the genus Heptanchus. After an examination
of the jaws of a shark presumed to belong to the species noticed by Ayres, and
presented at Nisqually to one of the representatives of the Exploring Expedi-
tion under Commodore Wilkes, I am compelled to believe that such species
should be separated from Heptanchus. The name of Ayres must then be
adopted for the genus embracing that species.

Notorhynchus may be briefly characterized as a Hezanchus in form and den-
tition with the seven branchial apertures of Heptanchus. If the totality of
its character is considered to be of more importance than the number of bran-
chial apertures, MNotorhynchus is then more closely related to Heptanchus,
having the same form of the head and the same dentition, while it agrees with
the latter only in the number of its branchial apertures.

In addition to the type of the genus, that species of the East Indian Seas first
made known by Miiller and Henle under the name of Heptanchus indicus must
be referred to Notorhynchus. Like Notorhynchus maculatus, the East Indian
species is spotted, and although it appears to differ considerably from the for-
mer in dentition, that difference cannot be regarded as being of more than spe-
cific importance.

The d‘fferences in the dentition of the genera Heptanchus and Notorhynchus
principally refer to the relative development of the teeth of the lower jaw and
their armature. In Heptanchus, the developed teeth on each side of that jaw
regularly increase in breadth from the symphysis towards the corners of the
mouth, the inner cusp is much enlarged, and its ascending or inner
margin is armed with one or two smaller cusps. The median tooth of
the lower jaw is also well developed and has a central acute cusp. In WNoto-
rhynchus, on the contrary, the teeth of the lower jaw are either uniform or de-
crease towards the corner of the mouth, the cusps on the oblique cutting mar-
gin are regularly graduated, while the ascending inner margin of each tooth
is finely serrated. The median tooth is also emarginated instead of cuspidate
at its own middle. The difference between the teeth of the upper jaw in the
respective genera is of much less importance.

The typical or Californian species of Notorhynchus is closely related to the No-
torhynchus indicus, but is at once distinguishable by its dentition,—the teeth of
the lower jaw being comparatively broader and less elevated, and armed with
six or seven points instead of five, and there being no very prominent denti-
cles on the inner margin of the upper teeth near the front ones as there are in
those of WV. indicus. The dorsal appears also to be nearer the snout than it is
in its Indian representative.

The Notorhynchus maculatus is said by Ayres to be “apparently not un-
common in the Bay of San Francisco, at certain seasons of the year.” It at-
tains to a length of six or seven feet, and is used as food by the Chinese in-
habitants of California.

It will be necessary to bear in mind that the description of the dentition of
Notorhynchus maculatus is based on the jaws of a specimen obtained at Nis-
qually by the Exploring Expedition under Commodore Wilkes. There can be
little doubt as to the specific unity of the different materials, but as Dr. Ayres’
notice of the dentition is equally applicable to any species of the family, the
correctness of this identification still requires to be verified.

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495

NoTORHYNCHUS MACULATUS Ayres.

Notorhynchus maculatus Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sci-
ences, vol. i. p. 72, 1855.

Heptanchus maculatus Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route,
&c., vol. x. Fishes, p. 367.

[31+ 224 3443
Dent. +

eh ae

The first three teeth on each side of the symphysis are on an arch more ad-
vanced in front than the others; they successively increase in size and each
has a quadrate bony base from which the enamelled cusp slightly curves
outwards and backwards, and whose internal margia is common to it at the
base, while the external angle of the latter is more and more produced laterally.
The two (or three) succeeding teeth are nearly similar and have a much
smaller acute cusp at the outer base ofthe primary one; the fifth or outermost
of the two bicuspid teeth is wider and much shorter than the preceding, slightly
serrated in its ascending margin, and equals in size the next; the succeeding
are finely serrated on the internal basal half of the cusp, while the oblique mar-
gin on the outer side of the cusp is armed with very oblique, small and suc-
cessively cecreasing denticles ; the seventh and eighth teeth being alike armed
with two or three such denticles directed outwards, while the third is broader
with a smaller cusp and an obliquely descending inner margin armed with
three or four denticles; the three succeeding teeth (9—11) are smaller, and
the great cusp successively becomes emaller and nearer the centre of the teeth.
Behind are nine or ten small, wide tubercular teeth,

There are six teeth on each side of the lower jaw, uniform in shape, very
wide, obliquely declining sideways or outwards, and generally with seven
graduated cusps, the first of which is largest and the outermost rudimentary
and horizontal. The obliquely ascending inner margin of each tooth is
gibbous or curved near the jaw and finely denticulated along most of its edge.
The osseous portion is much more developed than the enamelled part and is
about twice us wide as high. Next to each corner of the jaw are about nine
rudimentary tuberculous teeth.

Family SPINACOID.Z (Owen,) Gill ex Miill. and Henle.

aeaaeee pec Cuvier, Regne Animal, tome ii. p. 123 (129) 1817.

Squalide vere (Spinacini) Bonaparte, Selachorum Tabula Analytica, p. 4,
1838.

Spiuaces Miller and Henle, Systematische Beschreibung der Plagiostomen, p.
83.

Squalide (Anacantiana) Gray, List of Specimens of Fishes in British Museum,
Chondropterygii, pp. 40, 69.

Spinacide Owen, Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrated Animals, vol. i. p.
51, 1846.

Spinacoidei Bleeker, Systematis Piscium Naturalis Tentamen.

Spinacoide Gill, Analytical Synopsis of the Order of Squali, pp. 29, 31, 38;
ib. in Annals of the Lyceum of Nat. Hist. of N. Y., vol. vii. p. 395, &c.

Spinax (genus) Cuvier, Regne Animal, ed. 1, tome ii.

Body more or less elongated, obtusely trihedral or subcylindrical and fusi-
form, gradually tapering behind.

Scales variable.

Head depressed, oblong and transversely rounded, or obtusely produced in
front, with the snout projecting along the plane of the forehead, and below de-
clining backwards to the mouth. Eyes lateral, anterior or submedian, with no
nictitating membrane.

1862. ]

496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Mouth inferior, large or moderate, and more or less arched in front.

Teeth compressed, and with the edges consequently trenchant or blunt, and
entire or serrated; supplementary prongs are frequently present at their
bases.

Nostrils inferior and lateral near the front margin of the snout.

Spiracles present and moderately developed.

Branchial apertures moderately fine on each side, all of which are in front of
the pectoral fins.

Dorsal fins two, each armed in front with a spine, which is more or less ex-
posed; the anterior angle of each fin is more or less rounded, and the posterior
acutely produced backwards ; the first is above the space between the pectorals
and ventrals ; the second more or less behind the latter.

Anal fin obsolete.

Caudal fin obliquely truncated or emarginated, with the upper lobe obtusely
angulated at its extremity ; lower lobe obsolete or rudimentary.

Pectoral fins normally developed, obtusely angulated at the external angle,
and rectangular or acutely produced at the interval.

Ventral fins inserted far behind and nearer the tail than head.

The family of Spinacoids, as it has been here restricted, is equivalent to

the genus Spinax of Cuvier, and embraces only those forms agreeing in physiog-
nomy, the shape of the several fins, and the relations of the dorsal spines to
their fins. The genus Oxynotus of Rafinesque or Centrina of Cuvier is conse-
quently excluded from it. That genus has a very characteristic aspect result-
ing from the decided trihedral form of the body and the acute back, the oppo-
sition of the second dorsal and ventral fins, and the abrupt attenuation of the
tail behind as well as from the shape of the fins, and the insertion of the spines
of the dorsal fins. These characters appear to indicate that Ozynotus is less
closely related to the Spinacoids than has been generally supposed, and that
it is rather the representative of a peculiar family; such being the case, the fam-
ily thus recognized should receive the name of Ozxynotoide. The Scymnoids
are still less allied to the Spinacoids than the Oxynotoids, as they differ in the
form of tlie head and fins as well as in the total absence of spines from the front
margin of the dorsal fins. The Echinorhinoids are still more widely separated
by the form of the fins as well as the posterior position of the dorsal and ventral
ones.
The family of Spinacoide as now restricted appears to be represented at the
present day by six genera, which may be briefly distinguished by the characters
exhibited in the analytical synopsis herewith given. This arrangement differs
considerably from that of Muller and Henle and their successors.

A. Teeth without supplementary lateral cusps. Scales cor-
date or rhomboid.
a. Teeth similar in each jaw, with the incisive margin hori-
zontal, and terminated at the outer angle in an acute
point, directed outwards.
1, Ventral fins nearly intermediate between two dorsals ;
pectoral fin obtusely angulated at the inner angle ;
caudal fin with an entire upper Jobe..............ses Squalus.
2. Ventral fins little before the second dorsal ; pectoral
acutely produced at inner angle; caudal with a ter-
minal inferior lobe.........ssseceeeeeeeeeees Rensgnneascinp names Entoxychirus.
8. Teeth in upper jaw oblique or vertical.
1. Teeth in upper jaw vertical and acute, somewhat in-
flated on each side of the base; those of lower jaw
with the points directed obliquely outwards, ser-
rated on the incisorial or inner margin, and in-
flated on the outer side of the base. Scales very
small and rhomboid........ Dauwseaes@eecceuusevccse Steers Centrophorus.

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497

2. Teeth of upper jaw oblique, with the inner margin con-
tinuous from the base; those of lower jaw with the
points directed obliquely outwards, and with entire
inner incisoral edges. Scales rather large, cordate
and keeled along middle.............s.ece-ecsseeeeeesseeees Lepidorbinus.
B. Teeth in upper or both jaws digitate or with a large acute
central cusp, and one or more smaller acute cusps
on each side, as in Scyllium. Scales hair-like or
quadrangular with an upright point.
1. Teeth of upper jaw only digitated ; of lower like those of

Squalus. Scales hair-like......... cece coacseseeee cosees Spinax.
2. Teeth of both jaws digitated. Scales “quadrangular,
each with an upright point..............-scscseeeereseees Centroscyllium.

Genus SQUALUS (Artedi,) Raf.
Squalus Artedi, Linn.
Squalus Rafinesgue, Caraterri di alcuni nuovyi generi e nuovi specie, &c., p.
12, 1810.
Acanthorhinus Blainville, Journal de Physique, &c., tome Ixxxiii. p. 263, (type
S. acanthias,) Oct., 1816.
Les Aiguillats (Spinax) Cuvier, Regne Animal, ed. 1, vol. ii. p. 129, 1817.
Acanthias Bonzparte, Selachorum Tabula Analytica.

Body fusiform, slender, with the caudal peduncle also elongated and
_ slender.

Scales cordiform or heart-shaped, with a middle point, and one or more keels
on each side.

Head oblong-ovate and flattened, with the muzzle projecting and subconic,
but blunt at its extremity.

Eyes above the mouth, longitudinal and with subcircular pupils, flop from
the nostril, nearer the snout than the mouth; each with a produced border.

Spiracles large behind and slightly above the eyes, crescentiform convex in
front and with a valve at its front margin.

Mouth little arched in front. Labial cartilages two above and one below.

Corner pits of the mouth large and obliquely point outwards and back-
wards.

Teeth nearly similar in each jaw, subquadrate, with the incisive edge nearly
horizontal, and at the external angle terminating in a point directed outwards
and separated by a notch from the body. The root of each tooth is higher on
its inner side than its outer, and has on the former a longitudinal keel; on the
outer forms a round ledge towards the point of the tooth.

Dorsal fins moderate, with a nearly naked spine in the front margin, each fin
rousded at its anterior angle,and with the posterior acutely extended back-
wards. First dorsal larger, much nearer to the pectorals than the ventrals.
Second, far behind and with the spine proportionately larger.

Caudal fin with the upper lobe much developed and the membrane increasing
in height towards the end above the caudal vertebre, rounded at its end and
regularly incurved to the sinus separating it from the lower lobe which is mod-
ee developed. Tail pits developed at least at the base of the upper caudal

obe.

Pectoral fins produced at the external angle, which is rounded, and incurved
at nearly right angles to the inner angle, which is more or less blunt.

Ventral fins submedian, little nearer to the second dorsal than the first, ob-
tusely angulated in front, and acutely angulated behind.

The claspers of the male are furnished on the exterior side near the end with
a moveable prickle or spine whose tip is curved.

Type.—Squalus acanthias Linn.

The present genus is here restricted more precisely than has been done,

1862.) | 35

498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

under the name of Acanthias, by Miiller and Henle, and has the sams limits that
appear to bave been intended forit by the Prince of Canino, It embraces only
those species which possess all the characteristics assigned to the genus Acan-
thias by Miller and Henle, and which in addition agree in the relative situation
of the ventral fins, and the form of the pectoral and caudal fins. The Squalus
uyato of Rafinesque is thus excluded. This species differs from Squalus acanthias
and the allied species, by the distinct terminal lobe with which the candal fin is
provided, the obtuseness of the external angle of the pectoral, and the acute pro-
longation of the internal one, as well as the posterior insertion of the ventrals,
those fins being but little in advance of the second dorsal. The transverse
grooves or pits at the base of the caudal fin are also obsolete. It cannot be doubted,
that this combination of characters is indicative of generic distinction from the
Squali. The Squalus uyato should then be regarded as the type of a peculiar
genus, and in allusion to one of the characters which distinguishes it from
Squalus, it may be named Entoxychirus uyatus. This species has been referred
with doubt to the genus Spinaz as distinguished from Acanthias, by Bonaparte,
but it evidently does not belong to that group, and is more nearly allied to the
latter, in which it has been placed by Miller and Henle.

The name of Squalus has been retained for this genus instead of Acanthias,
because it was first restricted to the group.

The genus Sgualus of Artedi and Linnzus was equivalent to the order of
Squali; its species were distributed by Rafinesque among a number of smaller
groups or genera, and by him the name was first retained for those species
which are deprived of an anal fin and have a blunt back. As Rafinesque was
perfectly justified in this limitation, the name of Squalus must be preserved for
a portion of that group, and having been first in this limited sense applied to
the species with spinous dorsals, must be so retained. Rafinesque’s genus
Squalus, however, was co-extensive with the fourth section of Muller and
Henle, after the exclusion of the genus Centrina and the family of Squating; it
embraced all the epecies with an obtusely trihedral or subcylindrical body and
without an anal fin. t the same time, under a misapprehension, supposing
that some species were destitute of spiracles, he referred them to another gerus
called Dalatias, not perceiving the identity of those species with some that he
had already placed in the geuus Squalus.

In 1816, Blainville proposed the generic name Acanthorhinus for a group
which is co-equal with Squalus and Oxynotus of Rafinesque, referring to it all
the species of Squali without an anal fin, and with the first dorsal fin on the
back, in contradistinction to Echinorhinus in which both dorsals are on tbe tail.*
Squalus was not retained as the name of a subgenus.

Again, in the following year; Cuvier distributed the same representatives of

the suborder Squali among three genera; Spinaz, distinguished by the pre-
sence of dorsal spines, and the advanced insertion of the ventral fins ; Centrina,
with spinous dorsals the second of which and the ventrals were opposed to
each other, and Scymnus, the dorsals of which were unarmed. He likewise
omitted to retain the Artedian name for any minor group or subgenus of
Squali.
Sire name of Spinaz was retained unaltered for the group go called until the
Prince of Canino, in 1838, restricted it to the Squalus spinaz of Linneus, and
referred the S. acanthias to a new genus which was named Acanthkias. These
names were retained for those groups till 1862.

In the ‘Analytical Synopsis of the order of Squali,” the history of the nomen-
clature of the genera of that order was briefly discussed, and it was urged

* 5°. Aeanthorhinus; Car. Dent. var.; Insp. magnis ; P. S. 2, 1, in dorso; 2, magna; P. A. nulla;
‘C. lata, bifureata, lobo sup. brevi, Cute asperrima.

Spec. Acanthias; Ferdinandinus; Assierii; Spinax; Norwegianus; Americanus aut Nicensis:
Microcephalus; Centrina; Squamosus: Granulosus: Cepedianus; Blochianus. (Journal de bhy-
Sique, Kce., }xxxiil, p. 263.)

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499

that the Artedian name should be reserved for the genus to which it was first
restricted by Rafinesque. Blainville’s name of Acanthorhinus and Cuvier’s of
Spinaz, consequently were referred to it as synonyme.*

The genus Squalus as now understood contains four species,
Squalus acanthias Zinn. Europe generally.
Squalus americanus Gill — Acanthias americanus Storer. Eastern America.
Squalus sucklii Gil — Acanthias sucklii Girard. Western America.
Squalus blainvillii Giz? — Acanthias blanvillii Risso. Mediterranean sea.

Sguatus suck Gill.
Spinax (Acanthias) sucklii Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, vol. vii. p. 196, 1854.
Acanthias sucklii Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &:2.,
vol. x. Fishes, p. 368.
Acanthias sucklii Suckley, op. cit., vol. vii. book ii. p. 367.

Suborder RHINE Gill.

Squalide anomale Bonaparte, Selachorum Tabula Analytica, p. 4, 1838.

Pectoral fins produced forwards from the anterior basal angle, while the pro-
duced portion is separated from the nape by a cleft, in which the branchial
apertures are lodged.

Caudal fin terminal and nearly homocercal, being nearly equally developed
above and below the vertebral column.

This suborder is most nearly allied to the order of Raiz. The rays some-
times present as a monstrosity a separation of the pectoral fins by a cleft from
the neck somewhat similar to the mode found asa normal feature inthe Rhine.
The nominal genus Propterygia of Otto is founded on such a monstrous ex-
ample of a species of Raia.t

Family RHINOIDZ Gill.

Squatine Cuvier, Regné Animale.

Squalide anomale (Squatinine) Bonaparte, Selachorum Tabula Analytica,
1839.

Squatine Miller and Henle, Systematische Beschreibung der Plagiostomen.

Raiide (Squatineg) Swainson, Natural History of Fishes, vol. ii. 1839.

Squatinide Owen, Lectures on Comparative Anatomy, vol. ii. 1844.

Squatinoidei, Bleeker, Systematis Piscium Naturalis Tentamen.

Rhinoide Gill, Analytical Synopsis of the Order-of Squali, pp. 30,31, 42, 1862.

Body depressed, rather rapidly diminishing in width behind the ventral fins
towards the caudal.

Scales minute and conical.

Head depressed, about as wide as long, rapidly decreasing in width to the
snout, which is transversely truncated or bluntly rounded. Eyes on the dorsal
surface of the head and near the snout.

Mouth terminal, transverse.

Teeth subconical or impressed and slightly trenchant.

Nostrils terminal, in front of the upper lip.

Spiracles well developed and behind the eyes, from which they are quite
remote.

Branchial apertures five, approximated, and in front of the base of the

pectoral fin, in a cleft between the anterior projection, of which, and the neck
they stand.

* Bonaparte afterwards adopted the name of Spinaz for the genus atill retained under that ap-
pellation, but the genus should be credited to him.

{ See also “‘ Nota sopra una singulare mostruosita di una razza del Dottor F. de Filippi,” &c., in
Nuovi Annali delle Scienze Naturali di Bologna, Feb. 1852.

1862.]

500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Dorsal fins rather small, placed far back on the tail and behind the ventral
fins; each angle is rounded, and the anterior project backwards.

Anal fin obsolete.

Caudal fin small and emarginated, with its lower lobe equal to or larger than
its upper.

Pectoral fins much developed, subrhomboidal, extending forwards from the
base and separate by a cleft from the neck. The external angle is obtuse and
the inner rounded.

Ventral fins much developed, rounded at the external and produced at the
internal, nearer the head than the caudal fin.

Genus RHINA Klein.

Squalus, sp. Artedi, &c.

Rhina Klein, Historie Piscium promovende missus tertius de piscibus per bran-
chias occultas spirantibus, 1742.

Squatina Duméril, Zoologie Analytique, 1806.

Rhina Rafinesque, Caratteri di Alcuni nuovi Generi e nuove specie, &., p. 14,
1810.

Squatina Rajfinesque, Blainville, Cuvier, Risso, Lesueur, Fleming, Jenyns, Miiller
and Henle, Bonaparte, &c.

Rhina Gill, Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North America.

Body elongated and depressed, rather abruptly attenuated towards the caudal
fin behind the ventrals and carinated on each side.

Scales conical, terminating in a fine point.

Head transverse, suborbicular, at the neck slightly constricted, and with the
snout transverse. Each side furnished with a cutaneous ledge running from
the external corner of the nostrils to the branchial fissure.

Eyes small, circular, in a line with the nostrils and spiracles and nearly
equally remote from each.

Spiracles crescentic and convex before. Upper lip broad.

Cartilages of the mouth two above as well as below.

Nostrils in the anterior border of the upper lip, notched in the middle, and
provided on each side with a flap, the external of which is broad and indented,
and the interval divided into several scalloped lappets.

Teeth conical, little trenchant, scattered and absent at the symphisis of both
the upper and lower jaw.

Dorsal fins nearly equal, small, and nearly equidistant from each other, the
ventrals and the caudal; the angle is rounded and projects backwards as far
as the rounded posterior angle.

Caudal fin emarginated with obtuse lobes, the lower of which is larger.

Pectoral fin large, produced towards the external angle, and broaded at the
inner.

Ventral fins oblong, rounded at the anterior or external angle, and acutely
produced towards the inner.

The genus Rhina is the only existing representatives of the family of which
it is typical, and is readily recognizable by its peculiar form. In allusion to
that form, the vulgar namer of Angel fish has been applied to it, the physiog-
nomy of the species recalling to the mind of the people the figures of
“ Cherubim.”

Six species of this genus are more or less perfectly known. They are dis-
tributed in all the temperate seas of the Northern hemisphere. Three species
have been assigned to the Mediterranean sea.

Rhina squatina Raf. ex Linn.
Rhina oculata Gill — Squatina oculata Bon.
Rhina fimbriata Gill — Squatina fimbriata M. and H.
One species clusely related to the R. sguatina and formerly confouaded with it

is found at Japan.
[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501

Rhina japonica Gill — Squatina japonica Bleeker.

Another species also nearly allied to the R. squatina is found along the east-
ern coast of the United States.
Rhina dumerili Gil] — Squatina duméril Les.

A sixth has been described as an inhabitant of the California seas.
Rhina californica Ayres — Squatina californica Ayres, olim.

The,name of a species (Sguatina angelina Gray,) inhabiting the Caribbean sea
has been published in Gray’s Catalogue of the Chondropterygians, but not the
slightest diagnosis has been given.

RHINA CALIFORNICA Ayres.

Squatina californica Ayres, Proc. of the California Academy of Natural Sci-
ences, part 2, p. 29, 1859.

Rhins californica Ayres, Proc. of the California Academy of Natural Sciences,
part 2, p. 54, fig. 7, 186].

On the limits and affinity of the Family of LEPTOSCOPOIDS.
BY THEODORE GILL.

In the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences for April, 1859,
(vol. xi. p. 282,) there has been first made known a peculiar type (Dactylos-
copus tridigitatus) of fishes having the general appearance of a Uranoscopoid,
but distinguished by the structure of the ventral fins, each of which had
three simply articulated rays like those of the Blennioids. ‘‘ Notwithstanding
the abnormal and blennioid structure of the ventrals,’’ the new type was said
to agree in all other characters, except dentition and the origin of the dorsal
fin, with a species referred to the genus Uranoscopus* by Sir John Richardson ;
it was consequently referred next to that fish, but as the type of a distinct sub-
family, (Dactyloscopinz,) the species of Richardson being also considered as
the type of another peculiar subfamily, (Leptoscopinz.)

In the ‘‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’’ for February, 1860,
(vol. ili. p. 86,) Giinther described a type which differed from Leptoscopus and
agreed with Dactyloscopus in the want of palatal teeth.

In asubsequent ‘‘ Synopsis of the Uranoscopoids,’’ published in the Proceed-
ings of the Academy for May, 1861, (vol. xiii. p. 108,) the correctness of the
approximation of the Dactyloscopine next to Leptoscopine was still further
insisted upon, and both were retained in the same family with the Uranosco-
pine.

In the third volume of the ‘‘ Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes in
the Collection of the British Museum,’’ Dactyloscopus was referred to the
Blennioids, and interposed between Tripterygium and Dictyosoma. Dr. Giin-
ther remarked, that ‘‘ Dactyloscopus has been referred by Gill to the Uranos-
copina,} from which, however, it differs in several cardinal characters. The
structure of the dorsal and ventral fins is that of a Blennioid. The absence
of pseudo-branchie is very peculiar ; but in this respect it differs equally from
the Uranoscopina and Blenniidew.’’ £§

The Uranoscopine formed a ‘“‘ group’’ or subfamily of the family of Trachi-
nide as understood by Giinther.

* Leptoscopus macropygus.

7 The group Uranoscopina of Giinther, which is equivalent to the family of Uranoscopoides,
after the elimination of the species with less than five ventral rays, is meant, and not the sub-
family of Uranoscopine as restricted by Gill.

Giinther, op. cit., iii. p. 279.

@ In his remarks on the family Blenniidew, Dr. Giinther has observed that the value of the
development of the pseudo-branchie, as a character of that family, ‘appears not to be sufficient,
Dactyloscopus and Patecus forming exceptions, although the structure of their dorsal fin proves
that their natural place is with or near the Blennioids.” The real structure of the dorsal of Dactylos-
copus proves the contrary; the natural place of Patecus is rather near, than with, the Blennioids.
(Sonsneerunia a Chilian Ophidioid ; Loarces and Lycodes form a peculiar family, all wanting true

orsal spines.)

1862.]

502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The characters of the Trachinide and Blenniide given by Giinther are
essentially interchangeable, with the exception of the following :

TRacuinipz.—‘‘ One or two dorsal fins, the spinous portion being always much
fess developed and shorter than the soft; the anal similarly developed as the soft
dorsal ; ventrals with one spine and five rays.* Gill openings more or less wide.’’+

Biennup#.—‘‘ One, two, or three dorsal fins, occupying nearly the whole of
the back,—the spinous portion, if distinct, being as much developed as the
soft, or more.”? ‘‘ Ventrals jugular, composed of a few rays, and sometimes
rudimentary or entirely absent.’’

Only two ‘cardinal characters’? have thus been used to distinguish the
Trachinide and Blenniide.

Dactyloscopus was said by Giinther to have ‘‘ one dorsal, formed by spines
only ;’’ it therefore had nominally the distinctive characters of the Blennioids
as understood by that gentleman.

I have, on the other hand, specifically asserted that only the first eleven
or twelve rays are spines, the others (22—31) being ‘‘ articulated, and divided
on each side of the mesial line to the base, but so connected as to appear like
simply articulated rays, especially from a lateral view.’’ GUnther’s observa-
tion is therefore incorrect. tf

Dactyloscopus then agrees with the Trachinoids and differs from the Blen-
nioids in a character which has been emphatically insisted upon by Dr. Gin-
ther, and to which the structure of the ventrals has been always subordinated
by him.

It disagrees with the Trachinoids and agrees with the Blennioids in the
structure of the ventral fins; a character which Gimther has elsewhere
regarded as of little importance.

It therefore, according to Giinther’s diagnosis, only differs from the Trachi-
noids in one ‘‘ cardinal character,’?? which is of much less value than the
cardinal character which it shares in common with the Blennioids.

Further, it agrees with the Trachinoids and departs from the Blennioids by
the width ot the gill openings, and also differs from the Blennioids by the
large scales.

Accepting Dr. Gunther’s own views of the relative value of certain charac-
ters, Dactyloscopus is thus more allied to the Trachinoids than to the Blen-
nioids. Therefore, it was probably only on account of a misapprehension
that the genus was referred to the Blennioids. I shall, however, still refer to
the arguments adduceable in favor of its reference near the Uranoscopoids.

The form of the head of a Blennioid is quite characteristic, owing to the
abrupt decurvature of the profile in front of the eyes, and the almost or quite
horizontal cleft of the mouth.

Equally characteristic is the form in the Uranoscopoids, the profile in front
of the eyes being continued on nearly the same plane as the crown, while the
cleft of the mouth is very oblique or vertical.

Dactyloscopus agrees in general form with the Uranoscopoids.

The Uranoscopine,§ Leptoscopine and Dactyloscopine agree with each and
differ from the Blennioids in—

1st. General form.

* In Epicopus with one spine and six rays.—Giinther.

+ The italicized parts are repeated from Giinther’s Work.

+I am happy to state, that Dr. Gunther has since admitted that the anterior rays of Dactylos-
copus alone are spinous. In a letter of the 25th May, he writes: “* Your statement of a portion
of the dorsal rays being articulated is correct; they are very well preserved in the smallest of
our specimens, (18 lines Jong,) whilst in the larger (80 lines) most of them are broken at the top,
as I now see.” Dr. Giinther has not given his present opinion of the affinity of the Dactyloscopi.

21t is proper here to remark, that the Uranoscopus adhaesipinnis of Biyth (Journal of the
Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol. xxix. (1860,) p. 42,) does not belong to the same family as Uranasco-
pus, but apparently belongs to the same genus as the Polycaulus elongatus (Giinther ex Cuy.)

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503

2d. Form of the head.

3d. Direction of the mouth.

4th. Extent of the branchial aperture.

5th. Development of a fold between the limbs of the lower jaw.

6th. Fringed lips.

7th. Brevity of the spinous portion of the dorsal fin.

The Leptoscopine and Dactyloscopine still further agree with each, still
differing from the Blennioids in—

1st. Special form.

2d. Course of lateral line.

3d. Special form of head.

4th. Fringed opercula.

It agrees with the Blennoiids, and departs from the Uranoscopoids in—

1st. The structure of the ventrals.

2d. Simplicity of the pectoral rays. ‘

With the knowledge that the attributes of the Uranoscopoids above referred
to are very peculiar and characteristic, it must be evident that such a com-
bination is entitled to much more consideration than the simple agreement in
two features, which are by no means peculiar to one group, but shared by
many dissimilar families and regarded as of slight importance by Gunther
himself.

In the ‘‘ Synopsis of the Uranoscopoids,’’ I have remarked that, on account
of the special similarity of form, the larger scales, median lateral line, smooth
head, extent of the dorsal and anal fins, and the absence of pyloric ceca,
‘*the Leptoscopine and Dactyloscopine ’’ together would ‘‘ be probably re-
ferred by some future naturalist to a distinct family.’’ But owing to the many
characters shared in common, I doubted the propriety of such a separation.
Since the discovery of two other forms, I am now convinced that such a family
exists in nature, and therefore now establish it under the name of LEprosco-
POIDE.

Family LEPTOSCOPOIDZ Gill.

Body equally developed above and below the axis, regularly and slowly de-
creasing in height to the caudal fin, and behind the abdominal region much
compressed.

Scales cycloid, moderate in size, and regularly imbricated.

Lateral line anteriorly running along each side of the back and thence
decurved and continued along the middle to the base of the caudal fin.

Head oblong, above nearly plane or slightly convex transversely and not
crested, scarcely curved towards the snout. Eyes rather small, more or less
directed upwards or on the upper surface of the head, and advanced far for-
wards. Suborbital chain enlarged, but no bone connected with the preoperculum
as a ‘“‘stay.’’ Nostrils double. Opercular bones normally developed with
regard to each other. Operculum fringed.

Mouth with the cleft very oblique or subvertical. Intermaxillary bones
with moderate or rather short posterior branches, and with the diverging
forming the upper portion of the oral arch, the supramaxillars forming the
sides. Lips fringed.

Branchial apertures very large and below in front of the scapular arch,
partly covered below by a transverse duplicature or fold of the membrane be-
tween the limbs of the lower jaw.

Branchiostegal rays, six.

Pseudobranchiz, present or absent.

Dorsal fin entire and very long, with its anterior rays spinous, and the pos-
terior articulated.

Anal fin very long, commencing behind the anus, which is itself in or close
behind the breast.

1862.]

504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Caudal fin completely homocercal or equally developed above and below the
axial line.

Pectoral fins variable, with the base concave and descending forwards below.

Ventral fins jugular, normally developed (I. 5) or with only three articula-
ted rays, and a rudimentary spine in each.

10+ 2

The vertebre are present in increased number (——-—).

The stomach is siphonal, and the pyloric ceca are absolatee

This family is closely related to that of the Uranoscopoids, but appears to
be sufficiently distinguished on account of its elongated form, the course of
the lateral line, the development of the dorsal and anal fins, and the absence
of pyloric ceca. Other characters of less importance, but possessed by all
the representatives of the Leptoscopoids, and by none of the Uranoscopoids,
are the entire nudity or smoothness of the head, the fringes of the opercula,
and the larger size of the scales.

Its affinities with other families are remote; the one most nearly allied to
it after the Uranoscopoids is that of the Trachinoids. Its relations to the
Blennioids are no more intimate than with a number of others.

The representative of the family of Leptoscopoids may be distributed among
three minor groups or subfamilies, as follows :

I. Pectoral rays branched. Ventral fins perfect, (I. 5). (Dor-
sal fin remote from nape. Pseudobranchie developed), Lreproscopina.
a. Vomerine and palatine teeth developed.......... Leptoscopus.
8. Vomerine and palatine teeth obsolete............ Crapatalus.
II. Pectoral rays simply articulated. Ventral fins imperfect,
each with three simply articulated rays, (I. 3).
A. Dorsal fin commencing quite far behind the nape.

Pseudobranchie developed...........sssesseeeereeeees MyxoDAGNIM&.
8. Head conoid. Lower jaw obtusely pointed and
with a short flap in front.............ssscecscsscsees Myxodagnus.
a, Head cuboid. Lower jaw transversely rounded
ny E601 2. -cuidsgcteeut shane» isbn ba testeepEeee eas Dactylagnus.
B. Dorsal fin commencing at the nape. Pseudobranchie
ODSOlCEOs 528 cicn <adeowaatenetatastws «ci osenie ssaeeveceeeses DACTYLOSCOPIN &.
Head Cu boide 225 Sares-cb<p -eecatee -aanevelessnacdant seaakes Dactyloscopus.

In deference to the opinions of some naturalists, I had at one time almost
resolved to refer the tridigitate Leptoscopoids to a peculiar family which
would be characterized by the simply articulated rays of the pectoral fins and
the imperfect blennioid condition of the ventral fins. On reconsideration,
however, I am yet unable to convince myself of the propriety of such an act,
and think that it will be advisable to at least defer it until the value of family
characters among fishes may be better Known.

LEPTOSCOPIN4 Gill.

Leptoscopine Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vol. xi. (1859), p. 133; vol.
xiii. (1861) p. 116.
LEPTOSCOPUS Gill.
Leptoscopus Gill, loc. cit.
Leproscopus MacRopyeus Gill.
Uranoscopus macropygus Rich.

CRAPTALUS Giinther.

Craptalus Giinther, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. iii. vol. vii. p. 86, (1861.)
[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 505

CRAPTALUS NOV#H-ZELANDIZ Gunther.
MYXODAGNINZ Gill.
Myxodagnine Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. vol. xiii. (1861), p. 263.

DACTYLAGNUS Gill.
DactTyLaGnus mMunpDvs Gill.

MYXODAGNUS Gill.
Myxodagnus Gill, op. cit. and Gunther.
MyxXoDAGNUS OPERCULARIS Gill.

DACTYLOSCOPIN Gill.

Dactyloscopine Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vol. xi. (1859), p. 133;
vol. xiii. (1861), p. 116.
DACTYLOSCOPUS Gill.
Dactyloscopus Gill. op. cit.
The three species of this genus may be distinguished as follows:

I. Seales of median portion of lateral line 31—32.
Height scarcely equal to one-seventh of length. Scales

of dorsal portion of lateral line 11 (12)................. D. tridigitatus.
Height nearly equal to a sixth of length. Scales of
dorsal portion of lateral line 13. (conf. color)........ D. poeyi.
II. Scales of median portion of lateral line 24..............seeeee D. pectoralis.

DACTYLOSCOPUS TRIDIGITATUS Gill.

Dactyloscopus tridigitatus Gill, Giinther.
D. X-XI. 27. A. II. 28-33. C.13. P. 13. Scales 11 (12) | 4 | 31. Giinther in litt.
D. XI-XIlI. 26-28. A. II. 30-32. C. 12. P. 13. Scales 11 | 4 | 30-31. Gull.

DactryLoscorus PoEy! Gill.
D. XI. 31. A. Il. 32. C. 12. P. 13. Scales 13 | 4 | 31.

DACTYLOSCOPUS PECTORALIS Gill.
D. XII. 22. A. Il. 26. C. 12. P. 12. Scales 13 | 3 | 24.

Genus DACTYLAGNUS Gill.

Body moderately elongated, its greatest height equalling a sixth or seventh of
the length.

Scales moderately large and uniform.

Head cuboid, oblong, scarcely convex transversely above. Eyes small, di-
rected obliquely upwards, and situated near the snout on the upper surface
of the head. Interorbital area moderate and channelled.

Mouth very oblique or subvertical, the snout truncated in front. Lower
jaw transversely convex in front and with no barbel.

Teeth acute, in a narrow band along each jaw. Palate smooth.

Dorsal fin perfectly entire, commencing rather farther behind than the anal,
and with its anterior portion armed with about ten slender spines.

Anal fin longer than the dorsal.

This genus so closely resembles Dactyloscopus externally that I had pro-
visionally referred its typical and only species to that group, without a sus-
Picion that it might belong to a different one, and it was only after my atten-
tion was particularly attracted to it that I ascertained how distinct it really
was. It may be briefly described as a Myxodagnine in the mask of a Dacty-
loscopus. It differs from the latter genus chiefly in the structure of the dorsal

1862.]

506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

fin and the presence of pseudobranchiz, of which no trace is perceptible in
Dactyloscopus*

DactTyLAGNuS MuNDUS Gill.

The greatest height is rather less than a sixth (-16) of the total length.
The head, from the prominent chin to the posterior margin of the subopercu-
lum, forms a fifth of the same length, while the caudal forms atenth. The
dorsal fin commences nearly over the second inarticulated ray of the anal fin,
and its spines increase in a slightly curved line towards the articulated rays.
The oblique levator muscle of each pectoral ray is remarkably developed ex-
ternally, and impart to the rays a curve upwards towards the ends.

The lateral line runs near the back through fourteen scales, is deflected on
four, and thence continued along the middle through thirty-six.

Dk or A. I. 38. CAT, 14h ayes Prise WV. i. 3.

5
Scales 14 | 4 | 36 —
5

Extreme length 5? inches.

Body—Greatest height 16. Least height 16. Least height of tail 4. Great-
est width 12.

Head—Greatest length 20. Distance from upper jaw to nape 10. Height
at preoperculum 12. Greatest width 12. Width behind eyes 83. Height
behind eyes 10. Width of interorbital area 2.

Eye—Diameter 3. Distance from snout 3.

Dorsal (spinous).—-Distance from snout 23. Height at first spine 33. Height
at second spine 43. Height at tenth spine 53. Height at first ray 53.

Anal—Distance from snout 27.

Caudal—Length of middle rays 10.

Pectoral—-Length 18.

Ventral—Length of inner ray 10.

A single specimen of this species was obtained at Cape St. Lucas by Mr.
Xantus, and is contained in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution. The
species is decidedly the giant among the known species of the tridigitate Lep-

toscopoids, its length being nearly twice as great as the largest specimen of
Dactyloscopus tridigitatus known to me.

November 4th.
Mr. La, President, in the Chair.

Sixteen members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

‘‘ Note on the species of Brachinus inhabiting the United States”
and ‘‘Syncpsis of the species of Colymbetes inhabiting North Ame-
rica, etc. By John L. Le Conte, M. D.”

‘On the Pedipalpes of North America. By Horatio C. Wood.”

November 11th.
Mr. VAUX, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Seventeen members present.

* Dr. Guiither has kindly informed me that he was unable to find pseudobranchiz in the Dac-
tyloscopus tridigitatus, but that there is “a slight swelling at their usual place,” which is ascer-
tained to be ‘muscular substance, as seen under the microscope.” [N

Ov.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 507

November 18th.
Mr. Lua, President, in the Chair.

Twenty-one members present.

Prof. Baird communicated the fact that in his recent visit to Philadelphia,
he had noticed that the leaves of the Silver Maple in the city and vicinity were
dotted with black, indurated spots. Having transmitted specimens to Mr. C.
C. Frost, the cryptogamic botanist, of Brattleboro’, Vt., he was informed that
the spots consisted of the Rhytisma aceris-eriocarpe, Schw.

Dr. Leidy presented a specimen of syenite obtained from a recent exposure
of that rock, among the gneiss on the Schuylkill, at Fairmount Park. He
also remarked that he had noticed a boulder, apparently of Potsdam sand-
stone, at the corner of Thirty-seventh and Market Sts., which had been ex-
posed in digging gravel. It was the largest transported block he had observed
in our vicinity. It is oblong square and measures 7 feet long, 32 inches high
and 40 inches wide.

November 25th.
Mr. VAux, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Eleven members present.
On report of the Committee, the following paper was ordered to be
published in the Proceedings :

Monograph of the Prehensile-tailed QUADRUMANA.
BY J. H. SLACK, M. D.

Few departments of mammalogy are less thoroughly understood than that
of the American Quadrumana. The great variety of coloration in many species
consequent on age and sex, added to their comparative rarity, combine to ren-
der their study excessively difficult. Suites of specimens of any species are rare
even in the great European Museums. The species of the genus Cebus, perhaps
the most common of the American Qnadrumana haye long been a source of dis-
pute among naturalists. Wagner, (Schreber’s Saugetbiere, Supplement band, vol.
i. p. 207, 1840,) reduces the number of species in this genus to two, regarding
the second as doubtful, while Reichenbach, (Die Vollstindigste Naturgeschichte
der Affen, part I.) is content with no less than thirty-seven, not only describing
but figuring them! In the Cebus fatuellus, the young is of a light brown, and
the adult of a deep black color, and in the Aluatta niger (Stentor niger, Geoff.)
the female and young are ofa pale straw color, slightly dashed with black,
while the adult male is entirely of an intense black. As such states of colora-
tion have been regarded by certain eminent naturalists as specific characters,
great confusion in synonymy has resulted.

In regard to nomenclature, I have followed closely the rule of priority, always
adopting the oldest generic and specific names whose applications can be ascer-
tained. In regard to the rules given by Isidore Geoffroy St. Hilaire,* (Cat.
des Primates, p. xi.,) the first and second are broken by him on the fourth
page of the work in which they are promulz: ted; where the generic name
Troglodytes is retained for an animal living among the branches of trees, the

* Rejeter les noms absurdes par eux memes, ou contradictoires avec les faits ou les idées
quils sont destinés a exprimir.

Rejeter les noms deja employés dans une autre acceptation.

Considérer comme non ayenns (toutfois les citant en synonymie) les noms tombés
en désuetude.

1862.)

508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

same name having been given to a genus of birds by Vieillot, (Oiseaux de
L’Amerique septentrionale, p. 52, 1807,) five years previous to its being applied
to the above mentioned ape by Geoffroy St. Hilaire; and, on page 53 of the
same work, the specific name niger is retained for a howler, the female and
young of which are characterized as being yellowish (jaunaire.) The third rule
is not generally recognized at the present day.

The measurements recorded have been taken with great care, but allowance
must be made for the distortion’of the specimens by skinning and mounting ; this
distortion is sometimes very great, especially in the specimens from the Para-
guay and Atrato expeditions. The length of tail in the same species is very
variable, owing probably to the great liability of that organ to injury.

The materials for the present paper have been drawn from the following
sourzes. The collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia ;
that of the Smithsonian Institution, Washington City, the Quadrumana belong-
ing to which, collected by the United States’ Paraguay, Amazon, and Atrato Ex-
peditions, were kindly forwarded to me by the Secretaries, who are ever ready
to assist the student-naturalist by every means in their power; the magnifi-
cent collection of the British Museum, London, opened to me without restric-
tion, tbrough the kindness of Dr. J. E. Gray, and Mr. G. R. Waterhouse; the
collection in the magazin of Messrs. J. & EH. Verreaux, No. 9, Place Royale,
Paris, where every facility for investigation was kindly afforded me; and a view
(through the glasses,) of the specimens in the Musée d’Histoire Naturelle, at the
Jardin des Plantes, Paris, where, however, I was refused permission to open the
cases for the closer examination of the specimens. Iam therefore unable to
give measurements of some species, unique specimens of which are preserved in
that magnificent, though inaccessible collection.

I adopt the following classification of the American Quadrumana:

Order QUADRUMANA.

4
Family Simup2. Dentes primores — contigui.
4

Subfamily Cebinz. Molares —
6
5)

Subfamily Hapalinz. Molares —
5

The Cebine I propose to divide into three tribes, viz.:

Lagothrice. Cauda prehensili; apice subtus calva; dentes primores
erecti.

Cebi. Cauda laxa; villosa; dentes primores erecti.

Pithecia. Cauda laxa; villosa; dentes primores obliqui.

The Cebira have been regarded by most authors as having the prehensile tail,
and this is mentioned by Erxleben (Syst. 1777, p. 44,) as a generic character of
this group. Though sufficiently flexible to be wound around the body, it is far
from serving the purpose of a fifth hand, as is the case in the Lagothrices. This
organ in the Cedi is clothed with hair to the tip, while in the Lagothricines the
terminal inferior portion is naked and callous.

Tribe I. LAGOTHRICES.

Simia (parte), Linn., Ed. xiii. 1788, p. 26.

Cebus (parte), Erzleben, Systema, 1777, p. 44.

Gymunuri, Spiz, Sim. et Vesp., 1823, p. 1.

Cebus (parte), Fisher, Syn. Mam., 1829, p. 37.

Atelina and Mycetina, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1849, p. 10.

Cauda longa, prehensili ; anice subtus calva.

LNoyv.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509

Tail very long, generally exceeding the head und body in length, very
strongly prehensile, terminal inferior portion naked and callous.

I have selected the genus Lagothriz as the typical genus of this tribe, as each
of the other genera possesses some peculiarity either of excessive, or arrested

development.
Genus I. Sapasovu, Lacépéde.

Simia (parte), Linn., Systema, ed. xiii. 1788, p. 26.
Cebus (parte), Hrzleben, Systema, 1777, p. 44.
Sapajou, Lacépéde, Mem. de |’Iastitute, 1800—1801, p. 489.
Ateles, Geoff., Ann. du Mus., 1806, p. 260.
Artus graciles longi; antipedes tetradactyli aut verruca in loco pollicis;
instructa dentes primores superiores inequales, lanarii illis longiores, conici.

Body light and slender; compressed at the loins, and expanding in the tho-
racic region ; limbs very long and slender ; anterior thumbs wanting, or replaced
by a small nailless tubercle; forehead salient, muzzle elongate, molars circu-
lar and small, the fourth and fifth being largest, canines large and conical, su-
perior incisors of unequal length, the median equalling in size the largest
molars ; hair silky.

Isidore St. Hilaire, in his paper upon the Eriodes, (Mem. du Mus., vol. xviii.
1829, p. 121,) states thatin the skullof this genusa portion of the circumference
of the anterior nares is formed by the ascending portion of the superior maxilla-
ries, the intermaxillaries not articulating with the nasal bones. This is not
always the case, as I have met with several skulls of species of this genus, in
which the ascending portion of the intermaxillaries, and the inferior borders of
the nasal bones were in contact; no trne articulation, however, takes place, the
points of the bones merely touching each other. The name Sapajou proposed
for this genus by Lacépedée, has not been adopted by subsequent authors ; it cer-
tainly is at least five years prior to that of Ateles, and should be restored.

Sapasou paniscus, Lacépéde.
Simia paniscus, Linn., Syst. ed. xiii. 1788, p. 36.
Cebus paniscus, Hrz.,Systema, 1777, p. 46.
Ateles paniscus, Geoff., Ann. du Mus., vol. vii. 1806, p. 269.
Coati, Buffon and Latreille.
Quatto and Coactu, Vosmaer.
Icones, Audebert, Singes Fam. V. sect. 1, fig. 2. Buffon, Hist. Nat., vol. xv.
fig. 1. JLatreille, Les Singes, vol. ii- fig. 62.

S. ater. Facie tota nuda, carnea; palmis tetradactylis.

Hab.—Guiana.

Entirely of a deep shining black color; anterior hands tetradacty]l; tail
about one-fourth longer than body; face naked and of a flesh color ; hairs of
forehead very long and projecting anteriorly.

This species is by far the best known of any of the genus, numbers being
captured when young by the natives of Guiana, and, as they are of a hardy tem-
perament, they thrive well in captivity; its habits in this state are gentle and
pleasing. In a state of nature they live in large troops, numbering sometimes
as many as one hundred individuals. They are much hunted for food by the
natives, their flesh being considered a great delicacy. Their food consists
chiefly of the fruit of a species of palm. Dampier (Voyages, vol. iy. p. 228)
states that they resort to the sea-side, at low water, in large numbers, for the
purpose of collecting oysters, breaking the shell between stones, and eating the
animal with great gusto. Latreille states, (Hist. Nat. des Singes, vol. ii. p. 145,)
that they devour large numbers of fishes, which they capture by means of their
tails! this we fear must be received ‘‘cum grano salis,” though that organ is
used for a great variety of purposes. The naked portion is studded with
papille analogous to those of the human hand, and, from experiments made

1862.]

510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

upon the living animal, it appears to be more sensitive than the hand itself. This
species is found in Guiana and Northern Brazil.

7 | 19 | 25 5 58 12 15 |Smithsonian} Mounted
8°5 | 24 | 30 5 5°8 17 22 |Academy Mounted
Skull No. 189 in collection of Academy—Antro-posterior 4:2 ; occipito-fron-
tal 3-2; bi-temporal 2°25; bi-parietal 2-5; cranial capacity 6 inches; facial
angle 55°.
_ Lower Jaw.—Angle to symphysis 2°5; angle to condyle 1:8; angle to coro-
noid process 1:8; posterior molar to coronoid process 1:05.

SAPAJOU ATER.

Ateles ater, F. Cuvier, Mammifers, 1823.

Cebus ater, Fischer, Synopsis, 1829, p. 40.

Le Cayon.

Icones, Cuv., Mammifers, (Icon sine numero.) Régne Animal (editio Fortin,
Masson & Co.), Mammifers, T. xvi.

S. ater; palmis tetradactylis; facie nigra.

Junior, brunneus.

Hab. Guiana.

Entirely black; thumbs of anterior hands wanting; face black, the superior
portion naked, the chin covered with short stiff black hairs, among which are
scattered a few of a white color ; hairs of forehead directed posteriorly, formiog
a tuft.

This species closely resembles the paniscus, but may always be distioguished
by the color of the face, and the direction of the hairs of the forehead. The
color of the young is much lighter than that of the adult. A young specimen,
(No. 4618) in the Smithsonian collection, has a decided brown tint upon the
back and external snrface of limbs.

Its habitat is Guiana.

Length of | Length of

Specimen | Nature
owned by of
Specimen.

Ant. | Post.
Tail hands |hands|limbs. |limbs.
19 | 26] 5.6 55 | 155 | 14.5 |Smithsonian| Mounted
19 | 22 ? 5 145 | 13 Academy 4

4618 {Guiana SOE at ela}
697 fs oil 15

SaPaJOU PENTADACTYLUS.
Ateles pentadactylus, Geoff., Ann. du Mus., 1806, t. vii. p. 267.
Ateles chamek, Humb., Rec. des Obs. Zool., 1811, p. 353.
Ateles subpentadactylus, Desmarest, Mammalogie, 1820, p. 77.
Chamek, Buffon and Humboldt.
Icon, Reichenbach, Naturgeschicte der Affen, vol. i. T. 148. (Fig. pessima.)

S. ater; palmis subpentadactylis ; pollice minimo ; facie nuda cupreaque.

Habitat. Guiana.

Entirely black; anterior thumbs replaced by a small nailless tubercle, face
naked, and of a copper color.

The coloration of this species is similar to that of the ater and paniscus, but
it may readily be distinguished by the presence of a tubercle upon the anterior
hands io the position of the thumb; the hairs of forehead are long, projecting
anteriorly, as in the paniscus, the skull differs materially from that of any otber
of the genus in being compressed Jaterally, forming a slight crest at the sagit-

[ Novy.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 511

tal suture, the rami of the lower jaw are much broader, approaching in shape
that of the Howlers. Isidore St. Hilaire in his memoir upon the classification
of the Quadrumana, (Arch. du Mus. vol. ii. p. 449,) mentions a specimen having
the thumb absent on one hand.

SAaPAJOU BELZEBUTH.

Simia belzebuth, Brisson, Regne Animale, vol. 1, 1756, p. 194.
Ateles belzebuth, Geoff, Ann. du Mus., vol. vii. 1806, p. 260.
Ateles belzebuth, Humb., Receuil, vol. i. 1811, p. 337 and 353.
Cebus Brissonii, Fischer, Synopsis, 1829, p. 40.

Marimonda et Aru, Humb.

Icon. Ann. du Maus., vol. vii. T. 16.

S. niger; palmis tetradactylis; ventre cruribus et caudz parte interiore ochreo-
leucis.

Hab.—Guiana, Brazilia et Peruyia.

General color brownish-black, becoming reddish brown in the lumbar region :
belly, neck, and internal surface of limbs yellowish-white; inferior surface of
tail reddish-brown. Face naked and black; tip of nose sometimes reddish-
brown, sometimes black.

Humboldt states that in captivity this species is cross and fretful, frequently
attacking those from whom it habitually receives its food. Its cry is a repeti-
tion of Ou-a, Ou-a, and may be heard to a great distance.

Its geographical range extends across the entire continent from Guiana to
Peru. Ihave met with no specimens collected south of the Amazon. Hum-
- boldt found it quite common on the banks of the Orinoco.

| Length of | Length of |
Cur- From muzzle to | Nature
Locauiry. |Sex.|—__________/Tail| Ant. | Post.| Ant, | Post.) Owned by | of
Eye Ss Tail hands|hands limbs. |limbs.| Specimen.
1
g}| 2/3 | 26 | 30 | 45 | 6 | 19 | 21 |Academy | Skin
o | 2| 32| 6]22131) 6 To 2 22 | £ Skeleton.

Skull No. 362, Academy—Antro-posterior 4:3; occipito frontal 3-3; bi-tem-
poral 2-2; bi-parietal 2°3; cranial capacity 5; facial angle 56°.

Lower Jaw.—Angle to symphysis 2-8; angle to condyle 1-45; angle to coro-
noid process 1-6; posterior molar to coronoid process 1-05.

SAPAJOU GEOFFROYII.
Ateles Geoffroyii, Kuhl, Beitrag, 1820, p. 26.
Ateles fuliginosus, Kuhl, Beitrag, 1820, p. 25.
Cebus Geoffroyii, Fischer, Synopsis, 1829, p. 40.
Ateles melanochir, Desmarest, Mam., 1820, p. 76.
Eriodes frontatus, Gray, Voy. of Sulphur, vol. i. 1844, p. 1.
Ateles variegatus, Natterer,* in Reichenbach’s Atlas, pt. 1, p. 62.
Icones, Voyage of the Salphur, T.i. Foeminaet juvens. Reichenbach’s Atlas,
pt. 1, fig. 154.

S. ater; ventre et artibus interne stramineis : macula triangulari frontali
aurea aut nigra; dorso nigro.

Foem. straminea aut fuliginosa; genubus et manibus nigis; macula frontali
nigra.

Haé.—Brazil et Bolivia.

Adult male, back, external surface of limbs and tail glossy-black; belly,
throat, internal surface of limbs, and inferior portion of tail bright-yellow,
upon the forehead a triangular spot of bright golden yellow, the hairs com-

* [ have never met with Natterer’s original description. I find it quoted in Reichenbach’s Atins.
the figure is that of the adult of this species, though the frontal spot is too large.

1832.]

512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

posing which are directed superiorly; hairs of occiput long and black; cheeks
covered with short white hair ; behind and beneath cheeks, two pencils of long
black hairs directed anteriorly.

Female and young male, coloration generally lighter than in male, the black
of the back and limbs being replaced by a brown of greater or less intensity,
according to the age of the specimen; triangular spot upon the forehead black,
the hairs composing it being yellow at their bases and black throughout the
remainder of their length ; elbows and feet black.

Young, yellowish, dashed with brown, frontal spot as in female, or with the
hairs black to the root.

By means of a fine suite of specimens, in the collections of the Academy and
Smithsonian Institution, I have been enabled to study with care this most
curious species. Though varying greatly in coloration it may always be re-
cognized by the triangular frontal spot.

I have examined the skuil of a female corresponding in coloration to Dr.
Gray’s Brachyteles frontatus, and find it decidedly that of a Sapajou, the distance
between the intermaxillaries and nasal bones being one-tenth of an inch.

The only specimen I have met with from a well authenticated locality is one
collected by the Paraguay expedition (Sm. Inst. No. 3252), in Bolivia. Speci-
mens in the collection of the Academy are marked Brazil, but as they were
purchased of a dealer, little reliance can be placed upon it. Dr. Gray’s type is
marked Tropical America, and no locality is given for any specimen in the
Paris museum, all being ‘“ De la Ménagerie.”

Length of | Length of

Cur- From muzzle to $$ _————____ Nature

rent | LocaLity. |Sex.| Tail |} Ant. ; Post.| Ant. | Post.| Owned by of

No. Eye; Ear | Occ. |Tail hands|hands |limbs. jlimbs. Specimen.

3232 | Bolivia ull zee 22 | 21 6 75 | 20 22 +|Smithsonian Skin
26 |Brazil? | g¢ | 2 | 3 23 1325, 5 | 6 |20 | 20 |Academy Bea
88 Ge Sale Gee 15 | 18 oF 3 115 10 2 KS

Skull of No. 3232, occiput broken*—Antro posterior ?; occipito frontal ?;
bi-temporal 2°35; bi-parietal 2-4; facial angle 56°; cranial capacity ?.

Lower Jaw.— Angle to symphysis 2°8; angle to condyle 15; angle to coro-
noid process 1-7; posterior molar to coronoid process 1°25.

SAPAJOU MARGINATUS.

Ateles marginatus, Geoff, Ann. du Mus., vol. xiii., 1809, p. 92.
Ateles frontatus, Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1830, p. 38.

Ateles albifrons, Schinz., Synopsis, vol. i., 1844, p. 63.

Chuva, Humboldt.

Icon. Ann. du Mus., vol. xiii., T. 9.

S. niger ; pilis faciem cingintibus partim albis; sincipite albo.

Hab.—Brazil, Grand Para.

General color black; belly and internal surface of limbs ashy-grey; face
naked, flesh-colored in the occular region, the remainder black; forehead,
sinciput and a spot on each side of nose white or grey.

Humboldt found this species quite abundant in the province of Jaen de Bra-
camoros; he describes its disposition as fierce and libidinous.

SaPAJOU HYBRIDUS.
Ateles hybridus, Zs. Geog’, Mem. du Mus., vol. xvii., 1828, p. 168.

* This skull presents the anomaly of a well developed seventh molar in the left superior max-
illary ; such anomalies are not unfrequently met with among the Quadrumana. I recollect ex-
amining at the Mugazin of Verreaux fréres, Paris, a skull of the Simia satyrus having on each
side ot the lower jaw six well detined molars,

[Nox.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 513

Mono zambo, native name.
Icon. Guerin, Mag. de Zoologie, 1832, fig 1.

S. Supra griseo-brunnens; infra albidus macula frontali semilunari aut
triangulari alba.

Hab.—New Grenada.

Body and tail light chocolate-brown, lighter upon head, neck, hands, and
external surface of limbs; throat, belly, and internal surface of limbs grey ;
upon the forehead a triangular or semilunar white spot; face naked and black;
chin and lips sparsely covered with thick, short, white hairs.

This species may be distinguished from the marginatus by the coloration.
The young of that species, even at birth, is similar in coloration to the adult;
the frontal spot is always white or grey, thus distinguishing it from the Geof-
froywi. The name Mono zambo is stated by Isidore Geoffroy to signify Mulatto
Monkey, from its color being somewhat similar to that of the hybrids between
the Indians of Columbia and the negro. Skulls of the Aluatta palliatus, how-
ever, received from the Atrato expedition, are marked Mono zambo.

| Length of ; Length of |
Cur- From muzzle to Seana Nature
rent | LOCALITY. |Sex. Tail) Ant. ) Post.| Ant. | Post.| Owned by | of
No. Eye Ear|Occ. ;Tail hands hands |h mbs. |limbs. | Specimen.
87 |Columbia | ¢ 15/25) 5|18|}24/ 3 | 5 | 135 | 16 | Academy { ae

Genus II. BRACHYTELES, Spix.

Brachyteles, Spiz, Sim. et Vesp., 1823, p. 36.
Eriodes, Js. Geoff., Mem. du Mus., 1829, p. 121.

Corpus robustum; cranium rotundum; nares oblonge, antrorsum verse,
septo tenui separate; manibus tetra aut pentadactylis; dentes primores
equales, lanarii breves.

Body heavy, facial angle about 60°; head more spherical than in the Sapa-
jous; nostrils circular, more inferior than lateral; anterior thumbs wanting,
or rudimentary, sometimes terminated by a small nail; tail longer than body ;
incisors equal; canines small, not exceeding the incisors in length; molars
larger than incisors, quadrangular. Intermaxillaries articulating with nasal
bones by a broad surface. Hair woolly.

I cannot agree with Isidore St. Hilaire that the description of this genus by
Spix is incorrect; the peculiar position of the nostrils, which resemble more
those of the Quadrumana of the Old World than any other of the American
genera, the equality in the size of the incisors, shortness of the canines, and
globular form of head appear to me sufficient generic distinctions. The length
of pelage, and the question whether it may be soyeux or laineux does not ap-
pear to me to be of generic value.

BRACHYTELES ARACHNOIDES, Gray.

Ateles arachnoides, Geoff., Ann. du Mus., t. xiii. 1869, p. 89.

Ateles hypoxanthus, Desm., Mammalogie, 1820, p. 75.

Brachyteles macrotarsus, Spiz, Sim. et Vesp., 1823, p. 36.

Eriodes tuberifer, hemidactylus, and arachnoides, Js. Geoff, Mem. du Mus.,
t. xvii. 1828, pp. 160, 161, 162.

Brachyteles arachnoides, Gray, Cat. of Brit. Mus., 1843, p. 10.

Mariki kupo and Macaco vernello. Native names.

Icones, Ann. du Maus., vol. xiii. Pr. 9. Spiz, Sim. et Vesp., T. 27. Mazde
Wied., Abbild. zur Brazil, vol. i. T. 1.

B. Cinereo flavescens; ad caude basin ochraceus; facie nuda; pollice aut
nulla, aut brevis; ungue carente aut predita.

i 36

514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Hab.—Brazil.

General color yellowish brown, darker upon the occiput, upon the forehead
a few long black hairs, buttocks, region of the anus and inferior basal portion
of tail dark reddish brown.

I had long suspected that the three species of this genus described by Isidore
St. Hilaire, were in reality one and the same species ; no specific characters are
manifest in their coloration, or skulls, the different species being based upon the
development of the anterior thumbs, this member being absent in the arachnoides ;
replaced by a small nailless tubercle in the ¢vdcfer, and surmounted by a nail in
the hemidactylus. In the Magazin of Messrs. Verreaux, 9 Place Royale, Paris,
I found specimens having upon one hand the tubercle, and upon the other the
nailed thumb, others with the tubercle upon one hand, but absent upon the
other. Isidore St. Hilaire himself (Cat. des Primates, p. 51) expresses a doubt
as to whether the arachnoides and hemidactylus are really distinct. In Sep-
tember and October, 1860, I was unable to find the hemidactylus in the Paris
Museum, all the Brachyteles being labelled Hriodes arachnotdes.

Length of | Length of

25 |Brazil Gl 2i aleS:5]|e br] 22!) 266 7 | 18 | 17? |Academy pe
597 ce Dials ? |17-S)jbro-| 3 4 11 il ss 3

ken

Skull of No. 597, young, occiput broken—Antro-posterior 3:8 ; occipito-fron-
tal 3; bi-temporal 2; cranial capacity ?; facial angle 66.
Lower jaw.—Angle to symphysis 2; angle to cqndyle 1-3; angle to coronoid

process 1-4; posterior molar to coronoid process 88.
Genus II]. LAGOTHRIX, Geoff.

Lagothrix, Geoff, Ann. du Mus., vol. xix. 1812, p. 106.
Gastrimargus, Spiz, Sim. et Vesp., 1823, p. 39.

Caput obtusum, rotundatum ; rostro sima, manibus pentadactylis; dentes
primores parvus, lanarii illio longioris.

Body heavy, head globular, muzzle of adult much flattened, anterior hands
pentadactyl, incisors small and of unequal size, the superior median beisg
largest ; canines very large and strong, carinated on their posterior surfaces,
and grooved anteriorly ; anterior nasal foramen nearly circular.

This genus was founded by Geoffroy St. Hilaire, in his Tableau des Quadru-
manes (ante cit.) Spix, eleven years after, in his elephantine work upon the Quad-
rumana and Cheiroptera, of Brazil, proposed for it the name Gastrimargus,
from the great voracity of the only known species, which is said to exceed that
of any others of the American Quadrumana. The skull can be readily distin-
guished from that of the Sapajous and Brachyteles by the mode of articulation
of the nasal bones with the intermaxillaries. In the Sapajous no true articula-
tion can be said to take place, the intermaxillaries terminating generally in «
point a short distance below the intermaxillaries, though sometimes barely
touching them; in the Brachyteles and Lagothrix, a broad, well-marked artic-
ulation takes place, ia the former species perpendicular to the suture between
the nasal bones, and in the latter parallel to it. The rami of the lower jaw are
much broader than in either of the before mentioned genera, approaching in
size and form those of the Howlers.

LaGoTHRIX HUMBOLDTIL, Geoff.

Simia cana, Humb., Receuil des Obs., vol. i. 1811, p. 354.
Simia lagothrica, “ ¢ “ cco). pp. 322 and 354.

[Noy.

on
—
on

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. t

Lagothrix cana and Humboldatii, Geoff, Ann. du Mus., vol. xix. 1812, p. 107.

Gastrimargus infumatus et olivaceus, Spiz, Sim. et Vesp., 1823, p. 39.

Cebus lagothrix, Fischer, Synopsis, 1829, p. 41.

Lagothrix capparo, Lesson, Species, 1840, p. 125.

Lagothrix poppigii et infumata, Schinz., Synopsis, 1844, pp. 71 and 72.

Lagothrix Castelnaui, Js. Geoff. and Deville, Comptes Rendus, vol. xxvii. 1848,
p. 496.

Capparo, Humboldt.

Icones, Spiz, Sim. et Vesp., tab. 28 and 29.

L. Mas brunneus cum cana admixta ; facie nuda et nigra; capite et manibas
nigris ; femoribus et cauda brunneo-fusca.

Foemina olivacea; pilis capites niger.

Catulus olivaceo-canus ; capite manibus et cauda infera nigro-fusco.

Hab.—Brazil, Bolivia, Venezuela, Peru.

Adult male, general color reddish brown, dashed with hoary gray, the hairs
being brown at their bases, tipped with gray ; the brown predominating upon
the internal surface of limbs and perineal region ; belly dark brown, sometimes
black, terminal portion of tail and top of head black; face naked and black,
upon the lips a few scattered white hairs;

Female, general color otive yellow or brown; head black.

Young, hoary grey, darker on belly and internal surface of limbs ; hands
and top of head black.

The great variety of coloration in this species resulting from age and sex has
led to great confusion in its nomenclature. I have examined with great care
specimeus of the various so-called species, and believe them all to be one and
the same. The collection at the Jardin des Plantes, contains specimens la-
belled canus, Humboldtit, and Castelnaui, those of the canus (including the
typical specimen, part of the spoils of Bonaparte from Portugal,) are, as may
be seen by reference to the catalogue, (page 50,) all young males, and Isidore
Geoffroy himself expresses a doubt as to its being distinct from the Humboldtir.
A young specimen, (No. 28,) in the collection of the Academy, presented in 1857,
the coloration of the Castelnaui, answering perfectly the description given by
Isidore Geoffroy and Deville; by exposure to light and the camphorated and
arsenical vapors of the museum, the color has slightly faded, and the specimen
now answers perfectly the description of thecanus. The L. poeppigii have never
seen, but the description by Schinz (L. notzo castaneo fusco; gastreo niger-
rimo; facie nudanigra rugosa, Synopsis mammalium, p. 72,) does not differ es-
sentially from that of the adult Humboldtii.

| | Length of | Length of
Cur- From tip of nose to _ Nature
rent | Locality. |Sex..____—_H4H4—_ Tail} Ant. | Post.| Ant. | Fost.| Owned by of
Eye| Ear} Occ. |Tail hands |handa jlimbs. |limbs. Specimen.
. 28 [Brazil 4 | 1| 28] 4:5{185} 25-5) 3:5 125 | 18 |Academy ae
3238 | Bolivia J, 2135! £3/20 | 24 4 53 | 14 16 |Smithsonian Skin

Skull of No. 3238, occiput broken—Antro-posterior ?; occipito-frontal ?; bi-
temporal 2-2; bi-parietal 2-4; cranial capacity ?; facial angle 50°.

Lower jaw.—Angle to symphysis 2°6; angle to condyle 1-95; angle to coro-
noid process 1:8; posterior molar to coronoid process 8°5.

Genus IV. ALUATTA, Lacépéde.

Simia (parte) Liun., Ed. xiii. 1788, p. 26.
Cebus, Cuv. and Geof., Magazin Encyclopedique, vol. i. 1795, p. 71.
Aluatta, Lacépéede, Mem. de I’Institute, 1777, p. 489.
Mycetes, Jiliger, Prodromus, 1811, p. 70.
Stentor, Geoff, Mem. du Mus., 1812, p. 107.

1862.]

516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Caput pyramidale, manibus pentadactylis; os hyoideum prominens, caver-
nosum.

Head pyramidal, facial angle about 50°, inferior maxillary large and massive,
incisors small and equal, canines, and molars large ; occipital bone with a well
defined median ridge terminating superiorly in an osseous tubercle; body of
hyoid bone very large and hollow, very apparent in the living animal, chin
bearded, face naked.

Of all genera of American Quadrumana, the present is perhaps the most un-
attractive and even repulsive in appearance; a huge pyramidal head placed
upon a thick unwieldy body, contrasts strongly with the globular heads and
comparatively light bodies of the genera before enumerated. Its chief pecu-
liarity, however, consists in the énormous development of the body of the hyoid
bone; this is of an ovoid form and hollow; one in the collection of the Academy
has a capacity of 5 cubic inches.*

By means of this curious organ the voice of the animal is augmented to such
a degree that it may be heard ata distance of three miles. I have been in-
formed by persons residing at Panama, that the senicula loses its voice en-
tirely in captivity. The same may be true of other species.

ALUATTA SENICULA, Lacépéde.

Simia seniculus, Linn., Ed. xiii. 1788, p. 36.

Aluatta seniculus, Lacépéde, Mem. de I’Inst., vol. iii. 1800, 1801, p. 489.

Stentor seniculus, Geoff, Ann. du Mus., vol. xix. 1812.

Stentor chrysurus, Js. Geoff., Mem. du Mus., vol. xvii. 1848, p. 166.

Mycetes laniger, et auratus, Gray, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., vol. xvi. 1845, p.
219, 220.

Aluatte, Buffon § Audebert.

Aluatte, Ouarine et Hurleur, Latreille.

Royal monkey, Pennant.

[cones, Latreille, Les Singes, vol ii. T. 115 and 116. Audebert, fam. 5, sect. 1,
fig. 1. Guerin, Mag. de Zoologie, 1832, class 1, tom. vii.

A. Corpore fulyo-fuseo aut aurescente; capite collo ante brachiis, femoribus
et cauda castaneis ; barba longa rufescente; facie pectoreque, nudis et nigris.

Hab.—Brazil, Equador, Venezuela and New Grenada.

Head, neck, limbs and tail, dark chestnut brown; back and sides golden yel-
low; beard in adult long, the hairs composing it being mostly golden yel-
low at their bases, and chestnut brown through the remainder of their length;
face naked and black; chest naked, abdomen sparsely covered with long,
brownish hairs.

The above description is taken from an adult male (No. 985) in the collection
of the Academy. The young have the same general distribution of colors,
though of a darker shade. Dr. Gray, in his paper upon the genus Mycetes,
(Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1845, p. 219) lays great stress upon the texture
of the hairs as a specific distinction. In the present species the hairs of the
adult are soft to the touch, while those of the young are hard andrigid. In
regard to the identity of this species with the chrysurus of Isidore Geoffroy, I
was for some time in doubt, but the examination of a large number of speci-
mens has convinced me that it is but a slight variety of the senicula; the
skulls present no dissimilarity ; the only external difference being that the api-
cal third of the tail is similar in coloration to the back. Ina suite of speei-
mens from New Grenada, one has the terminal portion of the tail bright golden
yellow ; in the second, it is somewhat darker, and in the remaining two it has

* A full and complete account of the anatomy of this curious organ and the adjacent parts may
be found in the Oeuvres de Pierre Camper, Paris, 1803, 3 vols. 12mo., vol. 1, p. 76. Also in the His-
toire Naturelle des Singes, Latreille, Paris, 1801, 2 vols., 12mo. vol. 2, p. 125. N

[Nov.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517

he chestnut brown color of the senicula. Dr. Gray’s M. laniger is undoubtedly
of this species.

Length of | Length of

Cur- From muzzle to | Nature
rent | LocaLiry. |Sex.._——___——___Tail} Ant. | Post.| Ant. | Post.| Ownéd by | of
No. Eye| Ear|Oce. |Tail hands | hands |limbs. limbs.| | Specimen.
S$
985 Brazil g | 26|5 | 55/27 | 23] 5 58 |165 | 17 |Academy hea
Skin
242 |{ gicwaa| 2 |19|32/5 |195 20) 35 | 38}i1s | 12 a EE much
torted

Skulls.—Current No. 578 A. N. S.—Antro-posterior 4:55; occipito-frontal
2°15; bi-temporal 2; bi-parietal 2-5; facial angle 43°; cranial capacity 4:25.
Current No. 3424 Smithsonian.—Antro-posterior 4-3 ; occipito 2-9 ; ti-temporal
2; bi-parietal 2:5; facial angle 45°; cranial capacity 4.

Lower Jaw.—Current No. 578 ; angle tosymphysis 3-2; angle to condyle 2-4;
angle to coronoid process 2-25 ; posterior molar tocoronoid process 1. Current
No. 3424; angle to symphisis 3-1; angle to condyle 2.4; angle to coronoid
process 2°25; posterior molar to coronoid process 1.

ALUATTA URSINA.

Stentor ursinus and fuscus, Geoff, Ann. du Mus., tom. xix., 1812, p. 108.

Simia ursina, flavicaudata et guariba, Humboldt, Rec. des Obs., tom. i., 1811, p.
355.

Mycetes bicolor? Gray, Ann. and Mag. N. Hist., vol. xvi. 1845, p. 219.

Icon, Humb., Rec. des Obs. T. xxx.

Adultus fuscus, fulvus.

Catulus pilis nigris, apicibus fulvo-fuscis, artibus nigris aut fuscis.

Adult.—General color yellowish brown or brownish yellow; hairs of shoul-
ders annulated with black.

Half grown.—Body as in adult, limbs and tail very dark brown, approaching
black.

Young-—General color black, tips of hairs of body yellowish brown, base of
tail and anal region reddish brown.

This species, as well as the following, is remarkable for the great variety of
coloration occasioned by age. The young at first sight appears of an intense
black color; but upon a closer examination, the hairs, more especially of the
back and sides of head, are found to be tipped with reddish brown. As the ani-
mal becomes older, the black gradually disappears, a yellowish brown color
appearing in its place, until in the adult the only remains of the black are to
be found in a few annulations in the hairs of the shoulders.

| Length of | Length of
Cur- From muzzle to | Nature
rent | LOCALITY. |Sex —————Tail} Ant. | Post. | Ant. | Post.| Owned by of
No. Eye} Ear |Oce. |Tail | ‘hands hands limbs. limbs. | Specimen.
Fe oe ee eo ee ee
27 |Brazil es 2-1 | 4:3| 4.8| 21 | 21| 35 | 5 | 115 | 11 |Academy Ree
571 4 |\1:8}4 | 44] 23] 22] 38] 5 | 13 14 « ba ees)
57.| Sabtos. 417 BSc k A hed 83 Ks has

Skull.—Antro-posterior 3-8 ; occipito-frontal 2°3 ; bi-temporal 1-85 ; bi-parietal
1:9; facial angle 50°; cranial capacity 3-75.

Lower Jaw.—Angle to symphysis 3 ; angle to condyle 2:05; angle to coro-
noid process 1:95; posterior molar to coronoid process 1-05,

1862.]

518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

ALUATTA NIGRA.

Stentor niger et straminea,* Geoff, Ann. du Mus. vol. xix., 1812, p. 108.
Simia caraya, Humb., Rec. des Obs. vol i, 1811, p. 394.

Mycetes barbatus, Spir, Sim. et Vesp. 1811, p. 45.

Icon, Spitz, T. xxxiii.

FHaob.—Brazil, Paraguay et Bolivia.

A. Atra; foemina et juniores straminei nigro varii.

Adalt.—Male entirely of a deep black color; hairs of occiput directed forward,
meeting at right angles those of the forehead, which are directed backward.

Female and Young.—Pale straw color dashed with black.

The young of this species are at birth entirely of a pale straw color. About
the period of the second dentition the hairs upon the medio-dorsal line become
black at their bases; soon after, this change takes place upon other parts of the
body, the black gradually taking the place of the straw color, until the entire
body in the adult male is of an intense black color—the adult female having
the coloration of the half grown male. Upon the forehead is a well marked
semicircular ridge of hairs formed by the meeting at nearly right angles of the
hairs of the forehead and occiput; ihe tips of these hairs in the female are
black.

| Length of | Length ot |
Cur- From muzzle to — | Haters
rent | LocALITY. |Sex.|————__—_—|Tail| Ant. | Post. | Ant. | Post.| Owned by
No. Eye} Ea |Oce. |Tail hands hands, limbs. limbs. “specimen,

4 | 51/26 |185| 4 55 | 149 | 16

4619 | Paraguay | ¢ | 23) Smithsonian) Skin

3259 fe Q|}2 |85)| 5 |24 |22 38 | 5 12 14 hee

; : e cae | { Mount-
808 | Brazil o&|2 |4 | 5 |245/26 4 5.5 | 14 16 |Academy { aise
148 ce Q9|1413 |5 20 \17 | 38 5 125 | 13°5 ‘ =

Skulls—-Current No. 4619 ('; antro-posterior 5; occipito-frontal 3:2; bi-
temporal 2-2; bi-parietal 2; cranial capacity ?; facial angle 40°. Current No.
5136 92; antro-posterior 4:1; occipito-frontal 2: 8; bi- temporal 2; bi-parietal
2°05; cranial capacity 4-25 ; “facial angle 45°.

Lower Jaws.—Current No. 4619; angle to symphysis 3-9; angle to condyle
3:1; angle to coronoid process 3; posterior molar to coronoid process 1°35.
Currant No. 5136; angle to symphysis 2:1; angle to condyle 2°35; angle to
coronoid process 2:25; posterior molar to coronoid process 1.

ALUATTA BEELZEBUL.

Simia Beelzebul, Zinn., Ed. xiii. 1785, p. 35.

Mycetes rufimanus, Awhl, Beitrage, 1820, p. 31.

Mycetes discolor, Spiz, Sim. et Vesp., 1823, p. 48.

Mycetes villosus? Gray, Ann. and Mag. of N. H., 1845, p. 220.
Icon., Spiz, T. xxxiv.

Hab.—Brazil, Paraguay.

A. Nigra, pilis ad basin brunneis, manibus fuscis aut griseis.

Black, slightly dashed with yellow on belly and on internal surface of limbs;
hairs of body brown at their bases and black at their apices; hands reddish-
brown or grey.

This species resembles at first sight the niger or young ursina, but may be
readily distinguished from the former by the brown tint of the bases of hairs
of body; from the latter, by the length of the hairs and the total absence of the
reddish-brown at their apices, which is always present in that species. Much
stress has been laid on the coloration of the hands; this is very variable, being
in some specimens reddish-brown, in others greyisb, and in others nearly black.

* Ts. Geoffroy St. Hilaire’s paper, though dated subsequently to that of Humboldt, must have been
published anterior to it, and Humboldt quotes Stentor niger, Geoff. asa synonym. I have there-
fore retained Geoffroy’s name.

[Nov.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 519

Length of | Length of
Cur- From muzzle to = —————_—_—_——_ Nature
rent | LocALity. |Sex.| ———__———_____|Tail | Ant. | Post. | Ant. | Post. | Owned by of
No. Eye} Ear|Oce. |Tail hands |hands limbs. limbs. Specimen.

3255 |Paraguay | ¢ | 2] 4

Skull No. 3255, much broken.—Antro-posterior 4-3; occipito-frontal 2:4; bi-
temporal 1-8; bi-parietal 1:85; facial angle ? cranial capacity ?.

Lower Jaw.—Angle to symphysis 3; angle to condyle 2°4; angle to coronoid
process 2:3; posterior molar to coronoid process 1:05.

ALUATTA PALLIATA.

Mycetes palliatus, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1848, p. 138.
M. Beelzebul, Schott, Michler’s Rep., 1862, p. 413.
Icon., Proc. Zool. Soc., 1848, T. vi.

A. Nigra, pilis ad basin fulvis, lateralibus longis.

Hab.—New Grenada.

Head, limbs, and tail black; hairs of back and sides very long, forming a
kind of mantle as in the Colobus guereza, of a yellowish-brown color, tipped
with black; hairs of body black at their tips and yellowish-brown throughout
the remainder of their length.

Of this rare species the Smithsonian collection contains four specimens, col-
lected by the Atrato Expedition ; the hairs of the mantle appear to be bright
yellow in youth, becoming brown in the adult. From the great mutilation of
the specimens I am unable to give other than approximate measurements.

Skull—Current No. 3423; antro-posterior 3-95; occipito frontal 2-8; bi-
temporal 1°85; bi-parietal 1:95; cranial capacity 4 in.; facial angle 50°.

Lower Jaw.—Angle to symphysis 2°7; angle to condyle 2; angle to coronoid
process 1-85; posterior molar to coronoid process °8.

Geographical distribution of the Lagothricine.

3 Solfo ON he 2 a c
=A TE FEBS ISIS) (Mar = a = i =
i) Coronal Om cer lt aC? ad ad i ie |
fea) B |\nelaq| & o a] 9 =
_—
SH pay OU PAMISCUSr-peereisesisee secesccns % ¥e
fe EUG coc an6 astigge SeyHod Bea cae aa: SP lings
“ pentadactylus............... - ig |
Ee ETE OHEGY 1 o5.0 sauder csicas cen ets % %
oe IBGVZEDIDEIYS.. cccices ose secs sce! *% % se igi
tc i 4
MATQIDALUS 6. see eee seer ees x* %
es POU sts etie decec sce es cine ga ise
‘Brachyteles arachnoides............ *
Lagothrix Humboldtii...............] ¢ Wg &
eat SCMICUIA..... 2.00. eeeees eevee *% Soi Soa Sal hy
Be MTSHMA 02 ss eee ve oes eoesee x %
TUL OM eco siccciceicescnccaccceccs x x x |
FG Beelzebultneti ces cose oscesss %
| EE) oe palliatan ss... cc. teeeesee eee *

1862.]

520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

December 2a.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty-eight members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

A Review of the Ferns of North America. By Elliott Coues.

Catalogue of the Miocene Shells of the Atlantic Slope of the United
States. By T. A. Conrad.

Dr. I. I. Hayes made some remarks on some fragments of a supposed
meteorite presented by him to the Academy. They were obtained from
Savisavik, a little below Cape York, lat. 76° N. The mass was described by
the Esquimaux as weighing several tons.

By resolution, the thanks of the Academy were tendered to Dr. I. I.
Hayes for the very valuable series of specimens collected in his last
Arctic Expedition and presented to the Academy.

December 9th.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Nineteen members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

Descriptions of new and recent Miocene Shells. By T. A. Conrad.
Remarks on some species of Paludina, Amnicola, Valvata and

Melania. By James Lewis, M. D.

December 16th.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty members present.

December 23d.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty-three members present.

The following paper was presented for publication :

Description of Fossils from the Yellow Sandstone lying beneath the
Bur Jington Limestone, &e. By Alexander Winchell.”

Mr. Cassin communicated the fact that the Snow-Owl is at present unusually
frequent in the vicinity of Philadelphia, more so than he had ever known it
previously to be.

Dr. Hayes referred to his having discovered remains of the Musk Ox, in
Greenland, from lat. 78° to 78° 20’, where the animal is now extinct. Speci-
mens of these remains had been presented to the Academy. He also made
some remarks on the extinction of the Esquimaux in Northern Greenland.

December 30th.
The President, Mr. LEA, in the Chair.

Twenty-three members present.
[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ayy |

On report of the Committee, the paper read Nov. 4th, entitled, ‘ ae
the Pedipalpes of North America, by Horatio C. Wood, M. D., >»
ordered to be published in the Journal ; ; and, on report of the ae
tive Committees, the following papers were ordered to be published in
the Proceedings :

Synopsis of the Species of “hg ie aaa inhabiting America, north of
exico.

BY JOHN L. LE CONTE, M. D.

The number of known species of Colymbetes, with the elytra transversely
striate (Cymatopterus Esch.) has been so increased within a few years that a
synoptic table, expressing the differences between them, is now desirable ;
for the purpose of avoiding the necessity of reference to scattered descriptions,

I have completed the table by adding the characters of the species belonging
to the other divisions of the genus. The measurements are in decimals of an inch.

A. Elytra reticulate ; claws of hind tarsi not very unequal in size (except
in sp. 8).
a. Body convex, very finely reticulated; anterior and middle tarsi of male
very feebly dilated: Inysrus Er.

§ Base of thorax broadly rounded.

*E5. Black, slightly bronzed, oval, not dilated at the middle, less obtuse
- behind; elytra with the usual pale spots; outer hind claw two-thirds as long
as the inner one. Middle States . ° 1. ungularis Lee.

*40—-45. Black, slightly bronzed, oval, very slightly dilated at the middle,
less obtuse behind; elytra with the usual pale spots; outer hind claw three-
fourths as long as the inner one. Middle, Southern and Western States, and
Canada. mn big. Germ. ; Naar: Ceca ge || Say; var. Zl. pleuriticus
HGCon 2. biguttulus Lec.

*45. Black, slightly bronzed, oval, not dilated at the middle, scarcely less
obtuse behind ; elytra with the usual pale spots; the usual confused lines of
punctures more distinct than in the two preceding species ; outer hind claw
three-fourths as long as the inner one. Oregon and Russian America.

3. quadrimaculatus Aubé.

*46. Var. ? Dark-bronzed color, a little more convex than No. 3, but with the
lines of punctures on the elytra equally distinct; the anterior spot is longer
than in No. 3. Methy; Robert Kennicott.

-42, Brownish-black, slightly bronzed, oval, slightly dilated at the middle,
not less obtuse behind; thorax with the sides nearly straight; elytra with
the anterior pale spot very small, the hind one wanting; lines of punctures
visible only behind the middle. North Red River. 4. fraterculus Lec.

*°37— 41. Black, slightly bronzed, oval, elongate, not dilated at the middle,
somewhat less obtuse behind; elytra with the usual pale spots, the hind one
quite large; lines of Losi visible only behind the middle. Nebraska.
Llybius larameus Lec. : : 5. larameus Lec.

°36. Black, slightly bronzed, “elongate oval, not dilated at the middle, less
obtuse behind ; elytra with the usual pale spots not visible; confused lines
of punctures quite distinct to the base. . : 6. picipes Kirby.

*36. Black, slightly bronzed, elongate oval, not dilated at the middle, not
less obtuse behind ; elytra with the ‘pale spots very distinct ; confused lines of
punctures visible to the base; surface less convex and more finely reticulated
than in C, picipes. . : ° : . : : 7. ignarus Lec.

§§ Base of thorax bisinuate, hind angles prolonged, acute.
‘40. Elongate oval, less convex than usual, black, scarcely bronzed; series

1862.]

522, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

of elytral punctures distinct and regular, extending to the base; outer hind
claw less than one-half as long as the inner one. Dacotah. 8. sinuatus.

b. Body slightly convex, elytra coarsely reticulated, anterior and middle
tarsi strongly dilated : Mrenaprema Lap.

‘63. Elongate oval, black, thorax nearly three times as wide as long, sides
nearly parallel behind, rounded in front; elytra a little wider than the thorax,
and forming am angle with it. Lake Superior and Saskatchewan. Agabus
ang. Lec. . 4 4 4 4 - . 5 . 9. angustus.

B. Claws of hind tarsi very unequal.

A, Anterior and middle tarsi with three joints strongly dilated, and furnished
with small cups beneath ;

a. Elytra with numerous impressed transverse lines, Cymatoprerus Esch.
* Legs black:

§ Sides of the thorax sinuous near the anterior angles, which are
subacuminate.

‘75. Elongate, gradually narrowed at each end, but less obtusely behind,
black, nearly opake; head and thorax finely sculptured, lines of elytra fine
and approximate; front and base of antenne obscure red. Kadjak.

10. obscuratus Mann.

§§ Sides of thorax rounded; anterior angles acute.

‘74. Elongate oval, very slightly dilated behind the middle, above piceous,
shining; sides of elytra, basal margin and suture anteriorly pale, transverse
lines fine approximate; thorax pale piceous, with a large transverse dark
cloud, sculpture fine and dense, head dark brown, front base of antenne and
two spots between the eyes pale; beneath very black. Saskatchewan.

ll. seminiger Lec.

*64—-70. Elongate oval, shining, elytra cinereous brown, sides and basal
margin pale, transverse strie fine, but less dense than in the preceding;
thorax black, with the sides and an interrupted transverse band pale brown,
sculpture dense ; head black, with two vertical spots, front labrum and base
' of antenne pale; beneath very black. Lake Superior and Methy.

12. longulus Lee.

** Legs. brown or pale piceous; color above brown, shining, sometimes dark,
sometimes pale; thorax with a dark transverse cloud ;

§ Sides of thorax broadly rounded, or nearly straight.

‘62. Elongate oval; thorax with sinuous rugosities, not connected together ;
lines of elytra deep and distant; legs very dark. San Diego, California Q.
18. strigosus Lec.
*62. Elongate oval; thorax with very deep, dense and anastomosing rugosi-
ties; lines of elytra deep and approximate; legs pale. Methy 9°.
14. exaratus Lec.
63. Elongate’oval; thorax with finer anastomosing rugosities, deeper in 9
than <; lines of elytra deep, moderately approximate; front and middle
legs paler than hind legs. Middle States G’ 2. Col. triseriatus Kirby.
15. sculptilis Harris.
64. Elongate oval, slightly dilated behind; thorax with fine, somewhat
anastomosing, but not very dense rugosities ; lines of elytra deep and approx-
imate; legs pale, thighs somewhat darker than the tibie. Oregon .
16. densus Lec.
‘62. Elongate oval, slightly dilated behind; thorax with fine and dense
anastomosing rugosities; lines of elytra very deep and approximate; legs

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 523

pale brown (sides of thorax more rounded thanin C. exaratus). Russian
America 9. . : “ : : 3 5 17. dolabratus Payk.

°56. Elongate oval; thorax with extremely fine anastomosing rugosities,
sides almost straight; lines of elytra moderate; legs pale brown, thighs
slightly darker. Greenland {' 9. . - 18. groenlandicus Aubé.

§§ Sides of thorax strongly rounded, sinuate near the anterior angles, which
are strongly acuminate.

*60. Elongate oval; thorax feebly punctured towards the base, with scarcely
perceptible rugosities ; lines of elytra deep, moderately approximate ; legs pale
brown, thighs darker. Greenland ©. : : 19. drewseni Lec.*

b. Elytra not striate transversely: Ranrus Esch.

Thorax pale, with two dark spots placed transversely :

‘47. Elongate oval, elytra irrorated with black and pale; prosternum and
legs pale brown. Middle States and Canada. Col. maculicollis Aubé.
20. binotatus Aarvis.
‘47. Elongate oval; elytra irrorated with black and pale; prosternum and
hind legs black, or very dark brown. Oregon and Russian America.
21. divisus Aubé.
‘41. Elliptical, moderately convex; thorax pale yellow, with the front and
hind margins broadly black: elytra irrorated with black and pale. Lake
Superior, Canada, Hudson’s Bay Territory, Oregon. . 22. agilis Aubé.

B. Front and middle tarsi of male very slightly dilated: Cotympertzs Clairy.

‘50—°53. Elliptical very slightly convex, above dark brown, shining; sides
of thorax paler; elytra with a subbasal transverse line, three narrow vitte on
each, and the lateral margin pale. Middle and Southern States. Dytiscus
calidus Fabr. ; Col. teniolis Say ; Hydaticus meridionalis Mels.

23. calidus Aubé.

Note on the Species of BRACHINUS inhabiting the United States.
BY JOHN L. LE CONTE, M. D.

All the species of Brachinus found within our Territory are very similar in
color; the head, thorax and legs are ferruginous, and the elytra are of a dark
blue, blackish, or greenish-blue color; the under surface of the trunk, and
the 3d and following joints of the antennz, vary in color, according to species
and individuals, being sometimes nearly black, sometimes of the same color
as the head and thorax. The form and sculpture of the thorax differ very
much in the various species, and it is upon the characters derived from that
region of the body that I have relied principally in distinguishing the forms,
which I consider as entitled to rank as species, in the table given below.

It may be alleged that the synoptic phrases are too short to enable the so-
called species to be recognized; I can only say that as I have endeavored to
express the essential differences between the forms that I have recognized,
and as the forms, colors and sculpture, except as noted, are identical, any dila-
tation of the phrases would be mere surplusage.

I must also add that I consider the species of this genus very decidedly
opinionative, and that I am only impelled to the publication of this note by
the necessity of giving names to a certain number of recognized forms, and
of placing as synonyms some which I formerly considered as distinct, but
which increased collections have since shewn to be varieties. #

* J have dedicated this very curious species to Mr. Chr. Drewsen, the distinguishad entomologist
of Copenhagen, by whom it was sent to me, with several specimens of C. groenlandicus.

1862.]

524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

A. Large species, with the thorax punctured and the hind angles divergent ;
the elytra costate, gradually widened behind, with the humeri distinct,
but rounded :

Thorax scarcely longer than wide; sides much rounded in front :

°58. Antenne and abdomen not infuscated. Southern and Western States.

tormentarius Lec.

*61. Trunk blackish-brown; middle of metathorax ferruginous; antenne
with the 4th and following joints darker. Southern States.

alternans De.

‘61. Thorax considerably longer than wide, sides less rounded than in the

preceding ; abdomen darker at the sides. Southern States. ?B. deyrollii

Ferté. . : ; “ 4 : : 2 2 strenuus Lec.

B. Moderate sized species; elytra gradually widened behind, costate, with the
humeri indistinct; antenne and abdomen dark.
*45—-53. Thorax elongate, punctured, hind angles not prominent. South-
ern States. Var. viridipennis Dej.; viridis Lec. ; lecontei Lec.
perplexus Dg.
*45. Thorax sparsely punowred, hind angles Baan Southern and
Western States. . a : , 5 . americanus Lee.

C. Moderate, or rather large species ; elytra but slightly wider behind, costate,
with the humeri distinct; thorax sparsely and finely punctured, with
the hind angles prominent; sides of abdomen a little darker:

*45—°55. Thorax very wide in front, very suddenly narrowed behind.
Middle and Western States, as far as New Mexico. ballistarius Lec.
‘44-50. Thorax more gradually narrowed behind. Found in the whole of
the Atlantic district. cyanopterus Lec.; var. sufflans Lec.; perplexus Lee. ;
librator Dej.; similis Lec. : ; . . : . fumans De.

D. Smaller species; elytra broad, wider behind, strongly costate, humeri dis-
tinct; thorax opake, rugose and punctured, hind angles slightly promi-
nent; abdomen not infuscated.

-30. Thorax rather long; elytra glabrous, the grooves almost with single
series of punctures. California and Arizona. Var. /econtei Motsch.

costipennis Motsch.

*35. Thorax shorter, sparsely punctured; elytra pubescent at the sides.

California. 4 tschernikhii Mann.
*35. Thorax shorter, densely punctured ; elytra punctulate, pubescent.
California and Arizona. . 5 : = carinulatus Motsch.

E. Smaller species ; thorax usually sparsely punctured, not longer than wide,
very strongly constricted behind; elytra wider behind, convex, humeri
distinct.

a. Hind angles of thorax very prominent:

‘40. Thorax rugous, almost opake; elytra moderately costate; beneath
dark ferruginous. New Mexico, Arizona and Lower California.
fidelis Lee.
‘40. Thorax scarcely rugous, sparsely and strongly punctured; elytra
strongly costate ; abdomen scarcely darker at the sides. Kansas.
kansanus Lee.
*32—-37. Thd&ax sparsely and finely punctured; elytra scarcely costate:
antenne and abdomen usually slightly infuscated. Middle, Western and
Southern States. conformist Lec. ; velox Lec. ; var. ?cephalotes Dej.
cordieollis De.

[ Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 525

b. Hind angles of thorax moderately prominent :

-34—°37. Antenne, tip of tibie, tarsi and trunk dark brown; thorax
scarcely punctulate; elytra scarcely costate. Kansas. stygicornis Say.

c. Hind angles of thorax very slightly prominent :

-27—-35. Elytra scarcely costate; antenne and abdomen not infuscated.
Middle and Western States, Kamsas. cordicollist Lec. . rejectus Lec
F. Smaller species; thorax longer than wide, convex, constricted behind,

hind angles prominent; elytra, humeri distinct.

a. Epipleurz as usual of the color of the elytra:

‘29. Elytra oblong, scarcely dilated behind; abdomen not infuscated. Mid-

dle States. Aptinus janth. Dej. = janthinipennis Lec.
*36. Elytra broader quadrate, dilated behind, slightly costate; trunk infus-
cated. Southern and Western States. : quadripennis Dg.

*18—:25. Elytra dilated behind, not costate ; abdomen dark brown.
medius Lec.
b. Epipleure pale testaceous ;
*33—°'39. Thorax less narrowed behind than usual; sides of metathorax
and abdomen, and knees dark. Southern States and Arizona, as far as Colo-
rado River. . - - . . 3 ° ° lateralis De.

G. Small species; thorax longer than wide, hind angles not prominent; elytra
wider behind, humeri indistinct.
*28—-36. Thorax very broadly rounded on the sides in front; sides of abdo-
men dark. Middle and Southern States. cephalotesi Lec.
ovipennis Lee.
a. Thorax more strongly rounded on the sides in front:
-30—°36. Abdomen dark brown. Middle, Southern and Western States.
patruelis Lec. . . conformis Dg.
*21. Abdomen not infuscated. " Middle States. : : pumilio Lee.

Contributions to Organic Morphology :—Containing the mathematical imita-
tion of the egg of PLANORBIS CORNEUS and of EPIORNIS; and upon the
resemblances between Mathematical, Acoustic, Electric, Optical and Organic
Figures ; with historical and other remarks.

BY JOHN WARNER, A.M.

PREFACE.

In a work published several years ago, I endeavored to make some contri-
bution to the knowledge of Organic Morphology.* Among other matter, the work
contained the results of investigations made to determine the coincidence in
form between sections of hen’s eggs and a curve there proposed. In the pres-
ent paper, it is designed to extend these investigations, and to notice some
other subjects of interest. Some use will be made both of original and selected
matter contained in the work referred to, and other citations will be added,
which seem appropriate in treating a branch of science not yet possessing a
classified and independent literature.

MORPHOLOGICAL LITERATURE.

Numerous authorities might be cited, bearing upon the general subject of
our research, and containing information and suggestions worthy of study ;

* Studies in Organic Morphology, by John Warner. J. B. Lippincott & Co., Philadelphia, 1857.

1862.]

526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

but extensive reference to these authorities would be inconsistent with our
present limits: many of them, either directly or indirectly, advocate the pos-
sibility of a mathematical explanation of the cause of organic forms.

Professor Bronn* considers that there is an inconsistency in supposing the
organic world alone to be derived from a direct act of creation, whilst all the
rest is born and perishes from the effect of general forces eternally immanent
in matter. He concludes that all species of animals and vegetables were
originally created by a natural force, at present unknown—that they do not
owe their origin to a successive transformation of a few primitive forms—and
that this force held a most intimate and necessary relation to the forces and
events which have controlled the development of the surface of the globe. He
thinks that such a hypothetical force would be in entire harmony with the
whole economy of nature, and that the hypothesis would not only permit the
belief in a Creator presiding over the development of organic nature by means
oi an intermediate force, but that this conception is more sublime than the
idea of a direct supervision, by the Creator, of the succession of plants and
animals. Professor Bronn also considers the fundamental form of a plant to
be that of an egg placed upright. Investigation of the relation between natu-
ral and mathematical ovoid forms might furnish a test for the correctness of
this idea, or, if it is well founded, assist in explaining its application.

Some mathematical writers treat as an evident proposition the ultimate
connection between mathematics and the explanation of natural processes. t
Fechner undoubtedly encourages this idea, and even proposes, more or less
definitely, the adoption of a mathematical classification in physiognomy, ¢ra-
niology, and ethnology.{

Lotze, on the other hand, takes the opposite extreme. In one of his more
skeptical passages he compares the attempt to discover the laws of organiza-

* Essai d’une Réponse a la question de Prix, &c. Comptes Rendus, vol. 51, p. 511.

+ The principles of mechanics must be of the greatest importance for all branches of natural
science, (as Aristotle was aware,) because, according to our conception of the changes of the ma-
terial world, they must be referred tomotion. Dr. H. Burhenne, Grundriss der Hoeheren Anaiysis,
Cassel, 1849, p. 84.

Dr. Zeising, and others whom we have cited, refer at length to the works of Pythagoras, Plato,
and Aristotle, in order to show that the ancients regarded numbers as in some mysterious sense
the principia of the universe. The Pythagorean quaternary, ss improved by Plato, consists of
the celestial numbers 1, 3, 7,9, of which the sum is 20, andgof the terrestrial series 2, 4, 6, 8,
whose sum is likewise 20. These two together make the sacred quaternary 40. The number
5, which is notin the quaternary, but is the middle of the whole series from 1 to 9, represents
the Nous, or supreme intelligence. According to Montucla, these numbers and the idea of their
mystic importance were derived from the Egyptians. The ancient Chinese also venerated the
Pythagorean quaternary, and ascribed its invention to the emperor Fo-hi (2900 B.C.) Fo-hi was
the inventor of the binary arithmetic, ot which he left the notation in the Cova.or Figure of
Kight. M.Hue relates that the Chinese still venerate a mysterious book, called the Book of
Changes, y-King. The meaning of this book has long been lost. From M. Huc’s description of the
64 whole and broken lines of this book, and from Leibnitz’s description and interpretation of the
Cova, I have littie doubt that the y- King pertains to the arithmetical system recorded in the Cova.
The tradition of the Chinese, that the y-King is capable of explaining all things, may, therefore.
indicate that the ancient Chinese were not unawure of the importance of number in the order of
the universe, and that their sages had conceived the idea of a mathematical explanation of Na-
ture, as clearly as such an idea could be conceived in advance of the science of physical matbe-
matics: possibly they progressed no further than to incorporate the Cova in their religious mys-
teries. Montucla, Histoire des Mathématiques, vol. i.p. 122. Chinese Empire, by M Huc,
London, 1855, vol. i. p.124. Leibnitz, Mémoire de Acad. Franeaise, vol. xviii. 1703, p. 85. Dr. H.
Burhenne, Grundriss der Hoeheren Analysis, Cassel, 1849, p. 84.

t Ueber die Mathematische Bebandlung Organischer Gestalten und Processe. Verh. d. Koenl.
Saechs. Gesellsch. Mathematisch-Physische K)., Jarhgang 1849.

Mr. Hay has published a method for defining geometrically the shape of the human head and
the proportion of its parts. The method is founded on a system of triangles, of which the angles
have certain ratios manifested in the vibrations of musical strings. See D. R. Hay on the Bean-
Ideal Head of Ancient Greek Art. Trans. Soc. of Arts, vol. i. part 2, New Series, 1847-8.

The same author has written several works on the Beautifulin Form. His Natural Principles
of Beauty (London and Edinburgh, 1852) gives a concise explanation of his geometrical construction
of the human figure. The same subject is differently treated by Dr. A. Zeising, Neue Lehre yon
den Proportionen des Menschlichen Koerpers; Leipzig, 1854, The student of Morphology will be
interested in comparing with these works, Die aus der Arithmetic und Geometrie herausgeholten
Gruende zur Mensehlichen Proportion; Georg Lichtensteger, Nuremberg, 1746.

[ Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PILILADELPHIA. O27

tion by the study of organic forms, to the endeavor to decipher the principle
or purpose of a complicated machine by the contemplation of its shadow.* He
discourages the notion that the shape of the egg is susceptible of a mathemat-
ical explanation. The form of the egg, he considers, is not the immediate
product of a formative tendency, but the mechanical result of a twisting action
of the oviduct, and gives as little hope of an explanation of the forming forces
as, forexample, the shape of a top does of comprehending the law of formation
of the person who turned it.f

Meckelf accounts for the form of the egg ina similar manner. He cites
Thienemann to show that when the egg is forced rapidly through the oviduct,
in consequence of persistently chasing the hen, the egg is then deformed,
being greatly elongated and without a hard shell. He also alludes to the ex-
periments of M. St. Hilaire in proof of the fact that hen’s eggs placed verti-
cally during incubation either do not come to development or else produce
monsters. On the whole, he appears to be of opinion that the form of the
egg may not only have a mechanical origin, but may be important as a me-
chanical means in determining the form of the embryo.

OF MATHEMATICAL OVOIDS.

Fechner adopts the oval of Descartes, proposed by Steiner, as the true rep-
resentative of the form of the egg.§ The elliptic spheroid he considers to be
a rough approximation to the true form: but M. St. Hilaire states that out of
six eggs of the Epiornis, sent to France, five were nearly true ellipsoids. ||
The other had a large anda smallend. We shall now consider particularly
the curve proposed by ourself to represent the longitudinal section of an
egg. This curve belongs under a general formula which includes the ellipse.
We shall principally consider a curve having an obtuse and an acute end, and
which may be called the hyper-ellipse, and the solid generated by its revolu-
tion, the hyper-el/ipsoid.T

Construction of the hyper-ellipse.—Measure the length and thickness of the
egg. Draw (Vig. 1, Plate 1) A B, H D, each equal to the length of the egg,
and bisecting each other at right angles in C. Make D K equal to the half-
thickness of the egg, and on H K describe a semicircle cutting A Bin F.
Then A B is the axis of the hyper-ellipse, and F is the focus.

Construct an ellipse (Fig. 2) with the semi-axes F A, F B equal respectively
to the same distances in Fig. 1, and draw any radius vector F P.

In Fig. 3 draw BF, F A, as in Fig. 1, and make the angle A F P equal tu
twice the angle A F P of Fig. 2; also make F P equal to the same in Fig. 2.
The point P is then a point of the hyper-ellipse. In a similar manner any re-
quired number of points may be found, and the curve traced through them

_ by hand. Instead of beginning the construction at A, we may commence at B,

making the angle B F P equal to twice the same of Fig. 2, and the radins
¥F P the same.

* Allgemeine Physiologie des Koerperlichen Lebens. Leipzig, 1851, p. 328.

f Ibid. p. 835. The labors of Hanstein and Wright ia investigating the law of phyllotaxis—al-
though they do not prove mathematically the cause of phyllotaxis, but rather pertain to its teleo-
logical significance—appear to me to contain remarkable applications of mathematics to the
study of Organic Morphology, and to take much from the general force of Lotze’s criticism. Hap-
stein ueber den Zusammenhang der Blattstellung mit dem Bau des dikotylen Holzringes. Mo-
natsber. d. Koenl. Preuss. Ak.d. Wiss., Berlin, 1857, p. 105. Wright on the most thorough, uniform
distribution of poin‘s about an Axis, Mathematical Monthly, April, 1859.

.} Die Bildung der fuer partielle Furchung bestimmten Kier der Voegel, &c. Zeitschr. f. Wiss.
Zoologie, vol. 3, 1851, p. 482.

@ We may refer the reader to Mr. Hay’s Principles of Symmetrical Beauty, and to Purdie on
Form and Sound (Edinburgh, 1859), for information concerning the composite ellipse—a figure
which seems to offer or to suggest means for closely imitating the forms of yarious eggs. .

] Note sur des ossements et des ceufs trouvé: & Madagascar, dans des ajluvions modernes, et
provenant d’un oiseau gigantesque; par M. Isidore Geoffcoy-Saint-Hilaire. Comptes Kenaus.
vols. xxxli. p. 101; xxxix. p. 833; xlil. p.315, and xliii. p. 518.

§ This curve may be termed the hyper-ellipse, because its radius vector ig a power of the radius
vector of an ellipse, taken from the focus, or because its radius is derived from the ellipse as in
the following construction. é

1862.]

528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The curve can also be constructed by drawing F P from any assumed pole
at F, at any angle with an assumed axis AB. Then, knowing the length and
thickness of the egg and the angle A F P, the length F P can be calculated by
the aid of a proper formula, hereafter given, and transferred to the drawing.

COMPARISON OF EGGS WITH THE HYPER-ELLIPSOID.

Eqq of Planorbis corneus.—The example just given to show the construc-
tion of the hyper-ellipse (Fig. 3) presents a good imitation of the magnified
drawing of an egg of Planorbis corneus.* It is remarkable that the focus F
of the theoretical egg falls, as nearly as can be readily observed, in the centre
of the vitellus, according to the engraving given by Jacquemin. The magni-
fied egg of the engraving measures, say, length 1:63 inches, thickness 1:31.
The distance B F is found by calculation *45-+-.

Egg of Epiornis.—The cast of the egg of Epiornis belonging to the Acade-
my of Natural Sciences in this city is, I doubt not, from the pointed egg de-
scribed by M. St. Hilaire.j A longitudinal section of this cast was obtained
by cutting a templet to fit closely around it, then tracing the form of the egg
from the templet. The first section thus obtained was not quite symmetrical
with respect to the long axis. A second section, taken on a plane at right
angles to the plane of the first, was more nearly symmetrical. The cross-sec-
tion of the cast measured so nearly circular, that the small difference in the
diameter of the sections taken may be disregarded. For the purposes of calceu-
lation we have taken M. St. Hilaire’s dimensions reduced to inches,—length
12-756, thickness 8°859.

Fig. 4 represents the theoretical egg on a scale of one-fourth. The follow-
ing tables exhibit the dimensions of the two real sections and of the theoretical
section. Each real section is divided by the axis into two parts not entirely
symmetrical. The radii vectores of each part are given for various polar
angles. The distance from the obtuse end of the egg to the line of greatest
thickness is not involved in the construction of the theoretical ovoid. This
distance as measured on the egg should be compared with the same as found
by construction. In the tables it is designated by B’ +p cos }.

TABLE I.

MEASURED VALUES FOR REAL EGG,

| Values of the radius vector for various polar angles.

Designation.

oe |10° | 20° | 30° |40°| 4 | 70° 90° 110° 130°|180°

Part 1. | 9-90) 9°56} 8-64! 7-

— ———

6| 6°67 5°49| 4-59] 3°76 3-23, 2-98 2-85

6
Part 2. | 9°90, 9°37} 8:42) 7°47) 6°60) 5:49) 4°65) 3°85 3°31) 3-02 2°85

6) 6°63, 5:49) 4-62) 3°82) 3-32 3-07 2°85

Part 1. | 9°90) 9°52) 8°62) 7-

5
Part 2. 9°90 9°43 8°52) 7°56) 6.65) 5°49 4°59) 3°79) 3°25) 2°98 2°85

2d Real
Section

Nore.—The distance from the large end of the egg to the greatest cross-
section — B’ + pcos} —6inches. The radius for a polar angle of 56° 34’
is 5°39, average of four dimensions.

* Mémoire sur VHistoire du Planorbis corneus, par Emile Jacquemin, Nova Acta Acad. C.
Leopold.. vol. xviii. p. 638. ; é
+ The agreement in size is satisfactory, and the egg is marked with the name of Dr. Warren,
who relates that a cast of the pointed egg was presented to him. (Fossil Impressions, &e:, Boston,
1854.) The length which he gives for the egg is incorrect. The mistake probably arose trom a
typographical error, which is corrected in Comptes Rendus, vol. xl. p. 519. [D
ec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 529

TABLE II.
CALCULATED VALUES FOR THEORETICAL EGG.

| Values of the radius vector for various polar angles.
: |

90° /110°/130°/180° |
3°41) 3-022-85

ee,

Norse.—The length and thickness of the egg are the same for both tables,
viz.: length 12°76—; thickness 8°86. The polar angle at the point of greatest
thickness is designated by 7, but has not the same value in each table, being
a measured value in Table I. and a calculated value (56° 34’) in Table II.
The distance B’ + » cos 7 for this angle is, by calculation, 5°79,

Designation.

0° | 10°} 20° | 30° | 40° | 7 | 70°
38 For both 9:90 9°51 Meal aaee 6°54 eons 3°98
= 5 | parts. | | '
nm

By these tables we perceive that the first part of the first section agrees
very closely, from the apex to the widest part, with the theoretical curve.
The second part is less satisfactory. The average real section would nowhere
differ from the theoretical curve by much more than the thickness of the egg-
shell (about 12-100 inch).

ON THE SIGNIFICATION OF THESE COMPARISONS.

Position of the Vitellus.—A belief in the adaptability of polar formule to
explain some processes of nature was somewhat vaguely expressed by Gran-
dus. James Bernoulli seems to have been strongly, though vaguely, impressed
with the idea of an important meaning in the logarithmic spiral. Moseley
and Naumann have demonstrated its existence in several shells, and similar
results have since been obtained.* Possibly the mechanical properties of this
spiral are involved among the causes which give the first direction to the wind-
ings of shells. Naumann suggests that all spirally wound conchylia may begin
with a logarithmic spiral. The law of the growth of the animal may then,
perhaps, be subsequently instrumental in determining the form of the shell. f
Lotze says, in discussing the mathematical explanation of organic forms, that
in pure mathematics it is not absolutely essential that the origin of co-ordi-
nates be in any particular place, but where an explanation of the nature of
phenomena is required, the origin must be taken where, in the Real, the
centre of emanation of action resides; the direction and connection of the
co-ordinates must correspond with those of the operating forces.t

The position of the vitellus in the pole of the theoretical egg may, possi-
bly, exhibit that coincidence of mathematical and organic system which is
intended by Lotze. It would be desirable to have correct observations of the
positions of different parts within the egg, in order to attempt the discovery

* Grandus, A Collection of Geometrical Flowers: Abridged Phil. Trans., vol. vi. p. 67, 1723.
Bernoulli, Leipzig Acts., 1692. Moseley, Phil. Trans., 1838. Naumann, Abh. d. Jablonowskischen
Gesellsch., Leipzig, 1846. Also Abh. d. Math. Phys. Kl.d. K. S. Gesellsch., Leipzig, 1852. Sand-
nee ueber die Spiralen von Ammonites, &c., Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. Geol. Gesellsch., yol. x. 1858,
p. 446.

7 [am not aware to what extent the views of Moseley concerning the growth of shells have
been adopted by naturalists. Naumann, as far as he expresses any opinion, seems to agree with
Moseley on this subject. To me, Moseley’s explanation of the growth of shells, and of the man-
ner in which their mathematical properties suit the life and growth of the animal, appear very
interesting and important, and, did our limits permit, would well deserve to be noticed here at
length. From the paper of Sandberger’s just cited, I am led to believe that the determination of
the equations of the windings of shells is now recognized by scientific conchologists as a valuable
descriptive method.

t Physiologie, p. 330.

1862.] | 37

530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

whether any of these parts have a position remarkable in a mathematical
point of view, and which might, therefore, possibly suggest something im-
portant in regard to further researches.*

Cubical contents.—The volume of the hyper-ellipsoid is equal to the solidity of
a prolate ellipsoid having the same length and thickness. Hence it appears
that a definite quantity of material fit for the composition of an egg might, con-
sidered geometrically without regard to other conditions, take the form of
either an ellipsoid or hyper-ellipsoid egg; the length and the thickness being
the same in each case. It seems probable that either form might suit the
structure of those parts of the bird which anatomists believe to be most directly
concerned in giving shape tothe egg. Ido not certainly know whether the same
hen can lay eggs of both forms. Among several hyper-ellipsoid eggs, said to
be from the same hen, was found one which most observers would probably
consider ellipsoidal. A gentleman who once took much interest in the
breeding of fowls states that, whilst engaged in this pursuit, he was able from
the appearance of the eggs, but not judging alone by the shape and size, to
recognize with considerable certainty the eggs of particular birds and of par-
ticular breeds. In his opinion, the eggs of the same hen would appear, to
ordinary observation, to be of nearly the same size and shape: sometimes, how-
ever, an unusually large egg containing two yolks will be produced. My
limited observation is, in general, in favor of the supposition of uniformity of
size and shape among the eggs of the same individual. I have, besides meas-
uring some hen’s eggs, carefully inspected the eggs found in several nests of
wild birds.

Standard of comparison for shape.—As far as I am aware, no mathematical
standard of comparison for the shape of eggs has been fixed. Thus, for ex-
ample, if we had an egg intermediate, as the term would generally be ap-
plied, between the ideal form above found for the egg of Epiornis, and a true
ellipsoid having the same diameters, it would be left to the judgment alone
to decide which ideal form should be preferred asa representative of the egg.

M. St. Hilaire does not give measurements to show the agreement between
the ellipsoidal eggs of Epiornis and true ellipsoids. Of some of them, he
says their resemblance to each other was so great that one might have readily
been mistaken for the other. From this description I doubt whether these
eggs resembled ellipsoids more nearly than the present egg of Epiornis re-
sembles the hyper-ellipsoid. ft

RESEMBLANCES BETWEEN MATHEMATICAL, ACOUSTIC, ELECTRIC,
OPTICAL AND ORGANIC FIGURES.

The mathematical laws of the propagation of light are shown to be partic-
ular cases of the more general laws of vibratory motion in any elastic medium
composed of attracting and repelling molecules.§ It would, therefore, seem
that forms similar to those shown in the polarization of light, and in other

* I am not informed how far naturalists have considered this subject. Some experiments of my
own, made on hen’s eggs, in order to ascertain the relation between the size of the yolk and other
dimensions of the egg, and also whether the centre of the yolk more nearly coincides with the
centre of gravity of the egg or with the centre of the axis, resulted in gaining some preliminary
experience in the method of observation, but did not establish any thing certainin regard to the
object of research. Pt te ?

+ The rule for computation is, Multiply the square of the thickness by the length, and the pro-
duct by 5236. The result is the solidity.

{Since writing the above I have seen, in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution, the cast
of an egg of Epiornis (the egg sent from Madagascar in 1350), but have not had an opportunity of
closely examining it. The date indicates that it is from a cast of the ellipsoidal egg described by
M. St. Hilaire in his first memoir, and which accompanied the egg we have endeavored to imitate
in Fig. 4. Without a careful measurement of the cast, it would, in my opinion, be unsafe to ccn-
clude that the egg in question is more nearly ellipsoidal than its fellow is byper-ellipsoidal.

2 Encyclopedia Britannica, Boston ed., art. Optics, p. 546.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 531

optical experiments, might result from the vibrations of other substances
which in their vibrations may follow the same or similar laws. This may
possibly be the reason of some resemblances of the kind we shall now consider.

Construction of the Hyperaster.—Figures resembling star-fish may be derived
from the ellipse by a construction similar to that given for Fig. 3. Both con-
structions can be included under a general mathematical formula.* To con-
struct the hyperaster with five points, make the ellipse (Fig. 5) with the
semi-axis F B equal to the short radius F B (Fig. 6) of the star, ana with
the longer semi-axis F A equal to the long radius FA of the star. Then, be-
ginning at B, proceed as for the construction of Fig. 3, except that the angle
BFP of Fig. 6 is to be always taken equal to two-fifths of B F P in Fig. 5.
When the radius F P of Fig. 5 has passed through a revolution of 90°, it will
coincide with F A, and P will then fallupon A. During the same time, the
radius F P of Fig. 6 will pass over two-fifths of 90°, or 36°, and will reach A.
When the radius of Fig. 5 reaches FC, it will have passed over 180°, AN in
Fig. 6 the radius, then at C, will have ‘passed over two-fifths of 180°, or 7
which is the fifth part of the circumference of the circle. Thearm B A Cc F of oa
star is therefore derived from the semi-ellipse BAC. A repetition of the same
process will derive the next arm of the star from the semi-ellipse C D B; and
30 on, until the five arms of the star are completed.{ By means of this con-
struction, star-fish or other organic bodies resembling them can be imitated.
Returning to Figs. 2 and 3, it will be observed that, starting at B, the entire
Fig. 3 is generated from the semi-ellipse B A C, in the same way that the arm
BACF of Fig. 6 is derived from the semi-ellipse BAC, Fig.5. Viewed in this
manner, the egg, Fig. 3, appears a one-armed star-fish. Whether or not this
conception may have any significance in nature, it appears remarkable to
find two different organic forms thus classed under the same mathematical
formula. Some of the figures known as acoustic figures, produced by the vi-
bration of elastic plates, can also be imitated. Figures resembling Fig. 6 are
given by Chladni in his treatise. Possibly the acoustic figures might be pro-
duced on a scale sufficiently large to test their agreement with the mathemat-
ical figures, by measurement; and hence it could be, perhaps, determined
whether these truly represent the former.

Interesting resemblances can be traced between the optical and acoustic
figures, and between these and curves similar in their construction to those we
have described, if not always precisely of the same construction. The follow-
ing is of the same general construction as the previous. By taking the ellipse
Fig. 2, and making the angle B F P in the derived figure always equal to one-
half of the same in the ellipse, we derive a curve similar to Fig. 7. Figs. 8
and 9 represent an optical figure and an organic form, having a resemblance
to this.t

*Studies in Organic Morphology, Formula 2, p.32. We propose to call the curve whose equa-
eel ota) hs p P “ : t
tion is p= T= eaae eo the elliptouster, because the equation resembles that of the ellipse, and the
curve itself may represent a star. The name /yperaster may be given to the curve whose radius
is a power or root of the radius of the elliptoaster.

+ In actual constructions. it will be sufficient to derive one arm of the star, and then, by means
of tracing-paper. to dispose five such arms around the centre F. Stars of any desired number of
points may be thus constructed; the angle BFP of the star must be to the angle BF P of the
ellipse as the number 2 is to the number of points in the star.

t See Encyclopedia Britannica, Boston ed., art. Optics, p. 672, for Fig. 9. For Fig. 8 see Zeitschr.
fiir Wiss. Zoologie, Leipzig, 1854, vol. v. Plate XIV. Fig. 3h These resemblances could be followed
toa greater extent. The writer has collected many drawings of mathematical lines, organic ob-
jects, optical, acoustic, and electric figures, but must omit further notice of them on the present
occasion. By large collections of this kind, and by diligent comparison of their materials, some-
thing may, perhaps, be elicited which will establish a reliable foundation for the study of Organic
Morphology as 2 mathematical scieuce.

1862.]

532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

An electrical figure having a strong resemblance to an egg may be seen on
Plate III. of Lichtenberg’s figures.*

M. Cornay considers electricity to be the radical universal generator. He
endeavors to illustrate this idea by comparing positions assumed by electric-
ally charged needles to the positions of parts of plants and animals. For
this purpose he has numerous engravings. His description of the circula-
tion of the electric fluid, and of the effect of it in producing the nervation of
leaves and the spiral arrangement of leaves around the trunk of the plant,
reminds us of similar suggestions of Grandus to account for the disposition of
the petals of a flower. But M. Cornay’s resort to experiment totest his opinions
is an important step in the right direction, for which he deserves the thanks
of morphologists, although as yet his experiments cannot be considered
conclusive proof of the correctness of his views.

EXPLANATION OF THE PREVIOUS CONSTRUCTIONS—CUBATURE
OF THE HYPER-ELLIPSOID.{

Construction of the Hyper-ellipse and Hyperaster.—Let (Fig.,3) the axis A B,
or length of the egg, — 2 a, and the greatest double ordinate, or thickness
of the egg, — 2m. We have shown, in our work already referred to, that
FA>=a+Vv a (a— m) andFB=a—VvV a(a — m): it is now required
to find these distances by construction. By the construction given for Fig. 1,
DK =m, C D =a, therefore C K —a—m. But, by Geometry, C F is a
mean proportional between C H and C K, that is, between aanda—m. Hence
CF=V a(a—m); whence FA—CA+CF=a-+VvV a(a— m), and
FB—CB—CF=a—Va (a — m); which was required.

We have further shown that the radius vector of the hyper-ellipse is equal
to the radius vector of an ellipse referred to the centre, and in which the polar
angle is one-half that of the hyper-ellipse. This is the ellipse shown in Fig.
2, and hence the construction before given for Fig. 3 is evident. By referring

to our work, it will be seen that the hyperaster, Figs. 6 and 7, may also be
constructed from an ellipse in a similar manner, taking care that their polar

%* Commentationes Societatis, &c., Goettingen, 1778, vol. i. For a curious resemblance to a tree,
produced by the action of lightning, see Mr. Charles Tomlinson on Lightning Figures, Edinburgh
New Phil. Journal. vol. xiv. No. 2, Oct. 1861, and vol. xv. No. 1, Jan. 1862.

+ Principes de Physiologie et Eléments de Morphogénie Générale, par J. E. Cornay (de Roche-
fort), Paris, 1853, pp. 112, 191, 212--215. M. Cornay has labored earnestly and industriously to
promote the knowledge of Morphology. Some important propositions which he confidently as-
sumes appear to us still to want satistactory proof. Thus, for example, because the shape of an
insect agrees with the outline of a cluster of electrified needles, he appears to be satisfied that he
has found in the action of electricity, or of some hypothetical fiuid, the true cause of the organic
form.

{ For certain formulz which will be necessary in this and the following investigations, see
Studies in Organic Morphology, pp. 32, 33, 40,41. The curves now to be discussed belong to the
general form

n
ics Pp :
ie) (; —ecoské@ qi
wherein p is the semi-parameter, and e the eccentricity, of an ellipse. For the hyper-ellipse,

ko=in=h InFig.5,k=5,n =}. InFig.7,k=4,n =}%. Theequationp = Tx sae
represents an immovable orbit substituted for an elliptical orbit revolving about its focus, Prop.
XLIII. B. I., Newton’s Principia, and Wright’s Commentary on the Principia, London, 1828, vol. ii.
p. 245. Curves of the sort in question may be produced by revolving an ellipse, under various con-
ditions. whilst a describing point revolves in the ellipse. Some years since, I exhibited to the
Pottsville Scientific Association a mechanical arrangement for producing such figures. Suardis’s
Geometric Pen is also an interesting instrument for describing curves. The joints of the pen remind
us of the joints in the limbs of animals, and furnish a hint as to a mathematical conception of
the motion of the limbs. See Adams’s Geometrical and Graphical Essays, London, 1813, p. 151.

[ Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 533

angle has the proper proportion to that of the ellipse, in order to derive the
number of arms or rays desired.*

Cubature of the Hyper-ellipsoid.—Let F, Fig. 10, be the pole, P M an infini-
tesimal arc, and P F M an elementary triangle of any plane curve, referred
to the axis F N, which is also the axis of revolution for the solid.

The centre of gravity, G, of the elementary triangle P F M, is on DG,
drawn parallel to the side P M, and so situated that F D is two-thirds of the
radius F P, — 2. When the side P M vanishes, F P will coincide with F M,
and the distance from F to G will then equal F D = 2 p, and the angles MF N,

GFN, PFN will all be equal, and each — 6. The distance GN will be
BD snd — 2 » sin §; and the distance described by G during a revolution

of the elementary triangle P F M about the axis F N will be FD 27 = amo
sin 6. The area of the elementary triangle is, however, 1 p? dé, and the

solidity of the conical sheet generated by a revolution of PF M, which is the
differential of the solid of revolution, will be, by Guldin’s Formula,

dV =4 7 psin 6.3)? di — 2 w p3 sind di........ ms aaaiete ES een meee Derbecee -(1)
In the present case this becomes
3 1
= sin 9 P { —p? esing
Minh — 92 (PO)
(1 —e cos 6)? ¢ \2(1—e cos §)?

1
— p* esin : : :
ase d§ is the differential of the radius vector; ;
2(1 — e cos 9)?

so that we have, by substitution, for the selidity ofthe whole hyper-ellipsoid,

in which last

V — biag 2 a sane Aone tween neee cececsee a eeeeeee se eeeecees eee ee eeeeneeeee (2)
6—0 :
If the radius for § — 0 be denoted by /’ and the radius for § =z by ’’, this
equation gives

v=; ed oe ee ceoeenad RGaaeie dante oer (3)

* We may here call attention to the fact that the radius vector of the hyper-llipse, for the

extremity of the greatest ordinate, is p = ya m, that is, this radius is a mean proportional between

the halflength and half-width of the figure. This is interesting because Dr. Zeising adopts the
Mean proportion as a general morphological law; but this proportion of itself cannot b2 satisfac-
tory: we require some rule for knowing what objects or parts of objects are to be thus compared.
As long as no such rule exists, the comparisons may often seem arbitrary. Dr. Zeising proposes,
for the egg-curve, to divide the length into two parts, say a’ the greater ani m’ the !esser; then
m’ will also represent the half-thickness, and we shall have the proportion a’-+ m’:a@’::a':m’,

whence a’ = ym’ (a’-+ m’). Itis not, however, shown by him that this mean proportion is neces-

sarily more significant in Morphology than Pp = yam above mentioned (Neue Lehre, p. 228)-

Dr. Zeising’s application (Neue Lehre, p. 361) of the extreme and mean ratio, or golden section, to
the division of the circle in phyllotaxis, has received a remarkable confirmation as a law of nature,
by the labors of Hanstein and Wright, before cited. His application of this ratio to the relations
of the planetary system seem to me worthy of close study ; but proof is required of a similar
significance of this ratio in astronomy and in botany, before we can assume that there is an entire
identity between the laws which regulate both the planetary and the phyllotactic systems.
(Neue Lehre, p. 327. Normalverhiiltniss, &c., Leipzig, 1856, pp. 2, 45.)

1862.] | .

5d PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

But we have seen (Fig. 3) that p) =F A= a-+%a(a—m) and p’”—FB

=a—Wa(a—m); hence p’ — p’” =2V a(a—™m). Further, in our

m? a Va (a —m)

former work, we have shown that p= 7—~———_»ande = 2-9 ;
4a—m 2a—m

P m? a Pp

hence — = 3 Tia Substituting these values of »’ — -’” and of —

e a(a—m e

in equation (3), there results
rT —A 2 :

ASS I ldoe ana IpdeeL cn eso ne son a sa Lihat 42 SalnOgs, Sau Seiae (4)

which is the volume of a prolate ellipsoid whose semi-transverse axis is a and
semi-conjugate m.

The further discussion of the hyper-ellipse has led us to some interesting
formule, which, whether this curve is really important in Morphology or not,
appear worthy of attention in a mathematical point of view. These formule
we hope to present in a subsequent paper.

CONCLUDING REMARKS.

The coincidence in form between organic outlines and mathematical figures
is a subject of difficult interpretation. It will, therefore, be sufficient for me,
without expressing a confident opinion as to the meaning of such resemblances,
to say that my study of the subject has induced the belief that all the resem-
blances of this kind which have been found are not mere accidental coinci-
dences, but that some of them are the results of a mathematical arrangement
in nature. The reason or the fitness of this arrangement, I am inclined to
think, is explicable mathematically, at least to a greater extent than has been
generally supposed, and the search for such an explanation I conceive to be a
legitimate effort of science. I would, therefore, encourage the collection of
drawings of organic objects and of mathematical figures, together with other
materials for study, in order to combine facts as they appear, and prepare
for the discussion of definite questions which may be suggested. Works or
memoirs devoted to the measurement of organic products, constituents, and
combinations, or of organic functions, as measured by phenomena of produc-
tion, of motion or duration, or by the evolution or abstraction of force, may
probably be usefnl in furnishing data for the study of the cause of organic
forms. But we shall not prescribe rules in this respect. Of late years many
researches of this kind have been made, and in several cases by naturalists
or physiologists who have not only united mathematical ability to other ac-
quirements, bat have left the records of their labor in the shape of mathe-
matical formule. Some of these formule may become useful in studying the
cause of organic forms.

For some time the writer has been engaged in collecting materials of the
kind described. The preparation of this paper was undertaken from a desire
to render useful the labor incurred in the collection; but circumstances have
prevented as full a treatment of the subject as we could have wished. Many
of the authors cited deserve more attention than we have been able here to
give to them, and others have been left unnoticed because our limits did not
permit us to speak of them as they deserve. On another occasion we hope to
return to our subject under more favorable circumstances.

In submitting this paper to the reader, I have endeavored to make the best
selection of matter for general perusal, and to supply some desirable refer-

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 532

ences for the use of students who have paid less attention than myself to the
subject.*

In concluding, I desire to express my thanks to several members of the
Academy of Natural Sciences who have assisted and encouraged me, and es-
pecially to Dr. Jos. Leidy.

A Review of the TERNS of North America.
BY ELLIOTT COUES.

Considerable difference has prevailed among ornithological writers with re-
gard to the relationships of many of the North American Sternine with the
representative species of Europe. Having at command a very extensive series
of specimens from both continents, I have instituted a caretul comparison of
the more or less intimately related species, believing that the results of
such an investigation would not prove unacceptable to ornithologists. While
this has been the principal aim of the present paper, I have endeavored to pre-
sent fairly the data tending to determine some other points of synonymy and
relationship which even at this late day remain open to discussion; and to
give such stages of plumage as are not already too well kuown to require no-
tice. The paper is not to be considered in any sense as a monograph; I have
endeavored to express its character in its title.

I am under particular obligations to Mr. G. N. Lawrence and Mr, D. G. El-
liot, for the opportunity of examining several unique and typical specimens,
and unusual stages of plumage, of which the museum of the Smithsonian In-
stitution does not contain examples.

Family LARIDE.
Subfamily STERNINZ.
Section STERNEA.
Genus GELOCHELIDON Brehm.

Gelochelidon, Brehm, Vig. Deutsch. 1830. Type S. anglica, Mont.
Laropis, Wagier, Isis, 1832, p. 1225. Same type.

.Cuar.—Bill shorter than the head, extremely robust, not very acute; its
height at base nearly a third of its total length along culmen; prominence at
symphysis well marked, but not very acute, situated so far back as to make
the gonys equal in length to the rami, reckoning from the termination of the
feathers on the side of the mandible. Culmen very convex; gonys straight ;
commissure gently curved. Wings exceedingly long, and acute; each feather
a full inch longer than the next. Tail rather short, contained 2} times in the
wing; in form deeply emarginate, but its lateral feathers without the elonga-
tion of Sterna. Feet long and stout; tarsus a little shorter than the bill, ex-
ceeding the middle toe and claw. Hind toe well developed; inner shorter

* Several authors not mentioned in our former work may here be briefly cited.

Borellus, De Motu Animalium.

Camper, Beobachtungen der Berlinischen Gesellschaft, vol. i. 1787.

Von dem Fluge der Voegel, Schriften der Berlinischen Gesellschaft, vol. ii. 1781, p. 214.

Mayer, Das aufrecht Stehen. Mueller’s Archiv, vol. xx. 1853, p.9.

Fick, Ueber die Gestaltung der Gelenkflaechen. Mueller’s Archiv, 1853, vol. xx. p. 657.

Schuebler, Bedeutung der Mathematik fuer die Naturgeschichte. Jahreshefte des Vereins fuer
Vaterlandskunde, Stuttgart, 1849.

Dr. J. Aiken Meigs, Relation of Atomic Heat to Crystalline Form, vol. iii. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sc .
Philadelphia, 1855-58, p. 105.

Prof. Popoff, Description de la Courbe fruiforme. Bulletin de la Société des Naturalistes de
Moscou, 1859, part i. p. 283.

Zeising, Ueber die Metamorphosen in den Verhaeltnissen der menschlichen Gestalt. Acta
Academize Cesareze Leopoldino-Carolinz, vol. xxvii. part ii.

1862.]

536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

than outer; interdigital membranes deeply incised, especially the inner. Tail
and rump concolor with the back. Size moderate.

Gelochelidon is a well-marked generic form of the Sterninz, embracing several
species agreeing in their short, very robust bills, exceedingly long wings, length-
ened tarsi, and short tail,—which latter never attains the deeply-forked shape
of typical Sterne. It differs in coloration above from most of the other genera
of Terns, in having the pearl blue mantle continued over the rump and tail.

The name Grelochelidon was proposed by Brehm two years before Wagler
instituted his genus Laropis. Both are founded upon the same type,—S. an-
glica, Mont.

GELOCHELIDON ANGLICA Bp. ex Mont.

Sterna anglica, Montagu, and of authors.

Thalasseus anglicus, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563.

Laropis anglica, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1225.

Gelochelidon anglica, Bp. Comp. List, 1838, p. 61.

Gelochelidon palustris, Macgill., Man. Orn., 1842, ii. p. 237.

Sterna aranea, Wilson, Am. Orn. Lawrence, Gen. Rep., 1858, p. 859.
Gelochelidon aranea, Bonap., Comp. List, 1838, p. 61.

D1aG.—Sterna rostro breve, robustissimo, nigro; dorso cerulescente-periaceo,
uropygio caudaque concoloribus; remigibus primariis argentato-griseis, vix
albo intus marginatis, nisi basin versus; corpore subtus albo, pedibus nigris,

Habitat.—Atlantic Coast of America, from Massachusetts southward. Europe.

This species differs from all the other Terns of North America, except Sterna
antillarum, in having the rump and tail of the same color with the back. Its
primaries differ from other species—though approaching nearest to Thalasseus
caspius—in having the inner webs white for a comparatively short space; and
the white is not pure, nor is there a very trenchant line of division between it
and the dark portions of the feathers.

I have not a sufficient number of skins before me for a perfectly satisfactory
comparison of the birds of the two continents, but, so far as I can judge, I am
decidedly inclined to agree with Audubon in opinion, that no difference exists.
I have minutely compared the specimens before me, and found them absolutely
identical in every particular of size, form and color.

The American bird was first described by Wtlson, under the name of Sterna
aranea, that author, perhaps, considering it distinct from, but much more pro-
bably being unaware of the existence of, the European bird. It was very
properly referred by subsequent American writers,—Nuttall, Audubon, and Bona-
parte up to 1838,—to the latter. At that date, in his Comparative List, Bonaparte
distinguishes it from the European bird under the name of (elochelidon aranea,
and his example has been generally followed by writers since that time.

Genus THALASSEUS Boie.

Thalasseus, Boie, Isis, 1822, 563. Type S. caspia, Pall.

Hydroprogne, Kaup, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw., 1829, 71. Same type.

Sylochelidon, Brehm, Vog. Deutsch. 1830. Same type.

Helopus, Wagler, Isis, 1832, 1224. Same type.

Actochelidon, Kaup, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw., 1829, 31. Type S. canitaca, Gm.
Cu.—Size very large, large, or moderate; general form more or less robust;

a decided occipital crest. Bill as long as, or longer than, the head, robust,

height at base a third to a fourth the length of culmen. Culmen variable in

amount of curvature; position of the angle at symphysis variable. Wings

moderately long (for this subfamily); pointed and acute; but the first primary

not surpassing the second by as much as the latter surpasses the third. Tail

moderate or short; in the type of the genus very short, being contained three

times in the wing, and but moderately emarginate; in other species more

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 537

elongated and more deeply forked, and contained only about twice in the wing.
Feet short and stout, black; tarsi about two-thirds the bill, or rather less; as
long as, or slightly longer than, the middle toe and claw. Webs moderately
incised, the inner the most so. Hind toe very short.

This genus, as at present constituted, is chiefly distinguished from Sterna by
its large size and general robust form, stout bill and feet, and (in typical spe-
cies) much shorter and less forked tail. In the preceding diagnosis I have
been obliged to define the genus with considerable latitude from the somewhat
dissimilar types at present retained in it. Thus, if we take the 7A. caspius,
and Th. cantiacus, which may be considered as representing the two extremes of
form, we shall find great discrepancies in such important features as shape and
robustness of bill, amount of emargination of tail, &c.; and regarding these
extremes alone, might well be inclined to separate them. Examination, how-
ever, of intermediate species, such as 7. regius and elegans, of North America,
T. velox, of Europe, &c., will show so gradual a transition in nearly every
feature, from one extreme to the other, that it becomes exceedingly difficult to
draw a line which shall naturally divide the group into two or more genera.
In view of the above facts, I prefer, for the present at least, to retain the several
species under a single genus, as they certainly do differ, markedly, from Sterna
in important characteristics, although presenting the above discrepancies among
themselves.

It is not impossible, however, that 7. caspius, with one or two other very
closely allied species from various parts of the world, may be, without impro-
priety, separated generically from the others. This species is typical of a
- group, all intimately allied, which are pre-eminently distinguished by their ex-
ceedingly large, high, robust bills, very stout feet, remarkably short tails,—the
lateral feathers of which are scarcely at all elongated, and are not tapering nor
acuminate,—and general large powerful form. The genus might, by the excla-
sion of this form, be greatly restricted, and much more rigidly defined.

Of the five synonyms given at the head of this article, all, with the exception
of Actochelidon, (the type of which is S. cantiaca, Gm.) are based upon S. cas-
pius, Pallas. Of these Thalasseus, of Boie, has priority in point of date, and
is the name to be adopted for the genus. Boie’s genus, however, is considered
to be based upon S. caspius, merely from the fact of that species being the first
mentioned, no particular type being indicated. In the event of the separation
of S. caspius and its intimate allies, above suggested, it might be well to apply
the name Hydroprogne to the restricted group, Thalasseus being used to desig-
nate the remaining species. In view of the very slight reasons for considering
Thalasseus as having special reference to S. caspius, such a procedure would be
hardly, if at all, an infriagement on the rules of nomenclature, and would ob-
viate the necessity of presenting regia, elegans and their congeners under a
generic designation not before employed,—viz.: Actochelidon.

THALASSEUS CASPIUS Boie ex Pall.

Sterna tschegrava, Lepechin, Nov. Com. Pet. xiv. p. 500.

Sterna caspia, Pallas, Nov. Com. Pet. xiv. p. 582. Lawrence, Gen. Rep. Birds,
1838, p. 859, and of most authors.

Thalasseus caspius, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563.

Hydroprogne caspia, Kaup, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw., 1829, p. 91.

Helopus caspius, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1224.

Sylochelidon caspia, Brehm, Bonaparte, Comp. List, 1838. Lawrence, Proc. N.
Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist,, 1850, v. 37.

Sterna megarhynchos, Meyer, Taschenb. Deuts., ii. p. 457.

Diac.—T. rostro maximo, robustissimo, rubro; palpebris inferioribus albis ;
remigibus griseo-fuscis, supra argentatis, nec intus albis; cauda breviore,
emarginata; pedibus validissimis, nigris, digito medio cum ungue tarso
breviore.

1862.]

538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Habitat—In America, the interior of the Fur Countries; Hudson’s Bay;
ees in winter ranging southward along the Atlantic Coast as far as New
Jersey.

This species in all its stages of plumage is too well known to require ary
further description.

Quite a large series of American skins, of all ages, compared with two fully
adult birds from Europe, constantly differ in size and proportion, as shown by
the following measurements:

Comparative measurements of American and European Birds.

American. European.
Length of bill along culmen.............cs-cosssessccsess 2°75* 2°40
Me i COPA DO jue np oa lepemtemsasbne sens aiaioiade> plate 4:00 3°55
Heiohtiiat! ve at: DASCssas.c00 sea cote sedde teas aicabeason ehh coe 0:90 0-75
Width bis) AOPPOBILE/ MOSUTINS: .s<,assmcseoaasec'sesdseeas 0°50 0°50
Length of wing from flexure...... pedsbiel- open edeuepee esas 16-50 15:00
sf CO LLT AUG cacieasseseasiseaa snes Seales ealb= aa tesesttoe eae sa Lu 1°65
Es middle. toe and) Cla Wie -sesss.4-cc0e00,- peat 1:65 1-55
é SCAND AIeas orem blac asp sles aeeessetd eocepnedapeeer cewase DEAD 5-25

The above measurements indicate the average of the specimens from both
countries before me, from which it will be seen that the American bird is de-
cidedly the larger. While the bill is nearly a third of an inch longer, it is also
especially remarkable for its great comparative height at the base, and its width
at base being no greater than in the European bird, gives it quite a different
shape. The next most patent difference lies in the length of wing from the
flexure, in which the American bird surpasses the European by fully 14 inches.
Specimens of both, of course, differ among themselves to a degree; but the
greatest variation in adult American skins ig hardly half an inch. The wing
of the adult European bird, indeed, hard!y equals that of a young bird of the
year from America; and it is well known how much smaller are the young of
all Terns than the adults. The tarsi and toes of the two, as well as the tail,
differ in a considerable degree, but not so markedly as do the bill and wings.
I find no differences whatever in the color of the two birds.

With but two specimens of the European bird before me, I do not venture to
formally separate from it its North American representative. But should these
examples prove to represent fairly the characters of the European bird, and the
discrepancies in size and proportion above pointed out prove constant, I should
not hesitate to do so. In that event I would propose for our bird—in the ab-
sence of any very peculiar characters on which to base a name, and in view of
the fact that it is the largest and most magnificent Tern of our continent—the
name of THALASSEUS IMPERATOR.

The following would be its diagnosis:

Th. Thalasseo caspio coloribus similis; sed omnino major, rostro etiam vali-
diore, lorgiore, altiore nec latiore. Rostr. long. 2°75 poll.; ale 16°50.

The proper specific appellation of the Caspian Tern is not “‘caspia Pallas,”
but ‘‘¢schegrava Lepechin,”’ which latter name is proposed in the same work it
which Pallas calls the bird “ caspia,” but has priority by several pages. As,
however, the word is not only barbarous, but also exceedingly cacophonous,
and especially as caspia has become so well established by common consent, I
do not think it would be expedient to supersede Pallas’ name, in view of the
very slight priority of that of Lepechin.

THALASSEUS REGIUS Gambel.

Sterna cayana, Bon., 1828; Nutt., 1834; Aud., 1839 and 1844; but not of
Latham.

* Inches and hundredths.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 539

Sterna regia, Gambel, Pr. A. N.S. Ph. iv. 1848, 128.
Thalasseus regius, Id, J. A. N.S. Ph. i. 2d ser. 1849, 228.

Diac.—Thal. rostro magno, robusto, nec peracuto, aurantio-rubro; remige
prim interné alb& nec ad apicem extensi marginatai; pedibus nigris, medio
digito cum ungue non tarso breviore. Long. rost. 2-60 poll.; alaw 14°50; tarsi
1:30.

Habitat.—South Atlantic Coast of America; Antilles in winter. California

A good series of this bird, collectedin Jamaica, enables me to give its winter
plumage, as well as that of the young of the year.

Winter Plumage.—Bill less brightly colored than in summer, its tip and cut-
ting edges dull yellowish. Front white, crown variegated with black and white,
the former color increasing on the occiput and nuchal crest, which latter,
though shorter than in summer, is almost or quite unmixed with white. This
black extends forwards on the sides of the head to the eye, which it includes.
The tail is not pure white, as in summer, but is glossed over with the bluish of
the mantle, which deepens towards the tips of the feathers into dusky plum-
beous. Otherwise as in summer.

Young of the Year in August.—Bill considerably smaller and shorter than in
the adult; its tip less acute, and its angles and ridges less sharply defined;
mostly reddish- yellow, but light yellowish at tip. Crown much as in the adults
in winter; but the occipital crest scarcely recognizable as such. Upper parts
mostly white; but the pearl-gray of the adults appearing in irregular patches,
and the whole back marked with small, irregularly-shaped, but well-defined
spots of brown. On the tertials the brown occupies nearly the whole of each
. feather, a narrow edge oniy remaining white. Lesser wing coverts dusky
plumbeous. Primaries much as in the adults, but the line of demarcation of
the black and white wanting sharpness of definition. Tail basally white, but
soon becoming plumbeous, then decidedly brownish, the extreme tips of the
feathers again markedly white. Otherwise as in the adults.

The species is so distinct from any other of North America, that it hardly
requires comparison. Cuspiuvs is most closely allied (except elegans) and hag
been confounded with it. But the differences between the two are very great.
Regius is a much smaller bird, its wing two inches or more shorter. The bill
is nearly or quite as long, but it is much slenderer and every way weaker. The
tail is very decidedly longer and more forked, almost equalling in this respect
elegans or acuflavidus. The feet, with the same relative proportions of tarsus
and toes, are proportionally shorter. In color the two are quite similar, except
in the primaries where a very marked difference is observable. The inner webs
of caspius are wholly dull hoary plumbeous ash; while the inner web of
regius has a very sharply defined white margin, as in elegans or acuflavidus, and
Sterne generally.

But while there is thus no difficulty in separating it from its North American
allies, the case is quite different from the Central and South American species,
with which it is more or less intimately related. It was, up to 1848, confounded
with S. cayana, Lath. (8. cayanensis, Gm.) This error was first corrected by
Gambel (1. c.), and a distinct name imposed. It is difficult, perhaps impossi-
ble, to determine to what species Latham’s name is to be referred, His brief
diagnosis is “St. grisea, pennis rufo-marginatis, occipite nigro, corpore subtus
albo. Habitatin Cayana. 16 pollices longa.” This description is evidently
that of a young bird. Gambel is inclined to cousider it as ‘the immature
plumage of one of the yellow-billed species of the Brazilian coast, figured
by Lichtenstein, probably S. magnirostris.”” He further remarks that “ young
birds of our species would agree pretty well with the eryihrorhyncha, of De
Weid, as they are somewhat smaller and less proportioned.”

There is a specimen in the Smithsonian collection, presented by Mr. Sclater,
from Jamaica. It was killed March 23d, and is in moult; probably, a young
bird putting on its first spring livery, though still retaining its winter marks of

1862.]

540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

white front, etc. At first sight it yas referred to 7. regius, but on closer exami-
nation several important discrepancies were observed. The bill, though just
about as long as in regius, was very decidedly smaller, weaker, with the angle
at symphysis less developed; it was of a clear straw-yellow, and in size and
shape about intermediate between regius and elegans. The lateral tail feathers
appear broader and rounded at their tip, instead of tapering and attenuated.
An important difference is seen in the feet, the middle toe and claw being de-
cidedly longer than the tarsus, instead of equal to it. Mr. Sclater did not label
this bird, and I am equally uncertain what name to apply. It seems to be not
at all improbable that it may be the S. cayana, of Latham, and, if so, would
substantiate Gambel’s position, for it is certainly not the bird he named regia.

THALASSEUS ELEGANS Gamb.

Sterna elegans, Gambel, Pr. A. N. S. Ph. iv. 1848, 129. Lawrence, Gen. Rep.
Birds, 1858, 860. Atlas, pl. xciv.
Thalasseus elegans, Gambel, J. A. N.S. Ph. 2d ser. i. 1849, 228.

Diac.—Th. Thalasseo regio similis; sed multo minor, rostro graciliore, digito
medio cum ungue tarso breviore; corpore subtus rosaceo-albo.

Habitat.—Coast of California.

The most striking morphological character of this species, as compared with
its nearest ally, 7’. regia, is the comparative length of the tarsus and toes. In
regia the middle toe is, with the claw, just as long as the tarsus; while the
same parts in elegans are very considerably shorter.

This beautiful species has been so accurately described by its discoverer, and
its affinities so correctly indicated, that any further remarks upon these points
would be de trop. it is as yet almost unknown in cabinets. A very fine speci-
men, in winter plumage, has been deposited in the Smithsonian by J. Hepburn,
Esq., and is the original of the plate abore cited. It agrees minutely with
Gambel’s description.

THALASSEUS ACUFLAVIDUS (Cabot).

Sterna Boysii, Nuttall, Man. Orn. ii. 1834, 276. Sed non Lath., 1790.

Sterna cantiaca, Audubon, Orn. Biog. iii. 1835, 531. Id. B. A. vii. 1844, 87.
Sed non Gmel., 1788.

Sterna acuflavida, Cabot, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1837, ii. 257. Lawr. Gen. Rep.
1858, 860.

Thalasseus acuflavidus,

DiaG.—T. Thalasseo cantiaco statur&, forma, coloribusque omnino similis ; sed
margine alba pogonii interni remigis prime angustiore, nec in apicem penne
porrecta.

Habitat.— Atlantic Coast of North America, ranging into the Antilles in winter.

The young of the year is considerably smaller than the adult (wing 3 inch
shorter) as is usual in this subfamily. The bill is shorter and weaker, and is
without any very distinct definition of angles and ridges. It is brownish black,
the extreme point only yellowish. The crown, front and nape are brownish
black, variegated with white, the white touches very small on the front. The
upper parts are as in the adults; but everywhere marked with irregularly-shaped,
but well-defined spots and transverse bars of decided brownish black. There is
no well formed occipital crest, until after the first moult. The primaries are like
those of the adults. The tail, however, is very different. The feathers for
three-fourths their length are of the color of the back; this color gradually
deepens, until towards the tips it becomes brownish black,—each feather having
a terminal irregular edge left whitish. The tail, in shape, is simply deeply
emarginate, the outer feathers being but slightly longer than the second.

In winter the yellow tip of the bill of the adults decreases in extent and in-
tensity of color; the front is white, either pure or speckled with black; the
crown variegated with black and white; but the long occipital crest, which does

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 541

not disappear at this season, remains of an unmixed brownish black. The
lateral tail feathers are shorter. The bird otherwise as in summer.

At all seasons the yellow tip of the bill varies in extent, and it also presents
& varying regularity and sharpness of division from the black. I am inclined
to think that the extent of the yellow depends upon the age of the bird: its
intensity upon the season. The longest yellow tip before me measures three-
fourths of an inch, the shortest one-fourth. In a large series of specimens the
tarsi and toes scarcely differ appreciably. The markings of the primaries, in
their extent and disposition, are also remarkably constant. The variation in
length of wing from flexure in adult summer birds is about half an inch. The
tail varies somewhat in depth of fork, but is always less than in the species of
Sterna proper.

A series of winter skins from Jamaica in, probably, their first moult, differ
from aduit examples from various points on the Atlantic Coast in being every
way considerably smaller. The bills are about a third of an inch shorter than
the average; and other parts differ proportionally.

The American Sandwich Tern was first separated from the European by
Cabot, (1. c.) in 1847. Most of the points of difference, however, assigned by
that writer, disappear when large series from both continents are compared.
The difference in the measurements given exists equally in individuals of both
species; for, as will be seen from the above remarks, specimens vary greatly in
these respects. After an attentive examination of a large number of skins, I
can appreciate no differenves whatever in these respects; and in size and pro-
portions, of bill as well as of the whole body, the two appear identical. Neither
can distinctive characters be drawn from the yellow tip of the bill. In both
species the line of union of the yellow and black is equally irregular, depend-
ing for its exact character on the age of the bird. In both, the yellow runs
along the gonys, nearly or quite to the angle at the symphysis. It also extends,
but in a less degree, along the ridge of the upper mandible, and even for a little
way on the cutting edges of both mandibles. The outline of the yellow on
the sides of the bill is also more usually concavo-convex than perfectly straight
and perpendicular. The trenchant line of union, which existed in the speci-
men described by Cabot, must have been rather exceptional. I cannot appre-
ciate any difference in the width of the bills of the two in the series before me.
A discrepancy in the claws of the two does not exist as constant.

We are reduced, therefore, in separating the two birds, to the single remaining
character given by Cabot,—that of the primaries. These parts in the
American bird are not darker than those of the European, since their color de-
pends on their age; but a decided difference in the white margins of the inner
webs exists uniformly in all the specimens from either country that I have ever
examined. In the European bird the white of the inner web of the first pri-
mary occupies at the base nearly the whole of the web, the dark portion being
merely a narrow line along the shaft. This black portion widens but little as
it runs along the feather, so that the white border extends quite broadly to the
very tip of the feather, which it entirely occupies. In the American, on the
contrary, the black portion is in its whole length wider, and, about one and a
half inches from the tip becomes quite suddenly very decidedly broader, so
much so as nearly to cut off the white, which latter continues forward a little
further, but only as a very narrow bordering line, and finally disappears before
it reaches the tip. The same holds good, though somewhat less markedly, of
the second, third and fourth primaries. The following would therefore con-
stitute the

Differential diagnoses of the American and European Bird.

Th. cantiacus.—White margins of inner web of outer three or four prima-
ries wide, extending quite to tip, which it wholly occupies. Breadth of white
portion 14 inches from tip of first primary, :25 of inch.

1862.]

542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Th. acuflavidus.—White margins of inner web of three or four outer prima-
ries narrow, falling short of tip, which is wholly occupied by the black portion.
Breadth of white margin 1} inches from tip of first primary, :10 of an inch.

Genus STERNA Linneus.

Sterna, Linn., Syst. Nat. 1748. Type, S. Airundo, Linn.

Thalassea, Kaup, Sk. Ent. Eur. Theirw. 1829, p. 97. Type, S. paradisea, Briin.
Hydrocecropts, Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 178. Type, ? (includes S. paradisea.)
Sternula, Boie, Isis, 1822, 563. Type, S. minuta, Linn.

Cxu.—Head without a decided occipital crest, but the feathers of the parts
somewhat elongated; size moderate, or very small; general form slender and
graceful. Bill about as long as, or slightly shorter than, the head, greatly ex-
ceeding the tarsus; of varying stoutness, but usually quite slender, very acute,
the culmen gently curved, being slightly declinato-convex. Commissure gently
curved; outline of rami a little concave, of gonys quite straight, the angle at
symphysis well marked and acute, but not very prominent. Wings long and
pointed. Tail of variable length and amount of forfication, but always de-
cidedly greatly forked; the lateral feathers elongated, slender and tapering,
greatly surpassing the others. Tail contained in the wing of the type of the
genus about 12 times; in arctica 1} times; while the tail of paradisea is but
little less than the wing. Tarsus slender, slightly shorter than the middle
toe and claw, slightly longer than the middle toe alone; much shorter than
the bill, about equal to the distance between the projection at symphysis and the
tip of the inferior mandible.

The genus Sterna, in the restricted acceptation in which it is employed by
most modern authors, embraces quite numerous species, all more or less inu-
mately related to S. hirundo. The group is one well defined, its species agree-
ing very closely in size, general form, pattern of coloration, and seasonal
changes of plumage. Specific characters are generally found in the varying
length and stoutness of bills and tarsi, amount of forking of the tail, markings
of the primaries, and other less decided features of coloration.

Sterna proper has comparatively few synonyms, the principal of which are
those given at the head of this article. Thalassea, Kaup, and Hydrocecropis,
Boie, are strictly synonymous, while Sternula, Boie, is based upon @ species
differing but very slightly from the type, S. hirundo.

‘Srerna Troupeavi Aud.”

Sterna Trudeaui, Audubon, Orn. Biog. v. 1839, 125. Lawr. Gen. Rep. Birds,
1858, 861.

I have before me a typical specimen of Sterna Trudeaui, belonging to J. P.
Giraud, Jr., the one from which was drawn up the description in the General
Report, and supposed to be also the original of Audubon's plate and descrip-
tion. Ags these are the chief descriptions of the bird which have ever appeared,
and as, I believe, the specimen is the only one known to exist, it may fairly be
considered to embody all that is at present known of the species. From the
peculiar characters presented by it, as well as by the species which succeeds,
—to both of which attach, for various obvious reasons, doubts as to validity,
—it may be of advantage to examine somewhat closely into its charac-
ters, to determine if possible whether they be distinct from each other; and in
that case in what they differ from S. Forsteri.

The bill is quite stout at the base, both as regards height and width, and
tapers regularly to an acute point, the culmen being but slightly arcuate. Itis
precisely the length of that of an adult Forséer?, and also of a supposed Havelli.*

* The specimens of “‘ Havelli” referred to, are those furnished by Mr. Lawrence, and so labelled

py bim.
[Dee.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 543

It is bright yellow atthe tip for exactly the same distance as is the bill of
“ Havelli ; but the base, for nearly a third of the length of the bill, appears to
have been in life bright orange yellow, so that only the middle of the bill is
left black ; whereas, in “ Havelli,” the bill is black from its yellow tip quite to
the base of the upper mandible, and only a small space on the under mandible
is left yellow. The front and crown are white, passing into light pearl blue on
the nape, exactly asin “ Havelli;” the circumocular fascia also exists, but it
is somewhat narrower than in that species. The other upper parts are of
exactly the shade of Forsteri or ‘“‘ Havelli ;” but this color extends around the
sides of the neck quite to the throat, and occupies the whole under parts of
the bird, not even excepting the under tail-coverts, whereas in “ Havelli” and
Forsteri, the color of the same parts is nearly or quite pure white. The rump
is white, as in both those species. The tail is elongated ;—exactly intermedi-
ate between a full plumaged summer Forsteri and ‘“ Havelli;” it has precisely
the color of the latter, the inner web of the lateral feather being somewhat
lighter than in the former. The wings, in their markings and length, are iden-
tical with those of either Forsteri or ‘‘ Havelli;” the tarsi and toes are fraction-
ally of the same length, and appear of about the same color in the dried skin.

The differences therefore between ‘ Havelli” and “ Trudeawi,” lie entirely in
the following features: lst. The bases of both mandibles are orange yellow for
nearly half theirlengthin “Trudeaui,” while in “Havelli”’ a very small portion of
the under mandible only is light colored. 2d. The color of the back extends
undiluted over the whole under parts of ‘‘ Trudeaui,” while the same parts in
“ Havelli”’ are white.

The greater slenderness of the bill, and the shorter tarsi, given by Audubon
as characteristic of “ Trudeau,” in comparison with “ Havelli,”’ do not exist,
provided the specimens before me exhibit the characters of the latter. Indeed,
a comparison of fourteen specimens of Forsteri, three of ‘“ Haveili,”’ and the
single ‘‘ Zrudeaui,” shows the three to be surprisingly similar in every detail
of size and proportions; the bills and tarsi particularly, hardly differing as
much in length as do these parts in different individuals of hirundo or macroura.

Should the color of the bill and of the under parts of “ 7rudeaui,”"—more par-
ticularly the latter—prove constant, they would be abundantly sufficient to
separate it from any other species. The only question is, whether the speci-
men under consideration is not in an entirely accidental and abnormal state of
plumage, to be placed in the same category with albinism, melanism, &e.
Although Audubon states that he saw other individuals like the present speci-
men, it appears to be the only one ever actually examined. The question is
one of great interest, but one of which, unfortunately, we are no nearer the
positive solution than we were twenty years ago; and I am therefore obliged
rem in medio relinquere.

“Srerna Haveru Aud.”

Sterna Havelli, Audubon, Orn. Biog. v. 1839, 122. Lawrence, Gen. Rep. Birds,
1858, 861.

So accurate a description of the winter plumage—the only one known—of
this supposed species has been given by its discoverer, that it is unnecessary
here to repeat it. A discussion of the essential characters assigned to it, to dis-
cover exactly what are its claims to specific distinction, may be given.

It is not a little singular that, of a species recognized for more than twenty
years, the nuptial plumage should be still quite unknown. I am not aware
that a specimen which could be referred to this species has ever been taken in
spring or summer. There can be no doubt, however, that at that season it
obtains the black pileum common to all the species of the genus,—with, proba-
bly, not even the exception of “ 7rudeaui.” A specimen before me, which agrees
more closely than any other with Audubon’s plate and description, has the
crown and occiput very noticeably variegated with black; this color, indeed,

1862.]

544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

being almost unmixed with white on the extreme nape. The front alone is
white. The character, therefore, of a black ocular fascia, and white crown,
cannot be considered as diagnostic of the adult full-plumaged bird.

The chief, and, indeed, the only point to be examined, is the relationship
of this species with the S. Forsteri,—winter specimens of which agree very
closely with it. In discussing this question, it must be borne in mind that
Audubon was entirely unacquainted with S. Forsteri, or at least did not recog-
nize its claims to specific validity, as distinct from S. hirundo. Indeed, if we
compare Audubon’s description of his “‘ Zavelli” with a winter specimen of S.
Forsteri it will be found that they correspond minutely in every particular of
size, form and colors; and the characters given apply as well to the one
asto the other. For, though summer specimens of Forsteri are quite different
in the elongation of the tail, color of bill, black pileum, &c., yet in winter these
features are quite changed, the tail becoming shortened, the bill blackened,
and the pileum restricted to a circnmocular fascia. Basing an argument,
therefore, upon these data, “S. Havelli, Aud.,” might, without the slightest
impropriety, be reckoned as a synonym of S. Forsteri.

Three Terns, obligingly furnished for examination by Mr. Lawrence, and la-
belled by him “ Havelli,” differ in some respect from any wirter skins of Fors-
tert which have as yet fallen under my observation. Their size and proportions,
length of tarsi, elongation of tail, &c., are quite identical. The most perfect of
these,—evidently an adult birdin full winter plumage,—hasa stout bill, almost
black, its tip for more than a fourth of an inch bright yellow. The bill in fact
looks something like that of halasseus cantiacus or acuflavidus. There is a well-
defined lateral stripe on the head; the whole crown is pure white, and even on
the nape there are no traces of black, that part being light pearl color, much as
the back. But the most distinctive feature of this specimen is that the tail is
entirely very light pearl, the inner web of the lateral feather being scarcely, if at
all, darker than the outer. A second specimen, a younger bird apparently, and
evidently, from the ragged dull brown condition of its primaries, in moult, has
the same decided character of tail as has the firstone. The bill is even stouter
at the base, and the extreme point only is slightly yellowish. The whole crown
is variegated with black and white, the former being left nearly pure on the
nape. The third specimen is quite like the last, but the inner web of the lateral
feather is quite decidedly dusky, showing an approach to S. Forsteri. It will
be noticed that where these three specimens are quite identical with each otber,
in size and proportions, they differ among themselves in colors, both of bill and
feathers, and show quite a gradation towards S. Forsteri.

From the above remarks it will be seen that the question really hinges upon
the following point, as yet not positively determined: Does the S. Forsterz in
winter, when fully adult, ever acquire a very broad bright yellow tip to its
otherwise wholly black bill, and lose entirely the dark character of the inner
web of its exterior tail feather ?

Now it is well known, that the younger a Forster’s Tern is, the darker is the
inner web of the lateral feather ; and the natural inference from this fact is, that
with increasing age the inner web may become nearly or even quite as light as
the outer. With regard to the broad yellow tip of the bill, it will be noticed,
that of the three specimens purporting to be “ S. Havelli,” each one varies in
this particular; so that it would be quite impossible to consider it as diagnos-
tic. Therefore, though unable to prove the point incontrovertably, I am de-
cidedly of opinion that Sterna “ Havelli,” is merely the adult winter plumage of
S. Forsteri, and not a distinct species.

Sterna Forsteri Nuttall.
Sterna hirundo, Sw. et Rich., F. B. A., 1831, ii. 412, nee Linn.

Sterna Forsteri, Nuttall, Man. Orn., 1834, ii. p. 274 (in note to S. Atrundo), and
of authors.
[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 545

Diae.—S. Sternz hirundini similis: sed rostro longiore, valdé robustiore, tarsis
longioribus, validioribus; caudé magis productd, perlaced, rectrice laterali
pogonio interno fusco-griseo, externo albo.

Habitat.—Very extensively distributed over North America. Atlantic Coast
and Gulf of Mexico. Fur countries. Great Lakes and Rivers. Texas. Utah.
California.

In view of the considerations presented in the two preceding articles, it may
be well to look somewhat carefully into the characters of the present species.

Adult, spring plumage.—Bill orange-yellow, black for nearly its terminal half,
the extreme points of both mandibles yellowish; robust, deep at the base;
culmen markedly declinato-convex, eminence at symphysis well developed; in
total length from one to two-tenths of an inch longer than in S. hirundo. The
black pilenm does not extend so far down on the sides of the head as it doesin
hirundo, barely embracing the eye (the lower lid of which is white), and leay-
ing a considerably wider white space between the eye and commissural edge
of superior maxilla than in hirundo. The color of the back hardly differs ap-
preciably from that species; it is perhapsashade lighter. The wings are com-
paratively considerably shorter than in hirundo, being absolutely a little less,
though Forsteri isa larger bird. They are very light colored, being strongly
silvered with the peculiar hoariness common to most. of the species of the
genus ; this lighter color is very observable even on the coverts. The outer
web of the first primary is not black, but silvery like the others; all the prima-
ries want the very decided white space on the inner webs which exists in hirundo

“and macroura; there are indications of it, indeed, on the three or four outer
primaries, but the others are a nearly uniform dusky-gray, moderately hoary.
The entire under parts are white, with scarcely a trace of the plumbeous
which is so evident in Airundo, and amounts to so decided a color in macroura.
The tail is a slightly lighter shade of the color of the mantle, separated from
the latter for a short space by the decidedly white rump. The lateral feathers
are much more lengthened than in hirundo, the elongation generally quite
equalling that of macroura, and sometimes even exceeding it. These two
lateral feathers are white on the outer web, dusky-gray on the inner. This
being exactly the reverse of Airundo, and a very noticeable feature, was the first
to draw attention to the bird, and this character being so tangible and conve-
nient, writers have perhaps laid too much stress upon it, to the exclusion of
others, quite as evident and more important. The feet are bright orange,
tinged with vermillion; the tarsus shorter than the middle toe and claw; the
feet longer and stouter, by over -10 of an inch, than the sames parts in hirundo.

When the primaries become old, ¢., at the approach of the spring or autumn
moult, before the species begins to put on its complete summer or winter livery,
the primaries lose their beautiful silvering, and become plain brown, their
shafts inclining to decided yellow. They have then also distinct white spaces on
their inner webs, nearly as well marked as in hirundo or macroura.

Adult, winter plumage.—The bill loses the bright orange-yellow which exists
in summer, the black encroaching upon it, so that it becomes almost wholly
dusky. The base of the under mandible in dried skins appears as if it might
have been flesh-colored in life. The feet also lose their bright color, and in-
cline to a dusky-yellowish. The black pileum is more or less mixed with
white, the white predominating on the forehead so as to leave it nearly pure;
there is always considerable black left on the nape, and also a broad band on
the side of the head, embracing the eye, and reaching to the nape behind, ex-
actly as represented in Audubon’s plate of S. Havelli. The long lateral tail
feathers become greatly shortened, so as to be but scarcely, if at all, longer
than those of hirundo during the breeding season. The color of the inner webs
becomes darker, though it does not extend so far towards the base of the feather;
sometimes it invades the outer web also, towards the tip.

Young of the year, before the first moult.—Bill every way considerably smaller,

1862."] 38

546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

shorter and weaker than that of the adult, and wanting its very acute tip, and
sharply-defined ridges and angles; brownish-black, fading into dull flesh-color
at the base of the under mandible. Front white, but the crown and nape show
considerable traces of the black that is to appear, which is now mixed with a
good deal of light-brown. The pearl-blue of the back and wing coverts is
everywhere interrupted by irregular patches of light grayish-brown, showing a
tendency to become transverse bars; this grayish-brown on the tertials deepens
into brownish-black, and occupies nearly the whole extent of each feather.
The primaries differ from those of the adult in having less of the silvery gloss,
and the inner white spaces are more marked, being in fact much like those of
the adult hirundo. The rump and under parts are pure white. The tail inten-
sifies, so to speak, its adult characters as regards color; and, independently of
any other feature, will always serve to identify the species. It is deeply emar-
ginate, but the lateral feather is not greatly produced, surpassing the second
by scarcely more than the latter surpasses the third. Its inner web for an inch
or so from the tip, and both webs of the other feathers, are quite decidedly
grayish-black; the intensity of this color, and also its extent, decreasing suc-
cessively on each feather from without inwards, so that the central pair scarcely
deepen their color at the tips. The outer web of the lateral feather generally
stays pretty uninterruptedly white, but sometimes is just at the tip invaded by
the darker color of its inner web.

The preceding descriptions embrace all the well characterized stages of
plumage of this species which are known to me, though there are, of course,
intermediates in great variety between those given. It is indeed a little
remarkable, the number of specimens in immature or winter plumage which
find their way into collections. Of the numerous examples before me, just one-
half are in this state, all showing white fronts, and the usual deep black band
through the eye. There would seem to be something peculiar in the habitat
of this species, to cause it to differ so remarkably from its allies Airundo and
macroura in this respect. I have purposely gone considerably into detail re-
garding these immature stages, because of the great similarity which exists be-
tween the species, and the same ages of “S. Havelli,” if, indeed, the latter be
really distinct from it. The question of the relationship of the two has been fally
discussed under the head of ‘“ S. Havelli.”’

Sterna Forsteri affords a good illustration of a species, bearing so intimate a
general resemblance to another, as to be confounded with it at first glance, and
yet when carefully examined proving to be totally distinct. It is perfectly easy
to separate it from the hirundo by its characters of bill, wings, tail or feet,
either of which taken alone would identify it. The following table will exhi-
bit at a glance the distinctive features of our three most intimately allied spe-
cies, between which, it will be observed, there is a complete and gradual
transition in almost every respect.

Differential Diagnoses of S. Forsteri, hirundo and macroura.

S. Forstcrt.—Bill (average) 1:60 along culmen; depth at base -40; robust.
Bill orange-yellow, nearly its terminal half black. White space between eye
and cutting edge of upper mandible broad. Under parts white. Outer web
of first primary silvery; the inner webs also of the others strongly hoary, with-
out well-defined white spaces. Tail bluish-pearl, like the back, its lateral
feather greatly produced (average nearly 7 inches in length); its outer web
white, inner the color of the rest of the tail. Legs long and stout; length of
tarsus (average) rather over -90 of an inch; orange-yellow, tinged with ver-
milion. Length of tarsus, middle toe and claw 2 inches.

S. hirundo.—Bill (average) 1:45 along culmen; depth at base -33; moderate.
Bill vermilion-red; its terminal third black. White space between eye and
cutting edge of upper mandible narrower than in Forsier?. Under parts lightly
washed with plumbeons, fading into white on the throat and abdomen. Outer

[ Dee.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 547

weo of ficst primary black; inner webs of the others somewhat hoary, with
well defined white spaces. Tail white, different from the back, its lateral
- feather moderately produced (average 6 inches in length) ; its outer web gray-
ish-dusky, inner white. Legs moderate; length of tarsus about -80 of an
inch; light vermilion-red. Length of tarsus, middle toe and claw 1-75 inches.

S. macroura.—Bill (average) 1:30 along culmen; depth at base -30; slender.
Bill wholly deep carmine-red. White space between eye and cutting edge of
upper mandible narrower than in hirundo. Under parts decidedly plumbeous,
extending from vent to throat, both of which become abruptly white. Prima-
ries as in hirundo. Tail with the elongation of Forsteri, or rather exceeding it
(average 7°50 inches), and the color of hirundo. Legs very short and slender;
length of tarsus (average) *65 of an inch; deep vermilion, almost lake.
Length of tarsus, middle toe and claw, about 1°50 inches.

Comparison of the young of the year of S. Forsteri and hirundo.—The bill and
feet constantly present differences proportional to those which exist in the
adults, as regards length and stoutness. The bill of hirundo is more decidedly
yellowish at the hase of the lower mandible than in that of Forster7; and the
feet are clear yellow instead of being tinged with dusky. The mottled and
variegated crown and upper parts are much the same in bo'h; and the markings
of the quills quite identical. The tail, however, differs remarkably. In
hirundo the outer webs of all the feathers are dusky-gray. In forsteri the re-
verse is the case. The difference is even more marked than in the adults.

There is little to be said with regard to the bibliography of this species.

- In 1831 Swainson and Richardson describe it, calling it S. hirundo, but noticing
the discrepancies which exist in the tail and feet. In 1834, Nuttall seizes upon
these differences in a note under S. Airundo, and suggests for the species the
name of S. Forsteri, in the event of its proving distinct. The citation ‘“S.
hirundo, Rich., nec Linn.,” is, I believe, the only synonym of this well-marked
species, unless, indeed, it be necessary to refer to it the two preceding species.

I append the detailed measurements of several specimens of this species.
which will serve to show within what limits it varies in size and proportions.

ad? 4 eee at . F Middle |

Cat. No. Locality. | Sex.| Wing. ; hat see , a aoeee = aly fosand|

| }
24274 | New Jersey.| g' | 10-00! 6-90| 4-00] 1-65 |o-40 | o-94| 1-18
12692} «© = | x | 9-50! 7-70] 5-00] 1-58] 0-40] 0-91] 1-10
11624, « «© | |10-10! 6-75| 3-601 1-64] 0-40] 0-90| 1-15
4928| Florida. | 2 | 10-30| 5-00| 2-30] 1-50] 0-35| 0-95| 1-14
ida cs x | 9:75| 7-00} 41¢] 1-60! 0-40] 0-95| 1-05
9973 | Sac Valley. |G | 9-70| 6-90] 4-00| 1-56] 0-40] 0-90| 1-10
13473|- Utah. gs | 9-70! 7-70) 4-70] 1-56| 0-40] 0-93] 1-08
ar .... | California. | x |10-30| 7-20| 3-70] 1-55] 0-38| 0-99] 1-15
4317| Louisiana. | x |10-20| 6-60| 3-55} 1-54] 0-35| 0-90| 1-08 |

STERNA HIRUNDO Linn.

Hirunds marina, Ray, Syn., p. 131.

Sterna major, Brisson, Ornithologie, p. 113.

Sterna hirundo, Linneus, Syst. Nat., i. 1766, 227; et auct. Pab. Fabric. et Rich.
exceptis.

Hydrocecropis hirundo, Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 179.

2Sterna fluviatilis, Naumann, Isis, 1820, fide Temm.

Sterna marina, Eyton, Cat. Brit. Birds, 1836, p. 55.

Sterna Wilsent, Bonaparte, Comp. List., 1838, p. 61, et auct. Amer. recent. — S.
hirundo ez America.

“Great or Common Tern,” Latham and English authors. ‘ Hirondelle-de-

1862.]

548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

mere pierre-garin,” Buffon and French authors. ‘ Gemeine, oder Rothfiissiger
Meerschwalbe,” Bechstein, Meyer and German authors. ‘ Wilson’s Tern,’’
Bonaparte, and most later American authors.

Habitat—Sea Coasts of Europe, part of Asia and America, ascending rivers
and bays to a considerable distance.

This species has been so long known that any description of its characters,
or changes of plumage are unnecessary. Temminck says that the adults in
winter do not lose the black of the crown, ‘elle est seulement plus terne.” If
this be so, the species forms an exception to the general rule among Terns,
that at this season the front becomes nearly white, the crown variegated with
black and white, or the black still further reduced to a circumocular fascia. |

Comparisons of this species with S. FYorsteri and macroura, its most intimate
allies, will be found under the head of the former.

The common Terns of Europe and America were considered identical by all
writers up to the year 1838. At that date they were separated by Bonaparte;
and American authors, with the exception of Audubon, have generally followed
his example. Iam little pleased to be obliged to refer to a European species,
an American bird which has been judged distinct by high authority, but such
® procedure seems unavoidable in the present instance. I am not aware that
any distinctive characters have ever been assigned to our bird. Bonaparte, in
instituting the species, gives no description, as, indeed, is the case with several
otker species founded in the same work, with regard to which he appears to
have relied, for means of separating them from their European allies, rather
upon some theory of geographical distribution, than upon any discrepancies
presented by the birds themselves. I have very carefully compared a series of
skins from both continents, and neither in size, form or color, have I been able
to detect the slightest differences; and consequently, until some one is more
fortunate than myself in detecting valid specific characters, [ must refer the
American bird to the old Linnean S. hirundo.

Below are offered the detailed measurements of five American and European
birds, taken at random from a large series. It will be observed that in no re-
spect do the dimensions of the birds from the two continents present greater
differences than are found in the various examples from either.

A.—S, hirundo ex Europa.

Tail. Bill. Middle

Cat. No. | Sex. Locality. Wing. |} Outer | Depth Height | Tarsus. | toe and
7 - feather. | of fork. Length. athe claw.
9559 Q Europe. 10°30*| 5-70 2°65 138 0°33 0-81 0-97
24280 fof Holland. 9°80 5:60 2°60 157 1°31 0-78 | 0:90
21680 fot Hungary. 10-80 6°20 2°70 1°45 0:3 0°80 0-90
23444 Q ce 10°60 5°90 2:70 1°45 0°32 0°84 0:96
fot Ke 10°80 6°50 3°00 1°35 0°31 0-80 0-90

22445

B.—S. hirundo ex America.

—_——_
— ee | — | |

18224 Labrador. 11:00} 6:50] 3-10 1-50

22287 Massachus’tts} 10°40} 5°90 | 3:02] 1-41

1149] 2 |CapeMay,N.J.| 10°60] 6:40 | 2:85 | 1:36 | 0-31 | 0-78 | 0-93
20811} ¢ |Hudson s Bay| 10-40] 5:90 | 2°85 | 1-50 .

12474 ref Utah. 10°50} 6:00 } 2-50 1:51

* Inches and hundredths.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 549

For a species so long known, the present has remarkably few synonyms, That
of S. Wilsont is the one which has been most firmly established. I quote S.
flaviatilis with a query on the authority of Temminck. This author, and also
Degland, unhesitatingly refer it to the present species, while by some very re-
cent authors* it is regarded as distinct. Eyton, in calling the bird S. marina,
derives his authority for the specific name from the Hirundo marina, of Ray’s
Synopsis, p. 131. Brisson’s Sterna major probably also refers to this species,
but though both these latter names have priority over Linneus’ appellation,
they are to be disregarded, as neither of their authors were binomalists.

‘ STERNA MACROURA Naumann.

Sterna hirundo, Faber, Prod. 1822, p. 88. Fabricius, Faun. Groenl. 1780, p.
105, Nec Linn. nec Richards.

Sterna macroura, Naum., Isis, 1819, p. 1847. Degland, Ornith. Europ. 1849,
p. 344. Lawrence, Gen. Rep. Birds, 1858, p. 862.

Sterna arctica, Temm., Man, Orn. 1820, ii., 742, et auct. pleriq.

Sterna nitzschii, Kaup, Isis, 1824, p. 153, secundum Gray.

? Sterna brachytarsa, Graba, fide Gray.

Drae.—St. rostro gracile, rubro; pedibus brevissimis, rubris; corpore toto
cerulescente-plumbeo, subtus dilutiore; cauda, uropygio, tectricibusque
caudalibus inferioribus albis; rectrice laterali valdé elongata, pogonio ex-
terno griseo-fusco.

Habitat.—Europe. Atlantic Coast of North America from Massachusetts
northward. Interior of Arctic America, (Hudson’s Bay, Great Slave Lake.) Semi-
avine Straits.

Examination of a very large series of this species shows it to be subject to
great variations in some respects. These are especially noticeable in the bill
and tail. The largest bill in the series measures 1:40 inches along the culmen ;
the smallest (from Nova Scotia) only 1-08,—the difference being over -30 of
an inch. The average length of bill is about 1:30. The tail varies in length
quite as remarkably, the difference between two equally adult individuals being
more than 14 inches. The color of the bill is pretty constant,—a uniform deep
lake. Sometimes, however, it acquires a dusky tip, but never the decided black
space which exists in S. hirundo and Forstert. The bill is much smaller, and
every way more delicately shaped than in those species. The under parts are
nearly uniform in color. This is very decided, scarcely if at all lighter than
the back, (very different from the slight wash of hirundo,) and extends in full
intensity quite from the throat to the vent,—the under tail coverts being pure
white, in marked contrast. The under surface of the wings do not share the
general color of the body, but are pure white. The feet are exceedingly short,
and hardly vary appreciably. Their color is carmine, not so deep as the bill,
but still not of the vermilion or coral red of those of hirundo.

The distinctive features of this species and the S. hirundo, will be found under
the head of S. Forstert. They are so many, and so well marked, that it is difficult
to conceive how the two species were ever confounded. The differences between
it and S. Piet, the next most closely allied species, are given under the head of
the latter. There is no other North American species with which the present
requires comparison.

I have carefully examined a large series of examples from both continents,
and have been unable to detect the slightest discrepancies. This is one of the
species of which, so far as I am aware, American and European specimens haye
never been separated by any writer.

Temminck’s name of arctica has until recently been very generally applied to
this bird; but that of Naumann must supersede it. Temminck admits that
Naumann named the bird macroura before he called it arctica, but insists upon

-* Des Murs, Traite Générale d’Oologie Ornithologique, p. 551.

1862.]

550 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the adoption of his name upon the following grounds: ‘“ Le nom de macroura
ne convient point 4 ma St. arctica; elle a seulement une queue un peu plus
longue que St. hirundo, tandisque nous avons en Europe et a l’étranger des
Sternes 2 queue trés longue, et que St. Dougalli a une queue extraordinairement
longue, depassant les ailes souvent de plus de deux pouces.” The fact, however,
of there existing other Terns with tails as long or longer than the species to which
the name macroura was applied, would hardly be recognized by ornithologists
as a valid excuse for setting aside a prior designation. Temminck’s descrip-
tion is very accurate, but the dimensions given, (‘‘ 13 pouces 6 ou 8 lignes”) is
considerably below the average. ’

I regret that I have never seen the immature or winter plumage of this spe-
cies; the more so, since, sofar as I can discover, no description of these stages
has been given by any American writer. They were unknown to Temminck.
Degland* says that the winter plumage differs from that of summer only in the
black of the crown being variegated with white. The same author describes the
young before the first moult as resembling those of S. hirundo; but being a
little smaller, the tarsus notably shorter, the bill slenderer and brown, with the
bage and cutting edge of the mandibles yellowish red. His description in other
points does not differ materially from S. hirundo.

Degland also speaks of the occurrence of a hybrid of this species, and the S.
hirundo, partaking in a varying degree of the characters of either parent.
Though I have never met with a specimen whichI could not unhesitatingly
refer to one or the other species, it seems not at allimprobable that hybrids should
really occur.

The Sterna hirundo of the authors quoted in the synonomy undoubtedly re-
fers to the present species. Though in the description of S. nitzschi of Kaup
there are some discrepancies, I follow Gray in assigning it as a synonym. I have
never had an opportunity of examining S. brachytarsa of Graba, but quote it
entirely upon the authority of Gray.

SrernA Pixet, Lawrence.

Sterna Pikei, Lawr. Aun. N. Y. Lyc. N. H., vi. 1853, 3. Id. Gen. Rep. Birds, 1858,
863. Atlas, pl. xcv.

Diac.—(Adultus, vestitu hyemali ?) 8. rostro tenue, fuscescente-rubro; fronte
albo griseoque variegato ; occipite nigro; dorso alisqne griseo-ccerulescenti-
bus; uropygio albo; cauda valde elongata, forficata, rectrice laterali pogonio
externo fusci; corpore subtus albo; pedibus rubris.

Habitat.—Coast of California.

T have before me the type of Sterna Pike?, the original of Mr. Lawrence’s des-
criptions (1. c.) obligingly furnished by that gentleman for examination. This
specimen, the only one known to exist in any cabinet, is unfortunately in im-
mature or winter plumage, and in rather poor condition. The species is a very
strongly-marked one, differing widely from any other of North America, not
only in colors, but in form and proportions. In size it is considerably smaller
than S. macroura, the wing being one inch or more shorter than in the average
of that species; the tarsi and toes a very little less. The bill measures 1-12
inches ; it is remarkably slender, its heigth at base being only -25 of an inch
—just about equal to that of antillarum. The color is quite undefinable in the
specimen before me, but, as remarked by Mr. Lawrence, is probably deep car-
mine in life. The whitish front, becoming more and more mixed with grayish
black towards the occiput, together with the plumbeous lesser wing coverts,
are evidently those of an immature bird, probably of its first winter. The black
of the occiput is quite pure, and extends on the sides of the head far enough to
embrace the eyes. The marking of the primaries and secondaries are precise-
ly those of S. macroura, and the color of the back and wings is much the same.

* Ornith. Europ. 1849, ii. p. 345.

[ Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 551

The tail is very long. I do not mean, however, that the lateral tail feathers
are greatly produced, asin macroura and paradisea, (though that is not improbably
the case in the summer plumage) for the depth of the fork is not greater com-
paratively, than in hirundo ; but the whole tail is produced, the central feathers
being absolutely as longas in macroura, whichis a larger bird. The outer web
of the lateral tail feather is very dark colored,—even more so than is that of
macrouwra,—and the outer webs of the other feathers are shaded with grayish :
but in the adult it is probable that the colors will be the same with those of the
last-named species. A striking feature of Pikez is the pure white of the whole
under parts, of the rump, and of the neck behind between the black pileum and
the back, there being not the slightest trace of the plumbeous wash, so conspic-
uous in macroura, hirundo, etc. The species in thisrespect agrees with S. para-
disea, and, like that species, may perhaps, during the breeding season, acquire
a rosy tint on the under parts.

Iregard this species as intermediate between S. macroura and paradisea,
though most closely allied to the former. In the foregoing remarks the diifer-
ences between the two have been pointed out. With the latter—S. paradisea—it
agrees in several particulars: slenderness of bill, color of under parts and of
feet, &c. Itis at once to be distinguished by its much darker colored upper
parts, different markings of primaries, pure white rump, slenderer and smaller
bill and feet, greater elongation of central tail feathers, &c.

The acquisition of perfectspecimens of various stages of this interesting Tern.
of whose changes of plumage we can only judge by analogy, and with whose
habits we are entirely unacquainted, is a particular desideratum in North Amer-
ican Ornithology.

STERNA PARADISEA Briinn.

Sterna paradisea, Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, p. 46, and of recent authors. Law-
rence, Gen. Rep. 1858, 863.

Sterna Dougalli, Montagu, Orn. Dict. Suppl. 1813, and of most authors, inciu-
ding Audubon and Nuttall.

Sterna Macdougalli, Macgillivray, Man. Orn. ii. p. 233.

Thalassza Dougalli, Kaup.

‘Hydrocecropis Dougalli, Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 179.

Diac.—(nupt. temp. ad.) S. rostro tenue, nigro, basin versus rubescente,
pedibus rubro-aurantiis; cauda longissima, valde forficata, fere albida, remigi-
bus omnibus interné albo-marginatis ad apices ipsas; corpore supra perlaceo,
subtus rosaceo-alho.

Habitat—Atlantic coasts of Europe and America.

In a number of equally adult examples, I find that the color of the bill varies:
in most the black extends nearly or quite to the base, in others fuily the basal
third of the bill is reddish. The extreme points of both mandibles are yellow-
ish. The color of the mantle is lighter than that of any other species; the
tail, exceedingly long and tapering, is of so light a pearly blue as to be almost
white. A most striking feature of coloration of this species consists in the
well-defined, broad white inner margins of all the primaries extending quite
around the tips of the feathers, on to the outer webs on the first and second
primaries. Immature and winter specimens have the bill brownish black; the
tront white; the crown and nape dull black, variegated with white. The lateral
tail feathers want the great elongation and attenuation they acquire during the
breeding season, the tail being no more deeply forked than that of Forsteri, or
even of hirundo.

This species is so distinct in characters, that a comparison with any other is
needless.

The American bird has never, I believe, been separated from the European.
The specimens I have compared appear identical in every respect.

1862.]

552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

STERNA ANTILLARUM Coues ex Lesson.

Sterna minuta, Wilson, 1813; Bonaparte, 1828; Audubon, 1838; sed non Lin-
ni, 1776.

Sterna argentea, Nuttall, Man. Orn. 1834, ii. 280; sed non Princip. Maxim. que
species Braziliensis.

Sterna frenata, Gambel, Pr. A. N. S. Ph. 1848, iv. 128.

Sternula antillarum, Lesson, Descriptions de Mammiferes et d’oiseaux recemment
de couverts, &c., Paris, 1847, p. 256. Adultus.

Sternula melanorhyncha, Lesson, op. et loc. cit. Juyenis.

Diac.—S. Sterne minute similis, ejusdemque stature; sed rostro breviore et
valdé graciliore, vitta frontale angustiore, dorso, uropygio, caudaque supra con-
coloribus, ccerulescentibus-perlaceis.

Hatitat.— Atlantic coast of North America, from Labrador to Texas, and
ranging further south into the Antilles. Great lakes and rivers of interior of
North America. Not on the Pacific coast?

The bill of this species, as usual in the subfamily, varies somewhat in length ;
but the longest bills before me do not equal the shortest of the European bird.
The slenderness of the bill, which is very marked in comparison with its trans-
atlantic congener, is constantly preserved. The black tip of the bill, usually
from one and a half to two-tenths of an inch in length, is semetimes reduced to
a mere point; but it is very rarely wanting altogether, The white frontal lunula
varies within narrow limits, probably widening somewhat with increasing
age: but it never, I believe, attains the ordinary breadth of that of the Euro-
pean. The neck behind, between the black pileum and the back, is a somewhat
lighter shade than the latter, but the difference is scarcely noticeable. The
pearl gray of the back and wings extends unchanged on the rump, upper cov-
erts, and the inner tail feathers quite to their tips; but the outer vanes of the
lateral tail feathers, and their bases, are white. As described by most authors,
the two outer primaries in the great majority of adult spring birds are black,
their shafts white, their inner webs broadly bordered with white, except toward
the tips; but specimens frequently occur which have the three or four outer
primaries of this color. This is, without doubt, merely a seasonal feature, and
one quite independent of sex or age; for all the specimens bearing this char-*
acter of primaries are adult birds, labelled as having been taken in July and
August. At this season of the year they have finished the duties of incubation,
and are about to put on the perfect winter dress, as the ragged and dilapidated
condition of their plumage testifies. Ic is well known that allied species of
Terns, such as S. hirundo, Forsteri, etc., towards the close of the summer, at the
approach of the moult, entirely lose the delicate silvery hoariness with which
the primaries are glossed over during the breeding season—these parts becom-
ing of a plain, dull, brownish tint. The change in the present species is pre-
cisely analogous.

The young of the year, taken in July and August, differ greatly from the adults.
The bill, though as stout at the base, is much shorter, less acute at the tip, and
wants the sharply-defined angle at the symphysis. It is brownish black, the
base of the under mandible dusky flesh color. The forehead is mostly white.
The crown and occiput are variegated with brownish black and white, the for-
mer color mostly aggregated into a postocular patch. The back and wing cov-
erts are lightly washed over with the pearl gray of the adults; but this color is
greatly obscured, and its continuity interrnpted by dark brown crescentie or
hastate spots, one or more on each feather, which give the upper parts a mottled
appearance. The primaries are all grayish black, growing successively lighter,
and more and more glossed with silvery, from without inwards; the inner webs
of all bordered with white. This white is broadest on the outer primary, but
falls considerably short of the tip; it grows narrower, but at the same time
longer, on the others, until on the inner ones it goes quite around the tip to the

[ Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 553

outer web. The tail is not deepiy forked, but simply emarginate, the difference
being about that which attains between the adult and young of Hirundo horreo-
rum. Ihave never seen it of quite the shape figured by Audubon; but in his
plate it is very accurately colored.

This species is so very distinct from S. minuta, that it is a little singular that
they should ever have been confounded. The following are the

Differential Diagnoses of the American and European birds.

“S. minuta.—Bill along the culmen 1-20 inches, height at base -27; width of
frontal lunula -40. Rump, upper tail coverts and tail pure white, in marked
contrast to the pearl blue of the back and wings.

S. antillarum.—Bill along culmen 1-05 inches, height at base -25; width of
frontal lunula -30. Pearl biue of upper parts continued uninterruptedly on to
the rump, tail coverts and tail.

These differences are all I can discover between the two species; quite enough,
however, to permanently separate them. Nuttall states that the ‘“ Silvery
Tern is about 94 to 10 inches long; the European species 8 to 83 only.” it is
difficult to determine the exact length of a species from dried skins; but in this
case it is certain that no such difference exists. In fact, judging from the wings
and tarsi,—parts which do not change in dimensions in drying,—the two are
nearly or quite identical in size; and 1am sure that the difference, if any, is
not greater than is found between individuals of either species. Both appear
to range from eight to nine inches in length. Icannot appreciate the difference
in the color of the upper parts mentioned by Nuttall.

But, while our pretty little Tern thus rejoices in unimpeachable claims to
specific distinction, it has not been equally fortunate in retaining for any length
of time undisputed possession of a title of its own. By the earlier writers on
North American Ornithology it was confounded with the European bird, and
called Sterna minuta, Linn. Nuttall, in 1834, was the first to vindicate its claims
to specific distinction from its European analogue. This author, however, while
he gives correctly enough its essential characters, commits the grave error of
referring it to the Brazilian S. argentea of Prince Maximilian,—quite a different
bird. Nuttall appears to have made the mistake in this wise. He evidently
never examined a specimen of S. argentea ; for he says, ‘“‘ That our bird is that
of Brazil we have no further evidence than the slight notice of Temminck.”
Now Temminck’s* remark is as follows: ‘Cette espéce,’—S. minuta,—‘ est
absolument la méme dans l’Amerique septentrionale. Les voyageurs au Brézil
ont aussi trouvé dans ces contrées une petite hirondelle-de-mer modelée sur les
formes de la ndtre. Mais elle forme une espéce distincte, bien caractérizée par
son bec p!us robuste, qui est entitrement d'un beau jaune clair; les distributions
des couleurs offrent aussi quelques disparités. Le prince de Nieuweid indique
cette espéce sous le nom de Sterna argentea. Voy. v. i. p. 67.”” With only this
brief indication to guide him, and impressed with the different distribution of
the colors of the upper parts of S. minuéa and antillarum, Nuttall might readily
overlook the discrepancies mentioned in the size of the bill, and in this manner
refer the American bird to the Brazilian.

In the Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy for 1848, Dr. Gambel points
out the distinctive features of the present species and the S. argentea, and our
bird being thus left without a name, he applies to it the exceedingly appropriate
one of S. frenata, by which it has been known from that date up to the present
time. .l am therefore very reluctant to supersede it by any other; but the
Sternula antillarum of Lesson undoubtedly refers to the present species, and
has priority in point of date. Lesson’s description (vide op. cit.) is essentially
as follows: ‘Differs from S. minuta in its shorter bill, of orange color, tipped
with black; the white frontal band narrower. Two outer quills bordered with

* Man. d’Orn. vol. ii. p. 753.

1862.]

554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

black; tarsi orange. Lives on the banks of the Guadaloupe.” Here, it will be
noticed, that though the characters are so brief, the peculiar features of bill
and frontal lunula are given with such precision, that there can be no doubt of
the propriety of referring the description to the species now under considera-
tion.

Immediately following the description of the S. antillarum, there is instituted
(1. c.) a Sternula melanorhyncha, Less., with substantially the following charac-
ters: ‘A little stouter than the preceding; differs from it and S. minuta iu
the straight and black bill. The white front of small extent. Black of head
above extends to middle of neck. Black of sinciput mixed with white; lower
neck white above, the gray of the upper part of the body washed with brown-
ish. Tail-short, little forked; the lateral feathers tipped with slender filaments.
Tail pale grayish white, the outer quills broadly margined with brown.” It is
evident from almost every paragraph of this description, more particularly the
mention of the black bill, the sinciput mixed with white, and the upper parts
washed with brownish, that Lesson had in view an immature or winter Tern.
The habitat given is the same as that of the preceding,—antillarum,—and !
have but little doubt that the description is that of the young bird of the spe-
cies now under consideration, in which the characters are almost exactly as given
by Lesson. Indeed, a specimen before me agrees exactly with the description,
even to the lateral tail feathers tipped with slender filaments,—said filaments
being the termination of the shaft of the feather, from which the web has beer
worn away. I therefore quote Sternula melanorhyncha, Less., as a synonym of
the present species.

Genus HYDROCHELIDON Boie.

Hydrochelidon, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563. Type S. nigra Linn.

Viralva, Leach, Stephen’s Zool. 1826, xiii. p. 166. Same type.

Pelodes, Kaup, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw. 1826, 107. Type Sterna leuropareia, Nat-
terer.

Ca.—Bill a little shorter than the head, longer than the middle toe and claw ;
very delicate, slender, acute; culmen and commissure decidedly declinato-con-
vex, the amount of curvature increasing towards the tip; outline of rami and
gonys both concave, the former most so: the angle separating them prominent
and very acute. Wings exceedingly long, pointed, of same color as back, with-
cut distinct markings on either web. Tail rather short, contained 25 times in
the wings, only moderately emarginate, (much as in Gelochelidon,) the lateral
feathers but little exceeding the next, not tapering and acumiuate; all the
feathers broad and rounded. Feet slender and short; tarsi much abbreviated,
rather less than the middle toe alone. Toes moderately long; the webs rather
narrow, and very deeply incised. Size small, general form delicate; colors
mostly black, the wings and tail plumbeous.

A genus distinguished from Sterna proper chiefly by its very slender attenu-
ated bill, with its decurved tip: its short tail, of a very different shape; its
deeply incised interdigital webs and its very peculiar style of coloration. Other
differences, however, will be noted in the preceding diagnosis. North America
contains but a single representative,—the young of which was described by
Wilson as S. plumbea, but which is in all probability identical with the well-
known European H. fissipes. Other closely-allied species of Europe are the H.
nigra, (of Linneaus—AH. leucoptera of most authors), and H. hybrida (of Pallas
=H. leucopareia of most authors.)

The principal synonym of Hydrochelidon is Viralva of Leach, (1826,) based
upon the same type. Pelodes of Kaup, 1829, founded upon J. leucopareia, is
also strictly a synonym of Hydrochelidon.

HyprocHELIpon Fissipes G. R. Gr. ex Linn.
Sterna fissipes, Linn. Syst. Nat, i. 1766, 228. Not of Pallas.
| Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 555

Hydrochelidon fissipes, G. R. Gray. Gen. Birds, iii. 1849, 660.
Sterna nigra, Brisson, and of authors. Not of Linn.
Hydrochelidon nigra, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563.

Viralva nigra, Leach, Steph. Gen. Zool. 1826, xiii. p. 167.
Sterna nevie, Linneus, S. N. i. 1766, 228. Young.

Sterna plumbea, Wilson, Am. Orn. vii. 1813, 83, pl. lx. Young.
Hydrochelidon plumbea, Lawrence, Gen. Rep. 1858, 864.

Habitat—Europe. North America generally, both on the sea-coast, and in the
interior.

This species in all its changes of plumage is too well known to require any
descriptions.

I have critically compared quite a series of European and American speci-
mens, in allstages of plumage, but have been entirely unable to detect the
slightest discrepancies between the birds of the two continents. The speci-
mens before me are all absolutely identical in size and relative proportions of
different parts; and the colors of those of the same age correspond minutely.
There do not appear to exist the slighest characters upon which to base
specific distinction.

The first distinctive name applied to the American bird was plumbea, of Wil-
son, based upon the immature bird, he probably, however, not recognizing it as
the young, or desiring to separate it from the European species. The birds of
the two continents were first formally separated by Bonaparte, in 1838, in his
Comparative List, and his example has been followed by the majority of subse-
quent American authors.

To G. R. Gray, I believe, is due the credit of elucidating the synonomy of
this, as well as of the otherspecies of the genus, which was in a state of great
confusion. The proper name of the present species appears to be fissipes, Linn.,
the name nigra, Linn., usually applied to it, really referring to the white-winged
black Tern of Europe, of which Jeucoptera is the most firmly established syno-
nym. Mr. Gray has also shown that the proper name of the whiskered Tera
usually given as leucopareia Natterer, is hybrida of Pallas.

Genus HALIPLANA Wagler.

Onychoprion, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 277, Type S. serrata, Forster.
Haliplana, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1224. Type S. fuliginosa, Gm.

Ca.—Bill as long as the head, but little less than the tarsus and middle toe
together, perfectly straight, stout, especially at base, where itis nearly as broad
as high, tip rather acute. Culmen but very slightly convex; gonys about
Straight, so ascending as to make the commissure nearly straight; rami slightly
convex, the prominence between them and the gonys illy developed, not acute.
Nostrils somewhat more anterior than in Sterna, not nearly so much so as in
Anous, in a decided, but rather irregularly-defined sulcus, which terminates a
little beyond the middle of the bill in several longitudinal strie. Outline of
feathers at base of bill much as in Sterna. Wings exceedingly long, pointed,
but the first primary scarcely surpassing the second. Tail very long, deeply
forked, the feathers broader and stiffer than in Sterna, notso regularly tapering,
but still quite acuminate at their tips. Legs rather long for this subfamily :
the length chiefly apparent by a greater denudation of the tibia. Toes rather
short; the middle with its claw exceeding the tarsus but slightly. Size mode-
rate; general form slender and graceful. Bicolor,

A genus distinguished from Sterna by several important characters. In the
shape of the bill, position of nostrils, proportions of primaries, color to some ex-
tent, there isan evident approach to Anous. It is, however, decidedly to be re-
ferred to the typical Sternex, rather than to the Megaloptereex.

Wagler’s Onychoprion is based upon the S. serrata of Forster ; while his Hali-
plana has as-type S. fuliginosa, Gm. The former of these species—S. serrata—

1862.]

556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

is in all probability identical with fuliginosa, and is at all events strictly con-
generic with it. This being the case, perhaps Onychoprion ought to be employed
for the genus ; as it isinstituted several pagesin advance of Haliplana. But, as
the conflicting names are by the same author, and bear the same date, I have
preferred to adopt Hualiplana, which, besides being based upon the old and well-
known type /uliginosa, has the merit of being much more euphonious.

HALIPLANA FULIGINOSA Wagl. ex Gm.

Sterna fuliginosa, Gml. 8S. N., 1788, i. 605, et auct.

Haliplana fuliginosa, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1224.

Onychoprion fuliginosa, Gould, Introd. B. aust., 1848, 113.

Sterna serrata, Forster, Descrip. Anim. 1844, 276. Adult.

Onychoprion serrata, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 277.

Sterna oahuensis, Bloxham, Voy. Blonde, 1826, p. 251. Fide Cuss.

Sterna guttata, Forster, Descript. Anim. 1844, p. 211. Juv.

Anous Vherminieri, Lesson, Descr. de Mammiferes et d’oiseaux, &c., 1847, p. 255.
Juv.

Diac.—H. bicolor, corpore supra, rostro, pedibus, remigibusqne nigris ; cor-
pore subtus, fronte et rectrici laterali nisi apicem versus, albis.—( Adultus).

Minor; rostre graciliore; caudé minus forficata ; corpore toto brunnescente-
nigro, subtus dilutiore, abdomine tectricibusque caudalibus inferivribus griseo-
albis; tectricibus alarum laté albo-terminatis.—(Juvenis).

The plumage of the young of the year of this species differs so remarkably
from that of the adult, that I have above contrasted the diagnoses of the two
ages. While the plumage of the adult is well known, a description of that of
the young may not be here out of place.

(Young of the year.)—The bill is much smaller and weaker than that of the
adult ; its upper mandible black; its lower, together with the eyes and feet, are
dusky red. The whole body is a uniform brownish or fuliginous black,—+this
color deepening on the primaries, growing lighter on the under parts, until on
the abdomen and under tail coverts it is dull grayish white. The wing coverts
and scapulars are all broadly tipped with white, giving a very marked spotted
appearance to the parts. The feathers of the back, rump and upper tail coverts
are narrowly margined with dull rufuus, which gives a transversely waved
appearance tothe parts. The tail is uniformly of much the color of the wings :
all the feathers at their extreme tips fading into light brown.

The above description is taken from a bird in the collection of the U. S.
Exploring Expedition, under Captain Wilkes, U. S, N., taken at Hendin Island.
It is labelled “S. fuliginosa, Gm. juv.,” by Mr. Cassin. I have carefully com-
pared the series of adults in the same collection, and cannot find that they
differ in the least from specimens from the West Indies and Southern States,

Upon the above-described state of plumage of Haliplana fuliginosa is based,
I take it, the dnous Vherminiert of Lesson. (‘‘ Descriptions de Mammiféres et
d@’oiseanx recemment decouverts,’”’ 1847, page 255.) A condensed translation
of this author’s description is as follows: ‘“ Length 24 cent. Bill black above,
red on the lower mandible; tarsi red. Plumage uniform dusky black beneath,
the lower belly and under tail coverts white, washed with gray; above black-
ish brown, dark and uniform on the head and neck, enammelled with trans-
verse white spots on the greater wing coverts, and rayed with rufous on the
back, rump and wing coverts.” It will be seen that this description corresponds
in the minutest particulars, which render it but little if at all doubtful, what
bird he had under consideration. His specimens came from the Antilles near
the Guadaloupe.

I have also quoted, as a synonym of the young, S. guttata of Forster. This
author (loco citato) says: ‘‘S. cauda forficata corpore fuliginoso, dorso tec-
tricibusque albomaculatis, pedibus nigris,’’—and a part of his further descrip-
tion is: ‘‘Corpus magnitudine circiter Sternx hirundinis.” . . . “Corpus

[ Dee.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 557

omne fuliginosum; abdomine circa anum albicante; fronte fusco-cinerea.”
The dimensions are given as length 14 inches; bill 1.50; tarsus and toes 2.75.
This description in all respects applies very exactly to a stage of plumage a
little more adult than that characterized as Anous l’herminieri, in which the
under parts have become lighter, and there are signs of the white front.

Sterna serrata, of the same author (page 276), is to be referred to S. fuliginosa,
provided the Pacific bird be the same as the Antilles and Florida, which we
have no reason to doubt. I quote S. oahuensis on the authority of Mr. Cassia,
not having an opportunity of consulting the reference.

Section MEGALOPTEREZ.

If the preceding groups which have been considered as genera—and they
are so held by the majority of modern writers—be really such, then the Anous
stolidus is entitled to more than generic separation from the other representa-
tives of the subfamily. The discrepancies in every particular of form, as well
as of pattern of coloration, are very marked and decided. In the following
diagnosis are given the characters which present themselves in the Anouws stoli-
dus ; my want of familiarity with exotic forms preventing me from distinguish-
ing with accuracy the features of the section from those that are strictly cha-
racteristic of its typical genus.

Genus ANOUS Leach.

Anou’, Leach, Stephens’ Gen. Zool. 1826, 139. Type S. stolida, L.
Megalopterus, Boie, Isis, 1826, 980. Same type.

Cu.—Bill greatly exceeding the tarsus, rather longer than the middle toe and
claw, as loug as the head, moderately robust, depressed at the base, where it is
very broad (as broad as high), compressed in the rest of its extent, tapering
to the rather acute, attenuated and somewhat decurved tip. Culmen about
straight for half its length, regularly decurved towards the tip, rounded, and
towards the base very broad and flat. Commissure about straight to near the tip,
where itis reenlarly declinato-convex. Outline of both rami and gonys concave,
former most so; the prominence which separates them being illy defined and not
acute. Both mandibles marked with numerous more or less distinct longi-
tudinal striz ; their cutting edges inflected. Nostrils situated far forwards, their
anterior extremity nearly half way to the tip of the bill, in a deep suleus formed
by the rounded culmen and a prominent broad ridge which runs from the base
of the upper mandible, along its cutting edge to beyond the nostrils, where
it gradually becomes lost. Just above the base of this ridge there is a small
but distinct triangular fossa, separated by an oblique stria from the large nasal
sulcus. Outline of feathers at base of bill very peculiar ; those on the culmen
have a broadly convex outline, and reach considerably beyond the lateral
feathers, which latter slope rapidly backwards with a slightly convex outline.
This is the reverse of Sterna, in which the feathers reach far forwards on the
sides of the upper mandible, and recede on the culmen to form an acute angle.
Wings only moderately long for this subfamily, not very acute, the first primary
scarcely surpassing the second; alli the primaries slightly falcate, very broad
almost to their rounded tips; unicolor. Tail exceedingly long, more than half
the wing; ronnded, the lateral feathers regularly much graduated; all the
feathers broad at the base, tapering to their somewhat acuminate tips, their
shafts stiffened. Tarsi moderately stout, exceedingly short, much less than the
middle toe without the claw. Lateral toes very long, the inner especially,
which is but little shorter than the outer. Hind toe well developed. Interdigi-
tal membranes very long and full, their margins even, unincised. Size mode-
rate; general form stout; nearly unicolor; colors very dark.

Anovs sTouipus (Linn,)
Passer stultus,, Ray, Syn. 154, fide Leach.
1862.]

558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Gavia fusca, Brisson, Ornith. pl. xviii. fig. 2.

Sterna stolida, Linn., S. N. 1766, i. 227, et auct. antiq.

Anous stolidus, G R. Gray, Gen. Birds, 1849, iii. 661, et auct. recent.
Megalopterus stolidus, Keys, et Blas., Wirb. Eur. 1840, 98.

Anous niger, Stephens, Gen. Zool. 1826, xiii. 140.

A comparison of the Floridan bird with that from the South Pacific, collected
by Wilkes’ Exploring Expedition, shows some differences of color, form and
size, which, though not great, are well marked and quite constant in all the
specimens | have examined. The bill of the Pacific bird is of the same length
as that of the American, but is higher at the base, wuich gives it a somewhat
different shape. The toes are considerably longer, while the tarsus is of just
the same length; making a different relative length of tarsus and toes. The
wing is from a half to three-fourths of an inch longer; the tail is very decidedly
longer, the difference being quite aninch. The central tail feathers are half an
inch shorter than the lateral feathers in the Pacific bird; while in the American
the emargination is much less, only about a fourth of aninch. The differences
in color are slight. The American bird has the occiput bluish plumbeous,
which fades into pure white on the crown anteriorly; while the Pacific bird
has the occiput darker, and the crown ashy white instead of pure. The sides
of the head and neck all round, in the American bird, have a bluish plumbeous
wash, notably different from the general fuliginous, which is entirely wanting
in the Pacific bird. The feet of the American bird appear much darker in the
dried skin.

Mr. Cassin, in the Ornithology of the Expedition, remarks upon these differ-
ences in the following words: ‘Numerous specimens from the shores and
islands of the Pacific Ocean present, with some degree of uniformity, small and
apparently unimportant differences from others from the Atlantic coast of North
America. - The bill appears to be larger in the latter, and a slight dissimilarity
is observable in the colors. On careful comparison, however, we are not in-
clined to consider the bird of the Pacific as possessing characters sufficient to
justify a distinct specific designation; but venture to suggest that further
examination of specimens from localities in the two great oceans, and especi-
ally of the various immature plumages, is yet desirable.”

] tabulate the differences between the two, leaving it to future investigation
to determine their constancy and yalue.

American Bird. Pacific Bird.
Length of wing 10-00 to10-50inches.| Length of wing 11-00 to 11-25.
Length of tail about 6-00. Length of tail about 7-00.
Height of bill at base -38. Height of bill at base -43.
Length of tarsus 1:00. Length of tarsus 1°00 (same).

Length of middle toe and claw 145.| Length of middle toe and claw 1-60.
Middle toe and claw 1:45 hundredths Middle toe and claw 1-60 hundredths

of tarsus. of tarsus. ‘
Central tail feathers but slightly; Central tail feathers -50 of an inch
shorter than the next. shorter than next.

Occiput bluish plumbeous, becoming} Occiput brownish ash, becoming ashy
pure white on the front. Sides of head | white (not pure) on the front. Sides
and neck all round with a decided | of head and neck not notably different
wash of bluish plumbeous. Feet nearly | from general fuliginous. Feet reddish
black in dried skin. brown in dried skin.

The difference in color appears very slight. I attach more importance to the
discrepancies in size and proportions. If the Pacific bird be really distinct
from the American, it has probably yet to receive a name; for it is very differ-
ent from the various species of Anous mostly described by Mr. Gould. In that
event, it may be called a ANOUS FRATER.

In the preceding pages are noticed all the Terns which are known to imkabit

[ Dee.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559

North America. The fact of the writer’s being actively engaged in professional
duties at a Military Hospital while committing to paper the results of his in-
vestigations, will be a sufficient excuse for any evidences of hasty composition
which may be apparent.

Catalogue of the MIOCENE SHELLS of the Atlantic Slope.
BY T. A. CONRAD.

In the Miocene or Upper Tertiary formation of the Atlantic Slope tkere
have been collected about five hundred and eighty species of shells,—two
hundred and seventy-two of which are Conchifera and three hundred and nine
Gasteropoda. The most northern limit of this formation appears to be in Glou-
cester County, New Jersey, and it underlies the eastern portions of Delaware,
Maryland, Virginia, North and South Carolina. I have included in the Miocene
formation that portion of the South Carolina Tertiary referred to the Pliocene
period by Tuomey and Holmes, because I can discover no line of demarcation
by which these tertiary strata can be divided into two distinct groups. The
extinct species common to South Carolina and the more Northern States are
numerous, and the fauna can only be regarded as that of one geological era.
Some few of the species described by Tuomey and Holmes from the South
Carolina Tertiary occur also in New Jersey, at the most northern boundary of
the Miocene. The per centage of recent species in South Carolina, it appears
to me, should be greatly reduced,—and I would reject from the list as many as
eighteen, consisting of the following shells: Busycon canaliculatum, B. per-
versum, Strephona literata, Littorina irrorata, Natica canrena, Dolium galea,
Fasciolaria gigantea, F. distans, Pholas costata, P. oblongata, Petricola pho-
ladiformis, Solen ensis, Lucina divaricata, L. Pennsylvanica, Cardium magnum,
Mactra similis, Yoldia limatula, Strigilla fluxuosa. It may be that all the
species are extinct, but I have not had an opportunity of comparing all those
doubtful shells with the recent forms. Natica heros and N. duplicata, Say,
have fossil analogues in Maryland so closely resembling them tbat I find no
essential difference ; but the shells of this doubtful character are not more
than thirty in number out of five hundred and eighty-one species. Near the
coast, a Post-Pliocene or Pleistocene formation rests immediately on the Mio-
cene, replete with existing forms, but as a group resembling that of more
Southern latitudes on the coast of the United States. There is no inter-
mingling of extinct species between tuese two formations, and the passage is
almost as abrupt as between the Hocene and Miocene.

The final subsidence of the Eocene appears to have been accompanied by
such an alteration of climate or other conditions as to have given origin to a
totally distinct terrestrial and marine fauna, the latter existing on an Eocene
and Cretaceous bed, extending from New Jersey to South Carolina inclusive,
and which appears to have been generally extinct and above the sea during the
existence of the European Pliocene faunas.

Works referred to.

C. Miocene Foss. Conrad, Medial Tertiary or Miocene Fossils of the U. S.

C. Foss. Shells of Tert. Form. Conrad, Fossil Shells of the Tertiary Forma-
tions of the United States. 1832.

Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Transactions of the American Philosopbical So-
ciety of Philadelphia, vol. ix. n. s. 1845; vol. vi. n, s. 1839.

Sillim. Journ. American Journal of Science and Arts.

Journ. A. N.S. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.

Proceed. A. N. S. Proceedings ditto.

1862.]

560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Plioc. Foss. S.C. Pliocene Fossils of South Carolina.
Bullet. Nat. Inst. Bulletin of the National Institution.
Emmons, Geol. N. C. Geology of North Carolina.

MURICIDZ..
MUREX, Lin.
M. globosus, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 247, 105a. 1
Subgenus Prerorytis, Conrad.
Fusiform ; six prominent recurved foliated ribs; aperture ovate ; channel
closed.

M. umbrifer, C. Tert. Foss. 17,3, 1. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 247, 1042.
M. sexcostata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 248, 106.

TYPHIS, Montfort.
T. acuticosta, C. Journ. A. N.S. vi. 217, 9,1. 1829.
TROPHON, Mont.
T. (Fusus) tetricus, C. Tert. Foss. 18, 3,6. Foss. Med. Tert. pl. 46, fig. 4.

FUSINA.
FUSUS.
Subgenus Scarasprra, Conrad.
Fusus strumosus, C. Tert. Foss. 18,3, 4. Foss. Med. Tert. pl. 49, fig. 3.

NEPTUNEA, Bolten.

N. (Fusus) devexa, C. Foss. Med. Tert. pl. 49, fig.8. Proceed. A. N. S. 1. 309.

N. (Fusus) exilis, C. Tert. Foss. 17, 3, 2. Mioc. Foss. pl. 49, fig. 1. Tuomey
and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 150, 30,5. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 251,
llla? ;

N. (Fusus) filosa, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1863.

N. (Fusus) lamellosa, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 251. 112.

N. (Fusus) parilis, C. Tert. Foss. 18, 4, 2. Foss. Med. Tert. pl. 49, fig. 5.

N. (Fusus) rustica, C. Tert. Foss. 18, 4, 1.

Fusus errans, C, Journ. A, N.S. vi. 223.
N. (Fusus) trossula, C. Tert. Foss. 18, 3,5. Foss. Med. Tert. pl. 46, fig. 6.

FASCIOLARUD&.
BUSYCON, Bolten.

_alveatum, C. Proceed. A. N.S. 1862, 583.
. adversarium, ©. Proceed. 1863.
B. perversum, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Lam.,) Plioc. Foss. S. C. 145, 29. 3.
. carinatum, C. Proc. A. N.S. 1862, 286.
. (Pyrula) carica? Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 145, 29, 1.
. (Fulgur) contrarium, C. Sill. Journ. xxxix. 387. Miocene Foss. pl. 45, f. 11.
B. perversum, Emmons, (not Lam.,) Geol. N. C. 249, 107.
. (Fulgur) coronatum, C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. 187. Mioc. Foss. pl. 46, f. 1.
Pyrula canaliculata, Lyell, (not Lam.,) Man. Geol. 172, 151.
. canaliferum, C.
Busycon canaliculatum, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Lam.,) Plioc. Foss. S.
C. 145, 29, 2.
B. Carolinensis, Emmons, Geol. N. C, 249, 108.
B. (Cassidulus) Carolinense, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 147, 30, 1.
B. (Pyrula) excavatum, C. Sill. Journ. xxxix. 387. Miocene Foss. pl. 45, f. 12.
Cassidulus Carolinensis ? Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 147, 30, 1.
B. filosum, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 286. _
[Dec.

DW Whew wk

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 561

B. (Fulgur) fusiforme, C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. 187. Miocene Foss. 82, 46, 3.
B. (Fulgur) incile, C. Sillim. Journ. xxiii. 343.
Busycon Conradi, Taomey and ay, A Foss. S. C. 174, 29, 4.
B. (Fulgur) maximum, C. Miocene Foss. pl
B. (Fulgur) rugosum, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i, 307. Miocene Foss. pl. 46, f. 4.
B. scalaris, C.
B. (Fulgur) tuberculatum, C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. 185. Miocene Foss. pl. 46, f. 2.
B. canaliculatum, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Lam.,) Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 146, 29.
B. scalarispira, C. Proceed. 1862, 584.
B. striatum, C. ib.
B. Tritonis, Proceed. 1862, 583.

FASCIOLARIA, Lam.
F. alternata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 253.
F. gigantea? Tuomey and eagiciet Plioc. Foss. S.C. 152, 30, 9.
F. nodulosa, Emmons, Geol. N ee: 253, 116.
F. Tuomeyi, Holmes, Pliocene Foss. 8. C. 152 2, 30, 10.
F? parvula, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 270, 37, 94.
F. rhomboidea, Rogers, Trans. Philos. Soc. vi. 307, 30, 3.
F. distans, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Lam.,) Pliocene Foss. 151, 30. 7, 8.
Emmons, Geol. N. C. 252,113.
F. Sparrowi, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 253, 115.
F. Woodii, Gabb, Journ. A. N. 3. (second series,) iv. 375, 67, 7.

Subgenus Teresraspira, Conrad.
Spire elevated, terebriform ; columella three-plaited, the plates interior.
F. acuta, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 254, 17.
F. elegans, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 252,114. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 286.

Subgenus Lyrosoma, Conrad.

F. (Fusus) sulcosa, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. (1829.) 220, 9, 8. Proceed. A. N. S
1862, 286.

PERISTERNIA, Morch.

. (Bucc.) filicata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. oe
Fusus cannabinus? C. * x
Colus cinereus, Tuomey and Holmes, pies Foss. 8. C. 150, 30, 6.

PLEUROTOMIDZ..
SURCULA, Gray.

S. (Pleurotoma) biscatenaria, C. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 140.
Pleurotoma catenata, C. Journ. A. N.S. vi. 223, 9, 13.

S. (Pleurotoma) bella-crenata, C. Journ. A. N.S, viii. 185.

S. (Pleurotoma) communis, C. Journ. A. N. S, vi. 224, 9, 23,

S. engonata, C. Proceed. ALN. S. 1862, ey

Ss. Cae gracilis, C. Journ. A. N.S. vi. 225, 9, 10.

Ss. (Pleurotoma) Marylandica, C. Journ. A. N.S. viii. 185.

S. nodulifera, C. Proceed. A. N. 8. 1862, 286.

S. (Pleurotoma) parva, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 225, 9, 18.

S. (Pleurotoma) rotifera, C. Journ. A. N.S. vi. 224, 9, 9.

ar]

. rugata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 285.
. (Pleurotoma) tricatenaria, C. Journ. A. N.S, vii. 139.
* (Pleurotoma) Virginiana, C. vii. 138.
DRILLIA, Gray.
D. arata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 285.
D. bella, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 285.

1862.] 39

562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

D. distans, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 285.
D. (Pleurot.) dissimilis, C. Journ. A. N.S. vi. 224, 9, 11.

Fusus pygmeus ? H. C. Lea, Philos. Trans. ix. 270, 37, 95.

D. (Pleurot.) eburnea, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 285.
D. (Pleurot.) elegans, Emmons, Geol. N. O. 265, 146.
D. (Pleurot.) flexuosa, ib. 148.

D. impressa, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 285.

D. (Pleurot.) limatula, C. Journ. A. N.S. vi. 224, 9, 12.
D. (Pleurot.) lunata, H. ©. Lea, Philos. Trans. new series, pl. 37, fig. 98.

Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 132, 27, 16, (Turris. )
P. lunata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 264, 144.

D. (Pleurot.) multisecta, C. Proceed. A. N. 8. i. 326.
D. (Pleurot.) pyrenoides, C. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 139.
D. (Pleurot.) tuberculata, Emmons, Geol. N.C. 265, 147.

MANGELIA.

M. Virginiana, C. Proceed. A. N.S. 1862, 286.

TRITONUDZ.

BURSA, Bolten. RANELLA, Lam.
Subgenus Evpreura, H. and A. Adams.

Bursa (Ranella) caudata, Say, Journ. A. N.S, ii. 236, 1822.

Wee AAAS AASHAH

HHA 4

rir

T
T

. (Buce.) Tuomeyi, H. C. Lea, Philos. Trans. ix. pl. 37, fi
. (Buce.) laqueata, C. Tert. Foss. 19, 4, 5.

Apollon caudaia, Taomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 142, 28, 15.

BUCCINID Z.
TRITIA, Risso.

. (Bucc.) altilis, C. Tert. Foss. 19, 4, 6.
. (Fusus) anomala, H. C. Lea, Trans. Philos. Soc. ix. pl. 37, fig. 97.

(Buce.) arata, Say, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 127, 7, 4.

. (Bucc.) bidentata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 257, 126.
. (Bucc.) bilix, C. Proceed. A. N.S. i. 308.

(Bucc.) fossulata, C. Proceed. A. N. 8. i. 308.

. (Nassa) impressa, H. C. Lea, Philos. Trans. ix. pl: 37, fig. 100.
. (Bucc.) harpuloides, C. Proceed. A. N. 8. i. 326.

(Bucc.) interrupta, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 345, 2, 2.
Foss. 8. C. 135, 28, 5.
(Bucc.) moniliformis, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 256, 125.
. (Buce.) multilunata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 256, 124.
121. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 133, 28, 2.

Foss. 8. C. 133, 28, 1. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 256, 122.

. (Buce.) prerupta, C. Proceed. A. N.S. i. 308.

. scalaris, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 286.
(Buce.) sexdentata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 308.

Foss. 8. C. 135, 28, 4.

Sie

Subgenus Buruiopsis, Conrad.

. (Buccinum) integra, C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. No. 2,194, 2, 5.
Buc. pusillum ? H. C. Lea, Trans. Philos. Soc. ix. pl. 37, fig. 98.

.irrorata, C. Buccinum obsoletum, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Say,) Plioc.

. (Buce.) multirugata, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 345. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 255,

(Bucc.) porcina, Say, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 126. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc.

. (Nassa) trivittata? Say, Journ. A.N.S. ii. 231. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc.

? (Fusus) anomala, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 271, 37, 96, (young shell.)

. Marylandica, OC. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 287.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 563

T. ovata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 287.
T. (Fusus) pygmea, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 270, 37,95, (young

shell.)
T. (Nassa) quadrata, C. Journ. A. N.S. vi. 226. Proceed. A. N. 8. 1862, 287.
PURPURIDE.
CRONIA ? H. and A. Adams.
C. (Purpura) tridentata, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 137, 28, 9.
Cantharus Cumberlandianus, Gabb, Journ. A. N.S. (2d series,) iv. 375, 67, 6.
ECPHORA, Conrad.
E. (Fusus) 4-costatus, Say, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 127. Proceed. A. N.S. i. 310.
Miocene Foss. 84, 48, 2.
OLIVIDZ.
DACTYLUS, Klein.
D? (Oliva) ancillariformis, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 274, 37, 105.
D. (Oliva) canaliculatus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Philos. Soc. ix. pl. 37, fig. 104.
Emmons, Geol. N. ©. 259.
D. Carolinensis, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 584.
Oliva litterata, C. (not Lam.) Sillim. Journ. xli. 345, 2, 1.
Strephona litterata, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. §. C. 140,
Emmons, Geol. N. C. 259, 130.
Subgenus SrrepHona, Browne.
. eboreus, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 287.
. (Oliva) idonea, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 344. Proceed. A. N. 8S. 1863.
Subgenus OLIveLra. .
D. (Oliva) duplicatus, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 309. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 13la?

VOLUTIDE.
VOLUTA, Lam.

. Solitaria, C. Journ. A. N.S. vi. 218.
. Trenholmii, Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. 8. C. 128, 27, 7.
. obtusa, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 263, 141.

Subgenus Vouurtirusus, Conrad.

Oo:

44<

V. mutablis, C. '
Fasciolaria mutabilis, C. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 135. Sill. Journ. xli. 346, 2, 7.

V. mutabilis, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 128, 27,5. Emmons,
Geol. N. C. 262.
MEGOPTYGMA, Conrad.
Fusiform; smooth or entire; beak sinuous; plaits very large, the upper one
very thick, suboblique.
M. (Voluta) sinuosa, Gabb, Proceed. A.N. S. Nov. 1861, 367.
PLEIOPTYGMA, Conrad.

Subfusiform ; aperture long; columella with very oblique plaits, numerous,
alternated in size, or irregular, the largest being the second one from above.

P. (Mitra) Carolinensis, C. Sillim. Journ. xli, 345. Tuomey and Holmes, Plio-
cene Foss. §.C. 129, 27, 9. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 260, 132.
PORCELLANA, Adans.
Subgenus Vouureia, Swains.
P. (Marginella) conulus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. ix. 273, 37, 102.
P. distans, C. n. s.

1862.]

564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

P. oliveformis, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 131, 27, 12.
Marginella oliveformis, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 261, 133.
Subgenus GuaBetia, Swains.
P. (Marg.) constricta, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 261, 135.
P. (Marg.) denticulata, C. Journ. A. N.S. vi. 225, 9, 21.
P. (Marg.) eburneola, C. Journ. A. N. 8. vii. 141.
P. (Marg.) exilis, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 274, 37, 103.
P. (Marg.) inflexa, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 261, 137.
P. (Marg.) limatula, C. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 140. Miocene Foss. pl. 47, f. 11.
Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 130, 27,10. Emmons, Geol.
N. C. 261, 134.
P. (Marg.) ovata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 261, 136.

Subgenus PorcELLANELLA, Conrad.
P. bella, C. Proceed. A. N. 8. 1863.
ERATO? Risso.
fi. levis, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 262, 139.

COLUMBELLIN A.
AMYCLA, H. and A. Adams.
Subgenus Asryris, H. and A. Adams.

A. granulifera, C. Proceed. A. N.S. 1862, 287.

A. communis, OC. Proceed. A. N.S. 1862, 287.

A. reticulata, C. 4 we Li ASH
CASSIDID ZL.

SEMICASSIS, Klein.
S. (Cassis) celata, C. Journ. A. N.S. vi. 218, 9, 14.

SCONSIA, Gray.

S. (Cassis) Hodgii, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 346, 2, 10.

Galeodia Hodgii, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 138, 28,10. Em-

mons, Geol. N. C. 257, 128.
DOLHDA.
DOLIUM.
D. galea? Lam. Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 139, 28, 11.
D? octocostatum, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 258, 129.
SYCOTYPUS, Browne. FICUS, Rousseau.

S. (Pyrula) reticulata? Lam. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S.C. 149, 30, 3.

NATICID.
NATICA.
N. plicatella, Conrad. WV. canrena, C. (not Lam.,) Sill. Journ. xli. 344. Tuo-
mey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. 8. C. 115, 25,17. Emmons, Geol. N.C.
267, 152.
N. Caroliniana, ©. Sill. Journ. xli. 346, 2,8. Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene
Foss. S. C. 116, 25, 18.
N. (Natica) hemicrypta, Gabb, Journ. A. N.S. (2d series,) iv. 375, 67, 5.
N. spherula and crassilabrum, (immature or doubtful sp.,) H. C. Lea, Trans.
Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 254, 36, 52.

Nevenrita, Risso.

N. (Natica) duplicata? Say, Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 114, 25,
16. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 266, 150.
[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 565

N. percallosa, C. Sill. Journ. xli. 348. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 267, 151.

Subgenus Lunaria, Gray.
N. catenoides, Wood, British Crag. Moll. 141, 16, 10.
NV, (Natica) heros, Conrad, (not Say,) Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss.
S.C. 114, 25,15. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 267, 149.
N. (Natica) interna, Say, Journ. A.N.S. iv. 125, 7, 2.
N. (Natica) perspectiva, Rogers, Trans. Philos. Soc. vi. 36, 3.

SIGARETUS, Lam.

Subgenus Naricina, Gray.
S. (Natica) fragilis, C. Journ. A. N.S. vi. 222, 9,3. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 267, 153.
NV. aperta, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pl. 36, f. 51.

SCALARID.

SCALA, Klein.

S. arctata, C. n. s.

S. (Scalaria) aciculata, H. C. Lea, Trans. Philos. Soe. pl. 36, f. 65.

S. (Scalaria) clathrus? Lam. Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 124,
26, 15.

S. (Scalaria) curta, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 271, 165.

S. distans, C. n. s.

S. (Scalaria) micropleura, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. pl. 36, f. 67.

S. (Scalaria) microstoma, H. C. Lea, ib. f. 68.

S. (Scalaria) procera, C. Proceed. A. N.S. i. 326.

; Subgenus Sruenoryris, Conrad.
Ovate, thick; whorls partially united; ribs very thick, distant, recurved;
large whorl without a plate at base; not umbilicated.
S. (Scalaria) expansa, C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. No. 2, 194, 2, 3.
S. (Scalaria) pachypleura, C. Journ. A. N.S. viii. 186.
S. cornegera ? H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pl. 36, f. 66.

PYRAMIDELLIDZ.
TEREBRA, Brug.

Subgenus Acus, Humph.

T. (Cerithium) Carolinensis, C. Sill. Journ. xli. 345.
T. (Cerith.) clavulus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. ix. pl. 37, f. 89.
T. curvilirata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 327.
T. indenta, C.
T. (Cerith.) dislocata, C. (not Say,) Sill. Journ. xli. 343.
T. neglecta, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 258.
T. simplex, C. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 226, 9, 22.
T. sublirata, C. n. s.
T. unilineata, C. Sill. Journ. xli. 345,2,4. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss.
S. C. 258, 129. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 258, 129.

OBELISCUS, Humph.

. (Pyramidella) arenosa, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 309. Emmons, Geol. N. C,
268, 154.
P. suturalis, H. C. Lea, Philos. Trans. ix. pl. 36, f.63, (young shell.)
QO. (Pyram.) reticulata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 268, 155.

1862.]

co)

566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

ODOSTOMIA, Fleming.
OQ? (Acteon) glans, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pl. 36, f. 58.
OQ? (Cerithium) curtum, H. C. Lea, ib. 268, 17, 90.
QO. (Cerithium) dedelium, H.C. Lea, ib. 269, 37, 91.
QO. (Pasithea) granulata, H. C. Lea, 268, 36, 54.
© ? (Pasithea) levigata, H. C. Lea, ib. 35, 47.
©? (Acteon) nitens, H. C. Lea, ib. 36, 60.
Q.(Pasithea) ovulum, H. C. Lea, 269, 35, 48, (young shell.)
Q. (Actwon) turbinata, H. C. Lea, ib. 36, 56.
QO ? (Pasithea) turbinopsis, H. C. Lea, ib. 253, 35, 50.
O ? (Actzon) sculpta, H. C. Lea, ib. 36, 59.
TURBONILLA, Risso.
T. (Turritella) perlaqueata, C. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 189.
1. (Chemnitzia) reticulata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 269, 156a.
AURICULINA, Gray.

A. (Pasithea) eburnea, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 251, 35, 46.
A. (Pasithea) exarata, H. C. Lea, ib. 35, 44.

A. (Odostomea) limnzwa, C. Proceed. A. N.S. i. 20.

A. (Pasithea) ornata, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soe. ix. 253.

A. (Pasithea) subula, H. C. Lea, Philos. Soc. ix. 251, 35, 45.

EULIMID.
NISO, Risso.
N. (Bonellia) lineata, C. Journ. A. N.S. viii. 188.
Actxon simplex, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pl. 36, f. 62.
EULIMA, Risso.
eborea, C. Proceed. A. N.S. iii. 26, f. 21.
Pasithea levigata, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 252, 35, 47.
Emmons, Geol. N. C. 268, 157.
kK. migrans, C. Proceed. A. N.S. iii. 26, f. 22.
£. subulata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 268, 158.
CERITHIOPSIDA.
CERITHIOPSIS.

C. (Cerithium) annulatum, Emmons, Geol. N. ©. 269, 161.
©. (Cerithium) clavulus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 268, 37, 89.
©. (Chemnitzia) Emmonsii, C. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 268, 160.

SOLARIDA.
ARCHITECTONICA, Bolten.
Subgenus Puipiipra, Gray.
. (Solarium) trilineata, C. Journ. A. N.S. viii. 31.
. (Solarium) nupera, ©. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 141.
. perspectiva? Lin., Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 120, 26, 6.
CONID A.

CONUS, Lin.

(. adversarius, C. Sill. Journ, xli. 345, 2. 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss.
S. C. 131, 27,14. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 263, 142.
C. diluvianus, Green, Trans. Albany Institute (1830), i. 124, 3, 2.
©. Marylandicus, Green, Trans. Albany Institute (1830), 124,
CELATOCONUS, Conrad.

EK.

>> Pp

[Dec.

Or
for]
~I

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

CYPREIDE.
CYPRAA, Lin.

Subgenus AriciA, Gray.

. Carolinensis, C. Sill, Journ. xli. 346, 2,6. Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene
Foss. S. C. 126, 27, 1. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 260, 131.

. annulifera, C. n. s.

- pediculus ? Emmons, Geol. N. C. 260.

CANCELLARID.
CANCELLARIA, Lam.

. alternata, C. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 155.
. Carolinensis, C.

C. recticulata, Emmons (not Lam.), Geol. N. C. 255, 119.
depressa, Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 142, 28, 16.
venusta, Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. ©. 144, 28, 18.
engonata, C. Journ. A. N.S. viii. 188.

- lunata, Journ. A. N.S. vi. 222, 9, 4.
perspectiva, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 136.
. plagiostoma, C. ib. vii. 136.

. scalarina, C.n. s.

aa QC

2acaaan

Subgenus Taiconostoma, Blainville.
. (Cancellaria) biplicifera, C. Journ. A. N. S. viii. 187.
CERITHIUDZ.
CERITHIUM.

Subgenus Sic#ar, Hinds.

moniliferum, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pl. 37, f. 92. Emmons,
Geol. N. C. 269, 159.

TRIFORIS.
T. (Cerith.) bicostatus, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 270, 162.

MELANIDZ.

LITTORINA, Ferrusac.
L. Carolinensis, C.
L. irroraia, Taomey and Holmes (not Say), Pliocene Foss. S. C. 26, 5.
L. lineata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 271, 170.

PALUDINID.

VIVIPARA, Lam.

V. (Turbo) glabra, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pl. 37, f. 87.
V. subglobosa, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 273, 186.

TURRITELLIDA.

TURRITELLA, Lam.

. equistriata, C. Proceed., 1862, 584.

. alticostata, C. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 144.

. (Terebellum) Burdenii, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S, C. 122, 26, 11.
. (Terebellum) constrictum, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 270.

. Cumberlandia, C. Proceed. A. N.S. 1862, 584.

. exaltata, C. ib. 1,32. Tuomey and Holmes, 121, 26, 8.

. fluxionalis, Rogers, Trans. Philos. Soc. vi. 371.

862.]

SHAE e

568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

uh
Y

AN
. plebeia, Say, ib. iv. 125 ; yii. 125, 7, 1.

. quadristriata, Rogers, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. v. 331; and vi. 377, 24, 2.
. secta, C. Proceed. A. N.S. vii. 268.

. terstriata, Rogers, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. v. 331; and vi. 377, 24, 1.

. terebriformis, C.n. s.

. variabilis, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 221.

HHaHAs

(Terebellum) striatum, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 120, 26, 7.
indenta, C. Journ. Proceed. A. N. S. viii. 188.
octonaria, ©. ib. vii. 144.

VERMETIDA.
VERMETUS, Adans.

. Carolinensis, C. Proceed. A. N. 8. 1862.

V. lumbricalis, C. (not Lam.) Sillim. Journ. xxviii. 109.

V. (Serpula) convolutus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix, pl. 34, f. 1.

~ ~
\ «

~
4

—
=

‘ee

ANGUINELLA, Conrad.

Virginiana, C. Miocene Foss. 77, 44, 4.
Vermetus Virginicus, D’Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 48.

PETALOCONCHOS, H. C. Lea.

. sculpturatus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pl. 34, f. 3. Tuomey

and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8S. C. 123, 26, 13. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 271, 169.
Serpula anguina, H. C. Lea (young shell), Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pl.
34, f. 2.

CECIDE.
CAECUM, Gray.

. annulatum, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 274, 190.

CALYPTRIDA.
CRUCIBULUM, Schum.

. (Dispotea) constrictum, C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. 194, 1,2. Miocene Foss. 80,

45, 4.

5 ES costatum, Say, Sillim. Journ. 11, 40.

. (Dispotea

costatum, Say. Journ. A.N.S.iv.132. C. Miocene Foss. 79, 45, 2.
Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 107, 25, 4.

Calyptrea pileolus, H. C. Lea, Transactions American Philos. Soc. ix. 248,
f. 35, 38.

'. (Dispotzea) dumosum, C. Sillim., Journ. xli. 346, 2, 9. Miocene Foss. 80.

Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 109, 25, 6.

. (Dispotwa) grande, Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. iv. 130, 7, 6. C. Miocene

}. (Dispotea) ramosum, C. Journ. A. N.S. viii. 187. Miocene Foss. 79, 45,3

Foss. 79.

’. (Dispotaa) multilineatum, C. Sill. Journ. xli. 346, 2, 8. Miocene Foss. 80.

Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 107, 25, 7.
Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 108, 25,5. Emmons, Geol. N C.
275, 191.
TROCHITA.
(Infundibulum) centralis, C. Sill. Journ. xli. 348. Miocene Foss. 80, 45, 5.

Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S: C. 109, 25, 8. Emmons, Geol. N. C.
276, 193.

. (Infundibulum) concentrica, H. C, Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pl. 35,

39.
[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 569

(Infundibulum) perarmata, C. Proceed. A. N.S.i. 31. Miocene Foss. 80,

45, 4.
CRYPTA, Humphreys.

. convexa? Say, Journ. A. N.S. ii. 227.

. (Crepidula) costata, Morton, Journ. A. N. S. vi. 115, 7, 2,3. Tuomey and
Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 112, 25, 11.

: (Crepidula) cornucopia, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pl. :
f. 4

J (oiepianisy cymbeformis, C. Proceed. A. N.S. ii. 173. Miocene Foss. pl.
ae at

. (Crepidula) densata, C. Proceed. A. N.S. i. 311. Miocene Foss. pl. 45, f. 9.

. (Crepidula) fornicata? Say, Journ. A. N.S, ii. 225. C. Miocene Foss. pl.
45, f. 10. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 110, 25,9. Emmons,
Geol. N. C. 276, 194.

. (Crepidula) glauca ? Say, Journ. A. N. S. ii. 226.

. (Crepidula) lamina, H. C, Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pl. 35, f. 42.

- (Crepidula) plana?’ Say, Journ. A.N.S. ii. 226. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc.
Foss. 8. C. iii. 25,12. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 276.

. (Crepidula) ponderosa, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 249, 35, 40.

. (Crepidula) spinosa, C. Proceed. A. N.S. i, 307. Miocene Foss. pl. 45, fie

COCHLOLEPAS, Klein.
. (Hipponyx) Bullii, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 112, 25, 13.

TURBINIDZ.
MONILIA, Swains.
M. (Monodonta) exoluta, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 309.

Subgenus Lerorrocuvs, Conrad.
Polished, entire, without umbilicus; base of columella with two denticles.
M. distans, C. Proceed. A. N.S. 1862, 288.
M. (Trochus) eborea, Wagner, Journ, A. N.S. viii, 52, 1, 5.
M? (Turbo) caperatus, C. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 140.
M. (Monodonta) Kiawahensis, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 116, 26, 1.

ZIZYPHINUS, Gray.

- (Trochus) aratus, H. C. Lea, Philos. Trans. ix. pl. 37, fig. 85.

- (Trochus) armillatus, Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C, 118, 26, 3.

. (Trochus) armillas, H. C. Lea, Philos. Trans. ix. pl. 37, f. 81.

- (Trochus) bellus, 0. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 137.

. (Trochus) conus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pl. 37, f.

. (Trochus) gemma, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 11 06,

- (Trochus) humilis, C. Journ. A. N.S. vi. 219, 9, 5.

. (Trochus) labrosus, C. ib. vii. 138.

. (Trochus) lens, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. pl. 37, f. 83.

. (Trochus) Mitchelli, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 137

. (Trochus) peralveatus, C. Journ. A. N.S. viii. 187. Proceed. A. N.S. iii.
Ot he OB,

. (Trochus) philanthropus, C. ib. 137. Tuomey and Holmes, Geol. S. C. 117,
26, 2. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 272, 167.

. (Trochus) Ruffinii, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pl. 37, 86.

. (Trochus) reclusus, C. Journ. A. N.S. vi. 219, 9, 6.

. (Trochus) torquatus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. pl. 37, f. 84,

. (Trochus) arenosus, C. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 272, 168.

CEMORIA, Leach.
C. oblonga, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 247, 35, 37.
1862.]

ever Mel oye Ieite)

(Vr ileio}

82.
4.

NNNN N NNNNNNNNNNN

570 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

PATELLA.
P? acinaces, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix, 247, 35, 36.
CHITON.
C. transenna, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 246, 35, 35.
UOMBONIIDZ.

UMBONIUM, Link. ROTELLA, Lam.
U? (Rotella) subconica, H. C, Lea, Trans. ix. 263, 36, 77.
carinata, ib. 78.
lenticularis, ib. 79.
umbilicata, ib. 80.

CARINORBIS, Conrad.

C. (Delphinula) arenosus, C. Proceed. A. N.S. iii. 20.
C. (Delphinula) costulatus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 260, 36, 69.
C. distans, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 288.
C. (Delphinula) lyra, C. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 141. Proceed. iii. 20, 1, 27.
Delp. globulus, H. C. Lea. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 262, 36, 74.
c 2 , Emmons, Geol. N. C. 258, 181.

(Delphinula) quadricostata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 269, 180.

FISSURELLID 4.
FISSURELLA, Lam.
. alticosta, C. Journ. A. N.S. vii, 142.
. catilliformis, Rogers, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. v. 332; and vi. 377, 26, 1.
. Griscomi, OC. Miocene Foss. 78, 44, 8. ,
- Marylandica, C. Proceed. A. N.S. i. 31. Miocene Foss. 79, 45, 1.
. nassula, C. Miocene Foss. 78, 44, 6.
-redimicula, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 8, 1. Miocene Foss. 78. Tuomey
and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 113, 25, 14.

DENTALIDA.

DENTALIUM.

D, attenuatum, Say, Journ. A.N. 8S. iv. 154, 8,3. Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene
Foss. 8S. C. 105, 25, 1.

D. Carolinense, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862.

D. duodecenaria, C. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 274, 188.

D. thallus, C. Journ. A.N.S. vii. 142. Tuomey and Nolmes, Pliocene Foss. 106,
25,3. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 274, 189.

D. pliocenum, Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. 105, 25, 2.

TORNATELLIDZ,
ACTON, Montf.

A. angulatus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pl. 37, f. 57.
A. glans, H. C. Lea, ib. 58.
A. globosus, H. C. Lea, ib. pl. 37, f. 55.
A. melanoides, C. Journ. A. N.S. vi. 227.
A
A
A
A

re eg eg

- novellus, C. ib. vii. 142.

- ovoides, C. ib. 226.

CYLICHNIDA.

VOLVULA, Adams,
. (Ovula) iota, C. Proceed. A. N.S. i. 309.

[ Dee.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 571

BULLID..
BULLA.
. eylindrus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. pl. 35, f. 43.
. Subspissa, C. Proceed. A. N.S. iii. 20.
TORNATINA, H. and A. Adams.
T. cylindrica, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 272, 182.

AURICULID.
MELAMPUS, Montf.
Subgenus EnsipHorvs, Conrad.
M. longidens, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 584.

CONCHIFERA.
PHOLADID 2.

PHOLAS, Lin.

P. arcuata, ek Proceed. Nat. Inst. 187 (1841). P. acuminata, C. Miocene Foss. 77,
44,2. P.costata, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Lam. )) Plioc. Foss. 8. C.

eohes

102, 24, 4.
Die producta, C. P. oblongata, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Say,) Plioc. Foss. 8.
C: 103, 24, 5.
pe 2 rhomboidea, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 235, 34, 7.

TEREDO.

T. calamus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 234, 34, 4.
T. fistula, ib. 5.

GASTROCH ENA, Lam.
G. ligula, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 234, 34, 6.

SOLENIDZ.

ENSIS, Shum.

. (Solen) ensiformis, C. Proceed. A. N.S. i. 326.
. (Solen) directus, C. ib. 325.
S. ensis, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Lin.,) Plioc. Foss. 101, 24, 3.
E. (Solen) magnodentatus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 236, 34, 8.

SILIQUARIA, Schum.
8. equalis, C. Solecurtus subteres. Keseanay (not Con.,) Geol. N. C. 299, 228a.

coiles

Solecurtus Genes, teats and oleae, (not Lam. )) Plioc. Foss. S.C.
99, 23, 12,13. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 299, 228a.
SAXICA VIDA.

SAXICAVA, Fleurian de Bellevue.
. bilineata, C. Miocene Foss. 18, 10, 4.
. (Hidella) lancea, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 242, 24.
. pectorosa, C. Sillim. Journ. xxiii. 130. Miocene Foss. 18, 10, 3
. rugosa? Lam., Bullet. Nat. Inst. 187.

GLYCIMERIS, Klein.
G. (Panop.) Americana, C. Miocene Foss. 4, 2.
G. (Panop.) dubia, d. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 236, 34, 9.
G. (Panop.) Goldfussii, Wagner, Journ. A. N.S. viii. 52, 8, 3.

1862.]

MANN

572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

G. (Panop.) porrecta? C.
G. (Panop.) porrecta, C. Miocene Foss. 71, 41, 2, 1842.
G. (Panop.) reflexa, Say, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 153, 13, 4. Miocene Foss. 5, 3, 4.
Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. ‘100, 24,1. Emmons, Geol. N.
C. 300, 229.
PARAMYA, Conrad.
P, (Myalina) subovata, C. Miocene Foss. 65, 36, 4.

UYID.
MYA, Lin.

M. corpulenta, C. Miocene Foss. 68, 39, 1.
M. producta, C. ib. 1, 1, 1.
M. reflexa, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 234, 34, 10.

CORBULID.

CORBULA, Brug.

C. cuneata, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 152,13, 3. C. Miocene Foss. 5, 3, 2..
Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8S. C. 75, 20, 11.

C. elevata, C. Miocene Foss. 7, 4, 3.

. idonea, C. Sillim. Journ. xxiii. 341. Miocene Foss. 6, 10, 6.

C. ineqalis, Say, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 3,2. OC. ib. 6,3, 3. Tuomey and Holmes,
Plioc. Foss. S. C. 76, 20, 12.

ANATINID.
PERIPLOMA, Schum.

P, (Anatina) antiqua, C. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 130. Miocene Foss. 16, 8, 3.
P. alta, C. Proceed. 1862, 585.

THRACIA.
T ? transversa, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 237, 34, 11.

PHOLADOMYA, Sowerby.
Subgenus Mare@ariraria, Conrad.
P. abrupta, C. Foss. Shells of Tert. Form. 26,12. Miocene Foss. 3, 1, 4. Tuo-
mey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 101, 22,2. Emmons, Geol. N
300, 231.
PANDORA, Soland.
P. crassidens, C. Miocene Foss. 2, 1, 2.

PANDORELLA, Conrad.

Elongated; a triangular fosset under the beak ; no cardinal teeth.
P. (Pandora) arenosa, C. Journ. A. N.S. vi. 131.

MACTRIDZ.
MACTRA, Lin. SCISSODESMA, Gray.
M. (Mactra) delumbis, C. Foss. Shells of Tert. Form. 26,11. Miocene Foss. 27,
Se eliowgle
M. ponderosa, C. Journ. A. N.S. vi. 228, 10,5. Miocene Foss. 25, 14, 1.
M. subponderosa, D’ Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 100.

HEMIMACTRA, Swains. SPIZULA, Gray.

H. (Mactra) congesta, C. Sill. Journ. xxiii. 340. C. Miocene Foss. 27, 15, 2.
Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 98,23, 10. Emmons, Geol. N. C.

H. (Mactra) modicella, C. Sill. Journ. xxiii. 340. Miocene Shells, 25, 13,

H. (Mactra) medialis, C. n. s.

H. (Mactra) similis? Say, Journ. A. N. S. ii. 309. Emmons, Geol. N.C. 298.
Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 97, 23, 8

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 573

MULINIA, Gray.

M. (Mactra) erassidens, C. Sill. Journ. xli. 346, 2,11. C. Mioc. Foss. 69, 39, 5.
M. (Mactra) triquetra, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 346, 2,11. Miocene Foss. 69, 39, 3.

RANGIA, Desmoulins.

Subgenus Prrissopon, Conrad.
R. (Mactra) clathrodonta, C. Sillim. Journ. xxiii. 340.
Gnathodon Grayi, Miocene Foss. 23, 13, 1. Tuomey aud Holmes, Plioc.
Foss. S. C. 99, 23, 2. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 298, 226a.
G. minor, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Conrad,) Plioc. Foss. S. C. 99, 23, 2.
Gnathodon cuneatus, Tuomey and Holmes, Post Pliocene Foss. S. C. (pars. )
R. (Gnath.) minor, C. Sill. Journ. xli. 347, 2, 14. Miocene Foss. 69, 39, 6.

LUTRARIING.
STANDELLA, Gray.
S. (Mactra) congesta, C. Miocene Foss. 27, 15, 2. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc.
Foss. S. C. 98, 23, 10. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 298.
S. (Mactra) lateralis, Say, Journ. A. N.S.ii. 309. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc.
Foss. S. C. 97, 23, 9. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 298, 227.
S. (Mactra) fragilis? Chemnitz.
Mactra oblongata, Say, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 96, 23, 7.
Emmons, Geol. N. C. 298.
S. (Mactra) subparilis, Sill. Journ. xli. pl. 2, f. 12. Miocene Foss. 69, 39, 4.

TELLINIDZ.
PSAMMOCOLA, Blain.
P? lucinoides, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 234, 34, 16.
P? pleiocena, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 91, 22, 8.
TELLINA, Lin.
Subgenus Aneutvs, Mihi.

T. polita? Say, Journ. A. N.S. ii. 276, 65, 2. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss.
SCG. 324 6.
T. declivis, Say, Journ. A. N.S. vii. 131. ©. Miocene Foss. 35, 19, 1.

Subgenus PERoNzZDERMA, Morch.

T. alternata? Say, Journ. A. N.S. ii. 275. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss.
Si. 6. 91, 29; '6.

T. arctata, C. Miocene Foss. 72, 41, 5.

T. egena, C. ib. 35, 19, 4.

T. producta, C. ib. 36, 19, 5.

T. lenis, C. Miocene Foss. 72, 41, 9.

T. lusoria? Say, Journ. A. N.S. v. 316. ©. Miocene Foss. 35,19, 3. Tuomey
and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 89, 22,5. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 297, 225a.

METIS, H. and A. Adams.
M. (Tellina) biplicata, Miocene Shells, 36,19, 4. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc.
Foss. S. C. 88, 22,3. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 296, 225.
STRIGILLA, Turton.
S. Carolinensis, C. ul
Tellina fluxuosa, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Say,) Plioc. Foss. S. C. 90, 22, 7.

DONACINE.
DONAX, Lin.

D. variabilis?. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 95, 23, 6.
1862.]

[wo |
—~I
qe

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 298, 226.
SCROBICULARHINA.

ABRA, Leach.

A. (Amphidesma) carinata, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 229, 9, 23. Miocene Foss.
37,19, 7. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 93, 23, 2.

A. (Amphidesma) equalis, Say, Amer. Conch. pl. 28. C. Miocene Foss. 76, 43,
9. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 93, 23, 3.

A. (Amphidesma) zquata, C. Miocene Foss. 65, 36,5. Tuomey and Holmes,
Plioc. Foss. S. C. 95, 23, 5.

A. (Amphidesma) protexta, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 347. C. Miocene Foss, 73, 41, 7.

A. (Amphidesma) subreflexa, C. Journ. A. N. 8. vii. 133. Miocene Foss. 37,
19, 6.

A, (Amphidesma) subovata, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 152,10, 6. ©. Miocene
Foss. 36.
A. (Amphidesma) nuculoides, C. Sill. xli. 347. Miocene Foss. 73, 41, 6.

PAPHIINE.
MESODESMA, Desh.
M. (Mactra) confraga, C. Sillim. Journ. xxiii. 340. Miocene Foss. 26, 14, 2.
M. (Mactra) incrassata, C. Miocene Foss. 24, 13, 2.

SEMELE, Schum. AMPHIDESMA, Lam.
8. (Amphidesma) orbiculata? Say, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 94,

23, 4.
FABELLA, Conrad.
F. (Amphidesma) constricta, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 347. C. Miocene Foss. 76,
43,10. Proceed. A. N.S. 1862, 586.

CUMINGIA, Sowerby.

C. (Mactra) tellinoides, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 258, 11, 2-3.
Anatina tellinoides, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 237, 34, 12.
Lavignon tellinoides, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 92, 23, 1.

VENERIDA.
MERCEN ARIA, Schum.

M. (Venus) cancellata, Gabb, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 376, 67, 25, (1860.)
M. (Venus) capax, C. Miocene Foss. 68, 39, 4.
M. mercenaria? Lin. C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 344. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc.
Foas. S. C. 81, 21, 6.
M. (Venus) permagna, C. Foss. of Tert. Form. 9. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 324.
Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 86, 22, 2.
M. (Venus) Rileyi, C. Miocene Foss. 9, 6, 1. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss.
S. C. 78, 21, 8. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 292.
M. (Venus) submortoni, D’Orbigny, Prodrom. iii. 108.
M. (Venus) Mortoni, C. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 251. Miocene Foss. 8, 5, 1.
M. (Venus) tetrica, C. Miocene Foss. 7, 4, 1.
M. (Cyprina) tridacnoides, Lam. An. sans Vert. v. 565. C. Miocene Foss. 10,
7,2. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 85, 22,1. Emmons, Geol.
N..G. 292:
V. deformis, Say, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 148, 12, 2.

VENUS, Lin.

V? ascia, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 242, 34, 23.
V. Ducatellii, C. Miocene Foss. 8, 4, 2.
[Dee.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. O79

CIRCUMPHALUS, Klein.

Subgenus Liropyora, Conrad.

C. (Venus) athleta, C. Proceed. 1862, 586.
V. paphia, Lam. (not Lin.)
V. alveata, Say, (not Conrad,) Amer. Conch. pl. 63.
V. latilirata, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Conrad,) Plioc. Foss. S. C. 85, 21,
12. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 293, 219.
. (Venus) alveatus, C. Miocene Foss. 9, 5, 2.
. (Venus) latiliratus, ib. 68, 38, 3.

DIONE, Gray.

. (Cytherea) albaria, Say, American Conch. pl. 59. Miocene Foss. 13, 8

. Marylandica, C.

. (Cytherea) Carolinensis, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 343.

densata, Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 586.

(Cytherea) elevata, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soe. ix. 241, 34, 21.

idonea, C. albaria, C. (not Say,) Miocene Foss. pl. 8, f. 2.

. (Cytherea) Marylandica, C. Sillim. Journ. xxiii. 343. Miocene Foss. 15,9, 1.

. (Cytherea) obovata, C. Journ. A. N. 8. vi. 132. Miocene Foss. 14, 8, 4.

. (Cytherea) reposta, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 132. Miocene Foss. 15, 9; 2.

Emmons, 5, 2.

. (Cytherea) Sayana, C. Miocene Foss. 13, 7, 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioe.
Foss. 8. C. 83, 21, 9. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 294, 1.

C. convexa, C. (not Say,) Miocene Foss. 13, 7, 3.

ye!

S) SPEDE SSeS

D. (Cytherea) spherica, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 241, 34, 22.
D. (Cytherea) staminea, C. Miocene Foss. pl. 21, f. 1.
D. (Cytherea) subnasuta, C. Miocene Foss. 72, 41, 3. Tuaomey and Holmes,

Plioc. Foss. S. C. 80, 21, 3.
D. Virginiana, C. Proceed. A. N. . 1862, 586.

Subgenus ees, Klein.

C. (V.) cancellata? Lin. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 84, 21, 11
C. (Venus) cribraria, C. Proceed. A. N.S. 1.310. Miocene Foss. 67, 38,2. Tuo-

mey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 83, 21, 10.
C. (Venus) cortinaria, Rogers, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. vy. 333. OC. Miocene
Foss. 11, 8, 1.

GEMMA.
G. (Venus) spherica, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 241, 34, 22

CIRCE.

C. (Cyth.) metastriata, C. Miocene Foss. 14, 8,5. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc.
Foss. S. C. 79, 21, 1-2. Emmons, 293, 220.

DOSINIA, Scopoli.

- (Art.) acetabulum, C. Tert. Foss. 20, 61. Miocene Foss. 29, 16, 1.

. (Art.) elegans, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 325. Miocene Foss. 67, 38, if
D. transversus, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 295, 223-4.

D. intermedia, C.

Venus concentrica, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Born,) Plioe. Foss. 8. C. 82,
Pals

jwhis)

CLEMENTIA, Gray.

C. (Venus) inoceriformis, Wagner, viii. 1, 2, C. Miocene Foss. 70, 40, 1.
Clementia inoceriformis, C. Index to Miocene Foss.

1862.]

On
J
or)

~
La

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

PETRICOLIDA.
PETRICOLA, Lam.

. compressa, H. C. Lea, Journ. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 239, 34, 15.

. Carolinensis, OC.
P. pholadiformis, Tuomey and Holmes (not Lam.), Plioc. Foss. S. C. 87, 21,5,

PLIORYTIS, Conrad.

(Petricola) centenaria, C. Sill. xxiii. 341. Mioc. 17, 10, 1.
Psammocola regia, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 234, 34, 17.
P. Pliocena, Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 91, 22, 8.
Capsa centenaria, D’Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 103.

CYRENID.
CORBICULA, Megerle.

. (Cyrena) densata, C. Mioc. Foss. 68, 39, 2. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc.

Foss. S. C. 77, 20, 14. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 290, 215a.
CARDIIDE.

CARDIUM, Lin.
Subgenus CEerasTopERMA, Poli.

. acutilaqueatum, C. Miocene Foss. 34, 18, 2.
. Carolinensis, C.

. leptopleura, C. Miocene Foss. 66, 37, 5.

. Virginianum, C. Miocene Foss. 33, 18, 1. April, 1839.

C. quadrans, Rogers, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. v. 375, 30,1. Dec., 1839.

Subgenus Lavicarpium, Swains.

. sublineatum, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 347, 2,13. Miocene Foss. 66, 37, 4.

Subgenus TrRacHYycarpDIuM, Morch.

. muricatum? Lin., Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 64, 19, 2. Emmons,

Geol. N. C. 301, 232-3.
BUCARDIIDZ.
BUCARDIA, Lister.

. (Isocardia) fraterna, Say, (J. rustica, Con.) Miocene Foss. 20, 11, 1.

I. Conradi, D’Orbig. Prodromus, iii. 121.

. (Isocardia) Markoei, C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. 193, 2, 1.

CHAMIDZ.
CHAMA, Lin.

. congregata, C. Sillim. Journ. xxiii. 341. Miocene Foss. 32,17, 2. Tuomey

and Holmes, 23, 7, 7—10.

'. corticosa, C. ib. 17, 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 22, 7, 1, 2, 3.

Emmons, 286, 210.

. striata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 286.

ARCINELLA, Schum.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 577

LUCINID.

LUCINA, Brug.

L. Americana, De France, Dict. des Sciences Nat. Art. Lucina, 1823. é
L. anodonta, Say, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 146, 10, 9, 1824. C. Miocene Foss.
39, 20,4. Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S.C.55, 18,2. Emmons,
Geol. N. C. 291.
. coutracta, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 145, 10,8. C. Miocene Foss. 39, 20, 5.
Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 54, 18, 1.
. crenulata, C. Miocene Foss. 39, 20, 2.
Foremani, C. Journ. A. N.S. viii. 184. Miocene Foss. 71, 40, 4. Emmons,
Geol, N.C. 291, 217.
Leana, D’Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 117.
Lucina lens, H. C. Lea, Trans. A. P.S. ix. 240, 34, 19.
. subobliqua, Say, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 147.
. subplanata, C. Journ. A. N.S. viii. 184.
. trisulcata, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 346. Miocene Foss. 74, 40, 5.
. undula, C. Miocene Foss. 71, 41, 1.

Se el ce! cal Pa al a

Subgenus Copaxta, Scopoli.

C. (Lucina) cribraria, Say, Joura. A. N. S. iv. 147, 13, 1. Emmons, Geol. N.
C. 293, 218.
C. (Lucina) multistriata, C. Miocene Foss. 71, 40, 6. Tuomey and Holmes,
Plioc. Foss. S. C. 61, 18, 16, 17.
C. (Lucina) speciosa, Rogers, Trans. A. P. S. n. 8. v. 333, 26, 6.
LZ. squamosa, Conrad, (not Lam.,) Miocene Foss. 38, 20, 1.
Subgenus Cycras, Klein.

Lucina Conradii, D’Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 117, 2194.
Li. divarieata, var., Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 148. C. Miocene Foss. 39,
20,3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 59, 18, 10, 11.

UNG ULINIDA.
MYSIA, Leach.

M. acclinis, C. Foss. Shells of Tert. Form. 21, 6, 2.

Mysia Americana, C. Miocene Foss. 30, 16, 2.

Lucina Americana, Conrad (not DeFrance), D’Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 117, 2191.
M. elevata, C. Miocene Foss. 73, 41, 8.

SPHARELLA, Conrad.
5. subvexa, C. Miocene Foss. 18, 10, 2.
Erycina subconvexa, D’Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 115, 2152.
KELLIA, Turton.
K. (Aligena) levis, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 238, 34, 13, 1.
Eryecina sublevis, D’Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 115, 2153.
Xx. striara, H. C, Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 238, 34, 14.
LEPTONID A.
LEPTON, Turton.
.. mactroides, C. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 151. Miocene Foss. 19, 10, 5.
Erycina mactroides, D’Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 115, 2153.
CRASSATELLID A.
ASTARTE, Sowerby.

A. arata, C. Miocene Foss. 42, 20, 8.
A. bella, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 565.

1862.] | 40

—

. (Cardita) tridentata, Say, Journ. A. N.S. v. 216. OC. Miocene Foss. 7

578 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

A. concentrica, Tuomey and Holmes (not Conrad), Plioc. Foss. S. C. 71,
20,3. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 289, 212.

. concentrica, C. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 123. Miocene Foss. 44, 21, 6.
. cuneiformis, C. Miocene Foss. 42, 20, 9.

. Coheni, C. Miocene Foss. 43, 21, 5.

. distans, C. Proceed. A. N. S. June, 1862, 288.

. exaltata, C. Proceed. A. N.S. i. 29. Miocene Foss. 66, 37, 6.

. lineolata, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 241, 34, 20.

. obruta, C. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 15. Miocene Foss. 43, 21, 2.

. perplana, C. Miocene Foss. 43, 21, 3.

. planulata, C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. 187.

. Symmetrica, C. Miocene Foss. 44, 21, 7.

. Thomasii, C. Proceed. A. N. S. vii. 267.

. undulata, Say, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 150, 9,5. C. Miocene Foss. 41, 20, 7 and

21,4. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 70, 20,1, 2. Emmons,
Geol. N. C. 289, 213.

. vicina, Say, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 151, 9, 6. C. Miocene Foss. 41.
. varians, C. Proceed. A. N.S. i. 29. Miocene Foss. 67, 37, 7.
. Virginica, Proceed. A. N. 8S. 1862, 585.

EULOXA, Conrad.

. (Venus) latisulcata, C. Miocene Foss. 40, 20, 6.

Asiarte latisuleata, D’Orb. Prodrom. iii. 112, 2089.

GOULDIA, C, B. Adams.

. (Astarte) lunulata, C. Miocene Foss. 44, 21, 8.

A. lunulata, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 72, 20, 4.
ERYCINELLA, Con.

. ovalis, C. Miocene Foss. 74, 42, 5.

Erycina ovalis, D’Orbig. Prodrom. ili. 115.
CRASSATELLA, Lam.

. curta, C. n. s.

. Marylandica, C. Miocene Foss. 21, 12, 1.

. melina, C. Miocene Foss. 22, 12, 2.

. turgidula, C. Miocene Foss. 69, 39, 7.

. undulata, Say, Juurn. A. N.S. iv. 142, 11, 2. C. Miocene Foss. 21, 11, 2.

CARDITIDZ.
ACTINOBOLUS, Klein.

. (Cardita) carinata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 302.
. (Cardita) granulata, Say, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 142, 11,1. ©. Sillim. Journ.

XxVili. 110. Mioc. Foss. 12,7,1. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S.C.
66, 19, 6, 7. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 302, 236a.

6, 43,
11. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 67, 19,8, 9. Emmons, Geol.
N. C. 302, 236a.

Subgenus Preromeris, Conrad.

. (Cardita) abbreviata, Sillim. Journ. xli. 2, 17. Miocene Foss. 77, 43, 12.

Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 69,19,12. Emmons, Geol. N. C.
302, 235.

. radians, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 2,16. Miocene Foss. 77, 43, 13.

CARDITAMERA, Conrad. LAZARIA, Gray.

. aculeata. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 585.

[ Dec.

nef chino}

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 579

. arata, C. Miocene Foss. 11, 6, 2.

Cardita arata, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 65, 19, 4,5. Emmons,
Geol. N. C. 302, 234.

. carinata, C. Proceed. A. N. 8. 1,305. Miocene Foss. 65, 37, 1.

Cardita pseudo-carinata, D’Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 114, 2133.
Cardita earinata, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss S. C. 67, 19, 10.

. protracta, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 37, 2. Miocene Foss. 65, 37, 2.

‘ardita protracta, D’Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 114, 2134.
: MYTILIDA.
PERNA, Adans. MODIOLA, Lam.

. (Modiola) spinigera, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 244, 35, 30.
. (Modiola) Ducatellii, C. Miocene Foss. 53, 28, 2.
. (Mytilus) inflata, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 33, 14, 3.

MYTILICONCHA, Conrad.

. (Myoconcha) incurva, C. Miocene Foss. 52, 28, 1.
. incrassatus, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 247. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss.

CRENELLA, Brown.
(Nucula) zquilatera, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 243, 34, 27.

STALAGMIUM, Conrad, 1833.

.——. A minute species occurs at Yorktown (specimen lost).

AVICULA.
multangula, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 245, 35, 31.

ISOGNOMEN, Klein. PERNA, Brug.

. (Perna) torta, Say, Sillim. Journ. ii. 38.

TRIGONIIDZ.
VERTICORDIA, Wood.
Emmonsii, C. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 286, 206.
ARCID:.
SCAPHARCA, Gray.

. (Arca) arata, Say, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 10,1. ©. Miocene Foss. 58, 30, 6.
. (Arca) equicostata, C. Miocene Foss. 60, 31,6. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioe.

Foss. S. C. 44, 16, 3, 4.

. (Arca) callipleura, C. Miocene Foss. 54, 29, 2.
. (Arca) idonea, C. Foss. Shells of Tert. Form. 15, 1, 5. Miocene Foss. 55, 29,

3. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 285.

. (Area) incongrua? Say, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 45, 16, 5, 6.
. (Arca) improcera, C. Miocene Foss. 60, 31, 5. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioe.

Foss. 8. C. 41, 15, 4, 5.

. (Arca) lineolata, C. Miocene Foss. 61, 32, 3.

A. sublineolata, D’Orbig. Prod. iii. 125.

. (Area) lienosa, Say, Amer. Conch. pl. 36. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss.

S. C. 40, 15, 2,3. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 284, 204.

. (Area) plicatura, C. Miocene Foss. 61, 32, 4.

1862.]

580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

>> PP Pb > > >

. (Arca) rustica, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 39, 15, 1.
. (Arca) stillicidium, C. Foss. Shells of Tert. Form. 14, 1, 3.
. (Arca) scalaris, C. Miocene Foss. 59, 31,1. Proceed. A. N.S.i.324. Tuo-

mey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 43, 16,1, 2. Emmons, Geol. N. C.
284,

. (Arca) subsinuata, ©. Miocene Foss. 62, 32, 6.
. (Arca) subrostrata, ©. Miocene Foss. 58, 30, 7.
. (Arca) transversa? Say, C. Foss. Shells of Tert. Form. 14, 1,2. Tuomey

and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 42, 15, 6, 7. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 285.

. (Arca) triquetra, C. Miocene Foss. 59, 31, 2.

NQTIA, Gray.

. (Arca) Carolinensis, C. Proceed. A. N. 8S. 1862, 290. ;
. (Arca) limula, C. Foss. Shells of Tert. Form. 15, 1,1. Miocene Foss. 60,

81,18:
ARGINA, Gray.

(Arca) pexata, Say, Journ. A. N. S. ii. 268. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc.
Foss. 8. €. 46, 16, 7, 8.

ANOMOLOCARDIA, Klein.

. (Area) incile, Say, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 139, 10, 8. C. Fossil Shells of Tert.

Form. 16, 21. Miocene Foss. 56, 29,5. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss.
S. C. 35, 14, 6, 7. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 284.

. trigintinaria, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 289.
. (Arca) protracta, Rogers, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. v. 332 ; and vi. 337, 26, 5.

C. Miocene Foss. 58, 39, 5.

STRIARCA, Conrad. 1862.

Tert. Form. 16, 1, 4. Miocene Foss. 55, 29,4. Tuomey and Holmes,
Plioc. Foss. 8S. C. 37, 15, 11, 12. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 284, 205.

BARBATIA, Gray.

. (Arca) celata, C. Miocene Foss. 61,32,2. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss.

S. C. 36, 14, 8.

. (Arca) hians, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 34, 14, 4, 5.
. (Byssoarca) Marylandica, C. Miocene Foss. 54, 29, 1.

Subgenus Granoarca, Conrad. 1862.

. (Arca) propatula, C. Miocene Foss. 61, 32, 1.

AXIN ZINE.
AXINAIA, Poli.

. (Pectunculus) arata, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 346. Miocene Foss. 62,3,2. Tuo-

mey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 50, 17, 6. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 287,
208.

. (Pect.) Carolinensis, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 346. Miocene Foss. 63, 35, 2.
. (Pect.) levis, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 50, 17, 5.
. (Pect.) lentiformis, C. Miocene Foss. 64, 36, 2. Tuomey and Homes, Plioe.

Foss. S. C. 48, 17, 2. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 286.

(Pect.) passa, C. Miocene Foss. 64, 35, 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss.
Sh Obey ae Se

(Pect.) parilis, C. Proceed. A. N.S. i. 306. Miocene Foss. 64, 36, 2.

(Pect.) quinquerugata, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 346. Miocene Foss. 63, 34, 3.
Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 49, 17, 4.

. (Pect.) tricenaria, C. Miocene Foss. 63, 35, 1.
. (Pect.) transversa, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 51, 17, 6c.

[Dee.

NATURAL SCIENCES GF PHILADELPHIA. 581

A. (Pect.) subovata, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 140. C. Foss. Shells of Tert.
Form. 17, 2,3. Miocene Foss. 62, 34,1. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc.
Foss. 8. C. 47, 17, 1. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 286, 207.

A. (Pect.) tumulus, C. Miocene Foss. 72, 41, 4.

NUCULIDE.
NUCULA, Lam.

N. dolabella, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 242, 34, 25.

N. diaphana, H. C. Lea, ib. 243, 34, 26.

N. proxima? Say, Journ. A. N.S. ii. 270. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8.
C. 53, 17, 7-8. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 287, 208 B.

N. obliqua, Say, (not Lam.,) Sillim. Journ. ii. 40, 1820.

NUCULANA, Link.

N. (Nucula) acuta, C. Marine Conch. pl. 6, f. 3. Miocene Foss. 57, 30,2. Tuo-
mey and Holmes, Plioce. Foss. S. C. 53, 17, 10-12. Emmons, Geol. N. C.
287, 208a.

N. (Nucula) acutidens, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 244, 34, 28.

N. (Nucula) carinata, H. C. Lea, ib. 244, 34, 29.

N. (Nucula) liciata, C. Miocene Foss. 64, 36, 3.

YOLDIA,
Y. eborea, C. n. s.
Y. (N.) levis, Say, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 141, 10, 5.
N. limatula Tuomey and Holmes, (not Say,) Plioc. Foss. S. C. 52, 17, 3.

PECTINID A.
. PECTEN, Lin.
P. biformis, C. Miocene Foss. 73, 42, 1.
P. Clintonius, Say, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 135, 9,2. ©. Miocene Foss. 47, 23, 1.
P. principoides, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 280, 198.
P. comparilis, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 29, 11, 6-10. Emmons,
Geol. N. C. 279.
P. concentricus? Say, C.
P. decemnarius, C. Journ. A. N.S. vii. 151. OC. Miocene Foss. 49, 24, 2.
P. Edgecomensis, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 291.
P. dispalatus, Miocene Foss. 74, 42, 3.
P. eboreus, C. Sillim. Journ. xxiii. 341. Miocene Foss. 48, 23, 2, and 24, 3.
Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 28, 11,1. Emmons, Geol. N. C.
279, 197.
P. Holbrookii, Ravenel, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 28.
P. fraternus, Con. Proceed. A. N.S. 1862, 291.
P. Jeffersonius, Say, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 133, 9, 1. C. Miocene Foss. 46, 22, 1.
Emmons, Geol. N. C. 281, 199, and 282, 201.

P. micropleura, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 245, 35, 23.

P. Pedeénsis, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 30, 12,1. Emmons, Geol.
N. C. 281.

P. Rogersi, C. Miocene Foss. 45, 21, 9.

P. septenarius, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 136, 9, 3. Miocene Foss. 47, 22, 2.
Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 31, 13, 1-4.

P. tenuis, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 246, 35, 33.

1862.]

582 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

P:
Be
P:

v2
V.

achiae)

~
pp

Sooosoo

)

triceriarius, C. Miocene Foss. 74, 42, 2.
Virginianus, C. Miocene Foss. 46, 21, 10.
vicenarius, C. Proceed. A. N. 8. i. 306.

VOLA, Klein.

(Janira) affinis, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 26, 8, 56.
(Janira) hemicycla, Ravenel, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. "Foss. S. C. 25, 8,
1-4.

’. (Pecten) Humphreysii, C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. 194, 2, 2

AMUSIUM, Klein.

. (Pecten) Mortoni, Ravenel. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 27, 10,

1,2. Emmons, 281.
RADULID.

RADULA, Klein.

. (Lima) papyria, C. Miocene Foss. 76, 43, 7.

SPONDILIDA.
PLICATULA, Lam.

. densata, C. Proceed. A. N.S. i.311. Miocene Foss. 75, 43, 6.
. margirata, Say, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 9,4. C. Miocene Foss. 75. Tuomey and

Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 24, 7, 11.
P. rudis, H. C, Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 246, 35, 34.

ANOMIIDZ.
ANOMIA, Lin.

. delumbis, C. n. 8.
. Conradi, D’Orbig.

A. ephippium 2? var. C. Journ. A.N.S. vii. Miocene Foss. 75, 43, 4. Tuomey
and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 18,5, 4. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 277.
A. Conradi, D’Orbig., Prodrom. iii. 134, 25, 30.

. Ruffini, C. Proceed. A. N.S. i.323. Miocene Foss. 74, 42, 6.

PLACUNANOMIA, Brod.

. plicata, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 19, 6, 4.

OSTREID ZL.
OSTREA, Linn.
disparilis, C. Miocene Foss. 51, 24.
. Mauricensis, Gabb, Journ. A. N.S. iv. 67. 26, (1860.)
. percrassa, C. Miocene Foss. 50, 25, 1.
Ravenelliana, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 21, 6, 1.
. sculpturata, 0. Miocene Foss. 50, 25, ce

subfalcata, C. Miocene Foss. 50, 25,
Virginiana? Gmel. Tuomey And fihea Gk Plioc. Foss. S. C, 20, 5, 6-9.

ORBICULIDE.
ORBICULA, Sowerby.

). lugubris, C. Miocene Foss. 75, 43, 2. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S

C. 17, 5,1. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 274, 187.
Capulus lugubris, C. Journ. AGEN ese) Wilk 143.
multilineata, C. Miocene Foss. 75, 43, 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss.

S. G. 18, 5, 2.
[ Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 533

Descriptions of New, Recent and MIOCENE SHELLS.
BY T. A. CONRAD.

FASCIOLARIID £#?
BUSYCON, Bolton.
Recent Species.

BL. plagosum.—Dextral, pyriform, moderately thick; body whorl ventricose,
but not profound; angle acute, slightly salient, subtuberculated; spire mod-
erately prominent; whorls slightly concave above; angle below the middle ;
summits deeply channelled at the suture; revolving lines prominent and dis-
tinct, unequal, with closely-arranged intermediate microscopic lines; beak
produced; columella fold wide and deeply impressed ; labrum striated within ;
strie prominent, acute, about 31 in number; color whitish, with purplish-
brown longitudinal bands, and yellowish-brown stains. Length 43, width 2}
inches.

Localitg—N. J. ?

Allied to B. pyrum, (Pyrula spirata, Lam.,) but very distinct. The spire is
more prominent and acutely carinated, and the labrum profoundly striated
within, whilst in the pyrum it is entire.

Pyrula spirata, var. Kiener. Lister, iii. f. 737.

B. spinosum.—Dextral, pyriform, volutions 7, angle spinous; spines numer-
ous, prominent; revolving lines alternated in size; whorls slightly concave
above, towards the apex more distinctly concave; spire rather short; angle
near the base of the whorls; beak moderate in length; canal wide; color
whitish, with longitudinal brown bands.

Locality Coasts of U.S.

This shell has long been confoundea with B. aruana, L. (B. carica, Gmel.)
but itis a thinner, less ventricose species, growing to a much larger size than
the former, with more numerous, less elevated spines, which almost disappear
in old shells.

Busyeon elegans.—Pyriform; whorls 6, with prominent revolving lines, and
minute closely-arranged wrinkles ; angle of body whorl prominently carinated ;
spire short, sides straight, oblique, sutural channel profound ; angle of the whorl
margins the channel and is tuberculated; summit of labrum elevated slightly
above the carina of body whorl; within ribbed; ribs about 35, acute; color
whitish, with numerous irregular brown bands.

Locality.— ?

The specimen in the Academy’s cabinet, is rather less than B. plagosum,
and differs in having a shorter spire, in being more ventricose, proportionally
shorter, and having the summit of the labrum much more elevated, as well as
the carina on the body whorls.

Fossil Species.

B. Tritonis—Fusiform, moderately thick; body whorl profoundly ventri-
cose; lines of growth remote, plicated, revolving lines fine, wrinkled, closely-
arranged, with distant more prominent lines; angle spinous; spines distant,
prominent, foliated; whorls 6, slightly concave above; spire somewhat scala-
riform; the spinous angle of the whorls situated considerably above the
suture and rounded; summit of whorls obtusely subcarinated at the suture,
which is deeply impressed; beak sinuous; columella projecting inwardly
below the middle; fold obsolete. Length 7 inches, width 4.

Locality.—Yorktown, Va.

B. alveatum,—Fusiform; spire prominent, scalariform; angle of whorls

1362.]

584 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

situated much above the middle, not tuberculated; summits channelled and
margined with a carina, which is most conspicuous on the body whorl, and
beneath it is a flattened space. Length 3} inches, width 1}.

Locality,—St. Mary’s River, Md.

A single specimen only was found, which appears to be a mature shell, and
is most nearly allied to B. canaliculatum. The spire is more elevated than in
that species, and differs also in being without tubercles.

B. Carolinense, C.
B. canaliculatum, Tuomey and Holmes (not Lam.), Pliocene Foss, 8. C. 145,
7h)

B. adversarium, C.
B. perversum, Tuomey and Holmes (not Lam.), Pliocene Foss. S. C. 146,
29, 2.

BS. scalarispira.—Subfusiform ; spire moderate, turrited, sides above the
angle oblique; angle subcarinated, with numerous approximate subcompressed
tubercles; whorls striated transversely.

Locality—Shiloh, Cumberland, Co., N. J.

Allied to B. rugosum, but differs in wanting the channel round the base of
the whorls. ;

L. striatum.—Subfusiform; spire moderate in elevation, sides of whorls
oblique, the angles near the suture furnished with not very prominent obtnse
tubercles ; beak long and straight; whorls conspicuously striated.

Locality.—Like the preceding, this species is without a channel, and is small,
probably a young shell.

TURRITELLA, Lam.

T. xquistriata.—Subulate, volutions 14, bicarinate, carine distant with a con-
cave interval, the lower carina near the suture; surface covered with nearly
equal fine closely-arranged striz, with a minute intermediate line; aperture
longer than wide.

Locality.—Shiloh, Cumberland Co., N. J.

T. Cumberlandia.—Elongated, tapering gradually; volutions 24, bicarinated,
carine nearly equal, distant; revolving lines unequal, wrinkled; sides of
whorls concave between the caring, somewhat channelled beneath the lower
one, and rounded at base. Length 22.

Locality.—Shiloh, Cumberland Co., N. J.

AURICULIDE.
MELAMPUS, Mont.
Subgenus Ensipxorus, Conrad.

M. longidens.—Acutely oval; spire conical, mucronate at the top; whorls 7;
suture profound ; aperture very narrow ; labrum dentato-striate within ; base of
columella with an elongated, slightly curved plate, directed obliquely upwards
in the line of the aperture. .

Locality.—Yorktown, Va.

The single elongated plate at base distinguishes this subgenus.

DACTYLUS, Klein.

D. Carolinensis.—Cylindrical ; spire short, conical ; whorls concave or angu-
Jated ; columella strongly plaited throughout; substance of shell very thick
at base.

Locality.—Dauphin Co., N. C. Prof. Mitchell.

[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 58d

The strongly plated columellwis the principal character which distinguishes
this species from Oliva litterata, Lam.

PERIPLOMA.

P. alta.—Suborbicular, subequilateral, anterior side subrostated, end trun-
cated, direct; basal margin profoundly rounded medially and posteriorly ;
anteriorly obliquely truncated or very slightly emarginate.

Locality. —Shiloh, Cumberland Co., N. J.

A much larger species than P. (Anatina) papyr acea, Say, but closely allied.

’ SILIQUARIA, Schum.

S. Carolinensis—Oblong, ventricose, inequilateral, disks slightly contracted;
2 cardinal teeth in the right valve, 3 in the opposite; sinus of pallial impres-
sion profound, extending beyond the line of the apex.

Locality. —Wilmington, N. C.

Closely related to S. gibba, but distinguished by the three cardinal teeth in
the left valve, and the more profound pallial sinus. There is a tubercle on the
anterior end of the nympha in each valve in the only specimen I have seen.

SAXICAVA, Bellevue.

S. myxformis.—Ovate, thin and fragile, inequilateral; extremities rounded ;
surface marked with fine rugose concentric lines; cardinal teeth small, two
- in the right valve.

Locality.—Shiloh, Cumberland Co., N. J.
MACTRA, Lin.

M. medialis.—Subtriangular, ventricose, elongated; beaks submedial, not
oblique; posterior extremity truncated; posterior basal margin straight ;
lateral teeth striated.

EULOXA, Conrad.

Subtriangular, posteriorly sulcated; cardinal teeth three in the left valve,
the two posterior teeth oblique; two teeth in the right valve, the posterior
one oblique; sinus of pallial impression truncated or slightly emarginate
posteriorly. .

E. ( Venus) latisulcata, C.

CARDITAMERA, Conrad.

C. aculeata.—Trapezoidal ; umbonal slope inflated; base emarginate ; ribs
on anterior side crenulated, on the anterior side subspinose.
Locality—Shiloh, Cumberland Co., N. J.

ASTARTIDZ.
ASTARTE, Sowerby.

A. bella. —Triangular , compressed ; marked by very regular closely-arranged
fine concentric lines.

A. concentrica, Tuomey and Holmes (not Conrad), Plioc. Foss. S. C. 71, 20,
Se Emmons, Geol. N. C. 289, 212.

Locality. —Virginia.

Differs from concentrica in being proportionally shorter, and in its much finer
and more regular lines.

A. Virginica.—Suborbicular, inequilateral, convex ; margins rounded ; sur-
face with concentric grooves above; lower half of the valves concentrically
striated. 5

Locality.—Eastern Virginia.

1862.]

586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF .

VENERIDA.
CIRCUMPHALUS, Klein.
Subgenus LiropHora, Conrad.

C. athleta.—Triangular, thick in substance, with eight broad, prominent,
recurved ribs, striated at the base; ribs without posterior lamine; lunule
cordate.

V. latilirata, Taomey and Holmes (not Conrad).

Locality.—Virginia.

Distinguished from Jatilirata by its more numerous and narrower ribs, and
larger size. The marginal crenulations are much less distinct, and the umbo
broader.

_ The subgenus is characterized by broad, thick, recurved ribs. The follow-
ing recent species belong toit: Venus tiara, Dill.; V.paphia, L.; V. Kellettii,
Hinds ; VY. varicosa, Sowerby; V. fasciata, Don.

DIONE, Gray.

D. densata.—Ovato triangular, convex, inequilateral; umbo somewhat flat-
tened, and the substance of shell thick in that part, and more so towards the
muscular impressions; pallial sinus strongly defined and rounded; lunule
lanceolate; anterior cardinal tooth rather thick; posterior extremity acutely

rounded; surface polished, with strong lines of growth. Length 2} inches,
height 7-10.

Locality.—Petersburg, Va.

Thicker than albaria, Say, with a less concave lunule margin, and otherwise
very distinct.

D. Virginiana.—Ovate, rather thin, slightly ventricose, inequilateral; lunule
long, lanceolate, defined by a slight groove and carinated line; basal margin

profoundly rounded medially; cardinal teeth prominent, compressed. Length
4 inch. 7-10, height 3 5-10.

Locality.—Petersburg, Va.

: SCROBICULIINZ.. ;
FABELLA, Conrad.

Suboval, inequilateral, posterior side shortest; cardinal teeth in right valve
two, anterior one submarginal, straight, rudimentary; the other thick, re-
curved, with a pit behind it; teeth separated by a profound oblique cartilage
pit; left valve with three teeth, the anterior one slightly curved, and a pit
behind it, separated from the cartilage cavity by a slightly oblique tooth:
posterior tooth rudimentary and parallel with the hinge margin; muscular
impressions near the hinge.

F. (Amphidesma) constricta, C.
A small bivalve from the Virginia Miocene.

Errata.
Page 561, erase Busycon scalaris.

563, for “ MEGOPTYGMA” read MEGAPTYGMA.
564, for *‘ celata” read celatus.
566, for “ curtum” read curta.
566, for ‘‘ (Odostomea)” read (Odostomia).
567, for “ F. (Cancellaria) biplicifera” read C. biplicifera.
570, for “‘ quadricostata” read quadricostatus.
570, for ‘* duodecenaria” read duodecenarium.
571, for ‘‘ (Hidella)” read (Hiatella).
573, for ‘‘ PERONEDERMA” read PERONZODERMA.
573, for “ fluxuosa” read flexuosa.
576, for “ craticuloides” read craticuloide.

(Dec.

ON
oO
~l

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Remarks on some species of PALUDINA, AMNICOLA, VALVATA, and
MELANIA.

BY JAMES LEWIS, M.D., MOHAWK, N. Y.

AMNICOLA (Pau.) timosa, Say. Soft parts.

Foot seen below, truncate anteriorly, with acute angles laterally, the foot
being constricted. Back of the constriction the foot dilates to nearly or quite
the width of the anterior, the sides being parallel, thence posteriorly about 1}
diameters of the foot; posterior termination an abruptly-shortened wedge.
Colors variable. In some specimens there are longitudinal strips of flesh
color on the inferior surface of the foot, widest behind the constriction, and
growing narrower posteriorly. Between these strips is a wider area of slate
color, with a few faint granulations. In other specimens the foot is bordered
with white on each side, the fiesh color of the preceding variety being replaced
with what appears to be a band of compact granulations, which become less
numerous posteriorly; a few are seen in the central portions of the foot, where
they appear to be embraced in the parenchyma of the foot. Other specimens
are observed in which the visible soft parts are of a very uniform salmon color
without any observable markings on the surface. In these the bands
which appear on the mantle of other specimens, visible through the shell, are
absent.

No obvious markings have been detected on the superior surfaces of the foot
- in any instances. A few specimens, however, in favorable light, present
slight markings on the superior lateral portions of the foot, too indistinct to have
a name.

The rostrum seen below has a strongly-impressed central line, which ex-
tends over its anterior extremity. In most instances the superior surface of
the rostrum has a dark longitudinal strip extending from the head forward,
growing indistinct and becoming lost before the extremity is reached. Each
side of this dark strip is an interrupted and not very well defined line of light
colored or yellowish granulations. The lateral portions of the rostrum are
marked by a dark strip that becomes more dense and broader as it recedes
along the sides of the head beneath the tentacles. These strips are more varia-
ble than the central strip.

The tentacles are directed obliquely forward and are nearly parallel. They
are not always equally developed, being sometimes malformed; the malfor-
mations usually manifested are slight deviations from a right line, with con-
tractions in length. Either tentacle may be seen to be affected in this way, and
sometimes both. In a considerable number of specimens, the inferior surface
of the tentacle presents a well-defined black line extending from the base to
near the tip. This line is not always present in both tentacles, and seems to
be more frequently wanting in the right. It is sometimes irregularly inter-
rupted, and may be so in one or both tentacles. When interrupted, the ten-
tacle may also be seen to present other irregularities. The eye is obviously
inserted in the dilated base of the tentacle, and less obviously in the head at
the base of the tentacle.

Neck of the animal large and robust ; superior lateral portions ofthe foot and
neck without fold or sinus.

In younger specimens the general appearances are the same, except that the
foot presents rounded lateral and posterior outlines, and the foot is usually a
little smallerin proportion to the size of the shell. The movements of the
animal are quite brisk, and free from hesitation, and have the graceful, gliding
motion peculiar to the genus.

AmNIcOLA (PAL.) GRANA, Say.
Paludina lustrica, Ad. (Thompson’s Vermont.)

1862.]

588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Shell thin and translucent, form paraboloid, the apicial whorls having a
greater angle than those forming the body of the shell.

Dimensions variable. In the Mohawk River, adults are often 3-16th inch in
length. In other localities it is usual to find them much less.

Soft parts seen through the shell orange or white, with one or more irregu-
lar bands like the preceding species.

External soft parts—Inferior surface.—Foot as long or a little longer than
the shell, anterior truncated and rounded. The anterior lateral angles formed
by the vonstriction of the lateral portions of the foot as in other species. The
middle of the lateral portions of the foot expanded, growing narrower poste-
riorly and terminating in a rounded extremity. Anterior portion white, with
a translucent border; posteriorly granulated with numerous, crowded, minute
white points. Tentacles diverging in front of the anterior margin of the foot.
Rostrum extending about half as far as the tentacles beyond the foot. Supe-
rior surface. External soft parts nearly all white and translucent: eyes black
and set close to the base of the tentacles ; between the tentacles is a longitudinal
strip of dark brown, which fades to orange on the base of the rostrum.
Searcely any granulations, or other markings appear on any of the superior
surfaces.

MELANIA SUBULARIS, Lea. Soft parts.

Inferior surface of foot salmon colored, with a narrow, well-defined border
of lighter tint around the semicircular anterior margin, within which is a
wider band of a deep flesh color.

The superior surface of the foot orange-colored; the anterior portion present-
ing a deeper tinge, with numerous well-defined black lines parallel with the an-
terior margin, but separated therefrom by a zone of the same tint, as the
narrow margin of the inferior surface.

The superior lateral portions of the foot are marked with irregular anasto-
mosing black lines, which preserve a general parallelism with the margins of the
foot, but frequently terminating downwards in the lateral margins of the foot ;
toward the neck the anastomosing lines embrace numerous areas of granular
surface, in which the granulations are not strongly marked. The rostrum in-
clines to a yellowish tinge, and is marked by numerous fine black transverse
lines, which are least developed on the superior lateral portion of the rostram
near the middle of its length.

The anterior and a narrow lateral portion have a lighter appearance. The
tentacles present a faint greenish tint, and are marked near their tips with
dark bands, presenting a jointed appearance. The tentacles are small and
somewhat elongated. The eye appears as a small but well-defined black spot
at the apex of a rounded but not very elevated tubercle, growing out of the
head and posterior of the base of the tentacle, a little above a line connecting
the axes of the tentacles at their insertion.

The lateral portion of the foot presents a vertical sinus or fold extending up
along the neck from the constricted portion of the foot behind the angular ter-
mination of the rounded anterior. The existence of this sinus permits the foot
to be largely extended. The color of the external soft parts is not uniform in
a series of specimens, though the form and the black lines are constant. In
some specimens there are scarcely any traces of orange or flesh tints. In these
the soft parts are more translucent, and the inferior portion of the foot is
’ white, with a blue tint, resulting from translucency. The parts within the
shell are sometimes yellow or orange, and those of the apicial whorls sometimes
green. The motions of the animal in progressing are irregular.

The foot is elongated, the shell remaining stationary ; the posterior portion
of the foot is' then contracted, and the shell pulled forward. At this point
the foot presents an outline.

These movements are sometimes changed, and the animal advances by an

[ Dee.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 589

apparent gliding motion of the whole foot; more usually the progressive
movements are an alternate expansion and contraction of the foot.

This Melania abounds in the Mohawk River, preferring sloping, muddy banks
in eddies, where there is little current.

MELANIA EXxiLis, Haldeman.

The shells of this species are quite variable in form and color, so much so
as to have drawn from a distinguished zoologist the inquiry if they might not
be more than one species.

Some are elongated and slender, with scarcely any angularity on the larger
whorls below the carinated apicial whorls; others are more robust, with a
wider apicial angle, with a tendency to form gibbous enlargements of the last
whorl. In these there is an obsolete angle between the base of the shell and
the surface of the spire. The soft parts present some diversity of color, as is
the case with all the univalves of this class observed in the Mohawk River,
(except Valvata tricarinata, which is pretty uniformly white.) There are, how-
ever, constant features which seem to characterize the species.

Specimens in which the prevailing tints of the soft parts are salmon or

*orange, have the anterior margin of the inferior surface of the foot marked
with a not very well-defined border of orange, which is darkest where lightest
in the preceding species; back of this, and covering nearly the whole bottom
of the foot, is an area of purplish slate color, surrounded entirely by a narrow
orange or salmon margin, which is not well-defined, except as limited by the
margin of the foot.

In other specimens of lighter color, no obvious zones appear, the anterior
being pale, nearly white, and the translucency of the posterior parts permit-
ting a faint reflection of the operculum and shell to be seen through them,
presents a darker appearance. In some instances the variety of coloris di-
versified, and presents a faint purplish slate-colored area of horse-shoe
shape within a border of lighter color forming the posterior margin of the
foot,

The superior surface of the foot near the anterior margin is marked with a
few black lines, parallel with the margin. Back of the angle of the foot these
lines are limited to a narrow zone along the lateral margin of the foot, where
they are irregular and inosculate with each other, and frequently terminate
downward in the margin of the foot. Approaching the neck, after leaving the
lineated margin of the foot, the surface presents a beautiful granulated ap-
pearance, from the effect of numerous, minute, brilliant yellowish or orange
spots (of a faint greenish tinge), irregularly yet densely distributed over a
surface of greenish black. There is no appearance of sinus or fold in the
margin of the foot and side of the neck.

The rostrum is wider and shorter than in the preceding species, and pre-
sents a very robust appearance when the two species are compared. The
upper surface is marked with numerous well-defined transverse black lines;
between these the prevailing color of the surface is salmon or orange, with a
dirty greenish tinge. Usually the end of the rostrum is of a green tint, like
that produced by certain salts of copper when combined with organic matter.
This color is seen whether the parts are inspected from above, below, or in
front. One specimen in which this feature was absent presented all the other
prominent characters of the species.

The tentacles are large at their base, less elongated and not so slender asin
the preceding species. At their base they are surrounded by a dense band of
brownish black, well-defined towards the head, but fading away indistinctly
on the side towards the end of the tentacle. This band is constant, andseems
to he characteristic. The tentacles are usually of a beautiful ruddy salmon
color, lighter near the tips, where the surface is quite regularly marked with
black bands, imparting a jointed appearance to these organs. These bands,

1862.]

590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

when closely inspected with a powerful lens, give the tips of the tentacles a
ciliated appearance, resulting from the manner in which the bands are ar-
ranged. The bands are well-defined on the side toward the base of the ten-
tacle, but fading away into linear patches towards the tip.

In half-grown specimens the tentacles are more slender and elongated, with
more numerous bands extending often beyond the middle towards the head.
Occasionally a specimen may be seen in which the tentacle terminates in a not
very well-defined bulb, approaching in appearance the eye-bearing tentacles
of Helices.

The eye is situated on the apex of the tubercle placed against the posterior of
the base of the tentacle, and appears larger than in the preceding species, at
the same time giving a massive feature to the head. The pupil of the eyeisa
well-defined black spot, surrounded by a bright yellowish surface, which is
again surrounded by a darker area extending down the sides of the tubercle.
The motions of the adult are slow, and seem to be regular and continuons :
younger specimens move more rapidly, and are observed more frequently to
drag the shell by an interrupted motion than the adult ; but no elongation and
contraction of the foot has been noticed in either young or adult, as in the
preceding species.

This species is found abundantly in the Mohawk River, in places where there
is considerable current, adhering to hard, dry banks, stones, sticks and aquatic
plants. It isseldom found associated with the preceding species—their habits
being quite unlike.

The following features of the two species above considered may suffice for

placing them apart in subgenera:
1. The presence of a sinus or fold in the sides of the foot and neck of M. sub-

ularis and its absence in WM. ezilis.

2. The extension of the anastomosing black lines from the margin of the
lateral portions of the foot upwards along the side of the neck in MZ. subularis,
and the restriction of these lines to a narrow zone along the lateral portions of the
foot of M. exilis.

3, A well-defined dark band around the base of the tentaclein M. exilis ; not
observable, or at most only faintly indicated, in M. subularis.

CycLOSTOMA LAPIDARIA, Say.
The soft parts of this animal have been observed, and notes in relation there-

to have appeared in the Proceedings of the Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. It may be
well to apply here a few inadvertent omissions.

The rostrum is proportionally larger than in Amnicola and has the appear-
ance of Melania, being marked with well-defined transverse black lines. The
tentacles are proportionately large, and, instead of being directed obliquely for-
ward, droop and form an angle near their middle. The eye, instead of being
placed in a tubercle at the base of the tentacle, is placed in a tubercle, sur-
rounded by a well-defined and elevated process, presenting the appearance of
a cup or ring around the eye tubercle, which ring at its anterior side unites
with the base of the tentacle. The motions of the animal are entirely unlike
Amnicola (in which genus this mollusc has been included by late writers who
have examined the shell only,) and are very much like the movements of
Melania subularis, only that it exhibits more uniformly the expansions and
contractions of the foot in progressing, and also exhibits a very positive halt
at each movement. Its progress in moving is slow and irregular. The shell
js not carried obliquely erect as in Amnicola and Paludina, but drags behind
the foot as in Melania subularis, and is hitched along in the same manner.
A figure of the soft parts of Zruncaiella in the Supplement to Terr. Moll. by
W. G. Binney is a better illustration of this mollusc than any figure of Amni-
cola yet published.

This resemblance, together with an agreement in habit with Truncatella,

(Dee.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 591

suggest that the mollusc now under consideration may properly be set apart
under a separate generic designation between Truncatella and Melania if it be
not retained in Melania.

It certainly cannot be retained in Amnicola, as its external anatomy is too
unlike that of Amnicola in any respect to sanction such treatment.

Inhabiting the waters in various parts of the United States is a small mol-
luse first noticed by Mr. Say under the name ‘‘ Melania isagona.”’ Since then
it has been assigned by different writers to Anculosa, Paludina and Amnicola.
To Mr. Lea is assigned the credit of first surmising the generic place of this
mollusc, and an examination of the soft parts of this mollusc in connection
with other species of Amnicola confirms the correctness of Mr. Lea’s decision
in placing this molluse with Amnicola. The most marked feature observed in
the soft parts of this species when compared with other species of Amnicola, is
the shortness and width of the foot. In this respect the foot corresponds
with the shell. It may be well to remark here, that the length and breadth
of the foot in all species of Amniccla observed by the writer, correspond to the
length and breadth of the shell.

. _ The following notes on Paludina have, in part, been some time prepared.
Their publication at this time may serve a useful purpose.

PALUDINA INTEGRA, Say, (De Kay.) Soft parts.

The coloring of the external soft parts presents some variety, but less than
has been observed in other univalves found in the Mohawk River and Erie
Canal. A characteristic specimen exhibits the following features :

Upper surface of foot mottled with numerous coalescing orange spots, more
or less brilliant, the interstices being slate color with a faint purple tinge, in
a strong light almost black, by contrast with the orange spots. The longer
diameters of these spots are directed toward the anterior central part of the
foot, causing them to appear somewhat as if radiating from that point. Be-
neath the shell (on the neck) and anterior to the opercle the surface is nearly
destitute of spots, and of a light slate color. On the inferior surface of the
foot, the spots are Jess numerous, smaller and diminishing toward the central
line, on each side of which is an undefined space nearly free from spots.

Removed from the shell, the mantle is observed to be densely covered with
pigmentum nigrum, from the margin bordering the aperture of the shell to very
near the last apicial whorl. The parts of the mantle which line the outer
portions of the shell are more densely covered with pigment than the part em-
bracing the columella.

Embryonic specimens when ready for exclusion are nearly 3-16th inch long,
the shell translucent, pale olivaceous and permitting two or three faint black
linear bands on the mantle to be seen through it. These black lines subse-
quently extend, and form the coating of pigment observed on the mantle of the
adult. This species, as well as other species of Paludina of this country, (and
perhaps this may be observable in all viviparous univalve molluses, as it
certainly is to a greater extent in a genus of air-breathing molluscs of the
Sandwich Islands,) affords about two per cent. of reversed specimens among
its young. A considerable number of specimens of this species having this
character have been found full grown, bearing young. The young in such
instances show only a slightly increased percentage of reversed specimens.

It is not unusual to find among the embryonic young of this species, speci-
mens in which the whorls are made to embrace each other, as in Planorbis.

Specimens have also been observed in which the whorls were lax and sepa-
rated from each other. But no living specimens separated from the parent
have ever been detected with these features.

Other specimens have been observed in which the whorls are drawn nearer
the axis of the shell, making the shell elongated. In these specimens the
parts which have been drawn away from the preceding whorls are eroded and

1862.]

592 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the adult presents a curious scalariform appearance under these circum-
stances.

This species feeds on animal and vegetable food; over one hundred were
taken from a decomposing salt cod-fish that had been thrown into the Erie
Canal. They have also been found feeding on Uniones recently dead. They
are most abundant in locations where refuse food from boats or other sources
accumulate in the Canal.

The ovaries are usually free from young only a few weeks in early summer.
The number produced by an adult seldom exceeds thirty, and is often less.
Specimens have been found 1 9-10thinches long. Theusual dimensions of the
adult seldom exceed 1 6-10th inches. The proportions of the sexes are some-
what different in this species from those of decisa and rufa, there being a
somewhat greater percentage of males for thisspecies. The females are about
eight times more numerous than the males.

Paludina decisa? Say.

Paludina decisa, De Kay.

This seems to be somewhat a stumbling block to naturalists in this country,
and writers who have endeavored to elucidate Mr. Say’s writings on this
species, evidently imitate him in confounding two distinct species. Mr. Say’s
figure of decisa in his American Conchology belongs to a group which embra-
ces P. ponderosa, Say, as its type, which species any one acquainted with the
soft parts would say is more nearly related to integra than to that species
which, by common consent among naturalists in the eastern portion of the
United States, (and evidently following Mr. Say’s earliest types,) is called
decisa.

The writer of this paper at one time confounded integra and decisa, and
continued in that error until obvious and constant differences from the em-
bryonic young to the adult, forced the conclusion that they were distinct
species.

P. pecisa. Soft parts.

Spots less numerous than in integra, larger, brighter, circular, well-defined,
and separate, and not arranged radially as in integra.

Mantle white, with scarcely any pigmentum nigrum. Embryonic young more
numerous than in integra ; no linear bands of pigment onthemantle. Length
dinch. Reversed specimens about two per cent. asin integra. No distorted
embryonic young yet observed. The reversed young seldom attain half the
size of the adult, and specimens have not yet been found with young.

No evidence has been presented that this species partakes of animal food.

Adults of this species sometimes attain a length of 13 inches—usually less.

Patupina RUFA, Haldeman. Soj/t parts,

Upper surface of foot of a dark slate color, almost purple when seen in a
favorable light, marked with numerous small disconnected greyish orange
spots occupying less of the surface than in decisa. Tentacles dark, witha
pale margin. Mantle covered with pigmentum nigrum.

Embryonic young nearly as large as those of decisa, the shell of a decided
pink tinge, translucent and with a polished epidermis. This last feature
characterizes the shell at all stages of development. Faint markings appear
on the mantle through the shell.

The largest adults observed were nearly 1} inches long. In these the last
whorl presents a flattened surface parallel with the surface of the preceding
whorls, with a somewhat well characterized angle between that surface and
the base of the shell. The angularity observable below the suture of integra
is never seen in this species, and the angularity on the middle of the whorl in
this species, is not seen in integra; decisa has no angularities.

Specimens of this species with well-marked bands have been observed.
Similar features have also been observed in integra and decisa, but in these

[Dee

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 593

they can be traced to injuries inflicted on the margin of the mantle at an
earlier stage of existence, while rufa presents these characters as the indica-
tions of a variety.

Reversed specimens among the embryonic young do not seem to be as
numerous as in decisa or integra, though they are not rare. They seldom
survive separation from the parent. Of many hundreds of specimens taken
of all ages, only a single reversed specimen + inch in diameter attests their
existence after exclusion. No distorted specimens, either young or adult,
have yet been detected.

This species has within a few years been introduced at the points where
observed. It prefers to associate with integra rather than with decisa, and
this leads to the supposition that it is carnivorous, though no evidence has
been found which is demonstrative of that fact.

The writer has been favored with proof shects of a Descriptive Catalogue of
the species of Amnicola, Vivipara, &c., of North America, by W.G. Binney. As
Ido not hope to alter Mr. Binney’s views by any sugestions made to him,
the following are offered for the consideration of those who might otherwise
accord too much to Mr. Binney’s somewhat sweeping generalizations.

It is quite probable that many small molluscs, which are at present placed
in genera to which they seem most nearly allied by the forms of their shells,
will hereafter be separated when their soft parts have been studied. Two
instances appear in the preceding papers—‘‘ Amnicola isogona, Lea,” and
ce (Cyclost.) lapidaria, Say.” Perhaps a third (Amnicola attenuata,
Hald., 3d page Des. Cat.) deserves consideration, under a future review of Am-
- nicola. There are good reasons for believing that the forms of the shells of
the various species of Amnicola are embraced within limits typified by A.
tenuipes, Hald., and A.isoyona, Lea. A species more slender than A. tenuipes
should certainly have the evidence of the soft parts to confirm its position,
and it is unfortunately the case that these are too often passed over hurriedly
or entirely neglected.

It is quite probable that ‘‘ Amnicola protea, Gould,” will be found not to be
an Amnicola.

Amnicola (Pal.) lustrica, Say, if Mr. Say’s remarks on that species are en-
titled to any consideration, probably covers some such a shell as Valvata
pupoidea, Gould.

Amnicola granum, Say. This species may perhaps be the same as Amnicola
obtusa, Lea.

Specimens of this species (granum) foundin near, but dissimilar, locations,
present great variations in magnitude and color.

Mr. Binney’s treatment of the several species of Paludina (Vivipara), the
apicial whorls of which are carinate, should be modified to conform to the
rules he applies to decisa and its analogous forms, or he should abandon the
position he has assumed with regard to decisa. It is quite as plain that Pul.
subcarinata, Say, should be made to embrace as varieties all the species with
carinate apicial whorls as that decisa should embrace so many species as Mr.
B. has assigned to it.

On page 22 of Mr. Binney’s paper is a figure of decisa, which may be regarded
as presenting a tolerable outline of the typical form of that species, as first
understood by Mr. Say. On page 23 is a figure of a deformed Pal. integra,
the malformation resulting from an injury imparted to the margin of the
mantle of the animal in an earlier stage of growth. The original specimen
from which the figure was made is in the possession of the writer.

Page 24, fig. 37, is a specimen of P. integra, in which the whorls are drawn
to the axis. The parts which should be applied to the preceding whorls are
somewhat drawn away at the suture, and are eroded.

Page 26, fig. 38, is correctly named Pal. ( Vivi.) integra.

Page 32, fig. 38, a reversed shell. Allour olivaceous species produce this
form, and it cannot be regarded as a normal species.

1862.] 41

594 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Fig. 40, does not give a recognizable outline of typical Pal. rufa, of the size
of the figure.

Fig. 43, page 27, refersto a species of shell found in the Ohio Canal at
Columbus, Ohio. Other shells of a similar form at maturity, from other locali-
ties have been confounded with this as Pal. obesa; but later investigations
referring to the embryonic young and other specimens of various sizes “would
warrant the conclusion that they were distinct. This shell stands related on
one hand to integra and ponderosa, and on the other to Pal. regularis, Lea.
The young shells nearly but not quite resemble Mr. Lea’s types of regularis.

Fig. 44. Pal. genicula, is more nearly allied to integra than to any other
known form.

Mr. Binney has given a figure of the lingual dentition of specimens of Pa’.
integra on page 29. It is to be regretted that minute comparisons were Zot
made between those of integra with the teeth of rufa from the specimens of
the two species which were furnished him by the writer for that purpose.

Mr. Binney is also unfortunate in his treatment of Pal. coarctata, Lea. It
certainly cannot short of doing violence to the subject be made to embrace
Pal. exilis, Auth., to which P. compressa is here submitted as a synonym.

ERRATA AND ADDENDA

Page 71, line 9 frum bottom, for “chryostictus” read chrysostictas.
73, line 34, for Ialtris read Jaltris.
75, line 7 from bottom, for Ophiomorphus read Opheomorphus.
76, note 3d, for 210 read 180,
77, line 12, "add loreal oblong.
77, line 28, for ‘‘ Haliophis” read Alsophis.
78, line iB, for ‘‘epinephalus” read epinephelus.
154, line 11, add after Halophila, Gird., (?=Platymantis, Gthr.)
154, line 12, add plicifera,
184, line 5 from bottom, add Tympanic orifice distinct.
189, line 34, for 1 in. 91. read 2 in. 91.
249, line 6, for Carphoptis Harpesti read Carphophis harperti.
3 yet line 3 from bottom, for Homeroselaps read Homoroselaps.
331, note, for Falvin read Salvin.
340, line 5, add, although the same parts may usually very early attain
completion, thus becoming of great systematic value.
340, line 4 from bottom, add, from Ooroomiah.
340, line 3 from bottom, add Umyoti Zulu Country.
341, line 30, add, from Umvoti Zulu Country.
344, line 8, add, from Ooroomiah.
346, before TuSTUDINATA insert Crocopitia. Jacare latirostris, Gray,
Dum. Bibr. iii. p. 86, Buenos Ayres.
350, line 14, add Perhaps ‘the curiyu of Azara, i. 226.
350, line 26, add as shown by Dr. J. E. Gray.
353, line 5, for podicipinas read podicipitinus.
353, line 29, for variabilis read intermedius.
356, line 6 from bottom, and
357, line 21, for Von Martins read Von Martens.
358, between lines 40 and 41, add stermosignatus ex Gthr.
358, line 46, after Phryne add Fitz.
359, note, line 9, add perhaps not different from H. baudinii.

The Reports of the Recording Secretary and Curators were read as

‘follows :
[ Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 595

REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY.

For 1862.

During the year ending 30th November, 1862, there have been elected cleven
members and thirteen correspondents. Five members have resigned. :

The following members have died: Mr. George W. Peterson, Mr. Charles
Henry Fisher, Mr. Henry J. Boller, Dr. Henry E. Drayton, Mr. Hugh Cooper
Hanson, Mr. Richard Wistar, Major Henry J. Biddle, General Francis E. Pat-
tersen.

The deaths of the following Correspondents have been announced: Mr. Grate-
loup, of Bordeaux; Professor Ormsby M. Mitchel, of Cincinnati, O.

The number of papers presented for publication during the past year has
been ninety-five, as follows:

By Theodore Gill, twenty-nine; Isaac Lea, LL. D., nine; E. D. Cope, eight;
George W. Tryon, six; S. B. Buckley and John L. Le Conte, M. D., each five;
Temple Prime and Elliott Coues, each three; Wm. M. Gabb, F. B. Meek and F.
V. Hayden, M. D., J. H. Slack, M. D., Wm. H. Edwards, Wm. Stimpson, Augus-
tus R. Grote, Prof. Asa Gray, each two; Charles C. Abbott, Sidney S. Lyon,
Thomas Meehan, George H. Horn, Harrison Allen, M. D., W. G. Binney and
George W. Tryon, Benjamin D. Walsh, M. A., John Cassin, T. A. Conrad, John
Warner, Alexander Winchell, D. G. Elliott, F. G.S., Horatio C. Wood, Jr., each
one.

All of which is respectfully submitted.

B. HOWARD RAND, M. D.,
Recording Secretary.

Poe tnnad weh PAH OUR ATO RS.
For 1862.

The collections of the Museum of the Academy continue in their usual good
state of preservation. During the year the most important additions have
been as follows:

1. A valuable collection in Natural History, presented by Dr. I. I. Hayes,
and made by him during his late Arctic Expedition, consisting of skins and
skeletons of mammals, skins of birds, marine dredgings, plants, minerals,
fossils and Esquimaux skulls.

2. A collection of about six hundred species of West Indian marine shells,
presented by Dr. A. Heermann.

Besides the foregoing, the following have been received in the various de-
partments of Natural History:

Mammals.—Eleven specimens of ten species were presented by Rev. Alden
Grout, and M. J. McKen, Dr. J. H. Slack, Van Amburgh & Co., F. Rhinelan-
der, Dr. J. Evans, Mr. Howard and Dr. Parker.

Birds.—Ten specimens were presented by Dr. Wilson, Dr. J. Evans, Dr. J.
H. Slack, W. H. Yeaton, J. Buzby and Mrs. Farren.

Reptiles.—The Smithsonian Institution presented 55 specimens of 42 spe-
cies, besides 30 others in the name of the U. §. Government. Dr. Le Conte
presented 60 specimens of 23 species; Mr. E. D. Cope 44 specimens of 39
species ; Rev. Alden Grout and M. J. McKen 15 specimens of 13 species ; John
Xantus 13 specimens of 9 species; and several others were received from Dr.
T. B. Wilson, Dr. J. H. Slack and Dr. J. Evans. Eighty-six specimens of 29
species were also obtained in exchange.

Fishes.—Small collections containing numerous specimens of about 40
species were presented by Rev. A. Grout and M. J. McKen, Capt. T. Y. Field,
E. D. Cope, C. F. Bernhardt, J. Roosevelt and S. Powel.

1862.]

596 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Mollusks.—A collection of shells from Port Natal was presented by Rey.

lden Grout, and M. J. McKen, and a collection of 63 species was presented
by J. H. Sternberg, through Captain Field. Other specimens were presented
by Captain T. Y. Field, U. 8. N., Dr. C. J. Cleborne, Dr. A. L. Heerman, Dr.
J. H. Slack, I. Lea, S. Smith and J. F. Whiteaves.

Articulates.—-The Smithsonian Institution presented 54 specimens of 37
species of myriapoda, and a number of insects, crustacea, and spiders were
received from Rev. A Grout and M. J. McKen, Dr. J. Wilson, Captain T. Y.
Field, James Roosevelt and Dr. Stewardson.

Radiates.—A collection of thirty-five echinoderms, from the coast of Maine,
was presented by Dr. J. H. Slack.

Anatomy.—Skulls of animals and other anatomical specimens were pre-
sented by W. S. Vaux, W. S. Wood, Professor Frazer and Lieutenant De
Haven.

Fossils.—A fine collection of fossils of the Swiss Jura was presented by
Joseph Lesley, Jr. Several collections were also received in exchange, and a
number of specimens were presented by E. D. Cope, Dr. J. M. Corse, Rev. A.
Grout, J. McKen, Dr. J. Evans, Dr. Le Conte, A. H. Smith, Captain Field and
Rey. H. Riley.

Minerals—Specimens were presented by W. S. Vaux, W. Struthers, Dr.
Rand, E. Kretzmar, Captain Field, G. D. Coleman and J. H. Thompson.

Botany.—A collection of plants was presented by T. J. Hale, and other
specimens were received from Dr. Bertolet, R. Bingham and E. Durand.

Submitted by JOSEPH LEIDY,

Chairman of the Curators.

The election of officers for the ensuing year was held, in accordance
with the By-Laws, with the following result :

President. Boeck cau cian desiesha ek onekeaenens Isaac Lea, LL. D.

Viee- Presidente ss 7c toivecerceeasnes hance Robert Bridges, M. D.,
Wm. 8. Vaux.

Corresponding Secretary.....+.0c.secssesesces- Thomas Stewardson, M. D.

Frecordung jSCCretar yo. ss2ccsanon sontear oarscess B. Howard Rand, M. D.

DOT AREA een cs a obo tain p dee eaten ogee we ee J. D. Sergeant.

Dr CRUE en eon eh esis anelanadaee nas geneween Wm. C. Henszey.

CUrGtarede eo. Setteos. racers eoeattes se os seek Joseph Leidy, M. D.,

Wn. S. Vaux,
John Cassin,
J. D. Sergeant.

POLL 1101 pe ORO Ce ee er ore ae Cree Wm. S. Vaux,
Joseph Jeanes,
Aubrey H. Smith.

Publication Committee........+++ ao uen gee ane Wn. S. Vaux,
Isaac Lea,

Robert Bridges,
Joseph Leidy,

Thomas Stewardson.
[Dec.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 597

ELECTIONS IN 1862.

The following persons were elected Members:

January 28.—George K. Wood, of New York.

March 25.—John P. Crozier, F. Leypoldt, Henry Morris.

May 27.—Robert Hare Powel, E. Spencer Miller.

July 29.—Harrison Allen, M. D.

October 28.—Capt. Wm. F. Reynolds, U. S. Top. Engineers.

November 26.—Thomas Scattergood, Jr., A. K. Smith, M. D., Joba
S. Billings, M. D.

The following were elected Correspondents :

January 28.—Lovell Reeve, of London; G. B. Sowerby, of Lon-
don; Temple Prime, of New York; Ph. P. Carpenter, of Warrington,
England.

February 25.—Francis Boot, M. D., of London.

April 29.—Prof. Jos. Decaisne, Jacques Gay, Edouard Spach, all of
Paris.

June 24.—Dr. F. Stein, of Prag; J. Lachmann, of Geneva; Dr.
John Dean, of Boston.

July 29.—J. H. Thompson, of New Bedford, Mass.; Prof. D. 8.
Sheldon, of Davenport, Iowa.

598 CORRESPONDENCE.

CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ACADEMY.
For 1862.

Letters were received and read as follows:

Jan. 14th. Natural History, Society of Augsburg, August 3d, 1861;

Society of Naturalists in Halle, August 8th, 1861;

Society of Natural Science, Wurtemburg, July Ist, 1861;

Royal Society of Sciences, Liege, July 27th, 1861 ;

Royal Saxon Society of Sciences, Leipzig, July 30th, 1861;

Senkenburg Natural History Society, Frankfurt-am-Main, August 22d, 1861;

Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow, June 13th, 1861;

Dr. Rufz of Paris, September 9th, 1861; severally accompanying donations.

The Royal Society of Sciences of Liege, July 27th, 1861 ;

Royal Saxon Society of Sciences, Leipzig, Aug. 1st., 1861; severally acknow-
ledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy;

The Society of Naturalists, Freiburg, July 10th, 1861; transmitting dona-
tious, and acknowledging the receipt of those of the Academy ;

The Society of Natural Sciences, Hamburg, Nov. 27th, April 6th, 1861;
acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. From the
same, Oct. 2d, 1861.

Royal Academy of Sciences of Madrid, Jan. 1, 1862; acknowledging the
receipt of the publications of the Academy.

Royal Academy of Sciences of Vienna, Jan. 25th, 1861; transmitting their
publication.

Keb. 11th. Prof. Henry, Secretary of Smithsonian Institution ; accompanying
2 donation.

Feb. 18th. Mr. E. D. Jackson, New York, Jan. 29th, 1862; transmitting a
donation.

March 18th. Royal Imperial Geological Society of Vienna, Sept. 15th, 1861 ;

Lyceum of Natural History, New York, Feb. 24th, 1862; Editors Entomolo-
gical Mouthly Journal, Vienna, Oct. 21st, 1861.

Society of Natural Science, Altenburg, Sept. 24th, 1861;

German Geological Society, Berlin, Oct. 7th, 1861;

Royal University of Norway, Christiana, Oct. 26th, 1861;

Royal Academy of Sciences, Munich, Dec. 2d, 1861; severally acknowledg-
ing the receipt of the publications of the Academy.

Prussian Academy of Sciences, Aug. 31st, 1861;

Society of Natural Sciences of Nassau, Wiesbaden, Oct. 1st, 1861 ;

Royal University of Norway, Christiana, Oct. 26th, 1861;

Adolph Weiss, Vienna, Sept. Ist, 1861 ;

Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors, Oct. 18th, 1861 ;

Royal Society of Sciences, Upsala ;

Society of Natural Sciences of Offenbach-am-Main; severally accompanying
their publications.

Society of Natural Sciences, Lunenburg, Nov. 17th, 1861 ;

Royal Academy of Sciences of Vienna, Oct. 28th, 1861;

Royal Danish Society of Science, Copenhagen, July Ist, 1861;

Society of Natural Sciences of Saxony, Halle, Nov. Ist, 1861;

Natural History Society in Nuremburg, Dec. 4th, 1861; transmitting their
publications and acknowledging the receipt of those of the Academy.

Geo. V. Frauenfeld, Vienna, Oct. 3d, 1861; acknowledging his election as
¢ orrespondent.

April 15th. C. Des Murs, Bordeaux, Feb. 28th, 1862; acknowledging his
election as correspondent, and in behalf of the Linnean Society of Bordeaux,
acknowledging the receipt of the Proceedings of the Academy.

CORRESPONDENCE. 599

London Athenzum, March 25th, 1862;

American Geographical and Statistical Society, New York, April 2d, 1852;
severally acknowledging 'the receipt of the publications of the Academy.

Aprii 22d. New York State Library, Albany, April 19th, 1862;

Lyceum of Natural History, New York, April 14th, 1862; severally acknow-
ledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy.

Mr. John P. Crozier, Upland, April, 1862; acknowledging his election to
membership and transmitting a donation.

May 13th. The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna, Dec, 28th, 1861;

American Geographical and Statistical Society, May Ist, 1862;

Royal Society of Edinburgh, Dec. 31st, 1861;

Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, Oct. 24th, 1861;

Geological Survey of India, Sept. 14th, 1861; severally acknowledging the
receipt of the publications of the Academy.

Catholic University of Louvain, Sept. 16th, 1861;

Royal Academy of Sciences of Amsterdam, Oct. 26th and 29th, 1861;

Royal Society of Zoology of Amsterdam, Feb. and April, 1862; severally
transmitting their publications and acknowledging the receipt of those of the
Academy.

Lovell Reeve, London, April 14th, 1862;

F. Boot, London, April 7th, 1862; severally acknowledging their election
as correspondents.

. A letter dated Harlem, Jan. 15th, 1861; transmitting in behalf of the Min-
ister of the Interior a donation to the library of the American Philosophical
Society, which donation had been inadvertently presented to the Academy at
its last meeting, was transferred to the American Philosophical Society.

June 3d. British Museum, June 21st, 1861;

Royal Society of Edinburgh, Dec. 31st, 1861;

Batavian Society of Sciences, Rotterdam, Sept. 30th, 1861;

Society of Natural Sciences, Basel, Switzerland, Nov. 8th, 1861;

Natural History Society, Augsburg, Nov. 20th, 1861;

Royal Institution, London, Oct. 10th, 1861;

Society of Natural Sciences, Berne;

Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, Oct. 24th, 1861;

Geological Survey of India, Calcutta, Sept. 14th, 1861; severally acknow-
ledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy.

Royal Institute, Picadilly, Nov. 14th, 1861; transmitting its publications
and acknowledging the receipt of those of the Academy.

July 1st. Natural History Society of Prussian Rhineland and Westphalia,
Bonn, Jan. 22d, 1862;

Smithsonian Institution, Nov. 26th and Dec. 28th, 1861;

Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin, Feb., 1862;

Lyceum of Natural History, New York, Jan. 13th, 1862; severally acknow-
ledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy.

Senkenburg Natural History Society, Frankfurt-am-Main, March Ist, 1862:

Royal Academy of Sciences, Lisbon, March 22d, 1862; severally transmit-
ting their publications.

Catholic University, Louvain, Nov, 26th, 1860; transmitting its publica-
tions and acknowledging the receipt of those of the Academy.

July 8th. Mr. Cheney, Cattaraugus, N. Y., July 3d, 1862;

A. Grant, Mioli Mission Station, March 30th, 1862; accompanying a dona-
tion.

July 15th. Smithsonian Institution, July 14th, 1862; accompanying a dona-
tion.

Aug. 5th. Jacques Gay, Paris ; acknowledging his election as correspondent.

Sept. 16th. Royal Society, London, Jan. 10th, 1862;

Smithsonian Institution, Washington, Jan. 14th, 1862;

600 DONATIONS TO MUSEUM.

Royal Asiatic Society, London, Jan. Ist, 1862; severally acknowledging the
receipt of the publications of the Academy.

Physical and Medical Society, Wurtzburg, April 8th, 1862.

Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna, April 12th, 1862; severaily ac-
companying donations.

Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid, Dec. 31st, 1861;

Natural History Society, Freiburg, March 5th, 1862 ;

Imperial Leopold-Carolus Academy, Jan. 19th, April and Sept., 1861;
severally transmitting donations and acknowledging the receipt of those of
the Academy.

J. H. Thompson, New Bedford, Mass., Aug. 16th, 1862 ;

John Dean, Boston, Aug. 16th, 1862; severally acknowledging their elec-
tion as correspondents.

Oct. 7th. Royal Geographical Society of London, March 22d, July Ist, Dec.
4th, 1861, June 3d, 1862; severally acknowledging the receipt of the Proceed-
ings of the Academy.

Prof. D. S. Sheldon, Sept. 18th, 1862; acknowledging his election as cor-
respondent.

Dec. 2d. J. C. Cornay, Paris, Oct. Ist, 1862; .

Frederich Stein, Prague, Oct. 2d, 1862; severally acknowledging their elec-
tion as correspondents.

British Museum, May 29th, 1862;

Academy of Sciences of St. Louis, Nov. 8th, 1862;

New York State Library, Albany, Nov. 10th, 1862;

American Geographical and Statistical Society, New York, Oct. Ist, 1862;

Royal Academy of Sciences of Belgium, Sept. 6th and 7th, 1860, Sept. 1861;

Linnean Society, London, Aug. Ist, 1862; severally acknowledging the re-
ceipt of the publications of the Academy.

Bohemian Society of Sciences, Prag, March 21st, 1862;

Natural History Society of Riga, April 22d, 1862;

Imperial Royal Academy of Sciences of Padua, Feb. 15th, 1862;

Royal Imperial Zoologico-Botanical Society, Vienna, March 20th, 1862;

Natural History Society of Danzic, May 29th, 1862;

Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna, Aug. Ist, 1862;

Geological Survey of India, Calcutta, Dec. 20th, 1862;

Delaware County Institute of Sciences, Nov. 25th, 1862; severally trans-
mitting their publications.

Upper Hessian Society of Physical and Medical Sciences, Giessen, June lst,
1862; transmitting their publications and acknowledging the receipt of those
of the Academy. =

Dec. 9th. Mr. Thos. Scattergood, Philadelphia, Dec. 8th, 1862, acknowledg-
ing his election to membership.

Dec. 16th. John S. Billings, M. D., U.S. A., Philadelphia, Dec. 16th, 1862,
acknowledging his election tv membership.

DONATIONS TO MUSEUM.

1862.

Bernhardt, C. F.” July 1st. Tetraodon levigatus.

Bertolet, Dr. July 1st. A collection of Sections of Woods.

Bingham, R. Jun. 7th. Fossil Wood, from near Alexandria, Va., and §
specimens of Native Woods.

Busby, J. Dec. 9th. Young of the Eiderduck. Barnegat.

Cleborne, C. J.. M. D. Sept. 2d. A collection of Marine Shells from the
coast of 5. Carolina.

Coleman, G. D. April lst. Numerous specimens of Native Copper, Lebanon
Co., Penna.

DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. 601

Cope, E. D. June 17th. A collection of Cretaceous and Eocene Fossils, from
Monmouth Co., N. J. July 1st. Thirty-three specimens, 28 species,
Reptiles, from various parts of the world. Numerous specimens, two
species of Fishes. Sept. 2d. Eleven specimens of Reptiles.

Corse, Dr. J. M. Nov. 18th. Two fine specimens of Fossil Fishes of Monte
Bolea.

De Haven, Lieut. Jan. 7th. Tusk of Narwhal.

Durand, E. April 1st. Specimens of the Club and Egg Gourd.

Evans, Dr. J. April 1st. A collection of Tertiary Fossils, and Coal, 3 Rep-
tiles, several Bats, 3 Bird Skins, &c., from Chiriqui. Presented by the
widow of the late Dr. John Evans.

Exchange, received in Jan. 7th. Brucite. Lancaster Co., Penna. May 6th.
A collection of Coal Fossils from New Brunswick, B. P. Oct. 7th. Forty
specimens Oolitic Fossils from England.

Farren, Mrs. May 6/h. Colymbus torquatus.

Field, Capt. July 22d. A collection of Shells. Aug. 5th. <A collection of
Fishes of the genera Serranus, Hemiramphus, Vomer, Batrachus, Julis,
Diodon and Ophidium. A collection of Crustacea of the genera Mithrax,
Eriphia, Xantho, Panopeus, Ozius, Lupa, Gecarcinus, Ovypode, Gelasi-
mus, Grapsus, Planes, Pagurus, Porcellana, Scylla, Calappa and Lithodes,
from the Isthmus of Panama and other places. Fragments of Fossil
Wood and Bone, and several Minerals, from California. Sept. 2d. Six
species land and fresh water Shells, from Panama.

“Frazer, Prof. July 1st. Mummied Ibis.

Grout, Rev. Alden and M. J. McKen. July 8th. Skins of Eleotragus redun-
cus, Pteropus? Crysochloris? and a collection of Reptilia and Fishes,
from West Africa. Sept. 2d. Fifteen specimens, 13 species Reptiles,
from Port Natal, Africa. A collection of Terrestrial, Fluviatile and Marine
Shells. A small collection of Insects, and two specimens of Fossil Wood,
from Port Natal.

Hall, T. J. Feb. 18th. Collection of Plants, from Wisconsin.

Hayes, Dr. I. I. Jan. 14th. A portion of his collection from the Arctic Re-
gions, viz.: Twenty-three species of Marine Shells, from the vicinity of
Port Foulke. Two Phoca barbata, 2 Vulpes lagopus, 2 Vulpes fuligino-
sus, 1 Lepus glacialis ; several foetuses of Phoca barbata and Lepus glacia-
lis, skeleton of Vulpes lagopus, a large skull of the Walrus, skull of a
young Walrus, and fragment of a second penal bone of the Walrus, skull
of the Polar Bear, fragment of 3 skulls of the Musk Ox, from Port Foulke,
and fifty bottles of dredgings from the vicinity of the latter place. A
small collection of Carboniferous Limestone Fossils, from Cape Leidy.
Nov. 2d. The remainder of his collection, viz.: 1 skeleton of Walrus,
from Port Foulke, 1 skin of Walrus, do.; 1 heart of Walrus, from Whale
Sound; 1 jaw of Walrus, from Cape Isabella; 1 Seal skin, from Port
Foulke; 1 Seal skin, from Godhavn; 1 skin of Esquimaux Dog, from

.Port Foulke; 1 Fox skin, from Godhavn; 1 Fox skin (blue), from Port
Foulke; 1 Fox skin (white), do.; 1 skeleton of Blue Fox, do.; 1 skin of
Arctic Hare, do.; 1 skeleton of Reindeer, do.; 2 pairs of Reindeer An-
tlers, do. Asmall Botanical collection, from Port Foulke and other locali-
ties. The choice of specimens frem a large collection of Esquimaux skulls,
from Port Foulke, Godhavn, and other localities, list of specimens se-
lected to be furnished by Dr. J. A. Meigs. The choice of specimens
from an Ornithological collection, from various localities, list of speci-
mens selected to be furnished by Mr. John Cassin. Geological specimens
from various localities, including some Silurian Fossils, from Grinnell
Land, located 81° North. Some small specimens of Meteoric Iron, from
Sa-vi-sa-vik, near Cape York, North Greenland. Also the privilege of
selection from the collection of the expedition, now in the store-rooms of
the Academy, as the Academy may desire.

602 DONATIONS TO MUSEUM.

Heermann, A. L. Jan. 7th. Seven Unio laticostatus, U. aureus and U. For-
sheyi, Texas. Jan. 14th. A collection comprising about 600 species of
W. India Marine Shells.

Howard, Mr. April 1st. Two skins of Sciurus Aberti.

Kretamar, E, April 8th. Two specimens of Gold Ore, from Nova Scotia.

Le Conte, Dr. J. Aug. 5th. Collection of Fossils, from an Artesian well, 500
feet deep, at Fortress Monroe. Sept. 2d. Sixty specimens, 23 species of
Reptiles, from the collection of the late Major Le Conte.

Lea, I. Jan. 7th. Lithasia florentina and L. semigranulata, Alabama.

Lesley, Jas., Jr. Aug. 12th. A collection of Fossils of the Swiss Jura.

Poey; Prof. Sept. 2d. Eighty-six specimens, 29 species of Reptiles, from
Cuba and Mexico, in exchange.

Parker, Dr. May 6th. An Albino Rat.

Powel, S. May 2d. Several Fishes, from Newport.

Rand, Dr. B. H. Sept. 2d. Large specimen of Arborescent hematite, from
Pike’s Peak.

Rhinelander, F. May 2d. A foetal Porpoise. Newport, R. I.

Riley, Rev. Henry. Nov. 3d. Two casts of Fossils, from the old red sand-
stone of Montrose, Pa.

Roosevelt, J. A. May 20th. Numerous specimens of Fishes, Crustacea, Scor-
pions, Marine Annelides, &c., from Tortugas.

Slack, J. H. Feb. 4th. Mounted specimen of Hylobates leuciscus, from
India. Huffnagle Collection. Twoskulls of Sus Indicus. India, de-
posited. March 4th. Amblystoma tigrina, from Oakwood, N.J. Pecten
magellanicus, from Grand Manan. July Sth. Thirty-five specimens
Echinodermata, from Eastport, Maine. July 9th. Young mounted speci-
men of Scops asio, from Crosswicks, N. J. Dec. 9th. Cast of skull of
Gorilla castaneiceps, deposited.

Schmidt, H.D. Feb. 11th. Large Grasshopper, from Brazil.

Smith, A. H. April 8th. Four species of Fossil Shells, from the boring of
an Artesian well at Fortress Monroe.

Smith, 8. Sept. 23d. Diplothyra Smithii. Tryon, Coast of N. Y.

Smith, T.G. May 20th. Fossil Plant, from Schuylkill Co., Pa.

Smithsonian Institution. Feb. 11th. Thirty-one specimens, 20 species, of Chi-
lopoda. April 1st. Twenty-three specimens, 17 species, of Myriapoda.
Sept. 2d. Fifty-five specimens, 42 species, Reptiles.

Sternberg, J. H. July 1st. A fine collection comprising numerous specimens
of 63 species of Shells, from Panama. Through Capt. T. Y. Field.

Stewardson, Dr. T. Nov. 3d. Six specimens of the Attacus Cynthia.

Struthers, Wm. May 20th. Fossil Coal Plant, from New Brunswick, B. P.
Two specimens of Marbles, from Cumberland Co., Pa.

Thompson, J. H. April 1st. Sand, from Davis’ Strait. Nov. 11th. Two spe-
cies of Sponges, and six specimens of Crystalline slags.

United States Government. Jay 6th. Thirty species of Reptiles.

Van Amburg’s Menagerie Co. April 1st. Skin of a Bengal Tiger.

Vaux, W. S. Feb. 4th. Skull of Crocodilus palustris. India, Huffnagle
Collection. Dec. 9th. Tetrahedral Grey Copper, coated with copper py-
rites, from Cornwall, England.

Whiteaves, J. F. Sept. 23d. Modiolabarbata. England.

Wilson, Dr. T. B. May 20th. Mycteria Senegalensis, River Camma, W. A.

’ Ardea goliath. R. Ogobai, W. A., from DuChaillu’s Coll. Feb. 4th. Two
specimens of Hylide in Alcohol, from Newark, Del. Bottle of Reptiles,

. from Charleston, 8S. C.

Wilson, Dr. J. Jan. Tth. Large Spider, from Vera Cruz.

Wood, Dr. Wm. 8S. Feb. 18th. Skull of an Esquimaux.

Xantus, John. April 1st. Thirteen specimens, 9 species Caudisona, Trimor-
phodon, Hypsiglena, Pityophis, Tropidonotus, Chilomeniscus and Lich-
anura, from Cape St. Lucas, Cal.

Yeaton, W. H. March 11th. Two Brant Geese, from Tuckertown, N. J.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 603

DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY.

1862.

TOURNALS AND PHRIODICALS.

SWEDEN.
Upsala. Arsskrift ut gifven af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Societeten, 1. Upsala,
1861. From the Society.
Nova Acta Regie Societatis Scientiarum. Upsaliensis. Seriei Tertiz, vol.
3, 1861. From the Society.

DENMARK.

Kobenhavn (Copenhagen). Oversight over det Kongeligedanske Videnska-
bernes. Selskabs, 1860. From the Society.
Skivter af Naturhistorie-Selskabet, 6 vols. From the Library Fund.

NORWAY.

Christiania. Det Kongelige Norske Fredericks Universitets stiftelse frem-
stillet, 1861. From the Society.

RUSSIA.

Helsingfors. Bidrag till Finlands Naturkiinnedom, utgifnaaf Finska Veten -
skaps-Societeten, 1860. From the Society.
Bidrag till Kannedom af Finlands Naturoch Folk, utgifna af Finska
Vetenskaps Societeten, 1858—61. From the same.
Acta Societatis Scientiarum Fennice, Tomus 6, 1861. From the same.
Moscow. Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Année,
1861, No. 1. From the Society.
Mémoires of the same, Tome 3, Nos. 2—9. From the same.
Nouveaux Mémoires of the same, Tome 13, Liv. 2.
Riga. Correspondenz-blatt des Naturforschenden Vereins zu Riga, 1862.
From the Editors.
St. Petersburg. Mémoires de l’Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St. Peters-
burg, le Serie, Tome 3, Nos. 10 and 11. From the Society.
Bulletin of the same, Tome 3. Feuilles 23 to 36, Tome 4 to10. From
the Society.
HOLLAND.

Amsterdam. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van
Wetenshappen. Elfde und Twaalfde Deel, 1861. From the Society.
Jahrbuch of the same, 1860. From the Society.
Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Academie van Wetenschappen. Negende
Deel, 1861. From the Society.
Bijdragen tot di Dierkunde. Achste Aflevering, 1859. From the Society.

GERMANY.

-Altenburg. Mittheilungen aus dem Osterlande. Ftinfzehnter Band, Mai,
1861. From the Society.

Berlin. Abhandiungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereines fur Sachsen und
Thuringen in Halle, vol. 1 and 2. From the Editors.

604 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, 27 Jahrg. 1861. From the Editors.
Mathematische und Physikalische Abhandlung der Kénigl. Akademie.
Jahrg. 186). From the Society.
Woschenschrift des Vereines zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues in den K.
Preussischen Staaten fiir Giirtnerei und Pflanzenkunde, 1861 and 1862.
From the Editor.
Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift. Fiinfter Jahrgang 1861. From the
Entomological Soc. of Berlin.
Zeitschrift der Deutschen Geologischen Gesellschaft, Band 12,13. From
the Society.
Monatsberichte der K. Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin.
1861, 1862. From the Society.
Bonn. Verhandlungen der Naturhistorischen Vereines, 18 Jahrg. le and 2e,
Hefte, 1861. From the Editor.
Braunschweig. Handbuch der Systematischen Anatomie des Menschen.
Erster und zweiter Band. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.
Budan. Felsébb Egyenletek egy Ismeretlennet irta D. Vallas Antal. Elso und
Masodik Fuzet, 1842 to 1848. From the Academy at Budan.
Magyar Akademiai ertesito a Mathematakai. 1 Kotet 1to 14. Szam, 1860.
From the Academy.
Mathematicai Palyamunkak, 1, 2 and 3 Koétet, 1837-44. From the same.
Termeszettudomanyi Palyamunkak, 1844. From the same.
Cassel. Malakozoologische Blitter, Band § and 9. From the Maclure Fund.
Journal fiir Ornithologie, Jarhg. 9, 1861, and 10, 1862. From the Maclure
Fund.
Danzig. Neueste Schriften der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Danzig.
Sechsten Bandes. Viertes Heft, 1862. From the Society.
Emden. Vierundsechsichter Jahresberichte des Naturforschenden Gesell-
schaft in Emden, 1860. From the Society.
Meteorologische Untersuchungen, 1860. From the same.
Frankfurt-am-Main. Der Zoologischen Garten, 2er Jahrgang. From the
Editor.
Abhandlungen. Herausgegeben von der Senckenbergischen Naturior-
schenden Gesellschaft. Vierten Bandes, ler Lief. From the Society.
Freiburg. Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesell-
schaft zu Freiburg, 1862. From the Society.
Giessen. Untersuchungen zur Naturlehre des Menschen und der Thiere, Band
8, 1861. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.
Dritter und neunter-Bericht der Oberhessischen Gesellschaft fiir Natur
und Heilkunde, 1853. From the Society.
Gottingen. Nachrichten von der Georg-Augusts-Universitat, Jahre, 161,
Nos. 1 to 22. From the University.
Hannover. Elftes Jahresbericht der Naturhistorischen Gesellschaft zu Han-
nover, 1862. From the Society.
Jena. Novorum Actorum Academie Cxsare Leopoldino-Caroline Germanice
Nature Curiosorum, Tome 20, 1862. From the Society.
Isis, Encyclopedia Zeitschrift. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.
Leipzig. Archiv fiir Anatomie. Jahrgang 1861 and 1862. From the Maclure
Fund.
Liineburg. Erster Berichte ttber die Thiatigkeit des Naturwissenschaitlichen
Vereins in Liineburg. From the Society.
Zehnter Jahresberichte des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins fiir Luneburg,
1861. From the same.

Die Ostfriesischen Marschen und die Verinderungen der Ostfriesischen,
Kuste, 1861. From the same. 4
Mannheim. Fiinfundzwanzigster Jahresbericht des Mannheimer Vereines

fir Naturkunde, 1859. From the Editor.
Munich. Sitzungsberichte der Kénig!. Bayer. Akademie der Wissenschaften
zu Miinchen, 1860, Hefts 4 and 5, 1861 Hefts 1 to 5. From the Society.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 605

Abhandlungen der Philosoph-Philologischen Classe of the same, Neunter
Bandes, Erste und Zweite Abtheilung, 1861. From the same.
Verzeichniss der Mitglieder der K. B. Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1860.
From the same.
Rede in der offentlichen Sitzung der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften am
26 und 28 Nov., 1861. From the same.
Neubrandenburg. Archiv des Vereines des Freunde der Naturgeschichte in
Meklenburg, 1861. From the Editor.
Niirnberg. Abhandlungen der Naturhistorischen Gesellschaft zu Nirnberg,
Heft 3, Band 2. From the Society.
Offenbach-am-Main. Zweiter Bericht des Offenbacher Vereins fiir Naturkunde,
Mai, 1860, zum Mai, 1861. From the Society.
Regensburg. Correspondenz-Blatt des Zoologischen Mineralogischen Vereins
in Regensburg, l5er Jahrg. 1861. From the Society.
Flora, oder allgemeine Botanische Zeitung, 19er Jahrg. 1861. From the
Botanical Society, Regensburg.
Stettin. Entomologische Zeitung, 22er Jahrg. 1861. From the Entomologi-
cal Society, Stettin.
tuttgart. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie und Petre-
faktenkunde, Jahrgang 1861. Fiinftes und Sechtes Heft. From the
Editors.
Bericht tiber die 13er Versammlung der Deutschen Ornithologen Gesell-
schaft zu Stuttgurt, 1860. From Dr. Heermann.
Vienna. Die Feierlich Sitzung der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften
am 31 Mai, 1861. From the Society.
Sitzungberichte der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften, from March, 1861,
to April, 1862. From the same.
Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift, 5 Band, Nos. 4to 10, 1861. From
the Editor.
Jahrbuch der K. K. Geologischen Reichsanstalt, 1860, 11 Jahrgang No. 2.
From the Society.
Mittheilungen der K. K. Geographischen Gesellschaft, 4 Jahrgang 1860.
From the Society.
Jahrbucher der K. K. Central-Anstalt fiir>Meteorologie, 8 Band, Jahrg.
1858. From the Society.
Verhandlungen der K. K. Zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien.
Jahrg. 1861. Band 9. From the Society.
Wiesbaden. Jahrbucher des Vereins fir Naturkunde im Herzogthum Raffan.
Funfzehntes Heft 1860. From the Society. ‘
Wurzburg. Wurzburger Naturwissenschaftliche Zeitschrift. Zweiter Band.
Zweites Heft, 1861. From the Society.

SWITZERLAND.

Basel. Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. Dritter
Theil les, 2es and 3es, Heftes. 1861. From the Society.

Geneve. Bibliotheque Universel. Archiv des Sciences Physiques et Natu-
relles. Nouvelle Periode. Tome 2me, 1861. From the Society.

Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d’Historie Naturelle de Geneve.

Tome 16. Partie Ire, 1861. From the Society.

Neuchatel. Bulletin de la Societe des Sciences Naturelles de Neuchatel. Tome
5. Ime Cahier, 1861. From the Society.

St. Gallen. Bericht iiber die Thitigkeit der St. Gallischen Naturwissenschaft-
lichen Gesellschaft. 1858 to 1861. From the Society.

BELGIUM.
Bruxelles. Annuaire de l’Academy Royale de Belgique. 1861 and 1862.
From the Society.

Mémoires de l’Academie Royale de Belgique. Tomes 32 and 33, 1861.
From the same.

606 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

Bulletins de l’Academie Royale de Belgique. Tomes 9, 10, 11 and 12,
1860-61. From the same.

Mémoires Couronnes et Autres Mémoires publies par l’ Academy Royale de
Belgique. Tomes 11 and12. Collection in 8vo. 1861, 1862, From the
Society.

Mémoires Couronnes et Mémoires des Savants Etrangers. Publies paz
VAcademie Royale de Belgique. 4to. Tome 30, 1858-61. From the
same.

Louvain. Annuaire de l’Universitie Catholique de Louvain, 1860-61. 25me
Année. From the University.

De Oratoriis publicis et privatis dissertatio Canonica, quam cum subjec-
tis Thesibus annuente summo numire, &c. From the same.

Interpretatio epistole Catholice S. Jacobi quam cum subjectis thesibus,
&c. From the same.

Nine Theses. From the same.

FRANCE.

Angers. Mémoires de la Academie de Maine et Loire. Neuvieme et Dixieme
Volume. 1861. From the Society.
Bordeaux. Mémoires de la Société des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles de
Bordeaux. Tome 2. From the Society.
Caen. Mémoires de l’Academie Imperiale des Sciences de Caen, 1861. From
the Society.
Dijon. Mémoires de l’Academie Imperiale des Sciences de Dijon. 2d Series,
Sth vol., 1860. From the Society.
Paris. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et applique. From No. 12, 1861,
to No. 10, 1862. From the Editor.
Annals des Mines. Tome 19, Cinquieme Series 1861. Tome 1, 6me
Series Liv. de 1862. From the Minister of Public Works.
Bulletin Mensuel de la Société Imperiale Zoologique d’Acclimation. From
No. 12, Tome 8, to Tome 9, No. 10. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual
conditions.
Annales des Sciences Naturelles. 4e Series. Se Année, 1861 and 1862.
From the Maclure Fund.
Comptes Rendus hebdomadaires. Seances de l’Academie des Sciences.
Tome 51 and 52, 1860-61. From the Society.
Supplement to same. From the Society.
Journal de la Physiologie de l’Homme et des Animaux. Tome 4e, No.
16. From the Maclure Fund.
Comptes Rendus des Seances et Mémoires de la Société de Biologie. Tome
2me de la 3me Serie 1860. From the Society.

ITALY.
Milan. Atti della Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturale. Vol. 2, Fase. 3 and
4, vol. 3, Fasc. 1 to 4, 1861. From the Society.
Padova. Revista Periodica dei Lavori della I. R. Academia di Scienze, &c., in
Padova. Nos. 13 to 19, vols. 4 to 9, 1858-61. From the Society.
Torino (Turin). Memoire della Reale Academia della Scienze de Torino.
Serie 2da, Tomo 19, 1861. From the Society.
PORTUGAL.
Lisboa. Memorias da Academia Reale des Sciencias de Lisboa. Tomo 2,
Parte 2, Nova Serie, 1859. From the Society.

Portugalie Monumenta Historica. Vol. 1. From the same.
Quadro Elementar das Relacues Politicas e Diplomaticus de Portugal,

1860-1861. From the same.
SPAIN.
Madrid. Memorias de la Real Academia de Ciencias de Madrid. Tomes 3, 4

aud 5, 1859. From the Society.
Resumen de las Actas of the same. 1857. From the same.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 607

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

Dublin. Proceedings of the Dublin University. Vols. 1 and 2, part 1, 1860.
From the University.
Journal of the Geological Society of Dublin. Vol. 9, part 1, 1860-61.
From the Society.
Journal ef the Royal Dublin Society. Nos. 20 to 23,1861. From tie
Society.
Edinburgh. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Vol. 4, No. 53.
From the Society.
Transactions of the same. Vol. 22, part 5. From the same.
Edinburgh New Philosophical Magazine. Vols. 14 and 15, No. 1, 1s61-
62. From the Editors.

Leeds. Forty-fifth Report of the Council of the Leeds’ Philosophical and
Literary Society. Session 1860 and 1861. From the Society.
Liverpool. Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liver-
pool. No. 15, 1862. From the Society.
London. The Atheneum Journal. Parts 407 to417. From Dr. Wilson, ou
the usual conditions.
Notes and Queries. From Nov., 1861, to June, 1862. From the Editor.
Proceedings of the Royal Horticultural Society of London. From yol. 1,
No. 33, 1861, to vol. 2, No. 9, 1862. From the Society.
List of Fellows of the same. From the same.
The Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. [From March to
June, 1861. From the Society.
The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. From vol. 17, part 4,
to vol. 18, part 3, 1862. From the Society.
Transactions of the Zoological Society of London. Vol. 4, part 7, 1861.
From the Society.
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Dec. 1861, to Dec. 1862.
From the Maclure Fund.
The London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. Vols. 22,
23 and 24. From the same.
The Natural History Review. Oct.1859. From Dr. Wilson, on the usua!
conditions.
The Journal of the Society of Arts and of the Institutions in Union. Vol.
9, vol. 10, to No. 505. From the Society.
Proceedings of the Royal Society. From vol. 9, No. 44, to vol. 12, No.
51. From the Society.
Notices of the Proceedings of the same. Parts 1 to 9, 1860, ’61, ’°62. From
the same.
‘List of Members, &c., of the same. From the same.
Philosophical Transactions of the same. Vol. 51, parts 1, 2, 3.
the same.
Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. Vol.
19, parts 1, 2. London, 1861. From the Society.
The Quarterly Journal of the Chemical Society. Vols. 15, 16, No. 5¢,
1862. From the Society.
Journal of the Statistical Society of London. Vol. 25, part 1, 1863.
From the Society.
List of Fellows, &c., of the same. From the same.
Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Soeiety. Vol. 6, Nos. 21 to
23. From the Society.
The Transactions of the same. Vol. 23, part 2. From the same.
The British Journal of Photography. Vol. 9, Nos. 176 to 179, 1862.
From the Maclure Fund.
Newcastle-upon-Tyne. Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalist’s Field-Club.
Vol. 5, part 2. From the Society.

er)
STrom

608 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

Yorkshire. Proceedings of the Geological and Polytechnic Society of the
West Riding of Yorkshire. April, 1860. From the Society.

UNITED STATES.

Albany. The American Journal of Agriculture and Science. Vols. 1 to 3.
Albany, 1845 and 1846. From G. W. Fahnestock.
Augusta. Sixth Annual Report of the Maine Board of Agriculture. From
C. H. Hitcheock.
Boston. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. $ and
9, to page 128. From the Society.
Annual Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology.
1862. From the Trustees.
Buffalo. Buffalo Medical and Surgical Journal and Reporter. Vol. 1, Nos. 1
toll. From the Editor.
California. California Farmer. Vols. 16,17 and18. From the Editor.
Columbus. The Ohio Educational Monthly. Vol. 3, Nos.10and11. From
the Editors.
Cincinnati. The Dental Register of the West. January, 1862. From the
Editors.
New Haven. The American Journal of Science and Arts. Vols. 33 and 34,
to No. 102, 1862. From the Editors.
New York. American Medical Times. New Series. Vols. 4and 5, Nos. 1to 25.
From the Editor.
Thirteenth Aunual Report of the Regents of the University of the State
of New York. From the University.
Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York. Vol. 7, No. 10,
1861. From the Society.
Philadelphia. The American Journal of the Medical Sciences. New Series.
No. 85. From the Editor.
The Dental Cosmos. Vols. 3 and 4, Nos. 4and 5. From the Editor.
The Gardener’s Monthly. Vol. 4, Nos. 1 to 11. From the Editor.
Proceedings of the Entomological Society. Nov., 1861, to Oct., 1862.
From the Society.
Journal of the Franklin Institute. 3d Series. Vols. 43 and 44, Nos. 1
to 5. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.
Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Vol. 2, parts 1 and 2.
From the Publication Committee.
Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. 10, New
Series, parts 1 and 2, 1862. From the Society.
Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. 8, 1861, No. 66.
Vol. 9, No. 67, 1862. From the Society.
The American Journal of Pharmacy. Third Series, vol. 10, Nos. 3 to 6.
From the Editor.
Constitution, &e., de la Socitté Frangaise de Bienfaisance de Philadel-
phia. From the Society.
Smithsonian Institution. Annual Report of the Board of Regents for 1860
and 1861. From the Institution.
Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. Vols. 1,2 and 4. From the same.
Classification of the Coleoptera of N. America. By J. L. Le Conte, M. D.,
part 1. From the same.
Result of the Meteorological Observations, made from the year 1854 to
1859. Vol. 1. From the same.
Salem. Proceedings of the Essex Institute. Vol. 2, No. 45. From the
Society.
Worcester. Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society. October 21,
1861, to April, 1862. From the Society.
Washington. Forty-fifth Annual Report of the American Colonization So-
ciety, 1862. From the Society.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 609

CANADA.

Montreal. The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. 6, No. 6 to Vol. 7,
No. 5, 1862. From the Editor.

Toronto. The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. New Series,
from No. 37 to No. 42, 1862. From the Editors.

ASIA.

Batavia. Naterkundige Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie, Uitgegeven door
die K. Natuurkundige Vereeniging in Nederlandsh Indie. Deel 22 and
23, Vijfde Series. Deel 2 and 3, 1861. From the Society.

VAN DIEMEN’S LAND.

Tasmania. Reports of the Royal Society of Van Diemen’s Land, from the

years 1849 to 1859. From the Society.

Tasmanian Contributions to the Universal Exhibition of Industry at
Paris, 1855. From the same.

Catalogue of Plants in the Royal Society’s Garden, 1659. From the same.

Industrial Products of Tasmania at the Crystal Palace, 1859. From the
same. :

Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Van Diemen’s Land.
Vols. Ist, 2d and 3d, parts 1 and 2. From the Society.

Meteorological Observations, taken at Hobart Town. Tasmania, 1856-7-S8.
From the same.

OTHER SCIENTIFIC WORKS.

Advantages de l’Esprit d’Observation dans les Sciences et les Arts, 1809. From
Dr. Wilson on the usual conditions.

Aves Islands Papers, 1861, Senate Documents. From the Department of
State.

Agricultural Tracts. No.1. Culture of Grasses, 1860. From Charles L.
Flint.

Agassiz. The Mode of Developement of the Marginal Tentacles of the Free
Maduse of some Hydroids. By A. Agassiz. Boston, 1862. From the
Author.

Contributions to the Natural History of the United States of America, by
Louis Agassiz. Vol. iv. Boston, 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual
conditions.

Bache. Reports of the Superintendent of the U. S. Coast Survey, 1853, 1855,
1856, 1858, 1859, and 1860. From A. D. Bache.

Baer. Welche Auffassung der lebenden Natur ist die Richtige? Gesprochen
von K.E. v. Baer. Berlin, 1862. From the Author.

Bailey. Notes on New Species of Microscopical Organisms from the Para
River, S. America. By L. W. Bailey. 1861. From the Author.
Barrande. Defense des Colonies. Par Joachim Barrande, i. andii. Prague,

1861. From Jules Marcou.

Berkeley. Introduction to Cryptogamic Botany. By the Rev. J. Berkeley.
1857. From the Maclure Fund.

Bianconi. Specimena Zoologica Mosambicana cura, J. J. Bianconi. Fase. i.
to xiv. Bonanie, 1850. From the Maclure Fund.

Billings. New Species of Lower Silurian Rocks. By E. Billings. Montreal,
1862. From the Author.

Bischoff. Gedichtnissrede auf Friederich Tiedemann. Von. Dr. T. L. W.
Bischoff. .1861. From the Academy at Munieh.

6§10 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

Bland. Remarks on certain species of Helicide. By Thos. Bland, 1862.

From the Author.
30wen. Coal and the Coal Trade. By Eli Bowen. Philadelphia, 1862.
From the Author.

Bronn. Die Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier Reichs. Von Dr. H. G. Bronn.
Dritter Band, Leipzig, 1861. From the Author.

H. G. Bronn’s Lethea Geognostica. Lief. i. to xii. and Atlas, 1858.
From the Maclure Fund.

Catalogue of Shells in the collection of A.D. Brown. Oct. 1861. Prince-
ton. From the Author.

Bushwanderings of a Naturalist, or Notes on the Field Sports and Faune
of Australia. London, 1861. From J. D. Sergeant.

Candolle. Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis. Auctore Al-
phonso Candolle. Pars Decima Quinta Fasc. i. 1862. From Dr.
Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Carus. Bibliotheca Zoologica. Verzeichniss der Schriften iiber Zoologie bear-
beitet von 8. V. Carus und W. Engelmann. Zweiter Band. 1561. From
Mrs. Lucy W. Say.

Castelnau. Expedition dans les parties centrales. L’America du Sud.
Sous la direction du Comte Francis de Castelnau. Livs. xiv. xv. xvi.
Botanique, 1860. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Catalogue of the Trowbridge Collection of Natural History in the Museum ot
the University of Michigan. From the University.

Chenu. Manuel de Conchyliologie et de Paleontologie Conchyliologique. Par
Le Dr. J.G. Chenu. Tomeii. Paris, 1858. From the Maclure Fund.

Chickering. List of Marine, Fresh Water and Land Shells found in the vi-
cinity of Portland, Me. By J. W. Chickering, Jr. 4to Sheet. From
the Author.

Cohn. De Acido Hypochlorico. Auctor A. L. Cohn. Vratislavie. From
the Author.

Cornay. Principes de Physiologie et exposition de la Loi Divine d’ Harmonie.
Par J. E. Cornay. Paris, 1862. From the Author.

Principes de Physiologie et exposition de Formules de forces Vitale. Par
J. Cornay. 1862. From the Author.

De la reconstruction du Cheval sauvage primitif. Par J. E.Cornay. 1861.
From the Author.

Correa. Lendas da India par Gaspar Correa. Tomes ii. Partie i. and ii.
Lisbon, 1861. From the Academy at Lisbon.

Cotteau. Echinides du Department de la Sarthe par Cotteau et Triger. 1 to
Tme Liv. 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Dana. Manual of Geology. By James D. Dana, LL.D. Philadelphia, 1863.
From the Author.

Darwin. On the various contrivances by which British and Foreign Orchids
are fertilized by insects. By Chas. Darwin. London, 1862. Dr. Wil-
son, on the usual conditions.

Davis. Notes onthe Distortions which present themselves in the Crania oi
Ancient Britons. By J. B. Davis. From the Author.

Crania Britannica. By B. Davis and John Thurmon. Decade5. Lon-
don, 1862. Dr. Wilson on the usual conditions.

Dawson. Alpineand Arctic Plants. By J. W. Dawson, 1862. From the Author.

Notice of the discovery of additional remains of Land Animals in the Coal-
measures of the South Joggins, Nova Scotia. By J. W. Dawson. From
the Author.

On the Footprints of Limulus as compared with the Protichnites of the
Potsdam Sandstone. By J. W. Dawson, LL. D. From the Author.

De Ram. Discourse pronounc? a la Salledes Promotions le 26 Jan., 1860.
Par P. F. X. De Ram. Louvain, 1861. From the University at Lou-
vain.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 611

Deslongchamps. Paleontologie Francaise. Livs.1to 7. Brachiopodes. Par M.
Deslongchamps. Paris, 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Dozy. Bryologia Javonica. Auctoribus F. Dozy et J. H. Volkenboer. From
Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Dubois. Oiseaux de L’Europe suite aux Planches Coloriées des Oiseaux dela
Belgique et de leurs Giufs. Par Ch. F. Dubois. 147 to 160me Livs.
1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Eschricht. Om Nordvalen (Balena Mysticetus, L.) af D. F. Eschricht og J.
Reinhardt. 1861. Atlas tothe same. From J. Reinhardt.

Flint. Sixth, Seventh and Ninth Annual Reports of the Secretary of the
State Board of Agriculture. By Charles L. Flint. Boston, 1859.
From the Author.

Frauenfeld. Beitrig zur Fauna Dalmatiens. Von G. R. von Frauenfeld.
From the Author.

Beitrig zur Kenntniss der Insekten-Metamorphose aus dem Jahre 1860.
Von G. R. v. Frauenfeld. From the Author.

Gachard. Actes des Etats Generaux des Pays—Bas. 1576—1585. Par M. Ga-
chard. Tome Premier. Brusselles, 1861. From the Author.

Geinitz. Dyas oder de Zechstein Formation und das Roth Liegende yon Dr.
Hanns Bruno Geinitz. Heft 1. Leipzig, 1861. From the Maclure Fand.

Gill. Analytical Synopsis of the Order of Squali; and revision of the Nomen-
clature of the Genera, By Theo. Gill. 1861. From the Author.

Gistel. Natur-Andachten. Herausgegeben durch Johannes Gistel. 1857.
From the Author.

Achthundert und zwanzig neue ober unbeschreibene wirbellose Thiere.
Von Dr. J. Gistel. 1857. From the Author.

Vacuna ober die Geheimnisse aus der organischen und leblosen Welt.
Von Prof. Dr. J. Gistel. From the Author.

Goldenberg. Flora Sarepontana fossilis. Von Dr. Goldenberg. 3tes Heit.
1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Gould. The Birds of Asia. By J. Gould. Part xiii. From Dr. Wilson, on
the usual conditions.

A monograph of the Trochilide or Humming Birds. By John Gould.
From the same.

Gresse. Tresors de Livres Rares et Precieux. Par J. G. T. Gresse. Tome
troiseme. 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Gulberg. Om Cirklers Beroring. Af C. M. Gulberg. 1861. From the Au-
thor.

Hemkel, W. G. Elektrische Untersuchungen. 5th Abhandlung, ist Theil.
1861. From the Saxon Society of Science.

Heller. Synopsis der im rothen Meere vorkommenden Crustaceen. Von
Dr. Heller. From the Author.

Hewitson. Exotic Butterflies. By W.C. Hewitson. Parts 41 to44. 1862.
From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Hofmeister. Phanerogamen 11. Monokotyledonen 1861. rom the Author.

Hornes. Die Fossilen Mollusken des Tertiar-Beckens von Wien. Von Dr.
Moriz Hornes. Band 2. No.3&4. Bivalven. From the Geographical
Society of Vienna.

Howson. American Jute. By H. Howson. Philadelphia, 1862. From the
Author.

Humphreys. Report on the Physics and Hydraulics of the Mississippi River,
&e. By Capt. A. A. Humphries and Lieut. H. L. Abbot. 1561. From
the War Department.

Huxley. Addresses delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Geological
Society of London. By Professor T. H. Huxley. London, 1%62.
From the Society.

Harris. A Treatise on some of theInsects Injurious to Vegetation. By T. W.
Harris. A new edition. Edited byCharles L. Flint. Boston, 1662.
From Mrs. L. W. Say.

612 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

India, Memoirs of the Geological Survey of. Volume 3, Part 1. From the
Survey.

Annual Report of the Same. From the Survey.

Jones. Report upon the Colorado River of the West. Explored in 1857 and
1858. By Lieutenant J. C. Ives. 1861. From J. 8. Newberry.
Kleeman. Raupenkalender. Von J. Mader und C. F. C. Kleeman. From Dr.

Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Kluge. Ueber die Ursachen der Erd-Erschutterungen, &c. Von Dr. R. E.
Kluge. From the Author.

Lea, I. Observations on the Genus Unio, together with Descriptions of New
Species, &c. By Isaac Lea. Vol. 8. Part 2. From the Author.

Remarks on the Unionide, &c. By Isaac Lea. 1862. From the Author.

Description of a New Genus (Trypanostoma) of the Family Melanide,
and of Forty-five New Species, &c. By Isaac Lea. Philadelphia, 1862.
From the Author.

Lea, M. C. Chemical Contributions to the July, November and September
Nos. of Silliman’s Journal. From the Author.

Contributions to the American Journal of Science for the year 1862. By
M. Carey Lea. From the Author.

Leonhard. Hiitten-erzeugnisse und Andere auf kiinstlichen Wege gebildete
Mineralien alhutzpuncte, &c. Von K. C. von Leonhard. 1858. From
Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Letter of the State Geologist Relative to the Progress of the State Geological
Survey. From W. M. Gabb.

Logan. Geological Survey of Canada. Sir W. E. Logan, Director. New
Species of Lower Silurian Fossils. By E. Billings. From the Author.

Longet. Traité de Physiologie. Par F. H. Longet. Tome ler. ler and 2d partie.
Fase. 3. 1861. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Macleay. Description of a Spar Cave, lately discovered in the Isle of Skye.
By K. Macleay, M. D.- 1811. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual con-
ditions.

Maerlant.’ Alexander’s Geestens; von Jacob von Maerlant. Brussels, 1860.
From the Belgium Academy.

Malherbe. Monographie des Picides ou Histoire Naturelle Générale et Par-
ticuliere to Liv. 25. Par A. Malherbe. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual
conditions.

Tarcou. The Taconic and Lower Silurian Rocks of Vermont and Canada.
From the Author.

Observations on the Terms ‘‘Peneen,’’ ‘‘ Permian,’’ and ‘‘ Dyas.”? By
Jules Marcou. Boston, 1862. From the Author.

Letter to M. Joachim Barrande, on the Taconic Rocks of Vermont and
Canada. By Jules Marcou. Cambridge, 1862. From the Author.

Marsh. Description of a New Enaliosaurian, from the Coal Formation of
Nova Scotia. By O.C. Marsh. From the Author.

The Distinguishing Features of Comets. By B. V. Marsh. 1862. From
the Author.

Martini. Systematisches Conchilien Cabinet. Von Martini und Chemnitz,
Von M.C. Kiister. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Maury. De la Necessité d’ un Systeme General D’Observations Nautiques et
Meteorologiques. From the Belgium Academy.

Memoirs of the Survey of the United Kingdom. Decade 10. London, 1861.
From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Meyer. Paleontographica, Beitrige zur Naturgeschichte der Vorwelt. Heraus-
gegeben von H. Von Meyer. 9erund 10er Band. 1862. From Dr.
Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Michler. Lieutenant Michler’s Report of his Survey for an Inter-Oceanic Ship
Canal near the Isthmus of Darien. From John Larcombe.

Miguel. F. A. G. Miguel’s Flora Indie Batave. Fasc. 1—4. From Dr.
Wilson, on the usual conditions.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 613

Mihaly. Elmelkedesaka Physiologia es Psychologia. IrtaD. Mocsi Mihaly.
From the Academy at Budan.

Milne-Edwards. Lecons sur la Physiologie et l’Anatomie Comparée de
V’Homme et des Animaux. Par H. Milne-Edwards. Tome 7me. 1862.
From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Mohn. On Kometbanernes Indbyrdes Beliggenhed, af H. Mohn. 1862. From
the Author.

Morton. Catalogue of Skulls of Men and the Inferior Animals, in the Collec-
tion of Samuel G. Morton, M. D. Third Edition, 1849.

An Inquiry into the Distinctive Characteristics of the Aboriginal Races of
America. By §. G. Morton. Second Edition, 1844.

Some Observations on the Ethnology and Archeology of the American
Aborigines. By S.G. Morton. 1846.

Brief Remarks on the Diversity of the Human Species. By S. G. Mor-
ton. 1842.

Observations on the Size of the Brain in Various Races and Families of
Man. ByS.G. Morton, M. D.

Review of Morton’s Crania Americana. All from Geo. M. Conarroe.

Motschulsky. Etudes Entomologique, redigées par Victor de Motschulsky. 16,
17, 18 and 19 Annee. Helsingfors, 1861 and 1862. From the Author.

Coleopteres du Gouvernment de Iakoutsk. Receuilles par M. Paulofski, par
M. V. de Motschulsky. From the Author.

Coleopteres Rapportés en 1859, par M. Senertsef des Steppes Meridionales
des Kerghises et enumeris par M. V. de Motschulsky. 1860. From
the Author.

Essai d’un Catalogue des Insectes de L’Isle Ceylon. Par V. de Mots-
choulsky. lerliv. Moscou, 1861. From the Author.

Neilrich. Nachtrage zur Maly’s Enumeratio Plantarum Phanerogamicarum
Imperii Austracii Universi. Von A. Neilrich. Wien, 1861. From the
Zoological Society of Vienna.

Nordmann. Paleontologie Stdrusslands. Von Dr. A. Von Nordmann. 1859-
1860. From the Authors.

Nystrom. Project of a New System of Arithmetic, &c., to be called the To-
nal System, with 16 tothe base. By J. W. Nystrom, C. E. Phila-
delphia, 1862. From the Author.

Odernheimer. Das Festland Australien. Von Fr. Odernheimer. Heft 15.
Wiesbaden, 1861. From the Author.

Oldham. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Published under the
direction of Thomas Oldham, LL. D. Caleutta, 1859. From the Geo-
logical Museum of Calcutta.

Ordway. On the Supposed Identity of the Paradoxides Harlani, Green, with
the Paradoxides Spinosus, Boeck. By Albert Ordway. From the
Author.

Orsolata. Della Rottura spontanea del cuore con fatti nuovamenti assernati
di Cardioressi. Dal G. D. Orsolata. From the Author.

Paleontologie Francaise. Liv. 4. Tome 8. Zoophytes. 1861. From
Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Parrish. The Phantom Bouquet. By E. Parrish, Philadelphia, 1862. From
the Author.

Peters. De Serpentum Familia Uropeltaceorum. Gulielmus Scripsit. C. H.
Peters. Berolini, 1861. From the Maclure Fund.

Pfeiffer. Novitates Conchologica. Von. Dr. L. Pfeiffer, 16 Lief. From Dr.
Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Poggendorff. Biographisch-literarisches Handwiérterbuch. Gesammelt von
J. C. Poggendorff. Fiinfte Lieferung. 2 Abtheilungen, 1862. From
Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Prime. Notes on the Cyrena salmacida and the Cyrenella Americana of
Morelet. By Temple Prime. From the Author.

Gi4 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY.

Monograph of the species of Spherium of North and South America. By
Temple Prime, Philadelphia, 1862. From the Author.

Quetelet. Surle Congres International de Statistique tenu a Londres, le 16
Juilliet, 1860. Par Ad. Quetelet. From the Author.

Rafn. America discovered inthe Tenth Century. By C. C. Rafn, 1837. From
Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Reeve. Conchologia Iconica. By Lovell Reeve. Parts 212 to 221. From
Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Reichenbach. Xenia Orchidacea. Von Heinrich G. Reichenbach. 2er Band.
les und 2es Heft. Leipzig, 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual con-
ditions.

Retzii. Specimen Academicum de Zéolothis Succicis. D. M. Andr. F. Retzii.
From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Ripley. The New American Cyclopedia. Edited by Geo. Ripley and Charles
D. Dana. Vol. 1 to Vol. 14, 1859. From the Library Fund.

Salle. Catalogue des Oiseaux du Mexique; composant les Collection de M.
A. Salle et de M. E. Parzudaki. From the Author.

Sandberger. Die Conchylien des Mainzer Tertiarbeckens. Non Prof. Dr. F.
Sandberger. Lieferung 1 to 7. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Sandor. A’Felsébb Analysis ElemeiirtaGyory Sandor. land2Fuzet. From
the Academy at Budan.

A Hangrendszer Kiszamitasarol es Zongorak Hongolasarol Merseklet nelkul
Tiszta Viszoonyok Szerint, Irta Gydry Sandor, 1858. From the same.

Saussure. Desc. d’une series D’Hymenoptera Nouveaux de la tribu des
Scoliens par H. de Saussure. From the Author.

Orthoptera Nova Americana. Series 2d. From the Author.

Monographie des Guepes Sociales. Par H. de Saussure, 1858. From the
Author.

Om Siphonodentalium Vitrem en ny, &c., of Dr. M. Sars, 1861. From
the Author.

Scrope. Mémoire sur le Mode de Formation des Cones Volcaniques et des
Crateres. Par G. P. Scrope. Juillet, 1860. Paris. From the Author.

Shumard. Description of the Cretaceous fossils from Texas. By B. F. Shu-
mard, M. D. Boston, 1861. From the Author.

Slack. Handbook to the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. From the Editor.

Smith. History of Delaware County, Pa. By Geo. Smith, M. D., Philadelphia.
1862. From the Delaware County Institute of Science.

Stainton. The Natural History of the Tineina, Vol. 7. By H. T. Stainton,
London, 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions.

Stoppani. Paleontologie Lombarde. Par L’Abbe A. Stoppani. 21st—23d Liv.
1862. From Dr. Wilson, onthe usual conditions.

Sweet. Flora Australasica. By Robert Sweet, 1827. From H.C. Hanson.
Tryon. On the Classification and Synonomy of the recent species of Pholadi-
de. By George W. Tryon, Jr., April, 1862. From the Author.

On the Mollusca of Harper’s Ferry. By George W. Tryon, Jr. From the
Author.

Synopsis of the Recent species of Gastrochenidz. By George W. Tryon,
Jr. From the Author.

Ueber die Abhingigkeit der Linien distanzer im Spectrum des Gases. 1861.
From the Author.

Volger. Versuch einer Monographie des Borazites. Von G. H. Otto Volger.
1855. From the Author.

Wagner. Denkrede auf Gotthilf Henrich v. Schubert. Von Dr. A. Wagner.
1861. From the Academy at Munich.

Waldheim. Rapportsurles Travaux dela Sociéte Imperiale des Naturalistes
de Moscou. Par le Direc. G. Fischer de Waldheim. 1832. From Dr.
Wilson, on the usual conditions.

DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. §15

Walpers. Annales Botanices Systematice Tomi Sexti. Fasc.1and2. Auctore
Dr. C. Weller. Lipsiz, 1861. From the Maclure Fund.

Walsh. Insects Injurious to Vegetation in Illinois. By B. D. Walsh. From
the Author.

Wartman. Beitrige zur Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeschichte der Algen-
gattung Lemanea. Von B. Wartman. St. Gallin, 1854. From the
Author.

Wells. Annals of Scientific Discovery for 1862. Edited by D. A. Wells. Bos-
ton, 1862. From the Author.

Wiess. Die Grundstoff. Von Dr. A. Weiss. From the Author.

Die Flourescens der Pflanzenfarbstoffe. Von A. Wiess, 1861. From the
Author.

Wilder. Contributions to the Comparative Myology of the Chimpanzee. By
Burt G. Wilder, 1861. From the Author.

Whitney. Report of a Geological Survey of the Upper Mississippi Lead Re-»
gion. By J.D. Whitney. 1862. From the Author.

White. Observations upon the Rocks in the Mississippi Valley, which have
been referred tointhe Chemung Groupof New York. By A. C. White
and R. P, Whitfield. From the Author.

Winchell. On the Rocks lying between the Carboniferous Limestone of the
Hamilton Group. By A. Winchell. 1862. From the Author.

On the Saliferous Rocks and Salt Springs of Michigan. By A. Winchell.
From the Author.

~ Wolf. Zoological Sketches. By Joseph Wolf. From Dr. Wilson, on the
usual conditions.

Witiliner. Die Absorption des Lichtesin isotropen Mitteln. Von Dr. A. Wiill-
ner. Marburg, 1862. From the Author.

Zeuner. Ueber das Wanken der Locomotiven. Von Dr. Gustay Zeuner.
Zurich, 1861. From the Author.

INDEX OF GENERA.

Nb Tate cneses cuninienda ta: DESH TS

ATOM Ass es6, sccdeceeeses aeeeeaenedses 7, 167
AICanthOeCyOiMMsaceomesvtewevsseteeee Lao
Acantholatris ..........0. Bild dehivesee cet 114
SACANTHOlISsweesceesetasecssenee seeoeares 176
MMC OT aise eacsldnaeadenesbeasacesieeeressejece 12
PAC TCO MM accecsctidanaencisisis oeweldeie seer le ance 570
ACtiNODOlUS. 20.0. .2.cerseeiccscereres seems
IACHinelllatecesscececcossesse cues cvcccincewee 164
ACUS....0.0c0cserse seeveeees coves cceeceoee 565
ZECHMOPHOLUS.......ceceeeeeseeeee 229, 404
Midilis........ Roieatialelelolemesleleocislee Shouse
PE OIG )ensccccnsseewelelccclewseetnecssses moa
VAS tvelAtBenwssasisesesecwioessecicitense sects 327
AGAMD vecccrcsccceece covcsveeresescoceees 340
AgelaiUs.......cssccecersersesees seveveere 313
AGONOIDB. 0.0.00 ccceressenceesee senkecokec 332
AQTION...cceccecssceeseesscrerseseoees Boate, etale
Agrostis...... Sacliaasued oslata scl este 90, 334
PAN ATS Dimismsecenaieesenesenleeseenhetcceniace 281
PACE Ofeseensiec ene foteoecleo sok chieeweeen cise 318
Alepidosauroida........sseeseeeee 127, 332
AISOpbiS......c..ceecees seceee conceveee 74-17
PAT atideceses seececeecsoe sess leseee 507-515
Alepidosaurus.....sccccrseescereeeeceers 128
Amblycirrhitus..........see0 sees Sossobe 105
Amb1yOpOdinee ......seeseeeeereseeeeeee . 240
AmMbIYStOMA .....eeeereseeeeceoeees seve 66
AMEIVAs <6 .c00000cs cavescessescoescees 61, 351
BANITAN, cassia daiwiacswsetelsleseeacecclessontieeenls= 251
AMIN ...0c0ce sccccvecesevcssevecnes seen 2a
AMMODITES......000.eeeseeee BSOUaSSOOSODO 23
Ammo] ai.s-csscesnuseresascccnclerecsoces 452
AMOLPhO.....ccscscseecesenseovecs secssee’ LOZ
AMPpelOpSIS ..ccerceecescrveeesccsceccers - 162
AMphidesMB......cceeererveeserseee Retires 574
Amphisb2ena.....cccccsecceresscvee ccoves GOO
Amphistichus «.<sscccecsneeseenssesensan! 2D
AMY C1E \vevescevineceveessocccsveewace 287, 564
FAUNUSINMs- scoucccsseseaneas cence peeceatcs 582
PATA Biectnbstececiocecerceeurecueesls setheisences 322

JANASPINI: ..capossiseaess sealer nensaneamenee 43
JAMASPIS|penc-esnes stinisean na piales)= 5 aa ieta nanos 43
PAM ALINGA 22 cow sotaaderaser <cebebeeoeebemnes 572
JATIGHOMAS Re oe o:jacenncitecasensene See 208
JAN CYLO GON. .\. sanecebaeeidesone samen 16, 18
Anigminel laissteesseeen~-ese- heen esaeeeeenee 568
A NOUNS: wise. smidassaseneosntereeeee 573
(AMO ONGAK. -ccaclcasqcensin oseee se idaeeeee 169
JANOJIS «cance Bidesenceenaehers 176—181, 356
JANOMI Bios ce sic coeds anaeassaseacgeseetaacewar 582
Anomolocardia. ............s0s00 289, 580
PATI OMS. aac cwasioi-nacascasisncenanniinte 326, 557
IADLBRCOUS cop ccnencisermieaasess sicheaseetats 331
AAmtennaroidae......nse<c.ntemencehasese 241
PA TILNUSs ccsemweecsnananaes Roeepebracer 35-7 318
ANTLOZOUB..vccccceosecsccsccceseess 246, 248
IAP HANG DUS) coocc-oeisccisenisinesosesinedeeee 126
Aphanostephus............0 waneneisebeee 164
A plo PpAappUS<..s0-ns.-0-ee-nemeneneeteee 164
Apo dich thy Siesse<ncans=anyensansh ences 279
JA PO CONES .ce-cseccsmacaanamaianeenuesecea 125
A POLECLUB:...20=asesceemencaneccsacemeelenees 126
A pseudobranchus........os.sscassscesss 18
PAT DULUS conecriacaneasence canes aesneeieeerets 165
ATCHitectOnICa sesocc--cssseisnmnccitversnes 566
PAT CHOSE] ON sacs specacccneecnecaeeea em enes 18
ATCO vccccwavecoccs djeesaneeemssnt 289, 579
FAT CINE lL Accccnstesece reas te Seaeeaee nee 576
PAO GH easemniecenesenccas<aer panincchaaeseree 321
JAPON BT Diwccacaccinnac siacoccushssheesseeRes 166
AT EENTIN A so coon vos sews occcnnneceeneunetees 14
IAT OONTININGS...<.<<0s<ceeacnuncase>astOeee 14
PALIN Biiceacs den'cosccuss «negunsuaeeaeteaeeee 580
PAT Ory MINIS mcmcmenisjssannoailgseeeaaneed 54, 221
ATP TOSOMUS: oss0s..ccccensnntesenetsoete LS
SATISULG Danae noes nsncneresahceneneees 92, 334
FATT YtOD i woveds< song Hee eoe Saseneee . 82
Artedius........... Ss 279
TASES COED SERRE SS SASS SA 858° 42
PSIG OCOUUUS oc. ccctnenenenmcsecesmereee 279
FAS PIC ONECLESwsacnccassancnceseeseneesher 191

INDEX OF GENERA.

PUSH ME a ranecedessa dances Bre) ste a ge ate
Penal OAM canaadnacenansasspaicessisas «>= 162
PYSELGMESUHEH sats sesvesinacvascanaceseoese== 241
PASE YRS sedavanecdaseconsnenseaeesscens 1000, O04.
PAUGHELIS cacsesesess scnsceoon Soe seh oi 337
PAH GRIN GILL <.cvaacaaicacasceadesasscsecss 280
Atractaspis ........... Saneaeeenes peaneeas 337
PMEEACE@SION ancen acct ce naanesss se Wieal'S
PAGVD tinaassie='casase~ aie aniene sare neal
UHC HED YS \sensamessanazeicensareas conse (204:
Aulorhynchoid2..............06. 233, 332
PATITICHMGS..<..5.nasncess ns 571, 584
Auriculina........... Seeaealaacenne anaes 566
JUTE SAIES Seo -oco BAS Soe ape ECE EO PORE 124
PASE Este dada aananascansacea osescn -<ces=es 579
PR RUH PURGE eeneemacadecascrcccesschas sess 580
oe Sane nneeeeesean= 322
Alp AS Tete tee tanldion aadnaacnesaacsseeset « 163
ESS MRE em enacecapioeawesssemnsesnqictcsas 7821
BS aM Rap peeere ne rah nr won sascacvewcdansas asses 368
Eee RING Hee sean aaa canaicenadsecaistees an 378
Barbatia........ pescuereccaisanatense 290, 580
AHA ierenecasansnccracesanscscc=™ 194, 207
LOGE TINS(G Tia 181, 356
TSN G) OG a oe 280
SGURISUGINY) Hnenoccncesccacsenns sameeren dawson 154
BCMEROBHOMs nstcnna-iecminenjacen<adeccrel 42D
LGN DEITISE “ceca cc ce Seer cet aan ll
LE GUDe Ee! -ooe 2 ore 238
Lari Es eee ane zene B23
GSS GHG MHIS aadasecadacsscssesncenna eae = BI5
SG ee ease nacda ssoccaeesnsna Ecce aa
SUE SOFT Shee ene eet 304
ESSA MUR atte tore quinone oC oe Fe 241
IGMMGU ce seenecac eee saneenePmiees 279, 332
Blepharichthys........ seeeseeeea ane 262
PE Oe e teneeeionceccaaciseovenis ees ee aaleaaasa 70
Bodianus ...... Sepeet enc onan SeieeeaESC 237
AGUOAEE MR a spoasssn veces ences sa= eens + 321
IGA OB Sectercisdocenesiciadscasnneesseccseo 347
GRECO Ais ceccreccladoermesescsncnscle 93, 334
Brachinus.......... pekescneracscessee =a ee 523
Brachycranium....... Sep seaslicssseseaees 337
PDERGRYOLOS, 22... sncccscncssecessociansba 313
Brachypus ........ Besenewesssnoceecteeeted 356
IBFAGHYTAINUS..-.5.0ccseccceceasno 249, 236
Brachysaurus........... SeecacaMineee bans 182
Brachyteles.-..........- wee nen rey tap 513
Brama@.........+ ao) Boe Santon meauceead 127
ESE OTAUB Span sedocececesscowscone.coees 98, 336
Brosmophycine....... meen waceecasder - 280
Buccinida........+. Selnccaesiaceses 286, 562
Bucephala........ Bee Wowace s<ciinsazitees 323
MER brettdececessic~s 157-8, 353, 357-8
RSI DOREY UG iescsss wt twcwseseen.scccsnvecs 164
BW lee debvitdssctevsacst ves. Gisecestoeeee 571
Bullia... Pada datwastasdduedcadstdderitdssctiste 287

23 |
am |

PTI CLT <a wew ence sca cape poe eaeee ee 165
APSE Be Scat uae we/ocndense daca dcasapein cos 562
WS Y.CON <4 5s-cacassnaaeness 286, 560, 583
BUCO aus- Sao eee esvsscascaeeussseeske 312
CHING dep aes do sauccaes aww Sacaatuces races 568
RODENTS ara ciae a wadaaceee cc awcad een sso aaeae 381
ANNA DT OSES’. <..ce cczeveses cos-cs 92, 33

ACAI OPGsae = dose snisineasliascson savdseossese 316
NOt PHT 8 wos. 5. cc0sacnessaanjanuaseoe wens 348
MNO Se ccc sss ccansedacanecnaxesatene' 161
AG AIGPERYFUS. J .s0200005 --5es0ss0sacde less 358
CC ATOSU I attra cos ac ccscncaccedeseoseesc 52
ally pitenid es cestoxsec.ccxsaccesescuacsse aes 568
Wan CGM ATi din tiaccnndocssarcocesscuceseveds 567
WELDING no ea aA Rene nO PAPE BER CEE SUPE rEe 127
Carangoidé........... 238, 260, 330, 430
CATA MING <cecesacu caseca-seasese SED 43

GAR SSSIN Shan wees ris ddcsne dictnceaspeeieadave 282
MEAETIOT DIS ay saenes <4 sos 5 caacasca seas eeees s 288
@ardiopsige.---s<c.0,5--sesessasesebis 3226 417
@ardiomornna., s2.<.<ssn.ncqeqeeneeesss 416
War ditame4nrds. (o.<.cessonsesscasete 578, 585
Gardipidas=. <5. -..5<<sctnent--anen 290, DIE
NU AE CTE cena wwe oe avcnccanscosomebaar 413
(USER TTUM eee ean sensannsconaae sae 58, 419, 576
AMIN GLDIS = ces5ces5 coun wescoo as rapeewencsa 570
| SCE Ny s(0% 8) Tia g Re ee epeeecccacarte stow 320
WiGarphophis <<... .<s<..csqsqeunscentec sro 220
CECT Cee OMe EC CEE Cr oPrEE acters 163
(QE GSTIEG ROS A apetresrcreenach ost ce 564
WO AS EAN Gi aan tat anew cia cancanew Daases 11
WAEOSEOMA KS npanaspus scenes scsnceeby lees

ra AIRS ON A aeons oan ar eautentete 347
aber ChiSs.psssacacscnscs an ccwerea steers 330
MO SISTERS so on wha see cals o soack coe ear en eoth RTOS
@ebedichthyine......<.......scewesesnes 279
Real niae ooo ga s0a0s vee nacsewee coupe ioe 508
LE] O01 | Lae aOR ge PNET ete eRe 507
WECTO DIS. ncsnancnanansscesedeeeuncass snes 318
@PlatOcOnUS, <2. <ccacdccassceseoseete amass 566
GOT a sos ack cde a ss ease qrbhwess 569
GGnLrISCUS< 55s ssassccewaesssstemGeaes 234
MOentVOGSracccsnchonas cuatkaaeeeneyateton 40
Wentrolaphnsis.--s. 22, -sssthbaynnpereees 127
Gentranells:3.-.), 205. eeenmeeretiees 405
MSIE cs oo. sacnakcnacet anes vase mamnehtes 2
CONTEONOLINGE <<sccsenaqeassaseexes 279, 431
Went OPS icc. sssesag-s-=550=5--enseneae 319
| Cephalopoda, .......s.0.c.caccnqdeaseewes 22
Ceratophrysiccn nos <sencsenacasneascesanhs 344
Wercatrich sss: 4%56s50. $sraseee ee 317
Geramby cide. s..5:..ss-s5--osnersawios 38
Werastodermais ca .ccn0ncnceeeureteedes ms 576
WETASUS:. «2. <csaiekponsncanseeapeeeerreees 11
OT CLS si oe con wciccwacannninn sae eRe 12
Cerithiopsidsey... <2 sss aasacencssssewoeel to 566
Werithiopsic i cnosereess oso oresenee is 566
WeritliiMis.<eccsenancsaasaccicsmappep sens 567

618

Chea tocyperuSyrccctdcccecusecsestes HO SUGH
Clizeto Gomis enssessassencsedesee 119, 238
Chedotontoidaissssesssscectnense eet 243
Chalcish..uiihie.c cesses oonmandverrata
Chigmiatn tip stan cat sercare iirc seco ameene 576
Chamesleo sar ccccessdaseseeee coqobssoocan 340
Chamess aura .rcevesneeusssceeeces 33

Chameleon uncvniitaieeee ees 575
Cham celeopsisticaccwasdseceekesecienete 182
Charadrius..... Syalittototicebeinteh eee rece e sa 321
Charina iiccccccicrineiveaient, wer 339
CGherlimas seven es MEP sete. 143
Chilodactylug ce o4.-eete 103, 114, 118
Chilodipterordcemarseccdsescctecstenece 251
Chilollepighaecsaccdssseeeccscse dase steers 338
Chilopiteyaetistcnccreeemacie: 341, 357-8
@himrerordasasss cscs ees 331
ORIGNODAS a cteseees ce sonsatoncceeee sees Dil
Oto mrs ees saccade sseasat eee 570
(Ovni aber evearenerecaaacoeoneSperrccccarn mde 277
Chirodactyluss. cc... c.sceese se 114, 119
Cin ondlcowiascessncsessscselcecesnee 277, 332
Cironemup..cenceanceen ee 103, 113
Chironenemating............c0.eeeccess 112
Chirostoma...... BOGUOSCObauCTOE onbasbod 280
(O)NTIPISE caAsoonadarscosuooneSnoptnsoudEaboer 207
Ciloroscomibrincevrrsscceseeess eestor 431
Chondroplites\avussceeticsesesees rete 126
@honetassstanstsos se aetearseteeee 410
HHOHISHStUME ere ceesectsdsceenacccaces 15, 16
Chroecocephalus....... 293, 309-11, 325
(CA ONAL eerstasetsel-veeneseeesioneseceot eset 149
(Criateh 7a ksionqaocio. zeachonaaosaee daocndsoocioce 319
Oimceseicernesscescet Butddddstenesenetcecd 575
Circumphalusisitecsccsesossenss 575, 585
‘ OFIMOL Is doaoceatascoosaberacaussoesscuasonto 313
Girrbillapnustyecoscsicseen cece cee 143
Crmrlitichithivscenccscsesssseccss 105, 108
@rirrhitincererecses seseessceenclecs 103, 259
Cin hitold ceceiaseseechcceneeoosee 102, 259
@inrhitapsiseecere-\ecesccse cence 105
Cinritusiesst cere. 103, 104, 122, 259
(OyberAW ans h asce cas boson bes obsoadoae Goodies 17
\OiigsHiiiery SooncoooscosneGhos nose Soenco dodues 165
Citrinellaccawesccsscsesteecssseeses 314, 405
Clem atisgnessteitsenensatesawseaeee eee 161
Clementignvctaiescisostcceecaccesnesees 575
(OO Méamesemncesonecneecscbosconodadacnec6 379
Clothows.actacsttsaeseceec scan cease 339
Clupeoidaateessseattesstescnenetes 281, 332
Oly tus ceeresoavdcdgasdesnccteseeeoraees 42
Cnemidophorus...... 61, 62, 63, 67, 356
WOCCOESSUISStiteccietccccac de etreeeeeees 178
Cochliophtancicncesccuesenteteesete 347
Cochlolanassiesccsnceeeccceeeeureete 569
Colonhogiosceeecoes eee 81
Coban vases sce eee eee eee 320
Wodalkdiatnencss str.tentsesecces. seen Bi,
@olumbpellingerss.cesseseceeese cs . 287, 564

INDEX OF GENERA.

HOlyMDEteRmssacseronsessarcesdee terete 521
Colvmbideer.wecve-ncsccdaccceccesseemceacts 226
GollymlbwS-newcecccssescueoeeetnehes 226, 323
Commarostapliylisicecestecscceocessessecs 165
Comidaarasce2 sch steeten es acess ceseeaeee 566
WONO CARIN} wercesacisscceseeeeecees 420
Gionbid ey cidestene ame tee eee 81, 339
CONUS ss gecsindeeaeaic see voweredonctoemeeneee 566
Com Olivaal six. <ascvelsiermerintess loa 6, 165
Cor Dicul asp cctemescereesiee sce: seceeeeeeees 576
Corben iincnccsecesacioce cee ceee 21,572
COP Udo are oinc celsrsise cise: evielsesemeerene 572
Cor duli aye ccemsjelcvsconsscsascocetenestins 399
Core gonuSiirescessqecuet cer eines 15
(ONDU GED ci cncterescoievieceaciccccsinsnetsteete 237
(WOTMUS ss sccecencsesecsscccclanoscemsereeents il
WORVIUS/.cctaeselcmcloriseseceewoccace eeaete 313
Cony phen, ....ucccscsccessssasecesodecs 127
Wary HOMO. -scc-tesoescesses someone 338
WOLTOUE! eroreceecooncomesnccoaserts 279, 832
OPIS: Soc deveesermcececicscsmacmeeaceeeee 13
Crap tallsarcccnseers-cacssacacoeeeeees 504
Olas SSENIGIW oaanocooospcodccaccoo se 289, 578
CraSsaitelli dee wessssuceroccessesc seers 517
Crass Ab BUssescccecscieccaseseemesaeeeeee 143
Ope S¥e"bIS| SGnossaqan sosdacHoS 40003695 12, 163
(CLAUS ASTON. occ ocseeacacereere Lb335i
CHR YETA IS Soodecteovssa0ecC 20 pss9s5050 293, 312
Cremlelliavis ve sticeclcsdecccicecoreeccramente 579
Oretmmoyotls|zecarscsoaceoacpaccncoso8 <cs-cockr 112
(CriStaSAurgs.< |... essivisesces com emeewte 181
GEIS Sc isiaied cnelsicieeeeesloiieenaceiee ene haeeee 127
Grocodilusec. scceseecce-o<e-ss-n-seeeees 356
(CLOW aliereccwe wets clo sieves neaese oo eeeeeeee 563
CUCU UUM. .<cn)scjssececcasiesemniseeeeekie 568
(CM SMI FETA coe.csenno creep aceeneeree see 343
my Pl de aecceeeesscsiceiocise\scserenek ence tee 569
Cryptoblepharus......... sme soheraenbae 339
Wiry PLO ACUS. sense seesenessosoeceseeeaked 339
CWLOMOCERCUSI wn. <c ncn iccnseceeees ee meee 177
Cricuillle ain. <joccsnotw sess eencnesaseceeere 289
Cumin ian cose sinesonnscoiien seen eReetee 574
(CTY eekeeclasiveisclelcocecarticceiseaests addenda
iy ee necleasieneecrnccceseeeesate enews 125
OAyVOlENSc cogpopnd sodooassc smo aaqoes cocccc 28, 577
Cyclopteroidse..-.... 2... .ccensene 240, 330
Wydichiniid zee wesaseccecsjsccnoscncemenebet 570
Ch ivanQollintieseqsecnooceeecoatsboocececcosacce 143
WyMOPLEHURs ncclctea=)iaseeo ss esueeeeseees 163
Cynoscion...... Mecieeseeserceisseeeasees 16, 18
@ynsedinsatectnesssece-esco-sneeencneaeenees 118
Wymloceph alls ssc... c....c-seteoeceeeeeeee 485
Cypreeide............0. Sense eneneeeeeeee 567
(lye DU Saeteboeceeesscaseneensersenecees 9, 167
(Ore uceneceeketccees anc satccacewecn seieasees 567
Gren cas sass sn ensecsciscanesceetseesset nce 576
(Gio rdeicrenonsecsccsnnsccisceecsstpecnesyee 27
Cyprinodontoids......... ..cececeeseeees 332
GPU OME Lah cw envaswenwe ween neers 282

INDEX OF GENERA.

OVPSELISsccevusesiccssseascssucsscagaveste 318
Cystignathus, 156, 353, 357 and errata
PE OURsceccc cies docacc saci sve sew daspice 429
TEMMUBMICY ceca ccdcas ons seveptis ot ould be - 126
COPS) ae Se ee eee 126
WAGE VIMENUSs seccccesssstssassésscacssecse 505
Daetylethras.:-:5:..es.css5 340 and errata
WACHRlIN Bicecdceseccscca ssi eevee ss 193, 450
Dactylopagrus.s:c..yec...0.sesc0ces ences 114
Dactylosargus...c.....scesseeceee 103, 112
IJACEYLOSCOPUSs ss scre00.c0.Js0celecordaee. 505
DRGHYLOSPAT US <2 cc csieyee.cssseeveseldens ay
Da Gty isivccsnsiccececwesecos 287, 563, 584
LUNGS 74s ee I oe 322
DAMA CHEN Y S52 scscc05ccsccsccgeccsceesen 275
DFBRY POLIS tisasdsac a! os scvescscsesscasscees 191
Decapterngs2icssssccci0c0.c855883 261, 431
RNC S ee otteteteadae2sscncs.c2vesececeecce (39
Dentalwmycsscsc.ss.ccee000% 288, 425, 570
DBR HISEGLE PIS 5 i375ccs5 04 scce0es* ssccaten 250
Dermatostethus..............+6 Sooadeucac 283
AER TAATMUTIS 2 co 22'stescsscosssscciseeo0- 163
PR lernmetee nas 2 5s2s- chs e.ticeee necks. 245
PENG Sels con so2srcosis28icspssec ces Sasceese 43
PEC ROPIOSSUS2 occ we scv'stse sna <asie'ee'evct on 341
NOR GEGINEN sect cite shicvsa- ciwshicsesss asses > ace 125
MAA CaRanees ose ccoceec ses sccce= se'dces oes 348
WHOMIEM Cath. ci occscecaisesccec asssdecs 326
WOW Ess sakscss cosscsatccicacscesaaccs 575, 586
PIPICOMMBHU A scceccs< 5 ccseccecsescee cesses 236
L.A Se 188
53 aa Betton asenaess <ssaicccecadaade ste 449
DTN MA esac cas a veecssn2Ssseessicce eas essee 191
DEAN terre Nencets dont z ssc Scan avsecssces 564
WSUS Een aeh tcecet icc aaccssictsseascesss 564
INGORE ees tien escceecsts cess eeeseess 573
Doryrhamphus SECR CELE SEO OS OO NORE NODULE 284
ID SETURIG, 4-coas eadcnbdac Soccer EELS 575
WR MOULURA ts csc.csssec2csscessseessces ces 178
Mpe teen mans sncsetcen ese iesc ccc ct seats 165
Pee ANTHEA Bs erse sk eee nala'es scis/as o> oom © 360
Mra Oncor ons ws sackckes eaeee 285, 561
DP EANG LI St am see ass tc ics cess sislavss sess 76, 79
IRVING CA ssstccces2ct.sssistsceieeseeanas 33 ly
JUNG) 2 360
HEHEHEOIG CE dese c occ ssc.0ces sees 239, 332
HGH OHEIS a sesestoscctis15.<-<-0<eereedees 239
IER ALOE Herel een ceriave<olcesnc'sis'sae sede 563 |
CIC GES ea tetenc cece eccansedvos-cddewsleses 319
HS RIGG POUL! ove. ccsssis8<0cs sce vvelses 340
HMC eeesentsiccctes ceca rcrcscss.ceseuce 414
Mie Hiserss cess ceo Reser ett sics cos se scam 337
SHUG rence swce score saie coves ces esis ode 313
PERSIST GT ete severe noun coves eves ote 41
Elaps...... SEC S00 CRUD SOCDECOR Ree 347, 356

HIS CONIG.. ccceveeecce.c yas6

RIB OG HANIA fi icsesncncec-05ths.os see 10, 168
HH COUEYGIN ay saree seesaw ckobiswe se corte 240
PULGOTAN Citi a ss7seceor ecsep fab aiedes 162
Ry USS, cote eraseirdied se soncec cas 99, 337
im blo fOGRes.c7stensace Neen cc «sect 275
Heb OLOCOidass.- se esceeeeseen ee 274, 33
UTD OR Ais ois a's ceases ose cee es ds Sesotase 187, 350
HUNSIP NH OGUG2 22 odsos dae s soaeseeetate creas 584
RAS st sade ccsn ais scssanceeariootor 571
WALOSPHCMUS Joccs 12 cacssefo0svnoenenwerke 331
TIDMEMELA vorsssse0'ccs «seeswspetosete see 376
pe Mee aaccs co <eccactseen easeoevetes 377
PIPHEMENIN GS +. seco). ver som copchio setae 367
BW GHAL CSS tenes oeies votes cadoteten eee 349
BIPUFCPIMCLUSs.<-s (ccc «0enscesst oer 237, 250
EBS DUNT DY Reese vo/slnico'o~ on'vjenw's cece cheats 125
PUPIL MC C Ryo cclses 00 sce coscsscvedeteseeen 400
BIEROEOS Schoo: aes -vashas sve sen Sees Of, 2330
BIG ELON eeaccasasscsceese veszene = Asecsc tes 164
RISMMALULA Hones: semen: sisters esoe's ceeeac' 323
IBIRy.CUILGM At eee ict concsc ws soos ctaneSeree ver 578
bry LEC ae a cic es eae nate e eee 7, 166
Py; COEOLAMIPLUS:......+..scce+cecsroscels 349
Mle rel dl asics cats. cick ne sclepioe bs seeees bes 314
GONG access acces scomisesescoees sp Ieseae 445
RTI GY CLO FODIUS steels aicuescncaattaecerteas 330
HHA AS ee en ctee aa ceet ne ckccwcs coopers 154
Euonymus........ AO Sao NICOOC Ee eG 11
Petia bes; sezscces ceoeotesss ctotens sees 313
UNI D os con nacctowes endeeiescceseaeeeetenss 566
bw wd ean. octosep woe osecaniecydeoeseree 566
EY ORAS oseceeceewcciocncncccnescsee 578, 585
BRITE OC CStceeesetns conc. tate novus eee 186
HM MAIGROLGeMUS-2.+.s~---c--- <0 = Meeoe 33
Hunectes............. 70, 350, (addenda)
PMU ACONUIT cer sdosclcecsesccscsetacdcce

BIC PLE CLES S nance chase otaicln's omen sTeeee ne
EHupleurogrammus «........... sseoseeee 126
RUPE GEPISC.ccec svsctcscescacvceset seceewe 339
LD LEE ESS Ee Sa 163
Bay SLE PHU tess -usestec-sap toons rates 337
Euschistodus...... 145
Walbellates¢ savievess esses su-eiswes sa 574, 586
HAI US rancor oecner ence laceaca a eaeae 11
RE COntcccneddedccatesalenecerecen len seent om 312
WASCIOLALIAS cscs escnceeene tenets 286, 561
FROG UU GHihcs eweceacieccccccscesnettesen eas 97, 336
PUSCUSEetes oh lace cssce ccc sesboeceaca ieee 314
MUSS Une ll As 2c .ccecsecovsaccess ooanetees 570
MOx CS thOrays <a eetnssaosee een sece 7, 166
Mater CUlas.ccc-ccwcsceveseosce necator 324
Fraxinus......... eee aneereeeceans 2, 11, 166
Hoincillariac.. csesecenscsccessscaeemete 314
MUU C a caciscaciidccenseeniosseneneeesdee mses 322
HU IKG coca occa ccceane ce pcesceeeeeee steels 322
Hin MaArUSs-cosecoeaeweccoce eee eee eee 326
WUSUS Sysewccwis vac pciceacrateacie seater as aaes 560

620 INDEX OF GENERA.

Gadoideescssccsccce5202522350000i seca AASKU TPB En ha ccacednon nboncopenpsoosomaced 140
(EEIGIT ERs tan aancaaaaenoraccaomanoaace sccie Areas) PETES SO sc acotbod ch ososccnsocns ce: 213
Gail lardiabeecse nace tmecnatscanseeenercees LSI |e GN Ti AS ie Berpacconcncbsedeqeoos: 165
Galeorhining.............. DSP ASPs AO, | PLC COPS avecvclaccecenasi(eeene-aencesnsiemeet 348
Garr ax -6n.2 toe ccscasesinconseeelesrees its | WEel OC CELESse-sescereansseacceosce cess eonee 157
Gastrochcona-se----casscccemaansereses ss 571 | Hemichromis....... SocR COTO 134, 139
(BASEN TS) Ne acceannadecanoacone cede Sol) Hemtlepidotus...s-.-s-+2-+--se-sreerers 13
Gastroplenra..c.sccccssqcqessacseereneses Ns) Hemimactra. ccs. ac-+-ceessreeeeeeeee 572
Gastrotnopisyscscaes-ctt-sserssecencessc ce 180 | Hemisalamandra...............0cecsee0e 343
Goaiiaiensscsasainasacaasaeesanacsenstioetees Selon) HEMiUnitOMssascasscsessced sees set eeeeeer 343
Gelochelidon=.sescsqdansessacondeecncee bab) | Herodias--csrssecscseseaseismacaneeneceaeen 321
EXEPT Gln Susauoscaneo a noonososooasahoneocan 575 | (H)erpetogomphus................0+6+ 388
Gempyilinzexssctessdassess> - 125312625329 )| Herpetodryas:--..++-se-c-+-=cco=~aaeces 356
Gempylasanssenesers--cseassstacsaceanesee ZD HEr elon eessssececeest cee san cae -nencoee 1
GlenyOnemms:...--2-s0-<--<c0c<2a8 een coeee 1) FRCS POTIat a sse-ets scones cen esse se seecase 58
Gienyanemusescsesssacs=2 sssensee sees AFG) | WB Wat Foro esa igoeopcaoconadoadcackebodeos 383
Geococey xii. cacccshss:le'scstses osteo S20) Heterdchthen tccascccclsessce sss tecceccees 4]
Geocolaptes:s:222. 3 1ccecese2sseeseteeees 319 | Heterodontoide ...........0.0000 331, 488
Geran dae seeewennscaatacesecacnccercsecees fied} HHELENOU OM} csesesace sores secon senese eae 348
CGMIVSTIIG? Gano eons sdoreeececrigoaticosuor sac 230)| HOtCLOPUS.:.20ccncscces= 2 sesneecenieseunes i85
GrenreOVd ce eassc-nacuoaas ear enasansaaatade DASH HELCrOUNCCBccscecscnsscese= since eaeensess 164
Cale ROSE TaE Ep epponcacceaconcecemcossscoc Soon) FIM anLOdeSs.+...-+2secencsesseemeeeeneee 356
Gmelin sesesce cease sssnp an saenenneaniteane 244 | Hierochloa...........6.-. ceeseoee 100, 337
Gam ellie sesesnunsssesacieessatr sme ncisesere Zea Hp PAT CHIAsesswcdccss- exe sveescesascaned 57
Glabelarcecasssssseseacensssacesteeccees 564 | Hippocampus...........sescecceeeeeeeecs 282
GlamiolesteSs..sccweseseess ste ceasaee eee TSU | Mae TV AC Os opcosonucacoccoobcensodesodd-ts6- 318
ileditschiialss--s2-se0022++ss=2nesecaaes Hal §| SAIS trLOMICUS=-sc--ssenecteeaseee ten sepa 323
(Grn oe Pemcoeneea aaapaccocectonT rocco ABT HOICOSUS=sesccsaessesteeeneenere neaeseeee 60
Gillip Od GSvescaccaccassaceasasarsscacieeros ATMO AL OIantoseecssnsescsaeesmeneeneee eee 235
Gly phid od ons.----cccessceocstesans-eree TSO) olacanthusee sce ssecse-eres nese 243
Gily Cenitinccssemescasansaneacesat nee S53 td55i) LLOLOCCNUDUMss..+-escenenaeencenenen ete 237
Gily. GING TIS ®s--nse=aneneesinsenanceses cane pidld| HolOrhimUSecesessscccceeaceseessceaamanee 331
GObIeEsOCOId Sees-aasena- os mecnceenet eas SIU PHOLOLLOWIGsse-ssensce eee see ee ceeeterateee 184
(GGISTINE pap soceconeanepanoa ccc DAO INO HOmaAlOChilus-.-cccsccsccess cocconceeeass 70
Gobioid ey. .ccccs cess en <sosecscenes 330 S51 PHOMalOSOWIA.oscadcacennsecloneacnteneeeee 339
Glomphite'ssses-csce-<esssccesneeecceres 391 | Homoroselaps ................00...e0e0e 337
(Goniatites mecc.c\.csssssctecceccjese-seecces ADs) HOplopapritice.ncscosecsssnscneneserrens 252
Goniistitdiasss.-sss0s-areeeeeeenersose-e 1h?) Hoplopomatinas.cecs.ccscsstesensncaaes 278
(Onl ASIseeseess se ae ee en tane oe- cnatecee 262 | Hyperprosopon.............cscecseens eee 275
Gonioplectrus..........2.ssc0s0ess-cnss Dotti Py planttOr hie .-..ccsccosceoseceanseceee 313
SR OT Aaadenoodnonoscrer seace pas oer Seni Hiv pOPlCe Lr S-n.c-scseeecneeneneeen teens 237
(Gouldiazescsssescncessossenses FUER AACD BIW Ey ALS p 1Sccre sees cocsccecesteeenmatiamanen 346
Gramineeersersesscscccsoscosciscseess estes: 887] Hy drochelidon (occ. ee cscecaseecce-eemm= 554
GrammeatoryCnus..27-.0..---s=ss2-=2s8 Aap) W gle ibe) (as greene eyo eens aadeeen tee 331
Gran Gan Caister: tcecacncecieoresees 290, 580 | Hyla....... 154, 354-58-59 and addenda
(SED DUEE coe ooancognectonconsacoodbeh sede OPM ElvlOGUsssencensseaetnece=ssecrasena 151, 153
CAPT cocuiosscsosn- conte ce ncoeeCEOHDE recece Be EvperOitas tetsceecscesces«coee- 191, 341-2
GyMNOSANGA.s.+2.s-cr~ = ose enasctosceenns in hd yOEriMeCHtM YS -s-cc.<-.--0-50-se renee 275
Gyropleurodus..........+ eee BST BRe ey PAUUO RN... onan no ue~sa0a cca 353
Ei vpSWOMTOlsceate sc =cadasaccsanaseere wens 330
Efzenrilonieresssascesaeeoreneeeneseesaees 253 | ElypSinbyNChUs\.....-..cssscncecqusscecs 72
Hal CyOnienc.nss.-sc---senaenanaance= sane BLS | Ey PSIPSebtia ..-.- sco cen nceseneensteeea sue
Lb ee RSS sda sadoscuattsaso sos 164 | Hypsypops:-.........ccececsassceoenenaoues 147
else] ene steeen-nccstaearesmeassseeaneseeae 139
SOUTER Goan spo ne ceneanse cic 23 Grea TAGNEATCR. con... seccecconscensnunnseecantars 289
TERI EIGN Aa 55 bn eaco soda sncsnoseos tthe B55 || Idothea.--.-... 2.2.2.5... =Aencnieso: 133
LSID IONS NI panera epcrocoanadcectoge Sos Misty HENRY Aesensnnsssccseeeencsencn en esceneeee 356
Haplodactyline.............s000 MD =Seeael || MO ORE asee acoceessesenenccannecaaneee 162

18 OS ify IG See oanosaneensconcecacn asso 508 | Iniistius......... etches Sc 143

INDEX OF GENERA.

EN@CeramuS: ..2...035....00> sdeveeeoa 21, 26
BIDS pncac iid ces odsivedaSeaaas taunt . 444
Isognomon..... Seeeeeneeenee Sassenscunaves 579
IR GP ISCHIA GE as celcce's ves ec'ev se eoee - 18, 277
BSP ISUR GA 6s sc sc02tescs sca taesse sauloeiawe
Isoplagiodon......... eatetsesaiuaercues aa 282
BRGH deco meseac soi, Sarcccas Sate ceeme-eeres ol
DAGATE: oan cecae saccetecsaes FA eee 356
02 eee OnE eee 73
QUIEN AS ce noce wes se ves sexey ces sae sod as oie 12
MQUYIIUE cess as 7scccsince vevhucvecasesadave LO
SAUANN OWA 0202 ca0<5ssiceeecece -. 194, 216
SQUAMRCENG sca. <-<sccsceesescese 194, 449
RIN eRe eveserccccctcssescisiss osc esacaces . 142
Meme nee 5 Co ea on e'ossis sc'vea dss esanve 142
Juncus...... . 8, 167
HGH acasesacassseccocess weaseee Seacoast
IRD MUP Deesccsieee ets sib alt'ccescceSessaneoees 313
Kini... 0200s Senee a ceee as occas Jaen 164
KEEP WING 3255552. veeccnwweese 193, 455, 480
PASTE nccccac cos s-sstecss assesses Aeseess ea Rio
Gabroldes.. f..52.525<<200200. 140, 240, 331
LSCeriaions.<.<c.s0< 189, 340 and errata
PiAGtATeOSeccscccctsccs scceecscevccevecerces 18
JPN AMCUNB: .c5500522:5c2+cceccassecusenss 182
Levicardium.............. ESCA Ee 576
WSC OtRTICOS woos: wocbes ccexc+-00cn<eecose 508
| . 514
Lamellibranchiata .............0cseee0e 26
Lamiid@........ SeteNenareererecos cede seecs;, LOC
BAW PEL A 5 eacce consas seat scans Sacceeees 331
BRIA PTOROENIG: sei ecec2esedds sonccae cos 313
Laniarius ........... SCE SCE CC Eee 314
PANEER i oaena seen e ce en ceteris «% oas cabetssace 314
jhe ga eee eee ee eee deaetaan AO
Bind aes ce nartcaccseccceesas ease ic -- 292, 535
WR Re casas ca ctcesssceesesc decease assnccess 11
WU faenee ielaee ce secc smo ae fxn 293, 325
Lasiurns:....:...... Badeseesdcssscsecers 246
WARM ANCH sc 3005062 wcceuacescsssceses Saaeece 289
RAPIOCH Sere -s0cccstcs sicscnes< cecesenes See:
Uy Cee eee 103, 114
Latridopsis:......-.+2...%. aecassesno-ce . 114
a ee eeateseeace a 103, 114
jC en ee 578
TGA ae. sccevee voce petiieesacance se sanacracss 419
Lepachys......... Beenie sence ceecasconss 164
WECWIGUSTN on cae so8 cadsccics ssc sncecsevsess 161
EPIGGEY GIUIN o.c 2-00 -2<050.0.censsses 125
Lepidogobius..............2.0 sBreneae 279
TRG HUGPBER Ac ec~-tcsc—acccccseccns scene 330
ABC HO PTs cones ccceace sasescsuweceseaes - 126
Leptodomus ...........+. Voscorbeeeceee «. 415
BIE eeta tates vwuvsuiasnacsscesccesense OUT
WRCHLGRLO Rr scc2cascsesattesssbsccssevenses 577
Leptoscopoid2a.......cccssseeesrseees eee 501

Beptura......sc.e0c..- ghee pucdes bus eieseee 40
Mepinras ss <230wustec decries ocee scene see 126
Brestridinge:.5<cs sseessacsersecen saree devas 292
en CO CbOsai: snoccitavecengoumcausbiese 314
Te@NCUS <ccsevcss «3-235 snavaves wenn seseries 293
ERRBE RIGS. 22. codons senor onsets acdat dees 225
WHOS 2s252s5- asda cd tue sorsade peed rea 321
uns COMIA. <2. 2.s65202ds2-anegspedeatenee 164
AGU oon cn 0s oe wae dvewec sew a-eiqdareta 162
Migcephaluss.-.<..<.<ccrssasssxewteres 182-4
HOP OR GH en seen tc ecce~ ace scech cuepswetetes 237
IIOP BIS se ecteren cece e aswereect 76-T, 348, 356
MNGPLOPOMI Ri 2. ccscsoecs-nonoresesews 15, 16
ARG USie erensvsectendededae cose sero ceciiare 39
E1OtrOGHUBSY sh coc-ewssesescssesacue 288, 569
TPO POPs cc - <ccscsececowewweoss 575, 585
MAMORORID taee-tss- occsscace<ncena>wapcceen OSU
WGVORASR eens cece ccncatosveveceuccaceweuce 273
itROGy teSaccsscac eeu. osecwse senses 153, 352
TREN OS P CRIM UIN Ss 6c 0200s coccnewscesavewss 165
MESO PINE cacct ees dcescddocsveovcwsnsuctcs 567
GPRD OPM Stessweesacatccacdosverdeusarcecn 352
Eaphortyx:..........0 eaasuace Peet eoseedee 321
UCN aS.. ccs ees io cur aendseusssececea 36, 577
LS RSG Cea eee eee 577
WGP NGA ewe eee cot eats ae ere-ceencecasewaeeens 565
PGT AN IND sncacazasaica sea vececcus 236, 251
MTT ATINA Oss. a2 seshetesedecksdeceesticeces 573
PRS CO rasa deans iecdaancan = sseeeose 56, 224
LycodonomorphuB............ssee0e00s 339
HiyXOPCCtERt cecececcecceneecwewonsceactes 291
IVS OPNIBt.. cou mancstedesswesnes 75, 80, 348
Ty POSOM Be cosas ens cwereccoseevesdesanewene 561
TGV SAPONS eee ecbunencdsce<ovecsoveons 155, 351
Mabuia.....: vse Sea osck ere cbeees 185, 350
Mache@ranthera..........cscceceeserseeees 164
MRCROR YM rtess dade curs cewc<secoccdomaeee ae 314
Macrogomphns......-..2.scececeseervees 389
MRO TOM a gascese seu sett ons cesusniacten eens 397
Macroram phuss s..2<0<o0c.e seen socuesesit 321
Maerotrachigt.c.c-svscccccnsnecorsocenat -/ 191
Mactra......... “tence ee 572, 585
Miya QU CUS soc cene<censeenemmeerecemeans ee 32
Malla canthinis...t.scvnevscssc0essancsues - 240
Malacocentrus. .....ccsecrescoeeeee wont, 145
Mell OGG tesssa vs sccswewsttesesvovacransebe 14
VENTS) a0 it epee reese neeee seo aoe 161
MAN OUS fe. 2cncknasccueecese 339 and errata
Mangeliacsccccscsnscaceveves scree, 200,005
Marcusenius ..............- ee 139
MERrG COs 6 owavant sone edd aneteecasectoesns 322
MGNLOSIAyacnasdacdedudetdwdaddencwos 192, 194
Megalobatrachus........---c+ecereesse 66
Megalophonus ..........seeeesessee deveny OLE
Megaloptere@ ........ et eecesecs soseeseee DOT
MeQoptyg™’Ma vecssceseececereee saseets wm . 563
Melampus...........0006 sewwuwente - 571, 584
Melanetta...... cveveccsevceccseereceessses SS

Melaniid2..........+, 169, 262, 272, 567
MGIO DUS = 2.6. cnpeaeconpisacencos es esencee 314
MCNCOSOMAscsiseweewcrsccevecddeseneeees 114
Menticirt hus ssi reveecscdcceosdee eed eee 17
MEH TIPEL OAc. .scotseoeunsicbalezanenesseies 236
Mentzelian.cccsccacsocsscnscvmosresccetrs $163
Meri staicsssscassous toccewa nega soeaee eee 407
MerCenariaccccssccascces.isccccnseetecenes 574
Merl ans scnccccasaazecses (Snesoraetasecces$ 314
MesOdes Mites is ccasscdsssereccecovosteoees 574
IMEROpNS ies. soos asbsbers -spaesses ane ee=s- 14
ME EIS isn duets te velesteseena rev eso tee’ sobs 573
Mi CLOG CIS: cowestepewramas siedessafeesakeeeess 315
Microdactylus.........0.000-sssceseseors 357
Microlepidotus......... 00. sccereeceeeeeee 255
MicrolophuS........0.0ccsscovecsecosseoee 351
MI CROMISUS tose seis cence 'cnseanpseeereee 312
INT CTOSLOMUNG -t2ecess srneceb secre eres eteee 14
Milyusie7s: <6. Sesreiapasbiaesstacextenesees 312
Wo diolacs-sascsstoacceweageas acd seaseestese 579
WIGHT Dip erscas cenncsniadsacaesees ses seers 569
MQM LOls 2045050 <ccesdecs cacmacos ase seebea 340
Monocondyloea .....00. eceeceere cee ceese 176
MoOnOHAMIMUS:....2c5<: seeccecoeser esooes 40
MOnOthya..,...cseeseeeecee eescesnevasens 194
MONG Clave centr cecussacdoncscenmeeneshns 3
Mord eliid 22) -c0:220c0)-anccesaessueveneree 43
Mord Cllind<.cscsteoewsn soreness eeemaes 3
Mordellistena.. 0... ss.ccocvsccsccesnecens 43
MMOL OL: csersseisrlonies wonewateeslos tar vecne ssh 324
MOPMYTina.......00eeceeevesereree 139, 443
MOL US ieacccin twin eeninsinesens'ewengeseaese 8, 167
Mobacill a vecevecsmnccccssss sensdasvmores 317
Muhlenbergia...... ...sceceeseereee 91, 334
Mani Aiccaseetose.(dccotscassseesedroreasest 573
OVA s cawdasressvsssaca'osseepess noes 256
Mi r2e 01d ces. ccc0cce0 ene anikteaese bevece 332
MupGR2<.ccsaccsscacoshccsacdbasacaaseurees 560
Musculium ........ccecceescereeescvense 32, 34
MYA. .cnrovensaceceesssnces neccenanaee 590/512
Myalina.....nseseceececases sense seeeeeans 411
Myida.....seceeeeeececccneeceenes saeternee 572
Myiophonus..........-++0 caeesences-aes 315
Myriopristig..........-sseseneses seeee sees 23
MYSia ...ccceccseneeeersenecseeesressenaees 577
Mytiloconcha...........+.s:eeree 290, 579
Mytilus......ccsccecceeeeeeeesesseereeeeses 413
INBticaeteet ribs s2o0a ce eesear een eee 564
Wat Ch@ ae acashroscensienacelssonousanncmnered 564
NaALiCINGscrsseoreswee so Sedo sseereneekes 565
INatrixe.<ces seoadmncntsomacsoc nancy oe see 338
Nantilig.<:..535.25-3: Saacecigesdorckes 25, 428
INBV.OD ass<0rssaionnicecannianepsltsseete 184, 210
INC CtALINi asc .scscccsnonssccansteenetetcuecs 319
INO CELIGs,.voscecs sheds pa sbsccesseeoaudeewe 327
WieTALISTIOND 26.0. 00rees-s oo adsmenn ect 258
POH AMISH UScsrancacesusncesscter ppideiewte DS

Nematodaetylus......... AP PER ta! 114, 121

INDEX OF GENERA.

NGM UTA ones aie vuenvie-eostcanscaassteeaeneee 316
IN COSOLCR siccce> tocacoeosececesse anes eee 188
Neptunes. .cscsssdsdessssessan cent ease 560
NGUGLONE: «50 oyss see n-eresaecassackae tenes 322
Nenrerpus....------=- Brncorrtectcn vk. 343
INCVeELIta:.......tu<scss cress lester . 564
NICOLAN A. ...0. sdonasececenas ssapernae 6, 166
NISO 5 5i300ccesce205300weswses ceceeseces ene 566
INO GIN 502 57acacsenticoacsse + ooesee eee 55)
Wt 53, 50; s5,2ssrecce tees 290, 580
NOMCUS...22:sc0<sccc205 ese steeesseeeoeee 240
Notidanoidee...c...02.<css<sacnenascesereee 492
Notophthalmus: -:;::::5:.:0-c-eessroeee 543
Notorhynchus:..:.....::2:-:s-essetueoe 493
Novacula 4 ...voscccsdeeccerctscse eee 143
NWacula.....s.<.css.ssecsentestatieesee ss 4,16
Nucnlana..s:2::3.22;stsscscecnecesenene eee 581
INT ONES soscacse-satasce te aceoe aterm 321
Obeliscus.<.cc.-wctcsscestsscescereeese cee 565
QGyOTIS »555c0000cccsccszaseeseasee se eee 237
Wd onatat..2<ee2c255a522sneecesee 381, 388
Odontoscion .<:s.<ssccnsttesseesceesnee 18
Md OStomiIas; > :-5.-522ss¢ssaeseeae ee 566
(nothera........... BOPRCORCCOSC aa aeate 163
Qhiviell a... iis .stetvedencztcdsteeee sete 563
QUIVI0 2 caeeevais< S23 ssv'coccesccceseteoeetes 563
QU CIS. .6.scceiccesesiesessscssnsszeeeeeeee 57
Ommastrepheés;:::;:5...c0..ccseme meses 483
Oneocottus.:<. s:.cMescesseseesee eee 13
ONG Yd But <<iewnvs-v0ysonnossssannse eens 188
Opheodes: <5; 2:25:555.szessusesseseeeeeee 35

Opheomorphus...........+----s+0se 75, 348
Ophidiuroids.....:::- .c--c>=ccns captor reese
Ophidioide....:..::..:ss0nsosrasesneu ean
Opisthognathine...........-.....-secees 241
OPbicalaeccisccccce twee cdecsesrom ees 582
OLeOSONIA: .55.4.c-kwscves pooceestesere ee tes 126
WRENS uses <5. 5225..nueheenesece tena 409
@rthoceras:s.<.:<<c:isiGeebeescnssts eee 429
Ortholemue.. cs :0isiscsact2sn53cteepeeeen 351
Orthonota :2..:: ssssacencvoossceseaeeeeees 414
Orthopsettas..-.:iccoecsnceessenaecen see 330
Orthostcechus\..3. ccs: .seeseeee ere 255
Oryenine. «i; ss2sc3:.c.csaceneteeee 125, 329
WryenOpSis:s7s-sares-.n- 125
OFYCNUGh. ccc. soseteten ee ; 125
SIN CLS .2s-snacscogeeseescessisconrc cee 14
DRSIT PAPA 52535 22k5545e5onns050ccnheseeee ee
OBfeOlSMUS ss a. 52.2505 <ccccccs ene eoeee 191
OSES; 5 caiess0c- nsececnsacsusces 2a Oe
Mevlophus........:2:.0. <0... oewesemeees 357-8
Otolithinee ...., ...ccccscensocemeetotee 17
OtQUthus..<<....:<,.conenceesteeeeee 16, 18
GTS ey peitecs son cccstancesteeees zat goatee 313
PROPS 505) .iscsaveseseacsesccaseeneeenee 41
PR MUS 525525 cdceesceanchenteeees 7, 167
DELS. oo. sees «phe ecenenaeeeceonne wee D6
OXY CHTRILES: 255055 csaccenameeetes 105, 109

INDEX OF GENERA.

Oxylebiine..........< aecaneee aspenwe sas Deis PRHOLAAOMM YA sens ScnaropreouesaeRtes 28, 572
APR VEU a sede se nlc. cro. cieacisdsessaaaseusv PEO REN OIAS: « pacncnesabperaienrdsren, LOOP ONeL
Oxyrhopus........ Satcanaunuvn/aceceetests BeH(h he Dry DISCUS. s<<a5 sncannansnrs sdsbeeesee OS
PAU YN OCENUS: xsgscasaesaie sess af 157, 344

PASO PIG So aceanienomaasnivieusceeiecsits doh’ SOSp Me hry MOIS ...<5annrnssseser6 353, 357, 358
EMM ONI A 6 .c<02seeeswecesesecssseeenddicc SHR PBT YN ONAX 1 shen cesesasses'esckRareb ees 348
PBA TENG 2 aay aitena arcades cuss ecieegmesazd bog PRbtheirichthys:~........<ass0r-2<8esa0s: 239
AMI PHU. cccessosesecsesss SOacoceee SEW Hy lan thus... ..0.2sesasasanasceebs55 7, 167
VEE Lat ne yer Bis Pie VU DUA LOS .. <5: cs sers posgacaea octet: 154
IPAAG OTIS, 00505 acs scsassieaqeessves-- cae Finn pe hyllodactylus.....< <ns.+-scesseeeexws: 176
HSETOLO DUS (ors cowopicscavasccsness sep cxateeds 188 | Phyllomedusa.................0.esesseees BOD
APE Ie otis daca asdawacad en aaxrieachaees PEDIGAD PE Y LOSING (cop.c0 <cnonenonescenscacenesncnh 349
IEPA MO Aw coc cticidasaassianepins ob sic Tet abA Hiei BEBE SAIS ce ca'sne san asiannncnj<s noe aee oes 6, 166
IRATE cesccvesccesiwasscesecessea svete MEGS UN aca cicsn sas xeovoniaapench outa 32
ARNG Aron ncnistiteseiens<-ssuen2 a LO4oi2 ES |e IMELEPLETOIN®......200s-acssacce 244, 331
AAMHSEATLO \.actsiccswasccseessesarceaetds 2BS8i||Bimelepterus..........2..0.--addeseede, +245
PANACEA GENS sicko cisaacasosseccacscasaesettt EpVOM I MEMOSTOIRIN cic nnancosca: conansenncaotteees UA
pls MEH ARS GHS some soeeioee on w an naught neon AAO) |WEIACUNANOMIA,.....0-.00seceeecdicesseess 582
Ries Pree a nieetancida aes asosiacsies vb kees DBE PEAN OLNISH ey <eceeecsssencnsestzseveoceness (HLS
PENG HC VMAR IN See oo casas cmc ccce anos ccaeenee MGA We EGU act con Seng san ces'nnnvaacecsaacitlea ren tl T
SOR GE Sea cee naan dance os scusis toads aebse eUMAN BPEAGYANIUS Soon ccaceesems ese essanckecloess 237

PURER anseitssa adlein's ope sn'e'e os sislacaeiaues® 570 | Platymantis, in errata

MISA ee clea iciass os/e's0.a's oe ve avis Bey eS BukSs | RIAL MUCTIX: ye :cc006<c02.50osugedves tne 59, 359
Pecten......:. Bpgaecawdstside «ds es ees ASIPISOIe | SPlectrOmMantiS ..........5>.<ctceese-odez-" BO
HAC CECE Siseccciaisiencsanuneale cen sieticsves 291 |WPICCEY POPS)... ..0-00000000 0» genes eetae
ERE ANd sa ale ceinnmsinssisn oe site ss) (LOR fee IO PLY SMA... ..00cccwoercecevacercneceste 563
Pelecanus........... meee sete aciacce sas < dante See PECURA PUIG ssccaxscncosyen ss enceusses 95, 335
(2a) pine a SO Se 2S) PELENEOOCM A oss oinnn nnn oieysien deste 352
RPE NEC aoc icanjaicannniate dpeysissic he's 344 | Pleuronectes................ 241, 280; 330
Peénitella......... ......02....-004- 194, 215 | Pleurotomaria................. aces seus 423
Pentaria...... ect ECS a Cee AS P PleurOLOMIGe... 202-05 -peaes-<sesp 561, 284
i Nae So nae eee eee ess az (TiGSs) |) ELICHEUID: 5 cececesescacaccscjeonsedcsececews 582
PROBE M Secs mnceeneas <<a assisesvinc8eoecetss NEA Gry EMOCERCUB. o0ccnesencesscaccaceinscepe 12; 356
BENE IH ee ooacae spices caconss sp casbneyss $5523) || EplelOLNY.UIS - <2 c<snc<cs01-+ccqsromueseberbes 286
Dani ee pene 2O4 S315 | PALOTNY LIS ....cc..ecencrnvnscacscnsaressbade 576
EEN GM A omen esa eeeeenee peeps te WOOO. |) PO Becsacsecnenarsenesee or scacensesvache 96, 336
REET POM Gl owacecenwacncces=ssicanc- DOG) |PEOUICEDS caceascecesssice say 220, 323, 404
eee eee. ease IS | POGICIPICG.......<0 ..sesssesssevdeceseena B26
PRC PISUR TARE one casing secninssc50s2=043) 336k 56) ) Podilymbus....0.-.<2.< -.2s.s.scse BOB 29
TERN Aa SSR nates Soe a roar BGS | OP ONOCHERNS...) ..:conm.crecacaseseeess 39
IRELNE <2 5.. Pec oceecieceesaha na pepbp essa len’ BAG) WCBIGLY CHES sess sen a nonncnnnancnapaeo 351
PNG MNS ence cesraci-s.5-; s-caydi HGS | Polynematolde........ a5 <n cadveniasiece 928
Me GAP Aaah aerate claal <0 0) {eR SAE fae BG. | MPOLY DOSON 2.000 0 0550nsanenoaqesue MAB SoD
IPSROCEP HAIN 3... .. nner abasmjmoees 443) Pomacanthodes..............shtelessees 244
PEIMAMMGIA..0.5742-5an245:5stuedscendesy old | Pomacentroid2 ..,,........ 145, 148, 238
PBOLOCOSEN DUS: <c<c.bs0s: eee cer eosseetex BUA | PomatO MIN. .n.o.c.5sncnancacdareerss 43]
BGtrOMyZONtOIdS...... 0.2020... ..c0s 800 BSE |PROPULDS 5.2c.-secu6s seveesssacackiewemesees Mit
Reena ieee eG soc coucnti(HOm | POLCCM ANG... ....1.<0ccssraccscnedseSecssk 563
Phaea... 22.0.5 Pee hade nnn aknon as canidpiedstes HG? | Porcellanella. <. ...s.cccssses0ccennaeseeye 564
PAC OU Giwae cen cadscvsecrsesasuxe-edess 2% [EBOTONOLUS.sacsccancveaccancecnans cea 126
LS Gh Se NP OSTCONOM YD oo ec0 cnc uasnnnannacs nepeeneie 420
Appa VOIR a tan Sones ces,ac.asne's sc as 0 849 WPotaman tng... <csse.yceresyannnccomiee 372
pH COVIEE Ws caassicwccanpaccsaieaenassdenssi HGS PEC SUINCO) Bc soxcsccnassssnsarnccons ete 316
POPIGH TAR anes xawpieasccsees 73,1 14;:848 | Priacanthus... sr. occcergesecnasaree 132, 242
eM e MONG Ee esse os sass OSD | LE TIOMULUS. coss0:sanececssvscecadsswene congas
BPR UNO TAS rata neve cns success poo nes3 othe BH IPUINETIONUGiccencaces tevecceuessereeee eas 3
MENG Re anes cain. pc s'awalncwcow sea apa'dte 5, 165 | Pristipomatoide.................. 238, 253
Pholadide.............. 191, 193,449, 571 | ProdUcta ......cceececrrececcccencceeceies 411
REM EONIUICON st ivedad cs cocace 50 susubea vesices 192 | PromeropS.........000+ erener were ehoeec 319

624

PrometheuS......ccceee. ores neseceieeseets 125
TOS PINUS on 2nc eee mioworensvienes me cclsinienes » 237
PAIN MOCOLA-s.ccceaeweeieeaseade poneaarens 573
PSE Ga CrIS se ssaccecensececsmeeasdeseeaeee 157
IRSEUGIGU Merceaectaccracsvesive weeaee > 156,352
Send oclaps:acorscaverenseaeeees Payrtany
BS@U dC OPNIS sc: comccceaccocsslcccecse semanas 348
ASO CIT aecesewar bepn-sussaeeroe soemeenertee 361
SOL ALC ale vscioescrcscele socsswre reno SODeKE 162
Psychrolutoids ......csswccesccsecveccien: GOL
RGEEIIE aE ecmupeeeaeeesenersteeseesteleeeees 412
PHELOMETIS ....0.c0ccrreoeses owns - 290, 578
PteronemusS........06 siwclveve seh eeveess 118
PteErOplatus: .....c.seccccesvecervewwones 42
Ba ffinisinerevemcssocadessons sees WitvettenO cil
PUOTPUNICENMS: a+ cnsectacewesworecccerevds Nae
PUPPULIG22 ssncccssscespeecsswsbevees .-- 563
PUGIUNCUIUS.........cecvceccososcosorcens 423
Pyramidellida.......ceccrseccsserccssees 565
BYTODICIA). «css toncicowcaceseienneaieicer we. 343
Byrotrichuss.c.ce..s+. sbeebs sepeseoeecces 41
Puy RUS reseocesosecccesscesscestetedecseteaes 11
Pyxicephalus:.....:5..b.s.csneeve Sacpuc 352
Quercus........ Giieseatestemscecevednore 11, 100
UAC Ape sapaeslnsasstanacdecbsveceeoeate 582
R@IOUG EB iyserericlacicon ise saeatuiieae'sclociesteces 282
RAN EIAysccncncce cos essscrovsoseeerssececee's 573
IRESUIOIGES...c.ccosocvasevavtusnvclecsas moi
RiaMUSteteccmpcs copes ost escnestentiieccats 322
REMOTE esvessscssecmeseseiessnede . 239, 240
RAN Ay eapeaesicacionalhssavecs wre tececurecwece 340
REtropln nas jarcctsceeecceccseswacdecsereene 14
FREGZi epee cweplessiccinid ores en ciciecceuamelsievnas's 406
RUee bOfeeeeciecilos aridsat oaiecewariew en weee . 357-8
IUDs woseteemscisesiecesene snyolvestt euislsomete 500
RAIN ODERYX<.532.cnseneobeabeswansaaceeny 237
RIN OIG ee ccecesooncsscsesdssssece 332, 499
Rhinoscion..........00. pevceuwenes Sekeae 17
RAIN OFM CISA eccssmnerceeeiesssadacsecsas 486
Rhodostethia..........s2cccsscoee 293, 311
RO PENUT Ae nwdeteicesa'sss) clecveeneticese sees - 339
Rhomboplitesicn-tase-ccvececsreeeereweet and
Rhynchichthys ........... mos aaneeuoscud 237
Rhynchonella............ gebavectosteesane 407
REY COpins \ecscsceceseseeisse seeesscoseet 292
RH pticindesvertoesscneoawetevands 236, 250
Ritytism aye. penisus-esieacs peqecdecteoeesosee 507
Riopa....... as sewaleaeWisessseowectn LOO
Risacenencsare Sandeutlddesucentet serene 304, 325
Robinia...... Aabiekenchicestnneemecre tence Sica! il
RiMticillajerencdevscdeseetee Biseoeldscietn tees 316
Ruvettus...... as ddsddddeadasateas Weteeedes 125
Sabastodes.......... wascneceueeetek cheese ane
Sab atiasn.cciicseseeicscensdcsodacseotens (LE

INDEX OF GENERA.

SSlAMANATIOD. .occcnsctesevscenisseer veee 343
SalMOppecseres Sto saspnsasec 102, 241, 332
SAM ON OLS \2.c0<0000~-nawreweieeeeraceere 330
SANG UIMOArAiccscce-cledadssecssaslecased 421
Sanguinolites . pomanavieseenseenaee 414
Sapajou aeisGvesesuneaaues passed aacentecene 509
SEEGA sss .0sscns ede sdacezssieseidsosseeeees 125
Saxicava...... aa seuocBnarecieneiecats 571, 585
SUXMMEACA...sdasadssodrseedeccress S08 163
SCA Bin wssseoescicusnuss ess deecescuwersocseee 565
Scalanid 2..<.0sececcecavecacecsctisesuaroes 565
SCHDUALCA.vco.s.acasevessarasassacsearees 579
SCRDILES acnsciewersae ees Beads setsedetades 22
NGALLUSCIS svosstssaresesassvesvares 182, 351
Schismaderma......... seebenenwe sbecnoes 358
SCHLOLETIA :.cscsstsieceseseessnie RALlO6
SCHIStOLUS-.cccewcr cies . 287
Scienoide...... 16, 238, 257, O77 acl
Scissodesma............ aecaenewae sense: ' B12
SCONSIA:..2. sce ssevescedacsecueunreeenenses 564
Scorpenichthys.......... Pp ecesce) etn: 13
Scorpenoide .... .... exaseeecewere 278, 329
MCOLOPhIS is vscxcvwss sense s<popsanenmetewe 338
SCrobiculari deesJescwsicsecsewasscoeene 288
Scrobiculariine........ sieusawssastocesy 574
SELODICUIIN se roceve ess eierdewesiettteeeeeet 586
SCOMDER ccacesdeuce ceousecseewees 124, 260
Scombrine.......... 124, 238, 260, 329
SGombropinw wccrersssieoscsesmnessoenniess 237
Scylliodontes.........+.- sogadedsecseeied . 485
EY LOIS 1s sain vesnsiaconstncouscnenumun dat 354
Sebastichthys ......secsescercseceseseres S29
DEAS PHOLUS!occeswcasesecsesencvoreveers 319
Semele..... ... Leese nekwvprou ssn dol Sieieatee 574
NEMICASSIS \cs.0sovcewecesseetevesceessmers OO
Sericocarpus ....s.cceeereees sie ewecendand 164
SELINUG)«issuserevevae dsceveseucatase stave ee
SELiphuUG)s..skvssjssveeeees sieees 15, 18, 277
SErranings.s.cscoacseae iicienaneee 236, 249
SELLANUBiccecscebeserseens kasvsseave 421, 445
SiON score. et abublepebuiay coneues beeen 356
Sicydiine... misbiev'sb/etssle’s view sieeneuaeeEG
Si octurevacts os casesnavaverossetomtees ve LGT
Sidalcea...... see ewaae civeutubeentee ster wee GE
Siderolamprus.........+- Sidavasidert ests . 188
Sigaretus........ acesandaddesedsoopuccnes . 565
Siliquaria........... boseuwaciseanee 571, 585
Silas pescetivene Seah etareevatacrsveaseske wees tHE
DUMB o cr sveeeevenstes shiwssweswevigeones 508
SOlANUMs iesscssacseaes ceoedecesacewase 6, 166
SOLAN Gye ca ssceccnessss ciswesektiabeoeeee ae
NOlEMiveveses savewwonewiuweveucewedes 196, 422
SOMO NIEHS ccc vieecocwwewvevedsewdd ne beware 571
SODIAtOLIBs sews covevwvavertreaneh nee 323
Siniperca..........00+. vin cnewtlet ROL |
SiPEMO Nec cdcavevaneracccinsttstinneee eee tee
SPArOlded vere ceccsvvscassasavecarenceeter . 251
322

DSPAtO ae. ceive soveeuvvenveeccuvncsussvans

INDEX OF GENERA. 625

Sphwerella....o. .esesney sens Deer 577
RS ener. ote acacnascerascgie stesso
Spherodactylus creme rac crryien sty
HOM ONS sss. cecepsereres- prabeser aber 316
Spinacoide ............. epepiramestar me els
APNE eee ese open meses sicinaes poesdattellul
RYE DUCED cocasrensnesenqnssesanennnitaeaee 405
Spizula....... HORROR SPA aoe 572
Spondylidz............ Sap iesae ror rey Hie
SSP UROUOUIS ces coccinea nas ER terre 88, 333
BADUCD Rea ae aad e siinecncasa,saqana0 ears 313
STI see ano SAAC OO OEICCORE 235, 483
POUL seas nacgecee paces ceecccexe 235, 497
PED OWEL ODE somites so-ancnsesccn-/sobencae 579
HRA OUL eases rscean aa scaprisancsekecbbnciact Ole
Stelltiorren «cssess ces Pee cee sn opew eee 340
SHEBOSPHENMS) <ocssaco5as0000nseRid pee aL
SPEHMOSHOMA pos sc20icnoae0s0e 350, addenda
MIbEIMA Reese cucacs oacdszscasesie's 541, 325
MUBO MDI eset cane spec acess on enede5e 292, 535
RIP EM ODES tence coca nas3pesnesoniesee 565
RUREEP HOMES aan Sse, asia -cosicjesscensssas 273
WSBEODNON Doc ancociecse5.cnee0eiee. 287, 563
ROME RMA Snes aa aneas ips sieicsdsie rene s% 161
SUITEIWOT, CARSu OC ce Cn SORA SDR eCEe 290, 580
SSpGI Memes anata eSesccsnarievalen as sis 0ne 573
Sirixes7-a «OSCR ECE CEDIEC SSE CODER EO 313
SELOMALCOIDES: <2 5-ccnespaecesessie 126, 331
Stromatens.......... HCO OASIS... ¢ 126
Sturionoidz ....... DiesroneateeeOD ace Sn etal!
SSE die cctenara Moseetespisedac asta speasscecss0 S20
DARE etenedtctes wens aser-ere<s- 205, DOL
WEG UNS access sce tanan co ssacssessescess 564
NEO CVCUES esse tot anciccs aca angees a's see 232
DRIMHCTIA cs n.cac<nc5s cree ccneeesss ote 321
Syngnathoide............. 282, 283, 332
MPAA EL CR cacecls. onadeisnosncs s+ -osese 71
Mae eect oats ecetscscescess 193, 197
BRACE Cl ereenptsnee ss ctea sais >) nines eescisiacs 213
WEMET ECA: sc osce<ns. 21
SERIO MINA Sacco ve nc ecost areas ss soe ies 351
20 10) ee 338
NGINSS. Jess « Seadacs esis ASSO CC RDOOC BRP COn 351
AAGlisit: 2 « 337
Tellina........ Seeme seats cassia sienies 6s 573
CMO diac crac vancsscescnoesess 573
DG RDS 38
SRR M A eroc'y pons earacecesiese DOD
CMEDTEROINA rer ecscestcccsee v<csce 286, 561
Teredida.........0. SCACCEROCAIOOLE » 193, 453
DIN ison nnes scerena ts aaee access 192
Teredo ....... aeeceenensanes 197, 455, 571
DURING WR Ae se ccictec cece ss vorscoe0) case eis)!
HE AMOTIEOIOLE sa<cseo.cecs nas sesso sees
Tetreps ...... Mieneen annie dasccs npc 0s <6 40
SERINE ver acsacenscessoeseesecee 242
BIRLA SE Rp carer sc Ja)c a svs ose ceessiesss 536

[Ral assidrO mar coc sens ca«winsscenceneaes 327
REAL ASK OCC Rico usmowcwecwessaos-cucnerseee 327
MH ALEIGHTDY Sesceddaeewssonceescneen<s sees 15
Mh amNnodyNastes!...ecen.<sesececstasese G48
Thamnocenchris....... dav dnona sete 337
LiL ye) ES SSeS Se at De 54, 55, 223
PUN AC A cacaesmcuvesiasecuusdeeomestov a eRes 572
PENT ASO PS) cncasce severe cuvecuwedeuessaase-uneao
[RHEE DLCEINSL<.1cscecsdasesdecdaesst oe eesery Lo
MRT IOSD Sco cesoccicsddde dea teddusda 19%, 211
BEETS ESjecee cose scrcesessuhoususewece st lao
PERV IETLODSrewesso.cica: 0005) vessus.ceoureee
Thysanodactylus.....c0.. seocsecssssss2 LBA
Wa ice eeseeericass <I/ss0ss cs .in+s arse seeen 139
Tiliqua........ siipeebeccvicssicdeceeadaueres 190
IROMAGS Aneenc st wsciwecieacaewavs <s'shsere tee AS
ROT MALI fl ae ttesseior es ccaans-soseeseeeeeall DLO
TIGIN ALT Aepemecsciecsied sess esesicescevuees 571
WOLARS Ss 7eciasecdsecesccdsacsccvuewdews = 321
EPACHULOPS...c<00cevs0s pevetteustdstvertss 261
bee sitar ere coe sevsceabruesettl200
DrAdeSCANTMAL.<.0.cwcave<owcwoscesseee 9, 167
AUACIR soso soscossavedesdsssccspesest s2OON AOL
Srvc HOMOUGIED sc.csects> cevecscsceesss =! OOD
IDEISCCUIN sce ze,esssccssiecvasseosoues 100, 337
EREIOUIC 2k saoidedes)s ordven-edecwoennts seeeA DOE
AMMLOUIN BO ivcicisatesssvsssebcan-watacasess 343
RETOMPM AliA.5; s044ss<¢s50135<006 jacheteete 197
PEO DOSILA coonvadeddecws Widcdvsoeicveosaus 82
PUEDINIGG 5, .ccacecesocodecessccescsscsnde 569
MeveMiniice ea scscrctaaccscrcctacraiveciawses 502
TrACHY CATALIM Sees. dudcccecocss--staatern DIO
| Trachynotine.....,.......00... 262, 431
Tretioscincus.......... 184 and addenda
RITACAN TMOG EH vsccasasales sevecess socasess OO
UD BIGSNION GIL OS tet ccelets eee «ore seece ete 485
RTICHIGION cs. wecnwasige cacao vessccnecedes 258
TriChoptennspetessscss auess esses aaaase 118
PRELGMISPIGs. oocaccowesacveac denen da csee eeu 89
IDEN EONS ess cir sicads<<sewetcdsaevieee sto ereets 567
AMSEVEI @) Yo pecessarceocrusake Be Ae 3
RESON ALC Hesanancensccnct sucess ceases 289
PETE OUI conse casseunnacn resco teess 289, 579
ETI GP OBO SLOM Aesccscccere<avsocoslenveonnt 87
[RGU Sala. encase sein conical coeesews eee ene 322
BRIM OL CN. se 2<n souaescusuaucc=s sew ueee eat 322
SREILIA: ocericetecaemmienyaenaan=s odious 286, 562
EROCHIG dey se- sasuke savat eerie ss des5 acceler
PROC EAR ss... sescesracsocte paces saree DOG
SER OP HOD Ess dseneitentan costa pesca sckseeee 560
LEOPId OdIPSASn2..-ovacoevsvesstunsweawae 348
Propid olseniuss <3. cnossesssuceceseannees 337
Trypanostoma...........-.-. 169-175, 272
LUPINE DIS swacecacccsseessceeeseeeeeaad 351
urbonillac.....csscscseeausewousmenreasees 566
Turris . meanaeewas’amaccaa weet . 284
Turritella... ioagesvaesccacadeseesstenss 567, 584
db aieeeatrosrenpeccoe le 320, 321

Typhis one nes cen eereas Coecesececeseves cocees 560
JUNE saces ogodosdecqoane76 aanooce Scqonosche esis)
LATTER SeoneonUnocoseseescacesch550 chcecn 11
WM DLIN ae. soe cc nase oc eeencleiseeres 17, 257
Wy rullinnidlae cre cevacesisniensciseemirecnese 577

(Wni0..5c... des. chassaseaen apie OSsalW6

LORI) ASR Ee passapaboscn soscocce onan 99, 337
Unionide.......... SpIgdo naaeencoanee=Aba0aC 168
LDS cis} aa Sys eee ano cusceos: ebsessbnacaDSsIC 256
WPerOti shes ceshideaesekas «sacle esee 455, 474
Wirwlepiseccanaceneseensebiee Secetiateme 93, 333
(Wraptera sitssrensessns-srlcaderr ic Haeseed 282
LO eee au esacabecuds bcc coodeetcoadsy erbee soc 323
WMOECHISh eects caeesiebes sles oas rec cosecasee 339
ULOpSetta......cc.00 severe aidieste steanteness 330
Weaihiviait Bere cteeorsialstesa sioleaniecetice see tele ria

WEMCPID oo oe ive cecclesenrocacseases 574, 585
AERIS As Aner ono saci cecoctho= doco tntnd. 27
AWC Ree Gounora sotebeccccopremsootoccra: Ue!
Verbesina...... SpbornnyambaBeced joo 35° 164
AWD iS}oqngpinanoqacadcaco nodacs seaane 236, 242
AVIETINICULOGE conc ccacaisellcdaeactesetmae gentle 568
WWIGLINECUS =>.) cacsossseiacesieclarsleseonsetas 568
Wier tiC@OTOla.asma-cecssatinsaecoc- cee 289, 579
Vespertilionide.........sscsccessseesees 246
AIDES Hapedpadtopenceopdonace Oocoess 50m% 88, 333
Vipera..cccsscs coeseeaeencececcsercseceoes . 337
VAP QiNid........ seecavere serene ceces ieee ee 249

INDEX OF GENERA.

Willis at cintieseceosveccanseesccmeatece tes 162
WAiViipatiaicesssenicwcestaseseoese 21, 451, 567
Wolaiicccce-secsesposcesbacsevescescooeeeree 582
Voluta........ De odon egg aconbo. od aoosconc: 563
iol te llaiee scccactetscecineeces st «cisemcenees 563
Molutidaes...-cscsvtecevsercoshssmeeeeese 563
AVOUT EI ADEI SBE eeet aca scene cacdur back ee sae 563
Violviallataine.cescnvts ta scesinsleh ase cee 570
I/O M1 CLL Piste ctrdch owteetes eeaeeeee Pip ses 431
FROM Bisininatinsmiesiene etc ccenioreleliecis vacate eto
DACRE Sicency Dec oedea SCH AC OU COS ONEA oo Ue 293
PEM OM OMscescascscecsrdscacssteesceres 75, 348
Riri Gh thiyce s senckicasstesecte cece seen 143
Unie hGhyinee 2. ee seeaceecomacteee eee 142
XGMICHEDY Seecwscies ba caeeie caettoecs cea 143
XivlO PHAM ene seiseeatiancssncse sesame eee 193
DAW AORN 2 loupe aanatrios ono soceuanesosa° 455, 475
IMO] iat Aelace racecactenerstoeemeceeeenee 581
MAUI C CD sacs aniicaies enivcsasecwenit-creee eens 8, 167
ZLanthOxylUM\.ccore. ct esvesa-be-nem eters 162
DONE seat cbve's gatelopraoe s adesta sho deslcmas eee 126
LCNOPSIS we cepeenp ace c>oseie ss\-uedn estan 126
DOU Sissite oy.<afescaes voveeesesmeune Dis agsE ES ER 126
ZAR Nw amc ones. essa piyocoteeo os 192, 194, 210
Zizyphinus.........-. Nest das Sp NC 569
LOQUOBE: 5 s~ asics iscseaiscoutennienosth nae 189
LOStELO PSirracew sie - Seas ences enwe ses eee 316

GENERAL INDEX.

Abbott, C. C., on the Leucosomi inhab- | Coues, Elliott, synopsis of the Nort!

iting the basin of the Delaware, 1.

Allen, Harrison, M. D., descriptions of
two new species of Vespertilionide,
160, 246.

Baird, Prof., communication relative to
the indurated black spots found on
the Silver Maple, 507.

Buckley, S. B., notes on some American
Ash Trees (Fraxinus), with descrip-
tions of new species, 1, 2; descrip-
tion of new plants from Texas, 2,5,
88; on Quercus heterophylla, Mich.,
20, 100.

. Cassin, J., remarks on a flock of Crows
seen Jan. 12th, 2.

Catalogue of Birds collected by the U.
S. North Pacifie Surveying and Ex-
ploring Expedition, with notes and
descriptions of new species, 312;
remarks on the Snowy Owl, 520.

Conrad, T. A., descriptions of new gen-
era, subgenera and species of Ter-
tiary and Recent Shells, 274, 284;
catalogue of the Miocene Shells of
the Atlantic Slope of the United
States, 520, 559.

Cope, EH. D., remarks on Herpeton ten-
taculatum, Gerarda prevostiana and
Catostoma lineatum, 1; synopsis of
the species of Holcosus and Ame-
iva, with diagnoses of new West
Iudian and South American Colubri-
de, 20,60; on some new and little
known American Anura, 102, 151;
on Neosorex albibarbis, 160,188; on
Lacerta echinata and Tiliqua dura,
160, 189; contributions to Neotropi-
cal Saurology, 160, 176; notes on
certain Reptiles of the New World,
332, 337; remarks on a Cuban Bufo-
nid (Peltaphryne empusa), 344; cat-
alogues of the Reptiles obtained
during the explorations of the Para-
guay, Vermejo and Uraguay Rivers,
by Capt. T. J. Page, U. S. N., and of
those procured by Lieut. N. Michler,
U. S. Top. Eng., commander of the
expedition conducting the survey of
the Atrato River, 345, 346.

Correspondence of the Academy for
1863, 598.

American forms of the Colymbide
and Podicipide, 226; revision of the
Gulls of North America, based upon
Specimens in the Museum of the
Smithsonian Inst., 249, 291; supple-
mentary note to a synopsis of North
American Colymbide, &c., 345, 404;
review of the Terns of North Amer-
1¢a, 520;-535.

Donations to Museum, 1862, 600.

Donations to Library, 603.

Edwards, Wm. H., description of cer-
tain species of Diurnal Lepidoptera
found within the limits of the United
States and British America, No. 2,
54, 221.

Election of Standing Committees for
1862, 19.

Election of Officers for 1862, 596.

Elections of Members and Correspond-
ents, 597.

Elliott, D. G., remarks on the species
composing the genus Pediocetes,
Baird, 345, 402.

Fisher, Dr., remarks on a Meteor ob-
served at Budd’s Ferry, Md., Dec.
24th, 20.

Gabb, W. M., description of a new spe-
cies of Cephalopod from the coast of
California, 483.

Gill, notice of new species of Hemile-
pidotus, 2,13; on the subfamily of’
Argentinine, 2, 14; notes on the
Sciznoids of California, 2, 16; ap-
pendix to the synopsis of the sub-
family of Percine, 2, 15; synopsis
of the Cirrhitoids, 101, 102; on the
limits and arrangement of the Scom-
broids, 101,124; descriptions of new
species of Alepidosauride, 10], 127;
on anew species of Priacanthus, 101,
132; on the West African genus
Hemichromus, 102, 134; catalogue
of the Fishes of Lower California in
the Smithsonian Institution, 102, 140,
242, 249; on a new genus of Fishes
allied to Aulorhynchus, and on the
affinities of the family Aulorhynchoi-
dz, to which it belongs, 160, 233;
remarks on the relations of the gen-
era and other groups of Cuban Fishes,
160, 235; notice of a collection of

628

Fishes of California presented to the
Smithsonian Institution by Mr. S.
Hubbard, 274; synopsis of the spe-
cie3 of Lophobranchiate Fishes of
Western North America, 282; notes
on the family of Scombroids, 328;
notes on some genera of Fishes of
Western North America, 329; synop-
sis of the Carangoids of the Eastern
Coast of North America, 345, 430;
description of a new generic type of
Mormyroids, 345, 443 ; on the syno-
nomy and systematic position of the
genus Htelis, 345, 445; on the limits
and affinity of the family of Leptos-
eopoids, 482, 501; on the classifica-
tion of the Squali of California, 483

Gray, Asa, notes upon the “ Description
of new Plants from Texas, by S. B.
Buckley,” 161, 332.

Griffith, R. E., resignation of, as Libra-
rian, 18.

Grote, A. R., additions to the nomen-
clature of North American Lepidop-
tera, 59, 359.

Haldeman, S.8., remarks on the Bald
Hagle, 2.

Hayden, F. V., description of new Cre-
taceous Fossils from Nebraska Ter-
ritory, etc., by F. B. Meek and F. V.
Hayden, M. D., 1,21.

Hayes, Dr. I. I., remarks on some frag-
ments of a supposed Meteorite, 520;
thanks of the Academy tendered to,
520.

Horn, G. H., monograph of the species
of Trogosita inhabiting the United
States, 20, 82.

Index to Genera, 617. ;

Kilvington, Mr., remarks on the culture
of some of Dr. Hayes’ Arctic Plants,
482.

Le Conte, Dr. J. L., synopsis of the
Mordellide of the United States, 20,
43; notes on the species of Calosoma
inhabiting the United States, 20, 52;
note on the classification of Ceram-
bycide, with descriptions of new
species, 20, 38; synopsis of the spe-
cies of Colymbetes inhabiting Amer-
ica north of Mexico, 506, 521; note on
the species of Brachinus inhabiting
the United States, 506, 523.

Lee, Isaac, description of a new genus
(Trypanostoma) of the family Melan-
ide and of forty-five new species,
160, 169; description of ten new
species of Unionidae, 160, 168; de-

GENERAL INDEX.

scription of two new species of Ex-
otic Uniones and one Monocondylea,
160, 176; description of a new genus
(Goniobasis) of the family Melanide
and eighty-two new species, 262;
descriptions of eleven new species of
Melanide of the United States, 272.

Leidy, Dr., remarks on certain Minerals
found in or near the city, 507.

Lewis, James, M. D., remarks on some
species of Paludina, Amnicola, Val-
vata and Melania, 520, 586.

Meehan, Thos., on the uniformity of
relative characters between allied
species of European and American
Trees, 2, 10.

Meek, F. B., description of new Cre-
taceous Fossils from Nebraska Terri-
tory, etc. By F. B. Meek and F. V.
Hayden, 1, 21.

Norris, Mr., remarks on Salmo fonti-
nalis and Salmo trutta.

Prime, Temple, Monograph of the spe-
cies of Spherium of North and South
America, 20, 28.

Report of the Recording Secretary, 595.

Report of the Curators, 595.

Rogers, Dr., remarks on the thawing of
snow in the streets by means of
salt, 2.

Slack, Dr. J. H., remarks on the Gorilla
castaneiceps, 159 ; monograph of the
Prehensile-tailed Quadrumana, 482,
507.

Stimpson, Wm., description of a new
Cardium from the Pleistocene of
Hudson’s Bay, 58; on a Tropical
Isopod found near the shores of
Massachusetts, 101, 133.

Tryon, G. W., Jr., on the Classification
and Synonymy of recent species of
Pholadide, 160, 191; Monograph of
the Family Teredida, 345, 453 ; notes
on American Fresh-Water Shells, &.,
345,451; description of anew Genns
and Species of Pholadide, 345, 449.

Warner, John A., remarks on the imi-
itation of the section of Eggs by
mathematical lines, 102; remarks on
Organic Morphology, 159; contribu-
tions to Organic Morphology: con-
taining the mathematical imitation of
the egg of Planorbis corneus and of
Epiornis, 525.

Winchell, Alex., descriptions of Fossils

from the Marshall and Huron Group
of Michigan, 345, £05.

‘
f a

—
‘

“id zat. 13

i el ern er ee
n

QH Academy of natural sciences
1 of Philadelphia

A2 Proceedings

veld

Biological
& Meciical
Serials

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

——— ae

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

STORAGE

>
Shoes eee
Ste

if
A Age
AM

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia"

See other formats